Communications

2013 Communications Products Catalog
Table of Contents
Click the links below to view the catalog pages.
1. Anixter ipAssuredSM for Data Centers and IP Security Infrastructure
2. Technology Solutions Maps
3. Copper Solutions
4. Fiber Solutions
5. Physical Infrastructure Solutions
6. Power and Thermal Management Solutions
7. System Management and Monitoring Solutions
8. Security Solutions
9. Wireless Solutions
10. Networking Products
11. Voice Products
12. Coax and Legacy Products
13. Outside Plant and Building Entrance Protection Products
14. Test Equipment
15. Tools and Supplies
Products. Technology. Services. Delivered Globally. 1.800.ANIXTER anixter.com
cal
our
al
ns
Anixter ipAssured for Data Centers and IP Security Infrastructure
ical
o
1
ble.
Anixter ipAssured for Data Centers
Anixters ipAssured Program Defining Data Center Infrastructure
Products. Technology. Services. Delivered Globally.
SM
Todays economic climate is driving the need for greater efficiencies and reduced costs. Managers expect more for less.
Security threats pose catastrophic risks. End-users are demanding feature-rich content and continuous uptime. At the
center of it all, power-hungry data centers are consuming more energy as data-intensive applications are pushing past
network and storage capacity boundaries.
7.20159
Anixter ipAssured includes physical infrastructure products and best practices to meet existing and future data center needs.
Whether you want to improve the efficiency of an existing data center, make major upgrades and improvements, or build a
new state-of-the-art facility, Anixter makes choosing the right infrastructure simple.
.28
Anixter ipAssured is an infrastructure assurance program that includes network cabling, power and cooling solutions, racks
and cabinets, security as well as management and monitoring and best practices needed to support current and future data
center applications. The program considers maximizing the efficiency, sustainability and profitability of your data center.
For ease of planning, ipAssured for data centers addresses three possible scenarios: Refined (IP-Class 1+),
Enhanced (IP-Class 5+) and Advanced (IP-Class 10+).
SM
23847568
Determining the Right IP-Class

Anixter ipAssured is divided into three distinct classes:
IP-Class 1+ Refined: For existing data centers with limited expansion plans and low computing density
IP-Class 5+ Enhanced: For existing facilities with expansion plans and efficiency upgrades through retrofit
or new infrastructure builds
IP-Class 10+ Advanced: For Greenfield or retrofit data centers using state-of-the-art network and infrastructure designs
These IP-Classes provide users with readily identifiable categories of products and best practices for creating a robust
infrastructure that will maximize the efficiency, sustainability and profitability of your data center.
3.20456
Manufacturer Partners
Anixter partners with manufacturers that have been endorsed by industry-leading organizations to ensure optimal
performance including above-standards performance of cabling infrastructures. Through its Infrastructure Solutions Lab,
products are tested in real-world scenarios to ensure they meet industry standards as well as Anixters performance and
quality levels.
Visit anixter.com/ipassured for program updates and to learn more about Anixters ipAssured program.
Also, ask your Anixter sales representative about ipAssured security products and solutions!
1.1
DOES YOUR
DATA CENTER
NEED A
HEALTHCHECK?
Your data center might not be as healthy as you
think. Anixters technical experts can perform
a data center HealthCheckSM of your facility,
evaluate the fitness of your infrastructure and make
recommendations for improvements. From improving
the efficiency of an existing data center to building
a state-of-the-art facility, Anixters program
ipAssuredSM for data centerscan help you make
the decisions necessary to make sure your data
center is performing to its full potential while staying
as cost and energy efficient as possible.
Register to talk with one of Anixters experts
to schedule a HealthCheck by visiting
anixter.com/dchealthcheck.
Anixter ipAssured includes physical infrastructure products
and best practices to meet existing and future data center needs.
Whether you want to improve the efficiency of an existing data center,
make major upgrades and improvements, or build a new state-ofthe-art facility, Anixter makes choosing the right infrastructure simple.
Scan this QR code with your smartphone to
learn more about ipAssured for Data Centers.
For more information, visit anixter.com/ipassured.

Anixter is a leading global supplier of communications and security products, electrical and electronic wire and cable, fasteners and other small components. We help our customers specify
solutions and make informed purchasing decisions around technology, applications and relevant standards. Throughout the world, we provide innovative supply chain management services to
reduce our customers total cost of production and implementation.
11A0003X0 2013 Anixter Inc.
1.800.ANIXTER
anixter.com
APC by Schneider Electric

ipAssured Solutions for Data Centers
ENHANCED
REFINED
ADVANCED
UPS and PDU: APC SmartUPS,

Symmetra and InfraStruXure UPS
Power: N+1 redundancy,

metered PDUs
Power: 2N+1 redundancy,

metered/switched PDUs, etc.
The APC SmartUPS, Symmetra and InfraStruXure UPS systems, combined with a
full line of basic PDUs, offer the flexibility
and necessities for clean,
efficient delivery of power when and
where you need it.
The APC Symmetra and InfraStruXure

UPS systems, combined with metered
PDUs, offer both local and remote
visibility of the IT load at the rack level.
The APC Symmetra and InfraStruXure

UPS systems, combined with metered/
switched PDUs, offer both local and
remote visibility of the IT load at the
rack level and manages individual
outlets from anywhere on the network
to reboot hung servers or reset locked
up switches. This level of visibility and
control provides the pinnacle of IT load
monitoring and control.
Cooling: APC InRow cooling (RC)

The modular design of the APC InRow
cooling unit allows close coupling of IT loads with air
conditioning units, increasing predictability and agility.
This design simplifies future planning through the use
of multiple cooling lines that allow the customers
infrastructure to grow and change with their needs.
Management: NetBotz and
environmental monitoring
NetBotz is an active, scalable family of networkaccessible monitoring appliances that detect and
alarm on an activity that may threaten the availability
of your critical environment.
This level of visibility can prove critical

to the future growth planning of your
data center, and user-defined alarms
to warn of potential circuit overloads.
Cooling: APC InRow cooling
and rack containment
APC InRow cooling units put your data center on the
path to high density. Tackling hot exhaust air at its
source restores predictability, improves availability,
and completely eliminates the variability introduced
by raised flooring.
For data centers with just a few enclosures or one row
of high-density equipment, rack containment may be a
better option. The APC Rack Air Removal Unit (ARU) SX
captures exhaust heat at the rack, returns the warm air
to the plenum and eliminates hot spots from the data
center. Another option is the APC Rack Air Containment
(RAC), which works in conjunction with NetShelter SX
enclosures to prevent hot server exhaust from escaping
into the room.
Management: ISX Central, environmental control
InfraStruXure Central is a scalable management
appliance to manage APC devices and monitor
networked third-party devices in real time.
Cooling: APC InRow cooling, row containment

(high-density solutions)
The APC InRow cooling units put your data center on
the path to high density. By tackling hot exhaust air
at its source, you will restore predictability, improve
availability and completely eliminate the variability
introduced by raised flooring.
For high-density environments, APC InRow products
can be combined with APC row containment solutions.
APC row containment maximizes the effectiveness of
InRow cooling solutions by completely separating the
supply and return air paths of the IT equipment.
Management: ISX Central for enterprise-class
management of the data center
InfraStruXure Central is a scalable management
appliance to manage your APC devices and monitor
networked third-party devices in real time.
For part numbers and more information on ordering these products, contact your local Anixter sales representative.
1.800.ANIXTER anixter.com
1.3
Belden
ENHANCED
REFINED
Description
Anixter Part No. Belden Part No.
Belden IBDN 1200 System
DataTwist 350 Cables

Bonded pairs, plenum, blue CMP-00424FAX-6B-06* 1701A D151000
Bonded pairs,
nonplenum, blue
CM-00424CAX-6B-06 1700A 0061000
Nonbonded, plenum, blue CMP-00424IBDN-6U-06 1213 D15U1000
Nonbonded,
nonplenum, blue
CM-00424IBDN-6U-06 1212 006U1000
KeyConnect CAT 5e Modular Jacks (Additional Colors Available)
Almond 251851 AX101308
White
288801 AX101309
Blue
288803 AX101315
CAT 5e HD Patch Panels
24 Ports
371648
AX103258
48 Ports
371649
AX103259
CAT 5e Patch Cords (Additional Colors and Lengths Available)
4 Ft., blue
371890
C501106004
7 Ft., blue
371891
C501106007
10 Ft., blue
371892
C501106010
50/125 m FiberExpress OM2
Distribution Cables
Plenum, 12 fibers
370-978-DMAP-12
Riser, 12 fibers
370-977-DMAR-12
FiberExpress Brilliance Connectors
LC 50 m
408476
FiberExpress Ultra Rack-Mount Patch Panels
1U panel
387027
4U panel
387044
FiberExpress Ultra Frames
LC duplex, 12 fibers
421158
421159
FiberExpress Ultra Preterminated Cassettes
12-Fiber LC cassette
421153
421155
FiberExpress MPO Cable Assemblies
Contact Anixter to configure
FiberExpress Patch Cord Assemblies
2 Fibers, LC to LC, 2 meters 288901
Cabinet
Data Standard Racks
423339
B9A048
B9A042
AX104241-S1
AX103143
AX103267
AX103449
AX103451
AX103683
AX103687
AX200527
AX200528
AX200529
XMER443613328
*For additional cable color options, replace -06 with one of the
following color codes:
01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red; 04 = Green;
05 = Yellow; 06 = Blue; 08 = Orange; 09 = Gray;
10 = Purple/Violet; 11 = Brown; 12 = Pink
1.4
Description
ADVANCED

Bonded pairs, plenum, blue CMP-00423BNTB-6RB-06* 3633 D15A1000
Bonded pairs,
nonplenum, blue
CMR-00423BNTB-6RB-06 3632 006A1000
Nonbonded pairs,
plenum, blue
CMP-00423BNT-6RB-06 3613 D15A1000
Nonbonded pairs,
nonplenum, blue
CMR-00423BNT-6RB-06 3612 006A1000
KeyConnect CAT 6+ Modular Jacks (Additional Colors Available)
Almond 288804 AX101319
White 262105 AX101320
Blue
245704 AX101326
CAT 6+ KeyConnect Patch Panels
24 Ports
371650
AX103253
48 Ports
371651
AX103255
CAT 6+ Patch Cords (Additional Colors and Lengths Available)
4 Ft., blue
371926
C601106004
7 Ft., blue
371927
C601106007
10 Ft., blue
371928
C601106010
3600 Preterminated Systems
Cable assembly, CMR,
6 cables, 30 ft.
MM30-BNTC636-06
C601106030A06
CAT 6+ KeyConnect
RJ45 coupler
423349
AX104215
CAT 6+ KeyConnect
coupler patch panel
(preloaded), 48 ports
423351
AX104228
Distribution Cables
Plenum, 12 fibers
370-BNTOM3-TBD-12
Riser, 12 fibers
371-BNTOM3-TBD-12
LC 50 m
408478
1U panel
387027
4U panel
387044
387637
387032
421156
387645
Ultra Server Enclosure
Belden IBDN 10GX System
10GX Cables
Bonded pairs, plenum, blue CMP-00424BNT-10-06* 10GX33 D151000
Bonded pairs,
nonplenum, blue
CM-00424BNT-10-06 10GX32 0061000
Nonbonded pairs,
plenum, blue
CMP-00424CDT-10-06 10GX13 D151000
Nonbonded pairs,
nonplenum, blue
CM-00424CDT-10-06 10GX12 0061000
KeyConnect 10GX Modular Jacks (Additional Colors Available)
Almond 371866 AX102281
White
370238 AX102282
Blue
371873 AX102288
10GX KeyConnect Patch Panels
24 Ports
371652
AX103254
48 Ports
371653
AX103256
10GX Modular Patch Cords (Additional Colors and Lengths Available)
4 Ft., blue
MM03-BNT10G-06
CA21106004
7 Ft., blue
MM07-BNT10G-06
CA21106007
10 Ft., blue
MM10-BNT10G-06
CA21106010
10GX Preterminated Systems
Preterminated cable
assembly, 6 cables, 30 ft. MM30-BNT10GX-02
CA21100030A06
KeyConnect RJ45 coupler 423350
AX104024
KeyConnect coupler
patch panel (preloaded),
48 ports
426484
AX104142
B9C048
B9C042
AX104242-S1
AX103143
AX103267
AX103463
AX103465
AX103713
AX103729
AX200664
AX200665
AX200666
Distribution Cables
Plenum, 12 fibers
370-BNTOM4-TBD-12
Riser, 12 fibers
371-BNTOM4-TBD-12
LC 50 m
408478
1U panel
387027
4U panel
387044
LC Duplex, 12 fibers
423311
LC Duplex, 24 fibers
387045
423321
423324
Cabinet
423345
Cabinet
Description
XUS84-3-144428
Ultra Server Enclosure
Request the latest on Anixters ipAssured program.
1.800.ANIXTER anixter.com/ipassured
423343
B9E048
B9E042
AX104242-S1
AX103143
AX103267
AX103502
AX103519
AX103767
AX103783
AX203651
AX202406
AX203652
XUSD84-3-145328
Berk-Tek
ENHANCED
REFINED
Description
Anixter Part No. Berk-Tek Part No.
Berk-Tek LANmark-350 Cable

Plenum, blue
CMP-00424LAN-65P-06* 11074707
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424LAN-65P-06 11074708
Berk-Tek Premises Distribution Cable
Plenum, 12 fiber
370-500-GIGDST-12 PDP012LB3010/75
370-501-GIGTGHT-12 PDR012LB3010/75
Riser, 12 fiber
Description
ADVANCED

Plenum, blue
CMP-00424LAN-75P-06* 11074694
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424LAN-75P-06 11074701
Berk-Tek Premises Distribution Cable GIGAlite-10
Plenum, 12 fiber
370-510-GIGDST-12 PDP012EB3010/25
370-511-GIGTGHT-12 PDR012EB3010/25
Riser, 12 fiber
Description
Berk-Tek LANmark-10G2 Cable

CMP-00424BKT-10G-06* 10130484
Plenum, blue
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424BKT-10G-06 10137700
Berk-Tek MDP Preterminated Optical Assemblies, MTP-MTP
Plenum, 24 Fiber
BMDP24E77SSPxxx
Plenum, 72 Fiber
BMDP72E77SSPxxx
* For additional cable color options, replace 06 with one of the following color codes:
01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red; 04 = Green; 05 = Yellow; 06 = Blue;
08 = Orange; 09 = Gray; 10 = Purple/Violet; 11 = Brown; 12 = Pink
For connectivity part numbers, contact your local Anixter sales representative.
Ask your Anixter sales representative about the Berk-Tek SmartPak 1,500 ft. pull boxes:
reduce waste
speed up installs
save money
1.5
Chatsworth Products, Inc.

REFINED
Cabinets
M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet System
C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System
Thermal Management
KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet
Air Dam Kit
Filler Panels
MegaFrame Fan Top Panel Kit
Intelligent and Standard Fan Doors
Racks
Standard Rack
QuadraRack 4-Post and Server Frame
Cable Management
MCS Master Cabling Section
CCS Combination Cabling Section
VCS Vertical Cabling Section
Power Distribution
Basic eConnect PDU
Grounding and Bonding
Horizontal Rack Busbar
Power Distribution
Universal Cable Runway
ENHANCED
ADVANCED
Cabinets
GF-Series GlobalFrame Cabinet System
Thermal Management
Vertical Exhaust Duct
AisleLok Under Rack Panel
Bottom Panel
Rail Seal Kit
Filler Panels
Racks
Standard Rack
Adjustable QuadraRack and ServerRack
Cable Management
Velocity Cable Management
Cabinets
F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System
N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet
Thermal Management
Cold Aisle Containment
Hot Aisle Containment
AisleLok Acrycell Sealing Tape
Air Dam Kit
Filler Panels
Racks
Universal Rack
Adjustable Rail QuadraRack and ServerRack
Cable Management
Evolution Cable Management
Power Distribution
Monitored eConnect PDU
Power Distribution
Monitored Pro eConnect PDU

Vertical Rack Busbar
Cable Pathway
OnTrac Standard Wire Mesh Tray System

Telecommunications Grounding Busbar
Cable Pathway
OnTrac Shaped Wire Mesh Tray System
Cabinet-Level Electronic Locking
T Z Praetorian and TZ Centurion Cabinet
Locking System
For part numbers and more information on ordering these products, contact your local Anixter sales representative.
1.6
CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions

ENHANCED
REFINED
Systimax
Description
Anixter Part No.
Part No.
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM Copper Cabling System
ADVANCED
Systimax
Description
Anixter Part No.
Part No.
Systimax
Description
Anixter Part No.
Part No.
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL Copper Cabling System
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D Copper

Cabling Solution
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM 61 Series Cable

Plenum, blue
CMP-00424MAX-6-06F* 760049585
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424MAX-6-06 107057853
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM MPS100E Information Outlet
Black 221193 108232695
White 221199 108232745
Ivory 221198 108232737
Blue 221202 108232778
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM 1100 Patch Panels
24-Port, straight
529478
108208919
48-Port, straight
529479
108208935
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM D8PS Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-AV6-06*^
CPC6642-02F003
7 Ft., blue
MM07-AV6-06
CPC6642-02F007
10 Ft., blue
MM10-AV6-06
CPC6642-02F010
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL 71 Series Cable

CMP-00424AVA-7-06* 700210081
Plenum, blue
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424AVA-7-06
760004697
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL MGS400 Information Outlet
Black 246740 700206667
White 246748 700206725
Ivory 246747 700206717
Blue 246751 700206758
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL 1100GS3 Patch Panels
24-Port, straight
436178
760152561
48-Port, straight
436179
760152579
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL GS8E Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-AV7E-06*^
CPC3312-02-F003
7 Ft., blue
MM07-AV7E-06
CPC3312-02-F007
10 Ft., blue
MM10-AV7E-06
CPC3312-02-F010
LazrSPEED 150 Laser-Optimized 50 m OM2
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-COMOM2-TBD-12
Riser, 12-fiber
371-COMOM2-TBD-12
Connectors
EZ-LC connector
305059
SYSTIMAX 360 Modular Fiber Shelves
1U fixed shelf
390393
2U fixed shelf
390401
4U fixed shelf
390408
360G2 Modular Distribution Panels
24 LC LazrSPEED
414564
InstaPATCH 360 Modules
24 LC LazrSPEED
401195
InstaPATCH 360 Preterminated Trunk Cables
Fiber Optic Patch Cords
LC to LC, 4 ft.
273308
LC to LC, 6 ft.
273310
LC to LC, 10 ft.
273312
P012DS5MFSUAQ
R012DS5MFSUAQ
760034181
760103150
760103168
760101055
760115907
760109884
FEXLCLC42MXF004
FEXLCLC42MXF006
FEXLCLC42MXF010
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-COMOM3-TBD-12
Riser, 12-fiber
371-COMOM3-TBD-12
Connectors
EZ-LC connector
305059
1U fixed shelf
390393
2U fixed shelf
390401
4U fixed shelf
390408
24 LC LazrSPEED
414564
24 LC LazrSPEED
401195
LC to LC, 4 ft.
273308
LC to LC, 6 ft.
273310
LC to LC, 10 ft.
273312
Racks and Accessories
4-Post racks
Horizontal cable management
Vertical cable management

*For additional cable color options, replace -06 with one of the
following color codes:
01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red; 04 = Green; 05 = Yellow;
06 = Blue; 08 = Orange; 09 = Gray; 10 = Purple/Violet;
11 = Brown; 12 = Pink
Network cabinets
Server cabinets
Fan trays
Grounding accessories
P012DS5LFSUAQ
R012DS5LFSUAQ
760034181
760103150
760103168
760101055
760115907
760109884
FEXLCLC42MXF004
FEXLCLC42MXF006
FEXLCLC42MXF010
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 91B Series Cable

CMP-00424X10D-10B-06* 760105338
Plenum, blue
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424X10D-10B-06 760105759
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D MGS600 Information Outlet
Black 393214 760092361
White 393219 760092429
Ivory 393218 760092411
Blue 393213 760092452
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 1100GS5 Patch Panels
24-Port, straight
436180
760152587
48-Port, straight
436181
760152595
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 360GS10E Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-X10D360-06*^ CPCSSX2-02F003
7 Ft., blue
MM07-X10D360-06
CPCSSX2-02F007
10 Ft., blue
MM10-X10D360-06
CPCSSX2-02F010
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-COMOM4-TBD-12
Riser, 12-fiber
371-COMOM4-TBD-12
Connectors
EZ-LC connector
305059
1U fixed shelf
390393
2U fixed shelf
390401
4U fixed shelf
390408
24 LC LazrSPEED
414564
24 LC LazrSPEED
401195
LC to LC, 4 ft.
273308
LC to LC, 6 ft.
273310
LC to LC, 10 ft.
273312
P012DS5KFSUAQ
R012DS5KFSUAQ
760034181
760103150
760103168
760101055
760115907
760109884
FEXLCLC42MXF004
FEXLCLC42MXF006
FEXLCLC42MXF010
Network cabinets
Server cabinets
Fan trays
For rack and accessory part numbers, contact your local Anixter sales representative.
^ For additional length options, replace 03 with the

appropriate footage.
1.7
CommScope Uniprise Solutions

ENHANCED
REFINED
Description
Anixter Part No. Uniprise Part No.
Uniprise Ultra II Copper Cabling System
Description
Uniprise UltraMedia Copper Cabling System
Uniprise Ultra II Series Cables

CMP-00424COM-6U-06*
4196914/10
Plenum, blue
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424COM-6U-06
4299714/10
Uniprise Ultra II UNJ500 Information Outlets
Black 279893 CC0020511/1
White 279898 CC0020578/1
Ivory 279897 CC0020560/1
Blue 279901 CC0021840/1
Uniprise Ultra II UNP510 Patch Panels
24-Port, straight
331417
CC0057539/1
48-Port, straight
331418
CC0057547/1
Uniprise Ultra II UNC5 Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-COMC5E-06*^
CC0062760/1
7 Ft., blue
MM07-COMC5E-06
CC0062786/1
10 Ft., blue
MM10-COMC5E-06
CC0062794/1
Uniprise UltraMedia Series Cables

CMP-00424COM-7RB-06*
4763294/10
Plenum, blue
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424COM-7RB-06
4662094/10
Uniprise UltraMedia UNJ600 Information Outlets
Black 279861 CC0020826/1
White 279888 CC0020883/1
Ivory 279887 CC0020875/1
Blue 279891 CC0020917/1
Uniprise UltraMedia UNP610 Patch Panels
24-Port, straight
331423
CC0057596/1
48-Port, straight
331426
CC0057604/1
Uniprise UltraMedia UNC6 Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-COMC6-06^*
CC0062521/1
7 Ft., blue
MM07-COMC6-06
CC0062547/1
10 Ft., blue
MM10-COMC6-06
CC0062554/1
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-COMOM2-TBD-12
371-COMOM2-TBD-12
Riser, 12-fiber
Connectors
EZ-LC connector
305059
Uniprise
1U sliding shelf
428551
2U sliding shelf
428552
4U sliding shelf
428553
Uniprise Modular Distribution Panels
24 LC LazrSPEED
428604
Uniprise Modules
24 LC LazrSPEED
312212
LC to LC, 4 ft.
273308
273310
LC to LC, 6 ft.
LC to LC, 10 ft.
273312
700009756
700203086
760034181
760147439
760147447
760147454
760148171
760039685
FEXLCLC42MXF004
FEXLCLC42MXF006
FEXLCLC42MXF010
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-COMOM3-TBD-12
371-COMOM3-TBD-12
Riser, 12-fiber
Connectors
EZ-LC connector
305059
Uniprise
1U sliding shelf
428551
2U sliding shelf
428552
4U sliding shelf
428553
Uniprise Modular Distribution Panels
24 LC LazrSPEED
428604
Uniprise Modules
24 LC LazrSPEED
312212
LC to LC, 4 ft.
273308
273310
LC to LC, 6 ft.
LC to LC, 10 ft.
273312
4-Post racks
*For additional cable color options, replace -06 with one of the following color codes:
Network cabinets
Server cabinets
Fan trays
^For additional length options, replace 03 with the appropriate footage.
1.8
700009731
700208150
760034181
760147439
760147447
760147454
760148171
760039685
FEXLCLC42MXF004
FEXLCLC42MXF006
FEXLCLC42MXF010
Corning Cable Systems

ENHANCED
REFINED
Description
Anixter Part No.
Corning Part No. Description
Field Installed 50 Micron, OM2, 150 Meter
MIC Cables
Plenum, 6-fiber
370-COROM2-TBD-06 006T88-31131-29
370-COROM2-TBD-12 012T88-33131-29
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-COROM2-TBD-24 024T88-33131-29
Plenum, 24-fiber
371-COROM2-TBD-06 006T81-31131-24
Riser, 6-fiber
371-COROM2-TBD-12 012T81-33131-24
Riser, 12-fiber
371-COROM2-TBD-24 024T81-33131-24
Riser, 24-fiber
UniCam Standard-Performance Connectors, OM2
338910
95-050-99
LC 50 m
UniCam High-Performance
Tool Kit
347845
TKT-UNICAM-PFC
Closet Connector Housing
1 Rack unit holds 2 panels 180626
CCH-01U
2 Rack units holds 4 panels 180627
CCH-02U
CCH-03U
CCH-04U
Closet Connector Housing (CCH) Panels, OM2
6 Fiber, LC
289425
CCH-CP06-D3
12 Fiber, LC
250692
CCH-CP12-D3
ADVANCED
Anixter Part No.
Corning Part No.
Anixter Part No.
Corning Part No.
Pre-Terminated Plug & Play Universal Systems
Pre-Terminated Plug & Play Universal Systems
MIC Cables
370-COROM3-TBD-06 006T88-31180-29
Plenum, 6 fiber
370-COROM3-TBD-12 012T88-33180-29
Plenum, 12 fiber
370-COROM3-TBD-24 024T88-33180-29
Plenum, 24 fiber
371-COROM3-TBD-06 006T81-31180-24
Riser, 6 fiber
371-COROM3-TBD-12 012T81-33180-24
Riser, 12 fiber
371-COROM3-TBD-24 024T81-33180-24
Riser, 24 fiber
UniCam High-Performance Connectors, OM3/OM4
338911
95-050-99-X
LC 50 m
347845
TKT-UNICAM-PFC
Tool Kit
CCH-01U
CCH-02U
CCH-03U
CCH-04U
Closet Connector Housing (CCH) Panels, OM3/OM4
6 Fiber, LC
355883
CCH-CP06-E4
272048
CCH-CP12-E4
12 Fiber, LC
Plug & Play Universal Systems Trunks*
12 Fiber, 30 ft.
394840
24 Fiber, 30 ft.
394859
Pretium Connector Housing
1 Rack unit holds 2 modules 268733
2 Rack units holds 4 modules 330206
Plug & Play Universal Systems Modules
12-Fiber module,
LC duplex adapters
401476
24-Fiber module,
401477
LC duplex adapters
Plug & Play Universal Systems Jumpers*
1 Meter
394979
394981
3 Meter
5 Meter
419142
A757512TPNAAU030F
A757524TPNAAU030F
PCH-01U
PCH-02U
PCH-04U
CCH-UM12-05-93T
CCH-UM24-05-93T
E050502T5120001M
E050502T5120003M
E050502T5120005M
Pre-Terminated Pretium EDGE Solutions
*Additional lengths and configurations available.
Description
Pretium EDGE Solutions Trunks*

12 Fiber, 30 ft.
398326
24 Fiber, 30 ft.
398516
Pretium EDGE Solutions Housings
1 Rack unit holds 8 modules
398739
Pretium EDGE Solutions Modules
12-Fiber module,
LC duplex adapters
398318
Pretium EDGE Jumpers*
1 Meter
405581
3 Meter
405582
5 Meter
405583
G757512TPNDDU030F
G757524TPNDDU030F
EDGE-01U
EDGE-02U
EDGE-04U
ECM-UM12-05-93T
797902TD120001M
797902TD120003M
797902TD120005M
MIC Cables
370-COROM4-TBD-06 006T88-31190-29
Plenum, 6 fiber
370-COROM4-TBD-12 012T88-33190-29
Plenum, 12 fiber
370-COROM4-TBD-24 024T88-33190-29
Plenum, 24 fiber
371-COROM4-TBD-06 006T81-31190-24
Riser, 6 fiber
371-COROM4-TBD-12 012T81-33190-24
Riser, 12 fiber
371-COROM4-TBD-24 024T81-33190-24
Riser, 24 fiber
UniCam High-Performance Connectors, OM3/OM4
338911
95-050-99-X
LC 50 m
347845
TKT-UNICAM-PFC
Tool Kit
CCH-01U
CCH-02U
CCH-03U
CCH-04U
Closet Connector Housing (CCH) Panels, OM3/OM4
6 Fiber, LC
355883
CCH-CP06-E4
272048
CCH-CP12-E4
12 Fiber, LC
Plug & Play Universal Systems Trunks*
12 Fiber, 30 feet
423340
24 Fiber, 30 feet
423342
Pretium Connector Housing
1 Rack unit holds 2 modules 268733
12 Fiber module,
LC duplex adapters
401478
24 Fiber module,
401479
LC duplex adapters
Plug & Play Universal Systems Jumpers*
1 Meter
423346
423347
3 Meter
5 Meter
423348
A757512QPNAAU030F
A757524QPNAAU030F
PCH-01U
PCH-02U
PCH-04U
CCH-UM12-05-93Q
CCH-UM24-05-93Q
E050502Q5120001M
E050502Q5120003M
E050502Q5120005M
Pre-Terminated Pretium EDGE Solutions
Pretium EDGE Solutions Trunks*

12 Fiber, 30 ft.
398390
24 Fiber, 30 ft.
398580
Pretium EDGE Solutions Housings
1 Rack unit holds 8 modules
398739
12 Fiber module,
LC duplex adapters
398319
Pretium EDGE Jumpers*
1 Meter
418558
3 Meter
423336
5 Meter
418559
G757512QPNDDU030F
G757524QPNDDU030F
EDGE-01U
EDGE-02U
EDGE-04U
ECM-UM12-05-93Q
797902QD120001M
797902QD120003M
797902QD120005M
1.9
Legrand|Ortronics
ENHANCED
REFINED
Description
Anixter Part No. Ortronics Part No.
Legrand|Ortronics Clarity5E TracJacks

Fog white
248920
TJ5E00
Cloud white
248939
TJ5E00-88
Black 248921 TJ5E00-00
Dark blue
248935
TJ5E00-36
Legrand|Ortronics Clarity5E Patch Panels
24-Port 248950 PHD5E6U24
48-Port 248952 PHD5E6U48
24-Port, angled
286471
PHA5E6U24
48-Port, angled
286470
PHA5E6U48
Legrand|Ortronics Modular Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-OR6C-06*^ MC5E03-06
7 Ft., blue
MM07-OR6C-06
MC5E07-06
9 Ft., blue
MM09-0R6C-06
MC5E09-06
Legrand|Ortronics Field Installable Connectors
LC, no epoxy/no polish,
zirconia ferrule
315562
205KAS9GA-50T
Legrand|Ortronics FC Series Rack-Mount Patch Fiber Cabinets
1U empty panel
323605
FC01U-P
2U empty panel
323609
FC02U-P
4U empty panel
323611
FC04U-P
Legrand|Ortronics Adapter Panels, Black, Beige Adapters,
Phosphor Bronze Sleeve
12-Fiber LC duplex
323646
OFP-LCD12MB
24-Fiber LC quad
323647
OFP-LCQ24MB
Legrand|Ortronics Momentum 2 Cassettes
352797
M2SCD12-50E
339377
M2LCQ24-50E
Legrand|Ortronics Plug-and-Play Microcable Trunk Assemblies
Legrand|Ortronics Patch Cords
LC to LC, 1 meter
398734
P1DF2LRGZGZ001M
LC to LC, 2 meter
398736
P1DF2LRGZGZ002M
LC to LC, 3 meter
398737
P1DF2LRGZGZ003M
Description
Mighty Mo Cabinet Frame (With mounting rails only)
Legrand|Ortronics Clarity6 TracJacks

Fog white
234120
TJ600
Cloud white
234143
TJ600-88
Black 234122 TJ600-00
Dark blue
266669
TJ600-36
Legrand|Ortronics Clarity6 Patch Panels
24-Port 234470 PHD66U24
48-Port 234471 PHD66U48
24-Port, angled
281518
PHA66U24
48-Port, angled
276236
PHA66U48
3 Ft., blue
MM03-OR7N-06*^ MC603-06
9 Ft., blue
MM07-OR7N-06
MC607-06
12 Ft., blue
MM09-OR7N-06
MC609-06
Legrand|Ortronics OptiMo Field-Installable Connectors
LC, no epoxy/no polish,
zirconia ferrule
315562
205KAS9GA-50T
Legrand|Ortronics FC Series Rack-Mount Patch Fiber Cabinets
1U empty panel
323605
FC01U-P
2U empty panel
323609
FC02U-P
4U empty panel
323611
FC04U-P
Legrand|Ortronics Adapter Panels, Aqua, Ceramic Sleeve
12-Fiber LC duplex
352514
OFP-LCD12LC
24-Fiber LC quad
353188
OFP-LCQ24LC
Legrand|Ortronics Momentum 3 Cassettes
375468
M3LCD12-50E
375467
M3LCQ24-50E
Legrand|Ortronics Plug-and-Play Microcable Trunk Assemblies
Legrand|Ortronics Patch Cords
LC to LC, 1 meter
398734
P1DF2LRGZGZ001M
LC to LC, 2 meter
398736
P1DF2LRGZGZ002M
LC to LC, 3 meter
398737
P1DF2LRGZGZ003M
Cabinet
Cabinet
ADVANCED
Legrand|Ortronics Mighty Mo GX Cabinets

Rack Accessorries
Mighty Mo vertical and horizontal managers
Mighty Mo airflow baffles
Air Guard brush cable grommet
Description
Cabinet
Legrand|Ortronics Mighty Mo Cabinets

Rack Accessories
Mighty Mo vertical and horizontal managers
Mighty Mo airflow baffles
Air Guard Brush Cable Grommet
^ For additional length options, replace 03 with the appropriate footage.
For cable part numbers, contact your local Anixter sales representative.
1.10
Legrand|Ortronics Clarity6A TracJacks

Fog white
448430
TJ6A
Cloud white
448439
TJ6A-88
Black 448431 TJ6A-00
Blue
448432 TJ6A-36
Legrand|Ortronics Clarity6A Patch Panels
24-Port 448446 PHD6AU24
48-Port 448447 PHD6AU48
24-Port, angled
448448
PHA6AU24
48-Port, angled
448449
PHA6AU48
3 Ft., blue
MM03-OR10G-06*^ MC61003-06
9 Ft., blue
MM09-OR10G-06
MC61009-06
12 Ft., blue
MM12-OR10G-06
MC61012-06
Legrand|Ortronics OptiMo HD Series Rack-Mount
Patch Fiber Cabinets
1U empty panel
FC01U-M
447760
2U empty panel
FC02U-M
447761
3U empty panel
FC03U-M
447762
4U empty panel
FC04U-M
447763
Legrand|Ortronics OptiMo HD Series Adapter Panels
12-Fiber LC duplex
352514
OFP-LCD12LC
24-Fiber LC quad
353188
OFP-LCQ24LC
Legrand|Ortronics Fusion Splice Accessories
48-Fiber splice tray
FST3-F048
447767
Heat shrink sleeves, 2.5 mm 20500337
447768
Legrand|Ortronics Patch Cords (Premium Performance)
LC to LC, 1 meter
375504
P3DF2LRGZGZ001M
LC to LC, 2 meter
375505
P3DF2LRGZGZ002M
LC to LC, 3 meter
375506
P3DF2LRGZGZ003M
PANDUIT
REFINED
Description
ENHANCED
Anixter Part No.
PANDUIT Part No.
PANDUIT TX5500 UTP Copper Cabling System
TX5500 UTP Copper Cable

Plenum, blue
CMP-00424PND-6U-06*
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424PND-6U-06
Mini-Com TX5e UTP Jack Module
Black
311330
311338
White
Off white
311335
Blue
311332
DP5e Patch Panel
24-Port
311403
48-Port
311404
TX5e UTP Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-PA6-06*^
7 Ft., blue
MM07-PA6-06
MM10-PA6-06
10 Ft., blue
PUP5504BU-UY
PUR5504BU-UY
CJ5E88TGBL
CJ5E88TGWH
CJ5E88TGIW
CJ5E88TGBU
DP245E88TGY
DP485E88TGY
UTPCH3BUY
UTPCH7BUY
UTPCH10BUY
OPTI-CORE 50/125 m (OM2)
Description
Anixter Part No.
ADVANCED
PANDUIT Part No.
PANDUIT TX6000 Copper Cabling System

Plenum, blue
CMP-00424PND-7RB-06*
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00424PND-7RB-06
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS UTP Jack Module
Black
311268
311329
White
Off white
311325
Blue
311321
DP6 PLUS Patch Panels
24-Port
311398
48-Port
311399
TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-PA7P-06*^
7 Ft., blue
MM07-PA7P-06
10 Ft., blue
MM10-PA7P-06
PUP6004BU-UY
PUR6004BU-UY
CJ688TGBL
CJ688TGWH
CJ688TGIW
CJ688TGBU
DP24688TGY
DP48688TGY
UTPSP3BUY
UTPSP7BUY
UTPSP10BUY
Description
Anixter Part No.
TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cable with MaTriX Technology

Plenum, blue
CMP-00423PND-6A-06* PUP6A04BU-UG
Nonplenum, blue
CM-00423PND-6A-06
PUP6A04BU-UG
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Module
Black
307325
CJ6X88TGBL
323290
CJ6X88TGWH
White
Off white
307317
CJ6X88TGIW
Blue
307322
CJ6X88TGBU
DP6A 10Gig Punchdown Patch Panels
24-Port
307300
DP246X88TGY
48-Port
307301
DP486X88TGY
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-PA6A-06*^
UTP6A3BU
7 Ft., blue
MM07-PA6A-06
UTP6A7BU
10 Ft., blue
MM10-PA6A-06
UTP6A10BU
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-PAN50-TBD-12
FSDP512Y
Riser, 12-fiber
371-PAN50-TBD-12
FSDR512Y
OPTICAM 50/125 m Multimode Duplex Connector
LC
313206
FLCDMC5BLY
OPTICOM Fiber Distribution Enclosures
1U
367260
FRME1U
2U
367264
FRME2U
3U
248880
FRME3
OPTICOM Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
6-Fiber LC
398200
FAP6WBLDLC
12-Fiber LC
413922
FAP12WBLDLC
Preterminated Modules
12-Fiber LC
327698
FC5-12-10Y
24-Fiber LC
345905
FC5-24-10Y
Preterminated Trunk Cables
LC to LC, 4 ft.
287725
F5E10-10M1Y
287726
F5E10-10M2Y
LC to LC, 6 ft.
LC to LC, 10 ft.
287728
F5E10-10M3Y
OPTI-CORE 10Gig 50/125 m (OM3)
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-PAN300-TBD-12
FODPX12Y
Riser, 12-fiber
371-PAN300-TBD-12
FODRX12Y
OPTICAM 10Gig 50/125 m OM3/OM4 Duplex Connector
LC
313204 FLCDMCXAQY
1U
367260
FRME1U
2U
367264
FRME2U
3U
248880
FRME3
6-Fiber LC
313274
FAP6WAQDLCZ
352258
FAP12WAQDLCZ
12-Fiber LC
12-Fiber LC
355015
FCX-12-10Y
24-Fiber LC
381438
FCX-24-10BY
LC to LC, 1 meter
268793
FXE10-10M1Y
268794
FXE10-10M2Y
LC to LC, 2 meter
LC to LC, 3 meter
268795
FXE10-10M3Y
OPTI-CORE 10Gig 50/125 m (OM4)
Racks
PAN-NET 4-post rack system
Rack Accessorries
Open-Access horizontal cable manager
PATCHRUNNER TM vertical cable management
NETRUNNER TM vertical cable management
Rack-mount power outlet units
STRUCTUREDGROUNDTM grounding system

* For additional cable color options, replace -06 with one of the
following color codes: 01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red;
04 = Green; 05 = Yellow; 06 = Blue; 08 = Orange; 09 = Gray;
10 = Purple/Violet; 11 = Brown; 12 = Pink
^For additional length options, replace 03 with the appropriate footage.
Cabinets
NET-ACCESS TM cabinets
Rack Accessories
PATCHLINK TM horizontal cable manager
NETMANAGER TM horizontal cable manager
CABRUNNER TM overhead cable routing system
NET-ACCESS TM vertical exhaust system
COOL BOOT TM air-sealing grommet
STRUCTUREDGROUND grounding system
PANDUIT Part No.
PANDUIT TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber
370-PANOM4-TBD-12
FODPZ12Y
Riser, 12-fiber
371-PANOM4-TBD-12
FODRZ12Y
OPTICAM 10Gig 50/125 m OM3/OM4 Duplex Connector
LC
313204
FLCDMCXAQY
1U
367260
FRME1U
2U
367264
FRME2U
3U
248880
FRME3
6-Fiber LC
313274
FAP6WAQDLCZ
352258
FAP12WAQDLCZ
12-Fiber LC
421776
FCZ-12-10Y
12-Fiber LC
24-Fiber LC
421777
FCZ-24-10Y
LC to LC, 1 meter
415877
FZE10-10M1
415878
FZE10-10M2
LC to LC, 2 meter
LC to LC, 3 meter
415879
FZE10-10M3
Cabinets
NET-SERV cabinets
NET-ACCESS cabinets
Rack Accessories
NETMANAGER horizontal cable manager
CABRUNNER overhead cable routing system
NET-ACCESS vertical exhaust system
COOL BOOT air-sealing grommet
STRUCTUREDGROUND grounding system
*Additional lengths and configurations available.
1.11
TE Connectivity Enterprise Networks

REFINED
Description
Anixter Part No.
ADVANCED
ENHANCED
TE Part No.
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
TE Connectivity Category 5e System
TE Connectivity Category 6 System
TE Connectivity OM2 Fiber Optic Solution
TE Connectivity XG OM3 Fiber Optic Solution
Category 5e U/UTP Cables

Plenum, blue
CMP-00424TE-5EU-06* TE520P-BLII
Plenum, white
CMP-00424TE-5EU-01 TE520P-WTII
Riser, blue
CM-00424TE-5EU-06
TE520R-BLII
Riser, white
CM-00424TE-5EU-01
TE520R-WTII
Category 5e SL Series Jacks
Black 244701 1375191-2
Almond 244700 1375191-1
White 244702 1375191-3
Gray 244703 1375191-4
Blue 244705 1375191-6
Category 5e Patch Panels
24-Port, 1RU flat
244905
479154-2
24-Port, 1RU angled
323206
PP24AC5ET
48-Port, 2RU flat
244911
1479155-2
48-Port, 2RU angled
323205
PP48AC5ET
Category 5e Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-TE5E-06*
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL03F
3 Ft., white
MM03-TE5E-01
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT03F
7 Ft., blue
MM07-TE5E-06
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL07F
7 Ft., white
MM07-TE5E-01
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT07F
10 Ft., blue
MM10-TE5E-06
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL10F
10 Ft., white
MM10-TE5E-01
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT10F
Building Cables
Plenum, 12-fiber OM2 370-AMPOM2-TBD-12 1-1553312-2
Riser, 12-fiber OM2
371-AMPOM2-TBD-12 1-1553311-2
Connectors
LC
343023 6754485-2
Fiber Shelves
1U
378185 1777125-1
2U 198517 559542-2
4U 198520 559552-2
Connector Panels
12-Fiber LC
370308
1374463-4
24-Fiber LC
370309
1435516-4
12-Fiber LC OM2
307935
1918779-1
24-Fiber LC OM2
355446
1918780-1
Contact Anixter for build to order lengths (feet or meters)
LC to LC, 1 meter OM2 421837
PAT-LCLC-R20C001M
PAT-LCLC-R20C002M
PAT-LCLC-R20C003M
Category 6 U/UTP Cables

Plenum, blue
CMP-00423TE-7RB-06* TE620P-BLRB
Plenum, white
CMP-00423TE-7RB-01 TE620P-WTRB
Riser, blue
CM-00423TE-7RB-06
TE620R-BLRB
Riser, white
CM-00423TE-7RB-01
TE620R-WTRB
Category 6 SL Series Jacks
Black 209206 1375055-2
Almond 209205 1375055-1
White 233853 1375055-3
Gray 234589 1375055-4
Blue 209207 1375055-6
Category 6 Patch Panels
24-Port, 1RU flat
233802
1375014-2
24-Port, 1RU angled
323203
PP24AC6T
48-Port, 2RU flat
304719
1375015-2
48-Port, 2RU angled 323204
PP48AC6T
Category 6 Patch Cords
3 Ft., blue
MM03-TE6-06*
TCPC-6RUVB-BL03F
3 Ft., white
MM03-TE6-01
TCPC-6RUVB-WT03F
7 Ft., blue
MM07-TE6-06
TCPC-6RUVB-BL07F
7 Ft., white
MM07-TE6-01
TCPC-6RUVB-WT07F
10 Ft., blue
MM10-TE6-06
TCPC-6RUVB-BL10F
10 Ft., white
MM10-TE6-01
TCPC-6RUVB-WT 10F
Building Cables
Riser, 12-fiber OM3
371-AMPOM3-TBD-12 3-1553311-9
Connectors
LC 421306 6754485-4
Fiber Shelves
1U 367659 1-1657014-7
2U 198517 559542-2
4U 198520 559552-2
Connector Panels
12-Fiber LC
378465
1374463-5
24-Fiber LC
391330
1435516-5
12-Fiber LC OM3
357638
1918783-1
24-Fiber LC OM3
370279
1918784-1
PAT-LCLC-R30C001M
PAT-LCLC-R30C002M
PAT-LCLC-R30C003M
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
TE Connectivity Category 6A System
Category 6A U/UTP Cables

Plenum, blue
CMP-00423TE-6A-06* TE640P-BL02
Plenum, white
CMP-00423TE-6A-01 TE640P-WT02
Riser, blue
CM-00423TE-6A-06
TE640R-BL02
Riser, white
CM-00423TE-6A-01
TE640R-WT02
Category 6A AMP-TWIST Jacks
Black 489568 1933476-2
Almond 489571 1933476-1
White 489573 1-1933476-3
Gray 489575 1933476-4
Blue 489576 1933476-6
Category 6A Patch Panels
24-Port, 1RU flat
489586
2111570-1
24-Port, 1RU angled
489587
2111572-1
24-Port,
1RU dynamic angled
396776
PP24AC6AT
48-Port, 2RU
489589
2111571-1
48-Port, 2RU angled 489590
2111573-1
48-Port,
2RU dynamic angled
396780
PP48AC6AT
Category 6A Patch Cords
4 Ft., blue
MM04-KR10-06*
6645-2-825-04
4 Ft., white
MM04-KR10-01
6645-2-805-04
7 Ft., blue
MM07-KR10-06
6645-2-825-07
7 Ft., white
MM07-KR10-01
6645-2-805-07
10 Ft., blue
MM10-KR10-06
6645-2-825-10
10 Ft., white
MM10-KR10-01
6645-2-805-10
TE Connectivity XG OM4 Fiber Optic Solution
Building Cables
371-AMPOM4-TBD-12 4-1553311-9
Riser, 12-fiber OM4
Connectors
LC
421306 6754485-4
Fiber Shelves
1U 367659 1-1657014-7
2U 198517 559542-2
4U 336271 1435558-1
Connector Panels
12-Fiber LC
378465
1374463-5
24-Fiber LC
391330
1435516-5
12-Fiber LC OM4
421852
1553448-1
421854
1553449-1
24-Fiber LC OM4
PAT-LCLC-R40C001M
*For additional cable color options, replace -06 with one of the following color codes:
PAT-LCLC-R40C002M
01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red; 04 = Green; 05 = Yellow; 06 = Blue; 08 = Orange; 09 = Gray; 10 = Purple/Violet; 11 = Brown; 12 = Pink LC to LC, 2 meter OM4 489667
PAT-LCLC-R40C003M
For additional length options, replace 03 with the appropriate footage.
1.12
The Technical Edge You Need to Succeed.
Work with our Technology Alliance Partners

and gain access to:
The latest high-quality, high-performance products and solutions
to meet your specific application needs
Anixters Technology Alliance Partners deliver
best-in-class solutions to connect the worlds most important
systems. Spanning enterprise data centers, physical security
solutions, in-building wireless and more, Anixters Technology
Alliance Partners help todays organizations operate more
efficiently and securely while maximizing their value.
SM
Anixters technical resources, including Anixters Infrastructure

Solutions Lab , where Anixter and its manufacturer partners work
side-by-side with customers to develop the right solutions for the
most challenging technical requirements.
SM
Learn how the Technology Alliance can help you

by visiting anixter.com/techalliance.
Anixters Technology Alliance Partners for Data Centers:

SM
Anixter ipAssured for IP Security Infrastructure

Anixter has made choosing an infrastructure simple. Just tell us the types of security technologies and applications
needed for the network from network and analog cameras to Power over Ethernet and biometric access control
and you will receive an IP infrastructure solution from best-in-class manufacturer partners that provides superior
performance today and in the future.
The Anixter ipAssuredSM: Defining IP Security Infrastructure program matches the cabling infrastructure to the
security equipment based on the technical, application and life-cycle requirements of the user. Developed from
extensive testing and research at Anixters Infrastructure Solutions LabSM, Anixter ipAssured recommends cabling
solutions based on the security applications a company is running, including network video, access control, storage
and recording. The results from the testing done in The Lab allow Anixter to provide cabling solutions based on the
planned life cycle of the security applications.
Determining the Right IP-ClassSM
Divided into IP-ClassSM 1+ (1 to 5 years), IP-Class 5+ (5 to 10 years) and
IP-Class 10+ (more than 10 years), Anixter ipAssured provides a robust cabling
infrastructure to address current needs while allowing headroom for future
expansions or advancements.
Manufacturer Partners
All IP-Classes and recommended manufacturer solutions are tested in the Anixter
Infrastructure Solutions Lab for Anixter ipAssured performance and are backed by
a manufacturers warranty.
Visit anixter.com/ipassured to learn more about Anixters ipAssured program. Also,
ask your Anixter sales representative about ipAssured products and solutions for
data centers and IP video migration!
1.14
Which of these is a bigger threat to your security investment?
The wrong cabling

infrastructure can
hinder the performance
of even the most
sophisticated video
surveillance system.
Category 5e cable
The right cabling

infrastructure is
critical to the
successful operation
and useful life of
a security system.
ipAssured IP-ClassSM 10+ cable
The Anixter ipAssuredSM: Defining IP Security Infrastructure program matches the cabling infrastructure to the
security equipment based on the technical, application and life-cycle requirements of the user.
2012 Anixter Inc.
Contact your local Anixter representative or visit anixter.com/ipassured

to learn how Anixter ipAssured can protect your security investment.
Anixter is a leading global supplier of communications and security products, electrical and electronic wire and cable, fasteners and other small components. We help our customers specify solutions and make informed purchasing
decisions around technology, applications and relevant standards. Throughout the world, we provide innovative supply chain management services to reduce our customers total cost of production and implementation.
Belden
ipAssured Solutions for IP Security Infrastructure

DataTwist 350 and DataTwist 1200 Cables
Description
350 Bonded pairs, plenum
350 Bonded pairs, nonplenum
1200 Nonbonded, plenum
1200 Nonbonded, nonplenum

CMP-00424FAX-6B-06* 1701A D151000
CM-00424CAX-6B-06
1700A 0061000
CMP-00424IBDN-6U-06 1213 D15U1000
CM-00424IBDN-6U-06 1212 006U1000

Description
Bonded pairs, plenum
Bonded pairs, nonplenum
Nonbonded pairs, plenum
Nonbonded pairs, nonplenum
Belden IBDN 10GX System

10GX Cables

CMP-00423BNTB-6RB-06* 3633 D15A1000
CMR-00473BNTB-6RB-06 3632 006A1000
CMP-00423BNT-6RB-06 3613 D15A1000
CMR-00423BNT-6RB-06 3612 006A1000
Description
Bonded pairs, plenum, blue
Bonded pairs, nonplenum, blue
Nonbonded pairs, plenum, blue
Nonbonded pairs, nonplenum, blue

CMP-00424BNT-10-06* 10GX33 D151000
CM-00424BNT-10-06 10GX32 0061000
CMP-00424CDT-10-06 10GX13 D151000
CM-00424CDT-10-06 10GX12 0061000
01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red; 04 = Green; 05 = Yellow; 06 = Blue; 08 = Orange; 09 = Gray; 10 = Purple
CAT 5e KeyConnectTM Modular Jacks
CAT 5e HD Patch Panels
Description
Gray
Almond
White
Black
Orange, TIA 606 color
Red, TIA 606 color
Yellow, TIA 606 color
Green, TIA 606 color
Blue, TIA 606 color
Purple, TIA 606 color

371671 AX101307
251851 AX101308
288801 AX101309
278532 AX101310
288805
AX101311
371667
AX101312
371669
AX101313
288802
AX101314
288803
AX101315
371670
AX101316
CAT 6+ KeyConnect Modular Jacks
Description
Gray
Almond
White
Black
Red, TIA 606 color
Blue, TIA 606 color

262104 AX101318
288804 AX101319
262105 AX101320
262106 AX101321
264350
AX101322
371679
AX101323
371706
AX101324
246593
AX101325
245704
AX101326
371709
AX101327
CAT 6+ KeyConnect Patch Panels
Description
24-Port 371648 AX103258
48-Port 371649 AX103259
Description
24-Port 371650 AX103253
48-Port 371651 AX103255
CAT 5e Patch Cords

(additional colors and lengths available)
CAT 6+ Patch Cords

(additional colors and lengths available)
Description
4 Ft., blue
4 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white

371890
C501106004
371902
C501109004
371891
C501106007
371903
C501109007
371892
C501106010
371904
C501109010
Description
4 Ft., blue
4 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white

371926
C601106004
371938
C601109004
371927
C601106007
371939
C601109007
371928
C601106010
371940
C601109010
10GX KeyConnect Modular Jacks
Description
Gray
Almond
White
Black
Red, TIA 606 color
Blue, TIA 606 color

371867 AX102280
371866 AX102281
370238 AX102282
370239 AX102283
371868
AX102284
371869
AX102285
371871
AX102286
371872
AX102287
371873
AX102288
371874
AX102289
10GX KeyConnect Patch Panels
Description
24-Port 371652 AX103254
48-Port 371653 AX103256
10GX Modular Patch Cords
Description
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
9 Ft., blue
9 Ft., white
15 Ft., blue
15 Ft., white

MM07-BNT10GC-06
CA21106007
MM07-BNT10GC-01
CA21109007
MM10-BNT10GC-06
CA21106010
MM10-BNT10GC-01
CA21109010
MM15-BNT10GC-06
CA21106015
MM15-BNT10GC-01
CA21109015
Mounting Options
1-Port KeyConnect Faceplates
1-Port KeyConnect Side-Entry Boxes

Description
Almond 406157 AX104132
Electrical white
372307
AX102651

Description
Almond 406159 AX104134
Electrical white
372309
AX102653

Description
Almond 406158 AX104133
Electrical white
372308
AX102652

Description
Almond 406160 AX104135
Electrical white
372310
AX102654
Description
Almond 371949 AX103922
Electrical white
371950
AX102660
Description
Almond 371951 AX103923
Electrical white
371952
AX102655

Description
Almond 371955 AX102248
Electrical white
363887
AX102249
1.16
Berk-Tek
Berk-Tek LANmarkTM-350 Cable

Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray

CMP-00424LAN-65P-06* 11074707
CMP-00424LAN-65P-01 11074750
CMP-00424LAN-65P-09 11074751
CM-00424LAN-65P-06 11074708
CM-00424LAN-65P-01 11074252
CM-00424LAN-65P-09 11074753

Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray

CMP-00424LAN-75P-06* 11074694
CMP-00424LAN-75P-01 11074738
CMP-00424LAN-75P-09 11074739
CM-00424LAN-75P-06 11074201
CM-00424LAN-75P-01 11074740
CM-00424LAN-75P-09 11074241
Berk-Tek LANmark-10G2 Cable
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray

CMP-00424BKT-10G-06* 10130484
CMP-00424BKT-10G-01
10137384
CMP-00424BKT-10G-09
10137183
CM-00424BKT-10G-06
10137700
CM-00424BKT-10G-01
10137703
CM-00424BKT-10G-09
10137701
For connectivity part numbers, contact your local Anixter sales representative.
Ask your Anixter sales representative about the Berk-Tek SmartPak 1,500 ft. pull boxes:
reduce waste
speed up installs
save money
1.17

SYSTIMAX PowerSUM
Copper Cabling System
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM 61 Series Cable
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, slate
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, slate
Anixter Part No. SYSTIMAX Part No.

CMP-00424MAX-6-06F* 760049585
CMP-00424MAX-6F
760049593
CMP-00424MAX-6-09F 760049601
CM-00424MAX-6-06
107057853
CM-00424MAX-6U-00 107147787
CM-00424MAX-6
106836943
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL 71 Series Cable
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, slate
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, slate

CMP-00424AVA-7-06* 700210081
CMP-00424AVA-7
700210032
CMP-00424AVA-7-09
700210198
CM-00424AVA-7-06
760004697
CM-00424AVA-7-00
700214208
CM-00424AVA-7
700211923
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM MPS100E Information Outlets
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL MGS400 Information Outlets

Description
Black 246740 700206667
Orange 246742 700206683
Yellow 246744 700206691
Green 246746 700206709
Ivory 246747 700206717
White 246748 700206725
Gray 246749 700206733
Red 246750 700206741
Blue 246751 700206758
Violet 246741 700206675
Misty cream
360968
760070326
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM 1100 Patch Panels
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL 1100GS3 Patch Panels
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Violet
Cream
Description
24-Port, straight
48-Port, straight

221193 108232695
221194 108232703
221195 108232711
221197 108232729
221198 108232737
221199 108232745
221200 108232752
221201 108232760
221202 108232778
221203 108337726
221196 108480484
529478
108208919
529479
108208935
SYSTIMAX PowerSUM D8PS Patch Cords
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., gray
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., gray
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., gray

MM03-AV6-06^
CPC6642-02F003
MM03-AV6-09
CPC6642-03F003
MM07-AV6-06
CPC6642-02F007
MM07-AV6-09
CPC6642-03F007
MM10-AV6-06
CPC6642-02F010
MM10-AV6-09
CPC6642-03F010
Description
24-Port, straight
48-Port, straight

436178
760152561
436179
760152579
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL GS8E Patch Cords

Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., gray
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., gray
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., gray

MM03-AV7E-06^
CPC3312-02-F003
MM03-AV7E-09
CPC3312-0C-F003
MM07-AV7E-06
CPC3312-02-F007
MM07-AV7E-09
CPC3312-0C-F007
MM10-AV7E-06
CPC3312-02-F010
MM10-AV7E-09
CPC3312-0C-F010
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED

X10D Copper Cabling Solution
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 91B Series Cable
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, slate
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, slate

CMP-00424X10D-10B-06* 760105338
CMP-00424X10D-10B-01 760105940
CMP-00424X10D-10B-09 760105932
CM-00424X10D-10B-06 760105759
CM-00424X10D-10B-01 760105817
CM-00424X10D-10B-09 760105114
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D MGS600 Information Outlets
Description
Black 393214 760092361
Orange 393215 760092379
Yellow 393216 760092387
Green 393217 760092403
Ivory 393218 760092411
White 393219 760092429
Gray 393220 760092437
Red 393221 760092445
Blue 393213 760092452
Violet 393222 760092460
Almond 396983 760092478
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 1100GS5 Patch Panels
Description
24-Port, straight
48-Port, straight

436180
760152587
436181
760152595
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 360GS10E Patch Cords
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., gray
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., gray
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., gray

MM03-X10D360-06^ CPCSSX2-02F003
MM03-X10D360-09
CPCSSX2-0CF003
MM07-X10D360-06
CPCSSX2-02F007
MM07-X10D360-09
CPCSSX2-0CF007
MM10-X10D360-06
CPCSSX2-02F010
MM10-X10D360-09
CPCSSX2-0CF010
* Additional cable color options are available.

Mounting Options
CommScope M-Series 1-Port Modular Faceplates
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

197593 108258401
197599 108258419
197600 108258427
197601 108258435

Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
1.18

197602 108168485
197603 108168477
197604 108168469
197605 108168451

Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

197611 108168568
197612 108168550
197613 108168543
197614 108168535
CommScope M102SMB 2-Port Surface-Mount Boxes
Description
Black 189968 107984031
Ivory 189969 107984049
White 189970 107984056
Gray 189971 107984064
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

190266 107983983
190263 107984007
190269 107984015
190270 107984023

Uniprise Ultra II
Uniprise UltraMedia
Uniprise Ultra II Series Cables

Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray

CMP-00424COM-6U-06*
4196914/10
CMP-00424COM-6U-01
4196814/10
CMP-00424COM-6U-09
4197314/10
CM-00424COM-6U-06
4299714/10
CM-00424COM-6U-01
4640414/10
CM-00424COM-6U-09
4299614/10
Uniprise Ultra II UNJ500 Information Outlets
Description
Black
279893
CC0020511/1
Orange
279894
CC0020529/1
Yellow 279895
CC0020537/1
Green 279896
CC0020552/1
Ivory 279897
CC0020560/1
White 279898
CC0020578/1
Gray 279899
CC0020586/1
Red
279900
CC0020594/1
Blue
279901
CC0021840/1
Violet 279903
CC0021857/1
Cream
279902
CC0020545/1
Uniprise Ultra II UNP510 Patch Panels

331417
CC0057539/1
331418
CC0057547/1
Description
24-Port, straight
48-Port, straight
Uniprise Ultra II UNC5 Patch Cords

MM03-COMC5E-06^
CC0062760/1
MM03-COMC5E-09
CC0062646/1
MM07-COMC5E-06
CC0062786/1
MM07-COMC5E-09
CC0062661/1
MM10-COMC5E-06
CC0062794/1
MM10-COMC5E-09
CC0062679/1
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., gray
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., gray
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., gray
Uniprise UltraMedia Series Cables
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray

CMP-00424COM-7U-06*
4763214/10
CMP-00424COM-7U-01
4763314/10
CMP-00424COM-7U-09
4765314/10
CM-00424COM-7U-06
4662014/10
CM-00424COM-7U-01
4662114/10
CM-00424COM-7U-09
4662214/10
Uniprise UltraMedia UNJ600 Information Outlets
Description
Black 279861
CC0020826/1
Orange
279883
CC0020834/1
Yellow
279884
CC0020842/1
Green 279886
CC0020867/1
Ivory 279887
CC0020875/1
White
279888
CC0020883/1
Gray 279889
CC0020891/1
Red 279890 CC0020909/1
Blue 279891
CC0020917/1
Violet 279892
CC0020925/1
Cream 279885
CC0020859/1
Uniprise UltraMedia UNP610 Patch Panels
Description
24-Port, straight
48-Port, straight

331423
CC0057596/1
331426
CC0057604/1
Uniprise UltraMedia UNC6 Patch Cords
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., gray
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., gray
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., gray

MM03-COMC6-06^
CC0062521/1
MM03-COMC6-09
CC0062406/1
MM07-COMC6-06
CC0062547/1
MM07-COMC6-09
CC0062422/1
MM10-COMC6-06
CC0062554/1
MM10-COMC6-09
CC0062430/1
*Additional cable color options are available.

See SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D Solution for IP-Class 10+ solutions.
Mounting Options
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

197593 108258401
197599 108258419
197600 108258427
197601 108258435

Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

197602 108168485
197603 108168477
197604 108168469
197605 108168451

Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

197611 108168568
197612 108168550
197613 108168543
197614 108168535
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

189968 107984031
189969 107984049
189970 107984056
189971 107984064
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray

190266 107983983
190263 107984007
190269 107984015
190270 107984023
1.19
Legrand|Ortronics
Ortronics Clarity5e TracJacks
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Dark blue
Dark red
Dark orange
Dark yellow
Dark green
Wiremold light gray
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory

248920
TJ5E00
248921 TJ5E00-00
248922
TJ5E00-13
248935
TJ5E00-36
248936
TJ5E00-42
257873
TJ5E00-43
270840
TJ5E00-44
270841
TJ5E00-45
261514
TJ5E00-68
248938
TJ5E00-78
248939 TJ5E00-88
252998
TJ5E00-99
Ortronics Clarity5e Patch Panels
Description
24-Port
48-Port
24-Port, angled
48-Port, angled

248950 PHD5E6U24
248952 PHD5E6U48
286471
PHA5E6U24
286470
PHA5E6U48
Ortronics Modular Patch Cords
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
9 Ft., blue
9 Ft., white

MM03-OR6C-06*^
MC5E03-06
MM03-OR6C-01
MC5E03-09
MM07-OR6C-06
MC5E07-06
MM07-OR6C-01
MC5E07-09
MM09-OR6C-06
MC5E09-06
MM09-OR6C-01
MC5E09-09
Ortronics Clarity6 TracJacks

Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Dark blue
Dark red
Dark orange
Dark yellow
Dark green
Wiremold light gray
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory

234120
TJ600
234122 TJ600-00
248922
TJ5E00-13
266669
TJ600-36
269092
TJ600-42
256209
TJ600-43
257874
TJ600-44
257875
TJ600-45
313096
TJ600-68
251024
TJ600-78
234143 TJ600-88
234144
TJ600-99
Ortronics Clarity6 Patch Panels

Description
24-Port
48-Port
24-Port, angled
48-Port, angled

234470 PHD66U24
234471 PHD66U48
281518
PHA66U24
276236
PHA66U48

Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., white
9 Ft., blue
9 Ft., white
12 Ft., blue
12 Ft., white

MM03-OR7N-06*^
MC603-06
MM03-OR7N-01
MC603-09
MM07-OR7N-06
MC607-06
MM07-OR7N-01
MC607-09
MM09-OR7N-06
MC609-06
MM09-OR7N-01
MC609-09
Ortronics Clarity6A TracJacks
Description
Fog white
Black
Blue
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory

448430
TJ6A
448431 TJ6A-00
448432 TJ6A-36
490962 TJ6A-42
448438 TJ6A-43
448435 TJ6A-44
448440 TJ6A-45
448436
TJ6A-68
448439 TJ6A-88
448437
TJ6A-99
Ortronics Clarity6A Patch Panels
Description
24-Port
48-Port
24-Port, angled
48-Port, angled

448446 PHD6AU24
448447 PHD6AU48
448448
PHA6AU24
448449
PHA6AU48
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., white
9 Ft., blue
9 Ft., white
12 Ft., blue
12 Ft., white

MM03-OR10G-06*^ MC61003-06
MM03-OR10G-01
MC61003-09
MM09-OR10G-06
MC61009-06
MM09-OR10G-01
MC61009-09
MM12-OR10G-06
MC61012-06
MM12-OR10G-01
MC61012-09
Mounting Options
1-Port Ortronics TracJack Faceplates
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory

189451
40300549
405569 40300549-00
198850
40300549-13
351944
40300549-78
218217 40300549-88
272078
40300549-99

Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory

189454
40300548
255614 40300548-00
194951
40300548-13
328811
40300548-78
217859 40300548-88
272079
40300548-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory

189456
40300547
281783 40300547-00
197003
40300547-13
351948
40300547-78
198913 40300547-88
255613
40300547-99

Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory

189457
40300546
255612 40300546-00
198851
40300546-13
251009
40300546-78
217858 40300546-88
255247
40300546-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory
2-Port Surface-Mount Boxes

Description
Fog white
Electrical ivory
White

369926
404TJ2
374176
404TJ2-13
376836 404TJ2-88

Description
Fog white
Electrical ivory
White
For cabling part numbers, contact your local Anixter sales representative.
1.20

189458
40300545
189460 40300545-00
198852
40300545-13
271800
40300545-78
209570 40300545-88
257877
40300545-99

374177
404TJ4
380750
404TJ4-13
376835 404TJ4-88
PANDUIT
PANDUIT TX5500TM
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray
Anixter Part No.

CMP-00424PND-6U-06*
CMP-00424PND-6U-01
CMP-00424PND-6U-09
CM-00424PND-6U-06
CM-00424PND-6U-01
CM-00424PND-6U-09
PANDUIT Part No.

PUP5504BU-UY
PUP5504WH-UY
PUP5504IG-UY
PUR5504BU-UY
PUR5504WH-UY
PUR5504IG-UY
Mini-Com TX5e UTP Jack Module

Description
Anixter Part No.
PANDUIT Part No.
Black 311330 CJ5E88TGBL
Electric ivory
311333
CJ5E88TGEI
White 311338 CJ5E88TGWH
Off white
311335
CJ5E88TGIW
International gray
311334
CJ5E88TGIG
Blue 311332 CJ5E88TGBU
Yellow 311339 CJ5E88TGYL
Orange 311336 CJ5E88TGOR
Green 311340 CJ5E88TGGR
Red 311337 CJ5E88TGRD
Violet 311341 CJ5E88TGVL
DP5e Patch Panels

PANDUIT Part No.
DP245E88TGY
DP485E88TGY
DPA245E88TGY
DPA485E88TGY

PANDUIT Part No.
UTPCH3BUY
UTPCH3Y
UTPCH7BUY
UTPCH7Y
UTPCH10BUY
UTPCH10Y
Description
24-Port, flat
48-Port, flat
24-Port, angled
48-Port, angled
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white
Anixter Part No.

311403
311404
311405
311406
Anixter Part No.

MM03-PA6-06*^
MM03-PA6-01
MM07-PA6-06
MM07-PA6-01
MM10-PA6-06
MM10-PA6-01
PANDUIT TX6000TM
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray
Anixter Part No.

CMP-00424PND-7RB-06*
CMP-00424PND-7RB-01
CMP-00424PND-7RB-09
CM-00424PND-7RB-06
CM-00424PND-7RB-01
CM-00424PND-7RB-09
PANDUIT Part No.

PUP6004BU-UY
PUP6004WH-UY
PUP6004IG-UY
PUR6004BU-UY
PUR6004WH-UY
PUR6004IG-UY
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS UTP Jack Module

Description
Anixter Part No.
PANDUIT Part No.
Black 311268 CJ688TGBL
Electric ivory
311322
CJ688TGEI
White 311329 CJ688TGWH
Off white
311325
CJ688TGIW
International gray
311324
CJ688TGIG
Blue 311321 CJ688TGBU
Yellow 334317 CJ688TGYL
Orange 311326 CJ688TGOR
Green 311323 CJ688TGGR
Red 311327 CJ688TGRD
Violet 311328 CJ688TGVL
DP6 PLUS Patch Panels

PANDUIT Part No.
DP24688TGY
DP48688TGY
DPA24688TGY
DPA48688TGY

PANDUIT Part No.
UTPSP3BUY
UTPSP3Y
UTPSP7BUY
UTPSP7Y
UTPSP10BUY
UTPSP10Y
Description
24-Port, flat
48-Port, flat
24-Port, angled
48-Port, angled
Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white
Anixter Part No.

311398
311399
311400
311401
Anixter Part No.
MM03-PA7P-06*^
MM03-PA7P-01
MM07-PA7P-06
MM07-PA7P-01
MM10-PA7P-06
MM10-PA7P-01
PANDUIT TX6ATM 10GigTM

TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cable with MaTriX Technology
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray
Anixter Part No.

CMP-00423PND-6A-06*
CMP-00423PND-6A-01
CMP-00423PND-6A-09
CM-00423PND-6A-06
CM-00423PND-6A-01
CM-00423PND-6A-09
PANDUIT Part No.

PUP6A04BU-UG
PUP6A04WH-UG
PUP6A04IG-UG
PUR6A04BU-UG
PUR6A04WH-UG
PUR6A04IG-UG
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Module
Description
Anixter Part No.
PANDUIT Part No.
Black 307325 CJ6X88TGBL
Electric ivory
307319
CJ6X88TGEI
White 323290 CJ6X88TGWH
Off white
307317
CJ6X88TGIW
International gray
307320
CJ6X88TGIG
Blue 307322 CJ6X88TGBU
Yellow 307324 CJ6X88TGYL
Orange 307327 CJ6X88TGOR
Green 307323 CJ6X88TGGR
Red 307321 CJ6X88TGRD
Violet 307326 CJ6X88TGVL
DP6A 10Gig Punch-Down Patch Panels
Description
24-Port, flat
48-Port, flat
24-Port, angled
48-Port, angled
Anixter Part No.

307300
307301
311385
311386
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cords

Description
3 Ft., blue
3 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white
Anixter Part No.

MM03-PA6A-06*^
MM03-PA6A-01
MM07-PA6A-06
MM07-PA6A-01
MM10-PA6A-06
MM10-PA6A-01
PANDUIT Part No.

DP246X88TGY
DP486X88TGY
DPA246X88TGY
DPA486X88TGY

PANDUIT Part No.
UTP6A3BU
UTP6A3Y
UTP6A7BU
UTP6A7Y
UTP6A10BU
UTP6A10Y
01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red; 04 = Green; 05 = Yellow; 06 = Blue; 08 = Orange; 09 = Gray; 10 = Purple/Violet
Mounting Options
1-Port Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates
2-Port Mini-Com Surface-Mount Boxes
Description
Black
Electrical ivory
White
Off white
International gray
Description
Black
Electrical ivory
White
Off white
International gray
Anixter Part No.

PANDUIT Part No.
405549 CFP1BL
204425
CFP1EI
195751 CFP1WH
201586
CFP1IW
234753
CFP1IG
Anixter Part No.
PANDUIT Part No.
405550 CFP2BL
204426
CFP2EI
195752 CFP2WH
199891
CFP2IW
234754
CFP2IG
Description
Anixter Part No.
PANDUIT Part No.
Black 272073 CFP4BL
Electrical ivory
204427
CFP4EI
White 195753 CFP4WH
Off white
199892
CFP4IW
International gray
223465
CFP4IG
4-Port Mini-Com Surface-Mount Boxes

Description
Black
Electrical ivory
White
Off white
International gray
Anixter Part No.

PANDUIT Part No.
195910 CBX4BL-AY
183129
CBX4EI-AY
520175 CBX4WH-AY
183126
CBX4IW-AY
192436
CBX4IG-AY
Description
Anixter Part No.
PANDUIT Part No.
Black 197323 CBX2BL-AY
Electrical ivory
223358
CBX2EI-AY
White 215023 CBX2WH-AY
Off white
205100
CBX2IW-AY
International gray
234760
CBX2IG-AY
1.21
TE Connectivity
TE Connectivity Category 5e
Data Cables
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray
Anixter Part No.

CMP-00424TE-5EU-06
CMP-00424TE-5EU-01
CMP-00424TE-5EU-09
CM-00424TE-5EU-06
CM-00424TE-5EU-01
CM-00424TE-5EU-09
TE Part No.
TE520P-BLII
TE520P-WTII
TE520P-GYII
TE520R-BLII
TE520R-WTII
TE520R-GYII
TE Connectivity Category 6
Data Cables
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray
Anixter Part No.

CMP-00423TE-7RB-06
CMP-00423TE-7RB-01
CMP-00423TE-7RB-09
CM-00423TE-7RB-06
CM-00423TE-7RB-01
CM-00423TE-7RB-09
Modular Jacks
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
Black 244701 1375191-2
Almond 244700 1375191-1
White 244702 1375191-3
Gray 244703 1375191-4
Blue 244705 1375191-6
Yellow 244707 1375191-8
Orange 244704 1375191-5
Green 244708 1375191-9
Red 244706 1375191-7
Violet 244709 1-1375191-0
Modular Jacks
Description
Anixter Part No.
Black 209206
Almond 209205
White 233853
Gray 234589
Blue 209207
Yellow 234593
Orange 234592
Green 234605
Red 209208
Violet 252024
Patch Panels
Description
24-Port, 1RU flat
24-Port, 1RU angled
48-port, 2RU flat
48-Port, 2RU angled
Patch Panels
Patch Cords
Description
4 Ft., blue
4 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white
Anixter Part No.

188761
323206
188755
323205
TE Part No.
406330-1
PP24AC5ET
406331-1
PP48AC5ET

Anixter Part No.
MM04-TE5E-06*^
MM04-TE5E-01
MM07-TE5E-06
MM07-TE5E-01
MM10-TE5E-06
MM10-TE5E-01
TE Part No.
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL04F
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT04F
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL07F
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT07F
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL10F
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT10F
TE Part No.
TE620P-BLRB
TE620P-WTRB
TE620P-GYRB
TE620R-BLRB
TE620R-WTRB
TE620R-GYRB
TE Part No.
1375055-2
1375055-1
1375055-3
1375055-4
1375055-6
1375055-8
1375055-5
1375055-9
1375055-7
1-1375055-0
Description
24-Port, 1RU flat
24-Port, 1RU angled
48-port, 2RU flat
48-Port, 2RU angled
Anixter Part No.

233802
323203
304719
323204
TE Part No.
1375014-2
PP24AC6T
1375015-2
PP48AC6T
Patch Cords

Anixter Part No.
MM04-TE6-06*^
MM04-TE6-01
MM07-TE6-06
MM07-TE6-01
MM10-TE6-06
MM10-TE6-01
TE Part No.
TCPC-6RUVB-BL04F
TCPC-6RUVB-WT04F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL07F
TCPC-6RUVB-WT07F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL10F
TCPC-6RUVB-WT10F
Description
4 Ft., blue
4 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white
01 = White; 02 = Black; 03 = Red; 04 = Green; 05 = Yellow; 06 = Blue; 08 = Orange; 09 = Gray; 10 = Purple/Violet; 11
TE Connectivity Category 6A
Data Cables
Description
Plenum, blue
Plenum, white
Plenum, gray
Nonplenum, blue
Nonplenum, white
Nonplenum, gray
Modular Jacks
Description
Black
Almond
White
Gray
Blue
Yellow
Orange
Green
Red
Violet
Patch Panels
Anixter Part No.

CMP-00423TE-6A-06
CMP-00423TE-6A-01
CMP-00423TE-6A-09
CM-00423TE-6A-06
CM-00423TE-6A-01
CM-00423TE-6A-09
TE Part No.
TE640P-BL02
TE640P-WT02
TE640P-GY02
TE640R-BL02
TE640R-WT02
TE640R-GY02
Anixter Part No.

TE Part No.
489568 1933476-2
489571 1933476-1
489573 1-1933476-3
489575 1933476-4
489576 1933476-6
489577 1933476-8
489578 1933476-5
489579 1933476-9
489580 1933476-7
489581 1-1933476-0
Description
24-Port, 1RU flat
24-Port, 1RU fixed angle
24-port, 1RU
dynamic angled
48-port, 2RU flat
48-port, 2RU fixed angle
48-port, 2RU
dynamic angled
Anixter Part No.

489586
489587
TE Part No.
2111570-1
2111572-1
396776
489589
489590
PP24AC6AT
2111571-1
2111573-1
396780
PP48AC6AT
Patch Cords

Anixter Part No.
MM04-KR10-06*^
MM04-KR10-01
MM07-KR10-06
MM07-KR10-01
MM10-KR10-06
MM10-KR10-01
TE Part No.
6645-2-825-04
6645-2-805-04
6645-2-825-07
6645-2-805-07
6645-2-825-10
6645-2-805-10
Description
4 Ft., blue
4 Ft., white
7 Ft., blue
7 Ft., white
10 Ft., blue
10 Ft., white
Mounting Options
2-Port Flush-Mount Single-Gang Faceplates
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
Black 489527 2111009-2
Almond 426651 2111009-1
White 483364 1-2111009-3
Gray 489528 2111009-4
Electrical ivory
423505
1-2111009-1
4-Port Flush-Mount Single-Gang Faceplates

Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
Black 489529 2111011-2
Almond 426685 2111011-1
White 483365 1-2111011-3
Gray 488242 2111011-4
Electrical ivory
423506
1-2111011-1
4-Port Angled Single-Gang Faceplates
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
Black 398956 1933668-2
Almond 398955 1933668-1
White 489530 1-1933668-3
Gray 488244 1933668-4
Electrical ivory
423503
1-1933668-1
1.22
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
Black 398959 1933671-2
Almond 398958 1933671-1
White 489531 1-1933671-3
Gray 489532 1933671-4
Electrical ivory
489533
1-1933671-1
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
Black 234490 406185-2
Almond 184935 406185-1
White 489524 1-406185-3
Gray 234491 406185-4
Description
Anixter Part No.
TE Part No.
Black 398962 1933674-2
Almond 398961 1933674-1
White 489525 1-1933674-3
Gray 489526 1933674-4
Technology Solutions Maps
Introduction
This section illustrates a complete solution by industry segment. We designed each map to guide you in selecting
the right components for the solution you are building. The map helps you identify the products you need while giving
you an overall view of how they are applied and fit into the overall solution.
Using the Solutions Map

Step 1:
Identify which solution map fits your project.
Access Control
Security Overview
Data Center
In-Building Wireless
Fiber Outside Plant

Copper Outside Plant
Technology Solutions Maps
Step 2:
Find the callout circle for the component you need.
Each callout is color coded to the corresponding
section of the catalog.
Step 3:
Reference the legend to identify the product
category and section of the catalog to find
the specific item you need.
2.1
15
18
12
Technology Solutions Maps Access Control
14
10
7
13
11
5
Access Control

2.2
Security Solutions
(Section 8)
Copper Solutions
(Section 3)
19
Copper
3
16
17
Security
Access Control Getting In

1. Keys*
2. Key switches
3. Keypads
4. Card readers
5. Credentials
6. Biometric reader *
Egress Control Getting Out
7. Buttons
8. Motion egress and egress bars
The Lock Securing the Door

9. Electric strikes
10. Electrified locksets and maglocks
11. Electrified exit devices
The Power
12. Boxed power supplies and transformers
The Path Connecting the Components
13. Power transfer devices
14. Door position switches
15. Cable
The Intelligence Determining Who

Gets In and When
16. Off-line battery powered locks
17. On-line electrified locks
18. Controllers and software
19. Request-to-exit
* Please contact your Anixter sales representative for more information.
2.3
35
39
Technology Solutions Maps Security Overview
37 - 38
1
16
15
3-4
36
40
Security Overview
2.4
Copper Solutions
(Section 3)
Fiber Solutions
(Section 4)
Physical Infrastructure
Solutions
(Section 5)
Power and Thermal

Management Solutions
(Section 6)
Networking Products
(Section 10)
Security Solutions
(Section 8)
Voice Products
(Section 11)
Wireless Solutions
(Section 9)
Test Equipment
(Section 14)
Video Surveillance
1. Analog cameras
2. Network cameras
3. Camera lenses
4. Camera housings
5. Video encoders
6. Illuminators
7. Displays
8. Adapters
9. Thermal cameras
10. Consoles
6
15
29
11
12
5
14
30
8
17
20 - 23
10
24
31 - 34
Copper
Fiber
Physical
Infrastructure
Power
Security
Wireless
Networking
13
18
25 - 28
Voice
19
Test
Equipment
Infrastructure
11. Copper cabling
12. Fiber cabling
13. Racks and cabinets
14. Network switches
15. Wireless devices*
16. Power over Ethernet

(PoE)
17. Media converters
18. Power cabling
19. Test equipment
Recording and Management

20. VMS (video
24. Workstations
management
25. Hybrid recorders
software)
26. Servers
21. Video content
27. Storage
analytics
28. NVR (network video
22. Client-viewing stations
recorder)
23. Asset tracking
Access Control and Mass Notification

29. Motion and perimeter 35. Public address systems
detection
36. Microphones
30. Controllers
37. Amplifiers
31. Credentials
38. Speakers
32. Door locking hardware 39. Digital signage*
33. Readers
40. Emergency phones
34. Biometrics
2.5
11
10
Technology Solutions Maps Data Center
12
2
13
11
3
1
15
9
4
14
5
7
6
Data Center
2.6
Copper Solutions
(Section 3)
Fiber Solutions
(Section 4)
Solutions
(Section 5)
Power and Thermal

(Section 6)
System Management and

Monitoring Solutions
(Section 7)
Security Solutions
(Section 8)
Test Equipment
(Section 14)
Tools and Supplies

(Section 15)
Physical Infrastructure Solutions
Passive containment system
Fans
Fiber patch panel

Fiber patch cords
Filler panel
Switch
Vertical cable manager
Copper
Patch panel
Intelligent patch panel controller
Fiber
Physical
Infrastructure
Intelligent patch panel
Access control panel
Monitor and keyboard/KVM switch
Horizontal cable manager

Intelligent lighting engine
Copper patch cords
Power
System
Security
Cable management fingers

Access controller
Filler panel
Rack power strip
Filler panels and

enclosure accessories
Casters
Brush ports
Test
Equipment
Tools
1. HVAC cooling solutions
2. Overhead power busbar
3. Power whips
4. Racks and cabinets
5. Cabinet access control
6. High air dispersion floor tiles

7. Tools and testing equipment
8. Ladder rack and cable tray
9. Copper and fiber cabling components
10. Video surveillance
11. Intelligent lighting

12. Uninterruptible power supply (UPS solutions)
13. Air containment solutions*
14. Building wire and medium voltage cable
15. Power distribution units
2.7
Mesh node
Technology Solutions Maps In-Building Wireless
13
11
4
2
2
1
9
In-Building Wireless
2.8
Fiber Solutions
(Section 4)
Solutions
(Section 5)
Wireless Solutions
(Section 9)
Coax and Legacy Products

(Section 12)
10
6
7
2
12
6
10
4
9
Fiber
11
Physical
Infrastructure
8
6
2
7
Wireless
4
6
1. Host
2. Remote
3. Expansion
4. Fiber
5. UTP
6. Half-inch coax
7. Coverage antenna
8. Donor antenna
9. RF source
10. Rack
10
Coax
11. Splitter
12. Access point
13. Mesh node
2.9
11
12
13
29
Technology Solutions Maps Fiber Outside Plant
28
See our sections on test equipment,

and tools and supplies for some of
the commonly used accessories:
OTDR, 1310/1490/1550 nm
Optical power meter, video probe and cleaning tips
Detectable identoline warning tape
Warning flags, 4 in. x 5 in., red
3/4 in. to 2 1/4 in. O.D., black/orange
FIBER OPTIC Snap-On R marker
Self-laminating fiber optic cable marker tags
Intermediate cable tie for cable marker tag
Fiber optic termination kit
7
8
9
10
See our sections on fiber solutions and

outside plant products for these essential
products in your campus environment:
Indoor/outdoor, gel-free armor cable, riser,
12- or 24-fiber, OM3/OM4
Tight-buffered cable, riser, OM3/OM4
HDPE corrugated dual wall, 2 in.,
orange with pull tape
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Part No.
197951
351719
173383
212092
523382
250035
Description
Outdoor fiber splice closure kit and two ground lugs
Large fiber optic splice organizer tray
Multi-fiber splice inserts*
Splice closure with two trays for 24-fiber applications*
Splice tray holds 12 heat-shrink splice protectors
Sealing and splicing tape*
Page
13.35
13.35
No. Part No.

7 125458
8 330206
9 255257

10 164164

13.46
Description
Page
Installation kit, concrete floor, 3/8 in. hardware, zinc
5.10
2U rack-mounted fiber enclosure, 19 in.*
12-fiber closet connector housing,
6 SC adapter (duplex), 50 m 4.56
2-post rack, 45U, 19 in. mounting,
84 in. H x 20.31 in. W
5.11
Fiber Outside Plant

Fiber Solutions
(Section 4)
Contact Your Local Anixter
Sales Representative
2.10
Solutions
(Section 5)
Outside Plant and Building

Entrance Protection Products
(Section 13)
14
24
26
25
27
30
31
32
28
29
15
33
34
16
22
17
23
18
Fiber
21
Physical
Infrastructure
20
19
No. Part No.
Description
Page
11 255257

12 342286
13 006563
14 311970
15 215163

16 003854
17 003016
18 003007
19 002951
20 089722
21 371460
22 206695
23 267110
24 003258
12-fiber closet connector housing,

6 SC adapter (duplex), 50 m 4.56
Wall-mountable connector housing for two panels*
Strand link, 1/4 in.
13.56
Splice closure, hermetically sealed
13.29
Splice tray, SM/MM, 12-fiber fusion and
mechanical splices
13.31
Cable clamp, pole, 1 in., 1-hole , galvanized
13.61
Cable guard clamps, 2.2 in., 2-hole
13.63
Cable guard, 2.2 in. W x 8 ft., galvanized
13.63
Ground rod 5/8 in. x 8 ft.
13.60
Ground rod clamp, 5/8 in.
13.60
Multi-purpose closure, standard kit
13.30
Environmental distribution center
13.47
Hardware grounding kit*
3-bolt suspension clamp
13.61
No.
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Part No.
003927
003813
004162
243625
289015
003230
003282
322610
003524
6G-0601-04
3
Description
Nut, square, 5/8 in.*
Bolt, pole, 5/8 in. x 14 in., cone point, galvanized
Washer, square, 2.5 in.; curved, 5/8 in.
Messenger wire 1/4 in. x 1,000 ft.
Lashing wire*
D cable lashing clamp (bug nuts)
Universal strandvise for 1/4 in. strand
Ground bonding clamp, aerial, K-type
Corner termination wall strap with thimbleye
Ground cable, insulated #6, stranded, green
Page
13.58
13.58
13.15
Outside
Plant
13.60
13.56
13.61
13.64
13.15
2.11
14
15
16
17
18
19
To MDF (Main Distribution Frame)

or Telecom Closet
Technology Solutions Maps Copper Outside Plant
CM
Gray
Cable
12
BEP Stub
4-6
13
48
49
11
50
10
51
7-9
No. Part No.

1 428717
2 405791
3 250501
4 071423
5 132954
6 084446
7 008222
8 003178
9 009848
10 6G-0601-04
11 6G-2021-04
Optional Cable/Splice Support Rack
Description
Building entrance protection, 100-pair *
Protector module (voice), 5-pin, 300 V, black*
Protector module (data), 5-pin, 75 V, red
Splice closure, indoor riser, double port end caps*
Shield bond connector *
Ground bonding braid, 1/2 in. x 25 ft. with eyelets*
Splice pliers, parallel jaw
Cable support rack, wall, 18-hole
Cable support rack hook, 7.5 in.
Ground cable, insulated #6, stranded, green
Grounding backbone, #2/0, stranded, green*
Copper Outside Plant

Solutions
(Section 5)
Contact Your Local Anixter
Sales Representative
2.12
20
Outside Plant and Building

Entrance Protection Products
(Section 13)
Tech Tip:
Use 3-bolt clamp for aerial cables
run with separate messenger
Use a tangent support clamp
for figure 8 cable
53
52
Page
13.19
13.44
13.63
13.63
13.15
No. Part No. Description

12 252914 Ground bus bar, 1/4 in. H x 2 in. W x 10 in. D,
ANSI/TIA compliant *
13 132254
D-rings, 2 in.*
14 003927
Nut, square, 5/8 in.*
15 004149
Washer, square, 2 in. x 2 in.; flat, 5/8 in., galvanized
16 003736
Thimbleye bolt, 5/8 in. x 14 in., forged, galvanized
17 003282
Universal strandvise for 1/4 in. strand
18 322610
Ground bonding clamp, aerial, K-type
19 105090
Aerial cable tie and spacer for 1 in. bundle
20 005694
Two conductor splice protector, gel-filled
21 see options* 25-pr. splice modules*
Page
13.58
13.58
13.56
13.61
13.64
13.44
29
30
Optional
19
Cable Spacer
20
25
23
21
26
14
27
28
24
34
32
22
5-6
45
See our sections on test equipment, and tools and
supplies for some of the commonly used accessories:
Data/voice butt set
Hand can wrench, 7/16 in. and 3/8 in.
Tabbing shears for shield/armor to install bonds
Coffin hoist, one-ton, ratchet
Pull grip tool for heavy cable, up to 8,000 lb.
Warning flags, 4 in. x 5 in.
Warning tape, 3 in. x 1,000 ft. , black on orange
Weatherproof phone and housing, NEMA 3R
41
46
36
13
40
Drip Loop
37
12
Physical
Infrastructure
38
42
Conduit
43
Description
Aerial splice closure kit, for 100-pair
Strand link, 1/4 in.
Aerial messenger strand, 2,500 ft. reel, 1/4 in.
Bolt, pole, 5/8 in. x 1/4 in., cone point, galvanized
Washer, square, 2.5 in.; curved, 5/8 in.
3-bolt suspension clamp
Lashing wire clamp, D-type
Thimbleye nut, 5/8 in., alternate strandvise attachment
Three-bolt suspension clamp, alternate type of tangent clamp
Drive hook, J-type, 7/16 in. x 4.75 in. long
Drop wire clamp, P-type with metal perforated*
Self-support drop, 2-pair, aircore with messenger *
Corner termination wall strap with thimbleye
House hook, drop wirehook (Rams horn)
Building entrance protection, 100-pair, 66 block *
Filled cable cleaning kit, up to 200-pair *
Duct plug, 3.5 in. x 1.062 in.*
Cabinet, 14 in. x 15 in. x 5.25 in., NEMA 3R*
Outdoor/indoor building entrance terminal with protectors
Drop wire clip, E-type
Flush-mount hand hole (call for configuration)*
Encapsulating compound, 1,648 ml
39
47
See our sections on security solutions and outside

plant products for these essential products in your
campus environment:
IP camera, outdoor-ready, HDTV network with zoom and H.264
PE 38 self-supporting CALPETH fig-8 aerial cable, aircore
PE 89 CALPETH buried OSP cable, foam, flooded
No. Part No.

22 171530
23 006563
24 104975
25 003813
26 004162
27 003443
28 003230
29 003904
30 003258
31 003888
32 335222
33 F-02P22DAF
34 003524
35 003468
36 242597
37 086301
38 448655
39 132858
40 220828
41 156831
42
43 277282
35
33
31
Page
13.34
13.56
13.15
13.58
13.58
13.62
13.60
13.58
13.61
13.64
13.64
13.57
13.18
13.57
No. Part No.

44 077936
45 003854
46 003016
47 003007
48 352326
49 447351
50 180610
51 002951
52 263253
53 052215
21

44
20
Description
Buried splice case kit, sealed with ground braid
Cable clamp, 1 in., 1-hole , galvanized
Cable guard clamps, 2.2 in., 2-hole
Cable guard, 2.2 in. x 8 ft. galvanized
Pedestal, buried distribution, 6 in.
Unprotected terminal block, 5-pair *
Protected terminal block, 6-pair *
Ground rod, 5/8 in. x 8 ft., galvanized
Ground rod clamp, 5/8 in.
Pedestal stake with hardware, 32 in.
Options*:
131593
4000-type, 25-pr. splice module, dry
131610
4000-type, 25-pr. splice module, filled
237386
710-type, 25-pr. splice module, dry
237385
710-type, 25-pr. splice module, filled
Page
13.37
13.61
13.63
13.63
13.50
13.60
5.167
13.51
Outside
Plant
13.42
13.42
13.41
13.41
13.38
2.13
Anixters Virtual Engagement Center
Unique,
accessible
and always on.
Anixters Virtual Engagement
Center gives you a dedicated
online resource for 24/7 access
to topics you are interested in.
Connect and network with industry-leading manufacturers,

third-party subject matter experts, colleagues and Anixters
technical staff
Interact virtually in real time from work, home or a remote location
Watch video presentations (many qualify for BICSI Continuing
Education Credits)
View panel discussions with industry subject matter experts
Download technical and informative product information
Anixter hosts a variety of live and on-demand events, covering the latest topics:
IP physical security
Video migration strategies
Register today at anixter.com/virtual.
Mobility solutions
Data center design, standards and best practices.
1.800.ANIXTER
Copper Solutions
cANIXTER for
iPhone and iPad
cAnixter, by CommScope & Anixter, allows you to quickly and
easily search over 25,000 products using CommScope or
Anixter part numbers, request quotes and build material lists in
real time from your iPhone or iPad.
Download it today from the Apple App Store and get
product information whenever and wherever you need it.
www.commscope.com
www.anixter.com
2012 CommScope, Inc. All rights reserved. AD-106086-EN
Cables
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Telephone Cables-Indoor//Other Voice Cable
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 91 Series Cables - Category 6A
Copper Solutions
COMMSCOPE SYSTIMAX SOLUTIONS
PR72276V2-580047.tif
CommScope introduces the redesigned SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED 360 X10D 91A and B
Series U/UTP cables. The diameter of the 91 Series cables has been reduced, making
it the smallest Category 6A solution on the market. Using SYSTIMAX's innovative
Optimized Material Technology (OMT) platform not only reduces the cable's core, but
optimizes transmission performance, giving network managers increased rack space
and airflow without succumbing to alien crosstalk.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
2. Solid bare copper conductors
3. Nominal O.D. (in.) is 0.285
4. Approximately 37.30 lb./1,000 ft.
5. Conductors are twisted into varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
6. Polyolefin insulation
D
FEATURES
OMT resolves NEXT and ELFEXT issues required for accurate transmission using
all four pairs
Nonplenum, plenum and low smoke zero halogen constructions
Electrical performance guaranteed to meet or exceed the channel
specifications of Amendment 1 to ISO/IEC 1180:2001 Class EA , and
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2-ad10 Category 6A up to 500 MHz when used as part of a
GigaSPEED X10D U/UTP Channel in registered SYSTIMAX installations
IEC Certified - 3091 LSZH-rated IEC 60332-3
Can support network line speeds up to 10 Gigabits per second
Qualifies for the SYSTIMAX 20-Year Extended Product Warranty and Applications
Assurance when included as part of a registered SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED
X10D channel
Technical Information & Standards
ETL Listed - 1091 Riser-rated CMR and CMG - 2091 Plenum-rated CMP
SYSTIMAX Approved
ANSI/TIA Category 6A-compliant
2091B PLENUM CABLE WE TOTE BOX
Anixter No.
CMP-00424X10D-10BU01
CMP-00424X10D-10BU03
CMP-00424X10D-10BU04
CMP-00424X10D-10BU05
CMP-00424X10D-10BU06
CMP-00424X10D-10BU08
CMP-00424X10D-10BU09
3.2
Jacket Color
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760107268
760107243
760107219
760107276
760107201
760107227
760107250
2091B PLENUM CABLE 1,000 FT. REEL

Anixter No.
CMP-00424X10D-10B-01
CMP-00424X10D-10B-03
CMP-00424X10D-10B-04
CMP-00424X10D-10B-05
CMP-00424X10D-10B-06
CMP-00424X10D-10B-08
CMP-00424X10D-10B-09
Jacket Color
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760105940
760105924
760105890
760105957
760105338
760105908
760105932
2091B PLENUM CABLE 3,000 FT. REEL

Anixter No.
CMP-00424X10D-10BR01
CMP-00424X10D-10BR06
CMP-00424X10D-10BR09
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760105973
760105965
760105981
1091B NONPLENUM CABLE WE TOTE BOX

Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CM-00424X10D-10BU-01
White
CM-00424X10D-10BU-02
Black
CM-00424X10D-10BU-03
Red
CM-00424X10D-10BU-04
Green
CM-00424X10D-10BU-05
Yellow
CM-00424X10D-10BU-06
Blue
CM-00424X10D-10BU06L
Light blue
CM-00424X10D-10BU-08
Orange
CM-00424X10D-10BU-09
Gray (slate)
Material ID
760107144
760107086
760107136
760107110
760107151
760107094
760107102
760107128
760107078
1091B NONPLENUM CABLE 1,000 FT. REEL

Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CM-00424X10D-10B-01
White
CM-00424X10D-10B-02
Black
CM-00424X10D-10B-03
Red
CM-00424X10D-10B-04
Green
CM-00424X10D-10B-05
Yellow
CM-00424X10D-10B-06
Blue
CM-00424X10D-10B-06L
Light blue
CM-00424X10D-10B-08
Orange
CM-00424X10D-10B-09
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760105817
760105742
760105791
760105775
760105825
760105759
760105767
760105783
760105114
1091B NONPLENUM CABLE 3,000 FT. REEL

Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CM-00424X10D-10BR-01
White
CM-00424X10D-10BR-06
Blue
CM-00424X10D-10BR-09
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760105841
760105833
760105858
3091B LOW SMOKE ZERO HALOGEN CABLE WE TOTE BOX

Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CMZ-00424X10D-10BU01
White
CMZ-00424X10D-10BU06
Blue
CMZ-00424X10D-10BU09
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760107318
760107326
760107334
Request the latest literature and guides from Anixter.
1.800.ANIXTER anixter.com/literature
Cables
3091B LOW SMOKE ZERO HALOGEN CABLE 1,000 FT. REEL
Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CMZ-00424X10D-10B-01
White
CMZ-00424X10D-10B-06
Blue
CMZ-00424X10D-10B-09
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760105122
760106039
760106047
3091B LOW SMOKE ZERO HALOGEN CABLE 3,000 FT. REEL

Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CMZ-00424X10D-10BR01
White
CMZ-00424X10D-10BR06
Blue
CMZ-00424X10D-10BR09
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760106054
760106062
760106070
3291 - LSZH CABLE

The 3291 LSZH cable meets the requirements of IEC 60332-3. This cable is
constructed with a single jacket.
No. of Jacket
Pairs Color Material ID
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMZ-00424X10DFTPR-01 3291B WH 4/23 R1000 4
White 760081323
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Level 7 Unshielded Cable
2071E GigaSPEED XL7 Plenum Cables - Category 6

pr5240V2-7058.tif
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Level 7 Shielded Cable
GigaSPEED X10D FTP Cable - Category 6A
1291 - NONPLENUM CABLE

The 1291 nonplenum cable is ETL listed as CMR and CMG. This cable is constructed
with a single jacket.
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Pairs
CM-00424X10DFTPSJ-1 1291B WH 4/23 R1000 4
CM-00424X10DFTPSJ-6 1291B BL 4/23 R1000 4
CM-00424X10DFTPSJ-9 1291B SL 4/23 R1000 4
Jacket
Color
White
Blue
Slate
(gray)
Material ID
760081406
760081364
760081398
2291 - PLENUM CABLE

The 2291 plenum cable is ETL listed as CMP. This cable is constructed with a
single jacket.
No. of Jacket
Pairs Color Material ID
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP00424X10DFTP-10-1 2291B WH 4/23 R1000 4
White 760122648
CMP00424X10DFTP-10-6 2291
4
Blue 760122630
The 2071E GigaSPEED XL 4-pair Cables are designed to support high-bandwidth

applications, including the IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet), ANSI/TIA
1000BASE-TX, 1.2 Gbps ATM and any future applications designed for Category
6/Class E cabling, as well as analog broadband video up to 550 MHz.
The precision manufacturing process and design of the 2071E GigaSPEED XL7 4-pair
Cables maximize performance and significantly reduces signal emissions and
susceptibility to external noise. The 2071E GigaSPEED XL7 Cable features a
patent-pending thin and easy-to-remove bisector tape. This delivers the performance
benefits of more traditional fluted center members without the associated stiffness
and size.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
2. Solid bare-copper conductors
5. FEP/polyolefin insulation
6. FRPVC jacket
UL Listed type CMP
SYSTIMAX-approved
ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant
1,000 FT. REELS
Anixter No.
CMP-00424AVA-7
CMP-00424AVA-7-02
CMP-00424AVA-7-03
CMP-00424AVA-7-04
CMP-00424AVA-7-05
CMP-00424AVA-7-06
CMP-00424AVA-7-08
CMP-00424AVA-7-09
CMP-00424AVA-7-10
Jacket Color
White
Black
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Slate
Lilac
Material ID
700210032
700210222
700210248
700210156
700210131
700210081
700210008
700210198
700210206
Continued on next page >>
3.3
Copper Solutions

The SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP cabling system is designed specifically to meet
or exceed the latest ISO/IEC Class EA cabling specification. A major breakthrough of
the SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP Solution is vastly improved performance across
the complete frequency spectrum from 1 to 500 MHz.The technologies implemented
in the SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP Solution are capable of incorporating the
F/UTP technology while maintaining pair balance without compromising the internal
channel transmission performance.
Superior crosstalk performance, improved insertion loss performance and guaranteed
channel performance up to 500 MHz are the key enhancements that set the SYSTIMAX
GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP Solution apart.
FEATURES
Electrical performance guaranteed to meet or exceed the channel
specifications of Amendment 1 to ISO/IEC 11 801:2002 Class EA and
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A up to 500 MHz when used as part of a
GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP Channel in registered SYSTIMAX installations
4-pair construction with aluminum-foil tape and isolator center member
provides extra margin of performance required for high-bandwidth applications
ETL Listed - 1291 Riser-rated CMR and CMG
IEC Certified - 3291 LSZH-rated IEC 60332-3
Can support network line speeds up to at least 10 Gbps
Assurance when included as part of a registered SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D
F/UTP channel
Cables
Copper Solutions
(continued)
2071E GigaSPEED XL7 Plenum Cables - Category 6
1,000 FT. WE TOTES

Anixter No.
CMP-00424AVA-7U
CMP-00424AVA-7U-02
CMP-00424AVA-7U-03
CMP-00424AVA-7U-04
CMP-00424AVA-7U-05
CMP-00424AVA-7U-06
CMP-00424AVA-7U-08
CMP-00424AVA-7U-09
CMP-00424AVA-7U-10
Jacket Color
White
Black
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Slate
Lilac
Material ID
700208101
700210230
700210263
700210164
700210123
700208093
700210024
700214372
700210214
3,000 FT. REELS

Anixter No.
CMP-00424AVA-7R-06
CMP-00424AVA-7R-03
CMP-00424AVA-7R
CMP-00424AVA-7R-04
CMP-00424AVA-7R-10
CMP-00424AVA-7R-09
CMP-00424AVA-7R-05
Jacket Color
Blue
Red
White
Spring green
Lilac
Slate
Yellow
Material ID
700210099
760043158
700210057
760021204
760021212
760005652
760047555
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Level 7 Unshielded Cable
1071E and 5071A GigaSPEED XL7 Nonplenum Cables - Category 6

D
PR6126V2-7095.tif
1071E GigaSPEED XL7 4-pair Cables are designed to support high-bandwidth

applications, including the IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet), ANSI/TIA
1000BASE-TX, 1.2 Gbps ATM and any future applications designed for Category
6/Class E cabling, as well as analog broadband video up to 550 MHz.
The 1071E GigaSPEED XL Cable features a patent-pending thin and easy-to-remove
bisector tape. This delivers the performance benefits of more traditional fluted center
members without the associated thickness and size.
The 5071A is GigaSPEED XL 5071A ETL is Verified Category 6 U/UTP Cable. This product
has a jacket that is constructed of low smoke zero halogen (LSZH) material.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
6. PVC jacket
UL Listed type CM/CMR
SYSTIMAX-approved
3.4
1,000 FT. REELS

Anixter No.
CM-00424AVA-7
CM-00424AVA-7-00
CM-00424AVA-7-03
CM-00424AVA-7-04
CM-00424AVA-7-05
CM-00424AVA-7-06
CM-00424AVA-7-08
CM-00424AVA-7-10
Jacket Color
Slate (gray)
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Lilac
Material ID
700211923
700214208
700212012
700212053
700211980
700211956
700212111
700212087
1,000 FT. WE TOTES

Anixter No.
CM-00424AVA-7U
CM-00424AVA-7U-00
CM-00424AVA-7U-02
CM-00424AVA-7U-03
CM-00424AVA-7U-04
CM-00424AVA-7U-05
CM-00424AVA-7U-06
CM-00424AVA-7U-DB
CM-00424AVA-7U-08
CM-00424AVA-7U-10
Jacket Color
Slate (gray)
White
Black
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Blue
Orange
Lilac
Material ID
700211931
700212046
700212129
700212020
700212061
700211998
700211964
760004689
700212103
700212095
3,000 FT. REELS

Anixter No.
CM-00424AVA-7R-06
CM-00424AVA-7-00-3K
CM-00424AVA-7-3K
Jacket Color
Light blue
White
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760040105
760040089
760040097
5071A SERIES
Anixter No.
CMZ-00423COM-C6-01
CMZ-00423COM-C6-06
CMZ-00423COM-C6-09
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760151902
760151894
760151910
2061 PowerSUM Plenum Cables - Category 5e

PR1866V2-6977.tif
The 2061 PowerSUM 4-pair Cable is a high-speed, 100-ohm, high-performance cable

with excellent PSNEXT levels which ensures that multiple identical or compatible
signals can be shared in the same cable without loss of data integrity. The
2061 Cables provide excellent high-speed transmission, are specified out to 155 MHz
and support applications such as 155 Mbps ATM, 622 Mbps ATM and the IEEE
802.3 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet) Standard, using parallel transmission scheme
technology in conjunction with other SYSTIMAX Solutions components.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
Cables
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Nominal O.D. (in.) is 0.200

Approximately 22.5 lb./1,000 ft.
Conductors are twisted into varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
Foam FEP/polyolefin insulation
FRPVC jacket
UL Listed type CMP
SYSTIMAX approved
ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant
Jacket Color
White
Spring green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760049593
760049635
760049619
760049585
760049627
760049601
1,000 FT. WE TOTES

Anixter No.
CMP-00424MAX-6U-F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-02F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-03F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-04F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-05F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-06F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-08F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-09F
CMP-00424MAX-6U-10F
Jacket Color
White
Black
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Slate (gray)
Lilac
Material ID
760041921
760051615
760051623
760049700
760041947
760041913
760041954
760041939
760051631
3,000 FT. REELS

Anixter No.
CMP-00424MAX-6R-04F
CMP-00424MAX-6R-05F
CMP-00424MAX-6R-06F
CMP-00424MAX-6R-08F
CMP-00424MAX-6R-09F
CMP-00424MAX-6R-F
Jacket Color
Spring green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Slate (gray)
White
Material ID
760049692
760049676
760049643
760049684
760049668
760049650
1061 PowerSUM Nonplenum Cable - Category 5e

PR6125V2-7092.tif

UL Listed type CM
SYSTIMAX approved
1,000 FT. REELS
Anixter No.
CM-00424MAX-6
CM-00424MAX-6-00
CM-00424MAX-6-03
CM-00424MAX-6-04
CM-00424MAX-6-05
CM-00424MAX-6-06
CM-00424MAX-6-08
CM-00424MAX-6-DKB
CMZ-00423COM-C5E-01
CMZ-00423COM-C5E-06
Jacket Color
Slate (gray)
White
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Blue
White
Light blue
Material ID
106836943
107849283
107244055
107244048
106999071
760004705
107193435
760004705
760151878
760151860
Copper Solutions
1,000 FT. REELS

Anixter No.
CMP-00424MAX-6F
CMP-00424MAX-6-04F
CMP-00424MAX-6-05F
CMP-00424MAX-6-06F
CMP-00424MAX-6-08F
CMP-00424MAX-6-09F
155 Mbps ATM, 622 Mbps ATM and the IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet)
standard, using parallel transmission scheme technology in conjunction with other
SYSTIMAX Solutions components.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
7. PVC jacket
1,000 FT. WE TOTES

- PowerSUM 5061A ETL Verified Category 5e U/UTP Cable
- Low smoke zero halogen (LSZH) and nonplenum
- CMLS and CMR
Anixter No.
CM-00424MAX-6U
CM-00424MAX-6U-00
CM-00424MAX-6U-02
CM-00424MAX-6U-03
CM-00424MAX-6U-04
CM-00424MAX-6U-05
CM-00424MAX-6U-06
CM-00424MAX-6U-08
CM-00424MAX-6U-10
CM-00424MAX-6U-DKB
Jacket Color
Slate (gray)
White
Black
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Lilac
Dark blue
Material ID
106836950
107147787
107509051
106926363
107244030
107001687
106871809
700156177
107244022
760004671
5061 LOW HALOGEN

- PowerSUM 5061A ETL Verified Category 5e U/UTP Cable
- Low smoke zero halogen (LSZH) and nonplenum
- CMLS and CMR
Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CMZ-00423COM-C5E-09
Slate (gray)
Material ID
760151886
The 1061 PowerSUM 4-pair Cable is a high-speed, 100-ohm, high-performance cable

with excellent pair-to-pair NEXT levels. The 1061 Cable provides excellent high-speed
transmission, is specified out to 155 MHz and supports applications such as
3.5
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Category 3 Unshielded Cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Category 3 Unshielded Cable
2010 Plenum Cables - Category 3

1010 Riser Cable - Category 3

PR1869V2-6980.tif
Copper Solutions
The 2010 Plenum Cable is composed of 24 AWG twisted-pair copper conductors

individually insulated with various PVC compounds and sheathed low-smoke PVC
outer jacket. It is a general-purpose, high-performance cable used in voice and local
area network applications. It can be used in air-handling plenums or above
suspended ceilings without the use of conduits. Box put-ups available on 4-pair
constructions as indicated by "U" in part number suffix.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG
3. PVC insulation (4-pair); FRPVC (25- to 100-pair)
4. FRPVC jacket
5. 1,000 ft. WE totes
UL Listed type CMP
Anixter No.
No. of Pairs
D
CMP-00424MAX-3U
4
CMP-00424MAX-3U-06
4
CMP-00424MAX-3U-09
4
3.6
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
107078388
107078404
107256737
PR1870V2-6983.tif
PR72591V2-586725.tif
1010 4-pair LAN Riser Cable consists of 24 AWG solid-copper conductors insulated
with color-coded PVC. It is a general-purpose, high-performance cable used in voice
and local area network applications, specified up to 16 MHz. This cable is packaged
in boxes.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG
3. Conductors are twisted into pairs of varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
4. PVC jacket
UL Listed type CMR
Anixter No.
No. of Pairs
CM-00424MAX-3U
4
CM-00424MAX-3U-01 4
Jacket Color
Gray
White
Material ID
106062524
108689134
Jacks
./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Other
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Shielded Twisted Pair Copper Inserts
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D MGS600 Information Outlets
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D Shielded High-density Information Outlet
PR24201V2-176273.tif

Approved for GigaSPEED X10D performance
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
393214
MGS600-003
393215
MGS600-112
393216
MGS600-123
393217
MGS600-226
393218
MGS600-246
393219
MGS600-262
393220
MGS600-270
393221
MGS600-317
393213
MGS600-318
393222
MGS600-361
396983
MGS600-148
396984
MGS600-BULK-003
396985
MGS600-BULK-246
396986
MGS600-BULK-262
396987
MGS600-BULK-318
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Violet
Almond
Black, 100/pk
Ivory, 100/pk
White, 100/pk
Blue, 100/pk
Material ID
760092361
760092379
760092387
760092403
760092411
760092429
760092437
760092445
760092452
760092460
760092478
760110957
760110965
760110973
760110981
The SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D shielded high-density information outlet features a

patent-pending flexible mounting system that enables a single connector to mount in
three separate openings (high-density, M-Series, and keystone). The HGS620 has a
rugged, full-metal construction and allows for multiple size cable terminations for
F/UTP and S/FTP installation (0.270 in. up to 0.300 in. diameter over jacket).
When used with the SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP modular panels, cable length is
dramatically reduced in a channel configuration. CommScope pushed the threshold
and reduced the original cable length requirement with more than a 65 percent
reduction in size. These new short cable requirements gives the design freedom to
build a Category 6A infrastructure that meets needs without the bulky storage.
FEATURES
Supports 5 meter cables in three- and four-connector channels, 3 meter cables
in two-connector channels and cross-connect cords down to one meter
Allows for multiple-size cable terminations 0.270 in. up to 0.300 in. diameter
over jacket and flame ratings: F/UTP and S/FTP
Universal design and label supports both T568A and T568B wiring
Black icons provided in strip of three: VOICE, DATA and BLANK and are also sold
separately in bulk packs, available in green, blue, red, black, white and yellow
Termination time decreased when using the HGS-TT-S termination tool and
GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP 91B Series Cables
Electrical performance guaranteed to meet or exceed the channel specification
of Amendment 1 of ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA and ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A
up to 500 MHz when used as part of a GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP Channel in
registered SYSTIMAX installations
Patent-pending flexible mounting system enables a single connector to mount in
three separate openings: HD (high-density), M-Series and keystone
Rugged, full-metal construction
IDC connector terminations on rear of base allow quick and easy installation of
22 to 24 AWG cables
Optimal performance is achieved when using SYSTIMAX shielded patch cords
UL Listed
3.7
Copper Solutions
The SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D MGS600 Information Outlet snaps into standard
CommScope M-Series faceplates, surface-mount boxes and modular panels, but the
new, patented compensation technology on the inside sets this outlet apart. The
patented straddled-pair cross-over techniques combined with new printed wiring
board technologies, all tuned to the SYSTIMAX 360 10G Cables and Cords, bring
customers unsurpassed 10G channel performance with fewer restrictions.
FEATURES
Patented crossing of straddling-pair contacts enables efficient alien crosstalk
reduction in the channel
Snaps into standard SYSTIMAX M-Series faceplates, surface-mount boxes,
consolidation-point boxes or SYSTIMAX modular panels. Can also be
mounted either at 90 degrees (straight) or 45 degrees (angled) in any
SYSTIMAX faceplate
Universal design and label supports both T568 A & B wiring
IDC connector terminations on rear of base allow quick and easy installation of
22 to 24 AWG cable
Optional Plastic Icons (M61A) and Dust Covers (M20A) available in
several colors
Optimal performance is achieved when using the GigaSPEED X10D 360GS10E
patch cords; however, the MGS600 is fully backward compatible
Can support network line speeds of up to at least 10 gigabits per second
Assurance when included as part of a registered SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED
X10D channel
PR71598V2-571778.tif
Jacks
Copper Solutions
(continued)
SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D Shielded High-density

Information Outlet
Can support network line speeds up to at least 10 Gbps

Certified component of an integrated GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP solution
Qualifies for the SYSTIMAX 20-Year Extended Warranty and Applications
F/UTP Channel
TAA-compliant
Anixter No. Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
436215 HGS620
GigaSPEED X10D shielded
760152801
high-density information outlet
438868 HGS-A-KS-BK
HGS Keystone Adapter
760152827
Bulk Pack
438869 HGS-A-MS-BLACK HGS M-Series Adapter, black 760154211
438870 HGS-A-MS-BLUE
HGS M-Series Adapter, blue
760154252
438871 HGS-A-MS-WHITE HGS M-Series Adapter, white 760154187
438872 HGS-A-MS-IVORY HGS M-Series Adapter, ivory 760154195
438873 HGS-A-MS-ORANGE HGS M-Series Adapter, orange 760154229
438874 H61A-226-GREEN HGS Icon Strip Bulk Pack, green 760154096
438875 H61A-318-BLUE HGS Icon Strip Bulk Pack, blue 760154112
438876 H61A-317-RED
HGS Icon Strip Bulk Pack, red 760154120
438877 H61A-003-BLACK HGS Icon Strip Bulk Pack, black 760154070
438878 H61A-262-WHITE HGS Icon Strip Bulk Pack, white 760154047
438879 H61A-123-YELLOW HGS Icon Strip Bulk Pack, yellow 760154104
438880 HGS-TT-S
Hand Termination Tool 760152876
D
Seat Only
Anixter No.
246740
246742
246744
246746
246747
246748
246749
246750
246751
246741
397004
Vendor No.
MGS400-003
MGS400-112
MGS400-123
MGS400-226
MGS400-246
MGS400-262
MGS400-270
MGS400-317
MGS400-318
MGS400-361
MGS400-148
BULK PACK OF 100

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
318637
MGS400-003-BULK
318638
MGS400-246-BULK
318639
MGS400-262-BULK
318649
MGS400-318-BULK
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Violet
Almond
Material ID
700206667
700206683
700206691
700206709
700206717
700206725
700206733
700206741
700206758
700206675
760074211
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Blue
Material ID
760041962
760041970
760041988
760041996
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Category 5 Copper Inserts
PowerSUM MPS100E Information Outlets - Category 5e

PR6153V2-7140.tif
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Work Area Outlets
GigaSPEED XL MGS400 Information Outlets - Category 6

PR6158V2-7149.tif
The MGS400 Outlet features proprietary crosstalk cancellation techniques for

superior, near-end crosstalk (NEXT and PSNEXT) performance that provides
unmatched throughput performance when installed as part of a complete GigaSPEED
XL channel.
The MGS400 Information Outlet is an integral part of the GigaSPEED XL Solution
portfolio. The GigaSPEED XL Solution offers guaranteed margins over the minimum
Category 6/Class E requirements even in worst-case configurations with up to
six connections.
FEATURES
T568A/B universally wired
8W8P
Approved for GigaSPEED XL performance
3.8
The MPS100E Information Outlet is a modular RJ45 to insulation displacement

connector (IDC). It is typically installed in the faceplate at the work location and
provides termination for the horizontal 4-pair cable at the IDC end and workstation
cord insertion at the RJ45 end. It is designed for high-speed data and video
applications.
A feature of the MPS100E Outlet is a universal colored wiring label that eliminates the
need for separate Material IDs for 568A/B wiring schemes. The insulation
displacement connectors accept 22 and 24 AWG insulated wire. High-tooth pair
splitters have been enhanced to separate very tightly twisted PowerSUM cable pairs to
maintain the twist up to the connection. A D-Impact Tool can be used to
terminate conductors.
The MPS100E Information Outlet includes a space-saving wire flat cap, should be used
to provide protection from contamination and to secure the connections. Multi-color
labels with straightforward wire placement sequence mark wire terminals, assuring
fast, accurate installation. Snap-on icons identify the outlet as an MPSE product and
as either a computer or a data connection.
The MPS100E Information Outlets are designed to snap into any M-Series faceplate,
frame or surface-mount box. As an added feature, the outlet can mount either at
90 degrees (straight) or 45 degrees (angled) into these faceplates, frames or boxes:
this allows angled mounting of the outlet without having to use special faceplates.
Once inserted in either the straight or angled mounting, the outlets lock into place and
can only be released using the dual-purpose wire insertion cap.
Jacks
FEATURES
8W8P
Resists crosstalk and signal degradation
Eases identification of circuits
8-position/8-conductor universal modular jack
Approved for PowerSUM applications
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
221193
MPS100E-003
221194
MPS100E-112
221195
MPS100E-123
221196
MPS100E-215
221197
MPS100E-226
221198
MPS100E-246
221199
MPS100E-262
221200
MPS100E-270
221201
MPS100E-317
221202
MPS100E-318
221203
MPS100E-361
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Cream
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Violet
FEATURES
8W8P
Universal wiring labels display ANSI/TIA-T568A and ANSI/TIA-T568B wiring
Material ID
108232695
108232703
108232711
108480484
108232729
108232737
108232745
108232752
108232760
108232778
108337726

SYSTIMAX approved
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
240700
M1BH-H-003
240701
M1BH-H-112
240702
M1BH-H-123
240703
M1BH-H-215
240704
M1BH-H-226
240705
M1BH-H-246
240706
M1BH-H-262
240707
M1BH-H-270
240708
M1BH-H-317
240709
M1BH-H-318
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Cream
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Material ID
107321697
107346744
107321705
108480575
107321713
107321721
107321739
107321747
107321754
107321762
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//RF Inserts
M81C Coaxial Video Coupler Module

PR1836V2-13354.EPS
M1BH Modular Information Outlets - Category 3

PR2440V2-7027.eps
The M1BH Information Outlet is a modular RJ45 to insulation displacement connector

(IDC). It is typically installed in the faceplate at the work location and provides
termination for the horizontal 4-pair cable at the IDC end, and workstation cord
insertion at the RJ45 end. The M1BH was designed and patented by CommScope
Labs. The insulation displacement connectors of the M1BH can accept 0.643 mm to
0.511 mm diameter (22 to 24 AWG) solid or stranded insulated copper conductors.
The M1BH includes a flat wire cap that can be used to seat 24 AWG conductors and is
used to provide protection from contaminations and to secure the connections. It can
also be mounted. The wiring label also has a universal color-coding scheme for
termination of both 568A and 568B wiring. The M1BH Information Outlets are
designed to snap into any M-Series faceplate, frame or surface-mount box. As an
added feature, the outlet can mount either at 90 degrees (straight) or 45 degrees
(angled) into these faceplates, frames or boxes: this allows angled mounting of the
outlet without having to use special faceplates. Once inserted in either the straight or
angled mounting, the outlets lock into place and can only be released using the
dual-purpose wire insertion cap.
The M81C is an M-Series Modular F-81 Coaxial Coupler Module designed for video
applications. It can be mounted in any of the M-Series modular faceplates,
surface-mount boxes or mounting collars. The M81C now comes with four mounting
collars (black, ivory, white and gray). Designed by CommScope Labs.
Dimensions: 0.39 in. H x 0.73 in. W x 0.3 in. D (10 mm H x 18 mm W x 10 mm D)
Description
Material ID
190526
M81C-COUPLER Coaxial Video Coupler Module 108009432
3.9
Copper Solutions
Jacks
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Blank Inserts
M81BNC Modular BNC Coupler Module

M81 M-Series Modular Blanks

PR1837V2-13358.EPS
Copper Solutions
The M81BNC is an M-Series Modular BNC Coupler Module designed for data
applications. It can be mounted in any of the M-Series modular faceplates,
surface-mount boxes or mounting collars. The M81BNC now comes with four collars
(black, ivory, white and gray).
Dimensions:
Height: 0.69 in. (17 mm)
Width: 0.73 in. (18 mm)
Depth: 0.69 in. (17 mm)
Description
191307 M81 BNC-B COUPLER Modular BNC
Coupler Module
Material ID
108009424
COMMSCOPE ENTERPRISE SOLUTIONS
The M81 is an M-Series modular blank, rear snap-in, used to fill empty ports in
M-Series modular faceplates, surface-mount boxes or mounting collars. Designed by
CommScope Labs.
Dimensions:
Width: 0.69 in. (17 mm)
Depth: 0.50 in. (13 mm)
Description
504427 M81-246 BLANK
Blank module, ivory
169229 M81-262 BLANK
Blank module, white
M20AP Modular DInformation Outlet Dust Cover/Blank

PR6150V2-7134.tif
The M20AP is a dual-purpose dust cover/blank designed for use with modular
information outlets. When the M20AP is used as a dust cover, it is inserted over the
outlet opening and will protect the jack wires from contamination. When the M20AP
is used as a blank, it fills unused port openings in M-Series modular faceplates and
surface-mount boxes. Product comes in polybags containing 100 covers, they are not
sold as eaches.
Dimensions:
Length: 0.7 in. (17 mm)
Width: 0.6 in. (16 mm)
Depth: 0.2 in. (6 mm)
Plastic: High-impact, flame-retardant, UL Rated 94V-0 thermoplastic
Description
146671 M20AP-003
Black
227122 M20AP-215
Cream
145936 M20AP-246
Ivory
146674 M20AP-262
White
152557 M20AP-270
Gray
3.10
PR12088V2-21955.tif
Material ID
107065583
108481003
107067860
107067928
107067951
Material ID
106837222
106837230
Faceplates
./
Flexible Faceplates
PR16945V2-43456.tif
M13 FACEPLATES
Single-gang frame
267726
M13FP-246
267727
M13FP-262
267728
M13FP-270
267781
M13FP-003
Description
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Material ID
760010017
760010025
760010033
760010009
M26 FACEPLATES
Double-gang frame
267729
M26FP-246
267730
M26FP-262
267731
M26FP-270
267782
M26FP-003
Description
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Material ID
760008615
760008623
760008631
760008607
M30 ADAPTERS
Single-port and double-port
270106
M30FP-1RJ45-003
270107
M30FP-1RJ45-246
270108
M30FP-1RJ45-262
270109
M30FP-1RJ45-270
270110
M30FP-2RJ45-003
270111
M30FP-2RJ45-246
270112
M30FP-2RJ45-262
270114
M30FP-2RJ45-270
270115
M30FP-BLANK-003
Description
1-port, black
1-port, ivory
1-port, white
1-port, gray
2-port, black
2-port, ivory
2-port, white
2-port, gray
Blank, black
Material ID
760009423
760009431
760009449
760009456
760008649
760008656
760008664
760008672
760009464
Vendor No.
M30FP-BLANK-246
M30FP-BLANK-262
M30FP-BLANK-270
Description
Blank, ivory
Blank, white
Blank, gray
Material ID
760009472
760009480
760009498
S-VHS ADAPTERS
313578
M30FP-SVHS-110-262
Description
White
Material ID
760013110
VGA ADAPTERS
313579
M30FP-VGA-PT-262
313610
M30FP-VGA9-PT-003
Description
White
Black
Material ID
760028720
760100966
DVI ADAPTERS
Anixter No.
391326
391327
391328
391329
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
Material ID
760106294
760106302
760106310
760106328
Vendor No.
M30FP-262
M30FP-246
M30FP-270
M30FP-003
M-Series "LE" Modular Faceplates

PR1874V2-6995.tif
The M10LE, M12LE, M13LE, M14LE and M16LE are flush-mounted, multi-outlet,
modular faceplate kits designed for use with the M-Series modular information
outlets. Increased demand for outlets with enhanced aesthetics by architects,
consultants and end-users has led CommScope Labs to develop the "LE" faceplates.
The "LE" faceplates have rounded edges and a larger label area. Optional M20AP Dust
Covers/Blanks may be used to cover any unused outlets or outlet openings. Standard
package includes the modular faceplate, two label cards with covers and two
mounting screws for installation in a standard NEMA electrical outlet box.
Dimensions:
Length: 4.81 in. (12.2 cm)
Width: 2.84 in. (7.2 cm)
Depth: 0.33 in. (0.84 cm)
1-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
208588
M10LE-215
208590
M10LE-246
208591
M10LE-262
Description
Cream
Ivory
White
Material ID
108332990
108333006
108333014
3.11
Copper Solutions
The CommScope Flexible Faceplate is a front-access modular structure. It is universal

and accommodates all M-Series jacks for copper and fiber. In addition, it will
accommodate existing S-Video and RCA bezels. The frame is made up of a main frame
and three types of adapters that snap into it. The design includes five separate
components: a single-gang frame M13FP, a double-gang M26FP and three adapters single, double and blank. All five come in four colors, black, white, ivory and gray.
FEATURES
Modular design supports voice, data, audio and video applications
Support M-Series information outlets
Front access supports future moves, adds and changes
Supports cable/port labeling
Available in four different colors
UL Listed
Anixter No.
270116
270117
270118
Faceplates
Copper Solutions
(continued)
M-Series "LE" Modular Faceplates
Stainless Steel Modular Faceplates
2-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
208593
M12LE-003
208594
M12LE-215
208595
M12LE-246
208596
M12LE-262
208597
M12LE-270
Description
Black
Cream
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
108333030
108333048
108333055
108333063
108333071
3-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
208598
M13LE-003
208599
M13LE-215
208600
M13LE-246
208601
M13LE-262
Description
Black
Cream
Ivory
White
Material ID
108333089
108333097
108333105
108333113
4-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
208603
M14LE-003
208604
M14LE-215
208605
M14LE-246
208606
M14LE-262
208607
M14LE-270
Description
Black
Cream
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
108333139
108333147
108333154
108333162
108333170
6-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Anixter No. D Vendor No.
208608
M16LE-003
208609
M16LE-215
208610
M16LE-246
208611
M16LE-262
208612
M16LE-270
PR12168V2-22158.tif
These flush-mounted stainless steel faceplates in 2-, 3-, 4- and 6-port sizes are
designed to be used with the M-Series modular outlets mounted at a 90- or 45-degree
angle. When mounted at the 90-degree angle, the front of the outlet is flush with the
front of the stainless steel faceplate. These faceplates include an adapter riveted to
the stainless steel that accepts the M-Series outlets.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
220660
M12SP
2-port
108615188
220661
M13SP
3-port
108615196
220662
M14SP
4-port
108615204
220663
M16SP
6-port
108615212
Description
Black
Cream
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
108333188
108333196
108333204
108333212
108333220
Wall-mount Modular Faceplates

The M10LW is a single-outlet faceplate for use with wall-mounted telephones with a
mounting distance of 3.280 inches.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
197622
M10LW-246
Ivory
108258450
197621
M10LW-262
White
108258468
Wall-mounted Phone Faceplates - Stainless Steel

Stainless steel faceplate loaded with mounting lugs to mount phone onto a wall.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
283724
M10LW
Stainless steel wall 760024463
phone plate, lug
spacing of 4 in.
440340
M10LW STAINLESS Stainless steel wall 760117572
plate, lug spacing of
3.28 in.
3.12
Modular Furniture Faceplates

These faceplates are designed for use with M-Series modular information outlets and
M81 hardware. The M20AP Dust Cover/Blank can be used to protect unused outlets
and cover unused faceplate openings. Standard package includes the modular
faceplate and two color-coordinated M20AP Dust Cover/Blanks. M-Series information
outlets ordered separately.
MC13C TRIPLEX FACEPLATE - FOR STEELCASE FURNITURE
Fits modular furniture knockout size: 1.38 in. (35.1 mm) H x 2.71 in. (68.8 mm) W
(+/-0.01 in.).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
144352
M13C-003
Black
106650864
142290
M13C-246
Ivory
106650880
142291
M13C-262
White
106650898
M14CE QUADPLEX FACEPLATE - FOR STEELCASE FURNITURE
Fits modular furniture opening: 1.38 in. (3.51 cm) H x 2.71 in. (6.88 cm) W, also
available in almond.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
426951
M14CE-E-003 FACEPLATE Black
760118240
426953
M14CE-E-246 FACEPLATE Ivory
760118257
427719
M14CE-E-270 FACEPLATE Gray
760118265
426980
M14CE-E-262FACEPLATE
White
760118273
426983
Black
760118281
426984
Ivory
760118299
426985
Gray
760118307
Faceplates
M14C QUADPLEX FACEPLATE - FOR KNOLL FURNITURE
Fits modular furniture knockout size: 1.61 in. (4.09 cm) H x 3.358 in. (8.53 cm) L x
1.2992 in. (3.30 cm) D (+/-0.0118 in. [0.03 cm]).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
158743
M14C-003
Black
106650849
158746
M14C-148
Almond
107167488
158739
M14C-270
Ivory
107167462
M14CH QUADPLEX FACEPLATE - FOR HERMAN MILLER FURNITURE
Dimensions: 1.75 in. (4.445 cm) H x 2.832 in. (7.19 cm) W.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
193024
M14CH-003
Black
108406414
204976
M14CH-246
Ivory
108406422
204977
M14CH-262
White
108406430
204978
M14CH-270
Gray
108406448
M26C SIXPLEX FACEPLATE - FOR DOUBLE-WIDTH STEELCASE FURNITURE
Fits modular furniture knockout size: 5.251 in. (13.34 cm) L x 1.3740 in. (3.49 cm)
H (+/-0.0118 in. [0.03 cm]).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
183801
M26C-246
Ivory
107167496
Vendor No.
M106FR2-003
M106FR2-246
M106FR2-262
M106FR2-270
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
106628852
106622210
106622251
106688393
3-PORT
Anixter No.
205005
205009
205011
205012
Vendor No.
M108FR3-003
M108FR3-246
M108FR3-262
M108FR3-270
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
108265430
108265448
108265455
108265463
4-PORT
Anixter No.
167295
142315
142316
167293
Vendor No.
M106FR4-003
M106FR4-246
M106FR4-262
M106FR4-270
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
106627763
106622277
106622285
106688385
M30CC Circular Collars

PR0248V2-13271.TIF
Modular Mounting Frames

The M105FR1, M106FR2, M108FR3 and M106FR4 Modular Mounting Frames are
flush-mounted, multi-outlet, modular mounting frames designed for use with the
M-Type modular information outlets. The M105FR1 is a single-outlet, modular
mounting frame. The M106FR2 is a duplex-outlet, modular mounting frame. The
M106FR4 is a quadplex-outlet, modular mounting frame.
The M108FR3 is a triplex, modular mounting frame. A standard "Decora" style
faceplate fits over the frame.
Plastic high-impact, flame-retardant, UL Rated 94V-0 thermoplastic
Dimensions:
M108FR3: 0.2755 in. (0.7 cm) D x 1.377 in. (3.5 cm) L x 4.055 in. (10.3 cm) W
All others: 1.20 in. (3.05 cm) x 1.6929 in. (4.3 cm) L x 4.09 in. (10.4 cm.) W
1-PORT
Anixter No.
142313
142300
Vendor No.
M105FR1-246
M105FR1-262
Description
Ivory
White
The M30CC Circular Collar is a plastic circular collar designed to support the
M-Series modules. The M30CC can be used in furniture such as a desk or cabinet, on
a flat wall panel or on a flat metal panel. The supporting panel or wall structure must
be between 0.0393 in. and 0.1259 in. (0.1 cm and 0.32 cm) in thickness, inclusively.
The M30CC collar supports a single telecommunications outlet such as the M-Series,
and can also support the M81-Series mounting modules.
Diameter: 1.6 in. (40.64 mm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Color
Material ID
171481
M30CC-246
Ivory
106986110
Material ID
106622160
106622178
3.13
Copper Solutions
M4CA QUADPLEX FACEPLATE - FOR VARIABLE FURNITURE

The M4CA can be adjusted to fit the following range of openings: 1.7 in. H x
2.792 in. W (4.32 cm H x 7.09 cm W) to 2.375 in. H x 4.125 in. W (6.03 cm H x
10.48 cm W). Fits modular furniture knockout size: 2.98 in. (7.6 cm) H x 4.73 in.
(12.0 cm) W x 0.50 in. (1.3 cm) D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
257237
M4CA-262
White
700191588
261035
M4CA-003
Black
700189046
261036
M4CA-246
Ivory
700191570
2-PORT
Anixter No.
167292
142320
142317
166422
Faceplates
M30MC Universal Modular Mounting Collar

PR6151V2-7137.tif

Dimensions:
Height: 2.26 in. (5.7 cm)
Width: 1.22 in. (3.1 cm)
Depth: 1.29 in. (3.3 cm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
190266
M101SMB-B-003 Black
107983983
190263
M101SMB-B-246 Ivory
107984007
190269
M101SMB-B-262 White
107984015
190270
M101SMB-B-270 Gray
107984023
Copper Solutions
The M30MC Mounting Collar is designed to fit into a rectangular opening. The width of
the opening will always be 0.763 inch (19.38 mm). However, the height of the
opening is variable based on the thickness of the material into which the collar is
pressed. The material thickness is restricted to the range, 0.025 inch to 0.125 inch
(0.64 mm to 3.17 mm).
Physical Specifications:
Collar support thickness: 0.0248 in. to 0.1220 in. (0.063 cm to 0.31 cm)
Opening height: 0.783 in. (1.99 cm)
Opening width: 0.759 in. +/- 0.00315 in. (1.93 cm +/- 0.008 cm)
Mounting collar height: 1 in. (2.54 cm)
Mounting collar length:
1 in. (2.54 cm)
D
Mounting collar depth: 0.460 in. (1.17 cm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
183272
M30MC-003
Black
106664154
146990
M30MC-246
Ivory
106664139
512970
M30MC-262
White
106664147
183292
M30MC-270
Gray
106697089
M101SMB 1-port Surface-mount Boxes

PR1829V2-6926.tif

The M102SMB Modular Surface-mount Box is a modular, surface-mounted, duplex box

designed for use with one or two M-Series modular information outlets (copper and/
or fiber). It can be mounted on a flat surface using the screws or the double-sided
adhesive tape provided.
Dimensions:
Width: 2.06 in. (5.2 cm)
Depth: 1.29 in. (3.3 cm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
189968
M102SMB-B-003 Black
107984031
189969
M102SMB-B-246 Ivory
107984049
189970
M102SMB-B-262 White
107984056
189971
M102SMB-B-270 Gray
107984064
The M101SMB is a single, modular, surface-mounted box designed for use with one
M-Series modular information outlet. This surface-mount box can be mounted on a
flat surface using the screws or the double-sided adhesive tape provided. Standard
package includes the modular surface-mounted box, two wood screws and
double-sided adhesive tape.
3.14
PR1830V2-6929.tif
Faceplates

PR1831V2-6932.tif
Anixter No.
169620.
169625.
169621.
169626.
Vendor No.
M106SMB-003
M106SMB-246
M106SMB-262
M106SMB-270
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
107431520
107431546
107431538
107431553

PR1833V2-6938.tif
The M104SMB is a modular, surface-mounted, quadplex box designed for use with
one to four M-Series modular jacks and modules. This surface-mount box can be
mounted on any flat surface using the screws or the double-sided adhesive tape
provided. Optional magnets can be ordered for use with the M104SMB (one required).
Dust covers are provided.

PR2152V2-7004.tif
The M112SMB is a 12-port, modular, surface-mount box designed for use with up to
12 M-Series modular jacks. This surface-mount box can be mounted on any flat
surface using the screws or double-sided adhesive tape provided. Optional magnets
can be ordered for use with the M112SMB (four required). M20AP Dust Covers
are provided.
Dimensions:
Height: 9.13 in. (23.2 cm)
Width: 4.81 in. (12.2 cm)
Depth: 1.30 in. (3.3 cm)
SURFACE-MOUNT BOXES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
142389
M112SMB-003
142387
M112SMB-246
142390
M112SMB-262
142363
M112SMB-270
MAGNETS (PACK OF FOUR)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
054162
D-180880
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Material ID
106658164
106658149
106658156
106688419
Description
Magnet kit
for mounting
Material ID
103184156
The M106SMB Modular Surface-mount Box is a modular, multimedia,

surface-mounted sixplex box designed for use with one to six M-Series modular jacks
(copper and/or fiber). The M106SMB can be mounted on any flat surface using the
screws or double-sided adhesive tape provided. Optional magnets can be ordered for
use with the M106SMB (four required). M20AP Dust Cover is provided.
Dimensions:
Height: 5.49 in. (13.9 cm)
Width: 4.81 in. (12.2 cm)
Depth: 1.22 in. (3.1 cm)
3.15
Copper Solutions

Dimensions:
Width: 3.92 in. (10.0 cm)
Depth: 1.2 in. (3.0 cm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
189430
M104SMB-A-003 Black
107952475
188948
M104SMB-A-246 Ivory
107952442
189431
M104SMB-A-262 White
107952459
189432
M104SMB-A-270 Gray
107952467
Faceplates
M200 Series Surface-mount Boxes

PR34043V2-251543.tif
8-PORT
Anixter No.
332699
332700
332701
332702
Vendor No.
M208SMB-246
M208SMB-262
M208SMB-270
M208SMB-003
Description
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Material ID
760057430
760057414
760057448
760057422
Index1.Support and Supplies//Hardware and Supplies//Premise Applications
Copper Solutions
24-port CommScope Nonplenum Zone Wiring Box
M200 Series Standard Surface-mount Boxes are designed for interior surface-mount
applications and can support copper and fiber terminations. All information outlets
simply snap into place. The 2-, 4- and 8-port boxes are UL rated and available in four
standard colors. The M200 Series surface-mount boxes can support new-generation,
larger-diameter data cables and offer multiple cable entrances through the base
and/or sides.
They are equipped with the corresponding number of dust covers and two-port
adapters. These adapters support two M-Series outlets each. A variety of other
adapters are available but not included to configure LC, ST, and SC fiber couplers, VGA,
S-Video, coax, BNC and RCA couplers.
FEATURES
Support a wide range of applications and configurations using the following
snap-in components:
8-position modular outlets, RCA adapters, S-Video outlets,
D
BNC adapters, VGA adapters and coaxial couplers
Can support new-generation, larger-diameter data cables
Cable entrances available through the base and/or sides
Can mount to solid surfaces or single-gang electrical boxes
Easy front access to outlets, adapters and couplers
Includes dust covers, cable ties, labels/label holders, adhesive-backed Velcro,
double-sided tape and screws
Comes with label and label cover as well as a smooth surface for labeling the
front of the enclosure
Snap-in fiber spool is included to assist with fiber management (does not apply
to the M202SMB and M204ASMB)
Material: plastic
2-PORT
Anixter No.
332692
332693
332694
332695
Vendor No.
M202SMB-246
M202SMB-262
M202SMB-270
M202SMB-003
Description
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Material ID
760057356
760057331
760057364
760057349
4-PORT
Anixter No.
323869
323870
323871
323868
Vendor No.
M204SMB-246
M204SMB-262
M204SMB-270
M204SMB-003
Description
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Material ID
760045013
760044990
760045021
760045005
3.16

The 24-port Nonplenum Zone Wiring Box is a low-profile M224CPN Consolidation Box.
This product provides a connection and distribution point for data and telecom
cables in installations requiring a consolidation point. The slim design (8 in. x 12 in.
x 1.5 in.) (203 mm x 305 mm x 38 mm) permits installation in a variety of nonplenum
spaces such as under floors, limited-space closets, inside-paneled furniture, on
walls in plain view and on shelves.
FEATURES
Nonmetallic housing
24-port capacity
Accommodates copper M-Series outlets, fiber connectors as well as copper and
fiber terminations
Expandable/stackable features
Easy access for terminations, moves, adds and changes
Designed for mounting in various nonplenum environments (floor, under floor,
surface-mount or wall)
Equipped with removable cover section for cord/label access and doesn't expose
horizontal cables
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Color
Material ID
266919
M224CPN-262
White
700016488
278555
M224CPN-003
Black
700016462
Faceplates
32-port CommScope Plenum Zone Wiring Box

48-port CommScope Plenum Zone Wiring Box

PR17410V2-45610.tif
PR17412V2-45613.tif
The 48-port Plenum Zone Wiring Box provides a connection and distribution point for
data and telecom cables in installations requiring a consolidation point. The design
includes a 3.35 in. x 2.566 in. (85.04 mm x 65.18 mm) rectangular bottom knockout
to be used in conjunction with a standard dual-gang electrical box, in addition to
twelve 3/4 in. (19.05 mm) knockouts for use with conduit.
FEATURES
Plenum rated
48-port capacity
Accommodates copper M-Series outlets, fiber connectors as well as copper and
fiber terminations
Designed for mounting in various nonplenum environments (floor, under floor,
surface-mount or wall)
horizontal cables
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
268730
M48CPP
48-port Plenum
700188923
Zone Wiring Box
3.17
Copper Solutions
The 32-port Plenum Zone Wiring Box provides a connection and distribution point for
data and telecom cables in installations requiring a consolidation point. The design
includes a 3.35 in. x 2.566 in. (85.04 mm x 65.18 mm) rectangular bottom knockout
to be used in conjunction with a standard dual-gang electrical box, in addition to
twelve 3/4 in. (19.05 mm) knockouts for use with conduit.
FEATURES
Plenum rated
32-port capacity
Accommodates copper M-Series outlets, as well as an area for a 100-pair
110 IDC Block plus fiber and video connectors
Designed for mounting in various plenum and nonplenum environments (floor,
under floor, surface-mount or wall)
horizontal cables
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
268731
M32CPP
32-port Plenum
700188931
Zone Wiring Box
Patch Panels
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Shared-Media Hubs//Chassis/Modules
Intelligent Infrastructure Solutions - imVision
Copper Solutions
PR72407V2-583830.tif
imVision. Infrastructure Management. Made Easy.

imVision is the intelligent approach to infrastructure management that gives you
unprecedented control over your network and the flexibility you need to thrive in
today's business landscape. Your investment can quickly pay for itself through
reduced downtime, energy and maintenance costs.
imVision combines intelligent software and hardware, enabling you to:
- Ensure tighter security throughout your network
- Enhance change management
- Simplify audits and compliance
- Improve process efficiency
- Increase operational efficiency, uptime and productivity
- Monitor and control all sites globally from one location
- Automate existing workflow
The SYSTIMAX imVision solution provides you with improved network visibility, allowing
you to track the physical locations of all networked devices, such as desktop and
laptop computers, wireless access points, IP phones and IP cameras, all in real time.
In 60 seconds, you Dcan pinpoint faults and expedite troubleshooting measures to
minimize downtime.
FEATURES
4.3 in. (10.9 cm) multicolor touch screen interface with Activity LED
Compatible with RM+ (v2 and v3), Panel Manager, Network Manager
Supports existing iPatch copper panels and fiber optic shelves
Preassembled
Integrated (adjustable) horizontal cable management
Display slides up/down for easy access to cords in tight spaces
USB-attached display
Includes PDU adapter
Dual power inputs for redundancy
Combines the functionality of Panel Manager and Network Manager into a
single unit
GigaSPEED:
ANSI/TIA Category 6- and 6A-compliant
INFRASTRUCTURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
390419 360-IP-PANEL-MGR
403140
360-IP-NET-MGR-MOD
481640
360-IMV-CNTRLR
3.18
Description
360 iPatch
Panel Manager
SYSTIMAX iPatch
Network
Manager Module
360 imVision
Controller
360 IPATCH G2 HIGH DENSITY FIBER SHELF

The 360 iPatch G2 High Density fiber shelf accommodates 72 duplex LC ports
(144 fibers) in 2U space. It is available empty, with the ability to be populated with
one, two or three preterminated modules from LazrSPEED, TeraSPEED or OptiSPEED
Solutions. It supports Alpha or Beta Installations and features the elegant SYSTIMAX
360 design.
Description
Material ID
390412 360-IP-HD-2U-IP-SD
360 iPatch G2 HD 760093336
fiber shelf, wide
390413 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-LS
360 iPatch G2 HD 760093344
LS Module
390414 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-LS-3
360 iPatch G2 HD 760093351
LS Module
(three pack)
390415 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-TS
360 iPatch G2 HD 760093369
TS Module
390416 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-TS-3
360 iPatch G2 HD 760093377
TS Module
(three pack)
390417 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-OS
360 iPatch G2 HD 760093385
OS Module
390418 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-OS-3
360 iPatch G2 OS 760093393
Module
(three pack)
IPATCH INTELLIGENT FIBER OPTIC SHELVES
390395 360-IP-G2-1U-LC-FX
390396 360-IP-G2-1U-LC-SD
390405
360-IP-UP-KIT-G2-LC
266264
IP-600A-12-SC-MMF
266291
IP-600B-12-SC-MMF
Material ID
760095562
760105353
760161380
Description
24-port, 1U, fixed
24-port,
1U, sliding
360 iPatch
Upgrade Kit for
360G2-1U-MOD
shelves with
LC cassettes
12-port duplex SC
multimode
Intelligent Fiber
Shelf with fixed
tray,
phosphor bronze
12-port duplex SC
multimode
Intelligent Fiber
Shelf with sliding
tray,
phosphor bronze
Material ID
760105163
760105171
760105148
760005595
760005629
Patch Panels
266287 IP-600A-12-SC-SMF
266294
Description
Material ID
12-port duplex SC 760010777
single-mode
Intelligent Fiber
Shelf with fixed
tray,
phosphor bronze
12-port duplex SC 760010785
single-mode
Intelligent Fiber
Shelf with sliding
tray,
phosphor bronze
IP-600B-12-SC-SMF
IPATCH INTELLIGENT COPPER PATCH PANELS

438196 360-IP-1100-E-GS3-1U-24
438197
360-IP-1100-E-GS3-2U-48
432507
360-IP-PMAX-GS3-24
432509
360-IP-PMAX-GS3-48
Description
360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
24-port panel
360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
48-port panel
360 iPatch
PATCHMAX
GS3 Panel, 24-port
360 iPatch
PATCHMAX
GS3 Panel, 48-port
438204
360-IP-UP-KIT-PMAX-2U-24
389117
360-IP-UP-KIT-1100-24
390262
360-IP-UP-KIT-1100-48
359989
IP-M4200I-24
438201
360-IP-M-E-HD6B-1U-24
438835
360-IP-M-E-HD6B-2U-48
438199
360-IP-1100-E-GS6-1U-24
438200
360-IP-1100-E-GS6-2U-48
438834
360-IP-PMAX-GS6-48
Material ID
760038513
760066183
760038521
760117424
760117432
760117440
Material ID
760152355
760152330
760123489
INFRASTRUCTURE OPERATIONS SOFTWARE

488086 IM-SYS-MGR-ENT-1K
396660
IM-SYS-MGR-ENT-2K
Description
360 iPatch
Upgrade Kit Evolve
and PATCHMAX
48-port, five pack
360 iPatch
Upgrade Kit
PATCHMAX 2U,
24-port, 10 pack
360 iPatch
Upgrade Kit for
360 1100
24-port panel
360 iPatch
Upgrade Kit for
360 1100
48-port panel
iPatch M4200i
24-port Intelligent
Universal
Modular Panel
without modules
360 iPatch Evolve
High Density F/UTP
Modular
Panel, 24-port
360 iPatch Evolve
High Density F/UTP
Modular
Panel, 48-port
360 iPatch
1100GS6 Evolve
24-port panel
360 iPatch
1100GS6 Evolve
48-port panel
360 iPatch
PATCHMAX
GS6 48-port panel
Material ID
760152298
760152306
760104992
760105015
760073866
760152371
760152389
760152363
760152348
760130401
Description
Material ID
imVision System 760165621
Manager
Enterprise 1,000 iPatch ports
imVision System 760111187
Manager
Enterprise - up to
2,000 iPatch ports
760123497
3.19
Copper Solutions
IPATCH INTELLIGENT PRETERMINATED FIBER OPTIC SHELVES

Description
325426 IP-PTF-12-SC-LS
Preterminated
12-port duplex SC
LazrSPEED
Intelligent
Fiber Shelf
374025 IP-PTF-12-SC-OS
Preterminated
12-port duplex SC
OptiSPEED
Intelligent
Fiber Shelf
325427 IP-PTF-12-SC-TS
Preterminated
12-port duplex SC
TeraSPEED
Intelligent
Fiber Shelf
414699 360-IP-INSTA-LC-4OS
360 iPatch
InstaPatch LC, four
OS Modules
414697 360-IP-INSTA-LC-4LS
360 iPatch
InstaPatch LC, four
LazrSPEED Modules
414698 360-IP-INSTA-LC-4TS
360 iPatch
InstaPatch LC, four
TeraSPEED Modules

438203 360-IP-UP-KIT-E+PMAX-48
Patch Panels
Copper Solutions
(continued)

Description
imVision System
Manager
Enterprise 5,000 iPatch ports
imVision System
Manager
Enterprise 10,000 iPatch
ports
369515 IM-SYS-MGR-ENT-UNL
imVision System
Manager
Enterprise unlimited
iPatch ports
488092 IM-UP-SYSMGR-1K-2K
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
Enterprise 1,000-2,000
iPatch ports
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
D
iPatch ports
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
iPatch ports
488095 IM-UP-SYSMGR-1K-UNL
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
Enterprise 1,000 to unlimited
iPatch ports
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
iPatch ports
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
iPatch ports
396664 IM-UP-SYSMGR-2K-UNL
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
Enterprise
2,000 to unlimited
iPatch ports
3.20

Material ID
760165639
488098
IM-UP-SYSMGR-5K-UNL
396663
IM-UP-SYSMGR-10K-UNL
760111195
760090068
760165514
760165522
SYSTEM INTEGRATIONS
488101 IM-SYS-MGR-EXT-XML
Description
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
iPatch ports
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
Enterprise 5,000 to unlimited
iPatch ports
imVision Upgrade
System Manager
Enterprise 10,000 to
unlimited
iPatch ports
Material ID
760165563
Description
imVision
Extended XML
Material ID
760165076
760165571
760111229
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//Unshielded Twisted-Pair Systems
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D Evolve 1100GS6 Panels - Category 6A

PR34826V2-262926.tif
760165530
760165548
760165555
760111203
760111211
SYSTIMAX 360 Evolve 1100GS6 Panels are available in 1U and 2U options and feature
the elegant SYSTIMAX 360 design. Enhanced rear cable management features make
installation easier over current cable bundling/dressing methods by reducing time
and steps to tie down bundles of cable on the rear of the panels.
EVOLVE PANEL
436180 360-IPR-1100-E-GS6-1U-24
436181
360-IPR-1100-E-GS6-2U-48
436176
360-IPR-1100A-E-GS6-1U-24
436177
360-IPR-1100A-E-GS6-2U-48
Description
360 1100 GS6
Evolve Panel
- 24-port
360 1100 GS6
Evolve Panel
- 48-port
360 Angled
1100 GS6 Panel
- 24-port
360 Angled
1100 GS6 Panel
- 48-port
Material ID
760152587
760152595
760151324
760151779
Patch Panels
DISTRIBUTION MODULE
436183 360-IPR-1100-GS6-DM6
EVOLVE KITS
436172 360-E-KIT-1U
436173
360-E-KIT-2U
Description
Material ID
360 1100 GS6
760151183
Evolve Distribution
Module 6-port
Description
360 1U Evolve
Panel Kit
360 2U Evolve
Panel Kit
Material ID
760155739
Qualifies for the SYSTIMAX 20-Year Extended Warranty and Applications

F/UTP Channel
Compatible with DYMO Labeling Solution
GIGASPEED
436184 360-IPR-MFTPA-E-HD6B-1U-24
760155747
360-IPR-MFTPA-E-HD6B-2U-48
436186
360-IPR-MFTP-E-HD6B-1U-24
436187
360-IPR-MFTP-E-HD6B-2U-48
436188
360-MFTP-LKB
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP Modular Panels

PR71599V2-572800.tif
The SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP modular panels are available in straight
and angled constructions and are iPatch-Ready, making them field-upgradable to
iPatch without the need to remove patch cords, meaning no network downtime. The
F/UTP modular panels offer easy cable routing and bundling through CommScope's
rear cable management solution and feature the elegant SYSTIMAX 360 design.
When used with the SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED X10D HGS620 information outlet, cable
length is dramatically reduced in a channel configuration. CommScope pushed the
threshold and reduced the original cable length requirement to more than 65 percent
reduction in size. These new short cable requirements gives the design freedom to
build a Category 6A infrastructure that meets needs without the bulky storage.
FEATURES
Simple-to-use grounding solution
Straight and angled constructions, both iPatch-Ready
Features the elegant SYSTIMAX 360 design
Supports 5 meter cables in three- and four-connector channels, 3 meter cables
in two-connector channels and cross-connect cords down to 1 meter when
using the GigaSPEED
X10D shielded high-density information outlet (HGS620)
iPatch-Ready - field upgradable to iPatch without the need to remove patch
cords, meaning no network downtime
TAA-compliant
Easy cable routing and bundling through improved rear cable
management solution
Electrical performance guaranteed to meet or exceed the channel specification
of Amendment 1 of ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA and ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A
up to 500 MHz when used as part of a GigaSPEED X10D F/UTP Channel in
Available in 24- and 48-port configurations
IPATCH
438201 360-IP-M-E-HD6B-1U-24
438835
360-IP-M-E-HD6B-2U-48
PANEL KITS
438831 360-E-C-1U
438832
360-E-C-2U
Material ID
760151290
760151746
760150144
760151498
760151480
Description
Material ID
360 iPatch Evolve 760152371
High Density F/UTP
Modular
Panel, 24-port
360 iPatch Evolve 760152389
High Density F/UTP
Modular
Panel, 48-port
Description
360 1U Evolve
Cover Kit
360 2U Evolve
Panel Kit
Material ID
760152538
760152546
3.21
Copper Solutions
436185
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//Shielded Twisted-Pair Systems
Description
360 GigaSPEED
X10D Evolve High
Density F/UTP
Modular
Panel, 24-port
360 GigaSPEED
X10D Evolve High
Density F/UTP
Angled Modular
Panel, 48-port
360 GigaSPEED
X10D Evolve High
Density F/UTP
Modular
Panel, 24-port
360 GigaSPEED
X10D Evolve High
Density F/UTP
Modular
Panel, 48-port
360 GigaSPEED
X10D Evolve High
Density F/UTP
Modular Panel
Label Kit
Patch Panels
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED XL 1100GS3 Patch Panels - Category 6


436175 360-IPR-1100A-E-GS3-2U-48
PR71600V2-572806.tif
436182
Copper Solutions
KITS
Anixter No.
389117
The GigaSPEED XL 1100GS3 Panels contain enhanced rear cable management

features that make installation easier over current cable bundling/dressing methods.
These features help by reducing time and steps of tie-down bundles of cable on the
rear of the panels. The SYSTIMAX 360 "iPatch-Ready" copper panels can be upgraded
in the field at a later stage with the 360 iPatch Upgrade Kit. The upgrade can be
performed without network disruptions, since it does not require the removal of
patch cords.
FEATURES
8W8P
110 to Mod
Termination manager and redesigned IDC housing allow traditional cable
termination to these high-performance panels
D
IPATCH
438196
360-IP-1100-E-GS3-1U-24
438197
360-IP-1100-E-GS3-2U-48
EVOLVE
438196 360-IP-1100-E-GS3-1U-24
438197
360-IP-1100-E-GS3-2U-48
436178
360-IPR-1100-E-GS3-1U-24
436179
360-IPR-1100-E-GS3-2U-48
436174
360-IPR-1100A-E-GS3-1U-24
3.22
390262
436170
436171
436168
436169
438831
Description
360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
24-port panel
360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
48-port panel
Material ID
760152355
438832
760152330
436172
Description
360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
24-port panel
360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
48-port panel
360 1100GS3
Evolve Panel
- 24-port
360 1100GS3
Evolve Panel
- 48-port
360 Angled
1100GS3 Evolve
Panel 24-port
Material ID
760152355
436173
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
436182
390259
760152330
443589
760152561
360-IPR-1100-GS3-DM6
Description
Material ID
360 Angled
760151753
1100GS3 Evolve
Panel 48-port
360 1100GS3
760151167
Evolve Distribution
Module 6-port
Vendor No.
Description
360-IP-UP-KIT-1100-24 360 iPatch Upgrade
Kit for 360 1100
24-port panel
360-IP-UP-KIT-1100-48 360 iPatch Upgrade
Kit for 360 1100
48-port panel
360-A-E-KIT-1U
360 Angled 1U
Evolve Panel Kit
360-A-E-KIT-2U
360 Angled 2U
Evolve Panel Kit
360-1100-LKP-1-24 360 1100 Evolve
Panel - Label
Kit (1-24)
360-1100-LKP-25-48 360 1100 Evolve
Panel - Label
Kit (25-48)
360-E-C-1U
360 1U Evolve
Cover Kit
360-E-C-2U
360 2U Evolve
Panel Kit
360-E-KIT-2U
360 2U Evolve
Panel Kit
360-E-KIT-1U
360 1U Evolve
Panel Kit
Material ID
760104992
Vendor No.
Description
360-IPR-1100-GS3-DM6 360 1100GS3
Evolve Distribution
Module 6-port
360-RCM-BM
360 rear cable
management
(bar mountable)
360-E-RCM-BM-BAR KIT 360 Evolve Rear
Cable
Management Bar
Material ID
760151167
760152579
760151308
760105015
760152785
760152793
760152769
760152777
760152538
760152546
760155747
760155739
760104398
760157628
Patch Panels
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//Special Copper Applications
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D PATCHMAX GS6 Panels
SYSTIMAX 360 PATCHMAX GS3 - Category 6
PR33978V2-251690.tif
IPATCH
438834 360-IP-PMAX-GS6-48
The 360 PATCHMAX GS3 panel system helps unleash the power of an integrated
GigaSPEED XL copper and fiber optic LazrSPEED/TeraSPEED/OptiSPEED cabling
solution while maintaining all of the innovative features that have made PATCHMAX
unique. Its unique modularity and patch cord-management system continue to
provide unmatched flexibility to MIS managers with the ability to mix and match
copper and fiber media in the same panel.
The 19 in. rack-mountable patch panel is designed to accept four or eight 6-port
Distribution Modules (DM) which can be rotated forward, allowing front access to the
110-type IDC terminals for easy cable termination. Built-in horizontal patch cord
management brackets provide support for patch cords as well as a holder for the DM
modules during installation.
FEATURES
8W8P
110 to Mod
Termination manager and redesigned IDC housing allows traditional cable
termination in these high-performance panels
Certified component of GigaSPEED XL
Improved rear-cable manager makes cable routing and bundling easier. Supports
deployment of InstaPATCH Cu preterminated copper. Available in 24-port (2U)
configuration. Innovative two-way mounting and terminating improve installation for
limited rear-access applications. Distribution modules can be snapped onto front of
panel for easy front access to rear 110 type IDC termination field. Designed for
simplified administration with built-in cord-retainer fingers. Allows all 24 cords to
be routed in the same direction. 1- to 24-port labeling and identification. Meets
606 labeling standard. Features elegant SYSTIMAX 360 design.
Description
Material ID
396654 360-PM-GS3-2U
360 PATCHMAX 760102244
GS3 24-port
patch panel
396655 360-PM-GS3-DM
360 PATCHMAX 760102269
GS3 Distribution
Module
425134 360-PM-GS3-2U-48P
360 PATCHMAX 760117366
GS3 48-port
patch panel
425135 360-PM-GS3-DM-12P
360 PATCHMAX 760117382
GS3 Distribution
Module - 12-port
Description
Material ID
360 iPatch
760130401
PATCHMAX
GS6 48-port panel
3.23
Copper Solutions
SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D PATCHMAX GS6 panels offer easy cable routing and
bundling utilizing the rear cable manager. The 360 PATCHMAX GS6 panels also
support deployment of InstaPATCH Cu preterminated copper and features the elegant
SYSTIMAX 360 design.
The PATCHMAX GS6 panel accepts four (24-port) or eight (48-port) PATCHMAX
GS6 Distribution Modules which can be rotated forward, allowing front access to the
110-type IDC terminals for easy cable termination. The PATCHMAX GS6 Distribution
Module features an innovative termination manager and rear housing which provides
easier, faster, more-reliable terminations and reduced variability in the placement and
termination of cables to the panel.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Height: 3.5 in. (8.89 cm)
2. Width: 19 in. (48.26 cm)
3. Depth (front): 4 in. (10.16 cm)
FEATURES
PATCHMAX GS6 supports 5 meter cables in three- and four-connector channels,
3 meter cables in two-connector channels and cross-connect cords down to
1 meter
Alien crosstalk complies with industry standards ANSI/TIA-568-C and IEC 11801
Improved rear cable manager makes cable routing and bundling easier
Innovative two-way mounting and terminating improves installation for limited
rear-access applications
Distribution modules can be snapped onto front of panel for easy front access
to rear 110-type IDC termination field
Designed for simplifed administration with built-in cord retainer fingers
Allows all 24 cords to be routed in the same direction
1- to 24-port labeling and identification
Meets ANSI/TIA-606-A labeling standards
Available in iPatch-Ready versions (field-upgradable to iPatch without the need
to remove patch cords, meaning no network downtime) or factory-assembled
iPatch versions
Description
Material ID
436189 360-PM-GS6-2U-24
360 PATCHMAX 760102251
GS6 24-port panel
436190 360-PM-GS6-2U-48
360 PATCHMAX 760128207
GS6 48-port panel
PR28945V2-214700.tif
Patch Panels
accessibility. It also qualifies for CommScope's 20-Year Extended Warranty and
Applications Assurance when included as part of a registered solution.
SYSTIMAX 360 UTP Modular Panels

PR71601V2-572812.tif
The SYSTIMAX 360 Modular Panel is part of the next-generation SYSTIMAX

360 solutions platform. The 360 Modular Panel eliminates the need for separate
tie-wrap components and offers facilitated installation and panel dressing through
simplified cable bundling. The 360 Modular Panel supports the deployment of
InstaPATCH Cu Preterminated Copper Solutions and features the elegant SYSTIMAX
360 design.
Description
Material ID
389489 360-MOD-1U-24
360 U/UTP
760104273
Modular
Panel, 24-port
Copper Solutions
KITS
396651 360-MOD-1U-BEZEL
396652
360-MOD-1U-LABEL
396653
360-MOD-1U-LABEL-A4
D
Description
360 Modular Panel
Bezel Kit
360 Modular Panel
Label Kit
360 Modular Panel
Label Kit A4
Material ID
760104463
760104281
760109728
M2000
PR15667V2-38942.tif
Anixter No.
323245
323248
333539
Vendor No.
M2000-24 1U
M2000-48 2U
M2000A-24 1U
338999
M2000A-48 2U
M2100
367179 M2100-48 2U
MODULAR PATCHPANEL
M2400 - U/UTP
425034 M2400-1U-PS
425035
M2400A-1U-PS
425075
M2400-1U-GS
425076
M2400A-1U-GS
M2000, M2100, M2400 UTP Modular Panels

The M2000 Modular Patch Panel is a panel designed for M-Series outlets that can be
configured for copper. Both the M2000-1U and M2000-2U panels mount in a 19 in.
(483 mm) rack with Universal hole spacing. The M2000-1U and M2000-2U include a
label sheet and clear label holders. A label area is provided to the left of each port.
Port designations can be printed on the label sheet and individual port labels are
trimmed from the label sheet and placed in the label area and secured by the
clear label holder. If adhesive labeling is desired, adhesive labels can be applied
to the label holder. The M2000-1U and M2000-2U Panels now include
M2000 Cable Organizers.
The M2000 Cable Organizer is a molded-plastic design that is snapped into each
6-port bezel. The 24-port 1U panel includes four cable organizers and the 48-port 2U
panel includes eight cable organizers. The six 4-pair cables from each bezel are routed
and positioned to the cable organizer. Cable ties are included to secure the cables.
The M2100 Modular Patch Panel is a 48-port 2U modular panel with horizontal front
cord managers, eliminating the need for separate cord management. The
M2100 includes eight plastic cable organizers, each holding six 4-pair cables. The
M2100 also includes M2000 labels and label holders providing labeling and
identification for each port. The panel supports copper M-Series outlets.
The M2400 Modular Panel is available in a 24-port (1U) configuration. It is in a single
row and can come either angled or flat. It supports UNJ500, 600 or copper connectors.
The panel kits include low-profile module stuffer caps. The M2400 Panel has a
ReadyPATCH Cu-friendly design which coincides with scalability. It has an optional
rack-mountable rear cable management system and offers both front and rear
3.24
ACCESSORIES
335204 M2000 & M3200 CUSTOM
LABEL KIT
348443
348444
324304
365857
401269
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
24-port,
1U, angled
48-port,
2U, angled
Material ID
760049932
760049940
760049957
Description
48-port, 2U
Material ID
760077842
Description
Flat single-row
(UNJ500/600),
24 ports
Angled single-row
(UNJ500/600),
24 ports
Flat single-row
(MGS400/500/
600), 24 ports
Angled single-row
(MGS400/500/
600), 24 ports
Material ID
760118315
760049965
760118331
760118323
760118349
Description
Material ID
Custom label kit - 760060392
six rows of
12 labels
MGS COVER WITH STRAIN RELIEF MGS cover with 760056408
strain
relief 1,000/kit
M2000 1U CORD MANAGER KIT M2000 1U Cord 760069278
Manager Kit
M2000 CABLE MANAGEMENT BAR M2000 Cable
760054627
Management Bar
M2000 2U CORD MANAGER KIT 2U Cord Manager 760073486
Kit M2000 2U Cord
Manager Kit
760091504
Angled panel cover 760091504
Patch Panels
GigaSPEED XL PATCHMAX GS3 - Category 6

PR6154V2-7143.tif
ACCESSORIES
396655
360-PM-GS3-DM
351817
Description
Material ID
360 PATCHMAX
760102269
GS3 Distribution Module
1100PM PANEL LABEL KIT 1100PM panel label kit 760072116
PowerSUM 1100 Patch Panels - Category 5e


PATCHMAX GS3
Improved rear-cable manager makes cable routing and bundling easier. Supports
deployment of InstaPATCH Cu Preterminated Copper Solutions. Innovative two-way
mounting and terminating improve installation for limited rear-access applications.
Distribution modules can be snapped onto front of panel for easy front access to
rear 110-type IDC termination field. Designed for simplified administration with
built-in cord-retainer fingers. Allows all 24 cords to be routed in the same direction.
1- to 24-port labeling and identification. Meets ANSI/TIA-606-A labeling standard.
Description
Material ID
396654 360-PM-GS3-2U
360 PATCHMAX 760102244
GS3 24-port
patch panel
425134 360-PM-GS3-2U-48P
360 PATCHMAX 760117366
GS3 48-port
patch panel
The 1100PSCAT5E Modular Jack Panel is a 19 in., rack-mountable RJ45 jack panel.
The 1100PSCAT5E accommodates repeated line moves, additions and
rearrangements. The IDC connection on the rear of the panel houses the printed
wiring board that provides continuous connection to the 8-pin modular jacks on the
front. The result is a hard-working panel that allows a gas-tight termination of
equipment on 110 connectors.
The 1100PSCAT5E panel kit includes icon labels with plastic holders that you can
mount on the front of the panel for easy port identification. The 1100PSCAT5E has an
enclosed printed wiring board (PWB) for protection. Cable tie slots on each end of each
6-port module allow for the use of cable ties (provided) to secure the cable at the edge
of the module. The panel is capable of handling either T568A or T568B wiring; you
simply select the appropriate label and wire the product as either A or B depending on
your customer's requirements.
FEATURES
Minimum insertion life: 750 cycles
T568A/B wired
Label strips for both front and back of panel
Rated to PowerSUM performance
PATCH PANEL
529478 1100PS CAT5E-24B
529479
1100PSCAT5E-48
ANGLED, PATCH PANEL

348046
1100-24PSA MODULAR PANEL
345460
1100-48PSA MODULAR PANEL
Description
24-port loaded
patch panel, 1U
48-port loaded
patch panel, 2U
Material ID
108208919
Description
Angled, 24-port
loaded patch
panel, 1U
Angled, 48-port
loaded patch
panel, 2U
Material ID
760056580
108208935
760056598
3.25
Copper Solutions
The PATCHMAX GS3 panel system helps unleash the power of an integrated GigaSPEED
XL copper cabling solution while maintaining all of the innovative features that have
made PATCHMAX unique. Its unique modularity and patch cord management system
continue to provide unmatched flexibility to MIS managers with the ability to mix and
match copper media in the same panel.
The 19 in. rack-mountable patch panel is designed to accept four or eight 6-port
Distribution Modules (DM) which can be rotated forward, allowing front access to the
110 type IDC terminals for easy cable termination. Built-in horizontal patch cord
management brackets provide support for patch cords as well as a holder for the DM
modules during installation. This modular approach offers total flexibility in selecting
the required copper information outlets.
In addition, it provides for fiber and GigaSPEED XL copper solutions since both fiber
and GigaSPEED XL modules can fit into the same panel kit. This feature also supports
existing GigaSPEED XL installations by providing the option of a cost-effective upgrade
from copper to fiber solutions by simply replacing the copper modules with the fiber
modules in conjunction with the cable changes.
FEATURES
8W8P
110 to Mod
Termination manager and redesigned IDC housing allows traditional cable
termination in these high-performance panels
pr1839V2-13362.TIF
Patch Panels
PowerSUM PATCHMAX - Category 5e
Copper Solutions
PR1838V2-6944.tif
The PATCHMAX Distribution Hardware is a copper modular connecting hardware

system. The PATCHMAX components can be purchased individually or as a complete
kit. It is designed to be mounted on EIA-310 Standard 19 in. (48.3 cm) rack/frame or
1100C type wall-mount brackets.
The Category 5e copper kit PM2150 PowerSUM includes a 24- or 48- port panel, four
or eight DM21xx modules, a cable-fastener kit, one or two front retainers, five or
10 rear retainers, 16 white/blue labels, straps, tape and installation instructions for
the 24- and 48-port kits, respectively.
The P2040 and P2080 are individual, empty panels that hold four and eight snap-in
distribution modules, respectively. The P2040 or P2080 panels allow fiber and copper
to be terminated in the same panel. A slack storage tray in the rear of the module
maintains the correct buffered fiber bend radius.
FEATURES
Removable 6-port modules
Integrated wire management
110 IDC termination
for 4- or 25-pair cable
D
Color-coded identification strips available
Allows for termination and replacement from the front should a module
become damaged
Exceeds Category 5e standards
PATCHMAX PANELS AND MODULE
204366 PM2150PSE-24
204367 PM2150PSE-48
204368 DM2150PSE
Description
24-port loaded panel, 2U
48-port loaded panel, 4U
PowerSUM six-way
RJ45 module
Material ID
108320029
108320045
108320011
PATCHMAX ACCESSORIES FOR GIGASPEED, POWERSUM AND 2500 PANELS

Description
Material ID
171442 P2040 PANEL
4-module panel 107428591
171443 P2080 PANEL
8-module panel 107428609
192657 R2100A RETAINER FRONT CORD Front cable
108036690
management
retainers (plastic)
172355 R2200 RETAINER KIT
Rear cable
107638934
management
retainers
192574 BP2100 BLANK PLATE PATCHMAX Blank plate, pack 108028457
of five
181085 R2300 FASTENER KIT PATCHMAX Fastener kit
107670952
3.26
ICON STRIPS FOR ALL POWERSUM PATCHMAX PANELS

Description
181092 L2300-BL ICON BLUE,-318
Blue
181098 L2300-WH
White
ELECTRICAL WHITE-262
Material ID
107536773
107536823
8 1/2 IN. X 11 IN. LABEL SHEETS WITH 64 MODULE LABELS FOR ALL POWERSUM
PATCHMAX PANELS
Description
Material ID
171440 L2200 PATCHMAX LABELS-BLUE Blue
107656928
171395 L2200 PATCHMAX LABELS-WHITE Label sheet, white 107656977
2500 PowerSUM and 2512 100BASE-T PS Patch Panels - Category 5

pr2146V2-6998.tif
The 2500CAT5PS Modular Jack Panel is a 19 in., rack-mountable RJ45 Category

5 jack panel with 25-pair female 525 connectors on the back. The 25-pair
525 connectors are connected to the 4-pair RJ45 modular jacks through printed
wiring board (PWB) interconnections. The 2500CAT5PS follows the standard
ANSI/TIA 568B and 568A wiring scheme.
The 2512CAT5PS, unlike the 2500CAT5PS, provides two pairs to each 8-pin modular
jack. These pairs are terminated on pins 1 and 2 and 3 and 6. Therefore, one 50-pin
connector serves 12 jacks.
FEATURES
Female 50-pin connector on back
Approved SYSTIMAX product
Eliminates time-consuming punch-downs
Can be used in certified installations
2500 MODULAR JACK PANEL, T568B WIRED
Description
195966
2500CAT5PS2-24B
24-port, 568B wired
4 x telco, 1U
195967
2500CAT5PS2-48B
48-port, 568B wired
8 x telco, 2U
Material ID
108236142
108236159
2500 MODULAR JACK PANEL, T568A WIRED

Description
195968
2500CAT5PS2-24A
24-port, 1U
195969
2500 CAT5PS2-48A PNL 48-port, 2U
Material ID
108236126
108236134
2512 MODULAR JACK PANEL, 100BASE-T

Description
242239
2512CAT5PS2-48
48-port, 100BASE-T
Material ID
108236167
Patch Panels
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//Copper/Fiber-Dual Applications
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Racks
FlexiMAX HD Panel
Integrated Camera Panel Kit

PR23892V2-173870.tif
PR34031V2-251679.tif
The new black 2U adjustable integrated security panel kit is compatible with the AXIS
M10 Network Camera Series. The camera panel kit, with the incorporation of a
compatible AXIS Communications M10 Network Camera, will aid in the recording and
monitoring of all activity within an assigned rack or cabinet.
This unique black 2U security panel kit will be powered with a single UTP connection,
which makes this panel ideal for large-scale rollouts where infrastructure already
exists or where limited space may make installations difficult. Given the panel is fully
adjustable and made to tilt in order to capture the desired image, it is also ideal for
environments where an additional layer of security is necessary.
The panel can be angled and aligned with the appropriate camera settings that allow
end-users complete surveillance of their rack or cabinet entryways.
FEATURES
Patent-pending design
Adjustable pivot
Security within a cabinet
Audio optional
PIR optional
White-light LED optional
I/O contact port optional
Motion detection
Event notification via e-mail
Remotely accessible
Remotely managed
HDTV-compliant video optional
Description
Material ID
438822 ICP-19-2U KIT
Panel-mount kit for AXIS
760152512
M10 network camera,
19 inch wide, 2U height
3.27
Copper Solutions
The FlexiMAX HD Panel is a 24-port panel that allows for patching or interconnects in
the telecommunications closet or equipment room. It is an RJ45 1U modular panel
specifically designed for the GigaSPEED Solution but can also be used for PowerSUM
and X10D applications. The panel is available in a 24-port version only and can hold
up to 24 high-density distribution modules (not included). The front appearance of
the panel comprises two rows of square punch-outs, which allow ease of access for
information outlets.
FEATURES
Its 1U height makes it possible to maximize rack space
Color coding is possible by use of colored outlets
Supports Category 3, PowerSUM, and/or GigaSPEED XL M-Series outlets
A bend has been incorporated in the top and bottom to minimize the flex
Anixter No. Vendor No. Description
Material ID
211384
HD1000
24-port, 1U, copper only
108356312
Blocks
360 WALL-MOUNT VERTICAL CABLE MANAGER
./
10 Gigabit VisiPatch 360 System - Category 6A

PR18989V2-47552.tif
Copper Solutions

331247
VP360-12U-10VTCM
The VisiPatch 360 System is the "next-generation" patch panel system and the latest
with an innovative design for high-speed data networks. The VisiPatch 360 utilizes
time-proven 110 IDC technology and features a unique "reverse direction" patch
cord, integrated cable and patch cord management, increased density, wall-mounting
hardware and snap-together installation. The neat, cordless appearance dramatically
improves patch cord organization and management and cleans up the clutter that is
inherent with other designs.
FEATURES
Proven SYSTIMAX performance
Supports GigaSPEED and X10D channels
4-pair patch cord Certified GigaSPEED XL component
Fast, easy installation with low operating costs
Improved density to free valuable space
D
Eight 4-pair cables
per row
Snap-together components
128-pair and 384-pair stackable modules
Integrated patch cord management
Dimensions: 128-pair
Height: 7.5 in. (19.05 cm)
Width: 8.5 in. (21.6 cm)
Depth: 7.5 in. (19.05 cm)
Dimensions: 384-pair
Height: 21.6 in. (54.9 cm)
Width: 8.5 in. (21.6 cm)
Depth: 7.5 in. (19.05 cm)
360 PATCH PANEL KITS
Anixter No.
331245
331246
358107
3.28
Vendor No.
VP360-4U-32P
VP360-12U-96P
VP360-19PNL-KT
PR18990V2-47546.tif
360 HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGER KITS

331256
VP360-HCM-KIT-27
331257
VP360-HCM-KIT-19
331258
VP360-HCM-KIT-29
331259
VP360-HCM-KIT-37
339368
VP360-HCM-KIT-19RACK
360 ACCESSORIES
331262
VP360-CB-10
331264
331265
VP360-4U-BPK
VP360-RMBKT
331266
VP360-CBF-SK
360 TOOLS
331267
VP360-788-HEAD
PR18991V2-47540.tif
Description
32 ports
96 ports
16 ports
331268
VP360-914-BIT
Material ID
760049445
760049452
760074278
Description
Material ID
Trough kit with 760060285
door, 10 in. 12U
Description
27 in.
19 in.
29 in.
37 in.
Rack-mount kit,
19 in.
Material ID
760060301
760060343
760060863
760060871
760068106
Description
Connecting
block 10/pk
Back panel kit
19 in.
rack-mount
bracket
Cable bundle
fastener
kit (small)
Material ID
760060277
Description
4-pair block
punch-down
tool head
1-pair
punch-down
tool bit
Material ID
760060350
760060251
760060327
760060335
760060368
Blocks
1-PAIR 360 CORDS (DARK GRAY)
PR18993V2-47536.tif
Vendor No.
CPCFF62-03F005
CPCFF62-03F007
CPCFF62-03F010
CPCFF62-03F015
CPCFF62-03F025
CPCFF62-03F050
4-PAIR 360 X10D CORDS (DARK GRAY)
110 Wiring Block - Category 5e/6
Description
5 ft.
7 ft.
10 ft.
15 ft.
25 ft.
50 ft.
The 110 Wiring Block is a fire-retardant, molded plastic block with horizontal index
strips, each of which secures and organizes 25 cable pairs. The index strips are
marked with the five tip colors to help the installer locate pairs quickly. The blocks
accommodate 0.643 mm to 0.404 mm (22 to 26 AWG) diameter conductors and can
be mounted directly on wall surfaces.
There are two types of 110 Wiring Blocks: 110A Wiring Blocks and 110D Wiring Blocks.
The 110A Wiring Block is equipped with legs to provide space behind the block for
routing the incoming cables. The 110D Wiring Block is built without legs and is used
where depth is restrictive. Each type can be ordered in 100-pair or 300-pair sizes.
The 110 Wiring Blocks can be used with patch cords to support Gigabit Data Rates or
cross-connect wires up to 10 Mbps. When using in patching applications, it is
important to use a 110 Jumper Trough between each 100-pair block to allow for
horizontal routing of patch cords. Backboards should also be used to neatly organize
the vertical routing of jumpers and patch cords.
Description
7 ft.
10 ft.
15 ft.
25 ft.
50 ft.
4-PAIR 360 XL CORDS (DARK GRAY)

VP360 to VP360, VP360-VP360-P8XL
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
VV07-SYS7E-09 CPCFF12-03F007
Description
7 ft.
9 ft.
10 ft.
15 ft.
25 ft.
Description
7 ft.
9 ft.
10 ft.
15 ft.
25 ft.
Material ID
CPCFSX2-03F007
CPCFSX2-03F009
CPCFSX2-03F010
CPCFSX2-03F015
CPCFSX2-03F025

GigaSPEED: ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant when installed with 110 GS Patch Cords
PowerSUM: ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant when installed with PowerSUM
110 Patch Cords or cross-connect wire
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
154072
110DW2-100
100-pair,
107059909
without legs
154069
110AW2-100
100-pair,
107059891
with legs
154071
110AW2-300
300-pair,
107059917
with legs
3.29
Copper Solutions
Vendor No.
CPCFFX2-03F007
CPCFFX2-03F010
CPCFFX2-03F015
CPCFFX2-03F025
CPCFFX2-03F050
4-PAIR 360 X10D CORDS (DARK GRAY)

VP360 to Mod, VP360T-360GS10E-P8X10D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
VM07-SYSX10D-09 CPCFSX2-03F007
PR6139V2-7122.TIF
PR18994V2-47542.tif
VP360 to VP360, VP360T-VP360T-P8X10D
Anixter No.
VV07-SYSX10D-09
VV10-SYSX10D-09
VV15-SYSX10D-09
VV25-SYSX10D-09
VV50-SYSX10D-09
Material ID
CPCF312-03F007
CPCF312-03F009
CPCF312-03F010
CPCF312-03F015
CPCF312-03F025
VP360 to VP360, VP360-VP360-P2PS
Anixter No.
VV05-LU8-09-1
VV07-SYS7E-09-1
VV10-SYS7E-09-1
VV15-SYS7E-09-1
VV25-SYS7E-09-1
VV50-SYS7E-09-1
4-PAIR 360 XL CORDS (DARK GRAY)

VP360 to Mod, VP360 to Mod, VP360-GS8E-P8XL
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
VM07-SYS7E-09 CPCF312-03F007 7 ft.
VM09-SYS7E-09 CPCF312-03F009 9 ft.
VM10-SYS7E-09 CPCF312-03F010 10 ft.
VM15-SYS7E-09 CPCF312-03F015 15 ft.
VM25-SYS7E-09 CPCF312-03F025 25 ft.
Blocks
110A Field-terminated Wiring Block Kits - Category 5e/6
110C Connecting Block - Category 5e/6
PR2147V2-7001.tif
Copper Solutions
There are several choices in ordering the 110 Wiring Blocks: 110AA2, 110AB2 and
110AC2 are the wiring blocks with connecting blocks (A = 5-pair, B = 4-pair and
C = 3-pair), clear designation strips and blank labels.
The 110 Wiring Blocks can be used with patch cords to support Gigabit Data Rates or
cross-connect wires up to 10 Mbps. When using in patching applications, it is
important to use a 110 Jumper Trough between each 100-pair block to allow for
horizontal routing of patch cords. Backboards should also be used to neatly organize
the vertical routing of jumpers and patch cords.
GigaSPEED: ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant when installed with 110 GS Patch Cords.
110 Patch Cords or cross-connect wire.
100-PAIR
Anixter No.
154282
Vendor No.
110AA2-100FT
154283
110AB2-100FT
300-PAIR
Anixter No.
154285
Vendor No.
110AA2-300FT
154286
110AB2-300FT
3.30
Description
Material ID
110 wiring kit
107058901
with 5-pair
connector blocks
110 wiring kit
107058919
with 4-pair
connector blocks
PR6131V2-7107.tif
The 110C Connecting Blocks are one-piece, fire-retardant, molded-plastic housings

containing double-ended, solder-plated quick clips with insulation-displacement
capabilities. The rear or cable side of the connector is designed to mount on the
110 index strip and terminate 0.643 mm to 0.404 mm (22 to 26 AWG) insulated
conductors without prior removal of the insulation. The front side of the connector is
designed to accept F Cross-Connect Wire or 110 Patch Cords. The top of the
connecting block is stamped with the product code, while the color code on the high
teeth is provided to allow for pair identification during installation. The 110C
Connecting Blocks come in three different pair sizes; 110C-3 is 3-pair, 110C-4 is
4-pair and 110C-5 is 5-pair.
GigaSPEED: ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant when installed with 110 GS Patch Cords.
110 Patch Cords or cross-connect wire.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
073039
110C-4
4-pair
103801247
061268
110C-5
5-pair
103801254
Description
Material ID
110 wiring kit
107058935
with 5-pair
connector blocks
110 wiring kit
107058943
with 4-pair
connector blocks
Blocks
110 Jack Panel System - Category 5

PR1846V2-13378.EPS

T568B Category 5
200665
110AB CAT5PSJP 12B
Description
100-pair block with
legs, 12 jacks
Copper Solutions
The 110 Jack Panel System provides 12 or 36 RJ45 interfaces, patchable via
110-type connecting blocks. The 110 modular jack panels consist of the
110 insulation-displacement connector (IDC) field and RJ45 modular jack
field-mounted on the front of a printed wiring board (PWB). The 110 IDC is connected
to the RJ45 modular jack through PWB interconnections. The PWB with 110 IDCs and
RJ45s are mounted on either a 100-pair or 300-pair 110 Wiring Block with legs to
provide 12 or 36 RJ45 jacks. The reference codes for the Jack Panel Blocks with legs
are 110AB-CAT5PS-JP12 and 110ABCAT5PS-JP36 for 12 and 36 ports respectively.
There is also the 110BB-CAT5PS-JP12FTB Jack Panel Kit which comes complete with a
110DW1-100 Wiring Block (without legs), the same PWB assembly as described above,
and clips for mounting on the metal backpanel of the 110 Patch Panel Terminal Block.
Shipped loose, the wiring block must first be mounted on the backpanel, then the PWB
mounted on the wiring block.
Material ID
107920704
3.31
Cable Management
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Back Board
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Wire
188B Backboard
110 Jumper Trough

PR17341V2-45616.tif
Copper Solutions
The 188B1 Backboard is used next to or between 110A Wiring Blocks to arrange
jumper wires running between adjacent blocks. It is constructed of metal with two
plastic distribution rings for neat horizontal or vertical routing of the jumper wires.
The 188B2 Backboard is identical to the 188B1 Backboard, except that the
188B2 has legs to allow space for routing cables behind the backboard.
Dimensions:
Height: 6.50 in. (16.5 cm)
Width: 10.75 in. (27.30 cm)
Depth: 188B1: 3.50 in. (8.90 cm); 188B2: 4.5 in. (11.45 cm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
112052
188B2
With legs
104405113
The 110 Jumper Trough is a white, fire-retardant, molded-plastic frame which is

placed between each 100-pair wiring block and at the top of each column of
110 blocks. It serves as a horizontal trough for the routing of patch cords and
cross-connect wire. The trough is available with legs (110A3 Trough) for use with the
110A Wiring Block or without legs (110B3 Trough) for use with the 110D Wiring Block
or patch panel terminal block.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
184160
110A3
Trough with legs
107831133
184161
110B3
Trough without legs
107831141
110 19 in. Mounting Brackets

PR23895V2-173857.tif
The 110 Mounting Brackets are used for mounting the 110-type hardware in a 19 in.
frame rack or data cabinet. The cable support rings on the rear of the bracket secure
cable routed through openings in the mounting bracket to the wiring blocks.
Cross-connect wire or patch cords are routed from the wiring blocks through the
troughs to the side of the frame to facilitate wire management. These mounting
brackets can be mounted one on top of the other to support pair requirements. Wiring
blocks, troughs and rivets must be ordered separately.
Description
Material ID
166870
110RD2-200-19 Two 100-pair blocks
107535585
3.32
PR17269V2-45615.tif
Tools
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Termination Equipment
Impact Tool
The D-914 Impact Tool is used for hard-wire terminations (one at a time) on 110C
Connecting Blocks. It consists of a plastic handle with a metal head. An adjustment
switch on the handle allows HI or LO impact settings. Consult the connecting
hardware installation instructions for the correct setting.
The D-914 Impact Tool is red and "CUT" is labeled on the cut side. The D-914 Tool uses
a 110 Reversible Blade that inserts, or inserts and cuts off one conductor. In addition
to the built-in blade storage compartment and impact adjustment control, the
D-914 Tool handle has a spudger, wire picker and screwdriver bit.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
192660
WP93275L1
Handle
407484971
192661
71434-001
110 Blade
407728427
110 Impact Tool, 788H1

PR6175V2-7176.TIF
Copper Solutions
The 788H1 Impact Tool consists of a metal, spring-loaded handle with metal head
housing a reversible insert (one side of the insert is for termination only and the other
side is for terminate and trim). The handle is fitted with a rubber grip for better
gripping and comfort. The 788H1 is used for terminating or terminating and trimming
10 conductors at a time. It is also used for seating the 110C Connecting Block onto
the 110 Wiring Block. The 788M2 Replacement Head can be ordered separately.
Material ID
191217
788H1
Tool
108062043
189910
788M2
Tool replacement head
107975864
3.33
Preterminated Solutions
./
SYSTIMAX InstaPATCH QUATTRO Preterminated Copper Solution

PR82426V2-598847.tif
CommScope introduces the SYSTIMAX InstaPATCH QUATTRO preterminated copper solution, a
cassette and trunk-based connectivity solution. It combines high performance with plug-and-play
simplicity for fast data center deployment and easy modification as your network needs evolve.
InstaPATCH QUATTRO initial offering supports Cat 6 and Cat 6A U/UTP solutions. It has four standard
components: trunk cables, breakouts, 4-port cassette modules and panels.
InstaPATCH QUATTRO installs easily, adapts quickly, performs reliably and configuration is as easy
as 1-2-3.
Contact your local sales representative for assistance.
STEP 1: CONFIGURE PRETERMINATED TRUNK CABLE (AND/OR BREAKOUT)
Copper Solutions
PR82425V2-598841.tif
STEP 2: SELECTD THE MODULE

488103 IPQ-MODULE-4P-6A
REPLACEMENT ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
488115
488119
488116
390255
PR82423V2-598829.tif
Description
4-port module
Material ID
760159632
Vendor No.
IPQ-MOD-LABEL
IPQ-BLANK-4P
IPQ-1U-48P-END CAPS-10PK
IPQ-1U-24P-BEZEL
STEP 3: SELECT THE PANEL
PR82424V2-598835.tif

487880 IPQ-IPR-1U-24P
Material ID
760160507
488107
760160499
488108
488110
488111
488112
Description
1U panel, 24-port, six
modules, intelligence ready
IPQ-IPR-1U-24P EMPTY 1U panel, 24-port, empty,
intelligence ready
IPQ-1U-48P
1U panel, 48-port,
12 modules
IPQ-1U-48P-EMPTY
1U panel, 48-port, empty
360-IP-INSTA-QTRO-24P 360 iPatch panel, 24-port
360-IP-UP-KIT-IPQ-24P 360 iPatch upgrade kit,
24-port, 10 pack
Description
Module label sheet, 10 labels
Blank panels, 10 pack
Panel, 48-port, end caps, 10 pack
Panel, 24-port, bezel
Material ID
760160549
760171041
760161059
760101931
For additional configurations contact your local sales representative.
3.34
760160523
760160515
760161000
760159905
InstaPATCH Cu Preterminated Copper Solutions

InstaPATCH Cu Configurator
PR71602V2-572818.tif
Copper Solutions
SYSTIMAX preterminated copper solutions provide preconnectorized copper-cable harnesses for your infrastructure needs. InstaPATCH Cu Preterminated Copper Solutions feature
high-density, factory-connectorized, factory-tested, modular U/UTP connectivity systems that allow installers to simply and quickly connect network components. InstaPATCH Cu
Solutions are designed to support locations, such as data centers, that require high-density, rapid-deployment and high-performance components. InstaPATCH Cu preterminated
copper-cable harnesses deliver hassle-free installation in a fraction of the time required by traditional implementations, ensuring that your network is up and running quickly.
InstaPATCH Cu Solutions are warranted by SYSTIMAX and backed by CommScope's industry-leading connectivity experience.
Preterminated harnesses provide price stability by minimizing the variable costs of termination, troubleshooting and rework. Engineered for rapid deployment, high performance
and future-readiness, each of the SYSTIMAX preconnectorized harnesses comes factory-tested and ready to install.
SwitchPack Technology (SPT) supplies high-density switches with a U/UTP prebuilt, quick-disconnect feature, allowing superior cable management and extending the switch to
patch panels where cross connects can be made. SwitchPack Technology brings greater reliability and serviceability to your network.
These solutions offer improved cable management and scalable capacity through their modular design.
FEATURES
Speed - Installation up to eight times faster than traditional cabling
Flexibility - Multiple options for a variety of copper environments
Reliability - The SYSTIMAX InstaPATCH Cu Solution is backed by the SYSTIMAX Solutions 20-Year Extended Product Warranty and Applications Assurance
Scalability - Plan for and install the exact number of ports you need now and add additional harnesses as needed in the future
Cost control - Pricing stability by minimizing the variable cost of termination, troubleshooting and rework
Security - Reduces installation time required in a live data center environment
For ordering information, contact your local sales representative.
3.35
Patch Cords
./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cable Assemblies//Multiconductor Applications
360 GigaSPEED X10D 360GS10E Patch Cords - Category 6A
Copper Solutions
PR29318V2-217405.tif
CommScope has developed the SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 360GS10E Patch Cord
to support the GigaSPEED X10D channel. Along with GigaSPEED X10D cable and
patching hardware, CommScope Labs has characterized the performance of these
cords in thousands of different channel configurations using the modal
decomposition modeling (MDM) tool. See a configurator of the 360GS10E Patch Cords
below.
The part numbers in the Vendor No. column represent only the base part number. An
example of a part number would be CPCSSX2-03F007. The "03" denotes the jacket
color and the "007" denotes the cordage length. This is a dark-gray cord, 7 ft.
in length.
FEATURES
Electrical performance guaranteed to meet or exceed the channel specifications
of AmendmentD1 to ISO/IEC 11801:2002 Class EA and ANSI/TIA-568-C Category
6A up to 500 MHz when used as part of a GigaSPEED X10D UTP Channel in
ETL/cETL Listed
Can support network line speeds up to at least 10 Gbps per second
Certified component of an integrated GigaSPEED X10D Solution
Qualifies for the SYSTIMAX SCS 20-Year Extended Product Warranty and
Applications Assurance when included as part of a registered SYSTIMAX
GigaSPEED X10D channel
3 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-X10D360-00
MM03-X10D360-05
MM03-X10D360-06
MM03-X10D360-08
MM03-X10D360-09
Vendor No.
CPCSSX2-08F003
CPCSSX2-09F003
CPCSSX2-02F003
CPCSSX2-06F003
CPCSSX2-03F003
Description
White
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
5 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-X10D360-00
MM05-X10D360-04
MM05-X10D360-05
MM05-X10D360-06
MM05-X10D360-09
MM05-X10D360-DB
Vendor No.
CPCSSX2-08F005
CPCSSX2-04F005
CPCSSX2-09F005
CPCSSX2-02F005
CPCSSX2-03F005
CPCSSX2-0ZF005
Description
White
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Dark gray
Blue
3.36
7 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-X10D360-00
MM07-X10D360-02
MM07-X10D360-03
MM07-X10D360-04
MM07-X10D360-05
MM07-X10D360-06
MM07-X10D360-08
MM07-X10D360-09
MM07-X10D360-10
MM07-X10D360-DB
Vendor No.
CPCSSX2-08F007
CPCSSX2-01F007
CPCSSX2-07F007
CPCSSX2-04F007
CPCSSX2-09F007
CPCSSX2-02F007
CPCSSX2-06F007
CPCSSX2-03F007
CPCSSX2-0BF007
CPCSSX2-0ZF007
Description
White
Black
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Blue
10 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-X10D360-00
MM10-X10D360-02
MM10-X10D360-03
MM10-X10D360-04
MM10-X10D360-05
MM10-X10D360-06
MM10-X10D360-08
MM10-X10D360-09
MM10-X10D360-10
Vendor No.
CPCSSX2-08F010
CPCSSX2-01F010
CPCSSX2-07F010
CPCSSX2-04F010
CPCSSX2-09F010
CPCSSX2-02F010
CPCSSX2-06F010
CPCSSX2-03F010
CPCSSX2-0BF010
Description
White
Black
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
14 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM14-X10D360-00
MM14-X10D360-04
MM14-X10D360-05
MM14-X10D360-06
MM14-X10D360-09
MM14-X10D360-10
Vendor No.
CPCSSX2-08F014
CPCSSX2-04F014
CPCSSX2-09F014
CPCSSX2-02F014
CPCSSX2-03F014
CPCSSX2-0BF014
Description
White
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Dark gray
Lilac
25 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-X10D360-00
MM25-X10D360-03
MM25-X10D360-04
MM25-X10D360-05
MM25-X10D360-06
MM25-X10D360-09
MM25-X10D360-DB
Vendor No.
CPCSSX2-08F025
CPCSSX2-07F025
CPCSSX2-04F025
CPCSSX2-09F025
CPCSSX2-02F025
CPCSSX2-03F025
CPCSSX2-0ZF025
Description
White
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Dark gray
Blue
Additional colors and lengths available.

In the example vendor part number CPCSSX2-03F007, the "3" denotes
the jacket color and the "007" denotes the length.
This is a dark-gray cord, 7 ft. in length.
Also available in bulk packs.
Patch Cords
Patch Cord Product Identifier

PR29317V2-217401.tif
Copper Solutions
The Patch Cord Product Identifier provides for a flexible ordering system. The various patch cords are orderable with a 14-character feature configuration-coding system.
It allows for many different combinations of plug ends, cordage types, colors and lengths.
Contact your local sales representative to order.
3.37
Patch Cords
GigaSPEED XL GS8E Patch Cords - Category 6

pr5268V2-7065.tif
The XL GS8E Modular Patch Cord was specially designed to support the
high-performance system-level requirements built into the GigaSPEED XL cabling
solutions. A wide variety of cord types, lengths, colors and configurations are
available through our new feature configuration ordering process. This allows the
flexibility to meet any cabling infrastructure design. This cord is a SYSTIMAX-certified
required component.
Copper Solutions

3 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-AV7E-03
D
MM03-AV7E-04
MM03-AV7E-05
MM03-AV7E-06
MM03-AV7E-08
MM03-AV7E-09
MM03-AV7E-10
MM04-AV7E-02
MM03-AV7E-00
MM03-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F003
CPC3312-04F003
CPC3312-09F003
CPC3312-02F003
CPC3312-06F003
CPC3312-03F003
CPC3312-0BF003
CPC3312-01F004
CPC3312-08F003
CPC3312-0ZF003
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
4 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM04-AV7E-03
MM04-AV7E-04
MM04-AV7E-05
MM04-AV7E-06
MM04-AV7E-08
MM04-AV7E-09
MM04-AV7E-10
MM04-AV7E-02
MM04-AV7E-00
MM04-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F004
CPC3312-04F004
CPC3312-09F004
CPC3312-02F004
CPC3312-06F004
CPC3312-03F004
CPC3312-0BF004
CPC3312-01F004
CPC3312-08F004
CPC3312-0ZF004
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
5 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-AV7E-03
MM05-AV7E-04
MM05-AV7E-05
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F005
CPC3312-04F005
CPC3312-09F005
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
3.38
Anixter No.
MM05-AV7E-06
MM05-AV7E-08
MM05-AV7E-09
MM05-AV7E-10
MM05-AV7E-02
MM05-AV7E-00
MM05-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-02F005
CPC3312-06F005
CPC3312-03F005
CPC3312-0BF005
CPC3312-01F005
CPC3312-08F005
CPC3312-0ZF005
Description
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
7 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-AV7E-03
MM07-AV7E-04
MM07-AV7E-05
MM07-AV7E-06
MM07-AV7E-08
MM07-AV7E-09
MM07-AV7E-10
MM07-AV7E-02
MM07-AV7E-00
MM07-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F007
CPC3312-04F007
CPC3312-09F007
CPC3312-02F007
CPC3312-06F007
CPC3312-03F007
CPC3312-0BF007
CPC3312-01F007
CPC3312-08F007
CPC3312-0ZF007
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
10 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-AV7E-03
MM10-AV7E-04
MM10-AV7E-05
MM10-AV7E-06
MM10-AV7E-08
MM10-AV7E-09
MM10-AV7E-10
MM10-AV7E-02
MM10-AV7E-00
MM10-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F010
CPC3312-04F010
CPC3312-09F010
CPC3312-02F010
CPC3312-06F010
CPC3312-03F010
CPC3312-0BF010
CPC3312-01F010
CPC3312-08F010
CPC3312-0ZF010
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
14 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM14-AV7E-03
MM14-AV7E-04
MM14-AV7E-05
MM14-AV7E-06
MM14-AV7E-08
MM14-AV7E-09
MM14-AV7E-10
MM14-AV7E-02
MM14-AV7E-00
MM14-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F014
CPC3312-04F014
CPC3312-09F014
CPC3312-02F014
CPC3312-06F014
CPC3312-03F014
CPC3312-0BF014
CPC3312-01F014
CPC3312-08F014
CPC3312-0ZF014
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
19 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM19-AV7E-03
MM19-AV7E-04
MM19-AV7E-05
MM19-AV7E-06
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F019
CPC3312-04F019
CPC3312-09F019
CPC3312-02F019
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Patch Cords
Vendor No.
CPC3312-06F019
CPC3312-03F019
CPC3312-0BF019
CPC3312-01F019
CPC3312-08F019
CPC3312-0ZF019
Description
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
25 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-AV7E-03
MM25-AV7E-04
MM25-AV7E-05
MM25-AV7E-06
MM25-AV7E-08
MM25-AV7E-09
MM25-AV7E-10
MM25-AV7E-02
MM25-AV7E-00
MM25-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F025
CPC3312-04F025
CPC3312-09F025
CPC3312-02F025
CPC3312-06F025
CPC3312-03F025
CPC3312-0BF025
CPC3312-01F025
CPC3312-08F025
CPC3312-0ZF025
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
50 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM50-AV7E-03
MM50-AV7E-04
MM50-AV7E-05
MM50-AV7E-06
MM50-AV7E-08
MM50-AV7E-09
MM50-AV7E-10
MM50-AV7E-02
MM50-AV7E-00
MM50-AV7E-DB
Vendor No.
CPC3312-07F050
CPC3312-04F050
CPC3312-09F050
CPC3312-02F050
CPC3312-06F050
CPC3312-03F050
CPC3312-0BF050
CPC3312-01F050
CPC3312-08F050
CPC3312-0ZF050
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
Contact your local sales representative for available length,

color and bulk pack options.
GigaSPEED 110 to Mod Patch Cords (119P8GS) - Category 5e/6

PR6132V2-7110.tif
The 119P8GS Cord is a 4-pair cord that consists of 1074E cordage terminated on a
GS8E plug on one end and a 110GS plug on the other end. All cords have a higher
performance with lower variability.
They support both PowerSUM and GigaSPEED Solutions and are backward-compatible
with existing Category 5 and Category 5e systems.

Color: gray
Wiring: T568B
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MO02-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F002
MO03-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F003
MO04-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F004
MO05-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F005
MO07-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F007
MO08-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F008
MO09-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F009
MO12-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F012
MO15-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F015
MO18-SYS7E-09
CPC8312-03F018
Description
2 ft.
3 ft.
4 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
8 ft.
9 ft.
12 ft.
15 ft.
18 ft.
Contact your local sales representative for available

length and color options.
GigaSPEED 110 to 110 Patch Cords - Category 6

PR1821V2-6923.tif
Designed to ensure Category 6 channel performance, the SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED family

of cords includes 110GS Patch Cords. Through an exclusive design and manufacturing
process, impedance characteristics for GigaSPEED cords are closely matched to
impedance levels for GigaSPEED cables, minimizing signal reflection and significantly
increasing performance margins. The 110GS plugs and modular plugs reduce
termination variability, allowing better performance in mated GigaSPEED plug/jack
combinations every time. These plugs are also available in 1-, 2- and 4-pair
configurations. All GigaSPEED cables and components are covered by a 20-year
warranty when installed as part of a registered SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED Solution.
4-pair, gray
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
OO03-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F003
3 ft.
OO05-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F005
5 ft.
OO07-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F007
7 ft.
OO09-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F009
9 ft.
OO15-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F015
15 ft.
OO18-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F018
18 ft.
OO20-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F020
20 ft.
OO30-SYS7-09
CPC8812-03F030
30 ft.
Contact your local sales representative for available
3.39
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
MM19-AV7E-08
MM19-AV7E-09
MM19-AV7E-10
MM19-AV7E-02
MM19-AV7E-00
MM19-AV7E-DB
Patch Cords
VisiPatch GigaSPEED XL Patch Cord - Category 6

PowerSUM D8PS Modular Patch Cords - Category 5e

pr5282V2-7076.tif
Copper Solutions
The VisiPatch 110 4-pair GigaSPEED XL Patch Cord utilizes a patented connector
design that allows the cordage to be neatly routed back toward the VisiPatch panel
rather than to project forward. The connector snaps on with an audible click and
features an antisnag device, which allows the cord to be easily removed from the
panel. This cord will support the high-performance system-level requirements built
into the new GigaSPEED XL cabling solution. This product supports both GigaSPEED XL
and PowerSUM Solutions.
FEATURES
110 wiring
Color: dark gray
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
VV02-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F002
VV03-AV7E-09D
CPC5512-03F003
VV04-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F004
VV05-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F005
VV06-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F006
VV07-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F007
VV08-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F008
VV09-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F009
VV12-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F012
VV15-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F015
VV18-AV7E-09
CPC5512-03F018
3.40
Description
2 ft.
3 ft.
4 ft.
5 ft.
6 ft.
7 ft.
8 ft.
9 ft.
12 ft.
15 ft.
18 ft.
PR17273V2-53146.tif
The PowerSUM D8PS Modular Patch Cords are designed to assure high performance in
PowerSUM data applications and are ideal for high-activity environments that require
reliable data transmission. The D8PS Cords are designed and manufactured to mate
with PowerSUM Modular Connectors, Panels and Information Outlets, minimizing
signal reflections and significantly improving performance margins.
PowerSUM-rated
3 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-AV6-03
MM03-AV6-04
MM03-AV6-05
MM03-AV6-06
MM03-AV6-08
MM03-AV6-09
MM03-AV6-10
MM03-AV6-02
MM03-AV6-00
MM03-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F003
CPC6642-04F003
CPC6642-09F003
CPC6642-02F003
CPC6642-06F003
CPC6642-03F003
CPC6642-0BF003
CPC6642-01F003
CPC6642-08F003
CPC6642-0ZF003
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
4 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM04-AV6-03
MM04-AV6-04
MM04-AV6-05
MM04-AV6-06
MM04-AV6-08
MM04-AV6-09
MM04-AV6-10
MM04-AV6-02
MM04-AV6-00
MM04-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F004
CPC6642-04F004
CPC6642-09F004
CPC6642-02F004
CPC6642-06F004
CPC6642-03F004
CPC6642-0BF004
CPC6642-01F004
CPC6642-08F004
CPC6642-0ZF004
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
5 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-AV6-03
MM05-AV6-04
MM05-AV6-05
MM05-AV6-06
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F005
CPC6642-04F005
CPC6642-09F005
CPC6642-02F005
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Patch Cords
Vendor No.
CPC6642-06F005
CPC6642-03F005
CPC6642-0BF005
CPC6642-01F005
CPC6642-08F005
CPC6642-0ZF005
Description
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
7 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-AV6-03
MM07-AV6-04
MM07-AV6-05
MM07-AV6-06
MM07-AV6-08
MM07-AV6-09
MM07-AV6-10
MM07-AV6-02
MM07-AV6-00
MM07-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F007
CPC6642-04F007
CPC6642-09F007
CPC6642-02F007
CPC6642-06F007
CPC6642-03F007
CPC6642-0BF007
CPC6642-01F007
CPC6642-08F007
CPC6642-0ZF007
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
10 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-AV6-03
MM10-AV6-04
MM10-AV6-05
MM10-AV6-06
MM10-AV6-08
MM10-AV6-09
MM10-AV6-10
MM10-AV6-02
MM10-AV6-00
MM10-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F010
CPC6642-04F010
CPC6642-09F010
CPC6642-02F010
CPC6642-06F010
CPC6642-03F010
CPC6642-0BF010
CPC6642-01F010
CPC6642-08F010
CPC6642-0ZF010
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
14 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM14-AV6-03
MM14-AV6-04
MM14-AV6-05
MM14-AV6-06
MM14-AV6-08
MM14-AV6-09
MM14-AV6-10
MM14-AV6-02
MM14-AV6-00
MM14-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F014
CPC6642-04F014
CPC6642-09F014
CPC6642-02F014
CPC6642-06F014
CPC6642-03F014
CPC6642-0BF014
CPC6642-01F014
CPC6642-08F014
CPC6642-0ZF014
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
19 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM19-AV6-03
MM19-AV6-04
MM19-AV6-05
MM19-AV6-06
MM19-AV6-08
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F019
CPC6642-04F019
CPC6642-09F019
CPC6642-02F019
CPC6642-06F019
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Anixter No.
MM19-AV6-09
MM19-AV6-02
MM19-AV6-00
MM19-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-03F019
CPC6642-01F019
CPC6642-08F019
CPC6642-0ZF019
Description
Dark gray
Black
White
Blue
25 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-AV6-03
MM25-AV6-04
MM25-AV6-05
MM25-AV6-06
MM25-AV6-08
MM25-AV6-09
MM25-AV6-10
MM25-AV6-02
MM25-AV6-00
MM25-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F025
CPC6642-04F025
CPC6642-09F025
CPC6642-02F025
CPC6642-06F025
CPC6642-03F025
CPC6642-0BF025
CPC6642-01F025
CPC6642-08F025
CPC6642-0ZF025
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
50 FT. LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM50-AV6-03
MM50-AV6-04
MM50-AV6-05
MM50-AV6-06
MM50-AV6-08
MM50-AV6-09
MM50-AV6-10
MM50-AV6-02
MM50-AV6-00
MM50-AV6-DB
Vendor No.
CPC6642-07F050
CPC6642-04F050
CPC6642-09F050
CPC6642-02F050
CPC6642-06F050
CPC6642-03F050
CPC6642-0BF050
CPC6642-01F050
CPC6642-08F050
CPC6642-0ZF050
Description
Red
Spring green
Yellow
Light blue
Orange
Dark gray
Lilac
Black
White
Blue
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
MM05-AV6-08
MM05-AV6-09
MM05-AV6-10
MM05-AV6-02
MM05-AV6-00
MM05-AV6-DB
Contact your local representative for available color and length options.
3.41
Patch Cords
PowerSUM 110 Patch Cords - Category 5e

2-pair, 110-to-Mod Patch Cords - Category 5

PR6135V2-7113.tif
The PowerSUM 110 Patch Cords use stranded cordage and 110 Patch Cord Plugs. The
factory-connectorized PowerSUM 110 Patch Cord incorporates SYSTIMAX Solutions'
patented "crossover lead" design, which employs crosstalk-cancellation techniques
to provide superior near-end crosstalk (NEXT) performance.
Copper Solutions

1-PAIR, DARK GRAY
Anixter No.
269070
275049
529789
275518
D
275247
360806
Vendor No.
CPC8862-03F003
CPC8862-03F005
CPC8862-03F007
CPC8862-03F009
CPC8862-03F015
CPC8862-03F018
Description
3 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
9 ft.
15 ft.
18 ft.
2-PAIR, DARK GRAY

Anixter No.
OO03-SYS7-09-2
OO05-SYS7-09-2
OO07-SYS7-09-2
261737
332797
OO18-SYS7-09-2
OO20-SYS7-09-2
OO30-SYS7-09-2
Vendor No.
CPC8852-03F003
CPC8852-03F005
CPC8852-03F007
CPC8852-03F009
CPC8852-03F015
CPC8852-03F018
CPC8852-03F020
CPC8852-03F030
Description
3 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
9 ft.
15 ft.
18 ft.
20 ft.
30 ft.

These Category 5, 2-pair, 110-to-mod patch cords incorporate SYSTIMAX's patented
"crossover lead" concept, which employs crosstalk-cancellation techniques to
provide superior near-end crosstalk (NEXT) performance. The mod plugs are 8-wire/
8-position, with pins 1, 2, 3 and 6 active. Gray jacket.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MO03-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F003
MO05-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F005
MO07-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F007
MO09-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F009
MO15-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F015
MO18-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F018
MO20-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F020
MO30-SYS7-09-2
CPC8658-03F030
Contact your local representative for available length options.
3.42
Description
3 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
9 ft.
15 ft.
18 ft.
20 ft.
30 ft.
Labels
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Hardware and Supplies//General Use
Icons
PR2153V2-7007.tif
TELEPHONE ICONS
Anixter No.
162946
162945
162944
162943
162942
162941
162940
162939
162938
Vendor No.
M60A-003
M60A-112
M60A-123
M60A-226
M60A-246
M60A-262
M60A-270
M60A-317
M60A-318
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Material ID
107296386
107296402
107296394
107296410
107296352
107296378
107296360
107296428
107296436
BLANK ICONS
Anixter No.
162937
162936
162935
162967
162965
162964
162955
162954
162953
Vendor No.
M60B-003
M60B-112
M60B-123
M60B-226
M60B-246
M60B-262
M60B-270
M60B-317
M60B-318
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Material ID
107296485
107296501
107296493
107296519
107296451
107296477
107296469
107296527
107296444
Vendor No.
M60C-112
M60C-123
M60C-226
M60C-246
M60C-262
M60C-270
M60C-317
M60C-318
Description
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Material ID
107296584
107296576
107296592
107296535
107296550
107296543
107296600
107296618
DATA ICONS
Anixter No.
162947
162948
162949
162950
162952
162921
162922
162923
162924
Vendor No.
M60D-003
M60D-112
M60D-123
M60D-226
M60D-246
M60D-262
M60D-270
M60D-317
M60D-318
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Material ID
107296659
107296675
107296667
107296683
107296626
107296642
107296634
107296691
107296709
VOICE ICONS
Anixter No.
162925
162927
162928
162930
162931
162932
162933
162934
Vendor No.
M60E-003
M60E-112
M60E-123
M60E-246
M60E-262
M60E-270
M60E-317
M60E-318
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Material ID
107296741
107296766
107296758
107296717
107296733
107296725
107296782
107296790
MGS400 ICONS
Anixter No.
531119
531120
209189
209188
531123
Vendor No.
M61A-112
M61A-123
M61A-226
M61A-317
M61A-318
Description
Orange
Yellow
Green
Red
Blue
Material ID
108065673
108065707
108065731
108065814
108065822
Copper Solutions
An addition to the M-Series product line, the M60 Icons are small plastic inserts
designed to snap into any M-Series flush-mounted faceplate or surface-mount box.
They are available in a variety of colors. The icon inserts have small locking tabs that
permit insertion at the existing cutouts located on the port holes of the faceplates
and surface-mount boxes. No tools are required for installation. The icons are
installed by applying firm finger pressure on the surface of the icon. The icons can be
installed in new installations or in existing sites. No de-installation or removal of the
faceplate or information outlet is required. The icons are also re-usable. Any small,
rigid tool (such as a screwdriver) can be used to remove the icon.
The M61 Icons are designed for the M-Series outlets. The M61A Icons snap directly
onto the front or top of the nose cone, based on whether you are using the jack at a
45- or 90-degree angle. The icons come three on a strip, including one computer icon,
one "DATA" icon, one "GS" icon. Packaging is 100 strips per bag.
COMPUTER ICONS
Anixter No.
162972
162971
162973
162976
162975
162977
162978
162980
3.43
Labels
110 Labels
Copper Solutions
PR1843V2-6953.tif
Circuit identification is easy with these heavy paper labels available in color-coded
sheets. The color coding of the label inserts helps identify the function and/or
organization of the cables terminated on the 110 Wiring Block.
These labels are 9.5 in. x 11 in. (24 cm x 28 cm), pinwheel printer-fed, continuous-run
forms. They are packaged in six sheets per pack for continuous-print capability,
providing 90 strips per package.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
141985
110WB2-4500L
4-pair, white
106657216
141986
110WA2-4500L
5-pair, white
106657133
141988
110PB2-4500L
4-pair, purple
106657190
141989
110PA2-4500L
5-pair, purple
106657117
141992
110GB2-4500L
4-pair, green
106657182
141993
110GA2-4500L
5-pair, green
106657109
D
141995
110BB2-4500L
4-pair, blue
106657174
141996
110BA2-4500L
5-pair, blue
106657091
Transparent Label Holder

PR12083V2-21961.tif
This transparent, fire-retardant plastic unit snaps onto notches located between
alternate rows of the 110 Wiring Block. It is used to hold the paper labels that
identify the cable pairs and to conceal and protect the cable conductors terminated
on the wiring block. Six strips per package allow for identifying up to 300 pairs.
Material ID
073093
188UT1-50 Transparent label holder
103895504
3.44
Cables
./
ULTRA 10 Cables - Category 6A
UltraMedia Cables - Category 6
COMMSCOPE UNIPRISE SOLUTIONS
PR33905V2-251678.tif

ANSI/TIA Category 6A compliant
ISO 9001:2008
PLENUM REELS 10G4
Anixter No.
CMP-00423UNP10G-01
CMP-00423UNP10G-06
CMP-00423UNP10G-09
Vendor No.
10G4 WHITE REEL
10G4 BLUE REEL
10G4 GRAY REEL
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Slate (gray)
Material ID
8765504/10
8765404/10
8765604/10
NONPLENUM REELS 10GN4

Anixter No.
CMR-00423UNP10G-01
CMR-00423UNP10G-06
CMR-00423UNP10G-09
Vendor No.
10GN4 WHITE REEL
10GN4 BLUE REEL
10GN4 GRAY REEL
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Slate (gray)
Material ID
8441704/10
8441604/10
8441804/10
pr5078V2-8711.TIF
UltraMedia is designed to exceed all Category 6 requirements for high-speed,

full-duplex, parallel-transmission protocols. The electrical characteristics of the
cable are twice as good as those of standard Category 5e. The UltraMedia family uses
the industry-accepted round design and includes the CommFlex jacket for improved
handling characteristics. These cables will support high-end LAN applications such
as ATM and Gigabit Ethernet. Patented design with Isolator pair separator for superior
bandwidth performance. The flexible jacket strips cleanly and resists kinking and the
co-extruded color striped pairs provide easy identification.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 1,000 to 0 footage markers, WebTrak online test reports
2. 23 AWG, 4-pair
4. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMR 0.23, CMP 0.223
5. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 24.6, CMP 28.5
7. CMR - FRPE insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
8. CMR - FRPVC jacket, CMP - CommFlex FRPVC jacket
ICEA S-90-661
NEMA low-loss extended frequency
ISO/IEC 11801
PLENUM 7504 REEL
Anixter No.
CMP-00424COM-7-01
CMP-00424COM-7-04
CMP-00424COM-7-05
CMP-00424COM-7-06
CMP-00424COM-7-09
Vendor No.
7504 WHITE REEL
7504 GREEN REEL
7504 YELLOW REEL
7504 BLUE REEL
7504 GRAY REEL
PLENUM 7504 REEL-IN-BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424COM-7RB-01 7504
CMP-00424COM-7RB-13 7504
CMP-00424COM-7RB-05 7504
CMP-00424COM-7RB-06 7504
CMP-00424COM-7RB-08 7504
CMP-00424COM-7RB-09 7504
CMP-00424COM-7RB-GN 7504-GREEN
Jacket Color
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4763304/10
4766904/10
4763504/10
4763204/10
4765304/10
Jacket Color
White
Teal
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Green
Material ID
4763394/10
4763494/10
4763594/10
4763294/10
4769594/10
4765394/10
4766994/10
3.45
Copper Solutions
Available in plenum and nonplenum constructions, Uniprise ULTRA 10 F/UTP cables

are designed to give channel performance exceeding Class EA channel specifications.
These cables feature a round, smooth shape that provides ease of handling and
termination. A patented pair isolator improves pair separation and cable flexibility,
while an optimized twist and strand scheme enhances high-frequency performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
10G4 specifications
1. U/UTP (unshielded)
2. 23 AWG, 4 pair
3. Diameter over jacket: 0.300 in. (7.620 mm)
4. Jacket thickness: 0.053 in. (1.346 mm)
5. Max. pulling tension: 25 lb. (11 kg)
6. Cable weight: 42.40 lb./MF (17.5 kg)
7. Operating temperature: -4F to 140F (-20C to 60C)
10GN4 specifications
1. U/UTP (unshielded)
2. 23 AWG, 4 pair
3. Diameter over jacket: 0.315 in. (8.001 mm)
4. Jacket thickness: 0.058 in. (1.473 mm)
5. Max. pulling tension: 25 lb. (11 kg)
6. Cable weight: 40.60 lb./MF
Cables
Copper Solutions
(continued)
UltraMedia Cables - Category 6
PLENUM 7504 COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424COM-7U-01 7504 WHITE CPK
CMP-00424COM-7U-04 7504 GREEN CPK
CMP-00424COM-7U-05 7504 YELLOW CPK
CMP-00424COM-7U-06 7504 BLUE CPK
CMP-00424COM-7U-09 7504 GRAY CPK
Jacket Color
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4763314/10
4766914/10
4763514/10
4763214/10
4765314/10
NONPLENUM 75N4 REEL

Anixter No.
CM-00424COM-7-01
CM-00424COM-7-04
CM-00424COM-7-05
CM-00424COM-7-06
CM-00424COM-7-09
Jacket Color
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4662104/10
4665304/10
4662404/10
4662004/10
4662204/10
NONPLENUM 75N4 REEL-IN-BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424COM-7RB-01 75N4
CM-00424COM-7RB-05 75N4
CM-00424COM-7RB-06 75N4
CM-00424COM-7RB-09 75N4
Jacket Color
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4662194/10
4662494/10
4662094/10
4662294/10
NONPLENUM 75N4 COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No. D
Vendor No.
CM-00424COM-7U-01 75N4
CM-00424COM-7U-02 75N4
CM-00424COM-7U-03 75N4
CM-00424COM-7U-04 75N4
CM-00424COM-7U-05 75N4 YELLOW CPK
CM-00424COM-7U-06 75N4
CM-00424COM-7U-09 75N4
Jacket Color
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4662114/10
8440214/10
4662314/10
4665314/10
4662414/10
4662014/10
4662214/10
Vendor No.
75N4 WHITE REEL
75N4 GREEN REEL
75N4 YELLOW REEL
75N4 BLUE REEL
75N4 GRAY REEL
Media 6 Cables - Category 6

PR33930V2-251691.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMP 0.215, CMR 0.220
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMP 28, CMR 23.6
6. CMP - FEP insulation, CMR - PE insulation
7. CMP - FRPVC jacket, CMR - FRPVC jacket
NEMA WC 63/66
ANSI/ICEA S-90-661
PLENUM 6504+ REEL
Anixter No.
CMP-00424CSP-7-01
CMP-00424CSP-7-05
CMP-00424CSP-7-06
CMP-00424CSP-7-09
Vendor No.
6504+ WHITE REEL
6504+ YELLOW REEL
6504+ BLUE REEL
6504+ GRAY REEL
Jacket Color
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Material ID
8773704/10
8773904/10
8773604/10
8773804/10
PLENUM 6504+ COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424CSP-7U-01 6504+ WHITE CPK
CMP-00424CSP-7U-02 6504+ BLACK CPK
CMP-00424CSP-7U-03 6504+ RED CPK
CMP-00424CSP-7U-04 6504+ GREEN CPK
CMP-00424CSP-7U-05 6504+ YELLOW CPK
CMP-00424CSP-7U-06 6504+ BLUE CPK
CMP-00424CSP-7U-08 6504+ ORANGE CPK
CMP-00424CSP-7U-09 6504+ GRAY CPK
Jacket Color
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Material ID
8773714/10
8773414/10
8774214/10
8774114/10
8773914/10
8773614/10
8774014/10
8773814/10
NONPLENUM 65N4+ REEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424CSP-7-01 65N4+ WHITE REEL
CM-00424CSP-7-02 65N4+ BLACK REEL
CM-00424CSP-7-05 65N4+ YELLOW REEL
CM-00424CSP-7-06 65N4+ BLUE REEL
Jacket Color
White
Black
Yellow
Blue
Material ID
8471704/10
8472204/10
8471904/10
8471504/10
NONPLENUM 65N4+ COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424CSP-7U-02 65N4+ BLACK CPK
CM-00424CSP-7U-03 65N4+ RED CPK
CM-00424CSP-7U-04 65N4+ GREEN CPK
CM-00424CSP-7U-05 65N4+ YELLOW CPK
CM-00424CSP-7U-06 65N4+ BLUE CPK
CM-00424CSP-7U-09 65N4+ GRAY CPK
Jacket Color
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Material ID
8472214/10
8472314/10
8472114/10
8471914/10
8471514/10
8471814/10
Media 6 meets all Category 6 specifications to support broadband video and

high-speed, full-duplex transmission protocols that dominate new technologies.
Features include a flexible jacket, 1,000 to 0 footage markers, vibrant-colored pairs
with co-extruded color stripe for easy identification, and a smaller O.D. than typical
Category 6 products. Test reports available via online WebTrak test reporting system.
3.46
Cables
Ultra II Cables - Category 5e
DataPipe Cables - Category 5e
pr4981V2-8698.TIF

CMP CSA FT6 - plenum
CMR CSA FT4 - nonplenum
ISO/IEC 11801
PLENUM 5504M REEL
Anixter No.
CMP-00424COM-6-01
CMP-00424COM-6-05
CMP-00424COM-6-06
Jacket Color
White
Yellow
Blue
Material ID
4196804/10
4197404/10
4196904/10
PLENUM 5504M COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424COM-6U-01 5504M WHITE CPK
CMP-00424COM-6U-05 5504M YELLOW CPK
CMP-00424COM-6U-06 5504M BLUE CPK
Jacket Color
White
Yellow
Blue
Material ID
4196814/10
4197414/10
4196914/10
NONPLENUM 55N4R REEL

Anixter No.
CM-00424COM-6-01
CM-00424COM-6-05
CM-00424COM-6-06
CM-00424COM-6-09
CM-00424COM-6-12
Jacket Color
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Pink
Material ID
4640404/10
4641804/10
4299704/10
4299604/10
4640904/10
Jacket Color
White
Yellow
Gray
Pink
Material ID
4640414/10
4641814/10
4299614/10
4640914/10
NONPLENUM 55N4R COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424COM-6U-01 55N4R WHITE CPK
CM-00424COM-6U-05 55N4R YELLOW CPK
CM-00424COM-6U-09 55N4R GRAY CPK
CM-00424COM-6U-12 55N4R PINK CPK
The DataPipe Category 5e family comes in both plenum and nonplenum

constructions. DataPipe is a 200 MHz cable developed for simultaneous
bi-directional transmission over 4-pairs. Typical applications include those of
Category 5e and full-duplex encoding schemes such as Gigabit Ethernet. These cables
have a CommFlex jacket to reduce friction during installation resulting in less strain
on the twisted pairs and reduced kinking. Test reports available via online WebTrak
test reporting system. 1,000 to 0 footage markers.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 20.3, CMP 20
5. Conductors twisted into varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
6. CMR - PE insulation, CMP - foam FEP insulation
7. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - CommFlex FRPVC jacket
ISO/IEC 11801
Vendor No.
5504M WHITE REEL
5504M YELLOW REEL
5504M BLUE REEL
Vendor No.
55N4R WHITE REEL
55N4R YELLOW REEL
55N4R
55N4R GRAY REEL
55N4R PINK REEL
pr4982V2-8702.tif
PLENUM 5E55 REEL

Anixter No.
CMP-00424COM-5-01F
CMP-00424COM-5-06F
CMP-00424COM-5-09F
Vendor No.
5E55 WHITE REEL
5E55 BLUE REEL
5E55 GRAY REEL
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4759104/10
4759004/10
4759204/10
PLENUM 5E55 COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424COM-5U-01F 5E55 WHITE CPK
CMP-00424COM-5U-06F 5E55 BLUE CPK
CMP-00424COM-5U-09F 5E55 GRAY CPK
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4759114/10
4759014/10
4759214/10
NONPLENUM 5EN5
Anixter No.
CM-00424CMF-5-01
CM-00424CMF-5-06
CM-00424CMF-5-09
Vendor No.
5EN5 WHITE REEL
5EN5 BLUE REEL
5EN5
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4657004/10
4656904/10
4657104/10
NONPLENUM 5EN5 COMMPAK BOX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424CMF-5U-01
5EN5 WHITE CPK
CM-00424CMF-5U-06
5EN5 BLUE CPK
CM-00424CMF-5U-09
5EN5 GRAY CPK
Jacket Color
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
4657014/10
4656914/10
4657114/10
3.47
Copper Solutions
Ultra II is the 350 MHz Enhanced Category 5e unshielded twisted-pair cable that
provides guaranteed headroom over the ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 specification. Ultra II
incorporates PowerSUM NEXT, superior ACR performance and 15 ns delay skew to
deliver the needed performance to high-speed, full-duplex data networks. Ultra II
utilizes CommFlex jacketing to improve pulling, handling and stripping. Co-extruded
stripes simplify traceability and termination. Test reports available via online
WebTrak test-reporting system.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approx. weight: CMR 21.8, CMP 22.3
6. CMR - PE insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
7. CMR - FRPVC jacket, CMP - CommFlex FRPVC jacket
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Category 5 Shielded Cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Other Type
Screened Cables - Category 5e and 6
Copper Solutions
25-pair Cables - Category 5e

pr5082V2-8718.tif
CommScope delivers Category 5e extended frequency screened cables for LAN

applications such as 155 Mbps ATM, Fast Ethernet, 16 Mbps Token Ring and 10 Mbps
Ethernet. Flexible jacket for improved handling. Category 6 features include a flexible
jacket, 1,000 to 0 footage markers, vibrant-colored pairs with a co-extruded color
stripe on the white common cable for easy identification, and a smaller O.D. than
typical Category 6 products. Test reports available via online WebTrak test
reporting system.
SPECIFICATIONS
Category 6
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approx. O.D. (in.): CMR 0.288, CMP 0.268
D
5. Approx. weight (lb./MF):
CMR 34.1, CMP 37.3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Category 5e
24 AWG, 4-pair
Solid bare copper conductors
Conductors are twisted into varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
Approx. O.D. (in.): CMR 0.242, CMP 0.235
Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 27, CMP 29.6
Alum tape shield
CMR PE insulation, CMP FEP insulation
CMR PVC jacket, CMP CommFlex FRPVC jacket
Typical applications range from voice to 155 Mbps, Fast Ethernet, ATM TPDDI, CDDI
and TP-PMD.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): 5E25 - 0.590, 5EN25 - 0.529
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): 5E25 - 167, 5EN25 - 116
6. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - PVDF jacket
ISO/IEC 11801
ICEA S-90-661
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Jacket Color Material ID
CMP-02524SEG-5EC1 5E25 WHITE REEL White
4172306/10
CM-02524SEG-5EC
5EN25 GRAY REEL Gray
4272306/10

ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant (5ENS4)
CENELEC EN50173
ICEA S-90-661
ISO/IEC 11801
CATEGORY 6
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423COM-C6-S-01 65S4+ WHITE REEL White
8755204/10
CATEGORY 5E
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424COM-5E-S-01 5ES4 WHITE REEL
CM-00424COM-5E-S
5ENS4
3.48
PR1990V2-8690.eps

White
8740204/10
White
4667004/10
Jacks
./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Connectors//Copper Applications
Ultra 10 Category 6A Information Outlets
Uniprise 600 Series Category 6 Outlets

The Ultra 10 Unshielded Twisted Pair (U/UTP) solution - a Category 6A structured
cable system ideal for value-minded organizations in education, healthcare,
government or small- to medium-sized enterprises. The Ultra 10 brand also includes
a Foiled Twisted Pair (F/UTP) solution. With quality performance for critical
capabilities, the Ultra 10 systems improve bandwidth, data throughput and network
efficiency and support the latest 10 Gb/s Ethernet requirements. Also, the Ultra
10 systems provide extended bandwidth without degrading the internal channel
transmission performance. By suppressing interference from the external pairs,
CommScope guarantees alien crosstalk performance up to 500 MHz. The Ultra
10 U/UTP information outlets feature excellent crosstalk cancellation.
FEATURES
8W8P
8-position/8-conductor universal modular jack
Description
Black
Orange
Yellow
Green
Ivory
White
Gray
Red
Blue
Ivory, 100 pack
White, 100 pack
Blue, 100 pack
Black, 100 pack
Material ID
760149922
760149930
760149948
760149963
760149971
760149989
760149997
760150003
760150011
760150052
760150060
760150086
760150078
UNJ600 Category 6 Outlets deliver optimum performance to the work area.

Proprietary design delivers excellent crosstalk (both NEXT and PSNEXT) margins with
superior reliability. UNJ600 Category 6 outlets meet applicable safety standards and
are available in 11 colors. UNJ600 outlets are required for Category 6 performance
and are also compatible with standard RJ45 plugs.
FEATURES
Multicolored identification labels assure fast, accurate installation
Universal terminations for T568A/B wiring schemes
Low-profile wire cap protects against contamination and secure connections
Can be mounted either at 90 degrees (straight) or at 45 degrees (angled).
Angled feature eliminates the need for special faceplates or outlets
Wide channel for enhanced conductor placement and termination
Snap-on icons provided in strips of three: DATA, VOICE and BLANK
D-Impact tool or wire cap can be used to terminate the wire conductor
Fluke JackRapid Tool Compatible (10059-603)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
279861
UNJ600-BK
Black
CC0020826/1
279883
UNJ600-OR
Orange
CC0020834/1
279884
UNJ600-YL
Yellow
CC0020842/1
279885
UNJ600-CM
Cream
CC0020859/1
279886
UNJ600-GR
Green
CC0020867/1
279887
UNJ600-IV
Ivory
CC0020875/1
279888
UNJ600-WH
White
CC0020883/1
279889
UNJ600-GY
Gray
CC0020891/1
279890
UNJ600-RD
Red
CC0020909/1
279891
UNJ600-BL
Blue
CC0020917/1
279892
UNJ600-VL
Violet
CC0020925/1
3.49
Copper Solutions

Approved for 10 Gig applications
431458
UNJ10G-BK
431459
UNJ10G-OR
431460
UNJ10G-YL
431461
UNJ10G-GR
431462
UNJ10G-IV
431463
UNJ10G-WH
431464
UNJ10G-GY
431465
UNJ10G-RD
431466
UNJ10G-BL
431487
UNJ10G-IV/100
431488
UNJ10G-WH/100
431489
UNJ10G-BL/100
431496
UNJ10G-BK/100
PR9895V2-8780.tif
Jacks
Uniprise 500 Series Category 5e Outlets
Copper Solutions
M1 Category 3 Outlets
PR9894V2-8777.tif
FEATURES
Wide channel for enhanced conductor placement and termination
Low-profile wire cap protects against contamination and loose connections
Can be mounted either at 90 degrees (straight) or 45 degrees (angled). Angled
features eliminates the need for special faceplates or outlets
Universal terminations for T568A/B wiring schemes
D-Impact tool or wire cap can be used to terminate the wire conductor
Snap-on icons provided in strips of three: DATA, VOICE and BLANK
Fluke JackRapid Tool compatible (10059-603)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
279893
UNJ500-BK
Black
CC0020511/1
279894
UNJ500-OR
Orange
CC0020529/1
279895
UNJ500-YL
Yellow
CC0020537/1
D
279896
UNJ500-GR
Green
CC0020552/1
279897
UNJ500-IV
Ivory
CC0020560/1
279898
UNJ500-WH
White
CC0020578/1
279899
UNJ500-GY
Gray
CC0020586/1
279900
UNJ500-RD
Red
CC0020594/1
279901
UNJ500-BL
Blue
CC0021840/1
279902
UNJ500-CM
Cream
CC0020545/1
279903
UNJ500-VL
Violet
CC0021857/1
3.50

M1 Category 3 Outlets deliver optimum performance. Design features include
high-tooth pair splitters that help separate and maintain pair twists up to the
termination. Wires from 22 to 24 AWG (0.643 mm - 0.511 mm) are accepted in the
insulation displacement connection. UNJ300 Category 3 outlets meet applicable
electrical and safety standards and are available in 11 colors. They are compatible
with all standard RJ45 plugs. Snap-on icons are provided in strips of three: VOICE,
BLANK and BLANK. Impact tool or wire cap can be used to terminate the wire
conductor. These outlets can be terminated using either the T568A or B
wiring scheme.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
240700
M1BH-H-003
Black
107321697
240701
M1BH-H-112
Orange
107346744
240702
M1BH-H-123
Yellow
107321705
240703
M1BH-H-215
Cream
108480575
240704
M1BH-H-226
Green
107321713
240705
M1BH-H-246
Ivory
107321721
240706
M1BH-H-262
White
107321739
Faceplates
./
CommScope Faceplates - Designer with Labels

CommScope Faceplates - Modular

PR9889V2-8771.tif
PR9890V2-8774.tif
L Type Faceplates are flush-mounted U.S. standard plastic faceplates. They are
available in 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 6- and 8-port outlet configurations. These plates will
accept all CommScope UTP/STP modular information outlets for voice and data, as
well as most fiber optic adapters and couplers. The L Type plates are also compatible
with CommScope's multimedia adapters and couplers. Mounting screws, label covers
and label cards are included. They are available in four colors.
STANDARD
Anixter No.
197593
197599
197600
197601
197602
197603
197604
197605
197606
197607
197611
197612
197613
197614
197615
197617
197619
197620
222683
222684
222685
222686
Vendor No.
M10L-003
M10L-246
M10L-262
M10L-270
M12L-003
M12L-246
M12L-262
M12L-270
M13L-003
M13L-246
M14L-003
M14L-246
M14L-262
M14L-270
M16L-003
M16L-246
M16L-262
M16L-270
M28L-003
M28L-246
M28L-262
M28L-270
Description
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Ivory
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Black
Ivory
White
Gray
Number of Ports
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
Material ID
108258401
108258419
108258427
108258435
108168485
108168477
108168469
108168451
108168527
108168519
108168568
108168550
108168543
108168535
108168600
108168592
108168584
108168576
108685009
108685017
108685025
108685033
WITH MOUNTING LUGS

For wall mounting of telephones
Anixter No. Vendor No. Description Number of Ports Material ID
197621
M10LW-262 White
1
108258468
197622
M10LW-246 Ivory
1
108258450
VERTICAL ALIGNMENT
169237
M12AP-246 Ivory
2
107276172
169238
M12AP-262 White
2
107276180
3.51
Copper Solutions
LE Type Faceplates are flush-mounted U.S. standard plastic faceplates. They offer
contoured edges for a contemporary appearance and are available in 1-, 2-, 3-, 4and 6-port configurations. These plates will accept all CommScope UTP/STP modular
information outlets for voice and data, as well as most fiber optic adapters and
couplers. The LE style plates are also compatible with CommScope's multimedia
adapters and couplers. Mounting screws, label covers and label cards are included.
349992
M10LE-003 Black
1
108332982
208588
M10LE-215 Cream
1
108332990
208590
M10LE-246 Ivory
1
108333006
208591
M10LE-262 White
1
108333014
208592
M10LE-270 Gray
1
108333022
208593
M12LE-003 Black
2
108333030
208594
M12LE-215 Cream
2
108333048
208595
M12LE-246 Ivory
2
108333055
208596
M12LE-262 White
2
108333063
208597
M12LE-270 Gray
2
108333071
208598
M13LE-003 Black
3
108333089
208599
M13LE-215 Cream
3
108333097
208600
M13LE-246 Ivory
3
108333105
366302
M13LE-270 Gray
3
108333121
208608
M16LE-003 Black
6
108333188
208609
M16LE-215 Cream
6
108333196
208610
M16LE-246 Ivory
6
108333204
208611
M16LE-262 White
6
108333212
208612
M16LE-270 Gray
6
108333220
Patch Panels
./
Uniprise 610 Series Patch Panels - Category 6

PR23867V2-173830.tif
frame or attached to the panels prior to being mounted. The 24-port version includes
one cable management/strain relief bar, while the 48-port comes with two. Insertion
life exceeds 750 cycles. Angled panels allow the routing of patch cords directly to the
vertical cable management, eliminating the need for horizontal patch cord
organizers. Uniprise Angled Panels are available in 24- and 48-port versions.
Number of Ports Rack Units Material ID
356746 UNP610-ANG-24P 24
1
CC0057612/1
356747 UNP610-ANG-48P 48
2
CC0057620/1
Uniprise 510 Series Patch Panels - Category 5e
Copper Solutions

The UNP610 panels are available in 18-, 24- and 48-port versions and are designed
to mount into standard 19 in. racks and cabinets. The panel back consists of
craft-friendly color-coded gas-tight insulation displacement connections. Design
features include termination options for either T568A or T568B wiring schemes.
The UNP610 patch panels include integrated label holders with clear label covers and
white paper labels. Label holders accept CommScope icons in a wide array of colors.
Icons can be installed over each individual port. A rear cable management bar can be
quickly mounted directly onto the rear of the panels without any hardware. The bar can
be installed from the rear of the frame or attached to the panels prior to being
mounted. The 18-port version includes one cable management/strain-relief bar, the
24-port version includes one cable management/strain-relief bar, and the 48-port
comes with two.
Technical Information
& Standards
D
Meets/exceeds:
- Category 6/Class E requirements of ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN50173-1 and
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-1
- UL Listed
MODULAR PATCH PANELS
331423 UNP610-24P
331426 UNP610-48P

24
1
CC0057596/1
48
2
CC0057604/1
ANGLED PATCH PANELS

356746 UNP610-ANG-24P 24
1
CC0057612/1
356747 UNP610-ANG-48P 48
2
CC0057620/1
Uniprise 610 Series Angled Patch Panels - Category 6

Uniprise Angled Patch Panels are designed for quick and repeatable configuration of
Category 6 circuits. The panel back consists of gas-tight insulation displacement
connections for secure termination. The UNP610 angled panels include integrated
label holders with clear label covers and white paper labels. Label holders accept
UNJ icons in a wide array of colors and icons can be installed from the rear of the
3.52
PR23864V2-173854.tif
The UNP510 panels are available in 18-, 24- and 48-port versions and are designed
to mount into standard 19 in. racks and cabinets. The panel back consists of
craft-friendly color-coded gas-tight insulation displacement connections. Design
features include termination options for either T568A or T568B wiring schemes.
The UNP510 patch panels include integrated label holders with clear label covers and
white paper labels. Label holders accept CommScope icons in a wide array of colors
and icons can be installed over each individual port. A rear cable management bar can
be quickly mounted directly onto the rear of the panels without any hardware. The bar
can be installed from the rear of the frame or attached to the panels prior to being
mounted. The 18-port version includes one cable management/strain-relief bar, the
24-port version includes one cable management/strain-relief bar, and the 48-port
comes with two.
Meets/exceeds:
- Category 5e requirements of ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN50173-1 and
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-1
- UL Listed
MODULAR PATCH PANELS
331417 UNP510-24P
331418 UNP510-48P

24
1
CC0057539/1
48
2
CC0057547/1
ANGLED PATCH PANELS

356748 UNP510-ANG-24P 24
1
CC0057554/1
356749 UNP510-ANG-48P 48
2
CC0057562/1
Patch Panels
Uniprise 510 Series Angled Patch Panels - Category 5e
Uniprise 12-port Wall-mount Patch Panel - Category 6

Uniprise Angled Panels are designed for quick and repeatable configuration of
Category 5e circuits. The panel back consists of gas-tight insulation displacement
connections for secure termination. The UNP510 patch panels include integrated
label holders with clear label covers and white paper labels. Label holders accept
UNJ icons in a wide array of colors and icons can be installed over each individual
port. A rear cable management bar can be quickly mounted directly onto the rear of
the panels without any hardware. The bar can be installed from the rear of the frame
or attached to the panels prior to being mounted. The 24-port version includes one
cable management/strain-relief bar, while the 48-port comes with two. Insertion life
exceeds 750 cycles. Angled panels allow the routing of patch cords directly to the
vertical cable management, eliminating the need for horizontal patch cord
organizers. Uniprise Angled Panels are available in 24- and 48-port versions.
356748 UNP510-ANG-24P 24
1
CC0057554/1
356749 UNP510-ANG-48P 48
2
CC0057562/1
Uniprise 12-port Wall-mount Patch Panel - Category 5e

PR23865V2-173853.tif
The Uniprise 12-port wall-mount patch panel is designed for wall-mount applications
and exceeds Category 6 standards. The panel back consists of gas-tight insulation
displacement connections for secure termination. Craft-friendly design features
include terminations for either T568A or T568B wiring schemes. New features include
a new integrated label holder. The label holder includes a location for icons. Voice/
data/color-coded icons are available. There also is a new label holder kit that has
clear label windows. The new sheet metal design includes rear cable management
attachment points. This allows the cable management bar to be attached without the
use of hardware or tools.
Meets/exceeds:
- Category 6 requirements of ISO/IEC11801, CENELEC EN 50173-1 and
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2.1
- UL Listed
Number of
Ports
Material ID
331421 UNP610-WM-12P
12
CC0057570/1
The Uniprise 12-port wall-mount patch panel is designed for wall-mount applications
and exceeds Category 5e standards. The panel back consists of gas-tight insulation
displacement connections for secure termination. Craft-friendly design features
terminations for either T568A or T568B wiring schemes. New features include a new
integrated label holder. The label holder includes a location for icons. Voice/data/
color-coded icons are available. There also is a new label holder kit that has clear
label windows. The new sheet metal design includes rear cable management
attachment points. This allows the cable management bar to be attached without the
use of hardware or tools.
Meets/exceeds:
- Category 5e requirements of ISO/IEC11801, CENELEC EN 50173-1 and
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2.1
- UL Listed
Number of Ports Material ID
331415 UNP510-WM-12P
12
CC0057513/1
M2000 Modular Patch Panels

PR33951V2-251684.tif
The M2000 Modular Patch Panel is a panel designed for CommScope Outlets that can
be configured for copper, fiber, or both and is available in 24-port (M2000-1U) and
48-port (M2000-2U) versions. Both the M2000-1U and M2000-2U panels mount in a
19 inch (483 mm) rack with universal hole spacing.
Number of Rack Material
Ports
Units ID
323245 M2000-24 1U
24
1
760049932
323248 M2000-48 2U
48
2
760049940
381337 M2000A 1U BLANK PANEL (ANGLED) 24
1
760091512
381350 M2000A 2U BLANK PANEL (ANGLED) 48
N/A 760091520
333539 M2000A-24 1U
24
1
760049957
338999 M2000A-48 2U
48
2
760049965
3.53
Copper Solutions
PR23876V2-173842.tif
Patch Panels
CommScope MOD-V Modular Patch Panels
Copper Solutions
PR23880V2-173848.tif
CommScope UNP-MOD-ANG-24P and UNP-MOD-ANG-24P Modular Angled Panels allow

patching to route directly into the vertical cable managers alleviating the need for
horizontal cable management. The UNP-MOD-ANG panels are designed for premise
high-speed data, voice and multimedia networks. The panels use snap-in modules
which allows the outlets to be terminated from the front or rear of the frame. Panels
mount in standard 19 in. racks with universal hole spacing, supports 24 ports in a 1U
and 48 ports in a 2U configuration, and allows for independent installation and
removal of Uniprise information outlets. Other features include easily removable
6-port modules and front facing labels with clear label covers. The modular panels
will support S-Video outlets, RCA adapters, coaxial couplers, and LC, SC and ST
fiber connectors.
FEATURES
Outlets are positioned so patch cable connectors are installed in a rotated/
D
vertical position
Outlets can be snapped into the modules on an angle to create an "angled
panel" type configuration
Uniprise information outlets can be included
ANSI/TIA-606-A-compliant
Anixter No. Vendor No. Number of Ports Rack Units Material ID
431471
MOD-V-24P 24
1
760115386
427358
MOD-V-48P 48
2
760115394
3.54
Blocks
./
100- and 300-pair 110 Kits

110 Wiring Blocks

PR10812V2-17621.tif

Exceed the Cat 5 and Cat 5e requirements in ANSI/TIA-568-B
Description
Material ID
154286
110AB2-300FT 110 wiring kit with 4-pair 107058943
connector blocks
PR9886V2-8765.tif
Uniprise 110 Wiring Blocks are used to terminate data and voice pairs in sizes from
26 AWG to 22 AWG (0.64 mm to 0.40 mm). They consist of 25-pair strips and come in
configurations of 100 and 300 pairs. Each version is wall-mountable with legs that
permit cables to be installed behind them. 110 Wiring blocks are molded in
fire-resistant plastic that meets applicable safety standards.
FEATURES
Index strips marked in five tip colors for fast pair location
Sturdy and proven design and construction
Designed to accommodate multi-unit punch-down tool (UN788H1)
Meets/exceeds:
- Category 6 requirements of ISO/IEC 11801 (Class E), EN50173-1 (Class E)
and ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-1
- Category 5e requirements of ISO/IEC 11801 (Class D), EN50173-1 (Class D)
and ANSI/TIA-568-B.2
- UL Listed
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
154069
110AW2-100
100-pair, with legs
107059891
154071
110AW2-300
300-pair, with legs
107059917
110C Connecting Blocks

Anixter No.
073039
061268
Vendor No.
110C-4
110C-5
PR9885V2-8762.tif
Description
4-pair
5-pair
Material ID
103801247
103801254
These 110C connecting blocks are rated Cat 6 when you use Cat 6 patch
cords and rated Cat 5e when jumper wire is used.
3.55
Copper Solutions
Uniprise 110 Wiring Blocks are used to terminate data and voice pairs in sizes from
26 AWG to 22 AWG (0.64 mm to 0.40 mm). They consist of 25-pair strips and come in
configurations of 100 and 300 pairs. Each version is wall-mountable with legs that
permit cables to be installed behind them. 110 wiring blocks are molded in
fire-resistant plastic that meets applicable safety standards.
FEATURES
Index strips are colored to facilitate wiring
Includes one 100-pair or 300-pair 110 wiring block
Includes 4-pair connecting blocks and 5-pair connecting blocks
Includes label holders and labels
Designed to accommodate multi-unit punch-down tool (UN788H1)
110 jumper troughs are available separately for horizontal routing of
patch cords
Backboards are available separately for vertical routing of jumpers and cords
Cable Management
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Accessories
110 Jumper Troughs
Copper Solutions
Uniprise Hinged-panel Kits

PR23877V2-173855.tif
CommScope 110 Jumper Trough is used to route patch cords and cross-connect wire
between adjacent 110 blocks. They are placed between 100-pair blocks and on top of
columns of 110 blocks. Like the wiring blocks, 110 jumper troughs have legs and are
molded in white fire-resistant plastic that meets applicable safety standards.
FEATURES
Sturdy and proven design and construction
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
184160
110A3
Trough with legs
107831133
184161
110B3
Trough without legs
107831141
Uniprise Patch Cord Organizers - UN-PCO

PR23883V2-168897.tif
PR9883V2-8759.tif
CommScope 110 Backboards are used for neatly arranging jumper wire between
110 blocks. They are placed between or next to 110 blocks for horizontal and vertical
cable routing. Like the wiring blocks, 110 backboards have legs. The metal
backboard supports two plastic distribution rings.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
112052
188B2
With legs
104405113
3.56
110 Backboards
D SOLUTIONS
COMMSCOPE UNIPRISE

The Uniprise hinged-panel kits are designed to be used with 19 in.
telecommunications panels. The hinge hardware is used between the uprights of
standard 19 in. racks and the panels, and allows the panels to hinge and swing open
toward the front of the rack for front access to the back of the panel and rear cable
management system. Panel kits available for 1U and 2U applications.
FEATURES
Kit contains a hinge which is mounted on one side of the panel, either on the
right or left
Mounting block is included and attaches to the other side of the panel, and both
the hinge and the block are black
Block allows for the panel to lock down with the use of only one screw
Block can be positioned so screw can be placed at either the upper or lower
corners of the panel and it makes releasing the panel a one-step operation
Requires six mounting screws (included in kit)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Rack Units
Material ID
351776
UNP-HA-1U
1
CC0065425/1
351777
UNP-HA-2U
2
CC0065433/1
UN-PCO Patch Cord Organizers keep patch cords neatly ordered on standard 19 in.
racks. They are used with both the UNP600 and UNP500 modular patch panels. Three
versions are available: UN-PCO-C1 adds 24 plastic clips to organize cable running
vertically; UN-PCO-C2 has metal distribution rings for cables on the front of the
panel; and UN-PCO-C3 uses metal rings to organize cable both at the front and rear
of the rack.
Material ID
283590 UN-PCO-C1 Horizontal and vertical clips, 3.5 in. H CC0022137/1
x 4.5 in. D, 2U
283624 UN-PCO-C2 Four horizontal rings, 3.5 in. H x
CC0022145/1
3.8 in. D, 2U
283625 UN-PCO-C3 Front/back horizontal rings, 1.7 in. H CC0022152/1
x 4.6 in. D, 1U
Patch Cords
./
Uniprise UNC6 Patch Cords - Category 6

PR9888V2-8768.tif

Meets/exceeds:
- Category 6/Class E requirements of ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN50173-1 and
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-1
- ETL/cETL Listed
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-COMC6-01
MM03-COMC6-06
MM03-COMC6-09
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-3F
UNC6-BL-3F
UNC6-GY-3F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F003
UC1BBB2-0ZF003
UC1BBB2-0CF003
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-COMC6-01
MM05-COMC6-06
MM05-COMC6-09
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-5F
UNC6-BL-5F
UNC6-GY-5F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F005
UC1BBB2-0ZF005
UC1BBB2-0CF005
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-7F
UNC6-BL-7F
UC1BBB2-0CF007
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F007
UC1BBB2-0ZF007
UC1BBB2-0CF007
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-COMC6-01
MM10-COMC6-06
MM10-COMC6-09
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-10F
UNC6-BL-10F
UNC6-GY-10F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F010
UC1BBB2-0ZF010
UC1BBB2-0CF010
12 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM12-COMC6-01
MM12-COMC6-06
MM12-COMC6-09
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-12F
UNC6-BL-12F
UNC6-GY-12F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F012
UC1BBB2-0ZF012
UC1BBB2-0CF012
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-COMC6-01
MM15-COMC6-06
MM15-COMC6-09
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-15F
UNC6-BL-15F
UNC6-GY-15F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
20 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM20-COMC6-01
MM20-COMC6-06
MM20-COMC6-09
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-20F
UNC6-BL-20F
UNC6-GY-20F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
50 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM50-COMC6-01
MM50-COMC6-06
MM50-COMC6-09
Vendor No.
UNC6-WH-50F
UNC6-BL-50F
UNC6-GY-50F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F015
UC1BBB2-0ZF015
UC1BBB2-0CF015
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F020
UC1BBB2-0ZF020
UC1BBB2-0CF020
Material ID
UC1BBB2-08F050
UC1BBB2-0ZF050
UC1BBB2-0CF050
Available in nine colors: gray, white, blue, green, yellow, violet, black, red
and orange. All lengths: 1-100 feet/1-30 meters. Contact your local sales
representative for additional information.
3.57
Copper Solutions
Uniprise Category 6 patch cords are high-performance UTP components available in a

broad range of lengths and easy-to-trace colors. They are designed to meet or exceed
all Category 6 specifications, yet are fully backward compatible with Category 5e and
lower systems. 24 AWG conductors are securely mated with a patented RJ45 plug
design to deliver superior electrical performance with excellent repeatability. The
unique antisnagging feature simplifies removal and replacement of patch cords.
FEATURES
Narrow boot/strain relief
Supports high-density installations
Cord fits into narrow jack locations
Uniform appearance between the Cat 6 and Cat 5e patch cords
High performance
Maintains Uniprise channel performance
Strong component performance - supporting "open architecture"
Exceeds cordage requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-1 and ISO/IEC 11801
Packaging enhancements
Easy-to-open perforated edge
Hang tabs for retail display
Supports automated inventory management/UPC bar code included
Available in nine standard colors and 10 standard lengths
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-COMC6-01
MM07-COMC6-06
MM07-COMC6-09
Patch Cords
Uniprise UNC5 Patch Cords - Category 5e
Copper Solutions
PR9880V2-8753.tif
The UNC5 Patch Cord utilizes a stranded cable terminated with RJ45 plugs. This
equipment cord has high performance with lower variability. It supports Ultra II and
DataPipe solutions and Category 5e solutions.
FEATURES
Narrow boot/strain relief
Supports high-density installations
Cord fits into narrow jack locations
Uniform appearance between the Cat 6 and Cat 5e patch cords
High performance
Maintains Uniprise channel performance
Strong component performance - supporting "open architecture"
Exceeds cordage requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 and ISO/IEC 11801
Packaging enhancements
D
Easy-to-open perforated
edge
Hang tabs for retail display
Supports automated inventory management/UPC bar code included
Available in nine standard colors and 10 standard lengths
Meets/exceeds:
- Category 5e/Class D requirements of ISO/IEC IS11801, CENELEC
EN50173 and ANSI/TIA-568-B.2
- UL Listed
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-COMC5E-01
MM03-COMC5E-06
MM03-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-3F
UNC5-BL-3F
UNC5-GY-3F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F003
UC1DDD2-0ZF003
UC1DDD2-0CF003
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-COMC5E-01
MM05-COMC5E-06
MM05-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-5F
UNC5-BL-5F
UNC5-GY-5F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F005
UC1DDD2-0ZF005
UC1DDD2-0CF005
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-COMC5E-01
MM07-COMC5E-06
MM07-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-7F
UNC5-BL-7F
UNC5-GY-7F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F007
UC1DDD2-0ZF007
UC1DDD2-0CF007
3.58
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-COMC5E-01
MM10-COMC5E-06
MM10-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-10F
UNC5-BL-10F
UNC5-GY-10F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F010
UC1DDD2-0ZF010
UC1DDD2-0CF010
12 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM12-COMC5E-01
MM12-COMC5E-06
MM12-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-12F
UNC5-BL-12F
UNC5-GY-12F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F012
UC1DDD2-0ZF012
UC1DDD2-0CF012
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-COMC5E-01
MM15-COMC5E-06
MM15-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-15F
UNC5-BL-15F
UNC5-GY-15F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F015
UC1DDD2-0ZF015
UC1DDD2-0CF015
20 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM20-COMC5E-01
MM20-COMC5E-06
MM20-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-20F
UNC5-BL-20F
UNC5-GY-20F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F020
UC1DDD2-0ZF020
UC1DDD2-0CF020
50 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM50-COMC5E-01
MM50-COMC5E-06
MM50-COMC5E-09
Vendor No.
UNC5-WH-50F
UNC5-BL-50F
UNC5-GY-50F
Description
White
Blue
Gray
Material ID
UC1DDD2-08F050
UC1DDD2-0ZF050
UC1DDD2-0CF050
Available in nine colors: gray, white, blue, green, yellow, violet, black, red
and orange. All lengths: 1-100 feet / 1-30 meters. Contact your local sales
representative for additional information.
Labels
./
110 Label Holders

PR9881V2-8756.tif
CommScope 110 Label Holders snap onto 110 blocks to protect the conductor
terminations. They are clear plastic and accept 110 insert labels (see below) for
circuit identification. Two holders are required for a 100-pair block; six holders are
needed for a 300-pair block.
Material ID
073093
188UT1-50 Transparent label holder
103895504
110 Insert Labels
Copper Solutions
PR23878V2-173835.tif
CommScope 110 Insert Labels are used to identify circuits in 110 blocks and are
sized to fit CommScope's label holders. Standard versions are available in the ANSI/
TIA-606-A recommended colors, printed with vertical lines for 4-pair modularities.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
141995
110BB2-4500L
4-pair, blue
106657174
141992
110GB2-4500L
4-pair, green
106657182
141985
110WB2-4500L
4-pair, white
106657216
5-pair modularities are also available.
3.59
Belden delivers on the promise of
Pre-term Made Easy
Beldens 3600 Pre-Terminated

Cabling System is the Ideal
Solution for Data Centers
and the Office Environment
Pre-Term Made Easy

t Easy to configure: only a few
standard components needed to
build an entire system
t Easy to order: simplified ordering
process eliminates errors
t Easy to install: small and flexible
cable assemblies combined with
plug-and-play RJ45 connectivity
At the heart of Beldens 3600 PreTerminated Cabling System are two
core components: 3600 Pre-Terminated
Cable Assemblies and CAT6+ RJ45
Modular Couplers. Individually, these
components offer superior reliability
and performance. Together, they deliver
the full potential of pre-terminated copper
cabling solutions. The Belden solution
is referred to as Pre-Term Made Easy
because it brings simplicity to the con-
figuring and ordering process and it offers

ease of installation through flexible 3600
Cable Assemblies and plug-and-play
CAT6+ RJ45 Connectivity.
Furthermore, with simple planning, fast
delivery, up to 90% reduction in installation time and labor cost, and with virtually
no testing or troubleshooting required,
Beldens 3600 Pre-Terminated Cabling
System delivers the promise of preterminated cabling systems: dramatically
reduced installation time, cost-savings, and
the reliability and performance of factory
terminations all without compromises
or trade-offs.
For more information, call Belden
today at 1.800.BELDEN1 (1.800.235.3361)
or visit www.belden.com
)LSKLU0UJ
Belden
Cables
./
10GX Cables - Category 6A

BELDEN
PR20194V2-69288.tif

UL Listed and Verified
10GX CMP CABLE, NONBONDED - PAIRS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424CDT-10-01
10GX13 0091000
CMP-00424CDT-10-06
10GX13 D151000
Description
White
Blue
10GX CMR CABLE, NONBONDED - PAIRS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424CDT-10-01
10GX12 0091000
CM-00424CDT-10-06
10GX12 0061000
Description
White
Blue
Description
White
Blue
10GX CMR CABLE, BONDED - PAIRS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BNT-10-01
10GX32 0091000
CM-00424BNT-10-06
10GX32 0061000
Description
White
Blue
10GX CMP F/UTP CABLE, BONDED - PAIRS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424BNT-F10-01
10GX63F 0091000 White
CMP-00424BNT-F10-06
10GX63F D151000 Blue
10GX CMR F/UTP CABLE, BONDED - PAIRS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424BNT-F10-01
10GX62F 0091000 White
CM-00424BNT-F10-06
10GX62F 0061000 Blue
DataTwist 4800 Bonded-Pair Cables - Category 6 Enhanced

BELDEN
pr4976V2-7695.TIF
Copper Solutions
In order to propose a true 10G solution, two major technical challenges must be
mastered: the reduction of alien crosstalk, and the control of high-frequency
performance to a minimum of 500 MHz. The Belden IBDN System 10GX is a
revolutionary solution based upon three patented enabling technologies, including
two for bonded-pair cable and one for the X-web design.
- A patent-pending IDC design and patch panel circuit layout called MatriX IDC
technology is utilized to substantially eliminate the issue of alien crosstalk between
the system's modules and allows for higher density in the patch panels (up to 48 port
in a 1U panel).
- A patent-pending FleXPoint PCB (printed circuit board) is used within the module
housing to position the compensation circuitry directly at the plug's point of contact.
Instant compensation delivers guaranteed crosstalk performance to 625 MHz.
- The X-Bar is a control device that enables the accurate positioning of each twisted
pair before the pair is terminated on the 10GX Module's IDC pins.
- The Belden IBDN System 10GX completely masters the challenges of 10-Gigabit
transmission, delivering guaranteed performance to 625 MHz. Also available in a
LSZH version.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): UTP CMR 0.295, CMP 0.295, F/UTP CMR 0.300, CMP 0.295
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): UTP CMR 38.0, CMP 40.0, F/UTP CMR 39.0,
CMP 46.0
5. CMP - FEP insulation, FRPVC jacket
6. CMR - PO insulation, PVC jacket
7. X Spline center member
8. Rip cord
10GX CMP CABLE, BONDED - PAIRS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424BNT-10-01
10GX33 0091000
CMP-00424BNT-10-06
10GX33 D151000
DataTwist 4800 Bonded-Pair is a revolutionary UTP cable engineered specifically to

perform well beyond ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 requirements. DataTwist
4800 Bonded-Pair is the only UTP cable in the industry fully characterized by
guaranteed performance to 600 MHz. DataTwist 4800 is the bonded-pair cable that is
to be used in the Belden IBDN System 4800, providing a greater amount of headroom
and allowing the structured cabling system to deliver guaranteed performance even
when unforeseen circumstances arise. Additional RL and balance performance
makes DataTwist 4800 Bonded-Pair perfect for data centers, high-frequency and
high-noise environments, and any mission-critical installation.
Available in other colors, in A1000 Spool-in-Box packaging and LSZH version.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair UTP
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): CMR 31.3, CMP 33.8
5. CMR - PO insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
6. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - FRPVC jacket
7. e-Spline center member
8. Rip cord
3.61
Belden
Cables
(continued)
DataTwist 4800 Bonded-Pair Cables Category 6 Enhanced
7852A PLENUM
NOTE: Add "RB" after -7E for a Spool-in-Box put-up (CMP-00424BEL-7ERB-06).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424BEL-7E-01
7852A 0091000
White
CMP-00424BEL-7E-05
7852A 0041000
Yellow
CMP-00424BEL-7E-06
7852A D151000
Blue
CMP-00424BEL-7E-09
7852A 0081000
Gray
7851A NONPLENUM
NOTE: Add "RB" after -7E for a Spool-in-Box put-up (CM-00424BEL-7ERB-06).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424BEL-7E-01
7851A 0091000
White
CM-00424BEL-7E-05
7851A 0041000
Yellow
CM-00424BEL-7E-06
7851A 0061000
Blue
CM-00424BEL-7E-09
7851A F6H1000
Gray
PLENUM - DATATWIST 4813 SERIES

Type CMP - 1,000 ft./305 m spools, also available: A1000 Spool-in-Box
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424IBDN-7LX-01
4813 0091000
White
CMP-00424IBDN-7LX-06
4813 D151000
Blue
NONPLENUM - DATATWIST 4812 SERIES
Type CMR - 1,000 ft./305 m spools, also available: A1000 Spool-in-Box
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424IBDN-7LX-01
4812 0091000
White
CM-00424IBDN-7LX-06
4812 0061000
Blue
DataTwist 3600 Bonded-Pair Cables - Category 6 Enhanced

BELDEN
PR24072V2-173965.tif
DataTwist 4800 Nonbonded-Pair Cables - Category 6 Enhanced
Copper Solutions
BELDEN
PR10943V2-17902.tif
DataTwist 4800 Category 6 cable is intended for use in the horizontal sections of
high-speed LANs. Supports applications with data rates up to 4.8 Gbps including,
Gigabit Ethernet, 622 Mbps ATM, 155 Mbps ATM, Fast Ethernet (100BASE-TX).
Cross-web design separates pairs and maintains stable pair position, thus improving
NEXT and impedance performance. DataTwist 4800 is the nonbonded-pair cable that
is to be used in the Belden IBDN System 4800, providing the greatest amount of
headroom and allowing the structured cabling system to deliver guaranteed
performance even when unforeseen circumstances arise.
Available in other colors and in A1000 Spool-in-Box packaging.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Nominal O.D.: CMR 0.245 in./6.22 mm, CMP 0.240 in./6.10 mm
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): CMR 34, CMP 37
5. CMR - PO insulation, CMP - PO/FEP insulation
6. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - LSPVC jacket
7. X-Spline center member
8. Rip cord
3.62
DataTwist 3600 strikes a perfect balance between price and performance. These
products deliver PSNEXT and PSACR that are better than what industry standards
require. The DataTwist 3600 guarantees performance to 350 MHz and are
characterized to 650 MHz. DataTwist 3600 products are all suitable for
high-bandwidth applications like Gigabit Ethernet, 622 Mbps ATM, 155 Mbps ATM,
Fast Ethernet (100BASE-TX). Additional RL and balance performance makes DataTwist
3600 Bonded-Pair perfect for data centers, high-frequency and high-noise
environments and any mission-critical installation.
Available in other colors, packaging and LSZH version.
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): CMR 28, CMP 30.0
8. Rip cord
PLENUM - DATATWIST 3633 BONDED-PAIR SERIES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423BNTB-6RB-01
3633 009A1000
CMP-00423BNTB-6RB-06
3633 D15A1000
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM - DATATWIST 3632 BONDED-PAIR SERIES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMR-00423BNTB-6RB-01
3632 009A1000
CMR-00423BNTB-6RB-06
3632 006A1000
Description
White
Blue
Belden
Cables
DataTwist 3600 Nonbonded-Pair Cables - Category 6 Enhanced
MediaTwist Bonded-Pair Cables - Category 6+
BELDEN
BELDEN
PR24072V2-173965.tif

PLENUM - DATATWIST 3613 NONBONDED-PAIR SERIES
Type CMP - 1,000 ft./305 m spools
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423BNT-6RB-01
3613 009A1000
CMP-00423BNT-6RB-06
3613 D15A1000
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM - DATATWIST 3612 NONBONDED-PAIR SERIES

Type CMR - 1,000 ft./305 m spools
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMR-00423BNT-6RB-01
3612 009A1000
White
CMR-00423BNT-6RB-06
3612 006A1000
Blue
MediaTwist is the ideal UTP cable design for multiple security, audio, video
and networking applications. MediaTwist is engineered to exceed the ANSI/TIA
Category 6 requirements. The exceptional physical uniformity of MediaTwist
translates into premier electrical performance benefits for users. Its unique
crescent-shape design ensures that pair-to-pair movement is minimized during
installation. The innovative design of MediaTwist provides stable crosstalk and
impedance performance, both before and after installation, for improved signal
integrity and reduced signal radiation. MediaTwist is the bonded-pair cable that
should be used in the Belden System 2400 Solution.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Nominal O.D. (in.) CMR and CMP 0.365 x 0.165
6. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - Flamarrest jacket
7. Rip cord
PLENUM, PART #1874A MEDIATWIST
NOTE: Add "UB" after -7 for a spool-in-a-box put-up (CMP-00424FAM-7UB-06)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424FAM-7B
1874A 8771000
Natural
CMP-00424FAM-7B-02
1874A 0101000
Black
CMP-00424FAM-7B-03
1874A 0021000
Red
CMP-00424FAM-7B-04
1874A 0051000
Green
CMP-00424FAM-7B-05
1874A 0041000
Yellow
CMP-00424FAM-7B-06
1874A D151000
Blue
CMP-00424FAM-7B-08
1874A 0031000
Orange
CMP-00424FAM-7B-09
1874A F6H1000
Gray
CMP-00424FAM-7B-10
1874A 0071000
Purple
NONPLENUM, PART #1872A
NOTE: Add "UB" after -7 for a spool-in-a-box put-up (CM-00424CAM-7UB-06)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424CAM-7B
1872A F6H1000
Natural
CM-00424CAM-7B-02
1872A 0101000
Black
CM-00424CAM-7B-03
1872A 0021000
Red
CM-00424CAM-7B-04
1872A 0051000
Green
CM-00424CAM-7B-05
1872A 0041000
Yellow
CM-00424CAM-7B-06
1872A 0061000
Blue
CM-00424CAM-7B-08
1872A 0031000
Orange
CM-00424CAM-7B-10
1872A 0071000
Purple
3.63
Copper Solutions
DataTwist 3600 strikes a perfect balance between price and performance. These
products deliver PSNEXT and PSACR that are better than what industry standards
require. The DataTwist 3600 guarantees performance to 350 MHz and are
characterized to 650 MHz. DataTwist 3600 products are all suitable for
high-bandwidth applications like Gigabit Ethernet, 622 Mbps ATM, 155 Mbps ATM,
Fast Ethernet (100BASE-TX).
Available in other colors, in A1000 Spool-in-Box packaging and LSZH version.
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): CMR 27, CMP 32.0
5. CMR - PO insulation, CMP - Dual Insulation Dielectric (DID) FRPO/FEP
8. Rip cord
PR0001V2-23923.TIF
Belden
Copper Solutions
Cables
DataTwist 2400 Nonbonded-Pair Cables - Category 6+
DataTwist 1200 Nonbonded-Pair Cables - Enhanced Category 5e
BELDEN
BELDEN
PR10942V2-17899.tif
DataTwist 2400 is a state-of-the-art UTP cable engineered specifically to perform to

Category 6 requirements. DataTwist 2400 is a nonbonded-pair cable, available in
plenum and nonplenum versions with guaranteed performance to 300 MHz, and
suitable for high-bandwidth networks, security and access control.
Available in other colors, packaging, LSZH and F/UTP versions.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
5. CMR - PO insulation, CMP - Dual-Insulation Dielectric (DID) FRPO/FEP
6. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - Flamarrest jacket
& Standards
D
2413 PLENUM
NOTE: Add "RB" after -7 for a spool-in-a-box put-up
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424IBDN-7-01
2413 0091000
CMP-00424IBDN-7-05
2413 0041000
CMP-00424IBDN-7-06
2413 D151000
CMP-00424IBDN-7-08
2413 0031000
CMP-00424IBDN-7-09
2413 0081000
2412 NONPLENUM
NOTE: Add "RB" after -7 for a spool-in-a-box put-up
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424IBDN-7-01
2412 0091000
CM-00424IBDN-7-06
2412 0061000
3.64
PR10941V2-17896.tif
DataTwist 1200 Series Category 5e cables are designed to be used in 160 MHz
bandwidth cabling channels. The 1200 Series is intended to be used for horizontal
cable installations of high-speed LANs for transmission speeds up to 1.2 Gbps.
DataTwist 1200 is the nonbonded-pair cable that is to be used in the Belden IBDN
System 1200 Solution.
Available in other colors, packaging, LSZH and F/UTP versions.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approximate weight: (lb./MF): CMR 22, CMP 26
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Description
White
Blue
PLENUM DATATWIST 1213 CABLES

Type CMP - 1,000 ft./305 m boxes, inventory varies by part number across
North America.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424IBDN-6U-01
1213 009U1000
White
CMP-00424IBDN-6U-05
1213 004U1000
Yellow
CMP-00424IBDN-6U-06
1213 D15U1000
Blue
NONPLENUM - DATATWIST 1212 CABLES
Type CMR - 1,000 ft./305 m boxes, inventory varies by part number across
North America.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424IBDN-6U-01
1212 009U1000
White
CM-00424IBDN-6U-06
1212 006U1000
Blue
Belden
Cables
DataTwist 350 Bonded-Pair Cables - Enhanced Category 5e
DataTwist 350 Banana Peel Cables - Enhanced Category 5e
BELDEN
BELDEN
PR10945V2-17908.tif

PLENUM DATATWIST 350 BONDED-PAIR CABLES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424FAX-6B
1701A 8771000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-03
1701A 0021000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-04
1701A 0051000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-05
1701A 0041000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-06
1701A D151000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-08
1701A 0031000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-09
1701A 0081000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-10
1701A B021000
CMP-00424FAX-6B-12
1701A 0121000
Description
Natural
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Purple
Pink
NONPLENUM DATATWIST 350 BONDED-PAIR CABLES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424CAX-6B
1700A F2V1000
CM-00424CAX-6B-01
1700A 0091000
CM-00424CAX-6B-03
1700A 0021000
CM-00424CAX-6B-04
1700A 0051000
CM-00424CAX-6B-05
1700A 0041000
CM-00424CAX-6B-06
1700A 0061000
CM-00424CAX-6B-08
1700A 0031000
CM-00424CAX-6B-12
1700A 0121000
Description
Gray
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Pink
The DataTwist 350 Banana Peel Enhanced Category 5e cable is a revolutionary

patent-pending design. This unique design effectively bundles six DataTwist
350 Category 5e cables to a center spline, eliminating the need for an overall jacket.
The elimination of the outer jacket means simpler termination by peeling the cables
directly off the spline as well as a decrease in size and the relative bend radius.
Networking cable has just been made easier - and therefore more cost-efficient through the patented DataTwist 350 Banana Peel Enhanced Category 5e design.
DATATWIST 350 BANANA PEEL PLENUM
Type CMP - Reel
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B1701S6-06-500
1701S6 D15500
B1701S6-06-1000
1701S6 D151000
Description
Blue, 500 ft.
Blue, 1,000 ft.
DATATWIST 350 BANANA PEEL NONPLENUM

Type CMR - Reel
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B1700S6-06-500
1700S6 006500
B1700S6-09-500
1700S6 F2V500
B1700S6-06
1700S6 0061000
B1700S6-09
1700S6 F2V1000
Description
Blue, 500 ft.
Gray, 500 ft.
Blue, 1,000 ft.
Gray, 1,000 ft.
Copper Solutions
The DataTwist 350 Series Category 5e cables are intended to be used in horizontal
cable installations of high-speed LANs for transmission speeds up to 1.2 Gbps. The
DataTwist 350 is the bonded-pair cable that is to be used in the Belden IBDN System
1200 Solution. Additional RL and balance performance make DataTwist
350 Bonded-Pair perfect for data centers, high-frequency and high-noise
environments and any mission-critical installation.
Available in other colors and packaging.
SPECIFICATIONS
5. CMR - PO insulation, CMP FEP insulation
PR10944V2-17905.tif
3.65
Belden
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Level 6/Patch Cordage
DataTwist 350 Bulk Patch Cables - Category 5e

BELDEN
PR6768V2-141951.tif
Copper Solutions
Belden 1752A DataTwist 350 Patch Cable is the complement to the DataTwist
350 Horizontal Cable. This patch cable uses bonded-pairs to provide increased flex
life, stable impedance, and immunity from attenuation degradation in an
ambient environment.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
2. Stranded tin copper conductors
4. PVC jacket
5. Sequentially marked at 2 ft. intervals
6. 1,000 foot reels
Anixter No. D
Vendor No.
9D2404DT350B-03
1752A 0021000
9D2404DT350B-04
1752A 0051000
9D2404DT350B-05
1752A 0041000
9D2404DT350B-06
1752A 0061000
9D2404DT350B-08
1752A 0031000
9D2404DT350B-09
1752A F2V1000
9D2404DT350B-10
1752A 0071000
Description
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
DataTwist 5e Nonbonded-Pair Cables - Category 5e

BELDEN
PR22385V2-131780.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): CM - 0.214, CMP - 0.204
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): CM 24, CMP 28
5. CM - PO insulation, CMP - Dual-Insulation Dielectric (DID) FRPO/FEP
6. CM - PVC jacket, CMP - Flamarrest jacket
UL Listed and Verified NEC
CM - nonplenum, CMP plenum
1585A PLENUM
NOTE: Add "U" after -5 for UnReel box (e.g. CMP-00424BEL-5U-06).
Anixter No.
CMP-00424BEL-5
CMP-00424BEL-5-01
CMP-00424BEL-5-03
CMP-00424BEL-5-04
CMP-00424BEL-5-05
CMP-00424BEL-5-06
CMP-00424BEL-5-08
CMP-00424BEL-5-09
CMP-00424BEL-5-12
CMP-00424BEL-5-12N
Vendor No.
1585A 8771000
1585A 0091000
1585A 0021000
1585A 0051000
1585A 0041000
1585A D151000
1585A 0031000
1585A 0081000
1585A 0121000
1585B T301000
1583A NONPLENUM
NOTE: Add "U" after -5 for UnReel box (e.g. CM-00424BEL-5U-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424BEL-5-01
1583A 0091000
White, reel
CM-00424BEL-5-03
1583A 0021000
Red, reel
CM-00424BEL-5-04
1583A 0051000
Green, reel
CM-00424BEL-5-05
1583A 0041000
Yellow, reel
CM-00424BEL-5-06
1583A 0061000
Blue, reel
CM-00424BEL-5-08
1583A 0031000
Orange, reel
CM-00424BEL-5-09
1583A 0081000
Gray, reel
CM-00424BEL-5-12N
1583B T301000
Neon pink, reel
1594A NONPLENUM INDOOR/OUTDOOR
Category 5e nonplenum indoor/outdoor cable with PO insulation and UV-resistant
PVC jacket.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
B1594A-U1000
1594A 008U1000 Gray, UnReel
Providing the ultimate option in networking needs for security, access control,
Ethernet, Token Ring or TP-PMD (Twisted Pair-Physical Media Dependent)
applications. Made to the highest-quality standards in the industry, DataTwist 5e
Cables support all applications that operate using Category 5e standards.
Belden DataTwist 5e cables are available in plenum and nonplenum versions and
several color and packaging options to ease installation, handling and identification.
3.66
Description
Natural, reel
White, reel
Red, reel
Green, reel
Yellow, reel
Blue, reel
Orange, reel
Gray, reel
Pink, reel
Neon pink, reel
Belden
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Category 5 Unshielded Cable - LS0H
DataTwist Limited Combustible Cables - Category 5e
DataTwist Five 25-pair Cable - Category 5e
BELDEN
BELDEN
PR6767V2-141948.tif
Belden's DataTwist 1585LC Limited Combustible cables set a new standard of

performance in protection of life, property and equipment. The accumulation of
cables with combustible materials in the plenum space of buildings is commonplace
and extremely hazardous. The 1585LC insulation and jacketing are made of
100 percent PTFE which generates low smoke during fire situations - 17 times less
than standard CMP cables. Low smoke and less flame-spread can add valuable
escape time to a building evacuation. They can also reduce the amount of damage to
expensive equipment, of particular importance in mission-critical facilities like
data centers.
Description
White, reel
Blue, reel
Siamese Cables - Category 5e

BELDEN
Intended for use where twisted-pair voice and data components under one jacket
are desired.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, eight (4x4) pairs
3. CM - PO insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
4. Siamese and composite cable constructions allow for easy separation of voice and
data components
5. CM - PVC jacket, CMP - FEP jacket
6. Shielded and mixed-level constructions are also available
PLENUM
Approx.
Jacket
Wt. lb./
Color Nom. O.D. (in.) 1,000 ft.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00824FA8X-55B 1703A 8771000 Natural 0.415 x 0.200 47
NONPLENUM
Approx.
Wt. lb./
Jacket
Color Nom. O.D. (in.) 1,000 ft.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00824CA8X-55B 1702A F2V1000 Gray 0.415 x 0.200 46
Belden's 25-pair DataTwist Five is available in plenum and nonplenum versions for
backbone and horizontal cabling. NEXT is measured using the PowerSUM method.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 25-pair
3. Pairs are twisted into varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
5. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - FEP jacket
PLENUM CATEGORY 5E
Anixter No.
CMP-02524NDX-5PS
Vendor No.
IBDN25P 008CUT
Description
Gray
NONPLENUM CATEGORY 5E
Anixter No.
CM-02524NDX-6UP-09
Vendor No.
IBDN25R 008CUT
Description
Gray
Copper Solutions

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424BEL4-5-01
1585LC 0091000
CMP-00424BEL4-5-06
1585LC 0061000
PR6769V2-141949.tif
Index1.Cabling Systems//Central Office Wire//Cross-connect
IBDN B-Plus Cross-connect Wire

BELDEN
The B-Plus cross-connect wire is intended primarily for use between incoming cables
and station equipment in a telecommunications room or at a main distribution frame.
The B-Plus cross-connect wire is suitable for use in IBDN structured cabling
system designs.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, twisted-pair construction
2. PVC insulation, unjacketed
No. of Color
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Pkg.
Pairs Code
J-1P24IBDN-5 XCB1 D87K1000 1
Wh/Bl
1,000 ft./305 m
K-carton
J-1P24IBDN-5-SP XCB1 D871000 1
Wh/Bl
1,000 ft./305 m
spool
J-2P24IBDN-5U XCB2 042K1000 2
Wh/Bl/Wh/Or 1,000 ft./305 m
K-carton
J-4P24IBDN-5 XCB4 000K500 4
Wh/Bl/Wh/Or/ 500 ft./152 m
Wh/Gr/Wh/Br K-carton
3.67
Belden
Cables
Multipair Cables - Category 3

BELDEN
PR10950V2-17923.tif
The D-Inside Cable Series is intended to be used for horizontal installations of moderate-speed environments. Also
available in 300-pair versions.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG UTP
3. Bandmarked color code for identification
4. CMR - SRPVC insulation, CMP - LSPVC insulation
5. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - PVDF jacket (except 4/pr LSPVC)
Copper Solutions

Nonplenum: UL Standard 444 NEC Type CMR and CSA Certified CMR
Plenum: UL Standard 444 NEC Type CMP and CSA Certified CMP
PLENUM CMP
DFlex Plenum Cable
Anixter No.
CMP-00424IBDN-3U
CMP-05024IBDN-3F
CMP-10024IBDN-3F
CMP-20024IBDN-3UF-09
Vendor No.
DFLEX4 732U1000
DPLN50 732CUT
DPLN100 732CUT
DPLN200 732CUT
No. of Pairs
4
50
100
200
Jacket Color
Gray
Translucent PVDF
Translucent PVDF
Translucent PVDF
NONPLENUM CMR
D-Inside Cable D
Anixter No.
CM-00424BDN-3U-457
CM-00424IBDN-3U
CM-00624NDX-3UP-09
CM-05024BDN-3
CM-10024BDN-3
CM-20024BDN-3
Vendor No.
DIW4732U1500
DIW4 732U1000
DIW6 7321000
DIW50 732CUT
DIW100 732CUT
DIW200 732CUT
No. of Pairs
4
4
6
50
100
200
Jacket Color
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Category 5 Shielded Cable
Shielded DataTwist 5, 5e and 6 - Category 5, 5e and 6

BELDEN
PR2607V2-141937.tif
O.D. (in./mm)
0.185/4.70
0.491/12.4
0.720/18.3
1.038/26.3
O.D. (in./mm)
0.170/4.30
0.170/4.30
0.210/5.3
0.530/13.4
0.720/18.2
0.990/25.1
Pkg.
1,000 ft. box
Variable length reel
Pkg.
457 m box
1,000 ft. box
305 m reel
300 m spool
480 m reel
275 m reel
Weight
19.0 lb./mf - 2.8 kg/100 m
415 lb./mf - 61.8 kg/100 m
874 lb./mf - 130.1 kg/100 m
1,234 lb./mf - 184.4 kg/100 m
Weight
18 lb./mf - 2.8 kg/100 m
18 lb./mf - 2.8 kg/100 m
28 lb./mf - 4.1 kg/100 m
194 lb./mf - 28.9 kg/100 m
365 lb./mf - 54.4 kg/100 m
703 lb./mf - 105.0 kg/100 m
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): Category 5/5e CM/R 34 and CMP 36,

Category 6 CMR 44, CMP 49
6. Overall Beldfoil aluminum Mylar shield with 24 AWG stranded drain wire
7. CM/R - PO insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
8. CM/R - PVC jacket, CMP - Flamarrest jacket
TABLE 1: ANSI/TIA Category 5-compliant and 1624R: FT4
TABLE 2: ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant and CMR: FT4, CMP: FT6
TABLE 3: ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant and CMR: FT4, CMP: FT6
Provides Category 5, 5e and 6 performance with shielding for use in environments

that are sensitive to EMI/RFI.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): Category 5/5e CM/R 0.26, CMP 0.242, Category 6 CMR 0.266,
CMP 0.255
3.68
1624R/P DATATWIST 5
Anixter No.
CM-00424CSG-5B
CMP-00424FSS-B
CMP-00424FSS-B-03
CMP-00424FSS-B-05
CMP-00424FSS-B-06
CMP-00424FSS-B-09
Vendor No.
1624R F2V1000
1624P 8771000
1624P 0021000
1624P 0041000
1624P D151000
1624P 0081000
Description
CMR - gray jacket
CMP - natural jacket
CMP - red jacket
CMP - yellow jacket
CMP - blue jacket
CMP - gray jacket
Belden
Cables
1533R/P DATATWIST 5E
Anixter No.
CM-00424BELS-5E-06
CM-00424BELS-5E-09
CMP-00424BELS-5E
CMP-00424BELS-5E-06
Vendor No.
1533R 006A1000
1533R F2VA1000
1533P 87710000
1533P D151000
Description
CMR - blue jacket
CMR - gray jacket
CMP - natural jacket
CMP - blue jacket
1351A/1352A DATATWIST 6
Anixter No.
B1351A-BLUE
B1351A-GRAY
B1351A-WHT
CMP-00423BNT-C6ST-06
Vendor No.
1351A 0061000
1351A 0081000
1351A 0091000
1352A D151000
1352A 0081000
1352A 0091000
Description
CMR - blue jacket
CMR - gray jacket
CMR - white jacket
CMP - blue jacket
CMP - gray jacket
CMP - white jacket
Index1.Cabling Systems//Composite Cable//Other Composite Cable
1624R, 1533R 1533P, 1351A and 1352A are RJ45 shielded compatible.
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Other Types
Outside Plant DataTwist 5e and 6 - Category 5e and 6

ANSI/TIA Category 5e or Category 6-compliant
7997A DATATWIST 5E
Anixter No.
B7997A
Vendor No.
7997A 0101000
Description
OSP black jacket
OSP6U DATATWIST 6
Anixter No.
OSP-CM00424BDN-C6-02
Vendor No.
OSP6U 0101000
Description
OSP black jacket
BELDEN
PR6428V2-7699.TIF
Belden's Banana Peel composite cables feature a patent-pending design that

eliminates the need for an overall jacket, making these cables easy to handle, easy to
identify, easy to pull and easy to terminate. Just peel the cables off the center spline
and you are in business. The UTP is available in both bonded-pair and
nonbonded-pair versions with an FRPVC jacket. The coax Series 6 has an 18 AWG
conductor with a trishield (Duobond + 80 percent AL braid + AL foil with
shortening fold) and a gas-injected FPO insulation with an FRPVC jacket. The LANLite
has two fibers 62.5/125/900 (core/clad/coating) and is tight-buffered.
7876S
Two Cat 5e 4-bonded-pair UTP, two Series 6 coax
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B7876S-500
7876S 000500
B7876S-1000
7876S 0001000
Description
500 foot reels
1,000 foot reels
7878S
Two Cat 5e 4-bonded-pair UTP, two Series 6 coax, one 2-fiber LANLite
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
B7878S-500
7878S 000500
500 foot reels
B7878S-1000
7878S 0001000
1,000 foot reels
7913S
Two Cat 5e 4-pair UTP, two Series 6 coax
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B7913S-500
7913S 000500
B7913S-1000
7913S 0001000
Description
500 foot reels
1,000 foot reels
7914S
Two Cat 5e 4-pair UTP, two Series 6 coax, one 2-fiber LANLite
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
B7914S-500
7914S 000500
500 foot reels
B7914S-1000
7914S 0001000
1,000 foot reels
3.69
Copper Solutions
BELDEN
Provides Category 5e and 6 OSP performance with gel-filled cores and black
polyolefin jackets. For outdoor use in wet and/or high ultraviolet light locations.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nonbonded pairs
4. Nominal O.D. (in.): Category 5e 0.255, Category 6 0.271
5. Approximate weight (lb./MF): Category 5e 31, Category 6 31
6. OSP - PO insulation, PO black jacket
Banana Peel Jacketless Cables
Belden
Jacks
./
KeyConnect 10GX Modular Jacks - Category 6A
Copper Solutions
BELDEN
KeyConnect Cat 6+ Modular Jacks - Category 6

PR10939V2-17890.tif
In order to propose a true 10G solution, two major technical challenges must be
totally mastered: the reduction of alien crosstalk and the control of high-frequency
performance to a minimum of 500 MHz. The Belden IBDN System 10GX is a
revolutionary solution based upon four patented enabling technologies. The system's
cable is based upon an innovative RoundFleX design that serves to reduce alien
crosstalk by randomizing the distance between the cables. A patented IDC design and
patch panel circuit layout called MatriX IDC technology is utilized to substantially
eliminate the issue of alien crosstalk between the system's modules. A patented
FleXPoint printed circuit board is used within the module housing to position the
compensation circuitry directly at the plug's point of contact. Instant compensation
delivers guaranteed crosstalk performance to 625 MHz. The X-Bar is a control device
that enables the accurate positioning of each UTP pair before the pair is terminated
on the 10GX Module's IDC pins.The Belden IBDN System 10GX delivers guaranteed
performance to 625D MHz.
T568A/B
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371867
AX102280
371866
AX102281
370238
AX102282
370239
AX102283
TIA 606
Anixter No.
371868
371869
371871
371872
371873
371874
371876
3.70
Vendor No.
AX102284
AX102285
AX102286
AX102287
AX102288
AX102289
AX102290
Description
Gray
Almond
White
Black
Description
Orange
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Brown
BELDEN
PR22383V2-131670.tif
The KeyConnect Cat 6+ modular jack provides usable bandwidth of 300 MHz and
guarantees headroom over Category 6 standards. The KeyConnect Cat 6+ modular
jack can be used with the KeyConnect Patch Panels, faceplates and various
KeyConnect hardware. For the Termination Station, see Part No. AX101852. For the
Connecting Tool, see Part No. AX100749.
FEATURES
8W8P
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
262104
AX101318
288804
AX101319
262105
AX101320
262106
AX101321
479931
AX103076
408290
AX104189
408292
AX104190
408293
AX104191
408294
AX104192
408295
AX104193
408296
AX104194
TIA 606
Anixter No.
264350
371679
371706
246593
245704
371709
Vendor No.
AX101322
AX101323
AX101324
AX101325
AX101326
AX101327
Description
Gray
Almond
White
Black
Ivory
Orange
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Description
Orange
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Belden
Jacks
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Copper Inserts for Voice Systems
KeyConnect Cat 5e Modular Jacks - Category 5e
Multimedia Modules - KeyConnect
BELDEN
BELDEN
Multimedia modules address audio/video and fiber applications. Also available in
other versions.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
375974
AX102903
Video F, recessed, almond
375976
AX102905
Video F, recessed, black
375978
AX102904
Video F, recessed, elec. white
375971
AX102242
ST compatible, MM/SM, almond
375972
AX102243
ST compatible, MM/SM,
elec. white
375973
AX102244
ST compatible, MM/SM, black
375963
AX102415
LC duplex, multimode, almond
375964
AX102416
LC duplex, multimode, elec. white
363891
AX102417
LC duplex, multimode, black
375965
AX102419
LC duplex, single-mode, almond
375966
AX102420
LC duplex, single-mode,
elec. white
363892
AX102421
LC duplex, single-mode, black
PR22384V2-131672.tif
The KeyConnect Cat 5e modular jack provides usable bandwidth of 160 MHz and
guarantees headroom over Category 5e standards. The KeyConnect Cat 5e modular
jack can be used with the KeyConnect Series Patch Panels, faceplates, and various
KeyConnect hardware. For the Termination Station, see Part No. AX101852. For the
connecting tool, see Part No. AX100749.
FEATURES
8W8P
TIA 606
Anixter No.
288805
371667
371669
288802
288803
371670
Vendor No.
AX101311
AX101312
AX101313
AX101314
AX101315
AX101316
Description
Gray
Almond
White
Black
Ivory
Orange
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Note: Also available as RCA feed-through,

SVHS feed-through and 3.5 mm stereo.
Copper Solutions

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371671
AX101307
251851
AX101308
288801
AX101309
278532
AX101310
408304
AX103079
408305
AX104182
408306
AX104183
408307
AX104184
408308
AX104185
408309
AX104186
408310
AX104187
Description
Orange
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
3.71
Belden
Faceplates
./
KeyConnect Faceplates
BELDEN
Stainless Steel Faceplates

PR22552V2-133739.tif
Copper Solutions
Belden KeyConnect Faceplates are designed to accept the KeyConnect Cat 5e and Cat
6+ modular jacks. The KeyConnect plates are available in single-gang 1-, 2-, 4-, 6or 12-port double-gang versions. They also have labeling capabilities using built-in
labeling windows. The faceplates can be attached to standard electrical boxes or
wall-mounting hardware for flush-mount installations.
1-PORT
Anixter No.
371949
371950
2-PORT
Anixter No.
371951
371952
Vendor No.
AX103922
AX102660
Description
Almond
1-port with ID windows,
single-gang, elec. white
Vendor No.
AX103923
Description
single-gang, almond
AX102655
4-PORT
Anixter No.
371955
Vendor No.
AX102248
363887
AX102249
6-PORT
Anixter No.
371957
Vendor No.
AX102250
363563
AX102251
12-PORT
Anixter No.
371960
Vendor No.
AX102256
371961
AX102257
3.72
BELDEN
PR22350V2-131071.tif
Belden Stainless Steel Faceplates are designed to accept the KeyConnect Cat 5e and
Cat 6+ modular jacks, and are ideal for harsh environment-type applications. The
stainless steel faceplates are available in single-gang 1-, 2-, 4- or 6-port versions,
and double-gang in 4-, 6- and 12-port versions. A 1-port studded version designed to
support a wall phone is also offered. Stainless steel faceplates can be attached to
standard NEMA-type outlet boxes or wall-mounting hardware for flush-mount
installation. Also available with ID windows.
SINGLE GANG - STAINLESS STEEL
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
355797
AX102005
371715
AX102006
371716
AX102007
371718
AX102009
371719
AX102010
Description
1-port for phone
1-port
2-port
4-port
6-port
DOUBLE GANG - STAINLESS STEEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371722
AX102013
Description
12-port
Description
single-gang, almond
Description
single-gang, almond
Description
double-gang, almond
double-gang, elec. white
Belden
Faceplates
MediaFlex Faceplates
MediaFlex Inserts
BELDEN
PR6431V2-13564.TIF
MEDIAFLEX FACEPLATES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
261817
AX101746
261819
AX101747
261820
AX101748
280925
AX101870
280926
AX101871
280927
AX101872
Description
Single-gang, almond
Single-gang, electric white
Single-gang, black
Double-gang, almond
Double-gang, electric white
Double-gang, black
MEDIAFLEX FACEPLATE KITS FOR KEYCONNECT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
372318
AX102428
372320
AX102430
376028
AX102429
376030
AX102431
MEDIAFLEX KEYCONNECT-STYLE INSERTS

2-port, packs of 10
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
372311
AX102410
372313
AX102412
372314
AX102411
372315
AX102413
372316
AX102737
372317
AX102738
Description
2-port, flush, almond
2-port, angled, almond
2-port, flush, elec. white
2-port, angled, elec. white
2-port, flush, black
2-port, angled, black
MEDIAFLEX FILLER INSERTS

Blanks, packs of 10
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
262242
AX101758
262243
AX101759
262244
AX101760
262246
AX101762
262247
AX101763
262248
AX101764
Description
Almond, one unit
Electric white, one unit
Black, one unit
Almond, two units
Electric white, two units
Black, two units
Copper Solutions
MediaFlex faceplates are one part of a comprehensive line of plates and modular
inserts that snap together to create a full line of multimedia workstation outlets.
MediaFlex faceplates can be mounted over standard NEMA-type outlet boxes. The fully
modular construction combined with the front-access design provides extensive
configuration flexibility for current and future network needs. Each plate has the
capacity of up to six ports per flush single-gang. All plates can be assembled over
adapter boxes for surface-mount installations. Built-in labeling windows facilitate
outlet identification and ease of network management. Pre-configured faceplate kits
include plate, flush KeyConnect style, filler inserts, labeling window covers, labeling
paper and all necessary mounting screws. MediaFlex faceplates are available in both
single-gang and double-gang flush configurations. All faceplates can be ordered
as kits.
BELDEN
MediaFlex inserts are one part of a comprehensive line of plates and modular inserts
that snap together to create a full line of multimedia workstation outlets. All inserts
are front-loaded and easily snapped in and out of the MediaFlex faceplates for easy
installation and maintenance. MediaFlex KeyConnect-style inserts are available in
2-port configurations in both flush and angled versions. They are compatible with all
KeyConnect or MDVO modules. MediaFlex filler inserts are used to fill the unused
spaces in low-density workstation outlets. They can be easily removed and replaced
as network needs evolve. Filler inserts are available in one-unit and two-unit sizes.
The inserts are two units high; thus a maximum of three inserts can be used to fully
populate a single-gang MediaFlex faceplate and make six ports.
Description
4-port, flush, single-gang, almond
6-port, flush, single-gang, almond
4-port, flush, single-gang,
elec. white
6-port, flush, single-gang,
elec. white
3.73
Belden
Patch Panels
Rear cable management brackets included
Mounting screws included
./
10GX Patch Panel - Category 6A

BELDEN
PR10940V2-17893.tif
Copper Solutions
The 10GX Category 6A Patch Panel Series is a comprehensive line of robust all-metal,
preloaded and modular patch panels. The series provides a flexible, versatile and
high-density termination solution for data center and telecommunications room
installations. Panels come with mounting screws, cable management brackets, Velcro
ties and a white LabelFlex label sheet.
FEATURES
Available in a wide variety of preloaded and modular configurations for greater
design flexibility and optimization of rack and cabinet installations
Robust all-metal construction to allow for punch-down termination directly on
the back of the panel
Large front labeling space facilitating port identification
LabelFlex laser printable white label sheet supplied with each panel
Front and back port numbering to facilitate port location
Rear cable management brackets to facilitate cable routing
10GX KEYCONNECT PATCH PANELS - PRELOADED
Anixter No. D
Vendor No.
Description
371652
AX103254
24-port, 1U, titanium
371653
AX103256
10GX ULTRA-HIGH-DENSITY PATCH PANEL - PRELOADED
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
371654
AX103264
KeyConnect Cat 6+ Patch Panels - Category 6

BELDEN
PR22351V2-131904.tif

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371650
AX103253
371651
AX103255
KeyConnect Modular Patch Panels

BELDEN
PR22351V2-131904.tif
The KeyConnect Modular Patch Panel Series is a comprehensive line of robust

all-metal, modular patch panels. The series provides a flexible, versatile and
high-density termination solution for security, audio/video, access control, data
center and telecommunications room installations. These panels can be configured
using any KeyConnect UTP or multimedia modules and jacks. Also available in
angled versions.
FEATURES
Large front labeling space for port identification
LabelFlex laser printable, white label sheet supplied in each panel
Front and back port numbering
Rear cable management brackets included
Mounting screws included
Color: black
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
371725
AX103114
24-port, 1U empty
371726
AX103115
48-port, 2U empty
371727
AX103116
72-port, 2U empty
371728
AX103121
48-port, 1U empty
The KeyConnect Cat 6+ Patch Panel Series is a comprehensive line of robust

all-metal, preloaded and modular patch panels. The series provides a flexible,
versatile and high-density termination solution for security, audio/video, access
control, data center and telecommunications room installations.
FEATURES
Large front labeling space for port identification
LabelFlex laser printable, white label sheet supplied in each panel
Front and back port numbering
3.74
Description
24-port, 1U loaded, black
48-port, 2U loaded, black
Belden
Patch Panels
Cat 5e HD Patch Panel - Category 5e

BELDEN
AngleFlex Patch Panels

PR1969V2-221734.tif
The Cat 5e HD patch panels include a variety of product styles, sizes and wiring
configurations. They are available in both BIX and 110 IDC punch-down panels for
cabling termination in telecommunications closets or consolidation points. A
color-coded icon labeling system can be used to tag each patch panel port and
simplify network management. The panels are designed to meet the Category 5e
cabling standard, and can support high-speed applications, including Gigabit
Ethernet. Panels are T568A/B-wired.
Description
24-port, 1U, black
48-port, 2U, black
HD-110 PATCH PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371648
AX103258
371649
AX103259
Description
24-port, 1U, black
48-port, 2U, black
Cat 5e HD Patch Box - Category 5e

BELDEN
PR1967V2-141929.tif
PR24071V2-173964.tif
The AngleFlex Patch Panel Series is a new line of patch panels that provides better
manageability and improved installation flexibility for data center and
telecommunications room installations. These panels can be configured using any
KeyConnect UTP or multimedia modules.
FEATURES
Patent-pending angles provide intuitive left, right or bi-directional patch cord
routing and more efficient switch connection
Removable angled inserts provide front access for easier termination
and maintenance
Provides a shallower, low-profile design for more room inside cabinets
Angled inserts eliminate the need for horizontal cable management
Jack orientation provides more reliable connection performance
Angled design provides more labeling space for overall easier identification
LabelFlex laser printable white label sheet supplied with each panel
Rear cable management brackets facilitate cable routing
Compatible with standard 19 in. equipment racks, cabinets or
wall-mount brackets
Compatible with KeyConnect Modular Jacks
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
365104
AX103248
24-port, 1U, black
365106
AX103249
48-port, 1U, black
The Cat 5e HD Patch Box holds one 12-port module connector in a compact and
robust metal enclosure. The patch box features a hinged cover and support brackets
to secure cables and maintain patch cord bend radius. T568A/B-wired.
FEATURES
Wall-mounted box with hinged cover for easy installation and maintenance
Ideal for installations in confined areas such as shallow closets
Large front labeling space to facilitate port identification
ANSI/TIA Category 5e
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
193309
AX100284
203689
AX100491
Description
BIX, black
110, black
3.75
Copper Solutions
HD-BIX PATCH PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371645
AX103260
371647
AX103261
BELDEN
Belden
Blocks
./
GigaBIX Cross-connect System - Category 6

BELDEN
PR6783V2-141952.tif
The GigaBIX Multi System takes advantage of the proven reliability of the BIX
technology to provide a high-performance connection for data networks. The system
allows for very-high-termination density while maintaining ease of administration for
moves, adds and changes. The GigaBIX product offering includes termination kits,
connectors (with termination bars), patch cords, mounts and a wide range of cable
and patch cord management accessories.
CAT 6+ GIGABIX PATCH CORDS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
280291
AX101945
280292
AX101946
280293
AX101947
280294
AX101948
280295
AX101949
280296
AX101951
280297
AX101952
280298
AX101953
280299
AX101954
280301
AX101955
280302
AX101957
280303
AX101958
280304
AX101959
280305
AX101960
280306
AX101961
Description
BIX-BIX, 4 ft.
BIX-BIX, 6 ft.
BIX-BIX, 8 ft.
BIX-BIX, 10 ft.
BIX-BIX, 15 ft.
BIX-Mod, T568A, 4 ft.
BIX-Mod, T568B, 4 ft.
GigaBIX Cross-connect Wire
Copper Solutions

TERMINATION KITS
Anixter No.
230736
230737
D
276118
Vendor No.
AX101470
AX101471
AX101985
GIGABIX CONNECTORS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
230667
AX101447
230668
AX101448
MOUNTS AND ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
230669
276125
313317
230706
230705
329686
230701
230699
230709
230708
230702
3.76
Vendor No.
AX101472
AX101986
AX101987
AX101486
AX101483
AX101719
AX101469
AX101468
AX101521
AX101520
AX101478
BELDEN
PR10947V2-17914.tif
Description
72-port, distribution
300-pair, backbone
48-port, rack-mount
Description
6-port, distribution
25-pair, backbone
PR9667V2-25736.tif
Description
12-connector mount
8-connector mount, rack-mount
GigaBIX/MediaFlex adapter
Wire guard
Designation strip
Termination bar
Cable management module
Patch cord organizer
Cover
Horizontal channel plate
Management ring
GigaBIX cross-connect wire is intended for use between GigaBIX cross-connect fields
in a riser closet or at a main distribution frame. When installed as part of a Belden
IBDN System 4800, 3600 or 2400, GigaBIX cross-connect wire offers transmission
performance beyond Category 6.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG solid copper conductors
2. Twisted-pair construction, bandmarked for identification
3. PVC insulation, unjacketed
4. Weight 22 lb./MF
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
J-4P24IBDN-6
XCGB4 0001000
4-pair, 1,000 ft./305 m spool
Belden
Blocks
110 Cross-connect Kit and 110 Connecting Block
BIX Connectors
BELDEN
The110 Cross-connect Kits contain all material required to terminate distribution or
equipment cables into a 110 cross-connect system. Kits consist of one wiring block
(100-pair or 300-pair) with legs, connecting blocks (4-pair or 5-pair), designation
strips and labels.
The 110 connecting blocks are modular connectors equipped with double-sided
insulation displacement connection (IDC) clips that are used to terminate plastic
insulated solid copper conductors in 110 wiring blocks. The color-coded connecting
blocks are available in 4-pair and 5-pair configurations. These blocks are compatible
with other existing 110 cross-connect systems.
BELDEN
The basic connector has 25 separate sets of double-sided clips for single-pair
termination. The QCBIX1A connector is typically used for terminating
plastic-insulated cable and station cable. Its edges are marked in 5-pair groups for
ease of cable termination. The QCBIX1A4 connector is especially designed for use
with the 4-pair cabling used in structured cabling systems.
110 CROSS-CONNECTING KIT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
197812
AX100693-S
197813
AX100694-S
197814
AX100695
251840
AX100696
110 WALL-MOUNT FRAME KIT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
382798
AX100698
382797
AX100700
110 WIRING BLOCK

Anixter No.
197810
260105
197811
Vendor No.
AX100691
AX100690
AX100692
Description
110C4, 4-pair
110C5, 5-pair
Description
300-pair, with 5-pair
connecting blocks
connecting blocks
Description
100-pair, with legs
100-pair, without legs
300-pair, with legs
PR7453V2-141955.tif
Anixter No.
088535
Product Code
QCBIX1A
DISTRIBUTION CONNECTOR, CAT 5E (4-PAIR MARKING)

PR7454V2-141964.tif
Anixter No.
144695
Vendor No.
A0393146
Product Code
QCBIX1A4
MULTIPLYING CONNECTOR (25-PAIR, 12X2-PAIR)
Anixter No.
092102
Vendor No.
A0269923
Vendor No.
A0266827
PR7455V2-141956.tif
Product Code
QCBIX2A
MULTIPLYING CONNECTOR (25-PAIR, 5X5-PAIR)
Anixter No.
088537
Vendor No.
A0266828
PR7456V2-141960.tif
Product Code
QCBIX5A
3.77
Copper Solutions
110 CONNECTING BLOCK

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
288798
AX100707
197826
AX100708
Description
connecting blocks
connecting blocks
connecting blocks
connecting blocks
DISTRIBUTION CONNECTOR, CAT 5E (5-PAIR MARKING)
Belden
Blocks
installations. The 50-pair mount is typically used in small
cross-connect installations.
BIX Modular Jack Connector - Category 5e

BELDEN
PR7457V2-141963.tif
BIX Modular Jack Connectors provide a fast and flexible method to manage small to
medium cross-connect installations. The connectors are built with a BIX connector
prewired to standard mounting jacks. They allow front-access termination and
patching. These modular connector strips have six 8-position/8-conductor modular
jacks. They are wired in accordance with T568A/B. Order matching designation labels
and patch cords separately.
ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant when used with PS5E modular cords
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
203498
AX100798
6-port, PS5E, T568A/B coded
50-PAIR
PR7459V2-141962.tif
Holds a maximum of two BIX connectors and one designation strip or one modular
jack patching connector.
Anixter No.
089713
088556
Vendor No.
A0284798
A0277854
088557
A0277853
250-PAIR
Description
Mount only
Mount and nonlocking
plastic cover
Mount and locking plastic cover
PR7460V2-141958.tif
Copper Solutions
Modular Jack Connector Strips, USOC Wired

BELDEN
PR7458V2-141961.tif
D
Holds a maximum of 10 BIX connectors and five designation strips or five modular
jack patching connectors.
FEATURES
Protective wire retainer included
Labels and patch cords ordered separately
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
118107
A0341173
102070
A0330864
102069
A0330863
Anixter No.
088534
Description
6-port, 8-position, 8-pin
Vendor No.
A0270164
300-PAIR
Holds a maximum of 12 BIX connectors or six modular jack patching connectors.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
098098
A0340836
Mount only
BIX Mounts
BELDEN
PR7460V2-141958.tif
BIX Mounts are basic components used in building a modular cross-connect system.
They can accept BIX distribution, multiplying or modular jack connectors. The 300and 250-pair mounts can be wall-mounted or installed on BIX Frames. These mounts
feature an interlocking design allowing them to be stacked for larger cross-connect
3.78
Description
Mount only
Belden
Cross-connect
./
Distribution Ring
BELDEN
PR7461V2-141957.tif
The distribution ring serves as a vertical and horizontal jumper channel for
cross-connect wires. It also is used to correctly align and space mounts
during installation.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
088540
A0270168
Distribution ring
Copper Solutions
3.79
Belden
Tools
./
Connection Tools and Accessories
Copper Solutions
BELDEN
PR7462V2-141959.tif
The BIX Tool is used to terminate cables, pigtails or jumper wires on all BIX
connection products only. This low-impact, spring-activated tool can be used in two
ways: for inserting wire into the connector while cutting off the excess wire and for
inserting the wire without cutting it. The 110 Tool is a no-impact connecting tool used
to terminate cables on any KeyConnect module or 110 products. The cable
preparation tool makes it faster and easier to prepare cables for termination. It is an
invaluable tool for preparing Bonded-Pair cables. The Termination Station is an
ergonomically designed holder that provides stability to the GigaFlex module during
the termination process. The Outlet Release Tool is a very convenient tool to service
the MediaFlex and KeyConnect outlets.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
088582
A0270165
BIX Tool
109298
C0054642
Leather tool pouch
D
216744
AX100749
110 Tool
245621
1797B 009
Cable-preparation tool
267737
AX101852
Termination Station
223346
AX101185
Outlet Release Tool
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Cable Preparation
Bonded-Pair Cable-preparation Tool

BELDEN
PR6772V2-7719.TIF
This tool is ideal for use with Belden's DataTwist and MediaTwist Bonded-Pair cables.
It helps to separate the twisted pairs and strips the outer jacket from the cable
without damaging the inner conductors and insulation.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
245621
1797B 009
Cable-preparation tool
3.80
Belden
Test Equipment
./
BIX Test Probe

BELDEN
PR7463V2-141965.tif
This probe attaches to any BIX connector to access a single pair. Alligator clips are
provided for connection to various types of test devices. The BIX test probe measures
1 3/4 in. x 3/4 in. x 1/4 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
088581
A0270166
BIX test probe
Copper Solutions
3.81
Belden
Patch Cords
./
Bonded-Pair 10GX Modular Cords - Category 6A
Bonded-Pair Cat 6+ Modular Cords - Category 6
BELDEN
BELDEN
PR24420V2-182878.tif
Based on Belden's patented Bonded-Pair cables, 10GX modular cords pass the
stringent TIA Mechanical Stress Reliability Specifications and provide optimum
electrical performance. Capable in high-density installations, which experience
frequent handling stresses.
Copper Solutions

PR24420V2-182878.tif
The Belden Cat 6+ modular cords are solid conductors utilizing Belden's
Bonded-Pair technology which increases their flexibility and flex-life without
damaging the signal integrity. The Belden patch cords come in 10 standard colors, six
standard lengths, all with a clear boot. They are designed for multiple security and
networking applications where high bandwidth is needed.
4 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM04-BNT10GC-06
MM04-BNT10GC-01
MM04-BNT10GC-09
Vendor No.
CA21106004
CA21109004
CA21108004
Description
Blue
White
Gray
7 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM07-BNT10GC-06
D
MM07-BNT10GC-01
MM07-BNT10GC-09
4 FOOT
Anixter No.
371926
371938
371932
Vendor No.
C601106004
C601109004
C601108004
Description
Blue
White
Gray
Vendor No.
CA21106007
CA21109007
CA21108007
Description
Blue
White
Gray
10 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM10-BNT10GC-06
MM10-BNT10GC-01
MM10-BNT10GC-09
7 FOOT
Anixter No.
371927
371939
371933
Vendor No.
C601106007
C601109007
C601108007
Description
Blue
White
Gray
Vendor No.
CA21106010
CA21109010
CA21108010
Description
Blue
White
Gray
15 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM15-BNT10GC-06
MM15-BNT10GC-01
MM15-BNT10GC-09
10 FOOT
Anixter No.
371928
371940
371934
Vendor No.
C601106010
C601109010
C601108010
Description
Blue
White
Gray
Vendor No.
CA21106015
CA21109015
CA21108015
Description
Blue
White
Gray
25 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM25-BNT10GC-06
MM25-BNT10GC-01
MM25-BNT10GC-09
15 FOOT
Anixter No.
371929
371941
371935
Vendor No.
C601106015
C601109015
C601108015
Description
Blue
White
Gray
Vendor No.
CA21106025
CA21109025
CA21108025
Description
Blue
White
Gray
25 FOOT
Anixter No.
371930
371942
371936
Vendor No.
C601106025
C601109025
C601108025
Description
Blue
White
Gray
For other colors and lengths not listed, contact your local sales
representative for part-number information.
3.82
Belden
Patch Cords
Bonded-Pair Cat 5e Modular Cords - Category 5e

BELDEN
PR24420V2-182878.tif
The Belden Cat 5e modular cords are solid conductors utilizing Belden's Bonded-Pair
technology which increases their flexibility and flex-life without damaging the signal
integrity. The Belden patch cords come in 10 standard colors, six standard lengths,
all with a clear boot. They are designed for multiple security and networking
applications where high bandwidth is needed.
Vendor No.
C501106004
C501109004
C501108004
Description
Blue
White
Gray
7 FOOT
Anixter No.
371891
371903
371897
Vendor No.
C501106007
C501109007
C501108007
Description
Blue
White
Gray
10 FOOT
Anixter No.
371892
371904
371898
Vendor No.
C501106010
C501109010
C501108010
Description
Blue
White
Gray
15 FOOT
Anixter No.
371893
371905
371899
Vendor No.
C501106015
C501109015
C501108015
Description
Blue
White
Gray
25 FOOT
Anixter No.
371894
371906
371900
Vendor No.
C501106025
C501109025
C501108025
Description
Blue
White
Gray
Copper Solutions
4 FOOT
Anixter No.
371890
371902
371896
For other colors and lengths not listed, contact your local sales
representative for part-number information.
3.83
Belden
Labels
./
LabelFlex Automated Labeling System

BELDEN
Belden has worked in conjunction with Silver-Fox to provide a labeling system aimed
at simplifying network management. Using the labeling system (software and labels),
the installer can rapidly produce quality, application-specific labels for most Belden
products in a fraction of the time. A basic version of the software is downloadable
from the Web site free of charge at www.BeldenIBDN.com. The LabelFlex items are
nonreturnable and the orders are non-cancellable.
Copper Solutions
LABELS FOR BIX AND GIGABIX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
234903
AX101533
234905
AX101535
234906
AX101536
234907
AX101537
234908
AX101538
234909
AX101539
234911
AX101541
OTHER LABELS
Anixter No.
234921
263177
234923
Vendor No.
AX101551
AX101552
D
AX101553
376120
399407
AX103265
AX103275
399409
372870
AX103257
AX102299
234926
263173
AX101556
AX101555
3.84
Description
White
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Silver
Description
Labels for Flex patch panels, white
Labels for workstation
faceplates, white
Workstation single-port ID
labels, white
Labels for HD patch panels
Labels for UHD KeyConnect
patch panels
Labels for AngleFlex patch panels
Labels for KeyConnect patch
panels, white
Labels for 25-pair cables
Labels for 4-pair cables
PERFORM BEYOND EXPECTATIONS.
Every application. Every market. Every time.
For over 50 years, Berk-Tek cables have flawlessly connected people with ideas,
technology and information. Along the way, we have pioneered virtually every significant
advance in cabling technology. And proudly, we have done all that right here in America.
From premises and campus LANs to high density data centers, automated intelligent
manufacturing, IP cameras, access control devices and building automation sensors
the guaranteed quality and performance of Berk-Tek cabling products creates an
unparalleled network for the rapidly evolving reality of tomorrows IP landscape.
Learn more at berktek.com
Berk-Tek
Cables
./
LANmark-10G2 Cables - Augmented Category 6
Copper Solutions
BERK-TEK
LANmark-2000 Cables - Category 6

PR20235V2-71017.tif
LANmark-10G2 UTP cable is the next-generation cable for high-speed data and
multimedia applications, specifically designed to support the demanding needs of
10GBASE-T networks. The unique, patent-pending design effectively reduces the
damaging effects of alien crosstalk. Available usable bandwidth to 500 MHz allows
for convergence of analog video, LAN, voice, etc., onto one cable simultaneously.
Supports IEEE 802.3 10GBASE-T, 1000BASE-TX, 1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, ATM
155 Mbps, ANSI X3.263 100 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 46 CMP 43
D
6. CMR and CMP - polymer
alloy jacket
Augmented Category 6
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424BKT-10G-01
CMP-00424BKT-10G-06
CMP-00424BKT-10G-09
Vendor No.
10137384
10130484
10137183
Description
White
Blue
Gray
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424BKT-10G-01
CM-00424BKT-10G-06
CM-00424BKT-10G-09
Vendor No.
10137703
10137700
10137701
Description
White
Blue
Gray
3.86
BERK-TEK
PR23394V2-164387.tif
LANmark-2000 UTP, one of the highest-performing Enhanced Category 6 cables, is

intended for high-speed data and multimedia applications. LANmark-2000 is also
ideal for remotely powering devices such as wireless access points, cameras and
VoIP phones using Power over Ethernet (PoE). Available usable bandwidth to 600 MHz
allows for convergence of analog video, LAN, voice, etc., onto one cable
simultaneously. Supports IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-VG,
10BASE-T, ATM 155 Mbps, ANSI X3.263 100 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
4. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMR 0.231 and CMP 0.220
5. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 30, CMP 30
7. CMR and CMP - FRPVC jacket
ISO/IEC 11801-1995
EN 50173
CMR - nonplenum, CMP - plenum
PLENUM
NOTE: Add "RB" after the -7 for a Reel-in-a-Box (e.g. CMP-00424BKT-7RB-01)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424BKT-7-01
10167311
White
CMP-00424BKT-7-04
10170668
Green
CMP-00424BKT-7-05
10167308
Yellow
CMP-00424BKT-7-06
10163222
Blue
CMP-00424BKT-7-09
10167464
Gray
NONPLENUM
NOTE: Add "RB" after the -7 for a Reel-in-a-Box (e.g. CMR-00424BKT-7RB-01)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMR-00424BKT-7-01
10167480
White
CMR-00424BKT-7-04
10170687
Green
CMR-00424BKT-7-05
10167482
Yellow
CMR-00424BKT-7-06
10167476
Blue
CMR-00424BKT-7-08
10170689
Orange
Berk-Tek
Cables

BERK-TEK
LANmark-1000 Bulk Patch Cable - Category 6

PR23393V2-164395.tif

ISO/IEC 11801
PLENUM
NOTE: Drop "U" after -7 for smartPAK 1,500 ft. box part numbers
(e.g. CMP-00424LAN-7SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424LAN-7U-01
10032092
White
CMP-00424LAN-7U-03
10033996
Red
CMP-00424LAN-7U-04
10032097
Green
CMP-00424LAN-7U-05
10032090
Yellow
CMP-00424LAN-7U-06
10032094
Blue
CMP-00424LAN-7U-08
10033997
Orange
CMP-00424LAN-7U-09
10032026
Gray
PR23393V2-164395.tif
Intended for high-speed local area networks (LANs), specifically cross-connections to

the horizontal cabling system for data and voice applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
2. Stranded tinned-copper conductors
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): 0.224
4. Approx. weight: 25 lb./MF
6. PE insulation
7. PVC jacket
UL 1581, CM, CMG, IEC 332-1
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
9D2404CLR7-01
10032679
9D2404CLR7-02
10032692
9D2404CLR7-03
10032690
9D2404CLR7-04
10032693
9D2404CLR7-05
10032681
9D2404CLR7-06
10032680
9D2404CLR7-09
10032678
Copper Solutions
LANmark-1000 communications cables are designed to support Gigabit high-end

communications network applications and provide headroom over the Category
6 standard. They are ideal for existing applications such as 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
and for high-speed applications such as Gigabit Ethernet. LANmark-1000 cables will
support full-duplex and half-duplex operation, digital video and broadband and
baseband analog video. Supports IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T, 1000BASE-TX, 10BASE-T,
ATM 155 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
BERK-TEK
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
NONPLENUM
(e.g. CM-00424LAN-7SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424LAN-7U-01
10032459
White
CM-00424LAN-7U-03
10032477
Red
CM-00424LAN-7U-04
10032479
Green
CM-00424LAN-7U-05
10032461
Yellow
CM-00424LAN-7U-06
10032455
Blue
CM-00424LAN-7U-08
10042077
Orange
CM-00424LAN-7U-09
10032452
Gray
3.87
Berk-Tek
Cables
Copper Solutions
BERK-TEK
LANmark-350 Cables - Category 5e

PR23389V2-164384.tif
LANmark-6 communications cables are ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant and are

designed to support Gigabit communications network applications. They provide a
cost-effective solution for existing applications such as 10/100 Mbps Ethernet and
for high-speed applications such as Gigabit Ethernet. LANmark-6 cables will support
full-duplex and half-duplex operation, digital video and broadband and baseband
analog video. Supports IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T, 1000BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, ATM
155 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 23 and CMP 29
& Standards
D
ISO/IEC 11801
PLENUM
(e.g. CMP-00423BKT-6SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00423BKT-6U-01
10136230
White
CMP-00423BKT-6U-05
10136749
Yellow
CMP-00423BKT-6U-06
10136226
Blue
CMP-00423BKT-6U-09
10132983
Gray
CMP-00423BKT-6U-02
10188830
Black
CMP-00423BKT-6U-03
10137365
Red
NONPLENUM
(e.g. CMR-00423BKT-6SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMR-00423BKT-6U-01
10136340
White
CMR-00423BKT-6U-05
10136753
Yellow
CMR-00423BKT-6U-06
10136339
Blue
CMR-00423BKT-6U-09
10136338
Gray
3.88
BERK-TEK
PR23391V2-164396.tif
The LANmark-350 cable series is the premium Category 5e UTP cable specified and
tested to 450 MHz. These cables are ideal for supporting IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T,
100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, ATM 155 Mbps, ANSI X3.263 100 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
ISO/IEC - 11801
PLENUM
(e.g. CMP-00424LAN-6SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424LAN-6U-01
10032072
White
CMP-00424LAN-6U-02
10034514
Black
CMP-00424LAN-6U-03
10032076
Red
CMP-00424LAN-6U-04
10032086
Green
CMP-00424LAN-6U-05
10032060
Yellow
CMP-00424LAN-6U-06
10032065
Blue
CMP-00424LAN-6U-07
10032101
Brown
CMP-00424LAN-6U-08
10032082
Orange
CMP-00424LAN-6U-09
10032079
Gray
CMP-00424LAN-6U-10
10032088
Violet
CMP-00424LAN-6U-12
10032069
Pink
NONPLENUM
(e.g. CM-00424LAN-6SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424LAN-6U-01
10032434
White
CM-00424LAN-6U-02
10032480
Black
CM-00424LAN-6U-03
10032491
Red
CM-00424LAN-6U-04
10032428
Green
CM-00424LAN-6U-05
10032419
Yellow
CM-00424LAN-6U-06
10032426
Blue
CM-00424LAN-6U-09
10032447
Gray
CM-00424LAN-6U-10
10032440
Violet
Berk-Tek
Cables
LANmark-350 Bulk Patch Cables - Category 5e
HYPER Plus 5e Cables - Category 5e
BERK-TEK
BERK-TEK
PR23392V2-164401.tif
Intended for high-speed local area networks (LANs), specifically cross-connections to

the horizontal cabling system for data and voice applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
2. Stranded (7x32) tinned-copper conductors
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): 0.215
4. Approx. weight: 23 lb./MF
6. PE insulation
7. PVC jacket
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
Pink
Berk-Tek's HYPER Plus 5e UTP, 4-pair, Category 5e cable is the cost-effective choice
for horizontal high-speed LANs, meeting industry-standard Category 5e data rates.
Supports IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, ATM 155 Mbps, ANSI
X3.263 100 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
Copper Solutions

UL 1581 CM, CMG
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
9D2404CLR6-01
10032643
9D2404CLR6-02
10032641
9D2404CLR6-03
10032645
9D2404CLR6-04
10032647
9D2404CLR6-05
10032637
9D2404CLR6-06
10032639
9D2404CLR6-08
10032658
9D2404CLR6-09
10032649
9D2404CLR6-10
10032659
9D2404CLR6-12
10032621
PR23386V2-164383.tif

PLENUM
(e.g. CMP-00424BKTE-5SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-01
10032223
White
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-02
10033521
Black
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-03
10032229
Red
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-04
10032232
Green
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-05
10032235
Yellow
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-06
10032227
Blue
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-08
10032236
Orange
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-09
10032207
Gray
CMP-00424BKTE-5U-10
10034885
Violet
NONPLENUM
(e.g. CM-00424BKTE-5SP-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424BKTE-5U-01
10032535
White
CM-00424BKTE-5U-02
10032536
Black
CM-00424BKTE-5U-03
10033584
Red
CM-00424BKTE-5U-04
10032539
Green
CM-00424BKTE-5U-05
10032531
Yellow
CM-00424BKTE-5U-06
10032528
Blue
CM-00424BKTE-5U-08
10033808
Orange
CM-00424BKTE-5U-09
10032510
Gray
CM-00424BKTE-5U-10
10044832
Violet
3.89
Berk-Tek
Cables
Bulk Patch Cables - Category 5e
Copper Solutions
BERK-TEK
PowerSUM 25-pair Cable - Category 5e

PR23388V2-164377.tif
Intended for high-speed local area network (LAN) applications through Category 5e
data rates, specifically cross-connections to the horizontal cabling system for data
and voice applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
2. Stranded (7x32) tinned-copper conductors
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): 0.215
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): 23
6. PE insulation
7. PVC jacket
ANSI/TIA CategoryD 5e compliant
ISO/IEC - 11801
CM, PCC FT4
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
9D2404BKTE5-01
10032716
9D2404BKTE5-02
10032705
9D2404BKTE5-03
10032707
9D2404BKTE5-04
10032709
9D2404BKTE5-05
10032711
9D2404BKTE5-06
10032713
9D2404BKTE5-08
10034057
9D2404BKTE5-09
10032718
9D2404BKTE5-10
10032715
9D2404BKTE5-12
10033590
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
Pink
BERK-TEK
PR24047V2-173951.tif
Berk-Tek's Category 5e 25-pair UTP Cables are designed for use in data and voice
backbone applications and are ideal for Category 5e zone cabling applications and
interconnect cable assemblies. PowerSUM Category 5e Backbone UTP
communications cables are designed to support high-speed network applications
including ANSI ASC x3T12 TP-PMD (100 Mbps FDDI), 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX,
1000BASE-T Ethernet and ATM 155 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
5. CMR - PE insulation, CMP - FEP
6. CMR - FRVC jacket, CMP - fluoropolymer jacket
North American: ANSI/TIA-568-C.2, UL 444 and C22.2 No.214-02
International: EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)
Nonplenum: UL 1666, CMR
Plenum: NFPA 262, CMP
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-02524BKT-5E-09
10059632
Plenum, gray jacket
CM-02524BKT-5E-09
10061456
Nonplenum, gray jacket
LANmark-6 Outside Plant Category 6

BERK-TEK
PR23390V2-164373.tif
LANmark-6 OSP (outside plant) Standard Category 6 UTP cables are designed for
outside applications, either aerial or buried in conduit or duct, where
building-to-building interconnections must be made. LANmark-6 OSP
communications cables are ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant and are designed to
support Gigabit communications network applications. They provide a cost-effective
solution for existing applications such as 10/100 Mbps Ethernet and for high-speed
applications such as Gigabit Ethernet. LANmark-6 cables will support full-duplex and
half-duplex operation, digital video and broadband and baseband analog video.
Supports IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T, 1000BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, ATM 155 Mbps.
3.90
Berk-Tek
Cables
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): 0.250
6. Water-resistant flooding compound surrounds twisted pairs
7. Non-flame rated UV-resistant polyethylene jacket
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BKT-6-OD
10139885
Description
Black
HYPER Plus 5e Cables - Outside Plant - Category 5e

BERK-TEK
PR23387V2-164392.tif

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BKT-5E-OD
10071496
Premises Cables - Category 3

BERK-TEK
PR23395V2-164399.tif
Intended for voice and data applications up to 16 MHz including: Token Ring,
Ethernet, 10BASE-T, 100BASE-VG AnyLAN.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG solid, bare copper conductors
2. PVC bandmarked insulation
3. Twisted-pair construction
6. CMR - PE insulation, CMP - PVC insulation
7. CMR - PVC jacket, CMP - FRPVC jacket
NEC CMR (nonplenum) CMP (plenum)
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 Category 3-compliant
Copper Solutions
Berk-Tek's HYPER Plus 5e OSP (outside plant) Standard Category 5e UTP cables are
designed for outside applications, either aerial or buried in conduit or duct, where
building-to-building interconnections must be made. HYPER Plus 5e UTP, 4-pair,
Category 5e cable is the cost-effective choice for horizontal high-speed LANs,
meeting industry-standard Category 5e data rates. Supports IEEE 802.3 1000BASE-T,
100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, ATM 155 Mbps, ANSI X3.263 100 Mbps.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. (in.) 0.207
5. Water-resistant flooding compound surrounds twisted pairs
6. Non-flame rated UV-resistant polyethylene jacket
PLENUM
NOTE: Drop "U" after -3 for reel part numbers (e.g. CMP-00424SAP-3-01).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424SAP-3U-01
10032047
White
CMP-00424SAP-3U-06
10032031
Blue
CMP-00424SAP-3U-09
10032040
Gray
NONPLENUM
NOTE: Drop "U" after -3 for reel part numbers (e.g. CM-00424BAG-3BT).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424BAG-3UBT
10032402
Gray
CM-00424CAG-3BTU-01
10034564
White
Description
Black
3.91
Berk-Tek
Cables
PowerSUM Backbone Cables - Category 3

BERK-TEK
PR24043V2-173943.tif
LANmark-10G FTP Cable - Category 6A F/UTP

(Foiled Unshielded Twisted-pair)
BERK-TEK
Copper Solutions
The PowerSUM Category 3 UTP cables are designed for use in data and voice
backbone applications. These cables are used for applications to support building
backbone service. They can also be used for interconnecting satellite wiring closets.
Supports 10BASE-T, Token Ring and voice telephony.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG solid bare copper conductors
2. Bandmarked PVC insulation
3. Standard telephony color code
4. Twisted-pair construction, three-layer core
5. CMR - FRPVC jacket, 25- to 300-pair CMP FRPVC jacket, 400-pair CMP PVDF jacket
North American: ANSI/TIA-568-C.2, UL 444 and C22.2 No.214-02
International: ISO/IEC 11801, EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)
Nonplenum: UL 1666,
CMR, CMG, IEC 332-1
D
Plenum: NFPA 262, CMP
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-02524BKT-3
CMP-05024BKT-3
CMP-10024BKT-3
CMP-20024BKT-3
CMP-30024BKT-3
Vendor No.
10032111
10032112
10032113
10032123
10032124
No. of
Pairs
25
50
100
200
300
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.382
0.496
0.889
1.012
1.270
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
100
198
395
691
1,226
Vendor No.
10032471
10032472
No. of
Pairs
50
100
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.525
0.895
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
196
387
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-05024BKT-3
CM-10024BKT-3
3.92
PR24046V2-173957.tif
Berk-Tek's LANmark-10G FTP is ideal for applications that require the most advanced
cable performance and the additional signal isolation advantages of an F/UTP design.
The Berk-Tek design incorporates one overall foil shield rather than individually
shielding each twisted pair. Having one overall shield reduces the time needed for
cable termination, results in a smaller outside diameter and reduces material costs.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
4. Overall aluminum tape shield with stranded tinned copper drain wire
5. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMP 0.280, CMR 0.280
6. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMP 40, CMR 38
7. CMP - FEP insulation, CMR - PE insulation
8. CMP - FRPVC jacket, CMR - polymer alloy jacket
ANSI/TIA 568-C.2-10, Category 6A
UL 444 and C22.2 No. 2 14-02
EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)
Plenum NFPA 262, Riser NFPA 70
LANMARK-10G FTP CAT 6A CMP
Anixter No.
CMP-00423BER-F10G-09
Vendor No.
10167487
10143424
10167485
Description
Gray
Blue
White
LANMARK-10G FTP CAT 6A CMR

Anixter No.
CMR-00423BKT-F10G-09
Vendor No.
10189798
10189567
10189801
Description
Gray
Blue
White
Berk-Tek
Cables
LANmark-6 FTP Cable - Category 6 F/UTP

(Foiled Unshielded Twisted-pair)
BERK-TEK
LANmark-5e FTP Cable - Category 5e F/UTP

(Foiled Unshielded Twisted Pair)
PR24045V2-173953.tif

ANSI/TIA 568-C.2, Category 6
UL 444 and C22.2 No. 2 14-02
ISO/IEC 11801 - 2nd Edition Category 6, EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)
Nonplenum UL 1666, CMR
Plenum - NFPA 262, CMP
LANMARK-6 FTP CMP
Anixter No.
CMP-00424LSN-6-09
CMP-00424LSN-6-03
CMP-00424LSN-6-02
Vendor No.
10057903
10063671
10063672
Description
Gray
Red
Black
LANMARK-6 FTP CMR

Anixter No.
CM-00424LSN-6-09
CM-00424LSN-6-03
CM-00424LSN-6-02
Vendor No.
10070439
10074211
10074212
Description
Gray
Red
Black
PR24044V2-173944.tif
With independently verified performance that meets the ANSI/TIA Category 5e

standard, Berk-Tek's LANmark-5e FTP provides the additional signal isolation
advantages of an F/UTP design and is ideal for network installations that may be
subjected to higher than normal external electromagnetic noise sources. They have a
flexible aluminum tape shield with a tin-coated, stranded drain wire for easy
grounding. LANmark-5e FTP cables are intended for high-speed applications
including ATM 155 Mbps, FDDI/CDDI 100 Mbps, Ethernet 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX,
1000BASE-TX, 10GBASE-T, 100VG-AnyLAN and Token Ring.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
4. Overall aluminum tape shield with 26 AWG stranded drain wire
7. CMR - FPE insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
ANSI/TIA 568-C.2, Category 5e, UL 444 and C22.2 No. 214-02
ISO/IEC 11801, EU Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)
Nonplenum - UL 1666, CMR, CMG, IEC 332-1
Plenum - NFPA 262, CMP
LANMARK-5E FTP CMP
Anixter No.
CMP-00424LSN-5E-09
CMP-00424LSN-5E-03
CMP-00424LSN-5E-02
Vendor No.
10032121
10053566
10061862
Description
Gray
Red
Black
LANMARK-5E FTP CMR

Anixter No.
CM-00424LSN-5E-09
CM-00424LSN-5E-03
Vendor No.
10043494
10063684
Description
Gray
Red
3.93
Copper Solutions
Berk-Tek's LANmark-6 FTP is the first independently verified Category 6 FTP cable. It
is ideal for applications that require the most advanced cable performance and the
additional signal isolation advantages of an FTP design. Completely characterized
using PowerSUM crosstalk, LANmark-6 FTP introduced new electrical performance
parameters to an FTP cable, addressing the needs of full-duplex operation over four
pairs. LANmark-6 FTP was also the first FTP cable to set requirements for cable
balance, the performance parameter which affects cable emissions and protects the
network from the damaging effects of outside noise sources such as alien crosstalk.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
4. Overall aluminum tape shield with stranded tinned copper drain wire
6. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 41.7, CMP 41.7
7. CMR - cellular polyethylene CMP - FEP insulation
8. CMR - FRPVC CMP - FRPVC jacket
BERK-TEK
Legrand Ortronics
Jacks
./
Clarity 6A/10G UTP TracJack
Copper Solutions
ORTRONICS
PR10925V2-17854.tif
These front-loading jacks can be used in any TracJack workstation outlet and are ETL
component-verified to Cat 6A and precisely tuned to Clarity Cat 6A patch cords, for
optimum Cat 6A channel performance to serve 10G applications.
FEATURES
T568A/B universal wiring
10 Gig
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
448430
TJ6A
Fog white
448431
TJ6A-00
Black
448432
TJ6A-36
Blue
448435
TJ6A-44
Yellow
448436
TJ6A-68
Wiremold light gray
448437
TJ6A-99
Wiremold ivory
D
448438
TJ6A-43
Orange
448439
TJ6A-88
White
448440
TJ6A-45
Green
490962
TJ6A-42
Red
Anixter No.
234120
234122
245694
234126
234128
234130
234132
234134
234140
266669
269092
256209
257874
257875
313096
251024
234143
234144
Vendor No.
TJ600
TJ600-00
TJ600-13
TJ600-22
TJ600-23
TJ600-24
TJ600-25
TJ600-26
TJ600-27
TJ600-36
TJ600-42
TJ600-43
TJ600-44
TJ600-45
TJ600-68
TJ600-78
TJ600-88
TJ600-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Light red
Light orange
Light yellow
Light green
Light blue
Violet
Blue
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Wiremold light gray
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Copper Inserts-SCTP
Clarity High-density Jacks

ORTRONICS
PR71625V2-572773.tif
Clarity6 UTP TracJack Modules - Category 6

ORTRONICS
PR20218V2-70966.tif
The Clarity6 TracJacks are part of an elevated-performance NetClear cabling system

that brings 3-8 dB improvements over existing link and channel technology. The new
IDC housing accepts larger Category 6 conductors. Available in flush and 45-degree.
Clarity6 TracJacks have a front-removable snap-in design to make moves, adds and
changes easy.
For 45-degree TracJacks, replace vendor number TJ600 with TJ645 (Clarity
TJ645 jacks are not available in the light colors).
FEATURES
RJ45, 8-position, Category 6
Flat, 180-degree or 45-degree exit
3.94
Ortronic's new reduced-footprint high-density jacks incorporate patent-pending

mechanical and electrical advancements, providing greater headroom, as well as a
new installation mechanism. In addition, the easy-to-lace-and-crimp termination
maintains cable performance, reduces time to install and offers a simple hand tool
that contributes additional time savings. The HDJ jacks are available in Category 6A,
6 and 5e with Clarity performance that is visible in the channel. These jacks are
rear-loading, utilizing an innovative locking latch for quick and reliable mounting.
CLARITY HDJ CATEGORY 6A JACK, 8-POSITION, T568A/B
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
493402
HDJ6A
Fog white
491008
HDJ6A-00
Black
493628
HDJ6A-36
Blue
493403
HDJ6A-42
Red
493405
HDJ6A-43
Orange
493409
HDJ6A-44
Yellow
493404
HDJ6A-45
Green
491009
HDJ6A-88
White
Legrand Ortronics
Jacks
CLARITY HDJ CATEGORY 6 JACK, 8-POSITION, T568A/B CLARITY HDJ CATEGORY 6
JACK, 8 POSITION, T568A/B
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
487250
HDJ6
Fog white
480053
HDJ6-00
Black
480055
HDJ6-36
Blue
487251
HDJ6-42
Red
487252
HDJ6-43
Orange
487255
HDJ6-44
Yellow
485935
HDJ6-45
Green
480056
HDJ6-88
White
CLARITY HDJ CATEGORY 5E JACK, 8-POSITION, T568A/B
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
497484
HDJ5E
Fog white
497485
HDJ5E-00
Black
497486
HDJ5E -36
Blue
497487
HDJ5E -42
Red
497488
HDJ5E -43
Orange
497489
HDJ5E -44
Yellow
497490
HDJ5E -45
Green
497492
HDJ5E -88
White
Vendor No.
HDJB20
HDJB20-00
Description
Fog white
Black
Clarity Shielded Category 6A, 6 and 5e TracJack Modules

ORTRONICS
PR22407V2-131579.tif
Clarity Shielded TracJacks available in ANSI/TIA Cat 6A, Cat 6, and Cat 5e are
precisely tuned to the terminated plug values of Clarity patch cords for optimum
performance that is field-measurable in the channel. Clarity uses dual-reactance
technology to enhance signal-to-noise ratio, providing a nearly transparent signal
path. TracJack combines the ease and reliability of a front-loading individual jack
with standard 110 termination and is compatible with both T568A and T568B wiring.
FEATURES
RJ45, 8-position
180-degree exit
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
390027
TJS6A
8-position, Cat 6A, shielded
283835
TJS600
8-position, Cat 6, shielded
290457
TJS5E00
8-position, Cat 5e, shielded
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Hand Tools
HDJ Handled Crimping Tool

ORTRONICS
PR71626V2-572779.tif
The HDJ termination process is made simple. The HDJ handled crimping tool works
with the jack's easy-to-lace wiring cap, making the crimp process quick and
consistently aligned. This presents an even greater time savings when
terminating cable.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
480057
HDJHCT
HDJ handled crimping tool
3.95
Copper Solutions
HD JACK BLANK
20/pk
Anixter No.
488105
488109
Legrand Ortronics
Jacks
Clarity6 Series II Modules - Category 6

ORTRONICS
Clarity5E UTP TracJack - Category 5e

pr5049V2-14153.TIF
Copper Solutions
Clarity6 Series II Modules are Category 6 component-compliant and part of an

elevated-performance cabling system that exceeds existing link and channel
requirements. These 1- and 2-port modules are front loadable and removable.
Utilizing linear 110 terminations make these the easiest Category 6 termination.
Series II modules fit all existing Series II workstation outlets and are icon-compatible.
FEATURES
RJ45/8-position Category 6
T568A/B universal wiring
Linear 8-position 110 termination
1-PORT FLAT MODULES
D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
248912
S21600
248913
S21600-00
248914
S21600-88
248915
S21600-99
Description
Fog white
Black
White
Wiremold ivory
2-PORT FLAT MODULES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
248916
S22600
248917
S22600-00
248918
S22600-88
248919
S22600-99
Description
Fog white
Black
White
Wiremold ivory
3.96
ORTRONICS
PR20220V2-70972.tif
Clarity5E TracJacks combine the ease and reliability of Ortronics' front-loading

individual jack with Clarity5E's center-tuned technology for improved channel
performance.
For 45-degree TracJacks, replace vendor number TJ5E00 with TJ5E45 (Clarity 5E
TJ5E45 jacks are not available in light colors).
FEATURES
RJ45
Flat, 180-degree or 45-degree exit
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
248920
TJ5E00
248921
TJ5E00-00
248922
TJ5E00-13
248923
TJ5E00-22
248924
TJ5E00-23
248925
TJ5E00-24
248926
TJ5E00-25
248933
TJ5E00-26
248934
TJ5E00-27
248935
TJ5E00-36
248936
TJ5E00-42
257873
TJ5E00-43
270840
TJ5E00-44
270841
TJ5E00-45
261514
TJ5E00-68
248938
TJ5E00-78
252998
TJ5E00-99
248939
TJ5E00-88
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
Light red
Light orange
Light yellow
Light green
Light blue
Violet
Blue
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Wiremold light gray
Wiremold gray
Wiremold ivory
White
Legrand Ortronics
Jacks
TracJack A/V Connectivity Modules

ORTRONICS
PR34768V2-260778.tif
BLANK MODULES
Anixter No.
190663
Vendor No.
42100002
ADAPTER BEZELS FOR SERIES II

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
254337
40300656
399140
40300749
Description
TracJack blank modules, 10 pack
Description
Series II angled bezel 2-port,
TracJack openings, 1.5 unit
Series II bezel 2-port, TracJack
openings, 1 unit
Contact your local sales representative for other colors.
BNC AND F-TYPE CONNECTORS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
198857
63700023
189466
63700006
448007
63700087
RCA JACKS
Anixter No.
448008
448009
448010
272158
246798
Vendor No.
63700059
63700060
63700070
63700047
63700046
Description
BNC 75 ohm, female to female
F-connector 75 ohm, female
to female
F-connector 75 ohm, recessed,
female to female
Description
White, female to female
Yellow, female to female
White to 110 termination
Yellow to 110 termination
Pair of RCA to 110 termination
(one red, one black)
S-VIDEO CONNECTOR
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
281780
63700025
Description
S-Video female to 110 termination
3.5 MM STEREO AUDIO CONNECTOR

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
448011
63700069
SPEAKER TERMINALS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
209387
63700021
Copper Solutions
The Ortronics range of audio, video and data connectivity options offers you the
flexibility, modularity and application density needed to support a wide variety of A/V
equipment. Ortronics modules are available in Series II, TracJack and TechChoice
(keystone) footprints. Also, offering a wide selection of connector termination styles
and module colors. The TracJack footprint is front-loading and supports a number of
A/V and data modules. It's ideal for combining A/V with high-performance Clarity
workstation products. The TracJack footprint can also be used with Series II through
the use of an adapter bezel.
Compatible with Legrand/Wiremold, Ortronics connectivity can be integrated into a full
line of poke-thru devices, work surface portals, floor boxes, raceway systems, and
architectural columns for seamless A/V integration on the wall, work surface,
conference table, in floor, or vertically in open spaces.
Description
3.5 mm stereo jack female
to female
Description
Speaker term set, red, black pair
3.97
Legrand Ortronics
Jacks
Clarity5E Series II Modules - Category 5e
Series II 110 Modules PCB Version
ORTRONICS
Clarity5E Series II Modules combine the ease of installation and reliability with
Clarity5E's center-tuned technology for improved channel performance. These 1- or
2-port modules are front loadable and removable and utilize linear 110 terminations
to make these the easiest Category 5e termination. Series II modules fit all existing
Series II workstation outlets and are icon compatible.
FEATURES
RJ45/8-position Category 5e
Linear eight position 110 termination
ORTRONICS
Series II offers flexibility for complicated multimedia station requirements. RJ25C and
RJ45 jacks are terminated to 110 IDC. Supports 22 to 26 AWG solid twisted-pair
cables. Color is fog white.

Copper Solutions
1-PORT FLAT JACKS
Anixter No.
248941
248942
248944
248943
pr5045V2-14144.TIF
Vendor No.
S215E00
S215E00-00
S215E00-88
S215E00-99
2-PORT FLAT JACKS
pr5047V2-14147.tif
Description
Fog white
Black
White
Wiremold ivory
pr5048V2-14150.TIF
ONE USOC/ONE CATEGORY 5E

One RJ25C jack (6W6P); one RJ45 jack (8W8P)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
374149
S22RJ25-5E
Flat, USOC/T568B
Units
1
USOC - RJ61 8-POSITION

RJ45 jacks (8W8P)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
374167
S21RJ61
374168
S22RJ61
Description
1-port, flat
2-port, flat
Units
1
1
USOC - RJ25C 6-POSITION

6W6P
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
374169
S21RJ25
374171
S22RJ25
Description
1-port, flat
2-port, flat
Units
1
1
BLANK MODULES
Anixter No.
148027
152910
272149
255601
Units
1
1.5
0.5
1
Vendor No.
40300164
40300023
40300144
40300191
Series II A/V Connectivity

Anixter No.
248945
248946
248948
248947
Vendor No.
S225E00
S225E00-00
S225E00-88
S225E00-99
Description
Fog white
Black
White
Wiremold ivory
ORTRONICS
PR2559V2-14116.eps
The Ortronics range of audio, video and data connectivity options offer the flexibility,
modularity and application density needed to support a wide variety of A/V
3.98
Legrand Ortronics
Jacks
equipment. The Ortronics modules are available in our Series 11, TracJack and
TechChoice (keystone) footprints. We also offer a wide selection of connector
termination styles and module colors. Ortronics Series II footprint provides the
broadest range of options for data and A/V connectivity. It's ideal for larger A/V
connectors such as VGA and combination modules which have both audio and video
together. Series II also supports TracJack and keystone footprints through the use of
an adapter bezel.
line of poke-thru devices, work-surface portals, floor boxes, raceway systems and
conference table, in floor, or vertically in open spaces.
BNC CONNECTORS
Female to female and 1 unit.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
152895
60900018
148036
60900019
Description
BNC 75 ohm
Two BNC 75 ohm
RCA JACKS
Units
1
1
2
PR34794V2-261582.tif
Vendor No.
60900314
330233
60900212
203989
60900235
330312
60900316
399138
60900373
HDMI, VGA, S-Video, DB9, and 1 unit.
Anixter No.
426892
426894
305724
399141
426895
Vendor No.
60900376
60900375
60900313
60900372
60900378
426896
60900379
197035
426897
60900225
60900377
AUDIO CONNECTORS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
426898
60900273
426899
60900381
401181
60900382
426900
60900380
ADAPTER BEZELS FOR SERIES II
RCA feed-through connectors
Anixter No.
281782
PR34790V2-261591.tif
Description
Two RCA (red, white)
female to
110 termination
Two RCA (white, red)
female to female
Three RCA (red, white,
yellow) to
110 termination
Three RCA (white, red,
yellow), female
to female
Three RCA (red, green,
blue), female to female
Description
VGA 15 pin, female to female
VGA 15 pin, female to screw term
VGA 15 pin, female to crimp pins
HDMI, female to female, 19 pin
S-Video with 3.5 mm to
110 termination
S-Video with RCA (red, white) to
110 termination
S-Video to 110 termination
Serial 9 pin, female to female
Description
3.5 mm stereo, jack female to
female, 1 unit
Speakon, 4 pin male to solder,
1.5 unit
XLR, 3 pin female to screw term,
1.5 unit
Binding post, red, black pair,
1 unit
PR34791V2-261593.tif
Term
Type
110 IDC
110 IDC
110 IDC
110 IDC
110 IDC
10 pack
Anixter No.
254337
Vendor No.
40300656
399140
40300749
397359
KSS2210
Description
Series II angled bezel 2-port,
TracJack openings, 1.5 unit
Series II bezel 2-port, TracJack
openings, 1 unit
Series II bezel, 2-port, keystone
opening, 1 unit
Contact your local sales representative for other colors.
3.99
Copper Solutions
F-CONNECTORS
3 GHz performance, 75 ohm and female to female.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
152896
60900017
F-connector
152897
60900020
Two F-connector
203986
60900073
F-connector, angled
VIDEO CONNECTORS
Legrand Ortronics
Faceplates
./
TracJack Faceplates
ORTRONICS
PR0109V2-36166.tif
SINGLE-GANG, 6-PORT
Figure E - 2.75 in. x 4.5 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
189458
40300545
189460
40300545-00
198852
40300545-13
209570
40300545-88
257877
40300545-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
White
Wiremold ivory
SINGLE-GANG STAINLESS STEEL TRACJACK FACEPLATES

PR22408V2-131576.tif
Copper Solutions
TracJack faceplates work in combination with Ortronics TracJack modules to provide

a versatile and economical solution that will satisfy today's workstation
requirements. Slotted mounting holes assure proper alignment.
FEATURES
Single-gang version available with one to six TracJack openings
Dual-gang version available with six, eight or 12 TracJack openings
Slotted mounting holes for proper alignment
Recessed label fields with clear covers
SINGLE-GANG, 1-PORT
Figure A - 2.75 in. x 4.5 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
189451
40300549
198850
40300549-13
218217
40300549-88
D
272078
40300549-99
Description
Fog white
Electrical ivory
White
Wiremold ivory
SINGLE-GANG, 2-PORT
Figure B - 2.75 in. x 4.5 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
189454
40300548
255614
40300548-00
194951
40300548-13
217859
40300548-88
272079
40300548-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
White
Wiremold ivory
SINGLE-GANG, 3-PORT
Figure C - 2.75 in. x 4.5 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
189456
40300547
281783
40300547-00
197003
40300547-13
198913
40300547-88
255613
40300547-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
White
Wiremold ivory
SINGLE-GANG, 4-PORT
Figure D - 2.75 in. x 4.5 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
189457
40300546
255612
40300546-00
198851
40300546-13
217858
40300546-88
255247
40300546-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electrical ivory
White
Wiremold ivory
3.100
Anixter No.
204573
Vendor No.
403STJ11
204574
403STJ12
255608
403STJ13
204576
40300456
204577
403STJ16
Description
Holds one TracJack, 2.75 in. x
4.5 in.
Holds two TracJacks, 2.75 in. x
4.5 in.
Holds three TracJacks, 2.75 in. x
4.5 in.
Holds four TracJacks, 2.75 in. x
4.5 in.
Holds six TracJacks, 2.75 in. x
4.5 in.
DUAL-GANG PLASTIC TRACJACK FACEPLATES
Anixter No.
189459
192668
221890
Vendor No.
40300555
40300554
40300620
PR20221V2-70975.tif
Ports
6
8
12
Description
Fog white
Fog white
Fog white
DUAL-GANG STAINLESS STEEL TRACJACK FACEPLATES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
255611
403STJ28
Holds eight TracJacks, 4.5 in. x
4.5 in.
227072
403STJ212
Holds 12 TracJacks, 4.5 in. x
4.5 in.
Legrand Ortronics
Faceplates
HDJ Workstation Options
Series II Faceplates
ORTRONICS
The HDJ series of jacks and HD fiber modules are supported by Ortronics' most
popular single-gang faceplate sizes (3- and 6-port) along with a surface-mount box
and furniture plate mounting. The HDJTJ bezel can convert any of these jacks into a
front-loading TracJack mount for inserting into the wide range of TracJack plates
and boxes.
ORTRONICS
Series II Faceplates fully satisfy the most complicated station requirements through a
wide selection of Series II snap-in modules. Each faceplate opening accommodates
three units (up to six ports). A multitude of combinations will fill the three-unit
faceplate opening to meet your specific requirements. All Series II faceplates and
boxes allow the modules to be inverted in place for termination.
FEATURES
Recessed designation strips with clear plastic covers
Slotted mounting holes for proper alignment
SINGLE-GANG FACEPLATE
Fog white and rear-load, with designation.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
487330
403HDJ13
488084
403HDJ16
Description
3-port
6-port
SINGLE-GANG - LOW PROFILE
PR7562V2-142012.tif
SURFACE-MOUNT BOX
Dimension: 4.75 in. L x 3.60 in. W x 1.50 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
488085
404HDJ4
4-port, high-density jack
488113
421HDJ-09
Description
HD TracJack mounting adapter
bezel, pack of 20, fog white
HDJ furniture adapter plate, fog
white, three rear-load
jack openings
4.5 in. H x 2.75 in. W x 0.5 in. D
Anixter No.
148025
265307
Vendor No.
40300158
40300158-99
DUAL-GANG - LOW PROFILE
Description
Fog white
Wiremold ivory
PR7561V2-142011.tif
4.5 in. H x 4.5 in. W x 0.75 in. D
Anixter No.
148026
Vendor No.
40300159
Description
Fog white
SINGLE-GANG - STANDARD PROFILE

4.5 in. H x 2.75 in. W x 0.75 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
187804
40300011
Description
Fog white
DUAL-GANG - HIGH PROFILE

4.5 in. H x 4.5 in. W x 1.65 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
187805
40300175
326968
40300011-99
Description
Fog white
Wiremold Ivory
SINGLE-GANG ANGLED SERIES II

2.75 in. W x 4.5 in. H
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
398964
40300664
Description
Fog white, holds two
1-unit modules
3.101
Copper Solutions
FURNITURE PLATE MOUNTING

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
488090
HDJTJA20
Legrand Ortronics
Faceplates
TracJack 106-Type Faceplates and Receptacle Frames

ORTRONICS
PR6935V2-25133.tif
PR0111V2-13955.EPS
Receptacle Frames support pedestal, raceway, furniture and power-pole applications.

106-Type Faceplates and Receptacles are available in two styles. The receptacles
have a 2- or 4-port capacity and can be mounted into single- or dual-gang gem boxes,
most floor boxes and poke-thrus.
FEATURES
Faceplates include recessed label fields
106-TYPE TRACJACK FRAMES
Copper Solutions
106-TYPE DUPLEX COVERPLATES
PR6941V2-25127.tif
Anixter No.
232055
Vendor No.
40300255
232056
40300256
Description
Single-gang, fog white, 2.75 in. x
4.5 in.
Dual-gang, fog white, 4.5 in. x
4.5 in.
TRACJACK UNDERCOVER WALL PLATE

The TracJack undercover provides a protective housing for four center-mount
TracJacks with the ability to add an additional copper or fiber TracJack out the
bottom. This single-gang housing offers increased protection for connections in
tamper-sensitive environments.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
398965
403TJUSG
Single-gang protective housing
holds up to five TracJack modules
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Adapters (Premises)//Copper Applications
TracJack Adapter and Furniture Bezels
ORTRONICS
PR1562V2-579432.eps
2-port
Anixter No.
264905
223844
269075
Vendor No.
40800017
40800017-88
40800017-99
Description
Fog white
White
Wiremold ivory
106-TYPE TRACJACK FRAMES

4-port
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
215424
40800019
269079
40800019-99
255624
40800019-88
Description
Fog white
Wiremold ivory
White
TracJack Adapters and Furniture Bezels provide a discreet jack solution in modular
furniture environments. The adapter supports a maximum of three TracJack Modules
and snaps into the Furniture Bezels. New 42100054 bezels allow three TracJacks to
be loaded from the rear of the adapter bezel.
TRACJACK ADAPTER BEZELS
Holds three TracJack modules.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
193871
42100009
220751
42100009-00
313121
42100054-00
313120
42100054
Description
Fog white, front-load
Black, front-load
Black, rear-load
Fog white, rear-load
FURNITURE BEZELS - COMPATIBLE WITH FURNITURE OPENINGS

Min: 1.34 in. H x 2.67 in. W; max. 1.41 in. H x 2.75 in. W
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Depth (in.)
173924
40700071
0.125
216057
40700071-00
0.125
3.102
Description
Fog white
Black
Legrand Ortronics
Faceplates
Anixter No.
173926
220166
173927
220752
Vendor No.
40700072
40700072-00
40700073
40700073-00
FURNITURE PLATES FOR TRACJACK
Depth (in.)
0.625
0.625
1
1
Description
Fog white
Black
Fog white
Black
Series II Furniture Bezels

ORTRONICS
pr2162V2-36173.tif
PR6940V2-25142.tif
Holds four TracJacks, two-piece base and cover, adjustable to fit a range of common
furniture openings (2.67 in. x 2.75 in. x 1.34 in. x 1.41 in.) for 0.065 in.
thick material.
Anixter No.
243133
243132
Vendor No.
40300633
40300633-00
PR6939V2-25139.tif
Holds four TracJacks, fits Herman Miller Beltline furniture openings 2.35 in. x
3.41 in. (+0.015) for 0.125 in. thick material.
Anixter No.
363027
207680
Vendor No.
40300577
40300577-00
HERMAN MILLER BASELINE FURNITURE PLATES
Description
Fog white
Black
PR6937V2-25136.tif
Holds six TracJacks, fits Herman Miller Baseline furniture openings 1.89 in. x
2.99 in. (+0.015) for 0.063 in. thick material.
Anixter No.
231707
238521
Vendor No.
40300575
40300575-00
Description
Fog white
Black
3.103
Copper Solutions
HERMAN MILLER BELTLINE FURNITURE PLATES
Description
Fog white
Black
The Series II bezel is designed to snap into most standard modular furniture beltline
openings. It accommodates up to three Series II modules. No tool is required to install
or remove bezels.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Description Dimensions
Color Units
149327 40300167 Raceway Min: 2.656 in. x 1.343 in. Black 1
compatible Max: 2.75 in. x 1.406 in.
380173 40300167-09 Raceway Min: 2.656 in. x 1.343 in. Black 1
compatible Max: 2.75 in. x 1.406 in.
152912 40300213 Beltline
Min: 2.33 in. x 3.39 in. Fog 3
furniture Max: 2.367 in. x 3.425 in. White
183711 40300196 Herman
Min: 1.876 in. x 2.966 in. Fog 3
Miller
Max: 1.9 in. x 3.0 in.
White
497498 40300196-00 Herman
Min: 1.876 in. x 2.966 in. Black 3
Miller
Max: 1.9 in. x 3.0 in.
Legrand Ortronics
Faceplates
6-PORT
TracJack Surface-mount Interface Boxes

ORTRONICS
The TracJack Surface-mount Interface Box consists of a baseplate, snap-on cover, two
mounting screws, and double-sided adhesive. The 4- and 6-port boxes are best
choices for multimedia applications, and can be mounted directly onto a single- or
dual-gang electrical box or fastened to the wall.
FEATURES
Built-in label fields
Wiremold 2700, 2800 and 2900 series raceway
2-PORT
pr5040V2-14135.tif
pr5043V2-14141.tif
Built-in fiber ring. Mounts directly to electrical box or almost any surface. 4.33 in. H
x 6.98 in. W x 1.16 in. D
Anixter No.
374178
Vendor No.
404TJ6
Description
Fog white
Series II Surface-mount Interface Boxes
Copper Solutions
ORTRONICS
The Series II Surface-mount Interface Boxes hold from one to four Series II Modules
(up to eight ports). Each box consists of a baseplate and a snap-on cover. They mount
directly to almost any surface and are compatible with Wiremold Eclipse raceway.
FEATURES
Built-in label fields
2.27 in. H x 2.59 in. W x 1.20 in. D
Anixter No.
369926
4-PORT
Vendor No.
404TJ2
SINGLE MODULE SURFACE-MOUNT INTERFACE BOX
pr5039V2-25121.tif
Description
Fog white
pr5042V2-14138.tif
Accepts one 1-unit size, 110-type, flush-mount module (one or two ports). 2.59 in. H
x 2.27 in. W x 1.20 in. D
Mounts to electrical box or almost any surface. 3.6 in. H x 4.86 in. W x 1.16 in. D
Anixter No.
374177
Vendor No.
404TJ4
4-PORT
Description
Fog white
3.104
Vendor No.
404S21U
Description
Fog white
DUAL MODULE SURFACE-MOUNT INTERFACE BOX
pr5038V2-25124.tif
PR24027V2-173433.tif
Holds four TracJacks, jacks exit from both sides. 4.0 in. x 2.42 in. x 1.16 in.
Anixter No.
365676
Anixter No.
374180
Vendor No.
404TJ2X2
Description
Fog white
Accepts two 1-unit size, 110-type, flush-mount modules. Includes one blank
module. 2.42 in. H x 4.00 in. W x 1.16 in. D
Anixter No.
371575
Vendor No.
404S21X1U
Description
Fog white
Legrand Ortronics
Faceplates
SUPPORTS UP TO TWO SERIES II MODULES
PR24026V2-173435.tif
Holds two 1-unit Series II modules, fog white, includes one Series II blank, 3.60 in. x
4.80 in x 1.16 in.
Anixter No.
387400
Vendor No.
404S22U
Description
Fog white
LOW-PROFILE MULTIMEDIA BOX
pr5037V2-14132.tif
ONE-PIECE BOXES
Single-gang: 4.7 in. H x 3 in. W x 2 in. D; dual-gang: 4.7 in. H x 4.9 in. W x 2 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description Color
188776
40300185
Single-gang
Fog White
233375
40300185-13
Single-gang
Electrical ivory
188777
40300186
Dual-gang
Fog White
TWO-PIECE BOX
Low-profile 4.7 in. H x 3 in. W x 1.5 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
146798
40300061
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
136341
70900020
152915
70900022
136345
70700070
Description
Single-gang
Color
Fog White
Description
Adhesive-backed magnet for
single-gang box
Adhesive-backed magnet for
dual-gang box
Double-sided adhesive strips
Anixter No.
374181
Vendor No.
404S23U
ORTRONICS
PR6952V2-14231.tif
Description
Fog white
QUAD SURFACE-MOUNT BOX

Accepts four 1-unit size, flush-mount, 110-type modules (up to eight ports).
Includes two blank modules, two adhesive strips, internal labeling, four sheet metal
screws and two self-tapping screws. 3.72 in. H x 4.72 in. W x 1.126 in. D. Note:
Accepts a maximum of two fiber modules.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
387401
404S22X2U
Fog white
One- and Two-piece Surface-mount Outlet Boxes

ORTRONICS
Clarity6 and Clarity5E Jak-Paks
PR6934V2-24352.tif
The Jak-Pak is a compact, flexible, multiuser solution that can be structurally

mounted or used in more-temporary environments. Kits come supplied with
Clarity6 or Clarity5E 6-port/110 modules.
FEATURES
The Jak-Pak is Category 6- and Category 5e-compliant
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
268160
JP66U
Category 6
268161
JP5E6U
Category 5e
Single-gang and dual-gang surface-mount outlet boxes are available for any wall
surface, divider, metal cabinet or desk application. They are used with all Ortronics
single- and dual-gang faceplates and can be equipped with various combinations of
RJ and other type interfaces. They have cable-access breakout points on four sides.
FEATURES
Under-base cable access and breakouts
Front and side knockouts for cable access 0.2 in. to 0.6 in.
3.105
Copper Solutions
Accepts three 1-unit size, flush-mount, Series II modules (up to six ports). 6.98 in. H
x 4.33 in. W x 1.16 in. D. Note: Has built-in fiber ring. Mounts directly to electrical
boxes or almost any surface.
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Panels
./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//Blank Panels
Clarity6A Patch Panel - Category 6A/10G
Copper Solutions
ORTRONICS
PR20222V2-70978.tif
Clarity6A patch panels are available in the traditional multiport panel format with
6-port modules and the added flexibility of flat or angled versions. Utilizing innovative
methods for circuit isolation, the Clarity6A multiport patch panels support all alien
and internal performance requirements of IEEE 802.3an (10GBASE-T) and ANSI/TIA
Augmented Category 6 (6A) cabling specifications without requiring the use of
individual jacks for your panel termination. Clarity6A multiport panels support
traditional (linear 110) termination practices with mechanical accommodations for
easy termination of the larger conductors of 10 Gig cables, providing a labor-saving
alternative to the individual jack panel.
FEATURES
Tactical isolation for 10G
T568A/B
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
448446
PHD6AU24
24-port flat, 1.75 in. x
19 in. (1RU)
448447
PHD6AU48
48-port flat, 3.5 in. x 19 in. (2RU)
448448
PHA6AU24
24-port angled, 1.75 in. x
D
19 in. (1RU)
448449
PHA6AU48
48-port angled, 3.5 in. x
19 in. (2RU)
448451
PHC6AU24
24-port curved, 1.75 in. x
19 in. (1RU)
448452
PHC6AU48
48-port curved, 3.5 in. x
19 in. (2RU)

Universal wiring supports T568A and B formats
FLAT PANELS
Anixter No.
234470
234471
234472
Vendor No.
PHD66U24
PHD66U48
PHD66U96
Ports
24
48
96
RMS
1
2
4
ANGLED PANELS
Anixter No.
281518
276236
Vendor No.
PHA66U24
PHA66U48
Ports
24
48
RMS
1
2
CURVED PANELS
Anixter No.
352098
352099
Vendor No.
PHC66U24
PHC66U48
Ports
24
48
RMS
1
2
STANDARD-DENSITY FLAT PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
238008
PSD66U12
234467
PSD66U24
234468
PSD66U48
234469
PSD66U96
Ports
12
24
48
96
RMS
1
2
3
6
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//Multiple Media Systems
Clarity5E Patch Panels - Category 5e

ORTRONICS
PR22409V2-131559.tif
Clarity6 Patch Panels - Category 6

ORTRONICS
PR9357V2-14321.tif
Clarity5E patch panels combine Ortronics' ease and reliability of 110 termination
with new center-tuned technology. The 19 in. panels are available in 12-, 24-, 48and 96-port versions. Universal wiring supports T568 A and B formats.
FEATURES
Available in flat as well as recessed angled and curved designs
Clarity6 Patch Panels have individually encapsulated 6-port modules. The new IDC
housing accepts larger Category 6 conductors. The 19 in. panels are available in 12-,
24-, 48- and 96-port versions. Color is black.
FEATURES
Extensive designation abilities and icon compatible
Rear cable management
3.106
FLAT PANELS
Anixter No.
248950
248952
248953
Vendor No.
PHD5E6U24
PHD5E6U48
PHD5E6U96
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
96-port, 4U
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Panels
ANGLED PANELS
Anixter No.
286471
286470
Vendor No.
PHA5E6U24
PHA5E6U48
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
CURVED PANELS
Anixter No.
352102
352113
Vendor No.
PHC5E6U24
PHC5E6U48
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
480051
PHDHJU48
498504
PHDHJU72
Description
24-port, unloaded 1.75 in. x
19 in., 1RU
19 in., 1RU
19 in., 2RU
STANDARD-DENSITY, FLAT PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
248954
PSD5E6U12
248955
PSD5E6U24
248956
PSD5E6U48
248957
PSD5E6U96
Description
12-port, 1U
24-port, 2U
48-port, 3U
96-port, 6U
FLAT PANELS, 8-PORT MODULES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
248958
PHD5E8U24
248959
PHD5E8U48
248960
PHD5E8U96
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
96-port, 4U
Clarity High-density Patch Panels

PR72584V2-586713.tif
12-port Clarity Mini-patch Panels - Category 5e/6

ORTRONICS
PR72274V2-580053.tif
These 12-port Mini-patch Panels are available in Category 6 and 5e, and they utilize
110 compatible, wire punch-down, providing small, wall-mountable connection of
cross-connect fields. The mini-patches are supplied with an 89D bracket or
hinged-mount bracket. Both types are compatible with T568A and B wiring and offer
label fields. The hinged version, when open, provides a solid termination surface with
cable management bars resting on the wall.
Clarity6 mini-patch panels: ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant
Clarity5E mini-patch panels: ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant
PR6954V2-14237.tif
The HDJ series of jacks is supported by high-density flat- or angled-panel options,

which includes 24-port (1RU), 48-port (1RU) and 72-port (2RU) sizes. All panels are
supplied with rear cable management bars, straps and ties.
ANGLED HDJ JACK PANEL
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
482376
PHAHJU24
480050
PHAHJU48
498503
PHAHJU72
Description
19 in., 1RU
19 in., 1RU
19 in., 2RU
CLARITY6 MINI-PATCH PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
254839
PMP612H
269089
PMP61289
Description
Hinged
89D bracket
CLARITY5E MINI-PATCH PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
255058
PMP5E12H
255059
PMP5E1289
Description
Hinged
89D bracket
3.107
Copper Solutions
ORTRONICS
FLAT HDJ JACK PANEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
488118
PHDHJU24
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Panels
CATEGORY 6A SHIELDED KEYSTONE JACK PATCH PANELS WITH REAR
CABLE MANAGEMENT
PR34770V2-262124.tif
TracJack Patch Panel Kits
Copper Solutions
ORTRONICS
PR34769V2-260781.tif
The TracJack Patch Panel Kits hold any UTP TracJack modules. After terminating,
simply flip the modules and snap them in. The panel is 19 in. wide.
FEATURES
Includes designation-strip bezels
Rear management shelf includes strap slots and reusable cable
management straps
Unshielded patch panel kit
Anixter No. Vendor No. Description Dimensions
RMS
199952
401045289 16 ports
1.75 in. H x 4 in. D
1
199951
401045290 24 ports
3.50 in. H x 5 in. D
2
199953
401045291 32 ports
3.50 in. H x 5 in. D
2
199954
401045292 48 ports
5.25 in. H x 6 in. D
3
Anixter No.
399148
Vendor No.
PHDTKS6A48
399150
PHATKS6A24
399152
PHATKS6A48
391292
PHDTKS6A24
Description
48-port, flat 2RU patch panel with
48 TKS tool-less jacks
24-port, angled 1RU patch panel
with 24 TKS tool-less jacks
48-port, angled 2RU patch panel
24-port, flat, 1RU patch panel
Rear-load Jack Panel Kits

ORTRONICS
PR20230V2-71002.tif
Shielded Patch Panel

Kit
D
ORTRONICS
PR22410V2-131562.tif
Shielded panels offer rear-loading shielded jacks to support improved ease of

termination and installation from the back of the panel.
CATEGORY 6A SHIELDED PATCH PANELS WITH CLARITY JACKS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
374184
PHDPJS6A24
24-port shielded, Category 6A,
1RU 19 in. x 1.75 in.
374183
PHDPJS5E24
24-port shielded, Category 5e,
1RU 19 in. x 1.75 in.
3.108
Ortronics' new rear-loading individual jack panels utilize reduced-size Clarity6A,

Clarity6 and Clarity5E panel jacks that can be terminated and snapped in from the
back of the patch panel. A variety of panel configurations allows a wide choice of
field-configurable, easy-to-install horizontal cross-connects. Panels are supplied
without jacks. Jacks can be ordered individually or in full-carton quantities of 24.
ANGLED JACK PANEL KIT, UNLOADED
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
352309
PHAPJU24
367508
PHAPJU48
352312
PHAPJU72
Description
24-port, HD, 19 in. x 1.75 in., 1RU
48-port, HD, 19 in. x 3.5 in., 2RU
72-port, HD, 19 in. x 3.5 in., 2RU
FLAT JACK PANEL KIT, UNLOADED

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
368848
PHDPJU24
380739
PHDPJU48
352315
PHDPJU72
Description
24-port, HD, 19 in. x 1.75 in., 2RU
48-port, HD, 19 in. x 3.5 in., 2RU
72-port, HD, 19 in. x 3.5 in., 2RU
REAR-LOAD CAT 6A JACKS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
448458
PJ6A-00
448459
PJ6A-36
448461
PJ6A-42
448462
PJ6A-43
448463
PJ6A-44
448464
PJ6A-45
Description
Panel jack, black
Panel jack, blue
Panel jack, red
Panel jack, orange
Panel jack, yellow
Panel jack, green
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Panels
REAR-LOAD CAT 6 JACKS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
352316
PJ600-00
374218
PJ600-36
374219
PJ600-42
374220
PJ600-43
374221
PJ600-44
374222
PJ600-45
Description
Panel jack, black
Panel jack, blue
Panel jack, red
Panel jack, orange
Panel jack, yellow
Panel jack, green
Modular Quadframe 19 in. Telco Patch Panels
REAR-LOAD CAT 5E JACKS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
352320
PJ5E00-00
374223
PJ5E00-36
374224
PJ5E00-42
374225
PJ5E00-43
374226
PJ5E00-44
374227
PJ5E00-45
Description
Panel jack, black
Panel jack, blue
Panel jack, red
Panel jack, orange
Panel jack, yellow
Panel jack, green
The Modular Quadframe 19 in. Telco Patch Panels are fully connectorized port
selectors with telco connectors. They have all pairs twisted from jack to termination
point. Panels utilize standard telecommunications 2-, 4-, 6- or 8-contact modular
jacks to 50-pin connectors. This modular-to-telco patch panel is an organized telco,
data or alarm distribution panel. It allows a quick connection to activate, deactivate
or change circuits by means of modular-type patch cords at a centralized location. It
also allows testing and troubleshooting of circuits at a centralized point.
FEATURES
Cable entry: side
48 loaded pins
Locking hardware: hook-and-loop-type closure (25 pair)
Wiring: T568A, T568B, USOC
Active Jack
Pins Type RMS
131403
808004920 24-port, 1 male conn
3 and 4 2W6P 2
131407
808004921 24-port, 1 female conn 3 and 4 2W6P 2
131421
3 and 4 2W6P 3
131422
313088
4 and 5 2W6P 3
313086
Category 5e Telco Panel

ORTRONICS
PR29165V2-215894.tif
ANGLED PANEL, T568B

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
336550
PHA5E2124
336552
PHA5E2148
FLAT PANEL, T568B

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
331522
PHD5E2124
275424
PHD5E2148
PR24029V2-173443.tif
Description
24-port, height 1.75 in.,
1-rack unit
2-rack units
Description
1-rack unit
2-rack units
3.109
Copper Solutions
Ortronics' Category 5e 25-pair panels provide a 50-pin connector interface (standard

RJ21 wiring) between Category 5e 25-pair cable Gigabit Ethernet hubs requiring full
4-pair cabling. Panels provide front-label fields. Use with 845E cable assemblies.
ORTRONICS
Legrand Ortronics
Blocks
110 RACK-MOUNT PANEL KITS
./
Clarity6 110 Block Kits - Category 6

ORTRONICS
PR2552V2-14103.TIF
Clarity6 110 Block Kits offer Category 6-component performance in standard 50-,
100- and 300-pair 110 block footprints. They can be terminated to 22 to 24 AWG
solid wire. The kits include wiring blocks, 6-110C4 connecting blocks
and designation.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
269043
110ABC6050
Copper Solutions
PR1557V2-14024.TIF
237857
110ABC6100
237859
110ABC6300
Ortronics 110 Block Panels provide two 100-pair block kits and two jumper troughs
without legs on a 19 in. x 7 in. panel that is mountable to Ortronics Mighty Mo or
other EIA racks.
Anixter No.
209319
209320
Vendor No.
302003251
302003253
110 WIRING BLOCKS
Description
40 C4 clips and eight C5 clips
50 C5 clips
PR1556V2-14020.TIF
Description
50-pair, 1.8 in. x 10.72 in. x
3.25 in.
100-pair, 3.59 in. x 10.72 in. x
3.25 in.
300-pair, 10.79 in. x 10.72 in. x
3.25 in.
D
110 Blocks and Block Panel Kits - Category 5e
Offered in 100- and 300-pair sizes and are used with 4- and 5-pair 110C Connecting
Blocks for field termination. The wiring blocks are available with legs to allow
back-cable routing, or without legs when depth is limited or when frame mounting.
ORTRONICS
Field terminated
CLARITY5E 110 BLOCK KITS
PR6931V2-25130.tif
Anixter No.
196929
172816
196931
173820
Vendor No.
30200145
30200007
30200143
30200022
110C CONNECTING BLOCKS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
173822
30200109
173823
30200110
Clarity5E Block Kits offer elevated Category 5e component performance in standard

50-, 100- and 300-pair footprints with legs, offering rear-cable lacing and upgraded
labeling. Part of the Clarity5E family of connectivity.
Anixter No.
269056
Vendor No.
110ABC5E050
269057
110ABC5E100
269059
110ABC5E300
3.110
Description
50-pair, 1.8 in. x 10.72 in. x
3.25 in.
100-pair, 3.59 in. x 10.72 in. x
3.25 in.
300-pair, 10.79 in. x 10.72 in. x
3.25 in.
Description
100-pair with legs
300-pair with legs
100-pair without legs
300-pair without legs
Description
4-pair (110C4)
5-pair (110C5)
Legrand Ortronics
Blocks
110 Cross-connect System, Wall-mount, Terminal Block Kits Category 5e
Prewired Blocks
ORTRONICS
ORTRONICS
The field-terminated block kits are inspected to ensure optimum performance in the
field. All blocks are field terminated. The blocks can be field terminated to 22 to
26 AWG solid wire and are color-coded to facilitate rapid pair-termination and
identification.
A = Includes 110 Type wiring blocks with legs
P = Includes 110 Type wiring blocks and horizontal troughs on a back panel
FEATURES
Connecting blocks included
Blank labels and clear designation strips included
Type
Wiring
Blocks
A
P
P
A
A
P
P
Conn.
Block
5-Pair
5-Pair
4-Pair
4-Pair
4-Pair
5-Pair
4-Pair
Pairs
100
300
300
300
100
900
900
Ortronics prewired 66 blocks can be used to provide network interface connections

between voice and data equipment and the public telco network as well as modular
wiring connections for key telephone systems.
FEATURES
Top cable entry
Prewired to 25-pair telco connectors
Dimensions: 10 in. x 2.84 in. x 2.71 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
178716
8050F66M150
Modular 66M150 connecting
block with one 25-pair female
telco on left side
269050
8050M66M150
Modular 66 connecting block on
89D with one 25-pair male telco
on left side, 25-pair
389644
8050F157B
Modular 66 connecting block with
two 25-pair female telcos on
89D, 50-pair
T1 Network Interface Block

ORTRONICS
PR7567V2-142013.tif
The T1 Network Interface Block consists of a 66M150 connecting block with eight
8W8P keyed jacks (RJ48X), with a shorting bar. It is the interface to
customer-registered equipment that requires automatic loop-back to
network services.
FEATURES
Bottom cable entry
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
193944
805003202
T1 network interface block
3.111
Copper Solutions
Terminal Blocks
Anixter No. Vendor No. Prod. Code
192769
30200116 110AA2-100FT
173863
30203461 110-PA2-300FT
173864
30200020 110-PB2-300FT
173867
30203519 110-AB2-300FT
173869
30203506 110-AB2-100FT
173878
30200024 110-PA2-900FT
173879
30200026 110-PB2-900FT
PR22413V2-131566.tif
Legrand Ortronics
./
Clarity SNAP Preterminated Copper Cabling System

ORTRONICS
PR24030V2-173439.tif
48-PORT FLAT PANEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
404991
PPCF610U48
426776
PPCF66U48
426777
PPCF5E6U48
Copper Solutions
24-PORT ANGLED PANEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
426778
PPCA610U24
The Clarity SNAP Preterminated Copper Cabling System offers the
above-the-standards performance of Clarity connectivity in a custom-terminated
cable assembly system that's ready to plug and go. Its innovative modular design
combines high performance and installer-friendly features with the quick deployment
and reliability of a factory-terminated and -tested cabling system.
The new SNAP connection utilizes a bifurcated-termination method, placing one
mating half of the termination onto the horizontal cable and the other on the
8-position T568 jack interface. This approach reduces the size of the terminated cable
ends, making it easier to pull and lace cables through racks, cabinets, cable
management systems and pathways. In addition, individual cable ends of bundled
cables can be passed through one at a time, as compared to some alternative designs
where the connections are bundled into modules and must be pulled through
pathways and openings that way.
D
As a result, SNAP cable
assemblies route faster, with less interference from connector
ends within congested pathways. And, the robust cable ends are ruggedly designed to
handle the physical challenges of any installation. When in position, these cable ends
simply SNAP into the back of the panel or workstation outlet, completing
the termination.
The Clarity SNAP system also offers the added assurance of the premium performance
of Clarity connectivity. The SNAP bifurcated termination offers improved pair-to-pair
isolation and improved pair balance through the connector, while barriers located on
the sides of these terminations enhance alien noise performance. The result is
improved channel immunity from internal and external noise, which ensures
consistently high-performance links and channels. The benefit of these technological
advancements is a consistently high-performance cabling system that is fast and
simple to install and enables quick network deployment, increased reliability and
lower total cost of ownership. Both the electrical design of SNAP and the additional
controls and in-process testing only available in a factory environment lead to
improved consistency in channel performance, to improve the overall average results
that you can expect from your installation.
24-PORT FLAT PANEL
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
405022
PPCF610U24
426774
PPCF66U24
426775
PPCF5E6U24
3.112
426779
PPCA66U24
426780
PPCA5E6U24
48-PORT ANGLED PANEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
426781
PPCA610U48
426782
PPCA66U48
426783
PPCA5E6U48
Description
Clarity10G panel with
6-port modules
Clarity6 panel with
6-port modules
Clarity5e panel with
6-port modules
Description
6-port modules
Clarity6 panel with
6-port modules
6-port modules
Description
6-port modules
Clarity6 panel with
6-port modules
6-port modules
To configure a Clarity SNAP Preterminated Copper Cabling System,

contact your local sales representative.
Description
6-port modules
Clarity6 panel with
6-port modules
6-port modules
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Cords
./
EZ Patch - Patch Cord Dispensing Solution

ORTRONICS
PR72208V2-576080.tif
CLARITY 6A PATCH CORDS - BLUE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-OR10G-06-BX
EZC6A03Q50-06
EZC6A05Q50-06
MM07-OR10G-06-BX
EZC6A07Q40-06
MM09-OR10G-06-BX
EZC6A09Q30-06
MM15-OR10G-06-BX
EZC6A15Q20-06
CLARITY 6 PATCH CORDS - BLUE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-OR7N-06-BX
EZC603Q50-06
MM05-OR7N-06-BX
EZC605Q50-06
MM07-OR7N-06-BX
EZC607Q50-06
MM09-OR7N-06-BX
EZC609Q40-06
MM10-OR7N-06-BX
EZC610Q40-06
MM15-OR7N-06-BX
EZC615Q25-06
CLARITY 6 PATCH CORDS - YELLOW

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-OR7N-05-BX
EZC603Q50-04
MM05-OR7N-05-BX
EZC605Q50-04
MM07-OR7N-05-BX
EZC607Q50-04
MM09-OR7N-05-BX
EZC609Q40-04
MM10-OR7N-05-BX
EZC610Q40-04
MM15-OR7N-05-BX
EZC615Q25-04
Description
3 ft., contains 50 pcs
of MC603-06
of MC605-06
of MC607-06
of MC609-06
of MC610-06
of MC615-06
Description
of MC605-04
of MC605-04
of MC607-04
of MC609-04
of MC610-04
of MC615-04
MM05-OR6C-06-BX
EZC5E05Q50-06
MM07-OR6C-06-BX
EZC5E07Q50-06
MM09-OR6C-06-BX
EZC5E09Q40-06
MM10-OR6C-06-BX
EZC5E10Q40-06
MM15-OR6C-06-BX
EZC5E15Q25-06
Description
of MC5E03-06
of MC5E05-06
of MC5E07-06
of MC5E09-06
of MC5E10-06
of MC5E15-06
To order standard colors, replace xx suffix: -09 = white, -08 = gray,

-06 = blue, -05 = green, -04 = yellow.
The 10 foot and 15 foot lengths are available in -06 = blue,
-05 = green, -04 = yellow only.
Clarity6A Mod-to-mod Patch Cords - Category 6A

ORTRONICS
PR20232V2-71008.tif
The MC610 patch cord assemblies combine with TJ610 jacks and Clarity6A panels to
provide your installation with 10 Gig channel performance.
FEATURES
Mod to mod
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-OR10G-01
MM03-OR10G-04
MM03-OR10G-05
MM03-OR10G-06
MM03-OR10G-03
MM03-OR10G-09
MM03-OR10G-08
Vendor No.
MC61003-09
MC61003-05
MC61003-04
MC61003-06
MC61003-02
MC61003-08
MC61003-03
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Gray
Orange
3.113
Copper Solutions
MM05-OR10G-06-BX
Description
of MC61003-06
of MC61005-06
of MC61007-06
of MC61003-06
of MC61003-06
CLARITY 5E PATCH CORDS - BLUE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-OR6C-06-BX
EZC5E03Q50-06
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Cords
(continued)
Clarity6A Mod-to-mod Patch Cords - Category 6A
Copper Solutions
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-OR10G-01
MM05-OR10G-04
MM05-OR10G-05
MM05-OR10G-06
MM05-OR10G-03
MM05-OR10G-09
MM05-OR10G-08
Vendor No.
MC61005-09
MC61005-05
MC61005-04
MC61005-06
MC61005-02
MC61005-08
MC61005-03
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Gray
Orange
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-OR10G-01
MM07-OR10G-04
MM07-OR10G-05
MM07-OR10G-06
MM07-OR10G-03
MM07-OR10G-09
MM07-OR10G-08
Vendor No.
MC61007-09
MC61007-05
MC61007-04
MC61007-06
MC61007-02
MC61007-08
MC61007-03
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Gray
Orange
9 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM09-OR10G-01
MM09-OR10G-04
D
MM09-OR10G-05
MM09-OR10G-06
MM09-OR10G-03
MM09-OR10G-09
MM09-OR10G-08
Vendor No.
MC61009-09
MC61009-05
MC61009-04
MC61009-06
MC61009-02
MC61009-08
MC61009-03
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Gray
Orange
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-OR10G-01
MM15-OR10G-04
MM15-OR10G-05
MM15-OR10G-06
MM15-OR10G-03
MM15-OR10G-09
MM15-OR10G-08
Vendor No.
MC61015-09
MC61015-05
MC61015-04
MC61015-06
MC61015-02
MC61015-08
MC61015-03
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Gray
Orange
20 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM20-OR10G-01
MM20-OR10G-04
MM20-OR10G-05
MM20-OR10G-06
MM20-OR10G-03
MM20-OR10G-09
MM20-OR10G-08
Vendor No.
MC61020-09
MC61020-05
MC61020-04
MC61020-06
MC61020-02
MC61020-08
MC61020-03
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Gray
Orange
3.114
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-OR10G-01
MM25-OR10G-04
MM25-OR10G-05
MM25-OR10G-06
MM25-OR10G-03
MM25-OR10G-09
MM25-OR10G-08
Vendor No.
MC61025-09
MC61025-05
MC61025-04
MC61025-06
MC61025-02
MC61025-08
MC61025-03
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Gray
Orange
Consult your local sales representative for nonstandard lengths and colors.
Clarity6 Mod-to-Mod Patch Cords - Category 6

ORTRONICS
PR9346V2-14302.tif
Clarity6 Patch Cords are tuned to work optimally with the TJ600 jacks and
Clarity6 patch panels. The modular cords utilize the "Paralign" technology.
FEATURES
Mod to mod
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-OR7N-01
MM03-OR7N-02
MM03-OR7N-03
MM03-OR7N-04
MM03-OR7N-05
MM03-OR7N-06
MM03-OR7N-09
MM03-OR7N-10
Vendor No.
MC603-09
MC603-00
MC603-02
MC603-05
MC603-04
MC603-06
MC603-08
MC603-07
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Violet
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-OR7N-01
MM05-OR7N-02
MM05-OR7N-03
MM05-OR7N-04
MM05-OR7N-05
MM05-OR7N-06
MM05-OR7N-09
Vendor No.
MC605-09
MC605-00
MC605-02
MC605-05
MC605-04
MC605-06
MC605-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Cords
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-OR7N-01
MM07-OR7N-02
MM07-OR7N-03
MM07-OR7N-04
MM07-OR7N-05
MM07-OR7N-06
MM07-OR7N-09
Vendor No.
MC607-09
MC607-00
MC607-02
MC607-05
MC607-04
MC607-06
MC607-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Clarity5E Mod-to- od Patch Cords - Category 5e
9 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM09-OR7N-01
MM09-OR7N-02
MM09-OR7N-03
MM09-OR7N-04
MM09-OR7N-05
MM09-OR7N-06
MM09-OR7N-09
Vendor No.
MC609-09
MC609-00
MC609-02
MC609-05
MC609-04
MC609-06
MC609-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Clarity5E Patch Cords are an integral part of the NetClear GT solution. They utilize
Paralign plug technology to reduce and control near-end crosstalk (NEXT) and far-end
crosstalk (FEXT) without compromising signal impedance.
FEATURES
Mod to mod
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-OR7N-01
MM15-OR7N-02
MM15-OR7N-03
MM15-OR7N-04
MM15-OR7N-05
MM15-OR7N-06
MM15-OR7N-09
Vendor No.
MC615-09
MC615-00
MC615-02
MC615-05
MC615-04
MC615-06
MC615-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-OR7N-01
MM25-OR7N-02
MM25-OR7N-03
MM25-OR7N-04
MM25-OR7N-05
MM25-OR7N-06
MM25-OR7N-09
Vendor No.
MC625-09
MC625-00
MC625-02
MC625-05
MC625-04
MC625-06
MC625-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
PR34793V2-261589.tif
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-OR6C-01
MM03-OR6C-02
MM03-OR6C-03
MM03-OR6C-04
MM03-OR6C-05
MM03-OR6C-06
MM03-OR6C-08
MM03-OR6C-09
MM03-OR6C-10
Vendor No.
MC5E03-09
MC5E03-00
MC5E03-02
MC5E03-05
MC5E03-04
MC5E03-06
MC5E03-03
MC5E03-08
MC5E03-07
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-OR6C-01
MM05-OR6C-02
MM05-OR6C-03
MM05-OR6C-04
MM05-OR6C-05
MM05-OR6C-06
MM05-OR6C-09
MM05-OR6C-10
Vendor No.
MC5E05-09
MC5E05-00
MC5E05-02
MC5E05-05
MC5E05-04
MC5E05-06
MC5E05-08
MC5E05-07
Description
White
Blue
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Violet
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-OR6C-01
MM07-OR6C-02
MM07-OR6C-03
MM07-OR6C-04
MM07-OR6C-05
MM07-OR6C-06
MM07-OR6C-08
MM07-OR6C-09
MM07-OR6C-10
Vendor No.
MC5E07-09
MC5E07-00
MC5E07-02
MC5E07-05
MC5E07-04
MC5E07-06
MC5E07-03
MC5E07-08
MC5E07-07
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
Copper Solutions
Consult your local sales representative for available

ORTRONICS

3.115
Legrand Ortronics
Patch Cords
Copper Solutions
(continued)
Clarity5E Mod-to- od Patch Cords - Category 5e
9 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM09-OR6C-01
MM09-OR6C-02
MM09-OR6C-03
MM09-OR6C-04
MM09-OR6C-05
MM09-OR6C-06
MM09-OR6C-08
MM09-OR6C-09
Vendor No.
MC5E09-09
MC5E09-00
MC5E09-02
MC5E09-05
MC5E09-04
MC5E09-06
MC5E09-03
MC5E09-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-OR6C-01
MM15-OR6C-02
MM15-OR6C-03
MM15-OR6C-04
MM15-OR6C-05
MM15-OR6C-06
MM15-OR6C-09
Vendor No.
MC5E15-09
MC5E15-00
MC5E15-02
MC5E15-05
MC5E15-04
MC5E15-06
MC5E15-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-OR6C-01
D
MM25-OR6C-02
MM25-OR6C-03
MM25-OR6C-04
MM25-OR6C-05
MM25-OR6C-06
MM25-OR6C-09
Vendor No.
MC5E25-09
MC5E25-00
MC5E25-02
MC5E25-05
MC5E25-04
MC5E25-06
MC5E25-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Shielded Clarity Modular Patch Cords - Category 6A, 6 and 5e

ORTRONICS
PR10931V2-17852.tif
SHIELDED CLARITY 6A MODULAR PATCH CORDS

Ortronics Clarity 6A FTP patch cords use the combination of tuned plug terminations,
grounding assurance and balance cabling to produce shielded patch cords that
consistently provide elevated field performance. Includes 4-pair, 24 AWG stranded
FTP, gray and PVC.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM03-OR10GS-09 MCS6A03-08
3 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
9 ft.
15 ft.
20 ft.
25 ft.
SHIELDED CLARITY6 CATEGORY 6 MODULAR PATCH CORDS
A shielded version of the Paralign II plug termination makes these shielded patch
cords the high-performance choice for an STP or FTP 100 ohm cabling system.
Includes 4-pair, 24 AWG stranded FTP, gray and PVC.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM03-OR7NS-09 MCS603-08
3 ft.
MM05-OR7NS-09 MCS605-08
5 ft.
MM07-OR7NS-09 MCS607-08
7 ft.
MM09-OR7NS-09 MCS609-08
9 ft.
MM15-OR7NS-09 MCS615-08
15 ft.
MM25-OR7NS-09 MCS625-08
25 ft.
SHIELDED CLARITY5E ENHANCED CATEGORY 5E MODULAR PATCH CORDS
A shielded version of the Paralign II plug termination makes three shielded patch
cords the high-performance choice for an STP or FTP 100 ohm cabling system.
Includes 4-pair, 24 AWG stranded FTP, gray and PVC.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM03-OR6CS-09 MCS5E03-08
3 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
9 ft.
15 ft.
25 ft.
Also available in -02 red and -04 yellow.
3.116
Legrand Ortronics
Icons
./
Colored Icons
ORTRONICS
pr5053V2-14162.tif
Ortronics' color-coded voice or data tabs are for port identification on patch panels
and most workstation products.
Vendor No.
40309100
40300100
40322100
40325100
40324100
40326100
40327100
40323100
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Violet
Orange
DATA ICONS
Anixter No.
146886
146892
146904
146898
146910
146917
148532
151255
Vendor No.
40309200
40300200
40322200
40325200
40324200
40326200
40327200
40323200
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Violet
Orange
Copper Solutions
VOICE ICONS
Anixter No.
146841
146855
146867
146861
146873
146879
148526
151248
3.117
Legrand Ortronics
Designation Kits
./
110 Designation Kit
Copper Solutions
ORTRONICS
This kit consists of two clear strip holders and two white designation strips. They
snap on alternate rows of the 110 wiring blocks to identify cable count and conceal/
protect cable conductors.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
521906
70400272
110 designation kit
3.118
Legrand Ortronics
TechChoice Jacks
./
TechChoice Keystone Jacks - Category 6

ORTRONICS
TechChoice Keystone Jacks - Category 5e

PR22376V2-131598.tif

PR22375V2-131624.tif
TechChoice keystone jacks feature an easy-to-follow universal wiring label and

support standard termination using a 110-impact tool. The keystone footprint allows
for the greatest flexibility in installation scheduling because its rear insertion into the
faceplate allows the technician to complete the termination before, during and after
the construction process. TechChoice products are third-party component-tested to
meet Category 5e component specifications for ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 and
ISO 11801-2002.
FEATURES
Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position
Flush fit, 180-degree exit
PACKS OF 25
Anixter No.
312036
312040
312037
312042
312041
312043
365926
312045
312044
324739
312039
Vendor No.
KS6
KS6-00
KS6-13
KS6-36
KS6-42
KS6-43
KS6-44
KS6-45
KS6-78
KS6-88
KS6-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electric ivory
Blue
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory
PACKS OF 25
Anixter No.
312055
312059
312056
312061
312060
312062
365956
312064
312063
324736
312058
Vendor No.
KS5E
KS5E-00
KS5E-13
KS5E-36
KS5E-42
KS5E-43
KS5E-44
KS5E-45
KS5E-78
KS5E-88
KS5E-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electric ivory
Blue
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory
INDIVIDUALS
Anixter No.
360175
360178
360176
346018
360179
360180
360181
360182
360183
360177
365927
Vendor No.
KS6A
KS6A-00
KS6A-13
KS6A-36
KS6A-42
KS6A-43
KS6A-44
KS6A-45
KS6A-78
KS6A-88
KS6A-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electric ivory
Blue
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory
INDIVIDUALS
Anixter No.
360184
360191
360185
360192
360193
360194
360195
360196
360197
360190
365952
Vendor No.
KS5EA
KS5EA-00
KS5EA-13
KS5EA-36
KS5EA-42
KS5EA-43
KS5EA-44
KS5EA-45
KS5EA-78
KS5EA-88
KS5EA-99
Description
Fog white
Black
Electric ivory
Blue
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Wiremold gray
White
Wiremold ivory
3.119
Copper Solutions
TechChoice keystone jacks feature an easy-to-follow universal wiring label and

support standard termination using a 110-impact tool. The keystone footprint allows
for the greatest flexibility in installation scheduling because its rear insertion into the
faceplate allows the technician to complete the termination before, during and after
the construction process. TechChoice products are third-party component-tested to
meet Category 6 component specifications for ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 and
ISO 11801-2002.
FEATURES
Category 6, RJ45, 8-position
Flush fit, 180-degree exit
ORTRONICS
Legrand Ortronics
TechChoice Jacks
RCA CONNECTOR
TechChoice Keystone A/V Connectivity

ORTRONICS
The Ortronics range of audio, video and data connectivity options offers you the
flexibility, modularity, and application density needed to support a wide variety of A/V
equipment. Ortronics modules are available in Series II, TracJack, and TechChoice
(keystone) footprints. We also offer a wide selection of connector termination styles
and module colors.
The TechChoice Keystone footprint is a rear-loading style module that comes in a
variety of A/V connector types as well as Category 5e and 6 data connectivity. It's ideal
for creating a quality solution for A/V and data connectivity. The keystone footprint can
also be used with Series II through the use of an adapter bezel.
line of poke-thru devices, work-surface portals, floor boxes, raceway systems and
conference table, in-floor, or vertically in open spaces.
Copper Solutions
F-CONNECTOR (75 OHM) - FEMALE TO FEMALE
PR22378V2-131611.tif
Anixter No.
312122
360204
360206
312123
447800
447801
447802
447804
Vendor No.
KSFCN
KSFCN-13
KSFCN-88
KSFCN-99
KSFCNR
KSFCNR-13
KSFCNR-88
KSFCNR-99
BNC CONNECTOR - FEMALE TO FEMALE
Anixter No.
312124
312125
425056
447808
3.120
Vendor No.
KSBNC
KSBNC-99
KSBNC75
KSBNC75-88
Description
Fog white
Electrical ivory
White
Wiremold ivory
Recessed, fog white
Recessed, electrical ivory
Recessed, white
Recessed, Wiremold ivory
PR22381V2-131627.tif
PR22380V2-131614.tif
Anixter No.
312128
Vendor No.
KSRCAR
312129
KSRCAR-99
312126
KSRCAB
312127
KSRCAB-99
312130
KSRCAY
312131
KSRCAY-99
397323
KSRCAG
397324
KSRCAG-13
397325
KSRCAG-88
397327
KSRCAG-99
397329
KSRCABL
397330
KSRCABL-13
397331
KSRCABL-88
397332
KSRCABL-99
397333
KSRCAW
397334
KSRCAW-13
397336
KSRCAW-88
397337
KSRCAW-99
Description
50 ohm, fog white
50 ohm, Wiremold ivory
75 ohm, fog white
75 ohm, white
Description
Red female to 110 termination,
fog white
Red female to 110 termination,
Wiremold ivory
Black female to 110 termination,
fog white
Black female to 110 termination,
Wiremold ivory
Yellow female to 110 termination,
fog white
Yellow female to 110 termination,
Wiremold ivory
Green female to 110 termination,
fog white
electrical ivory
Green female to
110 termination, white
Wiremold ivory
Blue female to 110 termination,
fog white
electrical ivory
Blue female to
Wiremold ivory
White female to 110 termination,
fog white
electrical ivory
White female to
Wiremold ivory
Legrand Ortronics
TechChoice Jacks
BINDING POSTS
PR22377V2-131632.tif
Anixter No.
312132
Vendor No.
KSBP
312133
KSBP-99
Description
Pair of speaker terminals (one red,
one black)
Pair of speaker terminals (one red,
one black), Wiremold ivory
S-VIDEO
HDMI MODULES
Anixter No.
425074
PR28989V2-214427.tif
Vendor No.
KSHDMI
USB MODULES - FEMALE TO FEMALE
Description
Female to female, 19-pin
PR28987V2-214426.tif
PR22379V2-131635.tif
Anixter No.
312135
312136
425057
447809
Vendor No.
KSSV
KSSV-99
KSSVIDC
KSSVIDC-88
Description
Female to 110, fog white
Female to 110, Wiremold ivory
Female to female, fog white
Female to female, white
3.5 MM AUDIO JACK
PR34792V2-261587.tif
Anixter No.
397347
397348
397349
397350
425058
Vendor No.
KS35ST
KS35ST-13
KS35ST-88
KS35ST-99
KS35STST
447810
KS35STST-88
Anixter No.
425078
425080
Vendor No.
KSUSBAA
KSUSBAB
ADAPTER BEZEL FOR SERIES II

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
397359
KSS2210
BLANK MODULES
Anixter No.
312137
312138
312139
360207
Vendor No.
KSB10
KSB10-99
KSB10-13
KSB10-88
Description
USB 2.0 A-A
USB 2.0 A-B
Description
Series II bezel, 2-port, keystone
opening, 1 unit
Description
Package of 10, fog white
Package of 10, Wiremold ivory
Package of 10, electrical ivory
Package of 10, white
Description
Female to female, fog white
Female to female, electrical ivory
Female to female, white
Female to female, Wiremold ivory
Female to screw termination,
fog white
Female to screw
termination, white
3.121
Copper Solutions
Color is fog white.
Legrand Ortronics
TechChoice Faceplates
./
ORTRONICS
PR22360V2-131600.tif
Copper Solutions
TechChoice faceplates are available in high-impact 94V-0-rated thermoplastic and

stainless steel, with a variety of port capacities to match your workstation
applications. All faceplates allow for flush jack finish and have a window
designation area.
SINGLE-GANG PLASTIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
312297
KSFP1
312298
KSFP2
312299
KSFP3
312300
KSFP4
312301
KSFP6
360208
KSFP1-13
D
360209
KSFP2-13
360210
KSFP3-13
360211
KSFP4-13
373862
KSFP6-13
360212
360213
360214
360215
373860
373864
KSFP1-88
KSFP2-88
KSFP3-88
KSFP4-88
KSFP6-88
KSFP1-99
373865
KSFP2-99
373866
KSFP3-99
373867
KSFP4-99
373868
KSFP6-99
DUAL-GANG PLASTIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
312302
KSFP8
312304
KSFP12
3.122
Description
Holds one keystone, fog white
Holds two keystones, fog white
Holds three keystones, fog white
Holds four keystones, fog white
Holds six keystones, fog white
Holds one keystone,
electrical ivory
Holds two keystones,
electrical ivory
Holds three keystones,
electrical ivory
Holds four keystones,
electrical ivory
Holds six keystones,
electrical ivory
Holds one keystone, white
Holds two keystones, white
Holds three keystones, white
Holds four keystones, white
Holds six keystones, white
Holds one keystone,
Wiremold ivory
Holds two keystones,
Wiremold ivory
Holds three keystones,
Wiremold ivory
Holds four keystones,
Wiremold ivory
Holds six keystones,
Wiremold ivory
Anixter No.
373869
Vendor No.
KSFP8-13
373870
KSFP12-13
373873
373875
373877
KSFP8-88
KSFP12-88
KSFP8-99
373878
KSFP12-99
Description
Holds eight keystones,
electrical ivory
Holds 12 keystones,
electrical ivory
Holds eight keystones, white
Holds 12 keystones, white
Holds eight keystones,
Wiremold ivory
Holds 12 keystones,
Wiremold ivory
SINGLE-GANG STAINLESS STEEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
312305
KSSS1
312354
KSSS2
312358
KSSS3
312359
KSSS4
312360
KSSS6
Description
Holds one keystone
Holds two keystones
Holds three keystones
Holds four keystones
Holds six keystones
DUAL-GANG STAINLESS STEEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
312362
KSSS8
312363
KSSS12
Description
Holds eight keystones
Holds 12 keystones
TechChoice VGA Faceplates

ORTRONICS
PR22361V2-131597.tif
VGA faceplates are available in high-impact 94V-0-rated thermoplastic. The

single-gang version includes one integrated VGA connector. The double-gang version
includes two VGA connectors.
SINGLE-GANG - HOLDS FOUR KEYSTONES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
373881
KSFP4V110
373882
KSFP4VFT
373883
KSFP4V110-13
373884
KSFP4VFT-13
Description
Holds eight keystones, fog white
Holds 12 keystones, fog white
Description
VGA to 110, fog white
VGA with crimp pins, fog white
VGA to 110, electrical ivory
VGA with crimp pins,
electrical ivory
Legrand Ortronics
DUAL-GANG - HOLDS EIGHT KEYSTONES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
373886
KSFP8V110
373888
KSFP8VFT
373889
373890
KSFP8V110-13
KSFP8VFT-13
Description
Two VGA to 110, fog white
Two VGA with crimp pins,
fog white
Two VGA to 110, electrical ivory
Two VGA with crimp pins,
electrical ivory
PLASTIC RECTANGULAR GFCI AND 106 FRAMES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
397352
KSDS2
Stylistic rectangular frame with
two keystone openings
397353
KSDS3
three keystone openings
397354
KSDS4
four keystone openings
397355
KS106S2
106-style frame with two
keystone openings
397356
KS106S4
106-style frame with four
keystone openings
ORTRONICS
Copper Solutions
TechChoice Surface-mount Box

PR22362V2-131622.tif
TechChoice high-impact surface-mount boxes accommodate 2-port, 4-port or 6-port

keystone jacks. They are compatible with the Wiremold Eclipse range of solutions or
can easily be surface-installed with supplied screws or double-sided tape.
Designation strips and clear covers are included.
SURFACE-MOUNT BOXES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
312364
KSSMB2
312365
KSSMB4
312366
KSSMB6
Description
Holds two keystones, 2.42 in. x
2.18 in. x 1.16 in.
Holds four keystones, 4.78 in. x
3.6 in. x 1.14 in.
Holds six keystones, 6.76 in. x
3.6 in. x 1.14 in.
FURNITURE PLATES
Holds four keystones 2.67 in. - 2.75 in. x 1.34 in. - 1.41 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
387399
40300630
Fog white
397362
40300630-00
Black
3.123
Legrand Ortronics
TechChoice Patch Panels

./
TechChoice Patch Panels - Category 6

ORTRONICS
PR22363V2-131619.tif

PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
312065
312066
Vendor No.
SP5EU24
SP5EU48
ANGLED PANELS
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
PR28550V2-208948.tif
Category 6 TechChoice patch panels are available in high-density 24- and 48-port
traditional multiport panel format with 6-port modules.
Copper Solutions

PANELS
Anixter No.
312046
312047
Vendor No.
SP6U24
SP6U48
ANGLED PANELS
Description
24-ports, 1U
48-ports, 2U
PR28551V2-208953.tif
Anixter No.
421510
421511
Vendor No.
SPA5EU24
SPA5EU48
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
TechChoice Patch Panel Kit

ORTRONICS
PR22365V2-131602.tif
Anixter No.
421444
421446
Vendor No.
SPA6U24
SPA6U48
Description
24-port, angled, 1U
48-port, angled, 2U
TechChoice Patch Panels - Category 5e

ORTRONICS
PR22364V2-131603.tif
TechChoice patch panel kits are available in 24 and 48 ports to support the mixing
and matching of media-type applications. Cat 6, Cat 5e and multimedia
(sold separately).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
360199
SPKSU24
24-port, 1U
365955
SPKSU48
48-port, 2U
423672
SPAKSU24
24-port, angled, 1U
390689
SPAKSU48
48-port, angled, 2U
Category 5e TechChoice patch panels are available in high-density 24- and 48-port
traditional multiport panel format with 6-port modules.
3.124
Legrand Ortronics
TechChoice Patch Cords

./
TechChoice Patch Cords - Category 6

ORTRONICS
PR22374V2-131616.tif
TechChoice patch cords offer a slim design for high-density applications and come
factory terminated with a snagless boot. Each cable is pretested for component
performance (packaged 10 per bag).
FEATURES
Mod to mod
Vendor No.
SPC603-09
SPC603-00
SPC603-02
SPC603-05
SPC603-04
SPC603-06
SPC603-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-ORT6TC-01
MM05-ORT6TC-02
MM05-ORT6TC-03
MM05-ORT6TC-04
MM05-ORT6TC-05
MM05-ORT6TC-06
MM05-ORT6TC-09
Vendor No.
SPC605-09
SPC605-00
SPC605-02
SPC605-05
SPC605-04
SPC605-06
SPC605-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-ORT6TC-01
MM07-ORT6TC-02
MM07-ORT6TC-03
MM07-ORT6TC-04
MM07-ORT6TC-05
MM07-ORT6TC-06
MM07-ORT6TC-09
Vendor No.
SPC607-09
SPC607-00
SPC607-02
SPC607-05
SPC607-04
SPC607-06
SPC607-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Vendor No.
SPC610-09
SPC610-00
SPC610-02
SPC610-05
SPC610-04
SPC610-06
SPC610-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-ORT6TC-01
MM15-ORT6TC-02
MM15-ORT6TC-03
MM15-ORT6TC-04
MM15-ORT6TC-05
MM15-ORT6TC-06
MM15-ORT6TC-09
Vendor No.
SPC615-09
SPC615-00
SPC615-02
SPC615-05
SPC615-04
SPC615-06
SPC615-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-ORT6TC-01
MM25-ORT6TC-02
MM25-ORT6TC-03
MM25-ORT6TC-04
MM25-ORT6TC-05
MM25-ORT6TC-06
MM25-ORT6TC-09
Vendor No.
SPC625-09
SPC625-00
SPC625-02
SPC625-05
SPC625-04
SPC625-06
SPC625-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Copper Solutions
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-ORT6TC-01
MM03-ORT6TC-02
MM03-ORT6TC-03
MM03-ORT6TC-04
MM03-ORT6TC-05
MM03-ORT6TC-06
MM03-ORT6TC-09
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-ORT6TC-01
MM10-ORT6TC-02
MM10-ORT6TC-03
MM10-ORT6TC-04
MM10-ORT6TC-05
MM10-ORT6TC-06
MM10-ORT6TC-09
3.125
Legrand Ortronics
TechChoice Patch Cords
TechChoice Patch Cords - Category 5e

ORTRONICS
PR22374V2-131616.tif
TechChoice patch cords offer a slim design for high-density applications and come
factory terminated with a snagless boot. Each cable is pretested for component
performance (packaged 10 per bag).
FEATURES
Mod to mod
Copper Solutions

3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-ORT5ETC-01
MM03-ORT5ETC-02
D
MM03-ORT5ETC-03
MM03-ORT5ETC-04
MM03-ORT5ETC-05
MM03-ORT5ETC-06
MM03-ORT5ETC-09
Vendor No.
SPC5E03-09
SPC5E03-00
SPC5E03-02
SPC5E03-05
SPC5E03-04
SPC5E03-06
SPC5E03-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-ORT5ETC-01
MM05-ORT5ETC-02
MM05-ORT5ETC-03
MM05-ORT5ETC-04
MM05-ORT5ETC-05
MM05-ORT5ETC-06
MM05-ORT5ETC-09
Vendor No.
SPC5E05-09
SPC5E05-00
SPC5E05-02
SPC5E05-05
SPC5E05-04
SPC5E05-06
SPC5E05-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-ORT5ETC-01
MM07-ORT5ETC-02
MM07-ORT5ETC-03
MM07-ORT5ETC-04
MM07-ORT5ETC-05
MM07-ORT5ETC-06
MM07-ORT5ETC-09
Vendor No.
SPC5E07-09
SPC5E07-00
SPC5E07-02
SPC5E07-05
SPC5E07-04
SPC5E07-06
SPC5E07-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
3.126
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-ORT5ETC-01
MM10-ORT5ETC-02
MM10-ORT5ETC-03
MM10-ORT5ETC-04
MM10-ORT5ETC-05
MM10-ORT5ETC-06
MM10-ORT5ETC-09
Vendor No.
SPC5E10-09
SPC5E10-00
SPC5E10-02
SPC5E10-05
SPC5E10-04
SPC5E10-06
SPC5E10-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-ORT5ETC-01
MM15-ORT5ETC-02
MM15-ORT5ETC-03
MM15-ORT5ETC-04
MM15-ORT5ETC-05
MM15-ORT5ETC-06
MM15-ORT5ETC-09
Vendor No.
SPC5E15-09
SPC5E15-00
SPC5E15-02
SPC5E15-05
SPC5E15-04
SPC5E15-06
SPC5E15-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-ORT5ETC-01
MM25-ORT5ETC-02
MM25-ORT5ETC-03
MM25-ORT5ETC-04
MM25-ORT5ETC-05
MM25-ORT5ETC-06
MM25-ORT5ETC-09
Vendor No.
SPC5E25-09
SPC5E25-00
SPC5E25-02
SPC5E25-05
SPC5E25-04
SPC5E25-06
SPC5E25-08
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
General Cable
Cables
./
GenSPEED 10 MTP - Category 6A Cable - 10 Gigabit
GenSPEED 10,000 - Category 6A Cable - 10 Gigabit
GENERAL CABLE
GENERAL CABLE
PR23905V2-173400.tif

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
RoHS-compliant Directive 2002/95/EC
UL 444
PLENUM
NOTE: 1,000 ft. reel
Anixter No.
CMP-00423GEN-6A-01
CMP-00423GEN-6A-06
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423GEN-6A-01
CM-00423GEN-6A-06
Vendor No.
7131850
7131849
Vendor No.
7133850
7133849
Description
White
Blue
Description
White
Blue
GenSPEED 10,000 Category 6A is a cost-effective, standards-compliant UTP cabling

option designed to meet ANSI/TIA-568-C.2. Perfect for component upgrades, this
cable is fully backward compatible to legacy infrastructures, and it prepares your
system for 10 Gigabit applications. GenSPEED 10,000 solves the 1 Gigabit limitation
of Category 5e and Category 6, and is an ideal solution for
bandwidth-intensive applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair, UTP
2. Solid bare annealed copper conductors
5. CMR - polyolefin insulation, CMP - fluoropolymer insulation
7. T-Top cross-web design
Copper Solutions
GenSPEED 10 MTP Category 6A utilizes revolutionary Mosaic Crossblock technology to

shield the cable from noise coming from external cable sources, referred to as alien
crosstalk (PSANEXT and PSAACRF) - without the need for grounding. This patented
technology was carefully designed with metallic blocks separated by an insulating
layer. Since there is no metal-to-metal contact, there is no path for current to flow
longitudinally and thus no need for grounding. Therefore, you get all the benefits of
an STP/FTP cable without the cost or risk to your system. With typical headroom
beyond 12 dB on PSANEXT and PSAACRF, GenSPEED 10 MTP offers unmatched
Category 6A UTP performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
7. Cross-web design
PR23904V2-173401.tif

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
UL 444
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00423GEN-10G-01
CMP-00423GEN-10G-05
CMP-00423GEN-10G-06
CMP-00423GEN-10G-09
Vendor No.
7131820
7131822
7131819
7131821
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423GEN-10G-01
CM-00423GEN-10G-05
CM-00423GEN-10G-06
CM-00423GEN-10G-09
Vendor No.
7133820
7133822
7133819
7133821
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Contact your local sales representative for available color options.
3.127
General Cable
Cables
GenSPEED 10,000 with 17 FREE - Category 6A Cable

GENERAL CABLE
PR34807V2-262132.tif
Copper Solutions
GenSPEED 10,000 with 17 FREE is a UL-rated CMR cable that is free of halogens and
provides a more environmentally friendly cabling option. With increased flexibility
over traditional LSZH and consistent electrical performance, this cable can meet all
your green cabling needs.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMR 0.330
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 48
5. CMR: polyolefin insulation, zero halogen polyolefin insulation jacket
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ANSI/TIA-854: 1000BASE-TX
IEC 60754-2
UL 444
NONPLENUM
D
NOTE: 1,000 ft. reel.
Anixter No.
CM-00423GENF-10G-01
CM-00423GENF-10G-06
PLENUM
Spool-Pac cartons
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423GEN-E6RB-01 7131931
CMP-00423GEN-E6RB-06 7131930
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM
Spool-Pac cartons
Anixter No.
CM-00423GEN-E6RB-01
CM-00423GEN-E6RB-06
Description
White
Blue
Vendor No.
7133931
7133930
GenSPEED 6000 Enhanced - Category 6 Cable

GENERAL CABLE
Vendor No.
7133820-17F
7133819-17F
PR23902V2-173388.tif
Description
White
Blue
GenSPEED 6500 Premium - Category 6 Cable

PR23903V2-173392.tif
GenSPEED 6500 Premium Category 6 Cable has been designed and engineered with
precision balance to offer ultimate headroom that protects the network from cable
emissions and outside-noise sources. This cable is capable of consistently
outperforming under the present network infrastructure environments as well as
being equipped to handle the next-generation network applications. GenSPEED
6500 Premium Category cable is a high-end, optimally performing cable supporting
the most bandwidth-intense applications.
FEATURES
23 AWG, 4-pair, UTP
Solid bare annealed copper conductors
Nominal O.D. (in.): CMR 0.260, CMP 0.255
Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 32, CMP 31
CMR - polyolefin insulation, CMP - fluoropolymer insulation
3.128

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ANSI/TIA-862 (Building Automation)
ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0 (Class E)
ICEA S-102-700 (Category 6)
Contact your local sales representative for

available color and packaging options.
Contact your local representative for available color options.
GENERAL CABLE
CMR and CMP - FRPVC jacket

Cross-web design
General Cable's GenSPEED 6000 Enhanced Category 6 cable provides the market with
an elevated bandwidth and increased-performance cabling solution for more robust
and complex applications. This improved cable option comes with warranty
assurance for advanced applications demanding more headroom over the standard.
SPECIFICATIONS
7. Cross-web design
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
General Cable
Cables
PLENUM
NOTE: "6U" represents Pull-Pac cartons, "6RB" represents Spool-Pac cartons.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00423GEN-6U-01
7131901
White
CMP-00423GEN-6U-05
7131902
Yellow
CMP-00423GEN-6U-06
7131900
Blue
CMP-00423GEN-6U-09
7131903
Gray
CMP-00423GEN-6RB-01 7131941
White
CMP-00423GEN-6RB-05 7131942
Yellow
CMP-00423GEN-6RB-06 7131940
Blue
CMP-00423GEN-6RB-09 7131943
Gray

available color and put-up options.
GenSPEED - Category 6 Cable

GENERAL CABLE
PR23901V2-173394.tif
GenSPEED 6 is a standards-compliant Category 6 cable that features a unique tape

design engineered for consistent electrical performance. Its TRU-Mark print legend
contains footage markings from 1,000 ft. to 0 ft., making usage easier to track. This
Category 6 cable is third-party verified for guaranteed performance and conforms to
ANSI/TIA-568-C standards. It is offered in a variety of colors and can be shipped in
General Cable's easy-to-use Pull-Pac or Spool-Pac cartons, or on reels.
SPECIFICATIONS
5. CMR - polyolefin insulation, CMP - fluoropolymer/dual-layer polyolefin insulation
7. Unique tape separator
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00423GS6-6U-01
7133801
White
CM-00423GS6-6U-02
7133807
Black
CM-00423GS6-6U-03
7133804
Red
CM-00423GS6-6U-04
7133806
Green
CM-00423GS6-6U-05
7133802
Yellow
CM-00423GS6-6U-06
7133800
Blue
CM-00423GS6-6U-08
7133805
Orange
CM-00423GS6-6U-09
7133803
Gray
CM-00423GS6-6RB-01
7133841
White
CM-00423GS6-6RB-02
7133847
Black
CM-00423GS6-6RB-03
7133844
Red
CM-00423GS6-6RB-04
7133846
Green
CM-00423GS6-6RB-05
7133842
Yellow
CM-00423GS6-6RB-06
7133840
Blue
CM-00423GS6-6RB-08
7133845
Orange
CM-00423GS6-6RB-09
7133843
Gray

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
3.129
Copper Solutions
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00423GEN-6U-01
7133901
White
CM-00423GEN-6U-05
7133902
Yellow
CM-00423GEN-6U-06
7133900
Blue
CM-00423GEN-6U-09
7133903
Gray
CM-00423GEN-6RB-01
7133941
White
CM-00423GEN-6RB-05
7133942
Yellow
CM-00423GEN-6RB-06
7133940
Blue
CM-00423GEN-6RB-09
7133943
Gray
PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00423GS6-6U-01
7131801
White
CMP-00423GS6-6U-02
7131807
Black
CMP-00423GS6-6U-03
7131804
Red
CMP-00423GS6-6U-04
7131806
Green
CMP-00423GS6-6U-05
7131802
Yellow
CMP-00423GS6-6U-06
7131800
Blue
CMP-00423GS6-6U-08
7131805
Orange
CMP-00423GS6-6U-09
7131803
Gray
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-01 7131841
White
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-02 7131847
Black
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-03 7131844
Red
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-04 7131846
Green
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-05 7131842
Yellow
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-06 7131840
Blue
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-08 7131845
Orange
CMP-00423GS6-6RB-09 7131843
Gray
General Cable
Cables
GenSPEED 6 with 17 FREE - Category 6 Cable

GENERAL CABLE
PR29091V2-215169.tif
Copper Solutions
GenSPEED 6 with 17 FREE is a UL-rated CMR cable that is free of halogens and
over traditional LSZH and consistent electrical performance, this cable can meet all
your green cabling needs.
SPECIFICATIONS
5. CMR: polyolefin insulation, zero halogen polyolefin jacket
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
NEC/CEC Type CMR (UL 1666) for Nonplenum
D
UL 444
NONPLENUM, 1,000 FT. PULL-PAC
NOTE: "6U" represents Pull-Pac cartons, "6RB" represents Spool-Pac cartons
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00423GS6F-6U-01
7133801-17F
White
CM-00423GS6F-6U-04
7133806-17F
Green
CM-00423GS6F-6U-06
7133800-17F
Blue
CM-00423GS6F-6RB-01 7133841-17F
White
CM-00423GS6F-6RB-04 7133846-17F
Green
CM-00423GS6F-6RB-06 7133840-17F
Blue
SPECIFICATIONS
1. CMR 24 AWG, 4-pair, UTP, CMP 23 AWG, 4-pair, UTP
5. CMR - PE insulation, CMP - fluoropolymer insulation
ANSI/TIA 568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0 (Class D)
ICEA S-90-661 (Category 5e)
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424BICC-6U-01
CMP-00424BICC-6U-06
CMP-00424BICC-6U-09
CMP-00424BICC-6RB-01
Vendor No.
6131361
6131278
6131418
6131449
6131433
6131619
Description
White
Blue
Gray
White
Blue
Gray
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424BICC-6U-01
6133255
White
CM-00424BICC-6U-06
6133299
Blue
CM-00424BICC-6U-09
6133200
Gray
CM-00424BICC-6RB-01 6133339
White
CM-00424BICC-6RB-06 6133403
Blue
CM-00424BICC-6RB-09 6133331
Gray
available color and bulk put-up options.

GenSPEED 5000 - Category 5e Cable

GENERAL CABLE
PR11082V2-18121.tif
GenSPEED 5500 - Category 5e Cable

GENERAL CABLE
PR12135V2-22084.tif
GenSPEED 5500 Premium Category 5e cable has been engineered for users who seek
significant crosstalk performance for improved network optimization and reliability.
This premium cable ensures increased headroom for future applications, lower
bit-error rates and higher signal transmission quality.
3.130
GenSPEED 5000 is a standards-compliant Category 5e cable engineered to provide

stable and continuous performance. Its TRU-Mark print legend contains footage
markings from 1,000 ft. to 0 ft., making usage easier to track. This Category 5e cable
is third-party verified for guaranteed performance. It is offered in a variety of colors
and can be shipped in General Cable's easy-to-use Pull-Pac or Spool-Pac cartons, or
on reels.
SPECIFICATIONS
General Cable
Cables
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
PLENUM
NOTE: Remove "U" after -5 for reels.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424BICC-5U-01 5131361E
CMP-00424BICC-5U-06 5131278E
CMP-00424BICC-5U-09 5131418E
NONPLENUM - 1,000 FT. SPOOL-PACK

Provided in reel-in-a-box packaging.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BICCF-5RB-01 5133342E-17F
CM-00424BICCF-5RB-04 5133693E-17F
CM-00424BICCF-5RB-06 5133374E-17F
Description
White
Green
Blue

GenSPEED 5000 - Category 5e Backbone 25-pair Cable

Description
White
Blue
Gray

GenSPEED 5000 with 17 FREE - Category 5e Cable

GENERAL CABLE
Description
White
Green
Blue
PR29092V2-215172.tif
GenSPEED 5000 with 17 FREE is a UL-rated CMR cable that is free of halogens and
over traditional LSZH and continuous performance, this cable can meet all your green
cabling needs.
SPECIFICATIONS
5. CMR insulation: polyolefin
6. CMR jacket: zero halogen polyolefin
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
NEC/CEC Type CMR (UL 1666) for nonplenum
UL 444
GENERAL CABLE
PR34808V2-262128.tif
GenSPEED 5000 is a standard Category 5e cable, engineered to provide stable and

continuous performance. Its TRU-Mark print legend contains footage markings from
1,000 ft. to 0 ft., making usage easier to track. This 25-pair Category 5e cable is
third-party verified for guaranteed performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-02524BICC-5E-01
CMP-02524BICC-5E-06
Vendor No.
2131550E
2131753E
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-02524BICC-5E-01
CM-02524BICC-5E-06
Vendor No.
2133781E
2133694E
Description
White
Blue

3.131
Copper Solutions
NONPLENUM
NOTE: Remove "U" after -5 for reels.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BICC-5U-01
5133255E
CM-00424BICC-5U-06
5133299E
CM-00424BICC-5U-09
5133200E
Description
White
Blue
Gray
NONPLENUM - 1,000 FT. PULL-PACK

Provided in box packaging.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BICCF-5U-01 5133255E-17F
CM-00424BICCF-5U-04 5133512E-17F
CM-00424BICCF-5U-06 5133299E-17F
General Cable
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Level 6 Shielded Cable
Category 3 - Plenum UTP Cable

GENERAL CABLE
GenSPEED 10,000 - Category 6A U/FTP (STP) Shielded Cable

PR11083V2-18124.tif
Copper Solutions
General Cable's Category 3 UTP cable is available in CMP and pair counts
from 2-300.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4 to 300 UTP
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMP 0.17 (4-pair)
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): CMP 17 (4-pair)
5. CMP - FRPVC insulation, FRPVC jacket (2-100 pairs)
6. CMP - FRPVC insulation, fluoropolymer jacket (200-300 pairs)
ANSI/TIA Category 3 compliant
ANSI/ICEA S-90-661 (Category 3)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424BICC-3U-09 2131313
CMP-02524BICC-3
2131505.99
CMP-05024BICC-3-01
2131757.99
D
CMP-10024BICC-3-01
2131758.99
Description
4-pairs, gray, boxes
25-pairs, white, reels
Additional pair counts available.
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Category 3 Unshielded - LS0H
Category 3 - Nonplenum UTP Cable

GENERAL CABLE
PR11083V2-18124.tif
General Cable's Category 3 UTP cable is available in CMR and pair counts
from 2-300.
ANSI/ICEA S-90-661 (Category 3)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BICC-3U-09
2133017
CMR-002524GEN-3C-09 2133033
CMR-005024GEN-3C-09 2133161
CMR-010024GEN-3C-09 2133144
GENERAL CABLE
PR23906V2-173397.tif
GenSPEED 10,000 Category 6A U/FTP (STP) cable is a shielded cabling option

designed to meet ANSI/TIA-568-C.2. This design allows for maximum pair separation,
increasing the performance of key electrical parameters. Individual shielded pairs
offer EMI protection. Perfect for component upgrades, this cable is fully backward
compatible to legacy infrastructures, and it prepares your system for 10 Gigabit
applications. GenSPEED 10,000 solves the 1 Gigabit limitation of Category 5e and
Category 6, and is an ideal solution for bandwidth-intensive applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
UL 444
PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423GEN-10GS-01 7131787
CMP-00423GEN-10GS-06 7131786
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423GEN-10GS-01
CM-00423GEN-10GS-06
Description
White
Blue
Vendor No.
7133787
7133786
Description
4-pairs, gray, boxes
25-pairs, gray, reels
Additional pair count, packaging and colors available.
3.132
General Cable
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Level 6 Shielded Cable
GenSPEED 10,000 - Category 6A F/UTP (ScTP)

GENERAL CABLE
GenSPEED 5000 - Category 5e Screened Cable

PR34806V2-262127.tif

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
UL 444
PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423GENA-10G-01 7131587
CMP-00423GENA-10G-06 7131586
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423GENA-10G-01
CM-00423GENA-10G-06
Description
White
Blue
Vendor No.
7133587
7133586
PR12138V2-22087.tif
GenSPEED 5000 Screened Cable performs to Category 5e standards in noisy

environments. The foil shield reduces electromagnetic interference (EMI) for
optimal performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ANSI/ICEA S-90-661 (Category 5e)
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424GEN-5E-S-01
CMP-00424GEN-5E-S-06
Vendor No.
2131778E
2131611E
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424GEN-5E-S-01
CM-00424GEN-5E-S-06
Vendor No.
2133774E
2133496E
Description
White
Blue
Copper Solutions
GenSPEED 10,000 Category 6A F/UTP (ScTP) cable is a shielded cabling option

designed to meet ANSI/TIA-568-C.2. This design allows for maximum pair separation,
increasing the performance of key electrical parameters. Polyester-backed aluminum
foil provides industry-leading protection from external cable noise sources. Perfect
for component upgrades, this cable is fully backward compatible to legacy
infrastructures, and it prepares your system for 10 Gigabit applications. GenSPEED
10,000 solves the 1 Gigabit limitation of Category 5e and Category 6 and is an ideal
solution for bandwidth-intensive applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL CABLE
3.133
PANDUIT
Cables
./
TX6A 10GIG UTP Copper Cable - 10 Gigabit
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT
TX6500 - Category 6 UTP Cable

PR24037V2-173888.tif
PANDUIT's TX6A 10GIG UTP Copper Cabling System is a next-generation design

utilizing innovative cable matrix tape technology and advanced connector
compensation techniques to yield revolutionary channel performance. This new UTP
cable design addresses the customer's preference for smaller and round-shape
Category 6A cable without compromising performance. The TX6A 10GIG UTP Copper
Cabling System provides better risk management throughout the enterprise by
achieving operational cost efficiencies and reducing downtime. PANDUIT has
developed this advanced system for mission-critical data centers and enterprise
applications. This highly reliable and scalable infrastructure solution will increase
network availability, mitigate risk and minimize power consumption.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. CMP - 23 AWG, CMR - 23 AWG; 4-pair UTP
6. Cross-divider separates pairs for exceptional performance
7. Plenum (CMP) and nonplenum (CMR) flame-rated
D

Certified channel performance in a 4-connector configuration up to 100 meters
and exceeds the requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO
11801 Class EA standards for supporting 10GBASE-T transmission over twisted-pair
cabling systems as part of the PANDUIT TX6A 10GIG UTP Copper Cabling System.
Certified component performance up to 100 meters and exceeds the ANSI/
TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A standards for supporting
10GBASE-T transmission over twisted-pair cabling systems.
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00423PND-6A-01
CMP-00423PND-6A-05
CMP-00423PND-6A-06
Vendor No.
PUP6A04WH-UG
PUP6A04YL-UG
PUP6A04BU-UG
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423PND-6A-01
CM-00423PND-6A-05
CM-00423PND-6A-06
Vendor No.
PUR6A04WH-UG
PUR6A04YL-UG
PUR6A04BU-UG
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
PANDUIT
PR9718V2-15301.tif
These cables offer superior performance that exceeds Category 6 performance

requirements. This product offers a small diameter for efficient pathway fill, is
supplied as 1,000 ft. in an EZ-Brake reel-in-a-box and has descending length markers
on the cable to help speed installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4 - pair UTP
3. Cable diameter: CMR 0.265, CMP 0.264
4. CMR - polyolefin insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
6. Spine center membrane
7. Plenum (CMP) and nonplenum (CMR) flame-rated
Exceeds all requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801
Edition 2.0 for Class E channel standards.
Exceeds all requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and
IEC 61156-5 Category 6 component standards.
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424PND-7ERB-01
Vendor No.
PUP6504WH-UY
PUP6504YL-UY
PUP6504BU-UY
PUP6504IG-UY
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
International gray
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424PND-7ERB-01
CM-00424PND-7ERB-05
CM-00424PND-7ERB-06
CM-00424PND-7ERB-09
Vendor No.
PUR6504WH-UY
PUR6504YL-UY
PUR6504BU-UY
PUR6504IG-UY
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
International gray
Additional colors available upon request.

When installed as part of the TX6500 end-to-end solution, the
PANDUIT Channel Headroom Warranty is available.

Should be installed as part of the complete
PANDUIT TX6A 10GIG Copper Cabling System.
3.134
Build a Smarter Unified Business Foundation

Panduit's flexible, end to end physical infrastructure solutions deliver secure, energy
efficient, real time data and services to support your business needs.
Unified Physical Infrastructure (UPI)-based Smart Data Center and Connected Buildings
Solutions, include:
t $PQQFS$BCMJOH4ZTUFNT
t &OFSHZ&GGJDJFOU$BCJOFUT
t 'JCFS$BCMJOH4ZTUFNT
t 3BDLTBOE$BCMF.BOBHFNFOU
t 1IZTJDBM*OGSBTUSVDUVSF.BOBHFNFOU
t ;POF$BCMJOHBOE&ODMPTVSFT
t 3PVUJOH4ZTUFNT
t 4USVDUVSFE(SPVOEJOH
Visit our Smart Data Center and
Enterprise Solutions pages at
http://www.panduit.com/Solutions
PANDUIT
Cables
TX6000 Category 6 UTP Cable
TX5500 Category 5e UTP Cable
PANDUIT
The TX6000 cables exceed Category 6 standards performance requirements. This
product offers a small diameter for efficient pathway fill, is supplied 1,000 feet in an
easy-payout EZ-Brake reel-in-a-box and has descending length markers on the cable
to help speed installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Cable diameter: CMR 0.240, CMP 0.236
4. CMR - polyolefin insulation, CMP - FEP/polyolefin insulation
6. Pair separator
7. Plenum (CMP) and nonplenum/riser (CMR) flame-rated
PANDUIT
The TX5500 cables offer superior performance that exceeds Category 5e performance
supplied 1,000 feet in an easy-payout Reelex package, and has descending length
markers on the cable to help speed installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Cable diameter: 4-pair riser - 0.225 in., 4-pair plenum - 0.207 in.
4. CMR - polyolefin insulation, CMP - FEP/polyolefin insulation
6. Plenum (CMP) and nonplenum/riser (CMR) flame rated
Copper Solutions

Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Class E channel standards.
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC 61156-5
Category 6 component standards.
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424PND-7RB-01
CMP-00424PND-7RB-05
D
CMP-00424PND-7RB-06
CMP-00424PND-7RB-09
Vendor No.
PUP6004WH-UY
PUP6004YL-UY
PUP6004BU-UY
PUP6004IG-UY
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
International gray
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424PND-7RB-01
CM-00424PND-7RB-05
CM-00424PND-7RB-06
CM-00424PND-7RB-09
Vendor No.
PUR6004WH-UY
PUR6004YL-UY
PUR6004BU-UY
PUR6004IG-UY
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
International gray

Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Class D channel standards.
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC 61156-5 Category 5e
component standards.
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424PND-6U-01
CMP-00424PND-6U-05
CMP-00424PND-6U-06
Vendor No.
PUP5504WH-UY
PUP5504YL-UY
PUP5504BU-UY
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424PND-6U-01
CM-00424PND-6U-06
CM-00424PND-6U-09
Vendor No.
PUR5504WH-UY
PUR5504BU-UY
PUR5504IG-UY
Description
White
Blue
International gray
Also available in 25-pair plenum and nonplenum/riser.


When installed as part of the TX6000 end-to-end solution,
the PANDUIT Channel Headroom Warranty is available.
3.136
PANDUIT
Cables
TX5500 25-pair Category 5e UTP Cable
TX5500 - Category 5e F/UTP Cable
PANDUIT
requirements. This product is supplied 1,000 feet on a wooden reel, and has
descending length markers on the cable to help speed installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
5. CMR - FRPVC jacket, CMP - fluoropolymer jacket
6. Plenum (CMP) and nonplenum/riser (CMR) flame-rated
PANDUIT
supplied 1,000 feet on a reel, and has descending length markers on the cable to
help speed installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair F/UTP
5. CMR - CMP - FRPVC jacket
6. Plenum (CMP) and nonplenum/riser (CMR) flame rated

Vendor No.
PUP5525WH-UY
PUP5525IG-UY
PUP5525BU-UY
Description
White
International gray
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-02524PND-5E-01
CM-02524PND-5E-06
CM-02524PND-5E-09
Vendor No.
PUR5525WH-UY
PUR5525BU-UY
PUR5525IG-UY
Description
White
Blue
International gray
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-0424PND-5E-01
CMP-0424PND-5E-05
CMP-0424PND-5E-06
CMP-0424PND-5E-09
CMP-0424PND-5E-02
CMP-0424PND-5E-04
CMP-0424PND-5E-08
CMP-0424PND-5E-10
CMP-0424PND-5E-03
Vendor No.
PFP5504WH-UY
PFP5504YL-UY
PFP5504BU-UY
PFP5504IG-UY
PFP5504BL-UY
PFP5504GR-UY
PFP5504OR-UY
PFP5504VL-UY
PFP5504RD-UY
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
International gray
Black
Green
Orange
Violet
Red
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-0424PND-5E-01
CM-0424PND-5E-06
CM-0424PND-5E-09
CM-0424PND-5E-05
CM-0424PND-5E-04
CM-0424PND-5E-08
CM-0424PND-5E-03
CM-0424PND-5E-02
CM-0424PND-5E-10
Vendor No.
PFR5504WH-UY
PFR5504BU-UY
PFR5504IG-UY
PFR5504YL-UY
PFR5504GR-UY
PFR5504OR-UY
PFR5504RD-UY
PFR5504BL-UY
PFR5504VL-UY
Description
White
Blue
International gray
Yellow
Green
Orange
Red
Black
Violet
Copper Solutions
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-02524PND-5E-01
CMP-02524PND-5E-09
CMP-02524PND-5E-06

3.137
PANDUIT
Copper Solutions
Jacks
./
Mini-Com TX6A 10GIG UTP Jack Module - Category 6A
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS UTP Jack Module - Category 6
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
PR10824V2-17659.tif
Mini-Com TX6A 10GIG Jack Modules are Category 6A, 10 Gbps, 8-position, 8-wire
universal modules that utilize enhanced GIGA-TX Technology for jack termination,
which optimizes performance by maintaining cable-pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist. Through the use of a patent-pending Flex Technology, the modules
deliver innovative connectivity to support 10 Gigabit Ethernet. Each jack module is
100 percent tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and is individually serialized
for traceability. Compatible with Mini-Com patch panels, faceplates and
surface-mount boxes.
FEATURES
Terminates 4-pair, 26 to 22 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded, shielded
twisted-pair cable
No punch-down tool required
D
Can be reterminated
a minimum of 20 times
Blue termination cap designates 10 Gig, Category 6A performance
Accepts 6- and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, IEEE 802.3an-2006, and
ISO 11801 Class EA channel standards.
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3at for PoE Plus.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
307325
CJ6X88TGBL
Black
307322
CJ6X88TGBU
Blue
307319
CJ6X88TGEI
Electric ivory
307323
CJ6X88TGGR
Green
307320
CJ6X88TGIG
International gray
307317
CJ6X88TGIW
Off-white
307327
CJ6X88TGOR
Orange
307321
CJ6X88TGRD
Red
307326
CJ6X88TGVL
Violet
323290
CJ6X88TGWH
White
307324
CJ6X88TGYL
Yellow
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Modules are Category 6 RJ45 8-position, 8-wire, universal,
patent-pending modules that utilize enhanced GIGA-TX Technology for termination,
which optimizes performance by maintaining cable-pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist. Each jack module is 100 percent tested to ensure NEXT and RL
performance and is individually serialized for traceability. Compatible with Mini-Com
patch panels, faceplates and surface-mount boxes.
FEATURES
Terminates 4-pair, 26 to 22 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded, shielded
twisted-pair cable
T568A/B universally wired, termination cap color coded for both wiring schemes
No punch-down tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures conductors are
fully terminated
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time by 25 percent
Off-white termination cap designates Category 6 PLUS performance
Can be reterminated a minimum of 20 times
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6, IEEE 802.3an-2006 and ISO
11801 Class E channel standards.
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and IEC 61156-5
Category 6 component standards.
Meets requirements IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
311268
CJ688TGBL
Black
311321
CJ688TGBU
Blue
311322
CJ688TGEI
Electric ivory
311323
CJ688TGGR
Green
311324
CJ688TGIG
International gray
311325
CJ688TGIW
Off-white
311326
CJ688TGOR
Orange
311327
CJ688TGRD
Red
311328
CJ688TGVL
Violet
311329
CJ688TGWH
White
3.138
PR11967V2-21720.tif
PANDUIT
Jacks
Mini-Com Category 5e UTP Coupler Module

PANDUIT
PR10828V2-17671.tif
Mini-Com TX5e coupler modules are Category 5e RJ45 8-position,

8-wire-to-RJ45 8-position, 8-wire universal, female pass-through modules.
FEATURES
RJ45 female to RJ45 female pass-through module
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Not suitable for surface-mount box applications
Mini-Com Mini-Jack Category 3 UTP Jack Modules

PANDUIT
PR2508V2-15021.eps
Description
Off-white
Electric ivory
Black
White
International gray
6W6P (RJ11 TYPE) - 8-POSITION 8-WIRE

USOC wiring
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
174024
CJ66UIW
174025
CJ66UEI
180501
CJ66UIGY
185764
CJ66UWH
196289
CJ66UBL
Description
Off-white
Electric ivory
International gray
White
Black

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
174026
CJ66IW
174027
CJ66EI
520185
CJ66BL
195750
CJ66WH
243790
CJ66IG
Description
Off-white
Electric ivory
Black
White
International gray

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
174028
CJ64IW
174029
CJ64EIY
175673
CJ64WH
215339
CJ64BL
223110
CJ64IGY
Description
Off-white
Electric ivory
White
Black
International gray
TERMINATION SNAP TOOL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
175030
CJT-X
Copper Solutions

Designed to exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
311344
CC5E88BL
Black
311348
CC5E88IW
Off-white
8W8P - CATEGORY 3 - 8-POSITION 8-WIRE

Universally A/B wired
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
174022
CJ88IW
174023
CJ88EI
192987
CJ88BL
201489
CJ88WHY
522747
CJ88IG
Description
Terminates all Mini-Com
Mini-Jack modules
The Mini-Com Mini-Jack Category 3 UTP Jack Modules terminate 4-pair, 24 and
22 AWG, 100 ohm, solid, unshielded, twisted-pair cabling.
FEATURES
8-position, 8-wire universal module
Termination cap is color coded for T568A and T568B wiring schemes
Patented lead-frame termination style ensures twists are maintained to within
1/2 in.
No punch-down tool required; optional termination tool (CJT-X) ensures
conductors are fully terminated
Termination cap provides excellent strain relief; helps control cable bend radius
and securely retains wires
Clear, removable termination cap provides easy troubleshooting
White-colored module base designates Category 3 performance
CJ88 modules are ANSI/TIA Category 3-compliant
3.139
PANDUIT
Jacks
Mini-Com Modules
PANDUIT
PR20035V2-65569.tif
Copper Solutions
Mini-Com Modules snap in and out

of all Mini-Com modular patch
panels, faceplates and
surface-mount boxes for fast
moves, adds and changes and all
Mini-Com modular patch panels for
closet applications. Modules snap
in and out individually, enabling
you to customize each and every installation to meet your exact requirements.
50 OHM BNC COAX COUPLER MODULE
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
225507
CMBABLY
174031
CMBAEIY
174030
CMBAIWY
Description
Black
Electric ivory
Off-white
75 OHM BNC COAX COUPLER MODULE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
231409
CMBA75BLY
255074
CMBA75EIY
235132
CMBA75IWY
Description
Black
Electric ivory
Off-white
F-TYPE COUPLER MODULE

D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
286338
CMFBL
286337
CMFEI
286340
CMFIG
286336
CMFIW
286339
CMFWH
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
F-TYPE MODULES - SELF-TERMINATING

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
251905
CMFSREIY
268189
CMFSRIGY
268187
CMFSRIWY
268188
CMFSRWHY
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
RCA PASS-THROUGH MODULES

Color: Off-white
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
250682
CMRPRIW
250684
CMRPWIW
250683
CMRPYIW
Description
With red insert
With white insert
With yellow insert
RCA 110-STYLE PUNCH-DOWN MODULES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
251984
CJRREI
251985
CJRRIW
241412
CJRRWH
251986
CJRWEI
250679
CJRWIW
241413
CJRWWH
Description
Red insert, electric ivory module
Red insert, off-white module
Red insert, white module
White insert, electric ivory module
White insert, off-white module
White insert, white module
3.140
Anixter No.
264830
Vendor No.
CJRYEI
250681
CJRYIW
Description
Yellow insert, electric
ivory module
Yellow insert, off-white module
S-VIDEO 110-STYLE PUNCH-DOWN MODULE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251988
CJSVIW
Off-white
S-VIDEO PASS-THROUGH MODULE
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
272117
CMSVCIWY
Description
Off-white
BLANK MODULES
Packs of 10
Anixter No.
266822
Vendor No.
CMBBL-X
266823
CMBEI-X
266824
CMBIG-X
266820
CMBIW-X
266825
CMBWH-X
Description
Blank module for one adapter
space, black
space, electric ivory
space, international gray
space, off-white
space, white
15-PIN HIGH-DENSITY D-SUBMINIATURE MODULE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
331399
CMD15HDBLY
Black
331396
CMD15HDEIY
Electric ivory
331397
CMD15HDIGY
International gray
331395
CMD15HDIWY
Off-white
3.5 MM STEREO CONNECTOR AND COUPLER MODULES
Color: Off-white
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
385777
CM35MSCIWY
Stereo coupler module
318605
CM35MSSIW
Stereo solder-type connector
5-WAY BINDING POST MODULES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
337104
CMBPBIWY
341797
CMBPRIWY
Description
Post with black stripe
Post with red stripe
HDMI COUPLER
Color: Off-white
Anixter No.
CMHDMIIW
Vendor No.
CMHDMIIW
Description
1.3 Type A female to female
coupler module
USB COUPLER
Color: Off-white
Anixter No.
447610
Vendor No.
CMUSBAAIW
Description
2.0 female A to female A
coupler module
PANDUIT
Faceplates
Vendor No.
UICFP4EI
UICFP4IG
UICFP4IW
UICFP4WH
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
6-PORT
Anixter No.
232314
222195
230854
Vendor No.
CFPL6EIY
CFPL6IWY
CFPL6WHY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
6-PORT ULTIMATE ID
Anixter No.
283423
268998
268999
Vendor No.
UICFP6EI
UICFP6IG
UICFP6IW
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
6-PORT SLOPED
Anixter No.
317695
447263
287182
342484
Vendor No.
CFPSL6EIY
CFPSL6IGY
CFPSL6IWY
CFPSL6WHY
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates with Labels

PANDUIT
PR2526V2-15033.eps
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates accept Mini-Com
modules for STP and UTP (including Category 5e and
Category 6), fiber optic and audio/video, which snap
in and out for easy moves, adds and changes. The
Ultimate ID products are designed to efficiently
support the ANSI/TIA-606-A standard labeling
requirements. Labels sold separately for
Ultimate ID products.
2-PORT
Anixter No.
224360
234233
245448
Vendor No.
CFPL2EIY
CFPL2IWY
CFPL2WHY
2-PORT SLOPED
Icon slots
Anixter No.
236637
251891
251892
Vendor No.
CFPSL2EIY
CFPSL2IWY
CFPSL2WHY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
2-PORT ULTIMATE ID
Anixter No.
268990
268991
268992
268993
Vendor No.
UICFP2EI
UICFP2IG
UICFP2IW
UICFP2WH
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
SINGLE-GANG STAINLESS STEEL WITH LABELS
3-PORT
Anixter No.
239566
239568
Vendor No.
CFPL3EIY
CFPL3IWY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
4-PORT
Anixter No.
224361
222194
242529
Anixter No.
330437
330441
330463
Vendor No.
CFPL4EIY
CFPL4IWY
CFPL4WHY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
DOUBLE-GANG STAINLESS STEEL WITH LABELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
331371
CFPL4S-2GY
4-port
331372
CFPL8S-2GY
8-port
4-PORT SLOPED
Icon slots
Anixter No.
251893
251894
251895
Vendor No.
CFPSL4EIY
CFPSL4IWY
CFPSL4WHY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
4-PORT SLOPED HORIZONTAL WITH LABELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
243787
CFPHSL4EI
251888
CFPHSL4IW
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
Vendor No.
CFPL2SY
CFPL4SY
CFPL6SY
4-PORT TAMPER- AND WATER-RESISTANT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
244885
CFPTR4EI
256146
UICFPRTR4EI
283572
287183
CFPWR4IG
CFPWR4CIG
PR14388V2-37326.tif
Description
2-port
4-port
6-port
Description
Tamper-resistant, electric ivory
Tamper-resistant, Ultimate ID,
electric ivory
Water-resistant, international gray
Water-resistant, international gray
base, clear cover
The Ultimate ID labels can be clearly identified with the

PANTHER LS8E or Hand-held Label Printer and Cartridge;
see Anixter Part No. 348568 or 348455, respectively.
3.141
Copper Solutions
4-PORT ULTIMATE ID
Anixter No.
268994
268995
268996
268997
./
PANDUIT
Faceplates
4-PORT, SINGLE-GANG SLOPED FACEPLATE KIT
Mini-Com Classic Series Vertical Faceplates
PR22252V2-129772.tif
PANDUIT
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP (including Category 5e and Category 6),
fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds
and changes.
1-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
204425
CFP1EI
201586
CFP1IW
195751
CFP1WH
2-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PR22250V2-129776.tif
Anixter No.
204177
204176
Vendor No.
CFPS4EI
CFPS4IW
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
Copper Solutions
12-PORT, DOUBLE-GANG KIT

Includes six flat-module inserts (two module spaces each).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251886
CFPF12EI-2G
Electric ivory
251887
CFPF12IG-2G
International gray
238088
CFPF12IW-2G
Off-white
215024
CFPF12WH-2G
White
Anixter No.
204426
234754
199891
195752
Vendor No.
CFP2EI
CFP2IG
CFP2IW
CFP2WH
4-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
PR22251V2-129713.tif
SINGLE-GANG STAINLESS STEEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
251897
CFP2SY
237910
CFP4SY
251900
CFP6SY
Description
2-port
4-port
6-port
DOUBLE-GANG STAINLESS STEEL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
251898
CFP4S-2GY
251901
CFP8S-2GY
Description
4-port
8-port
Mini-Com Classic Series Horizontal Faceplates

PANDUIT
fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds and
changes. Both horizontal faceplates are single-gang.
Anixter No.
204427
223465
199892
195753
Vendor No.
CFP4EI
CFP4IG
CFP4IW
CFP4WH
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
2-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Anixter No.
243785
199814
225983
3.142
Vendor No.
CFPH2EI
CFPH2IW
CFPH2WH
PR22254V2-129770.tif
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PANDUIT
Faceplates
4-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
PR22255V2-129742.tif
Mini-Com Faceplate Frames and Inserts

PANDUIT
Mini-Com Faceplate Frames and Inserts allow you to assemble your own custom
faceplates. The front removable inserts allow you to create sloped or flush outlets.
You can even mix or match the inserts to meet your exact requirements. The bezels
are available in both single- and double-gang styles.
CLASSIC SINGLE-GANG FACEPLATE FRAME
Anixter No.
232313
199889
251889
251890
Vendor No.
CFPH4EI
CFPH4IW
CFPH4IG
CFPH4WH
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
International gray
White
4-PORT SLOPED HORIZONTAL WITH LABELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
243787
CFPHSL4EI
251888
CFPHSL4IW
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
PR22256V2-129782.tif
Mini-Com Sloped Executive Faceplate Kits feature the aesthetic appeal of the
Executive Series faceplate, the technical benefits of a sloped outlet and the flexibility
of single snap-in modules. Kit includes one faceplate frame and two sloped inserts.
fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds
and changes.
FEATURES
Mounting screws
Labels
Label cover/screw covers
4-port sloped executive series faceplate kits
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
174005
CFPSE4EIY
Electric ivory
174984
CFPSE4IGY
International gray
174004
CFPSE4IWY
Off-white
174982
CFPSE4WHY
White
Accepts two 1/2-size inserts or three 1/3-size inserts.
Anixter No.
204179
204178
263642
Vendor No.
CBEI
CBIW
CBWH
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
CLASSIC DOUBLE-GANG FACEPLATE FRAME

Accepts four 1/2-size inserts or six 1/3-size inserts.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
204181
CBEI-2G
Electric ivory
204180
CBIW-2G
Off-white
EXECUTIVE SINGLE-GANG FACEPLATE FRAME (LABELS AND COVERS INCLUDED)
Accepts two 1/2-size inserts or three 1/3-size inserts.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
196070
CBEBLY
Black
182398
CBEEIY
Electric ivory
525697
CBEIGY
International gray
190988
CBEIWY
Off-white
192424
CBEWHY
White
EXECUTIVE DOUBLE-GANG FACEPLATE FRAME (LABELS AND COVERS INCLUDED)
PR0226V2-141922.tif
Accepts four 1/2-size inserts or six 1/3-size inserts.
Anixter No.
196072
182401
204336
190989
204337
Vendor No.
CBEBL-2GY
CBEEI-2GY
CBEIG-2GY
CBEIW-2GY
CBEWH-2GY
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
3.143
Copper Solutions
Mini-Com Sloped Executive Faceplates

PANDUIT
PR2257V2-141935.tif
PANDUIT
Faceplates
(continued)
Mini-Com Faceplate Frames and Inserts
Anixter No.
191128
204348
2-MODULE-SPACE SLOPED INSERT (1/2-SIZE)

30-degree slope provides optimum angle. Packs of 10.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
190991
CHS2EI-X
Electric ivory
204333
CHS2IG-X
International gray
267321
CHS2IW-X
Off-white
197873
CHS2WH-X
White
2-MODULE-SPACE SLOPED INSERT WITH PROTECTIVE SHUTTERS (1/2-SIZE)
Vendor No.
CHF2MIW-X
CHF2MWH-X
2-MODULE-SPACE BLANK INSERT (1/3-SIZE)
Description
Off-white
White
PR2218V2-141932.tif
PR0227V2-141923.ti
10 per package.
Copper Solutions
10 per package.
Anixter No.
190993
204335
190992
204334
Vendor No.
CHS2SEI-X
CHS2SIG-X
CHS2SIW-X
CHS2SWH-X
2-MODULE-SPACE FLAT INSERT (1/2-SIZE)

10 per package.D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
182395
CHF2EI-X
204339
CHF2IG-X
190994
CHF2IW-X
204340
CHF2WH-X
2-MODULE-SPACE BLANK INSERT (1/2-SIZE)
10 per package.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
182392
CHB2EI-X
204341
CHB2IG-X
190995
CHB2IW-X
204342
CHB2WH-X
2-MODULE-SPACE FLAT INSERT (1/3-SIZE)
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Anixter No.
191132
204351
195958
204352
Vendor No.
CHB2MEI-X
CHB2MIG-X
CHB2MIW-X
CHB2MWH-X
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
2-MODULE-SPACE SLOPED RECESSED INSERT (1/2-SIZE)

PR2226V2-141933.tif
10 per package.
Anixter No.
201253
204175
204431
Vendor No.
CHSRE2EI-X
CHSRE2IW-X
CHSRE2WH-X
INSERTS WITH A/V MODULES
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PR34772V2-260861.tif
PR2247V2-141934.tif
10 per package.
10 per package.
Anixter No.
191129
204347
3.144
Vendor No.
CHF2MEI-X
CHF2MIG-X
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Anixter No.
447323
Vendor No.
CHR3RGBEI
447324
CHR3RGBIG
CHR3RGBIW
CHR3RGBIW
Description
Electric ivory with red, green and
blue inserts
International gray with red, green
and blue inserts
Off-white with red, green and
blue inserts
PANDUIT
Faceplates
Anixter No.
359258
Vendor No.
CHR3RGBWH
370361
CHR3WYREI
447326
CHR3WYRIG
CHR3WYRIW
CHR3WYRIW
360147
CHR3WYRWH
D-SUBMINIATURE INSERTS
Description
White with red, green and
blue inserts
Electric ivory with white, yellow
and red inserts
International gray with white,
yellow and red inserts
Off-white with white, yellow and
red inserts
White with white, yellow and
red inserts
PR34773V2-260864.tif
10 per package.
Vendor No.
CHD9CBLY
CHD9CEIY
CHD9CIGY
CHD9CIWY
CHD9CWHY
CHD15HDCBLY
CHD15HDCEIY
CDH15HDCIGY
CHD15HDCIWY
CHD15HDCWHY
CHD15HDSCEIY
447747
CHD15HDSCIGY
CHD15HDSCIWY
CHD15HDSCIWY
319184
CHD15HDSCWHY
Description
Black 9-pin
Electric ivory 9-pin
International gray 9-pin
Off-white 9-pin
White 9-pin
Black 15-pin
Electric ivory 15-pin
International gray 15-pin
Off-white 15-pin
White 15-pin
Electric ivory 15-pin with
circuit board
International gray 15-pin with
circuit board
Off-white 15-pin with
circuit board
White 15-pin with circuit board
Mini-Com "106" Frame

PANDUIT
PR22257V2-129738.tif
Mini-Com "106" Frames allow you to use any standard 106 electrical faceplate to
cover your communications outlet. They mount behind all standard NEMA electrical
faceplates including stainless steel, brass, wood-grained or plastic materials.
Mini-Com "106" Frames provide solutions for special communications applications
such as power/telephone poles, tombstones and in-floor boxes. They accept
Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP (including Category 5e and Category 6), fiber
optic and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds and changes.
2-PORT
Anixter No.
244075
251902
251384
251387
Vendor No.
CF1062EIY
CF1062IGY
CF1062IWY
CF1062WHY
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
4-PORT
Anixter No.
196063
190939
197872
190996
197871
Vendor No.
CF1064BLY
CF1064EIY
CF1064IGY
CF1064IWY
CF1064WHY
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
447346
447347
447748
329675
447348
447349
264829
447350
251962
241410
267833
Mini-Com "GFCI" Decora Module Frames

PANDUIT
These frames mount behind any GFCI electrical faceplate. They accept Mini-Com
modules for STP and UTP (including Category 5e and Category 6), fiber optic and
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds and changes. Optional
adhesive labels are available.
1-PORT
Anixter No.
209981
251880
209983
Vendor No.
CFG1EI
CFG1IW
CFG1WH
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
2-PORT
Anixter No.
213712
222600
251881
213713
Vendor No.
CFG2EI
CFG2IG
CFG2IW
CFG2WH
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
3.145
PANDUIT
Faceplates
(continued)
Mini-Com "GFCI" Decora Module Frames
4-PORT
Anixter No.
204272
251883
209984
204273
Vendor No.
CFG4EI
CFG4IG
CFG4IW
CFG4WH
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
6-PORT
Anixter No.
498272
498273
498274
498275
498276
Vendor No.
CFG6EI
CFG6IG
CFG6IW
CFG6WH
CFG6BL
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Black
Mini-Com Modular Furniture Faceplate
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT
PR9719V2-15304.tif
Anixter No.
447354
447356
2-MODULE-SPACE ANGLED MODULAR FURNITURE FACEPLATES

Holds two standard connector modules. Depth to rear of modules: 0.600 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
242260
CFFPA2BL
Black
204424
CFFPA2EI
Electric ivory
204189
CFFPA2IW
Off-white
4-MODULE-SPACE MODULAR FURNITURE FACEPLATES
Holds four standard connector modules. Depth to rear of modules: 0.972 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
173979
CFFP4BL
Black
174013
CFFP4EI
Electric ivory
180437
CFFP4IG
International gray
174012
CFFP4IW
Off-white
197869
CFFP4WH
White
4-MODULE-SPACE ANGLED MODULAR FURNITURE FACEPLATES WITH LABELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
355137
CFFPLA4BL
Black
447352
CFFPLA4EI
Electric ivory
3.146
Description
International gray
Off-white
4-MODULE-SPACE MODULAR FURNITURE FACEPLATES WITH LABELS

Holds four standard connector modules.
Anixter No.
222850
268778
268779
222849
Vendor No.
CFFPL4BL
CFFPL4EI
CFFPL4IG
CFFPL4IW
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
ULTIMATE ID MODULAR FURNITURE FACEPLATES

Holds up to four Mini-Com modules.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
283431
UICFFP4BL
Black
283432
UICFFP4EI
Electric ivory
283433
UICFFP4IW
Off-white
SNAP-ON MODULAR FURNITURE FACEPLATE EXTENDERS
Extend plates 1/2 in. (12.7 mm).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
157707
MFFPEBL
Black
174985
MFFPEEI
Electric ivory
181415
MFFPEIG
International gray
174976
MFFPEIW
Off-white
Mini-Com Modular Furniture Faceplates snap into knockouts found on modular

furniture. They accept Mini-Com modules STP and UTP (including Category 5e and
Category 6), fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds
and changes. They offer a pleasing design and smooth finish that blends in with the
furniture. The 4-module-space furniture faceplates with labels are also available in
Ultimate ID products; they are in compliance with the ANSI/TIA-606-A labeling
requirement standards.
Vendor No.
CFFPLA4IG
CFFPLA4IW
Extender plate only works with CFFP4, CFFPL4 and UICFFP4.
Herman Miller Adapters

PANDUIT
PR2506V2-15014.eps
Faceplates snap into knockouts found on Herman Miller furniture.

ACTION OFFICE SERIES 2 AND 3 AND ETHOSPACE BASELINE
Panel cutout requirements: 2.98 in. to 3.03 in. (74.37 to 76.96 mm) W x 1.88 in. to
1.91 in. (47.80 to 48.72 mm) H.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
217133
CFFPHM4BL
Black
268781
CFFPHM4EI
Electric ivory
224216
CFFPHM4IW
Off-white
ETHOSPACE BELTLINE SLOPED WITH LABELS AND LABEL COVERS
Panel cutout requirements: 3.44 in. (87.31 mm) W x 2.38 in. (60.33 mm) H.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
239611
CFFPEBSL4BL
Black
PANDUIT
Faceplates
4-MODULE-SPACE
Mini-Com Surface-mount Boxes

PANDUIT
Mini-Com surface-mount boxes feature an extremely low-profile design to hold
Mini-Com connectors. They accept Mini-Com modules for STP and UTP (including
Category 5e and Category 6), fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in and out for
easy moves, adds and changes.
FEATURES
Adhesive backings
Blank molded directly into the cover
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
2-MODULE-SPACE
0.91 in. H x 1.77 in. W x 2.44 in. L
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
174988
CBXJ2BL-A
174015
CBXJ2EI-A
174986
CBXJ2IG-A
174014
CBXJ2IW-A
174987
CBXJ2WH-A
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
2-MODULE-SPACE
1.06 in. H x 1.95 in. W x 3.65 in. L
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
197323
CBX2BL-AY
223358
CBX2EI-AY
234760
CBX2IG-AY
205100
CBX2IW-AY
215023
CBX2WH-AY
4-MODULE-SPACE, LOW-PROFILE
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Slots for cable ties, mounting screws, label holder/screw cover included. 1.1 in. H x
2.9 in. W x 4.5 in. L.
Anixter No.
195910
183129
192436
183126
520175
Vendor No.
CBX4BL-AY
CBX4EI-AY
CBX4IG-AY
CBX4IW-AY
CBX4WH-AY
6-MODULE-SPACE
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
PR22260V2-129708.tif
Slots for cable ties, mounting screws, label holder/screw cover included. 1.04 in. H x
4.95 in. W x 3.79 in. L.
Anixter No.
247307
248169
248172
224359
235557
Vendor No.
CBXD6BL-AY
CBXD6EI-AY
CBXD6IG-AY
CBXD6IW-AY
CBXD6WH-AY
12-MODULE-SPACE
Description
Black
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
PR22261V2-129719.tif
PR22258V2-129734.tif
Includes mounting screws, label holder and screw cover. 1.035 in. H x 5.71 in. W x
45.45 in. L.
Mounting screw included. 0.91 in. H x 3.2 in. W x 3.2 in. L.
Anixter No.
235098
204199
236291
Vendor No.
CBXC4EI-A
CBXC4IW-A
CBXC4WH-A
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
Anixter No.
206054
204200
Vendor No.
CBX12EI-AY
CBX12IW-AY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
3.147
Copper Solutions
1-MODULE-SPACE
0.90 in. H x 1.01 in. W x 1.88 in. L
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
234746
CBX1EI-A
234759
CBX1IG-A
234752
CBX1IW-A
234749
CBX1WH-A
PR22259V2-129769.tif
PANDUIT
Faceplates
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Surface-mount Boxes
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Hybrid Box

PR22262V2-129741.tif
FEATURES
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system for identification
designed to efficiently support ANSI/TIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
Accept Mini-Com modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic and audio/video, which
snap in and out for easy moves, adds and changes
Supplied with color-coordinated screw cover and clear station and port label
covers; labels sold separately
Can be clearly identified with PANTHER LS8E handheld thermal-transfer printer
Nonadhesive, computer-printable label sheets for desktop printers and write-on
labels available
Replacement screw covers and label covers available. Optional icons available
Custom mounting screws included
Mounts easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive tape or optional magnet
pocket (CBM-X for 2-port boxes, CSBM-X for 4-port boxes)
4-port box comes
standard with mounting tabs adjustable to a range of modular
D
furniture openings
2-MODULE-SPACE
PR22263V2-129730.tif
1.06 in. H x 1.95 in. W x 3.65 in. L
Anixter No.
313377
Vendor No.
UICBX2IW-A
4-MODULE-SPACE
Description
Off-white
PANDUIT
FEATURES
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system for identification
designed to efficiently support ANSI/TIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
and ANSI/TIA-568-B MUTOA requirements
Accepts Mini-Com modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic and audio/video, which
Provides independent access to copper and fiber optic connections
Mounts to single-gang, double-gang or DIN opening
A retention block snaps to the base and accepts any single-gang faceplate (up
to six ports)
Base accepts up to six Mini-Com Fiber Optic Modules
Manages up to 12 meters of buffered fiber optic cable that is secured in place
by cable-tie mounting loops
Cover snaps to base and is secured with a screw; includes a 6-position Ultimate
ID label pocket to identify fiber optic connections; a clear screw cover is
included for station identification
Nonadhesive, computer-printable label sheets for desktop printers and write-on
labels available
Optional cover extension provides additional security of fiber connections
Color: Off-white
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
313373
UICBXH6IW-A
Hybrid box with cover
313375
UICBXHC6IW-A
Hybrid box with cover and
cover extension
313376
UICBXHECIW
Cover extension for hybrid box
PR22264V2-129740.tif
1.06 in. H x 3.69 in. W x 4.59 in. L
Anixter No.
313378
3.148
Vendor No.
UICBX4IW-A
PR10990V2-17936.tif
Description
Off-white
PANDUIT
Faceplates
Mini-Com MUTOA 6-port Outlet Box

PANDUIT
PR10988V2-17938.tif
Copper Solutions
FEATURES
Accepts Mini-Com modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic and audio/video, which
Mounts easily with adhesive tape or optional magnet (CSBM-X)
Two pass-through holes allow surface mounting with screws (not included)
Expandable cable opening will adjust to different cable-bundle sizes
Accepts up to three 1/2-size sloped inserts (shuttered or nonshuttered) for up to
six modules (1/2-size sloped inserts and modules not included)
Two mounting eyelets (by the cable opening) allow the MUTOA to be suspended
Cable-tie support slot will hold cable bundle in place during assembly
Ideal for preassembled cable runs
Heat-shrink tubing included
6-port outlet box
Cable entry opening: 0.695 in. (17.7 mm) to 0.825 in. (21.0 mm) diameter
Overall dimensions: 2.36 in. H x 1.81 in. W x 7.90 in. L (59.9 mm x 46 mm x
200.7 mm).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
313379
CM6PIW
Off-white
3.149
PANDUIT
Patch Panels
./
DP6A 10GIG Patch Panels - Category 6A
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT
DP6 PLUS UTP Patch Panels - Category 6

PR2426V2-15010.TIF
The DP6A 10GIG Patch Panels are Category 6A, 10 Gbps patch panels with 24 RJ45,
8-position, 8-wire to 110-type punch-down ports. Each panel port is 100 percent
tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and is individually serialized for
traceability. Mounts to standard EIA 19 in. or 23 in. racks with optional
extender brackets.
FEATURES
Utilizes 110 punch-down termination on back panel and includes retention cap
for each port
Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded for T568A and T658B
wiring schemes
Angled versions allow for higher-density applications by easily routing the patch
cords to each side of the panel, eliminating the need for horizontal
cable management
D
Terminates 4-pair,
22 to 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded, twisted-pair cable
Mounts to standard EIA 19 in. or 23 in. rack with optional extender bracket
Write-on areas for port and panel identification
Can be clearly identified with labels and icons
Label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain adhesive-label holder and labels for
easy port and panel identification
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, IEEE 802.3an-2006 and
ISO 11801 Class EA channel standards.
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and IEC 61156-5
Category 6A component standards.
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3at for PoE.
FLAT PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
307300
DP246X88TGY
307301
DP486X88TGY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
ANGLED PATCH PANELS

311385
DPA246X88TGY
311386
DPA486X88TGY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
PANDUIT
PR2426V2-15010.TIF
The DP6 Plus Patch Panels are Category 6 patch panels with RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire
to 110-type punch-down ports. Each panel port is 100 percent tested to ensure NEXT
and RL performance and is individually serialized for traceability. Mounts to standard
EIA 19 in. or 23 in. rack with optional extender brackets.
FEATURES
Utilizes 110-type punch-down termination on back panel and includes retention
cap for each port
Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded for T568A/B
wiring schemes
cable management
Terminates 4-pair, 22 to 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded, twisted-pair cable
Label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain adhesive label holder and labels for
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Class E Standards.
FLAT PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
311397
DP12688TGY
311398
DP24688TGY
311399
DP48688TGY
Number of Ports
12
24
48
Rack Units
N/A
1
2
ANGLED PATCH PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
311400
DPA24688TGY
311401
DPA48688TGY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
The 12-port panel mounts to an 89D bracket. Use Anixter Part No. 192866.
Should be installed as part of complete TX6A 10GIG Copper Cabling System

in order to achieve 10GBASE-T certified performance.
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Replaceable punch-down modules available, Part No. DRJ6X88TGBL.
Termination tool (PDT110) available.
3.150
PANDUIT
Patch Panels
DP5e UTP Patch Panels

PANDUIT
DPoE Power Patch Panels

PR2426V2-15010.TIF

Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Class D Standards.
PR10829V2-17674.tif
DPoE Power Patch Panels offer high-density, managed power solutions in a

space-saving 1RU design (only 38 percent of the rack space).
FEATURES
Deliver reliable, cost-effective PoE for permanent installations
Supports 15.4 W to every port
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af standards
Eliminate power budget load balancing
Offer RJ45 terminations with LEDs on front of panels to indicate port powering
or port status and 110-type punch-down terminations on rear of panel for
networking management connections
Dissipates significantly less heat than comparable network equipment
Includes DPoE Element Manager Software CD, rack-mount screws, grounding
strap and lug, and power harness
Requires 48 V DC power supply
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
356833
DPOE24U1XG
24-port UTP 1 GbE 10/100/
1000 power
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Modular Patch Panel Kits - Category 6

PANDUIT
FLAT PATCH PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
326674
DP125E88TGY
311403
DP245E88TGY
311404
DP485E88TGY
Number of Ports
12
24
48
Rack Units
N/A
1
2
ANGLED PATCH PANELS

311405
DPA245E88TGY
311406
DPA485E88TGY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
The 12-port version mounts to an 89D bracket. See Anixter Part No. 192866.
The Mini-Com Modular Patch Panel Kits feature PANDUIT's MINI-COM TX6 jack
modules, in black. They are available in 24- or 48-port configurations with
color-coded termination cap for T568A and T568B wiring schemes.
FEATURES
401954
CPPK6G24WBL
406619
CPPKL6G24WBL
406615
CPPKLA6G24WBL
PR2316V2-14974.TIF
Number of Ports
24
24
24
Rack Units
1
1
1
3.151
Copper Solutions
The DP5e UTP Patch Panels are Category 5e patch panels with RJ45, 8-position,
8-wire to 110-type punch-down ports. Each panel port is 100 percent tested to
ensure NEXT and RL performance and is individually serialized for traceability.
Mounts to standard EIA 19 in. or 23 in. rack with optional extender brackets.
FEATURES
Utilizes 110-type punch-down termination on back panel and includes retention
cap for each port
Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded for T568A/B
wiring schemes
cable management
Terminates 4-pair, 22 to 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded, twisted-pair cable
Label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain adhesive label holder and labels for
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
Patch Panels
Ultimate ID Modular Patch Panels

PANDUIT
PR9709V2-15275.tif
Copper Solutions
FEATURES
Designed to efficiently support ANSI/TIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
Mount to standard EIA 19 in. rack or 23 in. rack with optional extender bracket
Accepts Mini-Com modules for STP and UTP (including Category 5e and Category
6), fiber optic and coax, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds
and changes
Computer-printable label sheets for desktop printers and write-on labels
are available
Replacement label covers are available
Labels sold separately
FLAT PATCH PANELS
277737
UICMPP24BLY
277734
UICMPP48BLY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
ANGLED PATCH PANELS

D
283426
UICMPPA24BLY
283429
UICMPPA48BLY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
Mini-Com Modular Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels

PANDUIT
PR9729V2-15334.tif
WITH LABELS
Supplied with factory-installed, CFFPL4-type, snap-in faceplates.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Number of Ports
Rack Units
224234
CPPL24WBLY
24
1
224235
CPPL48WBLY
48
2
WITH LABELS, ANGLED
Supplied with factory-installed, CFFPL4-type, front-removable, snap-in faceplates.
Number of Ports
Rack Units
251919
CPPLA24WBLY
24
1
251922
CPPLA48WBLY
48
2
FLUSH MOUNT
Rear-mounted faceplates allow modules to be flush with front of patch panel.
Number of Ports
Rack Units
273855
CPP24FMWBLY
24
1
273856
CPP48FMWBLY
48
2
338392
CPP72FMWBLY
72
2
FLUSH MOUNT, ANGLED
Rear-mounted faceplates allow modules to be flush with front of patch panel.
Number of Ports
Rack Units
330728
CPPA24FMWBLY
24
1
322428
CPPA48FMWBLY
48
2
HIGH DENSITY
Anixter No.
271292
341345
498280
Vendor No.
CPP48HDWBLY
CPP48HDEWBL
CPP48HDVNSWBL
Number of Ports
48
48
48
Rack Units
1
1
1
HIGH DENSITY, ANGLED

271291
CPPA48HDWBLY
344743
CPPA48HDEWBL
383031
CPPA48HDVNSWBL
Number of Ports
48
48
48
Rack Units
1
1
1
12-port version mounts to an 89D bracket. See Part No. 192866.
Mini-Com Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels accept Mini-Com modules for UTP
(including Category 5e and Category 6), fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in
and out for easy moves, adds and changes. All panels are supplied with snap-in
faceplates, which provide additional color-coding options. Faceplates are in groups
of 4-ports.
WITHOUT LABELS
Supplied with factory-installed, CFFP4-type, snap-in faceplates.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Number of Ports
181432
CPP12WBL
12
175037
CPP24WBLY
24
175035
CPP48WBLY
48
3.152
Rack Units
1
1
2
PANDUIT
Patch Panels
Mini-Com Modular 6-port Faceplate Patch Panels
DATA-PATCH 10/100BASE-T Patch Panels
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
PR12111V2-22023.tif
These panels have high-density groups of 6-ports (24 ports per rack space). The
faceplates are removable from the front. Accept Mini-Com modules for UTP (including
easy moves, adds and changes. Include labels and label covers (labels include
preprinted numbers).
Number of Ports
Rack Units
247794
CPPL24M6BLY
24
1
247795
CPPL48M6BLY
48
2
Mini-Com 12-port Snap-In Faceplate Patch Panels

PANDUIT
PR12143V2-22096.tif
PR12112V2-22026.tif
These panels are Category 5e-rated (in the channel) when

used with PANDUIT's Category 5e 25-pair patch cords.
See PANDUIT's Patch Cords section.
DATA-PATCH Category 5e RJ45 to RJ21 Patch Panel

Release snap feature on faceplate allows simple front access for termination and
accessibility to installed modules. Accepts Mini-Com modules for UTP (including
easy moves, adds and changes. Color is black.
FEATURES
Can be vertically or horizontally wall-mounted
Mounts directly onto wall
Modular design for easy cabling
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
201078
CWPP12WBL
12-port patch panel supplied with
three factory-installed
CFFP4 snap-in faceplates with
integrated wall-mount bracket
181432
CPP12WBL
12-port patch panel mounts to
standard 89D bracket (WB89D)
192866
WB89D
Wall-mount bracket accepts
12-port snap-in faceplate
patch panel
PANDUIT
PR10830V2-17677.tif
The Category 5e DATA-PATCH Panel consists of female telco 50-pin/25-pair

connectors with hook-and-loop fasteners wired per RJ21 industry standard for
backward compatibility. The panels come with hook-and-loop fasteners to secure
attached cable assemblies. Mounts to standard EIA 19 in. or 23 in. rack with optional
extender brackets.
FEATURES
Designed to exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Class D Standards
Each RJ45 port is fully wired for Category 5e
Does not require punch-down tool
Label/label cover kit providing port and panel identification available
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
372591
DP245E88TV25
1.72 in. (43.7 mm) H x 19 in.
(482.6 mm) W x 1.39 in.
(35.3 mm) D
3.153
Copper Solutions
The DATA-PATCH Panels consist of RJ24 ports wired to female RJ21 telco (50-pin/
25-pair) connectors with hook-and-loop fasteners. The panel PC board is wired for
10BASE-T and 100BASE-T Ethernet applications, using pins 1, 2 and 3, 6. The panels
come with hook-and-loop fasteners to secure attached cable assemblies. Dimensions
are 19 in. W x 1.39 in. D.
FEATURES
Does not require use of a punch-down tool
Mounts to standard EIA 19 in. rack or 23 in. rack with optional extender bracket
Optional label covers available (DPLT and DPLF)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Ports
Height (in.)
206981
DP24584TV25Y
24-port
1.72
204318
DP48584TV25Y
48-port
3.47
PANDUIT
Patch Panels
Voice Patch Panel

PANDUIT
PR12113V2-22029.tif
This panel consists of a single female telco RJ21 (50-pin/25-pair) connector with
hook-and-loop fasteners wired for common active voice equipment. It has
24 RJ45 ports with pins 4 and 5 active in each port. Telco connector with
hook-and-loop screw connectors accommodates 180-, 110-, or 90-degree patch cord
connectors on the back of the patch panel. Mounts to standard EIA 19 in. or 23 in.
racks with optional extender bracket.
FEATURES
No punch-down tool required
Write-on areas for port identification
Optional labels and icons
Number of Ports
Rack Units
236509
VP24382TV25Y
24
1
Copper Solutions
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//RF Systems
Coupler Patch Panels

PANDUIT
PR12114V2-22032.tif
D
These are 24-port coupler patch panels with 24 preinstalled RJ45 Category 5e or
Category 6 couplers. It mounts to standard EIA 19 in. or a 23 in. racks with an
optional extender bracket.
FEATURES
Category 5e version exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and all
ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel requirements at swept frequencies up to
100 MHz
Category 6 version exceeds performance requirements of the ANSI/
TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class E channel standards
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug-and-play connection of
RJ45 patch cord
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
313322
CP245E88BLY
Category 5e, flat
373749
CP24688BL
Category 6, flat
3.154
PANDUIT
Blocks
./
RJ45 Jack Blockout Device

PANDUIT
USB Blockout Device

PR34761V2-260511.tif
PR72273V2-580065.tif
Blockout devices block unauthorized access to USB ports, to provide additional

security from viruses being loaded and illicit data being removed through the
USB port.
FEATURES
Type A blockouts are compatible with USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 Type A ports; Type B
blockouts are compatible with USB 2.0 Type B ports
Can be installed without interfering with adjacent USB ports
Removable products may only be released with the special removal tool,
ensuring the safety and security of your network infrastructure; permanent
blockouts are not releasable
Color is red
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
485756
PSL-USBA
Five Type A devices, one removal
tool, red
498281
PSL-PERM-USBA
10 permanent Type A devices, no
removal tool
498282
PSL-USBB
10 Type B devices, one
removal tool
498283
PSL-PERM-USBB
10 permanent Type B devices, no
removal tool
3.155
Copper Solutions
The RJ45 jack blockout device provides a simple and secure method to control access
to data and deter vandalism to jacks. The jack module blockout device saves time
and money associated with downtime, data security breaches, hardware replacement
and infrastructure repair. The innovative design snaps into RJ45 jacks and is released
with the removal tool, ensuring the safety and security of your network infrastructure.
FEATURES
Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized access to jacks and potentially
harmful foreign objects
Compatible with most RJ45 jacks to accommodate a variety of applications and
does not interfere with jack contact
Compact, low-profile design allows device to be installed or removed without
interfering with adjacent jacks or hardware
Device may only be released with the special removal tool, ensuring the safety
and security of your network infrastructure
Available in nine colors for enabling color-coding for visual identification
Package includes 10 blockout devices and one removal tool
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
323164
PSL-DCJB
Red
330732
PSL-DCJB-BL
Black
376868
PSL-DCJB-BU
Blue
399480
PSL-DCJB-GR
Green
447501
PSL-DCJB-YL
Yellow
387777
PSL-DCJB-OR
Orange
380747
PSL-DCJB-IW
International white
447502
PSL-DCJB-IG
International gray
447503
PSL-DCJB-VL
Violet
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
Blocks
GP6 PLUS CATEGORY 6 CONNECTING BLOCKS
GP6 PLUS Category 6 Punch-down System
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT
The PANDUIT GP6 PLUS Category 6 Punch-down System is used for interconnect or
cross-connect of workstation Category 6 cabling to equipment cabling in an
equipment room, telecommunications closet or in a main distribution frame. The
system is specifically designed for voice and data applications where the equipment
room is filled to capacity with existing interconnect punch-down hardware. GP6 PLUS
high-density bases increase the existing capacity of a Category 6 punch-down
application by 44 percent. The GP6 PLUS standard-density bases are specifically
designed to accommodate flat cable. GP6 PLUS product terminates most 22 to
26 AWG, solid or stranded UTP cable with a 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) maximum O.D.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
FEATURES
Uses existing 100- and 300-pair, 110-style base footprint and
mounting dimensions
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation point applications
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots eases wiring
Sturdy one-piece design
Available with or without mounting legs for a variety of mounting options
Multiple mounting holes available
PR2320V2-14990.TIF
4-pair and 5-pair Category 6 punch-down connecting blocks.
Anixter No.
227389
256685
Vendor No.
GPCB4-XY
GPCB5-XY
JUMPER TROUGHS
Description
4-pair connecting block
5-pair connecting block
PR2323V2-15001.TIF

Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard
GP6 PLUS CATEGORY 6 HIGH-DENSITY BASES
PR12115V2-25572.tif
Available with or without legs for a variety of mounting options.
Anixter No.
186443
186444
Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 punch-down
connecting blocks; includes mounting legs.
Anixter No.
212950
221048
Vendor No.
GPBW144-X
GPBW432-X
Description
144-pair (36-port), with legs
GP6 PLUS CATEGORY 6 STANDARD-DENSITY BASE

4- and 5-pair Category 6 punch-down connecting blocks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
225333
GPB24-X
96-pair (24-port), without legs
260072
GPBW24-X
3.156
Vendor No.
P110JTW-X
P110JT-X
Description
With legs
Without legs
GP6 PLUS CATEGORY 6 HIGH-DENSITY KITS

Category 6 high-density punch-down field termination kits with legs.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
221053
GPKBW144Y
144-pair, with legs
212998
GPKBW432Y
432-pair, with legs
GP6 PLUS STANDARD-DENSITY TERMINATION KITS
Category 6 punch-down base field termination kit with legs. Includes: base, 4-pair
clips, label holders and labels.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
221054
GPKBW24Y
96-pair, with legs
212996
GPKBW72Y
288-pair, with legs
PANDUIT
Blocks
GP6 PLUS CATEGORY 6 STANDARD-DENSITY RACK-MOUNT PANEL KITS PR2318V2
Category 6 punch-down bases premounted to panel with 4-pair connector kit

included. Includes: panel, base, 4-pair clips, label holders and labels.
Anixter No.
221056
Vendor No.
GPB484R2Y
213000
GPB484R4WJY
Description
Two 96-pair (24-port),
without trough
Two 96-pair (24-port), with trough
Labels available.
100-PAIR TERMINATION KITS

Includes: base, connecting blocks, label holders and labels.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
227401
P110KB1004Y
4-pair clips
227402
P110KB1005Y
5-pair clips
300-PAIR TERMINATION KITS
Includes: base, connecting blocks, label holders and labels.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
227403
P110KB3004Y
4-pair clips
227405
P110KB3005Y
5-pair clips
It is common practice to completely fill each 25-pair wire strip
with connecting blocks. Each kit contains the
adequate number of connecting blocks to do so.
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Connecting Blocks

PANDUIT
PR0127V2-14856.TIF
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Bases

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e-compliant
STANDARD BASES (100- AND 300-PAIR)
Anixter No.
186434
186437
186441
186442
Vendor No.
P110BW100-X
P110BW300-X
P110B100-X
P110B300-X
PR0199V2-14906.TIF
Description
100-pair, with legs
300-pair, with legs
Pan-Punch 110 Connecting Blocks provide a highly reliable 110 termination solution.
They are designed for use with bases and are also compatible with other existing
110 systems. These 110 connecting blocks provide gas-tight, insulation
displacement contact connections. They can be used with most 22 to 26 AWG solid or
stranded UTP cable with a 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) maximum O.D., either PVCor plenum-rated.
FEATURES
Dual IDC terminates UTP cable on 110 base and UTP cable or 110 patch cords
for cross-connecting
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring
Can be used with single or multiple punch-down tools
Can be utilized with discrete wires or Pan-Punch Patch Cord Connector
Constructed of UL 94V-0 high-impact polycarbonate material
Patented single-piece robust construction
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
193279
P110CB3-XY
3-pair
227397
P110CB4-XY
4-pair
227400
P110CB5-XY
5-pair
3.157
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT
Pan-Punch bases are specially designed to make Category 5e installations easier.
They feature an exclusive deeper channel that provides more space for the cable
jacket, which can be brought up to the point of termination to help maintain the pair
twists to within 1/2 in. A superior self-locking wire strip design prevents the wire
strip from popping off when a 110 connecting block is removed. These bases are
designed for use with Pan-Punch 110 connecting blocks and are compatible with
other existing 110 systems.
FEATURES
Exclusive deeper channel to facilitate ANSI/TIA Category 5e cabling installations
Available with or without legs for various mounting options; legs allow cable to
be routed behind bases
Sturdy one-piece design
Highly visible color-coded wiring strip
PANDUIT
Blocks
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Tower System

PANDUIT
Pan-Punch Category 5e 19 in. Rack-mount Panels

PR2527V2-15037.eps
The Pan-Punch 110 Tower System provides a complete, high-density cross-connect

system designed for wall-mount applications. It is available in 300- and 900-pair
configurations with 4- or 5-pair connecting blocks. The tower provides for
vertical-feeder cable management.
FEATURES
Jumper troughs provided for horizontal cable management
Copper Solutions

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e-compliant
PAN-PUNCH 300-PAIR TOWER KITS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
227406
P110KT3004Y
255603
P110KT3005Y
D
Description
4-pair connecting blocks
PAN-PUNCH 900-PAIR TOWER KITS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
227407
P110KT9004Y
227408
P110KT9005Y
Description
3.158
PANDUIT
PR2525V2-15029.eps
The Pan-Punch Category 5e Rack-mount Panel consists of two 100-pair bases

premounted to the panel. The jumper troughs are also premounted. Connecting
blocks are sold separately.
FEATURES
Mount to standard EIA 19 in. racks
Exclusive deeper channel to facilitate ANSI/TIA Category 5e cabling installations
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
244255
P110B100R2Y
Two 100-pair bases premounted
to panel
200465
P110B100R4WJY
Four 100-pair bases premounted
to panel, jumper troughs included
PANDUIT
Tools
./
Pan-Punch Punch-down Tools and Accessories
GP6 PLUS Termination Tools and Accessories
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
SPECIFICATIONS
1. GPDTM and GPST for use with GP6 PLUS system only
FEATURES
Terminate wires on both cable and cross-connect sides of GP6 blocks
Reversible blade provides option of terminating without cutting wire
4-pair punch-down tool seats 4- or 5-pair connecting blocks
PR34771V2-260858.tif
4-PAIR PUNCH-DOWN TOOL
Anixter No.
212985
259585
Vendor No.
GPDTM
GPDTMH
259584
GPDTMB
SINGLE-WIRE PUNCH-DOWN TOOL
Anixter No.
254572
252223
Vendor No.
GPST
GPSTB
Description
4-pair punch-down tool
Replacement head assembly for
GP6 PLUS 4-pair punch-down tool
Replacement blade for GP6 PLUS
PR9733V2-142020.tif
Description
Single-wire punch-down tool
Replacement blade for GP6 PLUS
single-wire punch-down tool
4-pair replacement blade for GP6 PLUS

4-pair punch-down tool also available.
3.159
Copper Solutions
Pan-Punch tools terminate cable on both cable and cross-connect sides of

110 connecting blocks. Reversible blade provides option of terminating without
cutting wire. Seats 3-, 4-, or 5-pair connecting blocks onto 110 base. Single-pair
punch-down tool terminates on the back of the DP6, 10GIG, DP6 PLUS and DP5e
Patch Panels.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
191006
PDT110M
196762
PDB110M
Replacement blade for 5-pair
punch-down tool
191007
PDT110
Single punch-down tool
191008
PDTH110
Replacement blade for single
punch-down tool
250597
CJAST
Cable stripper - includes
replaceable blade
PR9732V2-15339.tif
PANDUIT
Tools
Icons
PANDUIT
110 Punch-down Labels

PR12117V2-22038.tif
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT icons can be used with Mini-Com modules and select faceplates for
identification of high-performance copper and fiber installations. For Ultimate ID
faceplates, patch panels and surface-mount boxes, add "UI" to beginning of the
PANDUIT icon part number (UICIPIW-C).
PHONE ICONS - 100 PER PKG.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
221629
CIPIW-C
221630
CIPEI-C
221631
CIPIG-C
221632
CIPWH-C
221633
CIPBL-C
221634
CIPBU-C
D
221635
CIPRD-C
221636
CIPYL-C
221637
CIPOR-C
221638
CIPGR-C
221639
CIPVL-C
Description
Off-white
Electric ivory
International gray
White
Black
Blue
Red
Yellow
Orange
Green
Violet
COMPUTER ICONS - 100 PER PKG.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
221640
CIDIW-C
221641
CIDEI-C
221642
CIDIG-C
221643
CIDWH-C
221644
CIDBL-C
221645
CIDBU-C
221646
CIDRD-C
221647
CIDYL-C
221648
CIDOR-C
221649
CIDGR-C
221650
CIDVL-C
Description
Off-white
Electric ivory
International gray
White
Black
Blue
Red
Yellow
Orange
Green
Violet
3.160
PANDUIT
PR0149V2-141920.tif
110 PUNCH-DOWN WRITE-ON LABELS

Loose-piece designation labels, designed to be handwritten
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
190711
DSL110
Preprinted lines for 3-, 4- and
5-pair labeling schemes
110 PUNCH-DOWN COMPUTER PRINTABLE LABELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
520747
DS110
Nonadhesive, dot-matrixand laser-printable
110 Punch-down Label Holders

PANDUIT
Designation label holder snaps into 110 base.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
186446
P110LH
PR0158V2-141921.tif
Description
Accepts 110 labels
PANDUIT
./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cable Assemblies//Plug & Play Solution
QuickNet Copper Cabling System

PANDUIT
Why Specify PANDUIT's QuickNet Copper Cabling System?

PR24068V2-173982.tif
PANDUIT
FEATURES
Quick deployment - 75 percent less installation time than field termination
Ease of installation - "plug-n-go" solution
Improved reliability - 100 percent factory performance tested
High rack density utilization - up to 48 ports in 1RU
High performing cabling system - supports Category 6 UTP and Category 6A
(10GBASE-T) UTP/STP applications
Custom assemblies built to your specific cabling requirements
Short lead times to help meet your project deadlines
QuickNet Cable Assemblies

PANDUIT
PR24069V2-173987.tif
FEATURES
Offer UTP Category 6 Cabling and UTP/STP Category 6A Cabling (plenum and
riser cable fire ratings)
Prebundled with six cables for easy installation
Available in 1 foot cable length increments from 10 to 295 feet and different
cable colors for redundant path applications
Multiple termination types including preterminated cassettes, jack modules,
modular plugs, plug packs and/or unterminated options
To order, contact your local sales representative.
To configure a QuickNet Copper Cabling System,

3.161
Copper Solutions
The PANDUIT QuickNet Copper Cabling System is a custom preterminated cabling

solution, designed to meet unique structured cabling requirements. Fast and simple
to install, this high-density solution provides consistent network reliability and
reduces initial on-site rework. This leading-edge system delivers ensured
performance for the lowest total cost of ownership.
Quick Network Deployment
Preterminated cabling systems can be installed in 75 percent less time than
field-termination methods, eliminating the need for on-site bundling, terminating and
testing. Moves, adds and changes can be made immediately by existing on-site
network professionals, increasing productivity relative to traditional field
installations. This is critical for areas that require high security and limited access, as
changes to the network can be made without scheduling outside personnel.
Consistent Reliability
Components are 100 percent tested and assembled in a factory-controlled
environment ensuring more consistent network connections with optimum reliability
as compared to those terminated on-site. This eliminates rework and keeps your
project on schedule with maximum network uptime.
Innovative System Components
Assemblies are composed of tuned components designed to deliver maximum channel
performance and network reliability. Angled high-density patch panels are engineered
to ensure optimum rack space utilization.
As a result, data centers can manage continuously evolving technologies more quickly
and efficiently than ever before. An investment in a trouble-free, high-performance
infrastructure that leverages reliable, scalable components ensures overall system
performance with the lowest cost of ownership.
PANDUIT
QuickNet Angled and Flat Patch Panels
QuickNet Patch Panel Accessories
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
FEATURES
Accept QuickNet Preterminated Cassettes, which snap in and out with one hand
for quick installation
Available in 24-port (1RU) standard-density and 48-port (1RU)
high-density configurations
Angled design allows cable to flow to each side of the rack and eliminates the
need for horizontal cable managers by enabling patch cords to be routed
directly into vertical cable managers
Proper identification of each port with preprinted numbers above each port;
vertical numbering from top to bottom of panel is also available for high-density
switch applications
Copper Solutions
QUICKNET FLAT PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
355141
351593
399232
Vendor No.
QPP24BL
QPP48HDBL
QPP48HDVNSBL
D
QUICKNET ANGLED PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
368729
361735
399231
3.162
Vendor No.
QAPP24BL
QAPP48HDBL
QAPP48HDVNSBL
PR24065V2-173979.tif
Description
24-port
48-port, high-density
48-port, high-density with
preprinted vertical numbering on
each port for switch applications
PR24066V2-173991.tif
Description
24-port
PR24067V2-174066.tif
FEATURES
Patch panel adapter accepts Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic and audio/
video applications
Blank patch panel adapter reserves space for future use while promoting proper
airflow and cooling
Adapters and blanks easily snap in and out of QuickNet patch panels
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
365915
QPPABL
Patch panel adapter; 6-port patch
panel adapter accepts Mini-Com
UTP, fiber optic and audio/
video modules
362567
QPPBBL
Patch panel blank; reserves space
for future use and promotes
proper airflow and cooling
246045
SRB19BLY
Cable strain-relief bar supports
cables in punch-down or modular
patch panel applications
336890
SRBBRKT
Quick-release brackets for
strain-relief bars; converts
conventional screw mounting of
strain-relief bar to
quick-release mounting/removal
377865
QPPLC24
Label/label cover kit; for 24-port
QuickNet patch panels; kit
contains four labels and four clear
label covers per bag
323155
RGEJ1057PFY
Equipment jumper kit; includes
jumper, bent lug, rack grounding
strip, antioxidant paste and
thread-forming screws for
shielded applications
(Recommend two kits for 48-port
patch panels)
379125
QPPRT
Removal tool; allows individual
cables to be removed from plug
pack without disruption of other
network connections
379126
QPPLD6-X
Lock-in device; prevents
unauthorized removal of cables
from the plug pack
PANDUIT
Patch Cords
./
TX6A 10GIG Patch Cords

PANDUIT
pr11132V2-18167.tif

Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, IEEE 802.3an-2006 and
ISO 11801 Class EA channel standards
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications
3 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM03-PA6A-01
MM03-PA6A-05
MM03-PA6A-06
Vendor No.
UTP6A3
UTP6A3YL
UTP6A3BU
Description
Off-white
Yellow
Blue
5 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM05-PA6A-01
MM05-PA6A-05
MM05-PA6A-06
Vendor No.
UTP6A5
UTP6A5YL
UTP6A5BU
Description
Off-white
Yellow
Blue
7 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM07-PA6A-01
MM07-PA6A-05
MM07-PA6A-06
Vendor No.
UTP6A7
UTP6A7YL
UTP6A7BU
Description
Off-white
Yellow
Blue
Vendor No.
UTP6A10
UTP6A10YL
UTP6A10BU
Description
Off-white
Yellow
Blue
15 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM15-PA6A-01
MM15-PA6A-05
MM15-PA6A-06
Vendor No.
UTP6A15
UTP6A15YL
UTP6A15BU
Description
Off-white
Yellow
Blue
Also available in standard lengths 3 to 20 feet (increments of one foot)

and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet and standard colors
black (BL), red (RD), green (GR), orange (OR), violet (VL).

PANDUIT
PR12116V2-22035.tif
The TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords feature Category 6, 24 AWG, UTP stranded cable and
TX6 PLUS modular plugs plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior performance.
They are offered in a variety of sizes and colors to meet individual length and
color-coding requirements.
FEATURES
Each patch cord is 100 percent performance tested
Plug meets all applicable FCC Part 68 Subpart F requirements and exceeds
IEC 60603-7 specifications
Slender strain-relief boot provides easy access in high-density applications
Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize performance and consistency by
reducing untwisting of conductors within the plug
Plug performance in center of ANSI/TIA component range, ensuring
interoperability and excellent performance
Labels on patch cords provide identification of performance level, length and
quality control number
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides easy release, saving
time on frequent moves, adds and changes
Third-party tested for Category 6-component performance
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 Class E standards. Meets
draft requirements of IEEE 802.3at for PoE Plus.
3.163
Copper Solutions
The TX6A 10GIG Patch Cords are constructed of TX6A 10GIG 23 AWG, stranded copper
cable (nominal cable diameter is 0.280 in.) and enhanced modular plugs for superior
performance. The patent-pending matrix tape contruction suppresses alien crosstalk
and allows 10 Gbps transmission.
They are offered in a variety of sizes and colors to meet individual length and
color-coding requirements.
FEATURES
Provides superior suppression of both PSANEXT and PSAACRF
Plug meets all applicable FCC Part 68 Subpart F requirements and exceeds
Slender strain-relief boot provides easy access in high-density applications
Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize performance and consistency by
reducing untwisting of conductors within the plug
Plug performance in center of ANSI/TIA component range, ensuring
interoperability and 10GBASE-T Ethernet channel performance
quality-control number
10 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM10-PA6A-01
MM10-PA6A-05
MM10-PA6A-06
PANDUIT
Patch Cords
(continued)
Copper Solutions
3 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM03-PA7P-01
MM03-PA7P-02
MM03-PA7P-03
MM03-PA7P-04
MM03-PA7P-05
MM03-PA7P-06
Vendor No.
UTPSP3Y
UTPSP3BLY
UTPSP3RDY
UTPSP3GRY
UTPSP3YLY
UTPSP3BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue

PANDUIT
5 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM05-PA7P-01
MM05-PA7P-02
MM05-PA7P-03
MM05-PA7P-04
MM05-PA7P-05
MM05-PA7P-06
Vendor No.
UTPSP5Y
UTPSP5BLY
UTPSP5RDY
UTPSP5GRY
UTPSP5YLY
UTPSP5BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
7 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM07-PA7P-01
MM07-PA7P-02
MM07-PA7P-03
MM07-PA7P-04
D
MM07-PA7P-05
MM07-PA7P-06
Vendor No.
UTPSP7Y
UTPSP7BLY
UTPSP7RDY
UTPSP7GRY
UTPSP7YLY
UTPSP7BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
10 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM10-PA7P-01
MM10-PA7P-02
MM10-PA7P-03
MM10-PA7P-04
MM10-PA7P-05
MM10-PA7P-06
Vendor No.
UTPSP10Y
UTPSP10BLY
UTPSP10RDY
UTPSP10GRY
UTPSP10YLY
UTPSP10BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
14 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM14-PA7P-01
MM14-PA7P-02
MM14-PA7P-03
MM14-PA7P-04
MM14-PA7P-05
MM14-PA7P-06
Vendor No.
UTPSP14Y
UTPSP14BLY
UTPSP14RDY
UTPSP14GRY
UTPSP14YLY
UTPSP14BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
20 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM20-PA7P-01
MM20-PA7P-02
MM20-PA7P-03
MM20-PA7P-04
MM20-PA7P-05
MM20-PA7P-06
Vendor No.
UTPSP20Y
UTPSP20BLY
UTPSP20RD
UTPSP20GRY
UTPSP20YLY
UTPSP20BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
3.164
Patch cords available in lengths from 1 to 20 feet (increments of one foot)

and 25, 30, 35 and 40 feet.
Change the length designation in the part number to desired length.
For standard cable colors other than off-white,
add suffix black (BL), blue (BU), green (GR), red (RD),
yellow (YL), orange (OR), violet (VL) or gray (GY).
Contact your local sales representative for ordering information.
PR9717V2-15298.tif
FEATURES
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Class D standards
Meets all applicable FCC Part 68 Subpart F requirements and exceeds
Constructed of Category 5e, 24 AWG, UTP stranded cable and Pan-Plug Modular
Plugs; plug contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
Third-party tested to Category 5e component compliance
quality control number
3 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM03-PA6-01
MM03-PA6-02
MM03-PA6-03
MM03-PA6-04
MM03-PA6-05
MM03-PA6-06
Vendor No.
UTPCH3Y
UTPCH3BLY
UTPCH3RDY
UTPCH3GRY
UTPCH3YLY
UTPCH3BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
5 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM05-PA6-01
MM05-PA6-02
MM05-PA6-03
MM05-PA6-04
MM05-PA6-05
MM05-PA6-06
Vendor No.
UTPCH5Y
UTPCH5BLY
UTPCH5RDY
UTPCH5GRY
UTPCH5YLY
UTPCH5BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
PANDUIT
Patch Cords
7 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM07-PA6-01
MM07-PA6-02
MM07-PA6-03
MM07-PA6-04
MM07-PA6-05
MM07-PA6-06
Vendor No.
UTPCH7Y
UTPCH7BLY
UTPCH7RDY
UTPCH7GRY
UTPCH7YLY
UTPCH7BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
10 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM10-PA6-01
MM10-PA6-02
MM10-PA6-03
MM10-PA6-04
MM10-PA6-05
MM10-PA6-06
Vendor No.
UTPCH10Y
UTPCH10BLY
UTPCH10RDY
UTPCH10GRY
UTPCH10YLY
UTPCH10BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
14 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM14-PA6-01
MM14-PA6-02
MM14-PA6-03
MM14-PA6-04
MM14-PA6-05
MM14-PA6-06
Vendor No.
UTPCH14Y
UTPCH14BLY
UTPCH14RDY
UTPCH14GRY
UTPCH14YLY
UTPCH14BUY
Description
Off-white
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
20 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM20-PA6-01
MM20-PA6-06
Vendor No.
UTPCH20Y
UTPCH20BUY
Description
Off-white
Blue
PANDUIT
PR34762V2-260514.tif
The RJ45 plug lock-in device is an innovative solution that secures connections to
reduce network downtime, data security breaches and hardware replacement due to
theft. The versatile design works with most existing patch cords, faceplates, patch
panels, IP cameras and other IP devices. It is also compatible with VoIP phones
helping to prevent unauthorized removal and ensure E911 continuity.
FEATURES
Tamper-resistant design prevents unauthorized removal of cable, IP phone, other
networking equipment or critical connection
Compact design allows the device to be installed without interfering with
adjacent jacks and plugs, even in high-density applications
The installation/removal tool allows plug to be locked into or released from jack
for enhanced physical security
Available in both flush-mount (with a white locking mechanism) and a
recessed-mount (with a clear locking mechanism) version
Available in nine colors for enabling color-coding for visual identification
Package includes 10 lock-in devices along with one installation/removal tool
FLUSH MOUNT
Anixter No.
447506
447507
447508
447509
447511
447512
447513
447514
447515
Vendor No.
PSL-DCPLX
PSL-DCPLX-BL
PSL-DCPLX-BU
PSL-DCPLX-GR
PSL-DCPLX-YL
PSL-DCPLX-OR
PSL-DCPLX-IW
PSL-DCPLX-IG
PSL-DCPLX-VL
Description
Red
Black
Blue
Green
Yellow
Orange
International white
International gray
Violet
RECESSED MOUNT
Anixter No.
447516
447517
447518
447519
447520
447521
447522
447523
447524
Vendor No.
PSL-DCPLRX
PSL-DCPLRX-BL
PSL-DCPLRX-BU
PSL-DCPLRX-GR
PSL-DCPLRX-YL
PSL-DCPLRX-OR
PSL-DCPLRX-IW
PSL-DCPLRX-IG
PSL-DCPLRX-VL
Description
Red
Black
Blue
Green
Yellow
Orange
International white
International gray
Violet
3.165
Copper Solutions
Patch cords available in lengths from 1 to 20 feet (increments of one foot)

and 25, 30, 35, and 40 feet.
Change the length designation in the part number to desired length.
For standard cable colors other than off-white,
add suffix black (BL), blue (BU), green (GR), red (RD),
yellow (YL), orange (OR), violet (VL) or gray (GY).
RJ45 Plug Lock-in Devices
PANDUIT
Patch Cords
DATA-PATCH 10/100BASE-T Cable Assemblies

PANDUIT
InfiniBand SDR/DDR Copper Cable Assemblies

PR12144V2-22099.tif
Copper Solutions
Category 5-rated, 25-pair connectorized cable assemblies are enhanced-performance

patch cords featuring 25-pair, Category 5, solid cable with Category 5, 25-pair plugs
on either end.
FEATURES
System also includes Category 5-rated, 25-pair hydra with Category 5, 25-pair
male connectors on one end and 12 Pan-Plug Modular Plugs terminated to the
10/100BASE-T Ethernet pins (1, 2, 3 and 6) on the other end
All cords are 100 percent tested for wiring sequence and continuity
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5-compliant
BOTH 110 LEFT ORIENTATION
Anixter No. D
Vendor No.
254532
UTPCH6L25Y
254533
UTPCH8L25Y
254534
UTPCH10L25Y
254535
UTPCH15L25Y
254536
UTPCH20L25Y
Length (ft.)
6
8
10
15
20
BOTH 110 RIGHT ORIENTATION

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
254537
UTPCH6R25Y
254538
UTPCH8R25Y
254539
UTPCH10R25Y
254540
UTPCH15R25Y
254541
UTPCH20R25Y
Length (ft.)
6
8
10
15
20
Also available in the following configurations:

- Straight, 110, right orientation
- Straight, 110, left orientation
- 110 left, 110 right orientation
- 12 Pan-Plug Modular Plugs, straight
3.166
PANDUIT
PR24038V2-173885.tif
InfiniBand 4X copper cable assemblies are dual rated for SDR or DDR data rates to
provide compliant interconnections up to 20 Gbps. These passive cable assemblies
are constructed of high-speed 5 GHz twinaxial cable with eight shielded pairs and are
available in a variety of lengths up to 12 meters.
FEATURES
Compliant to IBTA specifications
Small diameter cable design
Cable frequency performance to 5 GHz and dual rated SDR/DDR
Large range of discrete lengths
100 percent performance tested
4X connector each end, blue
COPPER CABLES
Anixter No.
399032
399033
399034
399035
399036
399037
399038
399039
399040
399041
399042
399043
399044
PR24039V2-173882.tif
Vendor No.
PIB4MD0.5MBU
PIB4MD1MBU
PIB4MD2MBU
PIB4MD3MBU
PIB4MD4MBU
PIB4MD5MBU
PIB4MD6MBU
PIB4MD7MBU
PIB4MD8MBU
PIB4MD9MBU
PIB4MD10MBU
PIB4MD11MBU
PIB4MD12MBU
Description
30 AWG, 0.5 m
30 AWG, 1 m
30 AWG, 2 m
30 AWG, 3 m
28 AWG, 4 m
28 AWG, 5 m
26 AWG, 6 m
26 AWG, 7 m
26 AWG, 8 m
24 AWG, 9 m
24 AWG, 10 m
24 AWG, 11 m
24 AWG, 12 m
PANDUIT
Patch Cords
10GIG SFP+ Direct Attach Passive Copper Cable Assemblies

PANDUIT
PR24421V2-186127.tif
BLUE
Anixter No.
406180
406182
406184
406186
406188
406190
406192
406194
Vendor No.
PSF1PXA0.5MBU
PSF1PXA1MBU
PSF1PXA2MBU
PSF1PXA3MBU
PSF1PXD4MBU
PSF1PXD5MBU
PSF1PXD6MBU
PSF1PXD7MBU
Description
30 AWG, 0.5 meter
30 AWG, 1 meter
30 AWG, 2 meter
30 AWG, 3 meter
24 AWG, 4 meter
24 AWG, 5 meter
24 AWG, 6 meter
24 AWG, 7 meter
WHITE
Anixter No.
406181
406183
406185
406187
406189
406191
406193
406195
Vendor No.
PSF1PXA0.5MWH
PSF1PXA1MWH
PSF1PXA2MWH
PSF1PXA3MWH
PSF1PXD4MWH
PSF1PXD5MWH
PSF1PXD6MWH
PSF1PXD7MWH
Description
30 AWG, 0.5 meter
30 AWG, 1 meter
30 AWG, 2 meter
30 AWG, 3 meter
24 AWG, 4 meter
24 AWG, 5 meter
24 AWG, 6 meter
24 AWG, 7 meter
Copper Solutions
Panduit 10GIG SFP+ Direct Attach Passive Copper Cable Assemblies are factory
terminated and constructed of high-speed twinaxial shielded cable with SFP+
modular connectors on each end. The cables may be plugged into SFF-8431 SFP+
compliant ports and are interchangeable with fiber optic transceivers. These passive
cable assemblies offer a low-power, low-latency, low-cost option for a 10 Gig
interconnect in top of rack switching deployments.
FEATURES
Compliant to SFF-8431 standards
Robust contruction
100 percent performance tested
Low latency performance
Passive low-power assembly
Small-diameter cable design
Built-in strain relief
Variety of lengths for design flexibility
3.167
PANDUIT
NetKey Jacks
./
NetKey Jack Modules - Category 6
Copper Solutions
PANDUIT
PR20029V2-65588.tif
Category 6 universal keystone jack modules.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
319345
NK688MBL
319346
NK688MBU
319347
NK688MEI
319348
NK688MGR
319349
NK688MIG
319350
NK688MIW
319351
NK688MOR
319352
NK688MRD
319353
NK688MWH
319354
NK688MYL
Description
Black
Blue
Electric ivory
Green
International gray
Off-white
Orange
Red
White
Yellow
CATEGORY 5E KEYSTONE PUNCH-DOWN JACK MODULES

1-port IDC 8W8P
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
387412
NKP5E88MBU
Blue
424776
NKP5E88MEI
Electric ivory
447407
NKP5E88MGR
Green
429375
NKP5E88MIG
Gray
435238
NKP5E88MOR
Orange
447408
NKP5E88MRD
Red
387413
NKP5E88MWH
White
430265
NKP5E88MYL
Yellow
419154
NKP5E88MIW
Off-white
Cat 5e jack modules are available in
25-piece NetKey Jack Module Convenience Packs
by removing the "Y" number at the end of
Vendor No. and replacing it with a "Q."
NetKey Category 3 Jack Modules

PANDUIT
PR9726V2-15325.tif
Cat 6 jack modules are available in 25-piece NetKey Jack Module

D
Convenience
Packs by adding "Q" to the end of Vendor No.
NetKey Jack Modules - Category 5e

PANDUIT
PR9728V2-15331.tif
CATEGORY 3 UNIVERSAL KEYSTONE JACK MODULES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
282114
NK388MBLY
Black
282115
NK388MEIY
Electric ivory
282116
NK388MIGY
Gray
282117
NK388MIWY
Off-white
282118
NK388MWHY
White
CATEGORY 5E LEAD FRAME KEYSTONE JACK MODULES

1-port IDC 8W8P
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
282097
NK5E88MBUY
Blue
282098
NK5E88MEIY
Electric ivory
282099
NK5E88MGRY
Green
282100
NK5E88MIGY
Gray
282101
NK5E88MORY
Orange
282102
NK5E88MRDY
Red
282103
NK5E88MWHY
White
282104
NK5E88MYLY
Yellow
282203
NK5E88MIWY
Off-white
3.168
CATEGORY 3 RJ11 6-POSITION, 6-WIRE USOC KEYSTONE JACK MODULE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
282109
NK366UMBLY
Black
282110
NK366UMEIY
Electric ivory
282111
NK366UMIGY
Gray
282112
NK366UMIWY
Off-white
282113
NK366UMWHY
White
CATEGORY 3 RJ11 6-POSITION, 6-WIRE KEYSTONE JACK MODULE
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
282105
NK366MBLY
Black
282106
NK366MEIY
Electric ivory
282107
NK366MIGY
Gray
282108
NK366MWHY
White
PANDUIT
NetKey Faceplates
2-PORT, SINGLE-GANG, WITHOUT LABELS
./
NetKey Communications Faceplates
PR12110V2-25578.tif
PANDUIT
NetKey holds standard Keystone modules.
1-PORT, SINGLE-GANG, WITH LABELS
PR9714V2-15289.tif
Anixter No.
331385
312571
331386
Anixter No.
282052
282053
282054
Vendor No.
NK1FEIY
NK1FIWY
NK1FWHY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
Anixter No.
282055
282056
282057
Vendor No.
NK2FEIY
NK2FIWY
NK2FWHY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PR9707V2-15269.tif
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PR9706V2-15266.tif
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
Anixter No.
282062
282063
282064
282065
Vendor No.
NK4FEIY
NK4FIGY
NK4FIWY
NK4FWHY

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
331387
NK4FNEI
312572
NK4FNIW
331388
NK4FNWH
Anixter No.
282068
282069
282070
Vendor No.
NK6FEIY
NK6FIWY
NK6FWHY
Copper Solutions

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
331382
NK1FNEI
312570
NK1FNIW
331384
NK1FNWH
Vendor No.
NK2FNEI
NK2FNIW
NK2FNWH
Description
Electric ivory
International gray
Off-white
White
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PR9708V2-15272.tif
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
3.169
PANDUIT
NetKey Faceplates
(continued)
NetKey Communications Faceplates
8-PORT, DOUBLE-GANG, WITH LABELS
PR34786V2-260903.tif
NetKey Module Frames and Modular Furniture Faceplates

PANDUIT
4-PORT MODULAR FURNITURE
Anixter No.
447410
360745
447411
Vendor No.
NK8FEI
NK8FIW
NK8FWH
12-PORT, DOUBLE-GANG, WITH LABELS
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PR9705V2-15263.tif
Snap-on
Anixter No.
282041
282042
282043
Vendor No.
NK4MFBL
NK4MFIG
NK4MFWH
2-PORT 106-STYLE DUPLEX MODULE FRAME
Copper Solutions
PR9713V2-142019.tif
Description
Black
International gray
White
PR34780V2-260885.tif
Anixter No.
282036
282051
Vendor No.
NK12FEIY
NK12FIWY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
Screw mount
Anixter No.
447412
447413
447414
447415
Vendor No.
NK2106MFBL
NK2106MFEI
NK2106MFIW
NK2106MFWH
4-PORT 106-STYLE DUPLEX MODULE FRAME
Description
Black
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PR9725V2-15322.tif
Screw mount
Anixter No.
282058
282059
282060
282061
3.170
Vendor No.
NK4106MFBL
NK4106MFEI
NK4106MFIW
NK4106MFWH
Description
Black
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
PANDUIT
NetKey Faceplates
2-PORT RECTANGULAR MODULE FRAME
PR34781V2-260888.tif
NetKey Surface-mount Boxes

PANDUIT
PR9712V2-15284.tif
Screw mount
Anixter No.
447416
447417
Vendor No.
NK2RMFBL
NK2RMFEI
Description
Black
Electric ivory
4-PORT RECTANGULAR MODULE FRAME
PR9727V2-15328.tif
Anixter No.
282066
282067
Vendor No.
NK4RMFBL
NK4RMFEI
Description
Black
Electric ivory
3.171
Copper Solutions
Screw mount
Compatible with PANDUIT LD3 and LD5 Raceway.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
326323
NK2BXEI-A
2-position surface-mount box adhesive, electric ivory
323258
NK2BXIW-A
2-position surface-mount box adhesive, off-white
328214
NK2BXWH-A
2-position surface-mount box adhesive, white
331391
NK4BXEI-AY
331392
NK4BXIW-AY
4-position surface-mount box adhesive, off-white
330714
NK4BXWH-AY
4-position surface-mount box adhesive, white
331394
NK6BXEI-AY
PANDUIT
NetKey Patch Panels

./
NetKey Patch Panels - Category 5e

PANDUIT
PR9721V2-15310.tif
Anixter No.
319357
Vendor No.
NK5EPPG12WY
Number of Ports
12
Rack Units
N/A
The 12-port version has 89D footprint.
Copper Solutions
NetKey All-molded Patch Panels - Category 5e

PANDUIT
Anixter No.
447434
447435
Vendor No.
NK5EPP24P
NK5EPP48P
D
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
Molded design made of polymer material for

improved flexibility and durability.
NetKey All-molded Patch Panels - Category 6

PANDUIT
Anixter No.
447437
447438
Vendor No.
NK6PP24P
NK6PP48P
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
Molded design made of polymer material for

improved flexibility and durability.
3.172
PANDUIT
NetKey Patch Cords

./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cable Assemblies//RF Applications
NetKey Copper Patch Cords

PANDUIT
Vendor No.
NK5EPC3
NK5EPC3YLY
NK5EPC3BUY
NK5EPC5Y
NK5EPC5YLY
NK5EPC5BUY
NK5EPC7Y
NK5EPC7YLY
NK5EPC7BU
NK5EPC10Y
NK5EPC10YLY
NK5EPC10BUY
NK5EPC14Y
NK5EPC14YLY
NK5EPC14BUY
NK5EPC20Y
NK5EPC20YLY
NK5EPC20BUY
Description
3 ft., off-white
3 ft., yellow
3 ft., blue
5 ft., off-white
5 ft., yellow
5 ft., blue
7 ft., off-white
7 ft., yellow
7 ft., blue
10 ft., off-white
10 ft., yellow
10 ft., blue
14 ft., off-white
14 ft., yellow
14 ft., blue
20 ft., off-white
20 ft., yellow
20 ft., blue
CATEGORY 6
Anixter No.
MM03-NK6-01
MM03-NK6-05
MM03-NK6-06
MM05-NK6-01
MM05-NK6-05
MM05-NK6-06
MM07-NK6-01
MM07-NK6-05
MM07-NK6-06
MM10-NK6-01
MM10-NK6-05
MM10-NK6-06
MM14-NK6-01
MM14-NK6-05
MM14-NK6-06
MM20-NK6-01
MM20-NK6-05
MM20-NK6-06
Vendor No.
NK6PC3Y
NK6PC3YLY
NK6PC3BUY
NK6PC5Y
NK6PC5YLY
NK6PC5BUY
NK6PC7Y
NK6PC7YLY
NK6PC7BUY
NK6PC10Y
NK6PC10YLY
NK6PC10BUY
NK6PC14Y
NK6PC14YLY
NK6PC14BUY
NK6PC20Y
NK6PC20YLY
NK6PC20BUY
Description
3 ft., off-white
3 ft., yellow
3 ft., blue
5 ft., off-white
5 ft., yellow
5 ft., blue
7 ft., off-white
7 ft., yellow
7 ft., blue
10 ft., off-white
10 ft., yellow
10 ft., blue
14 ft., off-white
14 ft., yellow
14 ft., blue
20 ft., off-white
20 ft., yellow
20 ft., blue
Copper Solutions
CATEGORY 5E
Anixter No.
MM03-NK5E-01
MM03-NK5E-05
MM03-NK5E-06
MM05-NK5E-01
MM05-NK5E-05
MM05-NK5E-06
MM07-NK5E-01
MM07-NK5E-05
MM07-NK5E-06
MM10-NK5E-01
MM10-NK5E-05
MM10-NK5E-06
MM14-NK5E-01
MM14-NK5E-05
MM14-NK5E-06
MM20-NK5E-01
MM20-NK5E-05
MM20-NK5E-06
PR9724V2-15319.tif
Contact your local sales representative for other color options.
3.173
PANDUIT
NetKey Faceplates
./
NetKey Blank and Empty Inserts

PANDUIT
FEATURES
Compatible with NetKey faceplate frames
Front releasable
Accept NetKey Modules for UTP, fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in and
out for easy moves, adds and changes
TWO-MODULE-SPACE FLAT INSERT (1/3-SIZE)
10 per package
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
331375
NKHF2MEI-X
331376
NKHF2MIW-X
331378
NKHF2MWH-X
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
Copper Solutions
TWO-MODULE-SPACE SLOPED INSERT (1/2-SIZE)

10 per package
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
331379
NKHS2EI-X
Electric ivory
331380
NKHS2IW-X
Off-white
331381
NKHS2WH-X
White
3.174
PANDUIT
NetKey Flush-mount Patch Panels

./
NetKey Flush-mount Modular Patch Panels

PANDUIT
FLAT
Anixter No.
282015
282019
Vendor No.
NKPP24FMY
NKPP48FMY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
ANGLED
Anixter No.
282023
282025
Vendor No.
NKPPA24FMY
NKPPA48FMY
Number of Ports
24
48
Rack Units
1
2
Copper Solutions
3.175
THATS WHY DATA CENTER MANAGERS

COUNT ON TE CONNECTIVITY.
These are exponential times: 1 million videos cross the Internet every minute.
2.5 billion more people are soon to be online. And engineers are thinking beyond
gigabits to terabits per second. Thats why ever-evolving data centers count
on TE Connectivity. Our data center ber trunking and interconnect solution
offers a simple and cost effective migration path from 10GbE to 40 and 100GbE,
providing future-proong for three generations of active equipment. We make
every connection count.
LEARN MORE AT: te.com/enterprise.
314352
EVERY CONNECTION COUNTS
TE Connectivity
Cables
./
640 Series Augmented Category 6 UTP Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20027V2-65559.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 4-pair UTP; CMR 24 AWG, CMP 23 AWG
6. CMR - FRPE insulation, FRPVC jacket

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 draft standard
PLENUM REELS
Anixter No.
CMP-00423TE-6A-01
CMP-00423TE-6A-06
Vendor No.
TE640P-WT02
TE640P-BL02
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM REELS
Anixter No.
CM-00423TE-6A-01
CM-00423TE-6A-06
Vendor No.
TE640R-WT02
TE640R-BL02
Description
White
Blue
630 Series - Category 6 Enhanced UTP Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
pr5324V2-20861.tif
PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423TE-6ERB-01 TE630P-WTRB
CMP-00423TE-6ERB-06 TE630P-BLRB
Description
Reel-in-a-Box, white
Reel-in-a-Box, blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00423TE-6ERB-01 TE630R-WTRB
CM-00423TE-6ERB-06 TE630R-BLRB
Description
Reel-in-a-Box, blue
620 Series - Category 6 UTP Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
Intended for high-speed local area network (LAN) applications through data rates
beyond 100 Mbps. Exceeds all requirements for Gigabit Ethernet, performance
specified to 600 MHz and exceeds cable specifications for Category 6. Other colors
are available.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. CMR - 24 AWG, 4-pair UTP
2. CMP - 23 AWG, 4-pair UTP
PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00423TE-7RB-01 TE620P-WTRB
CMP-00423TE-7RB-06 TE620P-BLRB
Description
Reel-in-a-Box, blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423TE-7RB-01
CM-00423TE-7RB-06
Description
Reel-in-a-Box, blue
Vendor No.
TE620R-WTRB
TE620R-BLRB
TE Connectivity's highest-performing Category 6 cable. Intended for high-speed local

area network (LAN) applications through data rates beyond 100 Mbps. Exceeds all
requirements for Gigabit Ethernet, performance specified to 600 MHz and exceeds
cable specifications for Category 6. Other colors are available.
3.177
Copper Solutions
An integral part of the TE Connectivity Structured Cabling System and the world's first
UTP structured cabling system to enable 10 Gigabit Ethernet over a full 100 meters.
Installed in high-performance networks worldwide, the system's patented design
minimizes alien crosstalk and insertion loss and meets the performance
requirements of IEEE 802.3an and ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 standards.
TE Connectivity's plenum cable features the patented AirES technology, which
implements air as a conductor insulator. The use of air improves signal strengths and
transmission speed, allowing the conductor and insulation diameter to be
dramatically reduced. In turn, this maximizes tray, conduit and duct space, permitting
more cables to be placed in a smaller space.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
2. Solid bare copper conductor
3. Nominal O.D. (in.) CMR 0.295; CMP 0.275
4. Unique oblique elliptical offset filler for improved alien crosstalk
6. CMR - FRPVC jacket, CMP - FRPVC jacket
TE Connectivity
Cables
610 Series - Category 6 UTP Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
beyond 100 Mbps. Exceeds all requirements for Gigabit Ethernet, performance
specified to 250 MHz and meets cable specifications for Category 6. Other colors
are available.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMP 0.210; CMR 0.210
4. Approximate weight (lb./MF): CMP 24; CMR 24
Copper Solutions

PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424TE-6U-01
CMP-00424TE-6U-06
Vendor No.
TE610P-WTII
TE610P-BLII
Description
Pull box, white
Pull box, blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424TE-6U-01
CM-00424TE-6U-06
Vendor No.
TE610R-WTII
TE610R-BLII
Description
Pull box, white
Pull box, blue
520 Series - Category 5e UTP Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
pr5322V2-20855.tif
beyond 100 Mbps. Performance characterized to 350 MHz. Defines different LAN
access methods while aiding instant circuit identification. Other colors available.
SPECIFICATIONS
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424TE-5ERB-01
CM-00424TE-5ERB-06
Vendor No.
TE520R-WTRB
TE520R-BLRB
Description
Reel-in-a-box, white
Reel-in-a-box, blue
510 Series - Category 5e UTP Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
pr5322V2-20855.tif
beyond 100 Mbps. Performance characterized to 200 MHz. Defines different LAN
access methods while aiding instant circuit identification. Other colors available.
SPECIFICATIONS
5. CMR - FRPE insulation, CMP - plenum materials
6. CMR - FRPVC jacket, CMP - FRPVC jacket
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424TE-5U-01
CMP-00424TE-5U-06
CMP-00424TE-5U-09
Vendor No.
TE510P-WTII
TE510P-BLII
TE510P-GYII
Description
Reelex, white
Reelex, blue
Reelex, gray
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424TE-5U-01
CM-00424TE-5U-06
CM-00424TE-5U-09
Vendor No.
TE510R-WTII
TE510R-BLII
TE510R-GYII
Description
Reelex, white
Reelex, blue
Reelex, gray
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Level 6 Shielded Cable
640 Series - Category 6A F/UTP Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20286V2-71248.tif

PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424TE-5ERB-01 TE520P-WTRB
CMP-00424TE-5ERB-06 TE520P-BLRB
3.178
Description
Reel-in-a-box, white
Reel-in-a-box, blue
beyond 10 Gbps with superior ANEXT protection. Exceeds all requirements for Gigabit
Ethernet. Other colors are available.
TE Connectivity
Cables
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair F/UTP; CMP 23 AWG; CMR 24 AWG
Index1.Cabling Systems//Central Office Wire//Switchboard Cable
75 ohm Switchboard Cable

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR8507V2-12918.tif

PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00423TE-6A-01S
CMP-00423TE-6A-06S
Vendor No.
TE640PF-WT02
TE640PF-BL02
Description
Reels, white
Reels, blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423TE-6A-01S
CM-00423TE-6A-06S
Vendor No.
TE640RF-WT02
TE640RF-BL02
Description
Reels, white
Reels, blue
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Plenum-Rated Cable//Category 5 Shielded Cable - LS0H
520 Series - Category 5e F/UTP Cable

pr5322V2-20855.tif

UL and C(UL) listed type MPR/CMR
Intended for high-speed local area network (LAN) applications. Exceeds all
requirements for Gigabit Ethernet. Other colors available.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair F/UTP
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424TE-5E-01S
CMP-00424TE-5E-06S
Vendor No.
TE520PF-WT02
TE520PF-BL02
Description
Reels, white
Reels, blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424TE-5E-01S
CM-00424TE-5E-06S
Vendor No.
TE520RF-WT02
TE520RF-BL02
Description
Reels, white
Reels, blue
UNSHIELDED SWITCHBOARD CABLE

Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.130
0.140
0.160
0.180
0.230
0.320
0.360
0.450
0.620
0.750
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
11
14
18
24
46
92
114
176
326
544
OVERALL SHIELDED PVC WITH TINNED-COPPER DRAIN WIRE

No. of Nom.
Pairs O.D. (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00324TSG
T0324HA-GY10 3
0.140
CM-00424TSG
T0424HA-GY10 4
0.170
CM-00624TSG
T0624HA-GY10 6
0.190
CM-01224TSG
T1224HA-GY10 12
0.240
CM-01624TSG
T1624HA-GY10 16
0.300
CM-02524TSG-K T2524HA-GY10 25
0.350
CM-03224TSG
T3224HA-GY10 32
0.440
CM-10024TSG
T0024HA-GY10 100
0.670
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
16
22
30
52
68
101
130
372
Anixter No.
CM-00224TAG
CM-00324TAG
CM-00424TAG
CM-00624TAG
CM-01224TAG
CM-02524TAG-K
CM-03224TAG
CM-05024TAG
CM-10024TAG
CM-15024TAG
Vendor No.
T0224H0-GY10
T0324H0-GY02
T0424H0-GY10
T0624H0-GY10
T1224H0-GY10
T2524H0-GY10
T3224H0-GY10
T5024H0-GY10
T0024H0-GY10
TC524H0-GY02
No. of
Pairs
2
3
4
6
12
25
32
50
100
150
3.179
Copper Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
Analog POTS nonplenum UL and C(UL) Listed MPR/CMR switchboard cables are
designed to provide economical solutions for connecting outside plant distribution
cables to analog telephone lines used to provide dial tone and basic-rate ISDN
service. These cables exhibit Category 1-type electrical performance with a nominal
characteristic impedance of 75 to 80 ohms at 772 kHz. The overall shielded
switchboard cable provides protection from alien crosstalk between cables as well as
ingression/egression of electrical interference.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG
2. Solid tinned-copper conductors
3. Standard telephony color code with insulated conductors marked with the color of
their mate
4. PVC insulation
5. Shield (where applicable) is aluminum/polyester
6. Gray PVC outer jacket
TE Connectivity
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Central Office Wire//Network & T1 Cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Voice Telecommunications Cable//Other Voice Cable
T1 Shielded Digital Cable
Copper Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
Outback 620 Series Outdoor Cat 6 UTP

PR6788V2-12836.TIF
Digital transmission cables for T1/DS1, DS1C and DS2 frequencies. Designed for
switching and transmission equipment cabling for telephone central offices, but can
be used in campus or premises environments where T1 speeds and a low-loss
shielded cable are required. Dual shield provides superior shielding performance to
reduce signal interference. Equivalent to Series 1249C. This design makes these
cables ideal for termination of outside-plant distribution cabling to digital
transmission equipment for VDSL, HDSL, SDSL, ADSL, DS1 (T1), DS1C, DS2 (T2), ISDN
basic and primary rate and analog voice access lines.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Core wrap (optional) and aluminum foil shield
4. Tinned-copper drain wire
5. Lead-free FRPVC jacket
D type MPP/CMR
UL and C(UL) listed
BellCore GR-137-CORE "Generic Requirements for Central Office Cables" for
DS1 Waveform Compliance at 550 feet
No. of
Pairs
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
AWG
N-000622YAC
DSR-06222SDGY10
6
22
N-001222YAC
DSR-12222SDGY10
12
22
N-001622YAC
DSR-16222SDGY10
16
22
N-002522YAC
DSR-25222SDGY10
25
22
N-002822YAC
DSR-28222SDGY10
28
22
N-003022YAC
DSR-30222SDGY10
30
22
N-003222YAC
DSR-32222SDGY10
32
22
N-005022YAC
DSR-50222SDGY10
50
22
N-002524YAB
DSR-25242SSGY10
25
24
N-003224YAB
DSR-32242SSGY10
32
24
N-002526YAD
DSR-25261DDGY02
25
26
N-005026YAD
DSR-50261DDGY02
50
26
We also provide TE Connectivity T1 plenum cables.
Call your local sales representative for more information.
3.180
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR22330V2-130452.tif
This cable is a 4-pair, 23-gauge Category 6 data cable designed for outdoor use. The
cable combines excellent transmission performance and weather-resistant
properties. It is intended for outdoor installation as aerial cable.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Manufactured with lead-free materials
ETL Verified ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 Horizontal Cable Requirements
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00423TE-7-OSP
TE620OSP-BK02 1,000 foot reel
Outback 520 Series Outdoor Cat 5e UTP

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR22329V2-130442.tif
This cable is a 4-pair, 24-gauge, Category 5e data cable designed for outdoor use.
The cable combines excellent transmission and weather-resistant properties. It is
intended for outdoor installation as aerial cable.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG solid bare copper
2. Linear low-density polyethelyene, black
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e horizontal cable requirements
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424TE-5E-OSP TE520OSP-BK02 4-pair cable, nominal O.D.:
0.22 in. (5.59 mm), black jacket
TE Connectivity
Cables
Cross-connect Wire
TE CONNECTIVITY
Cross-connect wire is used to connect DSX jacks together by completing a patch
between two cross-connect points. The five-conductor wire is 24 AWG solid
tinned copper.
Color code:
- Pair number one is blue paired with a white band marker
- Pair number two is orange paired with a white band marker
- Fifth conductor is green and used for LED tracer identification
CROSS-CONNECT WIRE
Anixter No.
205785
205782
163501
Vendor No.
DSX-CCW/500
DSX-CCW/1000
DSX-CCW/2000
Description
152 m (500 ft.) roll
305 m (1,000 ft.) roll
610 m (2,000 ft.) roll
RACK-MOUNTED SPOOL HOLDER FOR CROSS-CONNECT WIRE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
267582
AUX-0X6667
Supports 152 m (500 ft.) or
305 m (1,000 ft.) roll
ELECTRONIC WIRE-WRAP TOOL

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
447289
AUX-0X0800
Copper Solutions
MANUAL WIRE-WRAP TOOL KIT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
542218
AUX-0X0165
Description
Manual wire-wrap tool,
22-24 AWG wire-wrap bit sleeve,
22-24 AWG wire-wrap bit, 26 AWG
wire-wrap bit
Description
Manual wire-wrap tool,
22-24 AWG wire-wrap bit, 26 AWG
wire-wrap bit
3.181
TE Connectivity
Jacks
./
XG Series AMP-TWIST Shielded Modular Jacks - Category 6A

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20287V2-71251.tif
Anixter No.
278642
278644
278645
278646
Vendor No.
6830 1 835-07
6830 1 835-08
6830 1 835-09
6830 1 835-10
Description
Green
Yellow
Violet
Orange
Category 6A U/UTP AMP-TWIST Modular Jacks

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR72588V2-586757.tif
Copper Solutions
AMP NETCONNECT SL Series slim-profile jacks are compatible with TE faceplates, SL

Series outlets and FLEX-MODE modular furniture faceplates. Cables may be dressed
at either 180 degrees or 90 degrees for added flexibility at various outlet locations.
Universal wiring for T568A/B. For fast and easy terminations, use the SL Series
termination tool - Part No. 285415.
ANSI/TIA Category 6A link and channel-compliant
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
385734
1711160-2
Metallic, rear entry with
dust cover
385733
1711342-2
Metallic, rear entry without
dust cover
D
385737
1711295-2
Metallic, side entry with
dust cover
385735
1711343-2
Metallic, side entry without
dust cover
TrueNet Augmented Category 6 UTP Modular Jacks

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR22341V2-130578.tif
TE Connectivity Cat 6A U/UTP jacks are compatible with SL Series Outlets, standard
outlets and FLEX-MODE modular furniture faceplates. The jacks feature color caps for
easy port identification, universal wiring for T568A/B and include integrated cutting
blades to allow all four pairs of a 4-pair cable to be terminated at one time providing
a fast and reliable termination with the AMP NETCONNECT SL Series modular jack
termination tool.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Color
489571
1933476-1
Almond
489568
1933476-2
Black
489573
1-1933476-3
White
489575
1933476-4
Gray
489578
1933476-5
Orange
489576
1933476-6
Blue
489580
1933476-7
Red
489577
1933476-8
Yellow
489579
1933476-9
Green
TrueNet Cat 6A jacks feature TE Connectivity's 45 angled, silver-plated IDCs

providing secure and reliable gas-tight connections. A built-in cable manager
separates individual cable pairs to ensure unsurpassed performance. The jack
requires no special tools, as it accepts a TE or 110 tool for wire termination.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
278545
6830 1 835-01
White
278637
6830 1 835-02
Ivory
278638
6830 1 835-03
Gray
278639
6830 1 835-04
Black
278640
6830 1 835-05
Red
278641
6830 1 835-06
Blue
3.182
TE Connectivity
Jacks
TrueNet Category 6 KM8 Modular Jacks

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR22334V2-130441.tif
The KM8 jacks are an integral part of the TrueNet C6T channel solution; they
incorporate AirES technology with conductor management and pair isolation for
unsurpassed performance. The KM8 jacks fit into all of TE Connectivity's modular
faceplates, surface boxes and modular patch panels.
FEATURES
8W8P
Accepts either TE Connectivity's LSA-Plus tool or 110 tool for wire termination
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Purple
Orange
SL Series Modular Jacks - Category 6

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2680V2-20817.eps
Description
Almond
Black
White
Gray
Orange
Blue
Red
Yellow
Green
Electrical ivory
Alpine white
Shielded, rear entry
SL Series Modular Jacks - Category 5e

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2680V2-20817.eps
TE's SL Series slim-profile jacks are compatible with Vision Series Outlets, SL Series
outlets and FLEX-MODE modular furniture faceplates. Cables may be dressed at either
180 degrees or 90 degrees for added flexibility at various outlet locations. Universal
wiring for T568A/B. For fast and easy terminations, use the SL Series termination tool
- Part No. 285415. Jacks with dust covers are also available.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
244700
1375191-1
244701
1375191-2
244702
1375191-3
244703
1375191-4
244704
1375191-5
244705
1375191-6
244706
1375191-7
244707
1375191-8
244708
1375191-9
244710
1-1375191-1
498587
1-1375191-3
333035
1375189-1
Description
Almond
Black
White
Gray
Orange
Blue
Red
Yellow
Green
Electrical ivory
Alpine white
Shielded, rear entry
TE's SL Series slim-profile jacks are compatible with SL Series Outlets, standard
outlets and FLEX-MODE modular furniture faceplates. Cables may be dressed at either
180 degrees or 90 degrees for added flexibility at various outlet locations. Universal
wiring for T568A/B. For fast and easy terminations, use the SL Series termination tool
- Part No. 285415. Jacks with dust covers are also available.
3.183
Copper Solutions

ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
267344
6830 1 830-01
267345
6830 1 830-02
267346
6830 1 830-03
267480
6830 1 830-04
267362
6830 1 830-05
267364
6830 1 830-06
267365
6830 1 830-07
267366
6830 1 830-08
267368
6830 1 830-09
267369
6830 1 830-10

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
209205
1375055-1
209206
1375055-2
233853
1375055-3
234589
1375055-4
234592
1375055-5
209207
1375055-6
209208
1375055-7
234593
1375055-8
234605
1375055-9
234609
1-1375055-1
498585
1-1375055-3
546414
1375188-1
TE Connectivity
Jacks
SL Series Tool-less Jacks and Inserts - Category 5e
TrueNet Category 5e K610 Modular Jacks
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2685V2-20835.eps
Copper Solutions
TE's SL Series Tool-less Category 5e slim-profile jacks are compatible with Vision
Series Outlets, SL Series Outlets and FLEX-MODE modular furniture faceplates. The SL
Tool-less jacks terminate with common pliers and the hinged stuffer cap simplifies
assembly. Universal wiring for T568A/B. Shielded jacks and jacks with dust covers are
also available.
CATEGORY 5E TOOL-LESS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
209201
1116604-1
209202
1116604-2
538088
1116604-3
234579
1116604-4
538089
1116604-5
209203
1116604-6
209204
1116604-7
233850
1116604-8
233851
1116604-9
D
Description
Almond
Black
White
Gray
Orange
Blue
Red
Yellow
Green
F-CONNECTOR COUPLER INSERT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
330078
1499855-1
362574
1499855-2
332819
1499855-3
201662
1499855-4
353072
1-1499855-1
498590
1-1499855-3
Description
Almond
Black
White
Gray
Electrical ivory
Alpine white
BLANK INSERTS
Anixter No.
234666
271501
234667
331361
330125
498591
Description
Almond
Black
White
Gray
Electrical ivory
Alpine white
Vendor No.
1116412-1
1116412-2
1116412-3
1116412-4
1-1116412-1
1-1116412-3
PR6845V2-12839.TIF
The K610 Series jacks are an integral part of the TrueNet C5eT channel solution. This
right-angle jack combines traditional style with high performance. The K610 jacks fit
into modular faceplates, surface boxes or patch panels.
FEATURES
Accepts either TE Connectivity's LSA-Plus or 110 tool for wire termination
RJ45 T568A/B Wired (8W8P)
ANSI/TIA Category 5e compliant
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
254354
6467 5 181-00
254355
6467 5 181-10
254357
6467 5 181-20
254358
6467 5 181-30
254359
6467 5 181-40
254360
6467 5 181-50
254361
6467 5 181-60
254362
6467 5 181-70
254363
6467 5 181-80
254364
6467 5 181-90
Description
Gray
Ivory
White
Black
Blue
Red
Orange
Purple
Green
Yellow
110Connect Modular Jacks and Inserts

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2686V2-20839.eps
Bringing together on a PC board the easy termination features of the 110-style block
and the proven reliability of TE's modular jack interface yields a controlled
connection design that offers superior performance. These jacks are available in two
versions to meet either shielded or unshielded application requirements on
twisted-pair cable. The UTP version is universally wired and supports both T568A and
T568B wiring schemes. In addition to easy termination with a 110 punch-down tool, a
110Connect two-pair stuffer cap, Part No. 177619, can be ordered for use with
unshielded jacks. This provides a tool-less installation.
3.184
TE Connectivity
Jacks
CATEGORY 5E UNSHIELDED, T568A/B
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
188494
406372-1
188495
406372-2
188497
406372-3
188498
406372-4
188487
406372-5
188499
406372-6
188500
406372-7
188501
406372-8
197216
406372-9
234558
1-406372-0
225646
1-406372-1
UNSHIELDED, USOC RJ11/25C
Other colors are available.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
195140
406375-1
195141
406375-2
195142
406375-3
195143
406375-4
Description
Almond
Black
White
Gray
Orange
Blue
Red
Yellow
Green
Violet
Electrical ivory
8-position ACO Modular Jacks

PR2681V2-20821.eps
Description
Almond
Black
White
Gray
Description
Gray
These 8-position ACO modular jacks are rated Category 5e, Category 6
and come in T568A and T568B wiring. Category 6 ACO Inserts are for use with
Category 6 installation kits only. Color is almond.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
269708
1644027-1
UTP/STP, T568B, Category 6
269707
1644031-1
UTP/STP, T568A, Category 6
165537
558909-1
UTP, T568B, Category 5e
165391
558908-1
UTP, T568A, Category 5e
Please contact your local representative for available color options.
Dual-port ACO Installation Kits

PR7516V2-142006.tif
Dual 8-position ACO Modular Jack - Category 5e

TE CONNECTIVITY
These kits are used to install an unshielded/shielded TE communications outlet in a

4 in. square electrical box (total depth: 2 1/2 in., including device cover) or on the
back of a patch panel. Kit components include an unshielded/shielded connector
housing with a protective cover and two termination edge connector assemblies. With
shielded kits, one ground shield, one EMI/RFI clip and one cable tie are also included.
pr5325V2-20864.tif
Dual 8-position modular jack, Category 5e. Color is almond.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
153390
557280-1
10/100BASE-T
156521
557260-1
Token Ring and 10/100BASE-T
Please contact your local representative for available color options.
3.185
Copper Solutions
Vendor No.
569332-1
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE CONNECTIVITY
CATEGORY 5E SHIELDED NON-KEYED, T568A/B

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
264481
1116515-1
Shielded
STUFFER CAPS
50/pk
Anixter No.
177619
Category 6 dual-port installation kits are backward-compatible with standard ACO

inserts. Single-port module kits are also available.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
186970
406091-1
Unshielded, with 110Connect
edge connectors, Category 5e
186972
406352-1
Unshielded, with AMP-BARREL
edge connectors, Category 5e
109428
555601-1
Shielded, with AMP-BARREL edge
connectors, Category 5e
269702
1479306-1
Unshielded, with 110Connect
edge connectors, Category 6
TE Connectivity
Jacks
6-position ACO Modular Jack

TE CONNECTIVITY
Modular Adapters
PR7517V2-142010.tif
This 6-position modular jack is RJ11/RJ14/RJ25 compatible. Color is almond.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
109420
555611-1
6-position modular jack
Please contact your local sales representative for available color options.
Dual 6-position ACO Modular Jack
Copper Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7518V2-141992.tif
PR7481V2-141987.tif
TE Connectivity's Modular Adapters are designed for use with their modular
faceplates, surface-mount boxes and modular patch panels. The modularity, small
size and choice of colors provide maximum versatility in the design and installation
of a voice, data or video information distribution system. The UL 94V-O thermoplastic
housings are available in colors that match the faceplates.
F-81 (FEMALE-TO-FEMALE) 75 OHM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
154183
6645 1 157-01
154184
6645 1 157-02
Dual 6-position modular jacks. Color is almond.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
109427
555614-1
2-pair/2-pair
SC MULTIMODE/SINGLE-MODE ADAPTER
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
184805
6645 1 167-01
543235
6645 1 167-02
184815
6645 1 169-01
424346
F-type Bulkhead ACO Jack-to-jack Splice

PR7519V2-141991.tif
This ACO jack-to-jack splice is broadband compatible. Color is almond.

IEEE 802.7/CATV/Broadband compatible. Card edge connector not used with
this insert
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
118959
555645-1
F-connector coupler
6645 1 169-02
ST MULTIMODE/SINGLE-MODE ADAPTER
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
160880
6645 1 158-01
160872
6645 1 158-02
424348
6645 1 166-01
408121
6645 1 166-02
BLANK INSERT (25-PACK)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
154189
6645 1 160-01
156299
6645 1 160-02
154190
6645 1 160-03
154191
6645 1 160-04
3.186
Description
White
Ivory
BNC ADAPTER (FEMALE-TO-FEMALE) BAYONET STYLE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
154186
6645 1 159-01
White
154187
6645 1 159-02
Ivory
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE CONNECTIVITY
Description
White, with metal adapter sleeve
Ivory, with metal adapter sleeve
White, with ceramic
adapter sleeve
Ivory, with ceramic adapter sleeve
Description
White, with phosphor bronze
adapter sleeve
Ivory, with phosphor bronze
adapter sleeve
White, with ceramic
adapter sleeve
Ivory, with ceramic adapter sleeve
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
./
SL Series Faceplates
Faceplates
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2683V2-20829.eps
FACEPLATE
Also available in double gang.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
234654
1339118-1
234655
1339118-3
Description
Single-gang, almond
Single-gang, white
2-PORT MODULE
Anixter No.
234660
234661
234656
234657
Vendor No.
1116409-1
1116409-3
1116406-1
1116406-3
Description
Straight, 1 unit, almond
Straight, 1 unit, white
Angled, 1.5 unit, almond
Angled, 1.5 unit, white
3-PORT MODULE
Anixter No.
234659
234658
Vendor No.
1116408-1
1116408-3
Description
Angled, 1.5 unit, almond
Angled, 1.5 unit, white
BLANK MODULES
Anixter No.
234663
234662
234664
234665
Vendor No.
1116410-1
1116410-3
1116407-1
1116407-3
Description
1 unit, almond
1 unit, white
1.5 unit, almond
1.5 unit, white
PR72597V2-587652.tif
With its new modern design, TE Connectivity faceplates improve the appearance of
outlet areas that house data, telephony and A/V connectors in everything from
classrooms and hospitals to offices and homes. The new faceplates offer more color
options than ever before, molded icon slots and convex labels for maximum visibility
in low-density areas. Engineered for residential and commercial applications, these
sleek, updated faceplates offer several features not available with traditional models.
There is a wide range of port configurations, including single gang in 1-, 2-, 3-, 4- and
6-port configurations and double gang in 6-, 8- and 12-port configurations.
The new faceplates come with a sleek 2 3/4 x 4 1/2 profile. They accommodate
AMP-TWIST, SL Series, and 110Connect jacks including unshielded and shielded
versions. And they also accept SL Series multimedia inserts and SL Series fiber inserts
(MT-RJ, LC).
ICONABLE
Anixter No.
426678
426679
426651
426680
326504
326505
426681
426682
426685
426690
426710
426712
184935
184937
426714
426716
426719
426723
426724
426726
426727
426729
Vendor No.
2111008-1
2111008-3
2111009-1
2111009-3
1375155-1
1375155-3
2111010-1
2111010-3
2111011-1
2111011-3
2111203-1
2111203-3
406185-1
406185-3
2111012-1
2111012-3
2111013-1
2111013-3
2111014-1
2111014-3
2111015-1
2111015-3
Description
1-port, almond
1-port, white
2-port, almond
2-port, white
2-port, angled, white
3-port, almond
3-port, white
4-port, almond
4-port, white
4-port, horizontal, almond
4-port, horizontal, white
4-port, angled, white
6-port, almond
6-port, white
6-port, double gang, almond
6-port, double gang, white
3.187
Copper Solutions
TE Connectivity's AMP NETCONNECT SL Series faceplates offer increased flexibility at

the work area outlet. The faceplates use either 1-unit or 1.5-unit front-loading
modules that snap in and out for easy access during moves, adds and changes. Jacks
and inserts snap into the modules, which are in turn snapped into the faceplate.
2-port straight and angled modules accept 110Connect and SL Series modular jacks,
SL Series inserts and the MT-RJ outlet jacks. The 3-port angled module will accept SL
Series jacks and inserts only. 2- and 3-port modules are provided with patented
invisible icon holes that will accept colored icons for port identification. Single-gang
faceplates accept three 1-unit or two 1.5-unit SL Series modules.
Faceplates and modules are available in other colors, and double-gang versions. Other
modules available for SVGA, HDMI and fiber.
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
(continued)
Faceplates
NON-ICONABLE
Anixter No.
420386
420395
420398
420400
420576
420578
420581
420583
420265
420587
Vendor No.
2111021-1
2111021-3
2111022-1
2111022-3
2111023-1
2111023-3
2111024-1
2111024-3
2111025-1
2111025-3
4-PORT SINGLE-GANG FACEPLATE

Description
1-port, almond
1-port, white
2-port, almond
2-port, white
3-port, almond
3-port, white
4-port, almond
4-port, white
6-port, almond
6-port, white
Other configurations and colors available.

Change the color designation of the part number to (-1) almond, (-2) black,
(-3) white, (-4) gray, (1- -1) electrical ivory, (1- -3) alpine white.
Anixter No.
154197
154196
155938
154194
Vendor No.
6644 1 154-01
6644 1 154-02
6644 1 154-03
6644 1 154-04
PR7483V2-141977.tif
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
PR7484V2-141978.tif
Copper Solutions
TrueNet Faceplates
TE CONNECTIVITY
Flush-mounted modular faceplates are designed for use with modular jacks and
connectors. Each faceplate has two station identification windows and each port has
its own identification
tab. The UL 94V-O faceplates are available in four different
D
colors that match the modular jacks and connectors. Up to six modular jacks or
connectors can be installed in a standard NEMA single-gang wallbox. Matching port
identification tabs have terminal and telephone icons and port numbers to ensure
clear identification of each port.
Dimensions:
Height: 4.508 in. (114.5 mm)
Width: 2.756 in. (70 mm)
Depth: 0.256 in. (6.5 mm)
Plastic: High-impact, flame-retardant, UL 1863, UL 94V-O, UV-inhibited
Anixter No.
154200
154199
155937
154198
3.188
Vendor No.
6644 1 152-01
6644 1 152-02
6644 1 152-03
6644 1 152-04
PR7482V2-141986.tif
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
Anixter No.
154193
154192
155936
154201
Vendor No.
6644 1 156-01
6644 1 156-02
6644 1 156-03
6644 1 156-04
4- AND 8-PORT DUAL-GANG FACEPLATE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
221837
6644 1 164-01
221838
6644 1 164-02
212195
6644 1 168-01
217693
6644 1 168-02
12-PORT DUAL-GANG FACEPLATE
Anixter No.
157962
157963
157964
157965
Vendor No.
6644 1 157-01
6644 1 157-02
6644 1 157-03
6644 1 157-04
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
Description
4-port, white
4-port, ivory
8-port, white
8-port, ivory
PR7485V2-141985.tif
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
4-PORT ANGLED SINGLE-GANG FACEPLATE
PR7486V2-141982.tif
Mounting Straps
TE CONNECTIVITY
Anixter No.
168031
168032
168035
168037
Vendor No.
6644 1 174-01
6644 1 174-02
6644 1 174-03
6644 1 174-04
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
TrueNet Stainless Steel Faceplates

TE CONNECTIVITY
These mounting straps fit standard electrical or Decora faceplates. The mounting
straps accept 110Connect modular jacks, SL Series modular jacks, MT-RJ outlet
jacks, 110Connect and SL Series multimedia inserts, to allow custom configurations.
Note, the 4-port versions will not accept 110Connect jacks or inserts. Available in
other colors.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
213795
1116618-1
2-port 106 style, almond
317720
1479784-1
2-port Decora style, almond
187973
1116616-1
234652
1339120-1
4-port 106 style, almond
269686
1479504-1
PR2694V2-141940.tif
TrueNet Specialty Faceplates

TE CONNECTIVITY
Allows modular jacks or connectors to be mounted under a standard electrical-style
faceplate. Up to four ports fit under a traditional duplex cover.
Dimensions:
Height: 3 1/8 in. (79.38 mm)
Width: 1 39/64 in. (40.89 mm)
Depth: 3/8 in. (9.53 mm)
These single-gang stainless steel faceplates are available in 1- to 6-port variations.

Includes two mounting screws. Modular connectors mount flush for a clean,
finished look.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
198719
6644 3 000-53
1-port, phone plate
199402
6644 1 024-01
1-port
186350
6644 1 024-02
2-port
208558
6644 1 024-04
4-port
209699
6644 1 024-06
6-port
2-PORT 106 ADAPTER
Anixter No.
161097
161096
161099
PR7487V2-141979.tif
Vendor No.
6644 1 106-21
6644 1 106-22
6644 1 106-23
Description
Electrical white
Electrical ivory
Electrical gray
3.189
Copper Solutions
8-PORT ANGLED DUAL-GANG FACEPLATE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
168039
6644 1 178-01
168041
6644 1 178-02
168043
6644 1 178-03
168045
6644 1 178-04
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
PR2684V2-141938.tif
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
(continued)
TrueNet Specialty Faceplates
4-PORT 106 ADAPTER
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
199234
194284
199236
PR1576V2-232246.tif
Vendor No.
6644 1 107-21
6644 1 107-22
6644 1 107-23
Description
Electrical white
Electrical ivory
Electrical gray
3-PORT DECORATIVE ADAPTER

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
236220
6644 1 403-21
236222
6644 1 403-22
236223
6644 1 403-04
Description
Electrical white
Electrical ivory
Black
DECORATIVE FACEPLATES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
236224
6644 1 410-21
236225
6644 1 410-22
D
236226
6644 1 410-04
236227
6644 1 420-21
236228
6644 1 420-22
Description
Electrical white, 1-gang
Electrical ivory, 1-gang
Black, 1-gang
Electrical white, 2-gang
Electrical ivory, 2-gang
ACO Faceplate Kits (Iconable)

TE CONNECTIVITY
pr5326V2-20867.tif
TE Connectivity recommends that a double-gang box be used in all initial installations

to allow for future expansion. Includes: mounting screws, labels and one matching
icon wheel.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
159778
558510-1
Almond, single-gang
159779
558512-1
Almond, double-gang
Blank Insert Cover ACO

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7525V2-141993.tif
ACO Faceplate Kits

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7523V2-142007.tif
Anixter No.
109417
Vendor No.
555644-1
TE Connectivity recommends that a double-gang box be used in all initial installations

to allow for future expansion. A double-gang faceplate with one side blank is initially
installed, then replaced with a double-gang faceplate as additional outlets are
needed. (Includes mounting screws.) Double-gang accommodates two installation
kits and requires removal of inside mounting ears from installation kits.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
109448
555650-1
Almond, single-gang
118977
555670-1
Almond, double-gang
128153
556340-1
Almond, double-gang with one
side blank
3.190
Description
Blank insert cover, almond
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
FLEX-MODE Modular Furniture Faceplates

TE CONNECTIVITY
FLEX-MODE Adapter for Herman Miller

pr5328V2-20870.tif
FLEX-MODE faceplates may be used to create work-area outlets in furniture raceway

panels from 0.045 in. to 0.80 in. thick. They accept all SL Series jacks, MT-RJ outlet
jacks, 110Connect jacks or 110Connect Multimedia inserts and blanks. Includes
matching icon wheel.
3-PORT
Accepts three jacks, multimedia inserts and blanks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
153173
558107-1
Black
156775
558107-2
Almond
4-PORT
Accepts four SL Series jacks and SL Series multimedia inserts.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
241140
1933134-1
Black
330130
1933134-2
Almond
Note: The 4-port versions will not accept 110Connect jacks or inserts.
FLEX-MODE Faceplate for Herman Miller Furniture

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7528V2-142008.tif
Wall-plate adapter for modular furniture. Used to adapt standard FLEX-MODE modules
to other hole sizes.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
157930
558493-1
Black
FLEX-MODE Blank Plates

TE CONNECTIVITY
Blank plates for Steelcase furniture.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
157939
558471-1
PR2682V2-20825.eps
Description
Black
PR7526V2-141995.tif
Accepts four 110Connect jacks, fiber optic and coaxial inserts and blanks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
157102
558357-1
Black
3.191
Copper Solutions
2-PORT
Accepts two jacks, multimedia inserts and blanks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
153172
558106-1
Black
156777
558106-2
Almond
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
FLEX-MODE Extenders
TrueNet Modular Furniture Faceplates
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7527V2-141999.tif
Copper Solutions
This FLEX-MODE extender plate is used when the mounting depth of furniture
is limited.
STANDARD
Anixter No.
372462
Vendor No.
1933468-1
Description
Black
HERMAN MILLER
Anixter No.
157933
Vendor No.
558488-1
Description
Black
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE Connectivity's modular furniture faceplates are compatible with leading office
furniture products. The faceplates accept TE's modular jacks and connectors.
FEATURES
Six reversible-icon ID tabs numbered 1 to 6
2-PORT HORIZONTAL
Also available in white and gray. Dimensions: 2.75 in. x 4.5 in. x 0.25 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
178887
6644 1 112-02
Ivory
221850
6644 1 112-04
Black
3-PORT
PR7488V2-141988.tif
Compatible with Steelcase 9000, Steelcase Avenir, AllSteel 8000, Knoll Morrison,
Knoll Reff, Haworth Places & Unigroup, Haworth Places, Haworth Premise, Haworth
Race. Dimensions: 1.61 in. x 3.13 in. x 0.38 in.
D
FLEX-MODE Backup
Plate
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7529V2-142005.tif
Anixter No.
160860
160859
160858
160867
Vendor No.
6644 1 143-01
6644 1 143-02
6644 1 143-03
6644 1 143-04
4-PORT
Anixter No.
119366
Vendor No.
608440-1
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
PR7489V2-141971.tif
Description
Adapts Herman Miller furniture to
standard FLEX-MODE kits
Dimensions: 2.17 in. x 3.9 in. x 0.38 in. Compatible with Herman Miller-Action
Office 1, Herman Miller-Action Office 2, Herman Miller-Action Office 3, Herman
Miller-Ethospace (baseline only), Herman Miller, Phoenix, Kimball.
Anixter No.
160974
160983
160970
160972
3.192
Vendor No.
6644 1 144-01
6644 1 144-02
6644 1 144-03
6644 1 144-04
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
TRUENET 3-PORT FURNITURE FACEPLATE
PR22342V2-130579.tif
Surface-mount Modules
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR24035V2-173904.tif
Dimensions: 2.15 in. x 3.12 in. x 1.06 in.
Anixter No.
373118
373120
373121
373122
Vendor No.
TNSCSFPFS03-WT
TNSCSFPFS03-02
TNSCSFPFS03-GY
TNSCSFPFS03-BK
TRUENET 4-PORT FURNITURE FACEPLATE
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
PR23645V2-167604.tif
Anixter No.
396755
396762
396763
396764
Vendor No.
TNSCSFPFS04-01
TNSCSFPFS04-02
TNSCSFPFS04-03
TNSCSFPFS04-04
ADAPTER BRACKET
For Herman Miller and Ethospace Beltline.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
280929
6644 3 299-04
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
Modular Jack Boxes

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2691V2-20847.eps
Description
Black
TE Connectivity's modular jack boxes provide surface mounting for unshielded

110Connect and SL Series jacks.
Available in 1- and 2-port sizes, they have knockouts for icons and comes with cable
tie, mounting screws and mounting tape.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
234670
1116697-1
1-port, almond
234669
1116697-3
1-port, white
233869
1116698-1
2-port, almond
234668
1116698-3
2-port, white
3.193
Copper Solutions
This faceplate utilizes TE's CopperTen Right Angled UTP Jack. Dimensions (H x W x D):
1.58 in. x 3.12 in. x 0.6 in. (40.1 mm x 79.2 mm x 15.2 mm).
TE Connectivity's surface-mount modules provide surface-mount solutions for the

110Connect and SL Series systems. They accept cables through the base or sides. The
side knockouts are compatible with Wiremold 400, 800 and similar surface
raceways. Two- and four-port Surface Mount Modules accept 110Connect jacks; SL
Series modular, multimedia and MT-RJ jacks. Six-port modules only accept SL Series
modular jacks, MT-RJ outlet jacks, and SL Series multimedia inserts.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
398955
1933668-1
2-port, almond
398956
1933668-2
2-port, black
398957
1933668-3
2-port, white
398958
1933671-1
4-port, almond
398959
1933671-2
4-port, black
398960
1933671-3
4-port, white
398961
1933674-1
6-port, almond
398962
1933674-2
6-port, black
398963
1933674-3
6-port, white
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
6-PORT
TrueNet Surface-mount Boxes

TE CONNECTIVITY
These surface-mount boxes are low-profile multimedia units designed to accept the
same jacks and connectors as TE Connectivity's standard faceplates, providing
versatility in any location. Scored knockouts allow numerous cable and raceway
access options of varying size.
FEATURES
One blank paper label
One clear plastic label protector
Six reversible icon ID tabs labeled 1 to 6
Hook-and-loop fastener strips
4-port includes one screw, 6-port includes two screws
2-PORT
PR7490V2-141976.tif
PR7491V2-141983.tif
Dimensions: 3 3/8 in. H x 6 in. W x 1 1/2 in. D.
Anixter No.
195633
195634
195635
195636
Vendor No.
6644 2 201-01
6644 2 201-02
6644 2 201-03
6644 2 201-04
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
Surface-mount Box
Copper Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7531V2-142003.tif
Dimensions: 1 in. H x 2 1/4 in. W x 2 5/16 in. D.
Anixter No.
195630
195631
195632
195832
Vendor No.
6644 1 222-01
6644 1 222-02
6644 1 222-03
6644 1 222-04
Description
White
Ivory
Gray
Black
4-PORT
Dimensions: 2 7/8 in. H x 4 1/4 in. W x 1 in. D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
195637
6644 1 224-01
White
195638
6644 1 224-02
Ivory
195639
6644 1 224-03
Gray
195539
6644 1 224-04
Black
3.194
These single-gang device boxes are compatible with most surface raceways.
Also available in double-gang version.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
153940
558251-1
Almond
153939
558251-2
Black
153938
558251-3
White
153605
558251-4
Gray
TE Connectivity
Faceplates
TrueNet Dual-gang Surface-mount Box
The HideOut Multimedia Outlet
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2698V2-141943.tif
Compatible with Electrical Faceplate 106 Adapter and all dual-gang, flush-mount
faceplates. Knockouts provide cabling access in several sizes from all four sides
and rear.
Description
Ivory
The HideOut Multimedia Outlet makes connecting cables in an office or work area
easier and more convenient than ever. Cables feed from the bottom so that furniture
can be placed flush against the outlet. The outlet supports TE 110-style modular
jacks, fiber duplex receptacles and coaxial couplers. Each unit includes subplate,
faceplate, adhesive labels, cable ties and mounting screws. Media modules and
icons must be ordered separately.
Also available in stainless steel, black, white and gray.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
169283
503999-1
Almond, snap-on faceplate
183877
503997-1
Almond, screw-on faceplate
Surface-mount Outlet
TrueNet All Fit Surface-mount Box

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR1970V2-6192.eps
PR1580V2-232248.tif
This backbox will mount practically anywhere. Using unique sliding tabs, the
single-gang All Fit Surface-mount Box mounts on standard NEMA wall boxes, drywall
adapters, retainers, mud-rings, modular office furniture or on virtually any surface. It
may even be mounted on a metal surface using optional magnets. The All Fit
Surface-mount Box will accept any of TE Connectivity's modular single-gang
flush-mount faceplates or the electrical faceplate adapters. Cable access is provided
from the rear and from all four sides with knockouts in several sizes.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
195646
6644 2 017-01
White
195647
6644 2 017-02
Ivory
193783
6644 2 017-03
Gray
195649
6644 2 017-04
Black
TE CONNECTIVITY
pr5329V2-20873.tif
The outlet has the capability to install mixed media: coax, optical fiber and
twisted-pair. This solves many system solutions. Simply select the adapter kits for the
media being used and install them in the surface-mount outlet. Compatible with ACO,
110Connect and other twisted-pair, coax and fiber connectors.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
140100
557366-1
Surface-mount outlet
3.195
Copper Solutions

Dimensions:
Height: 4 3/4 in. (120.1 mm)
Width: 5 in. (127.0 mm)
Depth: 1 3/4 in. (44.5 mm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
149576
6644 3 000-28
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE Connectivity
Icons
./
Icons
Copper Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR9847V2-6228.tif
Each wheel contains 16 icons: four blank, two Category 5e, two Category 6, two
Category 6A, and one each: V1, V2, D1, D2, printer icon, data terminal icon.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
270968
1375092-1
Almond
270969
1375092-2
Red
270971
1375092-3
Green
270972
1375092-4
Blue
270975
1375092-5
Yellow
270977
1375092-6
Black
270981
1375092-8
White
3.196
Contact your local sales representative

for available icon variations and color options.
TE Connectivity
Cross-connect
./
Quareo Q2000 Series Network Panels

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR35158V2-269207.tif
Q2348 NETWORK PANELS

48-port network panel with jacks, 19 in. x 2RU
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
453435
QCPP-48MC6AU
453436
QCPP-48MC6AS
453437
QCPP-48MC6U
Description
Cat 6A U/UTP
Cat 6A STP
Cat 6 U/UTP
The Quareo managed copper patch cables are also available.

See TE patch cables for more information.
Quareo Q2000 Series Panel Controller

TE CONNECTIVITY
FEATURES
Compatible with Q2000 Series Network Panels
Quareo enabled functionality with dual-color port illumination (LED)
Integral cable management bar
45-degree IDC contacts providing secure, gas-tight connections
Accepts 110 style termination tools
Universal 568A/B wiring
Discrete labeling system
Maintenance services available on this product
Copper Solutions
TE Connectivity introduces Quareo Technology, a game-changing solution for the

physical layer or layer one of the OSI model. This technology is based on unique
identifiers for every connection point in the network, where a connection point can be
defined as one end of an Ethernet cable or a port on a network device. Quareo is a
Connection Point Identification Technology, which provides unprecedented knowledge
about the network including accurate documentation and reporting of changes, as
well as enhanced security; Quareo enables higher network availability while
lowering the network operating costs for a network, from the data center all the
way to the desktop.
Q2000 Series Network Panels featuring Quareo Technology allow network personnel to
view, manage and audit the physical layer. This means, for the first time, the physical
layer is now subject to the same compliance policy as higher layers of the network.
With 70 percent of network outages attributed to errors made in the physical layer, TE
introduces a new category of products. Simply put, Quareo enables managed
connectivity using connection point identification (CPID) technology.
FEATURES
Quareo enabled functionality with dual-color port illumination (LED)
Integral cable management bar
45-degree IDC contacts providing secure, gas-tight connections
Accepts 110-style termination tools
Universal 568A/B wiring
Discrete labeling system
Maintenance services available on this product

21 mm x 143 mm x 105 mm (0.82 in. x 5.62 in. x 4.142 in.)
(UL) 94V-0
RoHS-compliant
UL/CSA Approved, CE, C-TICK
Conformance with 8-way modular (RJ45) jack requirements according to
IEC-60603-7 series and TIA/EIA-968-A (FCC 68.500)
Alternate power source to comply with AC/DC desktop power supply brick
100-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, 0.5 A
48 V DC, 0.4 A
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
453438
QCPU-MPPM
Panel Controller for
Q2000 Network Panels

UL 94V-0
RoHS-compliant
Performance to ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and ISO 11801
Edition 2 for Category 6/Class E and Category 6A/Class EA
Independently certified
RJ socket, 8 positions FCC Part (IEC 60603-7)
Q2324 NETWORK PANELS
24-port network panel with jacks, 19 in. x 1RU
Anixter No.
453429
453430
453433
Vendor No.
QCPP-24MC6AU
QCPP-24MC6AS
QCPP-24MC6U
Description
Cat 6A U/UTP
Cat 6A STP
Cat 6 U/UTP
3.197
TE Connectivity
Patch Panels
./
XG Series AMP-TWIST Shielded Patch Panels - Category 6A

TE CONNECTIVITY
Copper Solutions

Meets or exceeds the channel specifications of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and
Amendment 1 to ISO/IED 11801:2002 Class EA up to 500 MHz when used as a
component in a properly installed AMP NETCONNECT XG F/UTP channel.
Meets or exceeds all requirements for IEEE 802.3an 10 Gigabit Ethernet.
ANGLED PANELS
Anixter No.
398201
379656
Vendor No.
1933319-2
1933320-2
Description
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 2 rms
Vendor No.
1933321-2
1933322-2
Description
24-port, 1 rms, angled
TrueNet Augmented Category 6 Patch Panels

TE CONNECTIVITY
Installed in high-performance networks worldwide, TE's patented design minimizes
alien crosstalk and insertion loss and meets the performance requirements of
IEEE 802.3an and ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 draft standards. The TrueNet patch panel is a
modular design that features offset jack positioning to counter the negative effects of
alien crosstalk; critical for 10 Gigabit Ethernet performance.
FEATURES
UL 1863 Listed
Rear cable manager included
High-density design with 24 ports in a single rack unit
Unique polymer design helps eliminate alien crosstalk
1RU 24-port high-density panel available loaded or unloaded
3.198
PR23640V2-167593.tif
PR24034V2-173898.tif
AMP NETCONNECT XG Category 6A AMP-TWIST Shielded Patch Panels meet or exceed

the channel specifications of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A. Patch panels are
available in 24- and 48-port configurations and come unloaded with individual XG
Category 6A AMP-TWIST Shielded Modular Jacks (shipped bagged), enabling installers
to make use of the AMP NETCONNECT SL Series Termination Tool (Part No. 285415) for
faster and more repeatable terminations. Integrated bonding bar makes bonding
simple and requires no extra steps. The "6-pack" modules accept 9 mm and 12 mm
labels (included) as well as color-coded icons. Universal wiring labels permit field
installation to both T568A or T568B wiring, while simplifying ordering and inventory.
Flat and angled panels available.
FLAT PANELS
Anixter No.
387373
387374
TRUENET AUGMENTED CATEGORY 6 PATCH PANEL - LOADED
Anixter No.
312415
Vendor No.
TPNP-24NC10-BK
Description
24-port patch panel, 1RU, loaded
with black Cat 6A modular jacks
TRUENET AUGMENTED CATEGORY 6 PATCH PANEL - UNLOADED
Anixter No.
316665
Vendor No.
TPNP-NNC10-NN
PR23639V2-167579.tif
Description
24-port patch panel,
1RU, unloaded
Augmented Category 6 Angled Patch Panels

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR22328V2-130424.tif
TE Connectivity's Augmented Category 6 Angled Patch Panel optimizes 10 Gb/s

transmission performance with offset jack positioning to counter the negative effects
of alien crosstalk. The angled port design improves all aspects in managing
horizontal cable and patch cables while improving density when used with Glide
Cable Management. It also makes modifications easy, avoids unintended disconnects
and cable damage, and protects bend radius to avoid violations that result in signal
degradation. Installed in high-performance networks worldwide, the patent-pending
design minimizes alien crosstalk and insertion loss and meets the performance
requirements of IEEE 802.3an and ANSI/TIA 568-B.2-10 draft standards.
FEATURES
Angled design eases stress on patch cords while maximizing
10 Gigabit performance
UL 1863 Listed
High-density design with 24 ports in a single rack unit
Unique polymer design helps eliminate alien crosstalk
Rear cable manager included
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
341366
TPNP-24APC10-UN
24-port angled patch panel,
1RU, unloaded
357147
TPNP-24APC10-BK
24-port angled patch panel, 1RU,
loaded with black CopperTen jacks
TE Connectivity
Patch Panels
SL Series Patch Panels - Category 6

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2690V2-23750.eps
CATEGORY 6 PATCH PANELS WITH SILK-SCREEN

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
254368
6653 1 677-24
24-port, 1U
254369
6653 1 677-48
48-port, 2U
CATEGORY 6 DYNAMIC ANGLE RIGHT/LEFT PATCH PANELS
PR22332V2-130453.tif
TE Connectivity's Category 6 Standard SL Series Patch Panels exceed TIA and ISO
requirements for Category 6/Class E component performance. Patch panels are
available in 24-, 48- and 96-port configurations and come unloaded with individual
Category 6 Jacks (shipped bagged), enabling installers to make use of the AMP
NETCONNECT SL Series Termination Tool (Part No. 285415) for faster and more
repeatable terminations. The "6-pack" modules accept 9 mm and 12 mm labels
(included) as well as color-coded icons. Universal wiring labels permit field
installation to both T568A or T568B wiring, while simplifying ordering and inventory.
ANSI/TIA and ISO Category 6/Class E component performance
Vendor No.
1375013-2
1375014-2
1375015-2
1375016-2
Description
12-port, vertical mount
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 2 rms
96-port, 4 rms
ANGLED PANELS
Anixter No.
340368
311954
Vendor No.
1499600-2
1499601-2
Description
Category 6 Patch Panels

TE CONNECTIVITY
The C6T Patch Panels provide Category 6 performance in a high-density design with
concise station and port labeling. Designed for mounting on standard 19 in. EIA racks
or to hinged wall-mount brackets. Panels come with paper labels for station
identification and ID tabs for individual ports, or silk-screened version.
FEATURES
8W8P
Rear wire management bar
Accepts either TE's LSA-Plus or 110 tool for wire termination
CATEGORY 6 PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
267948
267949
PR6847V2-12845.TIF
Vendor No.
6653 1 679-24
6653 1 679-48
Vendor No.
PP24AC6T
PP48AC6T
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//RF Systems
Category 5e and 6 RJ45 Feed-thru Coupler Panel

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR10935V2-17878.tif
The RJ45 Feed-thru Coupler Panels provide Category 5e or 6 performance with

RJ45 front and rear terminations. Designed for mounting on standard 19 in. EIA racks
or to hinged wall-mount brackets. Panel features port labeling on both the front
and rear.
FEATURES
8W8P
Category 5e and 6 performance
RJ45 front and rear terminations
ANSI/TIA Category 5e and 6-compliant
CATEGORY 6 RJ45 COUPLER PANELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
312417
ADCPP24606
312421
ADCPP48606
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
CATEGORY 5E RJ45 COUPLER PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
312424
ADCPP24505
312425
ADCPP48505
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
Description
24-port, 1U
48-port, 2U
3.199
Copper Solutions
FLAT PANELS
Anixter No.
340364
233802
304719
340367
Anixter No.
323203
323204
TE Connectivity
Patch Panels
SL Series Patch Panels - Category 5e
110Connect Patch Panels - Category 5e
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2690V2-23750.eps
TE's Category 5e Standard SL Series Patch Panels exceed ANSI/TIA and ISO
requirements for Category 5e/Class D component performance. Patch panels come
unloaded with individual Category 5e Jacks (shipped bagged), enabling installers to
make use of the AMP NETCONNECT SL Series Termination Tool (Part No. 285415) for
faster and more repeatable terminations. The "6-pack" modules accept 9 mm and
12 mm labels (included) as well as color-coded icons. Universal wiring labels permit
field installation to both T568A or T568B wiring, while simplifying ordering
and inventory.
Copper Solutions

ANSI/TIA and ISO Category 5e/Class D component performance-compliant
FLAT PANELS
Anixter No.
340366
244905
244911
338993
Vendor No.
1479153-2
1479154-2
1479155-2
1479156-2
Description
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 2 rms
96-port, 4 rms
ANGLED PANELSD
Anixter No.
340416
340417
Vendor No.
1499602-2
1499603-2
Description
TrueNet Category 5e Enhanced Patch Panels

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR72557V2-586557.tif
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2690V2-23750.eps
TE Connectivity's 110Connect patch panels exceed ANSI/TIA and ISO requirements for
Category 5e/Class D component performance and may be terminated with either
single-wire or 5-pair tools. Panels support both T568A/B wiring standards. In
addition, patch panels are available with both labels and icons for identification
and administration.
ANSI/TIA and ISO Category 5e/Class D component performance
FLAT PANELS
Anixter No.
524885
192890
188761
188755
188764
Vendor No.
406390-1
406981-1
406330-1
406331-1
406332-1
ANGLED PANELS
Anixter No.
313327
313328
Description
12-port, 1 rms
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 2 rms
96-port, 4 rms
PR11131V2-20790.tif
Vendor No.
1499604-1
1499605-1
Description
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 2 rms
Multimedia SL Series Patch Panels
FEATURES
8W8P
Rear wire management bar
Accepts either TE's LSA-Plus or 110 tool for wire termination
Category 5e dynamic angle right/left patch panels
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
323206
PP24AC5ET
24-port, 1U
323205
PP48AC5ET
48-port, 2U
3.200
TE CONNECTIVITY
These panels will accept AMP-TWIST, shielded and unshielded SL Series jacks and
inserts purchased separately. Create custom configurations by mixing fiber,
twisted-pair, coax and A/V applications. Ports may be individually replaced. Angled
versions allow elimination of horizontal cable management for higher rack densities
and ease of cable dress. Panels are 19 inches in length.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
355789
1933307-1
24-port, 1 rms
357315
1933308-1
48-port, 2 rms
377296
1933309-1
377297
1933310-1
TE Connectivity
Patch Panels
TrueNet Category 5e and 6 Plug-and-play Multimedia Patch Panels
ACO Dual-port Patch-panel Kit, 16-port
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR23653V2-167558.tif
TE Connectivity's multimedia panels feature a plug-and-play design. These blank

patch panels will accept all of the modular jacks and connectors available for TE's
station outlets. Order jacks separately. These patch panels are designed to mount on
standard 19 in. EIA racks. An identification area is provided for marking or labeling.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
157983
6653 2 705-12
12-port, with 89D bracket
223006
6653 2 760-24
24-port, 2U, patch plus
pr5331V2-141947.tif
Kit includes patch panel, cover plates and mounting hardware to support eight TE
Connectivity Communications Outlets. Installation kits and adapter inserts are
purchased separately. Cover plate may be purchased separately. Panel height,
5.25 in. (133.35 mm).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
118960
556090-1
16-port
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Hinged Wall Mount
TE CONNECTIVITY
Hinged Wall Brackets

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7532V2-141996.tif
PR1976V2-6212.eps
These patch panels are preloaded with unshielded single-port connector housings.
Each kit contains 110Connect Edge connectors, mounting hardware and
isolation bushings.
Available in 64-port, 16-port iconable, barrel edge connectors and shielded versions.
(ACO Inserts are sold separately.)
CATEGORY 6
Anixter No.
269791
269790
Vendor No.
1479309-1
1479313-1
Description
16-port, 2 rms
32-port, 4 rms
CATEGORY 5E
Anixter No.
186979
186990
Vendor No.
406363-1
406365-1
Description
16-port, 2 rms
32-port, 4 rms
These hinged wall brackets (for 19 in. panels) can be installed with hinge on either
side for easier access. Material: black, anodized aluminum, made of thicker stock to
minimize flexing.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Height (in.)
Depth (in.)
156900
558266-1
1.75
6
156899
558267-1
3.50
6
341096
558268-1
5.25
6
156897
558269-1
7.0
6
445467
2111279-1
10.5
6
3.201
Copper Solutions
Single-port Module Patch-panel Kits ACO (Preloaded)
TE Connectivity
Patch Panels
Horizontal Cable Management Panels

TE CONNECTIVITY
These cable management panels help route and organize patch cords and cables
between panels. 19 inches, rack mountable.
D-RING PANELS
PR7533V2-142001.tif
Copper Solutions
Each panel includes five D-Rings.
Anixter No.
156896
Vendor No.
558329-1
156895
558331-1
FINGER DUCT PANELS
PR11001V2-20787.tif
Anixter No.
246447
246449
242140
246444
Vendor No.
1375161-1
1375162-1
1375163-1
1375160-1
246445
1375159-1
1375158-1
1375158-1
3.202
Description
Cable management panel,
horizontal ringed, 1.75 in. H x
3.50 in. D x 19.0 in. W, 1U
Cable management panel,
horizontal ringed, 3.50 in. H x
3.50 in. D x 19.0 in. W, 2U
Description
Single-sided, 1.75 in. x 2 in., 1U
Double-sided, 1.75 in. x 2 in.
front, 1 in. x 4 in. rear, 1U
Double-sided, 1.75 in. x 3 in.
front, 1 in. x 4 in. rear, 1U
Double-sided, 3.5 in. x 3 in. front,
2 in. x 4 in. rear, 2U
TE Connectivity
Cable Management
./
Vertical Cable Management
Cable Support and Rear Cable Management
TE CONNECTIVITY
Mounts to racks to provide vertical cable management.
TE CONNECTIVITY
D-RING PANEL
Anixter No.
156902
Vendor No.
558334-1
FINGER DUCT PANELS
Description
D-Ring panel
PR11000V2-20784.tif
PR7535V2-142009.tif
These brackets are designed to provide strain relief and cable routing in the rear of a
19 in. rack or patch panel.
CABLE MANAGEMENT BRACKET
Mounts directly to patch panels - 1933319, 1933321, 1933412, 1933307,
1933309, 1933331, 1933333, 1933327, 1933329, 1933323, 1933325.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
387375
1933425-1
For 1U (1.75 in.) x 19 in. panels
Vendor No.
1375165-1
246452
1375258-1
269574
1375167-1
269575
1375260-1
246450
1375164-1
269595
1375257-1
269600
1375166-1
269601
1375259-1
Description
Single-sided, side-mount, 4 in. x
5 in. rings, 35 in. H
Single-sided, side-mount, 4 in. x
Single-sided, center-mount, 4 in. x
Single-sided, center-mount, 4 in. x
Double-sided, side-mount, 4 in. x
5 in. front and rear rings, 35 in. H
Double-sided, side-mount, 4 in. x
5 in. rings front and rear, 78 in. H
Double-sided, center-mount, 4 in.
x 5 in. front and rear rings,
35 in. H
Double-sided, center-mount, 4 in.
x 5 in. rings front and rear,
78 in. H
MRJ21 AND HD REAR CABLE MANAGEMENT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
370205
1933352-1
390364
1933352-2
378180
1933352-3
363136
1933352-4
Description
Mounts to 19 in. rack, 2 in. depth
Mounts to 19 in. rack, 5 in. depth
Mounts to rear of 110Connect and
SL Series Patch Panels
Description
Black cable manager, 6 in.
depth, 1U
depth, 1U
depth, 1U
depth, 1U
Grounding Lug Kit

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7537V2-141997.tif
This kit is for grounding panels to locations other than a rack. Accommodates a
maximum wire size of 6 AWG.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
136452
556438-1
Grounding lug kit
3.203
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
246451
CABLE SUPPORT BARS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
243509
406042-1
152216
557548-1
314679
1479860-1
TE Connectivity
Blocks
LABELS AND LABEL HOLDER
./
110Connect XC Wiring Blocks and Kits

TE CONNECTIVITY
These wiring blocks are molded plastic blocks consisting of horizontal index strips for
positioning cables for termination. Each strip accepts up to 25 pairs and is marked at
5-pair intervals. Blocks can be terminated using a 110 termination tool. These blocks
support applications for voice and high-speed data and exceed specifications.
Category 6 blocks feature unique shielded crosstalk barrier and isolated pair
engineering creating superior performance. Category 6 cross-connects are for use
with Category 6 connecting blocks only; Category 5e connecting blocks are not
compatible and may cause damage to Category 6 wiring blocks.
Copper Solutions
WIRING BLOCKS WITH LEGS
PR7538V2-142002.tif
Anixter No.
169076
169077
169078
269904
269906
267945
Vendor No.
558841-1
558842-1
558843-1
1479247-1
1479248-1
1479249-1
110CONNECT XC KITS
Kits include 4- and 5-pair connecting blocks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
520932
569433-1
191297
569439-1
188611
569445-1
269926
1479252-1
269929
1479254-1
269930
1479256-1
Description
Category 5e, 50-pair
Category 6, 50-pair
Category 6, 100-pair
Category 6, 300-pair
Anixter No.
156489
250426
250428
Vendor No.
558417-1
1375354-1
1375355-1
189934
569852-1
269946
569851-3
269947
569852-3
Description
Clear plastic label holder
Card stock labels, white
Self-adhesive polyester
labels, white
Description
Trough with legs, ivory
Trough without legs, ivory
Trough with legs, black
Trough without legs, black
Vertical management panel,
300-pair, almond
900-pair, almond
300-pair, black
900-pair, black
110Connect XC Connecting Blocks

Description
Category 5e, 50-pair kit
Category 6, 50-pair kit
110CONNECT XC FRAME KITS

Kits include frame, troughs and 4- and 5-pair connecting blocks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
526881
569854-1
189933
569857-1
269923
1479258-1
269924
1479260-1
3.204
Card stock labels are available in white, blue and green.
CABLE MANAGEMENT
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
215014
569389-1
521580
569597-1
269944
569389-3
269945
569597-3
243665
569851-1
Also available without legs.
pr5330V2-25221.tif
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7539V2-141994.tif
These connecting blocks contain double-sided insulation displacement contacts. The

bottom of the connecting blocks terminates cables laced into the wiring block. The
contact at the top of the connecting block terminates cross-connect wire or
110 jumper plugs. Connecting blocks are color-coded to facilitate wiring. Available in
packages of 25. Category 6 connecting blocks are for use with Category
6 cross-connects only.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
175893
558401-1
Category 5e, 4-pair
175894
558402-1
Category 5e, 5-pair
267944
1479245-1
Category 6, 4-pair
267943
1479246-1
Category 6, 5-pair
TE Connectivity
Blocks
Augmented Category 6 20-pair Termination Block

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR28914V2-214742.tif
FEATURES
Supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet over UTP copper to a full 100 meters as defined in
the IEEE 802.3an, ISO 11801 Class EA and ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-10 standards
Center test port allows for circuit monitoring without service disruption
Unique Patch-by-Exception functionality saves time and money while improving
performance and aesthetics
Designed for use with TE Connectivity Universal Mounting System (UMS) and Type
105 Rod-Mount Bracket
20-year TE Connectivity warranty
CAT 6A DISCONNECTION MODULE
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
351808
6468 5 070-00
CAT 6A BLOCK FIELD ASSEMBLY KIT

Supports field termination of 20 4-pair cables. Includes 10 8-pair CopperTen blocks,
two horizontal wire managers, one black or gray Universal Mounting Bracket and one
Type 105 label holder with label and protective cover. Dimensions: 14.75 in. x
8.25 in. x 5.25 in. (374.7 mm x 209.6 mm x 33.4 mm).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
373126
6636 1 598-46
80-pair (20-port) kit. Includes
black Universal mounting kit
373127
6636 1 598-06
80-pair (20-port) kit. Includes
gray Universal mounting kit
Category 6 Ultim8 Termination Block

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2692V2-12764.TIF
BACK-MOUNT FRAME 12-WAY KIT

Kit includes: one stainless steel, 12-way mounting frame; 12 TE blocks, each
capable of terminating five cables; 12 rear cable managers, one for each block;
12 label holders.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
331521
6450 1 107-00
Back-mount frame 12-way kit
Augmented Category 6 8-pair Block

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR22335V2-130446.tif
TE Connectivity's highest performing termination block offers versatility not possible

with patch panels. The TrueNet 8-pair block's unique center port eliminates the need
to remove cables for testing and because patch cords are "temporary," the system
saves thousands over traditional patched solutions. Installations are hardwired
providing the cleanest, most secure, reliable and high performing Category 6A
system available.
The 8-pair Ultim8 Block offers superior Category 6 performance in a cross-connect

block. The center port allows look-both-ways testing and provides implementation of
unique Patch-by-Exception functionality. Color-coding for station pairs is printed on
the front of the block. Block includes wire guides and jumper rings. Snaps onto either
TE Connectivity Type 105 Mounting Bracket Type 105 Rod-Mount Bracket or Universal
Mounting System (UMS).
Dimensions: 7/8 in. H x 4 7/8 in. W x 1 5/8 in. D (22.5 mm H x 124 mm W x
40.8 mm D)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
361700
6468 5 060-06
Ultim8 block 8-pair module
3.205
Copper Solutions
The 20-pair termination block is designed to suit five incoming and five outgoing
4-pair Category 6A cables. Each IDC slot is color-coded to allow for accurate
termination of each of the four pairs. The termination block utilizes a disconnect
feature making it ideal for Patch-by-Exception installations and can also be patched
as a traditional cross-connect. The cable manager at the rear of the module ensures
that cables are held in place securely without the need for Velcro ties.
FEATURES
Transmission performance to ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801 ed. 2.1 extrapolated component
Each module will accommodate five four-pair UTP TE cables
45-degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure, reliable gas-tight connections
Blocks can be terminated with standard termination tool or with a 110 tool
4-pair to 4-pair patch cords are available for Patch-by-Exception installations
4-pair to RJ45 cords are available to interface with network and
other equipment
Description
8-pair termination block,
10 per pack
TE Connectivity
Blocks
Category 6 Ultim8 Termination Block 96-pair Field Assembly Kits
Category 6 HighBand 25 System
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR28893V2-214745.tif
Copper Solutions
96-pair field assembly kit for termination of 24 4-pair cables on either a wall or on
a rack. Kit includes 12 Ultim8 blocks, two horizontal wire managers, one Universal
mounting bracket and one Type 105 label holder with label and protective cover.

Dimensions: 14 3/4 in. H x 8 1/4 in. W x 5 1/4 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
212445
6636 1 596-06
Gray
241670
6636 1 596-46
Black
Category 6 Ultim8 Termination Block 160-pair Field Assembly Kit

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR28893V2-214745.tif
TE Connectivity's HighBand 25, 25-pair block system provides high density and
exceeds ANSI/TIA Category 6 requirements. A complete network cabling solution, the
HighBand 25 System consists of unique wire-termination blocks, cable managers,
patch cords, mounting frames, label holders and covers. Choose from complete
systems or individual components.
CATEGORY 6 BASIC SYSTEMS AND 25-PAIR BLOCK
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
422471
6450 1 101-10
300-pair kit
444133
6468 5 600-10
25-pair block with
cable management
CATEGORY 6 CABLE MANAGEMENT KITS AND COMPONENTS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
444134
6450 2 156-20
Cable management rings, single
269188
6450 2 156-02
Cable management rings, dual
473123
6450 2 157-00
Highband Block Cable Trough;
cable trough top (1)
444135
6450 2 158-20
Vertical cover
269201
6450 1 103-10
300-pair cable management
kit, dual
This product is an assembly kit for field termination of equipment or station cables.
The kit comes with 20 Ultim8 Blocks, one Type 105 Mounting Bracket Label Holder,
and one 21-position Type 105 Mounting Bracket. Protective rubber grommets are
included for rear entry holes on mounting bracket.
Dimensions:
Height: 18 7/16 in. (468.3 mm)
Width: 4 1/4 in. (107.9 mm)
Depth: 3 13/16 in. (96.8 mm)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
213683
6636 1 510-06
3.206
PR72271V2-580098.tif
Description
Gray
TE Connectivity
Blocks
25-pair FT Field Termination Kits

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2693V2-141939.tif
8-PAIR SERIES 2 BLOCK

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
167484
6036 1 005-00
10-PAIR SERIES 2 BLOCK
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
285116
6468 5 102-00
Description
Snaps onto Type 85 Rod-Mount
Bracket/Back-Mount Frame
Description
Snaps onto Type 105 Back-Mount
Frames or Rod-Mount Brackets
160- and 200-pair Field Assembly Kits with Series 2 Blocks

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7492V2-141989.tif
TE Connectivity's Wall-mount FT Block Kits include one UMS mounting bracket and two
horizontal wire managers. The cable may be routed from either the top or the bottom.
Labeling options, such as label holders and paper labels, must be ordered separately.
These field termination kits use TE's new Universal mounting bracket. These kits may
also be rack-mounted with the addition of UMS rack-mount backboards.
Description
100-pair
300-pair
4-PAIR COLOR-CODED KIT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
172063
6642 1 115-04
172064
6642 1 315-04
Description
100-pair
300-pair
Series 2 Blocks
TE CONNECTIVITY
pr5301V2-12798.tif
TE's 8-pair blocks are perfect for 4-wire telco circuits. TE's 10-pair blocks are better
suited for the larger pair counts more commonly found in backbone wiring of 100,
300 or 600 pairs.
TE's 8-pair and 10-pair blocks may be wall- or rack-mounted on TE's back-mount
frames or rod-mount brackets. The wide range of styles and sizes of supporting
hardware provides highly versatile configuration possibilities. These termination
blocks come in packs of 10 and include a set of numbering tabs. For labeling, choose
from label holders, hinged label holders, side-mount label holders and label strips.
Label holders can be added to a block position on a mounting bracket and may be used
to identify a field of circuits. The hinged label holder snaps directly to the face of the
block and provides labeling space on both the outside and inside. The hinged design
allows patching and testing access without removing the holder. The label strip snaps
directly to the upper half of the block to provide space-saving identification of pairs
or circuits.
The 160-pair kit provides termination or patching for 40 4-pair cables. The kit
includes 20 8-pair Series 2 Blocks, a Type 85 Label Holder and a 21-position Type
85 Back-Mount Frame. The 200-pair kit provides termination or patching for
multipurpose cable, including riser, totaling up to 200 pairs. Kit includes 20 10-pair
Series 2 Blocks, Type 105 Label Holder, and a 21-position Type 105 Back-Mount
Frame. Both kits include mounting rivets and protective rubber grommets for
mounting bracket rear cable entry holes.
Dimensions for 160-pair kit:
18 7/16 in. H x 4 1/16 in. W x 3 13/16 in. D
Dimensions for 200-pair kit:
18 7/16 in. H x 5 5/08 in. W x 3 13/16 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
131343
6636 1 210-00
132624
6638 1 180-00
Description
160-pair kit
200-pair kit
3.207
Copper Solutions
5-PAIR COLOR-CODED KIT

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
172061
6642 1 115-05
172062
6642 1 315-05
TE Connectivity
Blocks
50-pair Block
TE CONNECTIVITY
50-pair Hinged Dust Cover

pr5305V2-12804.tif
A field-terminated disconnect block which snaps onto an 89D bracket and

incorporates twice the density of a 66 Type termination block. Includes center label
holder and adhesive strip.
Copper Solutions

Dimensions: 10 in. H x 2 3/4 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D (254 mm H x 69.8 mm W x
34.9 mm D)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
149573
6652 1 880-10
50-pair block
50-pair Disconnect Block, Preterminated

TE CONNECTIVITY
D
With a footprint designed
to fit an 89D bracket, TE's 50-pair UTP wire termination
system is the perfect upgrade for 66 Type blocks. Plus, the 50-pair block features the
same patented superior TE IDC contact with unique center port. Preterminated
50-pair blocks are available with numerous connector styles and positioning options,
making installation fast and efficient. The 50-pair blocks will also accept marking
caps and plugs.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
130172
6639 1 051-02/01 Two RJ21 50-pin
female connectors
130170
6639 1 050-02/01 Two RJ21 50-pin male connectors
213245
6639 1 050-32
16 RJ48X jacks
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7502V2-141972.tif
Protective plastic hinged dust cover for TE 50-pair block. Colored distinctive
demarcation orange. Left and right sides swing open independently for access.
Labeling areas are included inside both sides of cover. Assembly includes two
snap-in legs and covers.
Dimensions: 10 1/16 in. H x 2 1/2 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D (255.6 mm H x 63.5 mm W x
34.9 mm)
Extends 13/16 in. from face of block
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
162490
6639 2 004-00
50-pair hinged dust cover
50-pair Clear Dust Cover

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7503V2-141975.tif
This clear, protective plastic dust cover snaps over the 50-pair block. It accepts
adhesive paper label strips.
Dimensions: 10 1/16 in. H x 2 1/2 in. W x 1 3/8 in. D (255.6 mm H x 63.5 mm W x
34.9 mm D)
Extends 13/16 in. (20.6 mm) from face of block
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
162480
6586 3 004-00
Clear dust cover
162493
6639 3 019-01
Adhesive paper label strip
3.208
TE Connectivity
Tools
./
Modular Jack Termination Tools
TE's LSA-Plus Termination Tool
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE CONNECTIVITY
SL SERIES JACK TERMINATION TOOL
PR9846V2-6225.tif
The SL Series Jack Termination Tool terminates and cuts all eight conductors at once,
allowing for quick and easy terminations in about half the time of a punch-down
tool. It also simplifies the lacing process, producing consistent terminations each
time while maintaining pair twist. The SL Series tool has a built-in cable stripper that
makes cable preparation easy and fast. The tool will terminate Category 3, Category
5e and Category 6 SL Series jacks, as well as AMP-TWIST shielded jacks.
Vendor No.
1725150-1
1725150-3
1673956-1
110CONNECT PUNCH-DOWN TOOL
Description
With lacing fixture
Without lacing fixture
Includes lacing fixture only
PR2689V2-25220.eps
Terminates and trims wires with one punch. It's the only tool you'll need to add,
change or remove connections.
FEATURES
Insertion sensor ensures the conductor is fully inserted into the block contacts
before allowing excess to be cut off
Inhibitor lock prevents the scissors from operating. Useful in applications where
conductors are double-punched or daisy-chained through several contacts
Scissors cut a variety of cable types, including 22 AWG through 26 AWG,
Type 1 and other foam-insulated conductors
Wire hook removes terminated conductors
Blade removes blocks from block mounts
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
130164
6417 2 055-01
TE Connectivity termination tool
Ultim8 Test Cords with Banana Plugs and Ultim8 Isolation Plug
The 110Connect punch-down tool features a nonslip rubber grip on the handle, a
high- and low-impact setting and a storage space for an extra blade. Blades are
reversible with a cutting side and a noncutting side. The tool is marked with a label
that indicates orientation of the cutting blade.
Anixter No.
281845
Vendor No.
1583608-1
Description
110 punch-down tool with blade
TE CONNECTIVITY
The 1-pair connector with two banana plugs is used to test parallel to the circuit. The
two banana plugs are provided to connect to test equipment. The 1-pair connector
with four banana plugs provides the ability to isolate cable side from jumper side for
look-both-ways testing. The Ultim8 Isolation Plugs are plastic and designed to plug
into an Ultim8 block to open a circuit.
ULTIM8 TEST CORDS WITH BANANA PLUGS
One foot lengths
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
161101
6648 2 900-01
161103
6648 2 901-01
Description
Two banana plugs
Four banana plugs
ULTIM8 ISOLATION PLUG

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
169227
6462 2 097-00
Description
White
3.209
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
285415
325902
307566
PR1639V2-232252.tif
TE Connectivity
Patch Cords
./
XG Series SLIMLINE F/UTP Patch Cords - Category 6A

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR29234V2-216401.tif
Copper Solutions
These cable assemblies are available as foil-shielded, stranded, twisted-pair,

26 AWG, 8-position modular assemblies. The assemblies are constructed using
colored, stranded cable and clear slim snagless boots. Cords are universal wired
T568A/B. Also available in other colors and lengths.
Meets or exceeds the channel specifications of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and
Amendment 1 to ISO/IED 11801:2002 Class EA up to 500 MHz when used as a
component in a properly installed AMP NETCONNECT XG F/UTP channel.
Meets or exceeds all requirements for IEEE 802.3an 10 Gigabit Ethernet.
3 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM03-AMPC6AS-01
D
MM03-AMPC6AS-02
MM03-AMPC6AS-03
MM03-AMPC6AS-04
MM03-AMPC6AS-05
MM03-AMPC6AS-06
MM03-AMPC6AS-09
Vendor No.
1933885-3
1933880-3
1933884-3
1933883-3
1933886-3
1933882-3
1933881-3
Vendor No.
1-1933885-0
1-1933880-0
1-1933884-0
1-1933883-0
1-1933886-0
1-1933882-0
1-1933881-0
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
15 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM15-AMPC6AS-01
MM15-AMPC6AS-02
MM15-AMPC6AS-03
MM15-AMPC6AS-04
MM15-AMPC6AS-05
MM15-AMPC6AS-06
MM15-AMPC6AS-09
Vendor No.
1-1933885-5
1-1933880-5
1-1933884-5
1-1933883-5
1-1933886-5
1-1933882-5
1-1933881-5
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
MRJ21 XG Connector System - 10GbE Assemblies

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR72589V2-586763.tif
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
5 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM05-AMPC6AS-01
MM05-AMPC6AS-02
MM05-AMPC6AS-03
MM05-AMPC6AS-04
MM05-AMPC6AS-05
MM05-AMPC6AS-06
MM05-AMPC6AS-09
Vendor No.
1933885-5
1933880-5
1933884-5
1933883-5
1933886-5
1933882-5
1933881-5
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
7 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM07-AMPC6AS-01
MM07-AMPC6AS-02
MM07-AMPC6AS-03
MM07-AMPC6AS-04
MM07-AMPC6AS-05
MM07-AMPC6AS-06
MM07-AMPC6AS-09
Vendor No.
1933885-7
1933880-7
1933884-7
1933883-7
1933886-7
1933882-7
1933881-7
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
3.210
10 FOOT
Anixter No.
MM10-AMPC6AS-01
MM10-AMPC6AS-02
MM10-AMPC6AS-03
MM10-AMPC6AS-04
MM10-AMPC6AS-05
MM10-AMPC6AS-06
MM10-AMPC6AS-09
The MRJ21 XG solution from TE Connectivity is a preterminated copper cabling system

designed to deliver 10 GbE throughput in all architectures where copper cabling is
required up to a 40 meter distance. Based on the foundation of TE's industry-leading
MRJ21 high-density interface, the MRJ21 XG system helps facilitate management of
data center rack and floor space, density and throughput while also capitalizing on
its ease of deployment and fast installation rates.
PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
500415
500416
500417
500418
PR82153V2-589708.tif
Vendor No.
2153041-1
2153046-1
2153040-1
2153049-1
Description
24-port panel
48-port panel
24-port panel Amptrac
48-port panel Amptrac
TE Connectivity
Patch Cords
STRAIGHT TO STRAIGHT RISER
500328
2111521-2
500330
2111521-3
500332
2111521-4
500333
2111521-5
500335
2111521-6
500336
2111521-7
500337
2111521-8
500338
2111521-9
500340
1-2111521-0
500342
1-2111521-2
500344
1-2111521-4
500345
1-2111521-5
500347
1-2111521-7
500351
2-2111521-0
500356
2-2111521-5
500361
3-2111521-0
500366
3-2111521-5
500371
4-2111521-0
Material ID
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS002M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS003M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS004M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS005M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS006M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS007M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS008M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS009M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS010M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS012M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS014M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS015M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS017M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS020M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS025M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS030M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS035M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SS040M
Length (m)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
15
17
20
25
30
35
40
MRJ21 Connector System

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR72590V2-586769.tif
The MRJ21 is a high-performance, high-density, small form factor copper cabling

solution for applications including Gigabit Ethernet, VoIP and powered Ethernet. The
dense CHAMP-style MRJ21 connector and cabling reduces cable bulk in pathways and
spaces, enabling much higher port counts in a smaller space. The system's modular,
reusable design significantly reduces installation time.
All components are factory-terminated and -tested, enabling true plug-and-play
performance. The MRJ21 cable assemblies are fully pluggable with
integral thumbscrews.
CASSETTES
Material ID
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA002M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA003M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA004M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA005M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA006M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA007M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA008M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA009M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA010M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA012M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA014M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA015M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA017M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA020M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA025M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA030M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA035M
TMRJ-XSSRW-SA040M
Length (m)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
15
17
20
25
30
35
40
PR20288V2-71462.tif
Copper Solutions
STRAIGHT TO ANGLED RISER

500372
2111522-2
500373
2111522-3
500374
2111522-4
500375
2111522-5
500377
2111522-6
500378
2111522-7
500379
2111522-8
500380
2111522-9
500381
1-2111522-0
500384
1-2111522-2
500386
1-2111522-4
500387
1-2111522-5
500390
1-2111522-7
500393
2-2111522-0
500398
2-2111522-5
500403
3-2111522-0
500409
3-2111522-5
500414
4-2111522-0
Converts one MRJ21 interface to six or 12 RJ45.
Anixter No.
308922
Vendor No.
0-1479459-1
307937
307938
1479452-1
1479451-1
Description
6-port, 10/100/
1000BASE-T (4-pair)
12-port, 10/100BASE-T (2-pair)
3-cassette holder panel, 1 rms
PATCH PANELS
PR20289V2-71254.tif

available lengths and plenum construction options.
Converts multiple MRJ21 interfaces to 24 or 48 RJ45.
Anixter No.
308921
324054
330660
Vendor No.
0-1777029-1
1435971-1
1777052-1
Description
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 1 rms
3.211
TE Connectivity
Patch Cords
(continued)
MRJ21 Connector System
Copper Solutions
ULTRA SLIM STRAIGHT TO STRAIGHT RISER CABLE ASSEMBLIES
Anixter No.
499909
499910
499911
499912
499913
499914
499915
499916
499917
499922
499927
499937
499932
Vendor No.
0-2111367-2
0-2111367-3
0-2111367-4
0-2111367-5
0-2111367-6
0-2111367-7
0-2111367-8
0-2111367-9
1-2111367-0
1-2111367-5
2-2111367-0
3-2111367-0
2-2111367-5
Material ID
TMRJ-1UURG-SS002M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS003M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS004M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS005M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS006M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS007M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS008M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS009M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS010M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS015M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS020M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS030M
TMRJ-1UURG-SS025M
STANDARD STRAIGHT
TO STRAIGHT RISER CABLE ASSEMBLIES
D
Anixter No.
499859
499860
499861
499862
499863
499864
499865
499866
499867
499868
499873
499878
499883
499888
499893
499898
499899
499900
3.212
Vendor No.
2111366-1
2111366-2
2111366-3
2111366-4
2111366-5
2111366-6
2111366-7
2111366-8
2111366-9
1-2111366-0
1-2111366-5
2-2111366-0
2-2111366-5
3-2111366-0
3-2111366-5
4-2111366-0
4-2111366-5
5-2111366-0
Material ID
TMRJ-1SURG-SS001M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS002M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS003M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS004M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS005M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS006M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS007M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS008M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS009M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS010M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS015M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS020M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS025M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS030M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS035M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS040M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS045M
TMRJ-1SURG-SS050M
PR72590V2-586769.tif
Length (m)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
30
25
PR20290V2-71460.tif
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
STANDARD STRAIGHT TO ANGLE RISER

Material ID
500088
2111371-1
TMRJ-1SURG-SA001M
500089
2111371-2
TMRJ-1SURG-SA002M
500090
2111371-3
TMRJ-1SURG-SA003M
500091
2111371-4
TMRJ-1SURG-SA004M
500092
2111371-5
TMRJ-1SURG-SA005M
500093
2111371-6
TMRJ-1SURG-SA006M
500094
2111371-7
TMRJ-1SURG-SA007M
500097
2111371-8
TMRJ-1SURG-SA008M
500098
2111371-9
TMRJ-1SURG-SA009M
500099
1-2111371-0 TMRJ-1SURG-SA010M
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
STANDARD ANGLE TO ANGLE RISER

499988
2111369-1
499989
2111369-2
499990
2111369-3
499991
2111369-4
499992
2111369-5
499993
2111369-6
499994
2111369-7
499995
2111369-8
499996
2111369-9
499997
1-2111369-0
Material ID
TMRJ-1SURG-AA001M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA002M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA003M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA004M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA005M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA006M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA007M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA008M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA009M
TMRJ-1SURG-AA010M
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
STANDARD STRAIGHT TO HYDRA (6 LEG) RISER

Material ID
500056
2111370-1
TMRJ-1SURG-SH001M
500057
2111370-2
TMRJ-1SURG-SH002M
500058
2111370-3
TMRJ-1SURG-SH003M
500059
2111370-4
TMRJ-1SURG-SH004M
500060
2111370-5
TMRJ-1SURG-SH005M
500061
2111370-6
TMRJ-1SURG-SH006M
500062
2111370-7
TMRJ-1SURG-SH007M
500063
2111370-8
TMRJ-1SURG-SH008M
500064
2111370-9
TMRJ-1SURG-SH009M
500065
1-2111370-0 TMRJ-1SURG-SH010M
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
STANDARD STRAIGHT TO HYDRA (12 LEG) RISER

Material ID
500192
2111373-1
TMRJ-1SURG-SL001M
500193
2111373-2
TMRJ-1SURG-SL002M
500194
2111373-3
TMRJ-1SURG-SL003M
500196
2111373-4
TMRJ-1SURG-SL004M
500197
2111373-5
TMRJ-1SURG-SL005M
500198
2111373-6
TMRJ-1SURG-SL006M
500199
2111373-7
TMRJ-1SURG-SL007M
500200
2111373-8
TMRJ-1SURG-SL008M
500201
2111373-9
TMRJ-1SURG-SL009M
500204
1-2111373-0 TMRJ-1SURG-SL010M
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TE Connectivity
Patch Cords
STANDARD ANGLE TO HYDRA (6 LEG) RISER
Material ID
500257
2111376-1
TMRJ-1SURG-AH001M
500258
2111376-2
TMRJ-1SURG-AH002M
500259
2111376-3
TMRJ-1SURG-AH003M
500260
2111376-4
TMRJ-1SURG-AH004M
500261
2111376-5
TMRJ-1SURG-AH005M
500262
2111376-6
TMRJ-1SURG-AH006M
500263
2111376-7
TMRJ-1SURG-AH007M
500264
2111376-8
TMRJ-1SURG-AH008M
500265
2111376-9
TMRJ-1SURG-AH009M
500266
1-2111376-0 TMRJ-1SURG-AH010M
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Please contact your local sales representative for

available lengths and plenum construction options.
Augmented Category 6 UTP Patch Cords

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR22331V2-130437.tif
Installed in high-performance networks worldwide, TE's patch-cord design minimizes

alien crosstalk and insertion loss and meets the performance requirements of
IEEE 802.3an, ISO 11801 Class EA and ANSI/TIA-568-C standards.
FEATURES
Copper conductors in the cable pairs are stranded for superior flexibility and
compacted to a near-round shape for optimum signal strength
Patent-pending oblique elliptical offset filler minimizes alien crosstalk
Snagless plug design with integrated strain relief
UL 1863 Listed
Product warranty - 20 years
4 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM04-KR10-01
MM04-KR10-06
Vendor No.
6645-2-805-04
6645-2-825-04
Description
White
Blue
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-KR10-01
MM07-KR10-06
Vendor No.
6645-2-805-07
6645-2-825-07
Description
White
Blue
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-KR10-01
MM10-KR10-06
Vendor No.
6645-2-805-10
6645-2-825-10
Description
White
Blue
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-KR10-01
MM15-KR10-06
Vendor No.
6645-2-805-15
6645-2-825-15
Description
White
Blue
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-KR10-01
MM25-KR10-06
Vendor No.
6645-2-805-25
6645-2-825-25
Description
White
Blue
For additional lengths and colors please call your local sales representative.
3.213
Copper Solutions
STANDARD ANGLE TO HYDRA (12 LEG) RISER

Material ID
500290
2111377-1
TMRJ-1SURG-AL001M
500291
2111377-2
TMRJ-1SURG-AL002M
500292
2111377-3
TMRJ-1SURG-AL003M
500294
2111377-4
TMRJ-1SURG-AL004M
500295
2111377-5
TMRJ-1SURG-AL005M
500297
2111377-6
TMRJ-1SURG-AL006M
500298
2111377-7
TMRJ-1SURG-AL007M
500299
2111377-8
TMRJ-1SURG-AL008M
500300
2111377-9
TMRJ-1SURG-AL009M
500301
1-2111377-0 TMRJ-1SURG-AL010M
TE Connectivity
Patch Cords
TE Connectivity Category 6 Patch Cords

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR28924V2-214736.tif
TE patch cords are designed to provide unsurpassed throughput and meet

Category 6 specifications.
FEATURES
8W8P
Copper Solutions

4 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM04-TE6-01
MM04-TE6-03
MM04-TE6-04
MM04-TE6-05
MM04-TE6-06D
MM04-TE6-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-6RUVB-WT04F
TCPC-6RUVB-RD04F
TCPC-6RUVB-GN04F
TCPC-6RUVB-YL04F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL04F
TCPC-6RUVB-GY04F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-TE6-01
MM07-TE6-03
MM07-TE6-04
MM07-TE6-05
MM07-TE6-06
MM07-TE6-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-6RUVB-WT07F
TCPC-6RUVB-RD07F
TCPC-6RUVB-GN07F
TCPC-6RUVB-YL07F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL07F
TCPC-6RUVB-GY07F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-TE6-01
MM10-TE6-03
MM10-TE6-04
MM10-TE6-05
MM10-TE6-06
MM10-TE6-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-6RUVB-WT10F
TCPC-6RUVB-RD10F
TCPC-6RUVB-GN10F
TCPC-6RUVB-YL10F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL10F
TCPC-6RUVB-GY10F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-TE6-01
MM15-TE6-03
MM15-TE6-04
MM15-TE6-05
MM15-TE6-06
MM15-TE6-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-6RUVB-WT15F
TCPC-6RUVB-RD15F
TCPC-6RUVB-GN15F
TCPC-6RUVB-YL15F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL15F
TCPC-6RUVB-GY15F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
3.214
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-TE6-01
MM25-TE6-03
MM25-TE6-04
MM25-TE6-05
MM25-TE6-06
MM25-TE6-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-6RUVB-WT25F
TCPC-6RUVB-RD25F
TCPC-6RUVB-GN25F
TCPC-6RUVB-YL25F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL25F
TCPC-6RUVB-GY25F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
50 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM50-TE6-01
MM50-TE6-03
MM50-TE6-04
MM50-TE6-05
MM50-TE6-06
MM50-TE6-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-6RUVB-WT50F
TCPC-6RUVB-RD50F
TCPC-6RUVB-GN50F
TCPC-6RUVB-YL50F
TCPC-6RUVB-BL50F
TCPC-6RUVB-GY50F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
ULTIM8 BLOCK PLUG TO RJ45 PLUG, T568A WIRED

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MO04-KP7A-01 TP6TB0WT04
4 ft., white
MO04-KP7A-06 TP6TB0BL04
4 ft., blue
7 ft., white
7 ft., blue
10 ft., white
10 ft., blue
15 ft., white
15 ft., blue
25 ft., white
25 ft., blue
ULTIM8 BLOCK PLUG TO RJ45 PLUG, T568B WIRED
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MO04-KP7-01
TP6TB-WT04
4 ft., white
MO04-KP7-03
TP6TB-RD04
4 ft., red
MO04-KP7-06
TP6TB-BL04
4 ft., blue
MO07-KP7-01
TP6TB-WT07
7 ft., white
MO07-KP7-05
TP6TB-YL07
7 ft., yellow
MO07-KP7-06
TP6TB-BL07
7 ft., blue
MO10-KP7-01
TP6TB-WT10
10 ft., white
MO10-KP7-06
TP6TB-BL10
10 ft., blue
MO15-KP7-01
TP6TB-WT15
15 ft., white
MO15-KP7-06
TP6TB-BL15
15 ft., blue
MO25-KP7-01
TP6TB-WT25
25 ft., white
MO25-KP7-06
TP6TB-BL25
25 ft., blue
TE Connectivity
Patch Cords
Category 5e Patch Cords

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR71604V2-589915.tif
These cable assemblies are available as unshielded, stranded, twisted-pair, 24 AWG,

8-position modular assemblies. The assemblies are constructed with the same color
cable and "snagless" boots. All cords are universal wired T568A/B.
FEATURES
8W8P
Vendor No.
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT04F
TCPC-5ERUVB-RD04F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GN04F
TCPC-5ERUVB-YL04F
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL04F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GY04F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-TE5E-01
MM07-TE5E-03
MM07-TE5E-04
MM07-TE5E-05
MM07-TE5E-06
MM07-TE5E-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT07F
TCPC-5ERUVB-RD07F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GN07F
TCPC-5ERUVB-YL07F
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL07F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GY07F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-TE5E-01
MM10-TE5E-03
MM10-TE5E-04
MM10-TE5E-05
MM10-TE5E-06
MM10-TE5E-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT10F
TCPC-5ERUVB-RD10F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GN10F
TCPC-5ERUVB-YL10F
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL10F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GY10F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Vendor No.
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT15F
TCPC-5ERUVB-RD15F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GN15F
TCPC-5ERUVB-YL15F
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL15F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GY15F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-TE5E-01
MM25-TE5E-03
MM25-TE5E-04
MM25-TE5E-05
MM25-TE5E-06
MM25-TE5E-09
Vendor No.
TCPC-5ERUVB-WT25F
TCPC-5ERUVB-RD25F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GN25F
TCPC-5ERUVB-YL25F
TCPC-5ERUVB-BL25F
TCPC-5ERUVB-GY25F
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Please contact your local representative

for available in color and length options.
Copper Solutions
4 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM04-TE5E-01
MM04-TE5E-03
MM04-TE5E-04
MM04-TE5E-05
MM04-TE5E-06
MM04-TE5E-09
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-TE5E-01
MM15-TE5E-03
MM15-TE5E-04
MM15-TE5E-05
MM15-TE5E-06
MM15-TE5E-09
3.215
TE Connectivity
Intelligent Patch Cords

./
Quareo Managed Copper Cables

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR35147V2-269175.tif
Copper Solutions
FEATURES
Managed copper cables feature Quareo Technology with connection point
identification (CPID)
Available in Category 6 U/UTP, Category 6A U/UTP and Category 6A F/UTP
Standard lengths: 4, 7, 10, 15, 25 and 50 feet
Standard colors: Blue, white and gray (other colors are available upon request)
Standard materials: Plenum PVC (LSZH available upon request)
Connector interface: Plug type RJ45 shielded/unshielded that conforms to 8-way
modular RJ45 jack according with IEC 60603-7 series and ANSI/TIA-968-A
Latch type: Snag-less
Boot: Flexible with built-in strain relief to maintain proper bend radius
Wiring configuration:
T568A, T568B, and T568A/B (cross-over)
D
Performance specifications: ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and ISO 11801, Edition 2 for
Cat 6/Class E and Cat 6A/Class EA
3.216
TE Connectivity
Labels
./
50-pair Block Labeling
Type 105/85 Label Strip
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7500V2-141990.tif
The label holder snaps into the center section of 50-pair block to cover the cable-side
terminations and provide a clean, finished look. There are two adhesive paper label
strips, one for the center-mount label holder and one for the clear dust cover.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
130174
6639 3 017-00
Center-mount label holder
130175
6639 3 019-00
Paper labeling strip for
center-mount label holder
TE CONNECTIVITY
Label strips snap onto the top half of a block. Write directly on strip or use
paper labels.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
161105
6462 2 096-00
Type 105 label strip
131325
6089 3 050-01
Type 85 label strip
Type 105/85 Label Holder

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7499V2-141981.tif
Copper Solutions
Type 105/85 Paper Labels
PR7498V2-141980.tif
TE CONNECTIVITY
Labels come precut on an 8 1/2 in. x 11 in. white sheet. Accommodates hand or
laser printing.
TYPE 105
Anixter No.
162556
162563
176268
176272
172078
172079
172081
Vendor No.
6631 3 100-03
6631 3 105-04
6631 3 106-04
6631 3 106-08
6631 3 102-01/09
6631 3 102-02/03
6631 3 102-04/06
Description
White, for hinged/upright
Blue, for hinged/upright
Blue, for label holder
White, for label holder
Orange/red, for label strip
Green/purple, for label strip
White/blue, for label strip
TYPE 85
Anixter No.
166872
Vendor No.
6631 3 100-02
162505
6631 3 100-04
Description
White, for label/hinged/upright
holders or label strip
White, for rod-mount label holder
Label holders mount on a mounting bracket, rod-mount bracket or Universal

Mounting System to facilitate extensive labeling. Large printable space allows for
dividing groups by application. Each holder requires one block position on a
mounting bracket. Both paper and clear label covers are included.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
172076
6630 2 004-05
Type 105 label holder
178776
6036 2 018-00
Type 85 label holder
3.217
TE Connectivity
Labels
Side-mount Label Holder

TE CONNECTIVITY
ID Tabs
PR28925V2-214743.tif
Side-mount label holder and rectangular paper label. Snaps onto end of 8- or 10-pair
Series 2 or Ultim8 termination blocks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
131349
6462 2 016-00
Side-mount label holder
Type 105/85 Hinged Label Holder
Copper Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE CONNECTIVITY
ID Tabs snap into the individual port identification area above the jack or connector
opening on TE's modular products. The ID Tabs are reversible. They have a data icon
on one side and a voice icon on the opposite side. The same number appears on both
sides and comes in packages of six, numbered 1 to 6.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
172073
6631 2 125-01
White
172074
6631 2 125-02
Ivory
172075
6631 2 125-03
Gray
172080
6631 2 125-04
Black
172082
6631 2 125-05
Red
172085
6631 2 125-06
Blue
172090
6631 2 125-07
Green
172092
6631 2 125-08
Yellow
172095
6631 2 125-09
Purple
172096
6631 2 125-10
Orange
pr5312V2-141946.tif
The hinged label holder and label strip are available in 8- and 10-pair versions. Snaps
onto the face of a module and allows marking on both sides of a hinged flap.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
130146
6089 2 015-01
Type 105 hinged label holder
130143
6036 2 005-02
Type 85 hinged label holder
3.218
Mohawk
Cables
PLENUM
./
GigaLAN Enhanced Cable 6E - Category 6

MOHAWK
PR19988V2-63846.tif
PR19987V2-63845.tif
GigaLAN with FlexWeb pair isolation is one of the highest-performing unshielded

twisted-pair (UTP) cables available today. The FlexWeb construction also enhances
the pair-to-pair balance for superior crosstalk, LCL and LCTL performance. GigaLAN
Category 6 cable is sweep-tested to 750 MHz and has a 25-year warranty when
installed by a Mohawk Accredited Contractor (MAC).
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Approx. weight: (lb./MF): CMR 33, CMP 38
5. CMR - PE insulation, PVC jacket
Vendor No.
M57413
M57620
M57416
M57415
M57414
M57417
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424MWKE-7-01
CM-00424MWKE-7-06
Vendor No.
M57418
M57419
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Description
White
Blue
AdvanceNet Cable 6e+ Category 6

MOHAWK
AdvanceNet with patented FlexWeb pair isolation is a mid-grade
Category 6 unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cable. AdvanceNet cable is
sweep-tested to 650 MHz and utilizes lead-free materials with a
25-year warranty when installed by a
Mohawk Accredited Contractor (MAC).
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair (OSP is 24 AWG, 4-pair)
Vendor No.
M56905RB
M57198RB
M57197RB
M57195RB
M57193RB
M57196RB
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424MWK-7RB-01
CM-00424MWK-7RB-03
CM-00424MWK-7RB-05
CM-00424MWK-7RB-06
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
PR19988V2-63846.tif
Vendor No.
M56889RB
M57207RB
M57204RB
M57202RB
OUTSIDE PLANT
Description
White
Red
Yellow
Blue
PR11941V2-21648.tif
LAN-Trak OSP delivers Category 6 performance in an outside plant cable. The cables
are designed for exposure to the elements with a black UV-resistant polyethylene
jacket and semidry flooding material that cleans easily from the cable core.
Anixter No.
CM-00424MWK-6-OD
INDOOR / OUTDOOR
Vendor No.
M57622
Description
Black
PR11941V2-21648.tif
VersaLAN Category 6 Indoor/Outdoor is a CM-rated cable with a fully water-blocked

and waterproof construction for applications exposed to water. The unique
construction extends Ethernet networks into previously restricted ground and
delivers in wet indoor locations where standard plenum or riser fails. UL CM-LS.
Anixter No.
CM-00424MWK-C6IO-02
Vendor No.
M58772
Description
Black

3.219
Copper Solutions
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424MWKE-7-01
CMP-00424MWKE-7-03
CMP-00424MWKE-7-04
CMP-00424MWKE-7-05
CMP-00424MWKE-7-06
CMP-00424MWKE-7-09
Anixter No.
CMP-00424MWK-7RB-01
CMP-00424MWK-7RB-03
CMP-00424MWK-7RB-04
CMP-00424MWK-7RB-05
CMP-00424MWK-7RB-06
CMP-00424MWK-7RB-09
Mohawk
Cables
6 LAN Cable - Category 6
Copper Solutions
MOHAWK
MegaLAN Cable 5E - Category 5e

PR72269V2-579766.tif
6 LAN offers a lead-free construction in a round, installer-friendly cable that meets

the minimum Category 6 requirements. The new filler-less design improves ease of
termination into jacks and patch panels. The cable is sweep-tested to 550 MHz and
has a 25-year warranty when installed by a Mohawk Accredited Contractor (MAC).
Also available in Category 6 F/UTP, LAN-Trak Outside Plant and VersaLAN Indoor/
Outdoor CM-LS designs.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMR 0.220, CMP 0.220, OSP 0.251, CM-LS 0.275
4. Approx. weight: (lb./MF): CMR 24, CMP 28, OSP 30, CM-LS 43
D
7. OSP - PE insulation,
PE jacket
8. CM-LS - Indoor/Outdoor PE insulated and LS jacket
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424MWK-6U-01
CMP-00424MWK-6U-04
CMP-00424MWK-6U-05
CMP-00424MWK-6U-06
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424MWK-6U-01
CM-00424MWK-6U-04
CM-00424MWK-6U-06
Vendor No.
M58280B
M58286B
M58283B
M58281B
Vendor No.
M58291B
M58296B
M58292B
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Description
White
Green
Blue
MOHAWK
MegaLAN Category 5e cables are proven to exceed ANSI/TIA Category 5e
requirements: PowerSUM NEXT, SRL, attenuation, delay skew, and far end crosstalk EFLEXT and PS-ELFEXT. MegaLAN cable is tested to 400 MHz and utilizes lead-free
materials with a 25-year warranty when installed by a Mohawk Accredited Contractor
(MAC). Also available in F/UTP and LAN-Trak outside plant designs.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): CMR 0.200, CMP 0.200, OSP 0.226
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 22, CMP 27, OSP 25
7. OSP - PE insulation, PE jacket
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424MWKE-6U-01
CMP-00424MWKE-6U-03
CMP-00424MWKE-6U-04
CMP-00424MWKE-6U-05
CMP-00424MWKE-6U-06
CMP-00424MWKE-6U-08
CMP-00424MWKE-6U-09
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424MWKE-6U-01
CM-00424MWKE-6U-04
CM-00424MWKE-6U-05
CM-00424MWKE-6U-06
CM-00424MWKE-6U-08
CM-00424MWKE-6U-09
PR19989V2-63850.tif
Vendor No.
M55988B
M56072B
M56166B
M56093B
M56168B
M56876B
M56882B
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
PR19989V2-63850.tif
Vendor No.
M55989B
M56165B
M56095B
M56167B
M56954B
M56746B
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
OUTSIDE PLANT
LAN-Trak OSP delivers Category 5e performance in an outside plant cable. The cables
are designed for exposure to the elements with a black UV-resistant polyethylene
jacket and semidry flooding material that cleans easily from the cable core.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424MWK-5E-OD
M57561
Black
3.220
Mohawk
Cables
5eLAN Cable - Category 5e

MOHAWK
pr5531V2-13785.tif
Category 5eLAN cable is sweep-tested to 200 MHz for all parameters specified for
4-pair UTP Category 5e, such as PSNEXT, RL, ELFEXT and PS-ELFEXT. With 14 dB
minimum ACR at 100 MHz, Category 5e cable has proven support for Gigabit Ethernet,
1000BASE-T and ATM and utilizes lead-free materials. It is PowerSUM-verified to
100 MHz and has a 25-year warranty when installed by a Mohawk Accredited
Contractor (MAC). Also available in F/UTP and LAN-Trak outside plant designs.
SPECIFICATIONS
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00424MWKE-5U-01
CMP-00424MWKE-5U-03
CMP-00424MWKE-5U-04
CMP-00424MWKE-5U-05
CMP-00424MWKE-5U-06
CMP-00424MWKE-5U-09
Vendor No.
M57547B
M57887B
M57551B
M57550B
M57546B
M57545B
Description
White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00424MWKE-5U-01
CM-00424MWKE-5U-04
CM-00424MWKE-5U-05
CM-00424MWKE-5U-06
CM-00424MWKE-5U-09
Vendor No.
M57554B
M57557B
M57556B
M57553B
M57552B
Description
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
5e PowerSUM 25-pair Cable - Category 5e

MOHAWK
PR11940V2-21645.tif
5e PowerSUM 25-pair Category 5e UTP cables are designed to provide support for
voice and data backbone and horizontal applications. These applications include
intercloset backbone links, equipment cabling between cross-connect and hub
equipment. PowerSUM cables are also available in F/UTP designs.

ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant and PowerSUM-compliant
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-02524MWKE-5
M58142
Plenum
CM-02524MWKE-5
M58141
Nonplenum
High Pair Cable - Category 3

MOHAWK
PR11940V2-21645.tif
Category 3 UTP cables are designed to provide support for all backbone voice
applications. These applications include intercloset backbone links and equipment
cabling between cross-connect and hub equipment. Also available: 25-pair cables in
F/UTP designs.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 25-pair binder groups
3. Approx. weight (lb./MF): 25-pair CMR 100 and CMP 123, 50-pair CMR 197 and
CMP 224, 100-pair CMR 381 and CMP 443, 200-pair CMR 814 and CMP 942,
300-pair CMR 1,186 and CMP 1,397
4. Nominal O.D. (in.): 25-pair CMR 0.364 and CMP 0.389, 50-pair CMR 0.591 and
CMP 0.550, 100-pair CMR 0.707 and CMP 0.775, 200-pair CMR 1.054 and
CMP 1.088, 300-pair CMR 1.222 and CMP 1.334
6. CMP - FRPVC insulation, FRPVC jacket
7. Color: Gray
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-02524MWK-3
CMP-05024MWK-3
CMP-10024MWK-3
CMP-20024MWK-3
CMP-30024MWK-3
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-02524MWK-3
CM-05024MWK-3
CM-10024MWK-3
CM-20024MWK-3
CM-30024MWK-3
Vendor No.
M56801
M56126
M56128
M56129
M57211
Vendor No.
M55700
M55216
M55211
M55212
M57098
Description
25-pair
50-pair
100-pair
200-pair
300-pair
Description
25-pair
50-pair
100-pair
200-pair
300-pair
3.221
Copper Solutions

SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 25-pair
3. Approx. weight (lb./MF): CMR 151 and CMP 151
6. CMP - FEP insulation, FEP jacket
7. Color: Gray
Mohawk
Cables
VersaLAN Cable - Category 5e and Category 6

MOHAWK
Spectrum Low-skew Video Twisted-pair Cable

PR19980V2-62807.tif
Copper Solutions
VersaLAN delivers versatility; fully water-blocked with a sunlight- and UV-resistant

jacket for outdoor applications combined with a UL CM-LS indoor listing. These
enhanced Category 5e- and Category 6-compliant cables are perfect for indoor/
outdoor and slab-on-grade applications. The Category 6 version utilizes FlexWeb
construction, which isolates the pairs throughout the length of the cable and is
sweep-tested to 650 MHz. The Category 5e version is sweep-tested by 400 MHz.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair Category 6, UTP
2. 24 AWG, 4-pair Category 5e, UTP and 25-pair, F/UTP
4. Nominal O.D. (in.): Cat 5e 4-pair 0.251, Cat 6 4-pair 0.275, Cat 5e 25-pair 0.730
5. Approx. weight: (lb./MF): Cat 5e 4-pair 37, Cat 6 4-pair 43, Cat 5e 25-pair 332
6. PE insulation, FRPE LS jacket
Category 6 is ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant
Category 5e is ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant
CAT 5E 4-PAIR, UTP
Anixter No. D
CM-00424MWK-C5EIO-02
Vendor No.
M58762
Description
Black
CAT 6 4-PAIR, UTP

Anixter No.
CM-00424MWK-C6IO-02
Vendor No.
M58772
Description
Black
CAT 5E 25-PAIR, F/UTP

Anixter No.
CM-02524MWK-C5EIO-02
3.222
Vendor No.
M58783
MOHAWK
PR22415V2-131558.tif
Spectrum low-skew video twisted-pair cable consists of a standard category style

4-pair design using four twisted pairs at the same rate under one jacket. This allows
the cables to be smaller than the standard-style coax-type cables that have been
traditionally used for RGB (red, green, blue) applications. The cable's built-in "low
skew" design delivers a skew of 2.2 ns/100 m nominal which allows images to be
transmitted along the separate pairs of cable within 2.2 nanoseconds of each other.
This transmission ensures the clearest image on the receiving monitor. Spectrum
cable can transmit component-type video on lengths of up to 2,000 feet. Available in
LSZH and indoor/outdoor CM-LS versions.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Approx. weight: (lb./MF): CMR 24 and CMP 26
4. Color: Maroon
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424MOH-C-10
M58814
Plenum
CM-00424MOH-C-10
M58813
Nonplenum
Description
Black
Siemon
Cables
./
UTP Cable - Category 6A
System 6 UTP Cable - Category 6

SIEMON COMPANY
Siemon's System 6 cable provides headroom above all ANSI/TIA and ISO/IEC
Category 6/Class E specifications. Combine Siemon's high-performance Category
6 connectivity and patch cords with System 6 cable, and the result is a channel that
exceeds Category 6/Class E electrical performance and ensures support of current
and future Category 6 applications including Gigabit Ethernet.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
6. CMR - PE conductor insulation with PVC jacket
7. CMP - FEP conductor insulation with FRPVC jacket
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 6)
PLENUM REELEX BOX - 1,000 FEET
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424SIE-7U-01
9C6P4-E3-02-RXA
CMP-00424SIE-7U-05
9C6P4-E3-05-RXA
CMP-00424SIE-7U-06
9C6P4-E3-06-RXA
CMP-00424SIE-7U-09
9C6P4-E3-04-RXA
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Premium 5e UTP Cable - Category 5e

SIEMON COMPANY
PR9811V2-23592.tif
Siemon's Premium 5e UTP cable perfectly complements the performance of Siemon

Category 5e outlets, patch panels and patch cords. Siemon cable exceeds all ANSI/TIA
and ISO/IEC requirements for Category 5e/Class D transmission performance.
Utilizing Siemon cable is the ideal way to ensure optimum channel performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
7. CMP - FEP insulation with FRPVC
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 (Category 5e)
ISO/IEC 11801:2002 (Category 5)
PLENUM REELEX BOX - 1,000 FEET
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMP-00424SIE-6U-01
9C5P4-E2-02-RXA
CMP-00424SIE-6U-05
9C5P4-E2-05-RXA
CMP-00424SIE-6U-06
9C5P4-E2-06-RXA
CMP-00424SIE-6U-09
9C5P4-E2-04-RXA
NONPLENUM REELEX BOX - 1,000 FEET
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424SIE-6U-01
9C5R4-E2-02-RXA
CM-00424SIE-6U-05
9C5R4-E2-05-RXA
CM-00424SIE-6U-06
9C5R4-E2-06-RXA
CM-00424SIE-6U-09
9C5R4-E2-04-RXA
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
3.223
Copper Solutions
SIEMON COMPANY
Siemon's Category 6A UTP cable uses an innovative cable construction which results
in a smaller, more flexible design. The cable uses Siemon's Trisolator technology in
conjunction with Internal Longitudinal Striations (ILS) in the jacket to reduce alien
crosstalk (AXT) between adjacent cables. The end result is a reduction in cable
diameter which increases pathway density resulting in reduced pathway costs.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
3. Round jacket with Internal Longitudinal Striations (ILS)
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-10
PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424SMO-10G-01
9C6P4-A5-02-R1A
White
CMP-00424SMO-10G-06
9C6P4-A5-06-R1A
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424SMO-10G-01
9C6R4-A5-02-R1A
White
CM-00424SMO-10G-06
9C6R4-A5-06-R1A
Blue
NONPLENUM REELEX BOX - 1,000 FEET

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424SIE-7U-01
9C6R4-E3-02-RXA
CM-00424SIE-7U-05
9C6R4-E3-05-RXA
CM-00424SIE-7U-06
9C6R4-E3-06-RXA
CM-00424SIE-7U-09
9C6R4-E3-04-RXA
Siemon
Cables
F/UTP Cable - Category 6A
Copper Solutions
SIEMON COMPANY
Siemon's Category 6A F/UTP cable supports channel performance exceeding
augmented Category 6 requirements. When combined with the Z-MAX 6A series
connectivity, the result is a channel capable of supporting 10GBASE-T operation over
100-meter, 4-connector topologies. In addition, the screened construction ensures
virtually zero alien crosstalk. The 6A F/UTP cabling system supports emerging and
converging IP applications like Voice over IP (VoIP), IP video and future
10 Gigabit applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
3. Center isolation member
4. Shield is an aluminum foil tape enclosing a 0.51 mm (0.20 in.) 24 AWG tinned
copper drain wire
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-10
PLENUM
Anixter No.
CMP-00423SMO-10GS-01
D
CMP-00423SMO-10GS-06
Vendor No.
9A6P4-A5-02-R1A
9A6P4-A5-06-R1A
Description
White
Blue
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
CM-00423SMO-10GS-01
CM-00423SMO-10GS-06
Vendor No.
9A6R4-A5-02-R1A
9A6R4-A5-06-R1A
Description
White
Blue
3.224
Siemon
Jacks
./
Z-MAX Modules - Category 6A and Category 6

SIEMON COMPANY
PR23998V2-173416.tif
Anixter No.
424315
424316
424317
424318
Vendor No.
Z6-02
Z6-06
Z6-07
Z6-80
KEYSTONE Z-MAX
PR24041V2-173412.tif
Color: White
Anixter No.
384648
384660
424481
Vendor No.
Z6A-K02
Z6A-SK02
Z6-K02
PANEL MODULES Z-MAX
Description
Cat 6A, UTP
Cat 6A, STP
Cat 6, UTP
PR24000V2-173420.tif

ANSI/TIA Category 6A and Category 6-compliant
FLAT/ANGLED Z-MAX
PR23999V2-173415.tif
Includes the panel mount only.
Anixter No.
384645
384646
399214
399222
399223
384657
384658
399225
399226
399227
424319
Vendor No.
Z6A-01
Z6A-02
Z6A-06
Z6A-07
Z6A-80
Z6A-S01
Z6A-S02
Z6A-S06
Z6A-S07
Z6A-S80
Z6-01
Description
Black, Cat 6A, UTP
White, Cat 6A, UTP
Blue, Cat 6A, UTP
Green, Cat 6A, UTP
Light ivory, Cat 6A, UTP
Black, Cat 6A, STP
White, Cat 6A, STP
Blue, Cat 6A, STP
Green, Cat 6A, STP
Light ivory, Cat 6A, STP
Black, Cat 6, UTP
Anixter No.
399228
399230
424320
Vendor No.
Z6A-P
Z6A-SP
Z6-P
Description
Cat 6A, UTP
Cat 6A, STP
Cat 6, UTP
3.225
Copper Solutions
The Z-MAX 6A module offers performance in critical specifications, exceeding all

Category 6A performance requirements, including alien crosstalk. Its innovative
features not only accelerate and simplify termination, but remove installation
variability for consistently high and repeatable performance. Category 6 unshielded
Z-MAX modules are also available in other colors.
FEATURES
High-visibility icon system
Hybrid outlets support both flat and angled mounting orientations
Cable shield is automatically terminated to shielded outlets without
additional steps
Description
White, Cat 6, UTP
Blue, Cat 6, UTP
Green, Cat 6, UTP
Light ivory, Cat 6, UTP
Siemon
Jacks
FLAT MAX 6
MAX 6 Modules - Category 6

SIEMON COMPANY
MAX 6 Modules provide performance-exceeding Category 6 specifications for all pair
combinations up to 250 MHz. The modules' compact design allows up to six modules
in a single-gang and 12 modules in a double-gang work area faceplate. The angled
jacks include a protective rubber door and both have a rear strain-relief cap. The
angled MAX 6 module is ideal for modular furniture, raceway and other installations
where rear clearance is at a minimum. The flat MAX module is ideal for flush-mount
applications. Flat modules are recommended when using the MAX series
patch panels.
For bulk pack of 100 jacks, add a "B" to the end of the Siemon part number.
FEATURES
Copper Solutions
ANGLED MAX 6
PR10856V2-25263.tif
Anixter No.
211101
203949
221435
212565
263979
224504
329169
219230
212566
207828
Vendor No.
MX6-01
MX6-02
MX6-03
MX6-04
MX6-05
MX6-06
MX6-07
MX6-09
MX6-20
MX6-80
Description
Black
White
Red
Gray
Yellow
Blue
Green
Orange
Ivory
Light ivory
PR10857V2-25266.tif
Anixter No.
210775
203950
219233
212568
266056
219234
329170
219231
212569
212570
Vendor No.
MX6-F01
MX6-F02
MX6-F03
MX6-F04
MX6-F05
MX6-F06
MX6-F07
MX6-F09
MX6-F20
MX6-F80
Description
Black
White
Red
Gray
Yellow
Blue
Green
Orange
Ivory
Light ivory
KEYSTONE MAX 6
Anixter No.
228568
203951
279234
269606
279235
Vendor No.
MX6-K01
MX6-K02
MX6-K03
MX6-K04
MX6-K06
Description
Black
White
Red
Gray
Black
MAX 5e Modules - Category 5e

SIEMON COMPANY
Siemon's punch-down MAX 5e modules exceed Category 5e performance and utilize
their S310 punch-down block, making termination quick and easy. The slim design
allows jacks to be side-stackable to provide maximum density. The angled jacks
include a protective rubber door.
For bulk packs of 100, add a "B" after the Siemon part number.
For a protective hinged door on the flat jacks, add a "D" after the Siemon part number.
FEATURES
3.226
Siemon
Jacks
ANGLED MAX 5E
PR10862V2-25260.tif
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Information Outlets//Fiber Inserts
MAX Outlet Blanks

SIEMON COMPANY
Vendor No.
MX5-01
MX5-02
MX5-03
MX5-04
MX5-05
MX5-06
MX5-07
MX5-09
MX5-20
MX5-80
FLAT MAX 5E
Anixter No.
218804
214152
218805
218806
247093
218807
311384
214154
214153
215288
Description
Black
White
Red
Gray
Yellow
Blue
Green
Orange
Ivory
Light ivory
Blank inserts for unused ports and future growth. Sold in packages of 10.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
210776
MX-BL-01
Black
203952
MX-BL-02
White
212571
MX-BL-04
Gray
182110
MX-BL-20
Ivory
204487
MX-BL-80
Light ivory
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
219221
214155
268709
219223
268710
219224
311407
214157
214156
215287
PR10865V2-17740.tif
PR5093V2-16850.TIF
Vendor No.
MX5-F01
MX5-F02
MX5-F03
MX5-F04
MX5-F05
MX5-F06
MX5-F07
MX5-F09
MX5-F20
MX5-F80
Description
Black
White
Red
Gray
Yellow
Blue
Green
Orange
Ivory
Light ivory
See the Tools and Supplies section of catalog for termination tools.
3.227
Siemon
Faceplates
./
MAX Modular Faceplates

SIEMON COMPANY
PR10866V2-17743.tif
Anixter No.
204488
245447
182137
204489
263329
313146
Vendor No.
MX-FP-S-02-02
MX-FP-S-02-04
MX-FP-S-02-20
MX-FP-S-02-80
MX-FP-S-02-SS-L
MX-FP-S-02-SS
3-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Description
White
Gray
Ivory
Light ivory
Stainless steel with labels
Stainless steel without labels
PR10873V2-25290.tif
The MAX modular faceplates combine high capacity with a quality appearance to
match Siemon technology. The faceplates can be used with both angled and flat MAX
or Z-MAX modules. The faceplates include pressure-release designation label covers
for quick, tool-less removal.
Add a "B" after the Siemon part number for bulk packs of 100.
Copper Solutions
1-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
PR10871V2-25284.tif
Vendor No.
MX-FP-S-01-01
MX-FP-S-01-02
MX-FP-S-01-04
MX-FP-S-01-20
MX-FP-S-01-80
MX-FP-S-01-SS-L
MX-FP-S-01-SS
2-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
3.228
Vendor No.
10GMX-FPS02-02
10GMX-FPS02-80
MX-FP-S-02-01
Vendor No.
MX-FP-S-03-01
MX-FP-S-03-02
MX-FP-S-03-04
MX-FP-S-03-20
MX-FP-S-03-80
MX-FP-S-03-SS-L
MX-FP-S-03-SS
Description
Black
White
Gray
Ivory
Light ivory
PR2281V2-141936.tif
Description
Black
White
Gray
Ivory
Light ivory
PR10872V2-25287.tif
Holds two Z-MAX or MAX modules.
Anixter No.
305903
313131
221026
Anixter No.
221028
535958
246703
182142
221030
313147
313148
4-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
Holds one shielded Z-MAX or MAX module.
Anixter No.
221025
212599
252707
212600
212601
313144
313145
Holds three shielded Z-MAX or MAX modules.
Holds four Z-MAX or MAX modules.
Anixter No.
305904
313135
212602
204490
212603
182143
204491
245201
249122
Vendor No.
10GMX-FPS04-02
10GMX-FPS04-80
MX-FP-S-04-01
MX-FP-S-04-02
MX-FP-S-04-04
MX-FP-S-04-20
MX-FP-S-04-80
MX-FP-S-04-SS-L
MX-FP-S-04-SS
Description
White, for UTP Z-MAX modules
Light ivory, for UTP Z-MAX modules
Black
Description
White, for UTP Z-MAX modules
Light ivory, for UTP Z-MAX modules
Black
White
Gray
Ivory
Light ivory
Siemon
Faceplates
6-PORT, SINGLE-GANG
PR10874V2-25293.tif
Holds six shielded Z-MAX or MAX modules.
Anixter No.
221031
204492
218687
182145
204493
249123
249124
Vendor No.
MX-FP-S-06-01
MX-FP-S-06-02
MX-FP-S-06-04
MX-FP-S-06-20
MX-FP-S-06-80
MX-FP-S-06-SS-L
MX-FP-S-06-SS
DOUBLE-GANG FACEPLATES
PR10876V2-17755.tif
Anixter No.
268654
270718
Vendor No.
WPJP
MX-WP-K5-SS
311218
MX-WP-K6-SS
Description
1-port, 4-pair USOC Cat 3 plastic
1-port, 4-pair T568A/B Cat 5e
stainless steel
1-port, 4-pair T568A/B
Cat 6 stainless steel
Universal Modular Furniture Adapters

SIEMON COMPANY
PR72583V2-586719.tif
PR10875V2-25296.tif
Vendor No.
MX-FP-D-06-02
MX-FP-D-06-20
MX-FP-D-06-80
MX-FP-D-08-02
MX-FP-D-08-20
MX-FP-D-08-80
MX-FP-D-12-02
MX-FP-D-12-20
MX-FP-D-12-80
Description
6-port, white
6-port, ivory
6-port, light ivory
8-port, white
8-port, ivory
8-port, light ivory
12-port, white
12-port, ivory
12-port, light ivory
The Universal Modular Furniture Adapter adjusts to fit all known furniture openings
and panel thicknesses. Provides a single mounting solution, the Universal Modular
Furniture Adapter eliminates the need for furniture-specific mounting products.
Maximum opening size: 76 mm (3 in.) x 44 mm (1.75 in.); minimum: 67 mm
(2.63 in.) x 33 mm (1.3 in.).
MAX UNIVERSAL
Accepts four MAX, Z-MAX or TERA outlets. Includes faceplate, mounting frame, label
and clear label holder.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
498310
MX-UMA-01
Black
498311
MX-UMA-02
White
498312
MX-UMA-04
Gray
498313
MX-UMA-20
Ivory
498314
MX-UMA-80
Light ivory
CT UNIVERSAL
Accepts one CT Coupler. Includes faceplate, mounting frame, label and clear
label holder.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
498315
CT-UMA-01
Black
498316
CT-UMA-02
White
498317
CT-UMA-04
Gray
498318
CT-UMA-20
Ivory
498319
CT-UMA-80
Light ivory
3.229
Copper Solutions
Anixter No.
231405
212598
249142
222693
182146
249144
240444
329173
249146
Description
Black
White
Gray
Ivory
Light ivory
WALL PHONE PLATES
Siemon
Faceplates
MAX Modular Furniture Adapters

SIEMON COMPANY
PR10881V2-17764.tif
FEATURES
Breakouts on three sides and bottom for cable/raceway entry
Cable-tie anchor points for strain relief
Optional spring-shutter door
Optional fiber or coax connectivity
Snap-on cover with designation areas for colored icons and write-on labels
MAX bezels included
Optional mounting magnets
1-PORT MX-SM SURFACE-MOUNT BOXES
Copper Solutions
The MAX modular furniture adapters will accept four MAX angled or flat modules and
snap directly into communications outlet openings in most major modular
furniture systems.
FEATURES
Designation labels
Label covers
STANDARD MODULAR FURNITURE ADAPTER
Maximum: 69.85 mm (2.750 in.) x 35.69 mm (1.405 in.) x 2.03 mm (0.080 in.).
Minimum: 67.46 mm (2.656 in.) x 34.16 mm (1.345 in.) x 0.76 mm (0.030 in.).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
212605
MX-MFP-01
Black
212606
MX-MFP-02
White
D
230829
MX-MFP-04
Gray
212607
MX-MFP-20
Ivory
249159
MX-MFP-80
Light ivory
HERMAN MILLER ACTION OFFICE SERIES 2
75.74 mm (2.982 in.) x 47.80 mm (1.882 in.) x 1.52 mm (0.060 in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
222694
MX-MFP-HMA-01
Black
229339
MX-MFP-HMA-04
Gray
MX-SM Series Surface-mount Boxes

SIEMON COMPANY
PR10882V2-17767.tif
PR10883V2-25305.tif
With cover, base, single-port MAX bezel, cable ties and screws.
Anixter No.
308521
308522
Vendor No.
MX-SM1-02
MX-SM1-80
Description
White
Light ivory
PR10884V2-25308.tif
With cover, base, 2-port MAX bezel, cable ties, screws and designation labels.
Anixter No.
172289
308577
308584
Vendor No.
MX-SM2-02
MX-SM2-20
MX-SM2-80
Description
White
Ivory
Light ivory
PR10885V2-25311.tif
With cover, base, 2-port MAX bezel, cable ties, screws and designation labels.
Siemon surface-mount boxes feature a sleek, compact, easy-to-install design. UTP,

screened, fiber, video and coax MAX modules may be quickly installed. Multiple cable
management features provide a high-performance and well-organized installation.
Add "M" to Siemon part number for magnets and "D" for spring-loaded door.
3.230
Anixter No.
308588
308586
308590
Vendor No.
MX-SM4-01
MX-SM4-02
MX-SM4-20
Description
Black
White
Ivory
Siemon
Faceplates
PR10886V2-25314.tif
STAND-OFF RINGS FOR MAX AND CT FACEPLATES
With cover, base, three 2-port MAX bezels, cable ties, screws and designation labels.
With 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) dimensions and single-gang.
Anixter No.
308607
Anixter No.
222897
168642
Vendor No.
MX-SM6-02
Description
White
Vendor No.
CT4-RING-100-02
CT4-RING-100-20
PR10887V2-25317.tif
Description
White
Ivory
Faceplate Surface-mounting Boxes

SIEMON COMPANY
PR1781V2-141927.tif
MAX Multimedia Outlets

SIEMON COMPANY
CT4 MOUNTING BOXES

Single-gang surface-mount boxes.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
186673
CT4-BOX-01
149462
CT4-BOX-02
155218
CT4-BOX-04
149463
CT4-BOX-20
204494
CT4-BOX-80
Description
Black
White
Gray
Ivory
Light ivory
CT8 MOUNTING BOXES

Double-gang surface-mount boxes.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
159868
CT8-BOX-02
173084
CT8-BOX-04
Description
White
Gray
BACKINGS
Anixter No.
221478
Description
Adhesive backing for CT boxes
Vendor No.
AB
This low-profile, multiuser, multimedia surface-mount box is unsurpassed in features

and flexibility, and ideal for use as multiuser telecommunications outlet assemblies
(MUTOA). They provide storage area for up to 12 m (39.4 ft.) of buffered optical fiber
cable using Siemon's optional fiber management tray and at least 2 m (6.6 ft.) of
4-pair, twisted-pair cable in the base, while maintaining a minimum bend radius of
30 mm (1.2 in.).
When used with angled MAX modules, a true "gravity feed" connection is
accomplished. The outlet features a unique hideaway labeling system that easily flips
down to reveal a designation area that utilizes conventional-size designation labels.
The outlet can be mounted on any standard single- or double-gang electrical box using
screws provided, or mounts to any flat surface using adhesive tape or optional
magnets. There is convenient cable access at the rear of the unit. Knockouts are
provided on four sides for raceway access. The MX-MMO accommodates any
combination of up to 18-port of mixed media or up to 36 LC or MT-RJ fiber ports.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
249150
MX-MMO-02
White
3.231
Copper Solutions
CT4 and CT8 boxes offer a surface-mounting option for single- and double-gang
faceplates. These boxes are perfect for installations where the work-area outlet
cannot be recessed into a wall or floor box. These boxes are also compatible with
Siemon's stand-off rings if extra depth is required behind the faceplate. Mounting
hardware is not included.
PR7339V2-16930.TIF
Siemon
Copper Solutions
Patch Panels
./
Z-MAX Patch Panels - Category 6A and Category 6
HD6 Patch Panels - Category 6
SIEMON COMPANY
SIEMON COMPANY
PR23997V2-173426.tif
Z-MAX patch panels provide 10 Gb/s performance and aesthetics in a high-density,

modular solution. The Z-MAX panels provide rapid and reliable installation by
accelerating module mounting, and cable tie-down operations. Z-MAX Category 6A
panels are available in both unshielded and shielded versions, Category 6 panels are
only available in unshielded. Empty panels are also available for use with Z-MAX
trunk assemblies.
FEATURES
Rear cable manager
High-visibility magnifying labeling system
Mounting hardware
ANSI/TIA CategoryD 6A and Category 6-compliant
CATEGORY 6A
Anixter No.
384649
384650
384661
384662
Vendor No.
Z6A-PNL-24K
Z6A-PNL-U48K
Z6AS-PNL-24K
Z6AS-PNL-U48K
CATEGORY 6
With UTP and 1 rms.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
424482
Z6-PNL-24K
424483
Z6-PNL-U48K
3.232
Description
24-port, UTP, 1 rms
48-port, UTP, 1 rms
24-port, STP, 1 rms
48-port, STP, 1 rms
Description
24-port
48-port
PR10889V2-17773.tif
The HD6 panel exceeds Category 6 connecting hardware specifications for all pair
combinations up to 250 MHz. Pyramid wire-entry system on S310 punch-down blocks
separates paired and bonded conductors when lacing cables to reduce
installation time.
For bulk packs of five panels, add a "B" at the end of the Siemon part number.
FEATURES
Rear cable manager
Icon label holders
Designation labels
Cable ties
Mounting hardware
Rear cover with rear port designations
MOUNTS ON RACK
Anixter No.
214320
207825
203917
211518
Vendor No.
HD6-16
HD6-24
HD6-48
HD6-96
MOUNTS ON S89D BRACKET

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
210511
HD6-89D-12
Description
16-port, 1 rms
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 2 rms
96-port, 4 rms
Description
12-port
Siemon
Patch Panels
HD5 Patch Panels - Category 5e
MAX Patch Panels
SIEMON COMPANY
PR10890V2-17776.tif

MOUNTS TO RACK
Anixter No.
241729
214675
214676
214677
Vendor No.
HD5-16
HD5-24
HD5-48
HD5-96
Description
16-port, 1 rms
24-port, 1 rms
48-port, 2 rms
96-port, 4 rms
MOUNTS TO S89D BRACKET

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
236288
HD5-89D-12
PR10891V2-17779.tif
The MAX Patch Panels come in 16-, 24-, 48- and 72-port flat models as well as 24and 48-port angled versions to provide a high-density solution. Individual MAX
modules snap into the front or back of the panel. Color is black.
FEATURES
Rear cable manager and port identification
Designation labels
Cable ties
Mounting hardware
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
245202
MX-PNL-16
16-port, 1 rms
214420
MX-PNL-24
24-port, 1 rms
212917
MX-PNL-48
48-port, 2 rms
313167
MX-PNL-72
72-port, 2 rms
316706
MX-PNLA-24
24-port angled, 1 rms
282006
MX-PNLA-48
48-port angled, 2 rms
Description
12-port
3.233
Copper Solutions
The HD5 Series patch panels provide a rugged design with enhanced Category 5e
performance and T568A/B universal wiring.
For bulk packs of five panels, add a "B" at the end of the Siemon part number.
FEATURES
Rear cable manager
Icon label holders
Designation labels
Cable ties
Mounting hardware
Rear cover with rear port designations
SIEMON COMPANY
Siemon
Blocks
./
S210 Field Termination Kits - Category 6

SIEMON COMPANY
PR2274V2-16757.TIF
Copper Solutions
Siemon's S210 block is the highest-performing connecting block in the industry. The
S210 achieves 360-degree pair isolation to provide superior NEXT performance
(13 dB NEXT margin over Category 6 specifications). Its superior performance makes
it ideal for consolidation point applications.
FEATURES
Cable-access openings allow cables to be routed through the rear of the block to
the point of termination
Detachable legs available on 64-pair versions
of termination. S110 100-pair wiring blocks can be detached from their mounting
legs to provide easy access to the cables at any time. Designation strips with
interchangeable colored labels can be mounted in the center and/or outside
the block.
FEATURES
100-pair version has detachable legs
4- or 5-pair connecting blocks
Clear label holders with white designation labels
Height (mm)
181655 S110AB2-100FT 100-pair, 4-pair connector blocks 91.4 mm
(3.60 in)
181633 S110AA2-100FT 100-pair, 5-pair connector blocks 91.4 mm
(3.60 in)
182069 S110AB2-300FT 300-pair, 4-pair connector blocks 274.3 mm
(10.80 in)
181632 S110AA2-300FT 300-pair, 5-pair connector blocks 274.3 mm
(10.80 in)

S110 Wiring Blocks - Category 5e
S210 FIELD TERMINATION KITS

Kits include S210 wiring blocks with legs, 4-pair S210 connecting blocks and label
holders with white designation labels. All blocks are 272 mm (10.71 in.) wide and
82.7 mm (3.26Din.) deep.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
210772
S210AB2-64FT
64-pair, height: 91.4 mm
(3.60 in.)
212760
S210AB2-128FT
(7.20 in.)
212761
S210AB2-192FT
(10.80 in.)
SIEMON COMPANY
Openings between rows allow horizontal cables to be routed from behind the panel
and enter the block from the rear, helping to maintain the cable up to the point of
termination. S110 50- and 100-pair wiring blocks can be detached from their
mounting legs to provide easy access to the cables at any time.
WIRING BLOCKS WITH LEGS
PR2536V2-16830.TIF
S210 CONNECTING BLOCK

The 4-pair S210 connecting block terminates to 22 to 26 AWG solid or
7-strand wires.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
221771
S210C-4
4-pair
S110 Field Termination Kits - Category 5e

SIEMON COMPANY
Width: 272 mm (10.71 in.) Depth: 82.8 mm (3.26 in.)

PR1528V2-16692.TIF
Patented openings between rows allow horizontal cables to be routed from behind the
panel and enter the block from the rear, helping to maintain the cable up to the point
3.234
Anixter No.
175215
147758
210691
156690
Vendor No.
S110AW1-50
S110AW2-100
S110AW2-200
S110AW2-300
Description
50-pair
100-pair
200-pair
300-pair
WIRING BLOCKS WITHOUT LEGS

Width: 216 mm (8.50 in.) Depth: 35.8 mm (1.41 in.)
Description
250636
S110DW2-100
100-pair
Height (mm)
45.7 mm (1.80 in)
91.4 mm (3.60 in)
182.9 mm (7.20 in)
274.3 mm (10.80 in)
Height (mm)
88.1 mm (3.47 in)
Siemon
Blocks
S110 Field Terminated 19 in. Panels - Category 5e

SIEMON COMPANY
PR9663V2-142018.tif
300-PAIR BLOCKS
406.4 mm (16 in.) H x 215.9 mm (8.5 in.) W x 152.6 mm (6 in.) D
Anixter No.
197373
176407
S110 Field Terminated Panels allow wiring blocks to be mounted directly to a 19 in.
rack. Each panel comes with adequate connecting blocks to complete each 25-pair
termination strip. The panels with the cable managers include covers to provide a
clean appearance.
RMS
1
1
2
2
3
3
19 IN. PANELS WITH CABLE MANAGERS

173106
S110DB2-100RWM
212619
S110DA2-100RWM
173107
S110DB2-200RWM
189908
S110DA2-200RWM
RMS
2
2
3
3
400-PAIR BLOCKS
541.3 mm (21.31 in.) H x 215.9 mm (8.5 in.) W x 152.6 mm (6 in.) D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
212750
S110MB2-400FT
4-pair clips
176790
S110MA2-400FT
5-pair clips
500-PAIR BLOCKS
676.1 mm (26.62 in.) H x 215.9 mm (8.5 in.) W x 152.6 mm (6 in.) D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
212751
S110MB2-500FT
4-pair clips
227441
S110MA2-500FT
5-pair clips
S110 Tower Field Termination Kits - Category 5e

PR9664V2-142017.tif
S110C Connecting Blocks - Category 5e

SIEMON COMPANY
PR6710V2-16886.TIF
S110C Connecting Blocks terminate 22 to 26 AWG solid or 7-strand wires. They offer
markings to designate tip and ring conductors and color-coded pairs on each block.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
272263
S110C-2A
153865
S110C-3
156691
S110C-4
156689
S110C-5
Description
2-pair clip, blue/orange
3-pair clip, blue/orange/green
4-pair clip, blue/orange/
green/brown
5-pair clip, blue/orange/green/
brown/slate
The S110 Tower Field Terminated Blocks provide a high-density cross-connect cable
management system. They are designed to be wall mounted and are shipped
unassembled to simplify field assembly and termination. The kits include 110 blocks,
connecting blocks, cable managers with covers, designation strips and labels.
3.235
Copper Solutions
SIEMON COMPANY
Description
4-pair clips
5-pair clips
19 IN. PANELS WITHOUT CABLE MANAGERS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
173104
S110DB1-100RFT
100-pair, 4-pair clips
176410
S110DA1-100RFT
173105
S110DB1-200RFT
247394
S110DA1-200RFT
187016
S110DB1-300RFT
181615
S110DA1-300RFT
Description
Vendor No.
S110MB2-300FT
S110MA2-300FT
Siemon
Blocks
M-Series 66 Blocks - Category 5e
Copper Solutions
SIEMON COMPANY
Modular Jack Blocks

PR10894V2-17782.tif
The M1-50 is a proven, economical connecting block solution for Category 5e network
cabling. These features make this block an ideal choice for supporting today's
high-bandwidth technologies such as Voice over IP (VoIP) and Gigabit Ethernet. It is
fully compatible with all industry-standard accessories and includes a wide range of
available mounting accessories that allow the M1-50 to be installed in almost
any environment.
FEATURES
Uses the same center spacing between pairs as voice-grade blocks and is fully
compatible with industry-standard 66 accessories
Patented quick clip reduces reactive coupling between positions, improving
near-end crosstalk (NEXT) performance
4x50 block design
& Standards
D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
005815
M1-50
SIEMON COMPANY
PR6717V2-16907.TIF
Anixter No.
119147
Vendor No.
M2-5T-68L
131011
M2-5T-86L
060242
M2-5T-124LR
121156
M2-5T-128LR-TP
Description
Six 4-pair modular jacks,
T568B wiring
Eight 3-pair modular jacks,
USOC wiring
12 2-pair modular jacks,
USOC wiring
12 4-pair modular jacks,
T568B wiring
M2 Series 25-pair (Prewired)

SIEMON COMPANY
PR6716V2-16904.TIF
Description
50-pair
M-Series 66 Blocks
SIEMON COMPANY
FEATURES
Terminates 22 to 26 AWG (0.81 to 0.41 mm) solid insulated cable or 18 to
19 AWG (1.02 to 0.91 mm), solid stripped cable
Constructed using high-impact, flame-retardant thermoplastic
4x50 block design
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
005810
M1-25
127619
M1-100
3.236
All the blocks in this series are wire-wrapped. The M2 Series 25-pair (prewired) is a
25-pair, top-entry block with one female 25-pair connector. The 25-pair connector is
equipped with the Siemon patented universal connector holddown (black).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
067312
M2-3W
25-pair (prewired)
Description
25-pair
100-pair
Siemon
Blocks

SIEMON COMPANY
B Series 66 6x50 Blocks

PR6712V2-16892.TIF
PR10896V2-17785.tif
FEATURES
B4-25 block uses quick clip: 848
6x50 blocks
340.0 mm (13.4 in.) H x 71.1 mm (2.8 in.) W x 30.5 mm (1.2 in.) D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
005806
B4-25
25-pair
005818
B3-50
50-pair
B Series 66 6x12 Blocks

SIEMON COMPANY
PR6714V2-16898.TIF

SIEMON COMPANY
PR6713V2-16895.TIF
FEATURES
6x12 blocks
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
040045
B1-6
005797
B1-12
Description
6-pair
12-pair
All the blocks in this series are wire-wrapped. The female 25-pair connectors are
oriented for top cable entry and the male 25-pair connectors are oriented for bottom
cable entry unless otherwise noted. All 25-pair connectors are equipped with
Siemon's patented universal connector holddown. These are 100-pair four,
block connectors.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
093961
M4-4W
No twisted pairs
112895
M4-4WB
Back-mounted
3.237
Copper Solutions
All the blocks in this series are wire-wrapped. The female 25-pair connectors are
oriented for top cable entry and the male 25-pair connectors are oriented for
bottom-cable entry unless otherwise noted. All 25-pair connectors are equipped with
Siemon's patented universal connector holddown. The twisted-pair option is
maintained between the 66 clip and the 25-pair connector for optimum transmission
performance. These are 50-pair bocks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
052654
M2-5W
Two female connectors
101928
M2-5WM/F
One female and one
male connector
041909
M2-5WM
Two male connectors
038653
M2-5WB
Two female
connectors, back-mounted
042722
M2-5WBM
Two male
connectors, back-mounted
228860
M2-5W-TP
Two female connectors,
twisted pairs
SIEMON COMPANY
Siemon
Blocks
Network Interface Block

SIEMON COMPANY
PR6708V2-16880.TIF
COVERS
Covers for 450-type blocks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
106692
MC4LH-2
106689
MC4LH-3
106693
MC4LH-4
106690
MC4LH-5
106687
MC4LH-6
106688
MC4LH-7
173604
MC4LH-8
094328
MC4LH-9
Copper Solutions
The network interface blocks feature one female 25-pair connector oriented for
bottom cable entry prewired to Row D. The LEC installs the block at the building
entrance point. LEC wiring is punched down on Row A. Rows B and C are bridged to
activate circuits. Customer's premises wiring is connected to Row D using a 25-pair
connectorized cable.
FEATURES
Orange hinged cover included
UL Listed 1863
CSA 22.2 Approved
BLOCKS
Anixter No.
048112
228743
Vendor No.
S66M1-50R
700A-66-B1-25
LASTING HINGE COVERS
Wiring
Blue/white coded
Color-coded
Mounting
S89D Bracket
S89B Bracket
PR10897V2-25281.tif
Use these lasting hinge covers and you'll save up to 90 percent of the cost of a
colored backboard system - and with colored covers, the planner or installer can
color-code individual blocks instead of working in groups of four or eight. Made from
flame-retardant thermoplastic, the covers protect the quick clips and provide a
convenient surface for marking circuit designations.
Anixter No.
106692
106689
106693
106690
106687
106688
173604
094328
3.238
Vendor No.
MC4LH-2
MC4LH-3
MC4LH-4
MC4LH-5
MC4LH-6
MC4LH-7
MC4LH-8
MC4LH-9
Description
White
Red
Gray
Yellow
Blue
Green
Violet
Orange
Description
White
Red
Gray
Yellow
Blue
Green
Violet
Orange
Siemon
Cross-connect
./
Brackets
SIEMON COMPANY
PR10898V2-17788.tif
Open-ended mounting brackets allow installer to lay in running cable before snapping
66 block into place.
S89B
Standoff bracket for M1-25 and M1-50 connecting blocks. Room to mount one
25-pair connector on each side.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
005823
S89B
S89B bracket
Copper Solutions
S89D
Standoff bracket for M1-25, M1-50 and M1-100 connecting blocks. Room to mount
four 25-pair connectors on the back of the block or two 25-pair connectors on
each side.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
024702
S89D
S89D bracket
Bridging Clips
SIEMON COMPANY
PR6697V2-16856.TIF
Bridging clips connect adjacent quick clips on 66 blocks and provide access points
for isolating and testing incoming pairs. They are easy to remove for circuit testing
and are reusable.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Positions Material
Qty.
130478
SA1-100
2
Tin-plated copper alloy 100
005837
SA1-1000
2
Tin-plated copper alloy 1,000
094707
SA1-SS-1000 2
Stainless steel
1,000
3.239
Siemon
Patch Cords
./
Z-MAX UTP Modular Patch Cords - Category 6A

SIEMON COMPANY
Z-MAX Shielded Modular Patch Cords - Category 6A

PR24001V2-173423.tif
Copper Solutions
Siemon's Z-MAX Category 6A UTP cords combine the unparalleled performance of an

exclusive PCB-based smart plug, alien crosstalk-resistant construction and a host of
innovative user-friendly features. Z-MAX patch cords are also available in solid
conductors and additional colors and lengths.
FEATURES
PCB equipped smart plugs optimize signal tuning for exceptional transmission
Dual-jacket construction for excellent alien crosstalk performance
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-10
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No. D
MM03-SI6A-01
MM03-SI6A-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-03-02
ZM6A-03-06
Description
White
Blue
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-SI6A-01
MM05-SI6A-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-05-02
ZM6A-05-06
Description
White
Blue
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-SI6A-01
MM07-SI6A-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-07-02
ZM6A-07-06
Description
White
Blue
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-SI6A-01
MM10-SI6A-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-10-02
ZM6A-10-06
Description
White
Blue
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-SI6A-01
MM15-SI6A-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-15-02
ZM6A-15-06
Description
White
Blue
20 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM20-SI6A-01
MM20-SI6A-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-20-02
ZM6A-20-06
Description
White
Blue
3.240
SIEMON COMPANY
PR24002V2-173427.tif
Siemon's Z-MAX Category 6A shielded cords combine the unparalleled performance of

an exclusive PCB-based plug, noise-resistant shielded construction and a host of
innovative user-friendly features. All cords are 100 percent factory-tested to ensure
performance and compliance. Z-MAX patch cords are also available in solid
conductors and additional colors and lengths.
FEATURES
PCB equipped smart plugs optimize signal tuning for exceptional transmission
Rear contacts maintain cable pair symmetry to point of termination and provide
robust strain relief
ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-10
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-SI6AS-01
MM03-SI6AS-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-S03-02
ZM6A-S03-06
Description
White
Blue
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-SI6AS-01
MM05-SI6AS-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-S05-02
ZM6A-S05-06
Description
White
Blue
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-SI6AS-01
MM07-SI6AS-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-S07-02
ZM6A-S07-06
Description
White
Blue
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-SI6AS-01
MM10-SI6AS-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-S10-02
ZM6A-S10-06
Description
White
Blue
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-SI6AS-01
MM15-SI6AS-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-S15-02
ZM6A-S15-06
Description
White
Blue
20 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM20-SI6AS-01
MM20-SI6AS-06
Vendor No.
ZM6A-S20-02
ZM6A-S20-06
Description
White
Blue
Siemon
Patch Cords
MC6 Mod-to-mod Modular Cords - Category 6

SIEMON COMPANY
PR71605V2-572836.tif
Siemon's MC6 Series of modular cords is the key to unlocking the next generation of
performance in Siemon's MAX, CT and HD Category 6 products. MC6 patch cords
utilize patented metallic isolators to shield pairs inside plug for optimum NEXT
performance. Slide-on boots ensure proper bend relief.
Add a "B" to the end of the Siemon part number for bulk pack of 100 cords.
FEATURES
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-SIC6-01
MM03-SIC6-02
MM03-SIC6-03
MM03-SIC6-04
MM03-SIC6-05
MM03-SIC6-06
MM03-SIC6-09
Vendor No.
MC6-03-02
MC6-03-01
MC6-03-03
MC6-03-07
MC6-03-05
MC6-03-06
MC6-03-04
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-SIC6-01
MM05-SIC6-02
MM05-SIC6-03
MM05-SIC6-04
MM05-SIC6-05
MM05-SIC6-06
MM05-SIC6-09
Vendor No.
MC6-05-02
MC6-05-01
MC6-05-03
MC6-05-07
MC6-05-05
MC6-05-06
MC6-05-04
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-SIC6-01
MM07-SIC6-02
MM07-SIC6-03
MM07-SIC6-04
MM07-SIC6-05
MM07-SIC6-06
MM07-SIC6-09
Vendor No.
MC6-07-02
MC6-07-01
MC6-07-03
MC6-07-07
MC6-07-05
MC6-07-06
MC6-07-04
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Vendor No.
MC6-10-02
MC6-10-01
MC6-10-03
MC6-10-07
MC6-10-05
MC6-10-06
MC6-10-04
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-SIC6-01
MM15-SIC6-02
MM15-SIC6-03
MM15-SIC6-04
MM15-SIC6-05
MM15-SIC6-06
MM15-SIC6-09
Vendor No.
MC6-15-02
MC6-15-01
MC6-15-03
MC6-15-07
MC6-15-05
MC6-15-06
MC6-15-04
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
20 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM20-SIC6-01
MM20-SIC6-02
MM20-SIC6-03
MM20-SIC6-04
MM20-SIC6-05
MM20-SIC6-06
MM20-SIC6-09
Vendor No.
MC6-20-02
MC6-20-01
MC6-20-03
MC6-20-07
MC6-20-05
MC6-20-06
MC6-20-04
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-SIC6-01
MM25-SIC6-02
MM25-SIC6-03
MM25-SIC6-04
MM25-SIC6-05
MM25-SIC6-06
MM25-SIC6-09
Vendor No.
MC6-25-02
MC6-25-01
MC6-25-03
MC6-25-07
MC6-25-05
MC6-25-06
MC6-25-04
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Copper Solutions

10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-SIC6-01
MM10-SIC6-02
MM10-SIC6-03
MM10-SIC6-04
MM10-SIC6-05
MM10-SIC6-06
MM10-SIC6-09
3.241
Siemon
Patch Cords
S210 to MC6 Mod Patch Cords - Category 6

SIEMON COMPANY
MC5 Mod-to-mod Patch Cords - Category 5e

PR2517V2-16802.TIF
Copper Solutions
These cords combine Siemon's latest and highest-performing plugs for patching
network equipment to S210 connecting blocks or providing test access to
S210 termination fields. The combination of plugs, high-performance cable and
100 percent factory transmission testing ensures performance is compatible with
Category 6 specifications. Color is white. Cords available in various lengths.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MO03-SI7-01
S210P4A4-03-02
MO07-SI7-01
S210P4A4-07-02
Description
3 ft., T568B wired
7 ft., T568B wired
S210 to S210 Patch

Cords - Category 6
D
SIEMON COMPANY
PR2516V2-16798.TIF
The S210 patch cords are an integral part of Siemon's 10G IP system. The cords
utilize internal pair isolation, pair-pair compensation and layered contacts to improve
crosstalk performance so that the mated plug and connecting block exceed Category
6 connecting hardware transmission requirements. The clear housing keeps the
conductor color/position visible for matching termination positions on the other end.
Each plug housing also includes polarization to ensure proper orientation of the plug
when connecting to the S210 connecting block. Cords available in other lengths.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
OO03-SI7-01
S210P4-P4-03
3.242
Description
3 ft., white
SIEMON COMPANY
PR1531V2-16704.TIF
Category 5e compatible, RJ45-to-RJ45, 4-pair stranded cords with T568A/B wiring

with no boot. Other colors available.
Add "B" to the end of the Siemon part number for bulk pack of 100 cords.
For cords with boots, add "C'' after "SI6" in the part number.
FEATURES
3 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM03-SI6-01
MM03-SI6-06
Vendor No.
MC5-8-T-03-02
MC5-8-T-03-06
Description
White
Blue
5 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM05-SI6-01
MM05-SI6-06
Vendor No.
MC5-8-T-05-02
MC5-8-T-05-06
Description
White
Blue
7 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM07-SI6-01
MM07-SI6-06
Vendor No.
MC5-8-T-07-02
MC5-8-T-07-06
Description
White
Blue
10 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM10-SI6-01
MM10-SI6-06
Vendor No.
MC5-8-T-10-02
MC5-8-T-10-06
Description
White
Blue
15 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM15-SI6-01
MM15-SI6-06
Vendor No.
MC5-8-T-15-02
MC5-8-T-15-06
Description
White
Blue
20 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM20-SI6-01
MM20-SI6-06
Vendor No.
MC5-8-T-20-02
MC5-8-T-20-06
Description
White
Blue
25 FOOT LENGTHS
Anixter No.
MM25-SI6-01
MM25-SI6-06
Vendor No.
MC5-8-T-25-02
MC5-8-T-25-06
Description
White
Blue
Siemon
Patch Cords
S110 to MC5 Patch Cords - Category 5e

SIEMON COMPANY
S110 and S210 Field-terminated Patch Plugs

PR6711V2-16889.TIF
The S110 to MC5 Patch Cords offer Siemon's high-performing plugs for patching
network equipment to S110 connecting blocks or providing test access to
S110 termination fields. The combination of plugs and high-performance cable
ensures performance is compatible with Category 5e channel specifications. These
are 4-pair 110-to-RJ45 plugs. Cords available in various lengths.
FEATURES
White jacket
T568B wired
No boot
Description
3 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
10 ft.
15 ft.
pr5097V2-16853.tif
The S110P4 and S210P4 are patch plugs that can be field-terminated to either
0.40 or 0.51 mm (24 or 26 AWG), 7-strand, twisted-pair cable. This
high-performance plug utilizes patent-pending internal pair shielding to provide
electrical isolation between pairs. This electrical isolation dramatically improves
crosstalk performance.
The S110P4 Patch Plug is ANSI/TIA Category 5e-compliant.
The S210P4 Patch Plug is ANSI/TIA Category 6-compliant.
S110 PATCH PLUGS
Anixter No.
173103
173102
154588
Vendor No.
S110P1
S110P2
S110P4
Description
1-pair
2-pair
4-pair
S210 PATCH PLUG

Anixter No.
214332
Vendor No.
S210P4
Description
4-pair
Copper Solutions

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MO03-SI6-01
S110P4-A4-03
MO05-SI6-01
S110P4-A4-05
MO07-SI6-01
S110P4-A4-07
MO10-SI6-01
S110P4-A4-10
MO15-SI6-01
S110P4-A4-15
SIEMON COMPANY
3.243
Siemon
Industrial MAX Jacks, Plugs, Faceplates and Patch Cords

./
Industrial MAX 5e Outlets

SIEMON COMPANY
Industrial MAX Faceplates

PR10900V2-17794.tif
Copper Solutions
The Industrial MAX 5e Outlet features a MAX 5e module housed in a specially

designed protective outer shell, made of durable thermoplastic with a
patent-pending, quarter-turn, bayonet-style coupling nut that seals out liquids and
other contaminants.
IP66/67 minimum and NEMA 6
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
241404
X5
241405
X5S
278856
X5-X5S
D
246684
X-CAP
SIEMON COMPANY
pr5090V2-16844.tif
The Industrial MAX stainless steel faceplates provide a protective seal from moisture
and debris. Faceplate screws and rear sealing gasket are included. They are
both single-gang.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
246685
XFP-S-01-SS
1-port
246686
XFP-S-02-SS
2-port
329253
XFP-D-04-SS
4-port
Description
Category 5e, UTP industrial outlet
Category 5e, F/UTP
industrial outlet
Category 5e, F/UTP industrial
bulkhead coupler
Industrial outlet dust cap
Industrial MAX Modular Patch Cords

SIEMON COMPANY
PR10902V2-17800.tif
Industrial MAX 5e Plugs

SIEMON COMPANY
PR10901V2-17797.tif
Designed to withstand the rigors of a factory floor environment. Industrial modular

patch cords are petroleum- and UV-resistant, not affected by common chemicals and
water, operates in a wider temperature range and provides a longer flex life than
normal cords. These assemblies feature standard MC6 cordage with a booted
modular plug on one end and an industrial plug on the other. Other lengths and colors
are available.
The Industrial MAX 5e Plug features a Category 5e modular plug contained in an
industrial-grade housing with Siemon's patent quarter-turn, bayonet-style mating
design. The industrial plug can be terminated in the field, allowing custom lengths to
be assembled quickly on site.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
241407
XP85
241408
XP85S
367761
XP-CAP2
3.244
Description
Category 5e UTP industrial plug
Category 5e F/UTP industrial plug
Industrial plug dust cap
CATEGORY 6
With UTP, industrial plug-to-modular RJ45 plug and yellow boot.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
282020
XC6-03-B05
3 ft.
274856
XC6-07-B05
7 ft.
278857
XC6-10-B05
10 ft.
282022
XC6-15-B05
15 ft.
CATEGORY 5E
With UTP, industrial plug-to-modular RJ45 plug and yellow boot.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
249767
XC5-10-B05
10 ft.
249768
XC5-15-B05
15 ft.
Siemon
Test Equipment and Tools

/
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Accessories
Testar Adapters
SIEMON COMPANY
Z-MAX Module Termination Tool

PR10921V2-17842.tif
PR23996V2-173424.tif
The Z-MAX tool is an integral part of the exclusive Z-MAX termination process and is
used with both UTP and shielded Z-MAX modules. This easy-to-use and ergonomic
tool is used both to secure the cable retention/grounding clip and to fully engage the
termination module into the back of the outlet.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
383411
Z-TOOL
Z-MAX module termination tool
Termination Kits
SIEMON COMPANY
PR10923V2-17848.tif
110 Test Adapters

SIEMON COMPANY
PR11946V2-21660.tif
These kits provide all the tools that a telecommunications technician needs for
day-to-day activities.
The S110 Series of test adapters plug directly onto 110-type blocks and provide an
8-position modular jack for connection to test equipment or patch cords. The
adapters are available with two, four, six or eight active pins.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
162894
TAP-110-U1
1-pair, USOC wired
245323
TAP-110-U4
4-pair, USOC wired
162898
TAP-110-T4
4-pair, T568A wired, Category 5
162899
TAP-110-A4
4-pair, T568B wired, Category 5
CI-KIT
Kit includes: S814 impact tool with 66 and 110 termination tools, probe pick,
electrician's scissors, mini flathead screwdriver and CPT-WEB tool in clip-on pouch.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
189718
CI-KIT
Tool kit
191755
CI-POUCH
Tool pouch only
CI-KIT2
Kit includes: S814 impact tool with 66 and 110 termination blades, probe pick,
electrician's scissors, mini flathead screwdriver and AllPrep cable preparation tool
in clip-on pouch.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
204522
CI-KIT2
Tool kit
204523
CI-POUCH2
Tool pouch only
3.245
Copper Solutions
This easy-access adapter plugs directly onto 66 quick clips to allow for testing
connections on the block. The positive connection, made by Testar, eliminates
possible problems associated with handling alligator clips or test probes such as
accidental shorting across terminals or intermittent test connection.
To utilize equipment that requires alligator clips, the Modtap adapter can be plugged
into the Testar.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
053226
TESTAR-2
1-pair, 6-position, USOC wiring
050332
TESTAR-4
050081
TESTAR-8
162370
TESTAR-8A-C5
4-pair, 8-position, T568B wiring,
Cat 5
162371
TESTAR-8T-C5
4-pair, 8-position, T568A wiring,
Cat 5
SIEMON COMPANY
Suttle
Faceplates
./
625B1 Flush-mount Jack Assembly

SUTTLE
630AP Screw Terminal Wall Jack Assemblies

PR9313V2-19711.tif
The 625B1 flush-mount jack assemblies consist of a 625F modular jack with a 19A
faceplate and a 43A bracket. The 625B1 assemblies are complete installation
packages for flush-mounting a single modular telephone outlet in a standard outlet
box with 3 9/32 in. center-to-center mounting arrangements. The 625B1 modular
jack assemblies will accept modular plug-ended line cords. This does not have a
protective door. Screw terminals.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
031815
625B1-4-50
4Wx6P, ivory
Copper Solutions
625B3 Duplex Flush-mount Jacks
PR9315V2-19717.tif
All-plastic universal wall plate. Packaged with mounting lugs for use with modular
wall telephones or used to connect desk telephones with modular plug-ended line
cords. Color is ash.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
055437
630AP4-44
4Wx6P
191061
630AP6-44
6Wx6P
630ABC Quick-connect Terminal Wall Jack Assemblies

SUTTLE
SUTTLE
SUTTLE
PR9316V2-19720.tif
PR9314V2-19714.tif
D
These modular duplex jack plates are designed to permit rapid connection of two
telephones or associated equipment to the same outside line or one of each device to
separate outside lines. Features one-piece construction and installs easily in
standard electrical boxes. The jacks are available in standard plate sizes (4 1/2 in. H
x 2 3/4 in. W x 3/16 in. D). Screw terminals.
Protective
Description
Color Door
074710
625B3E6-50
6Wx6P
Ivory Y
076066
625B3-6-44
6Wx6P
Ash
N
066805
625B3-6-50
6Wx6P
Ivory N
087412
625B3-4-44
4Wx6P
Ash
N
035727
625B3-4-50
4Wx6P
Ivory N
3.246
The thermoplastic cover plate provides for optional use of mounting lugs for installing
modular wall-type telephone sets or color-keyed inserts when the 630ABC is to be
used as a standard wall-jack assembly. The 630ABC can be easily mounted on
existing outlet boxes or surface-mounted on paneling or drywall. The 630ABC
packaging includes both types of mounting hardware (lugs and inserts) and 797A
installation tool for connection of 24 to 26 AWG station wire.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
066766
630ABC4-50
4Wx6P, ivory
045335
630ABC6-44
6Wx6P, ash
Suttle
Faceplates
630AC Screw Terminal Wall Jack Assemblies

SUTTLE
625A3 Surface-mount Jack Assemblies

PR9317V2-19723.tif
The 630AC wall jack with screw terminals offers the universal thermoplastic cover
assembly with optional use of modular wall-telephone mounting lugs or color-keyed
inserts to be used when a standard wall jack is needed. The 630AC can be
surface-mounted or installed on existing outlet boxes.
Vendor No.
630AC4-44
630AC4-50
630AC4-85
Description
Ash
Ivory
White
6WX6P
Anixter No.
059553
087530
160825
Vendor No.
630AC6-44
630AC6-50
630AC6-85
Description
Ash
Ivory
White
630 Type Stainless Steel Wall Jack Assemblies
PR7465V2-141966.tif
Consists of a snap-on cover and a base with a factory-connected modular jack. This
series features 66-style punch-down clips for the termination of 20 to 26 AWG
station wire. The 814B style tool is required for connection. Includes double-sided
adhesive pad for applications where mounting with screws would be objectionable.
4WX6P
Anixter No.
084083
092431
Vendor No.
625A3-4-50
625A3-4-44
Description
Ivory
Ash
6WX6P
Anixter No.
084082
Vendor No.
625A3-6-50
Description
Ivory
8WX8P
Anixter No.
092432
106673
Vendor No.
625A38NK50
625A38NK44
Description
Ivory
Ash
Copper Solutions
4WX6P
Anixter No.
068920
075049
171992
SUTTLE
SUTTLE
PR9318V2-19726.tif

SUTTLE
The 630 stainless steel series are equipped with mounting lugs for installing modular
wall telephone sets. The 630 Series may be mounted on standard boxes, or attached
directly to the wall. The 630A Series utilizes quick-connect terminals and requires
using a 797A installation tool (ordered separately). The 630B utilizes quick-connect
terminals and retaining clips, no tool required. The 630AD utilizes screw terminals for
connection of station wiring.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
132646
630A4
4Wx6P
033306
630A6
6Wx6P
119028
630B4
4Wx6P
063187
630AD4
4Wx6P
066800
630AD6
6Wx6P
PR9319V2-19729.tif
This surface-mounted jack assembly consists of a snap-on cover and a base with an
integral modular jack. A slot at rear provides station wire access. Terminal screws
with stacked washers connect the station wire to the modular jack leads.
Double-sided adhesive pad included for versatile mounting options.
4WX6P
Anixter No.
057092
059477
Vendor No.
625A2-4-44
625A2-4-50
Description
Ash
Ivory
3.247
Suttle
Faceplates
(continued)
6WX6P
Anixter No.
067101
059476
Vendor No.
625A2-6-44
625A2-6-50
Description
Ash
Ivory
8WX8P
Anixter No.
094871
090161
060885
185916
202116
Vendor No.
625A28K-44
625A28K-50
625A28NK-50
625A28K-2-50
625A28NK-2-50
Description
Keyed, ash
Keyed, ivory
Ivory
Keyed RJ48X shorting bar, ivory
RJ48X shorting bar, ivory
625A4 Surface-mount Jack Assembly
Copper Solutions
SUTTLE
PR9320V2-19732.tif
625A Surface-mount Jack Assembly with Corro-Shield

SUTTLE
PR9320V2-19732.tif
The 625A4 modular jack consists of a 625C cover and a standard 42A connecting
block, and is compatible with modular plug-ended line cords. The 625A4 jack
assembly is designed for mounting on baseboards, walls or other flat surfaces.
Specially formulated gel envelops the contact area and prevents the entry of
corrosive contaminants such as fog, saltwater, high humidity, paint, insects and
chemical cleaners. The gel is displaced upon plug insertion and returns to its original
shape when the plug is removed. The gel will not transfer onto the plug.
Screw terminals.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
161084
625A4-50RC
4Wx6P, ivory
Type 103 Surface-mount Modular Jack 110-type Termination

D
SUTTLE
PR9321V2-19735.tif
The 625A4 modular telephone jack assembly consists of a 625C4 cover and a
standard 42A connecting block, making it compatible with modular plug-ended line
cords. The 625A4 jack assembly is designed for mounting on baseboards, walls or
other flat surfaces.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
030971
625A4-50
4Wx6P, ivory
The 103 simplex surface-mount jack accommodates one voice or data port.
Installation is fast and easy with industry-standard 110 type insulation displacement
connectors. The 103 surface-mount jack mounts easily on most walls, floors and
office furniture using screws or double-sided tape (both included). Configurations are
8Wx8P (T568B) for 103A8 and 8Wx8P (USOC) for the 103AY8. Color is ivory.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
130234
103A8-50
T568B
144400
103AY8-50
USOC
3.248
Suttle
Faceplates
Type 104 Duplex Surface-mount Modular Jack 110-type Termination
625MBD Mounting Box
SUTTLE
SUTTLE
PR9322V2-19738.tif
The 104 duplex surface-mount jack accommodates two voice and/or data ports. The
104 jack installs quickly using 110-type insulation-displacement connectors for
22 to 26 AWG inside wiring. Mount the 104 jack easily on most walls, floors and
office furniture using screws or double-sided tape (both included). The 104A has jack
identification of line 1 and line 2, and the 104B has voice and data. Color is ivory.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
125970
104A6-50
6Wx6P
248199
104A8-50
8Wx8P
159683
104B8-50
8Wx8P
PR7480V2-141968.tif
The 625MBD mounting box is 1 1/2 in. deep and is very similar to the 625MB
mounting box. It is deeper in order to provide surface mounting for deeper jacks,
especially those equipped with 110 type IDCs. Mounts on any flat surface by using
the two-sided adhesive tape furnished or directly by using screws. Excellent for
attaching modular jacks to desks or files. Mounts over any standard outlet box.
Mounts in place of most modular or nonmodular flush-mounted jack assemblies.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
288179
625MBD-52
Electric ivory
179011
625MBD-85
White
Copper Solutions
42A Connecting Blocks

SUTTLE
PR9361V2-19744.tif
The 42A connecting block consists of a separate base and cover. The cover is molded
of nonconductive plastic and is equipped with a captive screw. The base consists of
brass inserts molded in a plastic block. The 42A connecting block is designed for
making connections between station wiring and telephone set mounting cords.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
005783
42A-50
4-conductor, ivory
3.249
CompuLink
Patch Cords
./
Category 6 Stranded Bootless and Booted Patch Cords
Copper Solutions
COMPULINK PR1848V2-13382.EPS
These cable assemblies are tested to the
Category 6 component-compliant
requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 for the
following:
Frequency range 1 to 250 MHz
Wire map
Attenuation
NEXT
PSNEXT
ELFEXT
PSACR
Return loss
Propagation delay
Delay skew
3 FOOT PATCH CABLE ASSEMBLIES
NOTE: Add "B" at end of Anixter part number for booted version
(e.g. MM03-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM03-AXC6-01 M88DE3FC601
White
Black
MM03-AXC6-03
M88DE3FC603
Red
D
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
(e.g. MM05-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
White
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Black
Red
Green
Orange
Violet
(e.g. MM07-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
White
Black
Red
3.250
Anixter No.
MM07-AXC6-04
MM07-AXC6-05
MM07-AXC6-06
MM07-AXC6-08
MM07-AXC6-09
MM07-AXC6-10
Vendor No.
M88DE7FC604
M88DE7FC605
M88DE7FC606
M88DE7FC608
M88DE7FC609
M88DE7FC610
Description
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

(e.g. MM10-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
(e.g. MM14-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
(e.g. MM20-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
CompuLink
Patch Cords
(e.g. MM25-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
For information on coax assemblies, contact your local sales office.
Anixter No.
MM05-AX6-08
MM05-AX6-09
MM05-AX6-10
Vendor No.
M88DE5F608
M88DE5F609
M88DE5F610
Description
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM07-AX6-01
M88DE7F601
MM07-AX6-02
M88DE7F602
MM07-AX6-03
M88DE7F603
MM07-AX6-04
M88DE7F604
MM07-AX6-05
M88DE7F605
MM07-AX6-06
M88DE7F606
MM07-AX6-08
M88DE7F608
MM07-AX6-09
M88DE7F609
MM07-AX6-10
M88DE7F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM10-AX6-01
M88DE10F601
MM10-AX6-02
M88DE10F602
MM10-AX6-03
M88DE10F603
MM10-AX6-04
M88DE10F604
MM10-AX6-05
M88DE10F605
MM10-AX6-06
M88DE10F606
MM10-AX6-08
M88DE10F608
MM10-AX6-09
M88DE10F609
MM10-AX6-10
M88DE10F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM14-AX6-01
M88DE14F601
MM14-AX6-02
M88DE14F602
MM14-AX6-03
M88DE14F603
MM14-AX6-04
M88DE14F604
MM14-AX6-05
M88DE14F605
MM14-AX6-06
M88DE14F606
MM14-AX6-08
M88DE14F608
MM14-AX6-09
M88DE14F609
MM14-AX6-10
M88DE14F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM20-AX6-01
M88DE20F601
MM20-AX6-02
M88DE20F602
MM20-AX6-03
M88DE20F603
MM20-AX6-04
M88DE20F604
MM20-AX6-05
M88DE20F605
MM20-AX6-06
M88DE20F606
MM20-AX6-08
M88DE20F608
MM20-AX6-09
M88DE20F609
MM20-AX6-10
M88DE20F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
Enhanced Category 5e Stranded Bootless Patch Cords

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-AX6-01
M88DE3F601
MM03-AX6-02
M88DE3F602
MM03-AX6-03
M88DE3F603
MM03-AX6-04
M88DE3F604
MM03-AX6-05
M88DE3F605
MM03-AX6-06
M88DE3F606
MM03-AX6-08
M88DE3F608
MM03-AX6-09
M88DE3F609
MM03-AX6-10
M88DE3F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM05-AX6-01
M88DE5F601
MM05-AX6-02
M88DE5F602
MM05-AX6-03
M88DE5F603
MM05-AX6-04
M88DE5F604
MM05-AX6-05
M88DE5F605
MM05-AX6-06
M88DE5F606
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Copper Solutions
These Enhanced Category 5e patch cable
assemblies are tested to the requirements
of ANSI/TIA-568-B for the following:
Wire map
TDX
Attenuation
NEXT
PSNEXT
PSACR
Return loss
Propagation delay
Delay skew
3.251
CompuLink
Patch Cords
(continued)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM25-AX6-01
M88DE25F601
MM25-AX6-02
M88DE25F602
MM25-AX6-03
M88DE25F603
MM25-AX6-04
M88DE25F604
MM25-AX6-05
M88DE25F605
MM25-AX6-06
M88DE25F606
MM25-AX6-08
M88DE25F608
MM25-AX6-09
M88DE25F609
MM25-AX6-10
M88DE25F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
For information on fiber assemblies, contact your local sales office.
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cable Assemblies//Electronics
Copper Solutions
Category 5e Stranded Bootless Patch Cords

These Category 5e patch cable assemblies
are tested to the requirements of
ANSI/TIA-568-B for the following:
Wire map
Attenuation
D
NEXT
PSNEXT
PSACR
Return loss
Propagation delay
Delay skew
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM01-AX5-05
M88DE1FL505
MM01-AX5-06
M88DE1FL506
MM01-AX5-09
M88DE1FL509
Description
Yellow
Blue
Gray

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-AX5-01
M88DE3FL501
MM03-AX5-02
M88DE3FL502
MM03-AX5-03
M88DE3FL503
MM03-AX5-04
M88DE3FL504
MM03-AX5-05
M88DE3FL505
MM03-AX5-06
M88DE3FL506
MM03-AX5-08
M88DE3FL508
MM03-AX5-09
M88DE3FL509
MM03-AX5-10
M88DE3FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
3.252

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM05-AX5-01
M88DE5FL501
MM05-AX5-02
M88DE5FL502
MM05-AX5-03
M88DE5FL503
MM05-AX5-04
M88DE5FL504
MM05-AX5-05
M88DE5FL505
MM05-AX5-06
M88DE5FL506
MM05-AX5-08
M88DE5FL508
MM05-AX5-09
M88DE5FL509
MM05-AX5-10
M88DE5FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM07-AX5-01
M88DE7FL501
MM07-AX5-02
M88DE7FL502
MM07-AX5-03
M88DE7FL503
MM07-AX5-04
M88DE7FL504
MM07-AX5-05
M88DE7FL505
MM07-AX5-06
M88DE7FL506
MM07-AX5-08
M88DE7FL508
MM07-AX5-09
M88DE7FL509
MM07-AX5-10
M88DE7FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM10-AX5-01
M88DE10FL501
MM10-AX5-02
M88DE10FL502
MM10-AX5-03
M88DE10FL503
MM10-AX5-04
M88DE10FL504
MM10-AX5-05
M88DE10FL505
MM10-AX5-06
M88DE10FL506
MM10-AX5-08
M88DE10FL508
MM10-AX5-09
M88DE10FL509
MM10-AX5-10
M88DE10FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM14-AX5-01
M88DE14FL501
MM14-AX5-02
M88DE14FL502
MM14-AX5-03
M88DE14FL503
MM14-AX5-04
M88DE14FL504
MM14-AX5-05
M88DE14FL505
MM14-AX5-06
M88DE14FL506
MM14-AX5-08
M88DE14FL508
MM14-AX5-09
M88DE14FL509
MM14-AX5-10
M88DE14FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
CompuLink
Patch Cords
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM25-AX5-01
M88DE25FL501
MM25-AX5-02
M88DE25FL502
MM25-AX5-03
M88DE25FL503
MM25-AX5-04
M88DE25FL504
MM25-AX5-05
M88DE25FL505
MM25-AX5-06
M88DE25FL506
MM25-AX5-08
M88DE25FL508
MM25-AX5-09
M88DE25FL509
MM25-AX5-10
M88DE25FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
Copper Solutions

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM20-AX5-01
M88DE20FL501
MM20-AX5-02
M88DE20FL502
MM20-AX5-03
M88DE20FL503
MM20-AX5-04
M88DE20FL504
MM20-AX5-05
M88DE20FL505
MM20-AX5-06
M88DE20FL506
MM20-AX5-08
M88DE20FL508
MM20-AX5-09
M88DE20FL509
MM20-AX5-10
M88DE20FL510
3.253
Copper Cables
Cables
./
Plenum Cables - Category 3

XXX
PR1503V2-7757.EPS
This cable is intended for use in medium-speed data and LAN applications (10 Mbps). The 12- to 400-pair
constructions will provide reduced electrical performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
2. A variety of insulating and jacketing options are available
3. Box put-ups are available on most 2- to 6-pair constructions; add a "U'' to the end of the part number
Copper Solutions

UL Listed type CMP
NOTE: Dimensions and weights may vary by constructions and manufacturer
UNSHIELDED CONSTRUCTION
Anixter No.
CMP-00324SPP-3
CMP-00422SPP-3
CMP-00424FAS-3C
CMP-00424FAS-3C-09
CMP-00424IBDN-3U
CMP-00424SAP-3-01
CMP-00424SAP-3-09
CMP-00424SAS-3B
CMP-00424SPP-3
D
CMP-00624SPP-3
CMP-01224SPP-3
CMP-05024SPP-3
CMP-10024SPP-3
CMP-20024SAC-3
No. of Pairs
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
12
50
100
200
AWG
24
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Jacket Color
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
White
Gray
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.150
0.021
0.160
0.160
0.180
0.160
0.160
0.170
0.170
0.190
0.280
0.485
0.655
0.890
Approx. Wt. lb./1,000 ft.

16
28
21
21
19
18
18
12
19
27
54
182
345
695
SHIELDED CONSTRUCTION
Anixter No.
CMP-00424FSC-3
No. of Pairs
4
AWG Jacket Color

24 Blue
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.190

25
3.254
Copper Cables
Cables
Nonplenum Cables - Category 3

XXX
High Pair-count Riser-rated Cables - Category 3

PR1870V2-6983.tif

UL Listed CMR
NOTE: Dimensions, put-up and weight vary by manufacturer
Anixter No.
No. of Pairs
Description
CM-00224BAG-3UB
2
Box
CM-00324BAG-3U
3
Box
CM-00424BAG-3B
4
Reels
CM-00424BAG-3UB
4
Box
CM-00424BBG-3
4
Reels
CM-00424BBG-3U
4
Box
CM-00424IBDN-3U
4
Box
CM-00424MAX-3
4
Reels
CM-00424MAX-3U
4
Box
CM-00624BAG-3
6
Reels
CM-00624BAG-3U
6
Box
For use as a high pair-count backbone per ANSI/TIA-568-A. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT)
is measured using the Power SUM (PS) method. This method accounts for all the
energy present in 25-pair cable.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG
4. PVC insulation
5. PVC jacket
UL Listed CMR
NOTE: Dimensions and weights vary by construction and manufacturer
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
Anixter No.
No. of Pairs Nom. O.D. (in.)
CM-02524BAG-3
25
0.355
99
CM-05024BAG-3
50
0.510
180
CM-10024BAG-3
100
0.685
345
Index1.Cabling Systems//Voice Telecommunications Cable//Riser-Rated Cable
ARMM Riser Cable

XXX
PR7587V2-142015.tif
These provide fast, trouble-free cable installation and high pair density in a
small-diameter cable. They can also be placed in vertical shafts without the use
of conduit.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Solid annealed copper conductors
2. Conductors are twisted to form pairs and fully color coded
3. Insulated with a PVC skin over expanded polyethylene
4. Overlapped corrugated aluminum shield
5. FRPVC jacket
6. Dimensions and weights vary by manufacturer
ANSI/TIA-568-A
UL Listed CMR
Anixter No.
CMR-002524EAA
CMR-005024EAA
CMR-010024EAA
CMR-020024EAA
CMR-030024EAA
CMR-040024EAA
CMR-060024EAA
CMR-090024EAA
No. of Pairs
25
50
100
200
300
400
600
900
AWG
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.530
0.650
0.870
1.090
1.300
1.480
1.800
2.150
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
140
230
430
750
1,090
1,430
2,100
3,070
3.255
Copper Solutions
For general use in communications systems wiring. The various pair sizes can be
placed in ducts, conduits or wall spaces to interconnect PBX/PABX systems or
multibutton key telephone systems.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG
2. Solid annealed bare copper conductors
3. Semi-rigid PVC insulation, bandmarked for positive pair mating
4. Conductors are twisted into pairs of varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
5. Gray PVC jacket
6. Some are also available in beige jacket (BAB)
XXX
Copper Cables
Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Central Office Wire//Network & T1 Cable
T1 Premise Cable
T1 Cables and Modular Plugs
XXX
PR7097V2-141953.tif
Customer premises digital T1 transmission cable.

SPECIFICATIONS
2. Each pair individually shielded with drain wire
3. Other pair counts may be available
4. Insulation and jacket material will vary per cable
Copper Solutions

ANSI/TIA-568-A Cat 3
UL Listed CM, CMP
NOTE: Dimensions and weights vary by manufacturer
Anixter No.
CM-00222MIG-3
CM-00422BIG-3B
CMP-00222FIC-3
No. of Pairs
2
4
2
AWG
22
22
22
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.280
0.364
0.225
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
49
48
22
XXX
These 2-pair 22 AWG cables have a two-layer insulation and an oval fluoropolymer
jacket. Each pair is shielded. They are for T1 (DS1) or xDSL interconnection within and
from central office environments using modular connectors.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 22 AWG, 2-pair
2. Solid bare copper conductors (CMP), solid tinned copper conductors (CMR)
3. Two-layer fluoropolymer insulation (CMP), Two-layer PO (CMR)
4. Aluminum/polyester tape on each pair with 24 AWG drain wire
5. Fluoropolymer jacket (CMP), PVC jacket (CMR)
T1 CABLE
Anixter No.
CMP-00222FIC-T1
CM-00222MIG-T1
Description
Plenum (CMP)
Nonplenum (CMR)
MODULAR PLUGS
Anixter No.
177118
214944
Description
Cat 5e, no shield
Cat 5e
Remove outer insulation layer to fit modular plug.
NOTE: These
cables are to be used with screw terminal or wire wrap
D
termination method. Cables do not fit into modular plugs.
3.256
Fiber Solutions
Corning Cable
Systems is
EXPANDING
OPPORTUNITIES
When opportunities emerge, Corning Cable Systems
wants you to have a solution. We are expanding our
Pretium EDGE Solutions offering you new products
for your data center needs. More density, more rack
applications and more mounting options are all
made possible with the new Pretium EDGE Solutions.
When your data center has a demand, Corning Cable
Systems has the answer. Pretium EDGE Solutions:
Expanding Opportunities
2012 Corning Cable Systems LLC
./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cable Assemblies//Fiber Optic Systems
LANscape Pretium EDGE Solutions
Fiber Solutions
CORNING CABLE SYSTEMS
Pretium EDGE Solutions Trunk Cables

PR71317V2-563647.tif
Pretium EDGE Solutions are high-density preterminated optical cabling solutions that
simplify installation and improve performance in the data center environment. They
provide increased system density when compared to traditional preterminated
systems and offer the highest port density in the market. Consisting of optical trunks
and extender trunks, modules, panels, harnesses, housings and jumpers, these
factory-terminated solutions provide improved system performance, ensure
component compatibility and yield consistent quality. Pretium EDGE Solutions
address the concerns of data center owners and operators helping them increase
revenue, reduce expenses and minimize risk, all in an ultra-high-density footprint.
FEATURES
35 percent faster installation
25 percent faster MACs
Up to 100 percent more density
30 percent lessD cable bulk
Smaller cable trunks allow for 50 percent reduction in cable pathway
space requirement
100G ready for future-proof requirements
Universal polarity management enables fast and simple networking MACs
without polarity concerns; provide a simple migration path between 2-fiber and
parallel optic applications
Factory-terminated solutions provide consistent quality. Corning ensures
system's performance and reduced installation time
Low insertion loss performance allows for more connections in a link when
deploying an ANSI/TIA-942-compliant system
Custom engineered harness assemblies allow seamless integration into the
most common SAN directors
Connector modules allow for fiber modularity while offering both front and rear
loading capability
Shuttered modules create one-hand operation while eliminating need to keep up
with dust caps
Modules are significantly smaller, enabled by ClearCurve optical fiber
Revolutionary drawer-style hardware offers unprecedented finger access
achieving the highest port density in the market
Corning ClearCurve bend-insensitive fiber allows for routing high-density trunk
cables through tighter bends for slack storage and routing all with no impact on
system performance
4.2
PR71278V2-562933.tif
Pretium EDGE Solutions trunk cables utilize the MTP Connector, a 12-fiber push/pull
optical connector and supports fiber counts from 12 to 144. The Pretium EDGE MTP
Trunks provide the backbone of the preterminated solution. With nonpinned MTPs on
both ends of the cable, these trunks are designed to interface with the Pretium EDGE
or Plug & Play modules. All trunks are shipped with strain-relief clips that allow for
the tool-less installation and are packaged on a plastic corrugated reel for easy
installation. Pretium EDGE Solutions trunks have been tested and meet the skew
criteria to ensure the system is 100G Ready and conform to ANSI/TIA-568 Type-B
polarity. The trunk furcation features a boot for smooth transition out of rack/floor
hardware. The grip flexibility allows for easy installation around the corners of tray
and ladder racks. Its robust design allows the trunk to be pulled through conduit
using up to 100 lb. of pulling tension while providing complete protection for
the connectors.
Pretium EDGE Solutions trunk cables utilize a high-density cable solution, which
results in up to 65 percent space savings minimizing cable tray weight and cooling air
impediment. The trunk cables contain Corning ClearCurve optical fiber, which enables
a bend radius of five times the cable outside diameter and allows for smaller slack
storage coils or loops. The cables feature a 2.0 mm round furcation leg which provides
easy routing and improved slack storage.
12-FIBER (OM3)
Includes MTP Connector to MTP Connector, pulling grip one side, 50/125 m
multimode and Corning ClearCurve fiber.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
398325
G757512TPNDDU020F
20 ft.
398326
G757512TPNDDU030F
30 ft.
398327
G757512TPNDDU040F
40 ft.
398328
G757512TPNDDU050F
50 ft.
398329
G757512TPNDDU060F
60 ft.
398330
G757512TPNDDU070F
70 ft.
398331
G757512TPNDDU080F
80 ft.
398332
G757512TPNDDU090F
90 ft.
398333
G757512TPNDDU100F
100 ft.
398334
G757512TPNDDU110F
110 ft.
398335
G757512TPNDDU120F
120 ft.
398336
G757512TPNDDU130F
130 ft.
398337
G757512TPNDDU140F
140 ft.
398338
G757512TPNDDU150F
150 ft.
398339
G757512TPNDDU160F
160 ft.
398340
G757512TPNDDU170F
170 ft.
398341
G757512TPNDDU180F
180 ft.
398342
G757512TPNDDU190F
190 ft.
398343
G757512TPNDDU200F
200 ft.
12-FIBER (OM4)
Includes 50/125 m multimode with Corning ClearCurve fiber.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
398389
G757512QPNDDU020F
20 ft.
398390
G757512QPNDDU030F
30 ft.
398391
G757512QPNDDU040F
40 ft.
398392
G757512QPNDDU050F
50 ft.
398393
G757512QPNDDU060F
60 ft.
398394
G757512QPNDDU070F
70 ft.
398395
G757512QPNDDU080F
80 ft.
398396
G757512QPNDDU090F
90 ft.
398397
G757512QPNDDU100F
100 ft.
398398
G757512QPNDDU110F
110 ft.
398399
G757512QPNDDU120F
120 ft.
398400
G757512QPNDDU130F
130 ft.
398401
G757512QPNDDU140F
140 ft.
398402
G757512QPNDDU150F
150 ft.
398403
G757512QPNDDU160F
160 ft.
398404
G757512QPNDDU170F
170 ft.
398405
G757512QPNDDU180F
180 ft.
398406
G757512QPNDDU190F
190 ft.
398407
G757512QPNDDU200F
200 ft.
Description
20 ft.
30 ft.
40 ft.
50 ft.
60 ft.
70 ft.
80 ft.
90 ft.
100 ft.
110 ft.
120 ft.
130 ft.
140 ft.
150 ft.
160 ft.
170 ft.
180 ft.
190 ft.
200 ft.
24-FIBER (OM3)
Includes MTP Connector to MTP Connector, pulling grip one side, 50/125 m
multimode and Corning ClearCurve fiber.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
398515
G757524TPNDDU020F
20 ft.
398516
G757524TPNDDU030F
30 ft.
398517
G757524TPNDDU040F
40 ft.
Vendor No.
G757524TPNDDU050F
G757524TPNDDU060F
G757524TPNDDU070F
G757524TPNDDU080F
G757524TPNDDU090F
G757524TPNDDU100F
G757524TPNDDU110F
G757524TPNDDU120F
G757524TPNDDU130F
G757524TPNDDU140F
G757524TPNDDU150F
G757524TPNDDU160F
G757524TPNDDU170F
G757524TPNDDU180F
G757524TPNDDU190F
G757524TPNDDU200F
Description
50 ft.
60 ft.
70 ft.
80 ft.
90 ft.
100 ft.
110 ft.
120 ft.
130 ft.
140 ft.
150 ft.
160 ft.
170 ft.
180 ft.
190 ft.
200 ft.
24-FIBER (OM4)
Includes 50/125 m multimode with Corning ClearCurve fiber.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
398579
G757524QPNDDU020F
20 ft.
398580
G757524QPNDDU030F
30 ft.
398581
G757524QPNDDU040F
40 ft.
398582
G757524QPNDDU050F
50 ft.
398583
G757524QPNDDU060F
60 ft.
398584
G757524QPNDDU070F
70 ft.
398585
G757524QPNDDU080F
80 ft.
398586
G757524QPNDDU090F
90 ft.
398587
G757524QPNDDU100F
100 ft.
398588
G757524QPNDDU110F
110 ft.
398589
G757524QPNDDU120F
120 ft.
398590
G757524QPNDDU130F
130 ft.
398591
G757524QPNDDU140F
140 ft.
398592
G757524QPNDDU150F
150 ft.
398593
G757524QPNDDU160F
160 ft.
398594
G757524QPNDDU170F
170 ft.
398595
G757524QPNDDU180F
180 ft.
398596
G757524QPNDDU190F
190 ft.
398597
G757524QPNDDU200F
200 ft.
24-FIBER (OS2)
Includes bend-improved single-mode fiber.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
398642
G909024GPNDDU020F
398643
G909024GPNDDU030F
398644
G909024GPNDDU040F
398645
G909024GPNDDU050F
398646
G909024GPNDDU060F
398647
G909024GPNDDU070F
398648
G909024GPNDDU080F
398649
G909024GPNDDU090F
398650
G909024GPNDDU100F
Fiber Solutions
12-FIBER (OS2)
Includes bend-improved single-mode fiber.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
398452
G909012GPNDDU020F
398453
G909012GPNDDU030F
398454
G909012GPNDDU040F
398455
G909012GPNDDU050F
398456
G909012GPNDDU060F
398457
G909012GPNDDU070F
398458
G909012GPNDDU080F
398459
G909012GPNDDU090F
398460
G909012GPNDDU100F
398461
G909012GPNDDU110F
398462
G909012GPNDDU120F
398463
G909012GPNDDU130F
398464
G909012GPNDDU140F
398465
G909012GPNDDU150F
398466
G909012GPNDDU160F
398467
G909012GPNDDU170F
398468
G909012GPNDDU180F
398469
G909012GPNDDU190F
398470
G909012GPNDDU200F
Anixter No.
398518
398519
398520
398521
398522
398523
398524
398525
398526
398527
398528
398529
398530
398531
398532
398533
Description
20 ft.
30 ft.
40 ft.
50 ft.
60 ft.
70 ft.
80 ft.
90 ft.
100 ft.
4.3
(continued)
Pretium EDGE Solutions Trunk Cables
24-FIBER (OS2)
Anixter No.
398651
398652
398653
398654
398655
398656
398657
398658
398659
398660
Vendor No.
G909024GPNDDU110F
G909024GPNDDU120F
G909024GPNDDU130F
G909024GPNDDU140F
G909024GPNDDU150F
G909024GPNDDU160F
G909024GPNDDU170F
G909024GPNDDU180F
G909024GPNDDU190F
G909024GPNDDU200F
Description
110 ft.
120 ft.
130 ft.
140 ft.
150 ft.
160 ft.
170 ft.
180 ft.
190 ft.
200 ft.
Pretium EDGE Solutions Extender Trunks

equipment ports or patch panels. The 12-fiber module features LC port adapters
across the front and an MTP Connector adapter in the back. A factory-terminated and
-tested optical fiber assembly inside the module connects the front adapters to the
back MTP Connector adapter.
Pretium EDGE Solutions Modules are housed at the front of the housing and may be
installed or removed from either the front or rear allowing for faster installation and a
pay-as-you grow approach to network installation. The LC duplex adapters feature
hinged VFL-compatible shutters that move up and out of the way when the connector
is inserted. Through the use of specially designed indents in the shutters, Corning
ensures the end-faces of the connectors are never touched. These shutters replace the
standard dust caps that typically once removed are never replaced, exposing the
interior end-faces to dust particles and possible damage.
Description
398318
ECM-UM12-05-93T
50 m multimode (OM3)
398319
ECM-UM12-05-93Q
50 m multimode (OM4)
398320
ECM-UM12-04-89G
Bend-improved single-mode (OS2)
PR72404V2-584130.tif
Pretium EDGE Solutions Harnesses
Fiber Solutions
PR71318V2-563653.tif
Pretium EDGE Solutions extender trunks are used to extend the Pretium EDGE
Solutions trunk cables from a zone consolidation area. Application includes a
high-fiber-count trunk deployed from a main distribution area (MDA) to a zone
distribution area (ZDA). Smaller fiber-count extender trunks can then be utilized to
distribute fiber into multiple cabinets within a row.
Extender trunks are manufactured with pinned MTP Connectors on one end of the cable
trunk and non-pinned MTP Connectors on the other end. The pinned MTP Connectors
mate with the non-pinned connectors of the Pretium EDGE Solutions trunk and the
non-pinned MTP Connectors are plugged into the Pretium EDGE Solutions or harness.
Pretium EDGE Solutions harnesses are used to break out the 12-fiber MTP Connectors
terminated on trunk cables into LC Connectors. Utilizing 12-fiber MTP and LC uniboot
connector technology, Pretium EDGE Solutions harnesses reduce cable congestion in
front of the SAN director for easy moves, adds and changes (MACs). The harnesses
feature a custom-engineered taper to match the port pitch in the electronics to
provide seamless integration between the cabling infrastructure and electronics.
TRUNK HARNESS
PR71319V2-563659.tif

PR71279V2-562939.tif
Designed to facilitate an interconnect point when the electronics are located in a

separate area than the cross-connect or patching field. This is possible with duplex
LC Connectors to interface with the electronics and a pinned MTP to connect into a
trunk. This can be used in an Equipment Distribution Area (EDA).
Pretium EDGE Solutions Modules are used to break out the 12-fiber MTP Connectors
terminated on trunk cables into LC Connectors to facilitate patching into system
4.4
MODULE HARNESS
PR71320V2-563665.tif
Pretium EDGE Solutions Housings, High Density (HD)

Designed to create a cross-connect point near the electronics by enabling port

replication. This is possible with duplex LC Connectors to interface with the
electronics and a non-pinned MTP to connect into the back of a module. With port
replication, installation will look the same even after multiple moves, adds and
changes. This can be used in a Horizontal Distribution Area (HDA).
Pretium EDGE Solutions MTP Connector Panels

PR71280V2-562945.tif
PR72495V2-584704.tif
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cross-connect Systems//Fiber Systems
Corning Cable Systems Pretium EDGE Solutions MTP Connector panels provide a
simple interface to mate MTP Connectors. This occurs when connecting MTP Trunks to
MTP Extender Trunks, MTP Trunks to Trunk Harnesses and in 40G multimode networks
when MTP Trunks are connected to 40G Jumpers. The panels are used to provide a
convenient interconnect point between the trunk cables and harness. The panels are
available with two or four MTP adapters, providing an interconnect for 24 or
48 fibers, respectively.
24-FIBER
Used for Pretium 300 or 550 solutions.
398321
EDGE-CP24-E3
398322
EDGE-CP24-90
48-FIBER
Used for Pretium 300 or 550 solutions.
412439
EDGE-CP48-E3
419296
EDGE-CP48-90
Description
For 50 m multimode (OM4/OM3)
solutions, aqua adapters
For bend-improved single-mode
(OS2) solutions, black adapters
Description
solutions, aqua adapters
solutions, black adapters
Pretium EDGE Solutions Housings, Fixed Tray (FX)

Anixter No.
477151
Vendor No.
FZB-01U-EMOD
476553
EDGE-02U-FP
423421
EDGE-FZB-04U
PR72406V2-584142.tif
Description
Mounting Bracket, accommodates
up to eight Pretium EDGE Solutions
modules and/or panels within a
1RU space
Fixed, 2RU, holds 16 Pretium EDGE
Solutions Modules or Panels
Fixed, Fiber Zone Box, 4RU, holds
32 Pretium EDGE Solutions Modules
or Panels
4.5
Fiber Solutions
Pretium EDGE HD housings offer industry-leading connector density with

unprecedented finger access, there is no need for additional tools enabling faster
moves, adds and changes. The housings are highly configurable to meet the dynamic
connectivity environments of both the main distribution area (MDA) and equipment
distribution area (EDA) locations in the data center. Pretium EDGE Solutions housings
mount in 19 in. racks or cabinets (bracket sold separately for 23 in. rack). Combined
with Pretium EDGE Solutions trunks, modules and jumpers. They provide
industry-leading high-density connectivity, with a single-fiber port-density of
576 fibers within a single 4U housing, 288 fibers in a 2U housing and 96 or
144 fibers in a 1U housing.
Description
454926
EDGE-01U-SP
1U, 12 module capacity
398739
EDGE-01U
1U, eight module capacity
434723
EDGE-02U
398740
EDGE-04U
(continued)
Pretium EDGE Solutions Housings, Fixed Tray (FX)
SOLUTIONS HOUSING MOUNTING BRACKET

429382
EDGE-BKT-WT-2RU
428428
EDGE-BKT-WT-4RU
446978
EDGE-BKT-LR-2RU
446979
EDGE-BKT-LR-4RU
Description
For wire tray 2RU
For wire tray 4RU
For ladder rack 2RU
For ladder rack 4RU
BRACKETS
Used for mounting Pretium EDGE housings into 23 in. racks.
Description
330229
PC1-BKT-23
For 1U housings
383024
PC2-BKT-23
For 2U housings
345416
PC4-BKT-23
For 4U housings
Fiber Solutions
ACCESSORIES
446960
EDGE-STRN1-10
422560
EDGE-STRN2-10
422559
EDGE-DBLSTRN1-1
413458
EDGE-CLIP-1-10
413460
EDGE-CLIP-2-10
416481
2104466-01
391036
CLEANER-PORT-LC
Description
Replacement, keyhole, for size one
(12-to-36-fiber MTP connector
trunks), 10 pack
Replacement, keyhole, for size two
(48-to-144-fiber MTP connector
trunks), 10 pack
Double-Stack, for size one
(12-to-36-fiber MTP
connector trunks)
Replacement, U-clip, for size one
(12-to-36-fiber MTP
connector trunks)
Replacement, U-clip, for size two
(48-to-144-fiber MTP
Connector Trunks)
MTP Connector- and
port-cleaning tool
LC Connector- and port-cleaning tool
Pretium EDGE Solutions Reverse Polarity Uniboot Duplex Jumpers

PR71283V2-562963.tif
ultra-bendable performance and accommodate a minimum bend-radius of 10 mm

with minimal bend-induced attenuation loss. With this bend performance, Pretium
EDGE Solutions jumpers can greatly reduce outages and degradation in systems
caused by severe bending problems.
The Pretium EDGE reverse polarity uniboot duplex jumpers allow for the quick and easy
conversion from a ANSI/TIA-568 A-B polarity to a ANSI/TIA-568 A-A polarity without
exposing the fibers or needing any tools. The reverse polarity uniboot's clamshell
design avoids exposing fibers during the polarity flip and the removable trigger is
available in an additional 10 different colors for link identification or fabric
segmentation. They also provide color-coded visual reference for quick recognition of
when a connector has been reversed. These jumpers are ANSI/TIA-604-10A FOCIS
10-compliant and are compatible with legacy FOCIS-compliant duplex LC Connectors,
as well as LC transceiver interfaces.
FEATURES
100 percent optically tested
Reverse polarity uniboot's clamshell design avoids exposing fibers during the
polarity flip
Color-coded visual reference for quick recognition of when a connector
has been reversed
Enhanced bend performance greatly reduces outages and degradation in
systems caused by severe bending problems
Removable trigger design allows for 10 different colored triggers that can be
used for segmenting network fabrics
ANSI/TIA-604-10A FOCIS 10-compliant and is compatible with legacy
FOCIS-compliant duplex LC Connectors, as well as LC transceiver interfaces
EDGE JUMPER (OM3) LC-LC, RISER
With 50 m multimode fiber.
405581
797902TD120001M
405582
797902TD120003M
405583
797902TD120005M
Description
1m
3m
5m
EDGE JUMPER (OM4) LC-LC, RISER

With 50 m multimode fiber.
418558
797902QD120001M
423336
797902QD120003M
418559
797902QD120005M
Description
1m
3m
5m
EDGE JUMPER (OS2) LC-LC, RISE

With single-mode fiber.
443662
787802GD120001M
415791
787802GD120003M
448096
787802GD120005M
Description
1m
3m
5m
Many different lengths are available as is a plenum flame rating, contact

your local sales representative.
Pretium EDGE Solutions LC jumpers are integrated uniboot duplex assemblies that
meet the high-density space requirements of the MDA and EDA and provide a
50 percent reduction in bulk cabling when compared to traditional duplex jumpers.
The highly flexible, 2-fiber interconnect cable reduces cable congestion, improves
jumper management and routing and improves air circulation. Enabled by Corning
ClearCurve multimode optical fiber, Pretium EDGE Solutions jumpers feature
4.6
Plug & Play Universal Systems
Plug & Play Universal Systems Trunks

PR71284V2-562969.tif
The Plug & Play Universal Systems trunks are available in fiber counts of 12 to
144 fibers. Trunks are terminated with the MTP Connector for high-density
applications to provide space savings and rapid deployment with minimal error. The
12-fiber push-pull optical connector has a footprint similar to the SC simplex
connector and provides a space savings of up to 45 percent and three times the
fiber-tray capacity over traditional bulkier cabling solutions when used in conjunction
with high-density cables. This serves to minimize weight in the cable tray and reduce
impediments to airflow for cooling. Plug & Play Universal Systems pulling grip and
furcation make deployment and installation quick and easy. The pulling grip provides
unsurpassed connector protection and intuitive access to the preterminated
assembly for rapid network deployment. The pulling grip can be pulled through a
12-FIBER 50 MICRON (OM3)

Includes MTP (non-pinned) to MTP (non-pinned), 24 in. legs on both ends and
pulling grip one side.
Anixter No.
499365
499366
499367
499369
499371
499372
499373
499374
499375
499376
499377
499378
499379
499380
499381
499382
499383
499384
Vendor No.
A757512TPNAAU020F
A757512TPNAAU030F
A757512TPNAAU040F
A757512TPNAAU050F
A757512TPNAAU070F
A757512TPNAAU080F
A757512TPNAAU090F
A757512TPNAAU100F
A757512TPNAAU110F
A757512TPNAAU120F
A757512TPNAAU130F
A757512TPNAAU140F
A757512TPNAAU150F
A757512TPNAAU160F
A757512TPNAAU170F
A757512TPNAAU180F
A757512TPNAAU190F
A757512TPNAAU200F
Description
20 ft.
30 ft.
40 ft.
50 ft.
70 ft.
80 ft.
90 ft.
100 ft.
110 ft.
120 ft.
130 ft.
140 ft.
150 ft.
160 ft.
170 ft.
180 ft.
190 ft.
200 ft.
Fiber Solutions

Corning Cable Systems Plug & Play Universal Systems are preterminated optical fiber
cabling systems designed to dramatically improve performance for the increasing
demand for high speeds in data center LAN/SAN, enterprise building backbone and
fiber-to-the-desk applications.
Factory-terminated solutions provide improved system performance. Corning ensures
component compatibility and yields consistent quality. This value-added system
significantly reduces installation time and cost by streamlining the process of
deploying an optical networking infrastructure in the premises environment,
particularly in data center applications.
High-density cable is used for all fiber counts, allowing tighter cable bends for slack
storage and routing while maximizing space utilization in overhead or
under-floor trays.
FEATURES
Universally wired modular system components enable moves, adds and changes
without polarity concerns; provide a simple migration path between 2-fiber and
parallel optics applications
Corning ClearCurve 50 m optical fiber offers enhanced bend performance,
allowing tighter cable routing without negatively impacting system performance
Standard and low-loss components provide a means of meeting increasingly
stringent network performance requirements
Factory-terminated solutions, by Corning, provide consistent quality, ensure
system performance and reduce installation time
100G ready performance. Corning ensures product will meet the requirements
of 100G Ethernet applications
Maximum skew of 0.75 ns. Corning assures product is to work in parallel optic
applications for Ethernet, Fiber Channel and InfiniBand
variety of ducts including MaxCell innerducts. The 12-fiber trunk now has a maximum
pulling force of 100 lb. while the 24- to 144-fiber trunks can now be pulled at 300 lb.
The new round 2.0 mm furcation legs contain aramid yarn that provides additional
strength and protection while eliminating the preferential bend of ribbon legs.
24-FIBER 50 MICRON (OM3)

Includes MTP (non-pinned) to MTP (non-pinned), 24 in. legs on both ends and
pulling grip one side.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
499385
A757524TPNAAU020F
20 ft.
499386
A757524TPNAAU030F
30 ft.
499387
A757524TPNAAU040F
40 ft.
394861
A757524TPNAAU050F
50 ft.
499389
A757524TPNAAU060F
60 ft.
499390
A757524TPNAAU070F
70 ft.
499391
A757524TPNAAU080F
80 ft.
499392
A757524TPNAAU090F
90 ft.
394866
A757524TPNAAU100F
100 ft.
499393
A757524TPNAAU110F
110 ft.
499394
A757524TPNAAU120F
120 ft.
499396
A757524TPNAAU130F
130 ft.
499397
A757524TPNAAU140F
140 ft.
394871
A757524TPNAAU150F
150 ft.
499399
A757524TPNAAU160F
160 ft.
499400
A757524TPNAAU170F
170 ft.
499401
A757524TPNAAU180F
180 ft.
499402
A757524TPNAAU190F
190 ft.
499403
A757524TPNAAU200F
200 ft.
Additional fiber types and counts available,
4.7
Plug & Play Universal Systems Extender Trunks

PR71321V2-563671.tif
provides adaptability for the changing data center environment. The use of Plug &
Play Universal Systems modules in the data center offers the advantage of greater
manageability and flexibility with a modular infrastructure. As future connectivity
requirements change, modules can be easily exchanged to meet those needs, while
leaving the existing trunk cable infrastructure in place.
LC LOW-LOSS
Fiber Solutions
With shuttered LC to MTP.
The Plug & Play Universal Systems extender trunks are used to distribute portions, or
all, of the fibers in a Plug & Play Universal Systems trunk to other areas in the
infrastructure. For example, a high-fiber-count trunk can be deployed from a main
distribution area (MDA) to a zone distribution area (ZDA). Lower-fiber-count extender
trunks can then be utilized to distribute fiber from the ZDAs into cabinets. Extender
trunks are manufactured with pinned MTP Connectors on one end of the cable trunk
and non-pinned MTP Connectors on the other end. The pinned MTP Connectors on the
extender trunk mate with the non-pinned connectors of the Plug & Play Universal
Systems trunk. The non-pinned MTP Connectors on the extender trunk are plugged
into the module or mated to a low-loss harness via an MTP Connector adapter panel.
Polarity is maintained correctly, regardless of the number of extender trunks used.
Anixter No.
401476
401477
401478
401479
401472
401475
Vendor No.
CCH-UM12-05-93T
CCH-UM24-05-93T
CCH-UM12-05-93Q
CCH-UM24-05-93Q
CCH-UM12-04-89G
CCH-UM24-04-89G
Description
12 F, 50 m multimode (OM3)
12 F, 8.3 m single-mode (OS2)
24 F, 8.3 m single-mode (OS2)
For additional configurations, contact your local sales representative.
Plug & Play Universal Systems Harnesses

PR21436V2-119480.tif

D

PR71285V2-562975.tif
Corning Cable Systems Plug & Play Universal Systems modules are used to break out
the 12-fiber MTP Connectors terminated on trunk cables into shuttered LC duplex
connectors to facilitate patching into system equipment ports, patch panels or work
area outlets. The module features shuttered LC duplex port adapters across the front
and one or two MTP Connector adapters across the back. A factory-terminated and
-tested optical fiber assembly inside the module connects the front adapters to the
back MTP Connector adapter(s). The modules are designed to fit into Corning Cable
Systems Pretium Solutions hardware and are available in 12- and 24-fiber
configurations for shuttered LC duplex connectors. The shuttered LC duplex adapter
features an integral shutter system that opens internal to the adapter and allows
single-handed connector insertion/removal. While the primary purpose of the shutter
is to provide dust protection without having to remove and store dust caps, the
shutter mechanism is also visual fault locator (VFL) compatible. The modules feature
a silk screen with port and fiber labeling to aid in system administration. The
modules' reduced-depth footprint provides added room for routing cables into the
back of hardware, while providing a solution for shallow, raised-floor boxes. This
4.8
The Plug & Play Universal Systems harnesses are used to break out the 12-fiber MTP
Connectors terminated on trunk cables into duplex-style connectors. With an MTP
Connector on one end that connects to a Plug & Play Universal Systems trunk, the
other end is equipped with simplex or duplex-style connectors designed to
accommodate many ranges of leg-length requirements to ease fiber routing. The
assembly uses a round plenum-rated interconnect cable with a small outside
diameter which allows for easy routing without preferential bend concerns. The
single-fiber connectors are terminated on 2.0 mm legs, available in a range of
lengths, providing a rugged solution in applications where up-jacketed legs are
needed for direct installation into system electronics. The use of harnesses provides
a solution that occupies less space than traditional jumpers, as the cable end of the
harness is much smaller than the size of equivalent jumpers. This reduced cabling
bulk improves airflow for increased cooling and facilitates easier moves, adds and
changes (MACs).
The Plug & Play Universal Systems Trunk harnesses have a pinned MTP Connector on
one end that connects to a trunk; the other end is equipped with LC or SC Connectors
that plug into the electronic ports. This is used when the cross-connect location (MDA)
is located in a separate area from the SAN director (EDA).
The Plug & Play Universal Systems Module harnesses have a non-pinned MTP
Connector on one end that connects to a module; the other end is equipped with LC or
SC Connectors that plug into electronics ports. This is used when the cross-connect
location (MDA) is co-located with the SAN director (EDA).
Plug & Play Universal Systems Patch Cords

Rack-mountable Housings
PR71286V2-562981.tif
Corning Cable Systems offers the most complete line of connectors and
factory-terminated cables, including low-loss jumpers to meet or exceed all industry
standards for reflectance and insertion loss.
PR71287V2-562987.tif
Corning Cable Systems Rack-mountable Housings provide a mounting point for Plug &
Play Universal Systems Modules. Modules snap into place without the need for tools.
The housing provides protection for the cables and patch cords connecting to the
modules and provides strain relief for the Plug & Play Universal Systems Trunks.
Description
268733
PCH-01U
1U, accepts up to two CCH connector
panels or modules, supplied with
one Universal Cable Clamp, two
blank panels and
installation hardware
330206
PCH-02U
2U, accepts up to four CCH
connector panels or modules,
supplied with one Universal Cable
Clamp, four blank panels and
268734
PCH-04U
4U, accepts up to 12 CCH connector
panels or modules, supplied with
one Universal Cable Clamp, 12 blank
panels and installation hardware
4.9
Fiber Solutions
PATCH CORDS
Patch cords allow connection between end equipment and Plug & Play Universal
Systems Modules. Usually duplex cords (transmit/receive); they are available in a
wide variety of fiber types, lengths and connector types. Also include low-loss, LC
Duplex to LC Duplex features.
Description
394980
E050502T5120002M
2-fiber, 2.0 mm zipcord riser,
laser-optimized 50 m/300 m
(OM3), ultrabend LC/LC, 2 meter
394981
E050502T5120003M
laser-optimized 50 m/300 m
(OM3), ultrabend LC/LC, 3 meter
273793
050502K5120002M
62.5 m (OM1), LC/LC, 2 meter
257211
050502K5120003M
62.5 m (OM1), LC/LC ceramic,
3 meter
Outdoor Cables
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Outdoor//Multifiber Cable
ALTOS All-dielectric Gel-free Cables with Fast Access Technology

PR71288V2-562993.tif
Corning Cable Systems ALTOS Cables with Fast Access Technology are designed for outdoor and
limited indoor use. The innovative Fast Access Technology combined with the all-dielectric gel-free
loose-tube design simplifies removal of the cable jacket reducing cable end access time by up to
50 percent. Equally important is the overall reduction in risk of inadvertent fiber damage and risk to
installers from sharp cable access tools.
FEATURES
Gel-free design means that there is no gel in the buffer tubes; the buffer tubes are fully
water-blocked, making cable access simple and requiring no cleanup
Standard 2.5 mm buffer tube size reduces the number of access tools required
SZ-stranded, loose-tube design isolates fibers from installation and environmental rigors and
allows for easy midspan access
Medium-density polyethylene jacket is rugged, durable and easy to strip
Available with extended operating temperature
All-dielectric cable construction requires no bonding or grounding
Available with Gigabit Ethernet and 10 Gigabit Ethernet performance
Fiber Solutions
APPLICATIONS
Campus backbones in lashed aerial and duct installations
62.5/125 MULTIMODE (OM1)
Maximum attenuation: 3.4/1.0 dB/km (850/1300 nm); minimum LED: 200/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); effective modal bandwidth: 220 MHzkm (850 nm);
serial Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300/550 m (850/1300 nm).
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
D
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COROM1-LTDF-02
002KU4-T4730D20
2
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-04
004KU4-T4730D20
4
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-06
006KU4-T4730D20
6
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-08
008KU4-T4730D20
8
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-12
012KU4-T4730D20
12
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-18
018KU4-T4730D20
18
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-24
024KU4-T4730D20
24
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-36
036KU4-T4730D20
36
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-48
048KU4-T4730D20
48
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM1-LTDF-72
072KU4-T4730D20
72
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
50/125 MULTIMODE (OM2)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COROM2-LTDF-06
006TU4-T4731D20
6
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM2-LTDF-12
012TU4-T4731D20
12
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
372-COROM2-LTDF-24
024TU4-T4731D20
24
0.41
10.5
600
2700 200
890 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
4.10
Outdoor Cables
Maximum attenuation: 3.0/1.0 dB/km (850/1300 nm); minimum LED bandwidth: 1500/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); effective modal bandwidth: 2000 MHzkm (850 nm);
serial Gigabit Ethernet distance guarantee: 1,000/600 m (850/1300 nm); serial 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance guarantee: 300 m (850 nm).
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COROM3-LTDF-06
006TU4-T4780D20
6
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890 6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
372-COROM3-LTDF-12
012TU4-T4780D20
12
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890 6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
372-COROM3-LTDF-24
024TU4-T4780D20
24
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890 6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COROM4-LTDF-06
006TU4-T4790D20
6
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890 6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
372-COROM4-LTDF-12
012TU4-T4790D20
12
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890 6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
372-COROM4-LTDF-24
024TU4-T4790D20
24
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890 6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
372-COROM4-LTDF-48
048TU4-T4790D20
48
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890 6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
7.2
18.2
4.8 12.1
9.3
23.7
6.2 15.8
HYBRID: 62.5/125 MULTIMODE (OM1) AND 8.3/125 SINGLE-MODE (OS2)
Anixter No.
372-COROM1-HYBF-6/6
372-COROM1-HYBF-12/6
372-COROM1-HYBF12/12
Vendor No.
012XU4-CN375D20
018XU4-CN376D20
024XU4-CN377D20
036XU4-CN378D20
048XU4-CN379D20
Cable O.D.
No. of
(in.) (mm)
Fibers
6 MM/6 SM 0.41 10.5
12 MM/6 SM 0.41 10.5
12 MM/12 SM 0.41 10.5
24 MM/12 SM 0.41 10.5
24 MM/24 SM 0.41 10.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.) N
600 2700 200
890
600 2700 200
890
600 2700 200
890
600 2700 200
890
600 2700 200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
6.2
15.8
4.1 10.5
4.11
Fiber Solutions
8.3/125 SINGLE-MODE (OS2)

Maximum attenuation: 0.4/0.3 dB/km (1310/1550 nm); serial Gigabit Ethernet distance: 5,000 m (1310 nm).
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
372-COROS2-LTDF-02
002EU4-T4701D20
2
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-04
004EU4-T4701D20
4
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-06
006EU4-T4701D20
6
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-12
012EU4-T4701D20
12
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-24
024EU4-T4701D20
24
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-36
036EU4-T4701D20
36
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-48
048EU4-T4701D20
48
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-72
072EU4-T4701D20
72
0.41 10.5
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-96
096EU4-T4701D20
96
0.48 12.1
600 2700 200
890
372-COROS2-LTDF-144
144EU4-T4701D20
144
0.62 15.8
600 2700 200
890
Outdoor Cables
ALTOS Lite Gel-free Cables, Single-jacket/Single-armor

PR71289V2-562999.tif
Corning Cable Systems ALTOS Lite Gel-free, Single-jacket/Single-armor cables are designed for
direct-buried applications. The loose-tube design provides stable and highly reliable transmission
parameters for a variety of voice, data, video and imaging applications. The design also provides
high fiber density within a given cable diameter, while allowing flexibility to suit many
system designs.
FEATURES
Single-armor construction provides additional crush and rodent protection
High-strength rip cord under armor for ease of stripping
Gel-free design makes cable access simple and requiring no cleanup
Available in 62.5 m, 50 m, single-mode and hybrid versions
SZ-stranded, loose-tube design isolates fibers from installation and environmental rigors and allows for easy midspan access
Medium-density polyethylene jacket is rugged, durable and easy to strip
Available with Gigabit Ethernet performance
Fiber Solutions
APPLICATIONS
Campus backbones in direct-buried installations
Also for aerial applications
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
D
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COR62.5-LTA-06
006KUC-T4130D20
6
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 4.8 12.1
372-COR62.5-LTA-12
012KUC-T4130D20
12
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 4.8 12.1
372-COR62.5-LTA-24
024KUC-T4130D20
24
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 4.8 12.1
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COROM2-LTA-06
006TUC-T4131D20
6
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
372-COROM2-LTA-12
012TUC-T4131D20
12
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COROM3-LTA-06
006TUC-T4180D20
6
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
372-COROM3-LTA-12
012TUC-T4180D20
12
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
372-COROM3-LTA-24
024TUC-T4180D20
24
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
372-COROM3-LTA-48
048TUC-T4180D20
48
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
4.12
Outdoor Cables
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COROM4-LTA-06
006TUC-T4190D20
6
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
372-COROM4-LTA-12
012TUC-T4190D20
12
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
372-COROM4-LTA-24
024TUC-T4190D20
24
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
372-COROM4-LTA-48
024TUC-T4190D20
48
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890 7.1
18.2 8.8 20.3
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
372-COR8.3-LTA-06
006EUC-T4101D20
6
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890
372-COR8.3-LTA-12
012EUC-T4101D20
12
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890
372-COR8.3-LTA-24
024EUC-T4101D20
24
0.48
12.1
600
2700 200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.1
18.2 4.8 12.1
7.1
18.2 4.8 12.1
7.1
18.2 4.8 12.1
ALTOS Figure-8 Gel-Free Cables
Fiber Solutions

PR71290V2-563005.jpg
Corning Cable Systems ALTOS Figure-8 Gel-Free Cables are self-supporting aerial cables that are
designed for easy and economical one-step installation. The loose-tube design provides stable
performance over a wide temperature range and is compatible with any telecommunications-grade
optical fiber.
FEATURES
Figure-8 cable design allows easy, one-step installation, using standard hardware and
installation methods
Can span in excess of 500 feet in NESC heavy-loading conditions; sag and tension information
is available upon request
Flexible, craft-friendly buffer tubes are easy to route in closures
Standard buffer-tube size reduces the number of access tools required
Dry cables, incorporating an innovative water-blocking design, eliminate the need for traditional flooding compound and provide efficient and craft-friendly
cable preparation
SZ-stranded, loose-tube design isolates fibers from installation and environmental rigors and facilitates midspan access
Medium-density PE jacket is rugged, durable and easy to strip
Available in a single-mode version
All Figure-8 cables listed are loose-tube designs. Water-blocked, can be buried
Anixter No.
372-COR625-LTFIG8-04
Vendor No.
004KUA-T4130D20
006KUA-T4130D20
012KUA-T4130D20
024KUA-T4130D20
No. of
Fibers
4
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
0.41
0.41
0.41
0.41
(mm)
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
4.13
Outdoor Cables
(continued)
ALTOS Figure-8 Gel-Free Cables

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
372-COROM3-LTFIG8-06
006TUA-T4180D20
6
0.41
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
012TUA-T4180D20
12
0.41
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
024TUA-T4180D20
24
0.41
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
372-COR8.3-LTFIG8-06
006EUA-T4101D20
6
0.41
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
372-COR83-LTFIG8-12
012EUA-T4101D20
12
0.41
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
372-COR83-LTFIG8-24
024EUA-T4101D20
24
0.41
10.5
6.2
15.8 4.1
10.5
For sag and tension information, contact your local sales representative.
Fiber Solutions
Tech Tips
CORNING CABLED SYSTEMS
The ROL (reverse oscillation lay) tube-stranding technique permits easy access to individual fibers when splicing midspan. The stranding (wrapping) orientation of the
buffer tubes reverses direction at set intervals. The tubes can be unwrapped from the central member when the binders are cut at the reversal points.
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Outdoor//Other Outdoor Fiber Cable
SOLO ADSS All-dielectric Self-supporting Optical Cables

PR71610V2-572866.tif
Corning Cable Systems SOLO ADSS Optical Cables are all-dielectric, self-supporting aerial cables
designed for easy and economical one-step installation.
FEATURES
Innovative dry cable with water-blocking technology eliminates the need for traditional
flooding compound, providing more efficient and craft-friendly cable preparation
SZ-stranded, loose-tube design isolates fibers from installation, environmental rigors and
allows for easy midspan access
Available with a proprietary track-resistant polyethylene (TRPE) jacket for installations in up to
25 kV electric field potentials
Spans in excess of 500 m (1,650 ft.) in NESC heavy-loading conditions
Concentric, self-supporting cable design allows easy, one-step installation, providing installation cost savings
All-dielectric cable construction requires no bonding or grounding
Uses common support hardware and installation methods; cable installation and sag/tension guidelines are available
APPLICATIONS
Interbuilding backbones for self-supporting installations where metallic messengers cannot be used
For more information, contact your local sales representative.
4.14
Outdoor Cables
Tactical Fiber Optic Cable

PR71291V2-563011.tif
Corning Cable Systems Tactical Fiber Optic Cable is for routing in all environments or conditions
between buildings and modular telecommunications gear for secure, dependable communications,
data or video. This flexible cable uses 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers surrounded by dielectric
strength members and is protected by a rugged polyurethane outer jacket that provides superior
environmental and mechanical protection.
FEATURES
Small diameter and bend radius allow for easy installation in space-constrained areas
All-dielectric construction requires no grounding or bonding
Polyurethane outer jacket provides environmental and mechanical protection
Flexibility facilitates portability through deployment and retraction of the cable onto a reel
APPLICATIONS
Military mobile communications - temporary or permanent communications systems
Traffic and video control - optical feeds in rugged environments
Broadcast video - temporary or permanent setups at events
Industrial or other harsh environments - extreme conditions such as abrasive or chemical atmospheres and high-crush environments
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.1
8.0
1.6 4.0
4.15
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
372-COR8.3-TBTACT-12
012H8U-31131-24
12
0.31
8.0
450
2000 90
400
LSZH Cables
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable Indoor/Outdoor//Multimode (62.5/125) Cable
ALTOS LSZH Gel-free Cables, OFN-LS-listed
Fiber Solutions

PR71611V2-572872.tif
Corning Cable Systems ALTOS LSZH cables are designed for indoor and outdoor use. The loose-tube
cable construction, pioneered by Corning Cable Systems, places fibers in buffer tubes and provides
stable and highly reliable transmission parameters for a variety of voice, data, video and imaging
applications. The design also provides high fiber density within a given cable diameter while
allowing flexibility to suit many system designs. The outer jacket uses a flame-retardant,
nonhalogenated material with UV and chemical resistance and low flame spread.
FEATURES
Gel-free design means that there is no gel in the buffer tubes. The buffer tubes are fully
Available in 62.5 m, 50 m, single-mode, and hybrid versions
SZ-stranded, loose-tube design isolates fibers from installation and environmental rigors and allows for easy midspan access resistance and low flame spread
All-dielectric construction
Ideal for industrial and tunnel applications
Available with interlocking armor
IEEE-383-compliant
Listed OFN-LS and CSA OFN FT4-ST1 up to 288 fibers
APPLICATIONS
Interbuilding backbones in aerial and duct environments
Horizontal intrabuilding and tunnel backbones where low smoke zero halogen requirements exist
D
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COR62-LTLSZH-06
006KUZ-T4130D20
6
0.49
12.5
600
2700 180
810 7.4
18.8 4.9 12.5
373-COR62-LTLSZH-12
012KUZ-T4130D20
12
0.49
12.5
600
2700 180
810 7.4
18.8 4.9 12.5
373-COR62-LTLSZH-24
024KUZ-T4130D20
24
0.49
12.5
600
2700 180
810 7.4
18.8 4.9 12.5
Contact your local sales representative for available colored cable jacket options.
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Indoor//Limited Smoke Zero Halogen Cable
ALTOS Lite Gel-free Cables, Single-jacket/Single-armor

PR71293V2-563023.tif
Corning Cable Systems LSZH Industrial Fiber Optic Cables are designed for industrial building
backbones and harsh environments atypical of traditional datacom systems. Based on the proven
stranded loose-tube cable designs, these industrial cables are flame retardant and have been
tested to meet mechanical/environmental conditions exceeding the requirements set for traditional
datacom cables. They have also demonstrated superior performance levels when tested to specified
"tray" application requirements for compressive loading, cyclic impact and chemical resistance. The
250 m color-coded individual fibers offer quick and easy identification during installation, with
50 m, 62.5 m and single-mode versions available. A ruggedized armored version is also offered
for additional mechanical protection.
FEATURES
Key life-safety benefit: low smoke zero halogen (LSZH) sheath
Superior performance: meets cyclic-impact and chemical-resistance tests
Proven design: based on stranded loose-tube cable
Meets burn-test criteria: listed OFN-LS and CSA FT4-ST1
4.16
LSZH Cables
Gel-filled: available in cold-temperature version
Available with MSHA (Mine Safety and Health Administration) approval
National Electrical Code (NEC) OFN-LS, CSA OFN FT4-ST1
Sunlight-resistant (SUN RES)
IEEE-383 flame test, IEC 60332-3, IEC 60754-2, IEC 61034
Suitable for direct burial (DIR BUR)
ANSI/ICEA S-104-696; UL 13; UL 444; UL 1277; CSA C22 No. 230 and No. 232
APPLICATIONS
Outdoor aerial and duct; indoor general-purpose horizontal according to NEC Article 770
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COR62-LTTRAY-24
024KUZ-T4130D2N
24
0.49
12.5
600
2700 180
810 7.4
18.8 4.9 12.5
373-COR62-LTTRAY-48
048KUZ-T4130D2N
48
0.49
12.5
600
2700 180
810 7.4
18.8 4.9 12.5
373-COR62-LTTRAY-72
072KUZ-T4130D2N
72
0.49
12.5
600
2700 180
810 7.4
18.8 4.9 12.5
373-COR62-LTTRAY-96
096KUZ-T4130D2N
96
0.60
15.3
600
2700 180
810 9.0
23.0 6.0 15.3
373-COR62-LTTRAY-144
144KUZ-T4130D2N
144
0.74
18.9
600
2700 180
810 11.2 23.0 6.0 15.3
Fiber Solutions
Industrial Fiber Optic Cables LSZH Double-jacket Cable

PR71294V2-563029.tif
Corning Cable Systems ALTOS LSZH cables are designed for indoor and outdoor use. The loose-tube
cable construction, pioneered by Corning Cable Systems, places fibers in buffer tubes and provides
stable and highly reliable transmission parameters for a variety of voice, data, video and imaging
applications. The design also provides high fiber density within a given cable diameter while
allowing flexibility to suit many system designs. The outer jacket uses a flame-retardant,
nonhalogenated material with UV and chemical resistance and low flame spread.
FEATURES
Available in 62.5 m, 50 m, single-mode, and hybrid versions
Specially formulated black, flame-retardant, nonhalogenated material with UV and chemical resistance and low flame spread
All-dielectric construction
Ideal for industrial and tunnel applications
IEEE-383-compliant, IEC 60332-3, IEC 60754-2
Listed OFN-LS and CSA OFN FT4-ST1 up to 288 fibers
Available with MSHA (Mine Safety and Health Administration) approval
Corning Cable Systems offers optional colored cable jackets. Contact your local sales office for details.
APPLICATIONS
Interbuilding backbones in aerial and duct environments
Horizontal intrabuilding and tunnel backbones where low smoke zero halogen requirements exist
4.17
LSZH Cables
(continued)
Industrial Fiber Optic Cables LSZH Double-jacket Cable

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM1-LTTRYD-12
012KUL-T4630D2N
12
0.69
17.6
1030 4500 340
1500 10.4 26.4 6.9 17.5
024KUL-T4630D2N
24
0.69
17.6
1030 4500 340
1500 10.4 26.4 6.9 17.6
036KUL-T4630D2N
36
0.69
17.6
1030 4500 340
1500 10.4 26.4 6.9 17.5
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable Indoor/Outdoor//Other Cable
Fiber Solutions
Industrial Fiber Optic Cables LSZH Corrugated Armored Cable, 12-288 Fibers
PR72401V2-584112.tif
Corning Cable Systems LSZH Corrugated Armored Cable design is based on the proven stranded
loose-tube cable designs. These tray-rated industrial cables are flame retardant and have been
tested to meet mechanical/environmental conditions exceeding the requirements set for traditional
datacom cables. When tested to specified "tray" application requirements, these cables have
demonstrated superior performance levels for compressive loading, cyclic impact and chemical
resistance. This ruggedized armored version offers additional mechanical protection and is also
available in a gel-filled, cold-temperature version. The 250 m color-coded individual fibers offer
quick and easy identification during installation, with 50 m, 62.5 m and single-mode versions
available. A key benefit of the Corning Cable Systems Industrial Cables is the low smoke zero
halogen (LSZH) sheath.
FEATURES
D
Corrugated armor
provides mechanical protection
Tray-rated per UL 13; UL 444; UL 1277; UL 1666; CSA C22.2 No. 230 and No. 232
Listed OFCR-LS and CSA OFC FT4-ST1
Tested to industrial-ruggedness standards
IEEE-383-compliant, IEC 60332-3, IEC 60754-2, IEC 61034
Meets burn-test criteria
APPLICATIONS
Designed for industrial-building backbones and harsh environments atypical of traditional datacom systems
To order or for available colored cable jacket options, contact your local sales representative.
Industrial Fiber Optic Cables LSZH Gel-free Interlocking Armored Cable 12-288 Fibers
PR82161V2-589919.tif
When tested to specified "tray" application requirements, these cables have demonstrated superior
performance levels for compressive loading, cyclic impact and chemical resistance. This gel-free
interlocking armored version offers additional mechanical protection and is also available in a
gel-filled, cold-temperature version. The 250 m color-coded individual fibers offer quick and easy
identification during installation, with 50 m, 62.5 m and single-mode versions available. A key
benefit of the Corning Cable Systems Industrial Cables is the low smoke zero halogen (LSZH) sheath.
FEATURES
Listed OFC-LS and CSA OFC FT4-ST1
IEEE-383-compliant, IEC 60332-3, IEC 60754-2, IEC 61034
APPLICATIONS
Designed for industrial-building backbones and harsh environments atypical of traditional datacom systems
To order or for available colored cable jacket options, contact your local sales representative.
4.18
Indoor/Outdoor Cables
./
FREEDM LST Gel-free Cables

PR71295V2-563035.tif
Corning Cable Systems FREEDM LST Gel-free Cables are OFNR-rated, UV-resistant, fully water-blocked
indoor/outdoor cables. They consist of up to two 2.5 mm, dry, buffer tubes each containing two to
12 250 m, color-coded optical fibers. The buffer tubes are surrounded by dielectric
tensile elements.
FEATURES
Gel-free design means that there is no gel in the buffer tubes. The buffer tubes are
fully water-blocked
Flame-retardant jacket is rugged, durable and easy to strip
Compact design, all-dielectric cable construction requires no grounding or bonding
Color-coded fibers and buffer tubes for quick and easy identification during installation
No preferential bend axis for easier installation and better handling
UV resistant and listed OFNR and FT4
Compatible with buffer tube fan-out kit for rapid, simple termination
APPLICATIONS
Interbuilding and intrabuilding backbones in aerial, duct and riser applications

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM2-LTD-06
006TSF-T4131D20
6
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COROM2-LTD-12
012TSF-T4131D20
12
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COROM2-LTD-24
024TSF-T4131D20
24
0.38
9.7
600
2700 180
810 5.7
14.6 3.8 9.7
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM3-LTD-06
006TSF-T4180D20
12
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.9
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COROM3-LTD-12
012TSF-T4180D20
12
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.9
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COROM3-LTD-24
024TSF-T4180D20
24
0.38
9.7
600
2700 180
810 5.7
14.6 3.8 9.7
4.19
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COR62.5-LTD-02
002KSF-T4130D20
2
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COR62.5-LTD-04
004KSF-T4130D20
4
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COR62.5-LTD-06
006KSF-T4130D20
6
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COR62.5-LTD-08
008KSF-T4130D20
8
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COR62.5-LTD-12
012KSF-T4130D20
12
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
(continued)
FREEDM LST Gel-free Cables

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM4-LTD-06
006TSF-T4190D20
6
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COROM4-LTD-12
012TSF-T4190D20
12
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
373-COROM4-LTD-24
024TSF-T4190D20
24
0.38
9.7
600
2700 180
810 5.7
14.6 3.8 9.7
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
373-COR8.3LTD-06
006ESF-T4101D20
6
0.29
7.4
300
1330 90
400
373-COR8.3LTD-12
012ESF-T4101D20
12
0.29
7.4
300
1300 90
400
373-COR8.3LTD-24
024ESF-T4101D20
24
0.38
9.7
600
2700 180
810
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
5.7
14.6 3.8 9.7
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
373-COR625-HYBD-6/6
D
Vendor No.
012XSF-A8074D20
373-COR625-HYBD-12/6
018XSF-A8075D20
373-COR62-HYBD-12/12
024XSF-A8076D20
Cable O.D.
(in.)
0.29
No. of
Fibers
6 MM/
6 SM
12 MM/ 0.29
6 SM
12 MM/ 0.38
12 SM
(mm)
7.4
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
300
1330 90
400
7.4
300
1330 90
400 4.4
11.1
1.5
3.7
9.7
600
2700 180
810 5.7
14.6
3.8
9.7
FREEDM Loose-Tube Gel-free Riser Cables

PR71296V2-563041.tif
Corning Cable Systems FREEDM Loose-Tube Gel-free Riser Cables are flame-retardant, UV-stabilized
and fully water-blocked for use in indoor/outdoor applications. They are suitable for installation in
duct, aerial and riser environments. Because they are riser-rated cables, there is no need for a
transition splice when entering the building. Available from two to 288 fibers, the FREEDM
Loose-Tube Cable buffer tubes and the fibers inside are color-coded for quick, easy identification.
FEATURES
Standard 2.5 mm buffer-tube size reduces the number of access tools required
UV-resistant, flame-retardant jacket is rugged, durable and easy to strip
All-dielectric cable construction requires no grounding or bonding
Color-coded fibers and buffer tubes for quick and easy identification during installation
Listed OFNR and FT4
4.20
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
4.4
11.1 1.5 3.7
APPLICATIONS
Campus backbones in aerial, duct and riser applications
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers (in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COR62.5-LTD-36
036KUF-T4130D20
36
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810 7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
373-COR62.5-LTD-48
048KUF-T4130D20
48
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810 7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM3-LTRD-36
036TUF-T4180D20
36
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810 7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
373-COROM3-LTRD-48
048TUF-T4180D20
48
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810 7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9

Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
373-COR8.3LTD-36
036EUF-T4101D20
36
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810
373-COR8.3LTD-48
048EUF-T4101D20
48
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810
373-COR8.3LTD-72
072EUF-T4101D20
72
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810
373-COR8.3LTD-96
096EUF-T4101D20
96
0.54
13.8
600
2700 180
810
373-COR8.3LTD-144
144EUF-T4101D20
144
0.70
17.7
600
2700 180
810
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
8.1
20.7 5.4 13.8
10.5 26.6 7.0 17.7
For fiber counts up to 24, see FREEDM LST Gel-Free Cables.

Contact your local sales representative for colored cable jacket options.
4.21
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers (in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM4-LTD-36
036TUF-T4190D20
36
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810 7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
373-COROM4-LTD-48
048TUF-T4190D20
48
0.51
12.9
600
2700 180
810 7.6
19.4 5.1 12.9
FREEDM Loose Tube Gel-free Plenum Cables

PR71609V2-572860.tif
Corning Cable Systems FREEDM Loose-Tube Gel-free Plenum Cables are flame-retardant, indoor/
outdoor, plenum-rated cables suitable for installation in aerial, duct and riser or plenum
applications. The plenum rating of this cable eliminates the need for a transition splice when
entering the building and minimizes routing restrictions once inside the building. These cables meet
the application requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC Article 770) and are OFNPand FT6-listed.
FEATURES
250 m color-coded fibers for quick and easy identification during installation
Loose-tube design for mechanical ruggedness and environmental durability
Available in 62.5 m, 50 m (including laser-optimized 50 m) and single-mode versions
Gel-free providing for more efficient and craft-friendly cable preparation
Flexible, flame-retardant jacket that is UV resistant and enables direct exposure to sunlight
Available in interlocking armor for special applications requiring additional mechanical durability
Colored cable jacket options available
APPLICATIONS
Inter- and intrabuilding backbones in aerial, duct and plenum applications
Fiber Solutions
FREEDM Loose-Tube Gel-free Interlocking Armored Riser Cables

D
PR71297V2-563047.tif
Corning Cable Systems FREEDM Loose-Tube Gel-free Interlocking Armored Cables are
flame-retardant, indoor/outdoor, riser-rated cables encased in a spirally wrapped interlocking metal
tape for ruggedness and superior crush resistance. Because of the riser rating, there is no need for
a transition splice when entering the building. These cables are fully water-blocked without the use
of messy gels, providing for more efficient and craft-friendly cable preparation. Available from 24 to
120 fibers, the buffer tubes and fibers in each tube are color-coded for quick, easy identification.
FEATURES
Interlocking armor provides mechanical protection
Meets cyclic-impact and chemical-resistance tests for superior performance
Listed OFCR-LS and CSA OFC FT4-ST1
APPLICATIONS
Inter- and intrabuilding backbones in aerial, duct and riser applications
Industrial and heavy-traffic areas
Installations requiring extra protection for optical cables
Designed for building backbones and harsh environments atypical of traditional datacom systems
4.22
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COR625-LTAIRL-06
006KUF-T4130DA1
6
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
373-COR625-LTAIRL-24
024KUF-T4130DA1
24
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers (in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM2-LTRA-06
006TUF-T4131DA1
6
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 29.7 11.8 7.8 19.9
373-COROM2-LTRA-12
012TUF-T4131DA1
12
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 29.7 11.8 7.8 19.9
373-COROM2-LTRA-24
024TUF-T4131DA1
24
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 29.7 11.8 7.8 19.9

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
373-COR8.3-LTAIRL-06
006EUF-T4101DA1
6
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810
373-COR8.3LTAIRL-12
012EUF-T4101DA1
12
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810
373-COR8.3LTAIRL-24
024EUF-T4101DA1
24
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
Contact your local sales representative for colored cable jacket options.
4.23
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers (in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM3-LTRA-06
006TUF-T4180DA1
6
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
373-COROM3-LTRA-12
012TUF-T4180DA1
12
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
373-COROM3-LTRA-24
024TUF-T4180DA1
24
0.76
19.8
600
2700 180
810 11.8 29.7 7.8 19.9
Fiber Solutions
FREEDM Fan-out Cables

PR71298V2-563053.tif
Corning Cable Systems OFNR FREEDM Fan-out Cables utilize flame-retardant, 900 m, TBII Buffered Fiber subunits
surrounded by water-resistant, dielectric strength members and protected by a flexible, flame-retardant outer jacket.
These cables meet the application requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC Article 770) and are OFNR- and
FT4-listed. These cables are ideal for routing inside/outside buildings into riser spaces; to security, surveillance or
monitoring cameras; and within telecommunications rooms and workstations.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Approvals and listings: NEC OFNR, CSA FT4
2. Design criteria: ICEA S-104-696
3. Storage temperature: -40C to +70C (-40F to +158F)
4. Installation temperature: -10C to +70C (+14F to +158F)
5. Operating temperature: -40C to +70C (-40F to +158F)
FEATURES
Indoor/outdoor temperature- and water-resistant performance provides superior environmental protection
No need for transition splice entering a building
Easily terminated 2.9 mm subunits enable field terminations
900 m, TBII Buffered Fibers enable easy, consistent stripping
Small diameter and bend radius allow easy installation in space-constrained areas
Availability with approval for TEMPEST applications
RoHS-compliant
ICEA S-104-696 tests
Also available in a 3- and 4-fiber configuration
APPLICATIONS D
Premises security: ideal for providing direct optical connections from indoor and outdoor surveillance cameras to security control locations
Traffic control: optical feeds in rugged environments
Building networks: low-fiber-count connections within building backbone riser and horizontal spaces
Premises data: may be used for direct terminations inside and between building locations
Secure communications: ideal for providing a secure link for surveillance or data
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers (in.)
373-COR62.5-FO2.0-02
002K6F-31330-29
2
0.25 x 0.30
4.2 x 6.5 660
150 330
75 4.5
11.4 3.0 7.6
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers (in.)
373-COROM2-FO2.0-02
002T6F-31331-29
2
0.25 x 0.30
4.2 x 6.5 660
150 330
75 4.5
11.4 3.0 7.6
Maximum attenuation: 3.0/1.5 dB/km (850/1300 nm); minimum LED bandwidth: 1500/500 MHzkm (850/1300); effective modal bandwidth: 2000 MHzkm (850 nm);
serial Gigabit Ethernet distance: 1,000/600 m (850/1300 nm); serial 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300 m (850 nm).
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers (in.)
373-COROM3-FO2.0-02
002T6F-31380-29
2
0.25 x 0.30
4.2 x 6.5 660
150 330
75 4.5
11.4 3.0 7.6
4.24
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
373-COROS2-FO2.0-02
002E6F-31331-29
2
0.25 x 0.30
4.2 x 6.5 660
150 330
75
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
4.5
11.4 3.0 7.6
Contact your local sales representative for available fiber configurations and colored cable jacket options.
FREEDM One Riser Cables

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COR62.5-TBRD-06
006K8F-31130-29
6
0.22
5.5
150
675 45
200 3.2
8.3
2.2 5.5
373-COR62.5-TBRD-12
012K8F-31130-29
12
0.36
6.5
150
675 45
200 3.8
9.8
2.6 6.5
373-COR62.5-TBRD-24
024K8F-31130-29
24
0.31
8.0
300
1350 90
400 4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM2-TBRD-06
006T8F-31131-29
6
0.22
5.5
150
675 45
200 3.2
8.3
2.2 5.5
373-COROM2-TBRD-12
012T8F-31131-29
12
0.36
6.5
150
675 45
200 3.8
9.8
2.6 6.5
373-COROM2-TBRD-24
024T8F-31131-29
24
0.31
8.0
300
1350 90
400 4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
4.25
Fiber Solutions

PR71299V2-563059.tif
Corning Cable Systems FREEDM One Riser Cables are OFNR-/FT4-listed, UV resistant and fully water-blocked for indoor/
outdoor applications. They are suitable for duct, aerial and direct-buried installations with no need for a transition
splice when entering the building. The tight-buffered construction facilitates easier termination for low-fiber-count
applications in the local area network (LAN).
FEATURES
Eliminates cable transition at the building entrance, reducing installation time and cost in addition to increasing
channel operation margin
Tight-buffered design eliminates need for fan-out kits
ANSI/TIA-598, color-coded, 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers for easy identification and direct termination
All-dielectric cable construction eliminates grounding and bonding concerns
UV-resistant, flame-retardant outer jacket is rugged and durable
Dry cable water-blocking technology for OSP applications
OFNR- and FT4-listed for riser and general-purpose use
Available with 62.5 m, 50 m and single-mode fiber
ICEA S-104-696 test criteria
Also available in OFNP- and FT6-listed cables
(continued)
FREEDM One Riser Cables

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COROM3-TBRD-06
006T8F-31180-29
6
0.22
5.5
150
675 45
200 3.2
8.3
2.2 5.5
373-COROM3-TBRD-12
012T8F-31180-29
12
0.36
6.5
150
675 45
200 3.8
9.8
2.6 6.5
373-COROM3-TBRD-24
024T8F-31180-29
24
0.31
8.0
300
1350 90
400 4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
SINGLE-MODE (OS2)
Maximum attenuation: 0.65/0.5 dB/km (1310/1550 nm); serial Gigabit Ethernet distance: 5,000 m (1310/1550 nm).
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
373-COR8.3-TBRD-06
006E8F-31131-29
6
0.22
5.5
150
675 45
200
373-COR8.3-TBRD-12
012E8F-31131-29
12
0.36
6.5
150
675 45
200
373-COR8.3-TBRD-24
024E8F-31131-29
24
0.31
8.0
300
1350 90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.2
8.3
2.2 5.5
3.8
9.8
2.6 6.5
4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
Fiber Solutions
FREEDM One Plenum Cables

PR71300V2-563065.tif
D FREEDM One Plenum Cables are OFNP- and FT6-listed, UV resistant and fully
water-blocked for indoor/outdoor applications. They are suitable for duct, aerial and direct-buried
installations with no need for a transition splice when entering the building. The tight-buffered
construction facilitates easier termination for low-fiber-count applications in the local area
network (LAN).
FEATURES
Eliminates cable transition at the building entrance, reducing installation time and cost in
addition to increasing operating margin
Tight-buffered design eliminates need for fan-out kits
ANSI/TIA-598, color-coded, 900 m, TBII Buffered Fibers for easy identification and
direct termination
All-dielectric cable construction eliminates grounding and bonding concerns
UV-resistant, flame-retardant outer jacket is rugged and durable
Dry cable water-blocking technology for OSP applications
OFNP- and FT6-listed for plenum, riser and general-purpose use
Available with 62.5 m, 50 m and single-mode fiber
ICEA S-104-696 test criteria
Riser-rated version available
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COR62.5-TBD-06
006K8P-31130-29
6
0.21
5.3
150
675 45
200 3.0
8.0
1.0 2.7
373-COR62.5-TBD-12
012K8P-31130-29
12
0.25
6.3
150
675 45
200 3.7
9.5
1.5 3.7
373-COR62.5-TBD-24
024K8P-31130-29
24
0.31
8.0
300
1350 90
400 4.7
12.0 1.6 4.0
4.26
SINGLE-MODE (OS2)
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
373-COR8.3-TBD-06
006E8P-31131-29
6
0.21
5.3
150
675 45
200
373-COR8.3-TBD-12
012E8P-31131-29
12
0.25
6.3
150
675 45
200
373-COR8.3-TBD-24
024E8P-31131-29
24
0.31
8.0
300
1350 90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.0
8.0
1.0 2.7
3.7
9.5
1.5 3.7
4.7
12.0 1.6 4.0
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Indoor//Ribbon Cable
FREEDM Ribbon Riser Cables
Fiber Solutions

PR71301V2-563071.tif
Corning Cable Systems FREEDM Ribbon Riser cables are lightweight cables designed for indoor/
outdoor applications. A UV-resistant, flame-retardant jacket allows added flexibility in placing this
cable outdoors, whether it is an aerial or duct application, or indoors in general horizontal or riser
applications. The cable consists of a ribbon stack of 12-fiber ribbons within a gel-filled central
buffer tube. Surrounding the tube are dielectric strength members, which provide tensile strength,
and innovative dry cable water-blocking tapes, which reduce cable preparation time and weight.
FEATURES
Listed OFNR, available from 12 to 216 fibers
12-fiber ribbons with readily identifiable ribbon ID numbers and fiber colors
Easily accessible individual, 250 m, colored fibers
Precise fiber and ribbon geometries result in excellent mass-splicing yields
Available preconnectorized for easy field installation and reduced labor costs
Superior water-blocking performance using craft-friendly, swellable polymer technology
Compatible with standard ribbon cable procedures and hardware
APPLICATIONS
Campus backbones in aerial, duct and riser applications
Maximum attenuation: 0.4/0.3 dB/km (1310/1550 nm); serial Gigabit Ethernet distance: 5,000 m (1310 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-537-SMODERIB-24
024ECF-14101-20
24
0.46
11.6
600
2700 135
600
370-537-SMODERIB-48
048ECF-14101-20
48
0.46
11.6
600
2700 135
600
370-537-SMODERIB-72
072ECF-14101-20
72
0.51
12.7
600
2700 135
600
370-537-SMODERIB-216
216ECF-14101-20
216
0.69
17.6
600
2700 135
600
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.9
17.4 4.6 11.6
6.9
17.4 4.6 11.6
7.5
19.1 5.0 12.7
10.4 26.4 6.9 17.6
Contact your local sales office for available colored cable jacket options.
4.27
Indoor Cables
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Indoor//CSA FT-4 Nonplenum-Rated Fiber Cable
MIC Riser Cables (2-24 Fiber)

PR71302V2-563077.tif
Corning Cable Systems MIC Riser Cables are multifiber cables utilizing 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers
surrounded by dielectric strength members and a flame-retardant outer jacket. These cables meet
the application requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC Article 770) and are OFNR- and
FT4-listed. These cables are ideal for intrabuilding cabling including riser shafts,
telecommunications rooms and workstations.
FEATURES
Utilizes 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers, enabling easy, consistent stripping
All-dielectric construction requires no grounding and bonding
Available with metallic interlocking armor or all-dielectric interlocking armor
Availability with approval for TEMPEST applications
Fiber Solutions
APPLICATIONS
Intrabuilding backbone and horizontal installations in riser and general-purpose environments
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-947-FDDI-02
002K81-31130-24
2
0.19
4.7
150
660 45
200 2.8
7.1
1.0 2.4
370-947-FDDI-04
004K81-31130-24
4
0.20
5.0
150
660 45
200 3.0
7.5
1.0 2.5
D
370-947-FDDI-06
006K81-31130-24
6
0.22
5.5
150
660 45
200 3.3
8.3
1.1 2.8
370-947-FDDI-08
008K81-31130-24
8
0.24
6.0
150
660 45
200 3.6
9.0
2.4 6.0
370-947-FDDI-12
012K81-33130-24
12
0.25
6.3
150
660 45
200 3.7
9.5
1.3 3.2
370-947-FDDI-18
018K81-33130-24
18
0.29
7.4
300
1320 90
400 4.4
11.1 2.9 7.4
370-947-FDDI-24
024K81-33130-24
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320 90
400 4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM2-TBD-02
002T81-31131-24
2
0.19
4.7
150
660 45
200 2.8
7.1
1.0 2.4
371-COROM2-TBD-04
004T81-31131-24
4
0.20
5.0
150
660 45
200 3.0
7.5
1.0 2.5
371-COROM2-TBD-06
006T81-31131-24
6
0.22
5.5
150
660 45
200 3.3
8.3
1.1 2.8
371-COROM2-TBD-12
012T81-33131-24
12
0.25
6.3
150
660 45
200 3.7
9.5
2.5 3.2
371-COROM2-TBD-24
024T81-33131-24
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320 90
400 4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM3-TBD-06
006T81-31180-24
6
0.22
5.5
150
660 45
200 3.3
8.3
1.1 2.8
371-COROM3-TBD-12
012T81-33180-24
12
0.25
6.3
150
660 45
200 3.7
9.5
1.3 3.2
371-COROM3-TBD-24
024T81-33180-24
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320 90
400 4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
4.28
Indoor Cables
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM4-TBD-06
006T81-31190-24
6
0.22
5.5
150
660 45
200 3.3
8.3
1.1 2.8
371-COROM4-TBD-12
012T81-33190-24
12
0.25
6.3
150
660 45
200 3.7
9.5
1.5 3.2
371-COROM4-TBD-24
024T81-33190-24
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320 90
400 4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-947-SMODE-02
002E81-31131-24
2
0.19
4.7
150
660 45
200
370-947-SMODE-04
004E81-31131-24
4
0.20
5.0
150
660 45
200
370-947-SMODE-06
006E81-31131-24
6
0.22
5.5
150
660 45
200
370-947-SMODE-08
008E81-31131-24
8
0.24
6.0
150
660 45
200
370-947-SMODE-12
012E81-33131-24
12
0.25
6.3
150
660 45
200
370-947-SMODE-24
024E81-33131-24
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320 90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.8
7.1
1.0 2.4
3.0
7.5
1.0 2.5
3.3
8.3
1.1 2.8
3.6
8.9
2.4 9.0
3.7
9.5
1.3 3.2
4.7
12.0 3.1 8.0
Vendor No.
012X81-A9030-24
370-947-HYBRID-12/6
018X81-A9044-24
370-947-HYBRID-12/12
024X81-A9034-24
370-947-HYBRID-24/12
036X81-A9037-24
(mm)
6.3
7.4
300
1320 90
400 4.4
11.1
2.9
7.4
8.0
300
1320 90
400 4.7
12.0
3.1
8.0
14.8
300
1320 90
400 8.7
22.2
5.8
14.8
Cable O.D.
(in.)
0.29
(mm)
7.4
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
300
1320 90
400
0.58
14.8
300
No. of
Fibers
6 MM/
6 SM
12 MM/ 0.29
6 SM
12 MM/ 0.31
12 SM
24 MM/ 0.58
12 SM
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.7
9.5
1.3 3.2
HYBRID: 50/125 MULTIMODE (OM2) AND 8.3/125 SINGLE-MODE (OS2)
Anixter No.
370-050-HYBMIC-06/12
Vendor No.
018X81-A8700-24
370-050-HYBMIC-12/24
036X81-A8371-24
No. of
Fibers
6 MM/
12 SM
12 MM/
24 SM
1320 90
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
4.4
11.1 2.9 7.4
400 8.7
22.2
5.8
14.8
4.29
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
370-947-HYBRID-6/6
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
150
660 45
200
Cable O.D.
(in.)
0.25
Indoor Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Indoor//Nonplenum-Rated Fiber Cable
MIC Unitized Riser Cables (36-144 Fiber)

PR71303V2-563083.tif
Corning Cable Systems MIC Unitized Riser Cables are multifiber cables with multiple subunits of 6 or
12 tight-buffered fibers stranded around a dielectric central member with dielectric-strength
members and a flame-retardant outer jacket. These cables meet the application requirements of the
National Electrical Code (NEC) and are OFNR- and FT4-listed. These cables are ideal for routing
inside buildings including in riser shafts, to telecommunications rooms and to workstations.
FEATURES
Multifiber cable with multiple subunits of 6 or 12 fibers
Utilizes TBII Buffered Fiber enabling easy, consistent stripping
All-dielectric construction requires no grounding or bonding
Available with metallic interlocking armor
Fiber Solutions
APPLICATIONS
Intrabuilding backbones in riser and general-purpose installations
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-947-FDDI-36
036K81-61130-24
36
0.58
14.8
300
1320 90
400 8.7
22.2 5.8 14.8
370-947-FDDI-48
048K81-61130-24
48
0.69
17.8
300
1320 90
400 10.5 26.7 7.0 17.8
D
370-947-FDDI-72
072K81-T3130-24
72
0.73
18.6
300
1320 90
400 11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM2-TBD-48
048T81-61131-24
48
0.69
17.8
300
1320 90
400 10.5 26.7 7.0 17.8
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM3-TBD-36
036T81-61180-24
36
0.58
14.8
300
1320 90
400 8.7
22.2 5.8 14.8
371-COROM3-TBD-48
048T81-61180-24
48
0.69
17.8
300
1320 90
400 10.5 26.7 7.0 17.8
371-COROM3-TBD-72
072T81-T3180-24
72
0.73
18.6
600
1320 90
400 11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM4-TBD-36
036T81-61190-24
36
0.58
14.8
300
1320 90
400 8.7
22.2 5.8 14.8
371-COROM4-TBD-48
048T81-61190-24
48
0.69
17.8
300
1320 90
400 10.5 26.7 7.0 17.8
371-COROM4-TBD-72
072T81-T3190-24
72
0.73
18.6
600
1320 90
400 11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
4.30
Indoor Cables
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-947-SMODE-36
036E81-61131-24
36
0.58
14.8
300
1320 90
400
370-947-SMODE-48
048E81-61131-24
48
0.69
17.8
300
1320 90
400
370-947-SMODE-72
072E81-T3131-24
72
0.73
18.6
300
1320 90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
8.7
22.2 5.8 14.8
10.5 26.7 7.0 17.8
11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Installation
Application Notes
Fiber Optic Cable Color Code
Fiber optic cables follow the same basic color-coding scheme as standard copper telephone cables, with the exception that fibers are colored individually, not in pairs. In
outside plant fiber cables, individual groups of fibers are bound together for identification by colored yarn or tubes. These binder groups follow the same color-code
scheme as the individual fibers so that the color of the first tube and the first fiber are the same, and so on. This eliminates confusion during the installation of
higher-fiber-count cables, because the installer can work with one binder group at a time, following the color code to terminate each fiber bundle in order.
The standard color code is as follows:
1. Blue, 2. Orange, 3. Green, 4. Brown, 5. Slate, 6. White, 7. Red, 8. Black, 9. Yellow, 10. Violet, 11. Rose, 12. Aqua.
In cables of 18 to 24 fibers, a stripe or black dash is used to identify fibers #13 to 24.
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Indoor//CSA FT-6 Plenum-Rated Fiber Cable
Fiber Solutions
MIC Plenum Cables (2-24 Fiber)

PR71304V2-563089.tif
Corning Cable Systems OFNP MIC cables utilize 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers surrounded by dielectric strength members
with a flexible, flame-retardant outer jacket. These cables meet the application requirements of the National Electrical
Code (NEC Article 770) and are OFNP- and FT6-listed. These cables are ideal for routing inside buildings within plenum
areas and riser shafts to telecommunications rooms and workstations.
FEATURES
900 m TBII Buffered Fibers enable easy, consistent stripping
Small diameter and bend radius allow easy installation in space-constrained areas
Available with metallic interlocking armor and all-dielectric interlocking armor
APPLICATIONS
Building backbone and horizontal installations in plenum, riser and general-purpose environments
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-949-FDDI-02
002K88-31130-29
2
0.20
5.0
100
440 30
132 3.0
7.5
1.0 2.5
370-949-FDDI-04
004K88-31130-29
4
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132 3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
370-949-FDDI-06
006K88-31130-29
6
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132 3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
370-949-FDDI-08
008K88-31130-29
8
0.23
5.9
100
440 30
132 3.5
8.9
2.3 5.9
370-949-FDDI-12
012K88-33130-29
12
0.24
6.1
100
440 30
132 3.6
9.2
1.2 3.1
370-949-FDDI-18
018K88-33130-29
18
0.29
7.4
150
660 45
200 4.4
11.1 2.9 7.4
370-949-FDDI-24
024K88-33130-29
24
0.31
7.8
150
660 45
200 4.6
11.7 3.1 7.8
4.31
Indoor Cables
(continued)
MIC Plenum Cables (2-24 Fiber)
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM2-TBD-02
002T88-31131-29
2
0.20
5.0
100
440 30
132 3.0
7.5
1.0 2.5
370-COROM2-TBD-04
004T88-31131-29
4
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132 3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
370-COROM2-TBD-06
006T88-31131-29
6
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132 3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
370-COROM2-TBD-08
008T88-31131-29
8
0.23
5.9
100
440 30
132 3.5
8.9
2.3 5.9
370-COROM2-TBD-12
012T88-33131-29
12
0.24
6.1
100
440 30
132 3.6
9.2
1.2 3.1
370-COROM2-TBD-18
018T88-33131-29
18
0.29
7.4
150
660 45
200 4.4
11.1 2.9 7.4
370-COROM2-TBD-24
024T88-33131-29
24
0.31
7.8
150
660 45
200 4.6
11.7 3.1 7.8
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM3-TBD-06
006T88-31180-29
6
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132 3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
370-COROM3-TBD-12
012T88-33180-29
12
0.24
6.1
100
440 30
132 3.6
9.2
1.2 3.1
370-COROM3-TBD-24
024T88-33180-29
24
0.31
7.8
150
660 45
200 4.6
11.7 3.1 7.8
50/125 MULTIMODE
(OM4)
D
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM4-TBD-06
006T88-31190-29
6
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132 3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
370-COROM4-TBD-12
012T88-33190-29
12
0.24
6.1
100
440 30
132 3.6
9.2
1.2 3.1
370-COROM4-TBD-24
024T88-33190-29
24
0.31
7.8
150
660 45
200 4.6
11.7 3.1 7.8
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-948-SMODE-02
002E88-31131-29
2
0.20
5.0
100
440 30
132
370-948-SMODE-04
004E88-31131-29
4
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132
370-948-SMODE-06
006E88-31131-29
6
0.21
5.3
100
440 30
132
370-948-SMODE-12
012E88-33131-29
12
0.24
6.1
100
440 30
132
370-948-SMODE-24
024E88-33131-29
24
0.31
7.8
150
660 45
200
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.0
7.5
1.0 2.5
3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
3.2
8.0
1.1 2.7
3.6
9.2
1.2 3.1
4.6
11.7 3.1 7.8
Anixter No.
370-949-HYBRID-6/6
Vendor No.
012X88-A9031-29
370-949-HYBRID-12/6
018X88-A9045-29
4.32
No. of
Fibers
6 MM/
6 SM
12 MM/
6 SM
Cable O.D.
(in.)
0.24
(mm)
6.1
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
100
440 30
132
0.29
7.4
150
660
45
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.6
9.2
1.2 3.1
200 4.4
11.1
2.9
7.4
Indoor Cables
Anixter No.
370-949-HYBRID-12/12
Vendor No.
024X88-A9036-29
370-949-HYBRID-18/6
024X88-A9035-29
370-949-HYBRID-24/12
036X88-A9038-29
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.)
12 MM/ 0.31
12 SM
18 MM/ 0.31
6 SM
24 MM/ 0.58
12 SM
(mm)
7.8
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
150
660 45
200
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
4.6
11.7 3.1 7.8
7.8
150
660
45
200 4.6
11.7
3.1
7.8
14.8
150
660
45
200 8.7
22.2
5.8
14.8
MIC Unitized Plenum Cables (36-144 Fiber)
APPLICATIONS
Intrabuilding backbone installations in plenum, riser and general-purpose environments
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-949-FDDI-36
036K88-61130-29
36
0.58
14.8
150
660 45
200 8.7
22.2 5.8 14.8
370-949-FDDI-48
048K88-61130-29
48
0.69
17.8
150
660 45
200 10.5 26.7 6.9 17.8
370-949-FDDI-72
072K88-T3130-29
72
0.73
18.6
150
660 45
200 11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
370-949-FDDI-96
096K88-T3130-29
96
0.87
22.2
150
660 45
200 13.1 33.3 8.7 22.2
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers (in.)
370-COROM2-TBD-48
048T88-61131-29
48
0.69
17.8
150
660 45
200 10.5 26.7 6.9 17.8
370-COROM2-TBD-72
072T88-T3131-29
72
0.73
18.6
150
660 45
200 11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers (in.)
370-COROM3-TBD-48
048T88-61180-29
48
0.69
17.8
150
660 45
200 10.5 26.7 6.9 17.8
370-COROM3-TBD-72
072T88-T3180-29
72
0.73
18.6
150
660 45
200 11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
4.33
Fiber Solutions

PR71305V2-563095.tif
Corning Cable Systems Plenum MIC Unitized Cables are multifiber cables with stranded subunits of
six or 12 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers surrounded by a dielectric strength member and a
flame-retardant outer jacket. These cables meet the application requirements of the National
Electrical Code (NEC Article 770) and are OFNP- and FT6-listed. They are ideal for routing inside
buildings within plenum areas and riser shafts to the telecommunications rooms and workstations.
FEATURES
TBII Buffered Fibers enable easy, consistent stripping
Available with metallic interlocking armor up to 72 fibers
Indoor Cables
(continued)
MIC Unitized Plenum Cables (36-144 Fiber)

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM4-TBDUNT-36
036T81-61190-29
36
0.58
14.8
150
660 45
200 8.7
22.2 5.8 14.8
048T81-61190-29
48
0.69
17.8
150
660 45
200 10.5 26.7 7.0 17.8
072T81-T3190-29
72
0.73
18.6
150
660 45
200 11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-948-SMODE-36
036E88-61131-29
36
0.58
14.8
150
660 45
200
370-948-SMODE-48
048E88-61131-29
48
0.69
17.8
150
660 45
200
370-948-SMODE-72
072E88-T3131-29
72
0.73
18.6
150
660 45
200
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
8.7
22.2 5.8 14.8
10.5 26.7 6.9 17.8
11.0 27.9 7.3 18.6
Fiber Solutions
MIC Interlocking Armored Riser Cables (2-24 Fiber)

PR71306V2-563101.tif
Corning Cable Systems MIC Interlocking Armored Riser cables are standard OFNR MIC cables inside a
spirally wrapped interlocking aluminum armor for ruggedness and superior crush resistance. These
D
cables meet the application
requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC Article 770) and are
OFCR- and FT4-listed.
FEATURES
Flexible interlocking aluminum armor offers superior crush resistance and cable protection
Armored design allows easy one-step installation of protected cable, reducing overall
installation cost
Flame-retardant outer jacket enables easier cable pulling; exterior jacket print includes length
markings and identification via jacket color
Available with guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet performance and 10 Gigabit Ethernet performance
APPLICATIONS
Intrabuilding backbones and horizontal installations in riser and general-purpose environments
Industrial and heavy traffic areas requiring extra protection for optical cables
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-064-IRAIA-12
012K81-33130-A1
12
0.50
12.6
150
660 45
200 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
370-064-IRAIA-24
024K81-33130-A1
24
0.59
15
300
1320 90
400 8.9
22.5 5.9 15
4.34
Indoor Cables
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM2-TBA-06
006T81-31131-A1
6
0.47
11.9
150
660 45
200 7.0
17.9 4.7 11.9
371-COROM2-TBA-12
012T81-33131-A1
12
0.50
12.6
150
660 45
200 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
371-COROM2-TBA-24
024T81-33131-A1
24
0.59
15
300
1320 90
400 8.9
22.5 5.9 15
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM3-TBA-06
006T81-31180-A1
6
0.47
11.9
150
660 45
200 7.0
17.9 4.7 12.2
371-COROM3-TBA-12
012T81-33180-A1
12
0.50
12.6
150
660 45
200 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
371-COROM3-TBA-24
024T81-33180-A1
24
0.59
15
300
1320 90
400 8.9
21.5 5.9 14.3

Maximum attenuation: 0.65/.5 dB/km (1310/1550 nm); serial Gigabit Ethernet distance: 5,000 m (1310 nm).
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
371-COROS2-TBA-12
012E81-33131-A1
12
0.50
12.6
150
660 45
200
371-COROS2-TBA-24
024E81-33131-A1
24
0.59
15
300
1320 90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
8.9
22.5 5.9 15
MIC Interlocking Armored Plenum Cables (2-24 Fiber)

PR71307V2-563107.tif
Corning Cable Systems MIC Interlocking Armored Plenum Cables are standard OFNP MIC cables
encased inside a spirally wrapped, interlocking armor for ruggedness and superior crush resistance.
The flame-retardant outer jacket enables easier cable pulling. The exterior jacket print includes
length markings and identification via jacket color. These cables meet the application requirements
of the National Electrical Code (NEC Article 770) and are OFCP- and FT6-listed.
FEATURES
Flexible aluminum interlocking armor offers superior crush resistance and cable protection
Armored design allows easy one-step installation of protected cable
Available with guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet performance and 10 Gigabit Ethernet performance
APPLICATIONS
Intrabuilding backbone and horizontal installations in plenum, riser and general-purpose environments
Industrial and heavy-traffic areas requiring extra protection for optical cables
4.35
Fiber Solutions
50/125 MULTIMODE (OM4) 50/125 MULTIMODE (OM4)

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers (in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM4-TBA-06
006T81-31190-A1
6
0.47
11.9
150
660 45
200 7.0
17.9 4.7 11.9
371-COROM4-TBA-12
012T81-33190-A1
12
0.50
12.6
150
660 45
200 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
371-COROM4-TBA-24
024T81-33190-A1
24
0.59
15
300
1320 90
400 8.9
22.5 5.9 15
Indoor Cables
(continued)
MIC Interlocking Armored Plenum Cables (2-24 Fiber)

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-406-ARMORMIC-04
004K88-31130-A3
4
0.48
12.2
100
440 30
132 7.2
18.3 4.8 12.2
370-406-ARMORMIC-06
006K88-31130-A3
6
0.48
12.2
100
440 30
132 7.2
18.3 4.8 12.2
370-406-ARMORMIC-12
012K88-33130-A3
12
0.50
12.6
100
440 30
132 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
370-406-ARMORMIC-18
018K88-33130-A3
18
0.54
13.7
150
660 45
200 8.1
20.6 5.4 13.7
370-406-ARMORMIC-24
024K88-33130-A3
24
0.56
14.3
150
660 45
200 8.5
21.5 5.6 14.3
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM2-TBA-06
006T88-31131-A3
6
0.48
12.2
100
440 30
132 7.2
18.3 4.8 12.2
370-COROM2-TBA-12
012T88-33131-A3
12
0.50
12.6
100
440 30
132 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
370-COROM2-TBA-24
024T88-33131-A3
24
0.56
14.3
150
660 45
200 8.5
21.5 5.6 14.3
D
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM3-TBA-06
006T88-31180-A3
6
0.48
12.2
100
440 30
132 7.2
18.3 4.8 12.2
370-COROM3-TBA-12
012T88-33180-A3
12
0.50
12.6
100
440 30
132 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
370-COROM3-TBA-24
024T88-33180-A3
24
0.56
14.3
150
660 45
200 8.5
21.5 5.6 14.3
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM4-TBA-06
006T88-31190-A3
6
0.48
12.2
100
440 30
132 7.2
18.3 4.8 12.2
370-COROM4-TBA-12
012T88-33190-A3
12
0.50
12.6
100
440 30
132 7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
370-COROM4-TBA-24
024T88-33190-A3
24
0.56
14.3
150
660 45
200 8.5
21.5 5.6 14.3
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-COR8.3-TBAIRL-06
006E88-31131-A3
6
0.48
12.2
100
440 30
132
370-407-ARMORMIC-12
012E88-33131-A3
12
0.50
12.6
100
440 30
132
370-407-ARMORMIC-24
024E88-33131-A3
24
0.56
14.3
150
660 45
200
4.36
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.2
18.3 4.8 12.2
7.4
18.9 5.0 12.6
8.5
21.5 5.6 14.3
Indoor Cables
MIC DX Armored Riser Cables (6-24 Fiber)

PR71308V2-563113.tif
Corning Cable Systems MIC DX Armored Riser Cables are standard OFNR MIC riser subunits placed
inside a dielectric armor for ruggedness and superior crush resistance without the conductive
properties of traditional armor. The individually jacketed TBII Buffered Fibers enable easy, consistent
stripping and facilitate termination. The fibers are stranded around a dielectric central member that
is protected by a flexible, all-dielectric armor offering easy, one-step installation and over four times
the crush protection compared to unarmored cables.
FEATURES
Flame-retardant jacket provides rugged and durable protection in heavy traffic or more
challenging mechanical exposure conditions
Easy armor removal ensures increased safety and speed at installation
APPLICATIONS
For use in riser and general-purpose environments for intrabuilding backbone and horizontal installations

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM2-TBAD-06
006T81-31131-D1
6
0.40
10.2
200
890 100
444 6.0
10.2 4.0 10.1
371-COROM2-TBAD-12
012T81-33131-D1
12
0.43
11.0
225
1000 133
593 6.4
11.0 4.3 10.9
371-COROM2-TBAD-24
024T81-33131-D1
24
0.50
13.1
600
2668 310
1400 5.2
12.8 7.8 19.7
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM3-TBAD-06
006T81-31180-D1
6
0.40
10.2
200
890 100
444 6.0
10.2 4.0 10.1
371-COROM3-TBAD-12
012T81-33180-D1
12
0.43
11.0
225
1000 133
593 6.4
16.5 4.3 10.9
371-COROM3-TBAD-24
024T81-33180-D1
24
0.52
13.1
600
2668 310
1400 5.2
12.8 7.8 19.7
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM4-TBAD-06
006T81-31190-D1
6
0.40
10.2
200
890 100
444 6.0
10.2 4.0 10.1
371-COROM4-TBAD-12
012T81-33190-D1
12
0.43
11.0
225
1000 133
593 6.4
16.5 4.3 10.9
371-COROM4-TBAD-24
024T81-33190-D1
24
0.52
13.1
600
2668 310
1400 5.2
12.8 7.8 19.7
4.37
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM1-TBAD-06
006K81-31130-D1
6
0.40
10.1
200
890 100
444 6.0
15.2 4.0 10.2
371-COROM1-TBAD-12
012K81-33130-D1
12
0.43
10.9
225
1000 133
593 6.4
16.4 4.3 10.9
371-COROM1-TBAD-24
024K81-33130-D1
24
0.50
13.0
585
2600 195
867 7.6
19.4 5.1 13.0
Indoor Cables
(continued)
MIC DX Armored Riser Cables (6-24 Fiber)

Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers (in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
371-COR8.3-TBAD-06
006E81-31131-D1
6
0.40
10.1
200
890 100
444
371-COR8.3-TBAD-12
012E81-33131-D1
12
0.43
10.9
225
1000 133
593
371-COR8.3-TBAD-24
024E81-33131-D1
24
0.50
13.0
585
2600 195
867
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.0
15.2 4.0 10.2
6.4
16.4 4.3 10.9
7.6
19.4 5.1 13.0
Fiber Solutions
MIC DX Armored Plenum Cables (6-24 Fiber)

PR71309V2-563119.tif
Corning Cable Systems MIC DX Armored Plenum Cables are standard OFNP MIC Plenum subunits
placed inside a dielectric armor for ruggedness and superior crush resistance without the
conductive properties of traditional armor. Individually jacketed TBII Buffered Fibers enable easy,
consistent stripping and facilitate termination.
The fibers are stranded around a dielectric central member that is protected by a flexible,
all-dielectric armor offering easy, one-step installation and over four times the crush protection
compared to unarmored cables.
FEATURES
Flame-retardant jacket provides rugged and durable protection in heavy traffic or more
challenging mechanical exposure conditions
Easy armor removal ensures increased safety and speed at installation
APPLICATIONS D
For use in plenum, riser and general-purpose environments for intrabuilding backbone and horizontal installations
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM1-TBAD-06
006K88-31130-D3
6
0.41
10.5
200
890 100
444 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
370-COROM1-TBAD-12
012K88-33130-D3
12
0.45
11.5
225
1000 133
593 6.8
17.3 4.5 11.5
370-COROM1-TBAD-24
024K88-33130-D3
24
0.52
13.1
585
2600 195
867 7.7
19.7 5.2 13.1
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM2-TBAD-06
006T88-31131-D3
6
0.41
10.5
200
890 100
444 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
370-COROM2-TBAD-12
012T88-33131-D3
12
0.45
11.5
225
1000 133
593 6.8
17.3 4.5 11.5
370-COROM2-TBAD-24
024T88-33131-D3
24
0.52
13.1
585
2600 195
867 7.7
19.7 5.2 13.1
4.38
Indoor Cables
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM3-TBAD-06
006T88-31180-D3
6
0.41
10.5
200
890 100
444 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
370-COROM3-TBAD-12
012T88-33180-D3
12
0.45
11.5
225
1000 133
593 6.8
17.3 4.5 11.5
370-COROM3-TBAD-24
024T88-33180-D3
24
0.52
13.1
585
2600 195
867 7.7
19.7 5.2 13.1
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM4-TBAD-06
006T88-31190-D3
6
0.41
10.5
200
890 100
444 6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
370-COROM4-TBAD-12
012T88-33190-D3
12
0.45
11.5
225
1000 133
593 6.8
17.3 4.5 11.5
370-COROM4-TBAD-24
024T88-33190-D3
24
0.52
13.1
585
2600 195
867 7.7
19.7 5.2 13.1
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.2
15.8 4.1 10.5
6.8
17.3 4.5 11.5
7.7
19.7 5.2 13.1
Fan-out Plenum Cables

PR71310V2-563125.tif
Corning Cable Systems OFNP Fan-out Cables are flexible multifiber cables that use individually
jacketed, 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers stranded around a dielectric central member with a
flame-retardant outer jacket. Ideal for use in plenum and riser spaces within buildings, for building
backbone and for horizontal cabling; particularly ideal for applications requiring direct connection
to terminal equipment or requiring extra rugged cables.
FEATURES
Uses 900 m TBII Buffered Fiber enabling easy, consistent stripping
Meets application requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC Article 770)
Listed OFNP and FT6
Available with 1.6 mm and 2.9 mm heavy-duty subunits
62.5/125 m fiber
Maximum attenuation: 3.4/1.0 dB/km (850/1300 nm)
Minimum LED: 200/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm)
Effective modal bandwidth: 220 MHzkm (850 nm)
Serial Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300/550 m (850/1300 nm)
4.39
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-COR8.3-TBAD-06
006E88-31131-D3
6
0.41
10.5
200
890 100
444
370-COR8.3-TBAD-12
012E88-33131-D3
12
0.45
11.5
225
1000 133
593
370-COR8.3-TBAD-24
024E88-33131-D3
24
0.52
13.1
585
2600 195
867
Indoor Cables
(continued)
Fan-out Plenum Cables
2.0 MM SUBUNITS
Anixter No.
370-648-FDDI2.0-02
370-648-FDDI2.0-04
370-648-FDDI2.0-06
Vendor No.
002K68-31330-29
004K68-31330-29
006K68-31330-29
No. of
Fibers
2
4
6
Cable O.D.
(in.)
0.20
0.30
0.30
(mm)
5.8
6.8
8.3
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
100
440 30
132
100
440 30
132
100
440 30
132
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.5
8.7
2.3 5.8
4.0
10.2 2.7 6.8
4.9
12.5 3.3 8.3
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM3-TBDFO2-02
002T68-31380-29
2
0.20
5.8
100
440 30
132 3.5
8.7
2.3 5.8
004T68-31380-29
4
0.30
6.8
100
440 30
132 4.0
10.2 2.7 6.8
006T68-31380-29
6
0.30
8.3
100
440 30
132 4.9
12.5 3.3 8.3
012T68-31380-29
12
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400 7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
024T68-31380-29
24
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400 7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
072T68-31380-29
72
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400 7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
Ribbon Plenum Cables

PR71606V2-572842.tif
D
Ribbon plenum cables
are used in intrabuilding backbones in plenum and general-purpose
installations. Ribbon Plenum cables consist of 12 to 216 fibers organized into easily identifiable,
12-fiber ribbons inside a central tube. Helically stranded fiberglass rovings provide tensile strength.
A specially formulated flame-retardant outer jacket allows the design to meet the requirements of
the NFPA 262 flame test for ribbon plenum cables.
FEATURES
Listed OFNP/FT6 for plenum applications
Available preconnectorized for easy field installation and reduced labor costs
Easily accessible individual fibers
Precise fiber and ribbon geometries result in excellent mass-splicing yields
12-fiber ribbons with readily identifiable ribbon ID numbers and fiber colors
Compatible with standard ribbon cable procedures and hardware
Ribbon riser cables are available
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
012T68-31380-29
12
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400 7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
024T68-31380-29
24
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400 7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
072T68-31380-29
72
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400 7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
4.40
Indoor Cables
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-COROS2-RIBD-12
012EC8-14101-20
12
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400
370-COROS2-RIBD-24
024EC8-14101-20
24
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400
370-COROS2-RIBD-72
072EC8-14101-20
72
0.49
12.4
300
1320 90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
7.3
18.6 4.9 12.4
For more information contact your local sales office.
Ribbon Plenum Interconnect Cables

PR71607V2-572848.tif
Corning Cable Systems Ribbon Plenum Interconnect Cables offer a perfect complement to multifiber
connector strategies. Available with 8 or 12 fibers, these cables make compact, rugged
patch cables.
FEATURES
Ribbon interconnect cable available with 8- and 12-fiber ribbons
Dielectric strength members within a flexible, flame-retardant jacket
Meets the application requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC Article 770)
Listed OFNP/FT6

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
Fibers (in.)
370-COROS2-RIBIC-08
008EJ8-81131-0F
8
0.14 x 0.09
4.2 x 2.2 50
220 15
66
370-COROS2-RIBIC-12
012EJ8-T3131-0F
12
0.14 x 0.09
4.2 x 2.2 50
220 15
66
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
4.41
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM3-RIBIC-08
008TJ8-81180-0F
8
0.14 x 0.09
4.2 x 2.2 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
370-COROM3-RIBIC-12
012TJ8-T3180-0F
12
0.14 x 0.09
4.2 x 2.2 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
Indoor Cables
Single-fiber Riser Cables

PR71311V2-563131.tif
Corning Cable Systems single-fiber riser cable uses a 900 m TBII Buffered Fiber surrounded by
aramid-yarn strength members and an improved flexible, flame-retardant jacket.
FEATURES
Flame-retardant outer jacket
Dielectric strength members
TBII Buffered Fiber for easy coating removal
Buffering diameter: 900 m
Approvals, listings and standards: NEC OFNR, CSA FT4, ICEA S-83-596
Flame resistance: UL 1666 (for riser and general-purpose building applications)
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM1-TBD-01
001K31-31130-24
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.5
371-COROM1-TBIC20-01
001K31-31330-24
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
D
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
001T31-31180-24
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.5
001T31-31380-24
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
001T31-31190-24
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.5
001T31-31390-24
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
Fibers (in.)
370-147-SMODE-1
001E31-31131-24
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66
370-047-8125-01
001E31-31331-24
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66
4.42
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
Indoor Cables
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Indoor//Plenum-Rated Cable
Single-fiber Plenum Cables

PR71312V2-563137.tif
Corning Cable Systems single-fiber plenum cable uses a 900 m TBII Buffered Fiber surrounded by
aramid yarn-strength members and an improved flexible, flame-retardant jacket. They are ideal for
interconnect applications within plenum areas.
FEATURES
Approvals, listings and standards: NEC OFNP, CSA FT6, ICEA S-83-596
Flame resistance: NFPA 262 (for plenum, riser and general-purpose building applications)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
001K38-31130-29
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.5
001K38-31330-29
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
001T38-31190-29
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.5
001T38-31390-29
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
Fibers (in.)
370-COROS2-TBIC29-01
001E38-31131-29
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66
370-COROS2-TBIC20-01
001E38-31331-29
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
NOTE: Also available in single-mode.
4.43
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
001T38-31181-29
1
0.11
2.9
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.5
001T38-31381-29
1
0.08
2.0
50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Indoor Cables
2-fiber Zipcord Riser Cables

PR71313V2-563143.jpg
Corning Cable Systems Zipcord Cable utilizes two 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers surrounded by
aramid-yarn strength members with a flame-retardant jacket. The Zipcord Cable is ideal for
interconnect applications and is available with approval for TEMPEST applications.
FEATURES
Approvals and listings: NEC OFNR, CSA FT4, ICEA S-83-596
Flame resistance: UL 1666 (for riser and general building applications)
Not compatible with MT-RJ connectors
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COROM1-ZIP2.0-02
002K51-31130-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.4
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
D
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
002T51-31131-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.4
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers (in.)
002T51-31180-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.4
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers (in.)
002T51-31190-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.4
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-147-SMODE-2
002E51-31131-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66
4.44
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
Indoor Cables
Application Notes
Zipcord duplex, dual-subunit duplex and simplex jumper cordage require no breakout kit for connectorization. Jacket O.D. on the individual units is 1.6 to 2.8 mm. Round
duplex jumper cordage typically used for duplex connector cable assemblies (i.e., FDDI, MT-RJ) requires a breakout kit only if the other end of the cable assembly is to be
connectorized with simplex connectors (ST, FC, etc.). No breakout kit is used if round duplex cordage is to be connectorized at both ends with a duplex connector. Note: One
side of zipcord is printed the entire length to identify fiber #1 from #2.
2-fiber Zipcord Plenum Cables

PR71314V2-563149.tif
Corning Cable Systems Zipcord Cable utilizes two 900 m TBII Buffered Fibers surrounded by aramid-yarn strength members
with a flexible, flame-retardant jacket. The Zipcord Cable is ideal for interconnect applications within plenum areas.
FEATURES
Approvals and listings: NEC OFNP, CSA FT6, ICEA S-83-596
Flame resistance: NFPA 262 (for plenum, riser and general building applications)

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
002T58-31331-24
2
0.07 x 0.14
2.0 x 4.0 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
002T58-31380-24
2
0.07 x 0.14
2.0 x 4.0 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
002T58-31190-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.4
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
370-148-SMODE-2
002E58-31131-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
4.45
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-148-62SJ-2
002K58-31141-24
2
0.11 x 0.22
2.8 x 5.6 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.55 1.4
Indoor Cables
Reel in a Box Plenum 2-fiber Zipcord
Fiber Solutions

PR72533V2-586410.tif
Reel in a Box is Corning Cable Systems innovative packaging solution for small reels of fiber optic
cable in all inside-plant applications, such as colocation data centers and wireless projects. This
packaging solution provides features that enable our customers greater efficiencies than before.
Corning Cable Systems Zipcord Cables are designed for interconnect applications. Two 900 m TBII
Buffered Fibers are surrounded by aramid-yarn strength members and a flame-retardant jacket. This
cable design offers mechanical durability and flame resistance that meet the requirements of the
National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 770.
FEATURES
Approvals and listings: NEC OFNP, CSA FT6, ICEA S-83-596
Flame resistance: NFPA 262 (for plenum, riser and general building applications)
Maximum attenuation: 3.4/1.0 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); minimum LED: 200/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); effective modal bandwidth: 220 MHzkm (850 nm);
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COROM1-ZP20RB-02
002K58-31330-B2
2
0.07 x 0.14
2.0 x 4.0 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
D
50/125 MULTIMODE
(OM2)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
002T58-31331-B2
2
0.07 x 0.14
2.0 x 4.0 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
002T58-31380-B2
2
0.07 x 0.14
2.0 x 4.0 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N (in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
002T58-31390-B2
2
0.07 x 0.14
2.0 x 4.0 50
220 15
66 2.0
5.0
0.40 1.0
Max. Tensile Load
Installation
Long Term
No. of Cable O.D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.)
N
Fibers (in.)
370-COROS2-ZP20RB-02
002E58-31380-B2
2
0.07 x 0.14
2.0 x 4.0 50
220 15
66
4.46
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.0 2.5
Fan-out Kits
./
Application Notes
Selecting Fiber Buffer Tube Fan-out Kits
Buffer Tube Fan-out (BTF) kits offer a cost-effective breakout method for the
direct connectorization of the 250 m fibers found in loose-tube fiber optic
cables. The kit consists of the BTF body for 2.4 to 3.0 mm-diameter loose
tubes and 6- or 12-fiber, 900 m, color-coded, fan-out tube assemblies 25 or
47 inches long. The BTF body clips directly to the loose-buffer tube containing
the outdoor fiber. The number of fan-out kits required is determined by the
fiber count of the cable to be installed. The loose-tube designs generally use
12 fibers per tube.
Contact your local sales representative for available specifications.
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Splice Equipment//Fiber Systems
Buffer Tube Fan-out Kits

PR23968V2-173131.tif
OUTDOOR BUFFER TUBE FAN-OUT KITS

Outdoor temperature range -40 to +70C.
Description
179221
FAN-OD25-06
25 in. long, six fibers per tube
267519
FAN-OD47-06
222421
FAN-OD25-12
25 in. long, 12 fibers per tube
265900
FAN-OD47-12
CABLE CLEANER
196997
FC-45-1
Description
45 towelettes (6 in. x 7.75 in.) in a
"pop-up" canister (6.75 in. H x
4.0 in. W)
To order a Buffer Tube Fan-out Kit, first determine the length

of tubing required for connector termination, either 25 in. or 47 in.
Note: 47 in. is only recommended if installing into FDC Connector Modules;
25 in. is recommended for Connector Panels and wall-mount
hardware. Next, determine the number of fibers per buffer tube.
Use one kit per tube per cable end.
Ribbon Fan-out Kits
APPLICATIONS
Field-termination of loose-tube cables at indoor or outdoor cross-connects
INDOOR BUFFER TUBE FAN-OUT KITS
Indoor temperature range 0 to +70C.
152285
FAN-BT25-06
170433
FAN-BT36-06
152287
FAN-BT47-06
152286
FAN-BT25-12
189218
FAN-BT36-12
152288
FAN-BT47-12
Description
pr5557V2-9212.tif
Corning Cable Systems Ribbon Fan-out Kits are specifically designed for the
termination of 12-fiber bare or jacketed ribbons. These fan-out kits provide the
ultimate solution for those users who want to field-install connectors. The kits
provide the most compact, easy-to-install fan-out solution requiring no additional
hardware or space than that for terminating tight-buffered cables.
The Ribbon Fan-out Kit features a 900 m fan-out assembly that is color-coded to
match the fiber color scheme.
FEATURES
Snap-together furcation unit eliminates epoxy
Compact design
Quick and easy to install
Optimized for field-termination of cables
Excellent fiber-routing capabilities
Bend radius protection designed into each unit
APPLICATIONS
Field termination of ribbon cables at indoor cross-connects
Description
203693
RIB-FAN-12
25 in.
312978
RIB-FAN-12-36
36 in.
4.47
Fiber Solutions
Corning Cable Systems Indoor and Outdoor Buffer Tube Fan-out Kits are specifically
designed for the termination of 6- and 12-fiber buffer tubes. These buffer tube
fan-out kits provide the ultimate solution for those users who want to field-install
connectors. The kits provide the most compact, easy-to-install fan-out solution
requiring no additional hardware or space than that for terminating tight-buffered
cables. Indoor and outdoor kits feature a 900 m fan-out assembly that is
color-coded to match the fiber color scheme. The fan-out assembly is available with
6- or 12-fiber units in lengths of 25, 36 or 47 inches. These different lengths provide
the installer the flexibility needed for a variety of hardware options.
FEATURES
Eliminates strain on fibers by isolating them from tensile forces
Colored fan-out tubing
Snap-together furcation unit eliminates epoxy for indoor kits
Compact design
Quick and easy to install
Excellent fiber-routing capabilities
Bend-radius protection designed into each unit
Outdoor kits include additional elements that compensate for wider temperature
fluctuations common in outdoor environments
Indoor temperature range: 0 to +70C
Outdoor temperature range: -40 to +70C
Fan-out Kits
Spider Fan-out Kits
Fiber Solutions
PR34684V2-259652.tif
Corning Cable Systems Spider Fan-out Kits offer a modular solution for low-cost
furcation. With the fan-out kit base housing, you can use the 6-fiber inserts to create
a customized solution of 6-, 12-, 18- or 24-fiber furcation. They are designed for
factory and field furcation of loose-tube nonarmored cables or tight-buffered cables
into 2.0 mm or 2.9 mm jacketed legs with cable diameter sizes of 4.6 mm up to
15.7 mm, and they eliminate the need for patch panels. Composed of an inner tube,
an aramid-yarn strength member and an outer protective PVDF jacket, the fan-out
tubing provides three layers of protection. The fan-out insert then snaps into the
main spider housing. When all the inserts have been loaded, the outer housing is
installed to complete the assembly.
FEATURES
Low cost
Craft-friendly
Modular, compact design
No special tools or heat-shrinks
Field or factoryD termination
Cost-effective for splicing and terminating hardware
Nonmetallic/high-strength, rugged, composite material
APPLICATIONS
Field termination of tight-buffered or loose-tube cables when patch panels are
not used
To manufacture field or factory multifiber jumpers or patch cords
BASE UNITS
Anixter No.
449966
447047
Vendor No.
SFK-BASE-2SLOT
SFK-BASE-4SLOT
Description
2-slot base unit
4-slot base unit
SPIDER FAN-OUT INSERTS (SINGLE-FIBER TUBES)

Description
499436
INS-06F-250-3-A
Six tubes, 250 m, 3 mm
446916
INS-06F-250-3-O
446917
INS-06F-250-3-Y
446918
INS-06F-900-3-A
446919
INS-06F-900-3-O
446920
INS-06F-900-3-Y
CABLE CLEANER
196997
FC-45-1
Color
Aqua
Orange
Yellow
Aqua
Orange
Yellow
Description
"pop-up" canister (6.75 in. H x 4.0 in. W)
Contact your local sales representative for information on

additional fiber counts.
4.48
Connectors
TOOL KITS
./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Connectors//Fiber Optic Applications
UniCam Connector Organizer Packs

PR19902V2-55400.tif
Organizer packs are packs of 25 unassembled UniCam Connectors that include the
connector assembly and 900 micron boot only. If you need to install the UniCam
connectors on 3 mm, 2 mm or 1.6 mm cables then you must order the single packs.
Add a "Z" to the end of any UniCam part number and get an organizer pack of
25 connectors to install on 900 micron fiber.
Vendor No.
95-000-40-Z
348182
95-050-40-Z
Vendor No.
95-000-41-Z
347920
347929
95-050-41-Z
95-200-42-Z
LC
Anixter No.
348027
Vendor No.
95-000-99-Z
348026
348025
347927
95-050-99-Z
95-050-99-X-Z
95-200-99-Z
Vendor No.
TKT-UNICAM
347845
TKT-UNICAM-PFC
Description
UniCam Standard Performance
connector installation kit
UniCam High-performance Tool Kit
UniCam High-performance Multimode Connectors

LC, SC, ST Compatible
PR19899V2-53187.tif
Description
62.5 m, OM1, organizer pack,
25/pk
50 m, OM2, organizer pack
UNICAM HIGH-PERFORMANCE CONNECTORS

ST Compatible Connectors
Description
347926
95-000-51-Z
25/pk
347925
95-050-51-Z
50 m, OM3, organizer pack, 25/pk
347924
95-050-51-X-Z
347931
95-200-52-Z
SM, OS2
SC
Anixter No.
347919
Anixter No.
170006
Fiber Solutions
UNICAM STANDARD PERFORMANCE CONNECTORS

ST Compatible Connectors
Description
347921
95-000-50-Z
62.5 m, OM1, organizer pack
347922
95-050-50-Z
SC
Anixter No.
348177
PR72315V2-580769.tif
Description
25/pk
SM, OS2
Description
25/pk
Single-mode, organizer pack, 25/pk
With UniCam High-performance Multimode Connectors, best-in-class optical

performance is available in a fast, easy, field-termination solution. These patented,
high-precision, ceramic ferrule, multimode connectors guarantee a 0.1 dB-typical/
0.5 dB-maximum insertion loss per connector pair for exceptional network
performance. And with the UniCam High-performance Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM-PFC), an
LC, SC or ST Compatible connector can easily be installed in about 45 seconds. The
lightweight, handheld installation tool and the high-performance cleaver virtually
eliminate human variability from installation: Corning products ensures terminations
are performed right, the first time, every time. Every UniCam Connector is
100 percent guaranteed, by Corning, to meet the published specification at the time
of installation, or Corning Cable Systems will replace it.
FEATURES
Typical insertion loss of 0.1 dB and maximum insertion loss of 0.5 dB for
best-in-class optical performance
Broad operating-temperature range (-40 to +75 C) for true utility
and flexibility
The UniCam High-performance Tool Kit virtually eliminates human variability in
installation, with consistent, reliable results
Available in single packs for installation on 3 mm, 2 mm, 1.6 mm and
900 micron cable
UniCam Connector organizer packs are available for installation on 900 micron
only. Organizer pack includes connector assembly and 900 micron boot only
100 percent guaranteed by Corning (UniCam Connectors are guaranteed to meet
the published specifications at the time of installation)
4.49
Connectors
(continued)
UniCam High-performance Multimode Connectors

UNICAM HIGH-PERFORMANCE INSTALLATION TOOL KIT
PR72315V2-580769.tif
APPLICATIONS
Main cross-connect, intermediate cross-connect, horizontal cross-connect
Ideal for fiber-to-the-workstation applications where installation setup and
teardown times are critical
Anywhere low-loss connectivity is critical
Data centers
Fiber Solutions
LC CONNECTORS
UniCam High-performance LC Connectors. Organizer packs are for 900 m
installation only and packs of 25 unassembled UniCam Connectors separated into
components. Single packs contain the strain relief for installation on 3 mm, 2 mm,
1.6 mm and 900 micron cable.
Description
338911
95-050-99-X
50 m, OM3, single pack
348025
95-050-99-X-Z
338910
95-050-99
348026
95-050-99-Z
338909
95-000-99
62.5 m, OM1, single pack
348027
95-000-99-Z
25/pk
SC CONNECTORS
UniCam High-performance SC Connectors. Organizer packs are packs of
25 unassembled UniCam Connectors separated into components.
Description
338903
95-050-41-X
347923
95-050-41-X-Z
338904
95-050-41
347920
95-050-41-Z
338894
95-000-41
347919
95-000-41-Z
25/pk
ST COMPATIBLE CONNECTORS
UniCam High-performance ST compatible connectors. Organizer packs are packs of
25 unassembled UniCam Connectors separated into components.
Description
338912
95-050-51-X
347924
95-050-51-X-Z
338901
95-050-51
50 m, single pack
347925
95-050-51-Z
338897
95-000-51
347926
95-000-51-Z
25/pk
Anixter No.
347845
Vendor No.
TKT-UNICAM-PFC
Description
UniCam High-performance Single-mode Connectors

With UniCam high-performance single-mode connectors, best-in-class optical
performance is available in a fast, easy, field-termination solution for single-mode
fibers. These patented, high-precision LC, SC and ST compatible single-mode
connectors offer an outstanding 0.2 dB typical/0.5 dB maximum insertion loss per
connector pair.
Installation is as easy as strip, clean, cleave, cam and crimp - with exceptional optical
performance guaranteed. Every UniCam Connector is 100 percent guaranteed to meet
the published specification at the time of installation, or Corning Cable Systems will
replace it.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Typical insertion loss: 0.2 dB
2. Maximum insertion loss: 0.5 dB
3. Reflectance (dB): PC -55
FEATURES
Typical insertion loss of 0.2 dB and maximum insertion loss of 0.5 dB for
best-in-class optical performance, when installed using the UniCam
High-performance Tool Kit
Broad operating temperature range (-40 to +75 C) for true utility and
flexibility, when installed using the UniCam High-performance Tool Kit
The UniCam High-performance Tool Kit virtually eliminates human variability in
installation, ensuring consistent, reliable results
900 micron cable
The UniCam Connector organizer packs for installation on 900 micron only.
Organizer pack includes connector assembly and 900 micron boot only
100 percent factory tested for insertion loss
100 percent guaranteed (UniCam Connectors are guaranteed to meet the
published specification at the time of installation)
APPLICATIONS
Local area networks, including main cross-connect, intermediate cross-connect,
horizontal cross-connect
Anywhere low-loss connectivity is critical
Data centers
4.50
Connectors
LC CONNECTORS
PR19894V2-53181.tif
UniCam Standard Performance Multimode Connectors

(SC and ST Compatible)
Organizer packs are packs of 25 unassembled UniCam Connectors separated

into components.
Anixter No.
338908
347927
Vendor No.
95-200-99
95-200-99-Z
Description
Single-mode, single pack
SC CONNECTORS
PR19892V2-53178.tif
Vendor No.
95-200-41
95-200-41-Z
95-200-44
95-200-44-Z
Description
APC polish, single pack
APC polish, organizer pack, 25/pk
338899
95-200-51
347930
95-200-51-Z
Description
UNICAM CONNECTOR INSTALLATION TOOL KIT
Anixter No.
347845
Vendor No.
TKT-UNICAM-PFC

With proven UniCam Connector technology, fiber terminations are easy. The Corning
Cable Systems-patented, high-precision, mechanical splice technology enables fiber
optic networks to be installed quickly and cost-effectively. The patented Corning
Cable Systems Continuity Test Set (CTS) allows the installer to verify that the
installation is performed right, the first time, every time. Insert the fiber, rotate the
cam and watch the light change, giving you confidence in every connector installed.
Installation is as easy as strip, clean, cleave, cam and crimp.
FEATURES
Fast-termination, high-installation yields and no consumables means lowest
installed cost
Continuity Test Set gives immediate go/no-go feedback of
successful termination
900 micron cables
Standard UniCam Connector organizer packs for installation on 900 micron only.
Organizer pack includes connector assembly and 900 micron boot only
Quick installation: less than one minute per connector
No epoxy, no polish
No need for electrical power for ovens or lights
Factory-polished end-face for consistent optical performance and
factory quality
100 percent factory tested for insertion loss
100 percent guaranteed by Corning (Standard UniCam Connectors are
guaranteed to meet the published specification at the time of installation)
Reliable, proven technology with more than 40 million units sold
APPLICATIONS
Local area networks, including main cross-connect, intermediate cross-connect,
horizontal cross-connect
Maintenance and restoration of building cable
SC CONNECTORS
PR19890V2-53176.tif
PR72315V2-580769.tif
Description
Organizer packs are packs of 25 unassembled Standard UniCam Connectors

separated into components.
Anixter No.
338896
348177
Vendor No.
95-000-40
95-000-40-Z
338905
348182
95-050-40
95-050-40-Z
Description
25/pk
4.51
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
338895
347928
360136
374610
Connectors
(continued)
UniCam Standard Performance Multimode Connectors

(SC and ST Compatible)
PR19891V2-53182.tif
Alignment achieved with precision guide pins

Terminates jacketed or bare 12-fiber ribbons in less than five minutes
IEEE-802.3, Fibre Channel
RoHS-compliant product available
APPLICATIONS
Direct termination of ribbon cables
Repair of Plug & Play Universal Systems Solutions trunk cables
Parallel optical interconnects between servers
Organizer packs are packs of 25 unassembled Standard UniCam Connectors

separated into components.
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
338898
347921
338906
347922
Vendor No.
95-000-50
95-000-50-Z
95-050-50
95-050-50-Z
Description
62.5 m, OM1, organizer pack
UNICAM CONNECTOR INSTALLATION TOOL KITS

Description
347845
TKT-UNICAM-PFC
170006
TKT-UNICAM
UniCam Standard Performance
connector installation kit
UniCam MTP Connectors

D
PR19887V2-53169.tif
UNICAM MTP CONNECTORS

327595
93-001-69
327598
93-001-70
251474
93-051-69
327597
93-051-69-X
327599
93-051-70
327600
93-051-70-X
327601
93-201-69
327602
93-201-70
Description
MM for 62.5 m fiber, beige housing
and black boot, no pins
MM for 62.5 m fiber, beige housing
and black boot, with pins
MM for 50 m fiber, black housing
and black boot, no pins
MM for laser-optimized 50 m fiber,
black housing and aqua boot,
no pins
MM for 50 m fiber, black housing
and black boot, with pins
MM for laser-optimized 50 m fiber,
black housing and aqua boot,
with pins
SM fiber, green housing and green
boot, no pins
SM fiber, green housing and green
boot, with pins
UNICAM MTP CONNECTOR INSTALLATION TOOL KIT

Description
305588
TKT-UNICAM-MTP
UniCam MTP Connector Installation
Tool Kit
The Corning Cable Systems UniCam MTP Connector is the latest innovation in the
proven UniCam Connector family. It is the first no-epoxy/no-polish, field-installable
12-fiber connector in the industry. It is the ideal solution for applications using
12-fiber ribbons. The UniCam MTP Connector utilizes the same reliable, proven,
no-epoxy/no-polish technology as all other Corning Cable Systems UniCam
Connectors. Unlike other field-installable connectors, the UniCam MTP Connector
requires no polishing. The UniCam MTP Connector installs with the same push-pull
reliability as the familiar SC connector.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Insertion loss 0.5 dB average, 1.0 dB maximum
2. Reflectance -20 dB for MM, -65 dB for SM
3. Temperature cycling 0.3 dB change, -40 to +75 C; 21 cycles
4. Interconnect compatibility ANSI/TIA-604-5 (FOCIS)
FEATURES
High-density termination replaces 12 single-fiber connectors
Keyed for proper insertion
Meets ANSI/TIA-604-5 (FOCIS)
Color-coded, single-mode housings. All adapters are black
Push-pull operation
4.52
Anaerobic-cure Connectors
PR23969V2-173128.tif
Corning Cable Systems Anaerobic-cure single-mode and multimode connectors

combine the quick-cure convenience of anaerobic adhesive with the performance of
epoxy and polish connectors. Connectors are installed in minutes, yet provide
unparalleled performance for years.
The anaerobic adhesive uses a two-part epoxy process. The adhesive is first injected
into the connector ferrule. The fiber is dipped into the primer and inserted into the
connector. Curing takes one minute without the use of lamps or ovens.
Connectors
FEATURES
Installs without index-matching gel
Minimal tools required
Hand polish; doesn't require polishing machine
Doesn't require electrical power to install
Low material cost
Average insertion loss of 0.2 dB with physical contact polish
RoHS-compliant product available
Boot color:
50 m: black boots
50 m LOMMF: aqua boots
62.5 m: beige boots
Single-mode: blue boots
All ST Compatible, SC and FC connectors come with 3 mm, 2 mm
and 900 m boots. LC connectors come with 900 m and combination
2 mm/1.6 mm boots.
APPLICATIONS
Installations requiring field-installed connectors
Fiber-to-the-desk or fiber-to-the-machine
Enterprise networks
95-201-98-SP
Description
ST compatible single-mode
connector, single pack
SC single-mode connector,
single pack
LC single-mode connector,
single pack
ANAEROBIC-CURE CONNECTORS INSTALLATION TOOL KITS
PR23970V2-173140.tif
PR23971V2-173137.tif
Corning Cable Systems Keyed LC Connector Solution provides mechanical network

security in optical fiber cabling, utilizing the LC small-form-factor (SFF) format. Based
on the standard LC single-fiber connector, the keyed LC solution provides physical
separation for up to four networks, applications or organizations. Four color-coded
key combinations prevent inadvertent or unauthorized access to networks and
provide fast and easy network identification. On the front and back of the patch
panel, keyed connectors and adapters are used to match access rights to the proper
network. The key features in the connector and adapter cannot be duplicated with
standard LC components, preventing violation of network security. The
small-form-factor LC connector allows high-density deployments in less space than
SC or ST Compatible connectors and supports up to 288 fibers in a 4U
rack-mountable housing.
APPLICATIONS
Department of Defense installations
Secure government facilities
Research labs
Organizations with a desire to segregate networks due to
privacy or security concerns
Anixter No.
286318
Vendor No.
TKT-ANAEROBIC2
286319
TKT-ANAEROBIC2-C
Description
Anaerobic-cure connectors
installation tool kit for SM/MM and
anaerobic connectors
Anaerobic-cure connectors
consumables kit for anaerobic
connectors with consumables
including polishing paper and
adhesive, for 600 connectors
A full solution is available, from factory-installed keyed LC connectors for

assemblies and Plug & Play Universal modules, to field-installable UniCam
Connectors and anaerobic keyed LC connectors, to adapters loaded into
standard LANscape Solutions panels and modules.
4.53
Fiber Solutions
282073
Keyed LC Connector Solution
Description
SC, 50 m, OM2, single pack
SC, 50 m, OM3, single pack
SC, 62.5 m, OM1, single pack
ST, 50 m, OM2, single pack
ST 62.5 m, OM1, single pack
LC, 50 m, OM2, single pack
LC, 50 m, OM3, single pack
LC, 62.5 m, OM1, single pack
SINGLE-MODE CONNECTORS
282037
95-201-52-SP
95-201-41-SP
MULTIMODE CONNECTORS
282071
95-051-41-SP
383135
95-051-41-SP-X
282040
95-101-41-SP
286235
95-051-52-SP
282038
95-101-52-SP
282086
95-051-98-SP
383137
95-051-98-SP-X
282085
95-101-98-SP
282039
Rack-mountable Hardware
./
Closet Connector Housings (CCH)
Fiber Solutions
180627
4.54
CCH-02U
Vendor No.
CCH-03U
180420
CCH-04U
PR72393V2-584070.tif
Corning Cable Systems Closet Connector Housings (CCHs) offer more than two dozen
innovative features that make installation and troubleshooting of fiber optic
connectivity faster, easier and more cost effective. From fiber and cable routing and
strain relief, to port labeling and termination, these housings reduce the risk of error
that can disrupt networks. With the use of the new CCH Splice Cassettes (CCH-CS)
each housing can be converted to a splice housing that utilizing the housing's full
fiber capacity without taking up extra rack space.
Closet Connector Housings (CCHs) provide interconnect or cross-connect capabilities
between outside plant, riser or distribution cables and opto-electronics. Like all
LANscape Solutions hardware, the housings accept CCH connector panels. In addition,
the housings accept CCH cassettes and CCH modules. The units are designed for rack
mounting in 19 in. (48 cm) racks or optional 23 in. (58 cm) equipment racks (1.75 in.
EIA hole spacing). The 1U, 2U and 3U options feature a slide-out tray and see-through,
D The CCH-04U features a clear door, removable front and rear
removable top covers.
enclosures and a platinum-painted interior for maximum visibility and access.
Every CCH housing is shipped complete with strain-relief brackets, routing clips and
guides and mounting brackets for proper installation. Documentation labels are
provided and components can be added as needed to construct a fiber distribution
frame for any application. All housings include a removable tinted polycarbonate front
door. All size housings have field-installable lock kits available for both front and
rear doors.
CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSINGS (CCH)
180626
CCH-01U
Anixter No.
180628
Description
1-rack unit, accepts up to two CCH
panels, cassettes or modules; comes
with blank panels and hardware to
strain-relieve cables internally
or externally
2-rack units, accepts up to four CCH
or externally
STRAIN-RELIEF BRACKET
463106
CCH1-STRN-EXT
502242
CCH1-STRN-INT
499026
499027
499028
CCH4-STRN-EXT
CCH4-STRN-INT
CCHA-CLIP-BTF-2
ACCESSORIES
462936
CCHA-LOCK-KIT
180418
CJP-01U
180419
CJP-02U
499029
CCH1-LABEL-CARD-20
499031
CCH4-LABEL-CARD-20
499032
CCHA-LABEL-PNL-50
Description
3-rack units, accepts up to six CCH
or externally
4-rack units, accepts up to 12 CCH
or externally
Description
External, for the CCH-01U,
CCH-02U, CCH-03U
Internal, for the CCH-01U,
CCH-02U, CCH-03U
External, for the CCH-04U
Internal, for the CCH-04U
Intermediate, for CCH-01U,
CCH-02U, CCH-03U, CCH-04U (two
per pack)
Description
Hardware lock kit, compatible with
CCH housings, front and rear doors
Closet jumper management panel;
provides jumper management in a
1.75 in. rack space
Closet jumper management panel;
provides jumper management in a
3.5 in. rack space
Plastic label cards for CCH-01U,
CCH-02U, CCH-03U; 20 per pack
CCH4 plastic label cards for
CCH-04U; 20 per pack
Additional Label Kit for the CCH;
contains 50 labels
Connector panels and modules must be ordered separately.
Closet Connector Housing Pigtailed Splice Cassettes

CCH cassettes enable fast field termination and easy modular management of
connectorization within the housing. The CCH Splicing Cassette supports fusion
splicing of individual or ribbon fibers, with heat shrinks, pigtail slack and cable slack
managed within a single space-saving footprint. This eliminates the need for
individual splice trays or separate splice housings, as well as allowing splicing to be
done away from the rack housing in a suitable workspace as needed. The modular
design makes it easy to access the fiber in an individual cassette without disturbing
the other fibers in the housing. A CCH panel with the desired adapter configuration
can be ordered separately and fits easily into the cassette. A CCH Slack Cassette
option with no splice tray, suitable for use with field-installable connectors, is
also available.
Each cassette is shipped with one rail for use with CCH-01U/2U/3U housings, and two
rails used with CCH-04U housings. Grommets and cable ties for strain relief, and
protective braided tubing for incoming cable, are also included. Splicing cassettes
ship with 12 single-fiber heat-shrink splice protectors. CCH cassettes can only be used
in CCH housings.
Description
459349
CCH-CS
CCH Splicing Cassette; accepts one
CCH Panel and up to 24 single-fiber
or six ribbon heat-shrink splice
protectors; comes with 12 60 mm
single-fiber heat-shrink
splice protectors
463213
CCH-CF
CCH Slack Storage Cassette; accepts
one CCH Panel and provides modular
slack storage for direct factory or
field termination of incoming (e.g.,
distribution) cables

CCH Pigtail Splice Cassettes enable faster field splicing and easy modular
management of connectorization within the housing. The CCH Pigtail Splice Cassettes
are preloaded and prerouted for quick fusion splicing, of either individual or ribbon
fiber pigtails, and utilizes the same space-saving platform as the standard CCH Splice
Cassette. The prerouted Pigtail Cassettes reduce field labor by streamlining the
features and components of the pigtail cassette to allow for efficiencies in the field.
They are prepped with a 3 m pigtail assembly with all pre-existing CCH panel
connector options. The Pigtail Cassettes have 900 m at the connector panel for
added durability and colored 250 m for ease of splicing as well as having strain
relief preapplied to the assemblies from the manufacturing facility.
Each pigtail cassette is shipped with the pigtail CCH panel of choice, one rail for use
with CCH-01U/2U/3U housings and two rails used with CCH-04U housings. Grommets
and cable ties for additional strain relief and protective braided tubing for incoming
cable are also included. Splicing cassettes ship with 12-single fiber heat-shrink
splice protectors.
Connector panels must be ordered separately from the cassettes. CCH

Cassettes can only be used in CCH rack-mountable hardware.
12 FIBER
Loaded with CCH panel and factory-terminated pigtails, single fiber splicing.
Description
474219
CCH-CS12-59-P00RE
SC duplex, SM/UPC (OS2)
474221
CCH-CS12-6T-P00RE
ST compatible, SM/UPC (OS2)
474222
CCH-CS12-A9-P00RE
LC duplex, SM/UPC (OS2)
463218
CCH-CS12-E4-P00TE
LC duplex, 50 m multimode (OM3)
24 FIBER
Loaded with CCH panel and factory-terminated pigtails, single fiber splicing.
Description
474223
CCH-CS24-A9-P00RE
LC duplex, SM/UPC (OS2)
474218
CCH-CS24-E4-P00TE
LC duplex, 50 m multimode (OM3)
CCH Pigtail Splice Cassettes are highly configurable. If you don't see what
you are looking for here please contact your local sales representative.
4.55
Fiber Solutions
Closet Connector Housings Cassettes
Closet Connector Housing Panels (CCH-CP)

PR72397V2-584088.tif
Fiber Solutions
Corning Cable Systems Closet Connector Housing Panels (CCH-CP) are offered in a
variety of fiber counts for use with LANscape Solutions hardware products for a
"one-size-fits-all" approach. Used with factory-installed or field-installable
connectors, these panels provide interconnect or cross-connect capability in a
housing at main cross-connects, intermediate cross-connects, telecommunication
rooms or work areas. Available with a variety of industry-standard adapter types, the
CCH-CP provides an efficient way to securely mate two connectors for both
multimode and single-mode applications.
6-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: SC ADAPTER (SIMPLEX)
Description
227053
CCH-CP06-3C
Single-mode (OS2), UPC
269782
CCH-CP06-6C
Angle polish, single-mode (OS2)
180704
62.5 m multimode
D CCH-CP06-56
482379
CCH-CP06-G6
50 m multimode (OM2),
black adapter
499033
CCH-CP06-E6
50 m multimode (OM3/OM4),
aqua adapter
6-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: SC ADAPTER (DUPLEX)
Description
180435
CCH-CP06-59
Single-mode (OS2), UPC,
blue adapter
376889
CCH-CP06-D9
Single-mode (OS2) , APC,
green adapter
180705
CCH-CP06-91
62.5 m multimode (OM1),
beige adapter
250694
CCH-CP06-G7
black adapter
269475
CCH-CP06-E7
aqua adapter
6-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: ST COMPATIBLE ADAPTER
Description
180699
CCH-CP06-19T
blue adapter
180697
CCH-CP06-15T
beige adapter
314850
CCH-CP06-G5
black adapter
391320
CCH-CP06-H3
50 m Multimode (OM3/OM4),
aqua adapter
4.56
6-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: LC ADAPTER (DUPLEX)

Description
343164
CCH-CP06-A9
blue adapter
499034
CCH-CP06-B3
Single-mode (OS2), APC,
green adapter
276744
CCH-CP06-A8
62.5 m multimode (OM1)
beige adapter
289425
CCH-CP06-D3
black adapter
355883
CCH-CP06-E4
aqua adapter
12-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: SC ADAPTERS (SIMPLEX)
PR23977V2-173145.tif
Anixter No.
278933
Vendor No.
CCH-CP12-3C
271108
CCH-CP12-6C
269695
CCH-CP12-56
339284
CCH-CP12-G6
379194
CCH-CP12-E6
Description
blue adapter
Angle polish, single-mode (OS2),
green adapter
beige adapter
black adapter
aqua adapter
12-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: SIX SC ADAPTERS (DUPLEX)

Description
180728
CCH-CP12-59
blue adapter
326374
CCH-CP12-D9
Single-mode (OS2) , APC,
green adapter
180729
CCH-CP12-91
beige adapter
250688
CCH-CP12-G7
black adapter
255257
CCH-CP12-E7
aqua adapter
12-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: ST COMPATIBLE ADAPTER
PR23976V2-173148.tif
Anixter No.
265058
Vendor No.
CCH-CP24-D3
255256
CCH-CP24-E4
MTP CONNECTOR PANELS
Anixter No.
207404
Vendor No.
CCH-CP12-19T
207402
CCH-CP12-15T
309517
CCH-CP12-G5
416045
CCH-CP12-H3
Description
blue adapter
beige adapter
black adapter
aqua adapter
Vendor No.
CCH-CP72-E3
355509
CCH-CP96-E3
499054
CCH-CP72-90
499055
CCH-CP96-90
PR23975V2-173151.tif
Description
72-fiber 50 m multimode (OM3/
OM4), aqua adapter
96-fiber, 50 m multimode (OM3/
OM4), aqua adapter
72-fiber, 50 m single-mode (OS2),
black adapter
96-fiber, 50 m single-mode (OS2),
black adapter
Q: Will the connector panels fit both the

wall-mount and rack-mount LANscape housings?
A: Yes, trying to remember which panels work with
which housings can be very confusing. That is why all
Corning LANscape connector panels are interchangeable.
24-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: 12 LC ADAPTERS (DUPLEX)

PR23974V2-173121.tif
Anixter No.
252146
Vendor No.
CCH-CP24-A9
499050
CCH-CP24-B3
267889
CCH-CP24-A8
Description
blue adapter
green adapter
beige adapter
4.57
Fiber Solutions
12-FIBER CLOSET CONNECTOR HOUSING PANELS: SIX LC ADAPTERS (DUPLEX)

Description
242436
CCH-CP12-A9
blue adapter
487801
CCH-CP12-B3
green adapter
272046
CCH-CP12-A8
beige adapter
250692
CCH-CP12-D3
black adapter
272048
CCH-CP12-E4
aqua adapter
Anixter No.
319325
Description
black adapter
aqua adapter
Wall-mountable Hardware
./
Wall-mountable Connector Housings (WCH)

Anixter No.
180431
Vendor No.
WCH-DUST-CVR
250726
WCH-DUST-CVR-D
PR23978V2-173142.tif
Description
Optional dust cover for 04P and 08P
housing; covers jumper exits;
includes two covers and
mounting hardware
Optional dust cover for -06P and
-12P housing; covers two jumper
exits; includes two covers and
mounting hardware; two kits
required for 12P
OPTIONAL SPLICE TRAY HOLDERS AND SLACK STORAGE FOR WCH

NOTE: Splice trays ordered separately.
Fiber Solutions
Corning Cable Systems Wall-Mountable Connector Housing (WCH) provides

interconnect or cross-connect capabilities between the outside plant, riser or
distribution cables and the opto-electronics. The units can be wall-mounted in main
cross-connects (MCs) or telecommunications rooms (TRs). They are optimized for
field connectorization or pigtail splicing with optional bracket. Units accept standard
closet connector housing (CCH) connector panels or pigtail panels and options
include jumper routing guides and a bracket for securing buffer tube fan-out kits.
WCH (EMPTY)
Anixter No.
181945
180454
180457
180452
Vendor No.
WCH-12P
WCH-06P
WCH-04P
WCH-02P
WCH ACCESSORIES
180430
WJG-02R
180670
WCH-STDOFF-BKT
201212
BKT-ALL-R23-75
180677
WCH-STRNRLF-KIT
4.58
Description
Accepts up to 12 CCH panels
Accepts up to six CCH panels
Accepts up to four CCH panels
Accepts up to two CCH panels
Description
Wall-mountable jumper storage
guides that provide jumper
management; kit includes two
routing guides and mounting screws
Wall-mountable connector housing
Wall Stand-off Brackets for 04P, 06P,
08P and 12P; brackets provide a
1 in. spacing from wall
Universal rack-mount bracket for
48 cm (19 in.) and 58 cm (23 in.)
equipment racks
Optional external cable strain-relief
kit that utilizes Corning Cable
Systems Universal Cable Clamp;
includes bracket, mounting
hardware, one strain-relief clamp
and one multi-cable insert that will
hold up to five cables less than
0.4 inches in diameter
Anixter No.
523334
Vendor No.
WCH-SPLC-12
193788
WCH-SPLC-4-8
523332
WCH-SPLC-2P
545604
WCH-SSH-2
276677
WCH-SSH-4-12
Description
Splice tray for WCH-12P;
accommodates 12 0.2 in.-thick
(Type 2R) or 6 0.4 in.-thick (Type 4R)
reduced-length splice trays
Splice tray holder for WCH-04P,
WCH-06P and WCH-08P;
accommodates eight 0.2 in.-thick
(Type 2R) or four 0.4 in.-thick (Type
4R) reduced-length splice trays
Splice tray holder for WCH-02P;
accommodates two 0.2 in.-thick
(Type 2R) or one 0.4 in.-thick (Type
Wall-mountable slack storage
housing for WCH-02P;
accommodates four 0.2 in.-thick
(Type 2R) or two 0.4 in.-thick (Type
Wall-mountable slack storage
housing for WCH-04P, WCH-06P,
WCH-08 and WCH-12P;
accommodates eight 0.2 in.-thick
(Type 2R and 2S) or four 0.4 in.-thick
(Type 4R and Type 4S) standard or
reduced-length splice trays or four
UST splice trays
Connector panels must be ordered separately.
Wall-mountable Splice Housing (WSH)

Single Panel Housing (SPH-01P)

PR19261V2-62198.tif
WSH
Anixter No.
525344
Vendor No.
WSH-16SPT
267580
WSH-11SPT-F
ACCESSORIES
278912
GROUND-KIT-2
201212
BKT-ALL-R23-75
Description
Accepts up to 16 0.2 in. (Type 2S, 2R
or 2M) splice trays
Accepts up to 11 0.4 in. (Type 4S, 4R
or 4A) splice trays
Description
WSH grounding kit; includes a
grounding bar and hardware
Universal rack-mount bracket for
48 cm (19 in.) and 58 cm (23 in.)
equipment racks
Splice trays must be ordered separately.
PR72398V2-584094.tif
Corning Cable Systems Single-Panel Housing (SPH-01P) is a cost-effective housing for

storage, protection and termination of optical fiber cables. The SPH-01P accepts
standard LANscape Solutions CCH connector panels and offers protection for the fiber
cable and connectors for indoor wall-mount installations. This compact unit has a
1.5 in. projection from the wall and is designed for use in locations such as building
entrance terminals, wiring closets, open office and other controlled environments
where space is a premium. The durable black-metal housing can be used for splice
management, cross-connect, or both for up to 12 fibers and includes a 6-slot, 0.4 in.
splice holder accommodating up to 12 heat-shrink splices. Top and bottom
cable-entry grommets are provided for midspan access and environmental sealing,
creating an effective solution for customer premises or remote locations.
Applications include indoor wall-mount installations, telecommunications rooms,
closets and enclosures, small spaces, DOT Traffic Control cabinets and industrial PLC
cabinets and for 12-fiber interconnect and splicing.
SINGLE PANEL HOUSING (SPH-01P)
313351
SPH-01P
ACCESSORIES
313352
SPH-01P-BKT
Description
Single panel wall-mount housing
accommodating one CCH connector
panel. Also includes a six-slot,
0.4 in. splice holder and can be
used for splice management,
cross-connect, or both up to
12 fibers. CCH panels
ordered separately
Description
Ledge-mount bracket used to mount
to the top of a ledge
Connector panels must be ordered separately.
4.59
Fiber Solutions
The WSH is a wall-mountable housing designed to store the optical fibers being
spliced within the unit. The WSH provides storage and protection of fiber splices in
individually accessible trays. The WSH works for transition splicing between UL Listed
and unlisted cable at building entrance or pigtail splicing. The WSH accommodates
either 16 0.2 in. (Type 2S, 2R or 2M) splice trays or 11 0.4 in. (Type 4S, 4R or 4A)
splice trays and also includes a label for identification. The front door of this housing
doubles as a work surface that can support the weight of a fusion splicer. It also
features a lip around the door to help retain loose items. Multiple cable entry/exit
locations are provided on the top and bottom, and all are grommeted to prevent dust
from entering the housing. The strain-relief bracket can be moved to a variety of
positions depending on the location of the cables entering the housing and also
includes the Corning Cable Systems Universal Cable Clamp. There are also provisions
for mounting an optional grounding kit.
Industrial Connector Housing (ICH)
Fiber Solutions
Industrial Splice Housing (ISH)

PR23335V2-162390.tif
The Corning Cable Systems Industrial Connector Housing (ICH) family is ideal for
manufacturing and industrial applications. The housings are fabricated from
aluminum with a baked-on, black powder-coated finish. The ICH may be used indoors
or out. It is designed to accommodate conduit with the provided concentric
knockouts and accepts standard CCH connector panels and connector modules.
Splicing is accomplished with the splice tray-holding kit, which may be
ordered separately.
The units have a padlockable outer door and a separate inner door that protects the
provider side of the unit from unauthorized access. The inner door may also be locked
by using an optional key lock kit. Carrying a NEMA 250-1997 3S rating, the ICH is
perfect for protecting the network infrastructure in industrial environments.
INDUSTRIAL CONNECTOR HOUSING (ICH)
250825
ICH-02P
250826
ICH-06P
250827
ICH-12P
SPLICE TRAY HOLDER KIT

312958
ICH-SPLC-2
312959
312960
4.60
ICH-SPLC-6
ICH-SPLC-12
Description
Accepts two CCH connector panels
or modules
Accepts six CCH connector panels
or modules
Accepts 12 CCH connector panels
or modules
Description
Splice tray holder kit for ICH-02P;
contains tray bracket and retaining
strap; accommodates four Type 2R
or two Type 4R splice trays
strap; accommodates six Type 2R or
three Type 4R splice trays
strap; accommodates 12 Type 2R or
six Type 4R splice trays
PR23334V2-162367.tif
The Corning Cable Systems Industrial Splice Housing (ISH) is ideal for manufacturing
and industrial applications. The housing is finished with a baked-on silver-gray
powder-coated finish and may be used indoors or outdoors. Wall-mountable for
transition splicing between cable at building entrance or pigtail splicing, the ISH
provides storage and protection of fiber splices in individually accessible trays. The
units have a padlockable outer door. The ISH is designed to accommodate conduit
fittings with the provided plugs and reduction washer, and it accepts standard
LANscape Solutions splice trays. The Industrial Splice Housing is also compatible with
Corning Cable Systems Industrial Connector Housings ICH-02P-IND, ICH-06P-IND and
ICH-12P-IND. The ISH is NEMA 250-1997 3S and IP64, 65, 66, 67 and 69 tested and
pad-lockable with user-supplied padlock for secured access.
Description
394415
ISH-12SPT
Industrial Splice Housing; accepts
up to 12 Type 2S splice trays
Environmental Distribution Center (EDC)

PR23980V2-173223.tif
The Corning Cable Systems Industrial Environmental Distribution Center (EDC) is

designed for storage and protection of fiber optic connections and splices in indoor
and outdoor environments. Ideal for industrial, marine, security or traffic control
applications, the EDC incorporates features that accommodate the changing
requirements and growing needs of fiber optic networks. The composite construction
offers outstanding chemical and temperature resistance with excellent
weatherability. The cover may be secured with quick-release latches or padlocked for
additional security. Rated to NEMA 4X or IEC IP66, the unit offers protection from
corrosion, rain, sleet, snow and windblown dust. It accepts Closet Connector Housing
(CCH) panels and splice trays for through-splicing or field-connectorization, including
fusion and mechanical splices for splicing or fan-out techniques. The EDC includes
the brackets required for mounting to a wall or pole and additional accessories
includes a grounding kit, a rack-mount kit and various fittings.
ENVIRONMENTAL DISTRIBUTION CENTER
206695
EDC-02P-NH
206696
EDC-06P-NH
223274
EDC-12P-NH
EDC ACCESSORIES
499058
EDC-2EC-KIT
207391
EDC-2N4-KIT
401339
EDC-2WT-KIT
Description
Accepts two CCH panels and two
Type 2R or one Type 4R
reduced-length splice trays; no
cable-entry holes provided
Accepts six CCH panels and six Type
2S or three Type 4S splice trays; no
Accepts 12 CCH panels and 12 Type
2S, six Type 4S or six Type 4A splice
trays; no cable-entry holes provided
Description
2 in. Conduit Standard Fitting Kit
2 in. Conduit NEMA 4 Fittng Kit
0.5 in. to 1 in. Watertight
Compresion Fitting Kit
Splice Trays
The trays have a "type" that is shown in the splice-tray descriptions.

This type can be used to match compatibility with various
Corning Cable Systems splice housings.
Single-fiber heat-shrink fusion-splice trays will accept 60 mm
single-fiber heat-shrink fusion-splice protectors.
Heat-shrink mass fusion-splice trays accept multifiber heat-shrink
mass fusion splice protectors.
All splice trays can be used for single-mode or multimode applications.
Mechanical trays accept Corning Cable Systems CamSplice Mechanical
Splice and other mechanical splices with equivalent dimensions.
PR12567V2-9121.tif
Corning Cable Systems splice trays use proven designs and fiber-organization
technology to provide optimum physical protection for fusion and mechanical
splicing methods. The trays are engineered for use with indoor or outdoor splice
hardware with both loose tube and tight-buffered optical cable designs. Available in
either a metallic version (M67 series) or an injection-molded plastic version (UST
series), the generous size of the trays prevents induced attenuation due to fiber
bending. The metal-tray series consists of a rugged aluminum base and cover with
crimpable metal tabs for buffer tube strain-relief. Additional strain-relief points are
available for securing buffer tubes or pigtails to the trays using cable ties. These
4.61
Fiber Solutions
WALL-MOUNTABLE HOUSING ACCESSORIES

Description
263462
FDC-CABLE-GRND
Armored cable-grounding kit;
contains one armored grounding clip
and one ground strap
185322
HDWR-LOCK-KIT
Lock kit for front door of housing;
contains one lock with two keys
trays are designed for use with Corning Cable Systems interconnection hardware and
splice closures.
Description
413669
M67-048
Tray for 12 single-fiber heat-shrink
fusion splices, type 2S
219337
M67-076
Tray for 12 single-fiber or six mass
fusion heat-shrinks, type 4S
217223
M67-110
Tray for 12 single-fiber or six mass
fusion heat-shrinks, type 4R
266672
SCF-ST-077
Tray for 48 single-fiber or 12 mass
fusion heat-shrinks, type 4S
514043
UST-024
Universal Splice Tray (organizers
included for RTV fusion, heat-shrink
fusion, mass fusion and mechanical
splices) - type 4A
135182
M67-031
Tray for 12 mechanical splices,
type 2S
125240
M67-061
Tray for six mechanical splices,
type 2R
Zone Hardware
./
Fiber Zone Box (F2B-04U)

PR10821V2-17650.tif
Fiber Solutions
The Corning Cable Systems Fiber Zone Box is a cabling infrastructure distribution
facility ideal for passive applications in zone-cabling applications. Equipped with a
light seal to inhibit dust and liquid penetration, the Fiber Zone Box may be mounted in
several ways. The unit is sized to fit a 2 ft. by 2 ft. drop-ceiling opening or under the
floor in the access-flooring area of data centers, or it may be mounted to a wall. The
Fiber Zone Box accepts up to 12 LANscape Pretium Solutions connector panels or
LANscape Solutions Plug & Play Universal Systems Closet Connector Housing (CCH)
connector modules for fiber termination and distribution. The unit is secured with a
removable door containing a latch and a keyed lock.
FIBER ZONE BOX
Accepts up to 12 CCH connector panels or CCH Plug & Play Systems modules or up to
4U of 19 in., rack-mountable patch panels.
Description
308958
FZB-04U
Includes two Universal Cable
Clamps, edge grommet, labels and
tie wraps
ACCESSORIES
262722
CPP-01U-PNL
251476
4.62
HDH-03P-01U-PNL
Description
Rack-mountable bracket; accepts
two CCH style modules, 1U, 19 in.
equipment racks
Rack-mountable bracket, 1U,
accepts up to three HDH modules.
19 in. equipment racks
Outlets
./
Workstation Multimedia Outlet (WMO)

Wall-Plate Outlet (WLL)

PR23981V2-173213.tif
WORKSTATION MULTIMEDIA OUTLET

523365
WMO-85
Fiber Solutions
The Corning Cable Systems Workstation Multimedia Outlet (WMO) accepts both fiber
optic adapters and copper jacks. The WMO can be surface-mounted on a single-gang
electrical box (2 x 4 in.), or a dual-gang electrical box (4 x 4 in.). Surface raceway can
be inserted into each connector-panel location or the top of the unit. This allows for
the large diversity of installation and cable-routing methods. The WMO is designed for
easy viewing of connection and line identification. Panels are available for SC, ST
Compatible and LC connectors, including the keyed LC system and installed into the
WMO in the factory to save time during installation. The WMO has a flammability
rating of UL 94V-0 and an oxygen index of 35 per ASTM D 2863. The WMO accepts a
maximum of five connector panels; standard configuration is three connector panels
for down-the-wall routing and provides strain-relief positions for incoming copper
and fiber cables.

Corning Cable Systems Wall-Plate Outlet (WLL) is a highly configurable outlet product,
available in both single- and double-gang configurations. It is designed for use within
FTTD (fiber-to-the-desk) applications, but may also be used to connect telephones
and other peripherals to a network. A variety of fiber and copper adapters may be
loaded in the Wall-Plate Outlet in any configuration. These adapters may be
purchased individually, or preloaded into the Wall-Plate Outlet using the WLL
configurable part-numbering scheme. The Wall-Plate Outlet is also available with
angled faces that allow fiber connectors and jumpers to easily transition and exit
down the wall. Single-gang Wall-Plate Outlets are available with up to 6-port capacity
(4-port angled) while double-gang versions offer 12-port capacity (8-port angled).
Description
White. Dimensions: 14.4 x 14.4 x
4.06 cm (5.7 x 5.7 x 1.6 in.)
LOADED ADAPTER PANELS: TWO FIBER CONNECTIONS PER PANEL

Note: Color is white.
Description
271892
WMO-CP02-15T-85
ST compatible, 62.5 m multimode,
ceramic insert, metal
housing, threaded
214770
WMO-CP02-25T-85
ST compatible, 62.5 m multimode,
metal insert, metal
housing, threaded
214732
WMO-CP02-57C-85
SC duplex, ceramic insert, composite
housing, white panel
250830
WMO-CP02-A8-85
LC duplex, 62.5 m, ceramic insert,
composite housing, white panel
LOADED ADAPTER PANELS: FOUR FIBER CONNECTIONS PER PANEL
Note: Color is white.
Description
269058
WMO-CP04-A7-85
LC duplex, 62.5 m, ceramic insert,
composite housing
214758
WMO-CP04-91-85
SC duplex, 62.5 m multimode,
metal insert, composite housing
4.63
Splice Closures
./
Fiber Solutions
Fiber Splice Closures Preloaded with Splice Trays

UCAO-05-24
UCAO Mini Closure with two UCAO-ST-02 12-fiber splice trays included for 24-fiber
applications; hinged case with snap latches; four premolded cable ports
SCF-4C18-01-36
4 x 18 in. Canister Closure with three SCF-ST-099 12-fiber splice trays included for
36-fiber applications; two open express cable ports, three additional easily opened
QUICK-SEAL mechanical seal drop cable ports
SCF-6C22-01-72
6 x 22 in. 72-Fiber Canister Closure with six SCF-ST-099 12-fiber splice trays included
for 72-fiber applications; two open express cable ports, four additional easily opened;
SCF-6C28-01-144
6 x 28 in. 144-Fiber Canister Closure with six SCF-ST-112 24-fiber splice trays
included for 144-fiber applications; two open express cable ports, four additional
easily opened; QUICK-SEAL mechanical seal drop cable ports
FEATURES
One part-number solution for the most common fiber counts
Trays, seals and hardware included in every kit
Easy component additions for future expandability
UCAO AND UCAO ACCESSORIES
PR19316V2-62054.tif
Anixter No.
212092
Vendor No.
UCAO-05-24
523382
UCAO-ST-02
342342
200373
UCA-KT-AHD
UCAO-BK1
4.64
Description
UCAO Closure with two
UCAO-ST-02 trays for
24-fiber applications
UCAO 0.2 splice tray; holds
12 heat-shrink splice protectors
UCA aerial hanging device
Wall- and pole-mount bracket
SCF-4C18-01-36 AND 4C18 ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
267141
Vendor No.
SCF-4C18-01-36
240045
SCF-ST-099
425029
SCF-KT-4CBL
272032
SCF-KT-6GND
226469
BKT-SC-C
PR19321V2-62093.tif
Description
4 x 18 in. canister with three
SCF-ST-099 trays for
12-position heat-shrink 0.2 in.,
metal tray for single fiber
Add-a-Cable Kit for two drop cables
in 4 in. end cap
SCF-6 Ground Kit, fits all SCF
closures (two per kit)
Aerial hanger bracket
SCF-6C22-01-72/SCF-6C28-01-144 AND 6C ACCESSORIES

Description
212111
SCF-6C22-01-72
6 x 22 in. canister with six
SCF-ST-099 trays for 72-fiber splices
212105
SCF-6C28-01-144
6 x 28 in. canister with six
SCF-ST-112 trays for
144-fiber splices
242643
SCF-ST-048
12-position heat-shrink 0.2 in.
metal tray for single-fiber
272033
SCF-ST-112
24-postion heat-shrink 0.2 in. metal
tray for single-fiber
272032
SCF-KT-6GND
269541
SCF-KT-6CBL
Add-a-Cable Kit for two drop cables
in 6 in. end cap
226469
BKT-SC-C
Splice Closures
UCAO CLOSURE
UCAO Splice Closure

Dimensions (H x W x D): 121 mm x 162 mm x 381 mm (5 in. x 6 in. x 15 in.).

PR23982V2-173222.tif
Vendor No.
UCAO-05
Description
Accepts five trays
UCAO SPLICE TRAYS

Dimensions (H x W x D): 187 mm x 92 mm x 8 mm (7.4 in. x 3.6 in. x 0.33 in.).
Description
523381
UCAO-ST-01
12 bare-fiber or
crimp-type protectors
523382
UCAO-ST-02
397665
UCAO-ST-03
UCAO 0.4 splice tray; holds four
mass fusion splice protectors
212103
UCAO-ST-04
12 CamSplice mechanical splices
495177
UCAO-ST-06
UCAO 0.4 splice tray: holds 12 single
fiber or two mass-splice
heat-shrink protectors
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
200372
200373
252245
523383
Vendor No.
UCAO-AHD
UCAO-BK1
UCAO-CK1
UCAO-TP
Description
Aerial hanging device
Additional cable entry kit (10-pack)
Sealing tape
APPLICATIONS
Can be used in through-, branch- or midspan-type splice locations
Can be used in aerial, underground or direct-buried applications
Accommodates up to 60 single-fiber splices (UCAO-05)
Can be mounted on a pole, wall or stand
4.65
Fiber Solutions
The UCAO Splice Closure provides excellent environmental protection for

optical fiber splices.
The UCAO facilitates easy installation and access with its unique hinged case. The lid
is secured with metal clips that snap open or closed. Each UCAO closure is lightweight,
compact and watertight.
UCAO Splice Closures can be used in aerial, underground or direct-buried applications
and accommodate up to 60 single-fiber splices. No special tools are required for
closure assembly and re-entry.
FEATURES
Accommodates five compact splice trays
Equipped with reusable seals
No stress placed on finished splices within trays
All required components are provided in one convenient carton
Tested in accordance with GR-771
Anixter No.
523380
Splice Equipment
./
CamSplice No-adhesive Mechanical Splice
Fiber Solutions
PR9308V2-9394.tif
Corning Cable Systems CamSplice is a simple, craft-friendly mechanical splice for

both multimode and single-mode fibers. It features a "cam" locking mechanism,
which requires no adhesive. The CamSplice mechanical splice incorporates a unique,
patented fiber alignment method that self-centers the fibers and provides extremely
accurate alignment. Average "blind" (nontuned) splice loss for the CamSplice
mechanical splice is specified at 0.15 dB, with a maximum splice loss of less than
0.3 dB. There is only one part for 250/250 m, 250/900 m or 900/900 m
applications (one size fits all).
Completed splices fit in Corning Cable Systems and many other industry-standard
splice trays.
FEATURES
No adhesive or epoxy required
Universal, one-part-fits-all fiber coatings
Rematable, tunable
No polishing required
Self-centering Dfiber-alignment mechanism
Optional lead-in tubes for securing 900 m fibers
Index-matching gel preinserted
No stress on fiber in alignment area
Small assembly fixture recommended, but optional
APPLICATIONS
Pigtail splicing
Transition splice between listed and nonlisted cables
Indoor or outdoor through- or branch-splicing
Emergency restoration
SPLICE PARTS
129467
95-000-04
ACCESSORIES
129468
TKT-100-01
129625
TKT-100-02
129469
086541
143321
2104040-01
FBC-001
FBC-006
4.66
Description
CamSplice Mechanical Splices (six
per pack)
Description
CamSplice mechanical splice tool kit;
includes CamSplice Mechanical Splice
assembly fixture, fiber coating stripping
tool and other items required for splicing;
kit comes in a compact carrying case
including an FBC-002 fiber cleaver
CamSplice assembly fixture
Fiber cleaver, score and snap
Precision diamond cleaver for
single-fiber applications
SPLICE TRAYS
135182
M67-031
105030
M67-053
125240
514043
M67-061
UST-024
124974
M67-070
Description
Tray for 12 mechanical splices, type 2S
Aluminum Splice Tray; stores six CamSplice
Mechanical Splices, Type 2R
Tray for six mechanical splices, type 2R
Universal Splice Tray (organizers included
for RTV fusion, heat-shrink fusion, mass
fusion and mechanical splices) - type 4A
Tray for up to 12 CamSplice mechanical
splices - Type 4S. Dimensions: 29.7 x 9.9 x
1.0 cm (11.7 x 3.9 x 0.4 in.)
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Cable Splice Equipment
OptiSplice M90e Fusion Splicer

PR22474V2-133109.tif
The OptiSplice M90e Fusion Splicer is the ideal machine for networks where low-loss
performance and high-end accuracy are imperative. The M90e Fusion Splicer offers
the active core-alignment accuracy of Corning Cable Systems LID-SYSTEM Unit, along
with the speed and versatility of a passive core-alignment technology known as the
CDS. The M90e provides the most advanced set of features available, yielding
top-notch performance, while reducing training and maintenance costs, all in a
compact, user-friendly fusion splicer.
FEATURES
Graphical user interface for easy menu navigation
On-board, interactive training videos - reduces training time and costs and
includes operational and maintenance sections
High-contrast 5.7 in. color touch screen with ambient light sensor for automatic
adjustment of different lighting conditions, including direct sunlight
Two-in-one alignment unit offering direct active core-alignment with LID-SYSTEM
Unit technology and fast 3-axis camera-based passive core-alignment with CDS
Fastest total splice cycle time on the market for a core-alignment fusion splicer
(13 seconds splice time in CDS mode + 20 seconds oven = 33 seconds total
cycle time typical)
Utilizes automatic fusion time to optimize each splice (LID-SYSTEM Unit)
Real splice-loss measurement with LID-SYSTEM or splice-loss estimation
with CDS
Auto-Start feature begins the splice process when the fiber flaps close
Integrated global positioning system (GPS) for automatically adjusting for
altitude changes, as well as storing splice-location coordinates (GPS
functionality can be disabled)
Splice Equipment
FUSION SPLICER
Includes FBC-006 cleaver, carrying case with wheels, fast heat-shrink oven, splice
tray holder, AC power supply with U.S. cord, Li-Ion battery with external charger,
one-year limited warranty, operator's manual on CD, USB work light and
maintenance tool kit.
Description
373650
M90E-0SM-T-H
OptiSplice M90e Fusion Splicer
ACCESSORIES
143321
FBC-006
FSA-022
161239
2806031-01
272053
2806032-01
165918
FSA-012
144227
A0276859
160341
A0295149
160342
A0295150
086550
374863
209620
M67-003
TKT-SPLICE
OFT-000
374864
TKT-FIBERTECH-P
Additional configurations available. Contact your

local sales representative for more information.
OptiSplice CDS Fusion Splicer

PR23983V2-173209.tif
FUSION SPLICER
Includes FBC-006 cleaver, carrying case with wheels, fast heat-shrink oven, splice
tray holder, AC power supply with U.S. cord, Li-Ion battery with external charger,
one-year limited warranty, operator's manual on CD, USB work light and
maintenance tool kit.
Description
382718
OSCDS-0SM-T-H
OptiSplice CDS Fusion Splicer
ACCESSORIES
143321
FBC-006
337216
FSA-022
161239
2806031-01
272053
2806032-01
165918
FSA-012
144227
A0276859
160341
A0295149
160342
A0295150
086550
374863
209620
M67-003
TKT-SPLICE
OFT-000
374864
TKT-FIBERTECH-P
Description
Spare precise and durable
(P&D) electrodes
Heat-shrink fusion splice protector
parts, single-fiber (package of 50;
60 mm long)
40 mm long)
Crimp & Go splice protector parts
(package of 150)
Splice Pak splice protector, yellow,
250 m/250 m (package of 25)
Splice Pak splice protector, blue,
Splice Pak splice protector, green,
Fusion splicing tool kit
Basic fusion splicing tool kit
Optical fiber access tool for
midspan access
Advanced fiber optic cable prep and
splicing tool kit
The Corning Cable Systems OptiSplice CDS Fusion Splicer is the ideal machine for
networks where low-loss performance is imperative. Ideal for long-haul, CATV, Telco
and LAN applications, it can accurately splice current, legacy, dissimilar and
specialty fiber types.
4.67
Fiber Solutions
337216
Description
Spare precise and durable
(P&D) electrodes
60 mm long)
40 mm long)
(package of 150)
midspan access
Advanced fiber optic cable prep and
splicing tool kit
The OptiSplice CDS Fusion Splicer offers the speed and versatility of a
video-camera-based core-alignment technology known as the core detection system
(CDS). The CDS works on both 250 and 900 micron fibers and offers the fastest total
splice cycle time on the market for a core-alignment fusion splicer. The ultra-fast
heat-shrink oven requires only 20 seconds heating time on industry standard 60 mm
heat-shrinks. RoHS.
FEATURES
Touch screen with graphical user interface
Built-in interactive training videos
3-axis core-alignment by the CDS system
Fastest total splice cycle time in the industry
Two USB ports
Integrated GPS system
Splice Equipment
OptiSplice One Handheld Fusion Splicer
Fiber Solutions
PR23337V2-162391.tif
Fastest total splice cycle time in the industry: 11 seconds splice + 20 seconds
heat-shrink oven = 31 seconds typical.
High-capacity Li-Ion battery 200 splices with heat-shrink oven typical.
FEATURES
Two-in-one alignment unit offering direct active alignment with LID-SYSTEM Unit
Technology and fast 3-axis camera-based passive core-alignment with Core
Detection System (CDS)
Utilizes automatic fusion time to optimize each splice (LID-SYSTEM Unit)
Real splice-loss measurement with LID-SYSTEM or splice-loss estimation
with CDS
Auto-Start feature begins the splice process when the fiber flaps close
Integrated global positioning system (GPS) for automatically adjusting for
altitude changes,
as well as storing splice-location coordinates
D
Includes an external AC power adapter and a high-capacity Li-Ion battery with
external charger
Rugged, watertight "carry-on"-style carrying case
Maintenance-free precise and durable (P&D) electrodes
Ultra-fast heat-shrink oven (20-second heating time on
60 multimode heat-shrinks)
USB work lamp (optional)
Capable of building attenuators by using programmable splice-loss programs
(up to 10 dB)
RDUP listed (formerly RUS)
Anixter No.
374868
Vendor No.
OS1-001
165918
FSA-012
374870
OS1-002
144227
A0276859
160341
A0295149
160342
A0295150
086550
374863
374872
M67-003
TKT-SPLICE
OS-ADAPT900-1
209620
OFT-000
374873
374874
OS-LIIONBATT-1
OS-003
374875
OS-004
FUSION SPLICER
Includes cleaver, one set of 250 m handlers, fast heat-shrink oven, carrying case,
one Li-Ion battery, external battery charger, AC power supply with U.S. cord,
operator's manual, detachable splice tray holder/screen cover and one-year
limited warranty.
Description
370438
OS1-0SM-T-H
OptiSplice One Handheld
Fusion Splicer
ACCESSORIES
143321
FBC-006
371083
FBC-012
374869
161239
OS-ELECTRODE-1
2806031-01
4.68
Description
High-performance, mass
fiber cleaver
Spare electrodes
60 mm long)
Description
Crimp & Go splice protection
crimping device
(package of 150)
Splice Pak splice protector crimping
device for OptiSplice One handheld
fusion splicer
Fiber handler set for coated
900 m single-fiber
midspan access
Spare Li-Ion battery
Shoulder harness and universal
tripod mount
Aerial splicing platform kit
Splice Equipment
FBC-006
Fiber Cleavers
PR24054V2-174101.tif

FBC-012
PR6538V2-9280.TIF
The FBC-012 mass fiber cleaver provides excellent cleaves of one to 12 fibers using
a simple one-step operation. The cleaver comes with a universal single-fiber guide
that may be used when cleaving single fibers. The removable guide allows the
cleaver to hold common fiber-handling adapters of mass-fusion splicers or fiber
handlers for UniCam Connector installation. The 12-position blade can be replaced
in the field.
Anixter No.
371083
Vendor No.
FBC-012
Anixter No.
143321
Vendor No.
FBC-006
187848
FBC-006-01
FBC-002
Description
Replacement diamond blade for
FBC-006 cleaver
PR34500V2-255400.tif
PR34695V2-260082.tif
The FBC-007 High-Performance Cleaver is a handheld, ergonomically designed,

precision cleaver enabling easy installation of UniCam Connectors. The cleaver
provides consistent cleaves regardless of operator skill level. It uses a dual-clamp
for precision and a diamond blade for superior cleaving. There is consistent cleaving
of 250 or 900 micron fibers and it is compatible with jacketed applications. The
handheld cleaver does not require a work surface in order to perform
precision cleaves.
Anixter No.
444620
447235
447236
Vendor No.
FBC-007
HAN-STANDARD
HAN-FANOUT-UNI
506908
HAN-UNI
447237
HAN-TRACK
The least expensive of all Corning Cable Systems cleavers, the FBC-002 is adequate
(<2 degrees) for cleaving fiber ends for OTDR access (through a lab splice or XYZ
stage), multimode and single-mode mechanical splicing, and UniCam
Connector installation.
Anixter No.
440187
Vendor No.
FBC-002
Description
Description
High-Performance UniCam Cleaver
900 m tight buffered fiber handler
900 m fan-out tubing handler
for UniCam
900 m fan-out tubing handler for
FBC-007 and FBC-009
Track for fan-out tubing
fiber handlers
4.69
Fiber Solutions
FBC-007
Description
High-performance, mass
fiber cleaver
This cleaver provides smooth, flat, perpendicular fiber end-faces (typically

<0.7 degrees) necessary for low-loss fusion or mechanical splicing. Fast and easy
to use, it produces high-quality, repeatable cleaves for multimode and single-mode
fibers in one simple step. The unit cleaves all 250 m coated fibers and 900 m
buffered fibers.
Splice Equipment
Fusion Splice Protection

PR23985V2-173203.tif
CRIMP & GO
The Crimp & Go Splice Protector encloses the splice within an aluminum sleeve
sealed with an elastic material. Like the Splice Pak Splice Protector, the Crimp & Go
Splice Protector requires no power for assembly, thus extending the battery life of
the fusion splicer.
165918.
FSA-012
Crimp & Go splice protector parts (package
of 150)
Fiber Optic Splicing Tool Kits
Fiber Solutions
Corning Cable Systems offers a variety of splice protection choices to meet your
needs. All the types of protection pictured and described here allow individual fiber
access in the splice tray. Corning Cable Systems offers heat-shrink protection in both
single-fiber and multifiber versions.
HEAT-SHRINK
Heat-shrinkable splice protection continues to be the most popular method to
protect fusion splices. The sleeve securely protects the fusion splice on either
250 or 900 m coated fibers, while offering individual access to each fusion splice.
Corning Cable Systems Heat-shrink Sleeves are compatible with most splice trays
offered and are compatible with all heat-shrink ovens offered with Corning Cable
Systems Fusion Splicers. Corning Cable Systems offers both single-fiber and
multifiber heat-shrink sleeves.
Description
161239
D 2806031-01
60 mm long)
272053
2806032-01
40 mm long)
219339
2806031-012
Heat-shrink mass splice protector
parts, 6- or 12-fiber ribbon (package
of 25; 40 mm long)
SPLICE PAK
The Splice Pak Splice Protector is a cost-effective alternative to the heat shrink
protective sleeve. It has a plastic clamshell design with an adhesive applied to the
inside surface. The Splice Pak Splice Protector requires no power for assembly, thus
extending the battery life of the fusion splicer. The Splice Pak Splice Protector is
offered in three types for different fiber diameter combinations.
Description
144227
A0276859
160341
A0295149
160342
A0295150
4.70

Corning Cable Systems tool kits provide the craftsperson with a collection of essential
tools required for tasks associated with the installation, maintenance and
termination of fiber optic cable. The tools used in the kits are thoughtfully assembled
and are stored in high-quality cases, keeping them safe, neat and in proper
working order.
FUSION SPLICING TOOL KIT
PR23986V2-173202.tif
This kit is designed to be compatible with fusion splicers. It includes tools and
supplies required for cable-jacket removal and fusion splicing.
Contents: LST-000-016.
Anixter No.
086550
153567
Vendor No.
M67-003
M67-004
Description
Fusion splicing consumables kit, replenishes
the M67-003 tool kit
CAMSPLICE MECHANICAL SPLICE TOOL KIT WITHOUT CLEAVER
PR23987V2-173224.tif
Includes assembly tool, buffer tube-cutting tool, fiber coating stripping tool and
other miscellaneous items required for splicing. Kit comes in compact carrying case.
Assembly tool can be ordered separately. Contents: LST-000-050
Anixter No.
129468
Vendor No.
TKT-100-01
129625
TKT-100-02
Description
CamSplice mechanical splice tool kit; includes
CamSplice Mechanical Splice assembly fixture,
fiber coating stripping tool and other items
required for splicing; kit comes in a compact
carrying case
CamSplice mechanical splice tool kit; including
an FBC-002 fiber cleaver
Tools and Supplies

./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Accessories
Fiber-Clean Towelettes
MTP Fiber Optic Cleaning Tool
PR23988V2-173239.tif
PR82263V2-590113.tif
The Fiber Optic Cleaning Tool is used to clean MTP Connector endfaces as well as MTP
connectors installed in modules or panels.
Corning Cable Systems Fiber-Clean Towelettes are specifically designed to improve
the efficiency of cleaning telecommunications cabling. Fiber-Clean is more
economical, convenient and safe, and it is superior in terms of cleaning properties
versus the traditional cleaners used for gel removal and fiber splicing. This intelligent
cleaner contains several novel components that easily remove buffer-tube gels,
water-blocking compounds, and more importantly, contaminants on an optical fiber
prior to splicing and connectorization.
526399
Description
MTP Connector- and
port-cleaning tool
Single-Fiber Port Cleaners

PR23277V2-161142.tif
Description
"pop-up" canister (6.75 in. H x
4.0 in. W)
45 towelettes in a pop-up canister
(12 canisters per pack)
FC-45-12
Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit

348034
FCC-WIPES
348035
FCC-CLEANER-FIBER
Description
Package of Corning wipes,
90 pcs/pk.
Bottle of Corning fiber optic
cleaning fluid
The Single-Fiber Port Cleaners are designed to clean connector end-faces in patch
panels and adapters. An integrated dust cap allows for cleaning unmated connector
end-faces. The Single-Fiber Port Cleaners are proven effective for removing the
following from connector end-faces: skin oil, hand lotion, road dust, pre- and
post-mate graphite, salt, isopropyl and distilled water residues. These cleaners are
simple to use and offer more than 525 cleanings.
FEATURES
Cleaning system rotates 180 degrees to provide a full cleaning of the
connector end-face
Extendable tip allows for cleaning in hard-to-reach spaces
Cleaning fibers dissipate static to alleviate any electrostatic-discharge concerns
Easy-to-use pushing motion engages connector and initiates connector
end-face cleaning
Description
391035
CLEANER-PORT-2.5
Single-Fiber Port Cleaner for all
2.5 mm ferrule connectors such as
FC, ST and SC; effective for PC, UPC
and APC polishes
391036
CLEANER-PORT-LC
LC Connector- and port-cleaning tool
391040
CLEANER-PORT-OT
Single-Fiber Port Cleaner for OptiTap
Connector end-faces
4.71
Fiber Solutions
APPLICATIONS
All fiber optic cleaning needs
Copper applications
196997
FC-45-1
APPLICATIONS
MTP pinned/pinless connectors
416481
2104466-01
Tools and Supplies
Connector Removal Tool
Fiber Solutions
Polishing Film
PR23276V2-161146.tif
Corning Cable Systems Connector Removal Tool (CRT-001) is designed to allow for
easy removal and insertion of SC and small-form-factor connectors in high-density
patch panels. Comes with an integrated flashlight to enable visibility in densely
populated enclosures and low-light situations. Designed for comfortable one-handed
operation, it features long, narrow jaws with universal tips that make connector
insertion and removal easy, even in high-density patch panels.
FEATURES
Comfortable design makes it easy for small or large hands to use
Contoured notch on one side of tip ensures proper latching
Description
333600
CRT-001
Connector Removal Tool with
integrated flashlight and two
standard AAA batteries
D
Stripping Tools
193640
3205004-01
347857
2104502-01
504873
3206001-01
Description
Miller tool fiber stripper, plier type
Dual hole tool fiber stripper (for
900 m and 250 m fiber)
Wire stripper, 6 in.
Scribe/Scoring Tools
529843
3233004-01
Description
Ruby-blade scribe

169422
2104071-01
502243
1506060-01
376235
1506101-01
185823
2104004-02
169423
2104072-01
444623
02-012253-002
Application Notes
A fiber is a hair-thin, all-glass strand that conducts light. The fiber consists of
two solid portions: the core and the cladding. These two portions CANNOT be
separated. The light travels through the core while the cladding keeps the light
contained within the core. This is accomplished by having a different index of
refraction between the core and cladding. There are two types of fibers:
multimode and single-mode.
FIBER SIZE -- The fiber size is given as two numbers, the core diameter and the
cladding diameter, respectively. For example, 62.5/125 m is a fiber with a
62.5 m core that has a 125 m cladding. The unit of measure for these
diameters is micron, abbreviated (one one-millionth of a meter or 1 x
10-6 m). Core sizes commonly available for multimode fibers are 50 and
62.5 microns while single-mode cores are 8 to 10 microns.
PRIMARY COATING -- When the fiber is manufactured, it is initially protected
with what is called the primary coating. This clear coating is typically made of
acrylate and exists on virtually ALL fibers. The purpose of the primary coating
is to give the fiber added strength during cabling and general ruggedness in the
field during splicing or connectorization. The diameter of this primary coating
is most often 250 m. IMPORTANT: This coating must be stripped off of the
fiber before a connector or splice module can be installed.
Adhesive Applicators
Syringe tips are used to apply adhesive evenly and cleanly inside the connector tip
and body. Pink tip.
Description
523923
2104069-02
For epoxy adhesives (pink tip)
4.72
Description
Neon yellow, 12 micron, 5 in.
diameter (15 per pack)
1 micron, crystallized
white-alumina-coated flock film,
5 in. disk without PSA backing
2 micron, silicon-carbide flat film,
5 in. disk without PSA backing
Gray, 3 micron, 6 in. diameter
(50 per pack)
White, 0.3 micron, 5 in. diameter,
(50 per pack)
Clear, 0.02 micron, 5 in. diameter,
(50 per pack)
CommScope Solutions
Outdoor Cables
./
Outdoor Loose-tube All-dry Cable
Fiber Solutions

PR23889V2-168914.tif
CommScope all-dry outside-plant stranded loose-tube cables deliver the same proven quality and
performance offered in all CommScope cabling solutions. The armored and all-dielectric designs are
suitable for direct buried, aerial and conduit applications. The construction features the use of dry
water-blocking elements and reduced-diameter buffer tubes, yielding a lightweight, smaller cable.
The result is a fiber optic cable that is an ideal transmission medium for the outside-plant
environment. These designs are available with any of the high-performance SYSTIMAX fiber types,
including TeraSPEED Zero Water Peak single-mode fiber and the LazrSPEED multimode fibers. The
standard jacket material is medium-density polyethylene (MDPE), with an optional high-density
polyethylene (HDPE) jacket available. Additionally, the fiber and buffer tubes are color coded for
easy identification.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Operating temperature: -40F to 158F (-40C to 70C) (Test Method: FOTP - 3 IEC 60794-1-2-F1)
2. Installation temperature: -22F to 140F (-30C to 60C)
3. Storage temperature: -40F to 167F (-40C to 75C)
4. Crush resistance: 250 lb./in. (44 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)
5. Impact resistance: 4.34 lb./ft. (5.8 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 25 IEC 60794-1-2-E4)
6. Flexing: exceeds 25 cycles (Test Method: FOTP - 104 IEC 60794-1-2-E6)
7. Twist bend: exceeds (Test Method: FOTP - 85 IEC 60794-1-2-E7)
8. Tensile performance: short-term/long-term load 2700 N/600 N (Test Methods: FOTP - 33, 38, IEC 60794-1-2-E1A, E1B)
FEATURES
All dry construction removes filling gels and flooding compounds from the cable
Significantly reduces cable preparation time
Eliminates the need for solvents and other consumables during cable preparation
Improves cleanliness of work environment
Provides full water-blocking protection for outside-plant applications
Reduced-diameter buffer tubes utilized in the cable constructions
Reduces overall cable diameter, allowing better duct utilization
Allows for tighter cable bend radius, loaded and unloaded
Compatible with all SYSTIMAX apparatus
OPTISPEED 62.5/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM1, DIELECTRIC
Maximum attenuation: 3.0/1.0 dB/km (850/1300 nm); bandwidth OFL: 220/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); one Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300/550 m (850/1300 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation Long Term
No. of
Fibers (in.) (mm) (lb.) N
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm) Material ID
372-COMOM1-LTD-02
D-002-LN-6F-F02NS
2
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2 760053934
372-COMOM1-LTD-06
D-006-LN-6F-F06NS
6
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2 760053942
372-COMOM1-LTD-12
D-012-LN-6F-F12NS
12
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2 760053959
372-COMOM1-LTD-24
D-024-LN-6F-F12NS
24
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2 760053967
372-COMOM1-LTD-48
D-048-LN-6F-F12NS
48
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2 760053983
OPTISPEED 62.5/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM1, METALLIC
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
No. of Cable O.D. Installation Long Term Installation Long Term
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
372-COMOM1-LTA-02
D-002-LA-6F-F02NS
2
0.45 11.5 607 2700 180 111 6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5 760053371
372-COMOM1-LTA-06
D-006-LA-6F-F06NS
6
0.45 11.5 607 2700 180 111 6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5 760053389
372-COMOM1-LTA-12
D-012-LA-6F-F12NS
12
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 111 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7 760053397
372-COMOM1-LTA-24
D-024-LA-6F-F12NS
24
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7 760053405
372-COMOM1-LTA-48
D-048-LA-6F-F12NS
48
0.45 11.5 607 2700 180 111 6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5 760053421
4.73
CommScope Solutions
Outdoor Cables
(continued)
Outdoor Loose-tube All-dry Cable
LAZRSPEED 150 LASER-OPTIMIZED 50/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM2, DIELECTRIC

Max. Tensile Load
(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
Material ID
760054049
760054056
760054064
760054072
760054098
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
4.5 11.5 6.8 17.3
6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
Material ID
760053496
760053504
760053512
760053520
760053546

Maximum attenuation: 3.0/1.0 dB/km (850/1300 nm); bandwidth OFL: 700/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); bandwidth laser: 950/500 (850/1300 nm);
one Gigabit Ethernet distance: 800/600 m (850/1300 nm); 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 150 m (850 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
D
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COMOM3-LTD-02
D-002-LN-5L-F02NS
2
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM3-LTD-06
D-006-LN-5L-F06NS
6
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM3-LTD-12
D-012-LN-5L-F12NS
12
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM3-LTD-24
D-024-LN-5L-F12NS
24
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM3-LTD-48
D-048-LN-5L-F12NS
48
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM3-LTD-72
D-072-LN-5L-F12NS
72
0.42 10.6 607 2700 180 800 8.4 21.2 4.2 10.6
372-COMOM3-LTD-144
D-144-LN-5L-F12NS
144
0.62 15.8 607 2700 180 800 12.5 31.7 6.2 15.8
Material ID
760054155
760054163
760054171
760054189
760054205
760054221
760054247
LAZRSPEED 300 LASER-OPTIMIZED 50/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM3, METALLIC

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COMOM3-LTA-02
D-002-LA-5L-F02NS
2
0.45 11.5 607 2700 180 800 6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
372-COMOM3-LTA-06
D-006-LA-5L-F06NS
6
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
372-COMOM3-LTA-12
D-012-LA-5L-F12NS
12
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
372-COMOM3-LTA-24
D-024-LA-5L-F12NS
24
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
372-COMOM3-LTA-48
D-048-LA-5L-F12NS
48
0.46 11.5 607 2700 180 800 6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
Material ID
760053603
760053611
760053629
760053637
760053652
Anixter No.
372-COMOM2-LTD-02
372-COMOM2-LTD-06
372-COMOM2-LTD-12
372-COMOM2-LTD-24
372-COMOM2-LTD-48
Vendor No.
D-002-LN-5M-F02NS
D-006-LN-5M-F06NS
D-012-LN-5M-F12NS
D-024-LN-5M-F12NS
D-048-LN-5M-F12NS
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.40 10.2
6
0.40 10.2
12
0.40 10.3
24
0.40 10.2
48
0.40 10.2
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
372-COMOM2-LTA-02
372-COMOM2-LTA-06
372-COMOM2-LTA-12
372-COMOM2-LTA-24
372-COMOM2-LTA-48
4.74
Vendor No.
D-002-LA-5M-F02NS
D-006-LA-5M-F06NS
D-012-LA-5M-F12NS
D-024-LA-5M-F12NS
D-048-LA-5M-F12NS
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
48
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
CommScope Solutions
Outdoor Cables
Material ID
760054262
760054270
760054288
760054296
760054312
760054353
760054361

Maximum attenuation: 3.0/1.0 dB/km (850/1300 nm); bandwidth OFL: 3500/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); bandwidth laser: 4,700/500 (850/1300 nm);
one Gigabit Ethernet distance: 1,100/600 m (850/1300 nm); 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 550 m (850 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COMOM4-LTA-02
D-002-LA-5K-F02NS
2
0.45 11.5 607 2700 180 800 6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
372-COMOM4-LTA-06
D-006-LA-5K-F06NS
6
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
372-COMOM4-LTA-12
D-012-LA-5K-F12NS
12
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
372-COMOM4-LTA-24
D-024-LA-5K-F12NS
24
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
372-COMOM4-LTA-36
D-036-LA-5K-F12NS
36
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
372-COMOM4-LTA-48
D-048-LA-5K-F12NS
48
0.46 11.6 607 2700 180 800 9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
Material ID
760053710
760053728
760053736
760053744
760053751
760053769
TERASPEED 8.3/125 MICRON ZERO WATER PEAK SINGLE-MODE, DIELECTRIC

Maximum attenuation: 0.34/0.31/0.22 dB/km (1310/1385/1550 nm)
Anixter No.
372-COMOS2-LTD-02
372-COMOS2-LTD-06
372-COMOS2-LTD-12
372-COMOS2-LTD-24
372-COMOS2-LTD-48
372-COMOS2-LTD-72
372-COMOS2-LTD-288
Vendor No.
D-002-LN-8W-F02NS
D-006-LN-8W-F06NS
D-012-LN-8W-F12NS
D-024-LN-8W-F12NS
D-048-LN-8W-F12NS
D-072-LN-8W-F12NS
D-288-LN-8W-F12NS
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.40 10.2
6
0.40 10.2
12
0.40 10.2
24
0.40 10.2
48
0.40 10.2
72
0.20 10.6
288
0.72 18.52
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
8.4 21.2 4.2 10.6
14.3 36.4 7.2 18.2
Material ID
760053827
760053835
760053843
760053850
760053876
760053892
760053926
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
9.2 23.3 4.6 11.7
9.6 24.3 4.8 12.1
14.8 37.8 7.4 18.9
Material ID
760053264
760053272
760053280
760053298
760053306
760053314
760053330
760053355
TERASPEED 8.3/125 MICRON ZERO WATER PEAK SINGLE-MODE, METALLIC

Anixter No.
372-COMOS2-LTA-02
372-COMOS2-LTA-06
372-COMOS2-LTA-12
372-COMOS2-LTA-24
372-COMOS2-LTA-36
372-COMOS2-LTA-48
372-COMOS2-LTA-72
372-COMOS2-LTA-144
Vendor No.
D-002-LA-8W-F02NS
D-006-LA-8W-F06NS
D-012-LA-8W-F12NS
D-024-LA-8W-F12NS
D-036-LA-8W-F12NS
D-048-LA-8W-F12NS
D-072-LA-8W-F12NS
D-144-LA-8W-F12NS
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
36
48
72
144
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.45 11.5
0.46 11.6
0.46 11.6
0.46 11.6
0.46 11.6
0.46 11.6
0.48 12.1
0.68 17.3
4.75
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
372-COMOM4-LTD-02
D-002-LN-5K-F02NS
2
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM4-LTD-06
D-006-LN-5K-F06NS
6
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 6.0 15.3 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM4-LTD-12
D-012-LN-5K-F12NS
12
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM4-LTD-24
D-024-LN-5K-F12NS
24
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM4-LTD-48
D-048-LN-5K-F12NS
48
0.40 10.2 607 2700 180 800 8.0 20.4 4.0 10.2
372-COMOM4-LTD-144
D-144-LN-5K-F12NS
144
0.62 15.8 607 2700 180 800 12.5 31.7 6.2 15.8
372-COMOM4-LTD-288
D-288-LN-5K-F12NS
288
0.72 18.2 607 2700 180 800 14.3 36.4 7.2 18.2
CommScope Solutions
./
Fiber Solutions
Indoor/Outdoor Loose-tube Cable - Riser

PR12158V2-22131.tif
The Plenum-Rated and Riser-Rated Indoor/Outdoor Stranded Loose Tube Dielectric Cable allows for
connectivity ease and superior midspan accessibility. The cable is designed to endure the rigors of
outdoor use, but can also be run directly in plenum airspace (plenum only) or riser to eliminate a
splice point at the building entrance. This cable provides seamless migration from the campus to
the premises by bypassing termination requirements at the building entrance, thereby reducing the
total cost of ownership. Both Riser and Plenum constructions utilize 2.5 mm gel-free tubes that
eliminate the use of messy filling gel.
A fluoropolymer thermoplastic material (plenum) or PVC (riser) is used for the outer jacket and buffer
tubes to provide excellent petrochemical resistance. This also limits flame propagation and smoke
generation better than any similar cable design on the market today. These cables are designed for
installation loads up to 600 lb. (2700 N) and long-term loads up to 180 lb. (800 N).
All cables meet the mechanical and environmental requirements of Telcordia GR-20-CORE Issue 2 Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber and Optical Fiber Cable and ANSI/ICEA
S-87-640 Standard for Optical Fiber Outside Plant Communications Cable.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Operating temperature: -40F to 158F (-40C to 70C) (Test Method: FOTP - 3)
4. Crush resistance: 250 lb./in. (44 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41)
5. Impact resistance: 4.34 lb./ft. (5.88 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 25)
6. Flexing: 25 cycles (Test Method: FOTP - 104)
7. Twist bend: exceeds (Test Method: FOTP - 85)
8. Tensile performance: short-term/long-term load 2700 N/600 N (Test Methods: FOTP-33, 38, IEC 60794-1-2E1A, E1B)
9. Cable jacket: UV-stabilized
black
D
10.Buffer tubes and fibers are identified with standard color coding
Plenum cable is (ETL and cETL) Type OFNP
Riser cable is (ETL and cETL) Type OFNR
OPTISPEED 62.5/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM1
Anixter No.
373-COMOM1-LTRD-02LD
Vendor No.
R-002-LN-6F-F02BK/25D/LTS
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.45 11.5
6
0.45 11.5
12
0.45 11.5
24
0.45 11.5
48
0.45 11.5
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
Material ID
760112466
760112474
760112482
760112490
760112516
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
Material ID
760112524
760112532
760112540
760112557
760112573
LAZRSPEED 150 50/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM2
Anixter No.
4.76
Vendor No.
R-002-LN-5M-F02BK/25D/LTS
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
48
CommScope Solutions
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
R-002-LN-5L-F02BK/25D/LTS
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.41 10.4
6
0.41 10.4
12
0.41 10.4
24
0.41 10.4
48
0.41 10.4
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
Material ID
760112581
760112599
760112607
760112615
760112631
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
48
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
0.41 10.4
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
6.2 15.7 4.1 10.4
Material ID
760112649
760112656
760112664
760112672
760112698
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
48
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
0.45 11.5
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.8 17.3 4.5 11.5
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
9.1 23.1 4.5 11.5
Material ID
760112409
760112417
760112425
760112433
760112458
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
R-002-LN-5K-F02BK/25D/LTS
TERASPEED 8.3/125 MICRON ZERO WATER PEAK SINGLE-MODE

Vendor No.
R-002-LN-8W-F02BK/25D/LTS
Indoor/Outdoor Loose-tube Cable - Plenum

PR12158V2-22131.tif
The Plenum-Rated and Riser-Rated Indoor/Outdoor Stranded Loose-Tube Dielectric Cable allows for
connectivity ease and superior midspan accessibility. The cable is designed to endure the rigors of
outdoor use, but can also be run directly in plenum airspace (plenum only) or riser to eliminate a
splice point at the building entrance. This cable provides seamless migration from the campus to
the premises by bypassing termination requirements at the building entrance, thereby reducing the
total cost of ownership. Both Riser and Plenum constructions utilize 2.5 mm gel-free tubes that
eliminate the use of messy filling gel.
A fluoropolymer thermoplastic material (plenum) or PVC (riser) is used for the outer jacket and buffer
tubes to provide excellent petrochemical resistance. This also limits flame propagation and smoke
generation better than any similar cable design on the market today. These cables are designed for
installation loads up to 600 lb. (2700 N) and long-term loads up to 180 lb. (800 N).
All cables meet the mechanical and environmental requirements of Telcordia GR-20-CORE Issue 2 Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber and Optical Fiber Cable and ANSI/ICEA
S-87-640 Standard for Optical Fiber Outside Plant Communications Cable.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Operating temperature: -40F to 158F (-40C to 70C) (Test Method: FOTP - 3)
4. Crush resistance: 250 lb./in. (44 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41)
5. Impact resistance: 4.34 lb./ft. (5.88 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 25)
6. Flexing: 25 cycles (Test Method: FOTP - 104)
4.77
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
373-COMOS2-LTRD-02LD
CommScope Solutions
(continued)
Indoor/Outdoor Loose-tube Cable - Plenum
7. Twist bend: exceeds (Test Method: FOTP - 85)

8. Tensile performance: short-term/long-term load 2700 N/600 N (Test Methods: FOTP-33, 38, IEC 60794-1-2E1A, E1B)
9. Cable jacket: UV-stabilized black
10.Buffer tubes and fibers are identified with standard color coding
Anixter No.
373-COMOM1-LTPD-06
373-COMOM1-LTPD-12
373-COMOM1-LTPD-24
373-COMOM1-LTPD-48
373-COMOM1-LTPD-72
Vendor No.
P-006-LN-6F-F06BK/25D
P-012-LN-6F-F12BK/25D
P-024-LN-6F-F12BK/25D
P-048-LN-6F-F12BK/25D
P-072-LN-6F-F12BK/25D
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.38 9.7
0.38 9.7
0.38 9.7
0.38 9.7
0.40 10.1
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.7 19.4 3.8 9.7
7.7 19.4 3.8 9.7
7.7 19.4 3.8 9.7
7.7 19.4 3.8 9.7
20.2 8.0 4.0 10.1
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
36
0.38 9.7
48
0.38 9.7
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

14.6 5.7 3.8 9.7 760141580
14.6 5.7 3.8 9.7 760106948
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.38 9.7
0.38 9.7
0.38 9.7
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
5.7 14.6 3.8 9.7
5.7 14.6 3.8 9.7
5.7 14.6 3.8 9.7
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
36
0.38
48
0.38
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

5.7 14.6 3.8 9.7 760105346
5.7 14.6 3.8 9.7 760103531
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.38 9.7
0.38 9.7
0.38 9.7
0.40 10.1
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
607 2700 180 800
607 2700 180 800
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
14.1 35.8 9.9 25.1
14.1 35.8 9.9 25.1
7.7 19.4 3.8 9.7
8.0 20.2 4.0 10.1
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
48
72
Material ID
760094854
760106898
760094938
760094979
760095018
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
373-COMOM2-LTPD-36
373-COMOM2-LTPD-48
D
Vendor No.
P-036-LN-5M-F12BK/25D
P-048-LN-5M-F12BK/25D
Anixter No.
373-COMOM3-LTPD-06
373-COMOM3-LTPD-36
373-COMOM3-LTPD-48
Vendor No.
P-006-LN-5L-F06BK/25D
P-036-LN-5L-F12BK/25D
P-048-LN-5L-F12BK/25D
No. of
Fibers
6
36
48
Material ID
760106872
760116095
760094995
Anixter No.
373-COMOM4-LTPD-36
373-COMOM4-LTPD-48
Vendor No.
P-036-LN-5K-F12BK/25D
P-048-LN-5K-F12BK/25D

Anixter No.
373-COMOS2-LTPD-12
373-COMOS2-LTPD-24
373-COMOS2-LTPD-48
373-COMOS2-LTPD-72
4.78
Vendor No.
P-012-LN-8W-F12BK/25D
P-024-LN-8W-F12BK/25D
P-048-LN-8W-F12BK/25D
P-072-LN-8W-F12BK/25D
No. of
Fibers
12
24
48
72
Material ID
760106880
760106922
760094961
760095000
CommScope Solutions
Indoor/Outdoor Tight-buffered Cable - Riser

Riser cable is (ETL and cETL) TYPE OFNR
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
373-COMOM1-TBDLSZH02
Z-002-DS-6F-FSUBK
2
0.15 3.8 225 10000 68 300 1.5 3.8 2.3 5.8 760141549
Z-006-DS-6F-FSUBK
6
0.25 6.4 300 1335 90 400 2.2 5.5 4.4 11.1 760054973
Z-012-DS-6F-FSUBK
12
0.28 7.2 400 1780 120 534 2.8 7.2 5.7 14.4 700211279
Z-024-DS-6F-FMUBK
24
0.67 16.9 600 2670 180 801 6.7 16.9 13.3 33.9 700211287
Z-048-DS-6F-FMUBK
48
0.77 19.5 800 3560 240 1068 7.7 19.5 11.5 29.2 760075077
LAZRSPEED 150 LASER-OPTIMIZED 50/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM2
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Z-002-DS-5M-FSUBK
2
0.15 3.8 225 10000 68 300 2.3 5.8 1.5 3.8
Z-006-DS-5M-FSUBK
6
0.22 5.5
1335 90 400 2.2 5.5 3.3 8.3
Z-012-DS-5M-XSUBK
12
0.28 7.2 400 1780 120 534 2.8 7.2 5.7 14.4
Z-024-DS-5M-FSUBK
24
0.61 15.4 300 1335 90 400 3.4 8.7 6.9 17.4
Material ID
760138859
760046631
700211014
760070284
4.79
Fiber Solutions

PR23887V2-168920.tif
The indoor/outdoor distribution cable provides network performance for the applications of today
and tomorrow that can be used in nontraditional building entrance facilities.
SPECIFICATIONS
(Test Method: FOTP - 3 IEC 60794-1-2-F1)
4. Crush resistance: exceeds 126 lb./in. (22 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)
5. Impact resistance: exceeds 4.34 lb./ft. (5.8 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 25 IEC 60794-1-2-E4)
8. Tensile performance: exceeds (Test Methods: FOTP - 33, 38, IEC 60794-1-2-E1A, E1B)
9. Fibers are identified with standard color coding
FEATURES
900 micron tight buffered construction allows for direct termination eliminating the need for furcation which minimizes installation expense
Utilizes water-blocking technology which makes the cable suitable for the outside plant environment, with gel-free cable access
Black, UV-stabilized jacket is resistant to chemical, moisture, abrasion and sunlight and does not require additional protection in most installations
All-dielectric construction eliminates the need for bonding and grounding
Tested and qualified to GR-409 with GR-20 environmental limits and ICEA-696 and ICEA-640 environmental limits. Meets requirements for tight buffered constructions and
suitable of installation in true OSP environmental conditions
CommScope Solutions
Fiber Solutions
(continued)
Indoor/Outdoor Tight-buffered Cable - Riser

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Z-002-DS-5L-FSUBK
2
0.15 3.8 225 10000 68 300 1.5 3.8 2.3 5.8
Z-006-DS-5L-FSUBK
6
0.22 5.5 300 1335 90 400 2.2 5.5 3.3 8.3
Z-012-DS-5L-FSUBK
12
0.28 7.2 300 1780 120 534 2.8 7.2 5.7 14.4
Z-024-DS-5L-FSUBK
24
0.34 8.7 300 1335 90 400 3.4 8.7 6.9 17.4
Z-048-DS-5L-FMUBK
48
0.77 19.5 800 3560 240 1068 7.7 19.5 11.5 29.2
Material ID
760143198
760039966
700210982
760070292
760010371

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
Z-006-DS-5K-FSUBK
6
0.22 5.5 300 1335 90 400 2.2 5.5 3.3 8.3
Z-012-DS-5K-FSUBK
12
0.28 7.2 400 1780 120 534 2.8 7.2 5.7 14.4
Z-024-DS-5K-FSUBK
24
0.34 8.7 300 1335 90 400 6.9 17.4 3.4 8.7
Z-048-DS-5K-FMUBK
48
0.77 19.5 800 3560 240 1068 7.7 19.5 11.5 29.2
Material ID
760039974
760006650
760070300
760130864

D
Anixter No.
373-COMOS2-TBDLSZH02
Vendor No.
Z-002-DS-8W-FSUBK
Z-006-DS-8W-FSUBK
Z-012-DS-8W-FSUBK
Z-024-DS-8W-FSUBK
Z-048-DS-8W-FMUBK
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.15 3.8
6
0.22 5.5
12
0.28 7.2
24
0.34 8.7
48
0.77 19.5
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 10000 68 300
300 1335 90 400
400 1780 120 534
300 1335 90 400
800 3560 240 1068
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
1.5 3.8 2.3 5.8
2.2 5.5 3.3 8.3
2.8 7.2 5.7 14.4
3.4 8.7 6.9 17.4
7.7 19.5 11.5 29.2
Indoor/Outdoor Tight-buffered Cable - Plenum

PR23887V2-168920.tif
The indoor/outdoor distribution cable provides network performance for the applications of today
and tomorrow that can be used in non-traditional building entrance facilities.
SPECIFICATIONS
(Test Method: FOTP - 3 IEC 60794-1-2-F1)
4. Crush resistance: exceeds 126 lb./in. (22 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)
FEATURES
900 micron tight buffered construction allows for direct termination, eliminating the need for furcation, which minimizes installation expense
Utilizes water-blocking technology which makes the cable suitable for the outside plant environment, with gel-free cable access
Black, UV-stabilized jacket is resistant to chemical, moisture, abrasion and sunlight and does not require additional protection in most installations
4.80
Material ID
760150490
760009753
760004184
760070276
760090309
CommScope Solutions
All-dielectric construction eliminates the need for bonding and grounding
Tested and qualified to GR-409 with GR-20 environmental limits and ICEA-696 and ICEA-640 environmental limits. Meets requirements for tight buffered constructions and
suitable of installation in true OSP environmental conditions
Plenum cable is NEC OFNP (ETL) and c(ETL) Listed
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
373-COMOM1-TBD-06
P-006-OD-6F-FSUBK
6
0.21 5.4 300 1335 90 400 3.2 8.1 2.1 5.4 760036392
373-COMOM1-TBD-12
P-012-OD-6F-FSUBK
12
0.27 6.9 300 1335 90 400 4.1 10.4 2.7 6.9 760037259
373-COMOM1-TBD-24
P-024-OD-6F-FSUBK
24
0.31 7.9 300 1335 90 400 4.7 11.9 3.1 7.9 760037275
Material ID
760036400
760037317
760037333

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COMOM3-TBD-06
P-006-OD-5L-FSUBK
6
0.21 5.4 300 1335 90 400 3.2 8.1 2.1 5.4
373-COMOM3-TBD-12
P-012-OD-5L-FSUBK
12
0.27 6.9 300 1335 90 400 4.1 10.4 2.7 6.9
373-COMOM3-TBD-24
P-024-OD-5L-FSUBK
24
0.31 7.9 300 1335 90 400 4.7 11.9 3.1 7.9
Material ID
760036418
760037374
760037390

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COMOM4-TBD-06
P-006-OD-5K-FSUBK
6
0.21 5.4 300 1335 90 400 3.2 8.1 2.1 5.4
373-COMOM4-TBD-12
P-012-OD-5K-FSUBK
12
0.27 6.9 300 1335 90 400 4.1 10.4 2.7 6.9
373-COMOM4-TBD-24
P-024-OD-5K-FSUBK
24
0.19 4.8 300 1335 90 400 3.8 9.7 1.9 4.8
Material ID
760036426
760037432
760037457

Anixter No.
373-COMOS2-TBD-06
373-COMOS2-TBD-12
373-COMOS2-TBD-24
Vendor No.
P-006-OD-8W-FSUBK
P-012-OD-8W-FSUBK
P-024-OD-8W-FSUBK
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.21 5.4
0.27 6.9
0.31 7.9
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.2 8.1 2.1 5.4
4.1 10.4 2.7 6.9
4.7 11.9 3.1 7.9
Material ID
760036384
760037192
760037218
4.81
Fiber Solutions

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
373-COMOM2-TBD-06
P-006-OD-5M-FSUBK
6
0.21 5.4 300 1335 90 400 3.2 8.1 2.1 5.4
373-COMOM2-TBD-12
P-012-OD-5M-FSUBK
12
0.27 6.9 300 1335 90 400 4.1 10.4 2.7 6.9
373-COMOM2-TBD-24
P-024-OD-5M-FSUBK
24
0.31 7.9 300 1335 90 400 4.7 11.9 3.1 7.9
CommScope Solutions
Indoor Cables
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Fiber Cable-Indoor//Other
Building Cables - Riser

PR2433V2-7021.tif
The LazrSPEED Building Cables consist of laser-optimized 50/125 m optical fibers. All LazrSPEED fibers are
Differential Mode Delay (DMD) tested. The CommScope Labs use a high-resolution DMD test bench that
exceeds the FOTP-220 standards and is independently certified by UL. The LazrSPEED building cable is
constructed with tight buffer fibers, aramid-strength yarn, and is available in PVC, plenum and low smoke zero
halogen outer jacket. These cables are designed for point-to-point applications as well as midspan access,
and provide a high level of protection for fiber installed in the building environment.
SPECIFICATIONS
2. Installation temperature: 32F to 158F (0C to 70C)
4. Crush resistance: exceeds 57.3 lb./in. (10 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)
Fiber Solutions

Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.4 6.1 1.6 4.1
4.1 10.3 2.0 5.1
4.8 12.1 2.4 6.0
6.6 16.7 3.3 8.4
11.5 29.3 5.7 14.6
14.6 37
7.3 18.5
14.6 37
7.3 18.5
Material ID
700009640
700009509
700009384
760018531
700009178
700009087
700008998

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COMOM2-TBD-02
R-002-DS-5M-FSUAQ
2
0.16 4.1 225 1001 67 300 2.4 6.1 1.6 4.1
371-COMOM2-TBD-06
R-006-DS-5M-FSUAQ
6
0.20 5.1 300 1335 90 400 4.1 10.3 2.0 5.1
371-COMOM2-TBD-12
R-012-DS-5M-FSUAQ
12
0.24 6.0 300 1335 90 400 4.8 12.1 2.4 6.0
371-COMOM2-TBD-24
R-024-DS-5M-FSUAQ
24
0.33 8.4 300 1335 90 400 6.6 16.7 3.3 8.4
371-COMOM2-TBD-48
R-048-DS-5M-FMUAQ
48
0.63 16.1 800 3560 240 400 9.5 24.2 6.3 16.1
Material ID
700203052
700203078
700203086
760018549
700203110
Anixter No.
371-COMOM1-TBD-02
371-COMOM1-TBD-06
371-COMOM1-TBD-12
371-COMOM1-TBD-24
371-COMOM1-TBD-36
371-COMOM1-TBD-48
371-COMOM1-TBD-72
4.82
Vendor No.
R-002-DS-6F-FSUSL
R-006-DS-6F-FSUSL
R-012-DS-6F-FSUSL
R-024-DS-6F-FSUSL
R-036-DS-6F-FMUSL
R-048-DS-6F-FMUSL
R-072-DS-6F-FMUSL
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
36
48
72
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.16 4.1
0.20 5.1
0.24 6.0
0.33 8.4
0.57 14.6
0.63 16.0
0.79 18.5
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
800 3560 240 1068
600 2668 90 400
1000 2668 90 400
CommScope Solutions
Indoor Cables
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COMOM3-TBD-02
R-002-DS-5L-FSUAQ
2
0.16 4.1 225 1001 90 300 2.4 6.1 1.6 4.1
371-COMOM3-TBD-06
R-006-DS-5L-FSUAQ
6
0.20 5.1 300 1335 90 400 4.1 10.5 2.0 5.1
371-COMOM3-TBD-12
R-012-DS-5L-FSUAQ
12
0.24 6.0 300 1335 90 400 4.8 12.1 2.4 6.0
371-COMOM3-TBD-24
R-024-DS-5L-FSUAQ
24
0.33 8.4 300 1335 90 400 6.6 16.7 3.3 8.4
371-COMOM3-TBD-48
R-048-DS-5L-FMUAQ
48
0.63 16.1 800 3560 240 1068 9.5 24.2 6.3 16.1
Material ID
700208127
700208143
700208150
760018556
700208218

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COMOM4-TBD-06
R-006-DS-5K-FSUAQ
6
0.20 4.7 300 1335 90 400 3.7 9.5 1.9 4.7
371-COMOM4-TBD-12
R-012-DS-5K-FSUAQ
12
0.24 5.7 300 1335 90 400 4.5 11.4 2.2 5.7
371-COMOM4-TBD-24
R-024-DS-5K-FSUAQ
24
0.33 8.4 300 1335 90 400 6.6 16.7 3.3 8.4
371-COMOM4-TBD-48
R-048-DS-5K-FMUAQ
48
0.63 16.1 800 3560 240 1068 9.5 24.2 6.3 16.1
Material ID
760012104
760012112
760018564
760026849
Anixter No.
371-COMOS2-TBD-02
371-COMOS2-TBD-06
371-COMOS2-TBD-12
371-COMOS2-TBD-24
371-COMOS2-TBD-36
371-COMOS2-TBD-48
371-COMOS2-TBD-72
Vendor No.
R-002-DS-8W-FSUYL
R-006-DS-8W-FSUYL
R-012-DS-8W-FSUYL
R-024-DS-8W-FSUYL
R-036-DS-8W-FMUYL
R-048-DS-8W-FMUYL
R-072-DS-8W-FMUYL
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.16 4.1
6
0.20 5.1
12
0.24 6.0
24
0.33 8.4
36
0.57 14.6
48
0.63 16.1
72
0.79 20
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
800 3560 240 1068
800 3560 240 1068
300 1335 1000 4450
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.4 6.1 1.6 4.1
4.1 10.3 2.0 5.1
4.8 12.1 2.4 6.0
6.6 16.7 3.3 8.4
11.5 29.3 5.7 14.6
9.5 24.2 6.3 16.1
15.8 40.1 7.9 20.0
Material ID
760004408
760004424
760004440
760018515
760004465
760004473
760004481
Building Cables - Plenum

PR2433V2-7021.tif
The LazrSPEED Building Cables consist of laser-optimized 50/125 m optical fibers. All LazrSPEED fibers
are Differential Mode Delay (DMD) tested. The CommScope Labs use a high-resolution DMD test bench that
exceeds the FOTP-220 standards and is independently certified by UL. The LazrSPEED building cable is
constructed with tight buffer fibers, aramid-strength yarn, and is available in PVC, plenum and low smoke
zero halogen outer jacket. These cables are designed for point-to-point applications as well as midspan
access, and provide a high level of protection for fiber installed in the building environment.
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Crush resistance: exceeds 57.3 lb./in. (10 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)
4.83
Fiber Solutions

CommScope Solutions
Indoor Cables
(continued)
Building Cables - Plenum

Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3
7.8 1.5 3.9
3.8 9.7 1.9 4.8
4.6 11.7 2.3 5.9
6.7 16.9 3.3 8.5
11.9 30.2 5.9 15.1
15
38.2 7.5 19.1
Material ID
700009657
700009517
700009392
760018663
760124834
760028050

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COMOM2-TBD-02
P-002-DS-5M-FSUAQ
2
0.15 3.9 225 1001 67 300 3.1 7.8 1.5 3.9
370-COMOM2-TBD-06
P-006-DS-5M-FSUAQ
6
0.19 4.8 300 1335 90 400 3.8 9.7 1.9 4.8
370-COMOM2-TBD-12
P-012-DS-5M-FSUAQ
12
0.23 5.9 300 1335 90 400 4.6 11.7 2.3 5.9
370-COMOM2-TBD-24
P-024-DS-5M-FSUAQ
24
0.33 8.5 300 1335 90 400 6.7 16.9 3.3 8.5
D
370-COMOM2-TBD-48
P-048-DS-5M-FMUAQ
48
0.59 15.1 800 3560 240 1068 5.9 15.1 8.9 22.7
Material ID
700009871
700009798
700009756
760018671
700211105

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COMOM3-TBD-02
P-002-DS-5L-FSUAQ
2
0.15 3.9 225 1001 67 300 2.3 5.9 1.5 3.9
370-COMOM3-TBD-06
P-006-DS-5L-FSUAQ
6
0.19 4.8 300 1335 90 400 3.8 9.7 1.9 4.8
370-COMOM3-TBD-12
P-012-DS-5L-FSUAQ
12
0.23 5.9 300 1335 90 400 4.6 11.7 2.3 5.9
370-COMOM3-TBD-24
P-024-DS-5L-FSUAQ
24
0.33 8.5 300 1335 90 400 6.7 16.9 3.3 8.5
370-COMOM3-TBD-48
P-048-DS-5L-FMUAQ
48
0.59 15.1 800 3560 240 1068 8.9 22.7 5.9 15.1
Material ID
700009855
700009772
700009731
760018689
700211147

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COMOM4-TBD-02
P-002-DS-5K-FSUAQ
2
0.15 3.9 225 1001 67 300 2.3 5.9 1.5 3.9
370-COMOM4-TBD-06
P-006-DS-5K-FSUAQ
6
0.19 4.7 300 1335 90 400 3.7 9.5 1.9 4.7
370-COMOM4-TBD-12
P-012-DS-5K-FSUAQ
12
0.23 5.7 300 1335 90 400 4.5 11.4 2.2 5.7
370-COMOM4-TBD-24
P-024-DS-5K-FSUAQ
24
0.33 8.5 300 1335 90 400 6.7 16.9 3.3 8.5
370-COMOM4-TBD-48
P-048-DS-5K-FMUAQ
48
0.59 15.1 800 3560 240 1068 8.9 22.7 5.9 15.1
Material ID
760057034
760012138
760006411
760018697
760024554
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
370-COMOM1-TBD-02
370-COMOM1-TBD-06
370-COMOM1-TBD-12
370-COMOM1-TBD-24
370-COMOM1-TBD-48
370-COMOM1-TBD-72
4.84
Vendor No.
P-002-DS-6F-FSUSL
P-006-DS-6F-FSUSL
P-012-DS-6F-FSUSL
P-024-DS-6F-FSUSL
P-048-DS-6F-FMUOR
P-072-DS-6F-FMUOR
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.15 3.9
6
0.19 4.8
12
0.23 5.9
24
0.33 8.5
48
0.59 15.1
72
0.75 19.1
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
800 3560 240 1068
1000 4450 300 1335
CommScope Solutions
Indoor Cables
Anixter No.
370-COMOS2-TBD-02
370-COMOS2-TBD-06
370-COMOS2-TBD-12
370-COMOS2-TBD-24
370-COMOS2-TBD-36
370-COMOS2-TBD-48
370-COMOS2-TBD-72
Vendor No.
P-002-DS-8W-FSUYL
P-006-DS-8W-FSUYL
P-012-DS-8W-FSUYL
P-024-DS-8W-FSUYL
P-036-DS-8W-FMUYL
P-048-DS-8W-FMUYL
P-072-DS-8W-FMUYL
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
36
48
72
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.15 3.9
0.19 4.8
0.23 5.8
0.33 8.5
0.54 13.7
0.59 15.1
0.75 19.1
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
800 3560 240 1068
800 3560 240 1068
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.3 5.9 1.5 3.9
3.8 9.7 1.9 4.8
4.6 11.7 2.3 5.9
6.7 16.9 3.3 8.5
10.8 27.4 5.4 13.7
11.9 30.2 5.9 15.1
22.1 56.1 15.5 39.3
Material ID
760004317
760004333
760004358
760018630
760004374
760004382
760004390
Interlocking Armored Cables - Riser

Riser cable is (ETL and cETL) TYPE OFCR
Anixter No.
371-COMOM1-TBA-02
371-COMOM1-TBA-06
371-COMOM1-TBA-12
371-COMOM1-TBA-24
371-COMOM1-TBA-48
Vendor No.
R-002-DZ-6F-FSUOR
R-006-DZ-6F-FSUOR
R-012-DZ-6F-FSUOR
R-024-DZ-6F-FSUOR
R-048-DZ-6F-FMUOR
No. of
Fibers
2
6
12
24
48
Cable O.D.
(in.) (mm)
0.50 12.8
0.50 12.8
0.50 12.8
0.61 15.4
0.24 6.0
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
12.1 30.7 8.5 21.5
18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760127365
760127282
760127290
760125112
760125138
4.85
Fiber Solutions

PR9632V2-23687.tif
CommScope Interlocking Armored Fiber Optic Cable provides superior protection and space savings.
It provides installation protection from bending and excessive pull tension, significant time and
labor reductions versus conduit or innerduct installations and increased installation and
design flexibility.
CommScope Interlocking Armor can be used anywhere additional protection and security for the fiber
cable are desired. Applications include building backbone, zone distribution, raised floor, data
centers and storage area networks (SANs). Vertical markets include: industrial, manufacturing,
airports, stadiums, military and any other vertical where increased protection and security for the
fiber cable are desired. These include: financial, hospitals, educational facilities and many more.
The CommScope Interlocking Armor is applied spirally around any premise distribution cable, and is
available in aluminum. The armored cable is then over-jacketed with a sheath. This sheath is color coded to the fiber type contained within, and provides not only the ability to
print the armor with all relevant information on the cable inside, but also allows for easier handling and pulling.
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Crush resistance: 486.8 lb./in. (85 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)
5. Impact resistance: 25.8 lb./ft. (35 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 25 IEC 60794-1-2-E4)
8. Tensile: exceeds (Test Methods: FOTP - 33, 38, IEC 60794-1-2-E1A, E1B)
CommScope Solutions
Indoor Cables
Fiber Solutions
(continued)
Interlocking Armored Cables - Riser

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COMOM2-TBA-02
R-002-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
2
0.50 12.8 225 1001 67 300 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM2-TBA-06
R-006-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
6
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM2-TBA-12
R-012-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
12
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM2-TBA-24
R-024-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
24
0.61 15.4 300 1335 90 400 12.1 30.7 8.5 21.5
371-COMOM2-TBA-48
R-048-DZ-5M-FMUAQ
48
0.91 23.0 300 1335 90 400 18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760126581
760127225
760127233
760127415
760127266

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COMOM3-TBA-02
R-002-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
2
0.50 12.8 225 1001 67 300 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM3-TBA-06
R-006-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
6
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM3-TBA-12
R-012-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
12
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM3-TBA-24
R-024-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
24
0.61 15.4 300 1335 90 400 12.1 30.7 8.5 21.5
371-COMOM3-TBA-48
R-048-DZ-5L-FMUAQ
48
0.91 23.0 300 1335 90 400 18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760127571
760127175
760127183
760127381
760127209
LAZRSPEED 550D LASER-OPTIMIZED 50/125 MICRON MULTIMODE, OM4

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
371-COMOM4-TBA-06
R-006-DZ-5K-FSUAQ
6
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM4-TBA-12
R-012-DZ-5K-FSUAQ
12
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
371-COMOM4-TBA-24
R-024-DZ-5K-FSUAQ
24
0.61 15.4 300 1335 90 400 12.1 30.7 8.5 21.5
371-COMOM4-TBA-48
R-048-DZ-5K-FMUAQ
48
0.91 23.0 300 1335 90 400 18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760127506
760127514
760127407
760126540

Anixter No.
371-COMOS2-TBA-02
371-COMOS2-TBA-06
371-COMOS2-TBA-12
371-COMOS2-TBA-24
371-COMOS2-TBA-48
4.86
Vendor No.
R-002-DZ-8W-FSUYL
R-006-DZ-8W-FSUYL
R-012-DZ-8W-FSUYL
R-024-DZ-8W-FMUYL
R-048-DZ-8W-FMUYL
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.50 12.8
6
0.50 12.8
12
0.50 12.8
24
0.61 15.4
48
0.91 23.0
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
12.1 30.7 8.5 21.5
18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760127555
760127308
760127316
760127324
760127340
CommScope Solutions
Indoor Cables
Interlocking Armored Cables - Plenum

The plenum cable is (ETL and cETL) Type OFCP
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 19.7
13.7 34.8 9.6 24.4
18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760127860
760127753
760127761
760127852
760125096

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COMOM2-TBA-02
P-002-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
2
0.50 12.8 225 1001 67 300 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM2-TBA-06
P-006-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
6
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM2-TBA-12
P-012-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
12
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM2-TBA-24
P-024-DZ-5M-FSUAQ
24
0.69 17.4 300 1335 90 400 13.7 34.8 9.6 24.4
370-COMOM2-TBA-48
P-048-DZ-5M-FMUAQ
48
0.91 23.0 300 1335 90 400 18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760125997
760127696
760127704
760127878
760127738
Anixter No.
370-COMOM1-TBA-02
370-COMOM1-TBA-06
370-COMOM1-TBA-12
370-COMOM1-TBA-24
370-COMOM1-TBA-48
Vendor No.
P-002-DZ-6F-FSUOR
P-006-DZ-6F-FSUOR
P-012-DZ-6F-FSUOR
P-024-DZ-6F-FSUOR
P-048-DZ-6F-FMUOR
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.50 12.8
6
0.50 12.8
12
0.50 12.8
24
0.69 17.4
48
0.91 23.0
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
4.87
Fiber Solutions

PR9632V2-23687.tif
CommScope Interlocking Armored Fiber Optic Cable provides superior protection and space savings.
It provides installation protection from bending and excessive pull tension, significant time and
labor reductions versus conduit or innerduct installations and increased installation and
design flexibility.
CommScope Interlocking Armor can be used anywhere additional protection and security for the fiber
cable are desired. Applications include building backbone, zone distribution, raised floor, data
centers and storage area networks (SANs). Vertical markets include: industrial, manufacturing,
airports, stadiums, military and any other vertical where increased protection and security for the
fiber cable are desired. These include: financial, hospitals, educational facilities and many more.
The CommScope Interlocking Armor is applied spirally around any premise distribution cable, and is
available in aluminum. The armored cable is then over-jacketed with a sheath. This sheath is color coded to the fiber type contained within, and provides not only the ability to
print the armor with all relevant information on the cable inside, but also allows for easier handling and pulling.
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Crush resistance: 486.8 lb./in. (85 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)
5. Impact resistance: 25.8 lb./ft. (35 N/mm) (Test Method: FOTP - 25 IEC 60794-1-2-E4)
CommScope Solutions
Indoor Cables
Fiber Solutions
(continued)
Interlocking Armored Cables - Plenum

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COMOM3-TBA-02
P-002-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
2
0.50 12.8 225 1001 67 300 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM3-TBA-06
P-006-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
6
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM3-TBA-12
P-012-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
12
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM3-TBA-24
P-024-DZ-5L-FSUAQ
24
0.69 17.4 300 1335 90 400 13.7 34.8 9.6 24.4
370-COMOM3-TBA-48
P-048-DZ-5L-FMUAQ
48
0.91 23.0 300 1335 90 400 18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760128124
760127639
760127647
760127902
760127670

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(lb.) N
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
370-COMOM4-TBA-06
P-006-DZ-5K-FSUAQ
6
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM4-TBA-12
P-012-DZ-5K-FSUAQ
12
0.50 12.8 300 1335 90 400 10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
370-COMOM4-TBA-24
P-024-DZ-5K-FSUAQ
24
0.69 17.4 300 1335 90 400 13.7 34.8 9.6 24.4
370-COMOM4-TBA-48
P-048-DZ-5K-FMUAQ
48
0.91 23.0 300 1335 90 400 18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760128181
760128017
760127910
760125971

D
Anixter No.
370-COMOS2-TBA-02
370-COMOS2-TBA-06
370-COMOS2-TBA-12
370-COMOS2-TBA-24
370-COMOS2-TBA-48
4.88
Vendor No.
P-002-DZ-8W-FSUYL
P-006-DZ-8W-FSUYL
P-012-DZ-8W-FSUYL
P-024-DZ-8W-FSUYL
P-048-DZ-8W-FMUYL
No. of Cable O.D.

Fibers (in.) (mm)
2
0.50 12.8
6
0.50 12.8
12
0.50 12.8
24
0.61 15.4
48
0.91 23.0
Max. Tensile Load

(lb.) N
(lb.) N
225 1001 67 300
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
300 1335 90 400
Min. Bend Radius

(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
10.1 25.7 7.1 18.0
12.1 30.7 8.5 21.5
18.1 46.0 12.7 32.2
Material ID
760128157
760127795
760127803
760127886
760127837
CommScope Solutions
Cable Assemblies
./
Fiber Patch Cords

PR30421V2-221892.tif
Fiber Cable Assemblies

PR30420V2-221891.tif
We have a multitude of CommScope fiber jumpers in a multitude of lengths available

including LC to LC, LC to ST, LC to SC, SC to SC and ST to ST, as well as a host of many other varieties.
4.89
Fiber Solutions
CommScope Solutions
Cable Assemblies
Fiber Pigtails
PR30422V2-221788.tif
Fiber Solutions
Plenum Array Cords

PR30419V2-221887.tif

4.90
CommScope Solutions
Cable Assemblies
Plenum Ruggedized Fan-out Cords

PR30423V2-221844.tif
Fiber Solutions

4.91
CommScope Solutions
Connectors and Adapters

./
LC Connectors
PR23884V2-168910.tif
BEHIND-THE-WALL (900 MICRON) SINGLE-MODE EZ-LC CONNECTOR

Description
Material ID
305061 SFC-LCR-09-BL
BTW LC connector,
760034199
preradiused, for 0.9 mm
single-mode buffered
fiber, blue/white
Fiber Solutions
JUMPER CORDAGE (1.6 MM) MULTIMODE JUMPER CONNECTOR

Description
332688 MDC-LCR-16-BG
LC connector for 1.6 mm
cordage, duplex,
preradiused, multimode
The LC connector is a revolutionary fiber optic connector. This small form connector
is only half the size of ST or SC connectors, yet it has superior optical performance
and reduced installation time. It uses the familiar insertion release mechanism
similar to an RJ45 plug and has a pull-proof design. Fast becoming the connector of
choice, the physical and optical performance of the LC allows engineers to design
optical fiber infrastructures suited to the low-loss needs of the high-speed
data networks.
The LC connector offers a complete connection solution with a product range designed
for field termination onto 900 m buffered fiber, 1.6 mm fiber cordage, multimode
and single-mode fiber. The high-performance LC connector is the recommended
connector for Gigabit applications including all proposed 10 Gigabit Ethernet
specifications for multimode and single-mode fiber.
BEHIND-THE-WALL (900 m) CONNECTOR
D
This connector is designed to allow for the simple and speedy termination of the
connector onto 900 m fiber. So whether terminating a cable into a patch panel,
connection box, or outlet, the LC connector offers the best-in-class solution.
JUMPER CONNECTOR (1.6 mm)
The LC fiber optic simplex and duplex jumper connectors can be used to terminate
simplex and duplex 1.6 mm jumper cords. They are intended for use in central offices,
local area networks (LANs), and in patch cords for premises distribution systems
(PDS). The connectors can also be used in computer backplane connections, computer
peripheral interconnections, device terminations, and other applications where
quality, small-size, high-density, low-loss and low-cost infrastructure are required.
Specifications: not for jumper cordage
Length: 3.2 cm (1.259 in.)
Tip material: ceramic
Multimode: average loss: 0.2 dB; standard deviation 0.1 dB
Single-mode: average loss: 0.2 dB; standard deviation 0.1 dB
Insertion loss change: less than 0.3 dB mating durability for 500 reconnects
Cable retention: less than 0.3 dB
Temperature stability -40 to 75C
Patch cord's LC connector is spring-loaded with no key
Behind-the-plate LC connectors are NOT spring-loaded and have a key
BEHIND-THE-WALL (900 MICRON) MULTIMODE EZ-LC CONNECTOR
Description
305059 MFC-LCR-09-BG
BTW LC connector,
preradiused, for 0.9 mm
multimode buffered
fiber, beige/white
4.92
Material ID
760034181
JUMPER CORDAGE (1.6 MM) SINGLE-MODE EZ-LC CONNECTOR

Description
332836 SFC-LCR-16-BL
LC connector for 1.6 mm
cordage
simplex, preradiused
397351 LC DUPLEX CLIP
LC duplex clip,
polarity reversible
KEYED PRERADIUS FOR 1.6 MM CORDAGE DUPLEX

394558 MDC-LCR-16-KAQ
394559 MDC-LCR-16-KBK
394560 MDC-LCR-16-KSL
394567 SDC-LCR-16-KAQ
394568 SDC-LCR-16-KBK
394569 SDC-LCR-16-KSL
Material ID
760034157
Material ID
760034173
760039669
PR30425V2-221828.tif
Description
Multimode, aqua
Multimode, black
Multimode, slate
Single-mode, aqua
Single-mode, black
Single-mode, slate
Material ID
760102475
760102533
760102509
760102806
760102863
760102830
KEYED PRERADIUS FOR 1.6 MM CORDAGE SIMPLEX

Description
394564 MFC-LCR-16-KAQ
Multimode, aqua
394565 MFC-LCR-16-KBK
Multimode, black
394566 MFC-LCR-16-KSL
Multimode, slate
394573 SFC-LCR-16-KAQ
Single-mode, aqua
394574 SFC-LCR-16-KBK
Single-mode, black
394575 SFC-LCR-16-KSL
Single-mode, slate
Material ID
760102368
760102426
760102392
760102699
760102756
760102723
KEYED PRERADIUS FOR 0.9 MM CORDAGE SIMPLEX

Description
394561 MFC-LCR-09-KAQ
Multimode, aqua
394562 MFC-LCR-09-KBK
Multimode, black
394563 MFC-LCR-09-KSL
Multimode, slate
394570 SFC-LCR-09-KAQ
Single-mode, aqua
394571 SFC-LCR-09-KBK
Single-mode, black
394572 SFC-LCR-09-KSL
Single-mode, slate
Material ID
760102582
760102640
760102616
760102939
760102996
760102962
CommScope Solutions

QWIK II CONNECTOR

413720 MFC-LCF-09-5X-25
352560
MFC-LCF-09-6X-25
414581
SFC-LCF-09-8X-25
PR30427V2-221807.tif
Description
Multimode 50/125,
25 pack, aqua
Multimode 62.5/125,
25 pack, beige
Single-mode, 25 pack, blue
Material ID
760117911

Fits 0.9 mm buffered fiber, 3 mm cordage and 1.6 mm cord. When terminating on
mini cordage, an adapter kit (Part No. 195867) and tool (Part No. 195868) must be
used to build the cable up to 0.9 mm
Length: 5 cm (1.96 in.)
Loss repeat (200 reconnects): less than 0.3 dB
Minimum axial load: cable: 13.6 kg; buffer: 0.9 kg (1.98 lb.)
Temperature stability (-40 to 75C): less than 0.3 dB increase
Average loss MM: 0.3 dB
Average loss SM: 0.2 dB (tuned)
Average loss SM: 0.3 dB (untuned)
EZ-SC CONNECTORS, NONTUNABLE
760117937
760117929
These connector kits can be used on 1.6 mm cordage or mini-breakout cable with
the addition of tool kit D-182918 and 500B tool.

266859 MFC-SCR-09-BG-100BULK-PACK
SC Connectors
266858
MFC-SCR-09-BG
266836
SFC-SCR-30-BL
266837
SFC-SCR-09-BL
PR23885V2-168918.tif
QWIK-SC CONNECTOR
The SC multimode fiber optic connector is a field-mountable, tunable connector
which utilizes a domed zirconia ferrule for fiber alignment, and push-pull hardware
that provides easier connections as well as high optical stability. The connector can
be used in high-density applications while not being affected by axial cable loads.
The cable is crimped to the outer hardware and therefore prevents momentary
disconnect when axial load is placed on the cable. Available in multimode and
single-mode versions.
The P600A-Z-125 and P6200A-Z-125 can be mounted on 3.0 mm cordage only, while
the P6001A-Z-125 and P6201A-Z-125 mount on the 0.9 buffered fiber.
Description
BTW SC-B connector for
0.9 mm buffered fiber,
multimode, 100-pack
BTW SC-B, for 0.9 mm
multimode buffered
fiber, beige/white
BTW SC-B connector for
3.0 mm cordage
simplex, single-mode
BTW SC-B, for 0.9 mm
single-mode buffered
fiber, blue/white
Material ID
760007088
760007070
760007096
760007112
PR30429V2-221808.tif
25 pack

415292 MFC-SCF-09-5X-25-PACK
414578 MFC-SCF-09-6X-25
402864 SFC-SCF-09-8X-25-PACK
Description
Multimode 50/125, aqua
Multimode 62.5/125, beige
Single-mode
Material ID
760117978
760117994
760117986
4.93
Fiber Solutions
TOOL KITS AND CRIMP FIXTURES FOR LC CONNECTORS

Description
Material ID
213172 1032H
EZ LC, SC, STII tool kit for 700005838
termination of distribution
cable. Uses anaerobic
method. Does not contain
crimp tool
402869 QWIKIITERMTOOLK
Qwik II Master termination 760119131
tool kit
PR30428V2-221858.tif
CommScope Solutions

(continued)
SC Connectors
EZ-STII CONNECTORS
TOOL KITS AND CRIMP FIXTURES FOR SC CONNECTORS

Description
213172 1032H
EZ LC, SC, STII tool kit for
crimp tool
157627 1032F1
SC, ST, STII tool kit. Uses EZ
method. Connectors and
consumable kits
ordered separately.
Qwik II Master termination
tool kit
CLIPS
152525 2A1
Fiber Solutions
210496
2A1
PR30430V2-221797.tif
Material ID
700005838
700005929
760119131

170290 MFC-STU
157475 SFC-STU
118974 P2020C-C-125
Description
Multimode, grey
Single-mode, yellow
Multimode
QWIK-ST CONNECTORS
Material ID
700004328
700011067
700005000
PR30431V2-221824.tif
Description
Material ID
SC duplex connector clips. 700002165
(Clips together two simplex
connectors to form a
duplex connector)
SC duplex clip (1,000 pack) 700005358
ST Connectors
COMMSCOPE ENTERPRISE
SOLUTIONS
D
The STII Connector Plug is a keyed ceramic fiber optic connector plug that uses a
bayonet-type "ramped latching" mounting arrangement. The ferrule is made of
zirconium which provides for easy, accurate field polishing. STII Connectors will
accept 125 micron outside diameter multimode fiber. The design of the STII provides
high optical performance and easy mounting in a rugged, compact connector plug.
The STII can mount on either 0.9 mm buffered fiber, or 2.4 mm or 3.0 mm cordage (or
equivalent). The STII is available in both single-mode and multimode.
The Qwik-ST Connectors are no-polish, no-epoxy connectors that feature a mechanical
crimp making fiber terminations faster and easier than typical epoxy terminations. The
Qwik ST Connector is ideal for behind-the-wall (BTW) applications; rapid repairs or for
limited space situations where polishing may be difficult. The Qwik-ST offers a quick
and repeatable termination solution for immediate connectivity on all 9000 m
fiber types.
Length: 5.64 cm (2.2 in.)
Temperature stability (-40 to 85C): less than 0.1 dB increase
Loss repeat (500 reconnects): less than 0.2 dB
Minimum axial load - cable: 15.9 kg (35 lb.)
Multimode average loss: 0.3 dB
Single-mode average loss: 0.2 dB
4.94
25 pack

Description
415293 MFC-STF-09-5X-25-PACK Multimode, aqua
414579 MFC-STF-09-6X-25
Multimode, beige
TOOL KITS AND CRIMP FIXTURES FOR STII CONNECTORS
Description
213172 1032H
crimp tool
157627 1032F1
SC, ST, STII tool kit. Uses EZ
method. Connectors and
consumable kits
ordered separately.
Qwik II Master termination
tool kit
Material ID
760118034
760118059
Material ID
700005838
700005929
760119131
These connector kits can be used on 1.6 mm cordage or mini-breakout cable

with the addition of tool kit D-182918 and 500B tool.
CommScope Solutions
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Adapters (Premises)//Fiber Applications
LC Duplex Adapters
PR0669V2-6833.tif

Description
Material ID
181840 SFA-SC01-BL-FLANGELESS SC simplex single-mode and 700004799
multimode adapter, snap-in
flangeless, blue,
zirconia ceramic
289337 MFA-SC01-BG
SC simplex OptiSPEED
108223181
adapter, beige
DUPLEX
149482 SFA-SC02-BL
SC Adapters
PR1872V2-6989.TIF
The SC adapter accommodates the multimode or single-mode simplex or duplex SC

connectors and ensures the proper alignment of the fibers. This adapter is easily
mounted by snapping them into the adapter panel.
The C6000A-4 and the C6000A-5 are ceramic. The C6061A-4 sleeve is metallic and
the C6060A-4 sleeve is ceramic.
SIMPLEX
149483 SFA-SC01-BL
Description
Material ID
SC simplex single-mode and 700004807
adapter, snap-in flue,
zirconia ceramic
164129
MFA-SC02-BG
236453
MFA-SC02-AQ
Material ID
700004815
700004880
108622895
ST Adapters
PR5201V2-7049.TIF
The C2000A and C3000A Adapters accommodate the STII Connector Plugs and ensure
the proper alignment of the fibers. The adapter is based on a longitudinally split
sleeve; the thickness of the sleeve's wall varies, causing its inside diameter to remain
circular even when a cylindrical ferrule forces it open.
The C2000A Adapters are packaged with the coupling itself, lock washer and hex nut
for mounting onto the coupling panels.
The LC adapters are preradiused and keyed. They are also for either 1.6 mm cordage
or 0.9 mm cordage.
HEX NUT
These adapters should not be used with the high-density shelf.
Description
105263 HFA-ST01
ST adapter with hex
mounting nut, silver, for
MM/SM fiber
Material ID
700011133
ROUND NUT
These adapters should be used with the high-density shelf.
Description
184326 HFA-ST01-CMN
ST adapter, MM/SM,
threaded, nickel-plated
zinc, plastic
Material ID
760000638
NOTE: ST adapters now come with a white dust cap for single-mode and a
gray dust cap for multimode.
4.95
Fiber Solutions
The LC Duplex Adapter accommodates two LC connectors while only occupying the
space of a simplex SC coupling. It features a self-adjusting mechanism designed to
accommodate panel thickness variations from 0.15 cm to 0.175 cm (0.059 in. to
0.068 in.). It is available in both single-mode and multimode. LC Duplex Adapters are
color-coded aqua for LazrSPEED 50 m multimode, beige for 62.5 m multimode
and blue for single-mode.
Description
Material ID
219270 MFA-LC02-AQ
LC duplex adapter, aqua, for 108622887
LazrSPEED 50/125
multimode fiber
196838 MFA-LC02-BG
LC duplex adapter, beige, 700002355
for OptiSPEED 62.5/125
multimode fiber
196944 SFA-LC02-BL
LC duplex adapter, blue, for 700002215
TeraSPEED 8.3/125
single-mode fiber
394576 KFA-LC02-KAQ
Keyed LC adapter, aqua
760090621
394577 HFA-LC02-KBK
Keyed LC adapter, black 760058867
394578 KFA-LC02-KSL
Keyed LC adapter, slate
760090654
Description
SC duplex adapter, blue, for
TeraSPEED 8.3/125
single-mode fiber
SC duplex adapter, beige,
for OptiSPEED 62.5/125
multimode fiber
SC duplex adapter, aqua, for
LazrSPEED 50/125
multimode fiber
CommScope Solutions
Fiber Solutions
Keyed LC Adapters and Connectors

Today's facilities often employ more than one network and need mechanical security
to limit access and prevent inadvertent cross-connection. The Enterprise Keyed LC
products have special molded features on the plug and molded keys in the adapter to
reduce the chance of unauthorized connections. Four plug-adapter combinations
exist, identified by color, and in order for a connection to be possible, the plug and
adapter colors must match. If the colors do not match, the keying features will
prevent the connector from carrying the signal. Enterprise Keyed LC plugs will not
mate with standard LC adapters, only the matching, same-color couplers.
FEATURES
Duplex LC adapter mounts in the same footprint as a simplex SC adapter
Small form factor is half the size of standard connectors
RJ-style housing
Single-fiber ferrule for maintaining proper polarity
Pull-proof for jumper
UPC finish
Antisnag latch for jumper
Minimal polish
Standards compliant
Standard Enterprise installation procedure
Adapters come standard with ceramic sleeves
Available in behind-the-wall (BTW), simplex jumper and duplex jumper versions
Universal black key available for use while testing
Doubles densityD
Disengages easily in dense spaces
Maintains transmit/receive direction
Maintains optical contact
Helps minimize transmission problems
Improves durability and reduces cross-connect rearrangement effort
Reduces installation time for field-mountable connectors
One single-mode consumables kit for all three connector styles (ST, SC, LC)
Quality terminations with excellent performance
Description
Material ID
353609 KIT-C-UNIV-M-100
Multimode, LC preradius 760066720
and SC/STII, uses EZ method
353610 KIT-C-UNIV-S-100
Multimode and
760066738
single-mode, LC pre-radius
and SC/STII, uses EZ method
Tool Kits and Consumables

These tool kits are designed to terminate LC, SC, and STII connectors. One
consumable kit must be chosen with any tool kit purchase.
Fits 0.9 mm (buffered fiber), 3 mm and 1.6 mm cordage. When terminating on mini
cordage (1.6 mm and 3.0 mm cordage) an adapter kit (Part No. 195867) and tool
(Part No. 195868) must be used to build the cable up to 0.9 mm.
TOOL KITS/CONSUMABLES

213172 1032H
For more information and how to order,

please contact your local sales representative.
Universal Polishing Kits

CommScope Solutions' Universal Polishing Kits make terminations of all SYSTIMAX
fiber connectors easier and faster to install. This procedure allows contractors,
distributors and end-users to order only one polishing kit for multimode connectors
and one polishing kit for single-mode connectors.
FEATURES
Multimode connectors, only one polishing paper and two steps
Single-mode connectors, only two polishing papers and three steps
Fewer polishing steps and strokes for the new preradiused LC connector
Reduces the number of papers to purchase and maintain
Reduces confusion over which paper to use at which step
Easier logistics for ordering and maintaining stock
One multimode consumables kit for all three connector styles (ST, SC, LC)
4.96
152526
1032B5
197979
D-182959 KIT
PR0684V2-13278.tif
Description
crimp tool
Heat Cure, SC and STII tool
kit. Uses heat cure epoxy.
Includes oven.
D-182959 upgrade kit for
1032B5 to terminate LC
connector onto either
900 micron buffered fiber
or 1.6 mm cordage
Material ID
700005838
700006026
700005853
To get the best loss performance, the SC connector is field-tunable. The

installer can find the position that produces the least loss and lock in that
position for the connection.
The zirconia tip is repairable on the ST, SC and LC connectors. Only ceramic
tip ferrules are used, because the adapter sleeves are ceramic. By using the
same materials, they will react the same to environmental conditions (e.g.,
thermal cycling). Other materials such as composites (made of glass-filled
plastic) have extremely different characteristics. They expand at different
temperatures, etc., which may cause loss.
CommScope Solutions
M40A1 Multimedia Information Outlet

M13CLS Furniture Faceplates

PR6143V2-7125.tif

Dimensions:
- Outlet height: 6.889 in. (17.5 cm)
- Outlet width: 5.590 in. (14.2 cm)
- Outlet depth: 1.614 in. (4.1 cm)
- Panel height: 1.4566 in. (3.7 cm)
- Panel width: 2.637 in. (6.7 cm)
- Panel depth: 2.086 in. (5.3 cm)
188949 M40A1-B-262
192495
M40RJ4A-262
175445
M40ST8-B-262
163448
524253
M40DSC4-B-262
M40ST4-262
191155
M81SC-B
190662
M81ST-B
185076
M81LC-029
Description
One 4-port surface-mount
box, white
4-port modular panel,
type 40, white
White panel holds eight
ST couplings
Panel for four SC adapters
4-port ST panel, type 40,
threaded, white
SC adapter with
mounting module
ST adapter with
mounting module
Multimode adapter with
clear collar
FACEPLATES; THREE CONNECTOR PORTS

Description
219323 M13CLS-246
Ivory
219324 M13CLS-262
White
223299 M13CLS-003
Black
223300 M13CLS-270
Gray
LC DUPLEX COUPLERS WITH FIBER SPOOL
Description
219321 M81LC-MM SPOOL
Multimode LC duplex
adapter with fiber
spool (beige)
219322 M81LC-SM SPOOL
Single-mode LC duplex
adapter with fiber
spool (blue)
250435 M81LC-LS SPOOL
LazrSPEED LC duplex
adapter with fiber
spool (aqua)
Material ID
108564675
108564683
108564709
108564691
Material ID
108562174
700007420
108623109
Material ID
107992927
108004268
107239485
107239493
107800658
108009416
108009408
107782641
4.97
Fiber Solutions
The M40A1 Outlet is a surface-mounted multimedia outlet box. Its modular design
makes it adaptable, via panel inserts (ordered separately), for termination of fiber
optic and/or copper cables. The M40A1 Outlet can accept two modular panels which
hold the copper or fiber terminations. Some of the available panels are: 40ST4 which
accepts four ST couplings, M40DSC which accepts four duplex SC couplings, and the
M40RJ4A which accepts four M-Series information outlets.
The cover of the outlet has six knockouts for surface-run cable entry from several
directions and can be mounted directly on a wall or over a U.S. standard electrical box.
The M40 outlet comes equipped with one M40RJ4A and one M40ST8 panel. Other
panels must be ordered separately. The panels are orderable in minimum quantities
of 10 panels per order.
FEATURES
Surface-mount
Accommodates fiber and copper
Fiber spool
Comes with one ST 8-panel and one M-Series 4-panel

The M13CLS modular furniture faceplate is designed for use with one M81LS duplex
adapter. The remaining two openings can be used for M-Series copper outlets or left
blank. The M13CLS is available in five colors to complement any office decor.
The M81LS-LS duplex adapter provides a duplex LC connection with fiber management.
It can also be used in the M-Series modular faceplates. The M81LS-LS is aqua-colored
for ease of fiber type identification and provides slack management to maintain proper
bend radius behind the wall.
CommScope Solutions
Fan-out Kits
./
Central Core Tube Breakout Kit
Fiber Solutions
PR0685V2-6836.tif
The Central Core Tube Breakout Kit contains buffer tubing and cable end prep
materials for direct termination of connectors on campus cable. This kit will buffer
approximately 100 fibers but contains only one blacking kit (one splitter kit should be
ordered for each additional cable end). B-Sealant should also be ordered separately.
FEATURES
This kit contains:
- 210 ft. reel of 900 m clear PVC tubing
- 25 ft. white PVC tubing
- 2 ft. heat-shrink tubing
- 10 miniature cable ties
- Five sealant applicators
- One rosin bag
- 1 ft. x .294 in. I.D., 1 ft. x .234 in. I.D. and 2 ft. x .166 in. I.D. tubing
D
- One six-unit splitter
- One eight-unit splitter
BREAKOUT KITS
104578 D-181755
209562 D-183016
Description
PVC Buffer Tubing Kit
Mini kit for cables with a
maximum of 24 fibers
Material ID
700006117
108459488
BREAKOUT KIT ACCESSORIES

These items are included in the D-181755 kit (except the B-Sealant), but can be
ordered separately.
Description
Material ID
109709 D-181781
6 to 1 unit splitter for
700011125
outdoor cable. Diameter of
0.41 in.
107902 D-181683
8 to 1 unit splitter for
700006125
outdoor cable. Diameter of
0.41 in.
125092 D-182806
6 to 1 unit splitter fits
700010960
0.16 in. and 0.20 in.
core tube
4.98
CommScope Solutions
Tools
./
Cable Clamp
PR7451V2-143838.tif
The 12A clamps are designed to provide the means for securing one cable to a shelf
or backboard. The 12A2 is for dielectric cables. The 12A1 provides grounding for
either ribbon cable equipment with sheath-terminating hardware or stranded cable
with metallic-strength members. The 12A1 consists of a mounting bracket, plastic
clamps and suitable grounding lugs.
Description
Material ID
132619 12A2
Dielectric
700025653
106721 12A1 CLAMP
Metallic
700025513
Fiber Solutions
4.99
CommScope Solutions
Rack- and Wall-mountable Hardware

Anixter No.
219273
./
Fixed Termination/Splice Shelf

PR41830V2-332228.tif
259614
215355
Fiber Solutions
259621
The RFE-FXG-EMT/1U is a frame-mounted, fixed-position shelf that is designed to
accommodate up to 48 LC, 24 ST or 24 SC adapters. The shelf can also be used as a
splice unit to store 32 Single Fusion Splices, 24 Mechanical Splices or 12 Mass
Fusion Splices with the addition of the appropriate splice holders. Dimensions:
1.75 in. (44 mm) H x 17.2 in. (437 mm) W x 8 in. (203 mm) D, 1RU.
FEATURES
Replaces the RFE-FXC and FXD 1U shelves
Front trough is available for jumper management
Ganged adapters sold in singles and 10 packs
Shelf comes empty with slots for four ganged adapters
Four ganged adapters of any combination can be used
Shelves are available with adapters installed
A protective transparent plastic cover for the tray area is included
259617
215358
433448
440886
440887
RACK-MOUNTED FIXED SHELF

318282
RFE-FXG-EMT/1U
Description
Empty, slots for ganged
adapters, 1U
440888
Vendor No.
Description
MFASC06AQ10BULKPACKSHUTTERED MM SC simplex/duplex
ganged adapter, snap-in,
aqua, pack of 10
MFA-SC06-BG-SHUTTERED
SC with 12 slots for
six simplex
multimode adapters
MFASC06BG10BULKPACKSHUTTERED MM SC simplex/duplex
beige, pack of 10
MFA-ST06-AQ-SHUTTERED
MM ST simplex/duplex
ganged adapter,
snap-in, aqua
MFA-ST06-BG-SHUTTERED
MM ST simplex/duplex
ganged adapter,
snap-in, beige
MFAST06BG10BULKPACKSHUTTERED MM ST simplex/duplex
beige, pack of 10
SFA-SC06-BL-SHUTTERED
TeraSPEED SC multiport
shuttered adapter, blue,
single pack
MFAST06AQ10BULKPACKSHUTTERED MM ST simplex/duplex
aqua, pack of 10
SFASC06BL10BULKPACKSHUTTERED SM SC simplex/duplex
ganged adapter,
snap-in, blue
SFAST06BL10BULKPACKSHUTTERED SM ST simplex/duplex
blue, pack of 10
SUPPLEMENTAL SINGLE FUSION SPLICE HOLDERS/ORGANIZERS

Description
316286
SPT-FXS-MFS-HLD/1U
Pack of two for 1U Shelf
316287
SPT-FXS-SFS-HLD/1U
Pack of two for 1U Shelf
GANGED ADAPTERS
259618
MFA-LC12-AQ-SHUTTERED
251646
259605
213821
259619
4.100
Description
MM LC simplex/duplex
ganged adapter,
snap-in, aqua
MFALC12AQ10BULKPACKSHUTTERED MM LC simplex/duplex
aqua, pack of 10
MFA-LC12-BG-SHUTTERED
MM LC simplex/duplex
ganged adapter,
snap-in, beige
MFALC12BG10BULKPACKSHUTTERED MM LC simplex/duplex
beige, pack of 10
MFA-SC06-AQ-SHUTTERED
MM SC simplex/duplex
ganged adapter,
snap-in, aqua
390408 360G2-4U-MOD-FX
./
InstaPATCH 360
EMPTY MODULAR SHELVES

390393 360G2-1U-MOD-FX
390394
360G2-1U-MOD-SD
390401
360G2-2U-MOD-FX
390402
360G2-2U-MOD-SD
Description
360G2 Fixed 1U Shelf,
accepts four 360DM/
360DP/360G2 Cartridges
360G2 Sliding 1U Shelf,
accepts four 360DM/
accepts eight 360DM/
Material ID
760103150
390409
360G2-4U-MOD-SD
431280
360G2-4U-MOD-FX-16
360 MODULAR PANELS

401194 360MP-1U
406144
360MP-1U-ANGLED
413603
360MP-4U
INSTAPATCH 360 MODULE

401195 360DM-24LC-LS
401196 360DM-12LC-LS
401197 360DM-12SC-LS
401198 360DM-24LC-MM
401199 360DM-12LC-MM
401200 360DM-12SC-MM
401201 360DM-24LC-SM
401202 360DM-12LC-SM
401203 360DM-12SC-SM
PASS-THRU PANELS
401205 360DP-2MPO
401206 360DP-4MPO
401207 360DP-6MPO
401208 360DP-8MPO
401204
360DP-BLANK
Material ID
760101055
Description
1U Modular Panel, accepts
four 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
1U Angled Modular Panel,
accepts four 360DM/
4U Modular Panel, accepts
16 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
Material ID
760106617
Description
24 LC LazrSPEED
12 LC LazrSPEED
12 SC LazrSPEED
24 LC OptiSPEED
12 LC OptiSPEED
12 SC OptiSPEED
24 LC TeraSPEED
12 LC TeraSPEED
12 SC TeraSPEED
Material ID
760109884
760109926
760109967
760109900
760109942
760109983
760109892
760109934
760109975
760101071
760110064
760113001
760120287
Description
Material ID
Distribution Panel two MPO 760107490
Distribution Panel four MPO 760107508
Distribution Panel six MPO 760107516
Distribution Panel
760107524
eight MPO
G2 Adapter Panel, blank 760107482
760103085
760103168
760103143
4.101
Fiber Solutions

The InstaPATCH 360 System incorporates SYSTIMAX LazrSPEED multimode, OptiSPEED
multimode and TeraSPEED single-mode fiber technologies to support today's most
demanding applications.
The preterminated hardware of the SYSTIMAX LazrSPEED Solution is built with
LazrSPEED 550 multimode fiber, providing for the capability to support 10 Gbps
Ethernet applications, as well as emerging OM4, 40 Gbps/100 Gbps Ethernet and
16 Gbps Fiber Channel standards. The preterminated hardware has "low-loss"
performance characteristics, coupled with high bandwidth, to provide best-in-class
application support. Trunk cables are available in LazrSPEED 150, 300 and
550 performance grades to address the wide range of requirements of system
operators. The InstaPATCH 360 System includes modules, trunk cables, rugged
fan-outs, array cords and fiber patch cords. The system requires no special
components to manage and maintain polarity within each channel.
FEATURES
LazrSPEED shelves and modules are constructed with LazrSPEED 550 to provide
headroom for future system upgrades
TeraSPEED offers 60 percent increase in bandwidth due to zero water peak in the
E-band (1400 nm window) in single-mode applications
Factory-terminated and -tested cable and apparatus for instant field
connections with guaranteed quality and performance
12-fiber MPO connector-based modular design enables simple connections
Provides opportunities for lower total installed-system cost (material plus labor)
Up to 50 percent savings in space due to the increased density
Designed for administrative convenience - guaranteed
transmit-to-receive connectivity
Modules are compatible with G2 Modular Cassette footprint
No special polarity components, single-module design, standard patch cords
Easy upgrade path to parallel connectivity and wavelength division
multiplexing applications:
- 40 Gbps / 100 Gbps Ethernet
- 16 Gbps Fiber Channel
Supports easy reconfiguration for moves, adds and changes
Improved fiber patch cord management and improved labeling capabilities
Automatic shutter for LC adapters
Developed by CommScope Labs and backed by the best-in-industry
SYSTIMAX warranty
Description
accepts 12 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
360G2 Cartridges
360G2 Cartridges
LAZRSPEED CARTRIDGES
./
360G2 Modular System
PR28942V2-214677.tif

The 360 G2 shelves are designed to accept InstaPATCH 360 modules as well as being
used for traditional G2 connectivity. This shelf is the Next Generation (G2)
high-capacity, high-density fiber shelf. It has a unique design that brings all features
and benefits of the 360 G2 shelves for use in the InstaPATCH 360 product line. The
modular system also features interchangeable modules as well as splices.
EMPTY MODULAR SHELVES
PR28938V2-214635.tif

396689 360G2 CARTRIDGE
12-LC-LS-AQ
6-SC-LS-AQ
6-ST-LS-AQ
Description
360G2 Cartridge 12 LC
LazrSPEED (50/125) aqua
360G2 Cartridge six SC
LazrSPEED (50/125) aqua
360G2 Cartridge six ST
LazrSPEED aqua
OPTISPEED CARTRIDGES
Material ID
760109256
760109298
760109330
PR28943V2-214636.tif
Fiber Solutions
Features the elegant 360 SYSTIMAX design. Offered in fixed and sliding options.
Available in 1U, 2U and 4U sizes. The 360G2 1U Modular Shelf is available in
iPatch-Ready versions (field-upgradable to iPatch without the need to remove patch
cords, meaning no network downtime) or factory-assembled iPatch versions.

431280 360G2-4U-MOD-FX-16
D
390409
360G2-4U-MOD-SD
390408
360G2-4U-MOD-FX
390402
360G2-2U-MOD-SD
390401
360G2-2U-MOD-FX
390394
360G2-1U-MOD-SD
440591
360G2-1U-MOD-IS
390393
360G2-1U-MOD-FX
4.102
Description
Material ID
760110064
360G2 Cartridges
360G2 Sliding 4U Shelf, 760101071
360G2 Cartridges
760101055
360G2 Cartridges
760103168
accepts four 360DM/
360G2 1U Internal Sliding 760119123
Shelf, accepts four Modules
760103150
accepts four 360DM/

12-LC-MM-BG
6-SC-MM-BG
6-ST-MM-BG
Description
Material ID
760109264
OptiSPEED (62.5/125) beige
760109306
OptiSPEED (62.5/125) beige
760109348
OptiSPEED beige
TERASPEED CARTRIDGES
12-LC-SM-BL
6-SC-SM-BL
6-ST-SM-BL
Description
TeraSPEED blue
TeraSPEED blue
TeraSPEED blue
Material ID
760109272
Description
Empty RoloSplice, accepts
four splice trays
RoloSplice kit with two
mechanical splice trays
RS-2AF-16SF, RoloSplice Kit
with two fusion splice trays
Material ID
760027516
ROLOSPLICE
310184 RS-00
310186
RS-2AM-12SF
310187
RS-2AF-16SF
760109314
760109355
760039859
760039867
310183 RS-4AM-12SF
310329
RS-4AF-16SF
Description
Material ID
RoloSplice equipped with 760031849
4X mechanical splice tray
RS-4AF-16SF, RoloSplice Kit 760031856
with four fusion splice trays

396677 360DP-12LC-LS
360DP-12LC-MM
396679
360DP-12LC-SM
431275
360DP-12SC-LS
431276
360DP-12SC-MM
431277
360DP-12SC-SM
431278
360DP-12SCA-SM
396680
360DP-12LCA-SM
396682
360DP-6SC-LS
396683
360DP-6SC-MM
396686
360DP-6ST-LS
396687
360DP-6ST-MM
401205
401206
401207
401208
360DP-2MPO
360DP-4MPO
360DP-6MPO
360DP-8MPO
360G2 Panel System

Bend limiters maximize space by integrating into the shelf trough. Pull-/push-style
latch on the front trough door improves access to shelf interior. Unique open-floor
trough design enhances access for patch cord latching and de-latching. Displays
intuitively placed port labeling when door is open. Features the elegant SYSTIMAX
360 design. Offered in fixed and sliding options. Available in 1RU and 2RU sizes.
360G2 SHELVES
395535 360G2-1U-UP-FX
395536
360G2-1U-UP-SD
Description
1U fixed without
faceplate shelf
1U sliding without
faceplate shelf
PANELS
Description
310209 G2-1U-24LC-DPLX-EMT Takes 24 duplex
LC adapters
310210 600G2-24LC-SPLX-00 Takes 24 simplex
LC adapters
310211 G2-1U-24SC-DPLX-EMT Takes 24 duplex
SC adapters
310213 600G2-24SC-SPLX-00 Takes 24 simplex
SC adapters
310212 600G2-24SC-DPLX-00 Takes 12 duplex
SC adapters
310214 600G2-12SC-SPLX-00 Takes 12 simplex
SC adapters
310215 600G2-24ST-SPLX-00 Takes 24 simplex
ST adapters
310216 600G2-12ST-SPLX-00 Takes 12 simplex
ST adapters
Material ID
760103176
760103184
Material ID
760033845
760033852
760033860
760033886
760033878
760033894
760033902
760033910
360G2 MODULAR DISTRIBUTION PANELS

The LC Modular Distribution Panels are iPatch Ready, thus allowing a network system
to be upgraded with intelligence in the future. These 360G2 Cartridges and Bezels
are reverse compatible with current 1000G2 and 600G2 MOD Shelves. It supports
easy configurations for moves, adds and changes. Also, no special fiber patch cords
are required for the iPatch-Ready field upgrade and no fiber disconnects to install
the iPatch-Ready field upgrade.
Description
Material ID
414564 360DP-24LC-LS
Distribution Panel
760115907
24 LC LazrSPEED
425361 360DP-24LC-MM
Distribution Panel
760115923
24 LC OptiSPEED
414565 360DP-24LC-SM
Distribution Panel
760115915
24 LC TeraSPEED
ROLOSPLICE
310184 RS-00
310186
RS-2AM-12SF
310187
RS-2AF-16SF
310183
RS-4AM-12SF
310329
RS-4AF-16SF
Description
Material ID
Empty RoloSplice, accepts 760027516
four splice trays
760039859
4.103
Fiber Solutions
396678
Description
Material ID
Distribution Panel 12 LC 760109363
LazrSPEED, iPatch Ready
OptiSPEED, iPatch Ready
TeraSPEED, iPatch Ready
Distribution Panel
760134551
12 SC LazrSPEED
Distribution Panel
760134569
12 SC OptiSPEED
Distribution Panel
760135087
12 SC TeraSPEED
Distribution Panel, Angled, 760135095
12 SC TeraSPEED
TeraSPEED, iPatch-Ready
Distribution Panel six
760109397
SC LazrSPEED
760109405
SC OptiSPEED
760109421
ST LazrSPEED
760109439
ST OptiSPEED
Distribution Panel two MPO 760107490
Distribution Panel four MPO 760107508
Distribution Panel six MPO 760107516
Distribution Panel
760107524
eight MPO
Fiber Solutions
360G2 Ultra High Density Fiber Shelves
360 Ultra High Density Solution (UHD) - Fiber Solution

The 2U shelf is configured with three sliding trays while the 4U has six sliding trays
and both shelves utilize standard InstaPATCH 360 modules and distribution panels
which allow for an easy upgrade to the 40G and 100G parallel optics. The 2U and 4U
shelves also offer excellent front side cord management with slide protection and
improved labeling with increased labeling surfaces.
FEATURES
50 percent increase in usable density
Available in LazrSPEED and TeraSPEED to support high-performance applications
Same footprint with duplex LC and MPO connections for simple migration from
10G serial to 40/100G parallel transmission
1U enhanced cable management features in a 1U footprint include individual
fiber management trough per module and removable fiber cord management
sleeve to prevent fiber pinching and tangling during MAC activity
Each 1U shelf accommodates up to three InstaPATCH 360 LC modules for
144 fiber connections; or up to three MPO pass-through modules for
864 fiber connections
Modular design provides design flexibility and allows for a pay as you
grow approach
Allows for rack consolidation increasing space savings in densely populated
network areas such as data center SAN environment
Low-loss factory terminated and tested module supports rapid deployment and
uses OM4 fiber for extended distances or high bandwidth needs
Supports up toD (432) 10 GbE, (72) 40 GbE connections, or (36)
100 GbE channels
2 RU SLIDING SHELF
PR42624V2-336222.tif
Overall shelf depth: 18.4 in.; Weight: 12.5 lb.

447100 360G2-2U-MOD-UHD
Description
360G2 2U Modular
Cassette Shelf, accepts
12 modules
4 RU SLIDING SHELF
Material ID
760157750
PR42621V2-336204.tif
Overall shelf depth: 18.4 in.; Weight: 25 lb.

443270 360G2-4U-MOD-UHD
4.104
Description
360G2 4U Modular
24 modules
Material ID
760154344
PR72502V2-585184.tif
CommScope announces the SYSTIMAX 360 Ultra High Density Solution (UHD),
developed to meet today's most demanding high-density and high-performance fiber
patching applications while also providing design flexibility and a migration path to
next generation fiber networks in data centers. With a 50 percent increase in usable
density, the UHD shelf is designed to support the most spacing demanding
applications and provide space and cost-saving solutions for data center customers.
With installation and maintenance of structured cabling systems in data center
environments rising significantly due to growth in storage area network (SAN)
applications and the increased need to maximize floor and shelf space, CommScope
has expanded its SYSTIMAX 360 Ultra High Density Fiber Solution (UHD) to incorporate
multiple LC pass-thru panels as well as splicing capabilities. This new capability
enables data center managers to efficiently and cost-effectively evolve their SANs
through a turnkey solution update rather than a rip-and-replace. The latest addition to
the SYSTIMAX 360 UHD fiber solution accommodates up to 144 LC connections in a 1U
space by either splicing on LC pigtails or using existing LC terminated trunk cables,
helping data center managers optimize their IT environments for SAN applications. In
addition to the MPO preterminated solutions previously announced, the expanded
SYSTIMAX 360 UHD solution now supports factory and field termination preferences
while utilizing the network infrastructure's existing LC connectivity backbone to
improve flexibility.
FEATURES
UHD 1U shelf can be used with preterminated MPO fiber cable trunks,
LC-terminated trunks or LC pigtails spliced onto raw cable
Available in 2RU and 4RU sizes
2U configured with three sliding trays; 4U configured with six sliding trays
LC pass-thru panels sold individually or with splice trays in preloaded shelves
Splicing capacity matches port capacity (72 duplex LC ports or 144 fibers)
Orderable UHD 1U splice shelf preloaded with three LC pass-thru panels for
LazrSPEED or TeraSPEED for up to 72 duplex LC ports and three 48-fiber splice
trays with clear covers
Orderable UHD 1U splice shelf preloaded with three LC pass-thru panels for
LazrSPEED or TeraSPEED with 24 duplex LC ports (48 fibers)
Orderable stand-alone splice tray kit containing one 48 splice tray with clear
cover and two splice holders
Each splice tray accepts up to 48 fusion splices with standard 40 or 60 mm
long heat-shrink splice protectors
Orderable stand-alone splice holder kit containing two fusion splice holders and
mounting tape; each splice holder accepts up to 24 splices
Orderable shelf stabilizer kit contains adjustable brackets that attach the rear
of the shelf to the back two posts of four-post racks or cabinets and provide
additional rigidity to the UHD shelf installation
Push/push-style latch on the front trough door improves access to shelf interior
(also located on the rear of 4U shelf)
MPO PRETERMINATED SHELVES
Description
424948 3603D-1U-144LC-LS-A UHD Fiber Shelf with three
InstaPATCH 360 Ultra
High-Density Modules,
48-fiber, LC, LazrSPEED,
Polarity A
427022 3603D-1U-144LC-LS-B UHD Fiber Shelf with three
48-fiber, LC, LazrSPEED,
Polarity B
424950 3603D-1U-144LC-SM-A UHD Fiber Shelf with three
48-fiber, LC, TeraSPEED,
Polarity A
427023 3603D-1U-144LC-SM-B UHD Fiber Shelf with three
48-fiber, LC, TeraSPEED,
Polarity B
760136465

420338 3603M-48LC-LS
420340
3603M-48LC-SM
437466
3603P-48LC-LS
437467
3603P-48LC-SM
424328
3603P-24MPO
420339
CMS-2-02
760136432
760136440
Description
High-Density Module
48-fiber LC LazrSPEED
High-Density Module
48-fiber LC TeraSPEED
SYSTIMAX 360 Ultra
High-Density Adapter Panel,
48-fiber, LC, LazrSPEED
SYSTIMAX 360 Ultra
48-fiber, LC, TeraSPEED
SYSTIMAX 360 Ultra
24 x MPO
Fiber Cord
Management Sleeve
Material ID
760111013
760111039
760111088
760111104
760111153
760112003
PR72501V2-585178.tif

Description
437462 3603D-1U-144LC-LS-P UHD Fiber Shelf with three
Ultra High-Density Adapter
Panels (48-fiber,
LC, LazrSPEED)
437465 3603D-1U-144LC-SM-P UHD Fiber Shelf with three
Ultra High-Density Adapter
Panels (48-fiber,
LC, TeraSPEED)
427024 3603D-1U-72MPO
UHD Fiber Shelf with three
InstaPATCH 360 24-Port
MPO Adapter Panels
UNPOPULATED SHELVES AND MODULES
Description
420337 3603D-1U-UP
UHD Fiber Shelf, 1U, empty
447100 360G2-2U-MOD-UHD
360G2 2U Modular
12 modules
443270 360G2-4U-MOD-UHD
360G2 4U Modular
24 modules
Fiber Solutions
PRELOADED SHELVES FOR MPO AND LC TRUNKS
Material ID
760136457
Material ID
760139675
760139683
760136473
Material ID
760110999
760157750
760154344
4.105
Index1.Networking Systems//Shared-Media Hubs//Chassis/Modules
Fiber Solutions
PR72407V2-583830.tif
imVision. Infrastructure Management. Made Easy.

imVision is the intelligent approach to infrastructure management that gives you
unprecedented control over your network and the flexibility you need to thrive in
today's business landscape. Your investment can quickly pay for itself through
reduced downtime, energy and maintenance costs.
imVision combines intelligent software and hardware, enabling you to:
- Ensure tighter security throughout your network
- Enhance change management
- Simplify audits and compliance
- Improve process efficiency
- Increase operational efficiency, uptime and productivity
- Monitor and control all sites globally from one location
- Automate existing workflow
The SYSTIMAX imVision solution provides you with improved network visibility, allowing
you to track the physical locations of all networked devices, such as desktop and
laptop computers, wireless access points, IP phones and IP cameras, all in real time.
In 60 seconds, you Dcan pinpoint faults and expedite troubleshooting measures to
minimize downtime.
FEATURES
4.3 in. (10.9 cm) multicolor touch screen interface with Activity LED
Compatible with RM+ (v2 and v3), Panel Manager, Network Manager
Supports existing iPatch copper panels and fiber optic shelves
Preassembled
Integrated (adjustable) horizontal cable management
Display slides up/down for easy access to cords in tight spaces
USB-attached display
Includes PDU adapter
Dual power inputs for redundancy
Combines the functionality of Panel Manager and Network Manager into a
single unit
GigaSPEED: ANSI/TIA Category 6- and 6A-compliant
INFRASTRUCTURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
Description
390419 360-IP-PANEL-MGR
360 iPatch Panel Manager
403140 360-IP-NET-MGR-MOD SYSTIMAX iPatch Network
Manager Module
481640 360-IMV-CNTRLR
360 imVision Controller
4.106
Material ID
760095562
760105353
760161380
360 IPATCH G2 HIGH DENSITY FIBER SHELF

The 360 iPatch G2 High Density fiber shelf accommodates 72 duplex LC ports
(144 fibers) in 2U space. It is available empty, with the ability to be populated with
one, two or three preterminated modules from LazrSPEED, TeraSPEED or OptiSPEED
Solutions. It supports Alpha or Beta Installations and features the elegant SYSTIMAX
360 design.
Description
Material ID
390412 360-IP-HD-2U-IP-SD
360 iPatch G2 HD fiber
760093336
shelf, wide
390413 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-LS 360 iPatch G2 HD
760093344
LS Module
390414 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-LS-3 360 iPatch G2 HD LS
760093351
Module (three pack)
390415 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-TS 360 iPatch G2 HD
760093369
TS Module
390416 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-TS-3 360 iPatch G2 HD TS
760093377
Module (three pack)
390417 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-OS 360 iPatch G2 HD
760093385
OS Module
390418 360-IP-HD-MOD-LC-OS-3 360 iPatch G2 OS Module 760093393
(three pack)
IPATCH INTELLIGENT FIBER OPTIC SHELVES
Description
390395 360-IP-G2-1U-LC-FX
24-port, 1U, fixed
390396 360-IP-G2-1U-LC-SD
24-port, 1U, sliding
390405 360-IP-UP-KIT-G2-LC
360 iPatch Upgrade Kit for
360G2-1U-MOD shelves
with LC cassettes
266264 IP-600A-12-SC-MMF
12-port duplex SC
multimode Intelligent Fiber
Shelf with fixed tray,
phosphor bronze
266291 IP-600B-12-SC-MMF
12-port duplex SC
multimode Intelligent Fiber
Shelf with sliding tray,
phosphor bronze
266287 IP-600A-12-SC-SMF
12-port duplex SC
single-mode Intelligent
Fiber Shelf with fixed tray,
phosphor bronze
266294 IP-600B-12-SC-SMF
12-port duplex SC
single-mode Intelligent
Fiber Shelf with sliding tray,
phosphor bronze
IPATCH INTELLIGENT PRETERMINATED FIBER OPTIC SHELVES
Description
325426 IP-PTF-12-SC-LS
Preterminated 12-port
duplex SC LazrSPEED
Intelligent Fiber Shelf
374025 IP-PTF-12-SC-OS
duplex SC OptiSPEED
Material ID
760105163
760105171
760105148
760005595
760005629
760010777
760010785
Material ID
760038513
760066183
325427 IP-PTF-12-SC-TS
414699
360-IP-INSTA-LC-4OS
414697
360-IP-INSTA-LC-4LS
414698
360-IP-INSTA-LC-4TS
Description
duplex SC TeraSPEED
360 iPatch InstaPatch LC,
four OS Modules
four LazrSPEED Modules
four TeraSPEED Modules
760117424
760117432
760117440
Material ID
760152355
760152330
760123489
760123497
760152298
760152306
760104992
760105015
760073866
760152371
760152389
760152363

Description
imVision System Manager
Enterprise 1000
Enterprise up to
2,000 ports
Enterprise 5000
396661 IM-SYS-MGR-ENT-10K imVision System Manager
Enterprise 10000
369515 IM-SYS-MGR-ENT-UNL imVision System Manager
Enterprise Unlimited
488092 IM-UP-SYSMGR-1K-2K imVision Upgrade System
Manager Enterprise
1000 - 2,000
Manager Enterprise
1000 - 5,000
Manager Enterprise
1000 - 10,000
488095 IM-UP-SYSMGR-1K-UNL imVision Upgrade System
Manager Enterprise
1000 - unlimited
Manager Enterprise
2000 - 5,000
Manager Enterprise
2000 - 10,000
Manager Enterprise
2000 - unlimited
Manager Enterprise
5000 - 10,000
Manager Enterprise
5000 - Unlimited
Manager Enterprise
10,000 - unlimited
SYSTEM INTEGRATIONS
488101 IM-SYS-MGR-EXT-XML
Description
imVision Extended XML
Material ID
760165621
760111187
760165639
760111195
760090068
760165514
760165522
760165530
760165548
760165555
760111203
760111211
760165563
760165571
760111229
Material ID
760165076
760152348
760130401
4.107
Fiber Solutions
IPATCH INTELLIGENT COPPER PATCH PANELS

Description
438196 360-IP-1100-E-GS3-1U-24 360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
24-port panel
438197 360-IP-1100-E-GS3-2U-48 360 iPatch
1100GS3 Evolve
48-port panel
432507 360-IP-PMAX-GS3-24
360 iPatch PATCHMAX
GS3 Panel, 24-port
432509 360-IP-PMAX-GS3-48
360 iPatch PATCHMAX
GS3 Panel, 48-port
438203 360-IP-UP-KIT-E+PMAX-48 360 iPatch Upgrade Kit
Evolve and PATCHMAX
48-port, five pack
438204 360-IP-UP-KIT-PMAX-2U-24 360 iPatch Upgrade Kit
PATCHMAX 2U, 24-port,
10 pack
389117 360-IP-UP-KIT-1100-24
360 iPatch Upgrade Kit
for
360 1100 24-port panel
390262 360-IP-UP-KIT-1100-48
360 iPatch Upgrade Kit
for
360 1100 48-port panel
359989 IP-M4200I-24
iPatch M4200i 24-port
Intelligent Universal
Modular Panel
without modules
438201 360-IP-M-E-HD6B-1U-24 360 iPatch Evolve High
Density F/UTP Modular
Panel, 24-port
438835 360-IP-M-E-HD6B-2U-48 360 iPatch Evolve High
Density F/UTP Modular
Panel, 48-port
438199 360-IP-1100-E-GS6-1U-24 360 iPatch
1100GS6 Evolve
24-port panel
438200 360-IP-1100-E-GS6-2U-48 360 iPatch
1100GS6 Evolve
48-port panel
438834 360-IP-PMAX-GS6-48
360 iPatch PATCHMAX
GS6 48-port panel
Material ID
760038521
./
Surface Mount Enclosure (SME) for Fiber Optic Applications
Fiber Solutions
PR23886V2-168895.tif
SYSTIMAX Solutions' Surface Mount Enclosure is used for a combination of splicing

and termination of fiber optic building cables, outside plant (OSP) cables or
InstaPATCH Plus installations. The enclosure can be used for combined termination
and splicing for up to 96 fibers depending on adapter type and configuration and the
enclosure can be configured for multiple adapter applications.
The SME boxes are wall-mounted enclosures that are designed to accommodate
terminations of up to 96 LC fibers or 48 SC or ST fibers. The enclosures can also be
used as splice units to store 96 single fusion splices, 72 mechanical splices with the
addition of the appropriate splice holders. Dimensions: 11 in. H (279 mm) x 13 in. W
(330 mm) x 3.7 in. D (94 mm).
FEATURES
Security covers for behind-the-wall (BTW) and patch side
Mount on wallDat various orientations
User access and behind-the-wall access are independently secured with
separate padlocks (not included)
Cable mounting with strain-relief fitting
Fiber cable protection on patch side
RoloSplice kits available
Cable clamp compatible (not included)
SURFACE-MOUNT ENCLOSURE
353266 SME-4-G2
ROLOSPLICE
310186 RS-2AM-12SF
310187
RS-2AF-16SF
310183
RS-4AM-12SF
310329
RS-4AF-16SF
4.108
Description
360 SME-4-G2, Surface
Mount Enclosure,
four modules
Material ID
760060426
Description
Material ID
760039859
./
ReadyPATCH Solutions Trunk Cables

PR71528V2-571157.tif
ReadyPATCH Preterminated Fiber Solution

PR30433V2-221841.tif
Data centers are critical to the effectiveness of any enterprise, and when it comes to installing or expanding this infrastructure, time is
of the essence. Data centers house sensitive business information. As such, data center managers want installers and contractors on
site as little as possible during these strategic installations. The Uniprise ReadyPATCH Solution combines preterminated, factory-tested
hardware and backbone trunk cables with ruggedized MPO-single fiber fan-out patch cords, array patch cords and standard fiber patch
cords. This allows installers to rapidly connect system components in a fraction of the time required with traditional field-terminable
solutions. Since the solution enables up to 144 fibers to be ready for service at once, time-to-usability is accelerated dramatically, with
factory-guaranteed performance. ReadyPATCH supports the deployment of both multimode and single-mode fiber in any data center.
FEATURES
Factory-terminated and -tested cable and apparatus provide instant field connections with guaranteed quality and performance
Advanced MPO module design features high density and provides up to 50 percent savings in space. Provides opportunities for
lower total installed system cost (material plus labor)
An easy upgrade path from duplex to parallel connectivity enables ultra-high speed/bandwidth applications (10/40/100 Gbps)
Standards-based (ANSI/TIA-568-C.2) polarity topology requires no special polarity components and ensures guaranteed transmit-to-receive connectivity
Supports easy reconfiguration for moves, adds and changes
4.109
Fiber Solutions
The ReadyPATCH Solution combines preterminated, factory-tested hardware and backbone trunk cables with ruggedized MPO-single fiber fan-out patch cords, array cords and
standard fiber patch cords. This allows installers to rapidly connect system components in a fraction of the time required with traditional field-terminable solutions. Since the
solution enables up to 144 fibers to be ready for service at once, time-to-usability is accelerated dramatically, with factory-guaranteed performance.
PR30432V2-221804.tif
Fiber Solutions
ReadyPATCH Solutions Modules and Adapter Panels

The Uniprise ReadyPATCH solution with Ready shelves and wall mounts combine factory-terminated, factory-tested hardware and
backbone trunk cables with ruggedized MPO single-fiber fan-out patch cords, array cords and standard-fiber patch cords. Without having
to measure, cut and terminate cable on-site, installers can connect components up to eight times faster than with field-terminated
cables. By connecting up to 144 fibers at once, the Uniprise ReadyPATCH solution accelerates deployment of critical
network applications.
MODULES
AnixterNo. Vendor No.
Description
Material ID
428619 PNL-BK-006-MFA-SC02-BG
425711 RFE-MOD-024-5K-MPO-LC02 24F, LC, laser
760039685
optimized,
50 m, multimode
428625 PNL-BK-006-MFA-ST01
428627 RFE-MOD-024-6F-MPO-LC02 24F, LC,
760044818
62.5 m, multimode
428623 PNL-BK-006-MFA-ST06-BG
313931 RFE-MOD-024-8W-MPO-LC02 24F, LC, single-mode 760039701
425712 RFE-MOD-012-5K-MPO-LC02 12F,LClaseroptimized, 760039727
50 m, multimode
428606 PNL-BK-024-SFA-LC02-BL-NS
425714 RFE-MOD-012-5K-MPO-SC02 12F,SC,laseroptimized, 760039768
50 m, multimode
428629 RFE-MOD-012-6F-MPO-LC02 12F, LC,
760044826
428609 PNL-BK-012-SFA-LC12-BL
62.5 m, multimode
428631 RFE-MOD-012-6F-MPO-SC02 12F, SC,
760044834
62.5 m, multimode
428610 PNL-BK-012-AFA-LC12-GR
313930 RFE-MOD-012-8W-MPO-LC02 12F, LC, single-mode 760039743
D
313932 RFE-MOD-012-8W-MPO-SC02 12F, SC, single-mode 760039784
ADAPTER PANELS
428607 PNL-BK-012-MFA-LC12-AQ
428611
428615
428622
428605
428608
428612
428616
Description
Material ID
LazrSPEED LC, 12 fiber, 760148056
aqua ganged adapter,
black panel
PNL-BK-012-MFA-SC01-AQ LazrSPEED SC, 12 fiber, 760148130
aqua simplex adapter,
black panel
PNL-BK-006-MFA-SC06-AQ LazrSPEED SC, 6 fiber, 760147975
black panel
PNL-BK-006-MFA-ST06-AQ LazrSPEED ST, 6 fiber, 760148015
black panel
PNL-BK-024-MFA-LC02-BG-NS OptiSPEED LC, 24 fiber, 760148189
beige duplex adapter,
black panel, no shutter
PNL-BK-012-MFA-LC12-BG OptiSPEED LC, 12 fiber, 760148064
beige ganged adapter,
black panel
PNL-BK-012-MFA-SC01-BG OptiSPEED SC, 12 fiber, 760148148
beige simplex adapter,
black panel
PNL-BK-006-MFA-SC06-BG OptiSPEED SC, 6 fiber, 760147983
black panel
428613
PNL-BK-012-SFA-SC01-BL
428614
PNL-BK-012-AFA-SC01-GR
428618
PNL-BK-006-AFA-SC06-GR
428620
428617
428621
428624
PNL-BK-006-SFA-ST06-BL
428626
PNL-BK-006-SFA-ST01
Description
Material ID
OptiSPEED SC, 6 fiber, 760148114
beige duplex adapter,
black panel
OptiSPEED ST, 6 fiber, 760148098
black panel
OptiSPEED ST, 6 fiber, 760148023
black panel
TeraSPEED LC, 24 fiber, 760148361
blue duplex adapter,
black panel, no shutter
TeraSPEED LC, 12 fiber, 760148254
blue ganged adapter,
black panel
TeraSPEED LC angled, 760147637
12 fiber, green ganged
adapter, black panel
TeraSPEED SC, 12 fiber, 760148346
blue simplex adapters,
black panel
TeraSPEED SC angled, 760148338
12 fiber, green simplex
TeraSPEED SC angled, 760147652
6 fiber, green ganged
blue duplex adapters,
black panel
black panel
blue simplex adapters,
black panel
TeraSPEED ST, 6 fiber, 760148239
black panel
TeraSPEED ST, 6 fiber, 760148288
simplex adapters,
black panel
For the complete line of modules and adapter panels, please contact your local sales representative.
4.110
ReadyPATCH Solutions Housings

ReadyPATCH Solutions housings are available in both 1U and 4U sizes and mount in
19 in. racks or cabinets. Combined with ReadyPATCH modules and trunks, they
support easy reconfiguration for moves, adds and changes. The enclosures support
up to 12 modules and have an advanced MPO module design.
READY WALL MOUNTS
PR31689V2-221896.tif
Vendor No.
WBE-EMT-BK/2P-PNL
428510
WBE-EMT-BK/4P-PNL
428511
WBE-EMT-BK/8P-PNL
READY SHELVES
Description
Wall-mount building
enclosure, 2P, black
Wall-mount building
Wall-mount building
Material ID
760147496
760147504
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
428509
760147512
PR30440V2-221817.tif

Description
428551 RFE-SLC-IS-EMT-BK/1U-PNL Ready 1U Internal
Sliding Shelf, black
Material ID
760147439
760147447
760147454
4.111
Splices
./
Pulling Grips
Fiber Splice Kits / Splice Wallet Kits

428188 KIT-GRP-12-3/8
428190
KIT-GRP-24-3/8
Description
Reusable Pulling Grip
12 fibers
Reusable Pulling Grip
24 fibers
Material ID
9703903/00
9703904/00

428180 KIT-SW-48-SFS-2FD
428181
KIT-SW-36-MES-2FD
428182
KIT-SW-96-SFS-2FD
428183
KIT-SW-72-MES-2FD
428184
KIT-SW-96-SFS-4FD
428185
KIT-SW-72-MES-4FD
9703900/00
428186
KIT-SW-192-SFS-4FD
9703931/00
428187
KIT-SW-144-MES-4FD
Rack-mount Brackets
428195 RFE-RMB-5-3/4
Fiber Solutions
428196
RFE-RMB-6-1/2
428197
RFE-RMB-6-3/8
428198
D
RFE-BGND-12
428199
RFE-UMB
4.112
Description
Mounting bracket, five
cables with 3/4 in. fittings,
72 - 144 armored
fiber trunks
Mounting bracket, six
48 - 144 fiber trunks or
12 - 48 armored
fiber trunks
Mounting bracket, six
12 - 24 fiber trunks
Ground Strap Kit. Used with
armored trunks and cables
Univeral mounting bracket,
up to three modules
or panels
Material ID
9703902/00
9703901/00
9703932/00
Description
48 single fusion splices
(1x3x16), 1U/2U shelf, two
fiber drums
36 mechanical splices
(1x3x12), 1U/2U shelf, two
fiber drums
(1x6x16), 2U shelf, two
fiber drums
(1x6x12), 2U shelf, two
fiber drums
(1x6x16), 4U shelf, four
fiber drums
fiber drums
fiber drums
fiber drums
Material ID
760148411
760148429
760148437
760148445
760148452
760148460
760148478
760148486
Belden
Cables
./
Distribution Cable - Plenum- and Riser-rated

BELDEN
PR20300V2-71406.tif
Belden distribution cables use a flexible thermoplastic jacket to provide excellent handling characteristics. Fibers
and cable subunits are color coded for easy identification. Length markings are in meters for easy determination of
cable length. Full dielectric construction; no grounding required. Ideal for in-building backbones, computer rooms
and fiber-to-the-desk applications.
FEATURES
Laser certified
Suitable for direct connection
IEEE 383
Tech. Info. & Standards are dependent upon fiber type. Contact your local sales representative for more information.
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3.0
10.80
3.5
11.43
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.25 5.71
2.75 6.99
RISER-RATED, 50/125 MULTIMODE / OM2

Note: OFNR/FT4 - maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.2 dB/km at 850/1300 nm; minimum bandwidth: 500/500 MHzkm at 850/1300 nm;
guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 600/600 m at 850/1300 nm
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
371-BNTOM2-TBD-06
B9A039
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
370-977-DMAR-12
B9A042
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3.0
10.80
3.5
11.43
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.25 5.71
2.75 6.99

guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 900/550 m at 850/1300 nm; guaranteed 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300 m at 850/1300 nm
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
371-NDX150TBD-06
B9C039
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
371-BNTOM3-TBD-12
B9C042
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3
10.80
3.5
11.43
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.25 5.71
2.75 6.99

guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 1,000/550 m at 850/1300 nm; guaranteed 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 550 m at 850/1300 nm
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
371-BNTOM4-TBD-06
B9E039
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
371-BNTOM4-TBD-12
B9E042
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3
10.80
3.5
11.43
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.25 5.71
2.75 6.99
4.113
Fiber Solutions
RISER-RATED, 62.5/125 MULTIMODE / OM1

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
371-BNTOM1-TBD-06
B9B039
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
371-BNTOM1-TBD-12
B9B042
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Belden
Cables
Fiber Solutions
(continued)
Distribution Cable - Plenum- and Riser-rated
RISER-RATED, SINGLE-MODE / OS2

Note: OFNR/FT4 - maximum attenuation: 0.5/0.5 dB/km at 1310/1550 nm; guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 5,000 m at 1310/1550 nm;
guaranteed 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 10,000 m at 1310/1550 nm
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.) (cm)
371-BNTOS2-TBD-06
B9W039
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636 3
10.80
371-BNTOS2-TBD-12
B9W042
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529 3.5
11.43
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.25 5.71
2.75 6.99
PLENUM-RATED, 62.5/125 MULTIMODE / OM1

Note: OFNP/FT6 - maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.2 dB/km at 850/1300 nm; minimum bandwidth: 200/500 MHzkm at 850/1300 nm;
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
370-BNTOM1-TBD-06
B9B045
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
370-BNTOM1-TBD-12
B9B048
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3.0
10.16
3.5
13.97
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.00 5.08
2.25 5.71
PLENUM-RATED, 50/125 MULTIMODE / OM2

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
370-978-DMAP-06
B9A045
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
D
370-978-DMAP-12
B9A048
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3
10.16
3.5
13.97
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.00 5.08
2.25 5.71

guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 900/550 m at 850/1300 nm; guaranteed 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300 m at 850/1300 nm
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
370-BNTOM3-TBD-06
B9C045
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
370-BNTOM3-TBD-12
B9C048
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3
10.16
3.5
13.97
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.00 5.08
2.25 5.71

guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 1,000/550 m at 850/1300 nm; guaranteed 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 550 m at 850/1300 nm
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
370-BNTOM4-TBD-06
B9E045
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636
370-BNTOM4-TBD-12
B9E048
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.) (cm)
3
10.16
3.5
13.97
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.00 5.08
2.25 5.71
PLENUM-RATED, SINGLE-MODE / OS2

Note: OFNP/FT6 - maximum attenuation: 0.5/0.5 dB/km at 1310/1550 nm; guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 5000 m at 1310/1550 nm;
guaranteed 10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 10,000 m at 1310/1550 nm
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.) (cm)
370-BNTOS2-TBD-06
B9W045
6
0.17 4.4
286
1272
143
636 3
10.16
370-BNTOS2-TBD-12
B9W048
12
0.22 5.59
239
1063
119
529 3.5
13.97
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2
5.08
2.25 5.71
For more Belden fiber options including interconnect cable, breakout style cable, interlocked armor distribution cable, tactical cable, ribbon cable,
single jacket, all-dielectric cable, double jacket armored cable, double jacket heavy-duty cable, central tube cable, micro loose tube breakout style cable
and tray optic heavy-duty all-dielectric cable, contact your local sales office.
4.114
Belden
Connectors
./

BELDEN
PR72575V2-586781.tif
2.0 MM CONNECTORS
449174
AX104254-S1
449176
AX104255-S1
449181
AX104256-S1
449183
AX104257-S1
449175
AX104258-S1
449178
AX104259-S1
449182
AX104260-S1
449184
AX104261-S1
449186
AX104467-S1
Description
LC, OM1, multimode
LC, OM2, multimode
LC, OM3/OM4, multimode
LC, OS2, single-mode
SC, OM1, multimode
SC, OM2, multimode
SC, OM3/OM4, multimode
SC, OS2, single-mode
SC-APC, OS2, single-mode
FIBEREXPRESS BRILLIANCE INSTALLATION KITS
PR72576V2-586787.tif
Belden FiberExpress Brilliance Connectors require no epoxy, no polish and no

crimping. The FX Brilliance connectors provide a simplified termination process with
the ability to quickly and reliability verify the termination once it is made.
Description
LC, OM1, multimode
LC, OM2, multimode
LC, OM3/OM4, multimode
LC, OS2, single-mode
SC, OM1, multimode
SC, OM2, multimode
SC, OM3/OM4, multimode
SC, OS2, single-mode
SC-APC, OS2, single-mode
FiberExpress installation tool kits further reduce installation time by providing fast
and easy access to fiber preparation tools such as fiber strippers and precision
fiber cleavers.
Anixter No.
449197
Vendor No.
AX104271
222660
AX101100
222661
AX101101
416336
416335
416337
416334
AX104290
AX104289
AX104291
AX203568
440893
AX104293
321168
AX100951
Description
Brilliance Precision installation kit,
includes: pouch, guides, support
handle with LC, SC and ST adapters,
assorted hand tools, Visual Fault
Locator (VFL) with LC, SC and ST
adapter cords and the FX Brilliance
precision cleaver
Field Breakout Kit for one loose tube
bundle of up to six 250 m fibers to
900 m tubes
Field Breakout Kit for one loose tube
bundle of up to 12 250 m fibers to
900 m tubes
Support handle SC adapter
Support handle LC adapter
Support handle ST adapter
LC-SC Visual Fault Locator
(VFL-250) cord
Precision cleaver replacement blade
for FC-7
Replacement alcohol wipes and
ink marker
4.115
Fiber Solutions
900 M CONNECTORS
408474
AX104240-S1
408476
AX104241-S1
408478
AX104242-S1
408480
AX104243-S1
429831
AX104244-S1
429833
AX104245-S1
429835
AX104246-S1
436079
AX104247-S1
449185
AX104253-S1
Belden
Hardware
./
FiberExpress Ultra HD System

BELDEN
FiberExpress Ultra HD Frames

PR72579V2-586805.tif
BELDEN
PR72577V2-586793.tif
Fiber Solutions
Belden FX UHD frames have been designed to reach the maximum capacity: 18 LC
Duplex connectors (36 fibers) per frame or 18 MPO connectors per frame for up to
144 LC Duplex or MPO ports per rack-unit. These can easily be insterted or removed
without tools from the patch panel housing for simplified moves, adds and changes.
Belden's FiberExpress Ultra HD System has been designed for an optimized

combination of density and modularity for data center and networking applications.
With densities up to 72 LC duplex connectors (144 fibers) or up to 72 MPO
connectors per rack unit, the FiberExpress Ultra HD System is the ideal solution for
10G, 40G and 100G deployments.
Description
479720
AX104681
1U FX UHD frame with front and rear
cable trays, titanium
497050
AX104682
474318
AX104683
497051
AX104684
1U FX UHD splice housing kit, up to
D
144 splices, titanium
497052
AX104705
FX UHD splice accessory kit for up to
144 splices including shrink tubes,
Velcro, wire markers and cable ties
497053
AX105162
FX UHD patch cord tray
cover, titanium
FIBEREXPRESS ULTRA FRAMES AND BEZELS
PR23924V2-168929.tif
FiberExpress Ultra Frames are typically preloaded with bezels which provide
streamlines patch cord management and optimal design flexibility and single- or
dual-connector options. A unique (patent pending) mechanism allows the bezel to
slide out one inch (2.5 cm) from the frame, providing easy connector access and
patch cord management. Available in a wide variety of connector types, in both
multimode and single-mode versions, and in the newly recognized ANSI/TIA
multimode maximum of six bezels. Frames with pigtails come loaded with connector
bezels and two-meter pigtails.

specific part-number information.
FiberExpress Ultra HD Pre-Terminated Cassettes

BELDEN
FiberExpress Ultra HD Pre-Terminated Cassettes come fully loaded with connector
bezels and preterminated with MPO connection(s) at the rear of the cassette. In
combination with the bezels and the 1 inch pull-out feature, the cassette provides
easy connection access. Cassettes can also be easily inserted or removed from the
patch panels for enhanced maintenance capabilities. The cassette's rear assembly
and cover are available separately to provide additional installation capability.
PR71527V2-571149.tif
FX UHD Pre-Terminated Cassettes come with three MPO connectors at the rear of the
cassette and 18 LC duplex connectors (36 fibers) in the front. They are available in
multimode (OM3 and OM4 low loss) and single-mode versions. The FX UHD cassettes
can easily be inserted or removed without tools from the patch panel housing for
simplified moves, adds and changes.
To determine what specific Belden part number you need,

4.116
Belden
Patch Cords
./
FiberExpress Patch Cords

BELDEN
FiberExpress patch cord assemblies are of the highest quality available. They are
assembled and 100 percent optically tested in the factory prior to shipment. All
patch cords are built with quality connectors and cables which guarantee
performance and reliability.
HYBRID PATCH CORDS

323327
AX200699
288904
AX200580
323326
AX200695
288897
AX200581
354707
AX200809
282568
AX200668
323329
AX200698
282567
AX200667
SINGLE-ENDED (PIGTAILS)
With LC-open and 2 m (6 ft.).
332958
AX200657
332960
AX200658
270408
AX200660
319525
AX200659
Description
OM1, 62.5 m multimode, 2 m (6 ft.)
OM2, 50 m multimode, 2 m (6 ft.)
OS2, single-mode enhanced 2 m (6 ft.)
Fiber Solutions
FIBEREXPRESS PATCH CORDS

With LC-LC duplex.
332951
AX200517
323328
AX200518
332955
AX200519
288901
AX200527
288902
AX200528
288903
AX200529
270409
AX200664
270415
AX200665
332956
AX200666
332952
AX200507
323330
AX200508
313569
AX200509
Description
LC-ST duplex, OM1, 62.5 m multimode,
3 m (10 ft.)
LC-SC duplex, OM1, 62.5 m multimode,
3 m (10 ft.)
LC-ST duplex, OM2, 50 m multimode,
3 m (10 ft.)
LC-SC duplex, OM2, 50 m multimode,
3 m (10 ft.)
LC-ST duplex, OM3, 50 m multimode,
3 m (10 ft.)
LC-SC duplex, OM3, 50 m multimode,
3 m (10 ft.)
LC-ST duplex, OS2, single-mode
enhanced, 3 m (10 ft.)
LC-SC duplex, OS2, single-mode
enhanced, 3 m (10 ft.)
Description
OM1, 62.5 m multimode
OM2, 50 m multimode
OM3, 50 m multimode
OS2, single-mode enhanced
Note: This represents a small portion of the FiberExpress Pre-Connectorized

Assemblies. Also available are: ST, SC duplex and simplex, hybrid patch
cords and single-ended pigtails of various lengths.
4.117
Berk-Tek
Cables
./
Premises Distribution Cable - Indoor Plenum
Fiber Solutions
BERK-TEK
PR23929V2-168942.tif
The enhanced plenum-rated, tight-buffered cables are intended for all high-speed data applications
and support the latest in Gigabit communications protocols, including 1 to 10 Gigabit Ethernet.
These cables include multimode 50/125 or 62.5/125 micron fiber, or single-mode for superior
performance and extended distances.
Designed for installation in plenum, riser and horizontal structured cabling applications, these
cables are available with optional interlock armor.
NOTE: Product options available in multimode, GIGAlite 62.5 or 50 micron GIGAlite-10, GIGAlite-10XB
and single-mode.
FEATURES
Flexible, small diameter, 900 m, tight-buffered construction
Available in 50/125 or 62.5/125 m multimode and single-mode fibers
6 to 144 fiber, hybrid design options available
UL OFNP/FT6
ISO/IEC 11801
Telcordia GR-409
ANSI/ICEA S-83-596
ANSI/TIA-568-C
IEEE 802.3
STANDARD 62.5/125 MICRON (OM1) MULTIMODE
Maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.0 dB/km at 850/1300 nm; minimum bandwidth: 200/500 MHzkm at 850/1300 nm;
Gigabit EthernetD distance: 300 m/600 m at 850/1300 nm.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-701-BTDST-06
PDP006CB3510/25
6
0.18
4.6
300
1335
90
400
370-701-BTDST-12
PDP012CB3510/25
12
0.21
5.3
300
1335
90
400
370-BKT62.5-TBD-24
PDP024CB3510/25
24
0.285 7.2
300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.7
6.9
1.8
4.6
3.2
8.0
2.1
5.3
4.3
10.9
2.9
7.2
GIGALITE 50/125 MICRON (OM2+) MULTIMODE

Gigabit Ethernet distance: 750 m/600 m at 850/1300 nm; NOTE: 10 Gbps to 150 m.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
Fibers
370-500-GIGDST-06
PDP006LB3010/75
6
0.18
4.6
300
1335
90
400
370-500-GIGDST-12
PDP012LB3010/75
12
0.21
5.3
300
1335
90
400
370-BKT150-TBD-24
PDP024LB3010/75
24
0.285 7.2
300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.7
6.9
1.8
4.6
3.2
8.0
2.1
5.3
4.3
10.9
2.9
7.2
GIGALITE-10 50/125 MICRON (OM3) MULTIMODE

Gigabit Ethernet distance: 1,000 m/600 m at 850/1300 nm; 10 Gigabit distance: 300 m/300 m at 850/1300 nm.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
Fibers
370-510-GIGDST-06
PDP006EB3010/25
6
0.18
4.6
300
1335
90
400
370-510-GIGDST-12
PDP012EB3010/25
12
0.21
5.3
300
1335
90
400
370-510-GIGDST-24
PDP12B024EB3010/25
24
0.454 x 11.5 x 300
1335
90
400
0.252 6.4
4.118
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.7
6.9
1.8
4.6
3.2
8.0
2.1
5.3
7.6
19.2
5.0
12.8
Berk-Tek
Cables
GIGALITE-10FB 50/125 MICRON (OM4) MULTIMODE
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-BKTOM4-TBD-06
PDP006FB3010/F5
6
0.18
4.6
300
1335
90
400
370-BKTOM4-TBD-12
PDP012FB3010/F5
12
0.21
5.3
300
1335
90
400
370-BKTOM4-TBD-24
PDP12B024FB3010/F5
24
0.454 x 11.5 x 300
1335
90
400
0.252 6.4
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.7
6.9
1.8
4.6
3.2
8.0
2.1
5.3
7.6
19.2
5.0
12.8
GIGALITE-10FB 50/125 MICRON (OM4+) MULTIMODE
Anixter No.
370-510-GIGDST-12
Vendor No.
PDP012EB3010/25
No. of
Fibers
12
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.21
5.3
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.) N
300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.2
8.0
2.1
5.3
Fibers supplied by Berk-Tek have their bandwidth measured by both Differential Mode Delay (DMD) and EMBc.
Premise Distribution Cable - Indoor/Outdoor Riser
Fiber Solutions
BERK-TEK
PR23931V2-168946.tif
This special premise distribution riser (PDR) is intended for all high-speed data applications, and
supports the latest in Gigabit communications, including 40 to 100 Gigabit Ethernet. These cables
include 50/125 or 62.5/125 micron fiber for superior performance and extended distances.
The indoor/outdoor PDR cables are designed for installation in riser and horizontal structured cabling
applications as well as for intra or interbuilding backbone links. Indoor/outdoor PDR cables are
intended for installation in conduits below the frost line. For added protection, these cables are
available in interlock armor versions.
NOTE: Product options available in multimode, GIGAlite 62.5 or 50 micron, GIGAlite-10, GIGAlite-10XB
and single-mode.
FEATURES
Flexible, small-diameter, 900 m, tight-buffered construction
Does not require mode conditioning patch cord for Gigabit Ethernet applications
Available in 50/125 and 62.5/125 m GIGAlite multimode and single-mode fibers
6 to 144 fiber, hybrid design options available
Black jacket
Water-blocked
UV stable
Fungus resistant
ISO/IEC 11801
Telecordia GR-409
ANSI/ICEA S-83-696
OFNR/FT4
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
371-BK62-TB-06-C4D4
PDR006CB3510/25-I/O
6
0.224 5.7
300
1335
90
400
373-BKTOM1-TBR-12
PDR012CB3510/25-I/O
12
0.246 6.2
300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.4
8.5
2.2
5.7
3.7
9.4
2.5
6.2
4.119
Berk-Tek
Cables
Fiber Solutions
(continued)
Premise Distribution Cable - Indoor/Outdoor Riser

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
371-BK50-TB-06-C4D4
PDR006LB3010/75-I/O
6
0.224 5.7
300
1335
90
400
371-BK50-TB-12-C4D4
PDR012LB3010/75-I/O
12
0.246 6.2
300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.4
8.5
2.2
5.7
3.7
9.4
2.5
6.2

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
371-BK150-TB-06-C4D4
PDR006EB3010/25-I/O
6
0.224 5.7
300
1335
90
400
371-BK150-TB-12-C4D4
PDR012EB3010/25-I/O
12
0.246 6.2
300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.4
8.5
2.2
5.7
3.7
9.4
2.5
6.2

Gigabit Ethernet distance: 1,040 m/60 m.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
373-BKTOM4-TBD-06
PDR006FB3010/F5-I/O
6
0.224 5.7
300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.4
8.5
2.2
5.7
GIGALITE-10FB 50/125 MICRON (OM4+) MULTIMODE
Anixter No.
370-511-GIGXTGHT-12
Vendor No.
PDR012XB3010/X5
No. of
Fibers
12
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.) N
150
660
45
198
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.7
9.4
2.5
6.2
Armor-Tek Premises Distribution Cable with Interlock Armor - Indoor Plenum

BERK-TEK
PR23930V2-168939.tif
Berk-Tek's Armor-Tek premises distribution interlock armor fiber cables consist of a tight-buffered
fiber cable with aluminum or steel spirally-wrapped armor encasing it. The cable is then covered
with a plenum- or riser-rated jacket to prevent snags during installation. Armor-Tek cables
containing up to 144-fiber count are available. Armored designs are also available for riser-rated,
tight-buffered cables as well as loose-tube indoor/outdoor cables.
and single-mode.
FEATURES
Jacketed armor that remains flexible due to the spiral-wrap armoring process
The armored design allows for an easy one-pull installation into any environment
Aluminum or steel interlock armor is available
Aluminum interlock offers 10 to 13 times the crush resistance of a standard fiber cable
Steel interlock offers 12 to 19 times the crush resistance of a standard fiber cable
Compact outside diameters when compared to plenum innerduct or conduit
Available in tight-buffered or loose-tube with multimode, 62.5 or 50 micron GIGAlite, GIGAlite-10 and GIGALite-10XB, and single-mode fiber and hybrid constructions
Eliminate the need for conduit or plenum innerduct by installing the interlock armor cable, providing a significant cost savings in both materials and labor
Extremely durable cables for hazardous environments or difficult cable installations
Installation time can be reduced by as much as 80 percent versus installing conduit or innerduct
Armor-Tek fiber cables accommodate last minute relocations or pathway changed whereas innerduct or conduit is not a flexible alternative
4.120
Berk-Tek
Cables
Armor-Tek fiber cables are not governed by fill ratios becaue they are UL Listed as cable assemblies, allowing a higher concentration of cables in an area than conduit
Can be installed in campus environments due to the durability and indoor-outdoor rating of the cable
Provides additional protection and security for your fiber backbone due to the ruggedness of the armoring materials
International: ISO/IEC 11801
North American: ANSI/TIA-568-B.3
ANSI/ICEA S-83-596
Telcordia GR-409
Flame rating: All of Berk-Tek's plenum Armor-Tek fiber cables are rated OFCP for plenum
APPLICATIONS
Armor-Tek fiber cables can be used in any of the following installation environments: indoor, indoor/outdoor, in backbones, between closets, fiber-to-the-desk, if a pathway
is beyond its fill ratio, areas where extra physical protection is needed for difficult runs, where network security is a concern, in a fast-track installation, between buildings,
direct-buried in trays or direct-buried in plowing. Refer to cable core environmental restrictions for applicable environments.
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.4
18.9
5.0
12.6
5.2
13.3
7.8
19.9
8.8
22.3
5.8
14.8

1 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 750 m/600 m at 850/1300 nm; Note: 10 Gbps to 150 m.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-BKT50-TBA-06
PDPK006LB3010/75
6
0.495 12.6 300
1335
90
400
370-BKT50-TBA-12
PDPK012LB3010/75
12
0.523 13.3 300
1335
90
400
370-BKT50-TBA-24
PDPK024LB3010/75
24
0.584 14.8 300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.4
18.9
5.0
12.6
7.8
19.9
5.2
13.3
8.8
22.3
5.8
14.8

10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300/300 m at 850/1300 nm.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-BKT300-TBA-06
PDPK006EB3010/25
6
0.495 12.6 300
1335
90
400
370-BKT300-TBA-12
PDPK012EB3010/25
12
0.523 13.3 300
1335
90
400
370-BKT300-TBA-24
PDPK024EB3010/25
24
0.584 14.8 300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.4
18.9
5.0
12.6
7.8
19.9
5.2
13.3
8.8
22.3
5.8
14.8

10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 550/300 m at 850/1300 nm.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-BKTOM4-TBA-06
PDPK024FB3010/F5
6
0.495 12.6 300
1335
90
400
370-BKTOM4-TBA-12
PDPK024FB3010/F5
12
0.523 13.3 300
1335
90
400
370-BKTOM4-TBA-24
PDPK024FB3010/F5
24
0.584 14.8 300
1335
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
7.4
18.9
5.0
12.6
7.8
19.9
5.2
13.3
8.8
22.3
5.8
14.8
Interlocking armor cables can save up to 30 percent in total installed cost over plenum innerduct. Also available in single-mode, hybrids and GIGALite-10XB.
4.121
Fiber Solutions

1 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300 m/600 m at 850/1300 nm.
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-701-ARMOR-06
PDPK006CB3510/25
6
0.495 12.6 300
1335
90
400
370-701-ARMOR-12
PDPK012CB3510/25
12
0.523 13.3 300
1335
90
400
370-BKT62.5-TBA-24
PDPK024CB3510/25
24
0.584 14.8 300
1335
90
400
Berk-Tek
Cables
Adventum Loose-tube Cable - Indoor/Outdoor Plenum and Riser
Fiber Solutions
BERK-TEK
PR23928V2-168943.tif
Adventum loose-tube cables are designed to be used in virtually any cable plant and are able to
support the latest Gigabit communications protocols, including 1 to 100 Gigabit Ethernet. The
Adventum design offers the installer the ability to place cables anywhere in the network, bypassing
the traditional transition points required in most installations. This cable has one of the smallest
diameters available, making installation easy and taking up a minimum amount of duct space.
Adventum cables include GIGAlite 50/125 and 62.5/125 micron fiber for superior performance. This
unique cable design (U.S. Patent No. 6,178,278) is capable of withstanding the rigors of the outside
plant environment, can be rated for plenum installations and uses no gel fillings. For added
protection, these cables are also available in interlock armor versions.
NOTE: Product options available in standard, GIGAlite 62.5 and 50 micron, GIGAlite-10, GIGAlite-10XB
and single-mode.
FEATURES
Compact, all-dielectric, patented DryGel totally dry water-blocked design
High tensile strength, superior crush resistance and small diameter
Can be installed in outside plant riser or plenum environment in compliance with ANSI/TIA-758
Does not require mode conditioning patch cords for Gigabit Ethernet applications
Available with multimode, single-mode and GIGAlite fibers
Six to 432 fibers, hybrid design options available
ISO/IEC 11801
ANSI/ICEA S-87-640
ANSI/ICEA S-104-696
ANSI/TIA-568-C D
IEEE 802.3
STANDARD 62.5/125 MICRON (OM1) PLENUM
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-701-BTDRY-06
LTP006CB3510/25
6
0.26
6.6
300
1335
90
400
370-701-BTDRY-12
LTP012CB3510/25
12
0.26
6.6
300
1335
90
400
370-701-BTDRY-24
LTP12B024CB3510/25
24
0.37
9.4
600
2670
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.9
9.9
2.6
6.6
3.9
9.9
2.6
6.6
5.6
14.1
3.7
9.4
GIGALITE 50/125 MICRON (OM2+) PLENUM

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-500-GIGDRY-06
LTP006LB3010/75
6
0.26
6.6
300
1335
90
400
370-500-GIGDRY-12
LTP012LB3010/75
12
0.26
6.6
300
1335
90
400
370-500-GIGDRY-24
LTP12B024LB3010/75
24
0.37
9.4
600
2670
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.9
9.9
2.6
6.6
3.9
9.9
2.6
6.6
5.6
14.1
3.7
9.4
4.122
Berk-Tek
Cables
Min. Bend Radius
Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.9
9.9
2.6
6.6
3.9
9.9
2.6
6.6
5.6
14.1
3.7
9.4
GIGALITE 50/125 MICRON (OM2+) RISER

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-501-GIGDRY-06
LTR006LB3010/75
6
0.26
6.5
300
1335
90
400
370-501-GIGDRY-12
LTR012LB3010/75
12
0.26
6.5
300
1335
90
400
370-501-GIGDRY-24
LTR12B024LB3010/75
24
0.39
10.1 600
2670
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.8
9.7
2.6
6.5
3.8
9.7
2.6
6.5
5.9
15.1
4.0
10.1
GIGALITE-10 50/125 MICRON (OM3) RISER

Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-511-GIGDRY-06
LTR006EB3010/25
6
0.25
6.5
300
1335
90
400
370-511-GIGDRY-12
LTR012EB3010/25
12
0.25
6.5
300
1335
90
400
370-511-GIGDRY-24
LTR12B024EB3010/25
24
0.39
10.1 600
2670
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.8
9.7
2.6
6.5
3.8
9.7
2.6
6.5
5.9
15.1
4.0
10.1
GIGALITE-10FB 50/125 MICRON (OM4) RISER

Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
373-BKTOM4-LTR-06
LTR006FB3010/F5
6
0.25
6.5
300
1335
90
400
373-BKTOM4-LTR-12
LTR012FB3010/F5
12
0.25
6.5
300
1335
90
400
373-BKTOM4-LTR-24
LTR12B024FB3010/F5
24
0.39
10.1 600
2670
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.8
9.7
2.6
6.5
3.8
9.7
2.6
6.5
5.9
15.1
4.0
10.1
GIGALITE-10FB 50/125 MICRON (OM4+) PLENUM
Anixter No.
370-511-GIGXDRY-12
Vendor No.
LTP012-XB3010/X5
No. of
Fibers
12
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.26
6.6
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.)
N
(lb.) N
300
1335 90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
3.9
9.9
2.6
6.6
Fibers supplied by Berk-Tek have their bandwidth measured by both Differential Mode Delay (DMD) and EMBc.
4.123
Fiber Solutions
GIGALITE-10 50/125 MICRON (OM3) PLENUM

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-510-GIGDRY-06
LTP006EB3010/25
6
0.26
6.6
300
1335
90
400
370-510-GIGDRY-12
LTP012EB3010/25
12
0.26
6.6
300
1335
90
400
370-510-GIGDRY-24
LTP12B024EB3010/25
24
0.37
9.4
600
2670
200
890
Berk-Tek
Cables
Outdoor Loose-tube Fiber
Fiber Solutions
BERK-TEK
PR23927V2-168940.tif
Enhanced loose-tube cables with single-mode or multimode high-performance optical fibers. Fully
water-blocked with gel-filled buffer tubes, these cables are designed for installation in outdoor
environments such as direct burial (armored versions only), aerial lashing, conduit and pathways
that are subject to wide temperature variations. For added protection against rodents, these cables
are available in steel tape armor versions.
and single-mode fiber and with dry tubes.
FEATURES
Construction: Gel-filled tubes containing up to 12 250 m, individually colored fibers, dry
cable core for easy entry
Outer jacket: UV-resistant polyethylene
No mode conditioning patch cord required for Gigabit Ethernet applications
Up to 288 fibers; hybrid design options available
Standard 62.5/125 micron multimode fiber (also available in single-mode and 50 micron fibers)
Maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.0 dB/km at 850/1300 nm
Minimum bandwidth: 200/500 MHzkm at 850/1300 nm
Gigabit Ethernet guaranteed distances: 300/600 m at 850/1300 nm
ISO/IEC 11801
Telecordia GR-20
ANSI/ICEA S-87-640
ANSI/TIA-568-C
D
IEEE 802.3
Anixter No.
370-701-BTOUT-06
370-701-BTOUT-12
4.124
Vendor No.
OPD006CB3510/25
OPD012CB3510/25
No. of
Fibers
6
12
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.40
10.2
0.40
10.2
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
Long Term
(lb.) N
(lb.) N
600
2670
180
800
600
2670
180
800
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
6.0
15.2
4.0
10.2
6.0
15.2
4.0
10.2
Berk-Tek
Cables
POE REMOTE CONVERTER
Index1.Cabling Systems//Composite Cable//Fiber/Copper Cable
OneReach PoE Extender System

BERK-TEK
PR72555V2-586545.tif
PR72556V2-586551.tif
OneReach is a single system that combines optical fiber and copper conductors for
long-distance data and power transmission, to take PoE to 3,850 feet and PoE+ to
2,500 feet and beyond.
Pre-terminated and factory-tested products arrive ready to install.
PR72554V2-586539.tif
Anixter No.
501649
Vendor No.
81000174
501651
81000218
501350
81000176
501653
81000176
You will need OneReach cable assemblies to complete this solution. Please
contact your local sales representative for more information.
Anixter No.
501539
Vendor No.
81000170
501540
81000217
501542
81000166
501543
81000167
501544
81000168
501545
81000169
501546
81000215
501346
81000173
501548
81000172
501547
81000190
Description
1-port PoE media module with
external AC power supply
1-port PoE+ media module with
external AC power supply
2U power injector chassis, six
available slots
4U power injector chassis,
12 available slots
PoE power supply module initial,
300 W, AC input
16-port PoE power supply module
additional, 300 W, AC input
14-port PoE+ power supply module
additional, dual voltage, 12 and
54 V DC 300 W, AC input
4-port media module, 10/100 Mb/s,
MTP, 62.5/125 m multimode, RJ45
4-port media module, 10/100 Mb/s,
rear LC duplex, 62.5/125 m MM
Blanking panel
4.125
Fiber Solutions
Description
1-port PoE remote converter,
10/100 Mb/s, LC duplex, multimode,
RJ45, M8 power input
1-port PoE+ remote converter,
10/100 Mb/s, LC duplex, multimode,
RJ45, M8 power input
4-port PoE remote converter,
10/100 Mb/s, MTP (m), 62.5/
125 m multimode, RJ45
4-port PoE+ remote converter,
10/100 Mb/s, MTP, 62.5/125 m
multimode, RJ45
CompuLink
Patch Cords
./
2-fiber, 62.5/125 OM1, Riser-rated

COMPULINK
PR72256V2-579255.tif
Fiber Solutions
Premium performance, exceeds ANSI/TIA-568 specifications with maximum insertion

loss of less than 0.5 dB.
LC TO LC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246811
LCCLCCD1
246812
LCCLCCD2
246813
LCCLCCD3
275067
LCCLCCD4
246814
LCCLCCD5
275070
LCCLCCD6
266847
LCCLCCD7
275071
LCCLCCD8
246815
LCCLCCD10
275072
LCCLCCD12
275073
D LCCLCCD15
275074
LCCLCCD18
305923
LCCLCCD20
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
65.6
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
20
LC TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246816
LCCSCCD1
246817
LCCSCCD2
246818
LCCSCCD3
275075
LCCSCCD4
246819
LCCSCCD5
275076
LCCSCCD6
267757
LCCSCCD7
255831
LCCSCCD8
276627
LCCSCCD9
246820
LCCSCCD10
275077
LCCSCCD12
256200
LCCSCCD15
275081
LCCSCCD18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
29.7
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
15
18
LC TO ST CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
264444
LCCSTCD1
264445
LCCSTCD2
264446
LCCSTCD3
264447
LCCSTCD5
266860
LCCSTCD7
264448
LCCSTCD10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
23.0
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
4.126
SC TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
152001
SCCSCCD1
152002
SCCSCCD2
152003
SCCSCCD3
199432
SCCSCCD4
152004
SCCSCCD5
199433
SCCSCCD6
266850
SCCSCCD7
199434
SCCSCCD8
152005
SCCSCCD10
199435
SCCSCCD12
199436
SCCSCCD15
199437
SCCSCCD18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
ST TO ST CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
129350
STCSTCD1
139055
STCSTCD2
129351
STCSTCD3
173135
STCSTCD4
129352
STCSTCD5
199444
STCSTCD6
266843
STCSTCD7
199445
STCSTCD8
129353
STCSTCD10
173131
STCSTCD12
129354
STCSTCD15
147378
STCSTCD18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
ST TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
152011
STCSCCD1
152012
STCSCCD2
152013
STCSCCD3
199438
STCSCCD4
152014
STCSCCD5
199439
STCSCCD6
266844
STCSCCD7
199440
STCSCCD8
152015
STCSCCD10
199441
STCSCCD12
199442
STCSCCD15
199443
STCSCCD18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
For information on fiber trunks contact your local sales office.
CompuLink
Patch Cords

COMPULINK

PR72257V2-579261.tif
Standard performance, meets ANSI/TIA-568 specifications with maximum insertion

loss of less than 0.75 dB.
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
19.7
26.2
32.8
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
6
8
10
15
18
SC TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
207052
SCPSCPD1
207053
SCPSCPD2
207054
SCPSCPD3
208694
SCPSCPD4
207055
SCPSCPD5
208695
SCPSCPD6
208696
SCPSCPD8
207056
SCPSCPD10
208697
SCPSCPD12
208698
SCPSCPD15
208699
SCPSCPD18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
15
18
ST TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
207057
STPSCPD1
207058
STPSCPD2
207059
STPSCPD3
208700
STPSCPD4
207060
STPSCPD5
208701
STPSCPD6
208702
STPSCPD8
207061
STPSCPD10
208706
STPSCPD12
208707
STPSCPD15
208708
STPSCPD18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
15
18
LC CERAMIC TO MT-RJ COMPOSITE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246821
LCCMTRJPD1
246822
LCCMTRJPD2
246823
LCCMTRJPD3
246824
LCCMTRJPD5
246825
LCCMTRJPD10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
SC CERAMIC TO MT-RJ COMPOSITE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
223739
MTRJPSCCD1
223740
MTRJPSCCD2
223741
MTRJPSCCD3
223742
MTRJPSCCD5
223743
MTRJPSCCD10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
ST CERAMIC TO MT-RJ COMPOSITE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
223734
MTRJPSTCD1
223735
MTRJPSTCD2
223736
MTRJPSTCD3
223737
MTRJPSTCD5
266849
MTRJPSTCD7
223738
MTRJPSTCD10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
23.0
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
4.127
Fiber Solutions
ST TO ST CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
207046
STPSTPD1
207047
STPSTPD2
207049
STPSTPD3
207050
STPSTPD5
208692
STPSTPD6
208693
STPSTPD8
207051
STPSTPD10
207904
STPSTPD15
209341
STPSTPD18
COMPULINK
CompuLink
Patch Cords
LC UNIBOOT TO SC CERAMIC
Fiber Solutions
COMPULINK
PR72258V2-579267.tif
SC TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
328294
SCCSCCS1
328297
SCCSCCS2
328298
SCCSCCS3
328302
SCCSCCS5
328304
SCCSCCS10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
ST TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
153572
STCSCCS1
153571
STCSCCS2
153570
STCSCCS3
153569
STCSCCS5
153568
STCSCCS10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
D
ST TO ST CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
129341
STCSTCS1
129342
STCSTCS3
129344
STCSTCS5
129345
STCSTCS10
Length (ft.)
3.3
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
3
5
10
2-fiber, 50/125 OM4, Aqua SX550, Plenum-rated

COMPULINK
LC TO LC UNIBOOT CERAMIC
Anixter No.
461730
461731
461732
461733
461734
4.128
PR72260V2-579279.tif
Vendor No.
LCLCUNIOM4P1
LCLCUNIOM4P2
LCLCUNIOM4P3
LCLCUNIOM4P5
LCLCUNIOM4P10
PR72259V2-579273.tif
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
Anixter No.
461735
461736
461737
461738
461740
Vendor No.
LCSCUNIOM4P1
LCSCUNIOM4P2
LCSCUNIOM4P3
LCSCUNIOM4P5
LCSCUNIOM4P10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
2-fiber, 50/125 OM3, Aqua SX300

COMPULINK
PR23625V2-167538.tif
LC TO LC CERAMIC RISER RATED

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
432270
LCCLCC50+D1
432271
LCCLCC50+D2
432272
LCCLCC50+D3
432273
LCCLCC50+D4
432274
LCCLCC50+D5
452462
LCCLCC50+D6
452469
LCCLCC50+D7
452475
LCCLCC50+D8
432275
LCCLCC50+D10
452477
LCCLCC50+D12
432276
LCCLCC50+D15
452478
LCCLCC50+D18
452498
LCCLCC50+D20
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
65.6
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
20
LC TO SC CERAMIC RISER RATED

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
432277
LCCSCC50+D1
432278
LCCSCC50+D2
432279
LCCSCC50+D3
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
Length (m)
1
2
3
CompuLink
Patch Cords
Anixter No.
432280
432281
452519
452520
452521
432282
452523
452524
Vendor No.
LCCSCC50+D4
LCCSCC50+D5
LCCSCC50+D6
LCCSCC50+D7
LCCSCC50+D8
LCCSCC50+D10
LCCSCC50+D11
LCCSCC50+D12
Length (m)
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
LC TO LC CERAMIC PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
432284
LCCLCC50+PD7
432285
LCCLCC50+PD15
432286
LCCLCC50+PD25
432287
LCCLCC50+PD30
432288
LCCLCC50+PD40
432289
LCCLCC50+PD50
Length (ft.)
23.0
49.2
82.0
98.4
131.2
164.0
Length (m)
7
15
25
30
40
50
LC TO SC CERAMIC PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
432290
LCCSCC50+PD7
432291
LCCSCC50+PD15
432292
LCCSCC50+PD25
432293
LCCSCC50+PD30
Length (ft.)
23.0
49.2
82.0
98.4
Length (m)
7
15
25
30
2-fiber, 50/125 OM2, Aqua SX150, Riser-rated

COMPULINK
LC TO LC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246793
LCCLCC50D1
246794
LCCLCC50D2
246795
LCCLCC50D3
275058
LCCLCC50D4
246796
LCCLCC50D5
275059
LCCLCC50D6
305121
LCCLCC50D7
PR23625V2-167538.tif
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Anixter No.
275060
246797
275061
275062
275064
348779
Vendor No.
LCCLCC50D8
LCCLCC50D10
LCCLCC50D12
LCCLCC50D15
LCCLCC50D18
LCCLCC50D20
Length (ft.)
26.2
32.8
39.4
49.2
59.1
65.6
Length (m)
8
10
12
15
18
20
LC TO ST CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
269222
LCCSTC50D1
269224
LCCSTC50D2
269225
LCCSTC50D3
269227
LCCSTC50D4
269228
LCCSTC50D5
269229
LCCSTC50D6
269230
LCCSTC50D8
269231
LCCSTC50D10
269233
LCCSTC50D11
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
26.2
32.8
36.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
11
LC TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246801
LCCSCC50D1
246802
LCCSCC50D2
246803
LCCSCC50D3
269234
LCCSCC50D4
246804
LCCSCC50D5
269235
LCCSCC50D6
328245
LCCSCC50D7
264449
LCCSCC50D8
246805
LCCSCC50D10
269236
LCCSCC50D11
275065
LCCSCC50D12
264450
LCCSCC50D15
275066
LCCSCC50D18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
32.8
36.1
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
15
18
SC TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246841
SCCSCC50D1
246842
SCCSCC50D2
246843
SCCSCC50D3
269241
SCCSCC50D4
246844
SCCSCC50D5
269242
SCCSCC50D6
269243
SCCSCC50D8
246845
SCCSCC50D10
269244
SCCSCC50D11
275082
SCCSCC50D12
275083
SCCSCC50D15
275084
SCCSCC50D18
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
26.2
32.8
36.1
39.4
49.2
59.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
11
12
15
18
4.129
Fiber Solutions
Length (ft.)
13.1
16.4
19.7
23.0
26.2
32.8
36.1
39.4
CompuLink
Patch Cords
(continued)
ST TO SC CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246834
STCSCC50D1
246836
STCSCC50D2
246837
STCSCC50D3
269237
STCSCC50D4
246838
STCSCC50D5
269238
STCSCC50D6
269239
STCSCC50D8
246839
STCSCC50D10
269240
STCSCC50D11
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
13.1
16.4
19.7
26.2
32.8
36.1
Length (m)
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
11
ST TO ST CERAMIC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246828
STCSTC50D1
246829
STCSTC50D2
246830
STCSTC50D3
246831
STCSTC50D5
246832
STCSTC50D10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
Fiber Solutions
2-fiber, MT-RJ to MT-RJ Composite, Riser-rated

COMPULINK
62.5/125 OM1
Anixter No.
223744
223745
223746
223747
223748
PR72262V2-579291.tif
Vendor No.
MTRJPMTRJPD1
MTRJPMTRJPD2
MTRJPMTRJPD3
MTRJPMTRJPD5
MTRJPMTRJPD10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
2-fiber OS2 Single-mode Jumper Cords, Ultra-polish, Riser-rated

COMPULINK
PR23629V2-167535.tif

COMPULINK
LC CERAMIC TO MT-RJ COMPOSITE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
246806
LCCMTRJP50D1
246807
LCCMTRJP50D2
246808
LCCMTRJP50D3
246809
LCCMTRJP50D5
246810
LCCMTRJP50D10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
SC CERAMIC TO MT-RJ COMPOSITE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
248816
MTRJPSCC50D1
248817
MTRJPSCC50D2
248818
MTRJPSCC50D3
248819
MTRJPSCC50D5
269246
MTRJPSCC50D6
269247
MTRJPSCC50D8
248820
MTRJPSCC50D10
Length (ft.)
3.3
6.6
10.0
16.4
19.7
26.2
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
6
8
10
ST CERAMIC TO MT-RJ COMPOSITE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
269249
MTRJPSTC50D1
269251
MTRJPSTC50D3
269254
MTRJPSTC50D5
269257
MTRJPSTC50D10
Length (ft.)
3.3
10.0
16.4
32.8
Length (m)
1
3
5
10
4.130
These single-mode jumpers are tested for insertion loss of 0.2 dB average, and a
return loss of 55 dB or better. All single-mode assemblies meet the Telcordia
GR-326 specification.
LC CERAMIC TO LC CERAMIC DUPLEX (8.3/125)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
246866
LCCLCCD1-UPSM
3.3
246867
LCCLCCD2-UPSM
6.6
246868
LCCLCCD3-UPSM
10.0
246869
LCCLCCD5-UPSM
16.4
266848
LCCLCCD7-UPSM
23.0
246870
LCCLCCD10-UPSM
32.8
255835
LCCLCCD15-UPSM
49.2
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
LC CERAMIC TO SC CERAMIC DUPLEX (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
246858
LCCSCCD1-UPSM
3.3
246859
LCCSCCD2-UPSM
6.6
246863
LCCSCCD3-UPSM
10.0
246864
LCCSCCD5-UPSM
16.4
267758
LCCSCCD7-UPSM
23.0
246865
LCCSCCD10-UPSM
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
CompuLink
Patch Cords
LC CERAMIC TO ST CERAMIC DUPLEX (8.3/125)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
264451
LCCSTCD1-UPSM
3.3
264452
LCCSTCD2-UPSM
6.6
264453
LCCSTCD3-UPSM
10.0
266861
LCCSTCD5-UPSM
16.4
266862
LCCSTCD7-UPSM
23.0
266863
LCCSTCD10-UPSM
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
MT-RJ TO ST CERAMIC DUPLEX (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
266925
MTRJSTC1-UPSM
266926
MTRJSTC3-UPSM
266927
MTRJSTC5-UPSM
266928
MTRJSTC7-UPSM
266929
MTRJSTC10-UPSM
Length (m)
1
3
5
7
10
Length (ft.)
3.3
10.0
16.4
23.0
32.8
OS2 Single-mode Fiber Jumper Cords, Super-polish, Riser-rated

COMPULINK
PR72261V2-579285.tif
1-FIBER ST TYPE TO ST TYPE CERAMIC TIPS (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
151980
STCSTCS1-SPSM
3.3
151981
STCSTCS2-SPSM
6.6
151982
STCSTCS3-SPSM
10.0
151983
STCSTCS5-SPSM
16.4
151984
STCSTCS10-SPSM
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
1-FIBER ST TYPE TO SC CERAMIC TIPS (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
152049
STCSCCS1-SPSM
3.3
152050
STCSCCS2-SPSM
6.6
152051
STCSCCS3-SPSM
10.0
152052
STCSCCS5-SPSM
16.4
152053
STCSCCS10-SPSM
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
1-FIBER SC TYPE TO SC TYPE CERAMIC TIPS (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
151991
SCCSCCS1-SPSM
3.3
151992
SCCSCCS2-SPSM
6.6
151993
SCCSCCS3-SPSM
10.0
151994
SCCSCCS5-SPSM
16.4
151995
SCCSCCS10-SPSM
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
10
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
8
10
12
15
18
20
30
2-FIBER ST TYPE TO SC TYPE CERAMIC TIPS (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
152036
STCSCCD1-SPSM
3.3
152037
STCSCCD2-SPSM
6.6
152038
STCSCCD3-SPSM
10.0
152039
STCSCCD5-SPSM
16.4
266846
STCSCCD7-SPSM
23.0
152040
STCSCCD10-SPSM
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
2-FIBER ST TYPE TO ST TYPE CERAMIC TIPS (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
151986
STCSTCD1-SPSM
3.3
151987
STCSTCD2-SPSM
6.6
151988
STCSTCD3-SPSM
10.0
151989
STCSTCD5-SPSM
16.4
266845
STCSTCD7-SPSM
23.0
151990
STCSTCD10-SPSM
32.8
Length (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
4.131
Fiber Solutions
These are single-mode fiber jumpers with 40 dB return loss.
2-FIBER SC TYPE TO SC TYPE CERAMIC TIPS (8.3/125)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
152026
SCCSCCD1-SPSM
3.3
152027
SCCSCCD2-SPSM
6.6
152028
SCCSCCD3-SPSM
10.0
152029
SCCSCCD5-SPSM
16.4
266851
SCCSCCD7-SPSM
23.0
267427
SCCSCCD8-SPSM
26.2
152030
SCCSCCD10-SPSM
32.8
267428
SCCSCCD12-SPSM
39.4
267430
SCCSCCD15-SPSM
49.2
267432
SCCSCCD18-SPSM
59.1
267434
SCCSCCD20-SPSM
65.6
267433
SCCSCCD30-SPSM
98.4
Optical Cable Corporation (OCC)
Cables
./
A-Series Assembly Cables
Fiber Solutions
OPTICAL CABLE CORPORATION

PR23792V2-168148.tif
A-Series Assembly Cables are constructed with color-coded, 900 micron, buffered optical fibers
surrounded by aramid-strength members and overjacketed with either a riser or plenum UL Rated
jacket. Low smoke zero halogen (LSZH) cable constructions are also available. For various optical
connector types, micro-assembly cables are also available in smaller diameters such as 1.6 mm
and 2.0 mm.
FEATURES
Compatible with all standard fiber optic connectors
High-performance tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber for environmental and
mechanical protection
Custom jacket colors are available to match connectors
Private labeling on the cable outer jacket is also available
1 (simplex) and 2 (duplex) fibers available
Available with bend tolerant single-mode and multimode fibers
Zero halogen cables ("Z" Jacket) meet the requirements of IEC 60754-2
"N" Jacket riser-rated cable is flexible for use where it is desirable for cable to hang neatly
"D" Jacket riser-rated cable provides lower friction and greater stiffness for use in protected interconnect runs
APPLICATIONS
Resilient and flexible for jumpers, patch cords and pigtails
Suitable for general-purpose indoor use, such as routing connections in patching systems
Short "patch cord" cables ideal for links between electronic equipment and main fiber optic cables
62.5/125 MULTIMODE - PLENUM
Maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.5 dB/km (850/1310 nm); minimum laser bandwidth: 220/500 MHzkm (850/1310 nm)
D
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-119-AXWLS-02
AX002SWLS9OP
2
0.11 x 0.23 2.9 x 5.8 220
1000 110
500
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.2
3.0
62.5/125 MULTIMODE - RISER

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm)
(lb.) N
(lb.) N
370-120-AXWLS-02
AX002NWLS9OR
2
0.11 x 0.23 2.9 x 5.8 220
1000 110
500
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
Long Term
(in.) (cm) (in.) (cm)
2.0
5.0
1.2
3.0
Cables are also available in single-mode, 50/125 multimode and other fiber types.
D-Series Distribution Cables

PR23793V2-168145.tif
D-Series Distribution Cables are constructed with stranded, color-coded, 900 micron, buffered
optical fibers surrounded by aramid-strength members and overjacketed with either a riser or
plenum UL Rated jacket. Special jackets for harsh environments can be used for the D-Series
Distribution Cables as well as other cable configurations including breakout, sub-grouping,
messenger, armored, composite, hybrids and LSZH for indoor and outside plant environments.
FEATURES
High-performance components and construction
High specific strength-to-weight ratio and compact cable design for limited conduit space and tight bends in long cable pulls
Helically stranded core for greater flexibility and mechanical protection of the optical fibers
High-performance tight-buffered coating on each fiber for environmental and mechanical protection
High crush resistance may eliminate the need for innerduct
4.132
Cables
900 m buffer eliminates the need for costly and time-consuming installation of fan-out kits or pigtail splices because connectors terminate directly to the fiber
UL Listed in accordance with NEC section 770.179(a) for use in ducts, plenums and air-handling spaces
Indoor/outdoor ("K" Jacket)
- Indoor/outdoor plenum cables eliminate the need for costly cable transitions in different installation environments
- Cable materials are UV, water and fungus resistant
- Higher fiber counts available than similar cables available in subcabled configuration
- Jacket is highly chemical resistant for installation in harsh industrial environments
- Interlocking armor can be applied to cables as an alternative to conduit installation
- Can be installed outside and in plenum or riser pathways inside, eliminating the need to transition cable types between environments
- 2 to 72 fiber configuration is smaller and lighter than comparable sub-grouped cables
- Ideal for installation in areas with limited space or tight bends
Indoor ("S" Jacket)
- Indoor-only flexible flame retardant plenum jacketed cables
- 2 to 12 fibers
- Interlocking armor can be applied to cables as an alternative to conduit installation
APPLICATIONS
Used in trunking, LAN and distribution applications where small size, lightweight and versatile installation capability are required for ducts, plenum and air handling spaces
Ideal configuration for a single termination point requiring multiple fibers
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.0
7.7
3.4
8.6
3.8
9.8
5.3
8.9
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.0
5.1
2.2
5.7
2.6
6.5
3.5
9
62.5/125 MULTIMODE - PLENUM - INDOOR - S JACKET

Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
370-119-DXWLS-04
DX004SWLS9OP
4
0.18
4.5
270
1200
90
400
370-119-DXWLS-06
DX006SWLS9OP
6
0.19
4.7
310
1400
100
450
370-119-DXWLS-12
DX012SWLS9OP
12
0.24
6.2
400
1800
135
600
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
2.6
6.75
2.8
7.1
3.7
9.3
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.8
4.5
1.9
4.7
2.4
6.2
62.5/125 MULTIMODE - PLENUM - INDOOR/OUTDOOR - K JACKET

Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
370-119-DXWLS-24
DX024KWLS9OP
24
0.31
8.3
670
3000
220
1000
370-119-DXWLS-48
DX048KWLS9OP
48
0.37
9.8
940
4200
310
1400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
4.6
11.8
5.6
14.3
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
4.6
11.8
5.6
14.3
4.133
Fiber Solutions
62.5/125 MULTIMODE - RISER - INDOOR/OUTDOOR - K JACKET

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Fibers
(in.)
(mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
370-120-DXWLS-04
DX004DWLS9KR
4
0.20
5.1
310
1400
100
450
370-120-DXWLS-06
DX006DWLS9KR
6
0.22
5.7
310
1400
100
450
370-120-DXWLS-12
DX012DWLS9KR
12
0.26
6.5
600
2700
135
600
370-120-DXWLS-24
DX024DWLS9KR
24
0.354
8.9
670
3000
220
1000
Cables
Fiber Solutions
G-Series Sub-grouping Cables

PR23794V2-168142.tif
G-Series Sub-grouping Cables are constructed with specified combinations of stranded, color-coded,
900 micron, buffered multimode and/or single-mode optical fibers surrounded by aramid-strength
members and over-jacketed with either a riser or plenum UL Rated jacket. Special jackets for harsh
environments can be used for the G-Series Sub-grouping Cables for indoor and outside
plant environments.
FEATURES
Indoor/outdoor tight-bound tight-buffered design allows cables to be installed in intra-building
backbone and inter-building campus locations without costly transitions between cable types
Design allows sub-cables to be routed to multiple locations such as wiring racks and closets
High-performance components and flexible, rugged, high-strength construction
Cable materials are indoor/outdoor, UV, water and fungus resistant
Helically stranded core for greater flexibility and mechanical protection of the optical fibers
Riser-rated cables offer a core-locked outer jacket that surrounds the sub-cables for excellent crush resistance, survivability and use in long vertical installations
Sub-grouping cable design permits midspan access
Multi-fiber color-coded sub-cables, each similar to the D-Series Distribution Cable, are easy to identify for improved cable management during installation
Interlocking armor can be applied to cables as an alternative to conduit installation
900 micron buffer eliminates the need for costly and time-consuming installation of fan-out kits or pigtail splices because connectors terminate directly to the fiber
May be directly terminated with connectors with physical protection at termination points
No need to splice outdoor cable to indoor cable at the building entrance
Available with 6-fiber (4.5 mm) or 12-fiber (5.5 mm) sub-groups
Best design for multimode and single-mode fiber hybrid cables
MULTIMODE 62.5/125 RISER: 6-FIBER SUB-GROUPS (4.5 MM BUNDLES)
62.5/125 fiber;D maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.5 dB/km (850/1310 nm); minimum laser bandwidth: 220/500 MHzkm (850/1310 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.) N
373-OCCOM1-FO4.5-12
GB012DWLS9KR
12
0.57 14.6
850
3800
270
1200
373-OCCOM1-FO4.5-24
GB024DWLS9KR
24
0.57 14.6
1260
5600
400
1800
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
8.6
21.9
8.6
21.9
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
5.7
14.6
5.7
14.6
MULTIMODE 62.5/125 RISER: 12-FIBER SUB-GROUPS (5.5 MM BUNDLES)

62.5/125 fiber; maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.5 dB/km (850/1310 nm); minimum laser bandwidth: 220/500 MHzkm (850/1310 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.) N
373-OCCOM1-FO5.5-24
GX024DWLS9KR
24
0.65 16.6
1030
4600
340
1500
373-OCCOM1-FO5.5-48
GX048DWLS9KR
48
0.65 16.6
1620
7200
540
2400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
9.8
24.9
9.8
24.9
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
6.5
16.6
6.5
16.6
MULTIMODE 62.5/125 PLENUM: 6-FIBER SUB-GROUPS (4.5 MM BUNDLES)

Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.) N
370-OCCOM1-FO4.5-12
GB012KWLS9OP
12
0.56 14.1
850
3800
270
1200
370-OCCOM1-FO4.5-24
GB024KWLS9OP
24
0.56 14.1
1260
5600
400
1800
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
8.3
21.2
8.3
21.2
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
8.3
21.2
8.3
21.2
4.134
Cables
MULTIMODE 62.5/125 PLENUM: 12-FIBER SUB-GROUPS (5.5 MM BUNDLES)
Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.) N
370-OCCOM1-FO5.5-24
GX024KWLS9OP
24
0.61 15.4
1030
4600
340
1500
370-OCCOM1-FO5.5-48
GX048KWLS9OP
48
0.61 15.4
1620
7200
540
2400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
9.1
23.2
9.1
23.2
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
9.1
23.2
9.1
23.2
B-Series Breakout Cables
Fiber Solutions

PR23795V2-168147.tif
B-Series Breakout Cables are constructed with stranded, color-coded sub-units that contain
900 micron, buffered optical fibers surrounded and over-jacketed with either a riser or plenum UL
Rated jacket. Special jackets for harsh environments can be used for the B-Series Breakout Cables
as well as other cable configurations including breakout, sub-grouping, messenger, armored,
composite, hybrids and LSZH for indoor and outside plant environments.
FEATURES
Ideal for installations requiring an extremely rugged and reliable cable design where maximum mechanical and environmental protection are required
Easiest cable to install where direct termination of connectors to sub-cables and direct run to panels and equipment is desired
UL Listed in accordance with NEC sections 770.179(a) for use in ducts, plenums and air-handling spaces
Sub-cabled fiber is environmentally and mechanically protected
Wide operating temperature range of -40C to +85C
Cable materials are indoor/outdoor - UV, water and fungus resistant
Jacket is highly chemical resistant for installation in harsh industrial environments
High-performance components and construction
Ideal for use in point-to-point runs in adverse environments
Direct termination to sub-cable provides additional strain relief for better connector retention during moves, adds and changes
900 m buffer eliminates the need for costly and time-consuming installation of fan-out kits or pigtail splices because connectors terminate directly to the fiber
MULTIMODE 62.5/125 RISER: (WITH 2.5 MM SUB-CABLES)
Max. Tensile Load
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.) N
Fibers
373-OCC625-TB04
BX004DWLS9KR
4
0.32 8.1
450
2000
180
800
373-OCC625-TB06
BX006DWLS9KR
6
0.38 9.6
670
3000
270
1200
373-OCC625-TB12
BX012DWLS9KR
12
0.51 13.0
1350 6000
560
2500
373-OCC625-TB24
BX024DWLS9KR
24
0.69 17.6
2250 10000
850
3800
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
4.8
12.2
5.7
14.4
7.7
19.5
10.4
26.4
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
3.2
8.1
3.8
9.6
5.1
13.0
6.9
17.6
MULTIMODE 62.5/125 PLENUM: (WITH 2.0 MM SUB-CABLES)

Max. Tensile Load
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.) (mm)
(lb.)
N
(lb.) N
370-OCC625-TB04
BX004KWLS9OP
4
0.26 6.3
360
1600
90
400
370-OCC625-TB06
BX006KWLS9OP
6
0.29 7.4
540
2400
130
600
370-OCC625-TB12
BX012KWLS9OP
12
0.36 9.2
1080
4800
270
1200
370-OCC625-TB24
BX024KWLS9OP
24
0.56 14.2
1620
7200
400
1800
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.7
9.5
4.4
11.2
5.5
13.97
8.4
21.3
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
3.7
9.5
4.4
11.2
5.5
13.9
8.4
21.3
4.135
Ortronics
MOMENTUM 4 HIGH-DENSITY CASSETTES
./
Momentum Modular Preterminated System
PR34764V2-260766.tif
ORTRONICS
Momentum preterminated fiber cassettes combine state-of-the-art optical ribbon
cabling, industry-leading MTP termination, advanced LC polishing and innovative
hardware to create a cost-effective solution that provides a simple, quick and
high-performing cassette-based fiber optic structured cabling system. Momentum
cassettes are available in three density ranges to meet a variety of applications,
including standard-density, high-density and ultra-high-density options.
MOMENTUM 2 STANDARD-DENSITY CASSETTES
PR20317V2-71511.tif
Fiber Solutions
Effective-mode bandwidth: 4900/500 (MHzkm) at 850/1300 nm
Anixter No.
352797
Vendor No.
M2SCD12-50E
352799
M2LCQ24-09
D
352800
M2LCD12-09
352801
M2SCD12-09
339377
M2LCQ24-50E
339378
M2LCD12-50E
447772
M2LCQ24-50E3A1
4.136
Description
SC duplex 12-fiber, 50/125 LOMMF,
1 MTP, single unit
LC quad 24-fiber,
1 MTP, single-mode
LC quad 12-fiber,
1 MTP, single-mode
SC duplex 12-fiber,
1 MTP, single-mode
LC quad 24-fiber, 50/125 LOMMF,
1 MTP, single unit
LC duplex 12-fiber, 50/125 LOMMF,
1 MTP, single unit
LC quad 24-fiber, 50/125 LOMMF,
1 MTP, single unit
With LC quad 24-fiber, single unit.
Anixter No.
448025
Vendor No.
M4LCQ24-50EA3A1
448026
M4LCQ24-50E
448027
M4LCQ24-09
448028
M4LCQ24-62
Description
50-micron LOMMF, 2 MTP9M),
premium performance
50-micron LOMMF, 2 MTP9M),
premium performance
Single-mode, 2 MTP(M),
high performance
62.5-micron multimode, 2 MTP9M),
high performance
MOMENTUM 6 ULTRA-HIGH-DENSITY CASSETTES

With LC quad, 0.3U and 1-MPO(M).
Description
448037
M6LCQ12-50E
50 LOMMF, 12-fiber
448043
M6LCQ12-09
Single-mode 12-fiber
High-density cassettes must be used with high-density enclosures.
Ultra-high-density cassettes must be used with
ultra-high-density enclosures.
Ortronics

./
Field-installable Anaerobic Connectors

ORTRONICS
ANAEROBIC ADHESIVE CONNECTORS
352777
205KAN9GA-MM
352779
205KAN9GA-SM
352783
205KAN9FA-MM
352785
205KAN9FA-SM
352787
205KAN9EA-MM
352789
205KAN9EA-SM
Description
LC, multimode, buffer size 900 m
LC, single-mode, buffer size 900 m
SC, multimode, buffer size 900 m
SC, single-mode, buffer size 900 m
ST, multimode, buffer size 900 m
ST, single-mode, buffer size 900 m
ANAEROBIC FIELD-INSTALLABLE CONNECTOR TERMINATION KIT

Description
352792
85400010
Contains all tools necessary for
complete OptiMo LC, ST and SC
anaerobic terminations: contractor
bag, micro strip tool, scribe tool,
jacket strip tool, scissors, cut length
templates, polishing pad, polishing
pucks, microscope
ANAEROBIC FIELD-INSTALLABLE CONNECTOR SINGLE-MODE POLISHING KIT

Description
352794
85400011
Consumables necessary for
terminations: dispensing tips,
syringe, Type-G polishing paper,
Type-F polishing paper, Type-M
polishing paper (terminates approx.
100 connectors)
INDIVIDUAL TOOLS AND ACCESSORY ITEMS (ANAEROBIC)
Description
353197
70600021
Adhesive
353198
70600022
Primer
353199
60300179
Package of 250 dry wipes
353200
60300182
Dispensing tips, package of 125
353201
60300183
Syringe, package of 10
353202
60300184
Type-M polishing paper, package of
10 sheets, single-mode only
353203
60300185
Type-F polishing paper, package of
10 sheets
353204
60300186
Type-G polishing paper, package of
20 sheets
FIELD-INSTALLABLE PRE-POLISHED LC ACCESSORY CONNECTOR KIT

Description
375252
20500267
LC accessory kit for 2.0 mm and
3.0 mm jacketed fiber. Kit includes
two connector boots and crimp rings
FIELD-INSTALLABLE PRE-POLISHED SC ACCESSORY CONNECTOR KIT
Description
375254
20500237
Optional strain relief boot accessory
kit for use in installing SC
connectors on 2.4 and 3.0 mm
jacketed cables
COMPLETE OPTIMO FIELD-INSTALLABLE PRE-POLISHED CONNECTOR KIT
Description
398711
854B00000-1
Complete OptiMo termination kit for
installing ST, SC and LC
type connectors
PRECISION FIBER OPTIC CLEAVER
447586
60300210
Description
Precision fiber optic cleaver
4.137
Fiber Solutions
ANAEROBIC FIELD-INSTALLABLE CONNECTOR MULTIMODE POLISHING KIT

Description
352793
85400012
Consumables necessary for
terminations: Kim Wipes, dispensing
tips, syringe, Type-G polishing paper,
Type-F polishing paper (terminates
approx. 100 connectors)
FIELD-INSTALLABLE PRE-POLISHED CONNECTORS

Description
315562
205KAS9GA-50T
LC, field-installable, 50/125,
900 micron buffer
327219
205KAS9GA-09
LC, field-installable, single-mode,
900 micron buffer
329466
205KAS9GA-62
LC, field-installable, 62.5/125,
900 micron buffer
288343
205KAS9FA-50T
SC, field-installable, 50/125,
900 micron buffer
288341
205KAS9FA-09
SC, field-installable, single-mode,
900 micron buffer
315560
205KAS9FA-62
SC, field-installable, 62.5/125,
900 micron buffer
322727
205KAS9EA-50T
ST, field-installable, 50/125,
900 micron buffer
276848
205KAS9EA-62
ST, field-installable, 62.5/125,
900 micron buffer
375239
205KAS9EA-09
ST, field-installable, single-mode,
900 micron buffer
Ortronics
Secure Keyed LC Fiber Solution

ORTRONICS
TracJack Modules
PR23948V2-171801.tif
ORTRONICS
TracJack modules combine the ease and reliability of a front-loading individual jack
with preferred 110 termination and offer universal T568A/B wiring.
Fiber Solutions
1-LC 2-FIBERS
275633
63700039
Ortronics Secure Keyed LC Fiber Solutions provide a simple and convenient way to
prevent unauthorized connections by blocking access to specific optical ports,
whether at a workstation, a telecommunications room or a data center. This is
particularly important for government, finance, military and other facilities where
multiple networks having different security level-access requirements may
be colocated.
The Secure Keyed LC Fiber Solution includes prepolished multimode connectors,
Momentum multimode cassettes, fiber adapter panels, LC duplex to SC patch cords,
LC pigtails and TracJack workstation modules.
FEATURES
Up to 12 unique keying options/colors for a wide range of network
security systems
Prepolished and
anaerobic field installable LC connectors
D
Keyed LC fiber preterminated cassettes with up to four rear panel keyed MTP/
MPO connector options
Keyed workstation adapter modules for TrackJack and Series II style wall plates
and surface-mount boxes for complete system design flexibility
Keyed LC adapters have the option to be keyed in the front only (user's side) or
on both sides (user's and technician's) depending on the security requirements
With Secure Keyed LC Fiber Solutions you can safely and securely colocate
multiple networks with varying security access levels as well as provide
end-to-end cabling to protect sensitive data
It is with simple integration when using Wiremold Data-Fense secure
raceway products
For more information on ordering,
352671
63700076
278298
63700068
375258
63700050
375259
63700075
375260
63700080
SIMPLEX MULTIMODE
267513
63700017
352673
63700078
352674
63700018
268132
63700066
375257
63700081
375262
63700082
Description
Multimode, beige adapter,
phosphor-bronze alignment sleeves,
180-degree exit, flush, one unit
Multimode LOMMF, aqua adapter,
ceramic alignment sleeve,
Single-mode, blue adapter, ceramic
alignment sleeve, 180-degree exit,
flush, one unit
Multimode, beige adapter,
phosphor-bronze alignment sleeves,
45-degree angled exit, two units
Multimode, aqua adapter, ceramic
flush, one unit
Multimode, aqua adapter, ceramic
alignment sleeve, 45-degree angled
exit, two units
Description
1-SC, beige adapter,
phosphor-bronze alignment sleeve,
1-SC LOMMF, aqua adapter, ceramic
flush, one unit
1-SC, blue adapter, ceramic
flush, one unit
2-SC, beige adapter,
phosphor-bronze alignment sleeve,
2-SC, aqua adapter, ceramic
flush, one unit
1-SC, aqua adapter, ceramic
alignment sleeve, 45-degree angled
exit, two units
Also available in (-00) black, (-25) light green, (-42) red, (-43) orange, (-44)
yellow, (-45) green, (-68) Wiremold light gray, (-78) Wiremold gray, (-88)
Cloud white, (-99) Wiremold ivory.
4.138
Ortronics
Fiber Adapter Panels

ORTRONICS
Anixter No.
323642
Vendor No.
OFP-STD12MB
323637
OFP-SCD06MB
323638
OFP-SCD12MB
375398
OFP-MPA72MA
375399
OFP-MPA72LA
398714
OFP-MPA96MA
398715
OFP-MPA96LA
PR11945V2-21654.tif
ADAPTER PANELS - MULTIMODE

323646
OFP-LCD12MB
323647
OFP-LCQ24MB
323641
OFP-STS06NB
352514
OFP-LCD12LC
353188
OFP-LCQ24LC
353189
OFP-STD12LC
353190
OFP-SCD06LC
353191
OFP-SCD12LC
Description
12-fiber panel, six LC duplex
multimode, beige adapters,
phosphor-bronze alignment sleeves
24-fiber panel, six LC quad
6-fiber panel, six ST simplex
12-fiber panel, six LC duplex
multimode, aqua adapters, ceramic
alignment sleeves
alignment sleeves
12-fiber panel, six ST duplex
alignment sleeves
6-fiber panel, three SC duplex
alignment sleeves
12-fiber panel, six SC duplex
alignment sleeves
ADAPTER PANELS - SINGLE-MODE

329306
OFP-LCD12AC
323639
OFP-SCD06AC
323640
OFP-SCD12AC
323612
375400
OFP-BLANK
OFP-MPA72CA
398716
OFP-MPA96CA
Description
single-mode, blue adapters, ceramic
alignment sleeves
alignment sleeves
alignment sleeves
Blank panel, black
6-MPO (72 fibers) single-mode,
green, feed-through adapters, Type A
8-MPO (96 fibers) single-mode,
green, feed-through adapters, Type A
4.139
Fiber Solutions
The Ortronics OptiMo OFP Series six-pack adapter panels are used with the popular FC
Series and "615" Series modular fiber cabinets, and surface-mount cabinets which
offer great flexibility in structured cabling design. Adapter panels are available with
LC, SC, ST, FC and MT-RJ adapters and feature options ideal for both single-mode and
multimode applications.
Where applicable, the adapters used (LC, SC, ST and FC) contain application-specific
alignment sleeves to ensure optimal performance in conjunction with the economic
constraints of network design. For multimode applications, phosphor-bronze (metal)
alignment sleeves are utilized, while single-mode and laser-optimized 50/125 devices
contain ceramic alignment sleeves ensuring dependable transmission in
demanding applications.
FEATURES
Standard adapter panel is front-removable - ideal for simple moves, adds
and changes
Plunger/grommet fastener holds adapter panels securely in place
Description
12-fiber panel, six ST duplex
6-MPO (72 fibers) multimode, beige,
feed-through adapters, Type A
6-MPO (72 fibers) multimode, aqua,
8-MPO (96 fibers) multimode, beige,
8-MPO (96 fibers) multimode, aqua,
Ortronics

(continued)
Fiber Adapter Panels
Fiber Solutions
HIGH-DENSITY FIBER ADAPTER PANELS
Anixter No.
447795
Vendor No.
HDFP-MPA72LA
447796
HDFP-MPA72CA
447797
HDFP-MPA72MA
447803
HDFP-LCQ24LC
447805
HDFP-LCQ24AC
447806
HDFP-LCQ24MB
447807
HDFP-BLANK
PR22546V2-133573.tif
Description
HD, 6-MPO adapter panel,
feed-through, multimode, aqua
adapters, Type A
feed-through, single-mode, green
adapters, Type A
feed-through, multimode, beige
adapters, Type A
HD, 6-LC quad (24 fiber) adapter
panel, multimode, aqua adapters,
ceramic alignment sleeves
panel, single-mode, blue adapters,
ceramic alignment sleeves
panel, multimode, beige adapters,
HD, blank panel, black
Anixter No.
312728
Vendor No.
60900335
312723
60900343
173628
60900086
375440
60900365
375441
60900366
375442
60900367
375443
60900368
375444
60900369
375445
60900370
375446
60900371
Series II Fiber Modules

ORTRONICS
PR22548V2-133569.tif
Front-removable mutimode modules.

304926
60900324
332059
4.140
60900329
Description
Two ST phosphor bronze sleeve,
180-degree exit, one
unit, multimode
Two LC (4 fibers) multimode, beige
adapters, phosphor-bronze
alignment sleeves, 180-degree exit,
flush, one unit
Description
Two ST phosphor bronze sleeve,
45-degree exit, two units, multimode
One duplex SC phosphor bronze
sleeve, 180-degree exit, one unit,
multimode, beige
Innie, four ST phosphor bronze
sleeve, 55-degree exit, three
units, multimode
Two LC (4 fibers), multimode, aqua
adapters, ceramic alignment
sleeves, 180-degree exit, flush,
one unit
One LC duplex, multimode, aqua
sleeves, 45-degree angled exit,
two units
Two LC (4 fibers), multimode, aqua
two units
Two SC simplex, multimode, aqua
one unit
Two SC simplex, multimode, aqua
two units
One SC duplex, multimode, aqua
one unit
One SC duplex, multimode, aqua
sleeves, innie, 60-degree angled
exit, one and half units
Ortronics
Hardware
./
OptiMo Raised-floor Fiber Patch Panels

ORTRONICS
Anixter No.
377013
Vendor No.
RFP01U
398712
RFP02U
PR20318V2-71512.tif
RAISED-FLOOR FIBER PATCH PANELS

447587
RFPA01U-A
447588
RFPA02U-A
312758
RFPA01U
312759
RFPA02U
Description
56-60-degree mounting rail angle,
1RU, holds three standard adapter
panels (OFP Series) or three
Momentum 2 cassettes, ST, SC, FC:
18 fibers, MT-RJ, LC: 36 fibers,
high-density ST, SC: 36 fibers, LC
quad 72 fibers
2RU, holds six standard adapter
panels (OFP Series) or six Momentum
2 cassettes, ST, SC, FC: 36 fibers,
MT-RJ, LC: 72 fibers, high-density ST,
SC: 72 fibers, LC quad 144 fibers
45-degree mounting rail angle, 1RU,
three 1-unit openings, three
Momentum 1-unit cassette capacity
six 1-unit openings, six Momentum
1-unit cassette capacity, three
Momentum 2-unit cassette capacity
HIGH-DENSITY RAISED FLOOR FIBER PATCH PANELS

Description
447589
RFPAHD01U
holds four high-density adapter
panels (HDFP Series) or four
Momentum 4 cassettes, LC quad
96 fibers
447590
RFPAHD02U
holds eight high-density adapter
panels (HDFP Series) or eight
192 fibers
447591
RFPAHD01U-A
1RU, holds four high-density adapter
96 fibers
447592
RFPAHD02U-A
2RU, holds eight high-density
adapter panels (HDFP Series) or four
192 fibers
447593
RFPHD01U
1RU, holds four high-density adapter
96 fibers
447594
RFPHD02U
2RU, holds eight high-density
adapter panels (HDFP Series) or
eight Momentum 4 cassettes, LC
quad 192 fibers
ANGLED STAND-OFF BRACKET KIT
Kit used with raised-floor enclosure with 56-degree to 60-degree mounting rails.
These stand-off brackets may be needed to extend the mounting surface of the
raised-floor enclosure to accommodate the depth limitations of some 2 ft. x 2 ft.
raised-floor enclosures.
Description
312760
60400968
Includes left and right bracket
4.141
Fiber Solutions
Ortronics' OptiMo raised-floor patch panel allows data center managers and
designers to take advantage of underutilized installation space beneath the
raised-floor structure, providing greater flexibility in structured cabling design and
maximum usage of premium data center floor space.
Specifically designed to be installed in raised-floor enclosures that are part of the
cabling pathways, the OptiMo raised-floor patch panels address the special bend
radius and depth requirements of fiber optic cabling systems.
FEATURES
19 in. wide
Designed for installation within 2 ft. x 2 ft. under floor box with angled
mounting rails
Removable/reusable labeling cards
Description
1RU, holds three adapter panels,
holds three Momentum cassettes,
ST, SC, FC: 18 fibers, MT-RJ, LC:
36 fibers, high-density ST, SC:
36 fibers, LC quad 72 fibers
2RU, holds six adapter panels, holds
six Momentum cassettes, ST, SC, FC:
36 fibers, MT-RJ, LC: 72 fibers,
high-density ST, SC: 72 fibers, LC
quad 144 fibers
Ortronics
Hardware
ORMMAC Fiber Enclosures

ORTRONICS
PR22544V2-133553.tif
FEATURES
Each cabinet offers complete flexibility in terms of cable entry and exit
Access to terminations from front and rear
Accommodates for the optical fiber bend radius limitation through enhanced
patch cord-management devices and novel internal
fiber-management components
RACK-MOUNT PATCH FIBER CABINETS
323605
FC01U-P
Ortronics' 615 Series surface-mount fiber cabinets secure, protect and organize up to
384 single-mode or multimode optical terminations.
FEATURES
Adapter panels snap in for easy installation, removal and expansion
Surface/wall mountable; is ideal for space-limited installations
Top/bottom cable entry simplifies installations, moves, adds and changes
Cabinets are empty
Fiber Solutions
PR0389V2-143831.tif
Anixter No.
162099
162100
176013
208641
Vendor No.
615SMFC-12P
615SMFC-24P
615SMFC-48P
615SMFC-96P
Description
Add up to two adapter panels
Add up to four adapter panels
Add up to eight adapter panels
Add up to 16 adapter panels
"FC" Series Rack-mount Fiber Cabinets

ORTRONICS
PR11944V2-21657.tif
The Ortronics range of rack-mount fiber enclosures offers a comprehensive selection

of products ideally suited to both large and small fiber installations. Ortronics' line of
fiber cabinets and related hardware works perfectly with Mighty Mo 6 racks.
4.142
323609
FC02U-P
323610
FC03U-P
323611
FC04U-P
Description
1U fiber patch cabinet, holds three
adapter panels, front locking door,
fiber tray slides forward
and backward
2U fiber patch cabinet, holds six
and backward
3U fiber patch cabinet, holds nine
and backward
4U fiber patch cabinet, holds
12 adapter panels, front locking
door, fiber tray slides forward
and backward
RACK-MOUNT PATCH AND SPLICE FIBER CABINETS

Holds 12 splice trays with front locking door.
Description
329299
FC01U-C
1U, three adapter panels
329300
FC02U-C
2U, six adapter panels
329301
FC03U-C
3U, nine adapter panels
329302
FC04U-C
4U, 12 adapter panels
HIGH-DENSITY RACK-MOUNT FIBER CABINETS
With front locking door and fiber tray (slides forward and backward).
Description
447760
FC01U-M
1U, holds four high-density adapter
panels or Momentum 4 cassettes,
holds two 48-fiber splice trays, LC
capacity: 96 fibers
447761
FC02U-M
2U, holds eight high-density adapter
panels or Momentum 4 cassettes,
holds four 48-fiber splice trays, LC
capacity: 192 fibers
447762
FC03U-M
3U, holds twelve high-density
adapter panels or Momentum
4 cassettes, holds seven 48-fiber
splice trays, LC capacity: 288 fibers
447763
FC04U-M
4U, holds sixteen high-density
adapter panels or Momentum
4 cassettes, holds 10 48-fiber splice
trays, LC capacity: 384 fibers
Ortronics
Hardware
ULTRA HIGH-DENSITY RACK-MOUNT FIBER CABINETS
Holds 12 M6 ultra high-density cassettes.
Description
447764
UC01U-P
1U, 1 3/4 in. H x 17 in. W x
18 1/4 in. D
447765
UC01U-A
1U, short, 1 3/4 in. H x 17 in. W x
13 1/4 in. D
base plate. The design routes and supports 1 m of fiber cable as defined by
ANSI/TIA-568-A standards.
OUTLET
PR6948V2-14225.tif
RACK-MOUNT FIBER CABINET ACCESSORY SPLICE TRAY FOR FUSION SPLICES

PR22545V2-133563.tif
With Fib-or-Cop II base and cover.
Anixter No.
249031
249032
Anixter No.
375264
Vendor No.
FST2-F012
447767
FST3-F048
SPLICE PROTECTION
Heat shrink sleeves, 40 mm and package of 50.
Description
547382
20500043
3.0 mm
447768
20500337
2.5 mm
Splice-tray capacity exceeds the fiber port capacity of the enclosures
Fib-or-Cop II Multimedia Outlet

ORTRONICS
pr5051V2-14156.tif
The Fib-or-Cop II Multimedia Outlet provides greater capacity addressing the need for
fiber in the horizontal-cabling system. It has the ability to mount six TracJacks or
three Series II modules from the face, with a choice of fiber (ST, SC, MT-RJ or LC) and/
or copper (TracJack) exiting from the bottom. The design allows the cover to be
removed without disrupting the copper connections. The wide variety of connectors
located in the bottom positions can be further protected by an optional snap-on
shroud into three slots at the bottom of the Fib-or-Cop workstation outlet. A total of
three duplex ST, SC or MT-RJ interfaces (six fibers) can be used in each Fib-or-Cop
LOADED BOTTOM ADAPTER PLATES
Anixter No.
312731
Vendor No.
62100044
312732
62100045
312733
62100046
312735
312737
62100047
62100048
312739
62100049
312741
62100050
312743
62100051
249052
62100038
Description
Accepts six TracJacks out front
Accepts three 1-unit modules.
Series II out front
PR10933V2-25338.tif
Description
Duplex, three ST six fibers,
multimode, beige adapter, phosphor
bronze sleeve
Three ST duplex, six fibers,
single-mode, blue adapters,
ceramic sleeves
Six SC simplex, six fibers, multimode,
beige adapters,
phosphor-bronze sleeves
Adapter for four TracJack modules
Three SC duplex, six fibers,
Three SC duplex, six fibers,
single-mode, blue adapters,
ceramic sleeves
Six LC, 12 fibers, multimode, beige
adapters, phosphor-bronze sleeves
Six LC, 12 fibers, single-mode, blue
adapters, ceramic sleeves
Protective bottom shrouds, package
of five
4.143
Fiber Solutions
Description
Transparent stackable design with
hinged cover and Mylar insert
Fusion splice tray for 48 splices,
used with Ortronics part no.
20500337 splice sleeves
Vendor No.
62100041
62100040
Ortronics
Patch Cords
./
Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies

ORTRONICS
SpaceSaver Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies

pr5581V2-14207.tif
Fiber Solutions
LOMMF (50/125) PC/OFNR, 2 MM ZIPCORD DUPLEX, ST TO ST

Description
398726
P1DF2LREZEZ001M
1 meter
398727
P1DF2LREZEZ002M
2 meter
398728
P1DF2LREZEZ003M
3 meter
SC-SC CERAMIC DUPLEX 50/125 FOR 10 GIGABIT ETHERNET (OPTIMO 10G),
PC/OFNR, 2 MM ZIPCORD
Description
398729
P1DF2LRFZFZ001M
1 meter
398730
P1DF2LRFZFZ002M
2 meter
398733
P1DF2LRFZFZ003M
3 meter
LC-LC CERAMICD DUPLEX 50/125 FOR 10 GIGABIT ETHERNET (OPTIMO 10G),
PC/OFNR, 2 MM ZIPCORD
Description
398734
P1DF2LRGZGZ001M
1 meter
398736
P1DF2LRGZGZ002M
2 meter
398737
P1DF2LRGZGZ003M
3 meter
PREMIUM PERFORMANCE LC-LC DUPLEX LOMMF (50/125), PC/OFNR,
2 MM ZIPCORD
Description
375504
P3DF2LRGZGZ001M
1 meter
375505
P3DF2LRGZGZ002M
2 meter
375506
P3DF2LRGZGZ003M
3 meter
Note: Other lengths, cable and connector types also available.
ORTRONICS
PR22550V2-133562.tif
The SpaceSaver line of duplex fiber optic patch cords feature a single 2.4 mm round
jacketed cable. These patch cords are available with duplex LC connectors at each
end in either A-B or A-A types per the ANSI/TIA-568 standard. These patch cords are
ideal for high-density installations common in data centers and SANs optimizing the
available vertical and horizontal cable routing spaces.
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNP (A-B)
Description
375510
P1DF6LPAZAZ001M
1 meter
375513
P1DF6LPAZAZ002M
2 meter
375514
P1DF6LPAZAZ003M
3 meter
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNP (A-A)
Description
375515
P1RF6LPAZAZ001M
1 meter
375516
P1RF6LPAZAZ002M
2 meter
375517
P1RF6LPAZAZ003M
3 meter
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNP (A-B)
375518
P1DC6IPUZUZ001M
375520
P1DC6IPUZUZ002M
375521
P1DC6IPUZUZ003M
Description
1 meter
2 meter
3 meter
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNP (A-A)

375522
P1RC6IPUZUZ001M
375523
P1RC6IPUZUZ002M
375524
P1RC6IPUZUZ003M
Description
1 meter
2 meter
3 meter
OPTIMO PERFORMANCE LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNP (A-B)

Description
375526
P3DF6LPAZAZ001M
1 meter
375527
P3DF6LPAZAZ002M
2 meter
375528
P3DF6LPAZAZ003M
3 meter
OPTIMO PERFORMANCE LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNP (A-A)
Description
375529
P3RC6IPUZUZ001M
1 meter
375530
P3RC6IPUZUZ002M
2 meter
375531
P3RC6IPUZUZ003M
3 meter
4.144
Ortronics
Patch Cords
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC-OFNR 12-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, 12-FIBER,
LC, 10G (50/125)
Description
398787
P1TF4ZRGZZZ001M
1 meter
Connector Pigtails
ORTRONICS
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNR SIX-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, SC-UPC
Description
352681
P1PF9FRZZFZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNR ONE-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, LC-PC
Description
352682
P1PF9FRGZZZ001M
1 meter
352683
P1PF9FRGZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED PREMIUM PERFORMANCE ONE-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL,
SPLX, LC, 10G (50/125)
Description
375552
P3PF9FRGZZZ001M
1 meter
375553
P3PF9FRGZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNR ONE-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, SC-UPC
Description
352684
P1PC9FRRZZZ001M
1 meter
352685
P1PC9FRRZZZ002M
2 meter
PREMIUM PERFORMANCE 12-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, 12-FIBER, LC, 10G 50/125

Description
375556
P3TF9ZRGZZZ001M
1 meter
375557
P3TF9ZRGZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNR 12-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, SC-PC
Description
352705
P1TC4ZRRZZZ001M
1 meter
352706
P1TC4ZRRZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE 12-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, LC-UPC
Description
352707
P1TC4ZRSZZZ001M
1 meter
Fiber Solutions
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNR ONE-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, LC-UPC

Description
352686
P1PC9FRSZZZ001M
1 meter
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNR SIX-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, SC-PC
Description
352691
P1SF4ZRFZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNR SIX-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, LC-PC
Description
352692
P1SF4ZRGZZZ001M
1 meter
352693
P1SF4ZRGZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED PREMIUM PERFORMANCE SIX-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL,
6-FIBER, LC, 10G (50/125)
Description
375554
P3SF9FRGZZZ001M
1 meter
375555
P3SF9FRGZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNR SIX-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, SC-UPC
Description
352695
P1SC4ZRRZZZ001M
1 meter
352696
P1SC4ZRRZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO SINGLE-MODE UPC/OFNR SIX-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, LC-UPC
Description
398785
P1SC4ZRSZZZ001M
1 meter
352698
P1SC4ZRSZZZ002M
2 meter
OPTIMO LASER OPTIMIZED (50/125) PC/OFNR 12-CONNECTOR PIGTAIL, SC-PC
Description
352700
P1TF4ZRFZZZ001M
1 meter
352701
P1TF4ZRFZZZ002M
2 meter
4.145
PANDUIT
Cables
./
OPTI-CORE Fiber Optic Distribution Cable

PANDUIT
PR12145V2-22102.tif
FEATURES
Available in 6-, 12- and 24-fiber counts, and in 36-, 48-, 72-, 96- and 144-fiber counts in a "sub-unit" design
Single-mode (OS1/OS2) and multimode (OM1, OM2, 10GIG OM3 and OM4 laser-optimized) fiber available
Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality traceability and length verification
Lightweight and easy to handle during installation
900 m buffer coating protects fibers during handling and allows for ease of stripping
Cable design and flexible buffer tubes allow for quick breakout and ease of routing
Buffered fibers and sub-units are ANSI/TIA color-coded for easy identification
OPTI-CORE 10GIG Cable is designed to support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up
to 300 meters for OM3, and up to 550 meters for OM4 with an 850 nm source per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE Standard
OPTI-CORE 10GIG Cable is backward-compatible for use with all 50/125 m system requirements
Also available with interlocking aluminum armor
APPLICATIONS
Used in intrabuilding backbone, building backbone and horizontal installations for riser (OFNR), plenum (OFNP) and general-purpose environments
Fiber Solutions
RISER (OFNR) 62.5/125 OM1 MULTIMODE

Maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.5 dB/km at 850/1300 nm.
Anixter No.
371-PAN625-TBD-06
371-PAN625-TBD-12
D
371-PAN625-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FSDR606Y
FSDR612Y
FSDR624Y
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.571 14.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
150
660
150
660
300
1300
Long Term
(lb.)
N
37
165
37
165
74
330
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
11.41
27.7
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
14.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.508 12.9
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
100
440
100
440
150
660
Long Term
(lb.)
N
24
100
24
100
37
165
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
10.16
25.8
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
12.9
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.571 14.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
150
660
150
660
300
1300
Long Term
(lb.)
N
37
165
37
165
74
330
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
11.41
27.7
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
14.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.508 12.9
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
100
440
100
440
150
660
Long Term
(lb.)
N
24
100
24
100
37
165
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
10.16
25.8
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
12.9
PLENUM (OFNP) 62.5/125 OM1 MULTIMODE

Anixter No.
370-PAN625-TBD-06
370-PAN625-TBD-12
370-PAN625-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FSDP606Y
FSDP612Y
FSDP624Y
RISER (OFNR) 50/125 OM2 MULTIMODE

Anixter No.
371-PAN50-TBD-06
371-PAN50-TBD-12
371-PAN50-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FSDR506Y
FSDR512Y
FSDR524Y
PLENUM (OFNP) 50/125 OM2 MULTIMODE

Anixter No.
370-PAN50-TBD-06
370-PAN50-TBD-12
370-PAN50-TBD-24
4.146
Vendor No.
FSDP506Y
FSDP512Y
FSDP524Y
PANDUIT
Cables
Anixter No.
371-PAN300-TBD-06
371-PAN300-TBD-12
371-PAN300-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FODRX06Y
FODRX12Y
FODRX24Y
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.571 14.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
150
660
150
660
300
1300
Long Term
(lb.)
N
37
165
37
165
74
330
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
11.41
27.7
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
14.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.508 12.9
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
100
440
100
440
150
660
Long Term
(lb.)
N
24
100
24
100
37
165
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
10.16
25.8
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
12.9
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.571 14.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
150
660
150
660
300
1300
Long Term
(lb.)
N
37
165
37
165
74
330
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
11.41
27.7
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
14.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.508 12.9
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
100
440
100
440
150
660
Long Term
(lb.)
N
24
100
24
100
37
165
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
10.16
25.8
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
12.9
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.571 14.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
150
660
150
660
300
1300
Long Term
(lb.)
N
37
165
37
165
74
330
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
11.41
27.7
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
14.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.189 4.8
0.244 6.2
0.508 12.9
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
100
440
100
440
150
660
Long Term
(lb.)
N
24
100
24
100
37
165
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.78
9.6
4.88
12.4
10.16
25.8
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
1.9
4.8
1.9
6.2
3.4
12.9

Anixter No.
370-PAN300-TBD-06
370-PAN300-TBD-12
370-PAN300-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FODPX06Y
FODPX12Y
FODPX24Y

Vendor No.
FODRZ06Y
FODRZ12Y
FODRZ24Y

Anixter No.
370-PANOM4-TBD-06
370-PANOM4-TBD-12
370-PANOM4-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FODPZ06Y
FODPZ12Y
FODPZ24Y
RISER (OFNR) OS1/OS2 SINGLE-MODE

Anixter No.
371-PAN9-TBD-06
371-PAN9-TBD-12
371-PAN9-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FSDR906Y
FSDR912Y
FSDR924Y
PLENUM (OFNP) OS1/OS2 SINGLE-MODE

Anixter No.
370-PAN9-TBD-06
370-PAN9-TBD-12
370-PAN9-TBD-24
Vendor No.
FSDP906Y
FSDP912Y
FSDP924Y
4.147
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
371-PANOM4-TBD-06
371-PANOM4-TBD-12
371-PANOM4-TBD-24
PANDUIT
Cables
OPTI-CORE Gel-free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor All-dielectric Cable

PANDUIT
PR12146V2-22093.tif
FEATURES
Eliminates the need for building entrance transition point
Dry water-blocking technology allows rapid cable preparation and termination for lower termination costs and time (no messy
gel required)
Available in 6- and 12-fiber counts in "central tube" design, and in 24-, 36-, 48-, 72-, 96- and 144-fiber counts in a "stranded
tube" design
Single-mode (OS1/OS2) and multimode (OM1, OM2, 10GIG OM3 and OM4 laser-optimized) fiber available
Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality traceability and length verification
Lightweight and easy to handle during installation
250 m buffer coating protects fibers during handling and allows for ease of stripping
OPTI-CORE 10GIG cable is designed to support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550 meters for OM4 with an
850 nm source per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE Standard; backward-compatible for use with all 50/125 m system requirements
Also available with interlocking aluminum armor
APPLICATIONS
Used within buildings and outdoor environments; for transitional aerial and duct applications and entrance facilities
Fiber Solutions
RISER (OFNR) 62.5/125 OM1 MULTIMODE

Maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.5 dB/km (850/1300 nm).
Anixter No.
372-PAN625-LTD-06
D
372-PAN625-LTD-12
372-PAN625-LTD-24
Vendor No.
FSCR606Y
FSCR612Y
FSCR624Y
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.47
10.9
0.26
6.6
0.39
10.1
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
600
2669
300
1335
600
2670
Long Term
(lb.)
N
150
670
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
8.6
21.8
3.9
9.9
5.9
15.2
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
4.3
10.9
2.6
6.6
4.0
10.1
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.26
6.6
0.26
6.6
0.37
9.4
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
600
2670
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.9
9.9
3.9
9.9
5.6
14.2
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.6
6.6
2.6
6.6
3.7
9.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.34
8.5
0.34
8.5
0.49
12.55
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
600
2700
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
5.1
13.0
5.1
13.0
7.35
18.71
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
3.4
8.5
3.4
8.5
4.9
12.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.26
6.6
0.26
6.6
0.46
11.7
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
600
2700
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.9
9.9
3.9
9.9
6.9
17.5
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.6
6.6
2.6
6.6
4.6
11.7
PLENUM (OFNP) 62.5/125 OM1 MULTIMODE

Anixter No.
373-PAN625-LTPD-06
373-PAN625-LTPD-12
373-PAN625-LTPD-24
Vendor No.
FSCP606Y
FSCP612Y
FSCP624Y

Anixter No.
373-PAN50-LTRD-6
373-PAN50-LTRD-12
373-PAN50-LTRD-24
Vendor No.
FSCR506Y
FSCR512Y
FSNR524Y

Anixter No.
373-PAN50-LTPD-6
373-PAN50-LTPD-12
373-PAN50-LTPD-24
4.148
Vendor No.
FSCP506Y
FSCP512Y
FSNP524Y
PANDUIT
Cables
Anixter No.
373-PANOM3-LTRD-06
373-PANOM3-LTRD-12
373-PANOM3-LTRD-24
Vendor No.
FOCRX06Y
FOCRX12Y
FOCRX24Y
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.34
8.5
0.34
8.5
0.49
12.55
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
600
2700
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
5.1
13.0
5.1
13.0
7.35
18.71
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
3.4
8.5
3.4
8.5
4.9
12.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.26
6.6
0.26
6.6
0.46
11.7
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
600
2700
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.9
9.9
3.9
9.9
6.9
17.5
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.6
6.6
2.6
6.6
4.6
11.7
No. of
Fibers
6
12
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.34
8.5
0.34
8.5
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
5.1
13.0
5.1
13.0
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
3.4
8.5
3.4
8.5
No. of
Fibers
6
12
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.26
6.6
0.26
6.6
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.9
9.9
3.9
9.9
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.6
6.6
2.6
6.6
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.26
6.6
0.26
6.6
0.39
10.1
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
600
2670
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.9
9.9
3.9
9.9
5.9
15.2
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.6
6.6
2.6
6.6
4.0
10.1
No. of
Fibers
6
12
24
Cable O.D.
(in.)
(mm)
0.26
6.6
0.26
6.6
0.37
9.4
Max. Tensile Load

Installation
(lb.)
N
300
1335
300
1335
600
2670
Long Term
(lb.)
N
90
400
90
400
200
890
Min. Bend Radius

Installation
(in.)
(cm)
3.9
9.9
3.9
9.9
5.6
14.2
Long Term
(in.) (cm)
2.6
6.6
2.6
6.6
3.7
9.5

Anixter No.
373-PANOM3-LTPD-06
373-PANOM3-LTPD-12
373-PANOM3-LTPD-24
Vendor No.
FOCPX06Y
FOCPX12Y
FOCPX24Y

Vendor No.
FOCRZ06Y
FOCRZ12Y

Anixter No.
373-PANOM4-LTPD-06
373-PANOM4-LTPD-12
Vendor No.
FOCPZ06Y
FOCPZ12Y
RISER (OFNR) OS1/OS2 SINGLE-MODE

Anixter No.
373-PANOS1-LTRD-06
373-PANOS1-LTRD-12
373-PANOS1-LTRD-24
Vendor No.
FSCR906Y
FSCR912Y
FSCR924Y
PLENUM (OFNP) OS1/OS2 SINGLE-MODE

Anixter No.
373-PANOS1-LTPD-06
373-PANOS1-LTPD-12
373-PANOS1-LTPD-24
Vendor No.
FSCP906Y
FSCP912Y
FSCP924Y
4.149
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
373-PANOM4-LTRD-06
373-PANOM4-LTRD-12
PANDUIT

./
OPTICAM Fiber Optic Connectors - Prepolished Cam Termination
SC OPTICAM FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS
PR10832V2-17683.tif
Fiber Solutions
PANDUIT
FEATURES
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-B.3 requirements
Quick installation, provide field termination in less than half the time of field
polish connectors
Patent-pending retermination capability provides yield rates approaching
100 percent
Factory prepolished fiber end-face eliminates time-consuming field polishing to
reduce installation costs, labor, scrap and the number of tools required
Cam-activated fiber and buffer-clamp mechanisms provide superior fiber and
buffer retention - less sensitivity to fiber tensile loading
No separate clamps, tools or steps are required to secure both the fiber and
the buffer
OPTICAM Termination Tool simplifies tooling and termination, and virtually
eliminates operator error by providing visual indication of proper termination
after the cam step has been completed
Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide
higher-than-industry-standard cable retention
Nonoptical disconnect maintains data transmission under tensile loads for
jacketed cable
Fiber cable size: 900 m tight-buffered fiber with included boot(s); 1.6 mm to
2.0 mm and 3.0 mm jacketed cable with available OPTICAM 1.6 mm/2.0 mm
and 3.0 mm boot(s) - 10 per package
Ferrule type: 2.5 mm zirconia ceramic or composite to meet a variety of
D
application requirements
Simplex connectors are also available in 100 count bulk packages
LC OPTICAM FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS
Anixter No.
313201
Vendor No.
FLCSMCXAQY
313204
FLCDMCXAQY
313205
FLCSMC5BLY
313206
FLCDMC5BLY
372623
FLCSMC6EIY
372624
FLCDMC6EIY
313209
FLCSSCBUY
4.150
Anixter No.
313211
Vendor No.
FSCMCXAQ
313212
FSCDMCXAQ
313213
FSCMC5BL
360152
FSCMPC5BL
313214
FSCDMC5BL
372625
FSCMC6EI
372626
FSCDMC6EI
313218
FSCSCBU
ST OPTICAM FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS
Description
10 Gig 50/125 m OM3/
OM4 multimode, simplex, aqua
10 Gig 50/125 m OM3/
OM4 multimode, duplex, aqua
50/125 m multimode,
simplex, black
50/125 m multimode, simplex,
composite, black
50/125 m multimode,
duplex, black
62.5/125 m multimode, simplex,
electric ivory
62.5/125 m multimode, duplex,
electric ivory
Single-mode, simplex, blue
PR22266V2-129709.tif
PR22265V2-129727.tif
Description
10 Gig 50/125 m OM3/
10 Gig 50/125 m OM3/
OM4 multimode, duplex, aqua
50/125 m multimode,
simplex, black
50/125 m multimode,
duplex, black
electic ivory
62.5/125 m multimode, duplex,
electric ivory
Anixter No.
330518
Vendor No.
FSTMCXAQ
330519
FSTMC5BL
330520
FSTMPC5BL
372627
FSTMC6EI
372628
FSTMPC6EI
330523
FSTSCBU
OPTICAM CABLE RETENTION BOOTS

330510
FMCBT2AQ-X
330511
FMCBT2BL-X
372629
FMCBT2EI-X
330512
FSCBT2BU-X
330513
FMCBT3AQ-X
Description
10 Gig 50/125 m OM3/
50/125 m multimode,
simplex, black
50/125 m multimode, simplex,
composite, black
electric ivory
composite, electric ivory
Description
10 Gig 1.6/2.0 millimeter cable
retention boot (10 pk), aqua
Multimode 1.6/2.0 millimeter cable
retention boot (10 pk), black
Multimode 1.6/2.0 millimeter cable
retention boot (10 pk), electric ivory
Single-mode 1.6/2.0 millimeter
cable retention boot (10 pk), blue
10 Gig 3.0 millimeter cable
retention boot (10 pk), aqua
PANDUIT

Anixter No.
329249
Vendor No.
FMCBT3BL-X
372633
FMCBT3EI-X
330514
FSCBT3BU-X
Description
Multimode 3.0 millimeter cable
retention boot (10 pk), black
Multimode 3.0 millimeter cable
retention boot (10 pk), electric ivory
Single-mode 3.0 millimeter cable
retention boot (10 pk), blue
OPTI-CRIMP Prepolished Crimp Fiber Optic Termination Kit

PANDUIT
PR11301V2-18399.tif
FJ OPTI-CRIMP MULTIMODE DUPLEX JACK MODULES

Description
543340
FJJSMM5CEI
62.5/125 m; electric ivory
257852
FJJSMM50CEI
50/125 m; electric ivory
FJ OPTI-CRIMP REPLACEMENT FERRULES/CRIMP SLEEVES
Description
248554
FJJSMMFRL-X
62.5/125 m
248555
FJJSMM50FRL-X
50/125 m
OPTICAM Prepolished Cam Fiber Optic Termination Kits

PANDUIT
PR11962V2-21705.tif
Field Polish Fiber Optic Connectors

PANDUIT
FEATURES
For termination of all PANDUIT OPTICAM Prepolished Connectors
No adhesive or electricity required for termination
OPTICAM Termination Tool simplifies tooling and termination, and virtually
eliminates operator error by providing visual indication of proper termination
after the cam step has been completed
Includes installation instructions and stripping templates for all PANDUIT
OPTICAM Prepolished Connectors
Description
330543
FCAMKIT
OPTICAM Prepolished Cam Fiber
Optic Termination Kit
313383
FPPKIT-CVY
Prepolished conversion kit - converts
OPTI-CRIMP Termination Kit
for OPTICAM
330545
FIELDKITUPG
Field Polish Kit Upgrade for OPTICAM
Connector Termination
PR11302V2-18403.tif
FEATURES
Robust design protects fibers from mechanical and environmental stress
Each simplex, 2.5 mm ferrule connector comes with 3.0 mm and 900 m boots
LC and SC products available with standards-based color-coded boots or with
contrasting boot colors for polarity identification
SC and FJ connectors also available for 1.6 mm thru 2.0 mm cable
Duplex SC connectors come with duplex clip and two 3.0 mm boots (one black,
one red)
Each simplex LC connector comes with 1.6 mm to 2.0 mm and 900 m boots;
each duplex LC connector comes with 1.6 mm to 2.0 mm boots
Field polish termination - PANDUIT recommends anaerobic adhesive for field
polish connectors
Use Field Polish Termination Kit (FIELDKIT) to terminate all PANDUIT field
polish connectors
LC or SC duplex clips available for duplexing two simplex PANDUIT LC or
SC connectors
Fiber compatibility: 62.5/125 m OM1, 50/125 m OM2, 10 Gig 50/125 m
laser-optimized OM3/OM4, and 9/125 m OS1/OS2
4.151
Fiber Solutions
FEATURES
For termination of all PANDUIT OPTI-CRIMP Prepolished Connectors
No adhesive required for termination
Includes FVFLY Visual Fault Locator and FVFLPCY Patch Cord for visual
verification of optimal continuity between the field fiber and the prepolished
fiber stub during crimp termination
Includes installation instructions and stripping templates for all PANDUIT
OPTI-CRIMP Prepolished Crimp Connectors
Description
268774
FJMVKITY
OPTI-CRIMP Prepolished Crimp Fiber
Optic Termination Kit
PANDUIT

(continued)
Field Polish Fiber Optic Connectors
LC SIMPLEX FIELD POLISH FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS
PR9754V2-25196.tif
Anixter No.
372686
Vendor No.
FLCDM3.0BL
372687
FLCDS3.0BU
Description
LC multimode duplex 50/125, black
housings and 3.0 mm boots
LC single-mode duplex 9/125, blue
housings and 3.0 mm boots
Fiber Solutions
LC DUPLEX CLIP
Anixter No.
268812
Vendor No.
FLCSMEIY
372678
FLCSMBLY
372679
FLCSM3.0EI
372680
FLCSM3.0BL
268813
FLCSSBUY
Description
LC multimode simplex 62.5/125,
electric ivory housing and boots
LC multimode simplex 50/125, black
housing and boots
LC multimode simplex 62.5/125,
electric ivory housing and
3.0 mm boots
LC multimode simplex 50/125, black
housing and 3.0 mm boots
LC single-mode simplex 9/125, blue
housing and boots
LC DUPLEX FIELD POLISH FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS
Anixter No.
313248
PR10834V2-17654.tif
Vendor No.
FLCCLIP-L
SC SIMPLEX FIELD POLISH FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS
Anixter No.
248562
246368
372639
Vendor No.
FSCSBU
FSCMBL
FSCM5BL
546394
FSCMRD
SC DUPLEX CLIP
Vendor No.
FLCDMEI
372681
FLCDMBLY
268815
FLCDSBUY
284256
FLCDM900EIY
372682
FLCDM900BLY
313247
FLCDS900BU
372685
FLCDM3.0EI
4.152
PR9731V2-25199.tif
PR9753V2-25202.tif
Anixter No.
268814
Description
LC duplex clip
Description
LC multimode duplex 62.5/125,
electric ivory housings and 1.6/
2.0 mm boots
LC multimode duplex 50/125, black
housings and 1.6/2.0 mm boots
housings and 1.6/2.0 mm boots
electric ivory housings and
900 m boots
black housings and 900 m boots
housings and 900 m boots
electric ivory housings and
3.0 mm boots
Anixter No.
313220
Description
SC single-mode 9/125, blue boot
Multimode, black
50/125, multimode, black housing
and boot
Multimode, red
PR10833V2-17686.tif
Vendor No.
FSCCLIP-L
Description
SC duplex clip
SC DUPLEX FIELD POLISH FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS

Description
313219
FSCDM
62.5/125, multimode, electric ivory
housing and red and black
372677
FSCDM5BL
50/125, multimode, black housings
and boots
PANDUIT

ST FIELD POLISH FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS
pr4999V2-15059.tif
Field Polish Fiber Optic Termination Kits/Components

PANDUIT
Anixter No.
248564
244843
Vendor No.
FSTSABU
FSTMABL
246370
FSTMARD
Description
ST single-mode 9/125, blue boot
ST multimode 50/125 and 62.5/
125 black boot
Multimode, red boot
FJ FIELD POLISH FIBER OPTIC DUPLEX JACK MODULES
Vendor No.
FJJGM5CEI
FJJGM5CIW
FJJGS9CBU
FJJFRL-X
Description
Multimode, electric ivory
Multimode, off-white
Single-mode, blue
Multimode, replacement ferrule and
crimp sleeve
FJ FIELD POLISH FIBER OPTIC DUPLEX PLUGS
Anixter No.
187061
204303
248565
Vendor No.
FJEPGM5CEI
FJEPGS9CBUY
FJEPFRL-X
FEATURES
For termination of all PANDUIT Field Polish Connectors
Fast-acting adhesive; no long-curing epoxy required for termination
Kit provides consumables for terminating up to 100 field polish connectors
Includes installation instructions and stripping templates for all PANDUIT Field
Polish Connectors
Description
330547
FIELDKIT
Field Polish Termination Kit
330548
FCAMKITUPG
OPTICAM Kit Upgrade for Field Polish
Connector Termination
330549
FIELDKITRFB
Field Polish Consumables
Refurbishment Kit; includes all
consumable quantities included
in FIELDKIT
206160
FJPKGU
Universal polishing puck
pr5000V2-15062.tif
Description
Multimode, electric ivory
Single-mode, blue
Multimode, replacement ferrule and
crimp sleeve
4.153
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
187046
224323
204302
525509
pr4995V2-15056.tif
PR7201V2-15130.TIF
PANDUIT
Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules

PANDUIT
PR22405V2-131548.tif
Fiber Solutions
FEATURES
Robust designs exceed ANSI/TIA-568-B.3 performance requirements
Compatible with Mini-Com products for complete modularity
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split sleeves to fit specific
network requirements; zirconia ceramic split sleeves are recommended for
single-mode and 10 GbE applications
Modules available in multiple colors - allows color-coding for
network segregation
LC small-form-factor duplex adapter module fits into a single-module space
LC MINI-COM SR./SR. DUPLEX FIBER OPTIC ADAPTER MODULES
Modules have a FOCIS-10 senior adapter interface at each end.
Vendor No.
CMDSLCEI
268845
CMDSLCZBU
313257
CMDSAQLCBL
313258
CMDSAQLCZBL
Description
Phosphor-bronze sleeves, electric
ivory adapter/module
Zirconia ceramic sleeves,
blue adapter/module
10 Gig, phosphor-bronze sleeves,
aqua adapter/black module
10 Gig, zirconia ceramic sleeves,
LC MINI-COM SR./JR. DUPLEX FIBER OPTIC ADAPTER MODULES
Vendor No.
CMDJLCEI
268847
CMDJLCZBU
299930
CMDJLCBL
428308
CMDJBLLCBL
313259
CMDJAQLCBL
313260
CMDJAQLCZBL
SC MINI-COM FIBER OPTIC ADAPTER MODULES
PR29590V2-221134.tif
Anixter No.
248576
Vendor No.
CMDEISCEI
248575
CMSEISCEI
248414
CMDBUSCBL
546346
CMDBUSCIW
180500
CMDBUSCEI
249510
CMDBUSCWH
248577
CMDBUSCZBU
316617
CMSBUSCZBU
372634
CMSBLSCBL
372635
CMDBLSCBL
313250
CMSAQSCBL
313251
CMSAQSCZBL
313252
CMDAQSCBL
313253
CMDAQSCZBL
Modules have a FOCIS-10 senior adapter interface at the front and a FOCIS-10 junior
adapter interface at the back; junior end also accepts fixed ferrule LC connectors.
4.154
Description
Zirconia ceramic sleeves,
blue adapter/module
Phosphor-bronze sleeves,
black adapter/module
10 Gig, phosphor-bronze sleeves,
10 Gig, zirconia ceramic sleeves,
PR22267V2-129725.tif
PR29589V2-221136.tif
Anixter No.
268844
Anixter No.
268846
Description
Duplex, phosphor-bronze sleeves,
electric ivory adapter/module
Simplex, phos. bronze sleeves,
electric ivory adapter/module
blue adapter/black module
blue adapter/off-white module
blue adapter/electric ivory module
blue adapter/white module
Duplex, zirconia ceramic sleeves,
blue adapter/module
Simplex, zirconia ceramic sleeves,
blue adapter, black module
Simplex, phosphor-bronze sleeves,
black adapter/black module
black adapter/black module
10 Gig, simplex, phos. bronze
sleeves, aqua adapter/black module
10 Gig, simplex, zirconia ceramic
10 Gig, duplex, phosphor-bronze
10 Gig, duplex, zirconia ceramic
PANDUIT

Anixter No.
313254
Vendor No.
CMSAGSCZBL
313255
CMDAGSCZBL
Description
APC, simplex, zirconia ceramic
sleeves, green adapter/black module
APC, duplex, zirconia ceramic
sleeves, green adapter/black module
ST MINI-COM SIMPLEX FIBER OPTIC ADAPTER MODULES
pr5003V2-15068.tif
MPO ADAPTER MODULE

ANSI/TIA-604 FOCIS-5-compliant adapter exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-B.3 requirements.
Compatible with Mini-Com MPO. Adapters are also available in fiber adapter panels
to provide a complete MPO solution. Designed for multimode or single-mode MPO
connectors, patch cords or cable assemblies.
Description
313261
CMMPOBLBL
Module supplied with one MPO fiber
optic adapter
NETKEY Fiber Optic Adapter Modules

PANDUIT
Vendor No.
CMSTBL
180445
CMSTEI
175045
CMSTIW
180498
CMSTWH
269754
CMSTZBL
269755
CMSTZBU
269756
CMSTZEI
269757
CMSTZIW
Description
Phosphor-bronze sleeve,
black module
Phosphor-bronze sleeve, electric
ivory module
off-white module
white module
Zirconia ceramic sleeve,
black module
blue module
Zirconia ceramic sleeve, electric
ivory module
off-white module
MT-RJ MINI-COM DUPLEX FIBER OPTIC ADAPTER MODULES
pr5004V2-15071.tif
NETKEY FIBER OPTIC ADAPTER MODULES

Module colors also available in electric ivory (EI), black (BL), white (WH) and
international gray (IG).
Description
282079
NKSCMIW
SC simplex adapter module,
phosphor bronze split
sleeve, off-white
443700
NKSCMZIW
SC simplex adapter module, zirconia
ceramic split sleeve, off-white
282078
NKSTMIW
ST simplex adapter module,
phosphor bronze split
sleeve, off-white
313262
NKDLCMIW
LC duplex adapter module, phosphor
bronze split sleeve, off-white
394527
NKDLCMZIW
LC duplex single-mode adapter
module, zirconia ceramic split
sleeve, off-white
Can be used with multimode connectors and patch cords.
Anixter No.
248581
235569
248578
245847
234705
Vendor No.
CMMJBL
CMMJBU
CMMJEI
CMMJIW
CMMJWH
Description
Black
Blue
Electric ivory
Off-white
White
4.155
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
180499
PR11963V2-21708.tif
PANDUIT
NETKEY Fiber Optic Adapter Connectors

PANDUIT
PR34458V2-255139.tif
Fiber Solutions
FEATURES
Meets ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 requirements
Insertion loss: 1 dB typical (multimode), 0.2 dB typical (single-mode)
Return loss: >20 dB (multimode), >40 dB (single-mode)
Each duplex plug includes housing, insert, two ferrule assemblies, two crimp
sleeves, one boot for 3 mm jacketed cable and two dust caps
LC CONNECTORS - POT AND POLISH TERMINATION
Description
444098
NKFLCSMWH
LC 62.5/125 m multimode simplex
connector. EI (electric ivory) body,
WH (white) boot
444013
NKFLCSMBL
LC 50/125 m multimode simplex
D
BL (black) boot
444014
NKFLCSMAQ
LC 50/125 m OM3/OM4
multimode simplex connector.
EI (electric ivory) body,
AQ (aqua) boot
425006
NKFLCSSWH
LC single-mode simplex connector.
BU (blue) body, WH (white) boot
444015
NKFLCCLIP-L
LC duplex clip, red
ST CONNECTORS - POT AND POLISH TERMINATION

Description
444025
NKFSCMPC6EI
SC OPTICAM Composite Ferrule
62.5/125 m multimode simplex
connector, electric ivory
444028
NKFSCMPC5BL
SC OPTICAM Composite Ferrule
50/125 m multimode simplex
connector, black
444030
NKFSTMABL
ST multimode connector with black
boot (62.5/125 m or 50/125 m)
444031
NKFSTSABU
ST single-mode connector with
blue boot
ST CONNECTORS - PRE-POLISH CAM TERMINATION
Description
444032
NKFSTMPC6EI
ST OPTICAM Composite Ferrule
62.5/125 m multimode simplex
connector, electric ivory
444033
NKFSTMPC5BL
ST OPTICAM Composite Ferrule
50/125 m multimode simplex
connector, black
SC CONNECTORS - POT AND POLISH TERMINATION

Description
444016
NKFSCMWH
SC 62.5/125 m multimode simplex
WH (white) boot
444017
NKFSCMBL
SC 50/125 m multimode simplex
BL (black) boot
444018
NKFSCMAQ
SC 50/125 m OM3/
OM4 multimode simplex connector.
EI (electric ivory) body,
AQ (aqua) boot
444019
NKFSCSWH
SC single-mode simplex connector,
BU (blue) body, WH (white) boot
444020
NKFSCCLIP-L
SC duplex clip, red
4.156
PANDUIT
Hardware
./
PR22352V2-131087.tif
OPTICOM QuickNet Rack-mount Fiber Cassette Enclosures

PANDUIT
PR20030V2-65584.tif
Vendor No.
FRME1U
367264
FRME2U
248880
FRME3
248879
FRME4
Description
1RU, accepts three fiber adapter
panels and fiber optic splice
modules for up to 72 fibers
2RU, accepts six fiber adapter
panels and fiber optic splice
modules for up to 144 fibers
3RU, accepts nine fiber adapter
panels for up to 216 fibers
4RU, accepts 12 adapter panels for
up to 288 fibers
OPTICOM Fiber Adapter Patch Panels, Trays and Drawers

PANDUIT
PR23922V2-170777.tif
OPTICOM Rack-mount Enclosures (FRME)

PANDUIT
PR22406V2-131551.tif
The FRME fiber rack-mount enclosures mount to standard EIA 19 in. or 23 in. racks
and provide an excellent solution for routing and organizing fiber optic cable for all
applications. The 1RU and 2RU versions feature bi-directional sliding drawers for
easy front access to the fiber connections, terminations, splices and cable storage.
The 3RU and 4RU versions feature a fixed bulkhead design. All models have front and
rear door access to patch cords, terminations and cable storage; feature top, bottom
and side cable entry; and come with fiber optic cable routing accessory kits and
patch cord bend-radius control.
The OPTICOM Rack Mount Fiber Trays (FMTs) mount to standard EIA 19 in. racks
directly behind PANDUIT fiber adapter patch panels. The stationary tray features a
removable cover for easy access to terminations, splices and cable storage, side and
rear access for cable entry, and a fiber optic cable routing accessory kit.
Description
248886
FMT1
OPTICOM Rack Mount Fiber Tray,
1RU, add modular patch
panel CFAPPBL1
248887
FMT2
OPTICOM Rack Mount Fiber Tray,
2RU, add modular patch
panel CFAPPBL2
226175
CFAPPBL1
Flat fiber patch panel, accepts up to
four FAP adapter panels, 1RU
226176
CFAPPBL2
Flat fiber patch panel, accepts up to
eight FAP adapter panels, 2RU
398197
FMT1A
OPTICOM Rack Mount Fiber Tray
Angled, 1RU, add modular patch
panel CFAPPBL1A
4.157
Fiber Solutions
The fiber optic drawers mount to standard EIA 19 in. racks and provide an excellent
solution for patching, routing and organizing your fiber optic cable in high-density
applications. The drawers slide out and tilt down for easy access to the fiber
connections, terminations, splices and cable storage. FCE*U drawers also feature
clear front covers for easy access to patch cords; side and rear cable entry; and a
fiber optic cable-routing accessory kit. Front patch cord bend-radius control clips
also included.
Description
351634
FCE1U
1U, accepts four QuickNet
Cassettes, fiber adapter panels and
fiber optic splice modules for up to
96 fibers
351635
FCE2U
2U, accepts eight QuickNet
Cassettes, fiber adapter panels and
fiber optic splice modules for up to
192 fibers
364415
FCE4U
4U, accepts 12 QuickNet cassettes,
fiber adapter panels and fiber optic
splice modules for up to 288 fibers
Anixter No.
367260
PANDUIT
Hardware
(continued)
OPTICOM Fiber Adapter Patch Panels, Trays and Drawers
Anixter No.
398198
Vendor No.
FMT2A
398195
CFAPPBL1A
398196
CFAPPBL2A
Description
OPTICOM Rack Mount Fiber Tray
Angled, 2RU, add modular patch
panel CFAPPBL2A
Angled fiber patch panel, accepts up
to four FAP adapter panels, 1U
Angled fiber patch panel, accepts up
to eight FAP adapter panels, 2RU
FWME4
259937
FWME8
OPTICOM MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels (FAPs)
OPTICOM Preloaded Trays
Fiber Solutions
248872
PR7221V2-23860.TIF
The preloaded fiber optic trays mount to standard EIA 19 in. racks. The stationary
trays come preloaded with SC or ST adapters and feature removable patch panels that
allow rear access from the front of the unit. Includes fiber optic cable routing
D
accessory kit. 1RU high
(1.75 in.).
Description
268957
FT1W12ST
12 ST adapters with
268958
FT1W24ST
24 ST adapters with
268959
FT1W12DSC
12 duplex SC adapters with
OPTICOM Wall-mount Enclosures (FWME)

pr5110V2-15077.tif
PANDUIT
PR34414V2-253286.tif
MPO fiber optic adapter panels are loaded with ANSI/TIA-604 FOCIS-5-compliant
adapters and exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 requirements. They are screen printed for
horizontal or vertical orientation and designed for multimode or single-mode MPO
connectors, patch cords, or cable assemblies. They snap quickly into the front of all
OPTICOM and OPTICOM QuickNet Components, and can be used with OPTICOM Zero RU
Cable Management Solutions and QuickNet Hydra Cable Assemblies to facilitate
connection to the active equipment.
HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION PANELS
443701
FAPH0412BLMPO
443702
FAPH0612BLMPO
443703
FAPH0812BLMPO
443704
FAPH1212BLMPO
443705
FAPH1612BLMPO
443706
FAPH1812BLMPO
The OPTICOM FWME fiber wall-mount enclosures are an excellent solution for
managing optical fiber terminations, splices and patching in building entrances,
equipment rooms, telecommunications rooms and telecommunications closets. The
wall-mount enclosures have separate doors for service-side and user-side access;
the option of separately keyed locks; can accommodate splice trays and holders; and
include a fiber optic cable-routing accessory kit.
4.158
Description
Wall-mount enclosure accepting up
to two FAP panels
to four FAP panels or
QuickNet cassettes
to eight FAP panels or
QuickNet cassettes
PANDUIT
Vendor No.
FWME2
PANDUIT
Anixter No.
248868
Description
Loaded with four (4) key-up MPO
fiber optic adapters;
oriented horizontally
Loaded with six (6) key-up MPO fiber
optic adapters; oriented horizontally
Loaded with eight (8) key-up MPO
Loaded with twelve (12) key-up MPO
Loaded with sixteen (16) key-up MPO
Loaded with eighteen (18) key-up
MPO fiber optic adapters;
PANDUIT
Hardware
VERTICAL ORIENTATION PANELS
443707
FAPV0412BLMPO
443708
FAPV0612BLMPO
443709
FAPV0812BLMPO
Description
oriented vertically
optic adapters; oriented vertically
vertically horizontally
QUICKNET FIBER OPTIC MIGRATION ADAPTER PANELS (FAPS)
443711
FQMAP65BL
443712
FQMAP85BL
FAPH6W12BLMTP
372714
FAP4W12BLMTP
Description
fiber optic migration adapters
optic migration adapters
fiber optic migration adapters
LC OPTICOM DUPLEX FIBER ADAPTER PANELS
Anixter No.
313274
Vendor No.
FAP6WAQDLCZ
352258
FAP12WAQDLCZ
313271
FAP6WAQDLC
411337
FAP12WAQDLC
398200
FAP6WBLDLC
413922
FAP12WBLDLC
270989
FAP6WEIDLC
286271
FAP12WEIDLC
270999
FAP6WBUDLCZ
339588
FAP12WBUDLCZ

PANDUIT
PR20032V2-65576.tif
Fiber optic adapter panels (FAPs) snap quickly into the front of all PANDUIT trays,
drawers, rack-mount enclosures and fiber adapter patch panels. Choice of phosphor
bronze or zirconia ceramic split sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for single-mode and 10 GbE applications.
PR34463V2-255138.tif
Description
With six OM3/OM4 LC duplex
adapters, aqua, zirconia
ceramic sleeves
With twelve OM3/OM4 LC duplex
ceramic sleeves
With six OM3/OM4 LC duplex
adapters, aqua,
With twelve OM3/OM4 LC duplex
adapters, aqua,
With six OM2 LC duplex adapters,
black, phosphor-bronze sleeves
With twelve OM2 LC duplex adapters,
With six OM1 LC duplex adapters,
electric ivory,
With twelve OM1 LC duplex adapters,
electric ivory,
With six OS1/OS2 LC duplex
adapters, blue, zirconia
ceramic sleeves
With twelve OS1 LC duplex adapters,
blue, zirconia ceramic sleeves
4.159
Fiber Solutions
Vendor No.
FQMAP45BL
372709
Description
With four MPO/MTP fiber optic
adapters; for horizontal orientation
of 12-fiber MPO or MTP connectors
With six MPO/MTP fiber optic
adapters; for horizontal orientation
of 12-fiber MPO or MTP connectors
With four MPO/MTP fiber optic
adapters; for vertical orientation of
12-fiber MPO or MTP connectors
PR34462V2-255149.tif
Fiber optic migration adapter panels are factory assembled, 100 percent tested and
compatible with QuickNet Patch Panels. Adapters housing colors follow
ANSI/TIA-568.C3 suggested color identification scheme. Lifetime traceability of test
date to a Quality Control number on each fiber adapter panel. QuickNet Fiber Optic
Migration Adapter panels significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations.
Anixter No.
443710
QUICKNET MPO/MTP ADAPTER PANELS

372703
FAPH4W12BLMTP
PANDUIT
Hardware
(continued)
OPTICOM MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels (FAPs)
Fiber Solutions
LC OPTICOM SIMPLEX FIBER ADAPTER PANELS

Includes ziconia ceramic sleeves.
Description
270984
FAP12WBULCZ
With 12 blue adapters
328335
FAP12WAQLCZ
With 12 aqua adapters
SC OPTICOM DUPLEX FIBER ADAPTER PANELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
313269
FAP3WAQDSCZ
With three OM3/OM4 SC duplex
ceramic sleeves
406363
FAP4WAQDSCZ
With four OM3/OM4 SC duplex
ceramic sleeves
313270
FAP6WAQDSCZ
With six OM3/OM4 SC duplex
ceramic sleeves
313267
FAP3WAQDSC
With three OM3/OM4 SC duplex
adapters, aqua,
388811
FAP4WAQDSC
With four OM3/OM4 SC duplex
adapters, aqua,
313268
FAP6WAQDSC
With six OM3/OM4 SC duplex
adapters, aqua,
D
PAN-FAP3WBLDSC FAP3WBLDSC
With three OM2 SC duplex adapters,
398227
FAP6WBLDSC
With six OM2 SC duplex adapters,
256680
FAP3WEIDSC
With three OM1 SC duplex adapters,
electric ivory,
310421
FAP4WEIDSC
With four OM1 SC duplex adapters,
electric ivory,
268858
FAP6WEIDSC
With six OM1 SC duplex adapters,
electric ivory,
280883
FAP3WBUDSCZ
With three OS1/OS2 SC duplex
ceramic sleeves
344904
FAP4WBUDSCZ
With four OS1/OS2 SC duplex
ceramic sleeves
268859
FAP6WBUDSCZ
With six OS1/OS2 SC duplex
ceramic sleeves
313266
FAP6WAGDSCZ
With six APC duplex adapters, green,
zirconia ceramic sleeves
4.160
SC OPTICOM SIMPLEX FIBER ADAPTER PANELS

Description
268854
FAP6WEISC
With six SC simplex adapters,
electric ivory,
342159
FAP12WEISC
With twelve SC simplex adapters,
electric ivory,
241007
FAP6WBUSCZ
With six SC simplex adapters, blue,
325993
FAP12WBUSCZ
With twelve SC simplex adapters,
blue, zirconia ceramic sleeves
313265
FAP6WAGSCZ
With six APC green adapters,
ST OPTICOM SIMPLEX FIBER ADAPTER PANELS
Description
268852
FAP6WSTZ
With six ST adapters, zirconia
ceramic sleeves
520721
FAP6WST
With six ST adapters,
268960
FAP6WSTA
With six ST simplex angled adapters,
255073
FAP8WST
With eight ST simplex adapters,
OPTICOM MULTI-MEDIA MODULAR PANEL
187387
FMP6
OPTICOM BLANK FIBER ADAPTER PANEL
521095
FAPB
Description
Unloaded panel; accepts six
Mini-Com modules
Description
Blank adapter panel (reserves space
for future use)
PANDUIT
Hardware
OPTICOM Splice Modules, Trays and Holders

PANDUIT
QuickNet Angled and Flat Patch Panels

PR22271V2-129714.tif
FEATURES
Accept QuickNet Preterminated Cassettes, which snap in and out with one hand
for quick installation
Available in 24-port (1RU) standard-density and 48-port (1RU)
high-density configurations
Angled design allows cable to flow to each side of the rack and eliminates the
need for horizontal cable managers by enabling patch cords to be routed
directly into vertical cable managers
Proper identification of each port with preprinted numbers above each port;
vertical numbering from top to bottom of panel is also available for high-density
switch applications
QUICKNET FLAT PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
355141
351593
399232
Vendor No.
QPP24BL
QPP48HDBL
QPP48HDVNSBL
QUICKNET ANGLED PATCH PANELS
Anixter No.
368729
361735
399231
Vendor No.
QAPP24BL
QAPP48HDBL
QAPP48HDVNSBL
PR24065V2-173979.tif
Description
24-port
PR24066V2-173991.tif
Description
24-port
4.161
Fiber Solutions
Splice trays and stacking units can be used for mechanical or fusion splices. Splice
trays include adhesive-back splice-tray holders, cable ties to manage cable, PVC tube
to protect buffered fiber and a clear protective cover.
Description
351637
FOSMF
Fiber optic splice module,
self-stacking, holds 24 fusion
splices, for PANDUIT
rack-mount enclosure
367266
FOSMM
Fiber optic splice module,
self-stacking, holds 12 fusion
splices, for PANDUIT
rack-mount enclosure
364009
FOSMH4U
Fiber optic splice module holder,
4RU. Holds up to twelve FOSM splice
modules. For use with FCE4U fiber
cassette enclosure
344670
FSC24
Fiber splice chip protects up to
24 fusion splices
268913
FSTK
Accommodates six mechanical or
fusion splices for use with FWME2
268930
FSTHS
Stacking unit holds two FSTKs; for
FWME2 wall-mount enclosure only
204256
FST6
Accommodates 12 mechanical or
fusion splices for use with FMT
Series trays, FMD Series drawers,
FWME4 and FMWE8 enclosures
541268
FSTHE
Holds up to four FST6 splice trays.
For use with FMT1, FMT2,
FMD1 or FMD2
281510
FST24S
Splice tray holds up to
24 mechanical or fusion splices
268962
FST24
Accommodates 24 mechanical or
fusion splices for use with
FRME3 or FRME4
268963
FST24H3
Stacking unit holds three
FST24 trays; for FRME3 or FRME4
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
Hardware
QuickNet Patch Panel Accessories

PANDUIT
PR24067V2-174066.tif
QuickNet HDQ Series High-density Fiber Optic Cassettes and Rear

Cable Manager
Fiber Solutions
PANDUIT
FEATURES
Patch panel adapter accepts Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic and audio/
video applications
Blank patch panel adapter reserves space for future use while promoting proper
airflow and cooling
Adapters and blanks easily snap in and out of QuickNet patch panels
Description
365915
QPPABL
Patch panel adapter; 6-port patch
panel adapter accepts Mini-Com
UTP, fiber optic and audio/
video modules
362567
QPPBBL
Patch panel blank; reserves space
for future use and promotes proper
airflow and cooling
246045
SRB19BLY
Cable strain-relief bar supports
cables in punch-down or modular
D
patch panel applications
336890
SRBBRKT
Quick-release brackets for
strain-relief bars; converts
conventional screw mounting of
strain-relief bar to
377865
QPPLC24
Label/label cover kit; for 24-port
QuickNet patch panels; kit contains
four labels and four clear label
covers per bag
323155
RGEJ1057PFY
Equipment jumper kit; includes
jumper, bent lug, rack grounding
strip, antioxidant paste and
thread-forming screws for shielded
applications (Recommend two kits
for 48-port patch panels)
379125
QPPRT
Removal tool; allows individual
cables to be removed from plug pack
without disruption of other
network connections
379126
QPPLD6-X
Lock-in device; prevents
unauthorized removal of cables from
the plug pack
4.162
PR72272V2-580059.tif
FEATURES
Mounts to standard 19 in. rack rails
Low insertion loss of 0.5 dB max. per optimized cassette and 0.75 dB max. per
standard cassette; ensures system meets IEEE 802.3ae max. channel loss
specification of =26 dB
Adapter housing colors follow ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 suggested color
identification scheme
Connect together with high-density female MTP cable assemblies as an
interconnecting network
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by eliminating field
connector terminations
Factory terminated, assembled and 100 percent tested
Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each fiber cassette
10 Gig 50/125 m fiber cassettes are tested per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to
support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to
300 meters using laser-optimized OM3 fiber, and up to 550 meters using
laser-optimized OM4 fiber at 850 nm
Description
PAN-F1RBZN- F1RBZN-9608-10S
96-fiber 1RU B-type labeling, 10 Gb
9608-10S
OM4 8-fiber MTP to LC,
preterminated standard polarity
high-density fiber optic cassette
443831
F1RBXN-9608-10S
96-fiber 1RU B-type labeling, 10 Gb
443832
F1RCZN-9612-10S
96-fiber 1RU C-type labeling, 10 Gb
443833
F1RCXN-9612-10S
96-fiber 1RU C-type labeling, 10 Gb
443834
F1ASZN-9612-10S
96-fiber 1RU angled, S-type labeling,
10 Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC,
PANDUIT
Hardware
Anixter No.
443836
Vendor No.
F1ASXN-9612-10S
417434
FQCRCM
Description
96-fiber 1RU angled, S-type labeling,
10 Gb OM3 12-fiber MTP to LC,
Rear cable manager manages up to
one meter for each of sixteen MTP
interconnect cables in support of
QuickNet SFQ, HDQ, or
MTP Cassettes
QuickNet MTP Cassettes

PANDUIT
PR22270V2-129745.tif
428539
FCZO-12-10Y
355015
FCX-12-10Y
421776
FCZ-12-10Y
308572
327698
FCX-24-10Y
FC5-12-10Y
361739
FC6-12-10Y
348940
FC9-12-10Y
328381
FC9-12-3Y
Description
OM3; six LC duplex adapters to one
male MTP, 10 GbE 50/125 m
OM3; 10 GbE 50/125 m
male MTP, 50/125 m
male MTP, 62.5/125 m
OS1/OS2; six LC duplex adapters to
one male MTP, 9/125 m
OS1/OS2; six SC duplex adapters to
one male MTP, 9/125 m
24-FIBER OPTIMIZED CASSETTE

Includes 12 LC duplex adapters to two male MTPs.
Description
309115
FCXO-24-10Y
OM3; 10 GbE 50/125 m optimized
428405
FCZO-24-10Y
OM4; 10 GbE 50/125 m optimized
308572
FCX-24-10Y
OM3; 10 GbE 50/125 m
428538
FCZ-24-10Y
OM4; 10 GbE 50/125 m
345905
FC5-24-10Y
OM2; 50/125 m
328382
FC9-24-10Y
OS1/OS2; 9/125 m
4.163
Fiber Solutions
FEATURES
Compatible with OPTICOM QuickNet rack-mount fiber cassette enclosures, 0RU
fiber adapter panel brackets, and wall-mount enclosures; up to 96 fiber
connections in 1RU
specification of <2.6 dB
Return loss: >20 dB (multimode), >26 dB (10 Gig multimode),
>40 dB (single-mode)
Connect together with high-density female MTP cable assemblies as
interconnecting network segments for deploying a remote or data center
location in minutes
Factory terminated, assembled and 100 percent tested
Backward-compatible with all 50/125 m (OM2) MPO or MTP
system requirements
12-FIBER OPTIMIZED CASSETTE

363872
FCXO-12-10Y
PANDUIT
Fiber Solutions
Hardware
QuickNet SFQ Series MTP Fiber Optic Cassettes
Mini-Com Multimedia/Fiber Surface-mount Boxes
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
PR29592V2-221139.tif
FEATURES
Compatible with OPTICOM QuickNet Patch Panels for up to 96 fiber connections
in 1RU with QuickNet 48-port Angled Patch Panel (QAPP48HDBL)
specification of <2.6 dB
Return loss: >20 dB (multimode), >26 dB (10 Gig multimode),
>55 dB (single-mode)
Connect together with high-density female MTP cable assemblies as
interconnecting network segments for deploying a remote or data center
location in minutes
D
Factory terminated,
assembled and 100 percent tested
Backward-compatible with all 50/125 m (OM2) MPO or MTP
system requirements
12-FIBER CASSETTE
With six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP.
Description
393600
FQXO-12-10
OM3, optimized 10 GbE 50/125 m,
method A
428550
FQZO-12-10AS
OM4, optimized 10 GbE 50/125 m,
method A
428554
FQX-12-10
OM3, 10 GbE 50/125 m, method A
428555
FQZ-12-10
OM4, 10 GbE 50/125 m, method A
428556
FQ5-12-10
OM2, rear-mount cassette, 50/
125 m
428557
FQ6-12-10
OM1, rear-mount cassette, 62.5/
125 m
428559
FQ9-12-10
OS1/OS2, 9/125 m
4.164
PR0414V2-143832.tif
Mini-Com multimedia/fiber boxes include a unique built-in fiber spool to secure fiber
cable in place and allow for optimum flexibility at the workstation outlet. These can
be wall-mounted over single-gang, double-gang and DIN-size openings with screws or
adhesive. Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP (including Category 5e and
Category 6), fiber optic and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds
and changes.
FEATURES
Slots for cable ties
Tamper-resistant screw for security
SIX MODULE-SPACE
188882
CBXF6EI-AY
521010
CBXF6IW-AY
525626
CBXF6IG-AY
530374
CBXF6WH-AY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
International gray
White
12 MODULE-SPACE
190999
CBXF12EI-AY
190998
CBXF12IW-AY
Description
Electric ivory
Off-white
See PANDUIT Connectors and Adapters section

for a list of PANDUIT adapter modules.
PANDUIT
Tools
./
MTP Connector-cleaning Tools

PANDUIT
PR29596V2-221145.tif
Fiber Solutions
FEATURES
All tools feature a dry-cloth cleaning system with an ultra-clean micro-fiber
cloth that captures debris and contamination
Antistatic cloth minimizes additional debris from being attracted to
connector surfaces
Densely woven, robust cloth doesn't fray or leave fibrous materials behind
Easy-to-install replacement reels are available for reel-type MTP connector
cleaning tools (FMTPFCT and FMTPMFCT) for continuous cleaning without the
need for tool replacement
QuickNet Cassette MTP Connector Cleaning Tool is designed to clean MTP
connectors inside QuickNet Cassettes, adapters, faceplates or bulkheads
QuickNet Cassette MTP Connector Cleaning Tool's unique design enables
cleaning of male (with pins) or female (without pins) MTP connectors
All tools and refills can be used to clean 400 MTP or MPO connectors
Description
357067
FMTPFCT
Reel type MTP connector-cleaning
tool for cleaning MTP female
connectors (without pins)
357069
FMTPMFCT
Reel type MTP connector-cleaning
tool for cleaning MTP male
connectors (with pins)
357066
FIBCCT
QuickNet Cassette MTP
connector-cleaning tool for cleaning
MTP connectors inside QuickNet
Cassettes, adapters, faceplates
or bulkheads
428561
FMTPRR6
Cleaning reel refill for FMTPFCT and
FMTPMFCT tools, pack of six
4.165
PANDUIT
Patch Cords
./
OPTI-CORE Fiber Optic Patch Cords
Fiber Solutions
PANDUIT
PR7207V2-15136.TIF
10 Gig MULTIMODE FIBER OPTIC PATCH CORDS AND PIGTAILS 10 GbE 50/125 m
Patch cords are tested to support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gigabits per
second for link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550 meters for OM4 with
an 850 nm source per IEEE 803.3ae 10 GbE Standards. Meet or exceed ANSI/
TIA-568-B.3 performance requirements. Insertion loss per connection: 0.10 dB
typical; 0.30 dB maximum. Backward-compatible for use with all 50/125 system
requirements. Factory terminated and 100 percent tested and inspected for optimum
performance. Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode patch cord. Lifetime
traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each patch cord. SC duplex patch cords
include SC duplex clips to maintain polarity. They have the highest-quality
flame-retardant fiber optic cable with tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber.
NOTE: Also available in standard 50/125: replace "X" with "5" in part number. Other
configurations and lengths available.
D
MULTIMODE FIBER OPTIC
PATCH CORDS AND PIGTAILS - 62.5/125 m
Pass all ANSI/TIA-568-B.3 performance requirements. Insertion loss per connection:
0.10 dB typical; 0.30 dB maximum. Factory terminated and 100 percent tested for
insertion loss; insertion loss data recorded for every multimode patch cord. Lifetime
traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each patch cord. SC duplex patch cords
include SC duplex clips to maintain polarity. They have the highest-quality
flame-retardant fiber optic cable with tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber.
NOTE: Other configurations and lengths available.
SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC PATCH CORDS AND PIGTAILS - 9/125 m
Pass all ANSI/TIA-568-B.3 performance requirements. 100 percent factory inspected
end-face geometry in compliance with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3. Typical
insertion loss per connection: 0.25 dB; UPC polished (>55 dB return loss); factory
terminated and 100 percent tested for insertion loss and return loss; insertion loss
and return loss data is recorded for every single-mode patch cord. Lifetime traceability
of test data to a Q.C. number on each patch cord.
SC TO SC DUPLEX 10 GIG 50/125 3 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
268780
FXD3-3M1Y
1 meter OM3
268782
FXD3-3M2Y
2 meter OM3
268783
FXD3-3M3Y
3 meter OM3
LC TO LC DUPLEX 10 GIG 50/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
415877
FZE10-10M1
1 meter OM4
415878
FZE10-10M2
2 meter OM4
415879
FZE10-10M3
3 meter OM4
415881
FZE10-10M5
5 meter OM4
415884
FZE10-10M10
10 meter OM4
4.166
LC TO LC DUPLEX GIG 50/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE

Description
268793
FXE10-10M1Y
1 meter OM3
268794
FXE10-10M2Y
2 meter OM3
268795
FXE10-10M3Y
3 meter OM3
309419
FXE10-10M4Y
4 meter OM3
288398
FXE10-10M5Y
5 meter OM3
309421
FXE10-10M7Y
7 meter OM3
352565
FXE10-10M8Y
8 meter OM3
309422
FXE10-10M10Y
10 meter OM3
SC TO LC DUPLEX 10 GIG 50/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
268797
FXE3-10M1Y
1 meter OM3
268798
FXE3-10M2Y
2 meter OM3
268799
FXE3-10M3Y
3 meter OM3
LC TO LC DUPLEX 50/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
287726
F5E10-10M2Y
2 meter OM2
287728
F5E10-10M3Y
3 meter OM2
LC TO LC DUPLEX 50/125 900 MICRON BUFFERED CABLE
Description
288621
FXB10-NM1Y
1 meter OM3
SC TO SC DUPLEX 62.5/125 3 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
520715
F6D3-3M1Y
1 meter OM1
520714
F6D3-3M2Y
2 meter OM1
207162
F6D3-3M3Y
3 meter OM1
225498
F6D3-3M5Y
5 meter OM1
LC TO LC DUPLEX 62.5/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
268800
F6E10-10M1Y
1 meter OM1
268801
F6E10-10M2Y
2 meter OM1
268802
F6E10-10M3Y
3 meter OM1
SC TO LC DUPLEX 62.5/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
268803
F6E3-10M1Y
1 meter OM1
268804
F6E3-10M2Y
2 meter OM1
268805
F6E3-10M3Y
3 meter OM1
ST TO SC DUPLEX 62.5/125 3 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
187398
F6D2-3M2Y
2 meter OM1
207161
F6D2-3M3Y
3 meter OM1
SC TO PIGTAIL 62.5/125 900 MICRON BUFFERED FIBER
Description
398249
F6B3-NM2Y
2 meter OM1
398250
F6B3-NM3Y
3 meter OM1
PANDUIT
Patch Cords
SC TO PIGTAIL 9/125 900 MICRON BUFFERED FIBER
Description
546846
F9B3-NM1Y
1 meter OS1/OS2
LC TO PIGTAIL 9/125 900 MICRON BUFFERED FIBER
Description
268806
F9B10-NM1Y
1 meter OS1/OS2
SC TO SC DUPLEX 9/125 3 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
235119
F9D3-3M2Y
2 meter OS1/OS2
235120
F9D3-3M3Y
3 meter OS1/OS2
LC TO LC DUPLEX 9/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE
Description
347781
F9E10-10M1Y
1 meter OS1/OS2
268807
F9E10-10M2Y
2 meter OS1/OS2
268808
F9E10-10M3Y
3 meter OS1/OS2
307062
F9E10-10M4Y
4 meter OS1/OS2
287727
F9E10-10M5Y
5 meter OS1/OS2
NETKEY Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails

PANDUIT
PR34459V2-255147.tif
Compliant with TIA/EIA 568-C.3-1 and ISO/IEC 11801, TIA-604-5 (FOCIS-5), and
UL 1666 (OFNR) flame rating
Patch cords and pigtails include OM3 fiber or OM1, OM2 or OS1 fiber, in 900 m
tight-buffered fiber, 1.6 mm or 3.0 mm duplex zipcord jacketed cable or 1.8 mm
duplex zipcord jacketed cable. 100 percent performance tested assures that patch
cords and pigtails are standard compliant. Riser-rated jacket meets UL 1666 (OFNR)
flame rating for standard compliant saftey. QC identification label quality control
reference provides lifetime traceability of test data.
LC TO LC PATCH CORDS
With riser, duplex (1.6 mm jacket).
444071
NKF6ER02L-LM01
444072
NKF5ER02L-LM01
444073
NKFXER02L-LM01
444074
NKF9ER02L-LM01
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
SC TO SC PATCH CORDS
With riser, duplex (3 mm jacket).
444063
NKF6GR02S-SM01
444064
NKF5GR02S-SM01
444065
NKFXGR02S-SM01
444066
NKF9GR02S-SM01
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
ST TO SC PATCH CORDS
444059
NKF6GR022-SM01
444060
NKF5GR022-SM01
444061
NKFXGR022-SM01
444062
NKF9GR022-SM01
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
ST TO ST PATCH CORDS
444054
NKF6GR022-2M01
444055
NKF5GR022-2M01
444056
NKFXGR022-2M01
444057
NKF9GR022-2M01
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
LC PIGTAILS
With simplex and 900 m buffered fiber.
444045
NKF6BN011-NM01
444044
NKF5BN011-NM01
444042
NKFXBN011-NM01
444043
NKF9BN011-NM01
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
SC PIGTAILS
444040
NKF6BN013-NM01
444038
NKF5BN013-NM01
433585
NKFXBN013-NM01
433581
NKF9BN013-NM01
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
ST PIGTAILS
444046
NKF6BN012-NM01
444048
NKF5BN012-NM01
444049
NKFXBN012-NM01
444050
NKF9BN012-NM01
Description
OM1
OM2
OM3
Single-mode
Fiber Solutions
SC TO LC DUPLEX 9/125 1.6 MM JACKETED CABLE

Description
268809
F9E3-10M2Y
2 meter OS1/OS2
268810
F9E3-10M3Y
3 meter OS1/OS2
SC TO LC PATCH CORDS
With riser, duplex (1.6 mm jacket).
444067
NKF6ER02S-LM01
444068
NKF5ER02S-LM01
444069
NKFXER02S-LM01
444070
NKF9ER02S-LM01
4.167
Siemon
Connectors
./
XLR8 Mechanical Splice Connectors

SIEMON COMPANY
Epoxy Polish Connectors

PR28913V2-212822.tif
SIEMON COMPANY
LC SIMPLEX CONNECTORS
Fiber Solutions
Combined with pre-polished XLR8 mechanical splice connectors, the patent-pending

XLR8 activation tool can be used to deploy unsurpassed termination speed and
quality. Available in both LC and SC configurations, the XLR8 mechanical splice
connectors support both the multimode and single-mode versions of Siemon's
10 Gbps XGLO and Gigabit-ready LightSystem solutions. The XLR8 termination kit
incorporates an exclusive dual-process activation tool which dramatically reduces
termination time per connector. This process is intended for use with 900 m tight
buffered fiber cables. Replacement activation tool and cleaver are available to
order separately.
LC AND SC CONNECTORS
384698
FC1M-LC-5L-B12
384697
FC1M-LC-6MM-B80
384699
FC1M-LC-SM-B06
384695
FC1M-SC-5L-B12
384694
FC1M-SC-6MM-B80
384696
FC1M-SC-SM-B06
TERMINATION KIT
Description
LC simplex, 50/125 m laser
optimized, aqua boot (XGLO)
LC simplex, 62.5/125 m
multimode, beige boot (LightSystem)
LC simplex, single-mode, blue boot
(XGLO and LightSystem)
SC simplex, 50/125 m laser
optimized, aqua boot (XGLO)
SC simplex, 62.5/125 m
multimode, beige boot (LightSystem)
SC simplex, single-mode, blue boot
(XGLO and LightSystem)
PR28912V2-212819.tif
Kit includes: XLR8 activation tool, precision cleaver, jacket stripper, buffer stripper,
scissors, strip template, marker, alcohol pads, electrical tape and carrying case.
Anixter No.
384700
Vendor No.
FTERM-XLR8
Description
XLR8 fiber termination kit
Siemon LC products offer all the benefits of SC and ST connections in a

small-form-factor (SFF), high-density design. LC adapter products are compatible
with the popular MAX, CT, FOB and SM work area and telecommunications room
products, providing a wide variety of installation options. LC connectors take just
two minutes to terminate, using the Siemon LightSpeed Termination Kit.
Anixter No.
263625
Vendor No.
FC1-LC-MM-B80
252970
FC1-LC-SM-B02
SC DUPLEX CONNECTORS
Description
Multimode, buffered fiber,
white boot
Single-mode, buffered fiber,
white boot
PR10906V2-25335.tif
SC duplex connectors have a duplexing clip, which allows each connector to be

removed individually. In the event fiber polarity is reversed during termination,
simply remove connectors from the clip and switch to correct the mistake, saving
installation time and money. In the event there is a fault with a single connection, an
individual connector can be removed from the clip and re-terminated without
disturbing the adjacent connector. SC simplex connectors employ an outer housing
that is color coded in accordance with ANSI/TIA-568-B.3 and ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2.0
requirements (beige for multimode and blue for single-mode).
Anixter No.
207826
Vendor No.
FC2-SC-MM-B80
545680
FC2-SC-SM-B06
SC SIMPLEX CONNECTORS
245581
FC1-SC-MM-B80
264886
4.168
PR10903V2-25329.tif
FC1-SC-SM-B06
Description
Multimode, buffered fiber, two
beige boots
Single-mode, buffered fiber, two
blue boots
Description
beige boot
Single-mode, buffered fiber,
blue boot
Siemon
Connectors
ST CONNECTORS
PR10907V2-17806.tif
The ST connector employs a rugged metal bayonet coupling ring with radial ramps
which facilitate engagement to the studs of the mating adapter.
Anixter No.
210771
Vendor No.
FC1-SA-MM-B80
ACCESSORIES
Description
beige boot
PR10909V2-17812.tif
Vendor No.
FTERM-L2
271729
FTERM-LC
267547
FT-CKIT-L2
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
231327
Description
LightSpeed termination kit for SC
and ST multimode connectors;
(consumables sold separately)
LC fiber termination upgrade kit
(used in conjunction with FTERM-L2)
Consumables kit for FTERM-L2
NOTE: Bulk packs also available for fiber connectors.

Add "-B" to the end of part number for bulk pack.
4.169
Siemon
Hardware
./
Rack-mount Interconnect Center (RIC3)

SIEMON COMPANY
Fiber Connect Panel (FCP3)

PR10916V2-17830.tif
Fiber Solutions
The Rack-mount Interconnect Center (RIC3) provides high-density fiber management

and distribution for six to 288 fibers on a 19 or 23 in. rack. Fiber entry is made
available on both sides, at the front and the rear of the enclosure. Optional splice
trays can be mounted in the rear of the unit where slack storage is available and
optimum bend radius can be maintained. Plenty of space is provided for effective
administration in front of the unit to organize jumpers exiting from each 6-, 8- or
12-port snap-in Quick-Pack adapter plate. Enclosures are black.
RACK-MOUNT ENCLOSURE
Use with flat Quick-Pack adapter plates (see table below); all enclosures have locks.
Description
261120
RIC3-24-01
24- to 96-port enclosure, 2U, holds
four Quick-Pack adapter plates
256003
D RIC3-36-01
six Quick-Pack adapter plates
261118
RIC3-48-01
eight Quick-Pack adapter plates
261119
RIC3-72-01
12 Quick-Pack adapter plates
FLAT QUICK-PACK ADAPTER PLATES
221810
RIC-F-SA6-01
221812
RIC-F-SC6-01
241617
RIC-F-SA12-01
221814
RIC-F-SC12-01
270398
RIC-F-LC24-01
542622
252251
RIC-F-BLNK-01
RIC-F-LC12-01
312583
RIC-F-LCU24-01C
4.170
Description
Three duplex ST adapters (six fibers)
with icon pockets, black
Three duplex SC adapters (six fibers)
with icon pockets, black
Six duplex ST adapters
(12 fibers), black
Six duplex SC adapters
(12 fibers), black
Six quad LC adapters
(24 fibers), beige
Blank adapter plate, black
Six duplex LC adapters (12 fibers),
beige adapters
Six quad, LC adapters (24 fibers),
blue adapters
SIEMON COMPANY
pr5086V2-16838.tif
The Fiber Connect Panel rack-mount enclosure economically connects, protects and
manages up to 72 fibers within one rack-mount space (RMS). The FCP3-DWR makes
access to the connections easy via a tray that slides out the front or the rear.
Includes mounting brackets, housing/tray, fiber managers, grommets, label holders
and labels. Use with flat Quick-Pack adapter plates. Color: black. This is 6- to 72-port
Fiber Connect Panel.
Description
230636
FCP3-DWR
With sliding tray
230637
FCP3-RACK
With fixed tray
Wall-mount Interconnect Center (SWIC3)

SIEMON COMPANY
PR2473V2-579505.eps
The SWIC3 wall-mount enclosures are designed for locations where wall space is
limited while still providing many of the popular, installer-friendly features. Also
included are dustproofing grommets to provide protection from contaminants and
bend-radius guides to ensure optimal storage of fiber slack. Both enclosures
are black.
SWIC3: 24- TO 96-PORT
Use with four flat Quick-Pack adapter plates.
Description
231878
SWIC3-A-01
With lock
231741
SWIC3G-AA-01
With lock and integrated
jumper guard
MINI SWICS
Use with two flat Quick-Pack adapter plates.
Description
231297
SWIC3-M-01
12- to 48-port
Siemon
Hardware
Fiber Outlet Box (FOB2)

SIEMON COMPANY
PR10915V2-17827.tif
Siemon's low-profile Fiber Outlet Box (FOB2) allows mounting onto either single- or
double-gang outlet boxes. The unique design allows the snap-on cover to be removed
to access fiber connections without disturbing the faceplate connections. Molded-in
icon pockets and designation label holders permit port identification with use of
color-coded, snap-on icons.
FEATURES
Low profile
Color-coded snap-on icons
FIBER INSERTS
Anixter No.
249163
535834
312577
Vendor No.
FOB-BZL-SA-01
FOB-BZL-SC-01
FOB-BZL-LC-01
Fiber Solutions
FIBER OUTLET BOX

Includes base, cover, designation labels, clear label covers, mounting hardware,
cable ties, icons and three blank bezels - white.
Description
232904
FOB2-02
Information outlet box
Description
Duplex ST adapter
Duplex SC adapter
Duplex LC adapter
4.171
Siemon
Patch Cords
./
XGLO and LightSystem Jumpers

SIEMON COMPANY
PR10919V2-17839.tif
Fiber Solutions
Part of Siemon's 10G ip cabling solution, XGLO fiber optic cable assemblies are ideal
for next-generation backbone or fiber-to-the-desk applications. XGLO cable
assemblies feature premium fiber that meets the IEEE 802.3 10 Gigabit Ethernet
Standard as well as IEC-60793-2-10 and ANSI/TIA-492AAAC specifications for laser
bandwidth Differential Mode Delay (DMD) specifications. In addition, these
assemblies offer a superior connector polish that exceeds all ANSI/TIA and ISO/IEC
insertion and return loss requirements. LightSystem assemblies provide robust
Gigabit Ethernet support.
XGLO SINGLE-MODE DUPLEX JUMPERS
These precision cable assemblies are warranted for 20 years and ensure optimum
applications support for 10 Gigabit Ethernet serial transmission when installed in a
qualified XGLO system. SC, LC and LC-SC hybrids available.
Description
D
285873
FJ2-LCULCUL-01
LC-LC, laser-optimized, 1 meter
285874
FJ2-LCULCUL-03
271660
FJ2-SCUSCUL-01
SC-SC, laser-optimized, 1 meter
255349
FJ2-SCUSCUL-03
XGLO 50/125 MULTIMODE DUPLEX JUMPERS
Color: aqua
Description
312690
FJ2-LCLC5L-01AQ
312691
FJ2-LCLC5L-02AQ
312692
FJ2-LCLC5L-03AQ
312686
FJ2-SCSC5L-01AQ
312687
FJ2-SCSC5L-02AQ
312688
FJ2-SCSC5L-03AQ
LIGHTSYSTEM 50/125 MULTIMODE DUPLEX JUMPERS
Description
256274
FJ2-LCLC5MM-01
LC-LC duplex jumper, 50/
125 orange, 1 meter
278608
FJ2-LCLC5MM-02
125 orange, 2 meter
256275
FJ2-LCLC5MM-03
125 orange, 3 meter
266767
FJ2-SCSC5MM-01
SC-SC duplex jumper, 50/
125 orange, 1 meter
285819
FJ2-SCSC5MM-02
125 orange, 2 meter
231863
FJ2-SCSC5MM-03
125 orange, 3 meter
4.172
TE Connectivity
Cables
./
Indoor/Outdoor Single Loose-tube Multimode Cable - Riser

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20363V2-73462.tif
FEATURES
High-performance single-mode and multimode fibers meet all industry performance standards
ANSI/TIA color-coded fibers for easy identification
Gel-filled buffer tubes and water-swellable yarns for water penetration protection
Small-diameter, single-tube construction saves space inside ducts
Flame-retardant, UV-protected jacket for harsh outdoor environments
Hybrid cables provide built-in upgrade for future applications that will require
single-mode fibers
UL and C(UL) Listed OFNR (riser)
Compatible with AMP NETCONNECT splitter kits
Designed and tested in accordance with ANSI/TIA-568-B, ICEA S-104-696, Telcordia GR-409-CORE, GR-20-CORE, IEC 60793-1/60794-1 and ISO/IEC 11801:2000
Also available in 4- to 144-fiber counts
OM1 62.5/125 MULTIMODE NON-NEC RATED JACKET: MDPE (MEDIUM-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE)

Maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.2 dB/km (850/1300 nm); OFL bandwidth: 200/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300/550 m (850/1300 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
373-AMPOM1-LTRD-06
6-1553374-1
6
0.33
8.5
300
1335
90
400 6.7
17.0
3.4
8.5
373-AMPOM1-LTRD-12
6-1553378-1
12
0.33
8.5
300
1335
90
400 6.7
17.0
3.4
8.5
373-AMPOM1-LTRD-24
6-1553380-1
12
0.51
12.9
600
2670
200
890 10.2
17.0
5.1
8.5
OM2 50/125 MULTIMODE
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
373-AMPOM2-LTRD-06
6-1553374-2
6
0.33
8.5
300
1335
90
400 6.7
17.0
3.4
8.5
373-AMPOM2-LTRD-12
6-1553378-2
12
0.33
8.5
300
1335
90
400 6.7
17.0
3.4
8.5
373-AMPOM2-LTRD-24
6-1553380-2
12
0.51
12.9
600
2670
200
890 10.2
17.0
5.1
8.5
OM3 XG 50/125 MULTIMODE
Maximum attenuation: 3.5/1.2 dB/km (850/1300 nm); OFL bandwidth: 1500/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 1,000/600 m (850/1300 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers
373-AMPOM3-LTRD-06
6-1553374-4
6
0.33
8.5
300
1335
90
400 6.7
17.0
3.4
8.5
373-AMPOM3-LTRD-12
6-1553378-4
12
0.33
8.5
300
1335
90
400 6.7
17.0
3.4
8.5
373-AMPOM3-LTRD-24
6-1553380-4
12
0.51
12.9
600
2670
200
890 10.2
17.0
5.1
8.5
4.173
Fiber Solutions
APPLICATIONS
Outdoor-to-indoor cable links without the need for a building entrance splice point
Intrabuilding links in a campus environment (ducted)
Aerial links (when used with a messenger strand)
Local loop and feeder networks
Outdoor areas with intermittent flooding or moisture
Environments with severe temperature fluctuations
Drop or service cables
TE Connectivity
Cables
Premise Distribution Multimode Cable - Riser

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20362V2-73465.tif
FEATURES
Suitable for horizontal and intrabuilding backbone cabling and for direct termination in multiuser outlets
Suitable for direct termination with epoxy/polish type, LightCrimp, LightCrimp Plus and MT-RJ connectors
Strippable 900 m, tight-buffer coating allows for easy connectorization
Hybrid cables provide a built-in upgrade for future applications that will require single-mode fibers
UL and C(UL) Listed OFNR (riser)
Designed and tested in accordance with ANSI/TIA-568-B, Telcordia GR409-CORE, IEC 793-1/794-1,
IECA-596 and ISO/IEC 11801:2000
Fiber Solutions
OM1 62.5/125 MULTIMODE

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
371-AMPOM1-TBD-06
1-1553307-1
6
0.20
5.2
150
660
45
198 4.5
11.4
2.2
5.5
371-AMPOM1-TBD-12
1-1553311-1
12
0.24
6.0
150
660
45
198 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
371-AMPOM1-TBD-24
1-1553313-1
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320
90
396 7.0
17.8
3.5
7.1
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
D
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
371-AMPOM2-TBD-06
1-1553307-2
6
0.20
5.2
150
660
45
198 4.5
11.4
2.2
5.5
371-AMPOM2-TBD-12
1-1553311-2
12
0.24
6.0
150
660
45
198 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
371-AMPOM2-TBD-24F
1-1553313-2
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320
90
396 7.0
17.8
3.5
7.1
Maximum attenuation: 3.2/1.2 dB/km (850/1300 nm); OFL bandwidth: 1500/500 MHzkm (850/1300 nm); guaranteed Gigabit Ethernet distance: 800/550 m (850/1300 nm);
10 Gigabit Ethernet distance: 300/300 m (850/1300 nm)
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
371-AMPOM3-TBD-06
3-1553307-9
6
0.20
5.2
150
660
45
198 4.5
11.4
2.2
5.5
371-AMPOM3-TBD-12
3-1553311-9
12
0.24
6.0
150
660
45
198 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
371-AMPOM3-TBD-24F
3-1553313-9
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320
90
396 7.0
17.8
3.5
7.1
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
371-AMPOM4-TBD-06
4-1553307-9
6
0.20
5.2
150
660
45
198 4.5
11.4
2.2
5.5
371-AMPOM4-TBD-12
4-1553311-9
12
0.24
6.0
150
660
45
198 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
371-AMPOM4-TBD-24
4-1553313-9
24
0.31
8.0
300
1320
90
396 7.0
17.8
3.5
7.1
4.174
TE Connectivity
Cables
Premise Distribution Multimode Cable - Plenum

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20362V2-73465.tif
FEATURES
Suitable for horizontal and intrabuilding backbone cabling and for direct termination in multi-user outlets
Suitable for direct termination with epoxy/polish type, LightCrimp, LightCrimp Plus and MT-RJ connectors
Strippable 900 m, tight-buffer coating allows for easy connectorization
Hybrid cables provide a built-in upgrade for future applications that will require single-mode fibers
UL and C(UL) Listed OFNP (plenum)
Designed and tested in accordance with ANSI/TIA-568-B, Telcordia GR409-CORE, IEC 793-1/794-1,
IECA-596 and ISO/IEC 11801:2000
Also available in 8-, 24-, 36-, 48- and 72-fiber counts

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
370-AMPOM2-TBD-06
1-1553308-2
6
0.19
4.8
100
440
30
132 4.3
10.9
2.2
5.5
370-AMPOM2-TBD-12
1-1553312-2
12
0.23
5.7
100
440
30
132 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
370-AMPOM2-TBD-24
1-1553314-2
24
0.30
7.8
150
660
45
198 6.6
14.2
3.3
7.1
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers
370-AMPOM3-TBD-06
3-1553308-9
6
0.19
4.8
100
440
30
132 4.3
10.9
2.2
5.5
370-AMPOM3-TBD-12
3-1553312-9
12
0.23
5.7
100
440
30
132 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
370-AMPOM3-TBD-24
3-1553314-9
24
0.30
7.8
150
660
45
198 6.6
14.2
3.3
7.1
Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable
O.D.
Installation
Long
Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
Fibers
370-AMPOM4-TBD-06
4-1553308-9
6
0.19
4.8
100
440
30
132 4.3
10.9
2.2
5.5
370-AMPOM4-TBD-12
4-1553312-9
12
0.23
5.7
100
440
30
132 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
370-AMPOM4-TBD-24
4-1553314-9
24
0.30
7.8
150
660
45
198 6.6
14.2
3.3
7.1
4.175
Fiber Solutions
OM1 62.5/125 MULTIMODE

Max. Tensile Load
Min. Bend Radius
Cable O.D.
Installation
Long Term
Installation
Long Term
No. of
Fibers
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
(in.)
(mm) (lb.)
N
(lb.)
N
(in.)
(cm) (in.) (cm)
370-AMPOM1-TBD-06
1-1553308-1
6
0.19
4.8
100
440
30
132 4.3
10.9
2.2
5.5
370-AMPOM1-TBD-12
1-1553312-1
12
0.23
5.7
100
440
30
132 5.0
12.8
2.5
6.3
370-AMPOM1-TBD-24
1-1553314-1
24
0.30
7.8
150
660
45
198 6.6
14.2
3.3
7.1
TE Connectivity

./
LightCrimp Plus Connectors

TE CONNECTIVITY
Fiber Solutions
Anixter No.
421105
Vendor No.
5492642-2
6278082-1
327834
5492643-1
326846
6278079-1
331352
6278009-1
328610
6278080-2
336601
6693278-1
4.176
Vendor No.
6693276-1
343027
6754482-1
330939
6754483-1
332949
6754483-2
380741
6754483-4
444387
1985374-1
444388
1985805-1
444389
1985771-1
PR20344V2-72978.tif
LightCrimp Plus Connectors use patented TE Connectivity splice-and-crimp

technology to make fiber optic termination a quick, clean and simple mechanical
process. Limited training is required, combined with a reduced number of tools and
no consumables. With LightCrimp Plus you can terminate fibers without the
"epoxies," ovens or ultraviolet curing processes used in conventional terminations.
LC SECURE plugs have all the features and benefits of standard LC plugs but in
addition offer 10 different color-coded and keyed plugs that limit access to secure
networks. LC SECURE plugs will mate only with same-color LC SECURE adapters. LC
Secure adapters snap into SL Series faceplates and patch panels.
330927
Anixter No.
332926
Description
ST-style LightCrimp Plus connector,
62.5/125 m multimode, ceramic
ferrule, black bend limiting and
black 900 m bare buffer boots
ST-style LightCrimp Plus connector,
50/125 m multimode, ceramic
ferrule, black bend limiting and
black 900 m bare buffer boots
SC simplex LightCrimp Plus
connector, 62.5/125 m
multimode, ceramic ferrule, beige
housing, beige 900 m bare buffer
and beige 3.0 mm
loose-jacketed boots
SC simplex LightCrimp Plus
connector, 50/125 m multimode,
ceramic ferrule, beige housing,
beige 900 m bare buffer and beige
3.0 mm loose-jacketed boots
SC duplex LightCrimp Plus connector,
62.5/125 m multimode, ceramic
ferrule, beige housing, beige
900 m bare buffer and beige
SC duplex LightCrimp Plus connector,
50/125 m multimode, ceramic
ferrule, beige housing, beige
900 m bare buffer and black
SC duplex, single-mode LightCrimp
Plus connector, ceramic ferrule,
beige housing
Description
SC simplex, single-mode LightCrimp
Plus connector, ceramic ferrule,
beige housing
LC simplex, single-mode LightCrimp
Plus connector, 900/250 m,
blue housing
LC simplex, multimode LightCrimp
Plus connector, 62.5/125, 900/
250 m, beige housing
Plus connector, 50/125, 900/
250 m, beige housing
Plus connector, 50/125, 900/
250 m, beige housing, aqua boot
LightCrimp splice, MM/SM,
250-900 m
LightCrimp splice, MM/SM,
2.00 mm jacketed
LightCrimp splice termination holder
Oven-cure Epoxy Connectors

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7428V2-143835.tif

SC CONNECTORS:
Epoxy, polish-type connectors
Two-piece connectors are tunable
Preradiused ferrules
Durability of multimode connectors: 500 cycles
Durability of single-mode connectors: 200 cycles
Operate in temperatures ranging from -40C to +85C
ST-STYLE CONNECTORS:
Epoxy, polish-type connectors
Preradiused ferrules
Maximum jacket diameter: 3.0 mm
Durability of multimode connectors: 500 cycles
Durability of single-mode connectors: 200 cycles
Operate in temperatures ranging from -20C to +75C
TE Connectivity

ST-STYLE CONNECTORS
329059
5501380-1
323571
326175
5501380-6
5502579-2
SC SIMPLEX CONNECTORS
326554
5503948-1
331269
5504646-1
387303
1918385-1
LC DUPLEX CONNECTORS
398194
1918387-1
TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
124277
503746-1
333403
134143
1918652-1
502306-1
Description
Zirconia ceramic, multimode, fiber
O.D.: 125 micron, max. jacket O.D.:
3.0 mm, short black boot
Zirconia ceramic, single-mode, fiber
O.D.: 126 micron, max. jacket O.D.:
3.0 mm, short and bare buffer
blue boot
keyed jacks that limit access to secure networks. MT-RJ, SC, LC and ST cable
assemblies are available in all colors and lengths.
MT-RJ WORK AREA OUTLET JACK
332530
6278414-1
255216
6278414-2
255217
6278811-1
331730
6278415-1
245129
6278415-2
245130
6278415-3
255218
6278810-1
318948
6278810-2
257185
6278810-3
331303
6278810-4
Description
Zirconia metal, single-mode, blue
housing, 900 m buffer termination
Zirconia metal, multimode, beige
MT-RJ PATCH PANEL JACK

332919
6278303-1
326575
6588880-1
Description
Zirconia metal, single-mode, blue
336506
6278303-2
329080
6588880-2
Description
Installation tool kit. Must add epoxy
and microscope. 24-hour epoxy kit
Epoxy - general purpose
Consumables kit (100 connectors)
MT-RJ and MT-RJ Secure Jacks

TE CONNECTIVITY
MT-RJ jacks are no-epoxy, no-polish, no-crimp fiber optic jacks that can be
reterminated. MT-RJ jacks by design eliminate the need for a separate coupler and
are compliant with ANSI/TIA, ISO/IEC and CENELEC requirements. MT-RJ Outlet Jacks
come with bend-limiting boot and SL series-compatible housing so they can be
snapped into AMP NETCONNECT faceplates. MT-RJ Patch Panel Jacks can be
terminated and installed into an AMP NETCONNECT Snap-In Adapter Plate for use with
AMP NETCONNECT Fiber Optic Enclosures. MT-RJ SECURE Jacks have all the features
and benefits of standard MT-RJ jacks but in addition offer 10 different color-coded,
Description
50/125 m - almond housing and
black jack
50/125 m - black housing
and jack
50/125 m - SECURE keyed, red
housing and jack
62.5/125 m - almond housing and
beige jack
62.5/125 m - black housing and
beige jack
62.5/125 m - white housing and
beige jack
62.5/125 m - SECURE keyed, red
housing and jack
62.5/125 m - SECURE keyed,
yellow housing and jack
62.5/125 m - SECURE keyed, green
housing and jack
62.5/125 m - SECURE keyed, blue
housing and jack
Description
50/125 m, 250 m, pack of
six, black
50/125 m, 900 m, pack of
six, black
62.5/125 m, 250 m, pack of
six, beige
62.5/125 m, 900 m, pack of
six, beige
TE Connectivity Modular Adapters

TE CONNECTIVITY
Compatible with TE Connectivity's modular faceplates, surface-mount boxes, modular
furniture faceplates and modular patch panels, these adapters offer the versatility of
a plug-and-play system. The TE Connectivity modular adapters do not fit in 2-port or
4-port surface-mount boxes. They should be used with a faceplate extender and a
flush-mount faceplate.
Description
184805
6645 1 167-01
White, with metal adapter sleeve
184815
6645 1 169-01
White, with ceramic adapter sleeve
160880
6645 1 158-01
White, with phosphor bronze
adapter sleeve
246157
6645 1 172-01
LC duplex modular keystone adapter
(multimode), phosphor bronze insert
SC, SC duplex, ST, FC and LC duplex connectors and adapters also available.
4.177
Fiber Solutions
LC SIMPLEX CONNECTORS
398193
1918384-1
Description
Zirconia ceramic, preradiused,
multimode, fiber O.D.: 125 micron,
max. jacket O.D.: 3.0 mm, long and
bare buffer black boot
multimode, fiber O.D.: 140 micron,
max. jacket O.D.: 3.0 mm, long and
short black boot
single-mode, fiber O.D.: 126 micron,
maximum jacket O.D.: 3.0 mm, long
yellow boot
TE Connectivity
Hardware
./
ST or ST-type Couplers
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7433V2-143836.tif
SINGLE-MODE AND MULTIMODE

209528
1278328-3
473660
1374598-1
Description
MT-RJ, 12 fiber
6-port MPO
Rack-mount Fiber Optic Enclosures

TE CONNECTIVITY
Threaded mounting style

146403
504021-1
109714
501381-1
Description
ST-ST simplex metal sleeve
single-mode metal housing,
nickel-plated zinc, metal
ST-ST simplex polymer sleeve
multimode metal housing,
nickel-plated zinc, composite plastic
Fiber Solutions
Snap-in Adapter Plates for AMP Fiber Hardware

TE CONNECTIVITY
Adapter plates for rack-mount
enclosures. Color: black.
D
SINGLE-MODE
PR2582V2-579526.eps
Anixter No.
198509
344291
542383
198521
Vendor No.
1374463-1
1435516-1
559558-2
559515-2
Description
Duplex LC, 12 fiber
Duplex LC, 24 fiber
Duplex SC, six fiber
Simplex ST, six fiber
MULTIMODE
Anixter No.
198510
198511
378465
391330
314682
246464
198524
421307
195973
Vendor No.
1374463-3
1435516-2
1374463-5
1435516-5
559517-3
559558-1
559596-1
559596-6
559557-1
Description
Duplex LC, 12 fiber
Duplex LC, 24 fiber
Duplex LC, 12 fiber, OM3
Duplex LC, 24 fiber, OM3
Simplex SC, six fiber
Duplex SC, six fiber
Duplex SC, 12 fiber
Duplex SC, 12 fiber, OM3
Simplex ST, six fiber
4.178
PR2585V2-579527.eps
The AMP optical fiber termination enclosures are designed for MDF, IDF or
wiring-closet applications when an equipment rack mounting is desired. These
enclosures house virtually all of the industry-standard connectors by field-installing
the connector panel and adapters of choice. Cable tie-down bars as well as
grounding clamps are included for support and strain relief of the incoming cables.
Proper bend radius for the fiber can be maintained both behind and in front of the
connector-panel bulkhead. Jumpers exit in front, to the side or in back, through an
opening in the bulkhead plate. The enclosures fit into 19 in. or 23 in. racks.
Description
367659
1-1657014-7
18- to 72-port, 1 rms, unloaded,
holds three adapter plates, black
with clear cover
198517
559542-2
holds four adapter plates, black
198518
559614-2
holds eight adapter plates, black
198281
559552-1
holds 12 adapter plates, black
Add connector panels.
FL2000 Fiber Termination Panels

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR9806V2-143841.tif
The economical and flexible FL2000 series of fiber optic products is ideal for small
fiber counts and can be used in moderate-fiber-count applications, as well, by
combining various panels. This leading fiber optic panel is now available in black.
TE Connectivity
Hardware
FEATURES
19 in. (48.26 cm) EIA rack or cabinets, standard 5 in. (12.7 cm) recess
Wall-mounting option available
Other mounting kits available
Hinged on left front side; allows full access to rear of front plate and interior
of panel
FL2000 6-pack adapter plug-ins ordered separately
Constructed of high-strength aluminum
Equipped with removable metal doors with plexiglass windows
Designation labels included with each panel
Complete line of accessories, including locks for security
TrueNet Fiber Panel (TFP) Series

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20258V2-71026.tif
APPLICATIONS
For rack- or wall-mount applications where there is limited rear access
Description
12-position
24-position
48-position
72-position
96-position
TERMINATION/SPLICE PANELS
352615
FL2-12TS350-B
283723
FL2-24TS525-B
283725
FL2-48TS875-BQ
Description
12-position
24-position
48-position
6-PACKS
Anixter No.
174091
189927
352617
174087
283792
352629
174665
283794
PR9805V2-143840.tif
Vendor No.
FL2-6PMMSC
FL2-6PMMDSC
FL2-6PMMDSC-A
FL2-6PMMST
FL2-6PMMLC
FL2-6PMMLC-A
FL2-6PSMSC
FL2-6PSMLC
Description
Multimode SC
Multimode SC duplex
Multimode SC duplex - aqua
Multimode ST
Multimode LC
Multimode LC - aqua
Single-mode SC
Single-mode LC
FEATURES
Utilizes angle-left/angle-right adapters for easy access and
bend-radius protection
Completely modular footprint for ease of use and maximum versatility
Rear access makes field termination or splicing fast and efficient
Supports MPO applications
APPLICATIONS
Mounted in cabinets to consolidate fiber from servers, switches, routers
and SANs
TFP EMPTY CHASSIS - BLACK
Each chassis requires 1/2 of maximum modular adapter packs to be LEFT and 1/2 to
be RIGHT.
Description
363222
TFP-1TT00-000B
1RU termination only empty chassis,
accommodates two TFP modular
adapter packs
363495
TFP-2TT00-000B
accommodates four TFP modular
adapter packs
444254
TFP-4TT00-000B
accommodates six TFP modular
adapter packs
334645
TFP-5TT00-000B
accommodates 12 TFP modular
adapter packs, T-handle
SINGLE-MODE TFP ADAPTER PACKS
TE Connectivity recommends aqua adapters for 10 Gig applications. LC adapter
packs terminate 24 fibers. SC duplex adapter packs also available that terminate
12 fibers. MPO cassettes also available.
Description
348629
TFP-24APLQ5
LC, angle-left adapter pack
357201
TFP-12APLC8
SC, angle-left adapter pack
357200
TFP-12APRC8
SC, angle-right adapter pack
385861
TFP-24MPLSQ5
12 LC, angle-left, MPO
24-fiber cassettes
385862
TFP-24MPRSQ5
12 LC, angle-right, MPO
24-fiber cassettes
4.179
Fiber Solutions
TERMINATION PANELS
283719
FL2-12RPNL-B
223298
FL2-24RPNL-B
283720
FL2-48RPNL-B
283722
FL2-72RPNL-B
283721
FL2-96RPNL-B
TE Connectivity
Hardware
(continued)
TrueNet Fiber Panel (TFP) Series
MULTIMODE TFP ADAPTER PACKS

357168
TFP-24APLQ1
357167
TFP-24APRQ1
348628
TFP-24APLQ2
348631
TFP-24APRQ2
357162
TFP-12APLC3
357160
TFP-12APRC3
357164
TFP-12APLC4
357163
TFP-12APRC4
358605
TFP-24MPLDQ2
358607
TFP-24MPRDQ2
Description
LC, angle-left adapter pack
LC, angle-right adapter pack
LC, aqua, angle-left adapter pack
LC, aqua, angle-right adapter pack
SC duplex, angle-left adapter pack
SC duplex, angle-right adapter pack
SC duplex, aqua, angle-left
adapter pack
SC duplex, aqua, angle-right
adapter pack
12 LC, aqua, angle-left, MPO
24-fiber cassettes
12 LC, aqua, angle-right, MPO
24-fiber cassettes
BLOCKS LOADED WITH SINGLE-MODE PLUG-AND-PLAY CASSETTES; BLACK

144-position block; MPO-LC single-mode adapters; Zero water peak
single-mode fiber
Description
385450
NGFB-MPML0K412
Left block orientation
385449
NGFB-MPMR0K412
Right block orientation
RACK
Anixter No.
358597
Vendor No.
NGFB-MDF7A100-30
Description
30 in. x 24 in. x 7 ft. frame; black
RMG Fiber Enclosures

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR12862V2-23829.tif
Fiber Solutions
TrueNet Data Center Optical Distribution Frame with

Plug-and-play Cassettes
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR34707V2-260185.tif
FEATURES
Low-profile design with higher density for space-limited applications
Utilizes industry-standard LSX/LGX modular adapter packs
Supports MPO applications
Completely modular footprint for ease of use and maximum versatility
APPLICATIONS
Telecommunications rooms or to terminate incoming fiber trunks
TE Connectivity's Data Center Optical Distribution Frame (ODF) with plug-and-play

(MPO) cassettes is the highest-density optical distribution frame solution available
today. It efficiently manages up to 1,728 fiber terminations using the 144-position
block (or 2,304 using the 192-position block) in a single frame in either a
cross-connect or inter-connect design.
Its patented design incorporates the fundamentals of cable management while using
the industry's highest fiber count MPO plug-and-play cassettes.
FEATURES
Rapid installation of new deployments
MPO trunks can enter rack from either under floor or overhead
Slack storage included in each rack allows for the use of a single jumper length
Frame jumper routing provides bend radius and physical protection with slack
easilty and intuitively managed
BLOCKS LOADED WITH MULITMODE PLUG-AND-PLAY CASSETTES; BLACK
144-position block; MPO-LC (aqua) multimode adapters; 50/125 fiber laser
optimized to 300 meters
Description
358601
NGFB-MPML0C112
Left block orientation
358604
NGFB-MPMR0C112
Right block orientation
4.180
RACK-MOUNT CABINETS
336284
RMG-1000-000B
246800
RMG-2000-000B
336282
RMG-4000-000B
Description
1RU empty chassis, accommodates
three RMG adapter packs
six RMG adapter packs
12 RMG adapter packs
SINGLE-MODE ADAPTER PANELS

341102
RMG-12ADPC8
373082
RMG-12ADPT2
353572
RMG-12ADPQ5
373083
RMG-12ADPQ8
Description
SC duplex adapter pack
ST adapter pack
LC adapter pack
LC aqua adapter pack
MULTIMODE ADAPTER PANELS

336679
RMG-12ADPC3
353566
RMG-12ADPC4
348170
RMG-06ADPT1
300259
RMG-12ADPQ1
353569
RMG-12ADPQ2
Description
SC duplex adapter pack
SC duplex (aqua) adapter pack
ST adapter pack
LC adapter pack
LC (aqua) adapter pack
TE Connectivity
Hardware
Anixter No.
353575
353576
353553
353544
496595
Vendor No.
RMG-24ADPQ3
RMG-24ADPQ4
RMG-06ADPC2
RMG-06ADPC1
RMG-72ADPMP
Description
Quad LC adapter pack
Quad LC (aqua) adapter pack
SC aqua adapter pack
SC adapter pack
Six MPO adapters
TE Connectivity recommends aqua adapters for 10 Gig applications.
MPO Optical Fiber Cassettes

TE CONNECTIVITY
MPO cassettes feature one or two MPO connections for 12- or 24-fiber applications.
Cassettes have the same footprint as the snap-in adapter plates and come pretested
and ready to use. Cassettes listed below have fiber polarity that is flipped (AB/BA).
Straight-through configurations are available upon request. Pretested MPO trunk
cable assemblies are available in many color/length/fiber count combinations.
6-DUPLEX PORTS
With 12 fibers.
497349
RMG-12MPOBQ3
1918779-1
497350
RMG-12MPODC4
497351
RMG-12MPOFQ4
497352
RMG-12MPOBC3
307934
6435181-2
353616
6278418-2
12-DUPLEX PORTS
With 24 fibers.
355446
1918780-1
370279
1918784-1
421854
1553449-1
368191
1918786-1
353618
1918778-1
Description
OM2, 50/125 m, one MPO to
12 duplex LC
OM3, XG 50/125 m, one MPO to
12 duplex LC
12 duplex LC
OS1, 9/125 m, one MPO to
12 duplex LC
12 duplex MT-RJ
Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies and Storage Area Management Solutions

TE CONNECTIVITY
STORAGE AREA MANAGEMENT (SAM)
TE's Storage Area Management (SAM) Solution for
network infrastructures is designed to reduce the
bulkiness of cabling and connectors in the data
center by up to 80 percent and enable high-density
deployment with fewer costly cabinet or
infrastructure upgrades. SAM can help you save
time, reduce costs, maximize efficiency and open
up much needed space in your data center. It takes
the complexity out of cable management, and
optimizes the performance of your data center
floor space, racks and electronics.
- Reduce space requirements by managing up to 768 fiber ports within 2-rack units
- Minimize footprint - no additional front vertical, side, or horizontal cable
management devices
- Deploy in narrow cabinets or racks and limited space environments
- Minimize cable mass and slack management using line card-optimized
hydra assemblies
- Easily access ports
Description
502441
1553761-1
Rack-mount patch enclosure, 2U
MPO secure
502443
1553533-2
SAM far end enclosure, 1U MPO to
quad LC, 32-port, XG
OM3 multimode
502444
1553533-1
quad LC, 48-port, XG
OM3 multimode
502445
1553657-2
quad LC, 32-port, single-mode
502447
1553657-1
quad LC, 48-port, single-mode
502448
QUFB-32FDLCMMHR
Q3000 SAM blade OM3/OM4,
32-fiber, 16-port, duplex LC/MPO
502449
QUFB-32FDLCSMHR
Q3000 SAM blade single-mode,
32-fiber, 16-port, duplex LC/MPO
PR81971V2-588220.tif
FIBER JUMPERS
PR81970V2-588214.tif
As an integral part of their fiber product portfolio, TE Connectivity's fiber optic

jumpers are essential to meet the needs of high-speed data networks. These patch
cords can be used throughout the network in cross-connect, test or equipment areas
to link optical equipment.
Anixter No.
489638
489645
489648
Vendor No.
PAT-LCLC-R20C001M
PAT-LCLC-R20C002M
PAT-LCLC-R20C003M
Description
LC to LC, 1 meter OM2
4.181
Fiber Solutions
307935
Description
OM1, 62/125 m, one MPO to six
duplex LC
OM2, 50/125 m, 12 fiber, one MPO
to six duplex LC
OM3, XG 50/125 m, one MPO to six
duplex LC
OM4, XG 50/125 m, one MPO to six
duplex LC
duplex SC
duplex SC
duplex ST
TE Connectivity
Hardware
(continued)
Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies and Storage Area

FIBER JUMPERS
489651
PAT-LCLC-R30C001M
489653
PAT-LCLC-R30C002M
489660
PAT-LCLC-R30C003M
489662
PAT-LCLC-R40C001M
489667
PAT-LCLC-R40C002M
489669
PAT-LCLC-R40C003M
Description
PAT AND MPO ASSEMBLIES
PR81969V2-588208.tif
Fully-enclosed design, with optional field-installable locks

Wraparound client-side door design provides maximum adapter accessibility for
client-side patching
Empty Wall Box
Description
390692
WMG-2000-00B
Maximum capacity two
adapter packs
248006
WMG-4000-00B
Maximum capacity four
adapter packs
496600
WMG-8000-00B
Maximum capacity eight
adapter packs
Quareo Q3000 Series Fiber Enclosures
Fiber Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
TE Connectivity's plug-and-play microcable trunk assemblies are round 12 fiber

optical trunk cables preterminated with a high-density MPO connector on both ends.
They can be used in conjuction with any of the other plug-and-play connectivity
products to rapidly deploy fiber into a data center or Local Area Network (LAN). The
microcable assemblies
can simply be plugged into any plug-and-play cassette or
D
fiber enclosure which eliminates the need for on-site fiber termination.

build-to-order lengths and configurations.
FEATURES
Highest manageable density with up to 384 LC terminations (192 fiber ports) in
a single 4RU chassis
Utilizes sliding blades as user interface
Addresses termination only/MPO application in same chassis
APPLICATIONS
High-density fiber applications in the distribution area or SANs
Q3000 EMPTY CHASSIS
444256
QUCH-1RU
WMG Series Wall-mount Fiber Enclosures

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR81989V2-588232.tif
PR72598V2-587658.tif
444257
QUCH-2RU
444258
QUCH-4RU
Q3000 FIBER BLADES

444261
QUFB-48FDLCLSMHR
TE Connectivity's WMG Series wall-mount fiber enclosures are ideal for LAN
applications requiring a fully enclosed and lockable wall-mount enclosure. The
cabinets are one- or two-door direct termination and splice solutions. These
enclosures are designed to support up to eight modular adapter packs. The rugged
wall-mount cabinet is equipped with cable management modules and cable-routing
accessories to limit bend radius and add strain-relief control. In addition, the
lockable dual-door design allows public and private portions of the network to be
securely separated from each other.
FEATURES
Optional integrated splice module on the four- and eight-module panel version
Utilizes standard RMG series adapter packs
Compact design
4.182
444264
QUFB-48FDLCLMMHR
444324
QUFB-48FDLCMSMHR
444325
QUFB-48FDLCMM3HR
444327
QUFB-192FMPOSMHR
444328
QUFB-192FMPOMMHR
Description
Q3200; 1RU (1.75 in. x 19 in. x
15 in.), accomodates two blades
Q3400; 2RU (3.5 in. x 19 in. x
15 in.), accomodates four blades
Q3800; 4RU (7 in. x 19 in. x 15 in.),
accomodates eight blades
Description
LCUPC-LCUPC single-mode blade;
24 ports (48 fibers)
LC-LC OM3 blade; 24 ports
(48 fibers)
Single-mode LC to MPO; 24-port
duplex LC (48 fiber) to 4xMPO OS
LC-MPO OM3 blade; 24 ports
(48 fibers ) - 2 MPO
MPO-MPO single-mode blade;
MPO-MPO OM3 blade; 16 ports
(192 fibers)
TE Connectivity
Hardware
Quareo Q4000 Series Network Chassis

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR35162V2-269341.tif
QCC-4 CHASSIS CONTROLLER

454258
QCPU-MCBM
Q4000 FIBER BLADES
454259
QFB-48FDLCLMMHR
APPLICATIONS
Q4000 EMPTY NETWORK CHASSIS
454246
QCH-1RU
454247
QCH-2RU
454250
QCH-4RU
Description
Q4200; 1RU (1.75 in. x 19 in. x
15 in.), accomodates two Q3 or
Q4 blades
Q4400; 2RU (3.5 in. x 19 in. x
15 in.), accomodates four Q3 or
Q4 blades
Q4800; 4RU (7 in. x 19 in. x 15 in.),
accomodates eight Q3 or Q4 blades
QFB-48FDLCLSMHR
454262
QFB-48FDLCMMMHR
454261
QFB-48FDLCMSMHR
454263
QFB-192FMPOMMHR
454265
QFB-192FMPOSMHR
Description
LC-LC multimode blade (OM3/OM4);
LC-LC single-mode blade; 24 ports
(48 fibers)
LC-MPO multimode blade (OM3/
OM4); 24 ports (48 fibers)
LC-MPO single-mode blade; 24 ports
(48 fibers)
MPO-MPO multimode blade (OM3/
OM4); 16 ports (192 fibers)
MPO-MPO single-mode blade;
Quareo Cross-connect Frame (Q-Frame) Kit

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR81990V2-588238.tif
Fiber Solutions
TE Connectivity introduces Quareo Technology, a game-changing solution for the

physical layer or layer one of the OSI model. This technology is based on unique
identifiers for every connection point in the network, where a connection point can be
defined as one end of an Ethernet cable or a port on a network device. Quareo is a
Connection Point Identification Technology, which provides unprecedented knowledge
about the network including accurate documentation and reporting of changes, as
well as enhanced security; Quareo enables higher network availability while lowering
the network operating costs for a network, from the data center all the way to
the desktop.
The Q4000 Series Network Chassis featuring Quareo Technology allows network
personnel to view, manage and audit the physical layer. This means, for the first time,
the physical layer is now subject to the same compliance policy as higher layers of the
network. With 70 percent of network outages attributed to errors made in the physical
layer, TE introduces a new category of products. Simply put, Quareo enables Managed
Connectivity using connection point identification (CPID) technology.
FEATURES
Accomodates Q4000 blades for a managed solution utilizing the
CPID technology
Supports Q3000 blades for an unmanaged solution
Supports a Q4000 Series Chassis Controller
Green, yellow, green/red LED user indicators
Reset button
Trunk and Fan-out Brackets supplied for rear cable management
Maintenance Services available on this product
454260
Description
Chassis controller for
Q4000 network chassis
FEATURES
Support eight 4RU Q3000, Q4000, TFP or RMG chassis
Built-in jumper storage panels which allow the use of a single jumper length to
connect any port within a single frame
Ample trough space to reduce jumper pile-up and congestion
APPLICATIONS
Description
444331
Q-OFX-V
Q-Frame 19 in. rack cable
management kit
444332
Q-OFX-GL
Left end - guard kit
444333
Q-OFX-GR
GN 2000 USB Mono Cisco CIPC
444334
Q-IPCCM-KT
Cross-connect isolation pad kit
444335
Q-IPEG-KT
End-guard isolation pad kit
4.183
TE Connectivity
Hardware
Single-mode OFNP cable
Compatible with industry-standard fiber cable and SC and LC connectors
Quareo Managed Fiber Cables

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR35265V2-269775.tif
Fiber Solutions
As an integral part of the Quareo Fiber Connectivity product portfolio, TE's multimode
and single-mode Quareo fiber managed cables are essential to meet the
requirements of today's high-speed data networks. These managed cables can be
used throughout the network in cross-connect, test, or equipment areas to link
optical equipment.
FEATURES
Managed fiber cables feature Quareo Technology with connection
point identification
Standard lengths: 4, 7, 10, 15 and 25 feet
Standard colors: aqua for multimode, yellow for single-mode
Standard materials: plenum and LSZH
ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 and ISO 11801, Edition 2 for OM3/OM4 multimode, OS1/OS2 for
single-mode
ISO/IEC 11801, Edition 2
UL/CSA Approved,D IEC 60950, A-TICK
RoHS compliant
1.2 mm Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR82299V2-591388.tif
SC TO SC PATCH CORDS
507074
FPCA-77YP001M
507075
FPCA-77YP002M
507076
FPCA-77YP003M
507077
FPCA-7EYP001M
507078
FPCA-7EYP002M
507079
FPCA-7EYP003M
507080
FPCA-EEYP001M
507081
FPCA-EEYP002M
507082
FPCA-EEYP003M
Length (m)
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Description
SC/UPC - SC/UPC
SC/UPC - SC/UPC
SC/UPC - SC/UPC
SC/UPC - SC/APC
SC/UPC - SC/APC
SC/UPC - SC/APC
SC/APC - SC/APC
SC/APC - SC/APC
SC/APC - SC/APC
LC TO LC PATCH CORDS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
507083
FPCA-KKYP001M
507084
FPCA-KKYP002M
507085
FPCA-KKYP003M
507086
FPCA-KKYP001M
507087
FPCA-KKYP002M
507088
FPCA-KKYP003M
507089
FPCA-MMYP001M
507090
FPCA-MMYP002M
507091
FPCA-MMYP003M
Length (m)
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Description
LC/UPC - LC/UPC
LC/UPC - LC/UPC
LC/UPC - LC/UPC
LC/UPC - LC/APC
LC/UPC - LC/APC
LC/UPC - LC/APC
LC/APC - LC/APC
LC/APC - LC/APC
LC/APC - LC/APC
SC TO LC PATCH CORDS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
507092
FPCA-7KYP001M
507093
FPCA-7KYP002M
507094
FPCA-7KYP003M
507095
FPCA-7MYP001M
507096
FPCA-7MYP002M
507097
FPCA-7MYP003M
507098
FPCA-EKYP001M
507099
FPCA-EKYP002M
507100
FPCA-EKYP003M
507101
FPCA-EMYP001M
507103
FPCA-EMYP002M
507104
FPCA-EMYP003M
Length (m)
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Description
SC/UPC - LC/UPC
SC/UPC - LC/UPC
SC/UPC - LC/UPC
SC/UPC - LC/APC
SC/UPC - LC/APC
SC/UPC - LC/APC
SC/APC - LC/UPC
SC/APC - LC/UPC
SC/APC - LC/UPC
SC/APC - LC/APC
SC/APC - LC/APC
SC/APC - LC/APC
TE's revolutionary 1.2 mm small form factor patch cords are available with LC or SC
connectors and occupies half the space of traditional 1.6 mm patch cords and a
third of the space of traditional 2.0 mm patch cords. In environments where space
constraints and cable routing prove most challenging, the 1.2 mm patch cords offer
the necessary flexibility and quality to realize significant labor and cost savings for
service providers.
FEATURES
UPC/SC, APC/SC, UPC/LC and APC/LC connector versions
Reduced bend radius fiber
4.184
3M

./
Hot Melt Connectors: SC, ST, FC and LC Connectors

3M
pr5102V2-143834.tif
CONNECTORS
256093 8200-W
Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
single-mode, white, FC
153845 6300-W
multimode, white, SC
194283 8300
single-mode, white, SC
133588 6100-W
multimode, white, ST
173543 8100-YS Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
single-mode, yellow, ST, 60 pcs
349474 6600-S
multimode, white, LC/simplex
322811 6601-D
multimode, white/beige, LC/duplex
322812 8601-D
single-mode, white/beige, LC/duplex, 900 buffer
443201 6300-W1K-S Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
multimode, white, SC, 1,000 pcs
443208 6300-W5-12 Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
multimode, white, SC, 60 pcs
single-mode, white, SC
443210 6100-B1K-S Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
multimode, black, ST
ACCESSORIES
312524
6650-LC
406761
6366
Description
LC expansion kit, must be used in conjunction
with the 6366/6362-230v Hot Melt
Termination kit. The 6650-LC contains
consumables for up to 100 terminations, up to
50 of which can be single-mode
The Hot Melt termination kit contains all
materials needed to install SC, ST and FC Hot
Melt connectors, both multimode and
single-mode. Kit comes with a 120 V oven.
6650-LC required when using with LC Hot
Melt connectors
4.185
Fiber Solutions
The 3M Hot Melt Connector comes preloaded with advanced Hot Melt adhesive, which
features an extended shelf life when compared to epoxy versions. There is no need for
a syringe, applicator or mixing. And since there is no waiting for epoxy to cure,
termination is fast - just two minutes (average). The Hot Melt connector's reliability,
high performance and ease of use in both indoor and outdoor LANs worldwide, plus
the savings in time and materials, have made it an industry favorite. LC terminations
require both the 3M Universal Kit 6365 and Expansion Kit 6650-LC.
FEATURES
Single-step polish for multimode
Extended adhesive shelf life
No crimping required for ST
Preradiused PC ferrule
Zirconia ceramic ferrule
Meets ANSI/TIA-568-B Specifications

443211 6100-R1K-S Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
multimode, red, ST
multimode, white, ST, 1,000 pcs
443215 6100-B5-12 Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
multimode, black, ST, 60 pcs
185742 6100-R
multimode, red, ST, 60 pcs
185744 6100-B
multimode, black, ST, 60 pcs
434977 8100-Y1K-S Fiber size 125 m, jacketed, 250/900 m,
single-mode, yellow, ST, 1,000 pcs
172900 6200
multimode, white, FC
312521 6602-D
multimode, white/beige, LC/duplex
323273 6603-D
multimode, white/beige, duplex
443226 6604-D
multimode, red/black, LC/duplex, 900 buffer
443227 6605-D
multimode, red/black, LC/duplex, 1.6-2.0 cable
434390 6606-D
multimode, red/black, LC/duplex, 2.4-3.0 cable
312523 8602-D
single-mode, white/beige, LC/duplex , 1.6-2.0 cable
323274 8603-D
single-mode, white/beige, LC/duplex, 2.4-3.0 cable
443230 8603-S
single-mode, white, LC/simplex, 2.4-3.0 cable
312520 6602-S
multimode, white, LC/simplex, 1.6-2.0 cable
431633 6603-S
multimode, white, LC/simplex, 2.4-3.0 cable
349477 8600-S
single-mode, white, LC/simplex, 900 BTW
312522 8602-S
single-mode, white, LC/simplex, 1.6-2.0 cable
3M

(continued)
Hot Melt Connectors: SC, ST, FC and LC Connectors
Anixter No.
443243
Vendor No.
6362-230V
Description
Hot Melt termination kit contains all
materials needed to install FC, SC and ST
Hot Melt connectors. Kit comes with 230 V
oven. 6650-LC required when using with
LC Hot Melt connectors
6192B-254X-2D4H 4 in. x 1/2 in. lapping film,
2 m restricted
6192A-254X-2D5 5 in. lapping film, 2 m with hole (254X)
443245
289529
Crimplok+ Connectors
Fiber Solutions
3M
PR72499V2-585094.tif
3M Crimplok+ Connectors provide fast, easy field installation of 900 m

single-mode fiber without a splice, gel or adhesive. The connectors are SC compatible
with a metallic element that mechanically locks the fiber in place. Includes 3M
Crimplok + Protrusion Setting Tool.
Crimplok+ Connectors have a thermally balanced design that is tested for premises
and FTTP applications for indoor and outdoor conditions from -40F to 176F. The
connectors have a streamlined boot attached to the body, minimizing the chance of
losing or forgetting to install it during the termination process. After the installation,
the boot keeps the fiber from kinking, even during side pull.
SC/UPC - BLUE HOUSING
495783
8700-UPC
495785
8700-PS/UPC
SC/APC - GREEN HOUSING
495786
3700-APC
495787
8700-PS/APC
ACCESSORIES
496444
8765-UPC
496445
8765-UPC
Description
900 m cable without tool
250/900 m with protrusion
setting tool
Description
250/900 m without tool
250/900 m with protrusion
setting tool
Description
Crimplok + SC/APC connector kit
Crimplok + SC/UPC connector kit
Tech Tips
Curing Systems
(A) Oven-cure Epoxy Connectors
Oven-cure connectors use an epoxy to fix the fiber within the connector ferrule tip. This type of installation has proven to be one of the most reliable in use today and
requires the use of a curing oven; thus, AC power for the curing oven must be available to install this type of connector.
(B) Quick-cure Connectors
(1) UV-CURE ADHESIVE SYSTEM The UV-cure connector utilizes a UV curing adhesive. Thus, the cure time is under one minute and the connector, after removal from the
UV lamp, is cool to the touch and ready to be polished. Also, the UV lamp is lightweight and can be either AC or DC battery powered.
(2) HOT-MELT ADHESIVE SYSTEM The hot-melt connector has the adhesive preloaded in the connector so there is no need to mix and apply epoxy. The connector is heated,
the prepared fiber is inserted into the connector and is set aside to cool. Then, a typical or one-step polish is done to complete the installation.
(3) ANAEROBIC ADHESIVE SYSTEM Anaerobic adhesive cures due to the lack of oxygen. This adhesive is applied in the connector and the fiber is inserted. Since the air is
forced out by the fiber, the adhesive cures. No ovens, heaters or AC power are required. A light polish is performed to complete the termination.
(C) No-cure, No-polish Connectors UNICAM SYSTEM
UNICAM SYSTEM is a unique no-adhesive/no-epoxy/no-polish connector. A fiber stub is bonded into the connector ferrule, and the end face is factory-polished to a PC
finish for multimode versions and to a Super PC finish for single-mode versions. The other end of the stub is precisely cleaved and placed into the patented alignment
mechanism. Therefore, field installation requires only to cleave the field fiber, insert it into the splice and actuate the connector. No polishing is performed in the field,
and a PC or Super PC finish is guaranteed.
(D) Crimp-on Connectors
(1) LIGHTCRIMP SYSTEM The LightCrimp connector is a no-adhesive/no-epoxy connector. The connector secures the buffered fiber by the action of three resilient spheres
within the connector body. (The process is somewhat different in polymer composite ferrule version.) When crimped, these spheres are deformed by a plunger, and
hold the fiber in place. This crimping step also clamps the plunger onto the buffer, ensuring a reliable termination. Once the crimp is made, the fiber extending from
the ferrule tip is cleaved and the connector is quickly polished.
(2) CRIMPLOK SYSTEM The CrimpLok connector is a no-adhesive/no-epoxy connector. The connector secures the fiber by clamping the bare fiber in a conformable metal
element. Once crimped on, the connector is quickly polished using standard polishing methods.
4.186
Opportunity is Knocking
Open the Door to Energy Savings
Just as no two data centers are the same, the solutions

needed to keep your energy costs down are rarely the same
either. Whether youre looking for free cooling or need to
support higher heat densities, Chatsworth Products, Inc.
(CPI) can create the perfect Aisle Containment Solution for
you. CPIs stock of racks, cabinets, cable management and
containment doors have helped create some of the
industrys most innovative containment solutions from the
oor up literally. Now, with Aisle Containment Solutions
that are unmatched on the custom market and sealing
solutions that are proven to be 200% more efcient than
any similar product, CPI is proud to introduce its new
pre-engineered Aisle Containment System.
Find out more at

www.chatsworth.com/aisle-containment
www.chatsworth.com or techsupport@chatsworth.com
800-834-4969
Features & Benets

Available as either Hot or Cold Aisle Containment
Architectural aluminum sliding doors with auto-closing
mechanism
Designed for ease-of-assembly and maximum sealing
performance
Work with our application engineers to create unique
design solutions
Broadens air temperature envelope with 4x higher heat
and power densities
Racks, Cabinets and Cable Management
Choosing Racks and Cabinets

./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Cabinets
Tech Tips
Choosing Rack and Cabinet Systems
What are the main differences between "racks" and "cabinets"?

The term "rack" is often used in the industry to describe both open-frame or relay racks as well as cabinet or rack enclosures. While these products provide the same
basic function, there are a number of factors to consider when deciding which is appropriate for your specific application.
Equipment: A cabinet is more appropriate for heavy servers, while a rack provides easy access to all sides of the mounted equipment.
Airflow and cooling: A rack is completely open while a cabinet needs to be able to provide sufficient airflow when ventilation is needed. Cabinets allow for appropriate
cooling management and heat removal, whereas open racks may dissipate heat uncontrollably.
Environment: If your equipment requires a dust-free environment, the extra protection that a cabinet provides is very suitable. If you have a very clean and well-kept
telecom center then the open convenience of a rack will fit your needs.
Aesthetics: If your closet will be visible to the public, cabinets look neater than an open rack; however, there are various cable management products that will give
a rack a very neat and professional appearance.
Security: Cabinets have locking mechanisms available on their doors for added security. An open rack does not have that feature.
Questions to consider when using cabinets.
Whenever you need to mount network equipment (hubs, switches, bridges, routers, terminal servers, print servers, repeaters, monitors and keyboards), and
environmental protection, aesthetics and security are concerns, here are some of the basic questions you may want to be asking:
Are there existing cabinets in the data center or network environment?
If so, for aesthetic and logistical reasons you might want to select a cabinet from the same manufacturer.
What type of environment is the cabinet going into?
- Standard equipment room - Free-standing, network and server cabinets are common.
- Data center - Colocation cabinets allow compartmental access.
- Limited floor space - Wall-mount cabinets often make sense.
D
- Earthquake
zone - Seismic cabinets are typically used where additional support and bracing are necessary. Standards ratings, like Bellcore Zone 4 and
NEMA are important.
- Zone access - The ZCAC places the consolidation point for wiring patch panels, punch-down blocks, hubs or routers closer to the work area. This allows for
easy access for moves, adds and changes.
- Factory floor - Some cabinets are designed and tested to withstand different industrial environments.
What is going into the cabinet?
- The dimensions of the network equipment, cable management, climate control and power protection will dictate the cabinet, door and shelf sizes, as well as
the number of shelves.
How is the network equipment ventilated?
- All network equipment generates heat, and too much heat can impact network performance. There are many climate control cabinet options, from perforated
doors to ceiling fans that ensure proper temperatures are maintained. Self-contained cooling cabinets are also highly recommended for high-density
environments that exceed 15 kW.
5.2
Chatsworth Products, Inc. (CPI)

./

CHATSWORTH PRODUCTS INC (CPI)
PR12030V2-21859.tif
F-SERIES TERAFRAME SOLUTIONS FOR SERVER APPLICATIONS

Description
400138
FF1U-111B-C52
45U x 23.6 in. W x 51.0 in. D, perforated
front door, solid rear door, includes top
panel with two cable openings and a
20 in. H to 34 in. H. Vertical Exhaust
Duct and two solid sides, black
492942
FF1U-111B-C62
front door, solid rear door, top panel with
two cable openings and a 34 in. H to
60 in. H. Vertical Exhaust Duct and two
solid sides, black
492943
FF1N-113C-C42
front door, double-perforated rear door,
top panel with two cable openings, and
two solid side panels, black
498555
FF2N-113C-C42
front door, double-perforated rear door,
top panel with two cable openings and
two solid side panels, black
F-SERIES TERAFRAME THERMAL MANAGEMENT OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Description
366374
34521-C05
Air Dam Kit for 84 in. H (45U) x
23.6 in. W
344103
34522-C05
Air Dam kit for 84 in. H (45U) x
27.6 in. W
342060
34523-C05
31.5 in. W
324470
34538-000
2U Snap-In Filler Panel, 19 in. W, plastic,
black, one each
498556
35086-C16
Bottom panel, for 23.6 in. W x
51.0 in. D cabinet
324473
13571-002
Integral Raised Floor Grommet, 8 in. x
4 in. cable opening, 10 pack
324474
13576-002
Surface Mount Floor Grommet, 8 in. x
4 in. cable opening, 10 pack
492651
13876-000
AisleLok Acrycell sealing tape, for 0.2 in.
to 0.5 in. gap, 32.8 ft. roll, 5 pack
492652
13876-001
AisleLok Acrycell sealing tape, for 0.5 in.
to 1 in. gap, 18.4 ft. roll, 5 pack
492653
13876-002
AisleLok Acrycell sealing tape, for 1 in.
to 2 in. gap, 8.5 ft. roll, 5 pack
492654
13877-001
AisleLok under rack panel, 2.5 in. H x
24 in. W x 1 in. D
F-SERIES TERAFRAME CABLE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Description
366376
34421-C01
Vertical Cable Manager, 10.5 in. D, with
1U fingers, 45U x 23.6 in. W
cabinet, black
436521
35090-C05
1U fingers, for 45U x 27.6 in. W cabinet,
3.1 in. W x 11.6 in. D, black
444314
35095-C05
1U fingers, for 45U x 31.5 in. W
cabinet, black
401716
35087-C05
Cable Lashing Bracket, 5 in. D, for
45U cabinets
448287
35086-C05
Cable Lashing Bracket, 5 in. D, for 45U
cabinets, recessed
488965
P3-1F0G3
eConnect monitored PDU, with
30 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 200 240 V, 30 A, NEMA L6-30P plug
5.3
The F-Series TeraFrame is a highly configurable equipment storage cabinet that

organizes, stores and secures computer, data storage and network equipment in the
data center, computer room or network environment. Whether you need a server
cabinet for high-density applications, a networking cabinet to manage fiber and/or
Cat 6A UTP cables, or a combination of both, the F-Series TeraFrame gives you the
ability to configure cabinets suited for your present and future needs.
FEATURES
Available in multiple sizes
Welded steel and bolted aluminum frame
Includes two pairs of 19 in. wide EIA-310-E mounting rails with Universal
hole spacing
Load ratings: 23.6 in. W 2,500 lb.; 27.6 in. W 2,000 lb.; 31.5 in. W 2,000 lb.
UL Listed
Top panels have large brushed-covered cable openings
Doors have swing-handle latches
The part numbers listed below are just some of the available configurations
F-SERIES TERAFRAME SOLUTIONS FOR NETWORK APPLICATIONS

Description
492945
FF3N-113C-C22
front door, double perforated rear door,
top panel with four cable openings and
two solid sides, black
492946
FF3U-113C-C22
front door, double perforated rear door,
top panel with four cable openings and
two solid sides, black

(continued)

488974
P3-1P0G3
324472
13517-701
Description
30 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 208 V,
30 A, NEMA L21-30P plug
Rack-mount cable shelf with brush
opening along front, 1U, black
Contact your local sales representative for an F-Series TeraFrame

configuration that best fits your needs.
ACCESSORIES
431944
25190-001
431961
431960
324470
25252-702
25252-700
34538-000
431948
25104-001
431950
25106-001
431956
25221-701
444288
25221-705
435290
25141-700
441740
25141-702
488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
324472
13517-701
GF-Series GlobalFrame Cabinet System
PR34422V2-254402.tif
The GF-Series GlobalFrame Cabinet System is an easy-to-use, cost-effective, computer

and network equipment storage cabinet for data center, computer and
equipment-room use. Select models are also available for quick shipment.
FEATURES
D
Welded and bolted steel frame
hole spacing
Load ratings: 3,000 lb. on leveling feet, 2,250 lb. on casters
UL Listed
Top panels have four large cable openings; Cable Port Brush Kits are
ordered separately
Doors are perforated with locking swing-handle latches
Locking two-piece side panels for easier handling
Includes casters, leveling feet and PDU mounting bracket
Also available with Vertical Exhaust Duct
42U
Perforated front door, double perforated rear door, includes top panel with four cable
knockouts and two solid sides, black.
Description
431936
GF-1A220
79.3 in. H x 23.6 in. W x 40.3 in. D
431938
GF-1A420
79.3 in. H x 23.6 in. W x 48.4 in. D
431939
GF-1C220
79.3 in. H x 31.5 in. W x 40.3 in. D
431941
GF-1C420
79.3 in. H x 31.5 in. W x 48.4 in. D
48U
Perforated front door, double perforated rear door, includes top panel with four cable
knockouts and two solid sides, black.
Description
444299
GF-3A320
89.8 in. H x 23.6 in. W x 40.3 in. D
444305
GF-3A420
89.8 in. H x 23.6 in. W x 48.4 in. D
431943
GF-3C220
89.8 in. H x 31.5 in. W x 40.3 in. D
431914
GF-3C420
89.8 in. H x 31.5 in. W x 48.4 in. D
5.4
Description
Cable Port Brush Kit, 3.9 in. W x
8.8 in. D, pack of two, black
For 48U, 89.8 in. H x 31.5 in. W cabinet
black, one each
Cable Ring Kit, for 23.6 in. W cabinets,
1.7 in. W x 5.0 in. D, pack of eight, black
Cable Ring Kit, for 31.5 in. W cabinets,
5.5 in. W x 9.8 in. D, pack of eight, black
Cable Lashing Bracket, for 42U cabinets,
5.0 in. W, black
Cable Lashing Bracket, for 48U cabinets,
5.0 in. W, black
Full Height PDU Bracket, for 42U
cabinets, 5.2 in. W, black
Full Height PDU Bracket, for 48U
cabinets, 5.2 in. W, black
Rack-mount cable shelf with brush
opening along front, 1U, black
Contact your local sales representative for the GF-Series GlobalFrame

configuration that best fits your needs.
N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet

PR20308V2-71442.tif
The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet is designed specifically to store network

equipment and cabling in a hot aisle/cold aisle data center, computer room or
network environment. The N-Series TeraFrame has offset doors and side panels that
provide additional interior space around the front, rear and sides of equipment for
cable management and enhanced airflow. Order with a Network Switch Exhaust Duct
to guide hot exhaust air from the side of network switch equipment to the rear door.

FEATURES
Available in multiple sizes
Welded steel frame
hole spacing
Load rating: 2,500 lb.
Top panels have large cable openings
Doors have perforated panels and swing-handles with two-point latches
N-SERIES TERAFRAME NETWORK CABINETS WITH NETWORK SWITCH EXHAUST DUCT

Description
492948
NF1N-213C-C42
front door, perforated rear double door,
includes Network Switch Exhaust Duct,
top panel and two solid side
panels, black
492949
NF1U-213C-C42
panels, black
492950
NF1N-213C-C40
top panel, no side panels, black
492951
NF1U-213C-C40
top panel, no side panels, black
N-SERIES TERAFRAME NETWORK CABINETS, RECOMMENDED SOLUTIONS
Description
419228
NF5U-143C-C42
Recommended solution for the Cisco
Nexus 7018 switch: 45U x 40.0 in. W x
51.0 in. D, perforated front double door,
perforated rear double door, includes
Network Switch Exhaust Duct, with visor
and diffuser, top panel and two solid
side panel kits, black
419225
NF0U-113C-C42
Nexus 7010 switch: 45U x 31.5 in. W x
51.0 in. D, perforated front door,
panels, black
383905
NF3K-113C-C42
425307
NF4M-113C-C42
Description
Catalyst 6506, 6509 and 6513 switches
and MDS 9509 director: 45U x 31.5 in. W
x 44.2 in. D, perforated front door,
Network Switch Exhaust Duct, two power
supply exhaust ducts, top panel and two
solid side panels, black
MDS 9513 director: 45U x 31.5 in. W x
44.2 in. D, perforated front door,
Network Switch Exhaust Duct, two power
supply exhaust ducts, top panel and two
solid side panels, black
Recommended solution for the Juniper
Networks EX8208 and EX8216 switches:
top panel, two solid side panels, black
N-SERIES TERAFRAME NETWORK CABINET ACCESSORIES

Description
324470
34538-000
black, one each
353015
34628-C01
N-Series caster kit, black
353016
34680-005
Cable management fingers kit, 45U
423422
34719-C05
Fiber trunk cable manager, 10 in. D, for
45U x 31.5 in. W cabinets
Power and Cooling Solutions for CPI Racks and Cabinets

PR6792V2-142734.tif
CPI offers a large variety of power and thermal management products to complete
your rack or cabinet system.
Please see the Power and Thermal Management Solutions section
for more information.
5.5
N-SERIES TERAFRAME NETWORK CABINETS

Description
392947
NF0U-213C-C42
includes top panel and two solid side
panels, black
492947
NF0U-213C-C40
includes top panel, no side
panels, black

378312
NF2K-113C-C42
M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet System


492459
13762-701
PR6814V2-143895.tif
488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
191527
283414
12480-701
13203-001
Description
Vertical Mounting Brackets for CPI M-Series
MegaFrame or C-Series SlimFrame
cabinet systems
eConnect monitored PDU, with 30 outlets
C13, six outlets C19, 200 - 240 V, 30 A, NEMA
L6-30P plug
C13, six outlets C19, 208 V, 30 A, NEMA
L21-30P plug
Cooling fan kit, 400 cfm, 115 V AC, black
M-Series caster set of four
FEATURES
Available in two widths: 27.3 in. or 31.3 in.
Available in three heights: 38U, 42U, 45U
Available in four depths: 27.6 in., 33.6 in., 39.6 in. or 42.6 in.
Specialized support and integrated cable management to match data/network
equipment requirements
Bolted construction allows partially assembled delivery for easy staging and
prebuild movement on the job site
All-aluminum construction weighs less than similar steel cabinets
Includes two pair of 19 in. wide EIA-310-E or 23 in. wide mounting rails with
Universal hole spacing
Static load rating of 2,000 lb. (also on casters)
UL Listed
D finish with raised panel doors
Stylish two-tone
Contact sales for the M-Series MegaFrame configuration that best fits
your applications
MEGAFRAME CABINETS
220435
M1033-731
371084
M1043-741
283410
M1051-711
220439
M1034-701
MEGAFRAME ACCESSORIES
314261
13336-710
5.6
324470
34538-000
191525
12465-707
313454
13171-700
Description
84 in. H (45U) x 27.3 in. W x 33.6 in. D,
square-punched rails, vented plexiglass
front/perforated metal rear door, black
84 in. H (45U) x 27.3 in. W x 42.6 in. D,
square-punched rails, perforated metal front/
perforated metal rear door, black
84 in. H (45U) x 27.3 in. W x 39.6 in. D,
tapped rails, plexiglass front/metal rear door
84 in. H (45U) x 27.3 in. W x 32.1 in. D,
square-punched rails, without side panels, no
doors, black
Description
Air Dam kit for 45U cabinet, 84 in. H x
19 in. W
black, one each
Vertical Cable Manager, with rings, for 45U
cabinet, black
Enhanced Vertical Cable Manager with 1U
Fingers, for 45U cabinet, 7 ft. H x 3.50 in. W x
5.23 in. D
C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System

PR6805V2-143889.tif
The C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System is similar in design and style to the M-Series
MegaFrame Cabinet System but is only 24 in. wide to match standard raised-access
floor tiles. The C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System can also be delivered
partially assembled.
FEATURES
Available in one width: 24 in. W
Available in three heights: 37U, 40U, 43U
Available in three depths: 25.5 in., 33.6 in. or 39.6 in.
Stylish two-tone finish with raised panel doors
Fits over a single 2 ft. floor tile for maximum use of floor space
Specialized support and integrated cable management to match
server requirements
Bolted construction allows partially assembled delivery for easy staging and
prebuild movement on the job site
All-aluminum construction - weighs less than similar steel cabinets
hole spacing
Static load rating of 2,000 lb. on casters
Contact sales for the C-Series SlimFrame configuration that best fits
your applications
SLIMFRAME CABINETS
444263
C1033-731
237089
C1053-741
Description
84 in. H (43U) x 24 in. W x 33.6 in. D,
square-punched rails, vented plexiglass
front/perforated metal rear door, black
84 in. H (43U) x 24 in. W x 39.6 in. D,
square-punched rails, perforated metal front/
perforated metal rear door, black

444268
C1050-711
444269
C1034-701
SLIMFRAME ACCESSORIES
314261
13336-710
34538-000
319485
11809-700
492459
13762-701
488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
191527
283468
12480-701
13204-001
Description
19 in. W
black, one each
Narrow Vertical Cable Manager, with 4 in. D
rings, for 43U cabinets
Vertical Mounting Brackets for CPI M-Series
cabinet systems
C13, six outlets C19, 200 - 240 V, 30 A, NEMA
L6-30P plug
C13, six outlets C19, 208 V, 30 A, NEMA
L21-30P plug
Cooling fan kit, 400 cfm, 115 V AC, black
C-Series caster, set of four
Seismic Frame Cabinet System

pr5197V2-143862.tif
The seismic-rated MegaFrame Cabinet System is for use in public network facilities or
on the customer premises to support mission-critical equipment.
FEATURES
Compliant to Bellcore GR-63-CORE Standard for Zone 4 Earthquake requirements
Certified to an 800 lb. distributed equipment load
Aluminum outer frame with steel inner frame delivers maximum strength with
minimum weight
Seismic bracing kits and a full line of structural enhancement products are
available to support a wide range of site-specific structural requirements
Internal cable management, which includes a vertical cabling ring section,
provides flexibility for wire routing
Adjustable front-to-rear vertical mounting rails allow use as a standard
four-post cabinet or two-channel rack
Square-punched vertical mounting rails provide greater rack-mounting flexibility
Aluminum top panel with four edge-protected punch-out ports accommodate
top-cable access
hole spacing
Ships fully assembled
Other options available; contact sales
Description
249584
11972-712
84 in. H (43U) x 27.3 in. W x 39.6 in. D,
plexiglass front, metal rear, black
249585
11973-712
84 in. H (43U) x 27.3 in. W x 39.6 in. D, no
sides, plexiglass front, metal rear, black
249586
11974-702
84 in. H (43U) x 27.6 in. W x 38.1 in. D,
frame only
Air Dam Kit/Rail Seal Kit - Cabinet Airflow Baffles

The Air Dam Kit creates a barrier between the cabinet door and the front of the
equipment along the top, bottom and sides of the cabinet. When used in combination
with perforated front and rear doors and filler panels, the Air Dam Kit helps channel
cool air to equipment and also helps prevent the mixing of heated air from the rear of
the cabinet with cool air at the front of the cabinet.
FEATURES
Use on M-Series MegaFrame, C-Series SlimFrame, GF-Series GlobalFrame and
F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet Systems
Kit includes:
- One top baffle
- One bottom baffle
- Two side baffles
- Installation hardware
AIR DAM KIT FOR M-SERIES MEGAFRAME CABINETS

314261
13336-710
314262
314263
314265
314266
314267
13336-711
13336-712
13336-720
13336-721
13336-722
PR11047V2-25353.tif
Description
19 in. W
78 in. H (42U) x 19 in. W
72 in. H (38U) x 19 in. W
84 in. H (45U) x 23 in. W
78 in. H (42U) x 23 in. W
72 in. H (38U) x 23 in. W
AIR DAM KIT FOR C-SERIES SLIMFRAME CABINETS

Description
314261
13336-710
19 in. W
314262
13336-711
78 in. H (42U) x 19 in. W
314263
13336-712
72 in. H (38U) x 19 in. W
5.7
324470
Description
84 in. H (43U) x 24 in. W x 39.6 in. D, tapped
rails, plexiglass front/metal rear door, black
84 in. H (43U) x 24 in. W x 32.1 in. D,
square-punched rails, without side panels,
no doors, black

(continued)
Air Dam Kit/Rail Seal Kit - Cabinet Airflow Baffles
AIR DAM KIT FOR F-SERIES TERAFRAME CABINETS

Description
366374
34521-C05
23.6 in. W
342060
34523-C05
31.5 in. W
RAIL SEAL KIT FOR GF-SERIES GLOBALFRAME CABINETS
Does not include a top or bottom baffle.
Description
431961
25252-702
431960
25252-700
Snap-In Filler Panel
PR68099V2-531453.tif
Snap-In Filler Panels are used with the Air Dam Kit and Rail Seal Kit to seal open
rack-mount spaces D(U) in cabinets to block hot exhaust air from recirculating around
equipment. Snap-In Filler Panels fit 19 in. EIA cabinets with square-punched rails.
FEATURES
Use on M-Series MegaFrame, C-Series SlimFrame, GF-Series GlobalFrame,
F-Series TeraFrame and N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet Systems with
square-punched 19 in. wide equipment mounting rails
Available in 1U and 2U heights
Black plastic
Description
324468
34537-000
black, one each
324469
34537-001
black, six each
360782
34537-002
black, 50 each
324470
34538-000
black, one each
324471
34538-001
black, six each
424125
34538-002
black, 50 each
5.8
Vertical Exhaust Duct

PR68100V2-531459.tif
Vertical Exhaust Duct is used with the Air Dam Kit and Snap-In Filler Panels on an
F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet to create a ducted exhaust cabinet. Use on cabinets with
a perforated front door, a solid rear door, solid side panels and a server top panel
with a knockout for the duct. For best results, add a Bottom Panel and a Rear Door
Sealing Kit. Vertical Exhaust Duct isolates and guides hot exhaust air from the back of
the cabinet to an overhead drop ceiling plenum to create a closed hot-air return.
FEATURES
Use on F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet Systems that are 47.1 in. or 51.0 in. deep
Available in two heights: short (20 in. to 34 in. high) and tall (34 in. to
60 in. high)
Can be ordered as an accessory or preinstalled on the cabinet
Other colors available; call for products not listed
Also available for GF-Series GlobalFrame Cabinet
Description
387658
34370-C00
Vertical Exhaust Duct for 23.6 in. W
cabinets, 20 in. to 34 in. H
387659
34370-C01
445194
34370-C02
445196
34370-C03
338345
34570-C00
Airflow Director
493080
35085-C12
Bottom panel for 23.6 in. W x
47.1 in. D cabinet
493081
35085-C16
51.0 in. D cabinet
493082
35085-C46
47.1 in. D cabinet
493083
35085-C50
51.0 in. D cabinet
445200
34573-C01
Rear Door Sealing Kit for
31.5 in. W cabinets
338346
34573-000
Rear Door Sealing Kit for 23.6 in. or
27.6 in. W cabinets
CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet System

PR23428V2-164887.tif
CUBE-IT PLUS ACCESSORIES

262780
12804-701
267380
12805-701
267382
12806-001
267384
12796-501
Description
Fan kit, 115 V AC, 100 cfm, black
Fan filter kit, black
Fan replacement filters, pack of six
19 in. W x 3U 45-degree mounting
bracket for rear subpanel

for information about plexiglass front doors.
ThinLine II Wall-mount Cabinet
CUBE-IT PLUS WALL-MOUNTED CABINETS, SOLID FRONT DOORS

Description
249587
11890-724
24 in. H x 18 in. D, 12U, black
249588
11840-724
249589
11996-724
249590
11890-736
249591
11840-736
249592
11996-736
249593
11890-748
249594
11840-748
249595
11996-748
CUBE-IT PLUS WALL-MOUNTED, FLOOR-SUPPORTED CABINETS, SOLID FRONT DOORS
Description
371828
13491-760
371833
13492-760
371834
13493-760
371836
13491-772
371837
13492-772
371838
13493-772
PR23419V2-164907.tif
The space-saving ThinLine II safely secures 19 in. rack-mount network equipment

with minimal intrusion into the room. Individual rails can be easily rotated for
horizontal or vertical mounting and then bolted into place, making patch panel
punch-down easier. The cabinet can hold a server, switch, horizontal cable manager,
patch panel, fiber service loop and fiber optic patch panel with room to
accommodate additional mounting needs.
In addition, the 26 in. H cabinet can be mounted so that the removable "top" panel
becomes a side panel. A 4 in. x 6 in. opening in the rear of the cabinet and 3/4 in. and
1 1/2 in. diameter knockouts allow cable entry and exit.
FEATURES
Door features rounded edges and corners and can be mounted to open from
either right or left
Removable top panel provides direct access to equipment without disturbing
other devices
Louvers and optional fan accessory provide ventilation
Cabinet includes a 2 in. x 4 in. junction box to hold an optional
surge-suppressed duplex outlet, eliminating the need for a power strip
Ships fully assembled with mounting hardware
Static load rating is 100 lb.
Color options are gray, white or black (change part no. suffix to -1xx for gray or
-2xx for white)
Description
283473
13050-713
26 in. H x 26 in. W x 12 in. D, 6U, black
283474
13050-721
283476
13050-722
36 in. H x 26 in. W x 8.5 D, 4U, black
283477
13050-723
5.9
The CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet System is a series of wall-mounted and floor-supported

telecommunications enclosures designed to secure communications equipment for a
cross connect. Available in five heights, 18 sizes. There are two basic cabinet styles:
wall-mounted and wall-mounted/floor-supported. The 24 in., 36 in. and 48 in. H
cabinets are wall-mounted and support 200 lb. The 60 in. and 72 in. H cabinets are
wall-mounted and floor-supported by a wheeled base under the main body of the
cabinet and support 1,000 lb. Provides a secure wall-mounted enclosure for small
amounts of network and security equipment when storage space is limited and
equipment security is required.
FEATURES
UL Listed (24 in., 36 in., 48 in. H wall-mount cabinets only)
Locking solid-panel front door, locking 5 in. deep subpanel, keyed alike
Includes one pair of adjustable depth threaded equipment mounting rails
19 in. wide, EIA-310-E-compliant Universal hole pattern (5/8 in.-5/8 in.-1/2 in.)
Vented side panels, add fan kits to increase air changes
Multiple conduit knockouts on the rear subpanel
Contact your local sales representative for accessories not shown below

415459
13914-703
Standard Rack
PR23426V2-164878.tif
Provides direct support for panel-mount equipment, such as patch panels and
network switches and may be adapted with rack shelves to support computer/data
storage equipment.
FEATURES
EIA-310-E-compliant, Universal hole pattern (5/8 in.-5/8 in.-1/2 in.)
12-24 tapped equipment mounting holes
Rack-mount spaces (U) are marked and numbered to simplify
equipment installation
3 in. deep equipment-mounting channels
1,000 lb. equipment load-bearing capacity (must be evenly distributed)
Includes assembly hardware and 50 each #12-24 mounting screws
Must be secured to building structure; order installation hardware separately
UL Listed
D
Other sizes available
7 FT. RACKS, 45U
179805
55053-103
170171
55053-203
143592
55053-503
167074
55053-703
RACK ACCESSORIES
125458
40604-001
317881
40604-003
178458
40607-001
128493
40605-001
194844
40605-005
173601
173599
420004
30026-703
30026-702
13901-703
415456
13902-703
5.10
Description
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 3 in. D, 45U, gray
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 3 in. D, 45U, white
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 3 in. D, 45U, clear
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 3 in. D, 45U, black
Description
Installation kit, concrete floor, 3/8 in.
hardware, zinc
hardware, zinc
Installation kit, wood floor, 3/8 in.
hardware, zinc
Equipment mounting screws, #12-24,
zinc, 50 pack
Equipment mounting screws, #12-24,
50 pack, black
3U filler panel
2U filler panel
Velocity vertical cable manager,
single-sided, 80.5 in. H x 3.6 in. W x
9.7 in. D, black
9.8 in. D, black
420025
13915-703
415483
13930-702
430733
35700-701
488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
Description
double-sided, 80.5 in. H x 10 in. W x
17.5 in. D, black
17.8 in. D, black
Velocity horizontal cable manager, 2U x
19 in. W x 5.9 in. D, black
Vertical mounting bracket kit for CPI
rack systems, adjusts 8.5 in. to
12.5 in. D
Universal Rack
pr5227V2-143879.tif
Provides direct support for panel-mount equipment, such as patch panels and
network switches and may be adapted with rack shelves to support computer/data
storage equipment.
FEATURES
EIA-310-E-compliant Universal hole pattern (5/8 in.-5/8 in.-1/2 in.)
12-24 tapped equipment mounting holes
Rack-mount spaces (U) are marked and numbered to simplify
equipment installation
3 in. deep equipment mounting channels
1,500 lb. equipment load-bearing capacity
Integrated masked grounding studs for quick attachment to the
grounding system
Includes assembly hardware and 50 each 12-24 mounting screws
Other sizes and colors available
6 FT. RACKS, 38U
128266
46353-501
Description
72 in. H x 19 in. W, clear

Description
84 in. H x 23 in. W, black
84 in. H x 19 in. W, white
84 in. H x 23 in. W, gray
84 in. H x 19 in. W, UL Listed, clear
7.5 FT. RACKS, 48U

193489
46353-705
155766
46353-505
160238
46353-105
Description
8 FT. RACKS, 51U

095976
46353-515
164557
46353-215
198924
46353-715
164780
46383-215
Description
ACCESSORIES
125458
40604-001
178458
40607-001
128493
40605-001
194844
40605-005
173599
173601
375567
30026-702
30026-703
35511-703
377911
35512-703
368556
35523-703
368555
35524-703
377910
35525-703
368558
35441-702
430733
35700-701

488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
Seismic Frame Two-post Rack

Description
hardware, zinc
hardware, zinc
Equipment mounting screws, 12-24,
zinc, 50 pack
50 pack, black
2U filler panel
3U filler panel
Evolution g1 single-sided vertical cable
manager, black, 7 ft. H x 6 in. W x
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
Evolution g2 double-sided vertical cable
24.5 in. D
24.5 in. D
24.5 in. D
Evolution horizontal cable manager, 2U x
12.5 in. D
Description
PR23422V2-164906.tif
The Seismic Frame Two-post Rack is designed specifically to support network

equipment in areas with seismic activity. The welded steel frame of the Seismic Frame
Two-post Rack resists the swaying motion caused by earthquakes to reduce the
amount of vibration transferred through the rack to equipment and is less likely to be
damaged during a seismic event than nonseismic racks, which means quicker
network recovery times.
FEATURES
19 in. or 23 in. equipment support on threaded or square-punched
mounting rails
Equipped with two pairs of adjustable depth mounting rails
Rack-mount spaces (U) are marked and numbered on rails and rails
are reversible
Fully bonded frame construction with two masked grounding locations
Includes one two-mounting hole ground terminal block
Convenient cable distribution to equipment with unique built-in mounting
locations for attaching T-shape cable management fingers
Independently seismic tested and certified; meets Telcordia Technologies, Inc.
GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS) Zone 4 requirements
High-strength steel body, welded construction
1,000 lb. load rating
UL Listed
SEISMIC FRAME TWO-POST RACK
7 ft. H x 19 in. W, 44U
377873
13853-703
377874
13854-703
377875
13855-703
377876
13856-703
Description
12-24 threaded, zinc rails, black
Square-punched, zinc rails, black
12-24 threaded, painted rails, black
Square-punched, painted rails, black
5.11
7 FT. RACKS, 45U

184202
46383-703
164164
46353-703
147836
46353-203
125448
46383-103
102060
46353-103
086047
46353-503
162466
48353-503

(continued)
Seismic Frame Two-post Rack
ACCESSORIES
377886
13704-703
377887
13699-701
377889
13969-001
377890
13969-002
377891
377893
12575-701
13697-001
377894
377895
13698-001
13702-001
Description
Seismic Frame Two-post Rack vertical
cabling section, black
VCS Vertical Cabling Section offset
mounting bracket kit, black
Cable management fingers kit,
single-sided, black
Cable management fingers kit,
double-sided, black
Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray, black
Vertical power strip mounting hardware
kit, clear
Duplex electrical outlet box, zinc
Seismic Frame Two-post Rack concrete
floor anchor kit, zinc
MDF WITH 89D BRACKETS

220159
13424-512
220162
13424-524
220163
13425-527
220164
13425-554
MDF WITHOUT 89D BRACKETS

195036
12577-512
195040
12577-524
195044
12578-527
Description
7 ft. H x 19 in. W, single-sided,
1,200-pair, clear
7 ft. H x 19 in. W, double-sided,
2,400-pair, clear
2,700-pair, clear
MDF-66 Block Mounting System

Description
1,200-pair, clear
2,400-pair, clear
2,700-pair, clear
5,400-pair, clear
PR6816V2-143896.tif
Adjustable Rail QuadraRack (ARQR) and Adjustable Rail

ServerRack (ARSR)
PR23423V2-164884.tif
Used in telephone entrance facilities of buildings over 100,000 sq. ft. to support
overflow of protector brackets (with 66-style foot prints) or within the equipment
room or telecommunications room to support cross-connect or equipment
connections using 66-style termination blocks.
FEATURES
Strong, lightweight aluminum construction, ships fully assembled
Includes 6 in. deep Standard Rack and 66-block mounting brackets
Does not include 66 Series Termination Blocks
Available with or without 89D brackets
19 in. wide frame is available with 1,200-pair (front) or 2,400-pair (front and
rear) density
19 in. wide frame is populated with four columns by six rows of 66 blocks
per side
35 in. wide frame is available with 2,700-pair (front) or 5,400-pair (front and
rear) density
35 in. wide frame is populated with nine columns by six rows of 66 blocks
per side
Use accessory rack installation kit (Part No. 125458) to mount securely to floor
Individual racks, block or protector mounting brackets are also available
Other colors available
5.12
The Adjustable Rail QuadraRack (ARQR) and the Adjustable Rail ServerRack (ARSR)
provide sturdy, versatile solutions for supporting rack-mount security, network,
computer server and data storage equipment in data centers, computer equipment
rooms and other IT facilities. Both racks offer the strength and stability of an
enclosure in an open four-post mounting system that provides easy access to
equipment and cabling. Available in 23.62 in. or 35.43 in. fixed depth four-post
frames with adjustable rear mounting rails, the front-to-rear mounting depths of the
ARQR and ARSR are adjustable, helping to match equipment mounting requirements.
The ARQR contains 12-24 threaded mounting rails for data communications
applications and the ARSR has square-punched mounting rails for server and data
storage applications. Each rack includes a Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray with an
adjustable radius drop to provide easy side-to-side routing of patch cords and
enhanced cable management. The ARQR and ARSR can be used with any CPI cabling
section or Cable Guide Kit and allows for the attachment of CPI Cable Runway to the
top of the rack with J-bolts, a Cable Runway Elevation Kit or a Cable Runway
Mounting Bracket.
FEATURES
Available in three heights and two depths
19 in. equipment support on threaded or square-punched EIA-310-E mounting
rails with Universal hole spacing
Rack-mount spaces (U) are marked and numbered on front mounting rails

Front mount rails can be flipped so that rack-mount space (U) numbering can
start at the top or the bottom
Rear mounting rails adjust in depth to match equipment requirements
Includes one Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray with adjustable radius drops
Includes one Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block and
antioxidant compound
Steel construction
Static load rating of 2,200 lb.
UL Listed
ACCESSORIES
377905
15285-701
377906
15285-702
377907
15275-701
377908
15286-003
125458
40604-001
178458
40607-001
375567
35511-703
377911
35512-703
377912
35513-703
375568
35514-703
377913
35515-703
368558
35441-702
Description
Equipment support rail, 23.62 in. D,
200 lb. capacity, black
Equipment support rail, 35.43 in. D,
Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray, 6 in. W x
5.2 in. D, black
Cable guide kit, 45U rack, snaps to one
mounting rail, aligns to U
locations, black
hardware, zinc
hardware, zinc
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
Adjustable ServerRack and Adjustable QuadraRack

PR20302V2-71440.tif
The Adjustable ServerRack and Adjustable QuadraRack are four-post frames that can
be adjusted in depth in 1 in. increments during assembly. Each rack has seven depth
settings. The Adjustable ServerRack has square-punched mounting rails that allow
the thread to be changed to match server equipment requirements, and the
Adjustable QuadraRack has threaded 12-24 equipment mounting holes for quick
installation of patch panels and switches.
FEATURES
19 in. W, adjustable depth four-post frame
Threaded or square-punched equipment mounting channels with EIA-310-E
Universal hole spacing
Supports up to 2,000 lb. of equipment
UL Listed
Includes assembly and rack-mount hardware
ADJUSTABLE SERVERRACK (SQUARE-PUNCHED)
Description
353022
15211-703
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 15.7 in. to 21.6 in. D,
45U, black
ADJUSTABLE QUADRARACK (THREADED 12-24)
Description
353024
15215-703
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 15.7 in. to 21.6 in. D,
45U, black
ADJUSTABLE QUADRARACK ACCESSORIES
Description
353026
15255-701
Vented shelf, 19 in. W x 1U x 13.8 in. D,
for 15.7 in. to 21.6 in. D rack, 200 lb.
capacity, black
125458
40604-001
hardware, zinc
317881
40604-003
hardware, zinc
178458
40607-001
hardware, zinc
128493
40605-001
zinc, 50 pack
194844
40605-005
50 pack, black
173601
30026-703
3U filler panel
173599
30026-702
2U filler panel
5.13
ADJUSTABLE RAIL QUADRARACK AND SERVERRACK

Description
377902
15251-703
84 in. H (45U) x 23.6 in. W x 23.62 in. D,
12-24 threaded rails, black
375571
15252-703
84 in. H (45U) x 23.6 in. W x 35.43 in. D,
377903
15253-703
84 in. H (45U) x 23.6 in. W x 23.62 in. D,
square-punched rails, black
377904
15254-703
84 in. H (45U) x 23.6 in. W x 35.43 in. D,

(continued)
Adjustable ServerRack and Adjustable QuadraRack

420004
13901-703
415456
13902-703
415457
13904-703
420013
13905-703
415483
13930-702
430733
35700-701
488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
Description
9.7 in. D, black
9.8 in. D, black
single-sided, 80.5 in. H x 10 in. W x
10.3 in. D, black
10.4 in. D, black
12.5 in. D
ACCESSORIES
125458
40604-001
317881
40604-003
178458
40607-001
420004
13901-703
415456
13902-703
415457
13904-703
420013
13905-703
415483
13930-702
430733
35700-701
488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
QuadraRack 4-Post Frame

pr5814V2-9681.tif
Description
hardware, zinc
hardware, zinc
hardware, zinc
9.7 in. D, black
9.8 in. D, black
10.3 in. D, black
10.4 in. D, black
12.5 in. D
QuadraRack ServerFrame
The QuadraRack 4-Post Frame provides direct support for data/network equipment
with two pairs of fixed-position threaded equipment mounting channels.
FEATURES
19 in. wide x 29 in. deep threaded equipment-mounting channels with
EIA-310-E Universal hole spacing
Includes assembly hardware and 100 each 12-24 mounting screws
4-POST FRAME
249553
50120-703
249554
50120-715
5.14
Description
PR6798V2-36184.tif
The QuadraRack ServerFrame provides direct support for server equipment with two
pairs of fixed-position square-punched equipment mounting channels.
FEATURES
19 in. W x 29 in. deep square-punched equipment-mounting channels with
EIA-310-E Universal hole spacing
Includes assembly hardware, order mounting hardware separately

QUADRARACK SERVERFRAME
267550
15053-103
267549
15053-203
251149
15053-703
ACCESSORIES
125458
40604-001
40604-003
178458
40607-001
226487
12637-001
246971
12638-001
246967
12639-001
420004
13901-703
415456
13902-703
415457
13904-703
420013
13905-703
415483
13930-702
430733
35700-701
488965
P3-1F0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
Description
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 29 in. D, 45U, gray
7 ft. H x 19 in. W x 29 in. D, 45U, white
Description
hardware, zinc
hardware, zinc
hardware, zinc
M6 cage nuts and mounting screws,
25 pkg., gold
10-32 cage nuts and mounting screws,
25 pkg., zinc
12-24 cage nuts and mounting screws,
25 pkg., black
9.7 in. D, black
9.8 in. D, black
10.3 in. D, black
10.4 in. D, black
12.5 in. D
Standard Swing-gate Wall Rack

pr5204V2-143867.tif
Provides easy access to the rear of wall-mounted equipment.

FEATURES
19 in. wide EIA-310-E threaded equipment-mounting channels with Universal
hole spacing
100 lb. equipment load capacity, open or closed position
Pivots open to the right or left, latches in the closed position
UL Listed
Includes assembly and installation hardware
Includes 50 each 12-24 equipment mounting screws
29.1 IN. H X 21.7 IN. W, 12U
267488
11790-725
239729
11790-718
249526
11790-712
Description
25 in. D, black
18 in. D, black
12 in. D, black
43.1 IN. H X 21.7 IN. W, 20U

267489
11791-725
239731
11791-718
240470
11791-712
Description
25 in. D, black
18 in. D, black
12 in. D, black
53.6 IN. H X 21.7 IN. W, 26U

267491
11807-725
249531
11807-718
249527
11807-712
Description
25 in. D, black
18 in. D, black
12 in. D, black
78.1 IN. H X 21.7 IN. W, 40U

267493
11792-725
249532
11792-718
249533
11792-712
Description
25 in. D, black
18 in. D, black
12 in. D, black
CABLE MANAGEMENT RINGS

249534
11799-001
Description
Set of six, black
5.15
317881
EasySwing Wall-mount Rack

PR12031V2-21862.tif
UL Listed
Attach to a plywood backer board
22.4 IN. W X 27.4 IN. H (12U) WALL-MOUNT EQUIPMENT RACKS

Description
239705
11960-718
18 in. D, black
239703
11960-712
12 in. D, black
239701
11960-706
6 in. D, black
A cost-effective 19 in. EIA swing-gate wall-rack for mounting network,

communications and security equipment.
FEATURES
Supports up to 85 lb.
Ships fully assembled and flat; simply unfold and mount to wall
Includes (12) 12-24 equipment mounting screws
19 in. wide EIA-310-E threaded equipment-mounting rails with Universal
hole spacing
Opens 180 degrees to the right or left
Keyhole wall-mounting holes with mounting template included on carton
Includes reusable cable management straps
Order 1/4 in. installation hardware separately
Anixter No. DVendor No.
Description
318650
13602-708
24.5 in. H x 8 in. D, 11U, black
318651
13602-712
24.5 in. H x 12 in. D, 11U, black
318652
13602-718
24.5 in. H x 18 in. D, 11U, black
318655
13604-712
38.5 in. H x 12 in. D, 19U, black
318656
13604-718
38.5 in. H x 18 in. D, 19U, black
318658
13608-712
51.5 in. H x 12 in. D, 26U, black
Fixed Wall-mount Equipment Rack

pr5801V2-9660.tif
Provides fixed wall-mounted support for rack-mount telecommunications equipment

where storage space is limited.
FEATURES
19 in. wide EIA-310-E threaded equipment-mounting channels with Universal
hole spacing
Three height options: 12U, 20U, 40U
Three depth options: 6 in., 12 in., 18 in.
Supports up to 200 lb. of equipment
5.16

Description
239722
11961-718
18 in. D, black
239720
11961-706
6 in. D, black
Description
239725
11962-706
6 in. D, black
Single-sided Rack Shelves

pr5222V2-143875.tif
Use on CPI Universal or Standard Racks to support equipment up to 15 in. deep and
weighing up to 50 lb.
FEATURES
19 in. shelf supports equipment up to 17.25 in. W
23 in. shelf supports equipment up to 21.25 in. W
Usable depth is 14.82 in.
Requires 3U of rack-mount space
Mounting hardware is not included; use Part No. 128493
Also available with a vented support surface
SINGLE-SIDED SHELVES FOR 19 IN. RACKS
Description
080570
40074-100
3U x 19 in. W x 15 in. D, 50 lb.
capacity, gray
106290
40074-500
3U x 19 in. W x 15 in. D, 50 lb.
capacity, clear
171339
40074-700
3U x 19 in. W x 15 in. D, 50 lb.
capacity, black

SINGLE-SIDED SHELVES FOR 23 IN. RACKS
Description
127008
40075-100
3U x 23 in. W x 15 in. D, 50 lb.
capacity, gray
133461
40075-500
3U x 23 in. W x 15 in. D, 50 lb.
capacity, clear
184204
40075-700
3U x 23 in. W x 15 in. D, 50 lb.
capacity, black
QuadraRack Shelves
pr5811V2-9675.tif
Double-sided Rack Shelves

pr5223V2-143876.tif
DOUBLE-SIDED SHELVES FOR 19 IN. RACKS

Description
133459
40108-119
4U x 19 in. W x 21.5 in. D, 100 lb.
capacity, gray
156072
40108-219
4U x 19 in. W x 21.5 in. D, 100 lb.
capacity, white
132493
40108-519
4U x 19 in. W x 21.5 in. D, 100 lb.
capacity, clear
171338
40108-719
4U x 19 in. W x 21.5 in. D, 100 lb.
capacity, black
DOUBLE-SIDED SHELVES FOR 23 IN. RACKS
Description
133450
40108-123
4U x 23 in. W x 21.5 in. D, 100 lb.
capacity, gray
133449
40108-523
4U x 23 in. W x 21.5 in. D, 100 lb.
capacity, clear
184201
40108-723
4U x 23 in. W x 21.5 in. D, 100 lb.
capacity, black
Extra-heavy-duty Four-point Sliding Shelf

PR6799V2-143885.tif
FEATURES
Flexible cable management belt eliminates kinking, bending or cutting of cable
Adjustable mounting depth of 20 in. to 34 in.
Provides 17.5 in. W x 26 in. D surface
Extends 24 in.; locks in fully closed or open position
Other widths available
Description
267554
12700-119
2U x 19 in. W x 26 in. D, 300 lb.
capacity, gray
267553
12700-219
2U x 19 in. W x 26 in. D, 300 lb.
capacity, white
265966
12700-719
2U x 19 in. W x 26 in. D, 300 lb.
capacity, black
5.17
Use on CPI Universal or Standard Rack to support equipment up to 21 3/4 in. deep
and weighing less than 100 lb. that is not designed for direct rack mounting.
FEATURES
19 in. rack shelf supports equipment up to 17.75 in. wide
23 in. rack shelf supports equipment up to 21.75 in. wide
Usable depth is 21.75 in.
Requires 4U of rack-mount space
Mounting hardware not included; use Part No. 128493
Also available as vented and in other colors
Use to support equipment up to 29 in. deep and weighing up to 200 lb. on

QuadraRack 4-post Frame and QuadraRack ServerFrame.
FEATURES
19 in. shelf provides 17.25 in. W x 29 in. D surface
Uses 1U of rack-mount space
Supports up to 200 lb.
Available in other colors
Description
249555
16351-719
Solid, 1U x 19 in. W x 29 in. D, 200 lb.
capacity, black
249556
16350-719
Vented, 1U x 19 in. W x 29 in. D, 200 lb.
capacity, black
Cabinet System Shelves
Lockable Storage Drawers

pr5198V2-143863.tif
Use to support equipment that is not designed for direct rack mounting in any CPI
Cabinet System (M-Series MegaFrame, C-Series SlimFrame, Seismic Frame, GF-Series
GlobalFrame, F-Series TeraFrame or N-Series TeraFrame Cabinets). 32 inch deep
vented sliding shelf (Part No. 227315) is shown. Styles vary slightly model to model.
FEATURES
19 in. wide x 2U shelves
Fixed or sliding (includes cable management arm)
Vented or solid shelf surface
Use 24 in. deep versions in 30 in. deep cabinets
Use 29 in. and 32 in. deep versions in 36 in. and 39 in. deep cabinets
SOLID SHELVES FOR 19 IN. CABINETS
531731
12334-119
219575
12334-519
191515
12334-719
546228
14070-719
191519
12345-719
Description
Fixed shelf, 24 in. D, 200 lb.
capacity, gray
capacity, clear
capacity, black
capacity, black
Sliding shelf, 24 in. D, 140 lb.
capacity, black
VENTED SHELVES FOR 19 IN. CABINETS

Description
191516
12335-719
capacity, black
545575
14072-719
capacity, black
191520
12346-719
capacity, black
227315
11913-719
capacity, black
5.18
PR9859V2-9749.tif
CPI's Lockable Storage Drawer keeps backup media, software, manuals, laptops, test
equipment and extra patch cords in close proximity to where they are typically used.
They are available for 19 in. or 23 in. wide racks and cabinets. Includes attachment
brackets that allow center mounting on two-post racks with 3 in. or 6 in. deep
equipment channels or front and rear attachment to four-post racks and cabinet
systems with mounting rails that are adjusted between 24 in. and 39 in. in depth.
FEATURES
Attaches to any CPI free-standing 19 in. wide or 23 in. wide rack or
cabinet system
Available in three heights: 2U, 3U and 4U
Supports a 100 lb. load (drawer and top surface combined)
Features 20 in. deep lockable drawer that extends full depth for easy access to
stored equipment
19 IN. RACK MOUNT
277373
13082-719
277374
13083-719
277375
13084-719
Description
2U, black
3U, black
4U, black
23 IN. RACK MOUNT

283697
13082-723
283698
13083-723
283700
13084-723
Description
2U, black
3U, black
4U, black
DRAWER DIVIDERS 5 IN. WIDE SECTIONS

Description
283701
13185-701
Drawer divider for 3U and 4U only

368556
35523-703
Evolution Vertical Cable Management

PR34421V2-254400.tif
35524-703
377910
35525-703
375567
35511-703
377911
35512-703
377912
35513-703
375568
35514-703
377913
35515-703
444289
35571-703
444292
35572-703
444293
35573-703
444295
35574-703
444297
35575-703
ACCESSORIES
377914
35475-701
377915
35473-001
Description
Fiber Segregation Kit, black
Cable Lashing Bar Kit
EVOLUTION VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT

Description
368557
35521-703
7 ft. H x 6 in. W x 24.5 in. D, Evolution
g2 double-sided vertical cable
manager, black
377909
35522-703
g2 double-sided vertical cable
manager, black
5.19
Evolution Vertical Cable Management provides a solution for managing high-density

cabling applications on open two-post and four-post CPI rack systems, delivering
increased performance to match the demands of data center applications. Featuring
easy-to-use doors with styling that complements the CPI TeraFrame family of
cabinets, Evolution Cable Management provides innovative interior features to help
maximize the capacity and utility of vertical and horizontal cable management.
Evolution Vertical Cable Managers attach to the sides of racks to manage premise
cables, patch cords and jumper cords. Double-sided g2 Evolution Vertical Cable
Managers feature movable midsections that can be positioned for a 50/50, 40/60 or
60/40 front/rear split of the internal cable management space to match cabling
requirements. The front door is secured by a spring-loaded two-point latch controlled
by a single knob; simply turn the knob on the right or left side of the door and pull to
swing the door open or turn both knobs to remove the door.
OPTIONS
- Choose from combination, single- or double-sided vertical managers
- Choose the two-post or four-post rack that best fits your equipment
- Unique Cable Lashing Bar Kit for bundle control
- Unique Fiber Segregation Kit to control fiber within the cabling section trough
- Unique movable midsection allows for adjustable front-to-back trough volume ratio
FEATURES
6 in., 8 in., 10 in., 12 in. and 15 in. wide models available to match your
cable densities
6 ft., 7 ft. and 8 ft. height models available to match your room design
T-shaped cable management cable guides align with rack-mount spaces (U)
with decreased deflection for heavier Cat 6A cabling
Rigid vertical manager trough supports heavy bundles of cable
Movable midsection inside g2 double-sided managers for allocation of
front-to-back volume/capacity
Rear cable rings with spin-open latches on the back of the g3 combination
managers organize large cable bundles
Rounded cable guide edges at the top to protect cable entrance and exit
368555
Description
24.5 in. D
24.5 in. D
24.5 in. D
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
13.2 in. D
g3 combination vertical cable
manager, black
manager, black
manager, black
manager, black
manager, black
VCS Vertical Cabling Sections
MCS Master Cabling Section

pr5217V2-143871.tif
Open vertical cable trough for use with Universal, Standard, and 6 in. deep Standard
Racks and QuadraRacks. Use with racks that support patch panels when customers
want premise cable and patch cords in open view. Select to match the height of the
supporting rack.
FEATURES
Front- and rear-facing troughs are completely open
Rotating latches on 12 in. vertical intervals secure cables
Cable front-to-rear pass-through ports in between each latch
All cable openings are edge protected
Includes installation hardware
Other heights and colors available
DOUBLE-SIDED
174145
12096-503
174146
12096-703
166031
11729-503
174142
11729-703
SINGLE-SIDED
164160
11374-703
176096
5.20
11730-703
Description
7 ft. H x 3.65 in. W x 12.75 in. D, clear
7 ft. H x 3.65 in. W x 12.75 in. D, black
VCS vertical cabling section,
double-sided, 7 ft. H x 6 in. W x
12.75 in. D, clear
double-sided, 7 ft. H x 6 in. W x
12.75 in. D, black
Description
single-sided, 7 ft. H x 6 in. W x
6.38 in. D, black
PR6815V2-36185.tif
Front-facing (single-sided) or combination front- and rear-facing (double-sided)

vertical cable trough for use with Universal, Standard and 6 in. deep Standard Racks
and QuadraRacks. Use with racks that support patch panels when customers want
premise cable and patch cords hidden from view. Select to match the height of the
supporting rack.
FEATURES
Front- and rear-facing troughs have 1U-high openings on both sides for
organizing patch cords/premise cable
Front- and rear-facing troughs have an integrated latch-closure door/cover that
swings open to the right or left and may be removed
All cable openings front and rear are edge protected
Available in three widths, match to height of supporting rack
Includes installation hardware, finish is black or clear, doors and cable guides
are black
Other sizes are available
DOUBLE-SIDED
236176
30094-503
236177
30094-703
236180
30095-503
236182
30096-503
236183
30096-703
Description
7 ft. H x 6 in. W x 16.15 in. D, clear
7 ft. H x 10 in. W x 16.15 in. D, black
SINGLE-SIDED
Anixter No.
236170
236171
236172
236173
236174
236175
Description
Vendor No.
30091-503
30091-703
30092-503
30092-703
30093-503
30093-703
MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section with Extended Fingers
Velocity Vertical Cable Management
PR9867V2-143930.tif
SINGLE-SIDED
Anixter No.
284596
284597
284598
Vendor No.
40092-703
40093-703
40094-703
Description
DOUBLE-SIDED
284599
40095-703
284600
40096-703
284601
40097-703
Description
Velocity vertical cable management is an economical vertical cable management

solution with a unique snap-together design that reduces shipping size and cost. The
components can be quickly assembled and then bolted to a CPI rack or QuadraRack.
Ships unassembled with patented cable guide fingers at 1U intervals.
FEATURES
1U high finger openings for patch cords along both sides of the trough, similar
to MCS and CCS
Snap-on cover similar to Universal Horizontal Cable Manager
All cable openings are edge protected
Single-sided and double-sided models in various widths and heights
SINGLE-SIDED, FOR 7 FT. H (45U) RACKS
Description
420004
13901-703
9.7 in. D, black
415456
13902-703
9.8 in. D, black
415457
13904-703
10.3 in. D, black
420013
13905-703
10.4 in. D, black
DOUBLE-SIDED, FOR 7 FT. H (45U) RACKS
Description
420016
13911-703
80.5 in. H x 3.6 in. W x 16.4 in. D, black
415458
13912-703
80.5 in. H x 6.0 in. W x 16.6 in. D, black
415459
13914-703
17.5 in. D, black
420025
13915-703
17.8 in. D, black
5.21
The MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section with Extended Fingers is a large-capacity vertical
cable management solution for two-post and four-post racks. The MCS-EFX is
available as a single-sided or double-sided cable management trough in
several sizes.
The MCS-EFX is manufactured from a combination of strong, lightweight aluminum
sheet and plenum-rated composite materials for maximum strength at minimal
weight. The MCS-EFX is packaged in a single carton for easy handling and includes
installation hardware.
FEATURES
Cable openings on the side of the MCS-EFX are sized to accommodate 48 patch
cords, twice the capacity of the standard MCS. Openings have rounded edges to
protect cable and will not deform or break
Patented cable openings on the sides of the MCS-EFX align with RMU spaces on
the rack allowing cables to exit by RMU increments
The door hinges open to the right or left for easy access to cables during moves,
adds or changes, and locks in the closed position to protect cables
from damage
MCS-EFX also available in 7.5 ft. and 8 ft. H
PR29084V2-215261.tif
CCS Combination Cabling Section
PR6806V2-143890.tif
Combination front- and rear-facing (double-sided) vertical cable trough for use with
the Universal, Standard, and 6 in. deep Standard Racks and QuadraRacks. Use with
racks that support patch panels when customers want patch cords to be hidden
from view.
FEATURES
Front-facing trough has 1U-high openings on both sides for organizing
patch cords
Front-facing trough has an integrated latch-closure door/cover that swings open
to the right or left and may be removed
Rear-facing trough is completely open with spin-latch closures at 12 in.
vertical intervals
All cable openings front and rear are edge protected
Available in three widths, match with style and height of supporting rack
D
Includes installation
hardware; finish is black
Racks to manage cable at the cross-connect, especially when using angled-face

copper patch panels.
The CCS-EFX is manufactured from a combination of strong, lightweight aluminum
sheet and plenum-rated composite materials for maximum strength at minimal
weight. The CCS-EFX is packaged in a single carton for easy handling and includes
installation hardware.
FEATURES
Cable openings on the front of the CCS-EFX are sized to accommodate 48 patch
cords, twice the capacity of the standard CCS. Openings have rounded edges to
protect cable and will not deform or break
Cable openings on the front of the CCS-EFX align with rack-mount spaces on the
rack allowing cables to exit in 1U increments
The front door hinges open to the right or left for easy access to cables during
moves, adds and changes (MACs) and locks in the closed position to protect
cables from damage
The open rear of the CCS-EFX allows large premise cable bundles to exit the
manager into the rack-mount space. Spin closure latches secure cables
CCS-EFX also available in 7.5 ft. and 8 ft. H
Description
284604
40098-703
284605
40099-703
284606
40100-703
Vertical Cable Managers for F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System

PR34417V2-254410.tif
CCS COMBINATION CABLING SECTION FOR USE WITH UNIVERSAL OR

STANDARD RACK
Description
249545
30161-703
249547
30162-703
249549
30163-703
CCS COMBINATION CABLING SECTION FOR USE WITH 6 IN. DEEP STANDARD RACK
Description
249550
30164-703
249551
30165-703
249552
30166-703
CCS-EFX Combination Cabling Section With Extended Fingers

PR9868V2-143931.tif
The CCS-EFX Combination Cabling Section with Extended Fingers is a double-sided

vertical cable management trough designed for use with CPI's Universal and Standard
5.22
Vertical Cable Managers for CPI's F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System creates an
internal pathway that guides and protects network and signal cables and organizes
patch and equipment cords as they enter and exit the manager to make
equipment connections.
FEATURES
Plastic T-shape cable guides (fingers) organize cables by rack-mount space
Two sizes with standard and extended fingers for different cable capacities;
match to cabinet width and height
Edge-protected cable pass-through ports allow cables to exit the rear side of the
manager, behind the equipment mounting rails
Available in black finish only
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS WITH STANDARD FINGERS
Description
366376
34421-C01
Vertical Cable Manager, 10.5 in. D, with 1U
fingers, 45U x 23.6 in. W cabinet, black
444314
35095-C05
Vertical Cable Manager, 11.6 in. D, with 1U
fingers, for 45U x 31.5 in. W cabinet, black

VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS WITH EXTENDED FINGERS
Description
444318
35103-C05
For 45U x 31.5 in. W cabinet, black
Velocity Horizontal Cable Management

PR29085V2-215252.tif
Evolution Horizontal Cable Management

PR23429V2-164874.tif
Universal Horizontal Cable Manager

PR6821V2-143900.tif
Provides a rack-mounted horizontal pathway for patch cords. Use above patch panels
and network switches. CPI recommends 1U of cable management for every 2U of
connectivity. The Universal Horizontal Cable Manager complements CPI's CCS
Combination Cabling Section and MCS Master Cabling Section.
FEATURES
Snap-on cover, pivots open up or down
Pass cables front-to-rear through opening in rear of panel
T-shape fingers organize patch cords entering/exiting rack-mount equipment
Use 6.5 in. deep panels when double-sided MCS are attached to Standard or
Universal Racks
5.23
CPI Evolution Horizontal Cable Management provides a solution for managing

high-density cabling applications on open two-post and four-post CPI rack systems,
delivering increased performance to match the demands of data center applications.
Featuring easy-to-use doors with styling that complements the CPI TeraFrame family
of cabinets, Evolution Cable Management provides innovative interior features to help
maximize the capacity and utility of vertical and horizontal cable management.
Evolution Horizontal Cable Managers are ideal for use above and below patch panels
and network switches to organize and store cables. The included plastic T-shape cable
guides help to organize patch cords and jumper cords as they enter and exit the
horizontal manager to make individual equipment connections.
OPTIONS
- Choose from three heights to match your cabling density
- Use with any CPI two-post or four-post rack system
FEATURES
Horizontal manager for use above and below patch panels and
network switches
Superior strength T-shape cable guides for cable routing and control
Rounded-edge cable guides protect cables from cuts and scrapes
Contoured front door with snap-on hinges
Front door swings up or down and stays in the open position while cabling
Available in 1U, 2U and 3U configurations for 19 in. EIA-310-E-compliant racks
or cabinets
Description
375569
35441-701
1U x 19 in. W x 8.2 in. D, black
368558
35441-702
375570
35441-703
Provides a rack-mounted horizontal pathway for patch cords. Use with CPI's Velocity
Vertical Cable Management above and below patch panels and network switches. CPI
recommends 1U of cable management for every 2U of connectivity.
FEATURES
Snap-on cover, pivots open up or down
Pass cables front-to-rear through openings in rear of panel
T-shape fingers organize patch cords entering/exiting rack-mount equipment
Made of plastic, all cable openings are edge protected
Description
420027
13930-701
415483
13930-702
420029
13930-703

(continued)
Universal Horizontal Cable Manager
SINGLE-SIDED
Anixter No.
256551
247659
247661
267509
247660
247662
267511
247664
247667
267512
247665
247666
Vendor No.
30139-719
30130-719
30131-719
30139-723
30130-723
30131-723
30339-719
30330-719
30331-719
30339-723
30330-723
30331-723
Description
DOUBLE-SIDED (ALSO AVAILABLE IN 23 IN.)

Description
271867
30529-719
271868
30530-719
271869
30531-719
Large Horizontal Ring Panels

pr5219V2-143872.tif
Use above large network switches with vertical module cards when power supplies
are at the base of the switch chassis.
FEATURES
2U panel, 2.8 in. H x 6 in. D-Rings
Description
158553
11564-519
2U x 19 in. W x 6 in. D, clear
183717
11564-719
2U x 19 in. W x 6 in. D, black
184190
11564-723
19 in. Horizontal Wire Management Panels

D
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Raceway
Jumper Trays
pr5220V2-143873.tif
19 in. Horizontal Wire Management Panels for use on CPI racks or QuadraRacks when
equipped with the VCS Vertical Cabling Section or for use within any CPI Cabinet
System. CPI recommends planning 1U of cable management for every 2U
of connectivity.
FEATURES
19 in. W x 4 in. D panels
1.5 in. D standoff from rack
1U panel, rings are 1.5 in. H x 2.5 in. D
2U panel, rings are 3.25 in. H x 2.5 in. D
Includes mounting hardware and cable distribution spools
Description
174172
13070-719
174173
13075-719
5.24
pr5203V2-143866.tif
Provide strain relief for patch-cord slack and for patch cords transitioning between
adjacent racks.
FEATURES
Patch cords enter/exit trays over controlled radii
Upper jumper trays are open on top and cable enters from below
Lower jumper trays are closed on top and cable enters from above
Installation hardware not included, use Part No. 128493
UPPER JUMPER TRAYS
174148
12183-519
174150
12183-719
174153
12183-723
283579
13183-719
Description
2U x 19 in. W x 3.5 in. D, clear

LOWER JUMPER TRAYS
174159
12185-719
174165
12187-719
249524
12185-723
249525
12187-723
Description
Patch Panel Wire Management Bar

pr5221V2-143874.tif
Enhanced Cable Managers

PR10994V2-17956.tif
NARROW ENHANCED VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS

Description
313461
13171-702
6 ft. H x 3.50 in. W x 5.23 in. D
313452
13171-701
6 ft. 6 in. H x 3.50 in. W x 5.23 in. D
313454
13171-700
Enhanced Vertical Cable Manager with
1U Fingers, for 45U cabinet, 7 ft. H x
3.50 in. W x 5.23 in. D
WIDE ENHANCED VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS
Description
313456
13170-702
6 ft. H x 4.75 in. W x 8.77 in. D
313459
13170-701
6 ft. 6 in. H x 4.75 in. W x 8.77 in. D
268426
13170-700
7 ft. H x 4.75 in. W x 8.77 in. D
Enhanced Vertical Cable Managers for CPI's MegaFrame Cabinet System allow cables
to be organized by rack-mount space, making it easier to trace individual cables
during moves, adds and changes. Additionally, two Enhanced Vertical Managers can
be connected with Front-to-Back Managers (as shown) to create a complete pathway
for patch cords that connect network switches and computers within the same or
adjacent cabinets.
5.25
Provides a rack-mounted support for cables in between CPI Cabling Sections and the
rear of patch panels.
Description
219941
12176-501
Clear
174174
12176-701
Black
FEATURES
Enhanced Vertical Managers are available in two sizes for large and extra-large
cable capacities. The narrow version can be added to any MegaFrame Cabinet.
The wide version is used in any 23 in. wide MegaFrame Cabinet that has been
converted into a 19 in. rack solution with CPI's 23 in. to 19 in. Rail Adapter Kit
(Part No. 10587). Both models include a snap-on door to protect cables. The
matching Front-to-Back Managers (sold in pairs) snap onto the vertical
managers and adjust to match the depth of the cable managers
Cable openings in the Enhanced Vertical Manager allow cables to exit by U.
Openings have rounded edges to protect cable and will not deform or break
The back side of the Enhanced Vertical Manager has four edge-protected cable
pass-through ports for front-to-back cabling
Cover snaps on and opens to the right or left
Front-to-Back Managers adjust in depth to connect the front and rear Enhanced
Vertical Manager
Available in black finish only
APC
./
NetShelter SX Enclosures
APC BY SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC
PR34473V2-255201.tif
The APC NetShelter SX is an integral part of APC's InfraStruxure solution. Designed

specifically for IT and data center applications, the NetShelter SX is ideal for
high-density data centers when the delivery of a high amount of power and cable
management options to servers and networking equipment is required. The
enclosures provide a complete IT support system that seamlessly integrates with
APC's cooling, rack power-distribution and cable management products.
FEATURES
Several combinations of height, width and depth makes it easy to select the
right cabinet
Vendor-neutral mounting for guaranteed compatibility with all
EIA-310-compliant 19 in. equipment
Rear-mounting brackets provide integrated mounting without tools of APC Rack
Power Distribution Units and vertical cable managers
D
Adjustable vertical
mounting rails
Numbered U positions
Perforated front and rear doors provide ample ventilation for servers and
networking equipment
Side panels are lockable, utilizing a single key with the doors
Split rear doors improve access and serviceability to rear of
rack-mounted equipment
Enclosures are shipped standard with both leveling feet and casters
The roof, side panels, front and rear doors are grounded to the frame of
the enclosure
Flat-packable option available for onsite setup and installation
Description
324347
AR3100
NetShelter SX, 42U x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, black
443182
AR3105
324398
AR3107
425087
AR3140
NetShelter SX Networking, 42U x 30 in. W x
42 in. D, black
324348
AR3150
443183
AR3155
325939
AR3157
353152
AR3300
NetShelter SX, 42U x 24 in. W x
47.5 in. D, black
443198
AR3305
47.5 in. D, black
353153
AR3307
47.5 in. D, black
435379
AR3340
NetShelter SX Networking, 42U x 30 in. W x
47.5 in. D, black
5.26

435381
AR3347
353154
AR3350
443199
370676
AR3355
AR3357
374028
443246
AR3104
AR3200
443247
AR3810
443248
AR3812
443249
AR3814
Description
NetShelter SX Networking, 48U x 30 in W x
47.5 in D, black
47.5 in. D, black
NetShelter SX, 45U x 30 in W x 47.5 in D, black
47.5 in. D, black
NetShelter SX Colocation, 2 x 20U x 24 in. W x
42 in. D, black
NetShelter AV, 42U x 24 in. W x 32.5 in. D,
10-32 threaded rails, no sides/roof/
doors, black
NetShelter SV Enclosures
PR72264V2-579249.tif
The APC NetShelter SV enclosure has the basic functionality and features you have
become familiar with from APC in a cost-effective solution. The NetShelter SV
maintains an environment for rack power distribution and cable management to
provide reliable rack-mounting for mission-critical equipment.
FEATURES
Several combinations of height, width and depth make it easy to select the
right cabinet
Vendor-neutral mounting for guaranteed compatibility with all
EIA-310-compliant 19 in. equipment
Rear-mounting brackets provide integrated tool-less mounting of APC Rack
Power Distribution Units and vertical cable managers
Adjustable vertical mounting rails
Numbered U positions
Perforated front and rear doors provide ample ventilation for servers and
networking equipment
Side panels are lockable, utilizing a single key for all doors
Split rear doors improve access and serviceability to rear of
rack-mounted equipment
Enclosures are shipped standard with both leveling feet and casters
The roof, side panels, front and rear doors are grounded to the frame of
the enclosure
Flat packable option available for onsite setup and installation
APC
Color: black
Anixter No.
492695
492699
492701
492703
492705
492708
492710
492711
492712
492713
Vendor No.
AR2400
AR2480
AR2500
AR2580
AR2407
AR2487
AR2507
AR2587
AR2401
AR2400FP1
Description
42U x 24 in. W x 42 in. D
42U x 32 in. W x 42 in. D
42U x 24 in. W x 48 in. D
42U x 32 in. W x 48 in. D
48U x 24 in. W x 42 in. D
48U x 32 in. W x 42 in. D
48U x 24 in. W x 48 in. D
48U x 32 in. W x 48 in. D
42U x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, no sides
42U x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, one part flat pack
NetShelter CX Secure Soundproofed Server-Room-in-a-Box

Office Enclosures
PR29144V2-215379.tif
Power and Cooling Solutions for APC Racks and Cabinets

PR33669V2-248515.tif
Please see the Power and Thermal Management Solutions section

for more information.
NetShelter WX Enclosures
PR33673V2-248522.tif
Support remote patching and networking applications in a convenient wall-mount

rack with an easy-install rear-hinged section and reversible doors.
Description
312934
AR100
NetShelter WX, 13U, with threaded hole
vertical mounting rail, glass front door, black
312935
AR100HD
NetShelter WX, 13U, with threaded hole
vertical mounting rail, vented front
door, black
316608
AR8206ABLK
Roof Fan Tray for NetShelter WX Enclosure
5.27
APC offers a large variety of power and thermal management products to complete
your rack or cabinet system.
Conveniently support servers and networking equipment in a cool, quiet, secure and
attractive cabinet. The NetShelter CX Office Enclosures deliver an appealing and
cost-effective alternative to building out a new computer room or deploying a loud
metal enclosure in the open office.
FEATURES
Lockable front doors and side panels protect IT equipment from
unwanted access
Light oak-veneer finish blends the enclosure discreetly into almost any
office environment
Acoustic foam lining provides noise dampening of installed IT equipment
allowing the enclosure to be placed in a quiet environment
Six vertical 0U accessory channels provide multiple mounting locations for cable
management accessories and rack PDUs without using critical equipment space
Adjustable equipment mountings for any IT application
Integrated power distribution with a rack power-distribution unit provided;
servers and other equipment are ready for deployment
Integrated heat removal with high-efficiency fan modules remove heat and
eliminate the need to purchase a costly cooling unit for your IT equipment
Color: oak/grey finish
Description
425092
AR4018A
18U, 30 in. W x 44.5 in. D
425094
AR4024A
24U, 30 in. W x 44.5 in. D
425097
AR4038A
38U, 30 in. W x 44.5 in. D
456613
AR4000MV
Mini, 27 in. W x 36 in. D
APC
NetShelter 2-Post Open Frame Rack
NetShelter Cable Management, Support and Mounting Hardware

PR20805V2-98538.tif
The NetShelter 2-Post Open Frame Rack offers a quality solution for the economical
installation of rack-mountable networking equipment. The NetShelter 2-Post Open
Frame Rack offers cost-conscious customers a simple solution for rack mounting
network equipment in a secure managed environment, including data centers, wiring
closets and colocation facilities.
FEATURES
Made with high-grade aluminum extrusions
45U (78.75 in. or 200 cm) of equipment mounting space in a 7 ft. high design
Self-squaring design makes assembly quick and easy
Description
353150
AR201
45U, 12-24 threaded holes, black
NetShelter 4-PostD Open Frame Racks

PR29205V2-216080.tif
FEATURES
Fits two-and four-post open frame racks
New, best-in-class, high-capacity cable finger design with smooth radius fingers
at 1U increments for superior cable protection
Options for fully assembly vertical cable managers to assemble on site
Similar look-and-feel to NetShelter enclosures
Performance:
- 84 in H, single and double-sided cable channel in 6, 10, 12 in. wide options
- Slam to latch full-length door opens to left or right
- Cable management backplate (single-sided models) for tool-lessly mounting
Rack PDUs and a variety of cable management accessories within the vertical
cable manager
- Cable management midspan bracket (double-sided models ) for tool-less
accessory installation and division of interior cable management space for
deeper or shallower channel space
VERTICAL CABLE ORGANIZERS
348564
AR7502
The NetShelter 4-Post Open Frame Rack provides simple, low-cost mounting means
for rack-mount equipment in IT environments. Ideal for rack-mount servers,
networking and telecom equipment where security at the individual rack level is not
required, open frame racks provide unobstructed airflow and fast, easy access to
installed equipment.
FEATURES
New design for easier assembly
Steel construction
44U mounting spaces (84 in. tall)
Black finish
Multiple tool-less mounting points for hook-and-loop fasteners (AR8621)
Multiposition rack PDU mounting bracket
Reversible stabilization plates
Grounding inserts
Weight capacity (static load) 2,000 lb. (909 kg)
Description
407843
AR203A
Square holes
414514
AR204A
Threaded holes
5.28
PR34474V2-255194.tif
492718
AR7552
324761
AR7572
492721
AR8654
307540
AR8442
374029
AR8443A
Description
Replacement vertical 0U accessory
channel for supporting rack PDUs and
vertical cable organizers, NetShelter
SX 42U
SX 45U
SX 48U
Cable Fall Protector for NetShelter Racks
and Enclosures and Cable Ladders
(qty. two)
Vertical cable organizer, side
rear-mount, zero U (qty. two), metal
ring type
Vertical fiber organizer
APC
374030
AR7711
AR7540
492722
AR7540100
492724
AR7721
492725
AR7722
492726
AR7723
492727
AR7580A
492728
AR7581A
492729
AR7585
492730
AR7586
492731
AR7588
492732
AR7589
492733
AR7582A
370677
AR7710
353164
AR7707
492734
AR7717A
492735
AR7737
492736
AR7727
HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS

492742
AR8602A
Description
*Horizontal cable manager, 1U x 4 in.
deep single-sided with cover - plastic
finger type
492743
AR8600A
finger type
459527
AR8612
finger type
425173
AR8603A
finger type
459526
AR8606
finger type
459525
AR8605
finger type
350020
AR8425A
Horizontal cable organizer, 1U, metal
ring type
350016
AR8426A
ring type
350019
AR8428
ring type with pass-through holes
325042
AR8429
Horizontal cable organizer, 1U, with
brush strip
353166
AR8008BLK
Horizontal cable organizer side channel,
18 to 30 in. adjustment, for use with
NetShelter SX 750 mm (AR3x5x)
wide enclosures
353167
AR8016ABLK
Horizontal cable organizer side channel,
10 to 18 in. adjustment, for use with
NetShelter SX 750 mm (AR3x5x)
wide enclosures
*Pair two of these parts for a double-sided option
DATA CABLE PARTITIONS
353173
AR8162ABLK
353174
AR8163ABLK
353179
AR8172BLK
353180
AR8173BLK
POWER CABLE TROUGHS

425165
AR8561
425169
AR8571
Description
Data cable partition, NetShelter,
24 in. wide
Data cable partition, NetShelter, 24 in.
wide, pass-through
Data cable partition, NetShelter,
30 in. wide
Data cable partition, NetShelter, 30 in.
wide, pass-through
Description
Cable trough for 24 in. wide enclosures
Cable trough for 30 in. wide enclosures
5.29
492723
Description
NetShelter SX zero U Accessory Mounting
Bracket for 1U and 2U patching and
vertical Rack PDU mounting
Tool-less Cable Management Rings
(qty. 10)
Tool-less Cable Management Rings
(qty. 100)
Vertical Cable Organizer 4 in. deep for
use with NetShelter SX 42U x 600 mm
(AR3x0x) wide enclosures - plastic
finger type
finger type
finger type
finger type
Hinged covers for NetShelter SX 42U x
750 mm wide vertical cable manager
finger type
750 mm wide vertical cable managers
finger type
750 mm wide vertical cable managers
Cable retainer for NetShelter SX 750 mm
wide vertical cable managers
Cable containment brackets with
PDU mounting
Cable management rings, 8 in. D,
750 mm wide cabinet, NetShelter SX
(qty. eight)
Additional Vertical Cable Manager
Fingers for NetShelter SX 42U
Networking Enclosure
APC
(continued)
NetShelter Cable Management, Support and

Mounting Hardware
MOUNTING RAILS
353156
AR7503
353157
AR7504
353159
AR7508
353160
AR7578
429697
AR7510
353165
AR8006A
443679
AR8150BLK
GROUNDING BUSBAR
443677
AR8395
BOLT-DOWN BRACKET
353162
AR7701
353161
AR7700
MOUNTING SHELVES
D
256505
AR8105BLK
252710
AR8122BLK
256507
AR8123BLK
418494
AR8128BLK
425197
AR8422
443682
AR8125
Description
42U 24 in. wide recessed rail kit
42U 23 in. EIA mounting rails, square
holes (qty. four)
Equipment support rails for 24 in.
wide enclosure
Adapter kit 23 in. to 19 in. mounting
Description
20U tool-less copper busbar kit for
NetShelter SX Enclosures

266864
AR8101BLK
353168
AR8108BLK
370683
AR7720
374145
AR7730
374146
AR7740
RACK LCD CONSOLES

425211
AP5808
425212
AP5816
425213
425214
AP5717
AP5719
Description
Airflow management blanking panel kit
(1U, 2U, 4U, 8U)
1U airflow management blanking panel
kit (qty. two)
KoldLok integral raised-floor grommet
(qty. 10)
KoldLok surface-mount raised-floor
grommet (qty. 10)
KoldLok extended raised-floor grommet
(qty. 10)
Description
17 in. rack LCD console with integrated
8-port analog KVM switch
17 in. Rack LCD Console
19 in. Rack LCD Console
Description
Bolt-down brackets for NetShelter
SX enclosures
Stabilizer plate 24/30 in.
Description
Fixed shelf 50 lb./22.7 kg, black
Fixed shelf 250 lb./114 kg, black
Sliding shelf 100 lb./45.5 kg, black
Sliding shelf 200 lb./91 kg, black
Double-sided fixed shelf for NetShelter
2-Post Open Frame Rack 250 lb., black
Adjustable shelf 250 lb. 16 in.-24 in.
deep, black
NETSHELTER SX RACK SECURITY DEVICES

Description
324907
AP9513
Door switch kit
353171
AR8132A
Combination lock handles (qty. two)
353148
AP9361
APC NetBotz Rack Access PX - HID
373087
NBES0302
NetBotz door switch sensor for rooms or
third-party racks - 50 ft.
373099
NBES0303
NetBotz Door Switch Sensor (two) for a
rack - 12 ft.
443064
NBPD0171
Integrated Rack Access for NetShelter SX
NETSHELTER SX AIRFLOW MANAGEMENT BLANKING PANELS AND KOLDLOK RAISED
FLOOR GROMMETS
Description
332646
AR8136BLK
1U 19 in. modular tool-less airflow
management blanking panel (qty. 10)
324759
AR8136BLK200
1U 19 in. modular tool-less airflow
management blanking panel (qty. 200)
5.30
APC
Open Frame Rack Cable Management


459537
AR8683
PR72263V2-579243.tif
PERFORMANCE
- 84 in. H, single and double-side cable channel in 6 in., 10 in., 12 in. width options
- Slam to latch full-length door opens to left or right
- Cable management back-plate (single-sided models) for tool-less mounting rack
PDUs and a variety of cable management accessories within the
vertical cable manager
- Cable management midspan bracket (double-sided models) for tool-less accessory
installation and division of interior cable management space for deeper or
shallower channel space
- Ships fully assembled
Description
459528
AR8615
Performance vertical cable manager for
two-and four-post racks, 84 in. H x
6 in. W, single-sided with door
459529
AR8625
6 in. W, double sided with door
459530
AR8635
459531
AR8645
10 in. W, double-sided with door
459532
AR8665
459533
AR8675
12 in. W, double-sided with door
459534
AR8680
Cable divider organizer for performance
vertical cable manager (qty. two)
459535
AR8681
Additional midspan bracket for
double-sided performance vertical cable
manager, 6 in. W
459536
AR8682
manager, 10 in. W
AR8678
492757
AR8679
VALUELINE
- 84 in. H, single-and double-sided cable channel in 6 in. and 12 in. wide options
- 96 in. H, single-sided, 6 in. and 12 in. wide
- Latching full-length door opens to the left or right
- Cable management back-plate for tool-lessly mounting a variety of cable
management accessories with the vertical cable manager
- Ships disassembled for simple assembly onsite
Description
492762
AR8715
84 in. H x 6 in. W, single-sided with door
492763
AR8725
84 in. H x 6 in. W, double-sided
with door
492764
AR8765
84 in. H x 12 in. W, single-sided
with door
492765
AR8775
with door
492766
AR8728
with door
492767
AR8768
96 in. H x 12 in. W, single-sided
with door
ACCESSORIES
426313
AR8652
492769
AR8662
443684
AR8621
381724
AR8444
Description
Spacer and rack PDU bracket for
four-post racks, 6 in. wide (qty. two)
Spacer and rack PDU bracket for
four-post racks, 10 in. wide (qty. two)
Tool-less hook-and-loop cable managers
(qty. 10)
Tool-less fiber spools (qty. four)
5.31
FEATURES
Fits two-and four-post open frame racks
High-capacity cable finger design with smooth radius fingers at 1U increments
Options for fully assembled vertical cable managers to assemble on site
Similar look and feel to NetShelter enclosures
492756
Description
manager, 12 in. W
End of row panel for performance
vertical cable manager, single-sided
End of row panel for performance
vertical cable manager, double-sided
Belden
./
X-Series Enclosures
BELDEN
PR67220V2-531222.tif
The X-Series design provides for low-resistance airflow through doors featuring
78 percent open hexagonal perforations. The use of front rail seals allows for
physical separation between the supply and return air, thereby limiting recirculation
of hot air within the enclosure for optimized hot/cold aisle deployment.
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions
1. X1S Series - 45RU, 84 in. H x 24 in. W x 42 in. D also available in 42RU
(78.75 in. H) or 48RU (89.25 in. H)
(78.75 in. H) or 48RU (89.25 in. H)
(78.75 in. H) or 48RU (89.25 in. H)
D
(78.75
in. H) or 48RU (89.25 in. H)
Rail Options
5. Square-hole mounting rails
6. 10-32 tapped mounting rails
7. 12-24 tapped mounting rails
FEATURES
Rail seal and adaptive containment system
3,000 lb. static load rating / 2,250 lb. capacity on casters
Static load capacity = load capacity on levelers or ground; capacity on casters
= rolling load capacity on casters (assuming even and level floor)
Shipment of fully assembled and highly integrated enclosure systems including
power, air flow, connectivity and cable management
Open frame design
Welded 14-gauge frame and 11-gauge mounting rails
78 percent perforated door mesh opening
Engineered and made in the U.S.A.
Modular design with options on doors, side panels, chimney containment
options, cable management and PDU mounting
Standard colors are black and central office white
X1S SERIES
Includes 45U, square-hole mounting rails, brush panel rear top, perforated front
door, perforated rear door, two sets of solid side panels, solid bottom.
Description
492108
X1S4-C0110
84 in. D x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, black
492109
X1S45-C0210
84 in. H x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, central
office white
5.32
X2S SERIES
Description
492110
X2S45-C0130
84 in. H x 24 in. W x 48 in. D, black
492111
X2S45-C0230
office white
X3S SERIES
Description
492112
X3S45-C0150
492113
X3S45-C0250
office white
X4S SERIES
Description
492114
X4S45-C0170
492115
X4S45-C0270
office white
ACCESSORIES - SHELVES
337749
9910-0100
337750
9911-0200
337751
9912-0300
337752
9913-0400
337747
9010-1924
377522
9010-1930
377523
9010-1936
362137
9011-1918-16
362142
9012-1918-16
366547
9015-1909
492127
RMD2
492129
492130
492131
492132
RMD3
RMD4
RMD5
9010-1930-Q1
337748
9013-1924
Description
1U 19 in. solid filler panel, black
19 in. heavy-duty adjustable shelf
(vented) four-point mounting 24 in.
depth, 150 lb.
depth, 150 lb.
depth, 150 lb.
19 in. flush-mount cantilevered shelf
(vented) 18 in. depth, 25 lb.
(solid) 18 in. depth, 25 lb.
19 in. retractable keyboard swivel shelf
for maximum cabinet space efficiency
2U rack-mounting drawer,
19 in. mounting
3U rack-mount drawer, 19 in. mounting
19 in. quick disconnect shelf,
28 in. depth
19 in. heavy-duty sliding adjustable
shelf, 24 in. depth
Belden
362140
9011-1918
492838
9012-1918
HORIZONTAL MANAGER WITH COVER

406687
BHH191UC
349298
BHH192UC
349299
BHH193UC
362127
9512-1902-FR
355604
9512-1902
362128
9512-1901
Description
(vented) 18 in. depth
(solid) 18 in. depth

492842
XDR8419-312N
492843
XDR8419-312N1M
Description
Horizontal manager, 19 in. W x 1U, black
2U, 19 in. manager with finger stock
with cover, front and rear
with cover, 3 in. x 3 in.
with cover, 1.5 in. x 3 in.
ACCESSORIES
492849
VCMFDR4X4
492844
XDR8419-312N2M
492850
9512-1902N
362137
9011-1918-16
362143
9414-0602
High Density Racking System

BELDEN
PR34406V2-253248.tif
Description
Vertical manager with cover, 4 in. W x
4 in. D (for 84 in. W two-post rack)
Horizontal manager, 2RU, rack mount,
finger duct, 3 in. H x 3 in. D with cover
Power distribution unit (PDU) 120 V/
15 A, 19 in. rack mount, six x 5-15R
receptacles, transformer spaced, 5-15P
plug, with 10 ft. cord, surge suppressor,
switch and circuit breaker, UL Listed
Wall-mount Enclosure
BELDEN
Belden offers a complete line of open racks and rack accessories from single-rack
applications (retail, telecom closed) to high-density, multirack patching and
switching fields (computer room, data centers, central offices). Belden's unique
cable and connectivity expertise was central in the design of a feature-rich racking
system: ease of installation with MACs and highly scalable.
FEATURES
High level of modularity; combination of high- and low-density managers allows
for configuration to your specific needs
1RU spaced radius control fingers (on vertical managers) eliminate needs for
horizontal managers. Patch cords can be routed directly to the vertical manager
Any-point-to-any-point routing capability, make MACs work easily and enables
configuration flexibility
Mixed media application, designed to handle both copper and fiber structured
cable networks
Ease of install and great aesthetics
TWO-POST RELAY RACKS
84 in. H x 19 in. W, 44RU, 3 in. channel, black, steel
Description
492839
XDR8419-310N
10-32 tapped hole, no cable manager
492840
XDR8419-310N1M
10-32 tapped hole, one vertical
cable manager
492841
XDR8419-310N2M
10-32 tapped hole, two vertical
cable managers
PR34407V2-253251.tif
Wall-mount enclosures, with their great aesthetic, rugged construction and cable
management features, are perfectly suited for retail, office, telecom closets or any
hosting applications where space utilization is critical.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Available with either a glass door with lock, or a steel door with lock
2. Heights: 20.125 in., 25.250 in. and 39.250 in.
3. Width: 21.00 in. and 23.00 in.
4. Depths: 22.875 in. and 27.50 in.
FEATURES
Sturdy welded-steel construction
Units include two pair of 12-24 tapped 19 in. mounting rails
Direction of door swing is reversible in the field
Top fan knockouts accommodate two 4 in. fans on 9U and four 4 in. fans on 12U
and 20U
Convenient laser-cut cable entry located on the top and bottom rear section of
the enclosure - 1 in. conduit hubs
5.33
Description
12-24 tapped hole, no cable manager
12-24 tapped hole, one vertical
cable manager
12-24 tapped hole, two vertical
cable managers
Belden
(continued)
Wall-mount Enclosure
9U MOUNTING
130 lb. load capacity, 20.125 in. H x 21 in. W x 22.875 in. D, no removable
side panels
Description
492857
XWM-2109-GD
With glass door with lock
492865
XWM-2109-SD
With solid door with lock
12U MOUNTING
150 lb. load capacity, 27.5 in. H x 23 in. W x 27.5 in. D, removable side panels
Description
492870
XWM-2312-GD
492873
XWM-2312-SD
20U MOUNTING
175 lb. load capacity, 39.250 in. H x 23 in. W x 27.5 in. D, removable side panels
Description
492874
XWM-2320-GD
492875
XWM-2320-SD
ACCESSORIES
492850
9512-1902N
362137
9011-1918-16
362143
5.34
9414-0602
Description
Horizontal manager, 2RU, rack mount,
finger duct, 3 in. H x 3 in. D with cover
Power distribution unit (PDU) 120 V/
15 A, 19 in. rack mount, six x 5-15R
receptacles, transformer spaced, 5-15P
plug, with 10 ft. cord, surge suppressor,
switch and circuit breaker, UL Listed
CommScope Solutions
./
Network Cabinets
PR24117V2-174780.tif
Server Cabinets
PR24118V2-174778.tif
CommScope server cabinets are the right cabinet to protect the right solution. They
are designed to be the right size, the right weight and have the right level of durability
to support the entire line of CommScope solutions, including its industry-leading
10 Gbps solutions. The right cabinet means less physical impact on the network
infrastructure and, ultimately, on the network's performance.
42U SERVER CABINETS

Doors: vented steel front, double vented steel rear
Description
426476 SC 42U 600X1000 NS Server bay cabinet, 42U,
600 mm x 1,000 mm
800 mm x 1,000 mm
600 mm x 1,200 mm
800 mm x 1,200 mm
47U SERVER CABINETS
Doors: vented steel front, double vented steel rear
Description
426482 SC 47U 600X1000 NS Server bay cabinet, 47U
600 mm x 1,000 mm
800 mm x 1,000 mm
426485 SC 47U 600X1200 NS Server bay cabinet, 47U
600 mm x 1,200 mm
800 mm x 1,200 mm
SIDE PANELS
Description
426474 42U 800MM SIDE PNL Side panel, 42U x 32 in./
800 mm, two
1,000 mm, two
1,200 mm, two
1,000 mm, two
1,200 mm, two
Material ID
760143016
760143032
760143024
760143040
Material ID
760143057
760143073
760143065
760143081
Material ID
760143941
760143958
760143966
760143974
760143982
CABLE MANAGEMENT AND ROUTING

Description
Material ID
432799 CCM 3.5IN X 9U
Cabinet cable mgmt, 3.5 in. 760144626
W x 9U
432797 CCM 10IN X 9U
Cabinet cable mgmt, 10 in. 760144600
W x 9U
5.35
More than "just a box," CommScope network cabinets are a solution. They are
designed to be the right size, the right weight and have the right level of durability to
support the entire line of CommScope solutions, including its industry-leading
10 Gbps solutions.
FEATURES
Supplied fully assembled
Cable management room is superior for 10 Gbps cable
Multiple cable entry
Split rear door
Load rated to 1,450 kg/3,200 lb.
Future-proofed; can accommodate 19 in.
Accessories can be easily added or changed
Depth options: 800 mm
Width options: 600 mm or 800 mm with or without perforated doors
Description
Material ID
426473 NC 42U 800X800 NS Network bay cabinet, 42U, 760142927
800 mm x 800 mm
432794 NC42U600X800NSR Network bay cabinet
760149708
perforated, 42U, 600 mm x
800 mm
432795 NC42U800X800NSP Network bay cabinet
760150664
perforated, 42U, 800 mm x
800 mm
FEATURES
Supplied fully assembled
Load rated to 1,450 kg/3,200 lb.
Accommodates all major servers on the market
Cable management room is superior for 10 Gbps cable
Future-proofed; can accommodate 19 in.
Door vent pattern provides excellent thermal management
Split rear door
Application-specific accessories
Two depth options: 1,000 mm and 1,200 mm
Two width options: 600 mm and 800 mm
Two height options: 42U and 47U
CommScope Solutions
(continued)
Server Cabinets

432802 CCM VLR
432798 CCM 3 CVR
432796
CCM 10 CVR
432800
CCM CLW
432801
CCM SPL
Description
Cabinet cable mgmt, velcro
Cabinet cable mgmt cover,
3.5 in. W
Cabinet cable mgmt cover,
10 in. W
Cabinet cable mgmt
cable claw
Cabinet cable mgmt
slack spool
Material ID
760144659
760144618
760144592
760144634
760144642
MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES
Description
432810 BAY KIT
Baying kit
432824 M6 GRND CAGE NUT 50 M6 caged nut with contact
(50 pk)
432811 M6 CAGE NUT 50
M6 caged nut without
contact (50 pk)
432844 M6 X 12MM TORX 300 Screw kit - M6 x 12 mm Torx
(300 pk)
432813 M6 X 16MM
Screw kit - M6 x
16 mm Phillips
432814 SC CTR KIT
Server cabinet caster kit
432809 ADJ LEV FEET
Adjustable leveling feet
432818 BOLTCLAMP
Bolt down clamps (set
D
of four)
432819 GROUND KIT
Complete grounding kit
Material ID
760144063
760144097
760144089
760144105
760144113
760144030
760144048
760144055
760144071
InstaPATCH ZERO Preterminated Server Cabinet Solution

The InstaPATCH ZERO server cabinet solution is composed of a 600 mm wide server
cabinet, factory-configured cord cassettes with premanaged slack loops, and
a mini rack mounted above the cabinet. InstaPATCH ZERO provides U/UTP and
fiber connectivity in an integrated, modular system that enables rapid,
plug-and-play server cabinet deployment and facilitates best practices in
intracabinet cable management.
Deployment of InstaPATCH ZERO is a two-step process. Simply roll in a preconfigured
cabinet and plug the cord bundles into the overhead patch panel. Once the servers are
installed in the cabinet, they can be connected instantly by pulling the patch cord out
of the cassette to complete the patch. When your server needs change, InstaPATCH
ZERO's preterminated modularity enables you to slide in additional cassettes, or
quickly decommission and replace an entire cabinet.
LEFT-MOUNT SERVER CABINET WITH CORD CASSETTES
PR34244V2-251941.tif
Built on a unique modular 600 mm wide server cabinet equipped with preterminated
cord cassettes that require zero space in the vertical racks, InstaPATCH ZERO is a
preterminated server cabinet solution optimized for rapid server deployment and
5.36
change management. Each InstaPATCH ZERO cabinet can accept up to six InstaPATCH
ZERO cord cassettes with built-in U/UTP and fiber patch cords. Cord cassettes are
preinstalled and configured in the zero U space of a 42U 600 mm wide and
1,200 mm deep server cabinet before shipping to end-user sites, which provide up
to 72 U/UTP ports, or up to 72 U/UTP ports and 72 optical fiber duplex LC ports.

Description
443725 PS42U600W1200D Two cord cassettes, A and B
L2-A2110000
positions, Category 6A,
light blue
443726 PS42U600W1200D Two cord cassettes, C and D
L2-A2001100
light blue
443727 PS42U600W1200D Four cord cassettes,
L4-A2111100
A through D positions,
Category 6A, light blue
443728 PS42U600W1200D Six cord cassettes, A through F
L6-A2111111
light blue
L2-A3110000
dark gray
L2-A3001100
dark gray
L4-A3111100
Category 6A, dark gray
L6-A3111111
dark gray
L2-B2110000
positions, Category 6,
light blue
L2-B2001100
light blue
L4-B2111100
Category 6, light blue
L6-B2111111
light blue
L2-B3110000
dark gray
L2-B3001100
dark gray
L4-B3111100
Category 6, dark gray
L6-B3111111
dark gray
Material ID
760157917
760157925
760157933
760157941
760158071
760158089
760158097
760158105
760158113
760158121
760158139
760158147
760157958
760157966
760157974
760157982
CommScope Solutions
Material ID
760158238
760158246
760158253
760158261
760158394
760158402
760158410
760158428
760158436
760158444
760158451
760158469
760158279
760158287
760158295
760158303
RIGHT-MOUNT SERVER CABINET WITH CORD CASSETTES

Description
R2-A2110000
light blue
R2-A2001100
light blue
R4-A2111100
Category 6A, light blue
443760 PS42U600W1200D Six cord cassettes, A through
R6-A2111111
F positions, Category 6A,
light blue
R2-A3110000
dark gray
R2-A3001100
dark gray
R4-A3111100
Category 6A, dark gray
R6-A3111111
F positions, Category 6A,
dark gray
R2-B2110000
light blue
R2-B2001100
light blue
R4-B2111100
A through D postions,
Category 6, light blue
R6-B2111111
F positions, Category 6,
light blue
R2-B3110000
dark gray
R2-B3001100
dark gray
R4-B3111100
Category 6, dark gray
R6-B3111111
F positions, Category 6,
dark gray
R2-A2330000
positions, Category 6A, light
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
Material ID
760157990
760158006
760158014
760158022
760158154
760158162
760158170
760158188
760158196
760158204
760158212
760158220
760158030
760158048
760158055
760158063
760158311
5.37

Description
L2-A2330000
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
L2-A2003300
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
L4-A2333300
Category 6A, light blue,
24 OM4 fiber
L6-A2333333
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
L2-A3330000
positions, Category 6A, dark
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
L2-A3003300
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
L4-A3333300
Category 6A, dark gray,
24 OM4 fiber
L6-A3333333
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
L2-B2330000
positions, Category 6, light
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
L2-B2003300
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
L4-B2333300
Category 6, light blue,
24 OM4 fiber
L6-B2333333
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
L2-B3330000
positions, Category 6, dark
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
L2-B3003300
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
L4-B3333300
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
L6-B3333333
postions, Category 6, dark
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
CommScope Solutions
(continued)
InstaPATCH ZERO Preterminated Server Cabinet Solution

443774 PS42U600W1200D
R2-A2003300
443775
PS42U600W1200D
R4-A2333300
443776
PS42U600W1200D
R6-A2333333
443777
PS42U600W1200D
R2-A3330000
443778
PS42U600W1200D
R2-A3003300
443779
PS42U600W1200D
R4-A3333300
443780
PS42U600W1200D
R6-A3333333
443781
PS42U600W1200D
D
R2-B2330000
443782
PS42U600W1200D
R2-B2003300
443783
PS42U600W1200D
R4-B2333300
443784
PS42U600W1200D
R6-B2333333
443785
PS42U600W1200D
R2-B3330000
443786
PS42U600W1200D
R2-B3003300
443787
PS42U600W1200D
R4-B3333300
5.38
Description
Two cord cassettes, C and D
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
Four cord cassettes,
Category 6A, light blue,
24 OM4 fiber
Six cord cassettes, A through
F positions, Category 6A, light
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
Two cord cassettes, A and B
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
Category 6A, dark gray,
24 OM4 fiber
F positions, Category 6A, dark
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
Category 6, light blue,
24 OM4 fiber
F positions, Category 6, light
blue, 24 OM4 fiber
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
gray, 24 OM4 fiber
Category 6, dark gray,
24 OM4 fiber
CORD CASSETTES
PR34245V2-251944.tif
Material ID
760158329
760158337
760158345
760158477
760158485
760158493
760158501
760158519
760158527
760158535
760158543
760158352
760158360
760158378
Cord cassettes are available in two configurations. Powered by either SYSTIMAX

GigaSPEED X10D or GigaSPEED XL, the copper cord cassettes come with 12 U/UTP
patch cords. The mixed-media cassettes contain 12 U/UTP (GigaSPEED X10D or
GigaSPEED XL) and 24 OM4 fiber ruggedized fan-out (for 12 LazrSPEED 550 Duplex
LC connections). For initial deployment, cord cassettes are preinstalled and
configured in the zero U space of a 600 mm wide server cabinet.

Description
Material ID
472924 ZC12A2B0000-F006 Cord cassette, Category 6A, ZC12A2B00
copper only, light blue, 6 ft. 00-F006
472927 ZC12A2B24LP-F006 Cord cassette, Category 6A, ZC12A2B24
mixed media, light blue, 6 ft. LP-F006
copper only, dark gray, 6 ft. 00-F006
472937 ZC12B2B0000-F008 Cord cassette, Category 6, ZC12B2B00
mixed media, dark gray, 6 ft. LP-F006
472939 ZC12B2B24LP-F006 Cord cassette, Category 6, ZC12B2B24
CommScope Solutions
OVERHEAD MINI-RACKS
Patch cords are bundled into a trunk assembly that feeds out of the cabinet's top
and connects to a 4U equipment rack that mounts to the overhead pathway. It
accepts standard 19 in. patch panels and electronics and provides the transition
between the permanent overhead cabling and the server cabinet.
Description
Material ID
443844 OVRHDRACK
19 in., 4U
760157800
443846 OVRHDRACKVCM
19 in., 4U with Vertical
760158592
Cable Manager
459958 OVRHDVCM
4U Vertical Cable Manager 760164061
492525 OVRHDRACK6U
19 in., 6U
760169581
492526 OVRHDRACKVCM6U
19 in., 6U with Vertical
760169599
Cable Manager
492527 OVRHDVCM6U
6U Vertical Cable Manager 760169607

443496 RK3-23-58A
366103
RK6-45A
372112
RK6-52A
372113
RK12-45A
372114
RK12-52A
TWO-POST RACKS: ALUMINUM

387783 RK3-17A
365799
RK3-45A
372111
RK3-52A
443492
RK3-52A-23
443495
RK3-58A
TWO-POST RACKS: STEEL

372115 RK3-45S
372116
RK3-52S
372117
RK6-45S
372118
RK6-52S
443501
RK6-58S
372119
RK12-45S
372120
RK12-52S
PR29304V2-216929.tif
Description
3 in. D channel x 3 ft H x
19 in. W, 17U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
3 in. D channel x 7 ft. H x
19 in. W, 45U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
19 in. W, 52U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
23 in. W, 52U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
3 in. D channel, 9 ft H x
19 in. W, 58U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
Material ID
760103010
Material ID
760142364
Description
19 in. W, 45U, 3/8 in.
19 in. W, 52U, 3/8 in.
19 in. W, 45U, 3/8 in.
19 in. W, 52U, 3/8 in.
19 in. W, 58U, 3/8 in.
19 in. W, 45U, 3/8 in.
19 in. W, 52U, 3/8 in.
Material ID
760090118
760082495
760082503
760082511
760090100
760090126
760090134
760090142
760139121
760090159
760090167
760082479
760082487
760159749
760139113
5.39

While a necessity for managing, distributing and controlling structured cabling, all
racks and cable management devices are not created equal. CommScope
understands the potential negative impact on network performance and company
productivity when installation and accessibility are challenging. CommScope designs
its racks and cable management devices with the same level of detail and importance
as its infrastructure solutions, ensuring that customers get the best product to
protect and manage their investment.
Available in two-post and four-post options.
Description
3 in. D channel, 9 ft H x
23 in. W, 58U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
19 in. W, 45U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
19 in. W, 52U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
19 in. W, 45U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
19 in. W, 52U, 12-24 tapped
rails, black
CommScope Solutions
(continued)
FOUR-POST RACKS: ALUMINUM

372124 RK4P45-29A
372125
RK4P52-29A
372128
RK4P45-36A
372129
RK4P52-36A
443509
RK4P58-36A
D
FOUR-POST RACKS: STEEL

372126 RK4P45-29S
372127
RK4P52-29S
372130
RK4P45-36S
372131
RK4P52-36S
FILLER PANELS
372140 FPANEL-19-1U
372141
FPANEL-19-2U
372142
FPANEL-19-3U
5.40
PR29305V2-216932.tif
Description
29 in. D x 7 ft. H x 19 in. W,
45U, #12-24 tapped
rails, black
29 in. D x 8 ft. H x 19 in. W,
52U, #12-24 tapped
rails, black
36 in. D x 7 ft. H x 19 in. W,
45U, #12-24 tapped
rails, black
36 in. D x 8 ft. H x 19 in. W,
52U, #12-24 tapped
rails, black
36 in. D x 9 ft. H x 19 in. W,
58U, #12-24 tapped
rails, black
Material ID
760082529
Description
29 in. D x 7 ft. H x 19 in. W,
45U, 3/8 in.
29 in. D x 8 ft. H x 19 in. W,
52U, 3/8 in.
36 in. D x 7 ft. H x 19 in. W,
45U, 3/8 in.
36 in. D x 8 ft. H x 19 in. W,
52U, 3/8 in.
Material ID
760082545
Description
Filler panel, 1U x
19 in. W, black
Filler panel, 2U x
19 in. W, black
Filler panel, 3U x
19 in. W, black
Material ID
760162065
760082537
760082560
760082578
760139709
760082552
760082586
760082594
Integrated Camera Panel Kit

PR34031V2-251679.tif
The new black 2U adjustable integrated security panel kit is compatible with the AXIS
M10 Network Camera Series. The camera panel kit, with the incorporation of a
compatible AXIS Communications M10 Network Camera, will aid in the recording and
monitoring of all activity within an assigned rack or cabinet.
This unique black 2U security panel kit will be powered with a single UTP connection,
which makes this panel ideal for large-scale rollouts where infrastructure already
exists or where limited space may make installations difficult. Given the panel is fully
adjustable and made to tilt in order to capture the desired image, it is also ideal for
environments where an additional layer of security is necessary.
The panel can be angled and aligned with the appropriate camera settings that allow
end-users complete surveillance of their rack or cabinet entryways.
FEATURES
Patent-pending design
Adjustable pivot
Security within a cabinet
Audio optional
PIR optional
White-light LED optional
I/O contact port optional
Motion detection
Event notification via e-mail
Remotely accessible
Remotely managed
HDTV-compliant video optional
Description
Material ID
438822 ICP-19-2U KIT
Panel mount kit for AXIS
760152512
M10 network camera,
19 inch wide, 2U height
Horizontal Cable Management

PR24021V2-174007.tif
760162073
760162081
The horizontal cable management portfolio includes cable management troughs and
covers in a variety of heights with both single- and double-sided solutions available.
The horizontal cover hinges up or down and easily snaps into position. The open back
on the 2RU and 3RU version allow for easy pass-through of cables.
CommScope Solutions
FEATURES
Horizontal cover hinges up or down and locks into position with cylindrical
finger ends for easy snap-on installation
Open back on 2U and 3U horizontal troughs for easy pass-through of cables
19 IN. SINGLE-SIDED HORIZONTAL TROUGH KIT
Description
365172 HTK-19-SS-1U
1RU
365173 HTK-19-SS-2U
2RU
365174 HTK-19-SS-3U
3RU
Material ID
760072942
760072959
760072967
19 IN. DOUBLE-SIDED HORIZONTAL TROUGH KIT

Description
425806 HTK-19-DS-1U
1RU
425809 HTK-19-DS-2U
2RU
425812 HTK-19-DS-3U
3RU
Material ID
760128843
760128850
760128868

CommScope's vertical cable management portfolio is flexible, functional, and has a
sleek design consistent with SYSTIMAX 360 products. Vertical cable managers come
in a variety of vertical trough widths with several door options. Door options include
the sturdy but lightweight patented Slam Latch doors. Slam Latch doors come with a
patented latching mechanism for easy close, recessed handles, and doors are hinged
to open both to the left and to the right. These doors are removable and come in
either black or silver. The other option is the Snap-on Twin Door available in black.
Slam Latch and Snap-on doors come in single- or double-sided versions. Contoured
cable fingers separate, organize and maintain patch cords in the desired position.
These flexible "x-style" fingers allow cables easily in or out for quick cable routing
and are spaced at 1RU increments allowing for exact alignment with EIA standard
rack spacing. Spools and spooling kits are also available.
FEATURES
Ergonomically designed and aesthetically pleasing
Lightweight, but sturdy, door available in four widths
Dual-hinge latching door can be opened right or left
Patent-pending door latching mechanism with easy closing feature
Cable fingers spaced at 1 RMU increments for exact alignment with EIA standard
rack spacing
Cable fingers support up to 48 cables per RMU
Easy one-point removal and installation process for door
Recessed handle eliminates snag potential for clothes and arms
Doors standard on all cable management both single- and double-sided
C Channel bracket allows for easy access to the cable trough
Tool-less installation of Cable Spool

365256 VCM-DS-84-6
Material ID
760072785
372087
365257
760089342
760072793
372088
365254
372089
365255
372090
443513
Description
VCM kit, 6 in. x 84 in.,
stainless steel
VCM-DS-84-6B
VCM kit, 6 in. x 84 in., black
VCM-DS-84-8
stainless steel
VCM-DS-84-8B
VCM-DS-84-10
stainless steel
VCM-DS-84-10B VCM kit, 10 in. x 84 in., black
VCM-DS-84-12
stainless steel
PR24019V2-174005.tif
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT, SINGLE-SIDED WITH DOORS

365260 VCM-SS-84-6
372099
365261
VCM-SS-84-6B
VCM-SS-84-8
372100
365258
VCM-SS-84-8B
VCM-SS-84-10
372101
365259
VCM-SS-84-10B
VCM-SS-84-12
372102
443514
VCM-SS-84-12B
VCM-SS-108-12B
Description
Vertical Cable Management Kit,
6 in. x 84 in. (152 mm x
2,134 mm)
stainless steel
stainless steel
stainless steel
760089359
760072801
760089367
760072819
760089375
760142398
PR24020V2-174003.tif
Material ID
760072868
760089425
760072876
760089433
760072884
760089441
760072892
760089458
760142356
5.41
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT, DOUBLE-SIDED WITH DOORS
CommScope Solutions
(continued)
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT, TWIN COVER

432840 VCM-SS-84-6-TD
432842
VCM-SS-84-8-TD
432841
VCM-DS-84-6-TD
432843
VCM-DS-84-8-TD
PR33997V2-251680.tif
Description
Twin Cover VCM,
single-sided, 84 in. H x
6 in. W
Twin Cover VCM,
single-sided, 84 in. H x
8 in. W
Twin Cover VCM,
double-sided, 84 in. H x
6 in. W
Twin Cover VCM,
double-sided, 84 in. H x
8 in. W
Material ID
760124693
760124701
760124719
760124727
5.42
Cooper B-Line
./
V-Line Cabinets
COOPER B-LINE
PR24157V2-175177.tif and PR22461V2-132814.tif
Ordering the V-Line enclosure solution can be done by ordering individual components or ordering a configured enclosure solution with a single part number.
Use the matrix above to build the part number for your desired V-Line configuration. Contact your local sales representative for further information.
E2 Seismic Zone 4 Cabinet

COOPER B-LINE
PR10073V2-143850.tif
The E2 Seismic Zone 4 Cabinet offers certified protection in seismic locations.

Designed to withstand maximum vibration with minimal deflection as a stand-alone
cabinet. When ganged in suites it becomes a data network fortress. The E2 Seismic
Zone 4 is recommended for any application where the threat of damage from physical
shock could hinder vital data and communications equipment.
FEATURES
Tested in accordance with NEBS GR-63-CORE and ANSI T1.329
Tested to 900 lb. stand-alone system weight per NEBS GR-63-CORE and
ANSI T1.329
Includes seismic anchor kits
Reinforced cabinet frame for added rigidity
Heavy-duty welded base frame
Specially designed locking side panel latches
Smoked plexiglass removable front-locking door
Louvered top/bottom removable rear-locking door
Two pairs of adjustable mounting rails
Standard colors: black and light gray powder-coat finish
5.43
Cooper B-Line developed the V-Line enclosure platform, a 19 in. system designed to be versatile enough to exceed performance expectations in today's dynamic networking
environments yet be a competitively priced solution. Many innovative features are designed into the V-Line platform, offering valuable benefits for users. The heart of the system,
the V-Line frame, has standard features such as fully adjustable 19 in. mounting angles with permanent RMU markings, removable and replaceable cable entry plates and
leveling feet. The frame can be fitted with a range of options including solid or vented side panels, a variety of door styles and top or bottom panels - all designed to offer the
flexibility to meet all application requirements for modern data communications systems. The V-Line features excellent aesthetic characteristics and is built to the high-quality
standard that customers have come to expect. All of these features makes the V-Line an excellent choice for anyone needing to house data communications equipment.
FEATURES
Constructed of high-quality materials
Fully welded steel construction
EIA-310-D-compliant
UL Listed platform, rated for 1,500 lb. (680 kg) load rating
Multiple options for doors, locks, sides and tops
Excellent availability and quick shipment
Cooper B-Line
(continued)
E2 Seismic Zone 4 Cabinet

268288.
E2Z484243619BL
268289.
E2Z484244019BL
268290.
E2Z484293619BL
268291.
E2Z484294019BL
Description
E2 Zone 4, 84 in. H x 24 in. W x
36 in. D, black
40 in. D, black
36 in. D, black
40 in. D, black

380285
VLWM4830PB
380292
VLWMFKB
Description
48 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 30 in. D, 26U,
plexiglass door, black
Fan kit, one 105 cfm fan with filter,
blanking plates and power cord
VWM SINGLE-SECTION WALL ENCLOSURES
PR20710V2-83474.tif
Hinge and Fixed-frame Wall-mount Cabinets

COOPER B-LINE
Cooper B-Line offers an innovative selection of wall-mounted products with designs
and features to fit most applications. All B-Line wall-mount products conform to
EIA-310-D Universal hole spacing and are manufactured from high-quality steel.
B-Line wall-mount cabinets are designed to provide solid support, protection and the
required flexibility for present and future technology.
V-LINE DUAL-HINGE WALL CABINETS
PR24156V2-175174.tif
Cooper B-Line VWM Series single-section wall-mount enclosures are a fully featured
yet cost-effective product. The EIA-310-D-compliant design accepts standard
networking gear safely and securely, holding up to 150 lb. of equipment. Main
features include: welded steel construction, removable locking side panels,
reversible locking glass front door, cutouts for fans and adequate openings for
venting. UL Listed.
Anixter No.
354548
354549
366406
354546
354547
366409
Vendor No.
VWM242412
VWM242418
VWM242424
VWM362412
VWM362418
VWM362424
Description
V-Line Dual-Hinge Wall Cabinets feature welded steel construction, a

field-reversible, heavy-duty hinge and lock system, provisions for 16 in. on-center
mounting and multiple wire management lances for cable tie points or accessory
mounting. Removable plate allows for knockout or gland plate entry into the
cabinets. UL Listed with an equipment load rating of 150 to 175 lb. depending
on size.

380269
VLWM2420PB
380275
VLWM3620PB
380281
VLWM4820PB
380271
VLWM2425PB
380277
VLWM3625PB
380283
VLWM4825PB
380273
VLWM2430PB
380279
VLWM3630PB
5.44
Description
24 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 20 in. D, 12U,
36 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 20 in. D, 19U,
48 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 20 in. D, 26U,
24 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 25 in. D, 12U,
36 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 25 in. D, 19U,
48 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 25 in. D, 26U,
24 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 30 in. D, 12U,
36 in. H x 24.7 in. W x 30 in. D, 19U,
Two-post and Four-post Racks

COOPER B-LINE
RELAY RACKS
PR22450V2-132830.tif
These relay racks are designed to support switches, patch panels, cable
management and other networking equipment. Double-sided EIA Universal hole
pattern rails with 12-24 tapped holes are standard. These racks ship unassembled
and individually packaged in a protective carton. RMU markings are permanently
stamped into the rack rails. UL Listed. Load rating 1,200 lb. (evenly distributed).

245387
SB556084XUAL
245388
SB556084XUFB
Description
7 ft. H with 19 in. mounting, 3 in. D,
RMU marks, brushed finish
RMU marks, flat black
Cooper B-Line
268204
SB556084XUTG
280810
SB55608419U6FB
184096
SB558084XUAL
245157
SB558084XUFB
268207
SB558084XUTG
Description
RMU marks, telco gray
RMU marks, brushed finish
RMU marks, telco gray
FOUR-POST STANDARD AND SERVER RACKS
SB837084BFB
376130
SB837084CFB
376131
SB837084DFB
376132
SB838084AFB
376133
SB838084BFB
376135
SB838084CFB
376136
SB838084DFB
RCM Rack and Cable Management Value Pack

COOPER B-LINE
PR28980V2-214348.tif
Description
84 in. H with 19 in. mounting, 18 in. to
24 in. D, 12-24 tapped rails, flat black
24 in. D, EIA square-hole rails, flat black
RCM Value Packs contain one standard 7 ft. equipment rack and two high-density,
single-sided cable managers. Parts ship in one convenient package and are designed
with captive mounting nuts for easy, one-person assembly.
Description
425030
SB81006
84 in. H rack with two 6 in. cable
managers, black
425031
SB81008
managers, black
425032
SB81010
managers, black
Wall-mount Racks
COOPER B-LINE
HEAVY-DUTY FIXED RACKS
PR24158V2-175173.tif
These heavy-duty fixed wall-mount racks are designed for use in applications where
limited space is available. Load capacity: 350 lb.
Anixter No.
324284
324285
331929
Vendor No.
SB704192518FB
SB704192524FB
SB704192518AL
331930
SB704192524AL
Description
25 in. H x 19 in. W x 18 in. D, flat black
25 in. H x 19 in. W x 24 in. D, flat black
25 in. H x 19 in. W x 18 in. D,
brushed finish
25 in. H x 19 in. W x 24 in. D,
brushed finish
5.45
376129
PR22451V2-132834.tif
These racks are depth-adjustable in 1 in. increments from 18 in. to 24 in., 24 in. to
30 in., 30 in. to 36 in. or 36 in. to 42 in. Available with 12-24 pre-tapped mounting
rails (SB837 series) or EIA square hole rails (SB838 series). These racks ship
unassembled and individually packed in a protective carton. Load rating: 2,000 lb.
UL Listed.

376128
SB837084AFB
Cooper B-Line
(continued)
Wall-mount Racks
SWING-GATE WALL-MOUNT EQUIPMENT RACKS
PR20496V2-77425.tif
The SB708 series wall-mounted rack hinges on both sides and provide easy access
to the back of the equipment. Packaged unassembled in protective carton suitable
for parcel shipment. Easily installed by one person. Load capacity 150 lb. UL Listed.
Other sizes and finishes available.

354172
SB708193018FB
354173
SB708193025FB
354174
SB708194418FB
354175
SB708194425FB
Description
Swing gate 30 in. H x 19 in. W x 18 in. D,
flat black
flat black
flat black
flat black
D
Anchor Kits
COOPER B-LINE
PR12044V2-21894.tif
Rack Shelves
COOPER B-LINE
pr5429V2-143881.tif
Cooper B-Line steel or aluminum shelves are designed for supporting equipment that
cannot be rack mounted. Available with a solid or vented support surface for 19 in.
rack (23 in. also available). UL Listed.
SOLID SINGLE-SIDED SHELVES FOR 19 IN. RACKS
Supports loads up to 100 lb.
Description
198363
SB747S1910AAL
17.5 in. W x 10 in. D, aluminum
brushed finish
354176
SB747S1910SSL
17.5 in. W x 10 in. D, steel silver finish
217114
SB747S1915AAL
brushed finish
354177
SB747S1915SSL
17.5 in. W x 15 in. D, steel silver finish
268224
SB747S1910AFB
flat black
354178
SB747S1910SFB
17.5 in. W x 10 in. D, steel flat black
268226
SB747S1915AFB
flat black
354179
SB747S1915SFB
17.5 in. W x 15 in. D, steel flat black
Double-sided versions are also available.
Cabinet Shelves
COOPER B-LINE
PR11074V2-18098.tif
Use to securely anchor equipment racks to concrete. Finish: clear zinc

Description
212190
SB588AZN
Self-supporting rack anchor kit, includes
four 3/8 in.-16 x 2 3/4 in. (70 mm)
wedge anchors and hardware
SLIDING SHELVES
Telescopic slide mounted, 19 in. wide, ventilated, black, steel shelves are designed
for use in four-post racks, Access and V-Line cabinets. Load rating: 150 lb.
Description
250925
E2SHSS1920FB
20 in. deep
250926
E2SHSS1924BLP
24 in. deep
250927
E2SHSS1930BLP
30 in. deep
5.46
Cooper B-Line
FIXED SHELVES
Black, ventilated, steel fixed shelves are designed for use in four-post racks, Access
and V-Line cabinets. Shelf-mounting brackets permit attachment to the mounting
rail from the front or side. Load rating: 150 lb.
Description
250937
E2SH4P1920BLP
20 in. deep
250938
E2SH4P1924BLP
24 in. deep
250940
E2SH4P1930BLP
30 in. deep
FRONT-MOUNTING CANTILEVER SHELF
This 2U-high wide shelf is ideal for supporting networking equipment that can not be
rack-mounted. Fits 19 in. rail spacing. Load rating: 60 lb.
Description
285068
E2SHCLSLP1915PB
15 in. deep, flat black

313648
SB860810D084FB
313649
SB860812D084FB
376154
SB860106D084FB
376155
SB8601010D084FB
376156
SB8601012D084FB
Wire Management
RCM+ DOUBLE-SIDED COMBINATION VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS
PR11218V2-25371.tif
RCM+ SINGLE- AND DOUBLE-SIDED HIGH-DENSITY VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS

PR11217V2-25368.tif
Combination back-to-back vertical cable managers are designed for use in

applications with differing cable management requirements on the front and back of
the rack. Front section featuring 1 RMU spaced fingers with snap-on removable
hinged doors for high-density cabling. Rear section featuring widely spaced fingers
with snap-on hinged gates for low-density cabling. Available in extended depths for
high-performance media or high-density installations.
High-density vertical cable managers with 1 RMU spacing and open back are
designed for use in applications with higher cable density and more demanding
cable routing. Available in extended depths for high-performance media or
high-density installations.

313650
SB86483D084FB

313642
SB86083S084FB
313651
SB86486D084FB
313652
SB864810D084FB
313653
SB864812D084FB
376151
SB864106D084FB
376152
SB8641010D084FB
376153
SB8641012D084FB
313643
SB86086S084FB
313644
SB860810S084FB
313645
SB860812S084FB
313646
SB86083D084FB
313647
SB86086D084FB
Description
Vertical cabling section 7 ft. H x
9 3/8 in. D x 3 5/8 in. W, flat
black, single-sided
9 3/8 in. D x 6 in. W, flat
black, single-sided
9 3/8 in. D x 10 in. W, flat
black, single-sided
9 3/8 in. D x 12 in. W, flat
black, single-sided
18 5/8 in. D x 3 5/8 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
18 5/8 in. D x 6 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
Description
Vertical combination cabling section
7 ft. H x 17 7/8 in. D x 3 5/8 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
7 ft. H x 17 7/8 in. D x 6 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
black, double-sided
black, double-sided
Deep vertical combination cabling
section 7 ft. H x 20 3/8 in. D x 6 in. W,
flat black, double-sided
5.47
COOPER B-LINE
Cooper B-Line's vertical and horizontal wire managers are designed to attach to
standard EIA 19 in. and 23 in. racks and to provide economical and versatile cable
management solutions.
Description
18 5/8 in. D x 10 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
18 5/8 in. D x 12 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
Deep vertical cabling section 7 ft. H x
23 5/8 in. D x 6 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
23 5/8 in. D x 10 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
23 5/8 in. D x 12 in. W, flat
black, double-sided
Cooper B-Line
(continued)
Wire Management
RCM+ HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS DOUBLE-SIDED
RCM+ HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS SINGLE-SIDED
PR11219V2-25365.tif
Single-sided horizontal cable managers with closely spaced fingers and an open
design to provide a horizontal pathway for patch cords. The removable, "snap-on"
hinged doors open up or down past 180 degrees and will remain open in
up position.

313662
SB87019S1FB
313663
SB87019S2FB
313664
SB87019S3FB
5.48
PR22457V2-133154.tif
Description
Horizontal cable manager 19 in. W - 1U,
flat black, single-sided
Double-sided horizontal cable managers with closely spaced fingers and an open
design to provide a horizontal pathway for patch cords. The removable, "snap-on"
hinged doors open up or down past 180 degrees and will remain open in
up position.

376148
SB87019D1FB
376149
SB87019D2FB
376150
SB87019D3FB
Description
RCM+ VERTICAL CABLE MANAGER ACCESSORIES

Cable strap mounts attach to the 1/4 in. holes in vertical cable managers with
push-in fasteners (SB862PIF). Push-in fasteners are used to quickly attach
accessories to 1/4 in. mounting holes in vertical cable manager.
Description
313667
SB862CSM
Cable strap mount 1/4 in. mounting
hole, cable straps up to 3/4 in.
wide, black
313668
SB862PIF
1/4 in. push-in fastener, white
Great Lakes Case & Cabinets Co., Inc.

./
Enhanced Networking (EN) Enclosures

GREAT LAKES CASE & CABINET
PR67164V2-529197.tif
84 IN. H X 32 IN. W X 42 IN. D EN ENCLOSURE

With two pair of tapped 12-24 mounting rails with cable management "fingers" on
all rails; includes eight levelers
Description
481095
GL840ENT-3242MSS Solid top, mesh front door, split mesh
rear door, and solid sides
481096
GL840ENT-3242MSS-NS Solid top, mesh front door, and split
mesh rear door; sides not included
481097
GL840ENT-3242-FK Doors and sides not included
SIDE AIR BAFFLE KIT FOR EN3242 ENCLOSURE

Description
444591
ENSAB19
For use with 19 RMU CISCO and other
side-to-side airflow equipment
444592
ENSAB14
444593
ENSAB11
ACCESSORIES
487190
CM-47
492913
492952
CBB-72
LRB-12
492134
LRB-24
492133
TCT32
493329
TCT40
444603
CM-16
444604
CM-17
493341
G101EN
Description
Single section of cable management
"fingers" 7 RMU
Copper bus bar, 70 in. (isolated)
Ladder rack bracket for 12 in. W
ladder rack
Ladder rack bracket for 24 in.
ladder rack
Top cable trough for 32 in. W
EN enclosure
Top cable trough for 40 in. W
EN enclosure
Single-sided cable organizer with plastic
fingers and covers, 1 RMU, 1.5 in. x 3 in.
fingers and cover, 1 RMU, 3 in. x 3 in.
Ganging kit used to gang two EN
enclosures together
5.49
The Enhanced Networking Enclosures provide cable management and cooling support
for networking and switch applications. A 2,000 lb. weight capacity, large amounts of
open area outside of the rails, repositionable cable fingers and cable knockouts
easily accommodate the high-density cable management needs of switches and
patch panels. Standard and optional baffle kits aid in the cooling requirements of
side-to-side airflow equipment; kits direct cool air in and exhaust air out. Available in
two sizes, the enclosure meets all minimum requirements specified by CISCO.
FEATURES
Two sets of 45 RMU, tapped 12-24 rails (3/8 in. SQ. [M6] also available)
Front rails are fixed and recessed from front of enclosure; rear rails are
fully adjustable
Maximum rail spacing of 32 in. (29 in. on GL840ENT-3242)
Flexible mounting profile allows mounting of accessories that do not interfere
with the EIA pattern; three sets of holes on each rail (front, side and rear or rail)
Cable management fingers come in 7 RMU sections; six sections (total of
42 RMU) are standard on each front and rear rail
Additional cable management finger sections available
Large top and bottom cable knockouts easily accommodate large cable bundles
Solid lift-off side panels lock at top
Split mesh doors on front and rear of enclosure (front mesh rear door and split
mesh rear door on GL840ENT-3242); swing handle with keyed lock
Ships completely assembled; no complicated extension kits needed
84 IN. H X 40 IN. W X 48 IN. D EN ENCLOSURE

With two pair of tapped 12-24 mounting rails with cable management "fingers" on
all rails; includes eight levelers
Description
481098
GL840ENT-4048SSS Solid top, split mesh front door, split
mesh rear door, solid sides, and baffle
kit (25 RMU) for CISCO 7018 switch
481099
GL840ENT-4048SSS-NS Solid top, split mesh front door, split
mesh rear door, and baffle kit (25 RMU)
for CISCO 7018 switch; side not included
481100
GL840ENT-4048-FK Baffle kit (25 RMU) for CISCO
7018 switch; doors and sides not
included Note: For enclosure with
3/8 in. square (M6) rails, remove 'T'
from part number
E Series Enclosures
PR23685V2-168271.tif

281415
GL480E-2432P
273179
GL300E-2432P
ACCESSORIES
214162
7206-FR-AHD
The E Series of enclosures provide a feature-rich cabinet for housing

telecommunications equipment, computer control-room hardware, LAN equipment
and other sensitive electronic equipment. Each cabinet includes: two 19 in. universal
cage nut rails, adjustable levelers and pack of mounting screws, removable vented
top panel with two 4 in. horseshoe knockouts, plexiglass door with locking swing
handle, perimeter vented steel rear door with locking swing handle, pair of solid
lift-off side panels with lock and finger release latches and a compatible power strip
with circuit breaker and 15 ft. cord. Available in Advantage Gray, Nitro Blue or
Black color.
FEATURES
Rails have infinite front-to-rear adjustability
Frame formed five times for strength
Strong 12-gauge, powder-coated "universal cage nut rails"
D
Tops can be removed
without interfering with cable entry
Grounding studs on doors, side panels and base unit
Provisions for power outlet strips in all four corners
Listed to UL 60950-1
Flexible modular concept
Easily adapts to equipment upgrades
Preassembled to your equipment configuration
Description
248804
GL840E-2936P
84 in. H x 29 in. W x 36 in. D, 44 RMU,
1,500 lb. weight capacity
248805
GL840E-2932P
84 in. H x 29 in. W x 32 in. D, 44 RMU,
248803
GL840E-2436P
84 in. H x 24 in. W x 36 in. D, 44 RMU,
221658
GL840E-2432P
84 in. H x 24 in. W x 32 in. D, 44 RMU,
248806
GL720E-2936P
72 in. H x 29 in. W x 36 in. D, 37 RMU,
248807
GL720E-2932P
72 in. H x 29 in. W x 32 in. D, 37 RMU,
220562
GL720E-2436P
72 in. H x 24 in. W x 36 in. D, 37 RMU,
248808
GL720E-2432P
72 in. H x 24 in. W x 32 in. D, 37 RMU,
281416
GL600E-2432P
60 in. H x 24 in. W x 32 in. D, 31 RMU,
600 lb. weight capacity
5.50
214163
7206-FR-ADHD
214213
332134
7206-FRSL-AHD
7206-MKM
444603
CM-16
444604
CM-17
285602
VLB-84
Description
48 in. H x 24 in. W x 32 in. D, 24 RMU,
30 in. H x 24 in. W x 32 in. D, 13 RMU,
Description
Stationary shelf, 17.5 in. W x
22.25 in. D, 200 lb. weight capacity
Sliding shelf, 17.5 in. W x 22 in. D
Monitor space: 17 in. W x 24 in. D,
keyboard tray: 19.13 in. W x 7.88 in. D x
1.75 in. H, mouse surface: 8 in. x
9 in., black
Vertical lacing bar for
84 in. H enclosures
ES Server Enclosures
PR23686V2-168286.tif
The ES Server line of cabinets is designed specifically to create an ideal environment

for server equipment; several built-in features enhance the cable management and
power necessary for a data center. The 30 in. width of the cabinet provides additional
cable space between mounting rails and side panels while extra depth of rear corner
posts also provide room for cabling and power accessories. Cable access originating
from the top of the cabinet is independent of the removable top panel while
accessories for overhead management help expedite the flow of cable from the
cabinet. Recessed plate casters create a more durable cabinet offering a high
2,000 lb. weight capacity. New contour mesh doors, standard with every cabinet,
feature a reinforced frame for security, an easy-latching door handle and provisions
to mount fans (to eliminate hot spots).
FEATURES
Frame with two pairs of black powder-coated, universal 19 in. M6 mounting
rails (with RMU markings) and package of M6 hardware; includes two pairs of
universal PDU mounting brackets
Adjustable levelers, 2.5 in. H, set of four
One solid top panel
Front and rear mesh contour door with locking easy latch

Pair of solid lift-off side panels with lock and finger release latches
Description
397914
GL840ES-3048MS
84 in. H x 30 in. W x 48 in. D, 44 RMU,
weight capacity 2,000 lb.
397915
GL840ES-2448MS
84 in. H x 24 in. W x 48 in. D, 44 RMU
251385
GL840ES-3042MS
84 in. H x 30 in. W x 42 in. D, 44 RMU
267197
GL840ES-2442MS
84 in. H x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, 44 RMU
353420
GL780ES-3042MS
78 in. H x 30 in. W x 42 in. D, 42 RMU
375822
GL780ES-2442
78 in. H x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, 42 RMU
375821
GL480ES-2442MS
48 in. H x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, 24 RMU
ACCESSORIES
495378
BGRK24
BGRK30
495386
TPES-B
487190
CM-47
Power Solutions for Great Lakes Racks and Cabinets

PR1764V2-11080.eps
Great Lakes offers a large variety of power management products to complete your
rack or cabinet system. Please see the Power and Thermal Management Solutions
section for more information.
WM Series Wall-mount/Swing-out Cabinets

PR1587V2-143853.tif
The WM Wall-mount/Swing-out cabinets provide 19 in. rack mounting in a distribution

enclosure. A snap latch located inside the cabinet opens the 18 in. deep center
WM WALL-MOUNT/SWING-OUT CABINETS
Color: black
Description
248809
GL2418WM
24 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 18 in. D,
12 RMU, weight capacity 150 lb.
300121
GL2418WMS
24 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 18 in. D,
12 RMU, solid door, weight capacity
150 lb.
200609
GL24WM
24 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 24.5 in. D,
281474
GL24WMS
24 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 24.5 in. D,
150 lb.
200610
GL36WM
36 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 24.5 in. D,
216980
GL36WMS
36 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 24.5 in. D,
250 lb.
200611
GL48WM
48 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 24.5 in. D,
281476
GL48WMS
48 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 24.5 in. D,
300 lb.
ACCESSORIES
For 19 in. rack mounting. Shelves are black.
Description
164872
7206-FM
Front-mount shelf: 18 in. deep, 60 lb.
weight capacity
131892
7206-EIA
EIA spacing shelf: 18 in. deep, 80 lb.
weight capacity
131898
7206-SL
Sliding shelf: 17.5 in. deep, 40 lb.
weight capacity
300122
7206-14
Stationary shelf: 14 in. deep, 80 lb.
weight capacity (recommended
for GL2418WM)
131905
7219
Six-position power strip for 19 in.
mounting; 5-15R receptacle and
5-15P plug
493152
DK2
Dust-resistant kit contains four cover
plates, four fan filters and hardware
495389
CBB-19
19 in. copper bus bar
5.51
495385
Description
Brush Grommet Kit for 24 in.
wide cabinets
ES Enclosure Brush Grommet Kit
(30 in. W x 78 in. or 84 in. H)
Top Panel with Brush Guard for ES
Series Enclosure
"fingers" 7 RMU
swing section for front and rear access. There are also 1 in., 2 in. and 3 in. knockouts
located on the top, bottom and rear for easy wiring, installation and maintenance.
Front and rear sections lock independently for added security. Ships completely
assembled with all accessories installed.
FEATURES
Vented side walls
Two pairs of adjustable rails
Full piano hinge
Plexiglass front door (except where noted)
Left- or right-hand swing out
Dust-resistant kit available

267180
GL48WS-PS
Wall-mount/Swing-out Enclosures
WS SERIES
PR23699V2-168275.tif
267182
GL48WS-PV
Description
Plexiglass front door, solid sides, 48 in.
H x 24 in. W x 24 in. D, 25 RMU, weight
capacity 350 lb.
Plexiglass front door, vented sides,
48 in. H x 24 in. W x 24 in. D, 25 RMU,
weight capacity 350 lb.
WD SERIES
The WS Series of Wall-mount/Swing-out Enclosures provide 19 in. rack mounting in a

heavy-duty distribution enclosure. With removable sides, interchangeable doors,
optional casters and heavy-duty construction, the WS is the choice for increased
weight capacities. The WS offers all of the features of a full-size enclosure built into
a convenient wall-mount. This durable enclosure features a center swing-out section
for outstanding front and rear access to cable and equipment. A simple finger pull/
latch mechanism located inside the enclosure opens the 18.375 in. deep center
swing section. Available in black color. Listed to UL 60950-1.

267169
GL24WS-SS
267170
267171
GL24WS-PS
GL24WS-SV
267172
GL24WS-PV
267173
GL36WS-SS
267174
GL36WS-SV
267175
GL36WS-PS
267176
GL36WS-PV
267177
GL48WS-SS
267179
GL48WS-SV
5.52
Description
Solid front door, solid sides, 24 in. H x
24 in. W x 24 in. D, 11 RMU, weight
capacity 250 lb.
Solid front door, vented sides, 24 in. H x
capacity 250 lb.
Plexiglass front door, solid sides,
24 in. H x 24 in. W x 24 in. D, 11 RMU,
24 in. H x 24 in. W x 24 in. D, 11 RMU,
capacity 300 lb.
capacity 300 lb.
Plexiglass front door, solid sides,
36 in. H x 24 in. W x 24 in. D, 18 RMU,
36 in. H x 24 in. W x 24 in. D, 18 RMU,
capacity 350 lb.
capacity 350 lb.
PR23696V2-168264.tif
The WD series offers configurations ranging from 24 in. to 36 in. in height, offering
11, 18 or 25 rack-mounted units (RMU) of space. A simple finger pull/latch
mechanism located inside the enclosure opens the 25.75 in. deep center swing
section. The two pairs of 12-24 mounting rails are fully adjustable. The unique hinge
system allows for removal of the rear section for easy installation. Casters are also
available to make the WD free-standing as well as to be able to hold extra weight.

332125
GL24WD
332127
GL24WDS
332128
GL36WD
332129
GL36WDS
332130
GL48WD
332131
GL48WDS
332132
DK1
332133
FFK1
Description
24 in. H x 24 in. W x 32.13 in. D,
11 RMU, plexiglass door, weight capacity
250 lb.
24 in. H x 24 in. W x 32.13 in. D,
250 lb.
36 in. H x 24 in. W x 32.13 in. D,
300 lb.
36 in. H x 24 in. W x 32.13 in. D,
300 lb.
48 in. H x 24 in. W x 32.13 in. D,
350 lb.
48 in. H x 24 in. W x 32.13 in. D,
350 lb.
Four fan filters

WE SERVER SERIES
PR20350V2-72959.tif
The WE Server Side Wall Mount is great for applications where a server is required
and limited space is available. In addition, the side-mount design allows for
ventilation of equipment. Available in black color. Features: Mesh side doors for
optimum air flow. Lockable front panel and doors. Optional exhaust fan mounting.
Three concentric knockouts on the top, bottom and rear. At 29 in. rail spacing, there
is 2 in. of space in front and 3 in. in the rear.

353423
GL24WE
7217WS
131905
7219
353424
7219-20AR
331739
7219-SR14
15WM WALL-MOUNT
7206-EIA
131898
7206-SL
353430
7206-FR-A18
131905
7219
493152
DK2
300122
7206-14
397938
7217-04
Two-post Racks
PR22484V2-133055.tif
PR23674V2-167916.tif
The 15WM is a unique wall-mount enclosure, designed to be ideal for housing

smaller intercom, paging and security systems. The plexiglass option allows for
visual verification of equipment and one-person installation makes the 15WM a
convenient solution for any customer, from the owner of a local retail store, to a
general or electrical contractor, to the office manager at a school. A reversible main
body, conduit knockouts of various sizes and space for mounting a PDU are just
some of the features which create convenience for the user. Tamper-resistant screws
and bits externally secure sections together. The dimensions are 15.38 in. H x
22.25 in. W x 17.66 in. D with a weight capacity of 100 lb.

397926
BS2-15WM
397927
BS2-15WMS
131892
Description
Front-mount shelf: 18 in. deep, 60 lb.
weight capacity
EIA spacing shelf: 18 in. deep, 80 lb.
weight capacity
Sliding shelf: 17.5 in. deep, 40 lb.
weight capacity
Four-point shelf: 18 in. deep, 150 lb.
weight capacity
5-15P plug
Stationary shelf: 14 in. deep, 80 lb.
weight capacity (recommended
for GL2418WM)
Single fan assembly with a 75 cfm fan
and cord
Description
Plexiglass door, 7 RMU
Solid door, 7 RMU
Great Lakes 19 in. relay racks are designed to easily support the mounting of data,
telecommunications, networking and electrical equipment.
FEATURES
19 in. EIA-310-E compliant mounting
12-24 tapped holes
Constructed from double-sided, extruded aluminum
Available in a mill finish or black anodized finish
Cable management accessories and shelves create a complete solution
MILL FINISH
Anixter No.
444536
444538
444540
444542
444544
214219
444546
444548
Vendor No.
GLRR-1936
GLRR-1948
GLRR-1960
GLRR-1966
GLRR-1972
GLRR-1984
GLRR-1996
GLRR-19108
Description
36 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 18 RMU
48 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 24 RMU
60 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 31 RMU
66 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 35 RMU
72 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 38 RMU
84 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 45 RMU
96 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 52 RMU
108 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D,
59 RMU
5.53
191088
Description
24 in. H x 36.1 in. W x 20.5 in. D,
Fan assembly with fan guards and two
75 cfm fans
5-15P plug
5-20P plug
14 (six front/eight back)-position power
strip for 19 in. mounting; 5-15R
receptacle and 5-15P plug
ACCESSORIES
164872
7206-FM

(continued)
Two-post Racks
BLACK ANODIZED FINISH

444537
GLRR-1936BA
444539
GLRR-1948BA
444541
GLRR-1960BA
444543
GLRR-1966BA
444545
GLRR-1972BA
267194
GLRR-1984BA
444547
GLRR-1996BA
444549
GLRR-19108BA
ACCESSORIES
267195
1984ST09
267196
1984ST15
397929
1984KM
444563
1984LR
444564
GL-RMUTA
D
Description
36 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 18 RMU
48 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 24 RMU
60 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 31 RMU
66 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 35 RMU
72 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 38 RMU
84 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 45 RMU
96 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D, 52 RMU
108 in. H x 20.31 in. W x 14 in. D,
59 RMU
Description
Single-sided shelf, 9 in. deep, 75 lb.
weight capacity
weight capacity
Keyboard shelf with pivoting mouse tray,
19 in. W x 8 in. D, 35 lb. weight capacity
Ladder Rack Support Brackets, mounts
either parallel or perpendicular to rack;
supports 12 to 18 in. wide ladder rack
Package of four RMU labels in ascending
order (1U on the bottom, 45U on the top)
ACCESSORIES
267195
1984ST09
267196
1984ST15
397929
1984KM
444563
1984LR
444564
GL-RMUTA
Description
weight capacity
weight capacity
Ladder Rack Support Brackets, mounts
either parallel or perpendicular to rack;
supports 12 to 18 in. wide ladder rack
Package of four RMU labels in ascending
order (1U on the bottom, 45U on the top)
Cable Management for Two- and Four-post Racks
Four-post Racks
PR34499V2-255250.tif
Great Lakes four-post racks are designed to easily support the mounting of data,
telecommunications, networking and electrical equipment.
FEATURES
19 in. EIA-310-E-compliant mounting
Made from cold-rolled steel and extruded aluminum
Cable management accessories and shelves create a complete solution
12-24 MOUNTING
Dimensions: 84 in. H x 20.6 in. W, weight capacity: 1,000 lb.
Description
444551
4P1224-24
24 in. D, 45 RMU
444552
4P1224-29
29 in. D, 45 RMU
444553
4P1224-32
32 in. D, 45 RMU
444554
4P1224-36
36 in. D, 45 RMU
5.54
HEAVY DUTY
Weight capacity: 2,000 lb. when bolted to the floor
Description
444550
4PHD29
80.5 in. H x 50.6 in. W x 29 in. D,
42 RMU
M6 MOUNTING
Dimensions: 84 in. H x 20.6 in. W, weight capacity: 1,000 lb.
Description
444555
4PM6-24
24 in. D, 45 RMU
444556
4PM6-29
29 in. D, 45 RMU
444557
4PM6-32
32 in. D, 45 RMU
444558
4PM6-36
36 in. D, 45 RMU
PR34470V2-255164.tif
When used with Great Lakes two- and four-post racks, cable management
accessories create a complete network solution. Vertical managers are able to handle
large cable bundles and repositionable accessories, such as cable spools, are easy to
install, adjust and remove based on current and future needs.
FEATURES
Vertical channels available as a single channel or front/rear channel
8 in. channels hold up to 384 Cat 6 cables or 738 Cat 5e cables
5 in. channels hold up to 126 Cat 6 cables or 246 Cat 5e cables
Large fingers align with RMU openings

CABLE MANAGEMENT
- 19 in. mounting
- Helps organize and direct cables
- Includes clips to create proper bend radius
Description
444594
VCM8-FR
Vertical front and rear cable
management, 8 in. channel x 80 in. L,
includes two spools, 12 wire retainers
and black hinge cover
444595
VCM8-FO
Vertical front cable management, 8 in.
channel x 80 in. L, includes one spool,
six wire retainer and black hinge cover
444596
VCM5-FR
Vertical front and rear cable
management, 5 in. channel x 80 in. L,
includes black snap-on cover
444598
VCM5-FO
Vertical front cable managemnt, 5 in.
channel x 80 in. L, includes black
snap-on cover
19 IN. HORIZONTAL ORGANIZERS
CABLE RETAINERS FOR VERTICAL CABLE CHANNELS
444603
CM-16
444604
CM-17
- 19 in. mounting
- Helps organize and direct cables
- Includes clips to create proper bend radius
- Includes cover

487186
CM-15
Description
Double-sided cable organizer with plastic
fingers and covers; front 2 RMU, 3 in. x 3 in.;
back 1 RMU (3 in. x 1.5 in.
SR Wall-mount Swing Racks

PR6824V2-11095.TIF
- Attaches anywhere along fingers to secure cable bundles

444599
VCM8-WR
444600
VCM5-CR
Description
Pack of six wire retainers, for 8 in.
channel only
Pack of 10 cable retainers, for 5 in.
channel only
CABLE SPOOLS AND SLACK LOOP ORGANIZERS FOR VERTICAL CHANNELS
PR34468V2-255168.tif
- Stores cable slack while maintaining proper bend radius

- Cable spools are able to be mounted in six locations
- Slack Loop Organizers mount on any fingers where needed

444601
VCM8-SL
444602
VCM5-SL
Description
Pack of two, duct slack loop cable spool,
for 8 in. channel only
Pack of two duct slack loop storage
organizers, for 5 in. channel only
The SR Wall-mount Swing Rack is a very popular and economical solution for
mounting patch panels and switches. Available in three heights and with a weight
capacity of 100 lb., the swing frame provides easy access to the back of
the equipment.
FEATURES
19 in. EIA-310-D compliant with 12-24 threaded holes and hardware
"Stay Open" hinge pins
Provisions for optional cable management cinch straps
180-degree positive stop
Minimal assembly required
Description
222906
GL24SR
23.75 in. H x 20.75 in. W x 18 in. D, 12 RMU
397930
GL24SRD
23.75 in. H x 20.75 in. W x 22 in. D, 12 RMU
267186
GL36SR
36.00 in. H x 20.75 in. W x 18 in. D, 19 RMU
397931
GL36SRD
36.00 in. H x 20.75 in. W x 22 in. D, 19 RMU
267187
GL48SR
48.76 in. H x 20.75 in. W x 18 in. D, 26 RMU
397932
GL48SRD
48.76 in. H x 20.75 in. W x 22 in. D, 26 RMU
5.55
PR34469V2-255171.tif
PR72251V2-578617.tif
Stationary Shelves
Monitor/Keyboard/Mouse Shelf
PR12064V2-21904.tif
All shelves below are vented and come in black.

Description
214162
7206-FR-AHD
214163
7206-FR-ADHD
267189
7206-FR-A28HD
17.5 in. W x 28 in. D, 300 lb.
weight capacity
267192
7206-FR-A32HD
17.5 in. W x 32 in. D, 300 lb.
weight capacity
353430
7206-FR-A18
Four-point shelf: 18 in. deep, 150 lb.
weight capacity
FEATURES
19 in. rack-mount
Front-to-rear adjustable mounting tabs
Minimal 2 RMU mounting height
Keyboard and mouse are not included with shelf
Description
332134
7206-MKM
Monitor space: 17 in. W x 24 in. D,
keyboard tray: 19.13 in. W x 7.88 in. D x
1.75 in. H, mouse surface: 8 in. x
9 in., black
Keyboard and Mouse Shelf for Two- and Four-post Racks
Sliding Shelves
PR12065V2-21907.tif
Listed to UL 60950-1. Weight capacity: 110 lb. All shelves below are vented and come
in black.
Description
214213
7206-FRSL-AHD
214214
7206-FRSL-ADHD
5.56
PR12066V2-21910.tif
PR23675V2-167919.tif
FEATURES
19 in. mounting for Great Lakes two- and four-post racks
Swivel mouse platform can be mounted for left- or right-hand use
Capable of being mounted at any height for comfortable use
Description
397929
1984KM
Cable Management
CABLE ORGANIZERS - 19 IN. MOUNTING
PR23682V2-168255.tif
PR67224V2-531208.tif
Color: black
CABLE MANAGEMENT RAIL KITS

487186
CM-15
PR67223V2-531207.tif
CM-16
444604
CM-17
267201
CM-02
267202
CM-04
Installed on the Flexible Mounting Profile (a series of holes outside of the EIA
pattern). Fingers align with RMUs on all enclosures; front rails will need to be
recessed 4.5 in.
215648
CM-05

485972
ESC-K12
353439
CM-07
246767
CM-08
267203
CM-09
487189
487190
ENC-K24
CM-47
CABLE RINGS
Description
Cable Management Rail Kit for front and
rear rails; includes 12 sections of
"fingers" (each section, 7 RMU)
Cable management rail kit for front and
rear rails; includes 24 sections of
"fingers" (each section, 7 RMU)
"fingers" 7 RMU
STRAIN-RELIEF BARS
PR23692V2-168281.tif
PR23683V2-168295.tif
Color: black
Color: black

267198
CM-13
267199
CM-44
267200
CM-425
Description
Single cable ring, 1.06 in. W x 2.8 in. D
(inside dimensions)
4 in. auxiliary ring, 3.8 in. W x 3.8 in. D
(inside dimensions)
Heavy-duty cable ring, 2.3 in. W x 3.8 in. D
(inside dimensions)
Anixter No.
267207
267209
267210
267211
Vendor No.
CM-03
CM-19
19SRB
23SRB
Description
Back side cable organizer
19 in. utility strain-relief bar
19 in. cable strain-relief bar
23 in. cable strain-relief bar

5.57
444603
Description
Double-sided cable organizer with
plastic fingers and covers; front 2 RMU,
3 in. x 3 in.; back 1 RMU (3 in. x 1.5 in.
Low-density front organizer, 1.8 in. W x
3.8 in. D (inside dimensions)
Interbay organizer with four horizontal
rings, 3.25 in. W x 2.8 in. D
(inside dimensions)
Single-sided organizer with five
horizontal rings, 1.3 in. W x 2.8 in. D
(inside dimensions)
Waterfall cable management trough,
1 RMU
Standard front organizer with four
horizontal and four vertical rings,
1.45 in. W x 3 in. D (inside dimensions)
Two-sided organizer with four front and
five rear rings (1.3 in. W x 2.8 in. D)

(continued)
Cable Management
CABLE MANAGEMENT PANELS

218683
CM-10
CINCH STRAPS
5.58
Description
19 in. horizontal panel with 10 slots,
0.25 in. x 0.2 in.
PR23684V2-168251.tif

218682
CM-01
218681
PR23681V2-167903.tif
CM-06
Description
12 in. L x 3/4 in. W with buckle and
grommet, blue
6 in. L x 3/4 in. W with buckle and
grommet, black
Hoffman
./
PROLINE Server Cabinets

HOFFMAN ENCLOSURES INC
PROLINE Communications Cabinets

PR23703V2-168562.tif
ADDITIONS
355944
D19BPT1RU
355945
D19BPT2RU
355946
D19FVT69B
Description
Snap-in blanking panel, 1RU, 19 in.,
black, 10 pack
black, 10 pack
Tool-less vented shelf, fits square-hole
rack angles, 19 in., black
PR23702V2-168571.tif
Hoffman PROLINE Communications Cabinets are available in standard configurations

to meet the essential protection needs for rack-mounted voice/data, switch and
patch equipment. Extra-wide design easily accommodates high-density cable patch
cords and equipment. Full-height cable managers are included in the front and rear
to maximize cable capacity.
FEATURES
ConnecTek Cabinets are available in 27 in. and 32 in. widths to accommodate
high-density cables, patch cords and equipment
Large gland plate in top allows easy routing of cable, preterminated cables and
patch panels
Perforated top, front door and rear door allow for maximum ventilation
Network Switch Cabinet models available to optimize ventilation requirements
for all Cisco series switches
Front and rear vertical cable managers included for handling large
cable bundles
PROLINE COMMUNICATIONS CABINET
With 42RU, perforated front door, perforated split rear door, black
Description
397869
PNC20710B
ConnecTek, 79 in. H x 28 in. W x 41 in. D
397870
PNC20710BNS
ConnecTek, 79 in. H x 28 in. W x 41 in. D,
no sides
397871
PNC20810B
ConnecTek, 79 in. H x 32 in. W x 41 in. D
397872
PNC20810BNS
ConnecTek, 79 in. H x 32 in. W x 41 in. D,
no sides
397873
PNS20810B
Network Switch Cabinet, 79 in. H x 32 in.
W x 41 in. D
397874
PNS20810BNS
Network Switch Cabinet, 79 in. H x 32 in.
W x 41 in. D, no sides
ADDITIONS
355944
D19BPT1RU
355945
D19BPT2RU
430028
P19VSH68B
Description
black, 10 pack
black, 10 pack
Vented shelf, four-post, 19 in., black
More sizes and configurations are available. Contact your local sales
representative for ordering information.
More sizes and configurations are available. Contact your local sales
representative for information.
5.59
Hoffman PROLINE Server Cabinets are designed to balance the thermal load of your
equipment, ensuring optimum performance and service life. From standard
passive-cooling features that inherently dissipate heat, to active, ducted and
air-conditioned solutions that maintain proper operational temperatures in
high-density environments.
FEATURES
Dedicated solutions for colocation, voice/data, hot/cold aisle, liquid-cooled and
NEMA-rated applications
Modular server cabinet platforms offering a wide variety of sizes, configurations
and versatility
Passive and active cooling configurations with a wide array of modifications and
co-development solutions
High-density solutions include top-ducted cabinets and VARISTAR cabinets with
air/water heat exchangers
Description
382185
PSCPC20610B
Passive cooling, 78 in. H x 24 in. W x
43 in. D, 42RU, perforated front door,
perforated rear door, black
397853
PSCHCA20610B
Hot aisle/cold aisle, 78 in. H x 24 in. W x
rear fan door, black
397855
PSFD20610B
Floor ducted, 82 in. H x 24 in. W x
43 in. D, 42RU, window front door, rear
fan door, black
397858
PSTD20610BM
Top ducted, 78 in. H x 24 in. W x
solid rear door, black (height dimension
excludes duct)
397861
DV218012LX2
VARISTAR liquid cooled, 82 in. H x
32 in. W x 47 in. D, 42RU, window front
door, solid rear door, black, includes air/
water heat exchanger
Hoffman
Open Frame Racks and Accessories
CABLETEK Horizontal and Vertical Cable Manager System

Hoffman Open Frame Racks are key elements in structured cabling systems and are
well suited or networking and data transmission applications. Customize your
installation with a full offering of helves, hardware and cable management.

Hoffman CABLETEK Horizontal and Vertical Cable Manager Systems provide support,
protection and accessibility to network cables and patch cords. CABLETEK is designed
to speed installation and provide flexibility to adapt to changing cabling demands.
OPEN FRAME RACKS

271801
EDR19FM45U
314578
E4DR19FM45U
314580
E4DRS19FM45U
ACCESSORIES
PR23706V2-168550.tif
Description
Two-post Open Frame Rack, 19 in. W x
45U, aluminum, black
Four-post Open Frame Rack, 19 in. W x
45U, aluminum, black, tapped 12-24
Four-post Open Frame Rack, 19 in. W x
45U, aluminum, black, square hole
PR23708V2-168565.tif
HORIZONTAL
PR23705V2-168553.tif
- High cable-capacity channel and supporting fingers facilitate proper bend radius
of cables
- Arrowhead supporting fingers provide easy installation and removal of cables
- Easy snap-in-place assembly allows for quick installation
- Included covers are easily removable, provide protection and aesthetics, and stay
open to provide unobstructed access
- Rugged composite construction
Anixter No.
397877
364860
363701
397878
Vendor No.
DCHS1
DCHS2
DCHD2
DCHB1
Description
19 in., 1RU, single-sided, black composite
19 in., 2RU, single-sided, black composite
19 in., 2RU, double-sided, black composite
19 in., tie-down bar, steel, black
VERTICAL

271805
ESH19V
271804
ESHD19
319156
ESH19KBM
397875
P19SHP68B
317539
278528
EJ2DR
ES1224B
5.60
Description
Single-sided vented shelf, fits 19 in.
equipment, steel, black
Double-sided shelf, fits 19 in.
Keyboard monitor shelf, fits 19 in.
Sliding shelf, fits 19 in. equipment,
steel, black
Joining kit for Open Frame Racks
Screw package, qty. 20, 12-24,
steel, black
PR23707V2-168568.tif
- Arrowhead fingers provide support, easy access and high capacity to network
cables and patch cords
- Rear posts and gates provide proper bend allowance, containment and full access
to network cables and bundles
- Extra deep front channel and open, easy access rear surface provides high cable
capacity and smooth transition to equipment
- Included cover is easy to remove and hinges 180 degrees to the left and right to
provide complete access to cables
- Also available for 8 and 9 foot open frame racks
- With aluminum and composite
Anixter No.
376985
363700
397879
397880
397881
397882
Vendor No.
DV6S7
DV6D7
DV10S7
DV10D7
DV12S7
DV10D7
Description
7 ft H x 6 in. W, single-sided
7 ft H x 6 in. W, double-sided
Hoffman
ACCESSPLUS II Type 1 Double-hinged Wall-mount Cabinets

PR23342V2-163392.tif
ADDITIONS
406107
EWMF1
403920
EWMF2
Description
Fan kit, fits 18 in. deep cabinets
Fan kit, fits 25 in. and 30 in. deep cabinets
More sizes and configurations available. For more information contact your
sales representative.
PROTEK DH Type 4 and Type 12 Double-hinged Wall-mount Cabinet

ACCESSPLUS II CABINETS
394585
EWMW242418
394586
EWMW362418
394587
EWMW482418
390048
EWMW242425
390051
EWMW362425
390053
EWMW482425
394588
394589
394590
394591
394592
394593
EWMS242418
EWMS362418
EWMS482418
EWMS242425
EWMS362425
EWMS482425
Description
Window door, 24 in. H x 24 in. W x
18 in. D, 12RU
18 in. D, 19RU
18 in. D, 26RU
25 in. D, 12RU
25 in. D, 19RU
25 in. D, 26RU
Solid door, 24 in. H x 24 in. W x 18 in. D, 12RU
This Hoffman double-hinged wall-mounted cabinet is ideal for protecting 19 in.

network equipment from falling dirt, splashing water, dust and other contaminants.
This versatile cabinet mounts to a wall or can be pole-mounted with the optional
pole-mounting kit. Designed to hold multiple pieces of voice/data equipment
comfortably, it can be mounted to be left- or right-hinged and comes completely
assembled and ready to mount.
FEATURES
Industry standard: NEMA/EEMAC Type 4 or 12
Also available in UL Type 4x stainless steel
Solid door provides complete physical and visual protection
Window door, made with scratch-resistant safety glass, allows equipment
monitoring without opening the door
Double-hinged for easy equipment access
Foam-in-place seamless gasket around door seals against outdoor air
infiltration and is nonabsorbing and chemical resistant
Type 12 cabinets have solid or window doors and a locking wing knob with two
keys. They provide security and convenience in indoor applications
Type 4 cabinets have solid doors and a padlock capable 1/4-turn latch. They
provide easy operation and locking options in indoor and outdoor applications
One set of adjustable tapped 19 in. rack angles included
RAL 7035 light gray textured, low-gloss polyester powder paint
5.61
ACCESSPLUS II Cabinets provide security, equipment access, cooling and support for
network and other 19 in. rack-mount equipment. The cabinet has three components:
front door, center section and wall section. Double-hinged for easy equipment
access; center section provides 19 in. rack mounting per EIA universal spacing and is
accessed through the front door or swing the center section away from the wall
section for rear access.
FEATURES
Industry standard: NEMA Type 1
Front door has either a solid steel or hardened, tinted safety-glass window door
for superior scratch resistance
Center section easily removed from rear section; tool-less one-person
installation possible
Self-locking center-to-wall section latches in two locations
Front access to all latches (no exposed side latches); cabinet can be installed
tightly in corners
Vented sides provide cross-flow ventilation to improve heat dissipation
RAL 9005 black light-textured, low-gloss polyester powder paint
PR67225V2-531270.tif
Hoffman
(continued)
PROTEK DH Type 4 and Type 12 Double-hinged

Wall-mount Cabinet
PROTEK DH WALL-MOUNT CABINETS

460228
PTHW162415G2
460229
PTHW242415G2
460230
PTHW242424G2
460232
PTHW362415G2
460233
PTHW362424G2
460236
PTHW482415G2
460247
PTHW482424G2
D
460222
PTHS242424G4
460224
PTHS362424G4
460226
PTHS482424G4
PROTEK DH A/C PACKAGE
PR72239V2-578572.tif
Description
Type 12, window door, 16 in. H x 24 in. W
x 15 in. D, 7RU
x 15 in. D, 12RU
x 24 in. D, 12RU
x 15 in. D, 19RU
x 24 in. D, 19RU
x 15 in. D, 26RU
x 24 in. D, 26RU
Type 4 and 12, solid door, 24 in. H x
24 in. W x 24 in. D, 12RU
24 in. W x 24 in. D, 19RU
24 in. W x 24 in. D, 26RU
PR23344V2-163397.tif
PROTEK Air-Conditioner Packages provide cool air to internal equipment when high
ambient air temperatures exist (up to 130F). A/C packages include an 800 Btu
indoor/outdoor air conditioner that operates on 115 V AC with 5-15P plug.

492778
PTHW242429G2A
492781
PTHW482429G2A
492783
PTHS242429G4A
492784
PTHS362429G4A
5.62
Description
x 29 in. D, 12RU
x 29 in. D, 26RU
Type 4, solid door, 24 in. H x 24 in. W x
29 in. D, 12RU
29 in. D, 19RU

492785
PTHS482429G4A
394624
PTDHS482429GA4
Description
29 in. D, 26RU
29 in. D, 26RU
PROTEK DH FAN PACKAGE

PROTEK DH Fan packages provide an integral solar top/drip shield and
thermostatically controlled fans to provide airflow to cool internal equipment.
Available in UL Type 3R for outdoor use.
Description
488288
PTHS242424G3
Type 3R, solid door, 24 in. H x 24 in. W x
24 in. D, 12RU
480607
PTHS362424G3
24 in. D, 19RU
492586
PTHS482424G3
24 in. D, 26RU
More sizes and configurations available. For more information
contact your sales representative.
MAXRACK
PR72209V2-576086.tif
MAXRACK is ideal for high-density cabling applications. It supports the cabling and
thermal management needs of large-core switches by using the combination air
baffle/vertical cable manager accessory.
FEATURES
Racks can be assembled to accommodate 19 in. and 23 in. equipment
Multiple available depths for various cabling and equipment capacities
Press-in nuts enable single-sided easy assembly
Integrated waterfalls for cable radius management
Included cable runway supports accommodate parallel and perpendicular
mounting applications
Multiple grounding points per UL double-lugged standards
MAXRACK
Anixter No.
492594
492138
492137
491005
Vendor No.
M846B45
M8410B45
M8416B45
M8432B45
Description
86 in. H x 24 in. W x 16.5 in. D, 45RU
86 in. H x 24 in. W x 20.5 in. D, 45RU
86 in. H x 24 in. W x 26.5 in. D, 45RU
86 in. H x 24 in. W x 41.75 in. D, 45RU
AIR BAFFLE AND VERTICAL CABLE MANAGER

Description
492136
M84D12
12 in. wide
492135
M84D18
18 in. wide
Knurr
./
Knurr DCM Quick-Ship Racks

KNURR EMERSON NETWORK POWER
The Quick-Ship Racks provide the convenience of 19 in. racks with high-end features
and standardized options to provide fast customization for individual site needs.
FEATURES
Ships within 72 hours, delivered as a fully assembled cabinet
Tool-less cable management enables components to be mounted in any internal
frame surface, on the outside edge of the 19 in. rail, or on the PDU/Cable
Management rail
Perforated doors provide 83 percent open area, the highest in the industry, for
improved airflow
Rugged aluminum frame is lighter than a comparable steel frame
Low-profile casters enable cabinet to roll through standard doorways
DCM NETWORK RACK FOR CISCO NEXUS SWITCH 7010
PR71323V2-563231.tif

489629
D42CIS7010
489634
D45CIS7010
489644
D42CIS7010SP
489646
D45CIS7010SP
489656
D42CIS7010P2
489657
D45CIS7010P2
Description
42U x 31.5 in. W x 47.2 in. D with
side panels
45U x 31.5 in. W x 47.2 in. D with
side panels
42U x 31.5 in. W x 47.2 in. D with one
side panel, one partition panel
42U x 31.5 in. W x 47.2 in. D with two
partition panels
partition panels
PR71324V2-563237.tif
With front door, rear door, partition panel(s), leveling feet, vertical filler panels and
factory-installed cable fingers

489636
D42CIS7018
489639
D45CIS7018
489640
D52CIS7018
489641
D52CIS70182
489649
D42CIS7018SP
489652
D45CIS7018SP
489654
D52CIS7018SP
489655
D52CIS70182SP
489658
D42CIS7018P2
489661
D45CIS7018P2
489663
D52CIS7018P2
489664
D52CIS70182P2
CABINET ACCESSORIES
397015
002185000
397016
002185050
397013
002185060
443690
443692
397029
002185070
002185080
35351081
443694
539608G2
Description
42U x 39.3 in. W x 47.2 in. D with side
panels and air diverter
52U x 39.3 in. W x 47.2 in. D with
side panels
side panel, one partition panel and
air diverter
air diverter
air diverter
partition panels and air diverter
partition panels
Description
Fixed tool-less shelf
(10) tool-less lobster claw
cable management
(10) tool-less hook and latch
cable management
Cable management lobster claw (100)
Cable management Velcro ring (100)
24-outlet PDU with 5-20R receptacles,
30 A L5-30P input, 10 ft. cord,
vertical mount
Tool-less baying kit for 42U cabinets
5.63
With front door, rear door, partition panel(s), leveling feet, vertical filler panels and
factory-installed cable fingers
DCM NETWORK RACK FOR CISCO NEXUS SWITCH 7018
The
Continues with ...
AIRFLOW MANAGEMENT
Theres nothing passive

about energy savings.
The new Mighty Mo Air Control containment
solutions elevate the Layer Zero solution,
bringing targeted airow management to
the data center. Together, Mighty Mo racks,
cabinets and containment products provide
completely passive thermal management
solutions to improve cooling, optimize
network performance and signicantly
increase energy savings.
Visit
www.legrand.us/ortronics/layer-zero-white-paper
to download our white paper, Layer Zero

for the Data Center.
Ortronics
./
Mighty Mo Cabinets
ORTRONICS
Mighty Mo Preconfigured Server Cabinets

PR24124V2-175092.tif
The Mighty Mo cabinet line includes a complete array of accessories to

create customized solutions for a wide variety of network and data center
configurations. Please consult your local sales representative to create your
unique cabinet part number.
PR29321V2-217529.tif
All preconfigured server-cabinet versions include:

- Heavy-duty 14 GA welded-steel frame configured with cable opening at bottom rear
- Frame levelers
- Two pairs of RU labeled mounting rails with 3/8 in. square holes
- Full-profile mesh locking front door
- Split flat mesh locking rear door
- Two L-shape finger managers on rear rails
- Vertical PDU mount and lacing bar
- Divider or side panels as stated below
- Solid top panel in front
- Cable entry top panel in rear
- Rack unit cage nuts 12-24 thread (package of 50)
- Two packages of 50 panel-mounting screws 12-24 (total of 100)
- Additional adhesive rack unit labels (mounted inside of rear set of rails)
- Divider versions have a right-side divider panel and ganging hardware (for within
row). Side-panel versions have a set of end panels (for stand-alone or to create ends
of row). Depth includes doors.
Description
426095
MMC422440-00005 42RU x 24 in. W x 42 in. D,
divider version
426097
MMC422440-00006 42RU x 24 in. W x 42 in. D,
side-panel version
426098
MMC422446-00002 42RU x 24 in. W x 48 in. D,
divider version
426099
MMC422446-00003 42RU x 24 in. W x 48 in. D,
side-panel version
426100
MMC472440-00003 47RU x 24 in. W x 42 in. D,
divider version
426101
MMC472440-00004 47RU x 24 in. W x 42 in. D,
side-panel version
426102
MMC472446-00001 47RU x 24 in. W x 48 in. D,
divider version
426103
MMC472446-00002 47RU x 24 in. W x 48 in. D,
side-panel version
426104
MMC423240-0000G 42RU x 32 in. W x 42 in. D,
divider version
426106
MMC423240-0000H 42RU x 32 in. W x 42 in. D,
side-panel version
5.65
Ortronics' Mighty Mo cabinet is designed around industry-leading cable management

systems that address the high-density requirements in the data center and SAN
environments of today and the future. In addition, the Mighty Mo cabinet is ideal for
maintaining cold aisle/hot aisle airflow. Side rails work with an innovative baffle
system that redirects airflow from side-venting equipment from the hot aisle to the
cold aisle to maintain maximum airflow.
FEATURES
Capacity: 2,000 lb. static frame load capacity
Performance and Protection
To ensure maximum network performance, Mighty Mo cable management
systems protect patch cords, cables and equipment ports from damage by:
- Maintaining proper bend radius requirements
- Reducing tension on plugs and jacks
- Protecting network equipment ports
- Supporting large cable bundles within the rack
Cable Management
- Support for up to 1,340 Cat 6 ports
- Vertical managers provide ample capacity for a minimum of 48 Category 6A
patch cords per rack unit on a single side of the equipment
- Mounting rails adjust from 12.5 in. to 30 in., independent of the wide rail in
front on either side to handle and route copper (Cat 6A, 6 and 5e) or fiber
distribution cables without impeding airflow while protecting proper
bend-radius requirements
Airflow
- The Mighty Mo Cabinet is ideal for maintaining cold aisle/hot aisle airflow,
whether your network equipment is front-to-back, bottom- or side-venting
- Side rails work with an innovative baffle system that redirects airflow from
side venting equipment from the hot aisle to the cold aisle to maintain
maximum airflow
- This passive cooling system can help eliminate the extra heat generated by and
power required for typical switch fans
Power
- Full-size power distribution units (PDUs) are mountable on Mighty Mo wide
back rails, with the switch already mounted, to bring additional power to your
server rack
ORTRONICS
Ortronics
(continued)
Mighty Mo Preconfigured Server Cabinets

426107
MMC423246-00007
426109
MMC423246-00008
426110
MMC473240-00003
426111
MMC473240-00004
426112
MMC473246-00001
426113
MMC473246-00002
Description
42RU x 32 in. W x 48 in. D,
divider version
42RU x 32 in. W x 48 in. D,
side-panel version
47RU x 32 in. W x 42 in. D,
divider version
47RU x 32 in. W x 42 in. D,
side-panel version
47RU x 32 in. W x 48 in. D,
divider version
47RU x 32 in. W x 48 in. D,
side-panel version
Mighty Mo Preconfigured Network Cabinets

ORTRONICS
PR29315V2-217394.tif
All preconfigured network cabinet versions include:

- Heavy-duty 14 GA welded-steel frame configured with cable opening at bottom front
- Frame levelers
- Two pairs of RU labeled mounting rails with 12-24 tapped holes
- Full- profile plexiglass locking front door
- Full flat solid locking rear door
- Two L-shape finger managers on front rails
- Right and left locking side panels
- Fan top panel in front
- Cable entry top panel in rear
- Package of 50 panel-mounting screws 12-24
- Depth includes doors
Description
426115
MMC422434-00004 42RU x 24 in. W x 36 in. D
426116
MMC423234-0000A 42RU x 32 in. W x 36 in. D
Mighty Mo GX Cabinets
ORTRONICS
PR71514V2-569874.tif
FEATURES
Select models available for next-day shipment
Custom configured to meet equipment and space storage requirements
Select accessories can be pre-installed, reducing installation time and
packaging waste
Configurations utilize a single part number and price to simplify ordering
Available in 24U, 42U, 45U and 48U heights
Available in 24 in., 29.5 in. and 31.5 in. widths
Available in 36 in., 42 in. and 48 in. depths
EIA mounting rails are available with 0.375 in. square hole or
12-24 tapped styles
3,000 lb. static load capacity
UL and C(UL) listed, UL 60950-1 2nd Edition, NWIN
PRE-CONFIGURED CABINETS
480419
GXC422442-A1-B
492140
GXC422942-A1-B
Description
Server, cabinet assembly 42U,
80.45 in. H x 24 in. W x 42 in. D, black
Network, cabinet assembly 42U
80.45 in. H x 29.5 in. W x 42 in. D, black
Cooling Solutions for Ortronics Cabinets

ORTRONICS
PR24085V2-174763.tif
Ortronics offers a large variety of thermal management products to complete your

cabinet system. Please see the Power and Thermal Management Solutions section for
more information.
5.66
Ortronics
410652
MMW262420S-B
Mighty Mo Wall-Mount Cabinets

ORTRONICS
PR29319V2-217524.tif
MIGHTY MO WALL-MOUNT 24 IN. W X 20 IN. D

Description
410645
MMW122420S-B
12U x 24 in. W x 20 in. D, solid door,
23.5 in. H, 150 lb. weight capacity
410647
MMW122420P-B
12U x 24 in. W x 20 in. D, plexiglass
door, 23.5 in. H, 150 lb. weight capacity
410648
MMW192420S-B
410651
MMW192420P-B
MMW262420P-B
MIGHTY MO WALL-MOUNT 24 IN. W X 26 IN. D

Description
410654
MMW122426S-B
410655
MMW122426P-B
410656
MMW192426S-B
410657
MMW192426P-B
410658
MMW262426S-B
410659
MMW262426P-B
MIGHTY MO WALL-MOUNT CABINET ACCESSORIES
Description
410660
MMCFAN-4-50
Fan kit, 4 in., 50 cfm
410661
MMWHMBM12-B
Rear horizontal-mount bracket kit, 2U
410662
MMWBPK
Brush plate kit
410663
MMW12M12-B
12U mounting rail, 12-24, one pair
410664
MMW19M12-B
410665
MMW26M12-B
DataCab Wall-Mount Cabinets

ORTRONICS
PR29314V2-217397.tif
DataCab Wall-Mount Cabinets are an ideal solution for open office or telecom room
applications where floor space is limited and are perfect for both active equipment
and passive zone cabling. The thin-line front-door construction offers more room in
the center section to provide easy access to the equipment.
The heavy-duty construction of the cabinet minimizes sagging under heavy loads. The
hinge-side placement of the rear-section mounting holes provides additional support
when the center section is open for terminations.
The sides of the cabinet are vented for passive cooling of the active quipment, and the
optional 50 cfm is 50 percent quieter than the fans of most other leading cabinets.
5.67
The Mighty Mo Wall-Mount Cabinets utilize advanced cable management to help

secure, support and organize your network where floor space is limited. Providing
capacity for both active and passive equipment, the cabinets feature 1-rack unit
finger-style vertical managers to ensure proper cable management for maximum
network performance. An optional rear horizontal-mount bracket kit is designed to
provide two additional fixed rack units on the rear wall for mounting fiber, equipment
or power distribution units. In addition, the cabinet center section swings out from
the wall to provide easy access to the equipment.
The front lockable wing turn latch allows you to secure the front door without having
to lock the cabinet. This feature allows for easy access into the front of the cabinet
when you are in a secure environment.
The Mighty Mo Wall-Mount Cabinets are also an ideal choice for mounting in an open
office environment. The cabinet's heavy-duty construction minimizes sagging under
heavy loads and the optional 50 cfm fan is 50 percent quieter than most other
leading cabinets.
FEATURES
Cable management to support and organize cables, ensuring proper cable
management for minimum distortion and maximum network performance
Choice of solid or plexiglass door
Cabinet can be mounted to open left or right
Locking center section swings out to provide easy access to the equipment
Front and center sections are keyed alike
Includes one pair of fully adjustable 12-24 EIA mounting rails
Brush cable entry plates standard on top rear
Cable knockout plates standard on bottom rear
3 in. hole with cap standard on top and bottom rear
Vented sides for passive cooling of active equipment
Optional 50 cfm cooling fans are available to further protect active equipment
Heavy-duty 14-gauge (0.075 in.) steel construction
Color is basic black
410653
Description
Ortronics
(continued)
DataCab Wall-Mount Cabinets
FEATURES
Choice of solid or plexiglass door
Locking center section swings out to provide easy access
Door and center section are keyed alike
Includes one pair of fully adjustable 12-24 EIA mounting rails
Heavy-duty welded-steel construction
Vented sides for passive cooling of active equipment
Optional 50 cfm cooling fans are available to further protect active equipment
DATACAB WALL-MOUNT CABINETS
426090
DCW122424S-B
426105
DCW122424P-B
426108
DCW192424S-B
426114
DCW192424P-B
492833
DCW262424S-B
492834
DCW262424P-B
CABINET ACCESSORIES
D
410660
MMCFAN-4-50
410662
MMWBPK
426127
DCW12M12-B
426138
DCW19M12-B
492835
DCW26M12-B
Description
door, 35.75 in. H, 150 lb.
weight capacity
48 in. H, 175 lb. weight capacity
door, 48 in. H, 175 lb. weight capacity
Description
Fan kit, 4 in., 50 cfm
Brush plate kit
MIGHTY MO CEILING-MOUNT TELECOM ENCLOSURE

Description
400009
MMTECSG22
Ceiling mount, 23.50 in. H x 23.50 in. W
x 20.61 in. D, 10-rack units, 80 lb.
capacity, beige
CEILING-MOUNT ACCESSORIES
400010
MMTECFCBP
400011
MMTECFSP
Description
Plate kit - includes fan plate with
100 cfm fan, guard, 3 ft. cord with plug,
cable brush plate and mounting
hardware, black
Fire stop cable plate kit - includes
intumescent foam and mounting
hardware, set of two, beige
Blank Filler Panels

ORTRONICS
Tool-less filler panels snap into 19 in. EIA-310-E-compliant tapped or square-hole
mounting rails. Since no field modification is required to fit a tapped hole, the panel
can be remounted in a square hole in the future, eliminating the need to stock two
different types of panels.
TOOLLESS SNAP-IN FILLER PANELS
442215
BFPT-1RU-10
442216
BFPT-2RU-10
Description
1.75 in. H x 19 in. W, 1RU, pack of 10
3.5 in. H x 19 in. W, 2RU, pack of 10
FLAT BLANK FILLER PANELS
PR9327V2-143919.tif
Mighty Mo Ceiling-Mount Telecom Enclosures

ORTRONICS
PR24083V2-174636.tif
Anixter No.
132300
132301
132302
130290
353679
Vendor No.
401004788
401004789
401004790
401004791
401045773
Description
1.75 in. H x 19 in. W, 1U
3.5 in. H x 19 in. W, 2U
5.25 in. H x 19 in. W, 3U
7 in. H x 19 in. W, 4U
38.5 in. H x 19 in. W, 22U
The Mighty Mo Ceiling-Mount Telecom Enclosure has a unique patent-pending

swing-gate design that allows for easy access to patching and equipment by simply
opening the front cover. The swing-out access supports easy retermination and
includes dampening cylinders to control the speed of opening. The attractive exterior
blends well with office dcor and a lockable front door provides security and
protection in public areas. Built-in cable management supports and organizes cables,
ensuring proper bend radius. Approved to UL 2043 for use in air-handling spaces.
5.68
Ortronics
ANGLED BLANK FILLER PANELS
PR22638V2-136637.tif

378023
BFPA-1RU
378024
BFPA-2RU
Description
1.75 in. H x 19 in. W, 1U
3.5 in. H x 19 in. W, 2U
CURVED BLANK FILLER PANELS
PR22637V2-136635.tif
MIGHTY MO 10 SERVER RACK
PR34796V2-261601.tif
The Mighty Mo 10 Server Rack works with all of the Mighty Mo 6 and 10 racks and
cable management. The mounting rails adjust from 12.5 in. to 30 in., independent
of the structural members allowing the rails to be adjusted after the rack is
installed. Mighty Mo vertical managers can be mounted front or rear. Color is black.

363053
MM107SVR
MM108SVR
363054
MM107SVRABR
MIGHTY MO 10 VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT CAGE WITH DOOR

377155
BFPC-1RU
PR22643V2-136779.tif
Description
Curved Blank Filler Panel to fit with
curved PHC patch panel, 44.45 mm H,
482.6 mm W, 1-rack unit
Mighty Mo 10 Cable Management Rack System

ORTRONICS
Mighty Mo 10 racks are designed to maximize the airflow of network equipment.
Honeycomb side rails and baffles combine to manage intake and exhaust air creating
cold aisle/hot aisle air distribution from side-vented equipment. The bottom flange
turns inward, allowing it to fit on a 2 ft. x 2 ft. floor tile.
MIGHTY MO 10 CABLE MANAGEMENT RACKS
PR22648V2-137487.tif
Cage design promotes efficient routing of patch cords between racks. Hinged doors
allow easy access during moves, adds and changes. 16 in. wide cage creates a
12.25 in. gap between racks. 12 in. wide cage creates a 8.25 in. gap between racks
for front-to-back routing of equipment cables and patch cords. Both are supplied
with four spools and 12 bend-limiting clips.
Anixter No.
363055
363056
363057
363058
Vendor No.
MM10VMD712
MM10VMD716
MM10VMD812
MM10VMD816
Description
12.13 in. x 13 in. x 7 ft.
16.38 in. x 13 in. x 7 ft.
12.13 in. x 13 in. x 8 ft.
16.38 in. x 13 in. x 8 ft.
Static load rating 1,500 lb. UL Listed.

363051
MM10716
363052
MM10816
Description
7 ft. H x 16.25 in. D, black, 45RU
8 ft. H x 16.25 in. D, black, 51RU
5.69
425824
Description
Four-post aluminum frame with steel EIA
rails, supplied with 50 12-24 cage nuts
and screws, 45RU, 7 ft. H
Four-post aluminum frame with steel EIA
rails, supplied with 50 12-24 cage nuts
and screws, 45RU, 8 ft. H
Server rack baffle rail for mounting
airflow baffles
Ortronics
(continued)
MIGHTY MO 10 AIRFLOW BAFFLES
PR22642V2-136778.tif
Mighty Mo 10 airflow baffles mount between racks and direct intake and exhaust air
on side-flow network equipment from cold aisle to hot aisle.

363061
MM10AB71612
363062
MM10AB71616
363063
MM10AB81612
363064
MM10AB81616
D
399990
MM10AB73012
399991
MM10AB73016
425825
MM10AB83012
425826
MM10AB83016
Description
For use with 7 ft. x 16 in. Mighty Mo
10 rack and 12 in. wide Mighty Mo
10 cage
10 cage
10 cage
10 cage
For use with MM107SVR, Mighty Mo
10 server rack, and 12 in. wide Mighty
Mo 10 cage
Mo 10 cage
Mo 10 cage
Mo 10 cage
MIGHTY MO 10 VENTED DOOR ASSEMBLIES
PR24076V2-174633.tif

363059
MM10VDA7248
363060
MM10VDA7244
399975
MM10VDA8248
399976
MM10VDA8244
Description
7 ft. x 24 in. with 8.38 in. of clearance
behind door for use with VMD-style
vertical managers
behind door for use without
vertical managers
behind door for use with VMD-style
vertical managers
behind door for use without
vertical managers

ORTRONICS
Mighty Mo 6 Racks are available in 6.5 in., 10.5 in. and 16.25 in. channel depths.
The 16.25 in. size is designed specifically for heavy and large networking equipment.
The bottom flange on the 16.25 in. version can turn inward so that it will fit on a 2 ft.
x 2 ft. floor tile. All Mighty Mo 6 racks and accessories are black.
RACKS
PR20429V2-77399.tif
Static load rating 1,500 lb. UL Listed. Accomidates 19 in. and 23 in.
equipment panels.
Anixter No.
341682
274481
276262
274482
276237
Vendor No.
MM6706
MM6710
MM6716
MM6810
MM6816
Description
7 ft. H x 23.75 in. W x 6.5 in. D
7 ft. H x 23.75 in. W x 10.5 in. D
7 ft. H x 23.75 in. W x 16.25 in. D
8 ft. H x 23.75 in. W x 10.5 in. D
8 ft. H x 23.75 in. W x 16.25 in. D
MIGHTY MO CHANNEL BEND LIMITERS
Door design allows mounting to the front or rear of any Mighty Mo 6 or Mighty Mo
10 rack. The double-hinged door pivots to the right or left and is easily removed.
Black.
5.70
PR24078V2-174647.tif
Mighty Mo channel bend limiters clip onto the top edge of Mighty Mo channels
providing the proper bend radius for cables entering the channel. Set of two; black.
Ortronics
399996
MM6CBL06
399998
MM6CBL10
399999
MM6CBL16
Description
For use with Mighty Mo racks with
6.5 in. channels
10.5 in. channels
16.25 in. channels
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT CAGE WITH DOOR
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT CAGE WITH LATCHES
PR20431V2-77387.tif
PR9345V2-25174.tif
Promotes efficient routing of patch cords between racks. Hinged latches allow easy
access during moves, adds and changes. 6 in. wide cage creates a 2.5 in. gap
between racks for front-to-back routing of equipment cables and patch cords.
Includes mounting hardware.
Anixter No.
276478
276480
276482
274484
Vendor No.
MM6VMD710
MM6VMD706
MM6VMD810
MM6VMD806
Vendor No.
MM6VML704
MM6VML706
MM6VML804
MM6VML806
MIGHTY MO 10 WATERFALL EXTENSION
Description
7 ft. H x 4 in. W x 6 in. D
PR22652V2-137493.tif
Description
7 ft. H x 10 in. W x 13 in. D
8 ft. H x 10 in. W x 13 in. D
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT CAGE WITH COVER
PR20430V2-77409.tif
Increases the height of the front flange of the Mighty Mo waterfall by 57.15 mm
when additional cable capacity is required.

376945
MM10WFE
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT SPOOLS
Description
Waterfall extension
PR9341V2-143925.tif
Cage design promotes efficient routing of patch cords between racks. Dual snap-on
hinged covers allow easy access during moves, adds and changes. 6 in. wide cage
creates a 2.5 in. gap between racks for front-to-back routing of equipment cables
and patch cords. 6 in. wide cage is supplied with four spools and 12 bend-limiting
clips. Includes mounting hardware.
Anixter No.
341683
341684
353682
353683
Vendor No.
MM6VMS704
MM6VMS706
MM6VMS804
MM6VMS806
Description
Come in sets of four.
Anixter No.
353687
276525
276526
Vendor No.
MM6CMS10
MM6CMS8
MM6CMS6
Description
11 in. long for 10 in. cage
5.71
10 in. wide cage creates 6.5 in. gap between racks, 6 in. wide cage creates 2.5 in.
gap between racks. Both are supplied with four spools and 12 bend-limiting clips.
Includes mounting hardware.
Anixter No.
353684
276494
353686
276496
Ortronics
(continued)
BEND-LIMITING CLIP
PR9339V2-143923.tif
END PANEL - NARROW

For use with 4 in. Mighty Mo 6 vertical cable managers, also includes
mounting hardware.
Description
378332
MM6EPN706
7 ft. H for 6.5 in. channel
378331
MM6EPN710
378333
MM6EPN716
425827
MM6EPN810
425828
MM6EPN816
CABLE RUNWAY MOUNTING BRACKET
PR9342V2-143926.tif
Come in sets of 12.

276527
MM6BLC
Description
3.25 in. long
MIGHTY MO 6 VERTICAL MANAGEMENT BRACKET KIT
PR20490V2-77418.tif
Vertical management bracket kit includes four brackets and all the hardware needed
to mount two Mighty Mo 6 vertical managers to a standard EIA rack. Kit consists of
four brackets, eight panel-mounting screws and four cage-mounting screws.

353688
60400687
END PANEL - STANDARD
Anixter No.
353689
276528
276529
425829
425830
Vendor No.
MM6CRB06
MM6CRB10
MM6CRB16
MM10CRBSVR
MM10CRBRSVR
Description
For 6.5 in. channel depth
For MM10 server rack
For rear of MM10 server rack
MIGHTY MO ISOLATION PAD KIT
PR24082V2-174640.tif
Description
Kit of four
PR9343V2-143927.tif
Isolates Mighty Mo racks from concrete floors for effective bonding and grounding.

400000
MMIPK
Description
Isolation pad kit for Mighty Mo racks
MIGHTY MO 6 CABLE TROUGH
PR22651V2-137485.tif
For use with 6 in. Mighty Mo 6 vertical cable managers, also includes
mounting hardware.
Anixter No.
371366
276521
276522
276523
276524
Vendor No.
MM6EP706
MM6EP710
MM6EP716
MM6EP810
MM6EP816
Description
For supporting fiber cables at the bottom of Mighty Mo racks. The kit includes an
extension that bridges the space between racks and mounting hardware.

378336
MM6CT4RU
378337
MM6CT4RUK
5.72
Description
Cable trough, 4RU
Cable trough kit, 4RU
Ortronics
HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT PANEL
PR9344V2-143928.tif
BASE DUST COVER
Anixter No.
353694
276532
276533
Vendor No.
MM6BDC06
MM6BDC10
MM6BDC16
Description
1.75 in. x 19 in., 1RU
3.5 in. x 19 in., 2RU
7 in. x 19 in., 4RU
1.75 in. x 19 in., 1RU
3.5 in. x 19 in., 2RU
1.75 in. x 19 in., 1RU
3.5 in. x 19 in., 2RU
3.5 in. x 19 in., 2RU, double-sided
ADJUSTABLE RACKS
PR2347V2-25708.tif
PR9338V2-143922.tif
Description

204733
19-84-T4SDA1520
375954
384762
Overhead Cable Pathway Rack

ORTRONICS
ORTRONICS
The patented adjustable dual equipment racks provide a solid, sturdy foundation for
mounting heavier network equipment. The design also expands installation
opportunities by enabling cross-connects, facilitating cable management and
eliminating heat buildup. Available in two depths. Constructed of
6061-T6 structural-grade aluminum.
FEATURES
Self-supporting, self-squaring
Assembles quickly and easily
24 mounting screws included
5/8 in., 5/8 in. Universal mounting hole pattern
Meets EIA-310-D
Black powder-coat finish
PR29320V2-217523.tif
The Mighty Mo overhead cable pathway racks provide cable management and an
innovative mounting method for 19 in. rack-mount copper and fiber panels and
cabinets. The pathway racks allow horizontal connectivity to be supported by the
overhead pathway, freeing up valuable rack or cabinet space below. Includes
everything needed to mount the bracket to the side of runway with 1 1/2 in. stringers
or any Cablofil cable tray 2 in. or deeper.
Description
353704
60401001
7.4 in. H x 23.6 in. W x 9 in. D, 2RU
353705
60401015
12.6 in. H x 23.6 in. W x 9 in. D, 5RU
425906
60401089
17.86 in. H x 23.6 in. W x 9 in. D, 8RU
19-84-T4SDA2132
19-84-SSDA2132
CAGE NUTS
Description
84 in. H x 19 in. W x 15-20 in. D,
45U, standard
84 in. H x 19 in. W x 21-32 in. D, 45U
84 in. H x 19 in. W x 21-32 in. D,
45U, M6
PR6832V2-25015.tif
Anixter No.
259874
259873
425911
Vendor No.
PS-1032CN
PS-1224CN
RU-1224CN
425912
RU-M6X1CN
Description
10-32 cage nuts, 50 per bag
12-32 cage nuts, 50 per bag
Rack unit cage nuts, 12-24 thread, pkg.
of 50, clear
Rack unit cage nuts, M6X1 thread, pkg.
of 50, clear
5.73
Vendor No.
MM6HMF1RU
MM6HMF2RU
MM6HMF4RU
MM6HM61RU
MM6HM62RU
MM6HM81RU
MM6HM82RU
MM6HM6D2RU
Adjustable Dual Equipment Racks and Accessories
Note: 12-24 mounting hardware included.
Anixter No.
329311
276534
373676
286477
300026
353691
338940
353693
Ortronics
(continued)
Adjustable Dual Equipment Racks and Accessories
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
Anixter No.
260910
251821
259878
261188
Vendor No.
ES-19-FDR2126
ES-19-FDR2732
ESV-19-FDR2126
ESV-19-FDR2732
FIXED SHELVES
STANDARD EQUIPMENT RACKS
PR20435V2-77413.tif
PR6833V2-25018.TIF
Description
21-26 in. deep, solid
27-32 in. deep, solid
21-26 in. deep, vented
PR6834V2-25012.TIF

168007
19-84-T2SD
192349
168085
19-84-T2SDB
23-84-T2SD
262614
23-84-T2SDB
Description
84 in. H x 19 in. W x 15 in. D,
45U, aluminum
84 in. H x 23 in. W x 15 in. D,
45U, aluminum
EQUIPMENT RACK ISOLATION PAD KIT
PR24087V2-174770.tif

261176
ESV-19-SDR2126F
261178
ESV-19-SDR2732F
Description
Isolates equipment racks from concrete floors for effective bonding and grounding

400410
IPK
Two-post Racks and Accessories

ORTRONICS
The Ortronics computer-guided manufacturing process assures that each rack meets
exact dimensions, guaranteeing a self-squaring assembly. Made of top-quality
6061-T6 structural-grade aluminum, Ortronics equipment racks provide strength and
stability for years. Racks ship unassembled for efficient delivery and storage.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 5/8 in., 5/8 in., 1/2 in. Universal mounting hole pattern
2. Equipped with 1/2 in. junctioning holes for securing multiple-rack lineups
3. Meets EIA-310-D standards
4. Listed to the UL 1863 Standard for Communication Circuit Accessories
FEATURES
Self-squaring and self-supporting
Tapped uprights so no nuts are required for assembly
Top angles, patented self-support base are standard
Assembly hardware included
Mounting holes are roll-formed for work-hardened thread system
Includes 12-24 cross-recessed black panel-mounting screws
Constructed of 6061-T6 structural-grade aluminum
3 in. x 1 1/4 in. channel uprights
5.74
Description
Isolation pad kit for standard
equipment racks
STANDARD VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT CAGE WITH COVER

PR24088V2-174775.tif
Mounts to side of standard EIA rack. The fingers are spaced to line up with rack
units, promoting efficient routing of patch cords to patch panels and equipment
from the vertical manager. Dual snap-on hinged covers allow easy access during
moves, add and changes. Available in single-side and double-side versions. Includes
all hardware necessary to mount to the side of a standard EIA rack.

400402
SVMS704
394836
SVMS706
Description
7 ft. H x 3.75 in. W x
6.58 in. D, single-sided
7 ft. H x 6.00 in. W x
Ortronics
400403
SVMS804
400404
SVMS806
400405
DVMS704
400406
DVMS706
400407
DVMS804
400409
DVMS806
Description
8 ft. H x 3.75 in. W x
8 ft. H x 6.00 in. W x
7 ft. H x 3.75 in. W x
13.17 in. D, double-sided
7 ft. H x 6.00 in. W x
8 ft. H x 3.75 in. W x
8 ft. H x 6.00 in. W x
Wall-mount Relay Racks

ORTRONICS
PR9332V2-143921.tif
Swing-EZ Wall Racks

ORTRONICS
PR6836V2-11666.TIF
The patented Swing-EZ Wall Rack arrives ready to square and keyhole mount in
minutes. Reinforcement plates stabilize the frame to allow maximum load-bearing
capacity. Hub and LAN applications are easily accommodated without door
deflection. Latch pins or bolts secure the door to the frame and remove to smoothly
swing open from the left or right.
FEATURES
Both latch pins and bolts are included
Velcro straps feed into slots for backside cable management
Side panels fold flat for shipping, then unfold for easy on-site assembly
5/8 in., 5/8 in., 1/2 in. Universal mounting hole pattern
Ortronics wall-mount relay racks are designed for applications where space is
critical. Their wall-mount design increases closet wiring capacity while allowing rear
access to patch panels and equipment.
Description
224592
604045400
26 in. H x 20.25 in. W x 18 in. D, 12U
242072
604045450
38 in. H x 20.25 in. W x 18 in. D, 18U
240553
604045451
50 in. H x 20.25 in. W x 18 in. D, 25U
5.75
VERTICAL ORGANIZERS
Ortronics patented vertical organizers save time and money during moves, adds and
changes to patch panels. Rings in the front organize patch cords with ease. A rear,
U-shape channel is formed either between equipment racks or at the end of a lineup
to provide a pathway for delivering horizontal cables to patch panels. The 6 in. width
is used between fully-loaded racks; the 3 in. width is used with a single rack, at the
end of a lineup or between partially loaded racks.
Description
194131
VO-84-T3E
79 in. H x 3 in. W x 5.31 in. D, solid
195137
VO-84-T6E
79 in. H x 6 in. W x 5.31 in. D, solid
226514
VO-84-T3FTE
79 in. H x 3 in. W x
5.31 in. D, feed-through
208451
VO-84-T6FTE
79 in. H x 6 in. W x
5.31 in. D, feed-through
Mounting holes threaded for 12-24 hardware

Includes cross-recessed 12-24 black panel mounting screws
Meets EIA-310-D standards
Listed to the UL 1863 Standard for Communication Circuit Accessory
Cable management products manage Swing-EZ cables both horizontally and
vertically. Use organizers with side rings for optimum cable delivery
Description
133550
19-21-T12D
21 in. H x 19.75 in. W x 12 in. D,
11U, gray
261184
19-21-T12DB
21 in. H x 19.75 in. W x 12 in. D,
11U, black
176026
19-21-T18D
21 in. H x 19.75 in. W x 18 in. D,
11U, gray
227935
19-21-T18DB
21 in. H x 19.75 in. W x 18 in. D,
11U, black
168671
19-35-T18D
35 in. H x 19.75 in. W x 18 in. D,
19U, gray
228247
19-35-T18DB
35 in. H x 19.75 in. W x 18 in. D,
19U, black
261185
19-35-T25DHYDT
38.25 in. H x 19.75 in. W x 25 in. D,
19U, heavy-duty, gray
Ortronics
Vertical Wall-Mount Bracket
ORTRONICS
Mighty Mo 6 110D Distribution Frame

PR9807V2-23463.tif
Vertical Wall-Mount Brackets allow equipment requiring cage nuts or threaded holes
to be mounted in a variety of ways:
- Hanging vertically on the wall
- Flush and horizontal on the wall using dual brackets
- Horizontally under a desk top
- Hanging vertically on the side of 2 in. and higher Cablofil cable tray
- Hanging horizontally under and with Cablofil cable tray
- Hanging vertically on any 19 in. EIA-style rack or cabinet
Description
492741
WMBV2U
19 in. mounting x 2-rack units, black
492772
WMBV3U
492806
WMBV4U
ORTRONICS
PR29313V2-217400.tif
The Ortronics Mighty Mo 6 110D Distribution Frame provides total vertical cable
management to route cable more effectively in a 110 cross-connect. Use with
OR-30600166 to mount 300-pair 110 blocks with legs. Front and rear mounting
supports up to 9,000 pairs. Includes cable management straps in 6.5 in. deep
vertical channels. Color is black.
Description
400501
MM67110D
86 in. H x 39 in. W x 16.50 in. D
900-PAIR RACK-MOUNT PANEL WITH CABLE TROUGHS
PR24089V2-174767.tif
Equipment Support
Bracket
D
ORTRONICS
Mounts on the rear of any 19 in. rack to support the weight of heavy equipment. The
bracket is especially effective on the Mighty Mo racks where the channel depth is
6.5 in. or deeper. Black. Includes 12-24 mounting hardware.
Description
217307
60400383
1.75 in. H x 19 in. W x 1 in. D
Grounding Kit for Mighty Mo Racks
Accepts three 300-pair 110 blocks with legs.

250631
30600166
Description
34.25 in. x 14.54 in.
MIGHTY MO 6 VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT CAGE WITH LATCHES
PR24090V2-174771.tif
ORTRONICS
This kit provides a reliable systems ground for the distribution rack. One kit is
recommended for each rack.
Description
217308
60400010
Single-conductor ground lug for 6 AWG
to 14 AWG conductors
Patented design promotes efficient routing of patch cords between racks. Hinged
latches allow easy access during moves, adds and changes. 6 in. wide cage
creates a 2.5 in. gap between racks for front-to-back routing of equipment cables
and patch cords. Includes all hardware necessary to mount cage on face of
two Mighty Mo 6 racks, single rack or end of row.

353684
MM6VML704
333784
MM6VML706
5.76
Description
With latches, 7 ft. H x 6 in. W x 6 in. D.
To be used on 45U racks
Ortronics
Mighty Mo Equipment Shelves

ORTRONICS
Equipment Shelves
PR7089V2-36188.tif
ORTRONICS
PR6837V2-11669.TIF
Aluminum equipment shelf with black finish. Made for a 19 in. EIA rack.
EQUIPMENT SHELF
Holds up to 75 lb., inside width is 17 in., black
Description
134761
60400006
5.25 in. H x 19 in. W x 12.125 in. D
204672
60400405
5.25 in. H x 19 in. W x 15.125 in. D
STANDARD VENTED EQUIPMENT SHELF

Holds 50 lb. capacity, inside width is 17.5 in., black
Description
219263
604045401
4 in. H x 19 in. W x 16 in. D
VENTED EQUIPMENT SHELF FOR MIGHTY MO RACKS
This four-point shelf can be used with Mighty Mo racks in all three channel depths,
Description
232060
604045388
5.75 in. H x 19 in. W x 20 in. D
FOLDING KEYBOARD SHELF
242104
60400550
Description
19 in. W, 1U, black
ADJUSTABLE FOUR-POST EQUIPMENT SHELF

This equipment shelf has a fixed front flange with an infinitely adjustable rear flange
that allows for secure four-point mounting as deep as 30 in. Holds 200 lb. capacity,
inside width is 17.25 in., black
Description
241649
60400538
1.7 in. H x 19 in. W x 30 in. D
DOUBLE-SIDED EQUIPMENT SHELVES
For use with Mighty Mo racks with 6.5 in. channels. Holds 150 lb. capacity, inside
width is 17 in.
Description
226289
60400355
FOUR-POINT EQUIPMENT SHELF FOR MIGHTY MO RACKS AND CABINETS
This 1-unit shelf works with Mighty Mo racks with all depth channels and Mighty Mo
cabinets 24 in. and deeper. Shelf is 17.25 in. wide, black
Description
305721
604045681
SOLID
226513
ES-19-MCSB
259876
ES-19-FMB
201935
ES-19-3B
232076
ES-19-4B
VENTED
261189
ESV-19-FMB
262169
ESV-19-3B
262171
ESV-19-4B
Description
5.25 in. H x 17.5 in. W x 12 in. D,
black, multiconfiguration
5.25 in. H x 17.25 in. W x 14 in. D,
black, front-mount
3.5 in. H x 17.38 in. W x
15.5 in. D, black
3.5 in. H x 17.38 in. W x
21.75 in. D, black
Description
5.25 in. H x 17.25 in. W x 14 in. D,
black, front-mount
3.5 in. H x 17.38 in. W x
15.5 in. D, black
3.5 in. H x 17.38 in. W x
21.75 in. D, black
Wall-mount Shelf
ORTRONICS
PR1552V2-579430.eps
Steel wall-mount shelf with black finish. Designed for smaller applications where
space is limited and a free-standing rack cannot be used. 4.875 in. H x 20 in. W x
18 in. D. 120 lb. capacity
Description
170306
604044927
Wall-mount shelf
5.77
CANTILEVERED VENTED EQUIPMENT SHELF

Holds up to 85 lb., inside width is 17.5 in., black
Description
201539
604045075
5.75 in. H x 19 in. W x 20 in. D
204657
604045081
5.75 in. H x 19 in. W x 24 in. D
Ortronics offers several styles of equipment shelves for all your needs. Shelves mount
on any 19 in. wall or free-standing rack. 23 in. versions are also available. Mounting
hardware included.
Ortronics
Finger Duct Cable Management Panels

ORTRONICS
Cable Management Rings

PR9335V2-36189.tif
ORTRONICS
MIGHTY MO CABLE MANAGEMENT RINGS, SNAP-TYPE PR20437V2-77386.tif
Ortronics closed-cover finger duct cable management panels provide organized

movement for horizontal and vertical routing of patch cables on 19 in. EIA
distribution racks.
Description
139080
808000010
1.5 in. H x 1.5 in. D, 1U
139081
808044508
3 in. H x 1.5 in. D, 2U
139082
808044549
3 in. H x 3 in. D, 2U
Cable Management Panels

ORTRONICS
pr5194V2-14201.tif
These black plastic rings flex at the end for easy insertion or removal of
cross-connect cables. They snap in place on the front and back of the Mighty Mo
racks. Black.
Anixter No.
241633
353984
353986
353989
Vendor No.
60400614
60400542
60400314
60400302
Description
Snap-type, 1.75 in. x 6 in., pk. of 14
Snap-type, 1.75 in. x 6 in., pk. of two
Snap-type, 1.75 in. x 3 in., pk. of 14
Snap-type, 1.75 in. x 3 in., pk. of two
MIGHTY MO CABLE MANAGEMENT RINGS
PR1549V2-579428.eps
Ortronics cable management panels provide organized movement of patch cables

horizontally, vertically and from front to back on 19 in. (483 mm) EIA
distribution racks.
Note: includes 12-24 mounting hardware.
FEATURES
Sturdy steel or aluminum construction
Eliminates congestion around equipment
Cables are arranged in a well-managed fashion
Description
149782
808004759
Five horizontal distribution plastic rings
1.7 in. H x 2.7 in. D, 1U
152928
60400057
Five horizontal distribution rings, 3 in. H
x 4 in. D, 2U
132291
808004867
Five horizontal distribution rings,
3.95 in. H x 2.4 in. D, 2U
170261
808044855
Four horizontal and four vertical
distribution rings 2 in. H x 4 in. D,
24 plastic routing clips, 2U
130227
808004818
Five distribution rings 3.95 in. H x
4.8 in. D, 2U
219824
60400131
Five horizontal distribution rings
1.7 in. H x 3.5 in. D, 1U
262099
808045590
1.7 in. H x 6 in. D, 1U
353972
808045768
1.7 in. H x 3 in. D, 1U
5.78
These rings allow efficient routing of patch or cross-connect cables between

distribution racks. They can be mounted where needed on the front and back of the
Mighty Mo racks. Black.

217299
60400017
187678
60400062
Description
2 in. x 6 in., pk. of 14
2 in. W x 6 in. D-Rings with mount
hardware, pk. of two
Ortronics
COLOR-CODED CABLE MANAGEMENT STRAPS
Wire Management Cable-support Bar

ORTRONICS
PR9808V2-23466.tif
PR29325V2-217516.tif
CABLE MANAGEMENT SUPPORT BAR

Provides additional strain relief at the rear of a 19 in. EIA distribution rack for the
horizontal wiring cables terminated to the modular patch panels. The cable support
bar is mounted to the rear upright U channel of the distribution rack by
thumbscrews which allow easy access for lacing and termination to the equipment.
Description
152936
60400046
U-type, 19 in. W, 1.5 in. D
Ortronics color-coded cable management straps provide an organized solution for

the management of patch and horizontal distribution cables. The 0.625 in. W straps
have a hook-and-loop-type closure to secure and administer cables without
damaging the construction of the copper and fiber cable. Sold in packages of 10.
NOTE: To order colored straps, specify color by putting color code at end of part
number. (Example to order a 6 in. red OR-70700080 strap: OR-70700080-22). Color
code: -00 black, -22 red, -23 orange, -24 yellow, -25 green, -26 blue.

165409
70700080-00
167680
70700079-00
Description
6 in. L x 0.625 in. W, black
12 in. L x 0.625 in. W, black
PLENUM-RATED CABLE MANAGEMENT STRAPS
PR11037V2-25344.tif
Bend-limiting Strain-relief Bar

ORTRONICS
PR9328V2-143920.tif
The bar has curved falls that prevent cable crimping and help maintain the proper
bend radius. The bar mounts to the rear of standard 19 in. racks. Route cable ties
through the holes in the bar to hold cables in place.
Description
203576
60400199
1 in. H x 19 in. W x 2.5 in. D, 1U
Ortronics plenum cable management straps provide an organized solution for the
management of cables in plenum-rated air-handling spaces. These 1/2 in. wide
hook-and-loop type straps are reusable, easy to install and will not damage
high-performance cabling. Sold in 20-count rolls that are neat, convenient and quick
to use. Cranberry color.

313952
70700143
313955
70700144
Description
8 in. L x 0.5 in. W, grip range: 0.75 in. to
1.75 in. diameter
12 in. L x 0.5 in. W, grip range: 0.75 in.
to 3 in. diameter
Cable Management Straps

ORTRONICS
HOOK-AND-LOOP CABLE MANAGEMENT STRAPS
These 0.75 in. W straps have a hook-and-loop-type closure to secure and administer
cables without damaging the construction of the copper or fiber cable. Sold in
packages of 12. Black.
Description
187676
70700084-00
18 in. L, grip range: 2 in. to 4 in.
diameter, black
5.79
CABLE MANAGEMENT SUPPORT BAR, ZERO RU

Provides strain relief at the front or rear of a standard 19 in. patch panel that does
not include rear management panels. The support bar is mounted with patch panel
mounting screws to the front or with the supplied additional nuts to the rear.
Black finish.
Description
398993
CMBFR0RU
19 in. W x 4 in. D
Ortronics
Feed-through Cable Management Panels

ORTRONICS
pr5195V2-14204.tif
FCM SRC
221082
FCM-19-1SRC
240618
Ortronics feed-through cable management panels provide organized management of

patch cables horizontally, vertically and from front to back on 19 in. EIA distribution
racks. Color is black.
Note: Includes 12-24 mounting hardware.
Description
170260
60400129
1.7 in. H x 3.5 in. D, 1U
170263
808044916
3 in. H x 2 in. D, 2U
170264
808044915
Four horizontal distribution rings
2 in. H x 4 in. D, 24 routing clips, 2U
236828
60400426
3 in. H x 4 in. D, four 2.75 in. x 2.75 in.
cutouts, 2U
Patch Cord Organizers

ORTRONICS
PR6835V2-143902.tif
FCM-19-2SRC
FCM L
129707
FCM-19-2L
Description
Horizontal ring: 1.0 in. H x
1.75 in. D, 1U
Horizontal ring: 1.75 in. x 1.75 in., 2U
Description
Horizontal ring: 3.75 in. x 1.75 in.,
vertical ring 3.75 in. x 1.75 in., 2U
Interbay Organizers
ORTRONICS
Ideal for bulk-routing patch cords between bays and within bays to eliminate
congestion, interbay organizers are larger in capacity than patch cord organizers.
Express routes make it easier to trace circuits during future maintenance. Part No.
221992 features feed-through holes.
Inside Ring
Rack Spaces
Dimensions (in.)
(1.75 in.)
183132
FCM-19-1XL
1.5 in. H x 3.5 in. D 1U
129319
FCM-19-2XL
3.0 in. H x 3.5 in. D 2U
221992
FCM-19-2XLH
3.0 in. H x 3.5 in. D 2U
197683
FCM-19-4XL
6.5 in. H x 3.5 in. D 4U
Patch cord organizers create horizontal and vertical pathways for front-side cable
management. Designed for use with modular jack panels, the organizers simplify the
tracing, identifying and rerouting of patch cords. To handle both front-side and
back-side management in the same rack space for Gigabit Ethernet installations, use
combination organizers.
FCM
103815
FCM-19-1
096965
FCM-19-2
FCM SR
246643
FCM-19-1SR
262173
5.80
FCM-19-2SR
pr4970V2-11655.tif
Description
Vertical ring: 3.75 in. x 1.75 in., 1U
Description
Horizontal ring: 1 in. x 1.75 in., vertical
ring 1.75 in. x 1.75 in., 1U
PANDUIT
./
Net-Access N-Type Cabinet

PANDUIT
PR81966V2-588263.tif
BASE CABINET CONFIGURATION - NO SIDE PANELS

Description
490781
N8519BC
45RU, dimensions: 84.0 in. H x
31.5 in. W x 42.0 in. D (2,134 mm x
800 mm x 1,067 mm), with cage
nut rails
490782
N8519BS
31.5 in. W x 42.0 in. D (2,134 mm x
800 mm x 1,067 mm), no doors
502855
N8219B
31.5 in. W x 42.0 in. D (2,000 mm x
800 mm x 1,067 mm)
490779
N8519B
31.5 in. W x 42.0 in. D (2,134 mm x
800 mm x 1,067 mm)
490785
N8529B
31.5 in. W x 48.0 in. D (2,134 mm x
800 mm x 1,219 mm)
492999
N8229B
31.5 in. W x 48.0 in. D (2,000 mm x
800 mm x 1,219 mm)
For white cabinets, replace suffix B (black) with W (white).
5.81
The Net-Access N-Type Cabinets are the first choice for data-center managers and
systems integrators specifying high-density network, storage and computer
applications that require optimal thermal management and the capacity to manage
high cable densities.
Integral cabinet air seal features an integration with passive hot and cold air
containment components which drive efficient utilization of cooling capacity and
reduce cooling energy consumption. The Net-Access insert frame design efficiently
manages large quantities of cables and provides space for unmatched access
reducing operational costs. This industry-leading design also maximizes airflow and
provides easy access to equipment for ongoing operational efficiencies and proves
exceptional value in a 31.5 in. (800 mm) wide enclosure.
Base Cabinet Configuration:
- Net-Access N-Type Cabinet frame with top panel
- Tapped equipment rails (12-24)
- Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right
- Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint
SPECIFICATIONS
1.Welded and assembled steel frame construction
2.Easy maintenance powder-coat finish
3.Adjustable rear equipment rails with infinite positioning
4.Internal equipment space (max.) 1,070 mm cabinet - 39.1 in. (995 mm)
5.Internal equipment space (max.) 1,200 mm cabinet - 45.1 in. (1,147mm)
6.Doors include keyed swing handles
7.Dual hinge door for maximum accessibility between adjacent cabinets
8.Cabinet supplied with high-density cable management fingers on front and
rear posts
9.Cable entry holes are equipped with plastic sealing plugs
10.Static load of 3,000 lb. (1,364 kg)
11.Rolling load of 2,500 lb. (1,136 kg)
12.Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
13.Dynamic/shock pallet (1,250 and 2,000 lb.) ratings
14.N-Type Cabinets include hardware kit: 12-24 screws, or M6 screws and cage nuts
15.Casters are supplied separately
BASE CABINET CONFIGURATION - TWO SIDE PANELS

Description
490780
N8512BC
31.5 in. W x 42.0 in. D (2,134 mm x
800 mm x 1,067 mm), with cage
nut rails
502854
N8212B
31.5 in. W x 42.0 in. D (2,000 mm x
800 mm x 1,067 mm)
490612
N8512B
31.5 in. W x 42.0 in. D (2,134 mm x
800 mm x 1,067 mm)
492998
N8222B
31.5 in. W x 48.0 in. D (2,000 mm x
800 mm x 1,219 mm)
501140
N8522B
31.5 in. W x 48.0 in. D (2,134 mm x
800 mm x 1,219 mm)
PANDUIT
Net-Access S-Type Cabinet
PANDUIT
PR81968V2-588275.tif
The Net-Access S-Type Cabinets provide data center managers and systems
integrators with an unprecedented range of features in a cost-effective cabinet
platform for server, network and pre-configured cabinet applications.
The integral cabinet air seal features an integration with passive hot and cold air
containment components which provide efficient utilization of cooling capacity and
contribute to reduced cooling energy consumption. An innovative frame design
maximizes RU utilization saving as much as 15 percent of the floor space while safely
accommodating dynamic equipment loads. Offered in a variety of widths, heights, and
depths, they can be specified for a variety of applications.
Base Cabinet Configuration:
- Net-Access S-Type Cabinet frame with top panel
- Cage nut rails
- Single hinge perforated
front door
D
- Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint
- Casters and POU brackets included
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Welded and assembled steel frame construction
2. Easy maintenance powder-coat finish
3. Adjustable rear equipment rails with infinite positioning
4. Doors include keyed swing handles
5. Side panels include keyed quarter-turn latches
6. Large cable entry/cable access
7. Cable entry holes are equipped with plastic sealing plugs
8. Static load of 3,000 lb. (1,364 kg)
9. Rolling load of 2,500 lb. (1,136 kg)
10.Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
11.Dynamic/shock pallet (1,250 and 2,000 lb.) ratings
12.S-Type Cabinets include hardware kit: M6 screws and cage nuts
13.Casters are preinstalled
BASE CABINET CONFIGURATION - TWO SIDE PANELS
Description
492977
S8512BF
45RU, dimensions: 85.0 in. H x 31.5 in. W x
42.0 in. D (2,160 mm x 800 mm x 1,067 mm)
476803
S620C122B
42.0 in. D (2,026 mm x 600 mm x 1,067 mm)
492955
S6512B
42.0 in. D (2,160 mm x 600 mm x 1,067 mm)
5.82

492959
S6222B
492961
S6522B
Description
48.0 in. D (2,026 mm x 600 mm x 1,219 mm)
48.0 in. D (2,160 mm x 600 mm x 1,219 mm)
BASE CABINET CONFIGURATION - NO SIDE PANELS

Description
492978
S8519BF
42.0 in. D (2,160 mm x 800 mm x 1,067 mm)
502844
S6219B
42RU, dimensions: 79.8 in.H x 23.6 in. W x
42.0 in. D (2,026 mm x 600 mm x 1,067 mm)
502845
S6519B
42.0 in. D (2,160 mm x 600 mm x 1,067 mm)
502847
S6229B
48.0 in. D (2,026 mm x 600 mm x 1,219 mm)
Please contact your local sales representative
for details on other applications.
Power and Cooling Solutions for PANDUIT Racks and Cabinets

PANDUIT
PR34457V2-255154.tif
PANDUIT offers a large variety of power and thermal management products to

complete your rack or cabinet system. Please see the Power and Thermal
Management Solutions section for more information.
4-post Cable Management Rack System and Accessories

PANDUIT
PR12089V2-21970.tif
The 4-post Rack combines the stability of a cabinet with the accessibility of an open
rack to provide maximum flexibility of network layout, design and installation. Front
and back mounting rails move independently of structural members, allowing
adjustment after the rack is installed. Rear rail construction provides a clear
ventilation path for side-ventilated switches. Rack unit identification allows for quick
location of rack-mounted equipment. A fully-bonded structure with a single point
PANDUIT
ground contact simplifies proper grounding technique. PATCHRUNNER and
NETRUNNER Vertical Cable Managers mount directly to the 4-post Rack at any of the
four posts to provide a flexible end-to-end cable management solution. The 4-post
Rack has a weight rating of 2,500 lb. and depths to accommodate the latest Cisco
Nexus switch products.
7 FT. RACK
84.0 in. H x 23.3 W, 45RU
417429
R4P
R4PCN
363197
R4P23
363206
R4P23CN
443266
R4P36
443267
R4P36CN
8 FT. RACK
355276
R4P96
355277
R4P96CN
400014
R4P2396
400016
R4P23CN96
RACK ACCESSORIES
435281
RCSTR
334315
CNSPE
358160
CVPDUB
365914
CVPPB
327871
337714
400045
R4PWF
CNWS1224-C
R4PRT
400064
R4PRCN
400067
400180
R4PFP
RSHLF
400182
RSHLF23
400181
RSHLF36
Description
12-24 threaded equipment-mounting rails;
96.1 in. H x 23.3 in. W x 30.2 in. D, 52RU
Cage nut style equipment-mounting rails;
96.1 in. H x 23.3 in. W x 30.0 in. D, 52RU
96.0 in. H x 23.3 in. W x 23.2 in. D, 52RU
96.0 in. H x 23.3 in. W x 23.2 in. D, 52RU
Description
Four-post rack casters
End channel slack spool
Vertical POU mounting brackets
Vertical-mount bracket for 1RU 19 in. patch
panels to the side of the cabinet posts
Top trough 2.0 in. H x 23.25 in. W x 7.0 in. D
100 12-24 cage nut and screws
7 ft. (sold in pairs)
Cage nut style equipment-mounting rails; 7 ft.
(sold in pairs)
Vertical filler back panel; for 7 ft. racks
Four-post shelf, 250 lb. load rating, 19 in. W x
30 in. D
23 in. D
36 in. D
Standard 19 in. Rack

PANDUIT
PR29173V2-215816.tif
FEATURES
Sturdy aluminum construction
12-24 Universal EIA mounting hole spacing
Smooth, black finish
Individually printed rack space numbering
Paint-piercing washers included to electrically bond the rack for
simplified grounding
Assembly required
Description
351979
CMR19X96
EIA rack, aluminum, 96.1 in. H x
20.3 in. W x 3.0 in. D, 52RU
188864
CMR19X84
20.3 in. W x 3.0 in. D, 45RU
174601
CMR19X47
20.3 in. W x 3.0 in. D, 24RU
341708
CMR19X84NU
EIA rack, aluminum, numbered up,
84.0 in. H x 20.3 in. W x 3.0 in. D, 45RU
418843
R2P6S
EIA rack, steel, 6 in. channel, 84.0 in. H
x 20.3 in. W x 6 in. D, 45RU
255086
S1224-C
12-24 x 0.5 in. screws, pack of 100
443968
RFAKIT
Rack anchor kit for concrete floor (set
of four)
443970
RMPVHC45E
12-24 threaded equipment-mounting
rails with front and rear manager,
84.0 in. H x 27.4 in. W x 15 in. D
443971
RNRV6
84.0 in. H x 27.1 in. W x 15 in. D
443973
RNRV10
84.0 in. H x 30.4 in. W x 15 in. D
443974
RWMPVF45E
rails with front only manager, 84.0 in. H
x 25.5 in. W x 15 in. D
443975
RWMPVHC45E
rails with front only manager, 84.0 in. H
x 27.4 in. W x 15 in. D
492795
R2PPDUB
Power Outlet Unit (POU) bracket for twoand four-post racks (set of two)
5.83
415184
Description
30.0 in. D
30.0 in. D
23.0 in. D
23.0 in. D
36.0 in. D
36.0 in. D
PANDUIT
PANDUIT Blanking Panels

PANDUIT
RACK FILLER PANELS
PR12108V2-22017.tif
Reserves rack space for future use. Directs airflow in cabinet applications. Mounts
to standard EIA 19 in. racks or cabinets. Includes mounting screws.
Anixter No.
174598
174595
255069
242683
492796
492798
Vendor No.
DPFP1
DPFP2
DPFP4
DPFP8
CPAF1BL
CPAF2BL
TOOL-LESS BLANKING PANELS
Description
1-rack space filler panel
1-rack space angled filler panel
2-rack space angled filler panel
Plastic tool-less blanking panel utilized to prevent bypass air. Mounts to standard
EIA 19 in. racks or cabinets.
431619
TLBP2S-V
432021
432022
TLBP1R-V
TLBP2R-V
Description
1RU, for square-hole applications (with
or without cage nuts)
2RU, for square-hole applications (with
or without cage nuts)
1RU, for round tapped-hole applications
2RU, for round tapped-hole applications
Hinged Wall Brackets

PANDUIT
PR12107V2-22014.tif
Mounts to wall or standard EIA 19 in. rack. Includes cable tie slots. Has standard
19 in. EIA hole spacing. Panel rotates from one side for easy access to cabling.
Includes write-on labeling area and accepts 19 in. patch panels, horizontal cable
managers and equipment.
5.84
Description
1-rack space, load rating 10 lb.
15 IN. DEEP WALL BRACKETS

250762
WBH2E
250763
WBH4E
250764
WBH6E
Description
2-rack units, load rating 20 lb.
Rack-mount Shelves
PANDUIT
PR12103V2-22002.tif
PR34472V2-255221.tif

431618
TLBP1S-V
6 IN. DEEP WALL BRACKETS

175674
WBH1
169712
WBH2
172208
WBH3
172209
WBH4
SINGLE-SIDED SHELVES FOR 19 IN. STANDARD RACK

Front-mount shelf, steel
Description
263434
SRM19FM1
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 15.2 in. D.
Load rating 30 lb.
264129
SRM19FM2
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 15.2 in. D.
Load rating 50 lb.
DOUBLE-SIDED SHELVES FOR 19 IN. STANDARD RACK
Includes two-piece cantilevered shelf that mounts to front and back of EIA racks.
Description
330452
SRM19CMV3
Vented aluminum. Dimensions: 5.2 in. H
x 19.2 in. W x 12.5 in. D (133 mm x
489 mm x 316 mm). Load rating 200 lb.
287403
SRM19CM3
Aluminum. Dimensions: 5.2 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 12.5 in. D (132.1 mm x
482.6 mm x 317.5 mm). Load rating
200 lb.
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES FOR 19 IN. STANDARD RACK
Mounts to front and back of EIA racks.
Description
342489
SRM19X18A1
19 in. adjustable mount shelf, steel,
1.8 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 18.0 in. D. Load
rating 250 lb.
342426
SRM19X25A1
19 in. adjustable mount shelf, steel,
1.8 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 25.0 in. D. Load
rating 250 lb.
PANDUIT
323175
PRSHD8
PATCHRUNNER Vertical Cable Managers

PANDUIT
The PATCHRUNNER Vertical Cable Managers can be mounted to the sides of standard
EIA 19 in. racks or between two adjacent racks. These versatile components can be
used for multimedia applications including UTP, STP, coax and fiber optic cables. It is
excellent for use in copper applications with networking equipment. The unique
design helps maintain proper cable bend radius.
7 FOOT
PR11251V2-25377.tif

356189
PRV15
355235
PRVF15
278847
PRV12
278850
PRVF12
341220
PRV10
351859
PRVF10
278848
PRV8
278851
PRVF8
278849
PRV6
288370
PRVF6
356190
PRD15
278853
PRD12
341222
PRD10
278854
PRD8
286202
PRD6
323176
PRSHD12
Description
Front and rear, 83.9 in. H x 15 in. W x
16.4 in. D, 45RU
Front only, 83.9 in. H x 15.0 in. W x
9.7 in. D, 45RU
Front and rear, 83.9 in. H x 12.0 in. W x
16.4 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45 RU
16.4 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45RU
16.4 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45RU
16.4 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45RU
Dual hinged door, 82.8 in. H x 15.0 in. W
x 1.6 in. D
x 1.6 in. D
x 1.6 in. D
Dual hinged door, 82.82 in. H x
8.12 in. W x 1.56 in. D
Dual hinged door, 82.84 in. H x
6.12 in. W x 1.56 in. D
Single hinged door, 80.7 in. H x
12.0 in. W x 0.8 in. D
PRSHD6
8 FOOT
355268
PRV1596
355265
PRVF1596
355267
PRV1296
355234
PRVF1296
355266
PRV1096
355233
PRVF1096
355242
PRV896
355232
PRVF896
355241
PRV696
355231
PRVF696
355274
PRD1596
355273
PRD1296
355272
PRD1096
355271
PRD896
355269
PRD696
PATCHRUNNER ACCESSORIES
301018
PRSP7
301019
PRSP5
287392
PREP
355275
PREP96
322207
CRTW
Description
16.4 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45RU
16.4 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D, 45RU
Front and rear, 95.5 in. x 8.0 in. W x
16.4 in. D, 45RU
9.7 in. D
16.4 in. D
9.7 in. D
x 1.6 in. D
x 1.6 in. D
x 1.6 in. D
Dual hinged door, 94.4 in. H x 8.1 in. W x
1.6 in. D
Dual hinged door, 94.4 in. H x 6.1 in. W x
1.6 in. D
Description
Plastic slack spool 7 in. D x 1.3 in. dia.
Plastic slack spool, 5 in. D x 1.3 in. dia.
End panel, 82.5 in. H x 14.4 in. W x
0.7 in. D
End panel, 94.1 in. H x 14.5 in. W x
0.7 in. D
Rack top trough with waterfall creates
pathway above rack, for use with
CMR19X84, PRV6, PRV8, PRV10,
PRV12 and PRV15
5.85
Molded design provides superior bend radius protection and higher capacity.
327785
Description
Single hinged door, 80.7 in. H x 8.0 in. W
x 0.8 in. D
Single hinged door, 80.7 in. H x 6.0 in. W
x 0.8 in. D
PANDUIT
PATCHRUNNER High-Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
NETRUNNER Vertical Cable Managers
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
PR29166V2-215817.tif
PATCHRUNNER High-Capacity Vertical Cable Managers provide a solution that

organizes, manages, protects and showcases cabling for the latest high-performance
enterprise switching equipment. The wide and deep features of this vertical manager
are ideal for Category 6A cabling or other high-performance cabling.
FEATURES
High density minimizes area required for network layout, freeing up valuable
floor space
Allows mounting of many standard EIA 19 in. accessories, such as patch panels
Ventilated side walls provide maximum airflow for equipment cooling
Snap-on finger sections can be removed to improve airflow and break away
fingers allow routing of large cable bundles
Large finger spacing accommodates up to 48 Cat 6A cables
Optional sure-close dual-hinged metal doors provide easy access to vertical
D
pathway and provides
visual and audible feedback on closure
Description
417915
PEV12
28.1 in. D
417918
PEVF12
Front only, 83.5 in. H x 12 in. W x 15.9 in. D
425530
PEV10
28.1 in. D
425534
PEVF10
425531
PEV8
Front and rear, 83.5 in. H x 8 in. W x 28.1 in. D
418816
PEVF8
425532
PEV6
Front and rear, 83.5 in. H x 6 in. W x 28.1 in. D
418815
PEVF6
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
425538
425541
425542
425543
443979
Vendor No.
PED12
PED10
PED8
PED6
PEDK12
443978
PEDK10
443977
PEDK8
443976
PEDK6
5.86
Description
Dual-hinged metal door, 12.1 in. W
Bracket kit to use PED12 door on
PRVF12 or PRV12
PRVF10 or PRV10
PRVF8 or PRV8
PRVF6 or PRV6
PR11252V2-25374.tif
FEATURES
Large finger openings accommodate up to 24 Category 6 cables
Integral cable retainers on the end of each finger to help contain cables within
each rack unit
Bend-radius fingers align with rack spaces to support cables as they transition
to the vertical pathway
Dual-hinged covers can be opened 110 degrees to the left or right to provide
complete access to the cables inside the vertical pathway
Snap-on cable retainers can be placed onto fingers to help retain cables in
channel during installation and maintenance
Vertical managers include hinged covers, cable retainers, mounting brackets
and 12-24 screws
Description
310337
WMPV22E
Front and rear, 4.9 in. W x 40.25 in. H, 22RU
310338
WMPVF22E
Front only, 4.9 in. W x 40.25 in. H, 22RU
310334
WMPV45E
12.0 in. D, 45RU
310336
WMPVF45E
310346
WMPVHC45E
Front and rear, 5.7 in. W x 80.4 in. H, 45RU
310347
WMPVHCF45E
310344
WMPVCBE
Center-mount kit
314583
WMPVSMK
Side-mount kit
331634
WMPV45EP
End panel 82.5 in. H x 12 in. W x 0.70 in. D
NETRUNNER High-Capacity Vertical Cable Managers

PANDUIT
PR29186V2-216053.tif
FEATURES
Large finger openings accommodate up to 24 Category 6A cables
Integral cable retainers on the end of each finger help contain cables within
each rack unit
PANDUIT
NETMANAGER HIGH-CAPACITY HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS
PR9715V2-15292.tif
19 in. high-capacity manager, front and rear/front only
Anixter No.
351953
351954
351955
351956
351957
348020
351959
351960
Vendor No.
NM1
NM2
NM3
NM4
NMF1
NMF2
NMF3
NMF4
Description
1.7 in. x 13.1 in. front and rear - 1RU
1.7 in. x 6.2 in. front only - 1RU
PATCHLINK HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS
PR12099V2-25569.tif
Horizontal Cable Management System

PANDUIT
Mounts to 19 in. rack or cabinet. Includes mounting screws and covers.

PR20044V2-67713.tif

265696
WMPSE
Description
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 8.9 in. D (44 mm x
483 mm x 226 mm) - 1RU
The Horizontal Cable Management System provides a neat and efficient means for
routing and protecting cables on telecommunications racks. When mounted to
standard EIA 19 in. racks, these versatile components can be used for multimedia
applications including UTP, STP, coax or fiber optic cables. The unique designs help
maintain proper cable-bend radius.

5.87
Bend-radius fingers align with rack spaces to support cables as they transition
to the vertical pathway
Push-button dual-hinged doors ordered separately can be opened to the left or
right to provide complete access to the cables inside the vertical pathway
Snap-on cable retainers can be placed onto fingers to help retain cables in
channel during installation and maintenance
Vertical managers include cable retainers, mounting brackets and 12-24 screws
Zero RU-mounting capability expands the functionality of the vertical manager
Description
425556
NRV12
13.8 in. D
425555
NRVF12
399453
NRV10
13.8 in. D
425553
NRVF10
399454
NRV6
13.8 in. D
414574
NRVF6
Front only, 80.4 in. H x 6.7 in. W x 7.48 in. D
425557
NRD12
Dual-hinged metal door, 12.7 in. W x
82.8 in. H
399859
NRD10
Dual-hinged metal door, 10.7 in. W x
82.8 in. H
399860
NRD6
Dual-hinged metal door, 7.4 in. W x 82.8 in. H
425558
NREP
End panel, includes two panel sections to
cover 45RU on one side
314583
WMPVSMK
Side-mount kit
393564
WMPV45ERTW Rack top trough with waterfall, creates
pathway above rack
393244
WR5E-X
Snap-on finger cable retainers
301019
PRSP5
Plastic slack spool, 5 in. D x 1.3 in. dia.
PANDUIT
(continued)
Horizontal Cable Management System

265696
WMPSE
265138
WMP1E
265136
WMPH2E
265697
WMPFSE
265139
WMPF1E
265137
WMPHF2E
443981
WMP1E-V
443982
WMPF1E-X
443983
WMPSE-X
443984
WMPFSE-E
Description
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 8.9 in. D (44 mm x
483 mm x 226 mm) - 1RU
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 8.9 in. D (89 mm x
483 mm x 226 mm) - 2RU
3.5 in. H x 20.2 in. W x 8.9 in. D (89 mm x
513 mm x 226 mm) - 2RU
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 3.7 in. D (44 mm x
483 mm x 94 mm) - 1RU
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 3.7 in. D (89 mm x
483 mm x 94 mm) - 2RU
3.5 in. H x 20.2 in. W x 3.7 in. D (89 mm x
573 mm x 94 mm) - 2RU
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 8.9 in. D (89 mm x
483 mm x 226 mm) - 2RU. Package of 5
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 3.7 in. D (89 mm x
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 8.9 in. D (44 mm x
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 3.7 in. D (44 mm x
High-capacity Horizontal Cable Managers

PANDUIT
PR12101V2-21996.tif
Manage cables on switches with vertical cords, curved cable management fingers
support cables as they transition to the vertical pathway, can be used to create cable
pathways for routing cable. Steel hinged cover provides easy access to pathway,
pass-through holes on top and back of manager, mounts to 19 in. EIA racks and
cabinets, mounting hardware included.
Description
250754
NCMHAEF4
4U
262393
NCMHAEF2
2U
OPEN ACCESS HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS - 1U

Constructed of a steel panel with PVC D-Rings attached. Mounts to 19 in. rack or
cabinet. Includes mounting screws. There is an optional snap-on cover.
Description
221614
CMPH1
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 8.6 in. D
221616
CMPHF1
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 3.4 in. D
221617
CMPHHF1
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 5.7 in. D
287197
CMPH1C
Snap-on cover for 1RU D-Ring panels, width
19.4 in.
HORIZONTAL D-RING PANELS - 2U
5.88
Vendor No.
CMPH2
CMPHF2
CMPHH2
CMPH2C
PANDUIT
PR67226V2-531276.tif
PR12100V2-25575.tif
Constructed of a steel panel with PVC D-Rings attached. Mounts to 19 in. rack or
cabinet. Includes mounting screws. There is an optional snap-on cover.
Anixter No.
204326
204328
204329
235910
Cable-routing Troughs
Description
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 8.6 in. D
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 3.4 in. D
3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 5.7 in. D
Snap-on cover for 2RU D-Ring panels,
width 19.4 in.
Provide pathways to route cables in a rack lineup. Includes hinged cover.

Description
222857
CMLT19
Lower trough with 1.3 in. bend radius
mounts to the bottom of a rack 8.0 in. H
x 19.0 in. W x 4.5 in. D - 4RU
222859
CMUT19
Upper trough with 1.3 in. bend radius
mounts to the top of a rack 3.5 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 4.5 in. D - 2RU
330458
CMT4
Cable-routing trough 6.9 in. H x 19 in. W
x 4.5 in. D - 4RU
PATCHRUNNER HIGH-CAPACITY HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS
Description
477158
PEHF2
Front only, 2RU
492802
PEHF3
Front only, 3RU
484252
PEHF4
Front only, 4RU
PANDUIT
304821
SRBS19BL-XY
Rack-mount Cable Management Accessories

PANDUIT
PR12106V2-22011.tif
336890
SRBBRKT
Description
Cable strain-relief bar supports cables
in punch-down or modular applications
Quick-release brackets for strain-relief
bars; converts conventional screw
mounting of strain-relief bar to
IN-CABINET Cable Management System
SIDE-MOUNTED VERTICAL PANELS - FINGER DUCT

Available for cabinets 27 in. or wider. Duct fingers have score lines for easy removal.
Snap-on covers included.
Description
221606
CWMPV3440
71.9 in. H x 3.5 in. W x 4.3 in. D
221608
CWMPV2440
71.9 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 4.3 in. D
FRONT-MOUNTED VERTICAL PANELS - FINGER DUCT
Available for cabinets 27 in. or wider. Finger ducts have score lines for easy removal.
Description
221612
CWMPV2340
70 in. H x 3.7 in. W x 3.3 in. D
221610
CWMPV3340
70 in. H x 4.7 in. W x 3.3 in. D
Strain-relief Bars for Patch Panels

PANDUIT
The cable strain-relief bar is ideal for high-density patch panels to support excess
cables. It extends 2 in. off the back of the rack to support cables in punch-down or
modular applications. Mounts to standard TIA/EIA 19 in. rack.
Description
289426
SRBM19BLY
Cable strain-relief bar manager with
TAK-TY Hook & Loop Cable Ties; attaches
to rack to support cables in punch-down
or modular applications
246045
SRB19BLY
in punch-down or modular patch
panel applications
457968
SRB19D5BL
in punch-down or modular patch panel
applications; extends 5 in. off rack
432638
SRB19D7BL
applications; extends 7 in. off rack
449671
SRB19MDBL
applications; multidepth, extends 7 in.
off rack
Cable Management Brackets

PANDUIT
PR9695V2-15233.tif
PANDUIT Vertical Cable Management D-Rings manage cable within an open access
rack. Front arm rotates to allow the entire cable bundle to be inserted.
Description
218409
CMVDR1
1.18 in. W x 4.8 in. D Vertical Cable
Management D-Ring
281014
CMVDR1S
Management D-Ring
233025
CMVDR2
Management D-Ring
547467
CMVDR2S
Management D-Ring
5.89
Bend-radius control fingers support cables as they transition to the vertical pathway.
Finger spacing aligns with rack units. Attaches to patch panels or
equipment-mounting screws. Lightweight plastic construction provides durability
and easy installation.
Description
314585
CMBRC1
Bend-radius control clip, kit of two,
1.7 in. H x 0.8 in. W x 3.0 in. D
314584
CMBRC1E
Bend-radius control clip, kit of two,
1.7 in. H x 1.0 in. W x 5.1 in. D
250766
CMBRC5E
Bend-radius control fingers, 8.7 in. H x
1.0 in. W x 5.1 in. D
250765
CMBRC5
Bend-radius control fingers, 8.75 in. H x
1.0 in. W x 3.3 in. D
PANDUIT
The PANDUIT IN-CABINET system is designed to properly manage and organize patch
cords and distribution cables within the majority of cabinet designs. Applications
include UTP, STP, coax and fiber optic cables. This system can be used with all
PAN-NET products and with a variety of PANDUIT wiring accessories.
Zone Cabling Enclosures

./
Zone Cabling Telecommunications Enclosures

PR6803V2-143887.tif
Zone enclosures allow utilization of standards-recognized zone cabling practices to

reduce the overall cost of adding or moving network cabling.
ENCLOSURES FOR DROP CEILINGS
2 ft. x 2 ft. enclosures with cable access penetrations located on each end. Includes
foam kits to seal the cable access penetrations. 2 ft. x 4 ft. enclosures
also available.
Description
248058
A1222-LP
2 ft. x 2 ft. enclosure for punch-down
blocks, 13.75 in. W x 19.5 in. L
mounting plate
248057
A1222-PP
2 ft. x 2 ft. enclosure for patch panel, 4U
for patch panels
248056
A1222-HR
2 ft. x 2 ft. enclosure for switches and
D
routers, 4U for patch panels plus 2U x
15 in. D for switches
ENCLOSURES FOR RAISED FLOORS
For plenum or nonplenum cable penetration. Mounts into space allocated for a
standard access floor panel. Supported and attached to building structure via the
pedestals used to support access flooring system, using the tile floor as the access
door. Cable access penetration located on each end panel. Includes foam kits to seal
the cable access penetrations. Other sizes and styles available.
Description
200651
A0622-RF
2U + 2U enclosure for 6 in. D
access floor
200652
A0822-RF
4U + 4U enclosure for 8 in. D
access floor
248062
A1422-RF
11U enclosure for 14 in. D access floor
248065
A1411RF-HR
Enclosure for active components 7U, for
14 in. D access floors
ZONE ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES
128493
40605-001
187266
02006-201
313443
02009-201
5.90

313444
02012-201
188400
11440-001
132040
10557-001
225076
226449
20142-091
20141-090
187970
04002-002
Description
Cable management Saf-T-Grip 12 in. for
4 in. diameter, open loop series, black,
25 per pack
Threaded rod, 3/8-16 in. x 6 ft. L
I-beam clamp, 3/8-16 in. rod
Hex nut 3/8-16 in. installation hardware
Split lock washer, 3/8 in.
Type A plain washer, 3/8 in.
Raised-floor Enclosure for Fiber

PR11258V2-18379.tif
This raised-floor enclosure provides easy access to a rack-mount fiber enclosure

when it is located under a raised floor. Placing connections under the raised floor
saves valuable rack-mount space within equipment cabinets and allows the data
center to be easily reconfigured - just unplug the patch cords and move the cabinet.
The fiber enclosure is placed under a 2 ft. x 2 ft. raised-floor tile. The enclosure is 8 in.
high and can be installed in raised floors that are at least 9 in. high.
FEATURES
Size: 24 in. W x 24 in. L x 8 in. D
Fits under a single 2 ft. x 2 ft. access floor tile
Features two 7 in. x 2 in. cable access ports
Includes 19 in. EIA threaded equipment-mounting rails with 4U of rack-mount
space which can be centered or offset in the enclosure
Cable tie points simplify cable management
Includes four raised-floor support brackets
Description
313445
A0822-RF-F
Raised-floor enclosure for fiber
Description
zinc, 50 pack
25 per pack
25 per pack
PANDUIT
./

PANDUIT
RAISED-FLOOR ENCLOSURES
PR67166V2-529064.tif

372768
PZRFE4U
PANDUIT zone cabling solutions provide a complete line of efficient and cost-effective
ways to design and deploy cabling systems for open-office architecture applications,
telecommunications enclosures, wireless deployments and data centers. PANDUIT
offers ceiling, wall and under-floor-mountable enclosures to support the zone
cabling topology.
PR12377V2-25623.tif
The in-ceiling enclosures are mountable to the ceiling-tile grid system, and
supported to the building structure by 3/8 in. threaded rod, providing secure, yet
easy, access for all cabling applications. There are two styles of in-ceiling
enclosures: active or passive. Both versions include 19 in. mounting brackets with
an integrated cable slack manager, six cable entry/exit locations and gas assist
cylinders for easy access. The active enclosure is AC power-ready and allows up to
8 RMU of rack-mountable panels of your choice or 2 RMU of active equipment and
6 RMU of rack-mountable panels. The passive enclosure accepts up to six
110 punch-down blocks or 8 RMU of rack-mountable panels. The active version is
designed to accommodate two 48-port 1 RMU PoE enabled switches. Includes 8 RMU
mounting bracket, cable and slack manager. (Supports up to 500 W, 17.5 in. depth,
50 lb. load rating)

366834
PZICEA
PZICE
Description
Active in-ceiling zone enclosure, 60 cfm
fan. 13.5 in. H x 25.50 in. W x 27.5 in. D,
for 2 ft. x 2 ft. ceiling grid system
Passive in-ceiling zone enclosure,
13.5 in. H x 25.50 in. W x 27.5 in. D, for
2 ft. x 2 ft. ceiling grid system
372776
PZRFE8U
372778
PZRFE12U
372779
PZRFC
OFFICE RAISED-FLOOR ENCLOSURES

425625
ACE48
Description
Fully assembled raised-floor enclosure
requires 6 in. minimum raised floor
depth; black finish, plenum rated.
Accepts 4 RMU of standard patch panels
or 2 RMU of QuickNet preterminated
assemblies or cassettes - 22.62 in. H x
22.62 in. W x 5.0 in. D
depth; black finish. Accepts 6 RMU of
standard patch panels or 3 RMU of
QuickNet preterminated assemblies or
cassettes - 22.62 in. H x 22.62 in. W x
8.5 in. D
depth; black finish. Accepts 12 RMU of
standard patch panels or 63 RMU of
QuickNet preterminated assemblies 22.62 in. H x 22.62 in. W x 12.0 in. D
Lockable cover for PanZone raised floor
enclosures, includes two keys
PR29187V2-216049.tif
Description
Fully assembled office raised-floor
consolidation point enclosure mounts in
10.5 in. x 10.5 in. cutout in one
raised-floor tile, black finish. Supports
48 copper cables or up to 96 fiber
cables; accepts Mini-Com modules
5.91
IN-CEILING ENCLOSURES
369303
PR67168V2-529066.tif
PANDUIT
(continued)
PANZONE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ENCLOSURES

Enclosure for surface mount or for use in suspended ceilings with optional in-ceiling
mounting bracket.
Description
433664
PZWC35
For Cisco Aironet 1140 and 3500 series,
wall- or ceiling-mount enclosure
433670
PZWC35I
For Cisco Aironet 1140 and 3500 series,
integral ceiling tile enclosure
492808
PZWC35E
For Cisco Aironet 1260 and 3500E series
Wireless Access Points. UL 2043 rated
PanZone Active Wall-mount Enclosures

PANDUIT
PR29265V2-216645.tif
PanZone Wall-mount Cabinets
PANDUIT
PR29264V2-216649.tif
FEATURES
D
Holds 12RU of active and passive network equipment plus two additional RU for
power strips and small electronic devices (modems, routers, etc.)
Structurally engineered to swing freely even under maximum load capacity
Thermal management design (vents, perforated doors and optional fan)
optimizes air flow for improved heat dissipation; ideal for high heatload PoE
enabled switch applications
Working load rating of 250 lb.
Adjustable rails mount at 1 in. increments to accommodate various depths of
network equipment including PoE switches
Individual rack spaces are identified for ease of equipment mounting
Description
405051
PZC12S
With a solid front door, 25.81 in. H x
25 in. W x 22.85 in. D
368147
PZC12W
With window front door, 25.81 in. H x
25 in. W x 22.85 in. D
355847
PZC12P
With perforated front door, 25.81 in. H x
25 in. W x 22.85 in. D
5.92
FEATURES
Holds up to 3RU of passive product and up to 3RU of active equipment
Provides optimal cable management by allowing adequate space to route and
manage patch cords
Patch panel bracket rotates 90 degrees and accepts 19 in. rack-mountable
product, allowing easy installation
Provides multiple cable entry/exit points via knockouts
Design accepts all standard 19 in. patch panels
Door can be assembled to hinge on either the right or left side, providing
flexiblity and easy access for any mounting location
Front cover has standard padlock feature; optional keyed locks available
Vented design and optional fan provides thermal management for switches and
power supplies
Includes mounting template for quick installation
Description
295298
PZAEWM3
38.5 in. H x 27.92 in. W x 8.61 in. D
Punch-down Consolidation Point Enclosure

PANDUIT
PR29300V2-216903.tif
FEATURES
UL 2043 approved for use in air-handling spaces
Follows ANSI/TIA-568-B standard
Mount to wall above and below ceiling
Punch-down kit sold separately
Description
425669
WMCPE
3.44 in. H x 9.47 in. W x 13.22 in. L
PANDUIT
PanZone Building Automation Systems Enclosure

PANDUIT
PR29266V2-216643.tif
FEATURES
Integrates data communications and Building Automation Systems (BAS) by
converging the infrastructure into a single Ethernet network
Minimizes installation costs by consolidating BAS equipment into a
single enclosure
Eliminates redundant cable runs
Provides optimal cable routing and management of patch cords and
electrical components
Vented design and optional fan provides thermal management for network
equipment and power supplies
Includes perforated panel (32 in. H x 22.5 in. W) for mounting BAS devices
Description
425673
PZBASE3
48.5 in. H x 35 in. W x 8.6 in. D
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Cable Runway
PanZone Overhead Distribution Racks

PANDUIT
PR29547V2-219114.tif
FEATURES
Ideal solutions for adding more rack spaces above racks or cabinets in data
centers or telecommunications rooms
Universal mounting bracket can be mounted to most industry ladder racks or
cable trays or suspended by threaded rod from ceiling
Multiple mounting configurations
40/60/80 lb. load rating
Optional cable management solutions (PZBR4 and CMVDR2)
Description
425663
PZLRB2U
2RU ladder rack bracket
492810
PZLRB4U
488260
PZLRB6U
5.93
Wiremold
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Zone Cabling Cabinets
Wiremold Zone Cabling Enclosure Solutions
CZE SERIES CEILING-MOUNTED ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES
PR22470V2-133075.tif
WIREMOLD
These enclosures create an intermediate or remote consolidation point that may be
tested and secured prior to adding drops for voice and data outlets. The enclosures
are plenum rated by UL and may be used in environmental air spaces. They accept a
wide variety of patch panels and wiring blocks for copper and fiber applications.
Custom units are available for unique projects with special requirements.
RFE SERIES RAISED FLOOR ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES
PR22469V2-133071.tif
Designed to integrate into standard drop ceiling grids.

375611
CZE-242412A
375612
CZE-242412PP
375613
CZE242412WB133
Designed to integrate into standard floor tile openings.

375598
RFE-25256
375605
RFE-242412
D
375610
5.94
RFE-25257RB
Description
Enclosure for 6 in. deep floor, two pairs
of rails for 19 in. patch panels, supports
2 RMU each
Enclosure for 14 in. deep floor, one rail
for 19 in. patch panels, supports
11 RMU
Enclosure for 8 in. deep floor, two pairs
of rails for 19 in. patch panels, supports
4 RMU each
Description
12 in. deep telecommunications
enclosure for 2 ft. x 2 ft. drop ceiling
tile, one removable 7 RMU bracket for
19 in. patch panels and equipment,
includes junction box and fan
12 in. deep patch panel enclosure for
2 ft. x 2 ft. drop ceiling tile, one bracket
for 19 in. patch panels, bracket
supports 5 RMU
12 in. deep termination block enclosure
for 2 ft. x 2 ft. drop ceiling tile, one
removable mounting plate for two
300-pair 1100 style termination blocks
(without legs)
Ladder Rack Cable Runway

./
Universal Cable Runway

PR6808V2-36187.tif
FEATURES
Made of 0.065 in. thick tubular steel bar, 1.5 in. high x 0.375 in. wide
Five cross members welded at approximately 23-degree increments
Requires two cable runway butt-splice kits for installation
Painted finishes only
Packaged individually
Other colors and widths available
Description
174200
10822-712
12 in. W, black
174202
10822-718
18 in. W, black
Cable Runway Radius Bends
Cable Runway E-Bend

pr5207V2-143869.tif
Use to create smooth 90-degree horizontal-to-vertical transition in cable runway

pathways. Match to the width of the connecting cable runway.
FEATURES
Inside-radius bend turns up from horizontal runway
Outside-radius bend turns down from horizontal runway
Made of 0.065 in. thick tubular steel bar, 1.5 in. high x 0.375 in. wide
Three cross members welded at approximately 23-degree increments
Requires two cable runway butt-splice kits for installation
Description
174194
10724-712
Inside bend 12 in. W, black
174196
10724-718
Inside bend 18 in. W, black
174184
10723-712
Outside bend 12 in. W, black
174186
10723-718
Outside bend 18 in. W, black
pr5206V2-143868.tif
Use to create a smooth 90-degree right or left (L-shaped) turn in a horizontal cable
runway pathway. Match to the width of the connecting cable runway.
5.95
Universal Cable Runway is used to create a pathway for premise cables in between
points-of-entry and racks or cabinets within telecommunications facilities. Universal
Cable Runway may be supported from the top of racks or cabinets, from the ceiling,
along walls or under raised floors with accessories available from CPI.
FEATURES
Made of 0.065 in. thick tubular steel bar, 1.5 in. H x 0.375 in. W
Standard length is 9 ft. 11 1/2 in.
Cross members are welded on 12 in. centers
UL Classified for suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. Paint
must be removed under splices
Description
164166
10250-712
1.5 in. H x 12 in. W x
9 ft. 11 1/2 in. L, black
182236
10250-718
1.5 in. H x 18 in. W x
189364
10250-724
1.5 in. H x 24 in. W x
443311
10250-731
1.5 in. H x 30 in. W x
335148
10250-737
1.5 in. H x 36 in. W x
Cable Runway Corner Brackets
Cable Runway Junction-splice Kits

PR6809V2-143892.tif
Used with junction-splice kits to create a smooth radius transition for cables at X-, Tor L-shaped intersections.
FEATURES
Choose from two sizes
Corner bracket is painted, installation hardware is zinc with gold finish
Description
249561
11959-715
15.5 in. x 15.5 in., black
249562
11959-724
24.2 in. x 24.2 in., black
Cable Runway Butt-splice

Kits
D
pr5200V2-143864.tif
pr5202V2-143865.tif
Creates a T-shape intersection between two pieces of cable runway or between cable
runway and a cable runway radius bends. Use with cable runway corner brackets.
Use the cable runway E-bend to create an L-shape intersection (right or left turn).
FEATURES
All parts are zinc-plated with gold or black finish
Sold in pairs, kits include all hardware for one pair of splices
Heavy-duty versions require drilling of cable runway side stringers
Description
034155
11302-001
Junction splice kit, gold
249445
11302-701
Junction splice kit, black
131823
11298-001
Heavy-duty junction splice, gold
263020
11298-701
Heavy-duty junction splice, black
193830
16302-001
Junction splice kit, UL Classified, gold
249446
16302-701
Junction splice kit, UL Classified, black
PatchRack
Creates a rigid end-to-end connection between cable runway, cable runway E-bends
and cable runway radius bends.
FEATURES
All parts are zinc-plated with gold or black finish
Sold in pairs, kits include all hardware for one pair of splices
Heavy-duty versions require drilling of cable runway side stringers
Description
034154
11301-001
Butt-splice kit, gold
249442
11301-701
Butt-splice kit, black
131843
11299-001
Heavy-duty butt-splice kit, gold
267387
11299-701
Heavy-duty butt-splice kit, black
183872
16301-001
Butt-splice kit, UL Classified, gold
249444
16301-701
Butt-splice kit, UL Classified, black
5.96
PR12033V2-21856.tif
The PatchRack is a miniature two-post rack that can be attached to runway to save
rack-mount space by placing patch panels or interconnect equipment above the rack
or cabinet. Use to create a zone network in a data center. Attaches to all CPI cable
runway, but optimized for 3/8 in. wide by 1 1/2 in. high side stringers or
cross members.
FEATURES
Attaches to the cable runway side stringer (shown) or cross-member
Supports 19 in. wide rack-mount equipment
Holds up to 60 lb.

306952
13395-704
331586
13395-708
331587
331588
13394-704
13394-708
Description
4U with 7 in. side stringer
brackets, black
8U with 7 in. side stringer
brackets, black
4U with cross-member brackets, black
8U with cross-member brackets, black
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
331590
443319
444273
Vendor No.
13399-702
13396-704
13396-708
Description
Cross-member hardware kit
D-Rings for 4U rack, six rings, black
D-Rings for 8U rack, 10 rings, black
Cable Runway Radius Drops

PR6812V2-143894.tif
Cable Runway Elevation Kits

PR6810V2-36186.tif
When cable runway is supported from the top of racks or cabinets, the Cable Runway
Elevation Kit adds 2 in. to 6 in. of space between the top of the rack or cabinet and
the support surface of the cable runway. The extra space allows a smoother transition
for cables into the vertical managers on the racks/cabinets. The kit may also be
installed on racks and cabinets installed side-by-side to compensate for a difference
in height.
FEATURES
Two elevation ranges: 2 in., 2.5 in., 3 in. and 4 in., 5 in., 6 in.
L-brackets are painted; hardware is zinc-plated with gold finish
Rack kits include two L-brackets and hardware, attach to rack-to-runway
mounting plate
Cabinet kits include four L-brackets and hardware, attach directly to cabinet
ELEVATION KITS FOR RACKS
249557
10506-702
545544
10506-706
Description
2 in. to 3 in. H, black
ELEVATION KITS FOR CABINETS

249560
10506-712
249559
10506-716
Description
5.97
Use to control the radius of premise cables entering or exiting cable runway.
FEATURES
Attach to Universal Cable Runway cross members or stringers
Cross member radius drop transitions out of the end or center of the runway
Specify cross member radius drop to match cable runway width
Add movable cross members (Part Nos. 174221, 174222) if required
Stringer radius drop transitions out of the side of the runway
Description
220228
12100-710
10 in. W cross-member radius drop, use
with 12115-712, black
220233
12100-716
16 in. W cross-member radius drop, use
with 12115-718, black
174214
12101-701
Stringer radius drop (Universal Cable
Runway), black
174221
12115-712
12 in. W, movable cross member, black
174222
12115-718
18 in. W, movable cross member, black
Rack-to-runway Mounting Plate using J-bolts
Cable Runway Triangular Support Brackets

PR6817V2-143897.tif
Secures cable runway to the top of Standard and Universal equipment racks. J-bolts
hook under the mounting plate to secure the plate to the rack's top angles. Mounts
either parallel or perpendicular.
FEATURES
Various sizes match to runway width and rack channel depth
Kit consists of:
- One mounting plate
- Four J-bolts, 5/16-18
- Four hex nuts, 5/16-18
- Four split-lock washers, 5/16 in.
Other sizes and finishes available
Description
164393
10595-712
9 in. to 12 in. runway width, 3 in. deep
rack channel, steel, black
184177
D10595-718
174228
12121-712
174229
12121-718
PR20303V2-71445.tif
Support cable runway along the length of a wall. Use one triangular bracket every
5 ft. of span.
FEATURES
Select width to match the width of cable runway to be supported
Triangular bracket is painted, hardware parts are zinc-plated with gold finish
Sold individually, kit includes triangular bracket and assembly hardware
Wall installation hardware is not included
Description
184196
11746-712
12 in. wide, black
184197
11746-718
18 in. wide, black
Cable Runway Vertical Wall Bracket

PR6822V2-143901.tif
Cable Runway Threaded-rod Ceiling Support Kit

PR6820V2-143899.tif
Order two kits for every 5 ft. of span to support cable runway from a concrete ceiling.
Ceiling anchors must be ordered separately.
FEATURES
Includes a ceiling bracket, a runway bracket, 6 ft. of threaded rod and hardware
Brackets, threaded rod and hardware are zinc-plated with gold finish
Sold individually, use two kits every 5 ft. of span
Ceiling attachment hardware not included
Description
131809
11310-003
5/8 in. rod, gold
5.98
Use to attach cable runway vertically against a wall.

FEATURES
Brackets are zinc-plated with gold finish or painted black
Sold in pairs, support runway every 5 ft. of span
Installation hardware not included
Description
132290
10608-001
Vertical wall brackets, one pair, gold
425319
10608-701
Vertical wall brackets, one pair, black
Cable Runway Wall Angle Support Kit
Cable Runway End Caps
pr5209V2-36177.tif
PR6811V2-143893.tif
Cover the exposed ends of cable runway to protect cable and personnel from
potentially sharp edges.
FEATURES
Made of fire-retardant flat black rubberized material
Sold in pairs
Description
131772
10642-001
1 pair, black
Used to support the end of a piece of cable runway against a wall.

FEATURES
Specify wall angle by width of runway to be supported
Wall angle is painted, hardware parts are zinc-plated with gold finish
Sold individually, kit includes wall angle and J-bolt hardware
Wall installation hardware not included
Description
182845
11421-712
12 in. wide, black
182237
11421-718
18 in. wide, black
Cable Runway-foot Kit

pr5212V2-230430.tif
Attach the end of cable runway to the floor.

FEATURES
L-shape brackets have a painted finish
Butt-splice kit (11301-001) included; gold finish
Floor installation hardware is not included
Description
164165
11309-701
Black
5.99
Cablofil
./
PW Cable Tray
CABLOFIL
The PW line of cable tray products is offered in a wide variety of sizes, designs and
finishes to meet exacting industry standards. Choose from an extensive selection of
rail, rung and bottom styles that are available in a variety of finishes.
A complete cable tray system includes fittings, accessories, supports and hardware.
PW's line of cable tray offers the following components to complete your system:
straight sections, fittings, splices and connectors, covers, divider strips, support
hangers and brackets and grounding and bonding accessories.
5.100
CommScope Solutions
372166 CRDK-12W
./
Cable Runways
When space is an issue, customize your computer, telecommunications or data center
with CommScope's Cable Runway solution. Cable Runway is part of CommScope's
complete cable management solution designed to meet your needs. This overhead
mounting system comes in a variety of widths, helps to prevent tangling, and
provides the cable organization necessary to facilitate changes.
Description
6 ft. L x 6 in. W
6 ft. L x 12 ft. W
6 ft. L x 18 in. W
6 ft. L x 24 in. W
10 ft. L x 6 in. W
10 ft. L x 12 in. W
10 ft. L x 18 in. W
10 ft. L x 24 in. W
Material ID
760085597
760085605
760085613
760085621
760085639
760085647
760085654
760085662
90-DEGREE RADIUS FLAT CORNER BEND

Description
372150 CR90FCB-6W
6 in. W
372151 CR90FCB-12W
12 in. W
372029 CR90FCB-18W
18 in. W
372152 CR90FCB-24W
24 in. W
Material ID
760085522
760085530
760085548
760085555
90-DEGREE RADIUS INSIDE CORNER BEND

Description
372153 CR90ICB-6W
6 in. W
372154 CR90ICB-12W
12 in. W
372155 CR90ICB-18W
18 in. W
372156 CR90ICB-24W
24 in. W
Material ID
760085670
760085688
760085696
760085704
90-DEGREE RADIUS OUTSIDE CORNER BEND

Description
372157 CR90OCB-6W
6 in. W
372158 CR90OCB-12W
12 in. W
372159 CR90OCB-18W
18 in. W
372160 CR90OCB-24W
24 in. W
Material ID
760086074
760086082
760086090
760086108
ACCESSORIES
372028 CRBSK
372161 CRCMK3-8TR
Material ID
760083899
760083907
372162
CRCMK5-8TR
372163
CRSBK5-8TR
372164
CRSMCRDK
372165
CRDK-6W
Description
Butt-splice kit
Ceiling mounting kit for
3/8 in. threaded rod
Ceiling mounting kit for
Support bracket kit for
Side-mount cable radius drop
kit, fits all sizes
Cable radius drop kit for 6 in.
W ladder rack
CRDK-18W
372168
CRRP-6H
372169
CRRP-8H
372170
CRRP-10H
372172
CRPECK
372173
372174
372175
372027
CRFK
CRJBMK
CRTJSK
CRR2RRMK
372176
CRTR625-6L
372177
CRTR360-6L
372178
CRTWSBK-6W
372179
CRTWSBK-12W
372180
CRTWSBK-18W
372181
CRTWSBK-24W
372182
372183
CRVALS
CRVWBK
372184
CR6-12WRSK
372026
CR15-18WRSK
372185
CR12-C24WRSK
Material ID
760083956
760083964
760083972
760083980
760083998
760084012
760084020
760084038
760084046
760084053
760084061
760084079
760084087
760084095
760084103
760084111
760084129
760084137
760084145
760084152
760084160
760083915
760083923
760083931
760083949
5.101
STRAIGHT SECTIONS
372143 CR-SLR-6L6W
372144 CR-SLR-6L12W
372145 CR-SLR-6L18W
372146 CR-SLR-6L24W
372147 CR-SLR-10L6W
372148 CR-SLR-10L12W
372025 CR-SLR-10L18W
372149 CR-SLR-10L24W
372167
Description
Cable radius drop kit for
12 in. W ladder rack
Cable radius drop kit for
18 in. W ladder rack
Cable retaining post, 6 in. H,
one each
Cable retaining post, 8 in. H,
one each
Cable retaining post,
10 in. H, one each
Protective end cap kit, two
caps, black rubber
Foot kit
J-bolt mounting kit
T-junction splice kit
Ladder rack to relay rack
mounting kit, 19 in. W x
5.375 in. D
5/8 in. threaded rod,
11 UNC-2A, 6 ft. L, clear zinc
3/8 in. threaded rod,
16 UNC-2A, 6 ft. L, clear zinc
Triangular wall support
bracket kit, 6 in. W
Variable angle ladder splice
Vertical wall bracket kit,
two brackets
Wall rail support kit, 6 in. 12 in.
Wall rail support kit, 15 in. 18 in.
Wall rail support kit, 24 in.
Cooper B-Line
./
Cable Runway System

COOPER B-LINE
PR34415V2-254412.tif
Anixter No.
280802
280803
269096
324296
158833
Vendor No.
SB2106ABZ
SB2107BZ
SB2107YZ
SB2110ABZ
SB2110AYZ
Description
End (foot) suuport kit, black zinc
Straight stringer junction kit, black zinc
Straight stringer junction kit, yellow zinc
Adjustable vertical bend kit, black zinc
Adjustable vertical bend kit, yellow zinc
THREADED-ROD SUPPORT KIT
PR10082V2-143851.tif
Cooper B-Line offers an extensive line of cable runway and accessories, all designed
to provide easy and cost-effective methods for supporting overhead and vertical
cable installations. Runways are available with 1 1/2 in. or 2 in. stringers, and
runway widths ranging from 4 in. to 36 in.
CABLE RUNWAY
280798
SB17U12BFB
280799
SB17U18BFB
280800
268231
SB1712FB
212478
SB1718YZ
176002
SB1718TG
428870
SB13AL12FB
430214
SB13AL24FB
SB17U24BFB
CONNECTION AND BEND KITS

158836
SB2101AYZ
280801
SB2101ABZ
5.102
Description
Tubular stringers/rungs, 12 in. W x 9 ft.
11 1/2 in. L, flat black,
individually boxed
individually boxed
individually boxed
Tubular stringers/C-channel rungs,
12 in. W x 9 ft. 11 1/2 in. L, flat black
18 in. W x 9 ft. 11 1/2 in. L, yellow zinc
18 in. W x 9 ft. 11 1/2 in. L, telco gray
Aluminum 1.5 in. tall stringers/rungs
with removable rung, 12 in. W x 9 ft.
11 1/2 in. L, flat black
Aluminum 1.5 in. tall stringers/rungs
with removable rung, 24 in. W x 9 ft.
11 1/2 in. L, flat black
PR12047V2-25521.tif
Description
Horizontal tee splice kit, yellow zinc
Horizontal tee splice kit, black zinc

324297
SB2116ABZ
203159
SB2116AYZ
Description
For use with 5/8 in.-11 threaded rod and
1 1/2 in. stringer runway, black
zinc finish
For use with 5/8 in.-11 threaded rod and
1 1/2 in. stringer runway, yellow
zinc finish
WALL SUPPORT KITS
PR12048V2-25524.tif
Wall support kits provide rigid and economical support for runways along the length
of wall and at the end of the run. Each kit includes bracket and runway attachment
hardware. (Order wall installation hardware separately)

268233
SB211312FB
172346
SB211312TG
172345
SB211312YZ
268236
SB211318FB
205341
SB211318TG
245144
SB211318YZ
268239
SB21312KFB
Description
12 in. wide runway wall support kit, fits
a variety of stringer sizes, flat black
a variety of stringer sizes, telco gray
a variety of stringer sizes, yellow zinc
a variety of stringer sizes, flat black
a variety of stringer sizes, telco gray
a variety of stringer sizes, yellow zinc
6 in. to 12 in. wide runways wall support
kit, bracket with J-bolts, flat black
Cooper B-Line
172327
SB21312KTG
172326
SB21312KYZ
280805
SB21318KFB
Description
6 in. to 12 in. wide runways wall support
kit, bracket with J-bolts, telco gray
12 in. wall support kit, bracket with
J-bolts, yellow zinc
12 in. to 18 in. wall support kit, bracket
with J-bolts, flat black
RELAY RACK SUPPORT KITS
PR10083V2-143852.tif
SPLICES
Anixter No.
268276
492639
492640
492642
492643
Vendor No.
R5A-SSP
R5A-FSP
R5A-TTB
R5A-VSP
R5A-ASP
BRACKETS, FITTINGS AND HARDWARE

492645
R5A-UF-12
Description
Standard splice
Flex-mount splice
Tray-to-box splice
Vertical adjustable splice
Reversing splice
Description
Universal fitting

268243
SB213312FB
268245
SB213318FB
Designed to secure cable runway parallel or perpendicular to the 3 in. deep relay
rack top angles.
Description
12 in. relay rack support kit, flat black
18 in. relay rack support kit, flat black
Redi-Rail Cable Tray

COOPER B-LINE
PR10074V2-107349.tif
Redi-Rail Runway is an aluminum, bolted system with moveable and removable rungs
for on-site flexibility.
CABLE TRAY
Economical aluminum cable support system designed for easy installation and
field modifications.
Description
268271
H15AR0912144
5 in. H x 12 in. W x 12 in. L, aluminum
cable tray, 9 in. rung spacing
BENDS
Description
489601
RSI05A09HB-12-90R12 5 in. H x 12 in. W, 90-degree horizontal
bend, 12 in. radius
489606
RSI05A09VO-12-90R12 5 in. H x 12 in. W, 90-degree vertical
outside bend, 12 in. radius
268274
RSI05A09VI-12-90R12 5 in. H x 12 in. W, 90-degree vertical
inside bend, 12 in. radius
268275
RSI05A09HT-12-R12 5 in. H x 12 in. W, horizontal tee
5.103
Wire Basket Cable Runway
Cablofil
./
Cablofil Tray - Straight Sections
CABLOFIL
PR4989V2-107370.tif
Cablofil cable tray is the revolutionary system constructed of precision-engineered,

high-quality, welded steel wire. The Cablofil system includes everything to make
installation effortless and it adapts easily as your cable management needs grow and
change. The FAS support system is exclusively designed with a versatile range of
profiles and brackets. This innovative system dramatically reduces installation time
by utilizing a simple one-step process that requires no screws, bolts or special tools.
"T" welding the lateral wires to the top edge wire creates a "Safe-T-Edge" which
minimizes the risk of fraying cables and also protects installers from sharp wire
ends. The optimized wire size design makes Cablofil cable tray durable and
extremely strong.
CABLOFIL CABLE TRAY
Available in 1 in., 2 in., 4 in. and 6 in. depths. Available in widths ranging from 2 in.
to 24 in. Standard 10 ft. lengths. Available in: Electro Zinc (EZ), Hot-Dipped
Galvanized (GC),D 304L Stainless Steel (IN), 316L Stainless Steel (IN), or durable UL
Classified powder-coated colors: Black (BL) and Custom Painted Color (PE). "T"
welded design creates a "Safe-T-Edge" which is easy on installers and cables.
Description
220299
ZF30/50EZ
10 ft. L x 2 in. W x 1 in. D, tray
220284
CF30/100EZ
220286
CF30/150EZ
252779
CF30/200EZ
220297
CF30/300EZ
199265
CF54/50EZ
199268
CF54/100EZ
197632
CF54/150EZ
199273
CF54/200EZ
197633
CF54/300EZ
198369
CF54/450EZ
198370
CF54/500EZ
197634
CF54/600EZ
332137
CF105/100EZ
199278
CF105/150EZ
199277
CF105/200EZ
199284
CF105/300EZ
213378
CF105/450EZ
272037
CF105/500EZ
220316
CF105/600EZ
332138
CF150/300EZ
234350
CF150/450EZ
234354
CF150/500EZ
332139
ZF150/600
5.104
EASY PACK
Easy Pack is a conveniently packaged, all inclusive and ready to install cable
management system.
Description
375908
PACKCF 54/50EZ
Contains six 78 in. L sections of 2 in. H x
2 in. W x 2 in. D tray and
12 preclick splices
375912
PACKCF 54/100EZ
Contains four 78 in. L sections of 2 in. H
x 4 in. W x 2 in. D tray and eight
preclick splices
375918
PACKCF 54/150EZ
preclick splices
375921
PACKCF 54/200EZ
preclick splices
375923
PACKCF 54/300EZ
x 12 in. W x 2 in. D tray, eight preclick
splices and four SWK bolts
Cablofil Tray Standard Support Systems

CABLOFIL
Look to Cablofil for the most complete line of support hardware for walls, ceilings,
floors and cabinets. Many brackets feature their patented FAS support system,
securing Cablofil cable tray without nuts and bolts.
SF CENTER HANGER
PR23671V2-168478.tif
A part used for hanging 2 in. or 4 in. wide tray, with fold-over tabs that secure the
tray without additional hardware. Threaded rod, nuts and washers sold separately.
Also available in Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color
(PE) finishes.

400145
SF50PG
349519
SF100PG
Description
2 in. center hanger,
finish: pre-galvanized
4 in. center hanger,
Cablofil
FAS CENTER HANGER
PR22431V2-132775.tif
FAS L BRACKET
PR12055V2-108683.tif
A part used to suspend tray from the ceiling using only threaded rod with a
suspension tube to protect the cables. Threaded rod, nuts and bolts are sold
separately. Also available in Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Stainless Steel (316L),
Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color (PE) finishes.
For installation onto walls and under-floor pedestals. Patented FAS-style attachment
holds cable tray secure without nuts and bolts. Also available in Hot-Dipped
Galvanized (GC), Stainless Steel (316L), Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color
(PE) finishes.

213732
FASPCH300PG

208965
FASL100PG
FASPCH450PG
220761
FASPCH600PG
FAS PROFILE
PR12054V2-108670.tif
For trapeze-hung installations or use on walls, floors and cabinets. Patented

FAS-style attachment holds cable tray secure without nuts and bolts. For
trapeze-hung installations, use 4 in. longer profile than tray width. Can be used with
up to 3/8 in. threaded rod. Also available in Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Stainless
Steel (316L), Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color (PE) finishes

198645
FASP200PG
213731
FASP300PG
199345
FASP400PG
213376
FASP550PG
241025
FASP700PG
Description
FAS profile 8 in. L, finish: pre-galvanized
FAS profile 12 in. L,
FAS profile 16 in. L,
FAS Profile 22 in. L,
FAS Profile 28 in. L, cable runway wire
mesh profile, finish: pre-galvanized
199340
FASL200PG
199342
FASL300PG
Description
FAS L bracket 4 in. L,
AS TRAPEZE HANGING CLIP
PR22434V2-132805.tif
For trapeze-hung installations. Use with 1/4 in., 3/8 in. or 1/2 in. threaded rod.
Cablofil tray can be detached on one side to easily add cables. Also available in
Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Stainless Steel (316L), Black (BL), and Custom Painted
Color (PE) finishes.

197643
ASPG
Description
Trapeze clip, 50/pk.,
CAT30/41 SNAP-IN WALL-HANGER SUPPORT
PR22435V2-132793.tif
Keeps 2 in. wide tray secure when attaching to supports. No screws are required for
tray attachment; they just snap into place. Also available in Hot-Dipped Galvanized
(GC), Stainless Steel (316L), Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color (PE) finishes.

250518
CAT30/41PG
Description
Snap-in wall hanger support,
5.105
213380
Description
FAS center hanger, 12 in. L, one/pk.,
Cablofil
(continued)
Cablofil Tray Standard Support Systems
C50 WALL-MOUNT ATTACHMENT
UFFS UNDER FLOOR FIBERGLASS SUPPORT STAND
PR23666V2-168470.tif
PR22436V2-132783.tif
Attaches tray up to 4 in. wide to walls, cabinets or machinery. The fold-over tabs
secure the tray without additional hardware. Slotted mounting holes make for
adjustable installations. Also available in Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Stainless
Steel (316L), Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color (PE) finishes.
Use a single support assembly for tray widths up to 20 in. Use two supports for tray
widths up to 24 in. Patented FAS-style attachment secures tray without nuts and
bolts. Predrilled mounting holes make installations easy. Tray is supported
independently of raised floor systems. Fiberglass strut design keeps cable pathway
insulated from floor deck. 4 in., 6 in., 8 in. and 12 in. heights now available in
widths up to 20 in. Contact your local sales representative for further details.

213725
C50EZ

400154
UFFS150/200PG
Description
Wall-mount attachment, finish:
Electro Zinc
Description
6 in. under floor support,
UC50 CABLE TRAY STANDOFF
PR22438V2-132772.tif
Cablofil Under Floor Management Systems

CABLOFIL
Cablofil/Legrand offers a wide variety of options for raised access floor installations,
the newest being the UFS Under Floor Cable Management System. UFS is
independently supported so that it does not void the warranty of the raised access
D
floor and it is engineered
with 2 ft. tray sections so that it can be installed entirely
through the floor openings.
UFS UNDER FLOOR SUPPORT BRACKET
PR22437V2-132798.tif
Attaches 2 in. tray to floor and channel framing. Fold-over tabs secure tray without
fasteners. Also available in Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Stainless Steel (316L),
Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color (PE) finishes.

250519
UC50PG
Description
Cable tray standoff, machine-mounting
support, finish: pre-galvanized
UFC UNDER FLOOR SUPPORT CLAMP
PR22439V2-132802.tif
Use a single support assembly for tray widths up to 20 in. Use two supports for tray
widths up to 24 in. Patented FAS-style attachment secures tray without nuts and
bolts. Predrilled mounting holes make installations easy. Tray is supported
independently of raised floor systems. 4 in., 6 in., 8 in. and 12 in. heights now
available in widths up to 20 in. Contact your local sales representative for
further details.

213374
UFS150/200PG
5.106
Description
6 in. under floor support,
Attaches FAS L brackets (sold separately) to access floor posts through one side of
the U-bolt. Unique support plate works with square or round posts. Also available
in Black (BL), and Custom Painted Color (PE) finishes. Each clamp kit contains:
U-bolt, two flange nuts and support plate.
Cablofil
198638
UFCPG
375939
UFC550KITPG
UFCN UNDER FLOOR CLAMP
Description
Under floor support clamp,
Under floor support kit, includes Cablofil
part numbers: UFC (two), FASP550 (one)
and EZBN1/4 (two),
UFCF2 UFS WIRE TRAY SECTION
PR22442V2-132801.tif
PR22440V2-132791.tif
A 2 ft. long piece of tray designed to easily fit inside under floor grids. Tray is
secured by using the UFS System. 2 in., 4 in. and 6 in. depths available in 6 in.,
8 in., 12 in., 16 in. or 20 in. widths.

375945
UFCF2/54/300EZ

248721
UFCN150PG
332185
UFCN200PG
332186
UFCN300PG
UFSUPKIT UFS SUPPORT KIT
UFCF2/105/300EZ
400155
UFCF2/150/300EZ
UFT 90-DEGREE KITS UFT 90

PR22554V2-133732.tif
Description
6 in. under floor support clamp,
PR22441V2-132787.tif
Used to make a tee or 90-degree bend in an under floor system. Each 90-degree kit
includes one flat tray section and four securing clips. Kit components may be
ordered individually.

375947
UFT90KITEZ
Description
24 in. L x 18 in. W tray and four
securing clips
Crossbars secure the tray with FAS style tabs and the heavy-duty legs have multiple
mounting holes for almost infinite height adjustments. The attachment clips secure
installation to raised access floor legs. Each kit support includes one crossbar, two
leg supports and two leg attachment clips. Kit components may be ordered
individually. Other standard kit heights available: 3.5 in., 14 in. and 24.8 in.

375943
UFSUPKIT200PG
375944
UFSUPKIT300PG
Description
Under floor support kit, 7 in. H x 22 in. W
Under floor support kit, 10.6 in. H x
22 in. W
5.107
Attaches to round or square access floor posts. Use with FAS Profile for support of
up to 12 in. Cablofil wire cable tray. Each UFCN comes with four mounting bolts and
nuts. Standard finish: Electro Zinc coated for superior corrosion resistance. Other
finishes include: Pre-Galvanized (PG), Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Black Painted
(BL) and Custom Painted (PE).
375946
Description
UFS wire tray section, 24 in. L x 12 in. W
x 2 in. D
x 4 in. D
x 6 in. D
Cablofil
Cablofil Tray Splicing

CABLOFIL
Cablofil offers a number of UL Classified splices for Cablofil cable tray to fill any
installation demand. All of the splice options are designed with one goal - to make
installation easy. Some of the splices require no tools for installation, yet each
option offers a durable, strong splice that has been tested and proven in installations
around the world. The EDRN fast splice is the strongest and fastest splice, which
saves up to half of the install time compared to bolted connections.
EDRN QUICK SPLICE

197642
CE30EZ
207726
CE40EZ
Description
1 1/2 in. washer 50/pk.
2 in. washer 50/pk.
FASLOCK SPLICE
PR12056V2-108687.tif
PR4991V2-107362.tif
FASLOCK is the easiest and fastest way to create sweeps and bends. Secure tray
sweeps by bending built-in locking tabs with pliers. Its simple design makes
installations a snap.

332191
FASLOCK SPG
Only two splices are needed to join Cablofil cable tray 2 in. deep by widths up to
12 in. Use two splices on sides and one or two on the bottom for 18 in. to 24 in.
tray. Special assembly tool is included in every bag of splices. Also available in
other finishes. Contact your sales representative for ordering information.

220377
EDRNEZ
D
375987
RAD T 90 KIT 2EZ
375988
RAD T 90 KIT 4EZ
375989
RAD T 90 KIT 6EZ
307086
EZT90KITBL
220794
400157
SWKEZ
ED275RSKITEZ
400158
ED1100RSKITEZ
197641
CE25EZ
5.108
Description
Fast splice EDRN 50/pk. - special
assembly tool (EDRNTOOL) is included in
every bag
Radius tee kit for 2 in. tray, contains
hardware for one tee or two 90 bends,
kit contains: two radius splices and
Cablofil part numbers EZBN1/4 (ten),
CE25 (eight) and CE40 (four)
Tee or 90 kit, one/pk.; one kit makes
one tee or two 90 bends
Splice washer kit 50/pk.
Tray reduction kit, each kit includes:
SWK (two), ED275 (one), EZBN1/4 (two),
CE25 (two). Use on tray differences up
to 8 in.
Tray reduction kit, each kit includes:
SWK (two), ED1100 (one),
EZBN1/4 (two), CE25 (two). Use on
tray differences over 8 in.
1 in. washer 50/pk.
281386
FASLOCK XLPG
Description
Use FASLOCK S for CF54/100, 150, 200,
300, CF105/100, 150, 200
Use FASLOCK XL for all other larger
tray sizes
Cablofil Tray Additional Accessories

CABLOFIL
CABLOFIL CABLE TRAY COVERS
PR12058V2-108680.tif
Cover eliminates dirt and dust build-up on cable. Built-in tabs attach cover to tray
without bolts. Field-fabricate the cover to fit changes in levels. Three piece cover kits
are 10 ft. in length. Cablofil cover clips (CLIPFO2) as illustrated are sold separately.
Anixter No.
220355
220346
220351
Vendor No.
CVN50PG
CVN150PG
CVN300PG
Description
2 in. W cover
6 in. W cover
12 in. W cover
CABLE EXIT
Protects cables when exiting and entering tray. Snap-in mounting tabs eliminate the
need for attachment hardware and speeds install time.
Description
215963
CABLEXIT100PG
Cable exit
Cablofil
CABLE DROP OUT KIT
Protects cables when exiting and entering tray. Slotted design allows for cable tie or
Velcro tie wrap cable attachment. 7 in. radius bend eases strain on cables. Each kit
includes: two EZBN 1/4, two CE25 and one drop out. Finishes include:
Pre-Galvanized (PG), Hot-Dipped Galvanized (GC), Stainless Steel (316L), Black (BL),
and Custom Painted Color (PE) finishes.
Description
419648
DROPOUTKITPG
Cable drop out kit
DO WATERFALL DROP OUT

400164
YC438KIT
281408
FS41DC
Description
Yoke Clamp Kit, accommodates four
3/8 in. diameter tubes
FASTRUT connector 50/pk.
PR23673V2-168463.tif
Smooth solid construction provides protection for cables entering or exiting the
cable pathway. Can be used to as a transition to other cable types. All attachment
hardware is included. Upright flange support holes where required.

400167
DO54/150EZ
400171
DO54/300EZ
400173
DO105/150EZ
400174
DO105/300EZ
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES
197644
COUPFIL
220320
COT54PG
265795
COT105PG
220318
COT150PG
198642
DROPOUTPG
198646
EZ JB5/16EZ
324078
GNDSB
372544
GNDCL
332194
400160
CCLMP52EZ
YC214KIT
400161
YC238KIT
400162
YC212KIT
400163
YC414KIT
Description
Drop out portion accommodates 2 in. D x
6 in. W wire mesh cable tray
Description
Bolt cutter
2 in. divider strip
4 in. divider strip
6 in. divider strip
Cable drop out
J-bolt
Split bolt grounding lug, accommodates
gauges AWG 4 -14 grounding wires
Grounding lug, accommodates gauges
AWG 2/0 to 6 grounding wires
Cable clamp 1.55 in. - 2.05 in.
Yoke Clamp Kit, accommodates two
Yoke Clamp Kit, accommodates four
5.109

./
OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System

PR24092V2-175119.tif
Anixter No.
481422
481423
481424
Vendor No.
36831-618
36831-620
36831-624
Description
6 in. H x 18 in. W x 10 ft. L
6 in. H x 20 in. W x 10 ft. L
6 in. H x 24 in. W x 10 ft. L
OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System is also available in a standard

round-wire design and in a pregalvanized or black powder-coat paint finish.
OnTrac Splice Options

CPI's OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System creates point-to-point pathways for
network cabling in data centers, network equipment rooms and office spaces. The
OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System can be cut and formed into smooth turns and
transitions, easily adapting to most locations.
The tray provides excellent load-bearing capability and protection for cables, can be
used in plenum spaces and is UL Classified for suitability as an equipment grounding
conductor. Choose from various supports to attach the tray to the ceiling, wall or under
access floors. A variety of cable management accessories are also offered to protect
and guide cables along the pathway.
FEATURES
Constructed from 5 mm and 6 mm steel wire that is welded into a 2 in. x 4 in.
rectangular grid pattern
Unique flattened
cross wires provide a larger surface to support cables and
D
reduce cable strain
Available in standard 10 ft. lengths and multiple widths and depths
Cut and bend to form smooth curved transitions around obstacles
UL Classified for suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only
Pregalvanized finish listed below; also available in painted with black
powder-coat paint
Side walls are 2 in., 4 in. and 6 in. high to support different cable fill capacities
Complete line of accessories available
Description
481385
36811-604
2 in. H x 4 in. W x 10 ft. L
481386
36811-606
2 in. H x 6 in. W x 10 ft. L
481387
36811-608
2 in. H x 8 in. W x 10 ft. L
481388
36811-612
2 in. H x 12 in. W x 10 ft. L
481389
36811-616
2 in. H x 16 in. W x 10 ft. L
481390
36811-618
2 in. H x 18 in. W x 10 ft. L
481391
36811-620
2 in. H x 20 in. W x 10 ft. L
481392
36811-624
2 in. H x 24 in. W x 10 ft. L
481402
36821-604
4 in. H x 4 in. W x 10 ft. L
481403
36821-606
4 in. H x 6 in. W x 10 ft. L
481404
36821-608
4 in. H x 8 in. W x 10 ft. L
481405
36821-612
4 in. H x 12 in. W x 10 ft. L
481406
36821-616
4 in. H x 16 in. W x 10 ft. L
481407
36821-618
4 in. H x 18 in. W x 10 ft. L
481408
36821-620
4 in. H x 20 in. W x 10 ft. L
481409
36821-624
4 in. H x 24 in. W x 10 ft. L
481419
36831-608
6 in. H x 8 in. W x 10 ft. L
481420
36831-612
6 in. H x 12 in. W x 10 ft. L
481421
36831-616
6 in. H x 16 in. W x 10 ft. L
5.110
STANDARD SPLICE KIT
PR24104V2-175120.tif
Use to connect sections of wire-mesh cable tray together end-to-end, at

intersections and turns. Each splice kit includes three components: a stamped
washer with a fixed screw, a contoured splice washer and a flange nut. Finish:
zinc electroplate

400282
34738-501
Description
Pack of 50
SPLICE BAR
PR24103V2-175096.tif
Use with splices from the Standard Splice Kit to create a more secure end-to-end
connection between wire-mesh cable tray sections. Attaches to the side of the tray
using three splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit. Recommended for all
trays that are 18 in. W or wider. Manufactured from steel. Finish: zinc electroplate

400283
34739-501
Description
Pack of 50

SPLICE WASHER & BOLT KIT
PR24116V2-175101.tif
Use with the Splice Bar to connect wire-mesh trays together end-to-end, secure tray
to ceiling, wall and access floor supports or attach accessories to wire-mesh cable
tray. Includes contoured splice washers, carriage bolts and a flange nuts. Finish:
zinc electroplate

400284
34728-501
CLAMP WASHER
Description
Pack of 50
PR24096V2-175094.tif
90-DEGREE SPLICE BAR KIT
PR24102V2-175129.tif
Use to create a secure 90-degree T- or L-shape intersection between two wire-mesh

cable tray sections. Kit includes all hardware needed to make one 90-degree
T-shape or two L-shape intersections (two 90-degree Splice Bars, eight contoured
splice washers, four Clamp Washers and 10 carriage bolts and flange nuts).
Manufactured from steel. Zinc electroplate finish; hardware is zinc plated.

400287
34740-501
Description
90-Degree Splice Bar Kit
OnTrac Wire-Mesh Cable Tray System Supports

OnTrac can be supported from the floor, ceiling, wall or the tops of racks and
cabinets. Several styles of supports are available.
Use the to securely fasten two layers of wire mesh when connecting trays at
90-degree bends or intersections. Attaches to the tray using a carriage bolt and
flange nut from the Carriage Bolt Hardware Kit. Finish: zinc electroplate

400285
34746-501
CARRIAGE BOLT HARDWARE KIT
PR24109V2-175155.tif
Description
Pack of 25
PR24115V2-175165.tif
Use with Clamp Washer to connect wire mesh trays together. Includes carriage bolts
and flange nut. Finish: zinc electroplate

400286
34728-502
L SUPPORT BRACKET KIT
Description
Pack of 50
Use to support a wire-mesh cable tray pathway along a wall or under a floor.
Installation requires two 1/4 in. lag bolts and two flat washers for plywood backer
boards or two 1/4 in. hex cap bolts, two flat washers and two appropriate anchors
for concrete walls (ordered separately). Use the 16 in. W or smaller version to
support cable tray from an access floor pedestal; attach to the pedestal with a
single Pedestal Clamp Bracket. Tray attaches to the L Support Bracket with two
splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit or use the fold-over tab at the end
of the bracket to secure the tray. Manufactured from steel. Finish: pregalvanized
Anixter No.
498508
492914
492915
492916
492917
492918
Vendor No.
34734-604
34734-608
34734-612
34734-616
34734-620
34734-624
Description
For 4 in. wide tray
For 8 in. wide tray
For 12 in. wide tray
5.111
OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System splice options are

also available in a black finish. Contact your
local sales representative for ordering information.

(continued)
OnTrac Wire-Mesh Cable Tray System Supports
TRAPEZE SUPPORT BRACKET
Vendor No.
34730-612
34730-616
34730-620
34730-624
CENTER SUPPORT
D BRACKET
Description
5.112
Vendor No.
34729-504
34729-512
34729-516
34729-520
34729-524
Use to support a wire-mesh cable tray pathway along a wall. Installation requires
two 3/8 in. lag bolts and two flat washers for plywood backer boards or two 1/4 in.
hex cap bolts, two flat washers and two appropriate anchors for concrete walls
(ordered separately). Tray attaches to the Triangle Support Bracket with two splice
washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit or use the fold-over tab at the end of the
bracket to secure the tray. Manufactured from steel. Finish: pregalvanized
Anixter No.
492923
483148
483149
492925
483150
492926
Vendor No.
34733-604
34733-608
34733-612
34733-616
34733-620
34733-624
Description
For 4 in. wide tray
For 8 in. wide tray
WALL-MOUNT ANGLE
PR24108V2-175121.tif
PR24114V2-175122.tif
Use to support wire-mesh cable tray from the ceiling with a single 3/8 in. threaded
rod. Tray attaches to the Center Support Bracket with two splice washers from the
Splice Washer & Bolt Kit or use fold-over tabs to secure the tray on all sizes except
the 4 in. W version. Manufactured from steel. Finish: zinc electroplate
Anixter No.
400298
400300
400301
400302
400303
PR24110V2-175166.tif
PR24113V2-175137.tif
Use to support wire-mesh cable tray from the ceiling using a pair of threaded rods.
Installation requires a pair of 1/2 in., 3/8 in. or 1/4 in. threaded rod, four hex nuts,
two or four flat washers, two split lock washers and two appropriate anchors/ceiling
clamps (order separately). Tray attaches to the Trapeze Support Bracket with two
splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit. Manufactured from steel. Finish:
pregalvanized hex nuts, two or four flat washers, two split lock washers and two
appropriate anchors/ceiling clamps (order separately). Tray attaches to the Trapeze
Support Bracket with two splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit.
Manufactured from steel. Finish: pregalvanized
Anixter No.
492919
492920
492921
492922
TRIANGLE SUPPORT BRACKET
Description
For 4 in. wide tray
Use to support the end of wire-mesh cable tray against the wall. Installation requires
two 1/4 in. lag bolts and two flat washers for plywood backer boards or two 1/4 in.
hex cap bolts, two flat washers and two appropriate anchors for concrete walls
(ordered separately). Tray attaches to the Wall-Mount Angle with two splice washers
from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit. Manufactured from steel. Finish: pregalvanized
Anixter No.
492927
492928
492929
492930
492931
492932
Vendor No.
34735-604
34735-608
34735-612
34735-616
34735-620
34735-624
Description
For 4 in. wide tray
For 8 in. wide tray

EDGE HANGER
PR24112V2-175109.tif
Use in pairs to support wire-mesh cable tray from the ceiling using threaded rod.
Installation requires a single 3/8 in. or 1/4 in. threaded rod, two hex nuts, one or
two flat washers, one split lock washer and an appropriate anchor/ceiling clamp
(ordered separately). The side of the tray is supported in the two J-shape hooks at
the bottom of the hanger; use pliers to close hooks and secure tray once cable has
been loaded. Use in pairs to support a single cable tray. Manufactured from steel.
Finish: pregalvanized
PEDESTAL CLAMP BRACKET
Description
Edge hanger, pack of 50
PR24106V2-175116.tif
Use to support wire-mesh cable tray from the floor under an access floor. Attaches
to the floor with 1/4 in. hardware or adhesive. Tray attaches to the Under Floor
Support with a splice washer from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit. Under Floor Supports
can be used in pairs to support wider trays. Manufactured from steel.
Finish: pregalvanized
Anixter No.
492936
492937
492938
492939
492940
Vendor No.
34736-643
34736-646
34736-683
34736-686
34736-689
RACK-MOUNT HOOK
Use with the L Support Bracket to support wire-mesh cable tray from access floor
pedestals under an access floor. Use one Pedestal Clamp Bracket to attach a 16 in.
or smaller L Support Bracket to an access floor pedestal; floor height must be at
least 12 in. Pedestal Clamp Bracket includes a U-Bolt and installation hardware.
Manufactured from steel. Finish: zinc electroplate

400317
34737-501
PEDESTAL CLAMP BRACKET KIT
Description
Pedestal Clamp Bracket
PR24105V2-175148.tif
PR24107V2-175162.tif
Description
3 in. H x 4 in. W x 7 in. D
6 in. H x 4 in. W x 8.6 in. D
6 in. H x 8 in. W x 8.6 in. D
9 in. H x 8 in. W x 10.2 in. D
PR24111V2-175102.tif
Use to attach wire-mesh cable tray to the top of a two-post or four-post CPI Rack
System. Includes a Clamp Washer with a hook that attaches to the L-shape top angle
on CPI Rack Systems. Attach tray to the top of the rack in the parallel (side-to-side)
or perpendicular (front-to-back) orientation; parallel alignment may not be centered
over the rack. Hook is manufactured from steel. Finish: black powder-coat paint

400324
34732-701
Description
Rack-Mount Hook, pack of four
OnTrac Wire-Mesh Cable Tray System supports are also available

in black powder-coat paint finish. Contact your
Use to support wire-mesh cable tray from the ceiling with a single 3/8 in. threaded
rod. Tray attaches to the Center Support Bracket with two splice washers from the
Splice Washer & Bolt Kit or use fold-over tabs to secure the tray on all sizes except
the 4 in. W version. Manufactured from steel. Finish: zinc electroplate

400318
34737-502
Description
Pedestal Clamp Bracket Kit
5.113

492933
34731-601
UNDER FLOOR SUPPORT

CABLE TRAY COVERS
OnTrac Wire-Mesh Cable Tray Accessories
PR24098V2-175144.tif

Several cable management accessories are available for OnTrac. Use radius drops to
support cables as they exit and enter the cable pathway and covers to protect cables.
The pathway can be divided to separate cables by type or zone and labeled for easy
identification. Attach a ground wire to bond trays together and junction boxes to
locate network or power connections along the side of the tray.
CABLE TRAY BOTTOM INSERT
PR24097V2-175115.tif
Use to cover the top of a section of wire-mesh cable tray to protect or hide cables.
Use to cover the bottom of a section of wire-mesh cable tray to protect or

hide cables.
Anixter No.
400325
400326
400327
400328
400329
400330
400331
400332
Vendor No.
34745-504
34745-506
34745-508
D34745-512
34745-516
34745-518
34745-520
34745-524
CABLE TRAY DIVIDER
Description
For 4 in. wide tray
For 6 in. wide tray
For 8 in. wide tray
PR24099V2-175154.tif
Anixter No.
400336
400337
400338
400339
400340
400341
400342
400343
Vendor No.
34744-504
34744-506
34744-508
34744-512
34744-516
34744-518
34744-520
34744-524
Description
For 4 in. wide tray
For 6 in. wide tray
For 8 in. wide tray
TOOL-LESS RADIUS DROP
PR24101V2-175141.tif
Use to properly support cables as they exit or enter cable tray pathways. Provides a
wide radius featuring tool-less attachment from the end or side of trays.

400347
34741-501
Description
Tool-Less Radius Drop
LARGE RADIUS DROP
PR24095V2-175100.tif
Use to divide the internal area of a section of wire-mesh cable tray to organize
cables by type or zone.
Anixter No.
400333
400334
400335
Vendor No.
34743-502
34743-504
34743-506
Description
For 2 in. H tray
For 4 in. H tray
For 6 in. H tray
Use to properly support cables as the cables exit or enter cable tray pathway.

400348
34747-501
5.114
Description
Large Radius Drop

SPLIT BOLT GROUNDING CLAMP
PR24091V2-175104.tif
Use to attach a ground conductor to wire-mesh cable tray.

400349
34838-001
LABEL HOLDER
Description
Split Bolt Grounding Clamp, pack of 10
PR24093V2-175125.tif
Use to label a section of wire-mesh cable tray to identify the pathway or a drop
location. Attaches to the side or bottom of the tray.

400351
34749-001
Description
Label Holder, pack of 10
CABLE TRAY BOLT CUTTING-STYLE TOOL

Cut wire-mesh cable tray to fit and form pieces to match pathway requirements.
Description
400352
34839-001
Bolt cutter-style cable tray cutting tool
5.115
Cooper B-Line
./
FLEXTRAY Introduction
COOPER B-LINE
FLEXTRAY is now part of Cooper B-Line, the market leader in innovative, labor-saving
solutions in cable management for datacom, industrial, control, security and
electrical applications.
Only FLEXTRAY offers 100 percent U.S. manufactured tray sizes up to 32 in. wide. Tray
finishes include zinc-plated, pregalvanized, painted, stainless and hot-dip galvanized.
FLEXTRAY wire-mesh cable tray can be formed into nearly any configuration by simply
cutting the wires and bending into your preferred radius. Only FLEXTRAY offers the
CLEANSHEAR and AIRSHEAR cutting tools. These cutting tools leave a blunt, flush and
safe edge for applications where the tray is cut in the field.
Another FLEXTRAY innovation are UL Classifications. FLEXTRAY offers UL and CSA
classification on over 33 different sizes of tray. Because FLEXTRAY uses a larger-gauge
wire, it meets the cross-sectional area requirements of UL and CSA. FLEXTRAY can be
used as an equipment ground conductor, without having to go back and add a
secondary ground wire.
Anixter No.
174342
203935
221310
288203
203936
203937
203938
203939
203940
203941
248829
248831
248833
248835
248837
224055
248838
Vendor No.
FT2X20X10
FT2X24X10
FT4X4X10
FT4X6X10
FT4X8X10
FT4X12X10
FT4X16X10
FT4X18X10
FT4X20X10
FT4X24X10
FT4X30X10
FT6X8X10
FT6X12X10
FT6X16X10
FT6X18X10
FT6X20X10
FT6X24X10
Description
10 ft. L x 20 in. W x 2 in. D
10 ft. L x 24 in. W x 2 in. D
10 ft. L x 4 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 6 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 8 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 12 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 16 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 18 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 20 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 24 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 30 in. W x 4 in. D
10 ft. L x 8 in. W x 6 in. D
10 ft. L x 12 in. W x 6 in. D
10 ft. L x 16 in. W x 6 in. D
10 ft. L x 18 in. W x 6 in. D
10 ft. L x 20 in. W x 6 in. D
10 ft. L x 24 in. W x 6 in. D
FLEXTRAY Straight Sections

COOPER B-LINE
PR23710V2-174743.tif
FLEXTRAY offers patented solutions that allow the user/installer to quickly and
efficiently install FLEXTRAY products in a variety of environments. FLEXTRAY is well
suited for a variety of cabling installations including overhead, wall, closet and
under floor.
FEATURES
Depths of 1.5 in. to 8 in. and widths up to 32 in.
33 classified trays that meet UL and CSA grounding requirements
"T" welded safety edge on every size and configuration that protects both cable
and installer while loading tray
CLEANSHEAR and AIRSHEAR cutting tool provide smooth edges protecting your
cable investment
Made in the USA
ELECTROPLATED ZINC FINISH
This surface treatment is suitable for most indoor applications and may be used
outdoors in mild environments only.
Description
174340
FT2X2X10
10 ft. L x 2 in. W x 2 in. D
174336
FT2X4X10
10 ft. L x 4 in. W x 2 in. D
171085
FT2X6X10
10 ft. L x 6 in. W x 2 in. D
174337
FT2X8X10
10 ft. L x 8 in. W x 2 in. D
171083
FT2X12X10
10 ft. L x 12 in. W x 2 in. D
203934
FT2X18X10
10 ft. L x 18 in. W x 2 in. D
5.116
BLACK FLEX-E-COAT FINISH

This finish is compliant with NFPA 90A, (plenum-rated), and ASTM B117 for salt
spray testing.
Description
203942
FT2X2X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 2 in. W x 2 in. D
203943
FT2X4X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 4 in. W x 2 in. D
203944
FT2X6X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 6 in. W x 2 in. D
203945
FT2X8X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 8 in. W x 2 in. D
203946
FT2X12X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 12 in. W x 2 in. D
203947
FT2X16X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 16 in. W x 2 in. D
206618
FT2X18X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 18 in. W x 2 in. D
203948
FT2X20X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 20 in. W x 2 in. D
206619
FT2X24X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 24 in. W x 2 in. D
221311
FT4X4X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 4 in. W x 4 in. D
331610
FT4X6X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 6 in. W x 4 in. D
206620
FT4X8X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 8 in. W x 4 in. D
206621
FT4X12X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 12 in. W x 4 in. D
206622
FT4X16X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 16 in. W x 4 in. D
206623
FT4X18X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 18 in. W x 4 in. D
206624
FT4X20X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 20 in. W x 4 in. D
206625
FT4X24X10 BLE
10 ft. L x 24 in. W x 4 in. D
248839
FT6X8X10BLE
10 ft. L x 8 in. W x 6 in. D
248840
FT6X12X10BLE
10 ft. L x 12 in. W x 6 in. D
248841
FT6X16X10BLE
10 ft. L x 16 in. W x 6 in. D
248843
FT6X18X10BLE
10 ft. L x 18 in. W x 6 in. D
248844
FT6X20X10BLE
10 ft. L x 20 in. W x 6 in. D
248845
FT6X24X10BLE
10 ft. L x 24 in. W x 6 in. D
Available in other colors. Contact your local sales representative for details.
Cooper B-Line
FLEXTRAY Ceiling Support Methods

COOPER B-LINE
FLEXTRAY Wall Support Methods

PR28979V2-214345.tif
FLEXTRAY offers multiple ceiling support solutions that allow the installer to load
cable from the side. Side loading eliminates pulling that can damage cables and
makes installations faster and more flexible for future changes.
BLACK POWDER-COATED FINISH

206656
2 IN CTR SUPT BLE
206633
TRAPEZE SUPT BLE
206634
CTR HUNG CLP BLE
425038
WB46HFB
425039
FTB06CTFB
425041
FTB08CTFB
425042
FTB12CTFB
425043
FTB16CTFB
425044
FTB20CTFB
425045
FTB24CTFB
Description
Center hanger for 2 in. width
Trapeze support clip
Center-hung trapeze clip
Flip Clip trapeze hanger
Center/trapeze hanger for 6 in. tray
FLEXTRAY offers several wall support products.

ELECTROPLATED ZINC GALVANIZED FINISH
Description
217073
4 L BRKT
L-wall bracket for 4 in. width
217074
8 L BRKT
217075
12 L BRKT
217041
16 L BRKT
217076
20 L BRKT
217077
24 L BRKT
221349
4 C BRKT
Wall/ceiling bracket, 4 in. width
217047
8 C BRKT
217048
12 C BRKT
174353
Z BRKT
Vertical/floor bracket
392434
FTB6CSGLV
Heavy-duty wall bracket for 4 in. and
6 in. tray
392435
FTB8CSGLV
Heavy-duty wall bracket for 8 in. tray
392436
FTB12CSGLV
392437
FTB16CSGLV
392438
FTB18CSGLV
392439
FTB20CSGLV
392440
FTB24CSGLV
217034
4 L BRKT BLE
217036
8 L BRKT BLE
217038
12LBRKT BLE
217040
16 L BRKT BLE
217042
20 L BRKT BLE
217045
331777
331778
206645
206654
PR23709V2-168577.tif
24 L BRKT BLE
4 C BRKT BLE
8 C BRKT BLE
12 C BRKT BLE
Z BRKT BLE
Description
L-wall bracket for 6 in. and 8 in. width
L-wall bracket for 18 in. and
20 in. width
Vertical floor bracket
5.117
ELECTROPLATE ZINC-GALVANIZED FINISH

Description
174368
2 IN CTR SUPT
Center support hanger for FT2X2X10
171091
TRAPEZE SUPT 2
Trapeze support clip
174370
CTR HUNG CLP
Center-hung trapeze clip
333315
WB46HGLV
Flip Clip trapeze hanger
415490
FTB06CT
415679
FTB08CT
405493
FTB12CT
415680
FTB16CT
415681
FTB20CT
413660
FTB24CT
COOPER B-LINE
Cooper B-Line
Ceiling anchors
Divider strips
Support accessories
FLEXTRAY Splice Options

COOPER B-LINE
PR12073V2-21931.tif
The FLEXMATE SYSTEM is the fastest and most cost-effective splice option available
and is recommended for tray widths up to 12 in. wide.
The FLEXMATE SYSTEM is UL and CSA Certified.
ELECTROPLATED ZINC GALVANIZED
A wide variety of splice options enables you to connect FLEXTRAY quickly
and economically.
Description
214856
WASHER SPL KIT
Washer splice kit, top and bottom
213141
FLEXMATE2
Crimp splice clips
213144
FLEXMATE TOOL
FLEXMATE crimping tool
390233
Tab-loc splice
DFTSTLCZN
174365
SPLICE BAR
Splice bar
290687
90 DEGREE KIT
90-degree splice bar and hardware
426593
FTSWNZN
Wing Splice tool-less splice
221305
WASHERSPLKITBLE
213145
FLEXMATE2 BLE
206627
SPLICE BAR BLE
Description
Washer splice kit, top and bottom
Crimp splice clips
Splice bar
FLEXTRAY Accessories
COOPER B-LINE
PR12075V2-21922.tif
ELECTROPLATED ZINC FINISH

211959
CLEANSHEAR
221355
CLEANSHEAR BEND
216884
GROUND BOLT
203930
GROUND SUPT GL
400183
FTA050CC
400184
FTA075CC
400185
FTA100CC
400186
FTA125CC
289418
DROP OUT
290692
CABLE ROLLER
171096
2 IN DIVIDER
174349
ATTACHMENT CLIP
174350
SUPT WASHER
206657
ATTACHMTCLPBLE
248013
4 IN DIVIDER
248029
12 IN COVER
248046
16 IN COVER
248063
18 IN COVER
248064
2 IN COVER
248071
24 IN COVER
248074
4 IN COVER
248088
6 IN COVER
248094
INSERT 16X118
248095
INSERT 18X118
248096
INSERT 2X118
248097
INSERT 20X118
248098
INSERT 24X118
248099
INSERT 4X118
248100
INSERT 6X118
248101
INSERT 8X118
248860
RACK CLAMP BLE
289420
DROP OUT BLE
311890
6 IN DIVIDER
311921
8 IN COVER
Description
CLEANSHEAR cutting tool
Cutting tool with bender
Ground bolt terminal
Ground wire support hooks
1/2 in. conduit fitting
3/4 in. conduit fitting
1 in. conduit fitting
1 1/4 in. conduit fitting
8 in. drop out fitting
Cable roller
2 in. H x 118 in. L divider
Wall/hanger for 2 in. width
Support washer
Attachment clip
12 in. W x 118 in. L cover
16 in. W x 118 in. L solid insert
Clamp for equipment racks

206657
ATTACHMTCLPBLE
248860
RACK CLAMP BLE
289420
DROP OUT BLE
221356
TOOLLESS CLIP
206631
SUPT WASHER BLE
Description
Attachment clip
Clamp for equipment racks
Plastic hold-down clip
Support washers
FLEXTRAY offers a variety of accessories for your installation, including inserts,

dividers and covers for cable protection and the patented CLEANSHEAR.
FEATURES
Solid bottom inserts
Covers
5.118
Cooper B-Line
FLEXTRAY Under Floor Support Methods

COOPER B-LINE
PR12071V2-21925.tif

248858
PEDESTAL CLAMP
PEDESTAL KIT
371428
WBU1203
371429
WBU1204
371431
WBU1206
371425
WBUHD
F.A.S.T. System for Raised-floor Applications

COOPER B-LINE
PR22454V2-181364.tif
PREGALVANIZED ZINC TRAY

400242
FTU2X6X2
400243
FTU2X6X4
400244
FTU4X6X2
400245
FTU4X6X4
400246
FTU6X6X2
400247
FTU6X6X4
400248
FTU2X12X2
400249
FTU2X12X4
400250
FTU4X12X2
400251
FTU4X12X4
400252
FTU6X12X2
400253
FTU6X12X4
400254
FTU2X20X2
400255
FTU2X20X4
400256
FTU4X20X2
400257
FTU4X20X4
400258
FTU6X20X2
400259
FTU6X20X4
371458
WBUFLT
STANDS
371412
WBU1216
The F.A.S.T. System from Cooper B-Line is a foldable, adjustable, stackable, tool-less
solution for raised-floor applications. The system is designed to be simple to order,
small to store and ship, and fast to install. The flexibility of the F.A.S.T. system makes
it suitable for small jobs up to large data center installations.
FEATURES
Best solution for data centers and deep floors - stands are available up to 31 in.
in height and three or more tiers of cable management can be created
Tool-less assembly of supports and connection of basket to supports
Floor stands are independent of the raised floor, allowing the system to be
installed before the raised floor
Stands fold into small packages for easy storage and shipping
Stand and cantilever heights are adjustable, allowing the tray to be positioned
directly underneath the access floor panels for easy cable access
Adding tiers is simple by ordering additional stands to stack or a cantilever kit
Cantilever tiers allow segregation of cables with access to all cables
371413
WBU1224
371414
WBU1231
371415
WBU2016
371416
WBU2024
371425
WBUHD
Description
Tray section 2 ft. L x 6 in. W x 2 in. D
Fitting flat 2 ft. L x 20 in. W x 24 in. D
Description
Stand kit for 12 in. W wire basket, height
adjustable from 10 in. to 16 in.
Basket clip for WBU-type floor stands
5.119
248859
Description
Attachment clamp for
raised-floor support
Clamp assembly kit for
raised-floor support
Nonadjustable stand, 3 in. H x 12 in. W,
requires hold-down clips
Stand legs are marked to indicate the height from the concrete floor to the top of
the stand
Choose the tray length that works best for your installation - 2 ft., 4 ft., or 10 ft.
Stands can support tray at distances greater than 2 ft., unlike other solutions on
the market
Stands can be attached to the floor in one of three ways: adhesive pads, floor
adhesive or bolts
Cooper B-Line
(continued)
F.A.S.T. System for Raised-floor Applications
CANTILEVER KITS AND COMPONENTS

371418
WBUCK12
371419
WBUCK812
371420
WBUCB8
371421
WBUCB12
371422
371423
371424
WBUL16
WBUL24
WBUL31
ACCESSORIES
PR22452V2-133159.tif
Description
Cantilever kit, single tier with
12 in. bracket
Cantilever kit, double tier with 8 in. and
12 in. brackets
8 in. cantilever bracket for 6 in.
W basket
12 in. cantilever bracket for up to 12 in.
W basket
Short vertical support
Medium vertical support
Tall vertical support
PR22455V2-132826.tif
Anixter No.
371425
371426
371427
371437
371438
371439
5.120
Vendor No.
WBUHD
WBUBPC
WBUCF
WBUF
WBUTAPE
WBUFA
Description
Pedestal clip for F.A.S.T. System
Cantilever foot for F.A.S.T. System
Foot for F.A.S.T. System stand
Tape for F.A.S.T. System stand
Floor adhesive for F.A.S.T. System
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
./
PAN-WAY TG-70 Surface Raceway

PANDUIT
pr5402V2-15110.tif
COVER COUPLER
Joins covers sections together. 10 per pack.
Description
190378
T70CCEI-X
Electrical ivory
186700
T70CCIW-X
Off-white
BACKFEED FITTING
Features breakouts to enter through the bottom of the fitting.
Description
268548
TGBFIW
Off-white
268549
TGBFEI
Electric ivory
TG-70 RACEWAY BASE AND COVER

Dimension: 5.32 in. x 2.68 in. Includes cover.
Description
249974
TG70EI8
Electrical ivory, 8 ft.
230476
TG70IW8
Off-white, 8 ft.
249976
TG70EI10
249975
TG70IW10
Off-white, 10 ft.
T-70 REPLACEMENT RACEWAY COVER
Works with Type T-70/TG-70 and Twin-70 raceway.
Description
203260
T70CEI8
199902
T70CIW8
Off-white, 8 ft.
203261
T70CEI10
203259
T70CIW10
Off-white, 10 ft.
DIVIDER WALL
Snaps onto rails in base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to
ensure channel separation per UL/CSA.
Description
230486
TGDW8
Gray, 8 ft.
250003
TGDW10
Gray, 10 ft.
BASE COUPLER
Includes two base coupler halves for joining sections. 10 per pack.
Description
230483
TG70BCIW-X
Off-white
249985
TG70BCEI-X
Electrical ivory
Description
Gray
END-CAP FITTING
Includes concentric breakouts for 1/2 in. and 1 in. conduit.
Description
249988
TGECEI
Electrical ivory
230485
TGECIW
Off-white
INSIDE-CORNER FITTING
Connects raceway at inside corners.
249995
TGICEI
230478
TGICIW
PAN-WAY TG-70 Surface Raceway is an aesthetically designed, multichannel system

that allows you to route copper, fiber optic and/or power cables together in one
raceway. Electrical and communications devices can be mounted inside the raceway
to provide a clean, attractive solution with maximum security.
FEATURES
UL- and CSA-rated to 600 V
Aesthetically pleasing design
All fittings maintain a minimum 40 mm cable-bend radius per
ANSI/TIA standards
Large cable capacity
Accepts NEMA-standard 70 mm faceplates
Prepunched mounting holes
Tamper resistant
BACKFEED FITTING INSERT

Maintains bend radius control.
268551
TGBFI
Description
Electrical ivory
Off-white
OUTSIDE-CORNER FITTING
Connects raceway at outside corners.
Description
249997
TGOCEI
Electrical ivory
249996
TGOCIW
Off-white
RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING
Connects raceway flat injunctions at right angles.
Description
249992
TGRAEI
Electrical ivory
249989
TGRAIW
Off-white
TEE DIVIDER INSERT
Mounts inside TGT Tee fitting to maintain channel separation.
Description
250006
TGTD
Gray
TEE FITTING
Joins raceway at tee junctions.
250001
TGTEI
230481
TGTIW
Description
Electrical ivory
Off-white
DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET

Mounts NEMA-standard electrical receptacles in raceway. 10 per pack.
Description
186715
T70DB-X
Gray
5.121
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
(continued)
PAN-WAY TG-70 Surface Raceway
THREE-SIDED HANGING BOX

For use when running both power and communications cabling in the same raceway.
Separates power and communications cables when used with divider wall.
10 per pack.
Description
230487
TG70HB3-X
Gray
WIRE RETAINERS
Holds wires in place. 10 per pack.
250004
TG70WR-X
Description
Gray
TG-70 GFCI THREE-SIDED HANGING BOX

Accepts single-gang U.S. ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) standard electrical
devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire.
10 per pack.
Description
268555
TG70HB3GFCI-X
Gray
T-70 RACEWAY COVER

Tamper-resistant raceway cover for use with base.
Description
203260
T70CEI8
199902
T70CIW8
Off-white, 8 ft.
203261
T70CEI10
203259
T70CIW10
Off-white, 10 ft.
DIVIDER WALL
Snaps onto rails in raceway base to create separate channels. Must use wire
retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA.
Description
199901
T70DW8
Gray, 8 ft.
204301
T70DW10
Gray, 10 ft.
COVER COUPLER FITTING
Joins two pieces of T-70 raceway covers together. 10 per pack.
Description
190378
T70CCEI-X
Electrical ivory
186700
T70CCIW-X
Off-white
PAN-WAY T-70 Surface Raceway

PANDUIT
PR0595V2-14926.TIF
RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING
Connects flat injunctions at right angles.
Description
190380
T70RAEI
Electrical ivory
186672
T70RAIW
Off-white
PAN-WAY T-70 Surface Raceway is a multichannel system that allows you to route
copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling in one raceway. Electrical and
communications devices can be mounted inside the raceway to provide a clean,
attractive solution with maximum security.
FEATURES
Aesthetically pleasing design
All fittings maintain a minimum 1 in. cable-bend radius per ANSI/TIA standards
Accepts NEMA standard 70 mm faceplates
Tamper resistant
Transitions to T-45 and LD Profile Raceways
T-70 RACEWAY BASE
1.77 in. x 4.07 in.
203256
T70BEI8
199884
T70BIW8
203257
T70BEI10
203254
T70BIW10
5.122
BASE COUPLER FITTING

Joins two pieces of T-70 raceway together. 10 per pack.
Description
190377
T70BCEI-X
Electrical ivory
186699
T70BCIW-X
Off-white
Description
Off-white, 8 ft.
Off-white, 10 ft.
Connects raceway at inside corners.
190379
T70ICEI
186665
T70ICIW
Description
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Connects raceway at outside corners.
Description
190381
T70OCEI
Electrical ivory
186670
T70OCIW
Off-white
TEE FITTINGS
Joins sections of raceway at tee junctions.
Description
190767
T70TEI
Electrical ivory
186698
T70TIW
Off-white
DIVIDER INSERTS
Separates power and data within tee fittings. Color is gray.
Description
310402
T70TD
Tee fitting divider
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
END-CAP FITTING
Includes concentric breakouts for 1/2 in. conduit.
Description
190384
T70ECEI
Electrical ivory
186568
T70ECIW
Off-white
PAN-WAY Twin-70 Surface Raceway

PANDUIT
PR2110V2-143854.tif
ENTRANCE END FITTING

Knockouts for 1/2 in., 3/4 in., 1 in. and 1 1/4 in. conduit allow entry from ceiling or
through wall.
Description
190766
T70EEEI
Electrical ivory
186765
T70EEIW
Off-white
DEVICE-MOUNTING BRACKET
For use when running either all power or all communications cabling in the raceway.
Used to quickly mount NEMA-standard electrical receptacles in raceway.
10 per pack.
Description
186715
T70DB-X
Gray
HANGING BOXES
Separates power and communications cables when used with divider wall.
10 per pack.
Description
186718
T70HB-X
Hanging box
211107
T70HB3-X
Three-sided hanging box
WIRE RETAINER
Holds wires in place and will not interfere with cover installation. 10 per pack.
Description
186573
T70WR-X
Gray
T-70 GFCI THREE-SIDED HANGING BOX
Accepts single-gang U.S. ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) standard electrical
devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire.
10 per pack.
Description
268560
T70HB3GFCI-X
Gray
PAN-WAY Twin-70 Surface Raceway is a multichannel, aesthetically pleasing design

that utilizes two independent channels with covers to provide multichannel capacity
throughout the system.
FEATURES
All fittings maintain a minimum 1 in. bend radius per ANSI/TIA standards
Tamper resistant
Accepts NEMA-standard 70 mm faceplates
TWIN-70 RACEWAY BASE
1.77 in. x 7.23 in., 8 ft. lengths.
203408
T702BEI8
201684
T702BIW8
203409
T702BEI10
203398
T702BIW10
Description
Off-white, 8 ft.
Off-white, 10 ft.
T-70 RACEWAY COVER

203260
T70CEI8
199902
T70CIW8
203261
T70CEI10
203259
T70CIW10
Description
Off-white, 8 ft.
Off-white, 10 ft.
T-70 RACEWAY DIVIDER WALL

Separates channels. Use with wire retainers to ensure channel separation per
UL/CSA.
Description
199901
T70DW8
Gray, 8 ft.
204301
T70DW10
Gray, 10 ft.
COVER COUPLER
Joins two pieces of Twin-70 cover raceway together. 10 per pack.
Description
190378
T70CCEI-X
Electrical ivory
186700
T70CCIW-X
Off-white
BASE-COUPLER FITTING
Joins two pieces of Twin-70 raceway together. 10 per pack.
Description
203412
T702BCEI-X
Electrical ivory
201689
T702BCIW-X
Off-white
5.123
TRANSITION FITTING AND COVERS

Used to make a transition between PAN-WAY T-70 and T-45 raceway or T-70 to LD
profile raceway. Breakouts located on base and cover for all sizes. Includes bend
radius insert.
Description
190382
T70TREI
Electrical ivory
186763
T70TRIW
Off-white
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
(continued)
PAN-WAY Twin-70 Surface Raceway
RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING
Used to connect raceway at 90-degree flat junctions.
Description
203416
T702RAEI
Electrical ivory
201692
T702RAIW
Off-white
Used to connect raceway at inside-corner right angles.
Description
203414
T702ICEI
Electrical ivory
201690
T702ICIW
Off-white
Used to connect raceway at right-angle outside corners.
Description
203415
T702OCEI
Electrical ivory
201691
T702OCIW
Off-white
TEE FITTING
Used to connect raceway at two right angles.
Description
203419
T702TEI
Electrical ivory
201697
T702TIW
Off-white
DEVICE-MOUNTING BRACKET
For use when running either all power or all communications cabling in the raceway.
Used to quickly mount NEMA-standard electrical receptacles in raceway.
10 per pack.
Description
186715
T70DB-X
Gray
HANGING BOX
Separates power and communications cable when used with divider wall.
10 per pack.
Description
186718
T70HB-X
Hanging box
211107
T70HB3-X
Three-sided hanging box
WIRE RETAINER
Description
186573
T70WR-X
Gray
PAN-WAY T-45 Raceway System

PANDUIT
pr5403V2-15113.tif
END-CAP FITTING
Includes concentric
breakouts for 1/2 in. conduit.
D
Description
203417
T702ECEI
Electrical ivory
201696
T702ECIW
Off-white
ENTRANCE END FITTING
Knockouts for 1/2 in., 3/4 in., 1 in., 1 1/4 in. and 1 1/2 in. conduit allow entry from
ceiling or through wall.
Description
203418
T702EEEI
Electrical ivory
201698
T702EEIW
Off-white
TRANSITION FITTING
Used to make a transition between Twin-70 and T-70 raceway.
Description
203420
T702TREI
Electrical ivory
201693
T702TRIW
Off-white
TRANSITION FITTING
Used to make a transition between Twin-70 and T-45 and LD profile raceway.
Description
203421
T702TRLEI
Electrical ivory
201694
T702TRLIW
Off-white
TRANSITION-DIVIDER INSERT
Maintains channel separation within T702TR or T702TRL.
Description
201695
T702TRI
Gray
5.124
PAN-WAY T-45 Surface Raceway is a two-piece multichannel system used to route,

protect and conceal data, voice, video, fiber optic and/or power cabling. The
multidirectional hinged cover allows cable installation from either side. Hinged data
and power brackets provide easy access for terminating outlets.
FEATURES
Fittings maintain 1 in. bend-radius control
Tamper resistant
Capable of routing power and data cabling in a single raceway
Prepunched mounting holes and optional factory-supplied adhesive backing
T-45 RACEWAY BASE - 8 FOOT LENGTHS
Supplied with prepunched mounting holes every 8 in.
Description
214820
T45BIW8
Off-white
220103
T45BIW8-A
Off-white (adhesive back)
220095
T45BEI8
Electric ivory
220096
T45BEI8-A
Electric ivory (adhesive back)
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
T-45 RACEWAY BASE - 10 FOOT LENGTHS
Supplied with prepunched mounting holes every 8 in.
Description
220101
T45BIW10
Off-white
220102
T45BIW10-A
Off-white (adhesive back)
220093
T45BEI10
Electric ivory
220094
T45BEI10-A
Electric ivory (adhesive back)
T-45 RACEWAY COVER - 8 FOOT LENGTHS
Can be hinged open on either side of T-45 base.
Description
220112
T45CEI8
Electric ivory
214821
T45CIW8
Off-white
T-45 DIVIDER WALL

Snaps onto rails in raceway base to create separate channels. Must use with wire
retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA.
Description
214822
T45DW8
Gray, 8 ft.
220118
T45DW10
Gray, 10 ft.
T-45 COVER COUPLERS
Used to join two T-45 covers. 10 per pack.
Description
220108
T45CCEI-X
Electric ivory
214828
T45CCIW-X
Off-white
T-45 RIGHT-ANGLE FITTINGS
Used to join sections at 90-degree flat junctions.
Description
220139
T45RAEI
Electric ivory
214825
T45RAIW
Off-white
T-45 INSIDE-CORNER FITTINGS
Used to join raceway at inside corner.
Description
220130
T45ICEI
Electric ivory
214823
T45ICIW
Off-white
T-45 OUTSIDE-CORNER FITTINGS
Used to join raceway at 90-degree outside corners.
Description
220136
T45OCEI
Electric ivory
214824
T45OCIW
Off-white
T-45 TEE FITTINGS
Creates an undivided "Tee" junction within T-45 section. Fitting includes base
and cover.
Description
214826
T45TIW
Off-white
220147
T45TEI
Electric ivory
T-45 END CAP FITTINGS

Used to terminate or allow entry to raceway.
Description
220119
T45ECEI
Electric ivory
214830
T45ECIW
Off-white
T-45 ENTRANCE END FITTINGS
Knockouts for 1/2 in., 3/4 in., 1 in., and 1 1/4 in. conduit to allow entry from ceiling
or through-wall.
Description
220122
T45EEEI
Electric ivory
214829
T45EEIW
Off-white
T-45 REDUCER FITTINGS
Reduces from T-45 to LD10 profile raceway.
Description
220142
T45RLDEI
Electric ivory
214834
T45RLDIW
Off-white
T-45 HINGED DATA BRACKETS
Snaps on, for mounting PAN-NET communications outlets vertically inline within
raceway. Can be hinged open on either side of base.
Description
220125
T45HDBEI
Electric ivory
214832
T45HDBIW
Off-white
T-45 ELECTRICAL BRACKET AND BOX - FOR DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLETS
Description
268561
T45HEBIW
Off-white
268562
T45HEBEI
Electric ivory
T-45 ELECTRICAL BRACKET AND BOX - FOR RECTANGULAR ELECTRICAL OUTLETS
Description
268563
T45HEGBIW
Off-white
268564
T45HEGBEI
Electric ivory
T-45 WIRE RETAINER
Holds wires in place, will not interfere with cover installation. 10 per pack.
Description
214833
T45WR-X
Gray
T-45 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER
Two-piece box and bracket accepts any standard electrical or communications outlet
with mounting hole widths of 3.28 in. (83.5 mm). Accepts any NEMA-standard
70 mm screw-on faceplate or PAN-WAY snap-on faceplate (power-rated).
Description
220154
T45WCEI
Electric ivory
214831
T45WCIW
Off-white
5.125
T-45 RACEWAY COVER - 10 FOOT LENGTHS

Can be hinged open on either side of T-45 base.
Description
220111
T45CEI10
Electric ivory
220115
T45CIW10
Off-white
T-45 INSERT FOR TEE FITTING

Separates power and data within the tee fitting.
Description
214827
T45TD
Gray
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
(continued)
PAN-WAY T-45 Raceway System
T-45 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER

Two-piece box and bracket accepts any standard communications outlet. Accepts
any PAN-WAY snap-on communications faceplate (data only).
Description
220150
T45WC2EI
Electric ivory
217207
T45WC2IW
Off-white
PAN-WAY LDPH Surface Raceway

PANDUIT
PR12109V2-22020.tif
PAN-WAY LD Profile Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
pr5399V2-15101.tif
PAN-WAY LD Profile Surface Raceway is an adhesive-backed, one-piece raceway that

installs quickly and easily. The superior one-piece, hinged-cover design holds cables
in place during installation, allowing cables to be laid in instead of pulled through
the raceway. The integral hinge will not separate when the raceway is cut or
impacted. StandardDfittings are available for low-voltage cabling. Bend-radius fittings
incorporate a minimum 1 in. bend radius, which makes them ideal for use in
high-performance copper and fiber optic applications.
SIZE 0.46 IN. X 0.77 IN.
106744
LD3EI6-A
131157
LD3IW6-A
197656
LD3EI8-A
200251
LD3IW8-A
Description
Off-white, 6 ft.
Electric ivory, 8 ft.
Off-white, 8 ft.
SIZE 0.60 IN. X 1.01 IN.

106756
LD5EI6-A
131156
LD5IW6-A
197586
LD5EI8-A
187594
LD5IW8-A
Description
Off-white, 6 ft.
Off-white, 8 ft.
SIZE 0.94 IN. X 1.51 IN.

106768
LD10EI6-A
131155
LD10IW6-A
203091
LD10EI8-A
203227
LD10IW8-A
Description
Off-white, 6 ft.
Off-white, 8 ft.
5.126
PAN-WAY LDPH Surface Raceway is UL- and CSA-rated to 600 V and can be used for
routing data, voice, video, fiber optic and/or power cabling. It is tamper resistant,
making it ideal for school and university applications. Preassembled and
power-rated, this raceway includes an innovative two-piece hinged cover design,
which can be positioned open at any angle without the use of tools or fixtures. The
nonslip liner keeps the cover from sliding and prevents movement in a vertical
orientation. It also provides exceptional strength during impact and cutting. Fittings
are available with a 1 in. bend radius for all copper and fiber optic applications and
power-rated for all power applications. LDPH is available with mounting holes and
adhesive backing which provides for easy installation on clean, smooth
interior surfaces.
SIZE 0.46 IN. X 0.77 IN.
8 ft. length (Change the "8" in the PANDUIT part number to a "6" or a "10" for 6 ft. or
10 ft. lengths.)
Description
311835
LDPH3EI8-A
Electric ivory
311827
LDPH3IW8-A
Off-white
SIZE 0.60 IN. X 1.00 IN.
10 ft. lengths.)
Description
311828
LDPH5EI8-A
Electric ivory
311832
LDPH5IW8-A
Off-white
SIZE 0.86 IN. X 1.51 IN.
10 ft. lengths.)
Description
311831
LDPH10EI8-A
Electric ivory
311829
LDPH10IW8-A
Off-white
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
Standard Fittings for LD Surface Raceway

PANDUIT
PR22276V2-129751.tif
Standard fittings to be used with LD raceway for low-voltage applications that do not
require cable-bend radius control.
Vendor No.
CF3EI-E
CF3IW-E
CF5EI-E
CF5IW-E
CF10EI-X
CF10IW-X
Description
For use with the LD3 raceway
Color
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
RIGHT ANGLE
Anixter No.
106750
131147
106762
131138
106774
131126
Vendor No.
RAF3EI-E
RAF3IW-E
RAF5EI-E
RAF5IW-E
RAF10EI-X
RAF10IW-X
Description
Color
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
INSIDE CORNER
106748
ICF3EI-E
131158
ICF3IW-E
106760
ICF5EI-E
131142
ICF5IW-E
106772
ICF10EI-X
131130
ICF10IW-X
Description
OUTSIDE CORNER
106749
OCF3EI-E
131149
OCF3IW-E
106761
OCF5EI-E
131137
OCF5IW-E
106773
OCF10EI-X
131128
OCF10IW-X
Description
Vendor No.
TF3EI-E
TF3IW-E
TF5EI-E
TF5IW-E
TF10EI-X
TF10IW-X
Description
Color
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
END CAP
Anixter No.
106747
131152
106759
131140
106771
131132
Vendor No.
ECF3EI-E
ECF3IW-E
ECF5EI-E
ECF5IW-E
ECF10EI-X
ECF10IW-X
Description
Color
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
DROP CEILING/ENTRANCE END

126375
DCF3EI-X
131153
DCF3IW-X
126379
DCF5EI-X
131144
DCF5IW-X
126377
DCF10EI-X
131135
DCF10IW-X For use with the LD10 raceway
Color
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
REDUCER
155596
RF5X3EI-E
Color
Electrical ivory
142139
RF5X3IW-E
Color
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
108704
RF10X5EI-X
142142
RF10X5IW-X
155594
RF10X3EI-X
Color
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
142141
RF10X3IW-X
Description
Reducer fitting for LD raceway
from size 5 to size 3. For use with
LD5 and LD3 raceway
from size 5 to size 3. For use with
LD5 and LD3 raceway
from size 10 to size 5. For use
with LD5 and LD10 raceway
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
Electrical ivory
Off-white
5.127
COUPLER
Anixter No.
106746
131154
106758
131145
106770
131136
TEE
Anixter No.
143476
142137
108701
142138
108702
142140
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
PAN-WAY Type LD2P10 Multichannel Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
PR2230V2-143856.tif
PAN-WAY LD2P10 Multichannel Surface Raceway is a two-channel tamper-resistant

raceway designed to route, protect and conceal data, voice, video, fiber optic and
power cabling. Fittings incorporate a minimum 1 in. bend radius, which makes them
ideal for use in high-performance copper and fiber optic applications. Available in
8 ft. and 10 ft. lengths. Latching duct, 0.86 in. x 1.51 in.
Description
203434
LD2P10EI8-A
8 ft. lengths, electrical ivory
199806
LD2P10IW8-A
8 ft. lengths, off-white
203435
LD2P10EI10-A
10 ft. lengths, electrical ivory
203325
LD2P10IW10-A
10 ft. lengths, off-white
ANSI/TIA-compliant Fittings for LD Surface Raceway

PANDUIT
PR0225V2-143848.tif
These ANSI/TIA-compliant fittings are designed to ensure that cables routed through
raceway do not exceed their recommended minimum 1 in. bend-radius requirements.
They can also be used for fiber and other low-voltage applications. The fittings are
part of the complete PANDUIT system solution to help you maintain high-performance
copper and fiber optic-cabling systems.
NOTE:
"3" in the description refers to use with LD3 and LDPH3 raceway,
unless otherwise noted.
COUPLER FITTING
For use with LD and LDPH Raceway. 10 per pack.
Description
170163
CFX3EI-X
3, electrical ivory
170155
CFX3IW-X
3, off-white
5.128
Anixter No.
170148
170149
170147
170165
Vendor No.
CFX5EI-X
CFX5IW-X
CFX10EI-X
CFX10IW-X
Description
5, electrical ivory
5, off-white
10, electrical ivory
10, off-white
RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING
Description
166069
RAFC3EI-X
3, electrical ivory
166071
RAFC3IW-X
3, off-white
165405
RAFC5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
165404
RAFC5IW-X
5, off-white
165399
RAFC10EI-X
165400
RAFC10IW-X
10, off-white
Description
166184
ICFC3EI-X
3, electrical ivory
166182
ICFC3IW-X
3, off-white
165419
ICFC5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
165421
ICFC5IW-X
5, off-white
165415
ICFC10EI-X
165416
ICFC10IW-X
10, off-white
For use with LDPH Raceway. 10 per pack.
Description
166063
OCFX3EI-X
3, electrical ivory
166066
OCFX3IW-X
3, off-white
165429
OCFX5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
165431
OCFX5IW-X
5, off-white
165424
OCFX10EI-X
165426
OCFX10IW-X
10, off-white
TEE FITTING
Description
166085
TFC3EI-X
3, electrical ivory
166079
TFC3IW-X
3, off-white
165450
TFC5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
165447
TFC5IW-X
5, off-white
165434
TFC10EI-X
165437
TFC10IW-X
10, off-white
FOUR-WAY CROSS FITTINGS
For use with LD5 and LDPH5 Raceway ONLY. 10 per pack.
Description
239627
CRFC5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
239626
CRFC5IW-X
5, off-white
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
END-CAP FITTING
For use with LDPH Raceway. 10 per pack.
Description
170145
ECFX3EI-X
3, electrical ivory
170153
ECFX3IW-X
3, off-white
170157
ECFX5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
170161
ECFX5IW-X
5, off-white
170297
ECFX10EI-X
170294
ECFX10IW-X
10, off-white
DROP CEILING/ENTRANCE END FITTING
For use with LD3, LDPH3, LD5, LDPH5, LD10, LDPH10 raceways. CA3 or
CA5 adapters are needed for LD3 and LD5 profile raceway. 10 per pack.
Description
187907
DCEFXEI-X
Electrical ivory
187777
DCEFXIW-X
Off-white
RACEWAY ADAPTERS
Snaps into fitting cover to fit raceway. For use with types LD3, LDPH3, LD5, and
LDPH5 raceways. 10 per pack.
Description
125263
CA3EI-X
3, electrical ivory
147205
CA3IW-X
3, off-white
125264
CA5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
147206
CA5IW-X
5, off-white
FOUR-WAY CROSS FITTINGS FOR POWER RATED 600 V ONLY
For use with LD5 and LDPH5 Raceway ONLY. 10 per pack.
Description
239631
CRFX5EI-X
5, electrical ivory
239630
CRFX5IW-X
5, off-white
PAN-WAY Surface-mount Outlet Boxes

PANDUIT
pr5401V2-15107.tif
PAN-WAY surface-mount outlet boxes are available for both power and
communications applications. They are designed for use with PAN-WAY T-45 and LD
Profile Raceways. Boxes are available in a variety of styles and can be mounted with
screws (user-supplied) or optional adhesive tape. Includes junction box, base
and cover.
LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-GANG WITH ADHESIVE-BACKED BASE, TWO-PIECE DESIGN
Size: 5.02 in. L x 3.27 in. W x 1.62 in. D
Color
151952
JBX3510EI-A
Electrical ivory
149891
JBX3510IW-A
Off-white
POWER-RATED SINGLE-GANG SCREW-MOUNT
Color
197856
JBP1EI
Electrical ivory
191555
JBP1IW
Off-white
POWER-RATED DOUBLE-GANG SCREW-MOUNT
Color
194347
JBP2EI
Electrical ivory
197841
JBP2IW
Off-white
POWER-RATED SINGLE-GANG SCREW-MOUNT "DEEP" STYLE
Color
203871
JBP1DEI
Electrical ivory
201336
JBP1DIW
Off-white
POWER-RATED DUAL-GANG SCREW-MOUNT "DEEP" STYLE
Size 5.19 in. L x 5.19 in. W x 2.75 in. D
Color
203870
JBP2DEI
Electrical ivory
203852
JBP2DIW
Off-white
SINGLE-GANG FAST-SNAP JUNCTION BOX
Size: 1.62 in. H x 5.00 in. L x 3.26 in. W
Color
425037
JBP1FSEI
Electrical ivory
425040
JBP1FSIW
Off-white
5.129
RIGHT-ANGLE/ENTRANCE END FITTING

For use with LD3, LDPH3, LD5, LDPH5, LD10, LDPH10 raceways. CA3 or
CA5 adapters are needed for LD3 and LD5 profile raceway. 10 per pack.
Description
165444
RAEFXEI-X
Electrical ivory
165442
RAEFXIW-X
Off-white
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
VERTICAL RACEWAY
PAN-WAY Office Furniture Raceway
PANDUIT
Used to connect PAN-WAY office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) to desk-mount box

(OFR20DMB** ) and must be used with spill-over fittings (OFR20SO**.)
PR11253V2-18372.tif
PAN-WAY office furniture raceway is a one-piece single-channel low-voltage system

designed to route data cabling along the top of office furniture partitions. Robust
design includes a one-piece hinge and tamper-resistant closure, which increases
product stability and reduces inadvertent or unauthorized access to data cabling.
PAN-WAY office furniture raceway is designed for desktop terminations, which utilize
the typically unused area of the cubicle.
FEATURES
UL Listed in accordance with UL 5C requirements for Class 2 Communication
cable management systems
Tamper resistant
Maintains bend-radius control throughout entire system as required by
ANSI/TIA 568-B and 569-A
System is intended for furniture panels from 1.88 in. to 2.30 in. width
D
Product supplied
with adhesive backing for fast and easy installation
OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY
Single-gang, two-port, vertical sloped communications faceplate for two
Mini-Com modules.
Description
268315
OFR20OB6
Office beige, 6 ft.
268316
OFR20OS6
Office slate, 6 ft.
268317
OFR20OG6
Office gray, 6 ft.
314415
OFR20MT6
Medium tone, 6 ft.
CORNER RACEWAY BASE
Used to terminate low-voltage data cabling in the corner at the intersection of
modular office furniture partitions.
Description
268318
OFCR70OB6
Office beige, 6 ft.
268319
OFCR70OS6
Office slate, 6 ft.
268320
OFCR70OG6
Office gray, 6 ft.
314416
OFCR70MT6
Medium tone, 6 ft.
CORNER RACEWAY COVER
268321
OFCRC70OB6
268322
OFCRC70OS6
268323
OFCRC70OG6
314417
OFCRC70MT6
5.130
Description
Office beige, 6 ft.
Office slate, 6 ft.
Office gray, 6 ft.
Medium tone, 6 ft.
Anixter No.
268324
268325
268326
314418
Vendor No.
OFVR5OB6
OFVR5OS6
OFVR5OG6
OFVR5MT6
Description
Office beige, 6 ft.
Office slate, 6 ft.
Office gray, 6 ft.
Medium tone, 6 ft.
COMMUNICATIONS POLE
Allows for data cable entry into office furniture raceway from suspended ceiling.
Description
268327
OFR20CPOB8
Office beige, 8 ft.
268328
OFR20CPOS8
Office slate, 8 ft.
268329
OFR20CPOG8
Office gray, 8 ft.
314419
OFR20CPMT8
Medium tone, 8 ft.
FOUR-CUBICLE DROP FITTING
Allows the transition from office furniture raceway run horizontally along partition
wall to corner raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles.
Description
268330
OFR20OFCR70OB4
Office beige
268331
OFR20OFCR70OS4
Office slate
268332
OFR20OFCR70OG4
Office gray
314421
OFR20OFCR70MT4
Medium tone
TWO-CUBICLE DROP FITTING
wall to corner raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles.
Description
268333
OFR20OFCR70OB2
Office beige
268334
OFR20OFCR70OS2
Office slate
268335
OFR20OFCR70OG2
Office gray
314437
OFR20OFCR70MT2P Medium tone
ONE-CUBICLE DROP FITTING
wall to corner raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle.
Description
268336
OFR20OFCR70OB1
Office beige
268337
OFR20OFCR70OS1
Office slate
268338
OFR20OFCR70OG1
Office gray
314428
OFR20OFCR70MT1
Medium tone
FOUR-CUBICLE DROP BYPASS FITTING
wall, around existing furniture pole, to office furniture corner raceway mounted
vertically in four cubicles at the intersection of partitions.
Description
314430
OFR20OFCR70OB4P Office beige
314431
OFR20OFCR70OS4P Office slate
314432
OFR20OFCR70OG4P Office gray
314433
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
TWO-CUBICLE DROP BYPASS FITTING
vertically in two cubicles at the intersection of partitions.
Description
314435
314436
314434
314437
END CAP FITTING

For use with the corner raceway base (OFCR70**6.) Opening in fitting allows cord
passage through fittings such as monitor and keyboard cables.
Description
268339
OFCR70ECOB
Office beige
268340
OFCR70ECOS
Office slate
268341
OFCR70ECOG
Office gray
314443
OFCR70ECMT
Medium tone
SPILL-OVER FITTING
Allows transition from office furniture raceway run horizontally along partition wall
to vertical raceway in one location along partition wall.
Description
268342
OFR20SOOB
Office beige
268343
OFR20SOOS
Office slate
268344
OFR20SOOG
Office gray
314444
OFR20SOMT
Medium tone
DOUBLE SPILL-OVER FITTING
Fitting is used to spill over both sides of the furniture partitions at the
same location.
Description
314445
OFR20DSOOB
Office beige
305052
OFR20DSOOS
Office slate
314446
OFR20DSOOG
Office gray
314447
OFR20DSOMT
Medium tone
DESK-MOUNT BOX
Box accepts office furniture snap-on faceplates as well as 70 mm screw-on
standard faceplates. Designed for use with OFVR5**6 raceway and
OFR20SO88 spill-over fitting.
Description
268345
OFR20DMBOB
Office beige
268346
OFR20DMBOS
Office slate
268347
OFR20DMBOG
Office gray
314448
OFR20DMBMT
Medium tone
WALL-ENTRANCE FITTING
Allows for entry from wall to office furniture raceway run horizontally along
partition walls.
Description
268351
OFR20WEOB
Office beige
268352
OFR20WEOS
Office slate
268353
OFR20WEOG
Office gray
314450
OFR20WEMT
Medium tone
RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING
Used to join sections of office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) at 90-degree
flat junction.
Description
268354
OFR20RAOB
Office beige
268355
OFR20RAOS
Office slate
268356
OFR20RAOG
Office gray
314451
OFR20RAMT
Medium tone
TEE FITTING
Used to create an undivided tee junction between sections of office furniture
raceway (OFR20**6).
Description
268357
OFR20TOB
Office beige
268358
OFR20TOS
Office slate
268359
OFR20TOG
Office gray
314452
OFR20TMT
Medium tone
CROSS FITTING
Used to join office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) at four corners.
Description
268360
OFR20CROB
Office beige
268361
OFR20CROS
Office slate
268362
OFR20CROG
Office gray
314453
OFR20CRMT
Medium tone
Used to join office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) at inside corner.
Description
268363
OFR20ICOB
Office beige
268364
OFR20ICOS
Office slate
268365
OFR20ICOG
Office gray
314454
OFR20ICMT
Medium tone
5.131
ONE-CUBICLE DROP BYPASS FITTING

vertically in one cubicle at the intersection of partitions.
Description
314438
314439
314440
314441
MID-PANEL TEE FITTING

Used to connect communications pole to office furniture raceway run horizontally
along partition wall. NOTE: Not intended for use at intersection of furniture panels.
Description
268348
OFR20MPTOB
Office beige
268349
OFR20MPTOS
Office slate
268350
OFR20MPTOG
Office gray
314449
OFR20MPTMT
Medium tone
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
(continued)
PAN-WAY Office Furniture Raceway
Used to join office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) at outside corner.
Description
268366
OFR20OCOB
Office beige
268367
OFR20OCOS
Office slate
268369
OFR20OCOG
Office gray
314455
OFR20OCMT
Medium tone
COUPLER FITTINGS
Used to join sections of office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) together inline.
Description
268370
OFR20CCOB-X
Office beige
268371
OFR20CCOS-X
Office slate
268372
OFR20CCOG-X
Office gray
314456
OFR20CCMT-X
Medium tone
LONG COUPLER FITTINGS
Used to bridge office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) between panel sections.
Description
314457
OFR20LCOB
Office beige
314458
OFR20LCOS
Office slate
314459
OFR20LCOG
Office gray
314461
OFR20LCMT
Medium tone
END CAP FITTING
D
Used to cover end of office furniture raceway (OFR20**6) at end of run.
Description
268373
OFR20ECOB
Office beige
268374
OFR20ECOS
Office slate
268375
OFR20ECOG
Office gray
314462
OFR20ECMT
Medium tone
HORIZONTAL SLOPED FACEPLATE - 2-PORT
Single-gang, two-port, horizontal sloped communications faceplate for two
Mini-Com modules.
Description
268399
OF70FH2OB
Office beige
268402
OF70FH2OS
Office slate
268404
OF70FH2OG
Office gray
314464
OF70FH2MT
Medium tone
HORIZONTAL SLOPED FACEPLATE - 4-PORT
Single-gang, four-port, horizontal sloped communications faceplate for four
MINI-COM modules.
Description
268407
OF70FH4OB
Office beige
268409
OF70FH4OS
Office slate
268411
OF70FH4OG
Office gray
314466
OF70FH4MT
Medium tone
5.132
VERTICAL SLOPED FACEPLATE - 2-PORT

Single-gang vertical sloped communications faceplate accepts up to two Mini-Com
modules (not included).
Description
268414
OF70FV2OB
Office beige
268418
OF70FV2OS
Office slate
268420
OF70FV2OG
Office gray
314467
OF70FV2MT
Medium tone
VERTICAL SLOPED FACEPLATE - 4-PORT
Single-gang, four-port, vertical sloped communications faceplate for four
Mini-Com modules.
Description
268422
OF70FV4OB
Office beige
268423
OF70FV4OS
Office slate
268424
OF70FV4OG
Office gray
314468
OF70FV4MT
Medium tone
PAN-WAY Cove Raceway System

PANDUIT
PR11254V2-18367.tif
PAN-WAY Cove Raceway is a two-piece multichannel raceway, which has the

appearance of architectural molding that allows you to route, conceal, protect and
terminate power and/or data cabling. This aesthetically pleasing and unique design
softens the horizontal angles between wall and ceiling or the vertical angles between
two walls. Cove Raceway may be painted to match any dcor.
FEATURES
Bend-radius control is maintained throughout the entire system as required by
ANSI/TIA-568-B and 569-B
Tamper resistant
Transitions to PANDUIT T-45 and LD raceway
Supplied with prepunched mounting holes
COVE RACEWAY BASE
Dimensions: 3.50 in. W x 3.50 in. H
268391
WCM35BIW8
Description
Off-white, 8 ft.
COVE RACEWAY COVER

268400
WCM35CIW8
Description
Off-white, 8 ft.
COVE RACEWAY DIVIDER WALL

Used to create separate channels in Cove Raceway base.
Description
268401
WCM35DW8
Off-white, 8 ft.
Surface Raceway
PANDUIT
COVER COUPLER FITTING
Used to join two pieces of Cove Raceway cover together. 10 per pack.
Description
268403
WCM35CCIW-X
Off-white
LOW-PROFILE TRANSITION FITTING PAN-WAY LDPH10

Used to transition from Cove Raceway to PAN-WAY LDPH10 and LD10 raceway.
Description
268419
WCM35TR10IW
Off-white
END-CAP FITTING
Used to terminate or to enter the raceway. Includes two breakouts for 1/2 in.
and 3/4 in. conduit.
Description
268405
WCM35ECIW
Off-white
LOW-PROFILE TRANSITION FITTING

Used to transition from Cove Raceway to PAN-WAY T70 raceway.
Description
314502
WCM35TR70IW
Off-white
Used to join Cove Raceway at inside corners. Maintains a minimum 1 in. bend radius
of cabling.
Description
268406
WCM35ICIW
Off-white
DEVICE BOX AND FACEPLATE ADAPTER

Used for power and/or data. Can be used with screw-on single- or double-gang
faceplates and snap-on single-gang faceplates.
Description
268421
WCM35DBFIW
Off-white
Used to join Cove Raceway at outside corners. Maintains a minimum 1 in. bend
radius of cabling.
Description
268408
WCM35OCIW
Off-white
TEE FITTING
Used to join sections of Cove Raceway to form a "tee" junction. Maintains a
minimum 1 in. bend radius of cabling.
Description
268410
WCM35TIW
Off-white
TEE-FITTING INSERT
Mounts inside Cove Raceway tee fitting to maintain channel separation at tee
junctions. Maintains a minimum 1 in. bend radius of cabling.
Description
268412
WCM35TI
Off-white
TRANSITION FITTING
Used to transition from Cove Raceway to PAN-WAY T-45 raceway and
LD series raceway.
Description
268413
WCM35TRIW
Off-white
WIRE RETAINER
Description
268415
WCM35WR-X
Gray
BACKFEED FITTING
Cove Raceway backfeed fitting with inserts allows cable entry and exit through the
back of the raceway and conduit. Breakouts include 1/2 in., 3/4 in. and 1 in.
Description
268416
WCM35BFIW
Off-white
LOW-PROFILE TRANSITION FITTING PAN-WAY LDPH5
Used to transition from Cove Raceway to PAN-WAY LDPH5 and LD5 raceway.
Description
268417
WCM35TR5IW
Off white
5.133
Surface Raceway
Wiremold
./
V2000 Two-piece Metallic Raceway

WIREMOLD
PR12034V2-21871.tif
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET STRIPS

Plugmold Multioutlet Strips deliver power where you need it.
Description
232561
V20GB306
3 ft. Plugmold, 6 single outlets, 15 A
232562
V20GB512
232563
V20GB606
232564
V20GB612
232569
V20GB618
232571
V20GBA609
232572
V20GBA618

FEATURES
Steel raceway provides superior strength for any dry location installation
Compact, low-profile appearance requires minimum space and blends with
any decor
Ivory ScuffCoat finish is scratch resistant and can be painted over with
latex paint
LINEAR RACEWAY
232536
V2000BC
232537
V2000B-5
232538
V2000C
FITTINGS
Anixter No.
272728
232539
232541
232542
232543
232544
232545
232546
232547
232549
232551
232554
232555
Vendor No.
W30/W30G
2000WC
2001
V2006
2009
V2010A3
V2010A2
V2010B
V2011
V2015
2017TC
V2018C
V2048
232556
V2048-2
232558
V2089
232560
V2089E
RACEWAY CUTTER
232575
620
232577
620BCK
5.134
Description
Base and cover, 5 ft. length
Base only, 5 ft. length
Cover only, 5 ft. length
Description
Pressure-type wire connector
Wire clip
Coupling
Cover clip
Ground clamp
Entrance end fitting, 4 1/8 in. L
Entrance end fitting, 2 1/8 in. L
Blank end fitting
90 flat elbow
Tee
Internal corner coupling
External elbow cover
Single-gang receptacle box,
1 3/4 in. deep
Double-gang receptacle box,
1 3/4 in. deep
Side-reducing connector to
500/700 system raceway
End-reducing connector to
500/700 system raceway
Description
Base and cover shear
Replacement blade for Part No. 232575
WIREMOLD
PR12035V2-21874.tif
FEATURES
V2400 dimensions - 1 29/32 in. (48 mm) wide x 7/8 in. (22.2 mm) deep
Steel raceway provides superior strength for any dry location with greater wire
capacity than V2000
Single- and dual-compartment, attractive, low-profile raceway design
Ivory ScuffCoat finish is scratch-resistant and can be painted over with
latex paint
Removable cover
LINEAR RACEWAY
232580
V2400BD
232581
V2400C
FITTINGS
Anixter No.
232582
232583
313597
232584
313598
232585
232586
232588
232589
232590
264728
Vendor No.
2401D
V2410BD
V2410DFO
V2411DFO
V2415DFO
V2417DFO
V2418DFO
V2435D
V2444D
V2444D-2A
5507-4TJ
267786
251641
232591
55076TJ
5507D
V4089
Description
Divided base only, 10 ft. length
Description
Coupling
Divided end fitting
FiberReady divided entrance end fitting
Divided flat elbow
FiberReady 2 in. full capacity divided tee
Divided internal elbow
Divided external elbow
Divided feed box
Single-gang box
Double-gang box
Faceplate accepts four
Ortronics TracJack
Faceplate accepts six Ortronics TracJack
Faceplate accepts duplex receptacle
V4000 System to V2400 System adapter
Surface Raceway
Wiremold
V2400 TWO-PIECE PLUGMOLD MULTI-OUTLET SYSTEMS
PR12036V2-25503.tif
Ideal for short runs requiring additional outlets in electrically busy areas.

232592
V24GB306
232593
V24GB506
232594
Description
6 outlet (5-20), 20 amp, 3 ft. long, ivory
10 outlet (5-20), 20 amp,
5 ft. long, ivory
12 outlet (5-20), 20 amp,
6 ft. long, ivory
V24GB606
Vendor No.
V3017TCE
V3018AE
V3048R
V3027AE
267792
267794
V3028
V3033JE
267793
267799
267800
267801
267804
V3036HE
V3040CE
V3043BE
V3043GE
V3046BE
Description
Interior corner coupling 3000
Exterior corner coupling 3000
Rectangular device plate 3000
Single receptacle plate 3000, 1.38 in. to
1.4 in. diameter
Utility box 3000
Single receptacle plate 3000, 1.56 in. to
1.57 in. diameter
Blank cover 3000
Single-pole switch plate
Duplex receptacle plate 3000
Duplex receptacle and cover 3000
Duplex receptacle cover 3000
DS4000 Two-piece Metallic Raceway

WIREMOLD
PR12038V2-21880.tif

WIREMOLD
PR12037V2-21877.tif
Wiremold V3000 Two-piece Metallic Raceway is ideal for surface-mounting

intermediate amounts of electrical wiring or communications cables. V3000 raceway
offers a low-profile appearance which blends with any decor.
FEATURES
V3000 dimensions - 2 3/4 in. (70.0 mm) wide x 1 15/32 in. (37.0 mm) deep
Rugged steel raceway provides superior strength for any
dry-location installation
Accepts industry-standard connectivity
Removable cover for easy access
Full line of fittings
Fittings have removable covers
ScuffCoat finish is scratch-resistant and can be painted over with latex paint
Color: ivory finish
Description
242011
V3000B
Raceway base 3000, 10 ft.
242014
V3000CE
Raceway cover 3000, 5 ft.
242007
V3003
Support clip 3000
242004
V3006E
Cover clip 3000
242284
V3010AE
Entrance end fitting 3000
242287
V3010B
Blank end fitting 3000
242315
V3010C
Entrance end fitting 3000
242288
V3011E
90 flat elbow 3000
242314
V3014C
Wallbox connector 3000
242013
V3015E
Tee 3000
FEATURES
DS4000 dimensions - 5 1/2 in. (140 mm) wide x 2 1/16 in. (52 mm) deep
Innovative profile, greater wiring capacity
Unique downward-facing activations
10 Gig capability, NetClear compliant
Streamlined fittings meet ANSI/TIA 569 requirements for
communications pathways
Steel raceway provides superior strength for any dry-location installation
Adjust-to-fit couplings for easy installation (included with base and fittings)
Tamperproof - ideal for security, alarm or other security-sensitive applications
UL 5 and ADA-compliant
ScuffCoat finish is scratch-resistant and can be painted over with latex paint
Designer ivory, gray, also available in black, bronze and aluminum material
LINEAR RACEWAY
332001
DS4000B
332002
DS4000C-DV
332003
DS4000C-DG
332004
DS4047C-DV
332005
DS4047C-DG
Description
DS4000 base, 10 ft.
Cover - designer ivory, 5 ft.
Cover - designer gray, 5 ft.
Single-channel NEMA device designer ivory
Single-channel NEMA device designer gray
5.135
Anixter No.
242286
242012
267789
267791
Surface Raceway
Wiremold
(continued)
DS4000 Two-piece Metallic Raceway
FITTINGS
Anixter No.
332006
332007
332008
332009
332010
332011
332012
332013
332014
332015
332016
332017
332018
Vendor No.
DS4000WC
DS4001
DS4010B-DV
DS4010B-DG
DS4010A-DV
DS4010A-DG
DS4011-DV
DS4011-DG
DS4017-DV
DS4017-DG
DS4018-DV
DS4018-DG
DS4047D-DV
332019
DS4047D-DG
332020
DS4047R-DV
332021
DS4047R-DG
332022
332023
DS4047MAB-DV
D
DS4047MAB-DG
332024
DSDWND-DV
332025
DSDWND-DG
332026
DSDWNR-DV
332027
DSDWNR-DG
RACEWAY CUTTERS
332028
640DS
5.136
Description
Wire clip holder
Adjust-to-fit coupling
Blank end fitting - designer ivory
Blank end fitting - designer gray
Entrance end fitting - designer ivory
Entrance end fitting - designer gray
90 flat elbow - designer ivory
90 flat elbow - designer gray
Internal elbow - designer ivory
Internal elbow - designer gray
External elbow - designer ivory
External elbow - designer gray
Single-channel NEMA device designer ivory
Single-channel NEMA device designer gray
Single-channel decorator device designer ivory
Single-channel decorator device designer gray
Single-channel MAB device designer ivory
Single-channel MAB device designer gray
Downward duplex receptacle designer ivory
Downward duplex receptacle designer gray
Downward decorator receptacle designer ivory
Downward decorator receptacle designer gray
Description
Cover cutter

WIREMOLD
PR12039V2-21883.tif
FEATURES
V4000 dimensions - 4 3/4 in. (121 mm) wide x 1 3/4 in. (44 mm) deep
FiberReady 2 in. fiber optic/Cat 5e radius fittings
Steel raceway provides superior strength for any dry location installation
Large cross-section area provides ample space for large wiring requirements
Dividable raceway base
Feeder or header system
Precut covers
4050 nonmetallic device plates
UL 5 and ADA-compliant
ScuffCoat finish is scratch resistant and can be painted over with latex paint
Color: ivory finish
LINEAR RACEWAY
232595
V4000B-10
232596
V4000C
232597
G4000D
FITTINGS
Anixter No.
232598
232599
232600
232602
273495
232604
232605
232607
232609
232611
232612
232613
232614
Vendor No.
G4000WC
4001A
4001DA
V4010B
V4010DFO
V4011
V4014A
V4015
V4015D
V4017
V4017N
G4017TCA
4017/18RI
232615
232617
284671
284672
V4018
V4050
V4047RX
V4047RF
284673
V4047JX
Description
Base only, 10 ft. length
Divider, 5 ft. length
Description
Wire clip
Coupling
Divider clip
Blank end fitting
Entrance end fitting
90 flat elbow
Wall box connector
Tee
Divided tee
Internal elbow
Inverted internal elbow
Internal corner divider clip
2 in. radius insert for internal/
external elbow
External elbow
Plastic device mounting plate
2-gang rectangular opening
2-gang rectangular opening and
modular furniture
2-gang single round opening
Surface Raceway
Wiremold
Anixter No.
284674
284676
284677
284678
284679
284680
284681
284682
264728
Vendor No.
V4047C-2
V4047C-1
V4047BX
V4047BT
V4047BS
V4047BF
V4047BB
V4047AX
5507-4TJ
267786
251641
55076TJ
5507D
Description
Base cutter
Cover cutter
V500/V700 One-piece Metallic Raceway

WIREMOLD
PR12040V2-21886.tif
Wiremold V500/V700 One-piece Metallic Raceway is ideal for surface-mounting small

amounts of electrical wiring or communications cables. Both V500 and V700 rugged
raceways offer a low-profile appearance which blends with any decor.
FEATURES
V500 dimensions - 3/4 in. (19.1 mm) wide x 17/32 in. (13.5 mm) deep
V700 dimensions - 3/4 in. (19.1 mm) wide x 21/32 in. (16.7 mm) deep
Rugged steel raceway provides superior strength for any
dry-location installation
Low-profile, unobtrusive appearance blends with any decor or setting
Base and cover are a preassembled one-piece unit
Full line of fittings
Fittings have removable covers
ScuffCoat finish is scratch resistant and can be painted over with latex paint
Ivory finish
LINEAR RACEWAY- BOTH SIZES
232488
V500-5
232489
V500
232490
V700-5
124037
V700
FITTINGS - V500 SYSTEM

232503
502
182580
V504
232508
V518
232507
V517
232506
V512
232505
V511
232504
V506
Description
Plated bushing
Strap
External elbow
Internal elbow
45 flat elbow
90 flat elbow
Connection cover
FITTINGS - V700 SYSTEM

123998
V718
123955
V717
232511
V712
123972
V711
123979
V706
123809
V704
232509
702
Description
External elbow
Internal elbow
45 flat elbow
90 flat elbow
Connection cover
Strap
Plated bushing
FITTINGS AND SURFACE-MOUNT BOXES

Compatible with both V500 and V700 raceway systems.
Description
232513
5701
Galvanized coupling
123986
V5703
Supporting clip
232514
5709
Ground clamp
232515
V5711LHA
Internal twisted elbow (left)
232516
V5711RHA
Internal twisted elbow (right)
232517
V5715
Tee
232518
V5741
Single-gang device box, 1 3/8 in. deep
232519
V5745
Switch and receptacle box,
1 3/4 in. deep
232520
V5747
Shallow single-gang receptacle box,
1 3/8 in. deep
232521
V5747-2
Shallow double-gang receptacle box,
1 3/8 in. deep
124060
V5748
Single-gang receptacle box,
1 3/4 in. deep
232522
V5748-2
Double-gang receptacle box,
1 3/4 in. deep
232523
5782
1/2 in. conduit connector
202653
V5785
Combination connector
124045
V5786
Adjustable offset connector
232525
V5752
Double-gang ivory alarm device box,
1 3/8 in. deep
232526
R5752
Double-gang red alarm device box,
1 3/8 in. deep
Description
V500 raceway, 5 ft. length
5.137
RACEWAY CUTTERS
232620
640B
232621
640BDK
232622
640C
232623
640CDK
Description
2-gang device plate
1-gang device plate
2-gang duplex rectangular opening
2-gang duplex and TracJack
2-gang duplex and Series II
2-gang duplex and mod furniture
2-gang with two duplex openings
2-gang single round opening
Ortronics TracJack
Surface Raceway
Wiremold
(continued)
V500/V700 One-piece Metallic RacewayV500/V700

One-piece Metallic Raceway
WALL SOURCE BOXES - WSB SERIES

Field-installed dividers allow low-voltage and power in one box.
Description
232527
WSB42-2
2-gang box, divider, mounting brackets
232528
WSB07-2A
Device mounting bracket and trim ring
232529
WSB42-4
4-gang box, dividers, mounting brackets
232530
WSB07-4A
Device mounting bracket and trim ring
264728
5507-4TJ
Ortronics TracJack
267786
55076TJ
251641
5507D
RACEWAY CUTTERS
232531
605
232532
605K
232533
607
232534
607K
232535
600B
Description
V500 system raceway cutter
V700 system raceway cutter
V500/V700 system Benfield bender
Eclipse Series Nonmetallic Raceway

WIREMOLD
PR12041V2-21868.tif
FEATURES
PN03 dimensions - 13/16 in. (20.6 mm) wide x 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) deep
PN05 dimensions - 1 1/8 in. (29 mm) wide x 5/8 in. (15.9 mm) deep
PN10 dimensions - 1 11/16 in. (43 mm) wide x 13/16 in. (20.6 mm) deep
Designed for use with Ortronics TracJack and Series II devices
Accommodates communications or power wiring
Adhesive back for low-voltage (under 50 V) applications
Lightweight and easy to handle
Raceway available in three sizes
Snap-on latching cover
Built-in wire retainers
UL Listed
Fog white, ivory or white color. (Fog white matches Ortronics
Connectivity Systems)
LINEAR RACEWAY
Fog white
284683
PN03L08FW
5.138
Description
PN03 small latching raceway,
8 ft. length

277565
PN05L08FW
284686
PN10L08FW
284688
PN03L10FW
284689
PN05L10FW
284691
PN10L10FW
Description
8 ft. length
8 ft. length
10 ft. length
10 ft. length
10 ft. length
PN03 SERIES FITTINGS

Fog white
284693
PN03F20FW
284694
PN03F11FW
284695
PN03F17FW
284696
PN03F19FW
284697
PN03F18FW
284698
PN03F06FW
284699
PN03F15FW
Description
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting

Fog white
284700
PN05F20FW
277558
PN05F11FW
277560
PN05F17FW
284703
PN05F19FW
284704
PN05F18FW
277557
PN05F06FW
284706
PN05F15FW
Description
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting
COMBINATION FITTINGS
Fog white
284707
PN10F21FW
284708
PN153RFW
277564
PN05F86FW
Description
Combination entrance fitting
Reducers
Ceiling fitting

Fog white
284710
PN10F86FW
284711
PN10F20FW
277568
PN10F11FW
277570
PN10F17FW
284715
PN10F19FW
284716
PN10F18FW
284717
PN10F06FW
277569
PN10F15FW
Description
Ceiling fitting
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting
Surface Raceway
Wiremold
ECLIPSE BOXES FOR USE WITH PN03, PN05 AND PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS
Fog white
Description
284719
PBB2S2FW
Bezel box Ortronics Series II
284720
PBB4TJFW
Bezel box Ortronics TracJack
284721
PDB1S2FW
Small data box Ortronics Series II
284722
PDB2S2FW
Large data box Ortronics Series II
284723
PDB2TJFW
Small data box Ortronics TracJack
284724
PDB4TJFW
Large data box Ortronics TracJack
284725
PSB1FW
Single-gang power box
284726
PSB2FW
Double-gang power box

Ivory
232753
PN10F86V
232754
PN10F20V
232755
PN10F11V
232756
PN10F17V
232757
PN10F19V
232758
PN10F18V
232759
PN10F06V
232760
PN10F15V
LINEAR RACEWAY
Ivory
232731
PN03L08V
Ivory
Description
232761
PBB2S2V
Bezel box, Ortronics Series II
232762
PBB4TJV
Bezel box, Ortronics TracJack
232763
PDB1S2V
Small data box, Ortronics Series II
232764
PDB2S2V
Large data box, Ortronics Series II
232765
PDB2TJV
Small data box, Ortronics TracJack
232766
PDB4TJV
Large data box, Ortronics TracJack
232767
PSB1V
232768
PSB2V
PN05L08V
232734
PN10L08V

Ivory
232736
PN03F20V
232737
PN03F11V
232738
PN03F17V
232739
PN03F19V
232740
PN03F18V
232741
PN03F06V
232742
PN03F15V
Description
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting

Ivory
232743
PN05F20V
232744
PN05F11V
232745
PN05F17V
232746
PN05F19V
232747
PN05F18V
232748
PN05F06V
232749
PN05F15V
Description
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting
Ivory
232750
PN10F21V
232751
PN153RV
232752
PN05F86V
Description
Reducers
Ceiling fitting
LINEAR RACEWAY
White
264005
PN03L08WH
264006
PN05L08WH
264008
PN10L08WH

White
266313
PN03F20WH
266322
PN03F11WH
266310
PN03F17WH
266312
PN03F19WH
266311
PN03F18WH
264022
PN03F06WH
264023
PN03F15WH
Description
8 ft. length
8 ft. length
8 ft. length
Description
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting
5.139
232732
Description
8 ft. length
8 ft. length
8 ft. length
Description
Ceiling fitting
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting
Surface Raceway
Wiremold
(continued)
Eclipse Series Nonmetallic Raceway

White
266319
PN05F20WH
266315
PN05F11WH
266316
PN05F17WH
266318
PN05F19WH
266317
PN05F18WH
264011
PN05F06WH
264024
PN05F15WH
Description
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting
White
266329
PN10F21WH
266334
PN153RWH
266320
PN05F86WH
Description
Reducers
Ceiling fitting

White
266330
PN10F86WH
266328
PN10F20WH
264012
PN10F11WH
DPN10F17WH
266324
266327
PN10F19WH
266325
PN10F18WH
264010
PN10F06WH
264025
PN10F15WH
Description
Ceiling fitting
End cap
Flat elbow
Internal elbow
External data elbow
External elbow
Cover clip
Tee fitting
White
Description
266265
PBB2S2WH
Bezel box, Ortronics Series II
266267
PBB4TJWH
Bezel box, Ortronics TracJack
266269
PDB1S2WH
Small data box, Ortronics Series II
266272
PDB2S2WH
Large data box, Ortronics Series II
266609
PDB2TJWH
Small data box, Ortronics TracJack
266274
PDB4TJWH
Large data box, Ortronics TracJack
266336
PSB1WH
266337
PSB2WH
5.140
Cable Routing and Wire Duct
TE Connectivity
./
FiberGuide Fiber Raceway

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR81988V2-588226.tif and PR28915V2-214746.tif
2X2 SYSTEM SUPPORT KITS

211975
FGS-HASK-C
213774
231744
205858
Description
Aluminum track support kit; 6 ft. long,
includes track connecting bar kit,
self-supporting for spans up to 6 in.
FGS-HNTR-5/8-A Modified new threaded rod bracket kit 5/8 in.
FGS-HTR2-2-5/8 2x2 existing threaded rod bracket kit; for up to
two 2x2 FiberGuide systems
FGS-HLDR-5/8 Ladder rack bracket kit 5/8 in.
5.141
TE's FiberGuide fiber management systems offer the greatest breadth of optical raceway products in the industry. In response to customer requirements, TE Connectivity continues
to innovate and improve FiberGuide systems, adding greater flexibility and driving down installation time to ensure a smooth deployment. FiberGuide is a raceway system
designed to protect and route fiber optic patch cords, multi-fiber cable assemblies and intrafacility fiber cable
(IFC) to and from fiber splice enclosures, fiber distribution frames and fiber optic terminal devices. FiberGuide
ensures that a 2 in. minimum bend radius is maintained throughout the system. Tool-less, Snap-Fit junctions,
cover options and Plenum Express Exit drops significantly reduce the amount of time required for installation.
FiberGuide is available in 2x2, 3x6, 4x4, 4x6, 4x12 and 4x24 sizes.
FEATURES
Speed of installation
Speed of deployment
Raceway flexibility
Fiber protection
Strength and durability
Also available in black
2X2 INCH SYSTEM (2 IN. H X 2 IN. W)
4X4 INCH SYSTEM (4 IN. H X 4 IN. W)
Description
Description
205756
FGS-MSHA-C
2x2 horizontal straight section, 6 ft. long,
205762
FGS-MSHS-A
4x4 horizontal straight section, 6 ft. long
cover included
281030
FGS-MFAW-A
4x4 Snap-fit junction
205753
FGS-MJWR-C
2x2 junction
205741
FGS-MDSP-A
4x4 standard downspout
205755
FGS-MSDS-C
2x2 standard downspout, cover included
305599
FGS-MDSP-EX-A 4x4 extended downspout
255499
FGS-KDH2-C
2x2 extended downspout kit with 2 in. flex
205744
FGS-MHRT-A
4x4 horizontal T
tube, cover included
205860
FGS-HMEC-A
4x4 end cap
194791
FGS-MHTA-C
2x2 horizontal T, cover included
393207
FGS-MSNC-A
4 in. Hinged cover, yellow
194792
FGS-HMEC-C
2x2 end cap, includes 2x2 junction
244772
FGS-MSSC-A
Snap-on cover, 6 ft.
TE Connectivity
(continued)
FiberGuide Fiber Raceway
2X6, 4X4, 4X6 SYSTEM SUPPORT KITS

Also available for 12 mm, 14 mm and 16 mm systems
Description
493291
FGS-HDLB-3
Ladder rack cantilever support
bracket kit
213774
FGS-HNTR-5/8-A
Modified new threaded rod bracket kit
5/8 in.
238828
FGS-HNTS-5/8
Top support C bracket kit 5/8 in.
437214
FGS-HNTS-1/2
Top support C bracket kit 1/2 in.
VERTICAL SOLID AND SLOTTED DUCT KITS WITH HINGED COVERS - 2X2 SYSTEM
(2 IN. W X 2 IN. D)
Description
483144
FGS-KTW1-JA
2x2, 6 ft. vertical duct kit, slotted
(1.5 in. slot spacing) hinged cover
457623
FGS-KTW1-JN
2x2, 6 ft. vertical duct kit, solid,
hinged cover
(2 IN. W X 4 IN. D)
Description
448890
FGS-KTW2-R
493292
FGS-KTW2-RN
hinged cover
(4 IN. W X 2 IN. D)
Description
493296
FGS-KTW2-T
493298
FGS-KTW2-TN
hinged cover
TRUMPETS AND ELBOWS
493299
FGS-TRMP42
493300
FGS-VQE44
483134
FGS-VQE22
493301
493302
FGSB-MTRM-D
FGS-V9E44
Description
4 in. deep vertical to 2x2 trumpet
fitting, yellow
4 in. exit trumpeter for vertical channel,
1 in. bend radius, black
2 in. exit trumpeter for vertical channel,
1 in. bend radius, black
4x4 entrance trumpet flare kit
4 in. deep 90-degree inside elbow
Please contact your local sales representative

for specific ordering information.
(4 IN. W X 4 IN. D)
Description
408392
FGS-KTW2-K
4x4, 6 ft. vertical duct kit, slotted (2 in.
slot spacing) hinged cover
407001
FGS-KTW2-J
4x4, 6 ft. vertical duct kit, slotted (4 in.
slot spacing) hinged cover
493295
FGS-KTW2-JN
hinged cover
5.142
PANDUIT
./
FIBERRUNNER Routing System

PANDUIT
PR9748V2-15377.tif
CHANNEL
Anixter No.
260510
224964
245491
276942
Vendor No.
FR12X4YL6
FR6X4YL6
FR4X4YL6
HS2X2YL6NM
SNAP-ON HINGED COVER

271402
FRHC12YL6
224968
FRHC6YL6
245494
FRHC4YL6
276940
HC2YL6
Description
12 in. x 4 in.
6 in. x 4 in.
4 in. x 4 in.
2 in. x 2 in.
Description
12 in. x 4 in.
6 in. x 4 in.
4 in. x 4 in.
2 in. x 2 in.
COUPLER FITTINGS (QUICKLOCK COUPLER)

Preassembled to provide fast mechanical assembly of components. No tools
required for installation, bolts loosen for component disassembly.
Description
545367
FRBC12X4YL
12 in. x 4 in.
224970
FRBC6X4YL
6 in. x 4 in.
245495
FRBC4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
272192
FBC2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
HORIZONTAL RIGHT-ANGLE FITTINGS AND SPLIT COVERS
Used to join channel at 90-degree horizontal junctions.
Description
545709
FRRA12X4YL
12 in. x 4 in. fitting
278561
FRRASC12YL
12 in. x 4 in. fitting cover
224975
FRRA6X4YL
224976
FRRASC6YL
245496
FRRA4X4YL
245502
FRRASC4YL
FOUR-WAY CROSS FITTINGS AND SPLIT COVERS

Attaches to channel to create a horizontal four-way cross intersection.
Description
224979
FRFWC6X4YL
224980
FRFWCSC6YL
279737
FRFWC4X4YL
279738
FRFWCSC4YL
END-CAP FITTINGS
Used for closing off open ends of the channel.
Description
545365
FREC12X4YL
12 in. x 4 in.
224991
FREC6X4YL
6 in. x 4 in.
245506
FREC4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
VERTICAL TEE FITTING
Attaches to channel and/or fittings to create a 90-degree vertical drop from a
horizontal run.
Description
545368
FRVT12X4YL
12 in. x 4 in.
224981
FRVT6X4YL
6 in. x 4 in.
245508
FRVT4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
257971
FVTHD2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
INSIDE VERTICAL 45-DEGREE FITTINGS
Used to join channel at 45-degree inside corners.
Description
224988
FRIV456X4YL
6 in. x 4 in.
259684
FRIV454X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
OUTSIDE VERTICAL RIGHT-ANGLE FITTINGS AND SPLIT COVERS
Used to join channel at 90-degree outside corners.
Description
546968
FROVRA12X4YL
224986
FROVRA6X4YL
224987
FROVRASC6YL
279740
FROVRA4X4YL
279741
FROVRASC4YL
5.143
The FIBERRUNNER Routing System is a system of channel, fittings and brackets

designed to segregate, route and protect fiber optic and high-performance copper
cabling. It is suited for data center applications where cable is routed from
distribution areas to equipment cabinets or racks. It is also used in Telco Central
Offices to route fiber optic jumper cables between fiber distribution frames and
equipment bays. It can be deployed over the racks or in approved under floor
applications. The channel and fittings are made from V-0 flame class-rated plastic
material. Mounting brackets are steel.
FEATURES
Channel and covers are 6 ft. lengths
Part numbers shown are yellow, also available in orange and black
HORIZONTAL TEE FITTINGS AND SPLIT COVERS

Used to join channel at tee intersections.
Description
545363
FRT12X4YL
12 in. x 4 in. tee fitting
271401
FRTSC12YL
12 in. x 4 in. tee fitting cover
224973
FRT6X4YL
224974
FRTSC6YL
245503
FRT4X4YL
245504
FRTSC4YL
PANDUIT
(continued)
FIBERRUNNER Routing System
REDUCER FITTINGS AND COVER

545366
FRRF126YL
271406
FRRF126SCYL
Description
12 in. x 4 in. reduces to 6 in. x 4 in.
Cover for 12 in. x 4 in. to 6 in. x
4 in. reducer
FIBER-DUCT Routing System

PANDUIT
PR9747V2-15374.tif
SPILL-OVER JUNCTIONS
Assembled onto 12x4, 6x4, and 4x4 channels.
Description
411284
FRSPJ4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in. exit
THREE-SIDED BRC TRUMPET SPILL-OUTS

Description
545739
FRTR6X4YL
6 in. x 4 in.
245505
FRTR4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
SPILL-OUTS TO 1.5 IN. INSIDE DIAMETER CORRUGATED TUBING
Used to route one or two pieces of 1.5 in. inside diameter split corrugated tubing.
Description
224982
FIDT4X4BL
2-port black spill-out
271396
FIDT2X2YL
1-port yellow spill-out
CORRUGATED LOOM TUBING
Provides protection for fiber optic cables.
Description
CLT150F-X20DCLT150F-X20
1.5 in. inside diameter corrugated
loom tubing
MOUNTING BRACKETS
A full complement of brackets are available for attaching system components to
ladder rack, threaded rod, auxiliary framing, strut, equipment racks and
raised-floor pedestals.
Description
224997
FR6TRBN58
6 in. QUIKLOCK bracket for new 5/8 in.
threaded rod
224995
FR6TRBE58
6 in. QUIKLOCK bracket for existing
225002
FR6ALB
6 in. adjustable ladder rack bracket
The FIBER-DUCT Routing System is a complete fiber optic-cable routing system that
can be used for all fiber optic cabling installations. Used in telecommunications
closets, equipment rooms or in approved under floor applications. The channel
comes with standard mounting holes. The specially designed fittings feature a
minimum 2 in. bend radius to protect fiber optic cables. The channel and fittings are
made from V-0 flame class-rated materials.
FEATURES
Channel and covers are 6 ft. lengths
All products shown are yellow, also available in orange and black
SLOTTED CHANNEL
227975
E2X2YL6
255582
E4X4YL6
Description
2 in. x 2 in.
4 in. x 4 in.
SOLID CHANNEL
266896
S2X2YL6NM
227974
S4X4YL6NM
Description
2 in. x 2 in.
4 in. x 4 in.
COVER
227977
C2YL6
227978
C4YL6
Description
2 in. x 2 in.
4 in. x 4 in.
COUPLER FITTING
Used to join two sections of channel together. Provides added strength and rigidity.
Description
227979
FCF2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
227982
FCF4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
HORIZONTAL RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING AND COVER
Used to join channel at 90-degree horizontal junctions.
Description
228038
FRA2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
228040
FRA4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
HORIZONTAL TEE FITTING
Used to join channel at tee intersections.
Description
228029
FT2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
228030
FT4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
5.144
PANDUIT
FOUR-WAY CROSS FITTING AND COVER
Attaches to channel to create horizontal four-way cross intersection.
Description
228004
FFWC4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
Type H Hinged-Cover Wide Slot Wiring Duct

PANDUIT
pr5397V2-15095.tif
END-CAP FITTING
Used for closing off open ends of the channel.
Description
227992
FEC2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
227993
FEC4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
VERTICAL TEE FITTING AND COVER
Attaches to channel to create a 90-degree vertical drop from a horizontal run.
Description
228037
FVT4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
OUTSIDE VERTICAL RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING AND COVER

Description
228009
FOVRA2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
228010
FOVRA4X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
INSIDE VERTICAL 45-DEGREE FITTING
Description
228019
FIV454X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
OUTSIDE VERTICAL 45-DEGREE FITTING AND COVER
Description
228028
FOV454X4YL
4 in. x 4 in.
REDUCER FITTING AND COVER
255581
FRF42YL
Description
4 in. x 4 in. to 2 in. x 2 in.
WIRING DUCT BASE

314503
H1.5X2LG6
314529
H1.5X3LG6
250222
H2X2LG6
314530
H2X3LG6
314531
H2X4LG6
314532
H3X3LG6
314533
H3X4LG6
314534
H4X4LG6
Width (in.)
1.75
1.75
2.17
2.17
2.17
3.25
3.25
4.25
WIRING DUCT COVER

314535
HC1.5LG6
268966
HC2LG6
314548
HC3LG6
314549
HC4LG6
Cover Size (in.)

1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
Height (in.)
1.98
3.06
1.98
3.06
4.10
3.06
4.10
4.10
5.145
INSIDE VERTICAL RIGHT-ANGLE FITTING AND COVER

Description
276941
FIVRA2X2YL
2 in. x 2 in.
Type H Hinged-Cover Wide Slot Wiring Duct is a two-piece wide finger-design duct with
dual-sided hinging cover that can be opened up to 100 degrees from either side of
the duct. Ideal for applications that require frequent access, like in control-panel or
cabinet wiring for equipment modifications or repair and in communications closets
where moves, adds and changes are frequent.
Note:
1) Part number shown for LG (light gray). Also available in (BL) black and in
(WH) white.
2) Base and cover sold separately.
3) "Height" dimension includes cover.
FEATURES
Made of lead-free PVC
UL Recognized Component continuous use temperatures up to 50C (122F)
UL Flammability Rating V-0
Provided with mounting holes
Duct and covers are in 6 ft. lengths
PANDUIT
Type HN Hinged-Cover Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
PANDUIT
Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct

PR29174V2-215818.tif
The Type HN Hinged-Cover Narrow Slot Wiring Duct is ideal for high-density cabling
applications that also require easy cable access for frequent equipment
modifications or repairs where moves, adds and changes are common. Due to the
hinging feature, Hinged-Cover Narrow Slot Wiring Duct reduces the time and hassle
associated with removing and reinstalling traditional duct cover to perform
maintenance or make changes.
Notes:
1) Part number shown for LG (light gray). Also available in (WH) white.
FEATURES
Made of lead-free PVC
UL RecognizedDComponent continuous use temperatures up to 50C (122F)
UL Flammability Rating V-0
WIRING DUCT BASE
363212
HN1.5X2LG6
363215
HN1.5X3LG6
363216
HN2X2LG6
363217
HN2X3LG6
363218
HN2X4LG6
363219
HN3X3LG6
363220
HN3X4LG6
363221
HN4X4LG6
Width (in.)
1.75
1.75
2.17
2.17
2.17
3.25
3.25
4.25
WIRING DUCT COVER

314535
HC1.5LG6
268966
HC2LG6
314548
HC3LG6
314549
HC4LG6
Cover Size (in.)

1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.146
Height (in.)
1.98
3.06
1.98
3.06
4.10
3.06
4.10
4.10
PANDUIT
PR9746V2-15371.tif
Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct is a wide-finger slotted wall duct for greater rigidity and
larger slot width requirements Perfect for applications requiring breakouts of larger
wire diameters and higher wire load capacities.
Notes:
1) Part number shown for LG (light gray). Also available in (BL) black, (WH) white or
(IB) Intrinsic Blue.
4) Available in other dimensions from 0.5 in. to 6 in. W and 0.5 in. to 5 in. H.
FEATURES
Made from lead-free PVC
UL Recognized Component continuous use temperature: 50C (122F)
UL 94 Flammability Rating of V-0
Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement for
flame-retardant material
WIRING DUCT BASE
192897
G1X1.5LG6
198259
G1.5X2LG6
198248
G2X4LG6
198249
G3X2LG6
198250
G3X3LG6
189603
G4X5LG6
Width (in.)
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
WIRING DUCT COVER

071956
C1LG6
097989
C1.5LG6
073147
C2LG6
074094
C3LG6
067767
C4LG6
Cover Size (in.)

1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
WHITE DUCT
Anixter No.
192899
192903
192913
198261
Width (in.)
1.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
Vendor No.
G1X2WH6
G3X2WH6
G3X3WH6
G4X3WH6
Height (in.)
1.5
2.0
4.0
2.0
3.0
5.0
Height (in.)
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
PANDUIT
WHITE COVER
Anixter No.
139996
096927
063652
Vendor No.
C1WH6
C3WH6
C4WH6
Cover Size (in.)

1.0
3.0
4.0
BLACK DUCT
Anixter No.
250162
250163
250164
250165
250166
198251
250173
250174
Vendor No.
G1X1.5BL6
G1X2BL6
G1.5X2BL6
G2X4BL6
G3X2BL6
G3X3BL6
G4X3BL6
G4X5GL6
Width (in.)
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
Vendor No.
C1BL6
C1.5BL6
C2BL6
C3BL6
C4BLS
Cover Size (in.)

1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
1) Available in (BL) black, (WH) white or (IB) Intrinsic Blue.

4) Available in other dimensions from 0.5 in. to 6 in. widths and
0.5 in. to 5 in. heights.
WIRING DUCT BASE

Anixter No.
PAN-F1X1.5LG6
268544
PAN-F2X4LG6
F3X2LG6
272200
PAN-F4X5LG6
Vendor No.
F1X1.5LG6
F1.5X2LG6
F2X4LG6
F3X2LG6
F3X3LG6
F4X5LG6
WIRING DUCT COVER

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
071956
C1LG6
097989
C1.5LG6
073147
C2LG6
074094
C3LG6
067767
C4LG6
Width (in.)
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
Height (in.)
1.5
2.0
4.0
2.0
3.0
5.0
Cover Size (in.)

1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
Type FL Flexible Wiring Duct

PANDUIT
PR20050V2-67704.tif
Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct

PANDUIT
PR82270V2-590410.tif
Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct is a narrow slot/narrow finger slotted wall that duct
provides more slots for higher-density applications. Perfect for applications with
smaller wire and many breakouts.
Notes:
1) Part number shown for LG (light gray). Also available in (WH) white or
(IB) Intrinsic Blue.
4) Available in other dimensions from 1/2 in. to 6 in W and 1/2 in. to 5 in. H.
Type FL Flexible Wiring Duct is a one-piece slotted sidewall, open finger-design wiring
duct intended to route and protect wiring in control-panel applications that require
flexibility. Perfect for wiring in control-panel back planes and side walls that runs
over hinges to components mounted on control panels' doors.
FEATURES
Flexible, polypropylene material
UL Recognized for a component in continuous-use temperatures up to 65C
(149F)
Factory-applied adhesive tape provided for easy mounting
Standard color is gray; also available in LG (RAL 7040 light gray)
Description
314561
FL12X12LG-A
12 mm H x 12 mm W
314562
FL25X25LG-A
25 mm H x 25 mm W
314563
FL50X50LG-A
50 mm H x 50 mm W
5.147
BLACK COVER
Anixter No.
C1BL6
183502
181426
176239
176237
Height (in.)
1.5
1.5
2.0
4.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
FEATURES
Made from lead-free PVC
UL Recognized Component continuous use temperature: 50C (122F)
Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement for
flame-retardant material
J-hooks and Fasteners
Cooper B-Line
./
Spring Steel Fasteners

COOPER B-LINE
Cooper B-Line offers an extensive line of spring steel fasteners designed to attach to
structures and provide required cabling support.
CABLE HOOKS
PR22460V2-132816.tif
Cooper B-Line cable hooks with exclusive Quick Latch cable retainers provide secure
cable support and containment. Xylan-coated cable hooks provide a smooth
"frictionless" cable surface.
Anixter No.
268194
268195
268196
245214
245231
221885
245229
Vendor No.
BCH21X
BCH32X
BCH64X
BCH21
BCH21-W2
DBCH32
BCH32-AB
245230
BCH32-C2
204635
231005
BCH32-RB
BCH32-U-2-4
232224
222878
232220
BCH32-W2
BCH64
BCH64-AB
284540
284542
BCH12
BCH12-W2
BRACKETS, CLAMPS AND BRIDLE RINGS
Description
1 5/16 in. cable hook, Xylan-coated
2 in. cable hook, Xylan-coated
4 in. cable hook, Xylan-coated
1 5/16 in. cable hook
1 5/16 in. cable hook with rod fastener
2 in. cable hook
2 in. cable hook with all-thread
rod fastener
2 in. cable hook with beam clamp
screw type
2 in. cable hook with angle bracket
2 in. cable hook with beam clamp
hammer-on type
2 in. cable hook with rod fastener
4 in. cable hook
4 in. cable hook with all-thread
rod fastener
3/4 in. cable hook
3/4 in. cable hook with rod fastener
PR22459V2-132818.tif
Anixter No.
245218
204627
245234
245235
Vendor No.
BC1
BCHK2
BE-2-4
BE-5-8
245237
245238
BM1
BR-32-4T
245239
BR-32-4T-W2
245240
BR-32-4W
245241
BR-64-4T
245236
284558
284559
BRC4
BRS-32A
BRS-64A
Description
Beam clamp for 1/4 in. or 3/8 in. rod
Angle bracket kit
Flange beam fasteners 1/8 in. to 1/4 in.
Flange beam fasteners 5/16 in.
to 1/2 in.
Metal stud plastic grommet
Bridle ring 2 in. ring with 1/4 in.
thread size
Bridle ring 2 in. ring with 1/4 in. thread
size with rod fasteners
Bridle ring 2 in. ring with 1/4 in. thread
size lag screw for wood
Bridle ring 4 in. ring with 1/4 in.
thread size
Staple-Lok multi-purpose cable support
Bridle ring 2 in. with saddle
Bridle ring 4 in. with saddle
WALL-MOUNTING BRACKETS
PR22462V2-132811.tif
Designed for securing low-voltage Class 2 devices to 1/2 in. or 5/8 in. drywall
without outlet box and for installing on the studs during new construction.

161258
BB10
245212
BB10L
316798
BB10P
245215
BB15
245213
376209
BB20
BB423-208
245217
BB8-16
Description
Single-gang box eliminator bracket
Single-gang box eliminator bracket
with screws
Nonmetallic single-gang low-voltage
mounting bracket
Stud-mounted cover plate mounting
bracket, single gang
Double-gang box eliminator bracket
Stud-mounted cover plate mounting
bracket, double gang
Box mounting bracket for 16 in.
stud spacing
Cable hooks in combination with other fasteners provide an economical solution for
the attachment of Category 5, Category 6, fiber optic, innerduct and other
communications cables directly to a variety of structures.
5.148
ERICO
./
CADDY CAT LINKS

ERICO
PR34486V2-255440.tif
Anixter No.
487434
487435
487436
487437
487439
Vendor No.
CAT64HPBA
CAT16HPGR
CAT32HPGR
CAT48HPGR
CAT64HPGR
HAMMER-ON ASSEMBLY
370146
CATHP24
J-HOOK DESIGNED FOR CAT 5E AND HIGHER CABLING

Description
370137
CAT16HP
1 in.
370138
CAT32HP
2 in.
370139
CAT48HP
3 in.
370140
CAT64HP
4 in.
487404
CAT16HPRD
1 in., red
487406
CAT32HPRD
2 in., red
487407
CAT48HPRD
3 in., red
487408
CAT64HPRD
4 in., red
487409
CAT16HPBU
1 in., blue
487410
CAT32HPBU
2 in., blue
487411
CAT48HPBU
3 in., blue
487412
CAT64HPBU
4 in., blue
487413
CAT16HPWH
1 in., white
487414
CAT32HPWH
2 in., white
487417
CAT48HPWH
3 in., white
487418
CAT64HPWH
4 in., white
487419
CAT16HPYL
1 in., yellow
487420
CAT32HPYL
2 in., yellow
487421
CAT48HPYL
3 in., yellow
487422
CAT64HPYL
4 in., yellow
487429
CAT16HPBA
1 in., black
487431
CAT32HPBA
2 in., black
487432
CAT48HPBA
3 in., black
CATHP58
370148
CATHP912
370151
370152
370153
487459
CATHP24SM
CATHP58SM
CATHP912SM
CAT16HP24
487501
CAT32HP24
487505
CAT48HP24
487507
CAT64HP24
SCREW-ON ASSEMBLY
370149
CATHPBCB
370150
CATHPBC200B
370154
370155
487441
CATHPBC
CATHPBC200
CAT16HPBC
487449
CAT32HPBC
487450
CAT48HPBC
487451
CAT64HPBC
Description
For 1/4 in. to 1/8 in. flange with
360 rotation
360 rotation
360 rotation
For 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. flange
1 in. (25 mm) J-hook assembled to
hammer-on 1/8 in. (3.175 mm) thru
1/4 in. (6.35 mm) flange bottom
mount rotates 360
mount rotates 360
mount rotates 360
mount rotates 360
Description
360 rotation
360 rotation
screw-on bracket - 1/8 in. (3.175 mm)
thru 1/2 in. flange (12.7 mm)
5.149
CADDY CAT LINKS is the most technologically advanced cable-support system from
ERICO. It is cULus Listed and designed to meet the growing trend of larger-diameter
cable sizes from the cable industry.
FEATURES
Wide-base design with smooth, beveled edges provides a large bend radius for
10 Gb systems for all J-hook sizes
Accommodates a variety of attachment methods: threaded rod, wall-mount, etc.
and is expandable for additional integrated pathways
All J-hooks can be attached to other fasteners in multiple configurations
(J-hook to J-hook, J-hook to fasteners)
Requires no screws, rivets or special tools for installation of fastener
assemblies, tree-bracket assemblies or puller assemblies
Utilizes recycled raw materials in its manufacturing and is also recyclable itself
Less time and labor are required for the CADDY CAT LINKS system installation
compared to cable tray systems and no grounding is necessary
370147
Description
4 in., black
1 in., green
2 in., green
3 in., green
4 in., green
ERICO
(continued)
CADDY CAT LINKS

487524
CAT16HPBCB
487525
CAT16HPBCB
487526
CAT48HPBCB
ANGLE BRACKET ASSEMBLY

370141
CATHPAN
370142
CATHPA4
370143
CATHPA6
487454
CAT16HPAB
487457
487458
CAT32HPAB
CAT48HPAB
487527
CAT64HPAFAB3
487529
CAT64HPAFAB4
487531
CAT64HPAFAB6
UNDER FLOOR ASSEMBLY

370161
CATHPCD0B
370162
CATHPCD1B
370163
370164
487534
5.150
CATHPCD2B
CATHPCD2.5B
CAT16HPCD1B
Description
screw-on bracket 1/8 in. (3.175 mm)
thru 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) flange
rotates 360
screw-on bracket 1/8 in. (3.175 mm)
rotates 360
screw-on bracket 1/8 in. (3.175mm)
rotates 360
Description
CAT LINKS CATHP Angle Bracket with
3/16 in. hole
1/4 in. hole
3/8 in. hole
angle bracket - 1/4 in. (6.35 mm)
mounting hole
mounting hole
mounting hole
Angle Bracket Assembly - 3/16 in.
(4.76 mm) mounting hole
Description
For 3/4 in. round pedestal
For 7/8 in. to 1 in. round pedestal or
3/4 in. square pedestal
For 7/8 in. square pedestal
For 1 in. square pedestal
under floor assembly for 7/8 in. to
1 1/8 in. (22.2 to 28.6 mm) round or
3/4 in. (19 mm) square pedestal

487539
CAT32HPCD1B
487542
CAT48HPCD1B
487543
CAT64HPCD1B
OTHER ASSEMBLY
370144
CATHPS4
370145
370156
CATHPTM
CATHPAF14
370157
CATHPVF14
370158
370159
CATHPESC
CATHP4Z34
370160
CATHP6Z34
370165
CAT16HPTS
Description
2 in. (50 mm) J- ook assembled to under
floor assembly for 7/8 in. to 1 1/8 in.
(22.2 to 28.6 mm) round or 3/4 in.
(19 mm) square pedestal
1 1/8 in. (22.2 to 28.6 mm) round or
1 1/8 in. (22.2 to 28.6 mm) round or
Description
Straight bracket with 0.282 in.
mounting hole
CAT LINKS CATHP Tree Mounting Bracket
Z purlin assembly for 1/16 in. to
1/4 in. flange
C purlin assembly for 1/16 in. to 1/4 in.
vertical flange
Easy strut assembly
Rod/flange assembly for #12 SWG 1/4 in. wire or plain rod, 1/4 in.
threaded rod and 1/8 in. to
3/8 in. flange
Rod/flange assembly for 3/8 in.
threaded rod and 3/8 in to
9/16 in. flange
Acoustical tee bar assembly
CABLE PULLER
PR34489V2-255460.tif
Frees up the "second man" on cable pulling. Maintains proper bend radius and
protects cable during the installation. Kit includes beam clamp and
mouting hardware.

374842
CATHPPLR
Description
Cable puller for CATHP
ERICO
CADDY CAT CM Cable-support System

ERICO
PR12078V2-21946.tif
256211
256212
331608
CATRT200CM
CATRT300CM
CATWMCM
Description
Double J-hook
U-hook 200 mm/8 in. with T-nut
U-hook 200 mm/8 in. less nut
U-hook 300 mm/12 in. with T-nut
U-hook 300 mm/12 in. less nut
Protection tube
Roller 200 mm/8 in. (incl. rod and nuts)
Roller 300 mm/12 in. (incl. rod
and nuts)
Wire retainer 200 mm/8 in.
Wire retainer 300 mm/12 in.
Wall bracket
STRUT, THREADED ROD AND HARDWARE

Description
268101
0503710EG
Threaded rod, 3/8 in. x
10 ft., electrogalvanized
268102
0505010EG
Threaded rod, 1/2 in. x
10 ft., electrogalvanized
268103
0100037EG
Hex nut, 3/8 in., electrogalvanized
268104
0100050EG
Hex nut, 1/2 in., electrogalvanized
268105
0110037EG
Round washer, 3/8 in., electrogalvanized
268106
0110050EG
Round washer, 1/2 in., electrogalvanized
CADDY CABLECAT Wide-base Cable Supports

ERICO
PR34481V2-255430.tif
FEATURES
Provides proper support of fiber optic cables and innerduct
Many sizes and designs are available to attach to a variety of structures
Cost-effective alternative to expensive cable tray
5.151
CADDY CAT CM
256201
CAT100CM
256202
CAT200CM
256203
CAT200CMLN
256204
CAT300CM
256205
CAT300CMLN
256213
CATTBCM
256208
CATRL200CM
256210
CATRL300CM
Galvanized finish on the J-hooks provide smoother cable pull and greater
corrosion resistance
cULus Listed. Complies with NEC and TIA requirements for structured
cabling systems
Description
196469
CAT12
Up to 16 4-pair UTP Cat 5e or 2-strand
fiber optic cable, or 10 Cat 6 3/4 in.
dia. loop
249454
CAT12TS
3/4 in. J-hook assembled to acoustical
tee bar bracket
222710
CAT124Z34
3/4 in. J-hook assembled to 4Z34 #12 thru 1/4 in. wire, plain or
threaded rod and 1/8 in. thru
3/8 in. flange
178304
CAT21
Up to 50 4-pair UTP Cat 5e or 2-strand
fiber optic cable or innerduct, or 32 Cat
6 1/16 in. dia. loop
197371
CAT2124SM
Hammer-on 1/8 in. thru 1/4 in. flange 1 5/16 in. diameter loop
197370
CAT2158SM
Hammer-on 5/16 in. thru 1/3 in. flange 1 5/16 in. diameter loop
194595
CAT21BC
Screw-on 1/8 in. thru thru 1/2 in. flange
- 1 5/16 in. diameter loop
178314
CAT32
Up to 80 4-pair UTP Cat 53 or 2-strand
fiber optic cable or innerduct, or 50
Cat 6 2 in. dia. loop
178194
CAT3224
Hammer-on 1/8 in. thru 1/4 in.
flange-rotate 360 - 2 in. dia. loop
184873
CAT324Z34
#12 thru 1/4 in. wire, plain or
threaded rod and 1/8 in. thru 3/8 in.
flange - 2 in. dia. loop
184872
CAT326Z34
3/8 in. plain or threaded rod and 3/8 in.
thru 9/16 flange - 2 in. dia. loop
178195
CAT32BC
Screw-on 1/8 in. thru 1/2 in. flange 2 in. dia. loop
196474
CAT425
Up to 425 4-pair UTP or 2-strand fiber
optic cable or 265 Cat 6 - 4 in. to 6 in.
dia. loop
193654
CAT42524SM
Hammer-on, 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. flange 4 in. to 6 in. dia. loop
242630
CAT64
J-hook that accepts up to 300 4-pair
UTP Cat 5e or 2-strand fiber optic cable,
or 185 Cat 6 - 4 in. dia.
224142
CAT64AFAB3
4 in. J-hook assembled to angle-bracket
assembly - 3/16 in. mounting hole
178315
CATHBA
Extended J-hook angle bracket - 1/4 in.
mounting hole
249455
CAT32AFAB6
Angle-bracket assembly 3/8 in.
mounting hole
ERICO
CADDY CABLECAT Pulley

ERICO
PR1488V2-579422.eps
Accepts a wide range of cable sizes: 75 4-pair UTP Cat 5e, 47 Cat 6, 10 25-pair
UTP, one 100-pair through 600-pair
Rounded edges prevent cable damage
Description
538494
CAT600R
Strut-mount
219917
CAT600WM
Vertical cable support - wall-mount
CADDY CAT CR50 Cable Retainer
ERICO
The CADDY CABLECAT pulley comes in 2 in. and 4 in. sizes to work on the CADDY 2 in.
and 4 in. J-hooks.
FEATURES
Frees up the "second man" on cable pulling
Accepts cable sizes up to 20 4-pair UTP Cat 5/5e cables (Part No. 228684) and
40 4-pair UTP Cat 5/5e cables (Part No. 219915)
Complies with the TIA standard requirement by minimizing the pull force on
the cable
Maintains proper bend radius and protects cable during installation
When the job is complete, the pulley and pin assembly can be removed leaving
the J-hook as a cable support
Description
228684
CAT32PLR
Pulley kit - CAT32 2 in. spring-loaded
D
J-hook, pin, wheel and retainer, link and
beam clamp
219915
CAT64PLR
Pulley kit - CAT64 4 in. spring-loaded
J-hook, pin, wheel and retainer, link and
beam clamp
CADDY CABLECAT Vertical Backbone Cable Support

ERICO
The CADDY CAT CR50 Cable Retainer is a plastic, low-voltage cable support with an
easy-lock closure and an attachment base. The cable retainer from ERICO can be
installed on walls, beams, studs, ceilings and racks - vertically or horizontally. The
CADDY CAT CR50 support has rounded edges to avoid over-bending and kinking of
cables. The patented closure on the CADDY CAT CR50 permits cable to be added
quickly and easily. The locking teeth retain bundled cable in a one-piece support. The
maximum cable capacity is 50 Cat 5e or 30 Cat 6 cables. The CADDY CAT CR50 is
plenum-rated for air-handling spaces.
FEATURES
Installs easily with nail, screw, push-pin or pop rivet
Works with Cat 5e and higher, fiber optic and coaxial cable
Allows for horizontal and vertical change of direction
UL Listed
Suitable for air-handling spaces (plenum-rated)
Complies with the NEC, the CEC and TIA standards
PR34480V2-255423.tif
Backbone cables can be installed easily from the bottom floor as the vertical CADDY
CABLECAT system acts as an installation tool as well as a support after installation.
FEATURES
Makes vertical cable pulling easier with a locking mechanism that opens during
pull and re-engages when the cable is released
5.152
PR34484V2-255420.tif
PR20365V2-73472.tif

345235
CATCR50
Description
CADDY CAT CR50 Cable Retainer, 50 mm,
2 in. dia.
ERICO
249487
BC260025EG
Bridle Ring
ERICO
PR1485V2-579420.eps
BC200CD0B
249491
BC200CD1B
249493
CD0B
249494
CD1B
CADDY ROD LOCK

ERICO
PR67173V2-529245.tif
Beam Clamps
ERICO
PR12077V2-108694.tif
The universal beam clamp is used to support conduit, rod, bridle rings and J-hooks
from an I-beam.
Description
022851
2FMP28
Multipurpose clip that accommodates
beam flange from 1/8 in. to 1/2 in.
thickness, standard 1/4-20 or
10-24 threaded bridle rings, standard
drive rings, as well as unthreaded
bridle rings
139594
BC
Beam clamp thru 1/2 in. flange holds
1/4-20 or 10-24 threaded bridle rings
169090
BC200
Beam clamp for 1/8 in. to 5/8 in. beam
flange, supports 1/4 in. threaded rod,
1/4 in. threaded bridle rings and boxes
CADDY ROD LOCK is an innovative threaded rod mounting system that provides a
quick and economical solution for installing electrical and mechanical systems
supported by threaded rod. The system includes the CADDY ROD LOCK beam clamp,
channel nut and anchor screw.
With its breakthrough "push-install" design, CADDY ROD LOCK simplifies the
installation of threaded rod. Simply push the threaded rod through the mounting hole
and it instantly locks into position. The system can even be used on threaded rod with
slightly damaged threads or minor burrs, helping to save time by minimizing the
amount of deburring that is usually required prior to installation.
The unique features of the CADDY ROD LOCK system help to reduce the installation
time of threaded rod compared to conventional fasteners. In many common
applications, the system also requires less installation hardware.
CADDY ROD LOCK BEAM CLAMP
PR34496V2-255431.tif
Load capacity: 500 lb.

444637
CRLB37EG
Description
For 3/8 in. threaded rod
5.153
Threaded bridle rings are for voice communications, signal and control cable. Bridle
rings are not recommended for high-performance cable. For high-performance cable
see CADDY CABLECAT products. 2FMP28 hammer-on beam clamp with bridle rings
shown above.
Description
139593
4BRT20
1 1/4 in. dia., 1/4 in. - 20 thread,
ultimate static load (lb.): 50 lb.
182267
4BRT32
2 in. dia., 1/4 in. - 20 thread
169091
4BRT64
4 in. dia., 1/4 in. - 20 thread
139596
2BRT20
1 1/4 in. dia., 10 - 24 thread
133583
2BRT32
2 in. dia., 10 - 24 thread
249489
Description
Reversible set-screw type beam clamp
for up to 3/4 in. beam flange, malleable;
top or bottom mount of 1/4 in. dia.
threaded rod, bridle rings and boxes
from three positions - top, bottom,
and back
Set-screw type preassembled beam/
conduit clamp 1/2 in. rigid or EMT
Set-screw type preassembled beam/
conduit clamp 3/4 in. rigid or EMT
1/2 in. conduit clamp with retained bolt
and built-in nut
3/4 in. conduit clamp with retained bolt
and built-in nut
ERICO
(continued)
CADDY ROD LOCK
CADDY ROD LOCK CHANNEL NUT
PR34492V2-255435.tif

444630
SN25
444632
SN37
444633
SN50
Description
For 1/4 in. threaded rod, 500 lb.
load rating
For 3/8 in. threaded rod, 1,350 lb.
load rating
For 1/2 in. threaded rod, 2,250 lb.
load rating
Strut Trapeze Attachment

ERICO
PR67174V2-529246.tif

444638
CRLS37EG
CADDY ROD LOCK ANCHOR SCREW
Description
PR34493V2-255448.tif
FEATURES
Creates fast-install trapeze brackets
Description
487544
ISSP375
For 3/8 in. threaded rod, 150 lb.
ultimate static load rating

444639
CRLA37EG
Description
CADDY LINIAN Clips

ERICO
PR29203V2-215927.tif
SN Series Nut
ERICO
PR34494V2-255438.tif
The SN Series Nut is an innovative new solution for supporting loads on threaded rod.
The SN Series Nut is easy to install and can be positioned instantly on threaded rod at
any location, helping to reduce installation time. Simply open the nut and insert it on
the threaded rod where needed. Then twist it to close and tighten with a wrench.
FEATURES
Reduces the need for threading compared to standard nuts and washers
Offers up to 50 percent installation time savings
Ideal for retrofit projects, such as trapeze installations (simply add on
as needed)
Can be used on threaded rod with slightly damaged threads or minor burrs
Load rating is stronger than the threaded rod itself
5.154
The CADDY LINIAN Clip is a time-saving alternative for installing most low-voltage
category cables, coax and ground-wire cables on brickwork, concrete, masonry, wood
studs and wood beams. The CADDY LINIAN Clip easily fixes cable by simply drilling a
hole, positioning the clip around the cable, compressing the clip's legs and pushing
the clip into the hole. After the hole is drilled, no tools are needed for installation.
The CADDY LINIAN Clip features spring-steel construction with a corrosion-resistant
coating applied. Spring steel is lightweight, durable and fire-resistant, withstanding
temperatures up to 510C (265F). The coating enables the clip to withstand the
ASTM-B117-9 500-hour salt spray test.
FEATURES
Corrosion- and fire-resistant coating
Independently tested to resist tensile loads of up to 24 lb.
Installs up to 70 percent faster than saddle clips
ERICO
CABLE CLIP FOR COAX, CONTROL AND ALARM CABLE AND SPEAKER WIRE (6 TO
PR29204V2-215923.tif
8 MM)
CADDY SLICK Nut

ERICO
Anixter No.
425805
425807
425808
Vendor No.
LI1
LI1B
LI1W
Description
Red
Black
White
These one-piece strut nuts are an easy-to-use alternative to spring nuts and
eliminate the need for an additional washer. They reduce installation time by up to
50 percent and reduce inventory by as much as 75 percent.
Description
249507
SLICK250
CADDY SLICK 1/4-20 Threaded Strut Nut
249509
SLICK375
CADDY SLICK 3/8-16 Threaded Strut Nut
Mounting Plate
ERICO
PR34482V2-255454.tif
In-wall Cable Protection

ERICO
PR12079V2-21949.tif
Protective ring for cable through stud.

FEATURES
Meets the current 2005 NEC 300.4 required for low-voltage cabling
UL Listed
Can be used without installation tools for many applications
Description
249476
ESG1
Metal Stud Grommet
FEATURES
Eliminates the need for an electrical box
Mounts a standard wall plate anywhere on drywall
Description
209634
MP1P
Nonmetallic single-gang mounting plate
209635
MPAL2
Nonmetallic double-gang mounting plate
209636
MP34P
Nonmetallic 3- or 4-gang mounting plate
157703
MPLS
Metal single-gang, screws to drywall
(screws included)
201826
MPLS2
Metal double-gang, screws to drywall
(screws included)
126092
MP1
Metal single-gang (no screws included);
mounting-plate brackets (metallic)
203200
MP1S
Single plate-mounting bracket for
new work
249512
MP2S
Double-gang plate-mounting bracket for
new work
5.155
CABLE CLIP FOR COAX, CONTROL AND ALARM CABLE AND SPEAKER WIRE (9 TO
11 MM)
Description
425810
LI2
Red
425811
LI2B
Black
425813
LI2W
White
pr5409V2-10695.tif
ERICO
DOME
CADDY Within Wall Mounting Plate

ERICO
PR34487V2-255443.tif

373940
SCMKC
PR22445V2-133589.tif
FEATURES
Designed to eliminate gaps between the wall and faceplate
Highly visible yellow material helps prevent incorrect installation
Template dimples on the bracket provide measurement markings for
simplified installation
Securing pins lock the plate into the drywall
Convenient removable tether assists with positioning
Description
393015
MP1WWM
CADDY Within Wall Mounting Plate for
installing low-voltage cable, phone and
data lines
Security CameraDMounting Kits
Description
Security camera mounting kit, dome
TEE BAR

373938
SCMKT
PR22446V2-133581.tif
Description
Security camera mounting kit, tee bar
WALL-MOUNT
PR22448V2-133582.tif
ERICO
FEATURES
Designed to simplify installation and enhance your security system
Each kit is designed to install quickly and easily
Supports a camera to comply with codes, standards and best practices
Eliminates threaded rod and associated hardware
BEAM FLANGE
PR22447V2-133585.tif

373939
SCMKW

373937
SCMKB
5.156
Description
Security camera mounting
kit, wall-mount
Description
Security camera mounting kit,
beam flange
PANDUIT
./
J-PRO Cable-support System

PANDUIT
PR20319V2-71723.tif
J-PRO CABLE-SUPPORT SYSTEM (50 PCS)

JP 75 - 0.75 in. (19 mm)
Description
324712
JP75W-L20
For wall-mount applications. One 1/4 in.
(M6) mounting hole for user
supplied screw
324713
JP75CM-L20
With ceiling-mount bracket that includes
one each 3/16 in. (M5), 1/4 in. (M6),
and 3/8 in. (M10) mounting hole
324714
JP75DW-L20
With clip for use with #12 wire,
threaded rod up to 3/8 in. in diameter
324715
JP75SBC50R-L20
With screw-on beam clamp for use with
flanges up to 1/2 in. thick. Rotates
360 degrees
330980
JP75HBC50R-L20
With hammer-on beam clamp for use
with flanges 5/16 in. - 1/2 in. thick.
Rotates 360 degrees
444605
JP75WP2-L20
For powder-actuated installation on
walls. One 5/32 in. (M4) and one 1/4 in.
supplied fasteners
352862
JP75SBC50-L20
flanges up to 1/2 in. thick
326890
JP75HBC25R-L20
Rotates 360 degrees
330981
JP75HBC75R-L20
Rotates 360 degrees
352900
JP75UF100-L20
With under floor clamp for use with
pedestal support 7/8 in. square or
1 1/8 in. - 1 3/8 in. in diameter
5.157
FEATURES
Patented design provides complete horizontal and vertical 1 in. bend-radius
control that helps prevent degradation of cable performance
UL 2043 and CAN/ULC S102.2 approved and suitable for use in
air-handling spaces
Cable-tie channel allows user to install 3/4 in. TAK-TY Cable Tie to retain
cable bundle
Maximum bundle capacity: JP75 - 0.75 in. (19 mm), JP131 - 1.31 in. (33 mm),
JP2 - 2 in. (50.8 mm), JP4 - 4 in. (101.6 mm)

JP 131 - 1.31 in. (33 mm)
Description
324716
JP131W-L20
For wall mount applications. One 1/4 in.
(M6)-mounting hole for user
supplied screw
324717
JP131CM-L20
one each 3/16 in. (M5), 1/4 in. (M6)
324718
JP131DW-L20
324719
JP131SBC50R-L20
360 degrees
330135
JP131HBC50R-L20
Rotates 360 degrees
444597
JP131WP2-L20
(M6) mounting hole for
user-supplied fasteners
352863
JP131SBC50-L20
330133
JP131HBC25R-L20
Rotates 360 degrees
330137
JP131HBC75R-L20
Rotates 360 degrees
330131
JP131UF100-L20
pedestal support 7/8 in. or 1 1/8 in. 1 3/8 in. in diameter
PANDUIT
(continued)

JP 2 - 2 in. (50.5 mm)
Description
324720
JP2W-L20
user-supplied screw
324721
JP2CM-L20
one each 3/16 in. (M5), 1/4 in. (M6)
324722
JP2DW-L20
324723
JP2SBC50R-L20
360 degrees
330193
JP2HBC50R-L20
Rotates 360 degrees
444606
JP2WP2-L20
324107
JP2SBC50-L20
324106
JP2HBC25R-L20
D
Rotates 360 degrees
330128
JP2HBC75R-L20
Rotates 360 degrees
330129
JP2UF100-L20
With under-floor clamp for use with
5.158

JP 4 - 4 in. (101.5 mm)
Description
324724
JP4W-X20
user-supplied screw
324725
JP4CM-X20
one each 3/16 in. (M5), 1/4 in. (M6)
352830
JP4SBC50R-X20
360 degrees
352831
JP4HBC50R-X20
Rotates 360 degrees
352860
JP4WP2-X20
341303
JP4SBC50-X20
352899
JP4HBC25R-X20
Rotates 360 degrees
352898
JP4HBC75R-X20
Rotates 360 degrees
352903
JP4UF100-X20
Other colors may be available. Contact your local
sales representative for more information.
Indoor-rated Innerduct
Innerduct
./
Selecting Innerduct
Plenum Innerduct
XXX
PR24119V2-174785.tif
Plenum innerduct is UL Listed, nonmetallic, corrugated flexible conduit for use in

plenum, riser and general purpose applications. Plenum complies with the UL
2024 Standard for plenum applications. Use plenum fittings.
FEATURES
Sizes 3/4 in. through 2 in.
UL Listed
Pre-installed pull tape
Color options: white and orange
ORANGE
Corrugated orange plenum innerduct with pull tape installed
Anixter No. Description
360993
3/4 in.
180524
1 in.
249416
1 1/4 in.
189547
1 1/2 in.
189571
2 in.
WHITE
Corrugated white plenum innerduct with pull tape installed
377309
3/4 in.
141127
1 in.
140957
1 1/4 in.
140958
1 1/2 in.
173944
2 in.
5.159
What is innerduct?
Innerduct is a small, flexible, nonmetallic conduit (or tube) typically used to subdivide
larger ducts for the placement of optical fiber/communications cables in the
underground conduit system (direct bury). Common premise applications include:
cables installed in vertical runs between floors or in a shaft (riser); cables installed in
environmental air spaces (plenum); or cables installed in horizontal runs (general
purpose) and open areas.
Is innerduct different than duct or conduit?
Conduit and duct usually refer to a stand-alone tube, whereas innerduct especially in
outdoor applications is often used inside another duct or conduit. Larger-diameter
products are usually called duct or conduit. Riser, plenum and general purpose
innerduct are also referred as "flexible raceways." Innerduct, conduit or flexible
raceways can be made corrugated to add more flexibility and minimize cable damage
during pulling, or with solid walls for more resistance in tougher environments.
Why are there so many different kinds of innerduct?
Different applications have different needs. Burial innerduct needs to be sturdier.
Plenum innerduct must be UL Listed, low smoke and flame retardant. Larger cables
need larger innerduct. In some environments, such as trenching, a large duct is
preferable to a small one because it is very hard to keep small ducts straight in a
trench. Make sure that the innerduct you are using fits the application and complies
to local codes and industry standards.
What is plenum innerduct?
A specialized, corrugated, flexible raceway produced from PVDF, polyvinylidene
fluoride, a fluoropolymer compound. It's suitable for use in buildings as defined by
NEC Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 and MUST BE UL Listed and labeled for
plenum applications.
What is riser innerduct?
A specialized, corrugated, flexible raceway made from PVC resin, with fire-resistant
characteristics to prevent the carrying of fire from floor to floor. MUST BE UL Listed.
What is general purpose innerduct?
A specialized, corrugated, flexible raceway made from PVC resin resistant to the
spread of fire. MUST BE UL Listed.
What is HDPE?
HDPE is the abbreviation for high-density polyethylene. This is the material used for
outdoor innerduct. See the Outside Plant and Building Entrance Protection Products
section for a product listing.
Is HDPE the same as PVC?
No. PVC becomes brittle when cold and is much less flexible than HDPE. PVC is
naturally fire retardant while HDPE is flammable.
XXX
Innerduct
Riser Innerduct
XXX
PR24120V2-174786.tif
Riser innerduct is UL Listed, nonmetallic, corrugated flexible conduit for use in riser
and general purpose applications. Its fire-resistant characteristics prevent the
spread of fire from floor to floor. Use riser fittings.
FEATURES
Sizes 3/4 in. through 2 in.
UL Listed
Color: orange
394447
3/4 in.
201765
1 in.
201766
1 1/4 in.
273727
D1 1/2 in.
239843
2 in.
General-purpose Innerduct
XXX
PR24121V2-174791.tif
General-purpose innerduct is UL Listed, nonmetallic, corrugated flexible conduit for

use in general-purpose applications. Use riser fittings.
FEATURES
Sizes 1 in. through 2 in.
UL Listed
Color: orange
217241
1 in.
217242
1 1/4 in.
217244
1 1/2 in.
217245
2 in.
5.160
Fittings
./
Plenum Fittings
Riser and General-purpose Fittings
EASTERN WIRE & CONDUIT LTD

AFC - Eastern Wire + Conduit offers a wide range of fittings that complement the
innerduct line to provide you with an outstanding overall package. These fittings are
easy to use and make installation a simple task.
EASTERN WIRE & CONDUIT LTD

AFC - Eastern Wire + Conduit offers a wide range of fittings that complement the
innerduct line to provide you with an outstanding overall package. These fittings are
easy to use and make installation a simple task.
COUPLINGS
Vendor No.
PFCSP0750O
PFCSP1000O
PFCSP1250O
PFCSP1500O
PFCSP2000O
ADAPTERS
Anixter No.
399093
399094
399095
399096
399097
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
PR24123V2-174790.tif
Vendor No.
PFTTP0750O
PFTTP1000O
PFTTP1250O
PFTTP1500O
PFTTP2000O
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
AFC - Eastern Wire and Conduit's fittings are compatible and approved for
use with our stock of plenum innerduct.
COUPLINGS
Anixter No.
399099
399100
399101
399102
399103
PR24122V2-174795.tif
Vendor No.
PFCSR0750O
PFCSR1000O
PFCSR1250O
PFCSR1500O
PFCSR2000O
ADAPTERS
Anixter No.
399105
399106
399107
399108
399109
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
PR24123V2-174790.tif
Vendor No.
PFTTR0750O
PFTTR1000O
PFTTR1250O
PFTTR1500O
PFTTR2000O
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
AFC - Eastern Wire and Conduit's fittings are compatible and approved for
use with our stock of riser and general-purpose innerduct.
5.161
Anixter No.
399087
399088
399089
399090
399091
PR24122V2-174795.tif
Fittings
Plenum Fittings
Riser Fittings
IPEX INC
IPEX fittings make terminating or coupling quick and easy, and six locking tabs
ensure the fittings stay connected. No messy cementing or screws to tighten. Also
available in white.
IPEX INC
IPEX fittings make terminating or coupling quick and easy, and six locking tabs
ensure the fittings stay connected. No messy cementing or screws to tighten.
COUPLINGS - ORANGE
Anixter No.
399110
399111
399112
399113
399114
Vendor No.
KPPC075
KPPC100
KPPC125
KPPC150
KPPC200
ADAPTERS - ORANGE
COUPLINGS - ORANGE
PR24128V2-175296.tif
PR24126V2-175290.tif
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
Anixter No.
399120
399121
399122
399123
399124
Vendor No.
KPRC075
KPRC100
KPRC125
KPRC150
KPRC200
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
ADAPTERS - ORANGE
PR24127V2-175293.tif
PR24125V2-175287.tif
Anixter No.
399115
399116
399117
399118
399119
Vendor No.
KPTA075
KPTA100
KPTA125
KPTA150
KPTA200
Y COUPLER - ORANGE
418666
KPPY075-200
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
Anixter No.
399125
399126
399127
399128
399129
Vendor No.
KRTA075
KRTA100
KRTA125
KRTA150
KRTA200
Description
3/4 in.
1 in.
1 1/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
IPEX fittings are compatible and approved for use

with our stock of riser innerduct.
Description
Fits 3/4 in. through 2 in. innerduct
IPEX fittings are compatible and approved for use

with our stock of plenum innerduct.
5.162
Textile Innerduct
./
Textile Innerduct
MAXCELL GROUP
PR20491V2-77411.tif
MaxCell is the only flexible, multicelled, textile innerduct specifically designed for the
network-construction industry. The unique textile construction allows MaxCell to
conform to the shape of cables placed within, greatly reducing the wasted space
associated with rigid innerduct. It is available in multiple configurations and lengths.
MaxCell maximizes conduit space, minimizes costs and allows for overlay installations
without breaking ground. MaxCell's flexibility allows for installation over
existing cables.
PLENUM AND RISER MAXCELL PRODUCT LINES

This line is a low smoke zero halogen versions for use in premise wiring. These
products provide numerous low-friction pathways for installation of multiple cables
in a variety of building environments, including air-handling space, raised floors,
cable trays and riser ducts. Plenum- and riser-rated MaxCell allow for incremental
deployment of cables as needed, as well as easy removal of obsolete and
abandoned cables.
Description
375671
MXP3456BK250
3 in., 3-cell, 250 ft. reel, black
375672
MXP3456BK500
375673
MXP3456BK1000
3 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, black
375674
MXP3456BK2650
375675
MXP3456BK5300
375676
MXP3456BK10000
3 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, black
375677
MXP2002PR250
2 in., 2-cell, 250 ft. reel, purple
5.163
STANDARD PRODUCT LINE

This is a versatile solution for the complex problems faced by engineers, contractors
and network providers. Manufactured from internally produced monofilaments, this
model yields superior performance over existing rigid innerduct.
Description
312606
MXC3456BK250
312599
MXC3456BK500
312596
MXC3456BK1000
312593
MXC3456BK2650
312601
MXC3456BK5300
375626
MXC3456BK10000
312616
MXC2002PR250
312615
MXC2002PR500
312614
MXC2002PR1000
2 in., 2-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, purple
375627
MXC2002PR2650
375628
MXC2002PR5300
375629
MXC2002PR10000
2 in., 2-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, purple
312612
MXC2003YL250
2 in., 3-cell, 250 ft. reel, yellow
312611
MXC2003YL500
312610
MXC2003YL1000
2 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, yellow
312609
MXC2003YL2650
312600
MXC2003YL5300
375631
MXC2003YL10000
2 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, yellow
375632
MXC4003GR250
4 in., 3-cell, 250 ft. reel, green
375633
MXC4003GR500
312613
MXC4003GR1000
4 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, green
345913
MXC4003GR2650
375634
MXC4003GR5300
348562
MXC4003GR10000
4 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, green
375635
MXC2001WH250
2 in., 1-cell, 250 ft. reel, white
375636
MXC2001WH500
375637
MXC2001WH1000
2 in., 1-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, white
375638
MXC2001WH2650
375639
MXC2001WH5300
375640
MXC2001WH10000 2 in., 1-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, white
DETECTABLE PRODUCT LINE

This line is configured like the standard product, but contains an 18-gauge solid
copper core tracer wire inserted in the edge for use in underground utility locations.
An embedded feature, detectable MaxCell will not entangle or impede cable
installation nor increase cable pulling tensions. The wire is permanent and will not
be removed as is the case with detectable pulling tapes. In addition, the wire is
protected, which means no damage to it or the cables and ensuring locate ability for
years to come.
Description
375641
MXD3456BK250
375642
MXD3456BK500
375643
MXD3456BK1000
375644
MXD3456BK2650
375645
MXD3456BK5300
375646
MXD3456BK10000
375647
MXD2002PR250
375648
MXD2002PR500
375649
MXD2002PR1000
375650
MXD2002PR2650
375651
MXD2002PR5300
375652
MXD2002PR10000
375653
MXD2003YL250
375654
MXD2003YL500
375655
MXD2003YL1000
375656
MXD2003YL2650
375657
MXD2003YL5300
375658
MXD2003YL10000
375659
MXD4003GR250
375660
MXD4003GR500
375661
MXD4003GR1000
375662
MXD4003GR2650
375663
MXD4003GR5300
375664
MXD4003GR10000
375665
MXD2001WH250
375666
MXD2001WH500
375667
MXD2001WH1000
375668
MXD2001WH2650
375669
MXD2001WH5300
375670
MXD2001WH10000 2 in., 1-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, white
Textile Innerduct
(continued)
Textile Innerduct
Anixter No.
375678
375679
375680
375681
375682
375683
375684
375685
375686
375687
375688
375689
375690
375691
375692
375693
375694
375695
375696
375697
375698
375699
375700
375701
375702
375703
Vendor No.
MXP2002PR500
MXP2002PR1000
MXP2002PR2650
MXP2002PR5300
MXP2002PR10000
MXP2003YL250
MXP2003YL500
MXP2003YL1000
MXP2003YL2650
MXP2003YL5300
MXP2003YL10000
MXP4003GR250
MXP4003GR500
MXP4003GR1000
MXP4003GR2650
MXP4003GR5300
MXP4003GR10000
MXP2001WH250
MXP2001WH500
MXP2001WH1000
MXP2001WH2650
MXP2001WH5300
MXP2001WH10000
D
MXR3456BK250
MXR3456BK500
MXR3456BK1000
375704
MXR3456BK2650
375705
MXR3456BK5300
375706
375707
375708
375709
MXR3456BK10000
MXR2002RR250
MXR2002RR500
MXR2002RR1000
375710
MXR2002RR2650
375711
MXR2002RR5300
375712
MXR2002RR10000
375713
375714
375715
MXR2003YL250
MXR2003YL500
MXR2003YL1000
375716
MXR2003YL2650
375717
MXR2003YL5300
5.164
Description
Plenum, 2 in., 2-cell, 500 ft. reel, purple
2 in., 1-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, white
Riser, 3 in., 3-cell, 250 ft. reel, black
Riser, 3 in., 3-cell, 500 ft. reel, black
Riser, 3 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft.
reel, black
Riser, 3 in., 3-cell, 2,650-5,299 ft.
reel, black
Riser, 3 in., 3-cell, 5,300-9,999 ft.
reel, black
Riser, 3 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, black
Riser, 2 in., 2-cell, 250 ft. reel, purple
Riser, 2 in., 2-cell, 500 ft. reel, purple
Riser, 2 in., 2-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft.
reel, purple
Riser, 2 in., 2-cell, 2,650-5,299 ft.
reel, purple
Riser, 2 in., 2-cell, 5,300-9,999 ft.
reel, purple
Riser, 2 in., 2-cell, 10,000 ft.
reel, purple
Riser, 2 in., 3-cell, 250 ft. reel, yellow
Riser, 2 in., 3-cell, 500 ft. reel, yellow
Riser, 2 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft.
reel, yellow
Riser, 2 in., 3-cell, 2,650-5,299 ft.
reel, yellow
Riser, 2 in., 3-cell, 5,300-9,999 ft.
reel, yellow

375718
MXR2003YL10000
375719
375720
375721
MXR4003GR250
MXR4003GR500
MXR4003GR1000
375722
MXR4003GR2650
375723
MXR4003GR5300
375724
375725
375726
375727
MXR4003GR10000
MXR2001WH250
MXR2001WH500
MXR2001WH1000
375728
MXR2001WH2650
375729
MXR2001WH5300
375730
MXR2001WH10000
MAXCELL ACCESSORIES
312617
MXC2CH
312618
MXC3CH
312619
MXCIGC
312620
MXCIK11
312621
MXCIK21
312622
MXCIK31CH
312623
MXCITB3
312624
MXCITB4
312625
MXCITB5
312626
MXCITB6
312627
MXCITT
312628
312629
312630
312631
312632
312633
MXCSW
MXCTBSET070
MXCTBSET090
MXCTBSET110
MXCTP4
MXCTP6
Description
Riser, 2 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft.
reel, yellow
Riser, 4 in., 3-cell, 250 ft. reel, green
Riser, 4 in., 3-cell, 500 ft. reel, green
Riser, 4 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft.
reel, green
Riser, 4 in., 3-cell, 2,650-5,299 ft.
reel, green
Riser, 4 in., 3-cell, 5,300-9,999 ft.
reel, green
Riser, 4 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, green
Riser, 2 in., 1-cell, 250 ft. reel, white
Riser, 2 in., 1-cell, 500 ft. reel, white
Riser, 2 in., 1-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft.
reel, white
Riser, 2 in., 1-cell, 2,650-5,299 ft.
reel, white
Riser, 2 in., 1-cell, 5,300-9,999 ft.
reel, white
Riser, 2 in., 1-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, white
Description
Installation kit, two-way harness
Installation kit, three-way harness
CO2 gas cartridge
Single-pack pull swivel
Two-pack pulls/harness swivels
Three-pack pulls/harness swivels
Inflatable bag termination for
3 in. O.D. conduit
4 in. O.D. conduit
5 in. O.D. conduit
6 in. O.D. conduit
Inflation tool. Requires MaxCell MXCIGC
gas cartridge
Installation swivel
Watertight bushing set for 0.7 in. hole
Watertight split plug for 4 in. duct
All product lines offer the choice of a custom color as well. For more
information, contact your local sales representative.
Why Ground?
./
Tech Tips
Why Ground?
The grounding system is not just an insurance policy against a lightning strike.
It is an active, functioning system that provides protection for personnel
and equipment. Proper grounding is essential for efficient network
system performance.
The purpose of the grounding system is to create a low-impedance path to earth
ground for electrical surges and transient voltages. Lightning, fault currents,
circuit switching (motors turning on and off) and electrostatic discharge are the
common causes of these surges and transient voltages. An effective grounding
system minimizes the detrimental effects of these electrical surges.
5.165

./
Grounding Bus Bars
Two-mounting-hole Ground Terminal Block

PR20305V2-71456.tif
Create a permanent ground reference point for racks, cabinets, cable runway,
equipment and protectors within each telecommunications facility.
FEATURES
Bus bars include standoff mounting brackets and insulators
Bus bars support attachment of two-hole lugs
TMGB bus bars are 4 in. high, used in entrance facility
TGB bus bars are 2 in. high, used in other facilities
Bus bars ship assembled in a single carton
Two-hole compression lugs are included with each kit
Other lengths and lug-hole patterns are available
Description
267419
40156-012
TGB bus-bar kit, 9-position, 12 in. L,
includes 10 lugs
D
267421
40158-012
TMGB bus-bar kit, 18-position, 12 in. L,
includes 11 lugs
267422
40158-020
TMGB bus-bar kit, 30-position, 20 in. L,
includes 11 lugs
Attach ground wires to racks and cabinets.

FEATURES
Accepts conductors ranging from #14 AWG through 2/0
Attaches to rack or cabinet equipment mounting rails with mounting holes
spaced on 5/8 in. centers
Mounting holes are 0.28 in. in diameter; mounting hardware not included
Manufactured from electroplated tin aluminum extrusion
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
288053
40167-001
One each
288053-10PK
40167-010
Pack of 10
CPI offers a full line of grounding and bonding products
including rack-mount bus bars, compression lugs, C-taps, pipe and
pedestal clamps, jumpers, antioxidant, etc. Contact your
sales representative for additional products.
CPI offers a full line of grounding and bonding products including

rack-mount bus bars, compression lugs, C-taps, antioxidant, etc. Contact
your local sales representative for additional products.
5.166
PR34418V2-254396.tif
ERICO
./
Copper-bonded Pointed Ground Rods

ERICO
Silicon Bronze Standard-duty Ground Rod Clamp

PR29167V2-215865.tif
PR29168V2-215872.tif
Ground rod clamps from ERICO provide a cost-effective method for connecting
conductors to ground rods or rebar. The CP58 clamps are designed to withstand a
minimum torque of 300 in.-lb. The CP58 ground rod clamps are UL and CSA Listed
for 1/2 in. and 5/8 in. ground rods and #4 rebar. The CP58 clamps are designed to
accept a conductor range from #10 solid to #2 stranded. The CP58 is also UL and
CSA Listed for direct burial.
FEATURES
Manufactured from high-strength bronze alloy
Durable; long-lasting
Exceeds UL torque requirement by two times
Made in USA
Description
263253
CP58
Silicon bronze ground rod clamp,
standard duty, 1/2 in. - 5/8 in. rod,
#10 sol. - #2 str. AWG
Galvanized Pointed Ground Rods

ERICO
Galvanized steel.
425785
815880
PR29171V2-215868.tif
Description
5/8 in. diameter x 8 ft. L
Silicon Bronze Heavy-duty Ground Rod Clamp

ERICO
PR29172V2-215863.tif
Ground rod clamps from ERICO provide a cost-effective method for connecting
conductors to ground rods or rebar. The HDC series is designed to withstand a
minimum torque of 450 in.-lb.
FEATURES
Manufactured from high-strength bronze alloy
Durable; long-lasting
Stands up to over-tightening
UL and CSA Listed for direct burial
Description
425793
HDC12
Silicon bronze ground rod clamp,
heavy-duty, 1/2 in. rod, #10 solid to
#2 stranded AWG
5.167
Copper-bonded pointed ground rods from ERICO are manufactured of high-strength

1035 cold drawn steel through a state-of-the-art process which ensures uniform
plating thickness. Copper-bonded pointed ground rods resist corrosion better than
galvanized rods, which allows for a 30-year service life in most soils.
FEATURES
Copper is molecularly bonded to nickel-sealed high-strength steel cores
Average tensile strength of 80,000 psi and straightness tolerance of 0.010 in.
per linear foot
Exceeds the requirements of ANSI/UL 467-1984, CSA and ANSI/NEMA GR-1
Description
425774
615880
5/8 in. diameter x 8 ft. L, 10 ml. copper
plating thickness
263254
615883
Copper-bonded, pointed ground rod,
5/8 in. diameter x 8 ft. length
ERICO
ERICO
Ground Bars
ERICO
PR29169V2-215864.tif
Proper bonding is essential to create an equipotential plane between service grounds

and equipment during fault and transient conditions. This equipotential plane
provides a near-zero voltage differential and serves to protect people and equipment
during these events. The most popular bonding product in use today is the ground bar
or bonding bar.
FEATURES
Provides a convenient, single-point grounding and bonding location
EGB SERIES GROUND BAR (INSULATOR AND BRACKET)
Description
425794
EGBA14210JJ
1/4 in. thick x 2 in. W x 10 in. L; hole
pattern JJ: two rows of 7/16 in. holes
with 1 in. spacing
D
425796
EGBA14212HH
pattern HH: one row of 7/16 in. holes
with 1 in. spacing
425797
EGBA14212TES
pattern GG: two rows of 7/16 in. holes
with 1 in. spacing and one pair of
5/16 in. holes (3/4 in. space) on
either end
TGB SERIES TELECOM GROUND BAR (INSULATOR AND BRACKET), TINNED
Description
255804
TGB-A14L06PT
1/4 in. thick x 2 in. W x 13 1/4 in. L
255803
TGB-A18L10PT
255802
TGB-A20L12PT
1/4 in. thick x 2 in. W x 20 in. L
255801
TGB-A25L14PT
TMGB SERIES TELECOM GROUND BAR (INSULATOR AND BRACKET), TINNED
Description
255810
TMGB-A14L15PT
255809
TMGB-A16L19PT
255807
TMGB-A20L27PT
1/4 in. thick x 4 in. W x 20 in. L
ACCESSORIES
425804
B548A41
5.168
Description
Mounting kit for 1 in. and 2 in. wide
bars, SS hardware and 3/8 in. fasteners,
insulator and bracket
Ortronics
./
Bonding and Grounding

ORTRONICS
PR22653V2-137915.tif
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BARS

Description
400743
GB2X10TMGB
Bar size: 10 in. W x 2 in. H with (four)
5/16 in. hole sets and (three) 7/16 in.
hole sets
400744
GB2X12TMGB
Bar size: 12 in. W x 2 in. H with (six)
hole sets
STANDARD GROUND BARS
TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BAR KITS

Description
400735
GB4X12TMGBKIT
Bar size: 12 in. W x 4 in. H with (12)
5/16 in. hole sets and (six) 7/16 in.
hole sets
400738
GB4X20TMGBKIT
hole sets
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BAR KIT
Description
400745
GB2X12TGBKIT
Bar size: 12 in. W x 2 in. H with (six)
hole sets
TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BARS
Description
378664
GB4X12TMGB
hole sets
378665
GB4X20TMGB
hole sets

378666
GB4X12J
378667
GB4X20J
WALL-MOUNTING BRACKET KIT
400757
GBWMBKIT
Description
Bar size: 12 in. W x 4 in. H with 27 holes
Bar size: 20 in. W x 4 in. H with 51 holes
Description
Set of two brackets with insulators and
hardware to mount to a ground bar
Vertical Ground Bar Kits

ORTRONICS
PR29323V2-217527.tif
Manufactured of 1/4 in.-thick electrolytic tough pitch 110 copper alloy bar.
Accommodates one-hole lugs or two-hole lugs (5/8 in. on center). 36 in. bar has two
PEM studs at one end and the 72 in. bar has two PEM studs at both ends for ground
conductor connection.
Kit includes:
- Eight 1/4 in. x 1/2 in. stainless steel hex head cap screws
- Three white Delrin insulators
- Four 5/16 in. stainless steel lock washers
- Eight 1/4 in. stainless steel lock washers
- Three 12-24 x 5/8 in. hex washer head screws
- Four 5/16 in. stainless steel hex nuts
- One two-hole long-barrel compression lug
Description
426006
GBV36KIT
5/8 in. x 36 in. vertical kit
426009
GBV72KIT
5/8 in. x 72 in. vertical kit
5.169
Manufactured of 1/4 in.-thick electrolytic tough pitch 110 alloy copper bar. Includes
1 1/2 in. insulators and 1 in. off-set stainless steel mounting brackets. Includes one
1/2 oz. tube of antioxidant joint compound. Meets BICSI and ANSI/TIA 607 standards.
FEATURES
Kits include:
- One copper ground bar with brackets and insulators
- Six #6 compression lugs
- Three #2 compression lugs
- One 2/0 compression lug
- One 4/0 compression lug
- 12 1/4 in. - 20 x 3/4 in. SS hex head cap screw
- 12 1/4 in. - 20 SS lock washer
- 12 1/4 in. - 20 SS hex nut
- Six 3/8 in. - 16 x 1 in. SS hex head cap screw
- Six 3/8 in. - 16 SS lock washer
- Six 3/8 in. - 16 SS hex nut
PR22654V2-137917.tif
Ortronics
Horizontal Ground Bar Kit
ORTRONICS
PR29324V2-217522.tif
Kit includes:
- One 1/4 in. thick electrolytic tough pitch 110 copper alloy bar
- One 3 in. bar splice plate with two slotted holes
- Two white Delrin insulators
- Two 12-24 x 5/8 in. hex washer head screws
- Two 12-24 x 3/4 in. copper flashed brass screws
- Two #12 copper flat washers
- Eight 6-32 x 1/4 in. copper flashed brass screws
- Eight #6 ring terminals
Description
378311
GBH19KIT
1 in. x 19.25 in. horizontal kit
D
Mighty Mo Fiber Raceway

ORTRONICS
Mighty Mo fiber raceway is specifically designed for routing and protecting fiber optic
cords between termination equipment, fiber patching or splicing enclosures, racks
and cabinets in data centers, telecommunications rooms or anywhere fiber optic
cabling is present.
Mighty Mo fiber raceway is available in five sizes with a complete selection of fittings
and drop-outs for every size. It is easily mounted above racks and cabinets or mounted
to runway or Cablofil tray.
Material: Noryl fire-retardant plastic, halogen free, UL94-VO rated
Agency Approvals: ISO 9001 certified quality management system by NCS International
UL2024A standard
Compliant with: RoHS
Colors: Yellow, orange and black
For complete product details, please contact
your local sales representative.
5.170
PANDUIT
351963
RGCBNJ660P22
./
STRUCTUREDGROUND Grounding Strip Kits

PANDUIT
PR12092V2-21976.tif
306470
STRUCTUREDGROUND Equipment Jumper Kits

PANDUIT
PR20045V2-67682.tif
STRUCTUREDGROUND Common Bonding Network (CBN) Jumper Kit

PANDUIT
PR12093V2-21979.tif
FEATURES
Bonds the rack or cabinet to the MCBN
HTAPs, included in kits, requires crimping tool and die
HTAPs are UL Listed and CSA Certified for applications up to 600 V when
crimped with PANDUIT and specified competitor crimping tools and PANDUIT
crimping dies
Engineered to comply with U.S. and international grounding requirements
FEATURES
Bonds network equipment to grounding strip or grounding bus bar
Jumper kit available with both ends factory terminated to provide a
bolt-on solution
Jumper kit available with one end factory terminated to attach to the grounding
strip or grounding bus bar; free end accommodates unique
equipment terminations
Use jumpers with 90-degree bent lug, on grounding strip side, for high-density
grounding requirements up to one ground point per RU
Use jumpers with 45-degree bent lugs, on grounding strip side, for improved
cable management
Use 24 in. jumpers when network equipment ground point is located near the
grounding strip side of the rack or cabinet
Use 36 in. jumpers when network equipment ground point is located away from
the grounding strip side of the rack
5.171
78.65 in. (2 m) length; 0.67 in. (17 mm) width; 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) thickness.
FEATURES
Bonds up to 45RU per rack
EIA Universal mounting hole pattern
Description
306469
RGS134-1Y
Grounding strip provided with 0.16 oz.
(5 cc) of antioxidant, one grounding
sticker and three each 12-24 x
1/2 in., M6 x 12 mm
306837
RGS134-10-1Y
10 grounding strips provided with
0.16 oz. (5 cc) of antioxidant,
10 grounding stickers and 30 each
12-24 x 1/2 in. and M6 x 12 mm
thread-forming screws
RGCBNJ660PY
Description
#6 AWG (16 mm2) jumper; 60 in.
(1.52 m) length; 45-degree bent lug on
grounding strip side; provided with
0.16 oz. (5 cc) of antioxidant, two each
12-24 x 1/2 in., M6 x 12 mm, 10-32 x
1/2 in. and M5 x 12 mm thread-forming
screws and a copper compression HTAP
for connecting to the MCBN in sizes
ranging from #6 to #2 AWG (16 to
25 mm2)
#6 AWG (16 mm) jumper; 60 in.
(1.52 m) length; 45-degree bent lug on
grounding strip side; provided with
0.16 oz. (5 cc) of antioxidant, two each
12-24 x 1/2 in., M6 x 12 mm, 10-32 x
1/2 in. and M5 x 12 mm thread-forming
screws and a copper compression HTAP
for connecting to the MCBN in sizes
ranging from #2 AWG to 250 kcmil
(35 to 120 mm)
PANDUIT
(continued)
STRUCTUREDGROUND Equipment Jumper Kits

306472
RGEJ636PFY
306846
RGEJ657PFY
Description
#6 AWG (16 mm2) jumper 36 in.
(0.91 m) length; factory terminated with
90-degree bent lug on grounding strip
side to straight lug on equipment;
provided with 0.16 oz. (5 cc) of
antioxidant and two each 12-24 x
1/2 in., M6 x 12 mm, 10-32 x 1/2 in.
and M5 x 12 mm thread-forming screws
#6 AWG (16 mm2) jumper 57 in.
(1.45 m) length; factory terminated with
90-degree bent lug on grounding strip
side; provided with 0.16 oz (5 cc) of
antioxidant and two each 12-24 x
1/2 in., M6 x 12 mm, 10-32 x 1/2 in.,
M5 x 12 mm thread-forming screws
Telecommunications Equipment Bonding Conductor (TEBC) Kits

PANDUIT
PR29176V2-215809.tif
FEATURES
Bonds the rack or cabinet to the Telecommunications Grounding Bus Bar
Jumper kit available with both ends factory terminated to provide a
bolt-on solution
#6 AWG jumper green wire with yellow horizontal stripe
Preterminated with 45-degree bent lug on rack side and preterminated with
straight tongue lug on BICSI/J-STD-607-A Telecommunications Grounding Bus
Bar side
Description
425141
GJ672UH
72 in. (1.83 m) length
425144
GJ696UH
96 in. (2.44 m) length
425145
GJ6120UH
120 in. (3.05 m) length
425146
GJ6144UH
144 in. (3.66 m) length
425148
GJ6168UH
168 in. (4.27 m) length
425149
GJ6192UH
192 in. (4.88 m) length
425150
GJ6216UH
216 in. (5.49 m) length
425152
GJ6240UH
240 in. (6.10 m) length
425153
GJ6264UH
264 in. (6.71 m) length
425154
GJ6288UH
288 in. (7.32 m) length
5.172
Armored Fiber Cable Grounding Kits

PANDUIT
PR29177V2-215812.tif
FEATURES
Bonds armored fiber cable to rack or BICSI/J-STD-607-A Telecommunications
Grounding Bus Bar
Available with factory-terminated jumper kit available to provide a
bolt-on solution
Description
425166
ACG24K
For armored cable diameters 0.40 in. to
0.84 in. (10.2-21.3 mm); crimped
jumper wire assembly, 24 in.
(609.6 mm) length; LCC6-14,
#10 mechanical clamp; provided with
two each 12-24, M6 slotted hex head
zinc-plated thread-forming screws, and
black polypropylene terminal cover
425191
ACG24K-500
For armored cable diameters 0.85 in. to
1.03 in. (21.6-26.2 mm); crimped
jumper wire assembly, 24 in.
(609.6 mm) length; LCC6-14,
#10 mechanical clamp; provided with
two each 12-24, M6 slotted hex head
zinc-plated thread-forming screws, and
black polypropylene terminal cover
425203
ACG24K
Armored cable grounding kit with one
armored cable ground terminal for
#6 AWG and one #10 mechanical
clamp, 9/16 in. - 1 1/16 in.
diameter range
PANDUIT
Retrofit Rack Grounding Bus Bar Kits

PANDUIT
BICSI/J-STD-607-A Telecommunications Grounding Bus Bars

PR22275V2-129735.tif
PR12095V2-21985.tif
FEATURES
Meets BICSI and J-STD-607-A requirements for network systems
grounding applications
Made of high-conductivity copper and tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
Comes preassembled with brackets and insulators attached for
quick installation
Use PANDUIT component labels to identify bus-bars to meet ANSI/TIA-606-A
Description
323178
GB2B0306TPI-1
Telecommunications grounding bus bar
is 1/4 in. x 2 in. x 12 in. with six 1/4 in.
stud hole sets at 5/8 in. spacing and
three 3/8 in. stud hole sets at
1 in. spacing
326835
GB4B0624TPI-1
Telecommunications main grounding bus
bar is 1/4 in. x 4 in. x 20 in. with
24 1/4 in. stud hole sets at 5/8 in.
spacing and six 3/8 in. stud hole sets at
1 in. spacing
5.173
FEATURES
Provide the common grounding point within the cabinet
Optimized for installation on 19 in. racks or cabinets that meet EIA-310
Can be positioned anywhere on the rack or cabinet
Available preassembled with 20 mounting screws for quick and
easy installation
Description
354363
RGRB19Y
Grounding bus bar; 19 in. (483 mm)
length; tin-plated; fourteen holes
arranged for flexibility in mounting;
provided with two each 12-24 x 1/2 in.
and M6 x 12 mm thread-forming screws
328343
RGRB19U
length; tin-plated twenty holes arranged
for flexibility in mounting with twenty
12-24 x 1/2 in. hex head screws
installed; mounting hole sets have
5/8 in. (15.9 mm) spacing; provided
with two each 12-24 x 1/2 in., M6 x
12 mm, and two #12 flat washers
for mounting
354340
RGRB19CN
length; tin-plated; twenty holes arranged
for flexibility in mounting with twenty
12-24 x 1/2 in. hex head screws
installed; mounting hole sets have
5/8 in. (15.9 mm) spacing; provided
with two bonding cage nuts and four
12-24 bonding screws
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
STRUCTUREDGROUND Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Port Kit
STRUCTUREDGROUND Bonding Screws and Bonding Cage Nut
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
PR12096V2-21988.tif
FEATURES
Accommodates standard ESD wrist-strap 4 mm plug
Can be mounted to front or back of rack or cabinet for convenient access
Bent 45 degrees, acts as a hook to hold wrist strap
Two-hole configuration available to provide antirotation and prevent loss
of bond
Barrel permanently marked with the protective earth (ground) symbol
Description
331618
RGESD2-1
Two-hole ESD port with 5/8 in. hole
spacing; provided with an ESD protection
sticker, 0.16 oz. (5 cc) antioxidant and
two each 12-24 x 1/2 in. and M6 x
D
12 mm thread-forming screws
328692
RGESD2B-1
Two-hole ESD port with 5/8 in. hole
spacing; provided with an ESD protection
sticker, 0.16 oz. (5 cc) antioxidant, two
cage nut bonding studs and two
12-24 bonding nuts
PR22347V2-131065.tif
FEATURES
Patent-pending screws create an electrical bond between painted patch panels
and racks or cabinets
Serrations on bottom of screw remove paint from patch panel, thus providing
metal-to-metal contact
Thread-forming, provides a bond to the rack or cabinet by removing paint from
threaded holes and minimizing metal shavings
Permanently marked with the protective earth (ground) symbol and
PANDUIT logo
Easily installed with Phillips screwdriver
Description
331619
RGTBSG-C
12-24 x 1/2 in.
390943
CNB4K
12-24 and green thread-forming
grounding screw, 12-24 x 1/2 in.
Also available in black to meet different application needs. Contact your
STRUCTUREDGROUND Thread-forming Screws

PANDUIT
PR12098V2-21967.tif
FEATURES
Thread-forming, provides a bond to the rack or cabinet by removing paint from
threaded holes and minimizing metal shavings
Easily installed with 5/16 in. (8 mm) socket-head wrench or
flat-blade screwdriver
Description
306849
RGTS-CY
Thread-forming grounding screw,
12-24 x 1/2 in.
5.174
PANDUIT
STRUCTUREDGROUND Access Floor Grounding Clamp

PANDUIT

372862
GPQC15-1/0
PR22274V2-129795.tif
GPQC17-1/0
443504
GPQC20-1/0
5.175
FEATURES
Bonds mesh common bonding network (MCBN) conductors to each other and
bonds the access floor pedestals to the conductors
Made with stainless steel hardware to eliminate zinc whiskers which can
dislodge and enter equipment, causing shorts
Specifically designed to bond perpendicular MCBN conductors per ANSI/TIA-942
Bonds to the pedestal with a single bolt to simplify installation
Accommodates conductors from #6 AWG to 1/0 AWG, minimizes
inventory requirements
Bonds round and square access floor pedestals for greater flexibility
Description
351964
GPQC07-1/0
Bonds to 3/4 in. (19.1 mm) to 7/8 in.
(22.2 mm) round pedestals. MCBN
conductor size range: #6 to 1/0 AWG
(16-50 mm2). 4.25 in. (108.0 mm) D x
3.38 in. (85.9 mm) W x 3.19 in.
(81.0 mm) H. Conductor tightening
torque: 385 in.-lb. (43.5 Nm). Clamp
tightening torque: 150 in.-lb. (17.0 Nm)
372860
GPQC10-1/0
Bonds to 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) to 1 1/8 in.
round pedestals. Bonds to 7/8 in.
(22.2 mm) square pedestals. MCBN
conductor size range: #6 to 1/0 AWG
(16-50 mm2). 4.19 in. (106.4 mm) D x
3.38 in. (85.9 mm) W x 3.19 in.
(81.0 mm) H. Conductor tightening
torque: 385 in.-lb. (43.5 Nm). Clamp
tightening torque: 150 in.-lb. (17.0 Nm)
372861
GPQC12-1/0
Bonds to 1 1/4 in. round pedestals.
MCBN conductor size range: #6 to
1/0 AWG (16-50 mm2). 4.53 in.
(115.1 mm) D x 3.44 in. (87.4 mm) W x
3.19 in. (81.0 mm) H. Conductor
tightening torque: 385 in.-lb. (43.5 Nm).
Clamp tightening torque: 150 in.-lb.
(17.0 Nm)
443497
Description
1/0 AWG (16-50 mm2). 4.47 in.
(113.5 mm) D x 3.44 in. (87.4 mm) W x
(17.0 Nm)
1/0 AWG (16-50 mm2). 5.19 in.
(131.8 mm) D x 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) W x
(17.0 Nm)
Bonds to 2.00 in. round pedestals.
1/0 AWG (16-50 mm2). 5.06 in.
(128.5 mm) D x 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) W x
(17.0 Nm)
LAN Furniture

./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Lan Furniture
ADVANTAGE Technical Furniture Systems

ADVANTAGE STANDARD
PR23680V2-167920.tif
The ADVANTAGE Standard Configuration provides the basic "building block" for any
technical furniture system. This configuration includes frames and supports, a
72 in. x 31.5 in. work surface, shelving, cable management, 16 in. overhead storage
bin and a double-screen monitor mount. The Standard Configuration is also
available with a 50 in. wide work surface, shelving and storage bin.
ADVANTAGE PROFESSIONAL
ADVANTAGE CORNER
The ADVANTAGE Corner Configuration provides the same strength and features of the
technical furniture system which can be installed in a very small (4 ft. x 4 ft.) space.
The corner configuration can also be connected to another unit to create additional
work space for applications like the broadcast edit suite.
Standard configurations of ADVANTAGE Technical Furniture Systems

make ordering easy; basic parts are sold together so that
there is no guesswork, technical specifications or engineer needed
for purchasing your individual workstation.
The nature of ADVANTAGE also offers a significant number of options so
please contact your local sales representative if you are looking for
something unique. Your custom configuration can be designed,
manufactured and shipped in just six weeks. Basic configurations which are
in stock can ship in just 10 business days.
PR23679V2-167918.tif
The ADVANTAGE Professional Configuration provides a complete technical furniture

system which could easily fit in any environment from the newsroom to the trading
or executive floor. This configuration also includes a peninsula work surface for
client meeting space and an under-counter drawer unit for additional storage.
Index1.Support and Supplies//Physical Support Structure//Lan Furniture
Sentry Console Systems

PR23688V2-168249.tif
The Sentry Ergonomic configuration shown above features a 104 in. angled work surface which is
29.75 in. tall and 46 in. deep at its deepest point. The two end-unit enclosures each contain four
rails (10-32 tapped) with 13 RMU. Three Ergotech Monitor Mounts (two single-arm mounts and one
dual-arm mount) have capacity for four to six flat-screen monitors. This configuration also includes
cable management and cooling.
While this configuration is standard, Sentry Console Systems are custom designed to meet the
specific needs of your command/control center environment. Great Lakes offers a number of
powder-coated finishes for Sentry frames and enclosures and also offers a myriad of laminate colors,
textures and options to meet your design needs. Functionality and style in a single platform - that's
the Sentry difference.
Please contact your local sales representative for further information and ordering details.
5.176
PR23677V2-167908.tif
Floor Boxes
Wiremold
./
Wiremold Floor Box Systems

WIREMOLD
PR3327V2-579606.eps
880 SERIES
Anixter No.
232710
232711
232712
232713
232715
232716
232717
Vendor No.
880S2
881
881ADP
881DIV
880MP
880MPA
817B
232720
827B
425238
818TCAL
425240
828TCAL
232721
425245
232722
425246
232723
828GFITC
828GFITCAL
828R
828R-TCAL
895DCC
342671
817PCC-BLK
342685
829PSTC-BLK
354075
829STC
354077
895GFI
232725
RFB4-CI-1
232726
232727
232728
232729
354090
425247
RFB2AB-SS
CILT-2AB
RFB4-LPB
DTB-2-2AB
S38CCTCBS
FPCTCBS
354098
RFB2-SS
Description
Four-compartment shallow
stamped-steel combination box
(pictured above)
Four-compartment cast-iron
combination box
Activate mini bezels
Data bracket
Bracket with low-profile bezel
Data bracket
Flanged, with carpet and tile cutout
Flanged brass cover with carpet
insert cutout
Dual service rectangular recessed
floor box
The Floor Box Series from Legrand/Wiremold provides an excellent solution for unique
applications when power and communications services are required in remote
locations, as in wide-open-space areas.
FEATURES
TopGuard Protection for both the communications and power compartments
from water and dust
Stamped steel construction meets requirements for above-grade applications
Cast-iron construction for on-grade applications
Activation can be flush or pedestal
Adjustable before and after the concrete pour
RESOURCE RFB SERIES

232724
RFB4-SS
Description
Two-gang Omnibox, stainless steel
Round floor box
Adjusting ring
Divider plate
Modular receptacle floor box
Adjusting ring
One-gang brass combination carpet and
tile flange
Two-gang brass combination carpet and
tile flange
One-gang aluminum combination carpet
and tile flange
Two-gang aluminum combination carpet
and tile flange
Brass GFI lid
Aluminum GFI lid
Brass duplex receptacle lid
Aluminum duplex receptacle lid
Dual service brass duplex cover plate for
Ratchet-Pro 881 Series round
floor boxes
Nonmetallic communications flange,
black polycarbonate
Nonmetallic communications cover,
black polycarbonate
Brass communications cover plate for
Modulink floor boxes
Brass GFI receptacle carpet cover plate
5.177
Floor Boxes
Wiremold
375592
6SER
Wiremold Poke Thru Systems
WIREMOLD
PR3325V2-143860.tif
375593
6TRAC
375594
8ACT8A
375595
8SER
375596
8TRAC
Description
Device plate 6 in., four Ortronics
Series II dual-module inserts
Device plate 6 in., eight Ortronics
TracJack series devices
Device plate 8 in.,
8-port communications
Device plate 8 in., four Ortronics
Series II dual-module inserts
Device plate 8 in., eight Ortronics
TracJack series devices
The Poke Thru Series by Legrand/Wiremold is used to bring power and

communications services to the open-space areas of your work environment.
FEATURES
TopGuard Protection for both the communications and power compartments
from water and dust
Flush installation provides aesthetically pleasing appearance
Step-on-it installation allows quick and easy installation without
additional fasteners
Quad receptacles with individual slide covers. (Accepts furniture feed)
Recessed devices provides protection while in use
Description
313599
RC4ATCGY
Prewired 20 A duplex receptacle with
keystone communications mounting
D
bezels, gray, gray flange
313600
RC7ATCGY
Prewired 20 A duplex receptacle with
keystone communications mounting
bezels, gray flange
313601
AMD8ATCGY
Flange assembled unit - all
communications unit to accept up to
eight ports
313602
AV3ATCGY
Assembled unit with one 20 A duplex
receptacle and accepts Extron
Electronics MAAP Series A/V devices
232708
RC9AFFTCGY
Assembled furnitured feed unit with
hexagonal service head, 3/4 in.
threaded hub, gray
313603
RC9AM2TCGY
Gray assembled furniture feed unit
complete with 1 1/4 in. and 2 in.
concentric threaded openings, gray
354100
RC7AFFTCGY
Gray trim flange
375586
6ATCPBK
Recessed prewired 6 in. poke thru
assembly with black painted
aluminum cover
375588
6ATCPAVBK
Recessed prewired A/V 6 in. poke thru
aluminum cover
375589
8ATCPBK
Recessed prewired 8 in. poke thru
aluminum cover
375590
6ACT8A
Device plate 6 in.,
8-port communications
5.178
Cross-connect Backboards and Mounting Brackets
Backboards
./
183 Series Backboards

XXX
PR7243V2-143906.tif
183 Series backboards are used in equipment closets to mount 66 blocks for
cross-connect applications. Half-field backboards hold four 89D-type brackets while
full-field backboards have eight 89D-type brackets. These backboards are
constructed of either metal or particle board and are available in a variety of colors.
Series Type
183A1
183A2
183A4
183A5
183A1
183A2
183A3
183A4
183A5
Color
Blue
Green
Purple
Yellow
Blue
Green
Red
Purple
Yellow
Material
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Particle board
Particle board
Particle board
Particle board
Particle board
FULL-FIELD
Anixter No.
894096
894095
894097
894102
894105
894108
894103
894104
Series Type
183B1
183B2
183B4
183B1
183B2
183B3
183B4
183B5
Color
Blue
Green
Purple
Blue
Green
Red
Purple
Yellow
Material
Metal
Metal
Metal
Particle board
Particle board
Particle board
Particle board
Particle board
HALF-FIELD
Anixter No.
894090
894091
894092
894093
894098
894100
894110
894101
894099
187B1 Backboards
XXX
187B1 Backboards are 16-mushroom spool boards used in equipment closets to help
distribute cross-connect cabling and perform other wire management functions.
Anixter No. Color
Material
894106
White
Metal
894064
White
Particle board
5.179
Cross-connect Backboards and Mounting Brackets
TE Connectivity
./
Universal Mounting System (UMS) Backboards

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR1581V2-579434.eps
Manufactured from robust glass-filled nylon

Easier ordering for customers
Interlinking feet for unified fields and infinite pair-count possibilities
Safer no-sharp steel edges
Description
172102
6657 2 165-00
UMS Basic Kit, gray
269162
6657 2 165-40
UMS Basic Kit, black
185278
6657 2 005-04
Vertical cable manager, gray
269163
6657 2 005-44
Vertical cable manager, black
201058
6657 2 005-03
Horizontal wire manager, gray
269164
6657 2 005-43
Horizontal wire manager, black
Type 105 Rod-mount Brackets

These backboards provide a base for UMS brackets, and are available in standard
equipment rack widths. Each width is available in a single or dual height, holding one
or two rows of mounting brackets, respectively. Backboards will hold combinations of
mounting brackets in both the Type 105 and Type 160 positions. Includes mounting
screws and nylon rivets for attaching brackets.
Description
172084
6652 2 070-19
19 in. backboard, rack-mount, 2 units
high, gray
179132
6652 2 069-19
19 in. backboard, rack-mount, 1 unit
high, gray
238112
6652 2 080-19
19 in. backboard, rack-mount, 1 unit
D
high, black
238115
6652 2 081-19
19 in. backboard, rack-mount, 2 units
high, black
Universal Mounting System (UMS)

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7504V2-143907.tif
TE CONNECTIVITY
Type 105 Rod-mount Brackets accept Ultim8 and 10-pair Series 2 Rod-mount Blocks
and 105 mm UMS/Mini Patch Panels. Install Rod-mount Brackets using Support Bars,
or directly to a plywood backboard.
Description
172099
6652 2 040-11
11-block positions
131346
6652 2 040-21
21-block positions
TE Connectivity's Universal Mounting System is a simple, cost-effective platform for

both wall and rack applications. It is compatible with Ultim8, 25-Pair Feed-Thru and
Series 2 Blocks and UMS/Mini Patch Panels. The UMS simplifies installation by
providing interlocking tabs which allow the installer to create both small and large
distribution frames with no additional parts. Integral wire management for cable and
jumpers is also provided. A typical installation holds 96 pairs using 12 Ultim8 Blocks
and one Type 105 label holder.
FEATURES
Versatility of one bracket for multiple applications
Built-in horizontal and vertical cable management
5.180
PR7509V2-143912.tif
Power and Thermal Management Solutions
Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS)
APC
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Power Protection//AC Power
Smart-UPS Rack-mount and Tower Models

Smart-UPS Entry-level Rack-mount and Tower Models

PR33667V2-248526.tif
SMART-UPS STANDARD RACK-MOUNT MODELS

Performance-power protection for servers and voice and data networks.
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
266812
SUA750RM1U
750/480
7/23
425674
SMT750RM2U
750/480
5/16
266813
SUA1000RM1U 1,000/640 5/14
425675
SMT1000RM2U 1,000/670 8/30
425676
SMT1500RM2U 1,440/980 7/26
425677
SMT2200RM2U 2,200/1,980 5/15
425678
SMT3000RM2U 3,000/2,700 3/11
442161
SMT3000RMT2U 3,000/2,700 3/11
374672
SUA5000RMT5U 5,000/4,000 9/26
Input
Voltage
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
208
208
SMART-UPS STANDARD TOWER MODELS

Performance-power protection for servers and voice and data networks.
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
408331
SMT750
750/500
5/16
408332
SMT1000
1,000/670 6/20
408333
SMT1500
1,440/980 7/24
417210
SMT2200
2,200/1,980 7/24
417211
SMT3000
3,000/2,700 6.7/14
Input
Voltage
120
120
120
120
120
PR68149V2-537936.tif
The APC Smart-UPS entry-level models are ideal for small- and medium-size
businesses looking to protect entry-level servers (with smaller, nonredundant power
supplies) and networking equipment from power disturbances and outages. The
Smart-UPS entry-level model features network-grade runtime, hot swap batteries and
built-in data line protection for worry-free uninterruptible power protection for
increased availability. The included PowerChute Business Edition software, which has
an installed base in the millions, gives entry-level network and server users a proven
UPS management solution. The PowerChute Business Edition also manages other
Smart-UPS models, allowing easy upgrades as applications change, without having to
replace software or retrain administrators. Most Smart-UPS entry-level models can be
installed in either a tower or rack configuration, allowing standardization across
multiple applications. Built on the same standards as the award-winning Smart-UPS,
with more than 12 million installed, these Smart-UPS models provide the basic
features and manageability needed to protect entry-level applications.
FEATURES
Network manageable
Boost and trim automatic voltage regulation (AVR)
Data line surge protection
User-replaceable batteries
Audible alarms
LED status indicators
SMART-UPS ENTRY-LEVEL RACK-MOUNT MODELS
Capacity Run Time (Min.)
Anixter No. Vendor No. VA/watts Full/Half Load
312900
SC450RM1U 450/280
5.9/19.4
321033
SMC1000-2U 1,000/600 6/16.3
492124
SMC1500-2U 1,500/900 7/19
Input
Voltage
120
120
120
SMART-UPS ENTRY LEVEL SC TOWER MODELS

Capacity
Anixter No. Vendor No. VA/watts
289835
SC420
420/260
299582
SC620
620/390
321033
SMC1000-2U 1,000/600
485183
SMC1500
1,500/900
Input
Voltage
120
120
120
120
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
5.5/13.6
5.5/15
6/16.3
4.7/14.1
6.1
The APC Smart-UPS protects critical data by supplying reliable, network-grade power
in either traditional tower or rack-optimized form factors. The award-winning
Smart-UPS is the perfect UPS for protecting business-critical servers, voice and data
networks, point-of-sale, retail/bank back office and ATMs. High real power output
(watts), generous runtime, sine wave output, 16-segment LED visual display and
intelligent battery management make Smart-UPS the leading server-class UPS.
Included PowerChute management software provides IT administrators the comfort of
safe system shutdown and advanced UPS management. Additional manageability is
available through the SmartSlot, an internal accessory slot that allows installation of
optional accessories to enhance the performance of your UPS. Designed and
manufactured by APC and fully backed with free 24/7 technical support, Smart-UPS
remains the industry standard for all network UPSs. With more than 20 million units
sold worldwide and 20 years of proven performance, Smart-UPS is a UPS businesses
trust for their critical applications.
FEATURES
Network manageable
Intelligent battery management
LCD display and LED status indicators
Audible alarms
APC
Smart-UPS Extended-run Rack-mount and Tower Models
PR33667V2-248526.tif
The APC Smart-UPS extended-run models protect your data by supplying reliable,
network-grade power and scalable runtime in tower or rack-mount form factors.
Customers can configure up to 10 matching battery packs for runtimes exceeding
24 hours, if needed. Typical applications requiring longer runtimes include critical
application servers and storage, IP-PBX-based voice networks and enterprise network
switches and hubs. Included PowerChute management software provides IT
administrators the comfort of safe system shutdown and advanced UPS management.
Additional manageability is available through the SmartSlot, an internal accessory
slot that allows installation of optional accessories to enhance performance.
Engineered with the same standards as the award-winning Smart-UPS, with more
than 20 million units sold, the Smart-UPS XL adds the advantage of unsurpassed
runtime capability for those business applications that demand continual uptime.
FEATURES
D
Network manageable
Scalable runtime
LED status indicators and LCD display
Audible alarms
SMART-UPS EXTENDED-RUN RACK-MOUNT MODELS
Performance-power protection with scalable runtime for servers, and voice and data
networks. Part numbers ending in "NC" include network card.
Capacity Run Time (Min.) Input
VA/watts Full/Half Load Voltage
408339
SMX1500RM2U
1,500/1,200 6/17
120
425679
SMX1500RM2UNC 1,500/1,200 6/17
120
427483
SMX3000RMLV2U
2,880/2,700 6/16
120
427487
SMX3000RMLV2UNC 2,880/2,700 6/16
120
427493
SMX2200RMLV2U
2,200/1,980 10/25
120
427494
SMX2000RMLV2U
1,920/1,800 10/25
120
442143
SMX2000RMLV2UNC 1,920/1,800 10/25
120
SMART-UPS EXTENDED-RUN TOWER MODELS
Performance-power protection with scalable runtime for servers, and voice and
data networks.
Capacity Run Time (Min.) Input
VA/watts Full/Half Load Voltage
408334
SMX750
750/600
14/38
120
408336
SMX1000
1,000/800 8/24
120
248766
SUA2200XL
2,200/1,850 10/26
120
6.2
Anixter No.
354294
375959
328369
328373
Vendor No.
SUA3000XL
SUA3000XLT
SUM1500RMXL2U
SUM3000RMXL2U
Capacity
VA/watts
3,000/2,700
3,000/2,700
1,440/1,425
3,000/2,850
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
5.5/13.6
5/17
12/28
3.5/12
Input
Voltage
120
208
120
120
SMART-UPS EXTENDED-RUN BATTERY PACKS

Description
376256 SUA48XLBP
For SUA2200XL and SUA3000XL
257669 SUA24XLBP
For SUA750XLI and SUA1000XLI
350206 SUA48RMXLBP3U
For SUA2200RMXL3U and SUA3000RMXL3U
330632 SUM48RMXLBP2U For SUM1500RMXL2U
and SUM3000RMXL2U
309653 SU24R2XLBP
For SU1400RMXLB3U
420202 SMX48RMBP2U
For SMX750, SMX1000, SMX1500RM2U
441703 SMX120RMBP2U
For SMX2000RMLV2U,
SMX2200RMLV2U, SMX3000RMLV2U
Smart-UPS On-Line Rack / Tower Models

PR22560V2-134260.tif
High-density, double-conversion online power protection with scalable runtime.

Smart-UPS On-Line provides high-density, true double-conversion online power
protection for servers, voice/data networks, medical labs and light-industrial
applications. Capable of supporting loads from 1 to 20 kVA in a rack/tower convertible
form, the Smart-UPS On-Line is available from 2U to 12U. When business-critical
systems require runtime in hours, not minutes, the Smart-UPS On-Line can be
configured with matching battery packs to comply with aggressive runtime demands.
FEATURES
Network manageable
Automatic internal bypass
Scalable runtime
Frequency and voltage regulation
LED status indicators
Rack/tower convertible
APC
SMART-UPS ON-LINE RACK-MOUNT MODELS
Performance-power protection with scalable runtime for space-constrained
computer rooms and voice and data networks.
Capacity
Run Time (Min.) Input
VA/watts
Full/Half Load Voltage
319968 SURTA1500RMXL2U 1,500/1,050 8.6/22.2
120
420656 SURTA2200RMXL2U 2,200/1,600 6/17
120
312897 SURTA3000RMXL3U 3,000/2,100 14.1/33.9
120
359084 SURTD3000RMXLT3U 3,000/2,100 14.1/33.9
208
425680 SURTD5000RMXLT3U 5,000/3,500 5/15.4
208
375732 SURT6000RMXLT3U 6,000/4,200 5.3/15.8
208
375733 SURT8000RMXLT6U 8,000/6,400 6.3/17.9
208
375734 SURT10000RMXLT6U 10,000/8,000 4.0/13.2
208
SMART-UPS RT TOWER MODELS
Capacity
VA/watts
1,500/1,050
2,200/1,600
3,000/2,100
3,000/2,100
5,000/3,500
6,000/4,200
8,000/6,400
10,000/8,000
15,000/12,000
20,000/16,000
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
8.6/22.2
6/17
14.1/33.9
14.1/33.9
5/15.4
5.3/15.8
6.3/17.9
4.0/13.2
8/21
5/15
Input
Voltage
120
120
120
208
208
208
208
208
208
208
Symmetra LX
APC UPS Network-management Cards

PR22489V2-133355.tif
PR10761V2-6657.tif
Highly availabe, redundant and scalable double-conversion online power protection.

The first UPS with redundancy and scalability within a single chassis. Engineered to
deliver the highest level of business continuity possible, Symmetra's modular,
redundant architecture can scale power and runtime as demand increases or when
higher levels of availability are required. Integrated network manageability provides
real-time status updates of UPS health and environmental conditions.
Hot-swappable, user-replaceable power, battery and intelligence modules enable low
MTTR and ease of service. Symmetra's modular design provides redundant power in a
single chassis for business-critical applications in server rooms and network closets.
FEATURES
Network manageable
Modular design
Configurable for N+1 internal redundancy
Scalable power capacity
Manageable external batteries
APC's UPS network-management cards provide management of an individual UPS by

connecting the UPS directly to the network with a dedicated IP address, avoiding the
need for a proxy such as a server. Embedded technology provides exceptional
reliability and enables the UPS to reboot hung equipment. Manage each APC UPS
individually via Web browser, Telnet, SNMP or via SSL and SSH. Notification features
inform you of problems as they occur. For protected servers, the included PowerChute
network shutdown software provides graceful, unattended shutdown in the event of
an extended power outage.
265098 AP9618 UPS network-management card with environmental
monitoring and out-of-band management
518249 AP9612TH SmartSlot environmental, temperature and humidity
396342 AP9630 UPS network-management card
6.3

312894 SURTA1500XL
424114 SURTA2200XL
312898 SURTA3000XL
359081 SURTD3000XLT
359083 SURTD5000XLT
346313 SURT6000XLT
346314 SURT8000XLT
328379 SURT10000XLT
412188 SURT15KRMXLT
412186 SURT20KRMXLT
Shippable with modules installed

LCD display
Automatic internal bypass
Frequency and voltage regulation
281255 SYA4K8P
4 kVA scalable to 8 kVA N+1, tower, 208/240 V
281256 SYA8K8P
281257 SYA8K16P
281258 SYA12K16P 12 kVA scalable to 16 kVA N+1, tower, 208/240 V
281259 SYA16K16P 16 kVA scalable to 16 kVA N+1, tower, 208/240 V
281260 SYA8K16PXR 8 kVA scalable to 16 kVA N+1, extended-run
tower, 208/240 V
tower, 208/240 V
tower, 208/240 V
281263 SYA4K8RMP 4 kVA scalable to 8 kVA N+1, rack-mount,
208/240 V
208/240 V
208/240 V
208/240 V
208/240 V
APC
Back-UPS Series Uninterruptible Power Supplies
PR29193V2-216086.tif
The Back-UPS Series provides your home and business guaranteed power protection
for wireless networks, computers, gaming consoles and other electronics. They
provide battery backup for brownouts and outages, protection from damaging surges
and spikes, as well as a variety of other standard features. Back-UPS are available in
"tower" or "floor" styles, making them the perfect units to protect your data and keep
you connected.
FEATURES
Up to 70 minutes of battery backup time
Up to 10 power outlets
Data line surge protection (phone, network or coax cable on select models)
USB interface
PowerChute Personal Edition auto-shutdown software
Data recovery warranty
$75,000 and $100,000 lifetime equipment-protection policies
D
Three-year product
warranty
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
239111
BK350
350/210
6/21
239112
BK500
500/300
3/15
312901
BK500BLK
500/300
3/15
375033
BE350G
350/200
1/6
374972
BE550G
550/330
3/13
452599
BE650G1
650/390
4/14
362526
BE750G
750/450
2/12
312903
BH500NET
500/300
4.4/16.3
Back-UPS Pro Series Uninterruptible Power Supplies

PR29194V2-216076.tif
software and protection from damaging surges and spikes are coupled with the
Back-UPS Pro's energy-saving features, voltage regulation, LCD display and other
premium features to make these the perfect units to protect your data and keep
you available.
FEATURES
Up to four minutes of runtime with full load and up to 360 minutes when using
the BR24BPG external battery pack with the BR1500G
Up to 10 power outlets
Boost and trim automatic voltage regulation (AVR) technology
Liquid-crystal display (LCD)
Network and coax cable data line surge protection
USB and serial inteface
PowerChute Personal Edition auto-shutdown software
$150,000 equipment-protection policy
Three-year product warranty
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
408338
BR700G
700/420
4/13
419212
BR1000G
1,000/600
4/14
425742
BR1300G
1,300/780
4/14
425748
BR1500G
1,500/865
3/12
BATTERY PACK FOR BR1500G
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
425751
BR24BPG
Description
External battery pack for BR1500G
3-phase Smart-UPS VT
Performance-power protection with scalable runtime for small data centers 10 to

40 kVA (30 kVA in 208 V).
The Smart-UPS VT offers centralized 3-phase power protection with the reliability of the
award-winning Smart-UPS family. Ideal for small data centers, large retail stores,
regional offices and laboratory equipment, the Smart-UPS VT features dual-mains
input, automatic bypass and scalable runtime with hot-swappable batteries for
increased availability. Low cost of ownership is achieved through best-in-class
efficiency and a reduction in rating of electrical infrastructure - wires, transformers
and generators. APC's Network Management Card with temperature monitoring
provides remote monitoring and management through Web/SNMP. Serviceability is
greatly enhanced with its user-replaceable batteries and manageable extended-run
frames. The Smart-UPS VT is the easiest UPS in its class to deploy, manage
and maintain.
The Back-UPS Pro Series offers your home and business guaranteed power protection
for high-performance computer systems, routers/modems, external storage devices,
game consoles and other electronics. Abundant backup power, auto-shutdown
6.4
PR11296V2-18382.tif
APC
SMART-UPS VT RACK-MOUNT MODELS
With PDU and startup.
Description
375999
SUVTR20KF2B5S
20 kVA, 208 V and two battery modules
expandable to five
376000
SUVTR20KF3B5S
20 kVA, 208 V and three battery
modules expandable to five
376001
SUVTR20KF4B5S
20 kVA, 208 V and four battery modules
expandable to five
376002
SUVTR20KF5B5S
20 kVA, 208 V and five battery modules
376003
SUVTR20KG2B5S
20 kVA, 480 V in, 208 V out and two
battery modules expandable to five
376005
SUVTR20KG3B5S
20 kVA, 480 V in, 208 V out and three
376006
SUVTR20KG4B5S
20 kVA, 480 V in, 208 V out and four
376007
SUVTR20KG5B5S
20 kVA, 480 V in, 208 V out and five
battery modules
376008
SUVTR30KF3B5S
30 kVA, 208 V three and battery
376009
SUVTR30KF4B5S
30 kVA, 208 V and four battery modules
expandable to five
376010
SUVTR30KF5B5S
30 kVA, 208 V and five battery modules
376011
SUVTR30KG3B5S
30 kVA, 480 V in, 208 V out and three
376012
SUVTR30KG4B5S
30 kVA, 480 V in, 208 V out and four
376013
SUVTR30KG5B5S
30 kVA, 480 V in, 208 V out and five
battery modules
376014
SUVTR30KH3B5S
30 kVA, 400 V and three battery
376021
SUVTRT20KF2B5S
20 kVA, 208 V isolated transformer and
two battery modules expandable to five
376022
SUVTRT20KF3B5S
three battery modules expandable
to five
376023
SUVTRT20KF4B5S
four battery modules expandable to five
376024
SUVTRT20KF5B5S
five battery modules
376025
SUVTRT30KF3B5S
three battery modules expandable
to five
397477
SUVTRT30KF4B5S
30 kVA, 208 V with ISO XFMR and with
four battery modules expandable to five
397478
SUVTRT30KF5B5S
30 kVA, 208 V with ISO XFMR and with
five battery modules
STARTUP SERVICES
Description
376437
WSTRTUP5X8-VT-10 SUVT factory start-up service
5x8 (included)
376438
WSTRTUP7X24-VT-10 SUVT factory start-up service
7x24 (upgrade)
6.5
SMART-UPS VT TOWER MODELS

With internal maintainance bypass, parallel capable and startup.
Description
312904
SUVTP10KF1B2S 10 kVA and 208 V with one battery module
expandable to two
312905
SUVTP10KF1B4S 10 kVA and 208 V with one battery module
expandable to four
384620
SUVTP10KF2B2S 10 kVA and 208 V with two battery modules
312907
SUVTP10KF2B4S 10 kVA and 208 V with two battery modules
expandable to four
312908
SUVTP10KF3B4S 10 kVA and 208 V with three battery
modules expandable to four
312909
SUVTP10KF4B4S 10 kVA and 208 V with four
battery modules
384621
SUVTP15KF2B2S 15 kVA and 208 V two battery modules
expandable to two
312911
expandable to four
312912
SUVTP15KF3B4S 15 kVA and 208 V three battery modules
expandable to four
312913
SUVTP15KF4B4S 15 kVA and 208 V four battery modules
expandable to four
384622
expandable to four
312915
expandable to four
312916
SUVTP20KF4B4S 20 kVA and 208 V four battery modules
expandable to four
384623
expandable to four
312918
SUVTP30KF4B4S 30 kVA and 208 V with four battery
modules expandable to four
APC
MGE Galaxy
Symmetra PX
PR22556V2-134251.tif
3-phase power protection designed to meet the unique requirements of small to large
facilities and equipment room applications.
The MGE Galaxy offers technology that increases performance and reliability. Online
technology fully isolates and protects against all power-quality disturbances. The
upstream harmonics management allows a generator-friendly installation. The MGE
Galaxy offers features such as paralleling capability for both capacity and redundancy,
full front access for ease of serviceability, user-friendly graphical display with
multiple language options and SNMP with network-based power-management options.
Description
376454
G4TUPS40
MGE Galaxy 4000 40 kVA 208 V
376455
G4TUPS50
376456
G4TUPS65
D
376457
G4TUPS75
ACCESSORIES
376462 G4TBAT
376463
376464
376465
376466
376467
376505
376506
376507
376508
6.6
Description
Matching adjacent battery cabinet for
Galaxy 4000 40 kVA to 75 kVA
GLB40K50F2-M External maintenance bypass cabinet
G4TAUX
Remote alarm status panel and branch circuit
breakers with monitoring and distribution
GLB65K75F2-M Type 2 matching adjacent battery cabinet for
Galaxy 4000 65 kVA and 75 kVA
GLB65K75F3-M Type 3 matching adjacent battery cabinet for
Galaxy 4000 65 kVA and 75 kVA
G4TEO
MGE Galaxy 4000 seismic bracket kit
WSTRTUP5X8-G4-50 MGE Galaxy 4000 40-50 kVA startup business hours (5x8)
WSTRTUP5X8-G4-75 MGE Galaxy 4000 65-75 kVA startup - (5x8)
WONSITENBD-G4-50 Annual on-site service agreement 40-50 kVA,
business hours (next business day response)
WUPG4HR-UG-02 Annual on-site service agreement
41-150 kVA, four-hour response
PR22558V2-134257.tif
The APC Symmetra PX is a world-class, redundant, scalable power-protection system

designed to cost-effectively provide high levels of availability. Seamlessly integrating
into today's state-of-the-art data center designs, the Symmetra PX is a true modular
system. Made up of dedicated and redundant modules: Power, intelligence, battery
and bypass, all engineered into a design that is easily and efficiently serviceable.
This architecture can scale power and runtime as demand grows or as higher levels
of availability are required. Symmetra PX serves as the core power train that drives
APC InfraStruxure systems for small- and medium-size data centers but can also
power individual "zones" of larger data centers. Highly manageable, the Symmetra PX
features self-diagnostic capabilities and standardized modules which mitigate the
risk of human error, resulting in increased overall data center reliability.
328385 SY10K40F Symmetra PX 10 kW scalable to 40 kW N+1, 208 V
328355 SY10K100F Symmetra PX 10 kW scalable to 100 kW, 208 V
with startup
with startup
with startup
with startup
with startup
with startup
with startup
with startup
with startup
with startup
495398 ISX20K20F Symmetra PX InfraStruXure 20 kW, 208 V
453194 SY250K500D Symmetra PX 250 kW Scalable to 500 kW without
maintenance bypass or distribution-parallel capable
Liebert products from Emerson Network Power

./
Liebert GXT3
LIEBERT EMERSON NETWORK POWER
PR29208V2-216035.tif
ACCESSORIES
426977 GXT3-48VBATT Battery cabinet for the GXT3-500RT120,
GXT3-700RT120,GXT3-1000RT120,
GXT3-1500RT120, GXT3-2000RT120
426978 GXT3-72VBATT Battery cabinet for the GXT3-3000RT120
371870 IS-WEBCARD 10/100 Mb Ethernet SNMPWEBCARD, with MIB
and configuration cable
201041 RMKIT18-32 Fits racks with 18 in.-32 in. deep support rails
372284 2UTELECOMRKIT Center-mount brackets for 19 in. wide
telecom/relay racks
The Liebert GXT3 true online UPS combines low cost of ownership with rich
functionality, small size and high capacity. The UPS offers internal batteries, optional
external batteries and internal bypass capability, resulting in continuous uptime for
the connected equipment.
Designed for rack-mount or tower modes, the Liebert GXT3 is just 2U high, and is
available in 500, 700, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, and 3,000 VA ratings, in both 120 V and
230 V models.
FEATURES
Installs in either rack or tower configuration
Detects and matches line-input frequencies of either 60 or 50 Hz, automatically
Provides compatibility with backup generator - handles frequency variations and
other power fluctuations that occur during generator operation
Allows selection
of UPS features including input voltage, output voltage,
D
auto-restart enable/disable and other parameters
Protects against and conditions all forms of power anomalies
Assures continuity of power to critical loads during system maintenance or in
case of internal fault with internal automatic and manual bypass
Operates with a wider input voltage window for fewer transfers to battery, saving
battery wear and tear
Allows fast and easy maintenance with user-replaceable
hot-swappable batteries
Notifies users with advance early warning of UPS status via automatic and
manual battery-test feature
Corrects for frequency variations without switching to battery, resulting in
longer battery life
Protects your investment with a standard two-year warranty with paid shipping
both ways. Also available with optional extensions of one year or three years
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
426927
GXT3-500RT120
500/450
12/30
426950
GXT3-700RT120
700/630
6/14
424378
GXT3-1000RT120
1,000/900
5/15
456315
GXT3-1000MT120
1,000/900
7/17
418404
GXT3-1500RT120
1,500/1,350 5/16
415081
GXT3-2000RT120
2,000/1,800 4/11
415085
GXT3-3000RT120
3,000/2,700 4/14
456317
GXT3-3000RT208
3,000/2,700 3/11
6.8
Liebert Nfinity UPS

pr5460V2-13201.tif
The Nfinity power system is a scalable 4 to 16 kVA or 12 to 20 kVA UPS, designed

with N+x parallel redundancy to provide a fault-tolerant network of power
protection. Its modular design was devised to provide easy scalability to users as
their power demands grow. Configurations can be cost-effectively upgraded without
re-investing in a new system or installation.
Nfinity's patent-pending frame design houses all of the modular system components,
including 4 kVA power modules, battery modules and system control modules. By
simply installing additional power or battery modules, you can expand your current
system, extend your backup runtime or add redundancy. Hot-swap capability makes it
easy to add or replace modules.
The system's fault-tolerant design enables the intelligent power and battery modules
to take themselves off-line if there is a problem - without compromising system
integrity. Self-diagnostic capabilities simplify maintenance and troubleshooting. The
Nfinity also offers redundancy in its unique paired system controls, internal and
external bypass and monitoring options.
FEATURES
Extends backup time to 72 hours with additional battery cabinets
Upgrades for capacity or redundancy without the expense or installation
downtime associated with the purchase of a new UPS
Enables greater system control with remote-management software
Offers hot-swappable power, battery, control and display modules, allowing
installation or replacement without compromising power to the load
Allows maintenance to be performed without shutdown
Offers emergency power-off capability
Transfers seamlessly to and from the bypass source, with patent-pending
intelligent bypass technology
Operates with a wider input voltage window for fewer transfers to battery, saving
battery wear and tear
Provides compatibility with backup generator - handles frequency variations and
other power fluctuations that occur during generator operation

Two-year replace or repair warranty
Optional one-year or three-year warranty extensions
Ideal for professional desktop PCs or workstations; small routers, bridges and
hubs; point-of-sale terminals, and other sensitive electronics
Description
377199
PSA500MT3-120U 500 VA/300 W, three to five minutes of
runtime at full load
377200
PSA650MT3-120U 650 VA/390 W, three to five minutes of
runtime at full load
377201
PSA1000MT3-120U 1,000 VA/600 W, six minutes of runtime
at full load
377205
PSA1500MT3-120U 1,500 VA/900 W, six minutes of runtime
at full load
Liebert PSP
PR34267V2-252622.tif
Contact your local sales representative for more details.
Liebert PSA
PR22592V2-134423.tif
The Liebert PowerSure PSA is a line-interactive UPS that provides up to five minutes of
backup time at full load -- more than enough time to save work in progress and shut
down the connected equipment. USB shutdown software and a USB cable are also
included. The UPS offers three or six battery-backed outlets, and one or two
surge-only outlets. The UPS is available in 500 VA, 650 VA, 1,000 VA and 1,500 VA
sizes, 120 V AC and 230 V AC models.
FEATURES
Available in four sizes: 500, 650, 1,000 and 1,500 VA; 120 V AC or 230 V AC
One to two surge-only outlets, differentiated by color
USB communications/shutdown software and cable included
Fully sequenced battery testing to ensure batteries are available when needed
Advance early warning of UPS shutdown
Lightning and surge protection (TVSS)
RJ45 port for data line surge protection
Site wiring fault indicator
The Liebert PSP is a compact, off-line UPS that delivers cost-effective power
protection for desktop applications. Designed with simple controls for easy
operation, it provides three to five minutes of battery backup at full load - more than
enough time to save work in process and shut down your system. Includes USB port,
Liebert MultiLink shutdown software and a USB cable. Features fully sequenced
battery testing and user-replaceable batteries. Two RJ45 network-protection jacks
are included.
FEATURES
Provides three battery-backed UPS outlets and one surge-only outlet
Operates with a wider input voltage window
Meets USB, Microsoft Windows (XP and 2000) and Mac (OS X version 10.2 or
later) certifications
Enables USB communications
Ensures battery availability with fully sequenced battery testing
Allows fast and easy maintenance with user-replaceable batteries
Notifies users with advance early warning shutdown
Protects data lines against surges, telephone/fax/DSL/modem
Protects your investment with a standard two-year warranty, and optional
extensions of one year or three years
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
249226
PSP350MT3-120U 350/210
3/10
249227
PSP500MT3-120U 500/300
3/10
6.9
Sustains 110 percent of the system's rated load for an extended period of time the highest overload capability of any system in its class
Ships as a complete, fully tested system, ready for final connection
Reduces maintenance costs with modular batteries, controls and
power components
Allows scalability to cost-effectively invest in added capacity as it is needed
Ships with batteries connected and charged, reducing installation time
and costs
Description
278802
NFINITY 4KVA
Nominal heat dissipation 1,062 Btu/hr.
278803
NFINITY 8KVA
278804
NFINITY 12KVA
278805
NFINITY 16KVA
278806
NFINITY 20KVA
283634
NPWRMOD1X1
4 kVA/2.8 kW Power Module
278807
NBATTMOD
Expansion Battery Module
283635
NSCMOD
Expansion System Control Module
Liebert PSI and Liebert PSI-XR
PR22586V2-134421.tif
Liebert PSI and Liebert PSI-XR are compact, line-interactive UPS systems designed
especially for IT applications such as network closets and small data centers. They
provide reliable power protection for servers, critical nodes, network workstations,
large network peripherals, network routers, bridges, hubs and other electronic
equipment. The Liebert PSI-XR is compatible with matching battery cabinets to extend
the on-battery operating time. The PSI does not accommodate extended runtimes.
Liebert PSI and Liebert PSI-XR are 2U-size line-interactive UPS systems available in
1,000, 1,500, 2,200 and 3,000 VA ratings in 120 V. 230 V models are also available.
FEATURES
Provides six to eight battery-backed outlets depending on model and size,
allowing additional equipment to be connected to the UPS via the 15, 20 or
30 amp receptacles
Configurable input voltage window allows the UPS to be properly matched to the
incoming utility power
Automatic frequency sensing allows the UPS to automatically adjust to the input
frequency, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
LED display panel rotates 90 degrees to make the readout of the LED display
easy to see in Drack or tower position
Optional external battery cabinets for XR models provide extended runtime for
applications that require longer backup time
Provides network surge protection for equipment connected to the UPS via
the RJ45
Offers multiple audible and visual alarms to immediately alert you to an input
voltage fluctuation (buck/boost), output overload, low-battery or
replace-battery condition
Three to six minutes of battery backup time at full load when utility fails
Comprehensive analysis of the condition of the batteries within the UPS and will
notify you when the internal batteries need to be replaced. The battery test
feature can also be programmed for automatic operation using Liebert
IS-WEBRT3 card
Allows fast and easy maintenance with user-replaceable
hot-swappable batteries
Provides remote emergency power-off for safe emergency shutdown
0.9 output power factor provides more power for your protected load, and more
energy efficient operation
Offers the most competitive price in its class, when ordered as a Network
Solutions Package with factory-installed Liebert IntelliSlot Web Card
Ships with batteries connected and charged, reducing installation time
and costs
Protects your investment with a standard two-year warranty with paid shipping
both ways. Also available with optional extensions of one year or three years
NOTES: The "W" suffix means the unit is shipped with the IS-WEBCARD installed
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
377214
PS1000RT3-120XR
1,000/900
6/15
377215
PS1500RT3-120XR
1,500/1,350
5/13
377224
PS2200RT3-120XR
1,920/1,920
5/14
6.10
Anixter No.
377225
377226
377227
377228
377229
426987
426988
426989
427059
427060
427061
427062
427063
Vendor No.
PS3000RT3-120XR
PS1000RT3-120XRW
PS1500RT3-120XRW
PS2200RT3-120XRW
PS3000RT3-120XRW
PS1000RT3-120
PS1500RT3-120
PS2200RT3-120
PS3000RT3-120
PS1000RT3-120W
PS1500RT3-120W
PS2200RT3-120W
PS3000RT3-120W
ACCESSORIES
377222
PSRT3-24VBXR
451578
PSRT3-48VBXR
371870
IS-WEBCARD
Capacity
VA/watts
3,000/2,700
1,000/900
1,500/1,350
1,920/1,920
3,000/2,700
1,000/900
1,500/1,350
1,920/1,920
3,000/2,700
1,000/900
1,500/1,350
1,920/1,920
3,000/2,700
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
5/13
6/15
5/13
5/14
5/13
4/12
3/9
3/11
3/9
4/12
3/9
3/11
3/9
Description
Battery cabinet for the
PS1000RT3-120XR,
PS1500RT3-120XR
Battery cabinet for the
PS2200RT3-120XR,
PS3000RT3-120XR
10/100 Mb Ethernet SNMPWEBCARD,
with MIB and configuration cable
Liebert MicroPOD Maintenance Bypass

Anixter No.
330763
Vendor No.
MP2-210K
330764
MP2-220L
PR12021V2-21835.tif
Description
For GXT2U 3,000 VA 230 V/EN
60320/C20 plug/(four) EN 60320/C13, (one)
EN 60320/C19 receptacles
For GXT2U 3,000 VA and PSI 3,000 VA
120 V/L5-30 plug/(four) 5-15, (two)
L5-20 receptacles
The MicroPOD provides maintenance bypass capability as well as power output

distribution and can be used with virtually any micro-UPS system. The MicroPOD
allows you to manually transfer your connected equipment to utility power via a
maintenance bypass switch, permitting scheduled maintenance or UPS replacement
without power disruption. Transferring back to UPS power is just as easy. Simply turn
the switch to the indicated position and your load is protected by the UPS.
FEATURES
Provides utility power to attached equipment when switched to maintenance
bypass mode
Allows UPS maintenance or replacement of the UPS without discontinuing power
to critical equipment
Easily installed - the UPS and utility power are both connected to the MicroPOD
with the supplied cords
Allows scheduled UPS maintenance to ensure continuous uptime without having
to shut down protected equipment
Rotary switch with indicators make the unit simple to operate
Plug-and-play connectability for both input and output
Compatible with any brand of UPS system
Assures system uptime during maintenance activities
Extreme affordability
Two-year, no-hassle replacement warranty eliminates the cost of replacement
during the warranty period
330756
MP2-115A
For GXT2U 700 to 2,000 VA and PSI 1,000 and
1,440 VA 120 V/5-15P
plug/5-15 receptacle/hardwired
330757
MP2-115HW For GXT2U 2,000 VA 120 V/5-20 plug/(eight)
5-15/20 (T-slot) receptacles
330758
MP2-120C
For GXT2U 700 to 2,000 VA 120 V/5-20P
plug/5-20R receptacle/hardwired
330759
MP2-120HW For GXT2U 3,000 VA and PSI 3,000 VA
120 V/120 V/L5-30 plug/(eight)
5-15/20 (T-slot) receptacles
285103
MP2-130C
For GXT2U 3,000 VA and PSI 3,000 VA
120 V/L5-30 plug/(four) 5-15/20 (T-slot), (two)
5-15, (one) L5-30 receptacles
330760
MPS-130E
For GXT2U 700 to 1,500 VA and PSI 1,000 and
1,440 VA 120 V/5-15 plug/(eight)
5-15 receptacles
330761
MP2-130P
For GXT2U 700 to 2,000 VA and PSI 3,000 VA
120 V/5-30P plug/5-30R receptacle/hardwired
330762
MP2-130HW For GXT2U 700 to 2,000 VA 230 V/EN
60320/C14 plug/(four) EN
60320/C13 receptacles
6.11
HE FINALLY
UPGRADED OUR
SERVER ROOM.
WHAT WAS SO
WRONG WITH
LIVING IN THE PAST?
Backup Power (UPS)

99% energy efcient with
intuitive LCD display.
Rack Power
Distribution
Manage power
consumption.
Power Management Software

Optimized for virtualized environments.
Say goodbye to weekends

in the office.
Discover our new power management solutions.
Its time to reclaim your nights
and enjoy your weekends:
Things have changed. Eaton
offers power management
solutions you can count on
from UPS products to airow
management systems,
rack-based power management
to power management software.
Your desk toys will just have
to keep missing you.
switchon.eaton.com
877-423-0065
Eaton, Intelligent Power, and PowerAdvantage are trademarks of Eaton Corporation.

2012 Eaton orporation. All rights reserved.
Eaton
./
3S UPS
EATON
PR34253V2-253203.tif
5110 UPS
EATON
PR34254V2-253201.tif
The Eaton 5110 UPS is a line-interactive UPS system that delivers the ultimate in
power quality, constantly safeguarding your equipment from power outages, surges,
sags, brownouts and overvoltage conditions, while also providing varying degrees of
power management for additional threats.
FEATURES
Saves space with a compact design that can be deployed as a tower or under a
computer monitor
Protects loads on eight outlets - four with surge suppression and battery
backup, four with surge suppression only
5115 Tower UPS

EATON
PR34250V2-253188.tif
The Eaton 5115 UPS is designed to protect PCs, workstations, SOHO equipment, small
inter-networking devices and other electrical equipment from power disturbances.
Available in 500 VA to 1,400 VA models, the 5115 delivers smooth, continuous power
with pure sine-wave output and operates smoothly during power outages. The
5115 also features ABM technology, which significantly increases battery service life
and optimizes recharge time for quick recovery after power outages, which is critical
to your system's performance. To preserve data integrity, download Intelligent Power
Protector software for free monitoring, management and shutdown capabilities.
FEATURES
Incorporating both serial and USB communications ports, the 5115 is
well-equipped to meet today's communications requirements
Regulates power fluctuations with buck-and-boost voltage regulation
Protects equipment connected by network or phone wiring from "back door"
power surges with a network transient protector
Minimizes downtime with hot-swappable batteries
Free monitoring, management, shutdown software: Intelligent Power Protector
Warranty: three-year limited warranty (with product registration); 10-year
pro-rated warranty and $150,000 load-protection guarantee
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
339594
05146548-5591
500/320
5/15
339595
05146554-5591
750/500
6/12
339598
05146560-5591
1,000/670 5/15
339599
05146566-5591
1,400/950 5/15
Contact your sales representative for more information.
6.13
The sleek, savvy and sophisticated Eaton 3S UPS delivers premium battery backup
and surge protection for up to 10 home and office devices. EcoControl functionality
provides up to 30 percent greater energy savings than typical battery backups and
plug-and-play compatibility enables automatic integration. The slim 3S fits neatly
under a desk, in an entertainment center or on the wall.
FEATURES
Ease of use: plug-and-play capability (Models 3S550 and 750 only) - features
HID-compliant USB port for automatic integration with Windows, Mac and Linux
(no drivers required)
EcoControl for 30 percent greater energy savings than a typical battery backup
(Model 3S750 only)
Attractive design and glossy finish make the 3S a perfect fit for the modern
office environment
Up to 10 receptacles: five battery backup and surge protection; five
surge protection
Data line protection for telephone, fax or Ethernet
Integrated graceful shutdown capability for connected devices
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
314609
103004248-5591
700 VA/420 W
341438
103004246-5591
350 VA/210 W
Delivers consistent, clean output with automatic voltage regulation (AVR) that
doesn't drain battery power
Extends UPS service life with user-replaceable batteries
Protects networked equipment from "back door" surges coming over LAN or
telephone lines
Delivers short-term mobile power with start-on battery capability
Warranty: three-year limited warranty (with product registration) and
$150,000 load-protection guarantee
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
314611
103004256-5501
500 VA/300 W
314612
103004257-5501
700 VA/420 W
314613
103004258-5501
1,000 VA/600 W
314614
103004259-5501
1,440 VA/900 W
Eaton
5115 Rack-mount UPS
EATON
PR34404V2-253189.tif
The Eaton 5115 UPS is designed to protect PCs, workstations, SOHO equipment, small
inter-networking devices and other electrical equipment from power disturbances.
Available in 500-1,500 VA models, the 5115 delivers smooth, continuous power with
pure sine-wave output and operates smoothly during power outages. The 5115 also
features ABM technology, which significantly increases battery service life and
optimizes recharge time for quick recovery after power outages, which is critical to
your systems' performance. To preserve data integrity, download the Intelligent Power
Software Suite for free monitoring, management and shutdown capabilities, even in
virtualized environments.
FEATURES
Conserves valuable space with 1U rack height and includes mounting hardware
Significantly increases battery service life and gives you advanced warning of
the end of useful battery life with ABM technology
Delivers smooth, continuous power with pure sine-wave output
Protects your equipment from power fluctuations with buck and boost
voltage regulation
Free monitoring, management, shutdown software: Intelligent Power
Software Suite
Warranty: three-year limited warranty with product registration and
D
$150,000 load protection guarantee
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
355238
103003266-6591
500/320
6/12
319568
103003269-6591
750/520
6/12
341965
103003272-6591
1,000/670
5/15
342878
103003275-6591
1,400/1,050 5/15
Contact your local sales representative for more information.
5125 UPS
EATON
PR34250V2-253188.tif
The Eaton 5125 UPS provides advanced, cost-effective power management for PCs,
workstations and servers. The 5125 is the most flexible UPS in the 1,000 to 2,200 VA
power ranges, with a design that provides maximum power density and features
hot-swappable capability on all models. The 5125's load-segment control (separate
receptacle groups) enables scheduled shutdowns and maximized runtime for critical
devices, while ABM technology significantly increases battery service life.
6.14
FEATURES
Nine power factor delivers more real output power in order to power more
servers than another UPS of equivalent VA rating
Hot-swappable batteries and power modules allow you to service or replace
batteries and electronics without interrupting power to protected loads
Warranty: three-year limited warranty with product registration and
$150,000 load-protection guarantee
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
341961
05146629-5591
1,000/700
5/14
340750
05146632-5591
1,440/1,050 6/17
355249
05146635-5591
1,920/1,600 5/14
5PX Rack/Tower UPS

EATON
PR34256V2-253200.tif
Combining extended runtime capabilities and exceptional efficiency, the Eaton

5PX UPS is a powerful enterprise-class backup solution. Managed outlet segments
allow you to monitor energy consumption down to the outlet level on its intuitive LCD
screen, while convenient virtualization-ready bundles and Intelligent Power Software
Suite enable seamless management in virtualized environments.
FEATURES
Extends runtime by providing additional external battery modules
Monitors and manages power consumption through managed outlets
Enables you to customize UPS settings, view load and power consumption
through the graphical interactive LCD screen interface
Fully integrates with Intelligent Power Software Suite for continuous up time of
servers and virtual machines.
Provides more real power (watts) to protect more equipment and leave room for
expanding IT systems
Extends battery service life by 50 percent with ABM Technology
Protects you with a three-year warranty, which includes the battery
Capacity
Run Time (Min.) Rack
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
Space
444393
5PX1000RT
1,000/1,000 7
2U
444391
5PX1500RT
1,440/1,400 3
2U
444394
5PX2200RT
1,950/1,920 3
2U
444395
5PX3000RT2U 3,000/2,700 4
2U
441805
5PX3000RT3U 3,000/2,700 4
3U
494702
5PX1500RTN 1,440/1,440 10
2U
494703
5PX2200RTN 1,950/1,920 3
2U
Eaton
EXTENDED BATTERY MODULES
445344
5PXEBM48RT
445351
5PXEBM72RT2U
445353
5PXEBM72RT3U
Description
5PX extended battery module (EBM)
1,000 VA-2,200 VA, 2U
3,000 VA, 2U
3,000 VA, 3U
9130 UPS
EATON
PR34252V2-253197.tif
5P UPS
EATON
PR71315V2-562057.tif
5P RACK/TOWER 120 V, 50/60 HZ MODELS

Capacity
494708
5P1500RT 1,440/1,440
494709
5P2200RT 1,950/1,920
494710
5P3000RT 3,000/2,700
Input
Plug
5-15P
5-20P
L5-30P
Output
Receptacles
(8) 5-15R
(8) 5-20R
(6) 5-20R, (1) L5-30R
5P TOWER 120 V, 50/60 HZ MODELS

Capacity
494711
5P2200
1,950/1,920
494712
5P3000
3,000/2,700
Input
Plug
5-20P
L5-30P
Output
Receptacles
(8) 5-20R
(6) 5-20R, (1) L5-30R
VIRTUALIZATION-READY BUNDLES
Anixter No.
494872
494873
494874
Vendor No.
PW9130L1500R-XL2UN
PW9130L2000R-XL2UN
PW9130L3000R-XL2UN
Capacity
VA/watts
1,500/1,350
2,000/1,800
3,000/2,700
Run Time (Min.)

Full Load
7
9
5
6.15
The Eaton 5P UPS delivers reliable enterprise-class backup power with an efficiency
rating of up to 99 percent. With its graphical LCD display you can view UPS status in
a single glance and the 5P provides more available power than comparable UPSs.
When paired with Intelligent Power Software Suite, the 5P allows you to seamlessly
manage your connected equipment, even in virtualized environments.
FEATURES
Enables you to customize UPS settings, view load and power consumption
through the graphical interactive LCD screen interface
Fully integrates with Intelligent Power Software Suite for continuous up time of
servers and virtual machines
Provides more real power (watts) to protect more equipment and leave room for
expanding IT systems
Extends battery service life by 50 percent with ABM Technology
Protects you with a three-year warranty, which includes the battery
The Eaton 9130 UPS provides green IT, high-performance protection and battery
backup for unpredictable power in any IT environment. This power-protection system
provides more real power with a 0.9 power factor and greater than 95 percent
efficiency. The 9130 makes the best use of every utility dollar: it runs efficiently,
dissipates less heat and saves thousands of dollars a year in power and cooling.
Designed for loads from 700 to 3,000 VA, the 9130 is available in a compact tower
or rack-mount style and offers a wider choice in output receptacles than other
manufacturers' models. Download the Intelligent Power Software Suite for free
monitoring, management and shutdown capabilities, even in
FEATURES
Protects critical applications from unpredictable power issues that can cause
downtime, data loss and process interruption by providing continuous,
clean power
Increases battery service life and system uptime with ABM battery
charging technology
Enables prolonged runtime of essential equipment during power outages by
allowing for orderly, remote shutdown of non-critical systems or processes
Provides installation flexibility with a choice of rack or tower designs, both
conserving valuable space
Rail kit included for rack models
Warranty: two-year limited warranty, extended warranty, on-site Flex and on-site
PowerTrust service plans, and $250,000 load protection guarantee
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full Load
380216
PW9130L700R-XL2U
700/630
14
380217
PW9130L1000R-XL2U 1,000/900
10
382854
PW9130L1500R-XL2U 1,500/1,350 7
380220
PW9130L2000R-XL2U 2,000/1,800 9
380221
PW9130L2500R-XL2U 2,500/2,250 7
380222
PW9130L3000R-XL2U 3,000/2,700 5
Eaton
9140 UPS
EATON
PR29093V2-215180.tif
The Eaton 9140 rack-mount UPS provides premium online backup power and scalable
battery runtimes for medium- and high-density rack environments. Packing 10 kVA of
power into only 6U, the 9140 UPS conserves valuable rack space. The
9140 significantly extends battery service life with ABM technology and prolongs
runtimes with extended 3U battery modules. Download the Intelligent Power Software
Suite for free monitoring, management and shutdown capabilities, even in
FEATURES
Conserves valuable rack space with up to 10 kVA of power in only 6U of height,
including batteries
Facilitates easy installation and reduces service time with modular,
lightweight design
Increases battery service life and system uptime with ABM battery-charging
technology andD hot-swappable batteries
Provides detailed information and UPS management in multiple languages via
intuitive LCD interface
Significantly reduces installation time with pre-installed rack-mount hardware
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
330771
103004728-6591
10,000/8,000 8/21
Anixter No.
314595
314596
314597
Vendor No.
K408110000
K408120000
K408130000
314598
314599
314600
K410110000
K410120000
K410130000
314601
K412110000
314602
K412120000
314603
K412130000
314604
K415110000
314605
K415120000
314606
K415130000
Description
8 kVA 32-battery (2-high), 8 kVA (7.2 kW)
8 kVA 64-battery (3-high), 8 kVA (7.2 kW)
8 kVA 32-battery with transformer module
(3-high), 8 kVA (7.2 kW)
10 kVA 32-battery (2-high), 10 kVA (9 kW)
10 kVA 64-battery (3-high), 10 kVA (9 kW)
(3-high), 10 kVA (9 kW)
12 kVA 32-battery (2-high), 12 kVA
(10.8 kW)
(10.8 kW)
(3-high), 12 kVA (10.8 kW)
(13.5 kW)
(13.5 kW)
(3-high), 15 kVA (13.5 kW)
9170+ UPS
EATON
PR20717V2-83517.tif
9155 UPS
EATON
PR22602V2-134343.tif
The Eaton 9155 UPS double-conversion online UPS resolves all nine of the most
common utility power-quality problems and supplies clean, continuous power to all
connected equipment. The innovative design of this UPS delivers a genuine triple
play: the latest technology advances, a stylish and user-friendly design and a
budget-pleasing price. In fact, the 9155 delivers more features at a price lower than
its predecessor.
6.16
The Eaton 9170+ UPS delivers premium online backup power and scalable battery
runtimes for server farms, networks, telecommunications, Internet service providers
and other critical applications. Leveraging a modular design, the 9170+ UPS offers
N+X redundancy to eliminate system-level single point of failure. The 9170+
adapts to rapidly changing IT environments with scalable power and battery modules.
FEATURES
Conditions incoming power without depleting the battery to preserve battery
power for complete power outages
Eases setup and service with hot-swappable, lightweight power and
battery modules
Grows with changing IT environments by incorporating scalable design of 3 kVA
power modules and batteries
Eaton
Provides a 0.99 power factor and is generator friendly, less than 5 percent total
harmonic distortion using an active IGBT rectifier to control the input
power factor
Ensures data and system integrity with a complete power management software
package for remote monitoring, management and shutdown over the network
and the Internet
Description
331013 KA1011100000010 10 kVA 9 kW, eight minutes of full load,
22 minutes of half load runtime
331015 KA1012100000010 10 kVA 9 kW, 22 minutes of full load,
331017 KA1511100000010 15 kVA 13.5 kW, four minutes of full load,
331018 KA1512100000010 15 kVA 13.5 kW, 13 minutes of full load,
Contact your local sales representative for more information
about this product and part-number configuration.
BladeUPS
EATON
PR29094V2-215352.tif

for more information and part-number configuration.
9355 UPS
EATON
PR22601V2-134346.tif
The Eaton 9355 UPS combines advanced technology with uncompromised efficiency,
superior reliability and installation flexibility. Today's data centers, communications
and network control centers, as well as process control applications will benefit from
increased uptime when incorporating this advanced UPS into their power chain.
FEATURES
Protects connected equipment from all nine of the most common
power anomalies
Provides more real wattage in less space with at 0.9 power factor, protecting
more equipment and leaving more room for expansion
Supports Eaton Hot Sync paralleling of multiple module for redundancy
or extra capacity
Significantly increases battery life through ABM technology
The Eaton BladeUPS is a revolutionary power-quality solution ideal for blade servers,
data centers, networking applications, storage devices and critical IT equipment. The
scalable and modular BladeUPS expands power protection from 12 to 60 kW in a
single 19 inch rack while reducing energy and cooling costs with its energy-efficient
UPS design. The BladeUPS packs 12 kW of power into only 6U of rack space and can
be deployed in a variety of configurations.
FEATURES
Delivers the highest levels of reliability with patented Powerware Hot Sync
paralleling technology
Extends battery service life and optimizes battery recharge time with
ABM technology
Grows with expanding IT applications using scalable architecture
Reduces operating expenses with more flexible, compact configuration options
than traditional end-of-row solutions
Simplifies service with hot-swappable battery and electronics modules
Software Suite
Includes 12 kW and 208 V
Description
330796
ZC1212200100000 With 60 amps 5 W in/5 W out
355244
ZC1212210100000 With 60 amps 5 W in/5 W out with SNMP
355245
ZC1212600100000 With 60 amps 5 W in/4 W out
355246
ZC1212610100000 With 60 amps 5 W in/4 W out with SNMP
355247
ZC121P060100000 With parallel cord
355248
ZC121P061100000 With parallel cord with SNMP
6.17
Quickly collects information on critical parameters with an intuitive LCD screen

Significantly increases battery service life, resulting in more uptime and fewer
battery replacements with ABM technology
Software Suite
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
247049 PW3S3K 3 kVA expandable 3,000/2,500 6.5/16
to 3 kVA N+1
to 9 kVA N+X
to 9 kVA N+X
to 9 kVA N+X
to 18 kVA N+X
to 18 kVA N+X
to 18 kVA N+X
to 18 kVA N+X
to 18 kVA N+X
Eaton
9E UPS
EATON
PR71316V2-562063.tif
The 9E UPS delivers customers the most efficient power-quality solution in three key
areas: space, power and cost. Engineered for maximum efficiency, the 9E delivers up
to 98 percent efficiency while maintaining a small physical footprint. With internal
batteries up to 60 kVA the 9E provides an all-in-one solution that also reduces the
complexity of installation and startup.
FEATURES
Up to 21 min. of runtime with internal batteries
Up to 35 percent smaller footprint than similar competitive solutions
One year parts and labor included with Eaton startup plan protection
to the load
Intelligent Power Manager Software monitors and manages multiple power
devices across your network
Single-cabinet solution reduces installation and wiring costs
9E (20-30 KVA) MODELS WITH INTERNAL RUNTIME
D
Capacity
VA/watts
494821
9EB06AA61101000 20,000/16,000
494823
9EA02AA61001000 20,000/16,000
494825
9EA03AA61001000 20,000/24,000
Input
Plug
Hardwired
Hardwired
Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
Hardwired
9E (40-60 KVA) MODELS WITH INTERNAL RUNTIME

Capacity
VA/watts
494827
9EG04AA63001000 40,000/32,000
494828
9EB04AA61001000 40,000/32,000
494829
9EB06AA61001000 60,000/48,000
Input
Plug
Hardwired
Hardwired
Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
Hardwired
9E (20-30 KVA) MODELS FOR EXTERNAL RUNTIME

Capacity
VA/watts
494830
9EA02AA60001000 20,000/16,000
494831
9EA03AA60001000 30,000/24,000
Input
Plug
Hardwired
Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
9E (20-30 KVA) MODELS FOR EXTERNAL RUNTIME AND INTERNAL

MAINTENANCE BYPASS
Capacity
Input
VA/watts
Plug
494832
9EA02AA60101000 20,000/16,000 Hardwired
494833
9EA03AA60101000 30,000/24,000 Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
6.18
9E (20-30 KVA) MODELS WITH INTERNAL RUNTIME AND INTERNAL

MAINTENANCE BYPASS
Capacity
Input
VA/watts
Plug
494834
9EA02AA61101000 20,000/16,000 Hardwired
494835
9EA03AA61101000 30,000/24,000 Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
9E (40-60 KVA) MODELS FOR EXTERNAL RUNTIME

Capacity
VA/watts
494836
9EB04AA60001000 40,000/32,000
494838
9EB06AA60001000 60,000/48,000
Input
Plug
Hardwired
Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
9E (40-60 KVA) MODELS FOR EXTERNAL RUNTIME AND INTERNAL

MAINTENANCE BYPASS
Capacity
Input
VA/watts
Plug
494839
9EB04AA60101000 40,000/32,000 Hardwired
494840
9EB06AA60101000 60,000/48,000 Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
9E (40-60 KVA) MODELS WITH INTERNAL RUNTIME AND INTERNAL

MAINTENANCE BYPASS
Capacity
Input
VA/watts
Plug
494841
9EB04AA61101000 40,000/32,000 Hardwired
494842
9EB06AA61101000 60,000/48,000 Hardwired
Output
Receptacles
Hardwired
Hardwired
Tripp Lite
./
SmartPro Advanced Line-interactive Rack-mount UPS Systems

TRIPP LITE
PR13455V2-30328.tif
ACCESSORIES
279672 2-9USTAND
273267
279749
Description
Pair of adjustable tower stands securely support
single or multiple rack-mount UPS and battery
packs in 2U to 9U widths
2POSTRMKIT-WM Kit to mount select 2U, 3U, and 4U UPS systems
and batteries in two-post racks (or wall-mount 2U only)
BP36V15-2U 36 V external battery pack
for SMART1500RMXL2UA
SmartOnline Rack-mount/Tower UPS Systems

TRIPP LITE
PR20676V2-82594.tif
The best protection available, SmartOnline UPS Systems provide true online protection
with pure sine-wave output and zero transfer time for mission-critical applications.
Constant online operation completely isolates sensitive equipment from every power
problem on the AC line. Communications ports, SNMP slot and included PowerAlert
software manages an entire power network.
FEATURES
Continuous online operation with pure sine-wave output and zero transfer time
Select models feature hot-swappable design with manual bypass switch for zero
downtime, even during UPS maintenance or replacement
Select models feature enhanced power factor rating to support larger loads
Optional economy mode setting enables UPS to run at up to 96 percent
efficiency, reducing power consumption and operating costs
Expandable runtime with optional battery packs
$250,000 Ultimate Lifetime Insurance
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
Full/Half Load
Description VA/watts
325345 SU750RTXL2U 2U
750/600
4/11
493574 SU1000RTXLCD2U 2U
1,000/900 4.8/14
318098 SU1500RTXL2UA 2U
1,500/1,200 5/14
318099 SU2200RTXL2UA 2U
2,200/1,600 4.5/14
427252 SU3000RTXL2U 2U
3,000/2,500 6/15
261521 SU3000RTXL3U 3U
3,000/2,400 5/14
273256 SU3000RTXL3UHV 3U (200 to 3,000/2,400 5/14
240 V only)
304968 SU5000RT3UHV 5U (200 to 5,000/3,500 8/20
240 V only)
304975 SU5000RT3U
7U
5,000/3,500 8/20
423395 SU5000RT4UHV 4U
5,000/4,500 3.5/11
423397 SU5000RT4UTF 6U
5,000/4,500 3.5/11
309118 SU6000RT3UHV 6U (200 to 6,000/4,200 8/20
240 V only)
6.19
Line-interactive rack-mount protection for servers, security equipment, telecom

systems and more. Advanced automatic voltage regulation (AVR) corrects brownouts
and overvoltages without consuming battery power. Reliable battery backup plus
surge, spike and line-noise protection.
FEATURES
Advanced automatic voltage regulation (AVR)
Expandable runtime with optional external battery packs (denoted with "X" in
model number)
High-density, rack-mountable designs offer maximum protection in minimum
rack space
Up to four communications ports and included PowerAlert software provide
complete network power management and control
Select models feature enhanced power factor rating to support larger loads
MOD unit features hot-swappable power module and internal battery pack
enables maintenance with zero downtime
$250,000 Ultimate Lifetime Insurance covers connected equipment
Run Time
(Min.)
Full/Half
Capacity
Load
273248 SMART500RT1U
1U
500/300
3/8
261517 SMART750RM1U
1U
750/600
5/13
245430 SMART1000RM1U 1U
1,000/800 4/14
273250 SMART1000RM2U 2U
1,000/700 7/17
273252 SMART1500RM2U 2U
1,500/1,000 7/19
273253 SMART1500RMXL2UA 2U
1,500/1,000 7.5/21
226556 SMART2200RM2U 2U
2,200/1,920 5/13
254392 SMART2200RMXL2U 2U
2,200/1,600 6/16
226557 SMART3000RM2U 2U
3,000/2,250 4/11
444012 SMART3000RMXL2U 2U
3,000/2,880 3/10
245431 SMART5000RT3U 6U
5,000/4,000 16/38
493567 SMART1500CRMXL 2U
1,500/1,440 6/14
493569 SMART2200CRMXL 4U
2,200/1,900 11/28
493570 SMART5000XFMXL 3U
5,000/3,750 8.5/20

Description
250356 BP48V60RT-3U 48 V, 3U extended-run external battery pack for
SMART2200RMXL2U, SMART2600RM2U,
SMART3000RMXL2U, and SMART5000RT3U
(expandable via daisy-chaining)
226560 SNMPWEBCARD Internal management card connects UPS to
network and allows UPS monitoring and control
via SNMP, Web or Telnet
328626 ENVIROSENSE Remotely monitors temperature, humidity and
contact-closure inputs when used
with SNMPWEBCARD
Tripp Lite
(continued)
SmartOnline Rack-mount/Tower UPS Systems

245433 SU6000RT3U
279783 SU10KRT3UHV
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
Full/Half Load
9U
6,000/4,200 8/20
6U (200 to 10,000/9,000 4.3/12.5
240 V only)
HOT-SWAPPABLE MODULAR MODELS
427259
427260
381511
6.20
Vendor No.
SU5000RT4U
SU6000RT4U
SU6000RT4UHV
D
SU6000RT4UHVHW
SU6000RT4UTF
SU6000RT4UTFHW
SU8000RT4U
SU8000RT3U1TF
SU10000RT3U
SU10000RT3U2TF
SU12000RT4U
SU12000RT4UHW
SU16000RT4UHW
TRIPP LITE
PR20678V2-82612.tif
PR20677V2-82582.tif
Independent detachable PDU supplies power during UPS maintenance/replacement,

eliminating downtime. Part numbers ending in "HW" indicate hardwire output.
Anixter No.
325341
325342
423399
423798
423799
423801
381508
354994
325337
325338
SmartPro and SmartOnline Intelligent Tower UPS Systems
Description
4U, 5,000 VA/3,800 W
4U, 6,000 VA/4,200 W
4U, 6,000 VA/5,400 W
4U, 6,000 VA/5,400 W
6U, 6,000 VA/5,400 W
6U, 6,000 VA/5,400 W
4U, 8,000 VA/5,600 W
8U, 8,000 VA/7,200 W
6U, 10,000 VA/9,000 W
10U, 10,000 VA/
9,000 W
8U, 12,000 VA/8,400 W
8U, 12,000 VA/8,400 W
8U, 16,000 VA/
11,200 W
Run Time
(Min.)
Full/Half
Load
6/14
8/20
2/8.5
2/8.5
2/8.5
2/8.5
5/12
5.5/13.5
4.3/12.5
4.3/12.5
7/20
7/20
5/12
Intelligent Line-Interactive ("SMART") and SmartOnline ("SU") tower models provide

powerful protection against blackouts, brownouts, overvoltages, surges and line
noise for servers, security equipment, telecom systems and more. SMART models
feature advanced automatic voltage regulation (AVR). SU models provide true online
protection with pure sine-wave output and zero transfer time for mission-critical
applications. Constant online operation completely isolates sensitive equipment from
every power problem on the AC line.
FEATURES
Up to four communications ports, SNMP slot and included PowerAlert Software
provide complete power network monitoring and control
Expandable runtime with optional battery packs ("XL" models)
$250,000 Ultimate Lifetime Insurance
SMARTPRO TOWER UPS INTELLIGENT, LINE INTERACTIVE
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
381506
SMART750
750/450
5.5/16
254395
SMART1500
1,500/980
7/20
196358
SMART2200NET
2,200/1,700 11/27
196359
SMART3000NET
3,000/2,400 7/23
354999
SMART2200VS
2,200/1,600 7/19
355004
SMART3000VS
3,000/2,250 4/14
SMARTONLINE TOWER UPS TRUE-ONLINE, DOUBLE-CONVERSION PROTECTION
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
273254
SU2200XLA
2,200/1,600 4.5/14
273251
SU1000XLA
1,000/800
4.5/14
355002
SU1500XL
1,500/1,200 4.5/14
Tripp Lite
Digital UPS Systems

TRIPP LITE
PR13453V2-30324.tif
LCD models feature LCD screen that shows power conditions and UPS
operations in real time
SER models feature DB9 serial port (No USB)
BC Pro models feature tower designs with longer runtime
Up to $250,000 Ultimate Lifetime Insurance
ECO UPS
Standby UPS Systems

TRIPP LITE
PR34269V2-252578.tif
Vendor No.
ECO350UPS
ECO550UPS
ECO650LCD
ECO750UPS
ECO850LCD
Capacity
VA/watts
350/180
550/300
650/325
750/450
850/425
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
3/11
3.5/10
3/10
2.5/11.5
2.8/13
INTERNET OFFICE UPS

Anixter No.
381548
254396
381549
329672
381551
331448
381552
Capacity
VA/watts
350/180
350/180
550/300
550/300
600/300
750/450
900/480
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
2.5/10
3/11
3.5/10
3.5/10
3.5/10
2.5/11
2.5/10
Vendor No.
BC350
Capacity
VA/watts
350/180
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
2.5/10
Vendor No.
BCPRO600
BCPRO1050
BCPRO1400
Capacity
VA/watts
600/345
1,050/705
1,400/940
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
5/17
7/23
8/24
Vendor No.
INTERNET350SER
INTERNET350U
INTERNET550SER
INTERNET550U
INTERNET600U
INTERNET750U
INTERNET900U
Tripp Lite digital UPS systems feature a large, easy-to-read LCD screen that shows
power conditions and UPS operations in real time - ideal for applications requiring
frequent power status monitoring. LCD screen rotates to permit easy viewing in
tower-, shelf- and rack-mount installations.
FEATURES
Automatic voltage regulation (AVR)
USB ports plus FREE PowerAlert Software provides safe unattended
system shutdown
8 outlets plus tel/DSL, Ethernet and coaxial line surge protection options
Capacity
Run Time (Min.)
VA/watts
Full/Half Load
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
338867
OMNI650LCD
650/350
3.5/12
341431
OMNI900LCD
900/475
3/10
444034
OMNI1500LCD
1,500/825 2.5/9
338869
SMART1000LCD
1,000/500 3/10
338870
SMART1200LCD
1,200/700 4/12
341437
SMART1500LCD
1,500/900 3.5/13
Anixter No.
396483
396484
444037
396485
444053
BC PERSONAL UPS
Anixter No.
355010
BC PRO UPS
Anixter No.
196353
196354
199224
Ideal protection for PCs and all peripherals, standby UPS systems feature reliable
battery backup and surge, spike and line-noise protection.
FEATURES
USB port and free PowerAlert Software provides automatic, unattended
system shutdown
ECO models feature 99 percent efficiency and outlets that can be configured to
automatically power-off idle peripherals, saving up to $50 on annual
energy costs
Internet and ECO models include tel/DSL surge protection (not BC350)
6.21
Tripp Lite
3-phase UPS Systems
Battery Packs and Accessories
TRIPP LITE
PR29134V2-215305.tif
Tripp Lite's 3-phase UPS systems provide state-of-the-art power protection for
mission-critical systems. N+1 modular design and 1+1 parallel capability provide
increased efficiency and redundancy (select models). Self-contained, redundant
power modules can be hot-swapped (with the load powered) if maintenance is
required. True online, double conversion UPS with IGBT technology provides pure sine
wave AC output at all times. High power density/small footprint cabinets save
valuable space and simplify runtime scalability. Expandable runtime options with
internal and external battery packs. Up to three communications ports,
SNMPWEBCARD accessory slot and included PowerAlert software provide complete
network management and control.
TRIPP LITE

354992 BP24V28-2U
279749
250354
250356
3-PHASE UPS SYSTEMS

Anixter No.
325339
325340
427461
Vendor
No.
D
SU20K3/3
SU30K3/3
SU40K
Capacity
VA/watts
20,000/16,000
30,000/24,000
40,000/32,000
Run Time (Min.)

Full/Half Load
5/13
5/13
5.5/13
BATTERIES
444075
SU60K
External battery models
BP480V26B, BP480V40C
444076
SU80K
External battery models
BP480V26B, BP480V40C
Capacity
VA/watts
60,000/48,000
354995
354996
265889
325347
279672
80,000/64,000
3-PHASE UPS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

Description
427472
SUDC208V42P
Cabinet supports 20-60 kVA 3-phase UPS
power distribution
273267
226560
328626
6.22
PR29122V2-215287.tif
Description
24 V external battery pack for OMNIVS1500XL
SMART750XLA and SMART2200NET
BP36V15-2U 36 V external battery pack
for SMART1500RMXL2UA
BP48V24-2U 48 V external battery pack for SU1500XL,
SU2200XLA, SMART2200 VSXL and
SMART3000 VS
BP48V60RT-3U 48 V, 3U extended-run external battery pack for
SMART2200RMXL2U, SMART2600RM2U,
SMART3000RMXL2U, and SMART5000RT3U
(expandable via daisy-chaining)
BP72V15-2U 72 V external battery for SU3000XL
BP192V12-3U 192 V, 3U external extended runtime battery pack
for SU5000RT4U and SU6000RT4U (expandable
via daisy-chaining)
BP240V10RT-3U 240 V external long runtime battery module
and cables
SUPDM56HW Detachable hardwire power distribution unit for
SU5000RT4U and SU6000RT4U only
2-9USTAND
Pair of adjustable tower stands securely support
single or multiple rack-mount UPS and battery
packs in 2U to 9U widths
2POSTRMKIT-WM Kit to mount select 2U, 3U, and 4U UPS systems
and batteries in two-post racks (or wall-mount 2U only)
SNMPWEBCARD Internal management card connects UPS to
network and allows UPS monitoring and control
via SNMP, Web or Telnet
ENVIROSENSE Remotely monitors temperature, humidity and
contact-closure inputs when used
with SNMPWEBCARD
Power Distribution Units (PDU)
APC
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Power Protection//Power Strip
Modular Power Distribution

PR29197V2-216070.tif
Metered Rack PDU
Basic Rack PDU

PR33669V2-248515.tif
PR22494V2-133354.tif
APC offers a wide variety of basic rack power distribution units (Rack PDUs) that
distribute power to rack-mount equipment. Horizontal and vertical units are
available, as well as a variety of power inputs and outputs that fit most power
environments. APC offers basic rack PDUs that mount vertically, without tools, in the
vertical zero U accessory channel of the NetShelter SX.
APC Metered Rack Power Distribution Units (PDUs) provide active metering to enable
energy optimization and circuit protection. User-defined alarm thresholds mitigate
risk with real-time local and remote alerts to warn of potential circuit overloads.
Metered Rack PDUs provide power utilization data to allow Data Center Managers to
make informed decisions on load balancing and right-sizing IT environments to lower
total cost of ownership. Users can access and configure Metered Rack PDUs through
secure Web, SNMP or Telnet interfaces which are complemented by APC Centralized
Management platforms using InfraStruxure Central, Operations, Capacity and Energy
Efficiency. New AP8800 series Metered Rack PDUs include real-power monitoring, a
temperature/humidity sensor port, locking IEC receptacles and ultra-low-profile
circuit breakers.
6.23
Modular power distribution mitigates the need to predict the future requirements and
configurations of your data center. This visionary power distribution system is agile
enough to match the needs of your data center today and enable rapid expansion or
reconfiguration in the future. Power management is simplified by output metering,
branch current/circuit monitoring and auto-detection by the StruxureWare suite of
management options. When demand rises and expansion becomes necessary, there is
no need to schedule downtime to add a breaker, as modules (including circuit
breaker, power cord and power connection) simply plug into a touch-safe backplane.
The factory-assembled modules can be installed in minutes. This eliminates the need
for risky hot work and shields users from dangerous amperage. There are multiple
power ratings and power cord lengths for low to high power, making for compatibility
and quick, easy and convenient installation.
493554 PDPM72F-5U APC modular rack distribution panel, 72 kW, 200 A,
208 V, 18 pole and 5U
484366 PDPM144F APC modular remote power panel, 144 kW, 400 A,
208 V, 72 pole and 300 mm
459938 PDPM277H APC modular remote power panel, 277 kW, 400 A,
400 V, 72 pole and 300 mm
478236 PDPM288G6H APC modular power distribution unit, 266 kW,
400 A, 480 V - 240 V auto-transformer, 72 pole and
300 mm
FEATURES
Basic reliable power distribution
Single-input power source
Rack-mountable
287491 AP9562
Rack PDU, basic, 1U, 15 A (5-15P), 120 V,
(10) 5-15
269879 AP9563
Rack PDU, basic, 1U, 20 A (5-20P), 120 V,
(10) 5-20
268851 AP9564
Rack PDU, basic, 1U, 20 A (L5-20P), 120 V,
(10) 5-20
318488 AP7530
Rack PDU, basic, zero U, 20 A (L5-20P), 120 V,
(24) 5-20
372789 AP7532
Rack PDU, basic, zero U, 30 A (L5-30P), 120 V,
(24) 5-20
269880 AP9560
(10) 5-20
387094 AP9566
(12) C13
331986 AP7540
Rack PDU, basic, zero U, 20 A (L6-20P), 208 V, (20)
C13 and (four) C19
327204 AP7541
Rack PDU, basic, zero U, 30 A (L6-30P), 208 V, (20)
C13 and (four) C19
319559 AP9570
(four) C19
413068 AP9571A
(10) C13
421332 AP7592
Rack PDU, basic, zero U, 5.7 kW (L21-20P), 120 V,
(42) 5-20
359139 AP7598
Rack PDU, basic, zero U, 12.5 kW (CS8365), 208 V,
(30) C13, (six) C19
376396 AP7516
Rack PDU, basic, 1U, 14.4 kW (CS8365), 208 V,
(six) C19
APC
(continued)
Metered Rack PDU
FEATURES
Rack-mountable
Alarm thresholds
Local and Web-based monitoring
Local current monitoring display
Load indicator LED
350689 AP7800
Rack PDU, metered, 1U, 15 A (5-15P), 120 V,
(eight) 5-15
350690 AP7801
Rack PDU, metered, 1U, 20 A (L5-20P), 120 V,
(eight) 5-20
421341 AP7802
Rack PDU, metered, 2U, 30 A (L5-30P), 120 V,
(16) 5-20
281019 AP7830
Rack PDU, metered, Zero U, 20 A (L5-20P), 120 V,
(24) 5-20
327662 AP7832
Rack PDU, metered, Zero U, 30 A (L5-30P), 120 V,
(24) 5-20
426761 AP8858NA3 Rack PDU 2G, metered, Zero U, 20 A (L6-20P),
208 V, (18) C13, (two) C19
370681 AP7811
Rack PDU, metered, 2U, 30 A (L6-30P), 208 V, (12)
C13s and (four) C19
426762 AP8841
Rack PDU 2G, metered, Zero U, 30 A (L6-30P),
208 V, (36) C13, (six) C19
426763 AP8861
Rack PDU 2G, metered, Zero U, 5.7 kW (L21-20P),
D
208 V, (36) C13, (six) C19, (2) 5-20
426765 AP8865
Rack PDU 2G, metered, Zero U, 8.6 kW (L21-30P),
208 V, (36) C13, (six) C19, (2) 5-20
426766 AP8881
Rack PDU 2G, metered, Zero U, 11.5 kW
(IEC309 20A), 240 V, (36) C13, (six) C19
359231 AP7899
Rack PDU, metered, Zero U, 14.4 kW (CS8365C),
208 V, (24) C13, (four) C19, (two) L6-30
Switched Rack PDU

PR33676V2-248501.tif
APC Switched Rack Power Distribution Units (Rack PDUs) enable advanced,
user-customizable power control and active monitoring. Remote outlet level controls
allow power on/off functionality for power cycling to remotely reboot equipment and
restrict unauthorized use of individual outlets. Power sequencing time delays allow
users to define the order in which to power up or down attached equipment to avoid
circuit overload. Current metering provides real-time remote monitoring of connected
loads with user-defined alarms to warn of potential circuit overloads. Users can
access, configure and control Switched Rack PDUs through secure Web, SNMP,
Command Line Interface or Telnet interfaces and complemented by APC Centralized
Management platforms using InfraStruxure Central, Operations, Capacity and Energy
Efficiency. AP8900 series Switched Rack PDUs include real-power monitoring, a
6.24
temperature/humidity sensor port and locking IEC receptacles. New AP8600 series
Rack PDUs provide outlet-level power metering for energy efficiency initiatives and
capacity planning purposes.
FEATURES
Rack-mountable
Alarm thresholds
Local and Web-based monitoring
Local current monitoring display
Load indicator LED
Remote individual outlet control
Power delays
Remote-management capabilities
Network management via Web, SNMP, Telnet
267332 AP7900
Rack PDU, switched, 1U, 15 A (5-15P), 120 V,
(eight) 5-15
372797 AP7931
Rack PDU, switched, zero U, 15 A (5-15P), 120 V,
(16) 5-15
267333 AP7901
Rack PDU, switched, 1U, 20 A (L5-20P), 120 V,
(eight) 5-20
324283 AP7930
Rack PDU, switched, zero U, 20 A (L5-20P), 120 V,
(24) 5-20
372793 AP7902
Rack PDU, switched, 2U, 30 A (L5-30P), 120 V,
(16) 5-20
349480 AP7932
Rack PDU, switched, zero U, 30 A (L5-30P), 120 V,
(24) 5-20
281025 AP7960
Rack PDU, switched, 5.7 kW (L21-20P), 208 V,
(24) 5-20
426767 AP8958NA3 Rack PDU 2G, switched, zero U, 20 A (L6-20P),
208 V, (seven) C13, (one) C19
426768 AP8959NA3 Rack PDU 2G, switched, zero U, 20 A (L6-20P),
208 V, (21) C13, (three) C19
418543 AP7911A
Rack PDU, switched, 2U, 30 A (L6-30P), 208 V, (16)
C13
426770 AP8941
Rack PDU 2G, switched, zero U, 30 A (L6-30P),
208 V, (21) C13, (three) C19
426771 AP8961
Rack PDU 2G, switched, zero U, 5.7 kW (L21-20P),
208 V, (21) C13, (three) C19
426772 AP8965
Rack PDU 2G, switched, zero U, 8.6 kW (L21-30P),
208 V, (21) C13, (three) C19
330648 AP7968
Rack PDU, switched, zero U, 12.5 kW (CS8365),
208 V, (21) C13, (six) C19
443029 AP8641
Rack PDU 2G, switched plus, zero U, 5.0 kW
(L6-30P), 208 V, (21) C13, (three) C19
443032 AP8661
Rack PDU 2G, switched plus, zero U, 5.7 kW
(L21-20P), 208 V, (21) C13, (three) C19
APC
Power Cords
Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)

PR33712V2-248771.tif
PR22496V2-133366.tif
APC Rack Automatic Transfer Switches (Rack ATS) provide reliable, redundant power
to single-corded equipment. The Rack ATS has dual-input power cords supplying
power to the connected load. If the primary power source becomes unavailable, the
Rack ATS will seamlessly source power from the secondary source without
interrupting critical loads. The Rack ATS has built-in network connectivity, which
allows for remote-management via Web, SNMP or Telnet interfaces.
FEATURES
Seamless power transfer
Continuous source monitoring
Current monitoring and alarms
Robust out-of phase switching
Network-management interface
Multiple outlets
443045 AP7750A
Rack ATS, 1U, 15 A (5-15P), 120 V, (eight) 5-15
373641 AP7752
Rack ATS, 1U, 20 A (L5-20P), 120 V, (10) 5-20
377310 AP7753
Rack ATS, 2U, 30 A (L5-30P), 120 V, (16) 5-20
426813 AP7721
Rack ATS, 1U, 15 A (C14 inlets), 208 V, (12) C13
426814 AP7723
Rack ATS, 1U, 20 A (C20 inlets), 208 V, (eight) C13,
(one) C19
377312 AP7730
Rack ATS, 1U, 20 A (L6-20P), 208 V, (eight) C13,
(one) C19
377314 AP7732
Rack ATS, 2U, 30 A (L6-30P), 208 V, (16) C13,
(two) C19
354751 AP7701
Rack ATS, 1U, 5.7 kW (L21-20P), 208 V 3-phase,
(one) L21-20
6.25
A large selection of power cords including input power, adapter and jumper power
cords fulfill a variety of power requirements. New locking IEC power cords feature a
patented, easy-to-use, cord-retention method for added security when used with
AP8000 series Rack Power Distribution Units (PDUs).
443035 AP8702R
Power cord kit (six each), locking, C13 to
C14 (90 degree), 2 ft.
443037 AP8702S
Power cord kit (six each), locking, C13 to C14, 2 ft.
443036 AP8704R
443040 AP8704S
443041 AP8706R
427051 AP8706S
443043 AP8712R
443047 AP8712S
443049 AP8714R
443051 AP8714S
443052 AP8716R
430526 AP8716S
443054 AP8750
Power cord locking C19 to 5-15P, 10 ft.
443057 AP8751
Power cord locking C19 to 5-20P, 10 ft.
443060 AP8752
Power cord locking C19 to L5-20P, 10 ft.
443063 AP8753
Power cord locking C19 to L6-20P, 10 ft.
Geist
./
Rack-mount Basic and Metered PDU
GEIST MANUFACTURING INC
PR68150V2-538445.tif
Geist specializes in 15 to 120 amp power distribution units (PDUs). In addition to

their 1,000+ standard units, Geist offers rapid-response production of custom
PDUs. All Geist units are built to order in the USA. From in-house chassis production
to an on-site UL testing lab, Geist's cohesive abilities result in the lowest lead times
in the PDU industry. Your PDU can be available for shipment in as little as three days.
6-OUTLET 19 IN. RACK-MOUNT POWER STRIPS
Description
248077 BR060-10
15 amp, 120 V, 5-15P
241186 BRT060-10
15 amp, 120 V, individual transformer
spaced outlets, 5-15P
355448 SPT064-10
15 amp, 120 V, surge, individual transformer
spaced outlets, 5-15P
330681 2XPR060-103L20TL6 30 amp, 208 V, 20 amp twist-lock
outlets, L6-30P
8-OUTLET 19 IN.
D RACK-MOUNT POWER STRIPS
Description
248073 SPX084-10
15 amp, 120 V, surge, individual
transformer spaced outlets (four front and
four rear), 5-15P
342787 BRDCN080-1034TL 30 amp, 120 V, no on/off switch, L5-30P,
with digital power meter
Description
248082 BRC100-10
15 amp, 120 V, 5-15P, with digital
power meter
255048 SPN104-10
15 amp, 120 V, surge, no on/off
switch, 5-15P
248072 SP104-10
15 amp, 120 V, 5-15P
248083 SPC104-10
15 amp, 120 V, surge, 5-15P, with digital
power meter
263713 BRN100-1025TL
20 amp, 120 V, no on/off switch, L5-20P
267442 BRCN100-1025TL 20 amp, 120 V, no on/off switch, L5-20P,
with digital power meter
248085 SPC104-1025
20 amp, 125 V, surge, with digital
power meter
Description
267446 BRDN120-1036TL 30 amp, 120 V, no on/off switch, L5-30P
330682 XPR120-103D20TL6 30 amp, 208 V, L6-30P
330684 VHVR120-102D20TL6 20 amp, 208 V, L6-20P
6.26
10-OUTLET 19 IN. HORIZONTAL POWER STRIPS WITH IEC RECEPTACLES

Description
355480 BRELN102-0020/16 20 amp, 120 V or 208 V, C13 outlets, no
on/off switch, C20 power inlet
284809 BRELCN102-0020/16 20 amp, 120 V or 208 V, C13 outlets, no
on/off switch, C20 power inlet, with digital
power meter
3-OUTLET 19 IN. 2U 60 AMP HORIZONTAL POWER STRIP
Description
284812 ZP030-106C19PS 60 amp, 208 V, three C19 outlets, 60 A,
250 V, 2P/3 W
20-OUTLET 66 IN. VERTICAL POWER STRIPS
With 120 V.

Description
396460 NSVBN200-101S15 15 amp, no on/off switch, inline individual
outlets, 5-15P
396461 NSVBN200-102S20 20 amp, no on/off switch, inline individual
outlets, 5-20P
396462 NSVBN200-102S20TL 20 amp, no on/off switch, inline individual
outlets, L5-20P
396463 VSSBN200-102S20 20 amp, surge, no on/off switch, inline individual
outlets, 5-20P
267448 VRTBN200-10210TL 20 amp, no on/off switch, L5-20P
267460 VRTDN200-10310TL 30 amp, no on/off switch, L5-30P, no LEDs
24-OUTLET 66 IN. VERTICAL POWER STRIPS
Description
355481 JBAN243-102D20TL21 20 amp, 120/208 V, 3-phase, 120 V
output, L21-20P, with 3-phase digital
current meter
330690 XPB240-103D20DTL5 30 amp, 120 V, two L5-30P, dual circuit
8-OUTLET 17 IN. VERTICAL/HORIZONTAL POWER STRIPS
Description
396464 NSVLN080-101R15 15 amp, 120 V, no on/off switch, individual
outlets rotated 90 degrees, 5-15P
396465 NSVLN080-102R20 20 amp, 120 V, no on/off switch, individual
outlets rotated 90 degrees, 5-20P
396466 VSSLN084-101R15 15 amp, 120 V, surge, no on/off switch,
individual outlets rotated 90 degrees, 5-15P
396467 VSSLN084-102R20 20 amp, 120 V, surge, no on/off switch,
individual outlets rotated 90 degrees, 5-20P
10-OUTLET 17 IN. VERTICAL/HORIZONTAL POWER STRIPS WITH IEC RECEPTACLES
Includes 30 amp, 208 V, C13 outlets, no on/off switch and L6 30P
Description
355482 VRELN100-103C13TL6 10 outlet 17 in. vertical horizontal
power strips
346586 VRELCN100-103C13TL6 With digital power meter
Geist
16-OUTLET 17 IN. 2U VERTICAL/HORIZONTAL POWER STRIPS WITH
IEC RECEPTACLES
30 amp, 208 V, C13 outlets, no on/off switch and L6-30P
Description
355483 2VRELN160-103C13TL6 16-outlet 17 in. 2U vertical/horizontal
power strips with IEC receptacles
355484 2VRELCN160-103C13TL6 With digital power meter
24-OUTLET 66 IN. VERTICAL POWER STRIPS WITH IEC RECEPTACLES
30 amp, 208 V, C13 outlets, no on/off switch and L6-30P
Description
355485 VREBN240-103C13TL6 24-outlet 66 in. vertical power strips with
IEC receptacles
332854 VREBCN240-103C13TL6 With digital power meter
Rack-mount Current Monitoring Power Strips

PR20721V2-84844.tif

PDUs. All Geist units are built to order and made in the USA. From in-house chassis
production to an on-site UL testing lab, Geist's cohesive abilities result in the lowest
lead times in the PDU industry. Your PDU can be available for shipment in as little
as three days.
PR68158V2-538469.tif
Local and remote current monitoring via digital display and Ethernet
(RJ45) connection.

Description
355486 VHVWMN189-102M12TL21-OM 20 amp, 3-phase WYE, 120/208 V,
(12) C13 and (six) C19 outlets,
L21-20P, outlet monitoring
396468 VHVBMN308-102IN6TL21
20 amp, 3-phase 120/208 V WYE,
208 V, 30 outlets (24) C13 and
(six) C19, L21-20P twist-lock plug
396469 YBMN303-102IN6PS56
(six) C19, 20 amp 3P + N + E,
20 A, 230/400 V, 4P/5W pin
and sleeve
427205 YBMN303-102IN6TL22
(six) C19, L22-20P
396470 XPBM308-103IN6TL21
(six) C19, L21-30P
396471 XPBM300-103IN6TL6
30 amp, 208 V, 30 outlets (24)
C13 and (six) C19, L6-30P
494632 XPBM420-103IZ6TL6-LP
30 amp, 208 V, 42 outlets (36)
C13 and (six) C19, L6-30P.
Reduced footprint, low profile,
ideal for tight installations
494633 XPWM449-103MB1TL21-LP 30 amp, 3-phase 120/208 V WYE,
208 V, 44 outlets (36) C13, (six)
C19 and (two) 5-20R, L21-30P.
Reduced footprint, low profile,
ideal for tight installations
494635 XPWM428-103IZ6TL15-LP
30 amp, 3-phase 250 V DELTA,
208 V, 42 outlets (36) C13,
(six) C19, L15-30P. Reduced
footprint, low profile, ideal for
tight installations
396472 YBM303-103IN6PS56
(six) C19, 30 amp 3P + N + E
pin and sleeve
427206 YBM303-103IN6TL22
(six) C19, L22-30P
6.27
30-OUTLET 66 IN. VERTICAL POWER STRIPS WITH IEC RECEPTACLES

Description
330692 VHVBN308-102IN6TL21 20 amp, 3-phase WYE, 120/208 V,
C13 and C19 outlets, 208 V output, no
on/off switch, L21-20P
330693 XPB308-103IN6TL21 30 amp, 3-phase WYE, 120/208 V,
C13 and C19 outlets, 208 V
output, L21-30P
330691 XPB300-103IN6TL6 30 amp, 208 V, C13 and
C19 outlets, L6-30P
CURRENT MONITORING 66 IN. VERTICAL POWER STRIPS
Geist
(continued)
Rack-mount Current Monitoring Power Strips

355487 ZPBM368-055IT6CS15-35
355489
ZPBM128-056C19PS15
427207
ZPBM248-106IBBPS15
Description
35 amp, 3-phase DELTA, 208 V,
(30) C13 and (six) C19 outlets, CA
style twist-lock 50 amp/250 V
3P/4 W
(12) C19 outlets, IEC 60309 pin
and sleeve, 60 amp 3P + E pin
and sleeve
(12) C13 and (12) C19 outlets, IEC
60309 pin and sleeve, 60 amp 3P
+ E pin and sleeve
CURRENT MONITORING 19 IN. 2U 60 AMP RACK-MOUNT POWER STRIPS
PR68157V2-538463.tif
Local and remote current monitoring via digital display and Ethernet
D
(RJ45) connection.

Description
396473 2ZPRM128-106C19PS15 60 amp, 2U, 3-phase DELTA, 208 V, (12)
C19 outlets, 60 amp/208 V 3P/4 W,
watertight pin and sleeve
3-phase Zone Power PDUs for High kW Loads

Geist power strips are made in the USA and built to order, allowing customers to
impart custom features to their product. Most orders are shipped from Geist's
Nebraska factory within three to five days. Ideal for blade server applications, these
80 amp and 120 amp 3-phase PDUs provide up to 43 kW in a single feed. They also
feature "per phase" and "per outlet" remote monitoring options as well as hardwired
connections to minimize installation costs. With 3-phase DELTA, 208 V output vertical
and hardwired - wiring access panel - conduit conection access bottom entry.
Description
377323 ZPB128-XX8C19HW15 80 amp and (12) C19 outlets
377324 ZPBM128-XX8C19HW15 80 amp, (12) C19 outlets, local and
remote current monitoring via digital
display and Ethernet (RJ45) connection
377325 ZPB048-XXXL15HW15 120 amp and (four) L15-30R
twist-lock outlets
377326 ZPBM048-XXXL15HW15 120 amp, (four) L15-30R twist-lock
outlets, local and remote current
monitoring via digital display and
Ethernet (RJ45) connection
CURRENT MONITORING ZERO U UNITS

Local and remote current monitoring via digital display and Ethernet (RJ45)
connection with inline Ethernet Current meter.
Description
396474 LME-101C13-10C14S 15 amp, 120 or 208 V, 10 ft. output
power cord with IEC receptacle (C13),
10 ft. input power cord with IEC
plug (C14)
396475 LME-102TL5-10TL5S 20 amp, 120 V, 10 ft. output power cord
with twist-lock receptacle (L5-20R),
10 ft. input power cord with twist-lock
plug (L5-20P)
396476 LME-102TL21-10TL21S 20 amp, 120/208 V WYE, 10 ft. output
power cord with twist-lock receptacle
(L21-20R), 10 ft. input power cord with
twist-lock plug (L21-20P)
396477 LME-103TL6-10TL6S 30 amp, 208 V, 10 ft. output power cord
with twist-lock receptacle (L6-30R),
10 ft. input power cord with twist-lock
plug (L6-30P)
6.28
PR68151V2-538451.tif

./
Monitored Pro eConnect Power Distribution Units (PDUs)

PR71336V2-563726.tif
SINGLE-PHASE
488941
P1-1C0A5
488961
P1-1D0B5
461026
P1-1F0G3
Description
24 outlets NEMA 5-20R, 110-125 V, 20 A, NEMA
L5-20P plug
L5-30P plug
30 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 200-240 V,
3-PHASE
With 24 outlets C13 and 208 V.
488971
P1-1M0G3
12 outlets C19, 40 A, CS8365C plug
488968
P1-1P0L4
nine outlets C19, three outlets NEMA 5-20R,
30 A, NEMA L21-30P
488970
P1-1T0F3
12 outlets C19, 40 A, CS8365C plug
ACCESSORIES
445239
35700-701
492459
13762-701
Description
Mounting brackets for CPI rack systems
Vertical mounting brackets for CPI M-Series
cabinet systems
Other CPI vertical power distribution unit configurations are available.

Please contact your local sales representative for further details.
Monitored eConnect Power Distribution Units (PDUs)

PR71337V2-563732.tif
SINGLE-PHASE
488963
P3-1C0A5
488964
P3-1D0B5
488939
P3-1A1E3
488965
P3-1F0G3
3-PHASE
Anixter No.
461027
Vendor No.
P3-1M0G3
488974
P3-1P0G3
488969
P3-1P0L4
488973
P3-1T0F3
488978
P3-1Q0G3
ACCESSORIES
495892
17761-003
445239
492459
35700-701
13762-701
Description
L5-20P plug
L5-30P plug
24 outlets C13, 6 outlets C19, 200-240 V, 30 A,
C20 inlet (order power cord separately)
eConnect monitored PDU, with 30 outlets C13,
six outlets C19, 200 - 240 V, 30 A, NEMA
L6-30P plug
Description
30 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 208 V, 30 A,
NEMA L15-30P plug
eConnect monitored PDU, with 30 outlets C13,
six outlets C19, 208 V, 30 A, NEMA
L21-30P plug
24 outlets C13, 9 outlets C19, three outlets
NEMA 5-20R, 208 V, 30 A, NEMA L21-30P
24 outlets C13, 12 outlets C19, 208 V, 40 A,
CS8365C plug
30 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 380-415 V,
Description
Environmental probe kit, includes (two)
temp/humidity sensors and (one) splitter,
order 1/PDU
cabinet systems

Vertical-mount PDU supplies reliable power to equipment in your cabinets and
monitors total power usage.
6.29
Vertical-mount PDU supplies reliable power to equipment in your cabinets.

FEATURES
High temperature rating of 149F (65C) provides reliable power distribution in
high-density and hot aisle containment environments
Universal mounting with tool-less installation hardware that is spaced to match
the mounting brackets in most ITC cabinets
Low-profile design does not block access to equipment mounting rails or
exhaust airflow from equipment
Broad selection of standard configurations that combine different power
inlets/plugs with a mix of outlets to match facility requirements
More power options including support for special applications like 120/240 volt
split-phase and 380-415 volt 3-phase inputs
FEATURES
Continuous, automated monitoring of voltage, current, power and power factor
at each breaker with 1% metering accuracy
Local display with an interactive screen that displays combined
power measurements
Remote monitoring through a network connection using a Web browser
Easy network setup using the local display to enter the IP address
User defined threshold alarms indicated by a flashing LED near the
central display
Link up to 20 PDUs together, connect through a single network connection and
access using the built-in Web interface
Optimized for high-density applications with a low-profile design, universal
tool-less mounting and use in ambient air temperatures up to 149F (65C)
Optional external environmental probe allows remote continuous, automated
monitoring of temperature and humidity
Monitored Pro eConnect Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
Switched eConnect Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
PR71338V2-563738.tif

monitors power use at each outlet.
FEATURES
Continuous, automated monitoring of voltage, current and power at each outlet
with 1% metering accuracy
power measurements
Use the built-in Web interface to group outlets and track total current use for
several pieces of equipment
Easy network setup using the local display, user defined threshold alarms, and
IP consolidation for up to 20 PDUs
SINGLE-PHASE
Includes six outlets C19, 200-240 V, 30 amp and NEMA L6-30P plug.
Description
488966
P4-1F0C3
18 outlets C13
488967
P4-1F0G3
30 outlets C13
3-PHASE
With 208 V.
Anixter No.
488975
Vendor No.
P4-1M0G3
488976
P4-1P0F3
488977
P4-1P0G3
461029
P4-1T0F3
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
495892
445239
492459
454829
Vendor No.
17761-003
35700-701
13762-701
25140-701
Description
30 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 30 A, NEMA
L15-30P plug
24 outlets C13, 12 outlets C19, 30 A,
NEMA L21-30P
30 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 30 A,
NEMA L21-30P
24 outlets C13, 12 outlets C19, 40 A,
CS8365C plug
Description
Environmental probe kit, includes (two)
temp/humidity sensors and (one) splitter,
order 1/PDU
cabinet systems
Mounting brackets for CPI GF-Series
GlobalFrame cabinets
PR71339V2-563744.tif

remotely controls power at each outlet.
FEATURES
Remote control of individual outlets by turning outlets on, off or cycling power
power measurements
Use the built-in Web interface to group outlets and control power to several
outlets simultaneously
SINGLE-PHASE
With 200-240 V, 30 A and NEMA L6-30P plug.
Anixter No.
496128
496129
Vendor No.
P5-1F0A1
P5-1F0C3
Description
24 outlets C13
18 outlets C13, six outlets C19
3-PHASE
With 208 V.
Anixter No.
496130
Vendor No.
P5-1M0C3
496131
496132
P5-1P0A1
P5-1P0C3
496133
P5-1T0C3
Description
18 outlets C13, six outlets C19, 30 A, NEMA
L15-30P plug
24 outlets C13, 208 V, NEMA L21-30P
NEMA L21-30P
CS8365C plug
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
495892
Vendor No.
17761-003
445239
492459
35700-701
13762-701
495893
13780-C01
454829
25140-701
Description
Environmental probe kit, includes two
temp/humidity sensors and one splitter,
order one per PDU
cabinet systems
Mounting brackets for CPI F-Series
TeraFrame cabinets
Mounting brackets for CPI GF-Series

6.30
Switched Pro eConnect Power Distribution Units (PDUs)

PR71340V2-563750.tif
PowerWedge - Horizontal Power Distribution Units (PDUs) for CPI

QuadraRacks and Cabinet Systems
SINGLE-PHASE
With 200-240 V, 30 A and NEMA L6-30P plug.
496139
P6-1F0A1
24 outlets C13
496140
P6-1F0C3
18 outlets C13, six outlets C19
3-PHASE
With 208 V and 30 A.
496141
P6-1M0C3
496142
496143
P6-1P0A1
P6-1P0C3
496144
P6-1T0C3
Rack-mount PDU for CPI QuadraRacks and cabinet systems.

FEATURES
Wedge shape allows 24 outlets in 1U of rack-mount space
Includes mounting brackets for four-post mounting
Includes two meters with digital displays and a network connection for
network monitoring
Turn outlet power on/off or cycle power remotely
Includes a port for an external temperature and humidity sensor
Can be monitored using a Web browser or with SNMP
Description
425877 35882-5A2
Single-phase, controlled, 24 outlets C13,
208/230 V, 30 amp, NEMA L6-30P plug
417191 35941-132
Temperature and humidity sensor with 5 ft.
6 in. L cord
Other CPI horizontal power distribution unit configurations are available.
Description
18 outlets C13, six outlets C19, NEMA
L15-30P plug
24 outlets C13, NEMA L21-30P
NEMA L21-30P
CS8365C plug
ACCESSORIES
495892
17761-003 Environmental probe kit, includes two
temp/humidity sensors and one splitter,
order one per PDU
445239
35700-701 Mounting brackets for CPI rack systems
492459
13762-701 Vertical mounting brackets for CPI M-Series
cabinet systems
495893
13780-C01 Mounting brackets for CPI F-Series
TeraFrame cabinets
454829
25140-701 Mounting brackets for CPI GF-Series
6.31

remotely controls and monitors power use at each outlet.
FEATURES
Remote control of individual outlets by turning outlets on, off or cycling power
Continuous, automated monitoring of voltage, current and power at each outlet
with 1% metering accuracy
power measurements
Use the built-in Web interface to group outlets, track total current use for
several pieces of equipment and control power to several outlets simultaneously
PR29227V2-216147.tif
Server Technology Inc.

./
Sentry POPS Switched Power Distribution Units
SERVER TECHNOLOGY
PR29135V2-215877.tif
Blade servers and high-density computing power requirements continue to increase

within the data center, creating heat proliferation and more challenges for managing
the IT environment. To maintain their competitive advantage, data center managers
need solutions such as Sentry Switch POPS (Per Outlet Power Sensing) units that
monitor, track and manage servers and IT equipment and the equipment cabinet
infrastructure that houses them.
Sentry Switched POPS PDUs combine all the features and functions of a switched PDU
with the ability to provide power monitoring per an individual outlet/device.
FEATURES
The Sentry CDU Family meets the UL 60950-1 requirement for branch
circuit protection
Exclusive true RMS current monitoring is critical to preventing overloads in
high-density computing
environments; LED digital displays on the CDU enclosure
D
report the input current of each phase or branch circuit for simple
load balancing
The Switched CDU supports two external 10 ft. (3 m) probes. Each of these
probes measure both temperature and humidity. Receive SNMP-based alerts or
e-mail notifications when conditions exceed defined thresholds
The Switched CDU family has the capability to daisy chain units together; the
Expansion Module provides the ability to link two power circuits under one
IP address
Remote configuration and management of outlets. Reboot a single- or
dual-power server with one command. Receive SNMP-based alerts and e-mail
alerts when power or environmental conditions exceed thresholds. Assign users
specific access rights to designated outlets or groups
Sentry Switched POPS PDUs combine all the features and functions of a
Switched PDU with the ability to provide power monitoring per an individual
outlet/device. Power information per individual outlet includes: current load (A),
voltage (V), power (kW), apparent power (VA), crest factor, and power factor
SWITCHED POPS CDU, 0U
426843
CWG-16V2C313A1
426845
6.32
CWG-24V2C311A1

426847
CWG-24VDE311A1
Description
12 x C13, four x C19, 208 V 30 A with
NEMA L6-30P connector and cord (bottom
cord entry), 3 m (10 ft.), two x
temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
18 x C13, six C19, 3 x LED amp meters,
208 V 30 A with NEMA L6-30P connector
and cord, bottom/front entry, 3 m (10 ft.)
cord, two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
426849
CWG-24VYM311A1
426850
CWG-24V5Z411A1
Description
18 x C13, six x C19, three x LED amp
meters, 208 V 3-phase DELTA, 30 A with
NEMA L15-30P connector and cord, 10 ft.
(3 m), front entry, two x temp/humid
capable, with retractable fuses
meters, 208 V 3-phase WYE, 30 A with
(3 m), front entry, two x temp/humid
meters, 240/415 V 3-phase 30 A with
NEMA L22-30P connector and cord,
bottom/front cord entry, 3 m (10 ft.) cord,
circuit breakers, two x
temp/humid capable
SWITCHED POPS
PR71326V2-563689.tif
With outlet ON/OFF/REBOOT, network monitoring and per outlet power sensing.

496065 CWG-8H1B413
496069 CWG-16H2A452
496070 CWG-24V2A415C1
496071
496073
Description
1U, eight NEMA 5-20R outlets, 100-120 V 30 A
2U, 16 C13 outlets, 208-240 V 20 A
0U, per inlet power sensing, 18 C13 and
six C19 outlets, 208-240 V 20 A
CWG-24VYM415A1 0U, per inlet power sensing, 18 C13 and
six C19 outlets, 3-phase WYE 208 V30 A
CWG-30VDE458 0U, per inlet power sensing, 30 C13 outlets,
3-phase DELTA 240 V 30 A
SMART POPS

496074 CSG-24V2A415A1
496075 CSG-24V5Z421A9
PR71327V2-563695.tif
Description
18 C13 and six C19 outlets, 208-240 V20 A
12 C13 and 12 C19 outlets, 3-phase WYE
240/415 V 30 A

496076 CSG-24VDX417A9
496077
CSG-24VYM411A1
SWITCHED
Description
12 C13 and 12 C19 outlets, 3-phase DELTA
240 V 60 A
18 C13 and six C19 outlets, 3-phase WYE
208 V 30 A
METERED
PR71330V2-563713.tif
PR71328V2-563701.tif

496096 C-4H2-C20
440764
496079
496080
496083
496088
Description
Intelligent IPM, two x NEMA 5-20R
controllable outlets, 120 V with C20 inlet
CW-8H1-C20M
1U, eight x NEMA 5-20R outlets, LED amp
meter, 120 V 20 A input with C20 inlet
CW-16H2C452
2U, 16 x C13 outlets, input amp meter,
208 V 30 A with NEMA L6-30P connector
CW-24VYL415A1
PIPS (per input power sensing), 0U, 18 x
C13 and six C19 outlets, three x LED amp
meters, 3-phase WYE, 20 A
CW-30VDE458C2-012 PIPS (per input power sensing), 0U, 24 x
C13, six x C19 outlets, three x LED amp
meters in middle of CDU, 3-phase DELTA,
30 A
SMART
496097
440793
496098
BASIC
PR71331V2-563719.tif
PR71329V2-563707.tif

436057
CS-12HD2-L630
496089
CS-16V1-C20M
496091
CS-16V1-L30M
496092
CS-18VDV413A3
363993
CS-24VY-L30M
Description
Blade server CDU, 2U, 12 x C19 outlets,
six x LED amp meters, 208 V 30 A input
Smart CDU, 0U, 16 x NEMA 5-20R outlets,
LED amp meter, 120 V 20 A input with
C20 inlet
Smart CDU, 0U, 16 x NEMA 5-20R outlets,
LED amp meter, 120 V 30 A input
Smart CDU, 0U, 18 x C19 outlets, 3x LED
input amp meters, 208 V 3-phase DELTA,
50 A, CS8365C plug
Smart CDU, 0U, 24 x C13 outlets, one x
NEMA 5-20R utility outlet, three x LED amp
meters, 208 V 3-phase WYE input

496099
CB-12H1-C20
357732
496101
440565
Description
12 NEMA 5-20R outlets, 120 V with
C20 inlet
CB-12H1-L530
12 NEMA 5-20R outlets, 120 V with L5-30P
connector and cord, 10 ft. (3 m)
CB-12H2-C20
12 NEMA 5-20R outlets, 120 V with L5-30P
connector and cord, 10 ft. (3 m)
CB-24VYM403-001 24 C13 outlets, 208 V 30 A, 3-phase WYE,
NEMA L21-30P plug, 10 ft. (3 m) cord,
circuit breakers
6.33

496078 CW-2H1-C20
Description
Blade server CDU, 1U, four x C19 outlets,
208 V, C20 inlet
C-4H2-L30
Blade server CDU, 1U, four x C19 outlets,
LED amp meter, 208 V 30 A with L6-30P
input cord, 10 ft. (3 m)
C-24V1-C20M
Metered CDU, 0U, 24 x NEMA 5-20R outlets,
LED amp meter, 120 V 20 A input with
C20 inlet
C-24V1-L30M
Metered CDU, 0U, 24 x NEMA 5-20R outlets,
LED amp meter, 120 V 30 A input with NEMA
L5-30P connector and cord
C-30VDV411C2-002 Metered CDU, 0U, 24 x C13 and six x C19
outlets, three x LED amp meters at top of
unit, 208 V 3-phase DELTA, 50 A,
CS8365C plug

426876 CS-24VY-L30M
Smart Power Distribution Units

SERVER TECHNOLOGY
PR29138V2-215886.tif
417194
444668
The Smart Cabinet Power Distribution Unit (PDUs) products provide reliable power
distribution combined with local and remote power and environmental monitoring via
IP. Use the network interface to view power, temperature and humidity levels via Web
browser, or receive SNMP-based alarms when conditions exceed defined thresholds.
FEATURES
circuit protection
high-density computing environments; LED digital displays on the CDU enclosure
load balancing
The Smart CDU supports two external 10 ft. (3 m) probes. Each of these probes
measure both temperature and humidity. Receive SNMP-based alerts or e-mail
D
notifications when
conditions exceed defined thresholds
The Smart CDU family now has the capability to daisy chain units together; the
IP address
Description
426871 CS-24V2-L20MA
0U, 18 x C13 outlets, six x C19 outlets,
three x LED amp meters, 208 V 20 A input
with L6-20P connector and cord 10 ft. (3 m),
two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
426872 CS-24V2-L30M
0U, 24 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp
meters, 208 V 30 A input with L6-30P
connector and cord, 10 ft. (3 m), two x
temp/humid capable, with retractable fuses
426873 CS-24V2-L30MA
three x LED amp meters, 208 V 30 A input
with NEMA L6-30P connector and cord 10 ft.
(3 m), two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
426874 CS-24VD-L30M
0U, 24 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp
meters, 208 V 3-phase DELTA input with
(3 m), two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
426875 CS-24VD-L30MA
three x LED amp meters, 208 V 3-phase 30 A
DELTA input with L15-30P connector and
cord 10 ft. (3 m), two x temp/humid
6.34
493962
Description
0U, 24 x C13 outlets, one x NEMA 5-20R
utility outlet, three x LED amp meters, 208 V
3-phase WYE input with NEMA L21-30P
connector and cord, 10 ft. (3 m),
bottom/front cord entry, two x temp/humid
CS-24VY-L30MA
three x LED amp meters, 208 V 3-phase 30 A
WYE input with L21-30P connector and cord
10 ft. (3 m), two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
CS-6HDX452B4
2U, six NEMA L6-30R, three LED amp meters,
50/60 amp at 208 V 3-phase or
240 V 3-phase
CS-54VDX413C6-017 0U, 42 x C13 and 12 x C19 outlets, 6-branch
LED amp meters, 208 V 3-phase DELTA, 60 A
input IEC 60309 9-hour 4-pin blue plug,
10 ft. (3 m) cord, bottom entry, circuit
breakers, two x temp/humid capable
Additional Smart PDU configurations available. Please consult your

local sales representative to discuss what power distribution solution
is right for you.
Switched Power Distribution Units

SERVER TECHNOLOGY
PR29139V2-215890.tif
Control network access to remote sites and data center equipment with IP-based
remote power management. The Sentry family of switched cabinet power distribution
units (PDUs) enables network access for remote power management to reboot servers
and network gear individually or as a selected group. Additional solutions for the
data center equipment cabinet can be integrated, including input current monitoring,
pass-thru console port access and environmental monitoring.
FEATURES
circuit protection
high-density computing environments; LED digital displays on the CDU enclosure
load balancing
The Switched CDU supports two external 10 ft. (3 m) probes. Each of these
probes measure both temperature and humidity. Receive SNMP-based alerts or
e-mail notifications when conditions exceed defined thresholds

Description
426890 CW-48VD-L1530 48 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp meters, 208 V
3-phase DELTA 30 A input, with L15-30P input
cord, 10 ft. (3 m), two x temp/humid capable
426891 CW-48VY-L2120 48 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp meters,
3-phase WYE 20 A input, 208 V output with
L21-20P input cord, 10 ft. (3 m), two x
temp/humid capable
Additional Switched PDU configurations available. Please consult your
local sales representative to discuss what power distribution solution
is right for you.
The Switched CDU family has the capability to daisy chain units together; the
IP address
Remote configuration and management of outlets. Reboot a single- or
dual-power server with one command. Receive SNMP-based alerts and e-mail
alerts when power or environmental conditions exceed thresholds.
Assign access rights to user groups or individuals.
Description
426881 CW-24V2A311A1 18 x C13 outlets and six x C19 outlets, three x
LED amp meters, 208 V 20 A input with
C20 inlet, bottom/front cord entry, two x
temp/humid capable, retractable fuses
426882 CW-24V2-C20M 24 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp meters, 208 V
20 A input with C20 inlet, two x temp/humid
426883 CW-24V2-L30M 24 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp meters, 208 V
30 A input with L6-30P connector and cord,
10 ft. (3 m), two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
426884 CW-24VDD311A1 18 x C13 and six x C19 outlets, three x LED amp
meters, 3-phase DELTA, 20 A with NEMA
L15-20P connector, 10 ft. (3 m) cord set,
bottom/front entry, two x temp/humid capable,
with retractable fuses
426885 CW-24VDE311A1 18 x C13 and six x C19 outlets, three x LED amp
meters, 3-phase DELTA, 30 A with NEMA
L15-30P cord set, 10 ft. (3 m), bottom/front
entry, two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
420834 CW-24VD-L30M 24 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp meters,
3-phase DELTA 30 A input with NEMA L15-30P
connector, 10 ft. (3 m) cord set, two x
426886 CW-24VY-L20M 24 x C13 outlets, one x NEMA 5-20R utility
outlet, three x LED amp meters, 3-phase WYE
20 A input with NEMA L21-20P connector, 10 ft.
(3 m) cord set, two x temp/humid capable, with
retractable fuses
426887 CW-24VYL311A1 18 x C13, six x C19, one x NEMA 5-20R utility
outlets, three x LED amp meters, 3-phase WYE,
20 A with NEMA L21-20P connector, 10 ft. (3 m)
cord set, bottom/front entry, two x temp/humid
426888 CW-24VYM354A1 18 x C13, six x C19 outlets, one x NEMA 5-20R
utility outlet, three x LED amp meters in middle
of CDU, 3-phase WYE, 30 A with NEMA L21-30P
connector, 10 ft. (3 m) cord set, top entry, two x
426889 CW-48VD-L1520 48 x C13 outlets, three x LED amp meters, 208 V
3-phase DELTA 20 A input, with L15-20P input
cord, 10 ft. (3 m), two x temp/humid capable
6.35

./
Knurr DI-STRIP
EMERSON NETWORK POWER
Liebert MPH - Managed Rack PDU

PR29210V2-216032.tif
For data centers with basic distribution needs, Knurr basic rack PDUs are well
engineered, built to last and deliver simple and expandable distribution in a
robust package.
FEATURES
Single- or 3-phase input power, up to 25 kVA
Single-or dual-input feed
Single-phase output distribution, NEMA 5-20R, single- or 3-phase input power,
up to 25 kVA
Single-phase output distribution, NEMA 5-20R, C13 and
C19 combination systems
Rack PDU expansion unit for modularity
Panel-level monitoring
Multiple configurations and input power options
Extruded casingD and full-length brass bus bar enhance durability and reliability
Available in a wide variety of models and power configurations to meet most
site needs
397022
35351011 9-outlet PDU with 5-15R receptacles, 10 ft.
length cord, rack mount, vertical
397023
35351041 9-outlet PDU with 5-20R receptacles, t-slots, 20 A
L5-20P input, vertical mount
397024
35351021 12-outlet PDU with 5-15R receptacles, 15 A
5-15P input, 10 ft. cord, vertical mount
397025
397026
397027
L5-20P input, 10 ft. cord, vertical mount
397028
C20 input, vertical mount
397029
L5-30P input, 10 ft. cord, vertical mount
397030
35352011 9-outlet PDU C13 receptacles, 20 A L6-20P input,
rack mount
397031
35352041 9-outlet PDU C13 receptacles, 20 A C20 input,
rack mount
397032
35352051 4-outlet PDU C14 receptacles, 30 A L6-30P input,
10 ft. cord, rack mount
More combinations are available; please contact your local sales
representative for further information.
6.36
PR29207V2-216036.tif
These Liebert MPH Managed Rack PDU systems deliver power distribution, monitoring
and control to plug/cord-connected IT devices. Liebert MPH Rack PDUs support the
growth in rack electrical needs while meeting the new demands for remote
power management.
FEATURES
Input power: 20 to 30 amp, single- and 3-phase
Output distribution: single-phase NEMA 5-20R, C13 and C19;
combination systems
Branch and aggregate rack PDU metering
Environmental sensors: temperature and humidity
Single IP for up to four rack PDUs
Monitor at a branch and strip level
Supports mounting in 19 in. EIA, 42 U rack environments
Vertical, zero U and rack-mount form factors
Slim form factor - place two PDUs in a single rack
Local and remote monitoring
MONITORED ENABLED ONLY
Description
397033
MPH-NBR09AXXC30 Single-phase input/output, nine 5/20, 1U,
20 A rated, L5-20P input, rack-mount PDU
397034
MPH-NBR09AXXD30 Single-phase input/output, nine 5/20, 1U,
30 A rated, L5-30P input, rack-mount PDU
397035
MPH-NBV27AXXC30 Single-phase input/output,
27 5/20 vertical, 20 A rated, L5-20P input
397036
MPH-NBV27AXXD30 Single-phase input/output,
27 5/20 vertical, 30 A rated, L5-30P input
397037
MPH-NBV27ANXH30 3-phase input/single-phase output,
21 C13 + six 5/20 outlets, 3-phase
L21-30P input
397038
MPH-NBV27NOXH30 3-phase input/single-phase output,
21 C13 + six C19 outlets, 3-phase
L21-30P input
MONITORED AND CONTROL ENABLED
Description
397039
MPH-NCR09AXXC30 Single-phase input/output, nine 5/20,
1U, 20 A rated, L5-20P input
397040
MPH-NCR09AXXD30 Single-phase input/output, nine 5/20,
1U, 30 A rated, L5-30P input
397041
MPH-NCV27AXXC30 Single-phase input/output,
27 5/20 vertical, 20 A rated,
L5-20P input

397042
MPH-NCV27AXXD30
397043
MPH-NCV27ANXH30
397044
MPH-NCV27NOXH30
Description
Single-phase input/output,
27 5/20 vertical, 30 A rated,
L5-30P input
3-phase input/single-phase output,
21 C13 + six 5/20 outlets 30 A,
3-phase L21-30P
3-phase input/single-phase output,
21 C13 + six C19 outlets, 30 A,
3-phase L21-30P
Liebert MPX Support Modules and Components

PR29206V2-216031.tif


6.37
The Liebert MPX Adaptive Rack PDU system enables users to size their PDUs to
support initial requirements and then add or change components - power modules,
cords and receptacles - as connectivity, capacity or functional needs change.
FEATURES
Wide operating range - up to 55C/131F to support rack environments
Hot-swappable receptacle modules for easy upgrading and getting IT equipment
online quickly
Modular input power, output distribution, communications and display
Energy and power metering down to the individual receptacle
Comprehensive alarming notification of overloaded branch circuits
Provides the flexibility to respond to constant change
Allows you to buy only what you need and build on your investment
Provides secure communications
Receptacles and modules may be remotely controlled and metered for operator
flexibility and site security
Input power may be reconfigured to support changing needs
Description
397047
MPXPEM-NVAXXAXX Variable capacity power module, 120 or
208 V AC, single-phase and/or 208 V AC
3-phase input up to 30 A
397049
MPXPEM-NHBXWA30 High-capacity power module, 208 V AC,
3-phase, 60 A input
397055
MPXBRM-NRBA6A1N Receptacle management, six 5-20R line
L1 to neutral (120 V AC)
397056
MPXBRM-NBBD6N12 Branch monitoring, six C13 line L1 to
L2 (208/240 V AC)
397057
MPXBRM-NBBD4O12 Branch monitoring, four C13 line L1 to
L2 (208/240 V AC)
Tripp Lite
BASIC PDUS
./
Rack Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
PR20689V2-82618.tif
TRIPP LITE
FEATURES
All-metal housing stands up to demanding environments
Zero U models can be mounted vertically
Digital current monitoring (select models)
AT models feature dual-input automatic transfer switching, providing a
redundant power option
3-phase SR models are switched, N models are monitored
VERTICAL/HORIZONTAL OUTLET POWER STRIPS
Improve power distribution, manageability and reliability with multiple AC outlets.

Detachable mounting flanges are configurable for wall-mount, under-counter or
0U/1U rack-mount installation.

246721
PDU1215
PR68152V2-538488.tif
246723
PDU1220
270361
PDU1220T
Tripp Lite's multioutlet power strips are ideal for supplying power to rack enclosures,
workbenches and cubicle work surfaces.
305009
PDU1230
Anixter No.
211270
211271
211272
211274
211275
211276
224051
Description
8 outlets, 24 in. long
24 outlets, 72 in. long, 20 A circuit breaker
24 outlets, 72 in. long, 20 A circuit
breaker, twist-lock plug
305006
PDU1415
305008
PDU1420T
246724
PDU2430
246725
PDU12IEC
396486
PDUV15
PR20688V2-82591.tif
396487
PDUV20
381557
PDUV30HV
381558
PDUNV
Tripp Lite's rack-mount power strips offer power distribution in a versatile

multimount cabinet. Detachable mounting flanges are configurable for rack-mount,
wall-mount and under-counter installation.
381559
PDU40TDUAL

355029
RS-0615-F
METERED PDUS
Vendor No.
PS2408
PS3612
PS4816
PS6020
PS7224
PS7224-20
D PS7224-20T
RACK-MOUNT POWER STRIPS
264839
RS-0615-R
211268
246718
352699
RS-1215
RS-1215-20
RS-1215-20T
246719
RS-1215-RA
Description
6 outlets 15 ft. 15 A cord,
front-facing outlets
6 outlets, 15 ft. 15 A cord,
rear-facing outlets
12 outlets (6 front, 6 rear), 15 ft. 15 A cord
12 outlets (6 front, 6 rear), 15 ft. 20 A cord
12 outlets (6 front, 6 rear), 15 ft. 20 A cord,
twist-lock plug
12 outlets (6 front, 6 rear), 15 ft. 15 A cord,
right-angle outlets accommodate
bulky transformers
PR20690V2-82589.tif
Metered PDUs provide safe, reliable power distribution with a digital current meter
that shows power consumption of connected equipment. Detachable mounting
flanges are configurable for wall-mount, under-counter or 1U/0U
rack-mount installation.

345203
PDUMH15
381664
PDUMH20
345204
345205
381573
6.38
Description
1U, 13 outlets (one front/12 rear), 15 A,
15 ft. cord
15 ft. cord
15 ft. cord, twist-lock plug
1U, 20 outlets (eight front/12 rear), 30 A,
15 ft. cord
0U, 14 outlets, 15 A, 15 ft. cord,
switchless design
twist-lock plug
1U, 24 outlets (12 front/12 rear), 30 A,
15 ft. cord
1U, 14 outlets (12 C13, two C19), 16 A,
user supplies cord
vertical PDU
vertical PDU
0U, 38 outlets (six C19, 32 C13), 30 A,
10 ft. cord, vertical PDU
1U, 14 outlets (12 C13, two C19), 16 A,
vertical PDU, six plug options (C20, 5-515P,
5-20P, L5-20P and L6-20P)
0U, 40 outlets, 20 A, 10 ft. cord (each),
dual independent circuits
PDUMV15
PDUMV20
PDUMV30
Description
1U, 13 outlets, 15 A, 15 ft. cord
1U, 12 rear-facing outlets, 20 A, 15 ft.
cord, metered
Tripp Lite
345206
PDUMV40
381571
381572
355030
PDUMV20HV
PDUMV30HV
PDUMH15AT
355032
PDUMH20AT
SWITCHED, METERED PDUS
Description
0U, 32 outlets, 20 A, dual independent
circuits, two 10 ft. cords
0U, 30 outlets, 30 A, 10 ft. cord, metered
metered, ATS
metered, ATS
381562
PDUMH15HVNET
381565
PDUMH20HVNET
381569
PDUMH30HVNET
381561
PDUMV15NET
381563
PDUMV20NET
381566
PDUMV30NET
381564
PDUMV20HVNET
381567
PDUMV30HVNET
355034
PDUMH15ATNET
355035
PDUMH20ATNET
MONITORED PDUS
Description
metered, switched
1U, 8 outlets, 15 A, 6.5 ft. cord,
metered, switched
1U, 8 outlets, 20 A, 8.5 ft. cord,
metered, switched
metered, switched
metered, switched
metered, switched
metered, switched
metered, switched
switched, metered
1U, 8 outlets, 15 A, 12 ft. cord, switched,
metered, ATS
switched, metered, ATS
PR29130V2-215278.tif
Monitored PDUs support real-time remote monitoring of load level, voltage and
frequency with options for remote, environmental and security monitoring. PDU
power consumption is displayed locally and can be monitored remotely to warn of
potential overloads before critical IT main breakers become overloaded.
Anixter No.
396490
396491
396492
Vendor No.
PDUMNH15
PDUMNH20
PDUMNV15
396496
PDUMNV30HV
3-PHASE PDUS
Description
0U, 24 outlets, 20 A, 10 ft. cord, monitored
0U, 24 outlets (20 C13 and four C19), 20 A,
10 ft. cord, monitored
0U, 24 outlets (20 C13 and four C19), 30 A,
10 ft. cord, monitored
PR34271V2-252587.tif
Description
Tripp Lite's 3-phase PDUs are ideal for 3-phase network configurations in data
centers and heavily configured equipment racks. PDU current consumption is
displayed locally via visual meter and can be monitored via the Web/network
interface. Supports in-rack environmental and security monitoring for advanced
configurations with optional ENVIROSENSE temperature / humidity probe and rack
access notification for up to four door sensors (SRSWITCH) or other user-supplied
contact-closure sensors.

396497
PDU3VSR10L2120
396498
PDU3VSR10L2130
396500
PDU3VSR10L1530
396501
PDU3VSR10G30
396502
PDU3VSR10H50
396503
PDU3VSR10G60
396505
PDU3VN10L2130
396506
PDU3VN10L1520
396507
PDU3VN10L1530
396508
PDU3VN10G30
396509
PDU3VN10H50
396510
PDU3VN10G60
450352
PDU3VN3L1530
Description
Switched PDU 0U vertical, 3-phase, 208 V
(21) C13 and (three) C19 L21-20P
(21) C13 and (three) C19 L21-30P
(21) C13 and (three) C19 L15-30P
(21) C13 and (three) C19 IEC 309,
30 amp
(21) C13 and (three) C19 IEC 309,
CS8365C 50 amp
(21) C13 and (three) C19 IEC 309,
60 amp
Metered PDU 0U vertical, 3-phase, 208 V
(30) C13 and (six) C19 L21-30P
(30) C13 and (six) C19 L15-20P
(30) C13 and (six) C19 L15-30P
(30) C13 and (six) C19 IEC 309, 30 amp
(30) C13 and (six) C19 CS8365C, 50 amp
(30)C13 and (six) C19 IEC 309, 60 amp
Monitored PDU 0U vertical, 3-phase,
208 V (30) C13 and (six) C19 L15-30P
6.39
Vendor No.
PDUMH30NET
Vendor No.
PDUMNV20
PDUMNV30
PDUMNV20HV
PR29128V2-215277.tif
Tripp Lite's switched, metered PDUs feature digital current monitoring, remote
control and temperature/humidity monitoring capability and individually
controllable outlets.
Anixter No.
381568
Anixter No.
396493
396494
396495
Tripp Lite
(continued)
Rack Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
HOT-SWAPPABLE PDUS
PR34504V2-256033.tif
Hot-swappable PDUs with manual transfer switch enable live-replacement of

standard UPS systems for maintenance with no interruption of connected server or
networking loads. Dual power cables support PDU connection to separate utility and
UPS power sources.

427379 PDUB15
427380
PDUB20
427381
PDUB30
427384
PDUBHV10
427385
PDUBHV20
D
6.40
Description
2U, 8 outlets, compatible with 100-127 V UPS up
to 1,500 VA with NEMA 5-15P
2U, 8 outlets, compatible with 100-127 V UPS
rated 2,200-2,600 VA with NEMA 5-15P
to 3,000 VA with NEMA L5-30P
to 1,500 VA with C14 input cable
2U, 8 outlets, compatible with 200-240 V UPS
rated 2,000 to 3,000 VA with C20 input cable
Eaton
MONITORED
./
Rack-mount ePDU
EATON
PR29097V2-215177.tif
BASIC
427810 EPBZ89
427814 EPBZ92
Input
Function Plug
Basic
C14
Basic
L6-30P
427815
EPBZ93
Basic
L6-20P
427816
427817
EPBZ96
EPBZ97
Basic
Basic
L5-20P
5-20P
Description
Output (16) C13
Output (20) C13,
(four) C19
Output (20) C13,
(four) C19
Output (24) 5-20R
Output (24) 5-20R
MANAGED
495273 EMA006
Input
Function Plug
Managed L21-20P
495269
EMA010
Managed
495270
EMA011
Managed
495271
EMA012
Managed
495272
EMA014
Managed
Description
Output (21) C13,
(three) C19
L6-30P
Output (21) C13,
(three) C19
L21-30P Output (21) C13,
(three) C19
L6-20P
Output (20) C13,
(four) C19
IEC309 24A Output (12) C13,
(12) C19
427820
PW306MI0U245 Monitored L21-20
427821
427822
Description
Output 5-20 (30)
Output IEC
320-C13 (24),
IEC 320-C19 (three),
5-20 (six)
Output IEC
320-C13 (36),
IEC 320-C19 (six)
Output 5-20 (18),
L6-20 (six)
Output IEC
320-C13 (30), IEC
320-C19 (six)
ADVANCED MONITORED
495262 EAM001
Input
Function Plug
Advanced L6-30P
495266
EAM002
Advanced
495264
EAM003
Advanced
495245
EAM004
Advanced
495265
EAM005
Advanced
Description
Output (20) C13,
(four) C19
L21-20P Output (21) C13,
(three) C19
CS8365C Output (21) C13,
(three) C19
L21-30P Output (21) C13,
(three) C19
IEC309 48A Output (21) C13,
(three) C19
SWITCHED
Function
427823 IPC3400-A1
Switched
427825 PW103SW2U413 Switched
427826 IPC3601-F3-3316 Switched
427827 IPC3602
Switched
427828 IPV42A1-EP1-09S Switched
Input
Plug
C14
C20
L6-30P
C20
5-15P
Description
Output (four) C13
Output (eight) C13
Output (eight) C13
Output (eight) 5-15R
Output (eight) 5-15R
Contact your local sales representative for a complete list of ePDU product
offerings and for more information.
6.41
Eaton's ePDU allows you to customize your power distribution based on your needs
and offers a safe, reliable and economic option. This product family offers a wide
range of input line cords and output receptacles to meet most applications. It also
features the broadest portfolio in the industry across all power densities and
technologies to satisfy the needs of every data center. Each ePDU is designed to be
fully compatible with 19 in. standard EIA racks.
FEATURES
Vertical 0U or horizontal 1U/2U configurations
Five technologies: managed, switched, monitored, basic or advanced monitored
Custom designs upon request
Rugged and reliable design, clearly labeled circuits simplify load balancing on
certain units
Software Suite
Input
Function Plug
427818
427819
Wiremold
./
Rack-mount Plug-in Outlet Centers

WIREMOLD
CabinetMate Series Vertical Outlet Centers

PR7050V2-142738.tif
WIREMOLD
PR2540V2-??????.eps
FEATURES
Designed to fit standard 19 in. cabinets and racks
Steel housing with matte black anodized finish
Resettable overload circuit breakers
Recognized under the Components Program of UL, C(UL) Certified to U.S. and
Canadian standards
STANDARD 15 AMP OUTLETS
097982
J24B0B
190023
J24B2B
245013
J06B0B
245031
J06B2B
D
234435
J06B0BX
234436
J06B2BX
No. of Outlets
2 Front/4 Rear
2 Front/4 Rear
6 Rear
6 Rear
6 Rear
6 Rear
Cord Length
6 ft.
15 ft.
6 ft.
15 ft.
6 ft.
15 ft.
On/Off Switch
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
90 15 AMP OUTLETS
J08B0B is recognized under the Components Program of UL, CSA Certified
Anixter No. Vendor No. No. of Outlets Cord Length On/Off Switch
200298
J60B0B-90 6 Front
6 ft.
Yes
200299
J60B2B-90 6 Front
15 ft.
Yes
250891
J08B0B
8 Rear
6 ft.
Yes
250892
J08B2B
8 Rear
15 ft.
Yes
STANDARD 20 AMP OUTLETS
J06B0B20X-AM features digital ammeter (lighted display of current draw)
200303
J60B0B20 6 Front
6 ft.
Yes
200302
J60B2B20 6 Front
15 ft.
Yes
245035
J06B0B20 6 Rear
6 ft.
Yes
245037
J06B2B20 6 Rear
15 ft.
Yes
250585
J06B0B20X 6 Rear
6 ft.
No
250586
J06B2B20X 6 Rear
15 ft.
No
FEATURES
Perfect for cabinets and enclosures
Resettable overload circuit breaker
UL and C(UL) Listed to UL 1363 standards
Slim 1 1/2 in. x 1 3/16 in. aluminum housing with gray finish
15 AMP OUTLETS
155887
4810ULBC
155898
7011ULBD
155904
7712ULBD
No. of Outlets
10
11
12
Cord Length
6 ft.
15 ft.
15 ft.
Length
48 in.
70 in.
77 in.
20 AMP OUTLETS
267256
2008ULBD20R
250885
4810ULBC20R
250886
7011ULBD20R
250887
7712ULBD20R
No. of Outlets
8
10
11
12
Cord Length
15 ft.
6 ft.
15 ft.
15 ft.
Length
20 in.
48 in.
70 in.
77 in.
20 AMP OUTLETS, 20 AMP TWIST-LOCK PLUG

No. of Outlets
267257
2008ULBD20R-TL 8
250888
4810ULBC20R-TL 10
250889
7011ULBD20R-TL 11
250890
7712ULBD20R-TL 12
Cord Length
15 ft.
6 ft.
15 ft.
15 ft.
Length
20 in.
48 in.
70 in.
77 in.
UNIT WITH STANDARD 20 AMP OUTLETS AND DIGITAL AMMETER

J06B0B20X-AM features digital ammeter (lighted display of current draw)
265801
J06B2B20X-AM 6 Rear
6 ft.
No
6.42
Wiremold
Industrial Plug-in Outlet Center Units

PR2546V2-??????
WIREMOLD
Cord
Length
6 ft.
6 ft.
6 ft.
15 ft.
6 ft.
15 ft.
6 ft.
15 ft.
Dimensions
L x W x D (in.)
24 x 2 x 1.75
48 x 2 x 1.75
48 x 2 x 1.75
48 x 2 x 1.75
72 x 2 x 1.75
72 x 2 x 1.75
72 x 2 x 1.75
72 x 2 x 1.75
Power Commander Power Distribution Unit

WIREMOLD
PR11208V2-19383.tif
Power Commander Power Distribution Units from Wiremold/Legrand offer

comprehensive power distribution solutions for IT environments from networking
solutions to high-density servers. Power Commander and Power Commander Plus
High Current Power Distribution Units provide an elegant solution where reliable
high-density power distribution for IT equipment racks, cabinets and enclosures
is required.
FEATURES
POWER COMMANDER:
- 30 amp or 40 amp power distribution - high amperage 120 V AC and 208 V AC
units allow you to safely support power-thirsty IT equipment
- Dual-circuit design - two easy access circuit breakers provide
overload protection
- Built-in universal slide mounting rail
- Current monitoring -AM and -RAM units provide per circuit digital ammeter
readouts (embedded or remote display). Ammetering allows you to evenly
distribute power loads to maximize current draw and avoid circuit overloads
POWER COMMANDER
Increase your IT closet's potential with a Power Commander Power Distribution Unit
(PDU) from Wiremold/Legrand. The dual-circuit design allows you to safely draw a
total of 30 or 40 amps per unit, doubling your capacity from the 15 A and 20 A
models. Among the first in the industry to meet the new UL 60950-1 1st Edition and
ITE standards, the Power Commander PDU features UL 489 Listed breakers to
increase the safety and reliability of distributed power. Upgrade to units containing
embedded or remote ammeters to maximize current draw and locally monitor
current fluctuations. Designed to support your valuable IT equipment used in
cabinets and enclosures, the Power Commander PDU is the ideal solution to
ever-expanding power needs in a confined space.
276195
3A44B2-1 30 amp power distribution unit, (24) 20 amp
outlets with T-slots, 12 ft. (3.6 m) cord, two
15 amp resettable circuit breakers, gray
313606
4B86B2-2 40 amp power distribution unit, (36) 20 amp
outlets with T-slots, 12 ft. (3.6 m) cord, two
20 amp resettable circuit breakers, black
6.43
FEATURES
15 amps, 120 V
Aluminum housing with gray finish
Snap/slide-mounting
No. of
Outlets
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
155864
UL300BC
8
165620
UL401BC
8
155876
UL402BC
16
155879
UL402BD
16
165619
UL2064BC
12
155874
UL2064BD
12
155883
UL2065BC
24
155885
UL2065BD
24
- Aesthetic narrow aluminum profile. Now available in black, the streamlined

housing saves valuable space
- Printed circuit board (PCB) connection of UL 489 breakers creates highly
reliable connections to reduce potential point of failure
- Extensive custom capabilities
- CULus Listed. One of the first to meet UL 60950-1 1st Edition and
ITE standards
POWER COMMANDER PLUS:
- 50 amp or 60 amp power distribution - high-current 120 V AC and 120/208 V
AC units allow you to safely support power-hungry IT equipment
- Three-circuit design - each unit has three circuit breakers for
overload protection
- All models use UL 489 Listed circuit breakers that are more reliable than
simple thermal protectors
- 50 amp models will power each rack from only one phase which can simplify
power monitoring for the data center
- Models with IEC receptacles use both C13 and C19 receptacles for each
circuit, offering maximum flexibility for powering IT equipment
- Easy swivel mounting allows no-hassle one-handed mounting of the PDU,
reducing installation time
- Choice of output receptacles - either NEMA or IEC output receptacles to match
your existing power cabling
- Blue LED power indication for each circuit provides confirmation at a glance
that the circuit is powered
- Each model is available with either a black cover or white cover, allowing the
user to easily identify primary and secondary power in redundant
power schemes
- TUV Rheinland Listed. Meets UL 60950-1 Safety Standards
Wiremold
(continued)
Power Commander Power Distribution Unit
POWER COMMANDER PLUS

The new Power Commander Plus Power Distribution Units from Wiremold/Legrand
will meet the challenge of dealing with ever-increasing power demands in your data
racks. Available in 120 V AC single-phase and 120/208 V AC 3-phase
configurations, the new Power Commander Plus PDUs have the capacity you need for
your ever-growing power needs in your data center.
391239 5B11N
Vertical power strip, 50 amp, 120 V AC, eight 5-20R
outlets (circuit 1), eight 5-15R outlets each circuit
(circuits 2 and 3), black
391242 5W11N
Vertical power strip, 50 amp, 120 V AC, eight 5-20R
outlets (circuit 1), eight 5-15R outlets each circuit
(circuits 2 and 3), white
391243 6B21N
Vertical power strip, 60 amp, 120/208 V AC, eight
5-20R outlets per circuit, 24 total outlets, black
397672 6W21N
Vertical power strip, 60 amp, 120/208 V AC, eight
5-20R outlets per circuit, 24 total outlets, white
391245 6B21E
Vertical power strip, 60 amp, 120/208 V AC, two
C19 outlets per circuit, eight C13 outlets per
circuit, black
391244 6W21E
circuit, white
391248 6B22E
D
circuit, black
391249 6W22E
circuit, white

309554 METL520
313604
METL530
Index1.Support and Supplies//Power Protection//Power Pole
Tele-Power Poles
WIREMOLD
PR12029V2-21853.tif
Tele-Power poles are used to distribute power and communications services from
overhead wiring systems through a vertical channel. Ideal for use in an open space
where walls are not close to the activation point.
TELE-POWER POLES
124001
25DTP-4
158306
232624
232625
232626
25DTC-4
25DTC-412
30TC-4V
30TP-4V
232627
30TP-412V
232635
232636
232637
25AM10FO
AMTC-4
AMTC-412
Meter Reader Current Monitoring Device

WIREMOLD
PR11209V2-19386.tif
Description
UL Rated 20 amp maximum, Turnlok NEMA
L5-20P, Turnlok NEMA L5-20R, 7 ft. cord
UL Rated 30 amp maximum, Turnlok NEMA
L5-30P, Turnlok NEMA L5-30R, 7 ft. cord
Description
10 ft. 5 in., 2 to 20 amp 125 V duplex-style
receptacles, ivory steel
10 ft. 5 in., no receptacles, ivory steel
12 ft. 5 in., no receptacles, ivory steel
10 ft. 5 in., 2.75 in. x 3 in., ivory steel
10 ft. 5 in., 2.75 in. x 3 in., 2 to 20 amp
12 ft. 5 in., 2.75 in. x 3 in., 2 to 20 amp
Fiber ready end fitting
10 ft. 5 in., no receptacles, aluminum
12 ft. 5 in., no receptacles, aluminum
ORTRONICS SYSTEM POWER POLES

Description
251857
30TP-4V3S2
10 ft. 5 in., 2 to 20 amp duplex with Ortronics
Series II dual Cat 5e insert and two blanks
251858
30TP-412V3S2 12 ft. 5 in., 2 to 20 amp duplex with Ortronics
Series II dual Cat 5e insert and two blanks
Allows users to avoid costly downtime and high equipment and labor charges
associated with adding ammeter capabilities. Measures the current and displays the
reading on the remote unit installed at the front of your IT rack or cabinet.
FEATURES
AC voltage input/output: 100 to 127 V AC
Retrofit current monitoring capability
Junction cable: 10/3 SJT 1 ft. [305 mm]
Product warranty: two years
6.44
COMMUNICATIONS COVERS FOR CONNECTIVITY SOLUTIONS

Description
251860
25DTC-3S2
Add-on plate with Ortronics Series II bezel
installed for 25 Series
251861
AMTC-3S2
installed for AM Series
251862
30TC-3S2
installed for 30 Series
PANDUIT
./
Rack-mount Power Strips

PANDUIT
PR23954V2-172906.tif
Multiple mounting options provide a convenient power supply for active equipment
with dual-circuit option for use with equipment requiring a redundant power supply.

6.45
19 IN. HORIZONTAL RACK-MOUNT POWER STRIPS

Description
272203 CMRPSH15
With 15 amp, 125 V, 10 NEMA 5-15R
receptacles, one 15 amp thermal breaker, 10 ft.
power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug, 1.7 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 3.8 in. D
493964 CMRPSH15S
With surge protection, 15 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA
5-15R receptacles, one 15 amp thermal
breaker, 10 ft. power cord with NEMA 5-15P
plug, 1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 3.8 in. D
251907 CMRPSH20
With 20 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA 5-20R
19.0 in. W x 4.5 in. D
355281 CMRPSH20CM With 20 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA 5-20R
receptacles, one 20 amp thermal breaker, red
LED current monitor, 10 ft. power cord with
NEMA 5-20P plug, 1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x
4.5 in. D
493965 CMRPSH20S
With surge protection, 20 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA
breaker, 10 ft. power cord with NEMA 5-20P
493966 CMRPSH20STL With surge protection, 20 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA
breaker, 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L5-20P
493967 CMRPSH20SMTL With surge protection, 20 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA
breaker, red LED current monitor, 10 ft. power
cord with NEMA L5-20P plug, 1.7 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 4.5 in. D
493968 HB1B1F1BN12H1 With 20 amp 208 V, 12 NEMA 6-20R
receptacles, one 20 amp double pole magnetic
breaker/switch with integral switch guard, red
NEMA L6-20P plug, 1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x
6.5 in. D

Description
493969 HB1B1F0BA08W1 With 20 amp, 208 V, four C13 and four
C19 receptacles, red LED current monitor, 10 ft.
power cord with NEMA L6-20P plug, 1.7 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 1.85 in. D
493970 HB1B1F0BA06J1 With 20 amp, 208 V, 6 NEMA L6-20R
receptacles, red LED current monitor, 10 ft.
19 in. W x 6 in. D
496796 HB0B1L4BT16M1 With 30 amp, 208 V, 16 C13 receptacles, four
15 amp thermal breakers, 10 ft. power cord
with NEMA L6-30P twist-lock plug, 3.5 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 1.6 in. D
15 amp thermal breakers, red LED current
monitor, 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L6-30P
twist-lock plug, 3.5 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 1.6 in. D
twist-lock plug. Mount horizontal or vertical,
1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x 1.6 in. D
493971 HB1B1L2BN12H1 With 20 amp, 208 V, 12 NEMA 6-20R
receptacles, two 20 amp double-pole magnetic
NEMA L6-30P plug, 1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x
6.5 in. D
493974 HB1B1M2BT08W1 With 30 amp 208 V, four C13 AND four
C19 receptacles, two 15 amp thermal breakers,
red LED current monitor, 10 ft. power cord with
NEMA L6-30P plug, 1.7 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 1.85 in. D
493976 HB1A1M2BN06G1 With 30 amp, 208 V, six NEMA L5-20R
NEMA L5-30P plug, 3.4 in. H x 19 in. W x 6 in. D
493977 HB1A1M2BN12E1 With 30 amp, 120 V, 12 NEMA 5-20R
receptacles, two 20 amp single-pole magnetic
NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. 1.7 in. H x
19.0 in. W x 6.5 in. D
493978 HB1A1M2BT08W1 With 30 amp, 120 V, four C13 and
four C19 receptacles, two 15 amp thermal
breakers, red LED current monitor, 10 ft. power
cord with NEMA L5-30P plug, 1.7 in. H x 19.0 in.
W x 1.85 in. D
493979 HB1A1M2BT10M1 With 30 amp, 120 V, 10 C13 receptacles, two
twist, lock plug, 1.7 in. H x 19.0 in. W x
1.6 in. D
PANDUIT
(continued)
Rack-mount Power Strips
VERTICAL RACK-MOUNT POWER STRIPS

Description
330442 CMRPSV20
With 20 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA 5-20R
1.9 in. W x 1.3 in. D
339250 CMRPSV20TL
With 20 amp, 120 V, 10 NEMA 5-20R
1.9 in. W x 1.3 in. D
287199 CMRPSVD20
With dual 20 amp, 120 V circuits, 10 NEMA
5-20R receptacles per circuit, two 20 amp
thermal breakers, two 15 ft. power cords with
NEMA 5-20P plugs, 66.3 in. H x 1.9 in. W x
1.3 in. D
425026 CMRPSVD20TL With dual 20 amp, 120 V circuits, 10 NEMA
5-20R receptacles per circuit, two 20 amp
thermal breakers, two 15 ft. power cords with
NEMA L5-20P plugs, 66.3 in. H x 1.9 in. W x
1.3 in. D
493980 CMRPS20SILTLM With surge protection, 20 amp, 120 V circuits,
10 NEMA 5-20R in-line receptacles, one
20 amp thermal breaker, red LED current
monitor, 10 ft. power cords with NEMA L5-20P
D
493981 CMRPSV20STLM With surge protection, 20 amp, 120 V circuits,
20 NEMA 5-20R duplex receptacles, one
20 amp thermal breaker, red LED current
monitor, 10 ft. power cords with NEMA L5-20P
493982 CMRPSV20C139TL With 20 amp, 120 V circuits, 24 C13 and six
C13 receptacles, 10 ft. power cords with NEMA
L5-20P plug, 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D
493983 VB1B1F0CA20H1 With dual 20 amp, 208 V circuits, 10 NEMA
6-20R receptacles, red LED current monitor, two
10 ft. power cords with NEMA L6-20P plugs,
66.3 in. H x 1.9 in. W x 1.3 in. D
493985 VB1A1M2BM30P1 With 30 amp, 120 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, red LED current monitor, two
20 amp single-pole magnetic breaker/switch
with integral switch guard, 10 ft. power cord
with NEMA L5-30P twist-lock plug, 66.3 in. H x
2.0 in. W x 2.0 in. D
493986 VB1B1L4CN48M With dual 30 amp, 208 V circuits,
24 C13 receptacles, four 20 amp double-pole
magnetic breaker/switch with integral switch
guard, red LED current monitor, two 10 ft.
power cords with NEMA L6-30P plugs,
66.3 in. H x 3.5 in. W x 2 in. D
496009 VB0A1M2CN24E1 With 30 amp, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R
receptacles, two 20 amp single-pole magnetic
breaker/switch with integral switch guard,
10 ft. power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist-lock
6.46

Description
496010 VB0B1L2BN24H1 With 30 amp, 208 V, 24 NEMA 6-20R
breaker/switch with integral switch guard,
10 ft. power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist-lock
496011 VB0B1L2BN30P1 With 30 amp, 208 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, two 20 amp double-pole
guard, 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L6-30P
twist-lock plug, 66.3 in. H x 2.0 in. W x 2.0 in. D
480250 VB1B1L2BN30P1 With 30 amp, 208 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, two 20 amp double-pole
guard, red LED current monitor and 10 ft. power
cord with NEMA L6-30P twist-lock plug,
66.3 in. H x 2.0 in. W x 2.0 in. D
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units

PANDUIT
PR34509V2-257516.tif
FEATURES
Mounting brackets and screws included
VERTICAL, 20 AMP 3-PHASE WYE 120 V
Red LED current monitor and 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist-lock plug.
UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
493994
VB1A1J0BA24E1
24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles
493995
VB1A1J0BA30P1
24 C13 and
six C19 receptacles
Red LED current monitor and 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist-lock plug.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
493996
VB1B1J0BA24H1
493997
VB1B1J0BA30P1
24 C13 and six C19 receptacles
493998
VB1B1J0BA30U1
24 NEMA 5-20R and
six L6-20R receptacles
PANDUIT
Three 20 A double-pole magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard
and 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed.
444648: 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D, 444649: 70 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Description
444616
VB1A1P3BN24E1
444640
VB1A1P3BN30P1
444641
VB1A1P3BN12G1
12 NEMA L5-20R receptacles
VERTICAL, 30 AMP 3-PHASE WYE 120/208 V

Three 20 A double-pole magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard
and 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed.
444648: 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D, 444649: 70 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Description
444648
VB0C1P3BN33X1
24 C13, three C19 and six NEMA
5-20R receptacles
444649
VB0C1P3BN24Y1
12 C13, six C19 and six NEMA
5-20R receptacles
30 AMP 3-PHASE WYE 230/400 V
Three 20 A double-pole magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard,
red LED current monitor and a 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L22-30P twist-lock plug.
UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
444650
VB1D1Q3BN30P1
Vertical, 24 C13 and
six C19 receptacles
VERTICAL, 30 AMP 3-PHASE DELTA 208 V
red LED current monitor and a 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L15-30P twist-lock plug.
UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
444651
VB1B1N3BN24H1 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles
445094
VB1B1N3BN30P1 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles
445092
VB1B1N3BN12J1 12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles
60 AMP 3-PHASE DELTA 208 V
Six 20 A double-pole magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard and
10 ft. power cord with IEC 60309 - 3 pole 4 wire pin in sleeve connector. UL and
C(UL) Listed.
Description
445114
VB0B2G6BN12N1
Vertical, 12 C19 receptacles, 66.3 in. H
x 2 in. W x 3.5 in. D
445116
VB0B2G6BN24Z1
Vertical, 12 C13 and
12 C19 receptacles, 66.3 in. H x
2.3 in. W x 3.5 in. D
445104
HB0B2G6BN12N1
Horizontal, 12 C19 receptacles,
3.4 in. H x 17 in. W x 9 in. D
Networked Power Outlet Units

PANDUIT
FEATURES
Remote access to power consumption data via a Web-based GUI provides global
network access to real-time power information
Integrates with PANDUIT PIM software which aggregates power information
through a single Web interface
Provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities for specific events that
exceed thresholds
LED display for local monitoring
Complies with UL and C(UL) Listed 60950, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE mark
20 AMP SINGLE-PHASE 120 V AND 208 V
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x
2 in. W x 2 in. D. 10 ft. power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug (120 V) or NEMA 6-20P
plug (208 V).
Description
445152 QZ1A1C0BA24E1 Vertical, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
aggregate monitoring
445154 QZ1A1C0BA30P1 Vertical, 120 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, aggregate monitoring
445161 QZ1B1E0BA24H1 Vertical, 208 V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles,
445157 QZ1B1E0BA30P1 Vertical, 208 V, 24 C13 and six
20 AMP 3-PHASE WYE 120 V, 208 V AND 230/400 V
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor. 10 ft. power cord with NEMA
L21-20P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Description
445162 QZ1A1J0BA30P1 Vertical, 120 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, phase monitoring
445163 QZ1B1J0BA30P1 Vertical, 208 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, circuit monitoring
445167 QZ1D1K0BA30P1 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 C13 and six
30 AMP SINGLE-PHASE 120 V
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two 20 A single-pole magnetic
breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard. 10 ft. power cord with NEMA
Description
449358
QZ1A1M2BM24E1 Vertical, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
aggregate/breaker monitoring
6.47

red LED current monitor and 10 ft. power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist-lock plug.
Description
444642
VB1B1P3BN24H1
444646
VB1B1P3BN30P1
444643
VB1B1P3BN12J1
12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles

Four 20 A triple-pole magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard and
hardwired - wiring access panel conduit connection. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H
x 3.5 in. W x 3.5 in. D.
Description
445149
VB0B6A4AP12N1 Vertical, 12 C19 receptacles
PANDUIT
(continued)
Networked Power Outlet Units

RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two 20 A double-pole magnetic
Description
445169
QZ1B1L2BN24H1 Vertical, 208 V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles,
aggregate/breaker monitoring
30 AMP 3-PHASE WYE 120 V, 208 V AND 120/208 V
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three 20 A double-pole magnetic
L21-30P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. Dimensions - 445185 and 449355:
70 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D - All others: 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Description
445170
QZ1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical, 120 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, phase/breaker monitoring
445195
QZ1B1P3BN30P1 Vertical, 208 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, circuit/breaker monitoring
445174
QZ1C1P3BN33X1 Vertical, 120/208 V, 24 C13, three C19 and
six NEMA 5-20R receptacles, circuit/breaker
outlet monitoring
445185
QZ1C1P3BN24Y1 Vertical, 120/208 V, 12 C13, six C19 and
six NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
circuit/breaker monitoring
449355
QQ1C1P3BN24Y1 Vertical, 120/208 V, 12 C13, six C19 and
six NEMA 5-20R receptacles, phase and
D
outlet monitoring
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three 20 A double-pole magnetic
breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard. 10 ft. power cord with IEC 60309 2-pole, 3-wire, pin-in sleeve connector. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x
2 in. D.
Description
445206
QZ1B2C3BN30P1 Vertical, 208 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, breaker monitoring
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six 20 A double-pole magnetic
breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard. 10 ft. power cord with IEC 60309 3-pole, 4-wire, pin in sleeve connector. UL and C(UL) Listed. Dimensions - Horizontal:
3.4 in. H x 17 in.W x 9 in. D - Vertical: 66.3 in. H x 2.3 in. W x 3.5 in. D.
Description
445204
PZ1B2G6BN12N1 Horizontal, 208 V, 12 C19 receptacles,
breaker monitoring
445205
QZ1B2G6BN24Z1 Vertical, 208 V, 12 C13 and
12 C19 receptacles, breaker monitoring
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, four 20 A triple-pole magnetic
breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard and hardwired wiring access
panel conduit connection. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 3.5 in. W x 3.5 in. D.
Description
445207
QQ1B6A4AP12N1 Vertical, 208 V, 12 C19 receptacles, phase
and outlet monitoring
6.48

RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor with a IEC 60309 - 2-pole + E,
pin-in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and
CE Marked.
Description
445208 QZ1D2A0BA30P1 Vertical, 230 V, 24 C13 and six
RJ45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor and 10 ft. power cord with IEC
60309 309 3P + N + E, pin-in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1,
EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
Description
445209 QZ1D2Q0BA30P1 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 C13 and six
breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard with a IEC 60309 - 2-pole + E,
pin-in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and
CE Marked.
Description
445211 QZ1D2B2BM30P1 Vertical, 230 V, 24 C13 and six
breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard and 10 ft. power cord with IEC
60309 309 3P + N + E, pin-in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1,
EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
Description
445212 QZ1D2P3BN30P1 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 C13 and six
C19 receptacles, phase/breaker monitoring
Networked and Environmental Power Outlet Units

PANDUIT
PR34510V2-257507.tif
FEATURES
Environmental monitoring measures in-cabinet temperature
through a single Web interface
Provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities for specific events that
exceed threshold
Complies with UL and C(UL) Listed 60950, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE mark
PANDUIT
VERTICAL, 20 AMP SINGLE-PHASE
RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports. UL and C(UL) Listed.
66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D. 10 ft. power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug (120 V) or
NEMA 6-20P plug (208 V).
Description
494001
QN1A1C0BA24E1 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
494003
QN1B1E0BA30P1 208 V, 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles,
VERTICAL, 30 AMP SINGLE-PHASE 120 V

RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, two 20 A single-pole
magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard. 10 ft. power cord with
NEMA L5-30P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Description
494010
QN1A1M2BM24E1 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, circuit
breaker monitoring
494011
QN1A1M2BM30P1 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles, circuit
breaker monitoring
VERTICAL, 30 AMP SINGLE-PHASE 208 V
RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, two 20 A double-pole
NEMA L6-30P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2 in. D.
Description
494013
QN1B1L2BN30P1 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles, circuit
breaker monitoring
494014
QN1B1L2BN24H1 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, circuit
breaker monitoring
VERTICAL, 30 AMP 3-PHASE WYE
RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, three 20 A
double-pole magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard. 10 ft. power
cord with NEMA L21-30P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x
2 in. D.
Description
494015
QN1A1P3BN24E1 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
phase/breaker monitoring
494016
QN1B1P3BN30P1 208 V, 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles,
phase level monitoring
RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports. 3 m power cord with
IEC 60309 - 2P + E, 16 A pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1,
EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in D.
Description
445248 QN1D2A0BA30P1 Vertical, 230 V, 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles,

magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard. 3 m power cord with
EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in D.
Description
476901 QN1D2B2BN30P1 Vertical, 230 V, 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles,
circuit/breaker monitoring
double-pole magnetic breaker on/off switch with integral switch guard. 3 m power
cord with IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 32 A pin in sleeve connector. Complies with
IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in D.
Description
494018 QN1D2P3BN30P1 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 C13 and six
Switched Power Outlet Units

PANDUIT
PR34511V2-257511.tif
FEATURES
Remote switching capability for power cycling individual outlets or a group of
outlets on or off to reboot equipment or power off individual outlets to stop
unauthorized use
Time-delay sequencing avoids circuit overload due to high in-rush current at
equipment start up
through a single Web-based GUI
Measure in-cabinet temperature, humidity, airflow and dew point remotely to
prevent environmental factors that can cause equipment to overheat
or malfunction
Alarm-messaging capability provides user-defined alarm/messaging
capabilities for specific events that exceeded thresholds
Each outlet has a green LED for indication if the outlet is on or off for easy visual
identification LED display for local monitoring
Locking IEC receptacles retain any standard IEC power cord preventing
unintentional power loss
6.49

RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports and 10 ft. power cord
with NEMA L21-20P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2.0 in. W x
2.0 in. D.
Description
494006
QN1A1J0BA24E1 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
phase monitoring
494009
QN1B1J0BA30P1 208 V, 24 C13 and six C19 receptacles,
phase monitoring

RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports. 3 m power
cord with IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 16 A pin in a sleeve connector. Complies with
IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in D.
Description
494017 QN1D2Q0BA30P1 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 C13 and six
PANDUIT
(continued)
Switched Power Outlet Units

double-pole magnetic breaker on/off switches with integral switch guard. 3 m power
cord with IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 32 A pin in sleeve connector. Complies with
IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE marked. 70 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in. D.
Description
494023
QS1A1D0BA24C1 Vertical, 120 V 24 NEMA 5-15R receptacles

cord with IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 32A pin in sleeve connector. UL and C(UL)
Listed. 72 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.3 in D.
Description
494138
QS1D1Q3BN2401 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 IEC C13 and six
IEC C19 locking receptacles

RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports. 10 ft. power cord
with NEMA L6-20P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) listed. 66.3 in. H x 2.5 in. W x
2.3 in. D.
Description
494024
QS1B1F0BA2401 Vertical, 120 V 21 C-13 and
three C-19 locking receptacles

RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, six 20 A double-pole
California style plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 63 in. H x 4 in. W x 3.4 in D.
Description
494139
QS1B2T6BN2491 Vertical, 208 V, 18 IEC C13 and six
20 AMP 3-PHASE WYE 208 V AND 230/400 V

with NEMA L21-20P (445357) or NEMA L22-20P (445356) twist-lock plug. UL and
C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.3 in. D.
Description
494025
QS1B1J0BA2401 Vertical, 208 V, 21 IEC C13 and three
494026
QS1D1K0BA2401 Vertical, 230/400 V, 21 IEC C13 and three

IEC 60309 - 3P/4W plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 63 in. H x 4 in. W x 3.4 in D.
Description
494140
QS1B2G6BN2491 Vertical, 208 V, 18 IEC C13 and six

RJ45 Ethernet port
with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, two 20 A single-pole
D
NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL C(UL) Listed. 70 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.3 in. D.
Description
494027
QS1A1M2BM24C1 Vertical, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-15R receptacles
NEMA L6-30P twist-lock plug. UL C(UL) Listed. 70 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.3 in. D.
Description
494028
QS1B1L2BN24AA1 Vertical, 208 V, 20 IEC C13 and four IEC
C19 locking receptacles
30 AMP 3-PHASE WYE 208 V
RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental monitoring, three 20 A
cord with NEMA L21-30P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 72 in. H x 2.5 in. W x
2.3 in D.
Description
494029
QS1B1P3BN2491 Vertical, 208 V, 18 IEC C13 and six IEC
494136
QS1B1P3BN2401 Vertical, 208 V, 21 IEC C13 and three IEC
RJ45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, two 20 A single-pole
Description
494137
QS1B1N3BN2401 Vertical, 208 V, 21 IEC C13 and three IEC
6.50

EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE marked. 66.3 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.3 in. D.
Description
494141
QS1D2A0BA2401 Vertical, 230 V, 21 IEC C13 and three
IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 16 A pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1,
Description
494142
QS1D2Q0BA2401 Vertical, 230/400 V, 21 IEC C13 and three
magnetic breaker on/off switches with integral switch guard. 3 m power cord with
EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE marked. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in. D.
Description
494143
QS1D2B2BN24AA1 Vertical, 230 V, 20 IEC C13 and four IEC
cord with IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 32 A pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC
60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE marked. 70 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in. D.
Description
494144
QS1D2P3BN2401 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 IEC C13 and six IEC
PANDUIT
Switched with Per-outlet Monitoring Power Outlet Units

PANDUIT
PR34511V2-257511.tif

with NEMA 6-20P twist-lock plug. UL and C(UL) listed. 1.7 in. H x 19 in. W x 8.5 in. D.
Description
494571
PL1B1E0BA08AB1 Horizontal, 208 V, eight C13 locking
receptacles, outlet monitoring
2.3 in. D.
Description
494572
QL1A1D0BA24C1 Vertical, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-15R
2.3 in. D.
Description
494570
QL1B1F0BA2401 Vertical, 208 V, 21 C13 and three
C19 locking receptacles, outlet monitoring

Description
494576
QL1B1L2BN24AA1 Vertical, 208 V, 20 C13 and four C19 locking
2.3 in D.
Description
494577
QL1B1P3BN2491 18 C13 and six C19 locking receptacles,
outlet monitoring
494578
QL1B1P3BN2401 21 C13 and three C19 locking receptacles,
outlet monitoring
2.3 in D.72 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.3 in D.
Description
494579 QL1B1N3BN2401 Vertical, 208 V, 21 C13 and three C19 locking
cord with NEMA L22-30P. UL and C(UL) Listed. 72 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.25 in D.
494580 QLD1Q3BN2401 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 C13 and six C19 locking
California-style plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 63 in. H x 4 in. W x 3.4 in D.
Description
494581 QL1B2T6BN2491 Vertical, 208 V, 18 C13 and six C19 locking
6.51
FEATURES
Remote switching capability for power cycling individual outlets or a group of
outlets on or off to reboot equipment or power off individual outlets to stop
unauthorized use
Per-outlet monitoring provides data to determine if power allocations are
accurate and the efficiency metric of any server in the data center allow
individual servers to be identified as candidates for additional capacity,
redeployment or decommissioning
Time-delay sequencing avoids circuit overload due to high in-rush current at
equipment startup
through a single Web-based GUI
Measure in-cabinet temperature, humidity, airflow and dew point remotely to
prevent environmental factors that can cause equipment to overheat
or malfunction
Alarm messaging capability provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities
for specific events that exceeded thresholds
Each outlet has a green LED for indication if the outlet is on or off for easy
visual identification
Locking IEC receptacles retain any standard IEC power cord, preventing
unintentional power loss

with NEMA L21-20P (445357) or NEMA L22-20P (445356) twist-lock plug. UL and
C(UL) Listed. 66.3 in. H x 2.5 in. W x 2.3 in. D.
Description
494573
QL1B1J0BA2401 208 V, 21 C13 and three C19 locking
494574
QL1D1K0BA2401 230/400 V, 21 C13 and three C19 locking
494575
QL1B1J0BA24C1 208 V, 24 NEMA 5-15R receptacles,
outlet monitoring
PANDUIT
(continued)
Switched with Per-outlet Monitoring Power Outlet Units

IEC 60309 - 3P/4 W plug. UL and C(UL) Listed. 63 in. H x 4 in. W x 3.4 in D.
Description
494582 QL1B2G6BN2491 Vertical, 208 V, 18 C13 and six C19 locking
IEC 60309 - 2P + E, 16 A pin-in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1,
Description
494583 QL1D2A0BA2401 Vertical, 230 V, 21 C13 and three C19 locking
IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 16 A pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1,
Description
494584 QL1D2Q0BA2401 Vertical, 230/400 V, 21 C13 and three
C19 locking receptacles, outlet monitoring
magnetic breaker
D on/off switches with integral switch guard. 3 m power cord with
IEC 60309 - 2P + E, 32 A pin-in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1,
EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE marked. 70 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in. D.
Description
494587 QL1D2B2BN24AA1 Vertical, 230 V, 20 C13 and four C19 locking
Environmental Sensors
PANDUIT
Designed specifically for the QM, QN, QS and QL series power outlet units, the sensors
provide temperature, humidity and airflow information. The remote display allows for
local monitoring via LED display.
Description
494594 PVQ-EST-18
Environmental temperature sensor with 18 ft.
cord, includes: 15 (19 in.) adhesive cord clips,
15 (0.38 in.) adhesive cord clips,
10 push-mount ties, 0.29 in. cable clamp
and hardware
494585 PVQ-ESDP
PViQ environmental door sosition sensor with
30 ft. cord
494595 PVQ-ESTAFHD-18 Temperature, humidity, airflow and dew point
sensor with 18 ft. cord, includes: 15 (19 in.)
adhesive cord clips, 10 (0.38 in.) adhesive cord
clips, 15 push-mount ties, two (0.29 in.) cable
clamp and hardware
494586 PVQ-ESW
PViQ environmental water sensor with 20 ft. cord

cord with IEC 60309 - 3P + N + E, 32 A pin-in sleeve connector. Complies with
IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE marked. 66.3 in. H x 2 in. W x 2.25 in. D.
Description
494588 QL1D2P3BN2401 Vertical, 230/400 V, 24 C13 and six C19 locking
6.52
PR34512V2-257515.tif
PANDUIT
Power Cords
PANDUIT
PAN-POLE Power and Communications Pole

PR34513V2-257508.tif
PR2109V2-14938.tif
PANDUIT PAN-POLE Power and Communication Poles provide industry-leading

solutions for cable routing in the open-office environment. Dual-channel aluminum
pole is equipped with preterminated electrical outlets with divided channel for power
and communications applications or as an open single-channel communications
pole. Available in an 11 ft. or 13 ft. pole.
POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS POLE. DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM POLE FOR
ROUTING POWER AND DATA CABLING
Used to extend the 11 ft. pole to 22 ft. Extension kit includes fully assembled 11 ft.
pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to
purchase a separate standard 11 ft. pole to make the required length.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
203705
PCPA11R20IWY
Off-white, 11 ft.
204373
PCPA11R20EI
320342
PCPA13R20IW
Off-white, 13 ft.
244826
PCPA13R20EI
COMMUNICATIONS POLE ONLY. SINGLE-CHANNEL ALUMINUM POLE FOR ROUTING
LOW-VOLTAGE COMMUNICATIONS CABLING ONLY
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
203707
PCPA11IW
Off-white, 11 ft.
218197
PCPA11EI
218201
PCPA13EI
PAN-POLE POWER POLE EXTENSION KITS
Used to extend the 11 ft. pole to 22 ft. Extension kit includes fully assembled 11 ft.
pole with brace/coupler, additional wriring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to
purchase a separate standard 11 ft. pole to make the required length.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
268565
PCPAK22IW
Off-white
PAN-POLE POWER POLE EXTENSION KIT
Used to extend the 13 ft. power pole to 16 ft. Extension kits includes a fully
assembled 3 ft. power pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE:
Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 13 ft. power pole to make the
required length.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
268566
PCPAK16IW
Off-white
PAN-POLE POWER ADDITION KIT AND STANDARD FACEPLATE BRACKET
Power addition kits (UL listed for field installation) provide for the addition of
power outlets.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
320343
PCPAKR20IW
Off-white
6.53
Power cords are of optimal lengths between POUs and active equipment to minimize
excess lengths and cord slack, improving cable management and increasing air
circulation for better thermal performance.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
422460
PC14C13BL1.5
1.5 ft. L (460 mm) C13 to C14
power cord, black
422462
PC14C13BL2
2.0 ft. L (610 mm) C13 to C14
power cord, black
422465
PC14C13BL3
3.3 ft. L (1,000 mm) C13 to
C14 power cord, black
494596
PC14C13BL4
4.0 ft. L (1,220 mm) C13 to
494597
PC14C13BL5
5.0 ft. L (1,500 mm) C13 to
494598
PC14C13BL6.5
6.5 ft. L (2,000 mm) C13 to
494599
PC14C13GY1.5
1.5 ft. L (460 mm) C13 to C14
power cord, black
494600
PC14C13GY2
2.0 ft. L (610 mm) C13 to C14
power cord, black
494601
PC14C13GY3
3.3 ft. L (1,000 mm) C13 to
494602
PC14C13GY4
4.0 ft. L (1,220 mm) C13 to
494603
PC14C13GY5
5.0 ft. L (1,500 mm) C13 to
494604
PC14C13GY6.5
6.5 ft. L (2,000 mm) C13 to
494605
PC20C19BL3
3.3 ft. L (1,000 mm) C13 to
494606
PC20C19BL4
4.0 ft. L (1,220 mm) C13 to
494607
PC20C19BL5
5.0 ft. L (1,500 mm) C13 to
494608
PC20C19BL6
6.0 ft. L (1,830 mm) C13 to
494609
PC20C19GY3
3.3 ft. L (1,000 mm) C13 to
494610
PC20C19GY4
4.0 ft. L (1,220 mm) C13 to
494611
PC20C19GY5
5.0 ft. L (1,500 mm) C13 to
494612
PC20C19GY6
6.0 ft. L (1,830 mm) C13 to
PANDUIT
Great Lakes
./
19 in. Rack-mount Power Outlet Strips
PR1764V2-11080.eps
Protects electronic equipment from damage due to transient power surges.

FEATURES
15 amp, 125 V
Reset overload circuit breaker
14/3 SJT cord
All power strips supplied with circuit breaker and 15 ft. cord
Description
131905
7219
Six-position power strip for 19 in. mounting;
5-15R receptacle and 5-15P plug
353424
7219-20AR
Six-position power strip for 19 in. mounting;
5-20R receptacle and 5-20P plug
397933
7219-20ARTLP Six-position power strip for 19 in. mounting;
5-20R receptacle and L5-20P plug
331739
7219-SR14
14 (six front/eight back)-position power strip
for 19 in. mounting; 5-15R receptacle and
5-15P plug
D
6.54
Surge Suppressors
AC Surge Suppressors
./
Isobar Rack-mount Surge Suppressors

TRIPP LITE
PR8029V2-20696.tif
Isobar and Isotel Premium Surge Suppressors

TRIPP LITE
PR20682V2-82620.tif
Isobar and Isotel surge suppressors offer extremely robust surge protection, with a
stronger surge-blocking architecture than other models. Exclusive isolated filter
banks eliminate interference between connected equipment. Versatile outlet
configurations accommodate multiple transformers without blocking
remaining outlets.
FEATURES
Durable, all-metal housing
ULTRA models include diagnostic LEDs that signal potential power problems
ISOTEL models include tel/modem line protection
Up to $50,000 Ultimate Lifetime Insurance and lifetime warranty
Vendor No.
ISOBLOK2-0
IBAR4
ISOBAR4ULTRA
ISOTEL4ULTRA
ISOBAR6ULTRA
ISOTEL6ULTRA
ISOBAR8ULTRA
ISOTEL8ULTRA
No. of
Outlets
2
4
4
4 + RJ11
6
6 + RJ11
8
8 + RJ11
Cord
Length
Direct plug-in
6 ft.
6 ft.
6 ft.
6 ft.
6 ft.
12 ft.
12 ft.
Description
1,410 joules
3,330 joules
3,330 joules
3,330 joules
3,330 joules
3,330 joules
3,840 joules
3,840 joules
Index1.Networking Systems//Video Products//Video Security Systems
Protect It! Surge Protectors

TRIPP LITE
PR28583V2-209459.tif
Surge suppressors feature economical surge, spike and line-noise protection for
computers and all electronics. Transformer-friendly designs with diagnostic LEDs that
signal potential power problems. Lifetime product warranty.
381609
TLP4BK
4 outlets, direct plug-in, 670 joules
355017
TLP604
6 outlets, 4 ft. cord, 790 joules
355018
TLP606
239714
TLP604TEL
6 outlets, 4 ft. cord, 720 joules,
tel/modem protection
241055
SUPER6TEL12 7 outlets, 12 ft. cord, 1,080 joules,
444266
TLP74R
200107
STRIKER
7 outlets, 6 ft. cord, 1,080 joules
265891
TLP712
198193
SUPER7
239711
SUPER7TEL15 7 outlets, 15 ft. cord, 2,520 joules,
241054
TLP808
241052
TLP810NET
8 outlets, 10 ft. cord, 3,240 joules,
tel/modem/TV/Ethernet protection
355019
TLP1008TEL 10 outlets, 8 ft. cord, 2,395 joules,
381607
TLP712B
7 outlets, 12 ft. cord, 1,080 joules, black
381606
TLP725
6.55
Premium network-grade surge and line-noise protection configurable in 1U

rack-mount, wall-mount or under-counter installation.
FEATURES
Up to three diagnostic LEDs signal potential power problems
Durable, all-metal housing
Isolated filter banks eliminate interference between connected equipment (does
not include DRS-1215)
$25,000 Ultimate Lifetime Insurance and lifetime warranty
No. of Cord
Outlets Length Description
155306 IBAR12
12
15 ft. 3,840 joules, 60,000 amp AC
supression surge
current rating
198493 ISOBAR12ULTRA 12
15 ft. 3,840 joules, 96,000 amp AC
supression surge
current rating
245597 IBAR12-20T
12
15 ft. 3,840 joules, 20 A,
twist-lock plug
246717 DRS-1215
14
15 ft. 3,840 joules
200111 ISOBAR1220ULTRA 12
15 ft. 3,840 joules, 20 amp
Anixter No.
097996
107451
199969
199971
199970
199972
167777
355016
Surge Suppressors
Heavy-duty Metal Power Strips

TRIPP LITE
PR20687V2-82587.tif
Extra-wide transformer spacing on all eight outlets and 8 ft. power cord with
right-angle plug
ITW Linx offers a Lifetime Product Warranty and up to $50,000 Connected
Equipment Warranty on all SurgeGate 8 units
225693
M8KSU-60
8-outlet base unit for small phone systems
226271
M8T
8 transformer spaced, AC outlet suppressor;
provides additional protection for one phone or
modem line (DSL compatible)
SurgeGate AC Surge Protection
ITW LINX
Tripp Lite's Power Strips offer reliable, convenient and cost-effective power
distribution for appliances, power tools, lighting and other electrical equipment.
Transparent on/off switch provides one-touch power control for connected
equipment. Rugged metal case provides extra safety and durability.
Lifetime warranty.
493589
3SP
3 outlets, 8.6 in. long, illuminated on/off
switch and 6 ft. cord
493590
PS6
6 outlets, 9.5 in. long, illuminated on/off
switch and 4 ft. cord
405490
UL17CB-15 9 outlets, 12.5 in. long, illuminated on/off
D
switch with cover and 15 ft. cord
493591
UL800CB-15 10 outlets, 17.5 in. long, illuminated on/off
switch with cover and 15 ft. cord
355028
TLM615NC20 6 outlets, 13.75 in. long, illuminated on/off
switch with cover and 15 ft. cord, 20 amp
SurgeGate 8 Series
ITW LINX
PR21635V2-124370.tif
The SurgeGate 8 Series offers premier multiuse, AC surge protection and line
conditioning that is guaranteed to protect your equipment from all surges,
including lightning.
FEATURES
Patented SurgeGate Plus Circuitry protects against prolonged
over/undervoltages by disconnecting the power to your equipment, then
reconnecting it when the power returns to a safe level
6.56
PR33744V2-249297.tif
The SurgeGate AC Surge Protection Series provides complete protection for

small-business phone systems from all surges, including lightning. SurgeGate
modules, which will protect central office lines, T1/ISDN lines, digital stations and
peripheral devices can be added to the SurgeGate AC base units to keep pace with
your phone systems' growth. ITW Linx offers a lifetime product warranty and up to
$50,000 connected-equipment warranty on all SurgeGate AC units.
FEATURES
Patented SurgeGate Plus Circuitry protects against prolonged overvoltages and
undervoltages (brownouts) by disconnecting the power to your equipment, then
reconnecting it when the power returns to a safe level
Allows the addition of an unlimited number of SurgeGate phone and data line
signal protection modules
Extra-wide transformer spacing on all outlets and an 8 ft. cord with
right-angle plug
Four switched on/off outlets on each suppressor
Description
225693
M8KSU-60
8-outlet base unit for small phone systems
239613
M8COM-60
8-outlet AC protector for small phone
systems; also protects four CO lines, one
10/100BASE-T LAN line and one T1 line
249540
M4KSU
4-outlet AC protector for small phone systems
249541
M4L
4-outlet AC protector with 10/100BASE-T
LAN protection
434554
RM-M8COM-15 12-outlet rack-mount AC protector 15 amp,
also protects four CO lines, one 100BASE-T
LAN line and one T1 line all in 1U
434555
RM-M8COM-20 12-outlet rack-mount AC protector 20 amp,
also protects four CO lines, one 100BASE-T
LAN line and one T1 line all in 1U
Surge Suppressors
M2 Direct Plug-In Series

ITW LINX
PR21634V2-124382.tif

249538 RM3400 12 AC outlets (eight rear, four transformer spaced
front), 15 amp capacity, on/off switch guard,
three-way mounting option, SurgeGate Plus circuitry
249539 RM3700 RacMAX 3700 - 12 AC outlets (eight rear, four
transformer spaced front), 20 amp capacity, on/off
switch guard, three-way mounting option, SurgeGate
Plus circuitry
Rack-mount Surge Protector

Essential Series Surge Protectors

RacMAX Rack-mount AC Surge Protection

ITW LINX
FEATURES
High-performance surge suppression for 19 in. rack-mount applications
Rack-mount hardware included and preinstalled
Building/site wiring fault indicator to detect dangerous wiring problems
Protection-working indicator to alert user that suppressor has been damaged
Catastrophic-event protection
One "always on" outlet for devices that require constant power
Lifetime product warranty
Lifetime equipment-protection policy up to $25,000
355937 NET9RMBLK 9 outlets 1U rack-mount, 15 ft. cord, 2,290 joules
PR10758V2-17618.tif
PR10787V2-12276.tif
The ITW Linx RacMAX features eight or 12 AC power outlets at 15 amps and 20 amps,
front panel circuit breaker, power indicator light and 10 ft. power cord. Fits standard
19 in. equipment racks/cabinets (1U) and offers AC surge protection to provide
sensitive electronic equipment with clean and safe power.
157026 GRM0600 RacMAX - eight rear outlets, 15 amp capacity, 10 ft.
power cord and diagnostic lights
APC's Essential Series surge protectors provide guaranteed protection from damaging
power transients at a low price. Available in a variety of form factors, cord lengths
and outlet configurations.
FEATURES
Guaranteed protection from damaging power transients
Available in wall-tap or strip form factor with cord lengths ranging from 2.5 feet
up to 10 feet
Ethernet 10/100BASE-T line protection on P6N4
Telephone line protection on P1T, P6TW, P7T and P7T10 models
Protection-working and wiring-fault LEDs
USB charging ports on the P4 WUSB
Lifetime equipment-protection policy up to $50,000 (see policy for details)
6.57
The M2 Direct Plug-In Series of surge protectors from ITW Linx incorporates surge
circuitry filtration and other features in a new sleek design. ITW Linx offers a lifetime
product warranty on these M2 products.
FEATURES
Protect or disconnect circuitry safeguards equipment against all surges. In the
event of a catastrophic surge, the M2 Series suppressors completely disconnect
the AC power to the connected equipment
Integrated cable management
Diagnostic lights indicate both grounded outlet and power-protection status
Wide outlet spacing to accommodate transformers and right-angle plugs
Wall-mounted compact configuration
239623 M2
2-outlet AC protector with protect or
disconnect circuitry
128228 M2T
2-outlet AC protector with signal perfect optimized
telephone and DSL line protection
PR29199V2-216351.tif
Surge Suppressors
(continued)
Essential Series Surge Protectors

377504 P1T
1-outlet wall-tap with phone line protection,
320 joules
426827 P6W
6-outlet wall-tap, 1,080 joules
426829 P6TW
6-outlet wall-tap with phone line protection,
1,080 joules
426832 P4WUSB 4-outlet wall-tap with USB charging ports,
1,080 joules
426836 P62
6 outlets, 2.5 ft. cord, 540 joules
330643 P6B
426838 P610
313366 P74
313367 P7T
7 outlets with phone line protection, 6 ft. cord,
840 joules
330645 P7T10
7 outlets with phone line protection, 10 ft. cord,
840 joules
426841 P6N4
6 outlets with Ethernet 10/100BASE-T protection, 4 ft.
cord, 1,080 joules
FEATURES
11 outlets with 8 ft. heavy-duty, yet flexible, power cord with right-angle plug
180 degree rotating input cord for more flexible placement
Safety shutters
Telephone line protection on all models
Coax video line protection on all models
Protection-working, wiring-fault and overload LEDs
Lifetime equipment-protection policy up to $50,000 (see policy for details)
364672 P11VT3
11 outlets with phone (1 in, 2 out) and coax video
protection jacks, 3,020 joules
367522 P11VNT3 11 outlets with phone (1 in, 2 out), coax video and
Ethernet 10/100BASE-T protection jacks,
3,020 joules
Power-Saving Surge Protectors

PR29508V2-217971.tif
Home/Office Series Surge Protectors

PR29200V2-216066.tif
APC's Home/Office Series surge protectors offer professional-grade performance

combined with advanced convenience features.
372985 P8T3
8 outlets with phone (1 in, 2 out) line protection
jacks, 2,770 joules
364575 P8VT3
8 outlets with phone (1 in, 2 out) and coax video line
protection jacks, 2,770 joules
Performance SurgeArrest Surge Suppressors

PR22497V2-133357.tif
APC's Power-Saving Surge Protectors not only save your equipment from damage, they
also save you energy and money by automatically turning power off to
idle equipment.
FEATURES
LCD Timer allows you to program what time of day and day of week the outlets
are turned on and off. (P4GC, P6GC only)
Master/Controlled outlets feature automatically turns off power to your
peripherals when your notebook, desktop or netbook goes to sleep or is turned
off. (P7GB, P8GT only)
Lifetime product warranty (four-year warranty on LCD module)
Lifetime equipment-protection policy
419204 P4GC
4-outlet wall-tap with LCD timer, 1,080 joules
419207 P6GC
6-outlet strip with LCD timer, 1,080 joules
419208 P7GB
7-outlet strip with master/controlled outlets,
1,080 joules
419210 P8GT
8-outlet strip with master/controlled outlets,
2,160 joules
The Performance SurgeArrest Series provides maximum protection for

high-performance multimedia computers and electronic equipment.
6.58
Surge Suppressors
Islatrol Rackmount Series
Plug-in Outlet Center Units
PR22579V2-134427.tif
Islatrol SP-6TVN
The Islatrol SP-6TVN is an active tracking filter that plugs into a standard duplex
receptacle. It features uniquely designed repositionable outlets for easy installation
behind desks and other furniture. It protects sensitive home or office equipment from
damaging power disturbances traveling through wiring to electrical outlets. The
Islatrol SP-6TVN Series plugs into a standard 120 V, 15 amp electrical outlet
duplex receptacle.
FEATURES
Accommodates tight spaces due to rotating, repositionable outlets and small,
flexible design
Supplies cables for telephone, video and data connections
Alerts for improper wiring/grounding with the operational status indicator light
Provides total peak surge current capacity of 39,000 amps
Operates at 60 dB maximum high frequency
Protects your investment with a five-year warranty
Description
377845 SP-6TVN
120 V AC, single-phase, six 5-15R, RJ45 / RJ11 /
Type "F" connections
pr5412V2-19397.tif
FEATURES
15 or 20 amps, 120 V
Aluminum housing except where noted
15 AMP
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
No. of Outlets
Cord Length
245014
UL101BC
4
6 ft.
245016
UL205BD
8
15 ft.
245015
UL207BC
6
6 ft.
245008
UL207BD
6
15 ft.
128779
R610
6
6 ft.
128965
R612
6
15 ft.
123951
P6*
6
6 ft.
*P6 features impact-resistant plastic housing, UL Listed, CSA Certified
20 AMP
Anixter No.
245017
Vendor No.
ULB620-15
No. of Outlets
6
Cord Length
15 ft.
Perma Power/Sentrex Rack-mount Surge Suppressors

WIREMOLD
PR2831V2-6246.eps
FEATURES
Designed to fit all standard 19 in. cabinets and racks
UL 1449 voltage protection rating (VPR) of 600 V
Matte black, steel housing with black cord
19 in. W x 1.75 in. H x 2.75 in. D (1U)
Recognized under the components program of UL, to U.S. and Canadian
Standards C(UL)
6.59
Islatrol Rackmount Series surge protectors provide 10 protected outlets on the back
and two protected convenience outlets on the front of the unit. The devices supply
40,000 amps of surge protection and up to 60 dB of high-frequency noise filtering.
120 V AC. 15 or 20 amp models. The Islatrol Rackmount Series of AC surge protectors
is ideal for protecting the power feeding valuable rack equipment. Status LEDs
indicate the correct power is coming to the unit, whether the unit is properly
grounded and whether the surge components are still intact. Units are available with
an optional digital meter, mounted on the front of the unit, which will monitor the
voltage, current and power of the protected equipment.
FEATURES
Provides outlets on the front and back of the device for convenient connection to
rack equipment
Offers an optional twist-lock plug
Protects your investment with a one-year warranty
377797 RM-120-10RM 120 V, 20 amp, 12 sockets, 1U
377844 RM-CAT6-48POE 48-channel Cat 5/6/Power over Ethernet 1U
WIREMOLD
Surge Suppressors
(continued)
Perma Power/Sentrex Rack-mount Surge Suppressors
SENTREX PREMIUM-GRADE RACK-MOUNT SURGE SUPPRESSORS 15 AMP OUTLETS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
No. of Outlets
Cord Length
234441
R5S
6 Rear
6 ft.
234443
R5S-15
6 Rear
15 ft.
PERMA POWER COMPUTER-GRADE RACK-MOUNT SURGE SUPPRESSORS

15 AMP OUTLETS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
No. of Outlets
Cord Length
239892
R5BZ
6 Rear
6 ft.
239893
R5BZ-15
6 Rear
15 ft.
240710
R5BZX-15
6 Rear
15 ft.
265811
R8BZ
8 Rear
6 ft.
265812
R8BZ-15
8 Rear
15 ft.
PERMA POWER COMPUTER-GRADE RACK-MOUNT SURGE SUPPRESSORS
20 AMP OUTLETS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
No. of Outlets
Cord Length
245034
R5BZ20-15
6 Rear
15 ft.
Premium-grade Surge Suppressor

WIREMOLD
pr4966V2-19394.tif
Perma Power Computer-grade Surge Suppressors

WIREMOLD
Protects computer equipment and hardware from damage and data loss due to
transient power surges, spikes and EMI/RFI noise.
FEATURES
Maximum surge current: 33,000 amps
Resettable overload circuit breaker and surge suppression indicator light
15 amps, 120 V
Five-year warranty on unit plus $10,000 on connected equipment
One nanosecond response time, 40 dB noise reduction
UL and C(UL) Listed
Putty-white aluminum housing
Snap-on/slide-off mounting
Lighted on/off switch
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
No. of Outlets
Cord Length
250883
M6BZ
6
6 ft.
250884
M6BZ-15
6
15 ft.
Perma Power Electronic-grade Surge Suppressors

WIREMOLD
Provides maximum protection for all advanced and critical electronic, network and
computer applications and helps prevent system crashes, corrupted data files, disk
drive errors, computer lock-up and hardware failure. Four-element, four-stage hybrid
circuit with MOVs, avalanche diodes, inductive coils and gas tube.
FEATURES
Lifetime warranty on unit plus $30,000 on connected equipment
Aluminum housing with putty-white finish
Snap-on/slide-off mounting
Maximum surge current: 56,000 amps
15 amps, 120 V
UL and C(UL) Listed
Response time: less than one nanosecond
60 dB noise reduction
250880
M6S
6
6 ft.
Yes
250881
M6S-15
6
15 ft.
Yes
6.60
PR2542V2-142739.tif
PR22468V2-133067.tif
Protects personal computers and hardware from damage and data loss due to
transient power surges, spikes and EMI/RFI noise.
FEATURES
Two-year warranty on unit
15 amps, 120 V
UL Listed, C(UL) Certified
Putty-white plastic housing
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
No. of Outlets
Cord Length
245011
PR610N
7
6 ft.
Surge Suppressors
Data Line Surge Suppressors

./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Power Protection//Data Line Protection
ProtectNet
SurgeGate Signal Protection Modules
ITW LINX
STAND-ALONE PROTECTNET
PR2205V2-6702.EPS
Vendor No.
PDIGITEL
PNET1GB
PS9-DCE
PS9-DTE
PTEL2
RACK-MOUNT PROTECTNET
Description
For digital phone lines
For 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet lines
For Serial RS-232 lines (nine-pin male to female)
For Serial RS-232 lines (nine-pin female to male)
For analog/DSL phone lines (two lines, four wires)
PR22499V2-133336.tif
Rack-mountable data line surge suppressors for network systems. The products
consists of two parts: chassis and modules. There are two choices of chassis. PRM4
and PRM24 for four or 24 modules that can be expended and swapped per
requirements. The chassis come with no data line protection installed. Customer
needs to buy modules to populate chassis to have data line protection.
Anixter No.
171978
284322
377852
377853
284323
377854
Vendor No.
PRM
PRM24
PRM4
PRMLB
P232R
PDIGTR
377855
PTEL2R
377856
PVR
Description
APC ProtectNet rack-mount shelf
24-module chassis
Four-module chassis
Mounting brackets for PRM4 chassis
RS-232 line protection
Protects T1, DLL, ISDN and other digital
telecommunications equipment
Protects analog dial-up lines such as modems, fax
machines and remote access servers using analog
dial up
Protects coaxial data line
The ITW Linx SurgeGate signal-protection modules provide complete protection for
central office lines, T1/ISDN lines, analog and digital stations sets. ITW Linx offers a
Lifetime Product Warranty and up to $50,000 Connected Equipment Warranty on all
SurgeGate modules.
FEATURES
Easy installation and single-point ground connection
Customized and expandable for current and future system requirements
Can be used with ITW Linx SurgeGate AC base units for additional protection
Cat 6 modules are tested for use in 1000BASE-T networks
SURGEGATE CO AND ANALOG PROTECTION MODULES
168609 MCO4X4-60 Protects four CO lines using RJ11/45 connectors, pins
4 and 5 protected, 260 V clamping
144844 MCO4
Protects four CO lines using RJ14 connectors, pins 3,
4, 5, 6 protected, 260 V clamping
249542 MCO4110 Protects up to four lines using (one) 110 punch-down
input/110 output or (four) RJ11 or (two)
RJ14 jacks output
249543 MCO8110 Protects eight CO lines using (two) 110 punch-down
blocks input and (two) 110 punch-down blocks on the
output, 260 V clamping
231174 MCO25-60 Protects 25 CO lines using 50-pin, RJ21X
(Amphenol) connectors
144845 MLLT1
Protects two leased lines, ISDN or T1 lines; pins 1, 2,
4, 5, 7, 8 protected, 70 V clamping
SURGEGATE DIGITAL LINE PROTECTION MODULES
249544 MDS2
Protects (one) 8-wire line using RJ45 connectors or
(two) four-wire lines using RJ11/45 connectors,
70 V clamping
266158 MDSCO-60 Protects (two) 4-wire digital/analog lines or (two)
two-wire tip/ring analog lines using
RJ11/45 connectors
266159 MDS25
Protects (25) 2-wire digital station or (12) four-wire
digital stations using RJ21X connector
6.61
Data line stand-alone surge suppressors for comprehensive network and

PC protection.
Anixter No.
269045
319078
167040
167041
167037
PR13449V2-30107.tif
Surge Suppressors

(continued)
SurgeGate Signal Protection Modules
SURGEGATE 1 GIGABIT - CAT 6 PROTECTION MODULES

271862 CAT6-LAN
Protects 4-pair Cat 6-rated cable, 16 V clamping,
110 in/110 out
271864 CAT6-235
110 in/110 out
271863 CAT6-75
110 in/110 out - used on Cisco PoE applications
274955 CAT6-POE
Power over Ethernet protector, protects 4-pair
Cat 6-rated cable, 16 V clamping (data pairs) and
68 V clamping (power pairs), 110 in/110 out
SURGEGATE CAT 5E PROTECTION MODULES
194862 CAT5-LAN
Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable, 16 V
clamping, 110 in/110 out
304803 CAT5-75
clamping, 110 in/110 out - used on Cisco
PoE applications
259045 CAT5-235
250573 CAT5-LAN-RJ45 Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable, 16 V
clamping, RJ45 in/out
304804 CAT5-75-RJ45 Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable, 75 V
clamping, RJ45 in/out - used on Cisco
D
PoE applications
265862 CAT5-235-RJ45 Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable, 235 V
274798 CAT5-POE
Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable, 16 V clamping
(data pairs) and 62 V clamping (power pairs),
110 in/110 out
SURGEGATE 10 GIGABIT - CAT 6A PROTECTION MODULES
434551 CAT6A-LAN
Protects 4-pair, Cat 6A-rated cable, 16 V
M2 Direct Plug-in Series

ITW LINX
PR21634V2-124382.tif
The M2 Direct Plug-In Series of surge protectors from ITW Linx incorporates surge
circuitry filtration and other features in a new sleek design. ITW Linx offers a lifetime
product warranty on these M2 products.
6.62
FEATURES
Protect or disconnect circuitry safeguards equipment against all surges. In the
event of a catastrophic surge, the M2 Series suppressors completely disconnect
the AC power to the connected equipment
Integrated cable management
Diagnostic lights indicate both grounded outlet and power-protection status
Wide outlet spacing to accommodate transformers and right-angle plugs
Wall-mounted compact configuration
239623 M2
2-outlet AC protector with protect or
disconnect circuitry
128228 M2T
2-outlet AC protector with signal perfect
optimized telephone and DSL line protection
SecureLinx Surge Protection for Analog and IP Cameras

ITW LINX
PR21636V2-124380.tif
SecureLinx is premier surge protection for all your security, CCTV, access control, fire
and alarm equipment. The signal line protection provides complete lightning and
surge protection for security cameras. The SecureLinx modules can be used in
conjunction with ITW Linx's SurgeGate AC base units or stand alone. Solid-state
protection provides the fastest response to transient voltages by quickly diverting
damaging surges to ground.
FEATURES
Solid-state protection
Listed per UL 497 Primary and UL 497 B Isolated Loop
Lifetime product warranty and up to $10,000 connected equipment warranty
Use the Cat 5e and Cat 6 protectors between buildings in a campus environment
as building entrance protection
Description
364210 MSL-CAT5-LAN-RJ45 Protects 4-pair Cat 5e UTP 16 V clamping,
RJ45 in/out plug-and-play
364211 MSL-CAT5-POE-RJ45 Protects 4-pair Cat 5e UTP for PoE
applications, 16 V and 68 V clamping,
RJ45 in/out plug-and-play
364212 MSL-CAT6-LAN
Protects 4-pair Cat 6 UTP, 16 V clamping,
hardware 110 punch-down in/out
364213 MSL-CAT6-POE
Protects 4-pair Cat 6 UTP for PoE
applications,16 V and 68 V clamping,
hardware 110 punch-down in/out
304805 MTC-TL1
Protects six wires low-voltage signal line
for traffic control, PTZ or access control
systems 7.5 V plus two-wire phone line
protection 220 V
Surge Suppressors

400589 MSL-CAT5-24V
400591
MSL-CAT6-24V
400592
MSL-24V-POWER
Description
Protects 4-pair Cat 5e UTP for video, 16 V
clamping and two power pairs
Protects 4-pair Cat 6 UTP for video, 16 V
clamping and two power pairs
Protects two power pairs using 2 #12 screw
termination type
Network Data Line Surge Suppressors

TRIPP LITE
PR20685V2-82584.tif
Data and Signal Line Surge Protection

EDCO EMERSON NETWORK POWER
In order to protect key low-voltage locations within a facility from electric surge
damage, the Edco data and signal-line surge protectors have a superior hybrid
technology which prevents damage to equipment such as phones, security cameras,
fire/alarm and access control panels. The designs allow for protection against
multiple surge events, with a self-resetting feature to minimize interruptions.
FEATURES
Low-cost protection for critical low-voltage applications
Compact designs to fit a variety of applications
Easy installation
Enhanced reliability for systems
Full-facility protection
FIRE ALARM PANELS
427068 FAS-120AC
427072 PC642C-036LC
427074 FAS-1-043HC
427077 SLCP-43
427080 PHC-043
427081 PC2-TEL
Description
Basic panel surge protection
Printer circuit to guard house
Post indicator valve circuit
SLC loop
Notification circuit
Telephone line
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS

Security camera / CCTV systems
427510
PC642C-008LC
427511
FAS-2-043HC
427512
FAS31XT
Description
RS-485/RS-422
Gate-position switch
Dial-up communication
SECURITY CAMERA / CCTV SYSTEMS

427070
HSP121BT-1RU
427513
CX06-M
427515
CX06-MI
427510
PC642C-008LC
427516
CAT6-5POE-FF
Description
Premium panel surge protection
Video (head end) - BNC 50/75 ohm
Video (camera end) - BNC 50/75 ohm
RS-485/RS-422
PoE camera (RJ45) - female/female
6.63
Tripp Lite Network Data Line Surge Suppressors provide reliable surge protection for
network cabling, data and CCTV lines. Precise voltage-level monitoring stops
incoming surges, without interfering with normal data signals. Cable included with
most models.
Description
200117 DTEL2
Protects 4, 5 and 3, 6 modem/fax, interface
type RJ11/RJ45
200119 DSUT1CSU
Protects 1 to 8, T1, interface type RJ45
239733 DNET1
Protects 1 to 8, RJ45
265894 DCATV
Protects F coax lines at TV and VCR
connection points
Surge Suppressors
TVSS
./
Liebert PowerSure LPM Series

The proven technology of the Liebert PowerSure LPM Series provides unparalleled
protection from transient surges and electrical line noise. Status LEDs for each phase
and relay contacts provide indication of suppression system failure and power loss.
Product performance and safety standards include UL 1449 2nd edition
2005 (effective 2007) and C(UL).
FEATURES
Retrofits easily onto existing panelboards
Attaches directly to the breaker in the panel
Offers easy, safe and maintenance-free operation
Protects your investment with one-year warranty
160 KA PER PHASE SURGE CURRENT CAPACITY
Description
377819
LPM120S160
120/240 V AC, single "split" phase,
3 W+G (L1, L2, N, G)
377820
LPM120Y160
120/208 V AC, 3-phase WYE
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
377821
LPM127Y160
127/220 V AC, 3-phase WYE,
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
377826
LPM240D160
240 V AC, 3-phase DELTA,
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
377827
LPM240H160
120/240 V AC, 3-phase DELTA HI-LEG,
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
D
377832
LPM277Y160
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
377835
LPM480D160
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
377836
LPM480H160
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
Liebert PowerSure LPL Series

The proven technology of Liebert's PowerSure LPL Series provides protection from
transient surges and electrical line noise. Status LEDs and relay contacts provide
indication of suppression-system failure and power loss. Product performance and
safety standards include UL 1449 current revision and C(UL). Liebert PowerSure LPL
surge-suppression systems protect connected equipment against electric power line
disturbances and transients in low-exposure locations.
FEATURES
Retrofits easily onto existing panelboards
Attaches directly to the breaker in the panel
Offers easy, safe and maintenance-free operation
Protects your investment with a five-year parts warranty
Anixter No.
377841
Vendor No.
LPL127Y25-2
377842
LPL208D25-2
377744
LPL240D25-2
377745
LPL240H25-2
377747
LPL240S25-2
377748
LPL254Y25-2
377750
LPL277Y25-2
377751
LPL400D25-2
377753
LPL480D25-2
377754
LPL480H25-2
Description
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
3 W+G (L1,L2,N,G)
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)

Description
377757
LPL120S50
3 W+G (L1,L2,N,G)
377758
LPL120Y50
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
377759
LPL127Y50
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
377760
LPL208D50
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
377764
LPL240D50
3 W+G (L1, L2, L3, G)
377765
LPL240H50
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
377767
LPL240S50
3 W+G (L1,L2,N,G)

Description
377839
LPL120S25-2
3 W+G (L1,L2,N,G)
377840
LPL120Y25-2
4 W+G (L1, L2, L3, N, G)
6.64
Surge Suppressors
Line Conditioners
./
Line-R
Line Conditioners
PR10752V2-6633.tif
PR20684V2-82623.tif
Tripp Lite line conditioners keep equipment working through high-voltage/low-voltage

conditions without using an emergency power source such as a UPS system or
auxiliary generator. These line conditioners automatically adjust brownouts and
overvoltages to provide safe, computer-grade AC power that meets ANSI
C84.1 specifications.
FEATURES
Supports heavy loads from 600 to 2,400 W, with up to 14 outlets
Diagnostic LEDs on most models indicate voltage levels, surge suppression
status and line fault conditions
STANDARD LINE CONDITIONERS
239868
LS606M
239874
LC1200
239876
LC1800
444272
LR2000
355022
LC2400
Description
Six AC receptacles, 600 W
Four AC receptacles, 1,200 W
Six AC receptacles, 1,800 W
WALL- OR RACK-MOUNT LINE CONDITIONERS

239878
LCR2400
14 AC receptacles, 2,400 W, rack mountable
311441
LS604WM
Four AC receptacles, 600 W, wall mountable
6.65
Protect your equipment from lightning and surges while working through brownouts
and overvoltage power fluctuations with a Line-R line conditioner. Applications
include POS, laser printers, computer equipment, industrial control and test
equipment. The Line-R has a two-year warranty and a $75,000 Lifetime Equipment
Protection Policy.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Capacity VA/watts
266815
LE600
600/600
266816
LE1200
1,250/1,250
TRIPP LITE
Reliable & Efcient NetSure DC Power Systems
With over 2 million NetSure rectiers deployed in the eld,

Emerson Network Power delivers Efciency Without Compromise.
As pictured from left to right:
NetSure 802 High density power system with up to 16,000 amps at -48VDC offers space savings of
nearly 30% over conventional switch-mode power plants with organized cable management.
NetSure 211 Designed for mini power applications up to 6kW, this system features centralized
control, exible distribution and high power density for a range of DC applications.
NetSure 721 Flexible system with 3500 watt high-efciency eSure rectiers provides up to 4,000
amps at -48VDC plus DC-DC conversion to +24VDC.
NetSure 502 Modular system capable of providing -48VDC power through the use of 2000 watt
high-efciency eSure rectiers; suited for up to 600 amp power requirements in harsh environments.
NetSure 801 High density power system for wireline central ofces, wireless MTSOs and data
centers requiring nominal -48VDC rated from 2k to 20k amps.
Emerson Network Power designs, deploys and optimizes integrated DC power systems for
wireless (LTE, 3G, DAS, MTSO), wireline (CO, cable) and data center applications.
Visit EmersonNetworkPower.com/DCpower.
Emerson Network Power, the Emerson Network Power logo, Emerson and Consider it Solved are service marks and trademarks of Emerson Electric Co. NetSure and eSure are trademarks of Emerson Network Power Energy Systems North America.
DC Power
Emerson Network Power

./
NetSure 211 Series -48 V DC Power System

EMERSON NETWORK POWER ENERGY
PR29099V2-215324.tif
For ordering information on the complete system, request SAG582136600.

For specification, engineering and installation information,
contact your sales representative and request
specification number 582136600 for the NetSure 211.
NetSure 502 Series -48 V DC Power Integrated Shelf

PR34260V2-252593.tif
The NetSure 502 Integrated DC power system features a high-density power solution
in a 2RU system solution composed of a SCU+ controller and up to three
high-efficiency eSure or standard 2,000 watt NetSure rectifiers. The integrated power
shelf is available in 19 in. or 23 in. rack-mount configurations. This system satisfies
power requirements for microwave, digital loop carrier, DSLAM, FTTx, and radio base
station applications.
The NetSure 502 power shelf is available in a number of different configurations
designed to work with a wide range of applications. The distribution section supports
up to four 1-100 A circuit breakers, configured for load or battery breaker, five GMT
fuse positions, with or without LVD. Also available is a GMT fuse option that supports
up to 12 GMT fuse positions.
For ordering information, additional specification, engineering and

installation information contact your sales representative and request
specification number 582136700 (power system) or 1R482000 (rectifier).

PR34261V2-252597.tif
The NetSure 502 DC Power Solution is a flexible system capable of providing DC power
through the use of eSure 2,000 W rectifiers and a variety of output distribution
options. The system is available in a bulk output configuration, integrated
distribution configuration and a distribution panel-style configuration. The NetSure
502 is available in both 19 in. and 23 in. rack-mount configurations, suited for up to
600 amp power requirements in the most harsh environments. The system is
supported by a single ACU+ or SCU+ controller that provides all control and
operational conditions, as well as historical site data and external signal
conditioning and monitoring. Each initial rectifier shelf includes a slot for the
controller and space for the rectifiers. Distribution is either provided by output bus
bars, fuses or breakers located in the power shelf, or an externally mounted
distribution panel.
FEATURES
High efficiency - 96.5 percent
Supports Ethernet and SNMP communications interfaces
NetSure rectifiers are designed to operate from -40C to +80C, providing
1,600 W output at 65C
Extremely wide AC voltage range window (85 V AC to 300 V AC)
Several distribution configuration options - battery disconnect breakers, load
breakers and GMT fuses up to 15 A
NEBS Level 3 and UL Recognized
Advanced battery management features and AC service monitoring
Configuration file capability - minimizes installation time and allows planned
network conformity
For additional specification, engineering and installation information,
contact your sales representative and request specification number
582136800 (power system) or 1R482000 (rectifier).
6.67
The NetSure 211 Series of compact -48 V DC power systems combines reliable
rectifiers with an advanced Ethernet-accessible controller. Engineered for mini power
applications, the system is available in two models. Both models feature centralized
control, flexible distribution and high power density for a range of DC applications.
The 1RU model allows for up to three 1,000 watt 48 V DC rectifiers for a total of
3,000 watts of power conversion in 23 in. and up to 2,000 watts in a 19 in.
configuration. The units provide single AC feeds for 120 V AC or 220/240 V AC inputs.
The 2RU model allows for up to six 1,000 watt 48 VD C rectifiers for a total of
6,000 watts of power conversion in 23 in. and up to 4,000 watts in a 19 in.
configuration. Dual AC feeds are available for 120 V AC or 220/240 V AC inputs.
FEATURES
Optional battery low-voltage disconnect
1U or 2U solutions in 19 in. or 23 in. shelf width
Up to 10 load distribution GMT fuses
Space for four load circuit breakers (up to 80 A)
Front accessible, plug-in design
Selection of 500 W or 1,000 W rectifier modules
Wide AC input range (single-phase)
1U of vertical mounting space
UL registered, NEBS Level 3, CE Marked
FEATURES
High efficiency - 96.5 percent
Wide AC input range (single phase)
Front access plug-in design
Dual AC input configurations
NEBS Level 3-compliant
Configurable internal distribution section rated for 120 A
Battery management through the NetSure SCU+ controller
SNMP / TCPIP
Thermal compensation
DC Power
NetSure 700 Series +24 V DC Power System
PR22530V2-133318.tif
The NetSure 700 Series DC power system with 2,500 watt rectifiers or 3,000 watt
rectifiers and 1,500 watt converters is a modular power system providing up to
4,000 amps (2,000 amps per bay) of power at +24 V DC and 400 amps at -48 V DC.
This simple to install and easy to operate plant is ideal for wireless applications such
as cell sites/base stations deploying all current and emerging technologies, including
LTE and WiMAX.
The 3,000 watt rectifiers provide 125 amps at 24 V DC and 111 amps at 27 V DC with
a constant power-limiting feature. With eight units per shelf, these rectifiers provide
up to 1,000 amps in two rack units (3.50 in.) of space.
FEATURES
Modular design - simple to install and operate
3,000 or 2,500 watt plug-and-play rectifiers
1,500 watt plug-and-play
converters
D
Flexible front-access distribution panels
Bullet nose plug-in circuit breakers and fuses
Large TPH fuses and GJ/218 circuit breakers
Remote access capability
For ordering information, request specifications SAG581126000 and
PD588705100 with your local sales representative.

PR34262V2-252603.tif
The NetSure 701 Series DC power system with 3,200 watt standard or eSure
high-efficiency rectifiers is a modular power system providing up to 4,000 amps of
power at -48 V DC. This simple to install and easy to operate plant is ideal for
wireline and wireless applications such as switch sites, colocation, huts and large
vaults or enclosures.
6.68
The 3,200 watt rectifiers provide 55 amps at 58 V DC and 67 amps at 48 V DC

(59 amps at 54 V DC and 62 amps at 52 V DC) with a constant power-limiting feature.
The 3,200 watt rectifier is available with eSure technology providing efficiency levels
near 97 percent and reducing heat and energy loss by 58 percent. With six units per
shelf, these rectifiers provide up to 402 amps in three rack units (5.25 in.) of space.
FEATURES
Very high reliability
High rectifier efficiency, approaching 97 percent
400 and 600 mm deep cabinets available in multiple heights
High power and battery density
Single and multicabinet solutions
Extension distribution units possible to install during operation
Highly configurable system structure
For ordering information, contact your sales representative
and request SAG582126000 and PD588705000.
For additional specification, engineering and installation information
use specification numbers 582126000 (power system)
and 588705000 (power shelf for 3,200 watt rectifiers).

PR34263V2-252592.tif
Combines the advantages of the smaller 3,500 watt eSure high-efficiency rectifiers
from the NetSure 701 system with the controller capability and plant architecture of
the NetSure 801 system. The NetSure 702 system consists of main and supplemental
power bays rated at 2,000 amps each. The primary applications for this system are
wireline central offices, wireless MTSOs and data centers requiring nominal -48 V DC
systems rated from 2,000 to 10,000 amps.
FEATURES
Higher rectifier efficiency, approaching 97 percent
Provides up to 10,000 A at -48 V DC in 2,000 A power bays; operates from
208/240 V AC 3-phase nominal input
Applicable for stand-alone power bay requirements or to be configured with
NetSure 801 Distribution Bays
Remote monitoring and control
Low-cost single-phase rectifiers arranged for 3-phase input
Extremely high-reliability rectifiers
For ordering information, contact your sales representative
and request SAG582126100. For additional specification,
engineering and installation information use specification numbers
582126100 (power system), model number 702.
DC Power


PR22532V2-133295.tif
For ordering information on the complete system contact your sales

representative and request SAG582140001. For additional specification,
engineering and installation information, request specification number
582140001 (power system) or R485800 (rectifier).
PR34264V2-252594.tif
The NetSure 802 introduces the highest density, power factor corrected, 3-phase
input rectifier on the market. The overall system density now becomes a function of
the number of load points that the end customer requires.
The base system offering provides a space savings of nearly 30 percent over
conventional switch-mode power plants without sacrificing the overall cable
management of the plant. The addition of integral AC Distribution (PDSC), battery
disconnects and comprehensive LMS1000 monitoring capabilities add value to the
overall DC Power offering. The NetSure platform integrates these features into the
entire DC system seamlessly with a depth of features never before seen in
the industry.
FEATURES
16,000 amp plant capacity in a compact footprint
2,000 amp rectification plus distribution in single bay
Shunt monitoring for distribution positions over 70 amps
Internal interbay bus work eliminates overhead bus
Integrated LMS1000 remote monitoring system
NEBS Level 3 certified
For ordering information on the complete system contact your sales
representative and request SAG582140000. For additional specification,
engineering and installation information use specification numbers
582140000 (power system), 486532602 (200 amp rectifiers 480 V AC) or
486534001 (200 amp rectifiers 208 V AC).
6.69
The NetSure 801 Series high-density DC power system offers the increased flexibility
of a cabled plant in a centralized or distributed architecture. The system consists of
individual power bays and distribution bays that may be configured to meet any
application requirement. The primary applications for this system are wireline central
offices, wireless MTSOs and data centers requiring nominal -48 V DC systems rated
from 2,000 to 20,000 amps.
The modular 5,800 watt rectifiers each provide up to 110 amps at current limit. Up to
24 rectifiers mount in a single power bay.
FEATURES
Providing up to 6,000 A
Full current available to -58 V DC
Wide input voltage window and enhanced AC surge protection
AC distribution and DC distribution cabinets enable easy expansion
LCD display for alarm and components status
Optional remote monitoring and control
Airflow Management
Floor Tiles
./
Triad Data Center Perforated Floor Tiles
TRIAD FLOORS
PR23558V2-165797.tif
FEATURES
Eliminate hot spots
Better dynamic air flow; fewer CRACS needed
Shrink cold aisle from 4-6 ft. to 3 ft. (More racks, less space, better cooling)
No short cycling due to aerodynamic design
Lower pressure improves cooling, saves energy, cuts ROI to three to four months
Dynamic Air Dispersion evacuates heat better than directing air
Fits all raised floor systems
PERFORATED FLOOR TILES
391313 15TSS-GF
397701
D
30TSS-BF
493615
TRHYS
493614
40TSD-BF
FLOOR TILE ACCESSORIES

397702 OPD
397703 RAB
Description
1,500 lb. load rating. Slotted Dynamic Air
Dispersion tile. Gray fleck
3,000 lb. load rating. Slotted Dynamic Air
Dispersion tile. Beige fleck
3,000 lb., hybrid aisle saver, combination
dynamic air dispersion and solid tile
4,000 lb. load rating, solid replacement tile
Description
Damper, opposed blade
Row blade baffle, includes set of four
For more details and information on different colored tiles and accessories,
please contact your sales representative.
6.70
Airflow Management
Floor Grommets and Foam Blocks

./
Air Guard Brush Cable Grommets

ORTRONICS
KoldLok Raised-floor Grommet

PR24085V2-174763.tif
PR12010V2-21808.tif
KoldLok seals cable openings in raised floors with an impact-resistant polypropylene

grommet insert, which protects cables as they pass through the cut in the raised
floor tile, and a double-layer brush closure that seals around cables to prevent cold
air from escaping through the hole in the floor.
FEATURES
Protect cables and allows easy addition or subtraction of cables
Seals the space around cables with two layers of brush closure
For indoor use only in environmentally controlled areas
The Integral Raised Floor Grommet is a rectangular one-piece unit used in new
construction to cover holes up to 9 3/16 in. x 6 3/4 in.
The Surface Mount Floor Grommet is a rectangular two-piece unit used to cover
existing holes up to 10 in. x 7 1/4 in.
The Mini Grommet is a rectangular two-piece unit used to cover new or existing
holes up to 6 in. x 4 in.
The 4 in. (100 mm) Round Grommet is a round two-piece unit used to cover new
or exisiting holes that are 4 in. in diameter
Finish: black
324473
13571-002 Integral Raised Floor Grommet, 8 in. x 4 in.
cable opening, 10 pack
324474
13576-002 Surface Mount Floor Grommet, 8 in. x 4 in.
cable opening, 10 pack
376875
13871-002 Mini Grommet, 5 in. x 2.5 in. cable opening,
10 pack
494613
13874-002 Round Grommet, 3.5 in. diameter cable
opening, 10 pack
6.71
Brush cable grommets help to prevent air loss in plenum-cooled floors when access
holes are required for cable routing through the floor, set of two, black.
400371
BCGSM6X7 Surface-mount two-piece assembly designed to
retrofit around existing cables without the need
to disconnect cables. Covers any shape or size up
to 10 in. x 10 in.
400372
BCGFM3X9 Flush-mount two-piece assembly designed for
new installations in data centers to maximize
energy efficiency. Designed with a removable
back brush that allows for great versatility when
floor tiles need to be removed
400395
BCGFMC3X9 Cover fits over the flush-mount brush cable
grommet to provide a solid surface for increased
durability and safety when cables are not going
through the floor
425983
BCGFME5X7 Flush-mount Extreme is a heavy-duty unit with a
two-stage integrated sealing system, EPDM
gasket material (UL 94HF-1 rated) and standard
Air Guard brush technology to provide the most
effective seal. Safety cover is included
Airflow Management
Floor Grommets and Foam Blocks
COOL-BOOT Raised-floor Grommets

PANDUIT
PR34457V2-255154.tif
RETROFIT APPLICATION
363760
RFG3DSMY
363761
363755
363756
Seals cable cutouts in raised floor applications. Reduces bypass air and prevents
debris from falling below the raised floor. Allows separation of multiple cable bundles
through the same opening in the raised floor. Suitable for new or retrofit applications.
NEW INSTALLATION
Includes integral gasket to protect cables from sharp edges of raised floor.
363745
RFG3DY
4.5 in. diameter product requires 3.0 in. diameter
cutout, allows for 2.7 in. of cable
pass-through area
363754
RFG5DY
6.5 in. diameter product requires 5.0 in. diameter
cutout, allows for 4.7 in. of cable
pass-through area
363739
6 in. x 8 in. product requires 4.5 in. x 6.5 in.
D RFG6X8Y
cutout, allows for 4.2 in. x 6.2 in. of
cable capacity
363740
RFG8X8Y
8 in. x 8 in. product requires 6.5 in. x 6.5 in.
cable capacity
363741
RFG10X8Y 10 in. x 8 in. product requires 8.5 in. x 6.5 in.
cable capacity
363742
cable capacity
363743
cable capacity
6.72
363757
363759
363758
Description
4.5 in. diameter product requires cutout smaller
than 3.0 in. diameter, allows for a maximum of
2.7 in. diameter of cable pass-through area
RFG5DSMY 6.5 in. diameter product requires cutout smaller
than 5.0 in. diameter, allows for a maximum of
4.7 in. diameter of cable pass-through area
RFG6X8SMY 6 in. x 8 in. product requires cutout smaller than
4.5 in. x 6.5 in., allows for a maximum of 4.2 in. x
6.2 in. cable pass-through area
RFG8X8SMY 8 in. x 8 in. product requires cutout smaller than
6.5 in. x 6.5 in., allows for a maximum 6.2 in. x
6.2 in. cable pass-through area
RFG10X8SMY 10 in. x 8 in. product requires cutout smaller
than 8.5 in. x 6.5 in., allows for a maximum of
8.2 in. x 6.2 in. of cable pass-through area
10.2 in. x 6.2 in. of cable pass-through area
10.2 in. x 2.2 in. cable pass-through area
Thermal Containment
Containment Solutions
./
Cold Aisle Containment (CAC) Solution

Hot Aisle Containment (HAC) Solution

PR68154V2-537947.tif
Contact your local sales representative for the Cold Aisle Containment
Solution that best fits your applications.
PR68155V2-537953.tif
The Hot Aisle Containment solution allows customers to enclose an aisle between
adjacent rows of cabinets to contain hot air and guide it through an overhead duct
into a closed return and back to the CRAC/CRAHs. Aisle Containment creates a
complete separation of hot and cold air within the room, allowing customers to
realize greater cooling efficiencies and reduced cooling costs.
FEATURES
Combines Aisle Containment Doors, an Overhead Exhaust Duct and Floor Seal
Kits to isolate and guide air out of the aisle between adjacent cabinets
Use with CPI F-Series TeraFrame, N-Series TeraFrame Network or GF-Series
GlobalFrame Cabinets
Available in multiple sizes to support short or long rows of cabinets
Use over different height cabinets
Clear ceiling and door panels allow light to enter the aisle
Ceiling panels are adjustable to match drop-ceiling height
Doors automatically close, have a magnetic closure and detent open for
aisle maintenance
Typically used to enclose hot aisles, but can also be used to enclose cold aisles
when overhead cooling delivery is used
Contact your local sales representative for the Hot Aisle Containment
Solution that best fits your applications.
6.73
The Cold Aisle Containment (CAC) solution allows customers to enclose an aisle
between adjacent rows of cabinets to contain cold air. Aisle Containment allows
complete separation of hot and cold air within the room, allowing customers to
realize greater cooling efficiencies and reduced cooling costs.
FEATURES
Combines Aisle Containment Doors, Ceiling Panel Kits and Floor Seal Kits to
isolate air within an aisle between adjacent cabinets
Use with CPI F-Series TeraFrame, N-Series TeraFrame Network or GF-Series
GlobalFrame Cabinets
Available in multiple sizes to support short or long rows of cabinets
Use over different height cabinets
Elevates the ceiling panels above the cabinets for additional height inside the
enclosed aisle
Clear ceiling and door panels allow light to enter the aisle
Doors automatically close, have a magnetic closure and detent open for
aisle maintenance
Typically used to enclose cold aisles, but can also be used to enclose hot aisles
when in-row cooling is used
Thermal Containment
Containment Products
./
Mighty Mo Air Curtain System

ORTRONICS
The Mighty Mo Air Curtain is a containment system designed to separate hot and cold
airflow. The fire-resistant vinyl hangs from aluminum tracks mounted to the drop
ceiling grid above the top of the racks/cabinets and forms a barrier between the hot
aisle and cold aisle. The aluminum tracks are connected to the ceiling grid by fusible
links that release should temperatures go beyond a certain level. This ensures that
the sprinkler pattern is not interrupted.
Mighty Mo Air Control products significantly reduce cooling requirements by creating
a physical separation between the cold and hot aisles in a data center. This aisle
containment solution leverages passive cooling to provide a contained supply of cold
air to equipment, dramatically reducing equipment energy consumption.
HANGING VINYL PANELS
PR34765V2-260769.tif
The Hanging Vinyl System is sold in kits that include all the necessary hangers, track
and panels to cover your specific area. The vinyl panels are the length of the
aluminum track and overlap at the track seams. Each panel has two inches of
additional widthD on each end to overlap and create one continuous partition. The
tracks are available in clear anodized aluminum. To determine the size of the
Hanging Vinyl Panel System required you will need the measurement for linear feet,
which is the length of the aluminum track needed to create a rectangle around the
aisle to be contained; kits are available from 1 ft. to 6 ft. long and can be connected
to one another for larger installations. You will also need to know drop-down length
(in inches) - this is the length of the vinyl panels from the aluminum track to the top
of the racks and cabinets or floor. Available lengths are from 29 in. to 182 in. Longer
panels are available; contact your local sales representative.
Anixter No.
444653
444655
444656
444657
444670
444671
444684
444688
444690
444691
444692
444693
444694
444695
444696
6.74
Vendor No.
MMACNP29X12
MMACNP29X24
MMACNP29X36
MMACNP29X48
MMACNP29X60
MMACNP29X72
MMACNP56X12
MMACNP56X24
MMACNP56X36
MMACNP56X48
MMACNP56X60
MMACNP56X72
MMACNP98X12
MMACNP98X24
MMACNP98X48
Description
29 in. H x 12 in. L
29 in. H x 24 in. L
29 in. H x 36 in. L
29 in. H x 48 in. L
29 in. H x 60 in. L
29 in. H x 72 in. L
56 in. H x 12 in. L
56 in. H x 24 in. L
56 in. H x 36 in. L
56 in. H x 48 in. L
56 in. H x 60 in. L
56 in. H x 72 in. L
98 in. H x 12 in. L
98 in. H x 24 in. L
98 in. H x 48 in. L
HANGING VINYL CORNER PANELS

The Hanging Vinyl Corner Panels include a curved track, panels and all the necessary
hangers to make a 90 degree radius corner. The corner is 12 inches long in
each direction.
Description
444697
MMACNCP29X12
29 in. H x 12 in. L
444698
MMACNCP56X12
56 in. H x 12 in. L
444699
MMACNCP98X12
98 in. H x 12 in. L
444700
MMACNCP110X12 110 in. H x 12 in. L
444701
444702
444704
HANGING VINYL STRIP DOORS
The Hanging Vinyl Strip Doors are designed as an economical solution for closing the
end of an aisle. The track sections are available in 1 foot increments up to 6 feet.
The 1 foot wide frosted vinyl strips have a 2 inch overlap on each side for a total
width of 16 inches. Longer panels are available;
Description
444705
MMACNS98X12
98 in. H x 12 in. L
444706
MMACNS98X24
98 in. H x 24 in. L
444707
MMACNS98X36
98 in. H x 36 in. L
444709
MMACNS98X48
98 in. H x 48 in. L
444711
MMACNS98X60
98 in. H x 60 in. L
444712
MMACNS98X72
98 in. H x 72 in. L
444713
MMACNS110X12
110 in. H x 12 in. L
444714
MMACNS110X24
110 in. H x 24 in. L
444715
MMACNS110X36
110 in. H x 36 in. L
444716
MMACNS110X48
110 in. H x 48 in. L
444717
MMACNS110X60
110 in. H x 60 in. L
444718
MMACNS110X72
110 in. H x 72 in. L
SLIDING AISLE END DOOR
PR34766V2-260772.tif
The Sliding Aisle End Door installs at the end of the row. The door frame is
constructed of extruded aluminum and supports clear acrylic sliding doors, bridging
an aisle up to 84 in. wide. The door is shipped fully assembled to make
installation easier.

444719
MMADRS80X89DL
444720
Description
80 in. H x 89 in. W, dual 24 in. W
door, clear
MMADRS80X89DL-B 80 in. H x 89 in. W, dual 24 in. W
door, black
Thermal Containment
HINGED AISLE END DOOR
The Hinged Aisle End Door is also constructed of extruded aluminum and clear
acrylic and has the same ease of installation as the sliding door. This door can be
purchased with a left-hand or right-hand opening and has a swing radius of
three feet.
Description
444721
MMADRH80X56LH 80 in. H x 56 in. W, left-hand open, clear
444723
MMADRH80X56LH-B 80 in. H x 56 in. W, left-hand open, black
444725
MMADRH80X56RH 80 in. H x 56 in. W, right-hand open, clear
444727
MMADRH80X56RH-B 80 in. H x 56 in. W, right-hand open, black
AIR CAP RETRACTABLE AISLE COVER

The Air Cap is a retractable cover that attaches to the top of the rack/cabinet and
creates a barrier that prevents hot air and cold air from mixing. Contact your local
sales representative for lengths under 30 ft.
Description
444685
MMACAP60X30
60 in. W x 30 ft. L
444686
MMACAP84X30
84 in. W x 30 ft. L
AIR PANEL ROOF
The Air Panel Roof is an aisle cover system that attached to the top of racks or
cabinets to create a barrier that prevents hot air and cold air from mixing. The roof
frame is constructed of heavy gauge aluminum that supports translucent drop away
panels. The panels are molded of heat sensitive ceilume polyvinyl chloride plastic.
Description
493610
MMAPR56X80
2 in. H x 55.5 in. W x
79.5 in. L, clear
493611
MMAPR56X80-B
2 in. H x 55.5 in. W x
79.5 in. L, black
AIR BOOTH
PR34797V2-261597.tif
The Air Booth is a three-sided containment system that is placed directly over a
perforated tile, in front of a rack or cabinet. This isolates the cold air provided from
the perforated tile, creating a dedicated supply targeted specifically for the intake of
active equipment within individual racks or cabinets.
Anixter No.
444732
444733
Vendor No.
MMABTH802424
MMABTH802424-B
Vendor No.
MMABTH804824
MMABTH804824-B
MMABTH807224
MMABTH807224-B
AIR PLUG
Description
80 in. H x 24 in. W x 48 in. D, clear
PR34767V2-260775.tif
Air Plugs are used to fill in cable openings in the raised floor or any gaps where
airflow needs to be blocked. Air Plugs are soft, compressible and safe to use around
all types of cable, including fiber optic cable. Mighty Mo Air Plugs are made from the
fireproof material Sandel. All plugs have a height of 5 in.
Anixter No.
444738
444739
444740
444741
444742
444743
444744
444745
444746
444747
444748
444749
444750
444752
444753
444754
444755
444756
444757
Vendor No.
MMAPL0404
MMAPL0606
MMAPL0612
MMAPL0618
MMAPL0624
MMAPL0909
MMAPL0914
MMAPL0918
MMAPL0924
MMAPL1212
MMAPL1218
MMAPL1224
MMAPL1414
MMAPL1616
MMAPL1620
MMAPL1624
MMAPL1818
MMAPL2024
MMAPL2424
Description
5 in. x 4 in. x 4 in., black
Description
6.75
FRAME PANEL
The Frame Panel is used to create containment when one row of racks or cabinets is
not the same length as another row. It creates a right angle from the aisle end door
to the rack or cabinet of the shorter row. Each frame support is two feet wide to
match the size of the standard floor tiles.
Description
444729
MMADRF80X24
Air Door, frame support, 80 in. H x
24 in. W, clear
444731
MMADRF80X24-B
Air Door, frame support, 80 in. H x
24 in. W, black
Anixter No.
444735
444736
493612
493613
Thermal Containment
(continued)
Mighty Mo Air Curtain System
AIR DISRUPTER
PR34798V2-261573.tif
The Air Disrupter is a curtain designed to modify the air velocity under a raised floor.
By strategically placing the Mighty Mo Air Disrupters under the raised floor, air
velocity is greatly reduced and more air is allowed to permeate through the tiles,
ensuring a consistent supply of cool air to each rack or cabinet.
Anixter No.
444758
444759
444760
444761
Vendor No.
MMADIS0624
MMADIS1224
MMADIS1824
MMADIS2424
Description
6 in. H x 24 in. W
12 in. H x 24 in. W
18 in. H x 24 in. W
24 in. H x 24 in. W
AIR GRILLE
The Air Grille is a ceiling vent that is installed above the hot aisle. This vent allows
the hot exhaust air to pass into the plenum instead of recirculating throughout the
equipment room.
Anixter No. D
Vendor No.
Description
444763
MMAGCT2424
24 in. x 24 in, pack of 30
444764
MMAGCT2448
24 in. x 48 in, pack of 30
6.76
Thermal Containment
Ducted Chimney Designs

./
Index1.Networking Systems//Racks And Cabinets//Accessories
Index1.Networking Systems//Racks And Cabinets//Accessories
Intelligent Cooling Solutions

Network Switch Cooling

PR68153V2-538457.tif
Geists online video provides an animated description of how Geist's

intelligent cooling system functions.
For more information, please contact your local sales representative.
6.77
ACTIVE cabinet or row-based containment cooling: Geist's new methodology in

containment cooling increases operation redundancy, lowers cost per deployed kW
and cuts total fan energy 40 percent. Winner of the 2011 Uptime Institute Green
Enterprise IT Award.
FEATURES
No hot-air mixing, no wrap-around heating, NO HOT SPOTS
Actively balances return airflow to server usage
Enables highest CRAC/CRAH return-air temperatures
Eliminates raised-floor pressure-balancing issues; suitable for
slab environments
1:1 airflow balance makes cooling over provision unnecessary
Common plenum:
- Facilitates load sharing and scalability
Load Sharing:
- Multiple systems work together to share cabinet loads
Scalable capacity:
- System capacity automatically scales as loads are added or removed
Automated control:
- Automated load balancing eliminates micromanaging airflow requirements
- Management software can be supplied as a stand-alone module or
incorporated into a Geist Environet system for end-to-end infrastructure
management (DCIM)

Placing network switch ports facing the rear of rack where server port density resides
is convenient and simplifies network cabling. This device allows cools air from the
cabinet front to be delivered to the rear-mounted switches.
FEATURES
Enables placing switches inside the rack, even with high-heat loads
Stabilizes switch intake temperature within a few degrees of the rack front
air temperature
Maintain a perfectly controlled environment for your network switches while
reducing operating costs
Installs quickly without disrupting network operations
Rapid return on investment; typically less than three months
444658
GSA1-001
1U, PASSIVE: Compatible with Cisco 4948 rear
rack-mount switch, passively delivers cool air
to the switch via enclosed channels, case study
evidence documented 15F (8C) discharge
temperature decreases
494647
GSA2-002
2U, ACTIVE, 48 cfm airflow rate, input power
90-264 V AC 50/60 Hz/15 watts, C14 inlet
(cord not included), compatible with most 1U
and 2U rear rack-mount switches including:
side intake-rear exhaust, side intake-front
exhaust, rear intake-front exhaust,
combination, actively pushes cool air to
rear-mounted network switches, works in either
120 or 208 V installations, can be stacked and
accommodate switches with varying air flow
patterns in single installation
494648
GSA2-004
2U, ACTIVE, 48 cfm airflow rate, input power
90-264 V AC 50/60 Hz/15 watts, C14 inlet
(cord not included), compatible with most 1U
and 2U front-mount switches including: front
intake-rear exhaust, front intake-side exhaust,
actively pushes cool air using two low-power
fans to front-mounted network switches, works
in either 120 or 207 V installations, can be
stacked and accommodate switches with
varying air flow patterns in single installation
494649
GSA9-001
9U, PASSIVE: Designed to eliminate
compounded heating of intake air for Cisco
6509 and Nexus 7018 switches that are
arranged in a row layout, the GSA9 directs the
hot air into the hot aisle where it can be
properly handled. With no active components,
the GSA9 unit elegantly redirects the heated air
away from the systems that depend on a cool
air supply to run reliably and efficiently. This
simple design is the perfect answer to protect
the high dollar investment
Precision Cooling
In-row and In-rack Cooling

equipment will benefit from the modular design of the InRow Direct Expansion
products. The intelligent controls of the InRow Direct Expansion products actively
adjust fan speed and refrigerant-flow to match the IT heat load to maximize
efficiency and address the dynamic demands of today's IT environments.
./
Close Coupled Cooling

INROW CHILLED WATER (UP TO 70 KW)
PR33701V2-248789.tif
The InRow Chilled Water product design closely couples the cooling with the IT heat
load. This design prevents hot-air recirculation, while improving cooling
predictability and allowing for a pay-as-you-grow environment. Available with and
without humidity control, these products are designed to meet the diverse
requirements for medium to large data centers. Data center operators looking to
improve efficiency or deploy high-density servers will benefit from the modular
design of the InRow Chilled Water products. The intelligent controls of the InRow
Chilled Water products actively adjust fan speed and chilled-water flow to match the
IT heat load to maximize efficiency and address the dynamic demands of today's
IT environments.

353880
ACRC100
InRow RC 300 mm chilled water, 100-120 V
50/60 Hz, NEMA L5-20
D
397479
ACRC103
50/60 Hz, IEC 309-16
397480
ACRC500
50/60 Hz
397482
ACRC501
60 Hz
354859
ACRP500
InRow RP 600 mm chilled water, 200-240 V
50/60 Hz
354861
ACRP501
InRow RP 600 mm chilled water, 460-480 V
60 Hz
INROW DIRECT EXPANSION (UP TO 43 KW)
PR29552V2-219623.tif

354856
ACSC100
InRow SC air-cooled self-contained 200-240 V
60 Hz
397484
RACSC101 InRow SC System, (one) InRow SC, (one)
NetShelter SX Rack 600 mm, and
rear containment
397491
RACSC112 InRow SC System, (one) InRow SC, (one)
NetShelter SX Rack 600 mm, with front and
rear containment
397492
RACSC201 InRow SC System, (two) InRow SC units, (one)
NetShelter SX rack 600 mm, and
rear containment
397495
ACRD500
InRow RD, 600 mm, air-cooled, 200-240 V,
50/60 Hz
397496
ACRD100
InRow RD, 300 mm, air-cooled, 200-230 V, 60 Hz
397497
ACRD200
InRow RD, 300 mm, fluid-cooled, 200-230 V,
60 Hz
397499
ACRD501
InRow RD, 600 mm, air-cooled, 460-480 V, 60 Hz
354858
ACRP100
InRow RP, 600 mm, air-cooled 200-240 V
50/60 Hz
354857
ACRP101
InRow RP, 600 mm, air-cooled 460-480 V 60 Hz
INROW PUMPED REFRIGERANT (UP TO 27 KW)
The InRow Pumped Refrigerant product design closely couples the cooling with the IT
heat load. This design prevents hot-air recirculation, while improving cooling
predictability and allowing for a pay-as-you-grow environment. Available in overhead
or floor-mounted configurations, these products are designed to reduce power and
whitespace consumption without introducing chilled water next to IT equipment.
Data center operators looking to improve efficiency or deploy high-density servers
will benefit from the modular design of the InRow Pumped Refrigerant products. The
intelligent controls of the InRow Pumped Refrigerant products actively adjust fan
speed and refrigerant flow, with no minimum loading, to match the IT heat load to
maximize efficiency and address the dynamic demands of today's IT environments.

427500
ACOA500
The InRow Direct Expansion product design closely couples the cooling with the IT
heat load. This design prevents hot-air recirculation, while improving cooling
predictability and allowing for a pay-as-you-grow environment. Available in
self-contained, fluid-cooled and air-cooled configurations with or without humidity
control, these products meet the diverse requirements for closets, server rooms and
data centers. IT operators looking to improve efficiency or deploy higher-density
6.78
PR33698V2-248774.tif
427504
ACOA501
427505
ACRA100
427506
ACRA101
442148
ACDA901
Description
InRow O A, 600 mm, pumped refrigerant,
100-120 V, 50/60 Hz
InRow O A, 600 mm, pumped refrigerant,
200-240 V, 50/60 Hz
InRow RA, 300 mm, pumped refrigerant,
100-120 V, 50/60 Hz
InRow RA, 300 mm, pumped refrigerant,
200-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Refrigerant Distribution Unit, 750 mm,
100-120 V, 50/60 Hz
Precision Cooling

CLOSE COUPLED COOLING ACCESSORIES
PR33692V2-248779.tif
Features reliable refrigeration components, including dual compressors,

A-frame evaporator coils, all factory prepiped, wired and tested
Offers Copeland digital scroll compressors stepless variable capacity control for
ultimate control and reliability
Provides redundancy with dual refrigeration circuits
Offers ultra-energy-efficient GLYCOOL and Dual Cool hybrid models
Exceeds the most stringent government efficiency requirements with NEMA
premium efficiency motors
For details on configuration of Liebert cooling solutions,
please consult your local sales representative.
Vendor No.
ACAC21000
ACAC21002
ACAC21004
ACAC21005
ACAC21006
ACAC21007
ACAC21008
ACAC21009
ACAC21010
Description
RDU Piping Kit, one port
RDU Piping Kit, two port
RDU Piping Kit, three port
RDU Rack Door
RDU Piping Flange Kit, Refrigerant
3 ft. Stainless Flex Pipe Kit Rotolock
6 ft. Stainless Flex Pipe Kit Rotolock
4.5 ft. Stainless Flex Pipe Kit Rotolock
R-134a Connection kit - Rotolock, two supply,
two return
Liebert Challenger3000
PR34266V2-252623.tif
Liebert DS
PR22584V2-134422.tif
The Liebert DS precision cooling system provides efficient, precise, reliable control of
room temperature, humidity and airflow for proper operation of critical electronic
equipment. The flexible Liebert DS offers high energy efficiency, user-friendly Liebert
iCOM controls, modular frame, front service access and compressor options. The
Liebert DS is available in downflow and upflow models from 28-105 kW (8-30 ton)
capacities. 60 Hz and 50 Hz.
FEATURES
Allows installation in upflow or downflow configuration, and in air, water, glycol
and GLYCOOL models
Provides a complete environmental-control package, including both precision
air conditioning and humidity control
Offers a choice of compressors, including digital scroll, scroll and semihermetic
four-step models
Available with energy-efficient EC fans on downflow models
Provides flexible cooling capacity via variable capacity compressors
Requires only front access for service
Installs easily due to modular frame construction
Brings high-level supervision with Liebert iCOM controls, allowing networking of
multiple mission-critical cooling units
The Liebert Challenger3000 provides complete control of temperature, humidity and

air filtration. The unit offers an extremely compact footprint, ideal for facilities where
space is at a premium. All critical components are front accessible, so the unit may
be corner installed or installed flush against other equipment. Liebert's
Challenger3000 is available in 10.5 and 17.5 kW (3 and 5 ton) capacities, 60 Hz and
50 Hz models. Air-cooled, water-cooled, glycol-cooled, GLYCOOL and chilled-water
configurations. Upflow and downflow models available.
FEATURES
Features Liebert iCOM controls
Provides enhanced temperature control with optional SCR-controlled reheat
Reduces noise levels within the room unit, when installed as a split system with
remotely located compressor and condenser
Features reliable refrigeration components, such as a scroll compressor and
A-Frame Evaporator coil, all factory prepiped, wired and tested in a rugged,
easy-access tubular-steel frame
Utilizes scroll compressor for energy efficiency
Minimizes short cycling and other wasteful operating patterns with
fast-response microprocessor controls
6.79
Anixter No.
442149
442151
442153
442154
442155
442156
442158
442159
442160
Precision Cooling
Liebert CRV Row-based Precision Cooling System
Liebert XDO
PR29209V2-216043.tif
The Liebert CRV installs within a row of data center equipment racks, providing
precision cooling close to the server heat source for the most efficient and effective
operation. The system features Liebert iCOM controls and a digital scroll compressor,
resulting in high reliability and optimized system performance. The Liebert CRV is
available in 20 or 35 kW air-cooled and water/glycol-cooled systems and 40 kW
chilled water-cooled systems. 60 Hz models.
FEATURES
Horizontal airflow cooling design is suitable for nonraised or raised floors
Air-cooled, water/glycol-cooled and chilled-water systems available
Adjustable airflow baffles maximize cooling to rack equipment, allowing the
system to be positioned within the row or at the end of the row
Caster-mounted for easy placement
Multiple units communicate with each other to improve system performance
D
and reduce energy
consumption
Up to 10 racks per cooling unit may be monitored to improve system
performance and report rack temperatures
The Liebert iCOM large graphic display allows easy navigation and clear
data display
Supports SmartAisle and SmartMod solutions
Self-adapts to changing conditions to provide 24/7 precision environmental
control: cooling, humidity control and air filtration
Liebert's iCOM control provides alerts for preventive maintenance before
issues occur
Variable-capacity Digital Scroll compressor adapts to load and eliminates
compressor cycling, greatly increasing compressor life
Designed for higher return-air temperature to maximize cooling capacity
Only front and back access required, resulting in minimized installation and
service time
Digital scroll compressor and variable speed EC fans operate efficiently to
reduce energy consumption
The Liebert XDO overhead cooling module mounts directly above the cold aisle,
requiring no floor space. It draws in hot air from the hot aisle, then discharges cool
air into the cold aisle where the equipment air inlets are located. Liebert XD
refrigerant-based cooling modules work as a system to support the hot aisle/cold
aisle approach to cooling high-heat-density data centers. The modules provide
focused rack cooling, enhancing a room precision cooling unit, such as a Liebert
DS system.
FEATURES
Cools more than 30 kW per rack
Complements Liebert room-based precision-cooling units
Allows adaptive and scalable expansion without interruption of cooling
operations, with optional precharged flexible piping with threaded
quick-connect fitting
Uses pumped refrigerant, which is ideal for use around electronic equipment
Ensures continuous operation of critical IT systems under extreme
heat conditions
Includes coil, controls, fans and piping for a complete, packaged unit
Operates with high energy efficiency
Offers superior cooling cost per high-heat-density rack
For details on configurations of Liebert cooling solutions,

6.80
PR22595V2-134395.tif
Precision Cooling
Liebert XDV
PR22596V2-134425.tif

Liebert XDH Row-based Cooling

PR22594V2-134392.tif

In-row Cooling
TRIPP LITE
PR34273V2-252579.tif
Delivering up to 33,000 Btu of efficient, predictable cooling in a 42U rack form factor,
the SmartRack Energy-Saving row-based cooling is ideal for cooling high-density
installations in network closets, server rooms and data centers. Automatically senses
and adjusts its output to maintain a preset temperature range. Monitor and control
temperature, humidity, fan speed and logging and alarms locally through LCD control
panel and remotely through SNMPWEBCARD.
FEATURES
Self-contained, zero-maintenance unit rehumidifies condensate and expels it
through the exhaust-air stream
Row-based airflow path maximizes hot-aisle/cold-aisle efficiency and cooling
Superior efficiency saves energy and reduces operating costs
Standard L6-30 plug provides simple installation with no technician needed
Description
444303
SRCOOL33K
Row-based cooling, 33,000 Btu, 200-240 V,
50/60 Hz, C19 or hardwire
The Liebert XDH row-based cooling module is placed directly in line with the rack
enclosures, and requires very little floor space. Air from the hot aisle is drawn in
through the rear of the unit, cooled and then discharged horizontally through the
front of the unit into the cold aisle. Liebert XD refrigerant-based cooling modules
work as a system to support the hot aisle/cold aisle approach to cooling
6.81
The Liebert XDV rack cooling module mounts vertically on or above the IT rack
enclosure, requiring no floor space. It draws hot air from inside the cabinet or from
the hot aisle. It then cools the air and discharges it down to the cold aisle. Liebert XD
refrigerant-based cooling modules work as a system to support the hot aisle/cold
aisle approach to cooling high-heat-density data centers. The modules provide
focused rack cooling, enhancing a room precision-cooling unit, such as a Liebert
DS system.
FEATURES
Ensures continuous operation of critical IT systems under
extreme-heat conditions
high-heat-density data centers. The modules provide focused rack cooling, enhancing
a room precision-cooling unit, such as a Liebert DS system.
FEATURES
Ensures continuous operation of critical IT systems under
extreme-heat conditions
Precision Cooling
Spot Cooling
./
Room Air Conditioners

PR33699V2-248776.tif
Runs efficiently at partial-load conditions with hot gas bypass feature,

eliminating compressor wear from start-stop cycles
Takes advantage of colder outdoor temperatures and bypass compressor
operation with energy-saving free-cooling option
Liebert DataMate
PORTABLE COOLING (UP TO 3.5 KW)

The InRoom SC portable products offer flexible cooling for lower-density racked and
non-racked IT loads. This self-contained solution does not require an external
condenser, refrigerant piping or building water source for operation. Heat is rejected
to a drop ceiling or adjacent area via a flexible duct kit. The InRoom SC can be
installed quickly and inexpensively, without the need for building modifications.
Description
427507
ACPSC2000
InRoom SC 2.9 kW portable,
self-contained, 120 V 60 Hz
427508
ACPSC3500
InRoom SC 3.5 kW portable,
self-contained, 120 V 60 Hz
Liebert Mini-Mate2
D
PR22589V2-134417.tif
Designed for precision cooling, humidity control and air filtration of small areas,
such as computer, control and equipment rooms, the Liebert Mini-Mate2 installs
above a dropped ceiling. The system is easy to install and service, and requires only
front access for maintenance. The Liebert Mini-Mate2 is available in nominal cooling
capacities from 3.5 to 28 kW (1 to 8 tons). Air-, water-, glycol-cooled and
chilled-water models are available in 50 and 60 Hz. All chilled-water systems are
self-contained units; air-, water- and glycol-cooled models are available in split
system configurations.
FEATURES
Requires no floor space with the evaporator and indoor condensing units are
mounted above the dropped ceiling
Requires only simple thermostat-type wiring to split system controls and
condensing units
Services from the unit front for easy component access
Features reliable refrigeration components such as high-efficiency rotary or
scroll compressors and copper-tube aluminum fin coils
6.82
PR22583V2-134409.tif
The Liebert DataMate is designed for year-round temperature and humidity control
and air filtration in areas where people and electronics must occupy the same space.
Its low profile permits floor-mount or wall-mount installation, and requires little or no
floor space. The Liebert DataMate provides nominal cooling capacities of 5, 7 or
10.5 kW (1.5, 2 or 3 tons). The system is available in air-cooled, water-/glycol-cooled
or chilled-water configurations, in both self-contained and split systems and 50 and
60 Hz models. The system may be floor- or wall-mounted.
FEATURES
Adapts to a variety of building architectures with self-contained or split
systems configurations
Controls easily with the Liebert small systems microprocessor controller with
LCD display
Operates at low noise levels due to direct-drive centrifugal fan with automatic or
manual speed selection
Features reliable refrigeration components such as rotary or scroll compressors
and copper tube aluminum fin coils for high efficiency
Operates in ambients as low -30F (-34C) with automatic head
pressure control
Provides rugged design for long-term reliability
Operates efficiently with easy-to-use, menu-driven microprocessor control
Precision Cooling
Spot Cooling
Portable Cooling
TRIPP LITE
PR34503V2-256037.tif
The SRCOOL12K is a new-generation, portable air conditioner designed for

supplemental area cooling, emergency cooling and off-hour cooling applications. A
built-in evaporator expels the condensed water through the exhaust duct, so there is
no need for a drain tube, drain pan or water-collection tank. Compact and portable,
ideal for use in networks, server and wiring closets and other heat-sensitive venues.
FEATURES
Zero-maintenance design; no floor drain necessary or water-collection tank
to empty
Plugs into a standard 5-15R outlet; no adapter required
Flexible duct allows you to direct cool air into specific areas if needed
Auto re-start feature returns unit back to last operation state after AC power
is restored
Top-panel controls and displays with programs for unattended startup
and shutdown
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
430299
SRCOOL12K
Self-contained, 12,000 Btu, 3.4 kW,
120 V, 60 Hz
6.83
CASE STUDY | Ready-To-Install Cabinets for

Middle East Tier IV Data Center
Customer
Results
IT and business processing outsourcing company
Ready-to-install cabinets
One part number ordering
Business Need
READY!SM Deployment Services by Anixter map
our distribution and Supply Chain Solutions to the
construction or deployment process of any technology
project. We combine sourcing, inventory management,
kitting, labeling, packaging and deployment services
to simplify and address the material management
challenges at the job site(s). READY! Deployment
Services by Anixter will help you improve the speed
to deployment, lower your total cost of deployment
and ensure your product specications are delivered
as planned.
This project called for:
CABINET
The project called for READY!SM Cabinet. READY!

Cabinet includes a complete rack or cabinet with all of
the components delivered as one part number.
Cabinet infrastructure for Tier IV data center
Off-site kitting, labeling and preassembly

Minimal deployment time
Solution
READY!SM Cabinet
Reduced on-site packaging waste

Improved process management
By using Anixters READY!SM

Cabinet offering, the
entire projectfrom
initial product selection
to managing materials at
the job site was deployed
quickly and efficiently.
System Management and Monitoring Solutions
Data Center Infrastructure Management
APC
./
StruxureWare Central Server and Software

PR29202V2-216067.tif
STRUXUREWARE CENTRAL BASIC

NetBotz Surveillance is an add-on surveillance software application for StruxureWare
Central that enables the creation of a visual record of visitors and their activities.
This appliance-based software acts as a central repository for pictures captured by
the NetBotz monitoring appliances and provides options for tracking and replaying
events by date and time. Allows users to tag clips for review and categorize clips.
When tagged, the surveillance retains the starting and ending time of the clips.
Users can use a flexible search interface to recall clips by camera, date, category,
level of importance or text. Clips can be "digitally signed," to provide the highest
level of security from tampering. Signed clips can be exported as a signed AVI file for
playing on a standard media player. Add-on software covers 15 nodes.
Description
373040
AP9465
StruxureWare Central Basic
354755
AP9525
StruxureWare Central, 25-node license only
Vendor No.
AP95100
AP95500
AP951000
373034
WMS1YRBASIC
373035
WMS1YR25N
373037
WMS1YR100N
373038
WMS1YR500N
373039
WMS1YR1000N
Description
StruxureWare Central, 1,000-node
license only
One-year StruxureWare Central Basic Software
Support Contract
One-year 25-node StruxureWare Central
Software Support Contract
One-year 1,000-node StruxureWare Central
STRUXUREWARE CENTRAL STANDARD

Includes a server appliance, a one-node surveillance license key, a 25-node license
key, CD with software and an installation guide. A software support contract is
required as are licenses for nodes. StruxureWare Central Standard offers 250 GB of
data storage, 1U in height, may be expanded to support up to 2,025 nodes, up to
125 NetBotz cameras and support for up to 100 racks.
Description
330671
AP9470
StruxureWare Central Standard
354755
AP9525
354756
AP95100
354757
AP95500
354840
AP951000
license only
373042
WMS1YRSTD
One-year StruxureWare Central Standard
373034
WMS1YRBASIC One-year StruxureWare Central Basic Software
Support Contract
373035
WMS1YR25N
373037
WMS1YR100N One-year 100-node StruxureWare Central
373038
WMS1YR500N One-year 500-node StruxureWare Central
373039
WMS1YR1000N One-year 1,000-node StruxureWare Central
STRUXUREWARE CENTRAL ENTERPRISE
Includes a server appliance, a one-node surveillance license key, a 25-node license
key, CD with software and an installation guide. A support contract is required for
the first year. StruxureWare Central Enterprise offers 4 GB/5 x 300 GB RAID 5
available for data storage, 2U in height, may be expanded to support up to
4,025 nodes, up to 250 NetBotz cameras, support for up to 1,000 racks and up to
2,500 nodes.
Description
330672
AP9475
StruxureWare Central Enterprise
354755
AP9525
354756
AP95100
354757
AP95500
354840
AP951000
license only
7.1
StruxureWare Central provides an efficient way for organizations to manage their

company-wide physical infrastructure, regardless of manufacturer. Available on a
range of platforms, it provides a centralized repository for critical power, cooling,
environmental, rack access and surveillance data and events. The centralized
software solution can be accessed by multiple users, from anywhere on the network,
creating a consolidated view of the physical infrastructure. Real-time monitoring,
user-defined reports and graphs, and instant fault notification and escalation enable
quick assessment and resolution of critical issues. Extend the capabilities of the
platform to grow with changing business needs through additional device licenses
and add-on surveillance, capacity management and change management modules.
FEATURES
Centralized management: Immediate visibility to your physical infrastructure
through real-time device monitoring and notification enabling quick assessment
of events as they occur. Simplify management of the physical infrastructure
using a centralized repository accessible from anywhere on the network through
a powerful and easy-to-use console application
Fault notification: Real-time event notification minimizes response times to
critical physical infrastructure events. Enables IT administrators to reduce mean
time to repair, improve efficiency and maximize uptime. Receive alerts via
mobile phones (SMS), Web applications (HTTP Post) and e-mail
Easiest deployment and daily operations with auto-discovery of devices, mass
configuration, mass software and firmware updates and private LAN
Multivendor device support: Extensive multivendor support for monitoring
networked SNMP devices. Enables visibility of existing SNMP devices through
threshold alert notifications, data trending and reporting
End-to-end monitoring from rack to row to room to building with integrations
with power, building- and enterprise-management systems including IBM/Tivoli
and Microsoft System Center Operations Manager and HP Operations Manager
for Windows
Anixter No.
354756
354757
354840
Data Center Infrastructure Management
APC
(continued)
StruxureWare Central Server and Software

373043
WMS1YRENT
373034
WMS1YRBASIC
373035
WMS1YR25N
373037
WMS1YR100N
373038
WMS1YR500N
373039
WMS1YR1000N
Description
One-year StruxureWare Central Enterprise
One-year StruxureWare Central Basic Software
Support Contract
One-year 1,000-node StruxureWare Central
NETBOTZ SURVEILLANCE
NetBotz Surveillance is an add-on surveillance software application for StruxureWare
Central that enables the creation of a visual record of visitors and their activities.
This appliance-based software acts as a central repository for pictures captured by
the NetBotz monitoring appliances and provides options for tracking and replaying
events by date and time. Allows users to tag clips for review and categorize clips.
When tagged, the surveillance retains the starting and ending time of the clips.
Users can use a flexible search interface to recall clips by camera, date, category,
level of importance or text. Clips can be "digitally signed," to provide the highest
level of security from tampering. Signed clips can be exported as a signed AVI file for
playing on a standard media player. Add-on software covers 15 nodes.
Description
247138
StruxureWare Surveillance base (HW, SW,
D NBSV1000
15 nodes)
259831
NBSV1005
Five-node license add-on
251118
NBSV1010
10-node license add-on
251120
NBSV1025
NETBOTZ SURVEILLANCE ADD-ON LICENSE NODE PACKS
Add-on node license packs are required for each additional node. Each of the
following count as one node: NetBotz appliances (all models); additional camera
pods, CCTV pods and compatible Pelco IP cameras.
Description
259831
NBSV1005
Five-node license add-on
251118
NBSV1010
251120
NBSV1025
7.2
Power Management
Geist
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Network Management//Management Software
Index1.Networking Systems//Network Management//Management Software
Environet DCiM System

Racknet Product Family

PR71525V2-571121.tif
PR71526V2-571127.tif
Part of Geist's Environet Facilities Monitoring System. Manage IT and white space with
a single point of integration. The Racknet product family offers vendor-neutral options
which allow you to integrate and manage a variety of mission-critical equipment.
User-defined graphics, calculations and reports allow for a consolidated view of your
data center.
Racknet-Aggregator (Racknet-A): Connects to GNET* via 48 aggregation ports to
collect critical data from Geist products. Racknet-A provides visibility to data from
Geist power strips in one, centralized location. It prevents users from having to set up
thousands of IP addresses on the production network and saves space on costly
network switches. Racknet-A communicates via SNMP and supports up to 1,000
devices per unit.
Racknet-Aggregator Server (Racknet-AS): Includes the full feature set of the Racknet
product line. It can be used with third-party equipment, has 48 aggregation ports for
direct connection, and includes full customization capabilities.
Racknet-Server (Racknet-S): Gathers data from Geist products as well as third-party
equipment. It allows users to fully customize graphics and collections. In addition,
Racknet-S comes with the ability to derive values from monitored points to create
meaningful views of data.
* What is GNET? GNET is the advanced network that brings various Geist devices
together - using only one IP address. This technology frees up extra ports on the
existing network switches and eliminates the need for a separate connection to each
individual device.
7.3
Part of Geist's Environet Facilities Monitoring Systems. Environet DCiM is a highly

customizable, fully scalable system with a single point of access for all your
monitoring needs. Geist DCiM provides monitoring, trending, alarming and custom
views of up to tens of thousands of monitored data points. The aggregated results are
collected across your facilities and presented through a visually rich graphical
user interface.
FEATURES
Tools
- Floor plans with dynamic links
- Power one-line diagrams
- Power capacity planning
- Energy cost analysis
- Data center documentation storage
- Custom reporting
- Custom views
- Key performance indicators
- PUE/DCiE
- Unique views per user
- Multi-user based permissions
- Tenant billing manager
- User-defined alarm thresholds
Supported Equipment
- Chilled water systems
- CRAC units
- Utility power meters
- Switch gear
- Generators
- Fuel systems
- ATSs, STSs
- UPSs, PDUs
- RPPs, BCMs
- Rack PDUs
- Battery strings
- Leak detection
- Fire panels
Communication Protocols
- SNMP
- Modbus
- BACnet
- LONworks
- Niagara
- Hardwired I/O
- oBIX
Power Management

./
Sentry Power Manager (SPM)
SERVER TECHNOLOGY
PR29137V2-215876.tif
Specifically designed for data centers and telecommunications operations. Sentry Power Manager (SPM) is the most comprehensive and affordable software solution to measure,
monitor and trend power in your operation. This solution monitors and manages multiple devices in IP-based enterprise networks. SPM provides a cabinet-level, global view of all
CDUs with the ability to view devices based on their temperature, humidity, current and device status. Besides managing and monitoring all alarm conditions, this information can
also be used to provide reporting and trending information for display within SPM or integrated using an Application Programming Interface (API) with your existing Building
Management System (BMS) or other system.
NODE LICENSES
FEATURES
Licenses requires support contract.
A central interface
to access multiple network-monitored cabinet power
D
distribution units
Description
New features include VMWare-ready virtualization, easy to navigate user
426853
SPM-25
25-node licenses
interface with unlimited customizable views, scheduling and
426854
SPM-50
50-node licenses
reporting capabilities
426855
SPM-100
100-node licenses
Global view of all Sentry power distribution units (cabinet PDUs) and ability to
426856
SPM-250
250-node licenses
view devices based on temperature, humidity, current and device status
426857
SPM-500
500-node licenses
Control all networked Sentry cabinet power distribution units. Interoperability to
426858
SPM-1000
1,000-node licenses
control third-party PDUs
Control Sentry POPS (Per Outlet Power Sensing) Cabinet PDU on a per
outlet basis
Power information including kW and kW-hour information for billing, power
monitoring, trending and power reports. Stores three years of trending data
IT equipment power information can be used to measure the efficiency in your
data center for PUE and DCiE, power efficiency ratings from the Green Grid
Using industry-standard SOAP and REST API tools SPM often acts as a
middleware solution providing power monitoring, management and control
solutions down to the device and branch circuit level
Managing and monitoring alarm conditions
Power consumption for capacity planning
Maximize each power circuit by realizing current power being drawn
HARDWARE APPLIANCES
Hardware includes two-year warranty.
Description
426851
SPM-APP
Required for SPM node license(s)
426852
SPM-APPR
With hot swappable redundant power
supplies and RAID 1; required for SPM
node license(s)
7.4
SERVICE PLANS
Includes software updates.
426859
SPM1-25
426860
SPM1-50
426861
SPM1-100
426862
SPM1-250
426863
SPM1-500
426864
SPM1-1K
426865
SPM3-25
426866
SPM3-50
426867
SPM3-100
426868
SPM3-250
426869
SPM3-500
426870
SPM3-1K
Description
25 node - one-year service contract
1,000 node - one-year service contract
25 node - three-year service contract
1,000 node - three-year service contract
Environmental Monitoring
APC
./
NetBotz Physical Threat Protection

PR29201V2-216081.tif
MONITORING APPLIANCES
393832
NBRK0201
372886
NBWL0355
394628
NBWL0356
397505
NBWL0451
372882
NBWL0455
372883
NBWL0456
394632
NBRK0551
Description
NetBotz rack monitor 200 (with 120/240 V
power supply)
NetBotz room monitor 355 (without
PoE Injector)
NetBotz room monitor 355 (with 120/240 V
PoE Injector)
power supply)
NetBotz room monitor 455 (without
PoE Injector)
NetBotz room monitor 455 (with 120/240 V
PoE Injector)
power supply)
274833
NBDA20L2
251112
NBDA30L2
373086
373087
NBES0304
NBES0302
373099
NBES0303
272792
373090
373103
373101
373102
324896
265313
265315
272794
443064
443065
NBES0201
NBES0308
NBES0309
NBES0306
NBES0307
AP9324
NBAC0205
NBAC0206
NBAC0221
NBPD0171
NBPD0172
Description
NetBotz Room Sensor Pod 155
NetBotz Rack Sensor Pod 150
4-20 mA Sensor Pod, includes 5 m USB cable
Temperature sensor
Temperature and humidity sensor
Temperature sensor with display
Temperature and humidity sensor
NetBotz Amp detector 1-15 (for NEMA 5-15)
NetBotz Amp detector 1-20 (for NEMA 5-20)
NetBotz Amp detector 6-20L (for
NEMA L6-20)
NEMA L6-20)
NEMA L6-30)
NetBotz dry contact cable - 15 ft.
NetBotz door switch sensor for rooms or
third-party racks - 50 ft.
NetBotz Door Switch Sensor (two) for a rack 12 ft.
NetBotz Particle Sensor PS100
NetBotz Leak Rope Sensor - 20 ft.
NetBotz Leak Rope Extension - 20 ft.
NetBotz vibration sensor - 12 ft.
NetBotz smoke sensor - 10 ft.
Alarm Beacon
Mounting bracket for camera pod 120
Mounting bracket for sensor pod 120
Pod-mounting kit
Integrated Rack Access for NetShelter SX
Integrated Rack Access for
Chatsworth GlobalFrame
7.5
NetBotz environmental is a family of network-accessible appliances that detect and

alarm on environmental factors which threaten or impact the availability of your
network-critical physical infrastructure. Scalable from small wiring closets to large
data centers to enterprise-wide deployments, the modular design allows for sensor
configuration and easily integrates third-party sensors to accommodate specific
monitoring needs from temperature and humidity to chemicals and radiation.
User-defined alerts can be sent in a variety of formats and easily integrated into
event-escalation policies. The NetBotz line includes rack appliances and wall
appliances with built-in surveillance camera and video functionality. Rack access
control also is integrated into the 455, 550 and 570 products.
FEATURES
A single interface for surveillance, environmental monitoring and rack
access control
Key integrated sensors include temperature, humidity/dew point, airflow
and audio
Third-party sensor support for monitoring fluid, gas, vibration and dust particles
Monitors physical "vital signs" of network and computer equipment via IPMI
or SNMP
Notification of critical issues via mobile phones (SMS), Web applications (HTTP
Post), e-mail and SNMP
SENSORS AND ACCESSORIES

373047
NBPD0155
373045
NBPD0150
288303
NBPD0129
324900
AP9335T
324901
AP9335TH
324908
AP9520T
397508
AP9529TH
249503
NBDA1501
251106
NBDA2001
251110
NBDA20L1

./
RIM-600 Remote Infrastructure Management System

RIM-600 SYSTEM
PR12009V2-21805.tif
Anixter No.
324436
324438
324463
The RIM-600 gives you the ability to remotely monitor, record and analyze
environmental conditions in your data centers and equipment rooms. It also
supervises the status of network links, routers, printers, servers and any other device
with an IP address. If a problem occurs in your network, the RIM-600 will inform you
through various communications interfaces (Web, voice, two-way e-mail, fax and
page). With the embedded Web server, you have the ability to check the condition of
your network at any time and from anywhere. The flexibility, scalability and
adaptability provided by the RIM-600 make it the ultimate choice for any data center.
The RIM-600 system components include: host unit, node, sensors and network
cameras (all sold separately); also has Ethernet and phone connections so you can
be contacted even if the network is down.
FEATURES
Host unit (1U):
D
- Internal sensors
include: sound, backup-battery power level, source
power on/off
- Eight external sensors: any mix of sensors desired
- Monitor 64 IP addresses
- View up to 128 network cameras
- Store 62,500 records (can be downloaded)
- 64 user profiles with eight contacts each
- Includes configuration software CD and user's manual
Node module (1U):
- Supervised by host unit
- Able to use up to 31 node modules per one host unit
- Eight external sensors: any mix of sensors desired
External sensors (connected by RJ45 using Cat 5 UTP):
- Temperature
- Humidity
- Water detection
- Smoke detection
- Power monitoring
- Motion sensor
- NO/NC dry contact bridge
- 4-20 mA bridge
- Door open/door closed sensor
7.6
PR20309V2-71451.tif
Vendor No.
60000-001
60001-002
60075-001
Description
Host unit, 110/220 V AC, 60/50 Hz
Node unit, 110/220 V AC, 60/50 Hz
Wall-mount kit
EXTERNAL SENSORS AND NETWORK CAMERAS

Description
324442
60010-001
Temperature; 5F to 122F, no display
324443
60011-001
Temperature; 32F to 95F, with display
324444
60013-001
Temperature; 0C to 50C, with display
324445
60012-007
Mini-temperature; 5F to 140F, no display
324446
60032-010
Water sensor with 10 ft. L (3 m)
detection rope
324447
60072-001
Additional 10 ft. L (3 m) water detection rope
324448
60030-001
Humidity sensor, no display
324449
60031-001
Humidity sensor with display
324450
60062-007
Smoke detector with 7 ft. L (2.1 m) cable
324451
60040-001
Power monitoring sensor with
C14 power inlet
324452
60061-007
Motion sensor, passive infrared with
7 ft. L cord
324453
60050-001
NO/NC dry contact bridge
324454
60051-001
4-20 mA bridge
324455
60052-001
Door open/closed sensor, magnetic reed
339445
60052-002
Dual door open/closed sensor, magnetic
reed, for cabinets
Geist
./
Monitor, Environmental Monitor and Power Distribution

PR71612V2-572878.tif
POWER MONITORING - POWER + POWER MONITORING + ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING (WITH ON-BOARD DISPLAY)
Description
494653
RCXB243-103D20 66 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase WYE, 120 V
TL21-D
output, 24 outlets (20 amp duplex
5-20R) L21-30P
494654
RCXB300-103IN6 66 in. 30 amp vertical, 120 V output,
TL6-D
30 outlets (24 IEC C13 and six IEC
C19), L6-30P
494655
RCXB308-103IN6 66 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase WYE, 208 V
TL21-D
output, 30 outlets (24 IEC C13 and six IEC
C19), L21-30P
494656
RCXB308-103IN6 66 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase DELTA, 208 V
TL15-D
C19), L15-30P
494657
RCXW300-103PN 70 in. 30 amp vertical, 30 amp vertical,
6TL6-D-LP
208 V output, 30 outlets (24 locking IEC
C13 and six locking IEC C19), L6-30P.
Reduced footprint, low profile, ideal for
tight installations
494658
RCXW308-103PN 70 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase WYE, 208 V
6TL21-D-LP
output, 30 outlets (24 locking IEC C13 and
six locking IEC C19), L21-30P. Reduced
tight installations
WIRELESS POWER MONITORING

494668
VHVBPN308-102I
N6TL21
494669
XPBP308-103IN6
TL15
494670
Description
66 in. 20 amp vertical, 30 outlets (24 IEC
C13 and six IEC C19), L21-20P
66 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase DELTA,
30 outlets (24 IEC C13 and six IEC
C19), L15-30P
ZPBP248-106IBB 66 in. 60 amp vertical, 3-phase DELTA,
PS15
24 outlets (12 IEC C13 and 12 IEC C19),
60 A 3P + N + E 30 A pin and sleeve
POWER MONITORING + OUTLET LEVEL MONITORING

Description
494671
RCOBN248-102P 66 in. 20 amp vertical, 3-phase WYE, 208 V
H6TL21-D
six locking IEC C19), L21-20P
494672
RCOW240-103PH 72 in. 30 amp vertical, 24 outlets (18 locking
6TL6-D
IEC C13 and six locking IEC C19), L6-30P
494673
RCOW243-103PH 72 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase WYE, 230 V
6PS56-D
six locking IEC C19), 30 A 3P + E 60 A pin
and sleeve
SWITCHED - POWER + POWER MONITORING + ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING +
REMOTE CONTROL
Description
494678
RCMWN243-102S 70 in. 20 amp vertical, 3-phase WYE, 120 V
15TL21-OD
output, 24 outlets (15 amp
individual), L21-20P
494679
RCMW240-103S1 70 in. 30 amp vertical, 120 V output,
5TL5-OD
24 outlets (15 amp individual), L5-30P
494680
RCMW243-103PK 72 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase WYE, 230 V
3PS56-OD
three locking IEC C19), 30 A 3P + N + E pin
and sleeve
SWITCHED ULTRA - POWER + POWER MONITORING + ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING + REMOTE CONTROL + OUTLET LEVEL MONITORING (WITH
ONBOARD DISPLAY)
Description
494681
RCUWN242-102S 70 in. 20 amp vertical, 120 V, 24 outlets
15ST5-OD
(15 amp individual), 5-20P
494682
RCUR080-103D2 19 in. 30 amp, 120 V output horizontal, eight
0TL5-OD
outlets (20 amp duplex), L5-30P
494683
RCUW248-103PK 72 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase DELTA, 208 V
3TL15-OD
three locking IEC C19), L15-30P
7.7

PDUs. All Geist units are built to order and made in the USA. From in-house chassis
production to an on-site UL testing lab, Geist's cohesive abilities result in the lowest
lead times in the PDU industry. Your configuration, your PDU can be available for
shipment in as little as three days. Geist's IP-based products feature intelligent power
distribution and monitoring systems. From tiny monitors for tight locations to PDUs
providing individual outlet level control. There's a dynamic GUI interface, including
logs and graphs, and accessibility via any Web browser. You are able to remotely
monitor power and environmental conditions, establish thresholds, receive alerts and
remotely respond to warnings with real-time feedback confirmation.

Description
494659
RCXW308-103PN 70 in. 30 amp vertical, 3-phase DELTA, 208 V
6TL15-D-LP
six locking IEC C19), L15-30P. Reduced
tight installations
494660
RCXW368-105IT9 70 in. 35 amp vertical, 3-phase DELTA, 208 V
CS15-35-D
C19), 50 A CA style twist-lock, 250 V, 3P/4W
Geist
(continued)
Monitor, Environmental Monitor and Power Distribution
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ACCESSORIES
PR20725V2-84832.tif
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITOR
Includes 19 in. horizontal environmental monitor, 16 RJ11 jacks and three I/O ports
Description
350729
RSMINI163
Monitoring Aggregator
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITOR + DISPLAY
Description
352758
RSE2X16
Environmental Monitor + Display
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITOR + RELAYS

Description
427215
RSO
Environmental Monitor + Relays, 19 in.
horizontal Environmental Monitor, four
RJ11 jacks and six I/O ports, three internal
control relays, LCD display
494686
RSO-P
Environmental Monitor + Relays, 19 in.
horizontal Environmental Monitor, four
RJ11 jacks and six I/O ports, three internal
control relays, LCD display, PoE enabled
494685
GBB15
Environmental Monitor, on-board
temperature, humidity and dew-point
sensors, two RJ12 expansion ports for
connecting up to four external digital sensors
494687
GBB15-P
Environmental Monitor, on-board
temperature, humidity and dew-point
D
sensors, two RJ12 expansion ports for
connecting up to four external digital
sensors, PoE enabled
494689
GBB100
Climate Monitoring, on-board temperature
and humidity, input capacity of eight external
sensors and output of one NO/NC relay, four
05 V DC/dry-contact analog inputs and one
digital sensor port, unique features of the
GBB100 is its relay contact port used to
energize or de-energize an external device
494690
GBB100-P
Climate Monitoring, on-board temperature
and humidity, input capacity of eight external
sensors and output of one NO/NC relay, four
05 V DC/dry-contact analog inputs and one
digital sensor port, unique features of the
GBB100 is its relay contact port used to
energize or de-energize an external device,
PoE enabled
7.8

355469
POE SPLITTER
494697
KVM1116P
311808
RT-20
311809
311810
355470
RDPS
RWS
WSCK-10
494698
GTHD
494699
GT3HD
Description
PoE splitter has the option of outputting 5 V
DC or 12 V DC power signal from the 48 V DC
on the Data In port
16-port digital IP KVM with Virtual Media, one
remote user
RJ Port Sensor, Remote Temperature Sensor,
20 ft. cord
I/O Port Sensor, Remote Door Position Sensor
I/O Port Sensor, Remote Water Sensor
I/O Port Sensor, Water Sensing Cable Kit,
10 ft. cord
RJ port sensor, temperature and humidity,
multiple sensors can be daisy chained using
the remote sensor port, two additional
RJ12 ports available to add remote
temperature sensors (RT)
RJ port sensor, temperature, humidity and
dew point sensor, multiple sensors can be
daisy chained using the remote sensor port,
two additional RJ12 ports available to add
remote temperature sensors (RT)
RLE Technologies
247158
SC-25
./
SeaHawk Leak Detection

RLE TECHNOLOGIES
PR33740V2-249037.tif
SPOT DETECTORS
425890
SD-RO1
247975
SD
259716
SD-Z
425891
SD-Z1
Description
Spot detector, conductive fluids,
14 ft./4.26 m leader, relay output,
24 V AC/V DC
14 ft./4.26 m leader cable, 12-36 V AC or
18-36 V DC (for use with Falcon F3400 and
FMS products)
Spot detector, conductive fluids, two
10 in./0.25 m male/female leader cables (for
use with SeaHawk panels)
14 ft./4.26 m leader cable (for use with
SeaHawk LD300, LD1000 and LDRA6 panels)
SEAHAWK LEAK-DETECTION SENSING CABLE

Description
425892
SC-10
Sensing cable, conductive fluids,
10 ft./3.04 m, preinstalled
male/female connectors
425893
SC-17
SC-50
442887
SC-C-10
442889
SC-C-25
442890
SC-C-50
SEAHAWK LEAK-DETECTION CONTROLLERS

Description
425895
LD300
Single-zone panel, no audible, 5 V DC
425896
LD1000
Single-zone panel, selectable audible,
24 V AC/ V DC
425897
LDRA6
Six-zone/input panel, dual functionality,
24 V DC
425900
LD1500
Distance read, integration panel, Web
enabled, 24 V AC/V DC
441505
SEAHAWK 10K Distance read, stand-alone or integration
panel, 12-24 V AC/V DC
437512
LD2100
Distance read, integration panel; Web
enabled; integrated, interactive
leak-detection map; 24 V AC/V DC
441504
LD5200
Distance read panel, LCD touchscreen
display; integrated, interactive leak-detection
maps; 110/120/230-240 V AC
SEAHAWK LEAK-DETECTION ACCESSORIES
Description
425904
NSC-10
Non-sensing cable, for use with SC only (not
SC-C),10 ft./3.04 m, preinstalled
258831
NSC-25
SC-C), 25 ft./7.62 m, preinstalled
258832
NSC-50
SC-C), 50 ft./15.24 m, preinstalled
442894
NSC-10-M
Non-sensing cable, for use with SC-C,
442895
NSC-25-M
442896
NSC-50-CH
258835
JC-25
J-clips, for use with SC only (not SC-C),
quantity 25
442897
JC-C-25
J-clips, for use with SC-C, quantity 25
7.9
SeaHawk leak-detection products detect and annunciate the presence of fluids in

contact with a spot detector or sensing cable. SeaHawk products provide reliable,
scalable solutions to accommodate any leak-detection need while mitigating the
potential for costly business outages and downtime in facilities worldwide. RLE's
patented leak-sensing cable helps eliminate false alarms commonly associated with
other leak-detection cable. It is available in standard and custom lengths with
preinstalled mating connectors and can be used with "zone" controllers to identify
that fluid is in contact with the sensing cable as well as "distance-read" controllers
to identify the actual distance to the leak from the controller.
FEATURES
Versatile leak detection - spot detectors, single zone/multizone/distance
read controllers
Sensing cables for detecting conductive fluids and chemicals
Interactive, integrated leak-detection maps
Easy integration with existing alarm-monitoring systems
IP addressable and Web accessible
BMS and NMS friendly - SNMP, BACnet and Modbus output communications
Hardwire outputs - NO/NC Form C dry contacts, 4-20 mA
247159
Description
Sensing cable, chemicals, 10 ft./3.04 m,
preinstalled male/female connectors
RLE Technologies
(continued)
SeaHawk Leak Detection

425918
LC-KIT
442898
LC-KIT-M
425919
425920
SC-T
FM1114
425921
WCCS-50
425922
X-CON
425926
LD-ENC
425927
LD-ENC-NP
426232
LD1500-RMB
441506
LD2100-RMB
425928
PSWA-DC-24
425929
425930
WA-AC-24-ST
WA-DC-5-ST
Description
15 ft./4.57 m leader cable and EOL
terminator for SeaHawk panels, for use with
SC only (not SC-C)
15 ft./4.57 m leader cable and EOL
terminator for SeaHawk panels using SC-C
Cable caution tags, quantity 10
Framed reference map, 11 in. x 14 in.
(27.9 cm x 35.5 cm)
Weighted cable connector, for use with SC
only (not SC-C), simulates 50 ft./15.24 m
of SC
X-Connector, for use with SC only (not SC-C),
single input, three "branch" outputs
Wall-mount enclosure for LD2100 and
LD1500, 110/120/230-240 V AC
Wall-mount enclosure for LD2100 and
LD1500 with no internal power supply
Rack-mount bracket for LD1500,
19 in./482 mm
Rack-mount bracket for LD2100,
19 in./482 mm
85-264 V AC, 50/60 Hz, to 24 V DC with
barrel connector
120 V AC to 24 V AC (for use with the
SD-RO1), stripped end
100-240 V to 5 V DC, stripped end
Falcon Monitoring and Notification Products

RLE TECHNOLOGIES
PR33739V2-249038.tif
Falcon monitoring systems track environmental conditions and the status of

equipment in critical areas and provide redundant alarm notification when
conditions exceed acceptable limits. These Web-based alarm-monitoring and
notification systems accommodate third-party sensors, can be accessed and
configured with a Web browser and do not require additional external computer
hardware or software. Falcon products are stand-alone appliances with no recurring
fees that can also be easily integrated into existing building management or network
management systems via SNMP, Modbus and BACnet protocols. Internal logging
provides the ability to view historical information of sensors that are integrated.
Image files can be uploaded to provide a graphical representation of the location
being monitored and display sensor locations and values.
Falcon Monitoring Systems include products that are scalable (eight to 104 inputs)
and accept dry contacts, analog sensors (4-20 mA, 0-5 V DC, 0-10 V DC), SNMP,
7.10
Modbus and BACnet signals. Relay outputs provide the ability to turn equipment on
and off manually, when an alarm condition is identified and through
configured schedules.
ALARM MONITORING AND NOTIFICATION
Description
425931
F110
Eight DI (dry contacts), three RJ11 inputs,
includes two temperature sensors, USA
5 V DC power supply
425932
F110-A
Eight DI (dry contacts), three RJ11 inputs,
includes temperature and
temperature/humidity sensor, USA 5 V DC
power supply
425937
F3400
32 inputs, two RO, no modem, 24 V DC
425940
FMS-X-N-24
Eight UI (dry contacts and 4-20 mA), two
relay outputs, 1RU, one expansion card slot,
24 V DC
425941
FMS-X-Y-24
relay outputs, 1RU, internal
temperature/humidity sensor, one expansion
card slot, 24 V DC
425942
FMS-X-N-48
relay outputs, 1RU, one expansion card slot,
48 V DC
425943
FMS-XXXX-N-24 Eight UI (dry contacts and 4-20 mA), two
relay outputs, 2RU, four expansion card slots,
24 V DC
425945
FMS-XXXX-N-48 Eight UI (dry contacts and 4-20 mA), two
relay outputs, 2RU, four expansion card slots,
48 V DC
ACCESSORIES
425951
EXP-A-24/48
425952
EXP-C-24
418128
EXP-C-48
425938
425933
247953
426240
EXP-IM
F110-RMB
WMB
EM-WHMB
426244
EM-WHEC
Description
12 UI (dry contacts and 4-20 mA, 0-5 V DC,
0-10 V DC), eight relay outputs (24 V DC or
48 V DC FMS models), limit one per 48 V
DC FMS
24 DI (dry contacts) (24 V DC FMS
models only)
24 DI (dry contacts) (48 V DC FMS
models only)
Internal modem for F3400 and FMS
F110 19 in. rack-mount bracket
FMS wall-mount brackets, quantity two
Wire harness - FMS main board,
50 ft./15.24 m
Wire harness - FMS expansion cards,
50 ft./15.24 m
RLE Technologies
WIRELESS GATEWAY - FDS-WI

The FDS-Wi is a wireless gateway capable of receiving 418 MHz and 900 MHz signals
from select transmitters that sense temperature, humidity, motion, power, dry
contact, analog signals and signal repeaters.
Description
425971
FDS-WI
418/900 MHz receiver, 24 V DC power
supply included
425972
FDS-WI-418
418 MHz receiver, 24 V DC power
supply included
WIRELESS REPEATER AND 418 MHZ WIRELESS SENSORS (FOR USE WITH THE FDS-WI)
Description
425973
WI-PR
Wireless repeater (mesh repeater), 418 MHz
receiver with 900 MHz transmitter
425974
WI-TS
Temperature sensor, 418 MHz
wireless transmitter
425975
WI-THS
Temperature/humidity sensor, 418 MHz
425976
WI-DIT
Temperature sensor and digital input;
418 MHz wireless transmitter
483543
WI-LD-SPOT
Leak detector with spot sensor, 418 MHz
wireless transmitter, includes 14 ft/4.26 m
leader cable
483640
WI-LD-25
Leak detector with sensing cable; conductive
fluids, 418 MHz wireless transmitter,
25 ft./7.62 m leader cable
900 MHZ WIRELESS SENSORS (FOR USE WITH THE FDS-WI)
Description
425981
WI-TS9
Temperature sensor, 900 MHz
425982
WI-THS9
Temperature/humidity sensor, 900 MHz
Raptor Integration Solutions

RLE TECHNOLOGIES
PR29297V2-216892.tif
Raptor Integration Solutions provide custom solutions for unique applications.

UL 508a certification allows RLE to engineer and manufacture custom annunciation
panels and certify them under the UL label. RLE has a number of products that
accommodate specific integration needs. Raptor products easily integrate into
existing management and monitoring systems to provide enhanced visibility of
critical equipment and environmental conditions.
FEATURES
Protocol converter accepts SNMP, Modbus or BACnet and can output any of these
three protocols
Power-fail monitors identify the loss of power to 120 V AC outlets and provide a
dry contact output to alarm on loss of power to the outlet
Alarm-status panels provide audible and visual alarm notification when a dry
contact relay changes status
Relay replicators split and electrically isolate dry contact signals to simplify
integration into multiple alarm-monitoring systems
Description
425910
FDS-PC
Protocol converter - SNMP/Modbus/BACnet
441503
FDS-PC-DP
Protocol converter - dual port (two additional
Modbus EIA-485 ports),
SNMP/Modbus/BACnet
247977
PFM
Power-fail monitor, (USA) 120 V AC
258839
RR1X2
Single-input alarm status panel or relay
replicator with one input/two outputs, dual
functionality, 24 V AC/V DC
425897
LDRA6
Six-zone/input panel, dual functionality,
24 V DC
247163
RR5X10
Relay replicator, 5 inputs/10 outputs,
24 V AC/V DC
425908
RR5X10-48
48 V DC
247164
RR10X20
24 V AC/V DC
425909
RR10X20-48
48 V DC
258840
RR20X40
110/120/230-240 V AC
7.11
FALCON MISCELLANEOUS SENSORS

Note: The Falcon F3400 and FMS monitoring products can also accommodate
third-party sensors.
Description
425934
F110-TS
F110 temperature sensor, 25 ft./7.62 m with
RJ11 connector
425935
F110-THS
F110 temperature/humidity sensor,
25 ft./7.62 m with RJ11 connector
247168
T120D
Temperature sensor with LCD display,
4-20 mA, wall mount, 12-24 V DC
247956
TH140
Temperature/humidity sensor, 4-20 mA, wall
mount, 12-24 V DC
247957
TH140D
Temperature/humidity sensor with LCD
display, 4-20 mA, wall mount, 12-24 V DC
425961
H130
Humidity sensor, wall mount, 4-20 mA,
12-24 V DC and hydrogen detector, two relays
(10 and 25 percent LEL), 24 V AC/V DC
442899
AFS-D
Airflow sensor, digital
425966
MD3
Motion sensor, 12-24 V DC
418109
MDS
Magnetic door sensor
425968
SMK
Smoke detector, photoelectric, 12-24 V DC
426262
HD150-2
Hydrogen detector, two relays (10 and
25 percent LEL), 24 V AC/V DC
Lighting Management
Redwood Systems
./
Index1.Services//Other//Other
Building Performance Lighting for Data Centers
REDWOOD SYSTEMS
PR72210V2-576092.tif
Facing mounting pressure to improve power usage effectiveness (PUE) and drive uptimes higher, data center operators need to look beyond the IT equipment to the entire facility
to lower costs and create high-performing workplaces. Creating an efficient lighting system is a quick and easy way to capture energy savings.
Redwood Systems' intelligent lighting platform is the world's only smart building platform that uses Cat 5e, 6 and 6A structured cabling to power and control LED lights and a
high-density sensor grid in order to reduce energy. The system relies on a standards-based infrastructure, which includes energy-efficient lighting and controls found in the
ANSI/TIA-942-A standard. The Redwood system scales well across various types of data centers from large Fortune 500 companies to co-location facilities, service providers and
smaller mission-critical ones.
This lighting solution delivers value far beyond lighting to data center operations by concurrently deploying a smart network that senses and reports on multiple environmental
parameters providing the following benefits:
- Monitor threats to uptime
- Reduced maintenance
- Enhanced security
- Remote monitoring and control
D
REDWOOD DIRECTOR

461088
DIR-1G
REDWOOD ENGINE
PR71615V2-575287.tif
REDWOOD GATEWAY AND SENSORS
Description
Director
PR71616V2-575293.tif
Anixter No.
461087
487144
493064

461083
RE64-2G-120-250
461084
RE64-2G-277
7.12
PR71620V2-575305.tif
Description
120 - 250 V engine
277 V engine
Vendor No.
RS-2G
RS-2G-D
RG-2G-LED-ML22D122
REDWOOD DIMMER SWITCHES

455574
RD-1G-W
486385
DIM-2-4SW
Description
Sensor
PIR sensor
Redwood gateway for all
Maxlite Gen II DP 2 x 2 and
1 x 4 LED fixtures
Description
Dimmer switch
Four-scene controller switch
Lighting Management
Redwood Systems
REDWOOD SOLUTION ACCESSORIES
478410
POWERCORD-NA-120-250
478411
455580
455581
455582
455583
POWERCORD-NA-277-20P-10
CABEXT-2
CABEXT-4
CABEXT-6
CABEXT-8
Description
Power cord for 120 250 V engine
Power cord for 277 V engine
2 ft. cable extender
MAXLITE
For Series 2 x 2 Fixtures
PR71614V2-575379.tif
COMPULINK
For Redwood Solution
PR71597V2-571899.jpg

490862
MLCP22DP4035RW
MLCP22DP4041RW
490865
MLCP22DP4050RW
MAXLITE
For Series 1 x 4 Fixtures
476721
35-10047-01
PR71613V2-575373.tif
Description
84 in. copper assembly engine connector on
one end and terminated RJ45s on the other
(Redwood Part # RPC-RJ45-IG)

490866
MLCP14DP4035RW
490868
MLCP14DP4041RW
490869
MLCP14DP4050RW
490870
EM
Description
GEN II DP series 1 x 4 LED
fixture 3500K
fixture 4100K
fixture 5000K
Emergency pack
7.13
490864
Description
fixture 3500K
fixture 4100K
fixture 5000K
Your Source for Your Infrastructure Needs

Telecom Closet
Horizontal Building Space
Copper and ber optic cable
Flexible cable runway
J-hooks
Indoor plenum innerduct
Cable ties
Wireless access points
Building wire
Wireless distributed
antenna systems (DAS)
Ceiling and wall-mount
zone enclosures
Workstation
Jacks, adapters and faceplates
Patch cords
Labeling
Surface raceway
Telephones
Headsets
Voice and visual paging
UPS and power protection
products

Patch cords and patch panels
Racks, cabinets and
shelving products
Cable management
Grounding and bonding
Tools and test equipment
Switches
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Media converters
Transceivers
Riser Building Space

Copper and ber optic
Remote Manufacturing Facility

Electrical and electronic support and supply
products (cable tray, cable ties, etc.)
Power cable
Instrumentation and control cable
Specialty industrial cable
Portable cord
Industrial networking products
Industrial control cable
Industrial communication cable
(Ethernet, eldbus, ber)
Enclosures
Perimeter security
Power distribution and power protection
backbone cable
Commercial Building
Firestop
Building wire
Remote Manufacturing Facility
Security Systems
Data Center
Video surveillance
Access control
Network and environmental monitoring
Sound and paging systems
Fire and intrusion products
Low-voltage and ber cabling
Accessories
Architectural hardware
Key systems/Key control

Intelligent patching
Preterminated copper and ber solutions
Racks, cabinets and shelving
TZ Praetorian Cabinet Locking System
Cable management
Intelligent rack power strips
Precision cooling units
Power distribution units (PDUs)
Uninterrupted power supplies (UPS)
Overhead duct and ladder rack

Environmental monitoring
and management products
Switches
Console servers
Device servers
CSU/DSU
KVM switches and console managers
Power cabling and accessories
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Access control and surveillance systems
Tools and test equipment
Building entrance protection
Anixters Supply Chain Solutions can help customers stay protable and competitive in the marketplace. By customizing our Supply Chain Solutions, we provide our
customers with effective, scalable and repeatable solutions to eliminate costs, save time, mitigate risk and enhance productivity throughout the deployment process.
Security Solutions
Software, Servers and Storage
BCDVideo
./
BCD360V8 Management Server Series

BCDVIDEO
PR34942V2-264271.tif
Video Analytics Server

BCDVIDEO
PR34944V2-264274.tif
BCD360ACS Access-Control Server Series

BCDVIDEO
PR34942V2-264271.tif
The BCD360ACS series, based upon the award-winning family of ProLiant

Gen8 servers, is designed to be utilized in access control applications where the
solution requires a central server to manage the solution. Preconfigured and ready to
run your access control software application, the BCD360ACS server is a 6G
"end-to-end" solution which allows for high availability of your data. This dedicated,
rack-mount server helps you comply with growing regulatory and corporate
requirements as you contain costs and improve productivity.
FEATURES
Simple, preconfigured, ready-to-run access-control software application
No complex hardware setup
No risk of misconfiguration
Includes 1U, 8 GB, 2 x 146 GB, 10 K rpm, Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Description
437589
BCD360ACS-S
Intel Xeon E5630
437588
BCD360ACS-P
2 x Intel Xeon E5630
The BCD360VAS, based upon the award-winning family of ProLiant G7 servers, is

designed for video surveillance applications which require video analytics. Video
analytics enhances video surveillance systems by performing the tasks of real-time
event detection as well as post-event analysis, while saving manpower costs and
increasing the effectiveness of the surveillance-system operation. The BCD360VAS
servers are utilized in the solutions which require a central server to run the
video-analytics software such as Agent Vi or Object Video. The BCD360VAS server
comes preconfigured and ready to run your video-analytics software application. The
BCD360VAS server is a 6G "end-to-end" solution which allows for high availability of
your data.
8.1
Security Solutions
The BCD360V8 series, based upon the award-winning family of ProLiant

Gen8 Servers, is designed to be utilized in video surveillance applications which
require a centralized management server to manage client logins and system-wide
configuration of recording servers, devices and users. Among the software supported
is Milestone's XProtect Corporate and OnSSI's Ocularis DS and ES. The
BCD360V8 series is a 6G "end-to-end" solution which allows for high availability of
your data.
FEATURES
Preconfigured, ready-to-run video-analytics software applications
ILO3 facilities server health and remote server manageability
Sea of Sensors technology enhances server performance while helping to reduce
energy, usage and expense
Supports redundant power supplies
Supports two Xeon processors - Intel 5600 Series
Supports RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10 via P410i RAID Controller
Smart-array controller facilities increased I/O performance
Trusted Platform Module (TPM) option facilitates enhanced data protection
Description
437605
BCD360V-MS-S
Intel Xeon E5630
437604
BCD360V-MS-P
2x Intel Xeon E5630
FEATURES
No complex hardware setup
No risk of misconfiguration
ILO3 facilitates server health and remote-server manageability
Sea of Sensors technology enhances server performance while helping to reduce
energy usage and expense
Supports two Xeon processors - Intel 5600 series
Supports RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10 via P410i RAID controller
Smart-array controller facilitates increased I/O performance
Description
437601
BCD360VAS-S
Intel Xeon E5630
437602
BCD360VAS-P
2x Intel Xeon E5630
BCDVideo
BCD2000vi - Scalable iSCSI Storage
Security Solutions
BCDVIDEO
PR34945V2-264277.tif
StorageWorks BCD2000 G3 iSCSI MSA Dual Controller LFF Array System is designed
specifically for video surveillance applications that require high availability and
redundancy. Customers demand storage solutions that boost performance and
improve storage utilization and efficiency. With the increased performance and
reliability offered by the HP 6GB/s SAS technology, the BCD200 iSCSI SAN makes for a
highly scalable iSCSI solution for video surveillance.
FEATURES
Scalable up to 192 TB of 6G SAS storage
6 GB/s SAS systems deliver mid-range performance at entry-level prices
Fully redundant components, I/O path failover, and online administration create
an "always on" availability to ensure data is always accessible
Active/Active RAID controllers
Supports up to an additional seven expansion chassis (P2000-EXEN)
Description
437606
BCD2000VI
BCD2000, iSCSI, active RAID
controller, 24 TB, three-year
D
24x7x4 warranty
438741
BCD2000-EXEN
BCD2000VI expansion chassis with
three-year 9x5xNBD warranty
438742
BCD2000-TBHD
BCD2000VI - 2 TB 6G SAS hard drive
BCD180V - Video Storage Server

BCDVIDEO
PR34945V2-264277.tif
FEATURES
Supports 14 Large Form Factor drives (3.5 in.)
Supports two Xeon processors - Intel 5600 series
Supports RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10 via P410 RAID controller
Up to 28 TB of internal storage
HP smart-array controller facilitates increased I/O performance and optional
RAID 6 data protection
Remote Management ILO 100
Minimize operating and support costs and time
By using "diagnose before dispatch," customers can avoid travel costs for
on-site maintenance activities on remote systems
ILO 100 virtualizes system text console, power button and floppy drive for front
of the server control
Remote control of virtual system resources enables customers to respond
quickly to server issues, should they occur, minimizing support costs
HP CarePack warranty - 24/7 four-hour on-site response coverage for
three years
INTEL XEON E5620
Includes 2U, 8 GB and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2.
Description
438139
BCD180VLOA3TB
2 x 300 GB, 3 TB
438140
BCD180VLOA6TB
2 x 300 GB, 6 TB
438144
BCD180VSOA8TB
2 x 300 GB, 8 TB
438143
BCD180VSOA12TB
2 x 300 GB, 12 TB
438142
BCD180VSOA16TB
2 x 300 GB, 16 TB
438141
BCD180VSOA24TB
2 x 300 GB, 24 TB
437596
BCD180VLOLA3TB
4 x 300 GB, 3 TB
437595
BCD180VLOLA6TB
4 x 300 GB, 6 TB
437603
BCD180VLOLA12TB
4 x 300 GB, 12 TB, P410-512
437590
BCD180VSOLA8TB
5 x 300 GB, 8 TB
437593
BCD180VSOLA12TB
5 x 300 GB, 12 TB
437594
BCD180VSOLA16TB
5 x 300 GB, 16 TB
2 X INTEL XEON X5660
Includes 2U, 24 GB, 6 x 300 GB and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2.
Description
437591
BCD180VPOLA8TB
8 TB
437592
BCD180VPOLA16TB
16 TB
The BCD180V, based on the award-winning family of ProLiant G6 servers, is designed

redundancy. The BCD180V servers feature 14 hard-drive bays allowing 24 TB of
storage within the 2U server chassis. The BCD180V servers support 6G SAS
technology which enables double the bandwidth over SATA technology. The higher
bandwidth equates to higher IOPs which allows for more cameras per server at higher
resolutions. For Milestone- and OnSSI-optimized servers, the BCD180V supports the
use of 15K rpm, dual-port SAS drives for the live video database and the
high-capacity dual-port SAS drives (1 TB or 2 TB drives) for the archive storage of the
video, all within the server chassis. This eliminates the need for external storage on
any Milestone or OnSSI project needing 20 TB or less of archival storage.
8.2
BCDVideo
Live Video Server

BCDVIDEO
BCD2000V - Direct Attached Storage (DAS) Array

PR34946V2-264280.tif
PR34945V2-264277.tif
The BCD2600V disk enclosures, based upon the family of StorageWorks arrays, are
ideal for video surveillance applications. These are next-generation 6 GB SAS
low-cost, flexible, tiered external enclosures. The large form factor (LFF)
BCD2600 with 12 drive bays offers modular solutions to simplify capacity expansion
of the BCD380V servers without having to make the full move to SAN or NAS. This
allows you to buy what is needed today and purchase additional capacity as
data-storage needs grow. Total support can grow up to 192 TB per server. Up to eight
BCD2600V enclosures can be daisy chained from a BCD380V server.
FEATURES
Affordable storage
Flexible and scalable
Easy to manage
Common, familiar management tools
Twice the throughput over SATA DAS arrays
STORAGEWORKS DAS, SAS-2
437607
BCD2600V-2612TB
437608
BCD2600V11212TB
437609
BCD2600V21224TB
Description
12 TB, six open bays
12 x 1 TB
24 TB
UPGRADE WARRANTY
437610
STW-3YR9X5
Description
For three-year 9x5xNBD warranty
FOR BOSCH, DVTEL, EXACQ, GENETEC, PELCO AND VERINT

Includes 2U, 2 x 146 GB, 15 K rpm, P411/512 and Microsoft Windows Server
2008 R2.
Description
437597
BCD380V-S-O-EXT
2 x Intel Xeon E5620, 8 GB
437598
BCD380V-P-O-EXT
2 x Intel Xeon X5650, 12 GB
FOR MILESTONE AND ONSSI
Includes 2U, 2 x 146 GB, 15 K rpm and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2.
Description
437600
BCD380V-S-OLEXT
2 x Intel Xeon E5620, 8 GB, 3 x
146 GB
437599
BCD380V-P-OLEXT
2 x Intel Xeon X5650, 12 GB, 6 x
146 GB
8.3
Security Solutions
The BCD380V, based on the award-winning family of ProLiant G7 servers, is designed

redundancy. With its hot-plug fans and power supplies, it delivers high system
availability where the number of unplanned downtimes due to hardware failure is
minimized. The BCD380V series is a 6G SAS "end-to-end" solution that delivers twice
the throughput of a server built with SATA technology. The BCD380V can utilize the
BCD2600V direct attached storage for storage of archival video. Each BCD380V can
support up to eight BCD2600V chassis, totaling as much as 192 TB of 6G SAS storage.
For those projects requiring a number of remote servers sending data to a central
storage unit, the iSCSI BCD2000VI SAN is a perfect solution.
FEATURES
Enterprise-class server
ILO3 facilitates server health and remote server manageability
HP Sea of Sensors technology enhances server performance while helping to
reduce energy usage and expense
Supports two Xeon processors - Intel 5600 Series
Supports RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10 via P410i RAID controller
HP smart-array controller facilitates increased I/O performance and optional
RAID 6 data protection
HP array configuration utility ACU
Powerful Web-based configuration utility for all smart-array controllers
Provides a graphical view of HP drive-array configurations
Allows for management of multiple arrays over a secure Internet connection
from anywhere in the world
Easy-to-use wizards for configuration
BCDVIDEO
BCDVideo
BCD200V Series Video Server
Security Solutions
BCDVIDEO
BCD400V Series Video Server

PR34947V2-264283.tif
The BCD200V creates a new entry point into the HP workstation family, offering the
advanced power and productivity of workstation technology. A ready-to-use
workstation/server with 2 TB of storage, the BCD200V can manage up to 16 video
surveillance cameras. This powerful, small form factor (SFF) system includes a
dual-DVI graphics card for viewing high-graphics video. Two Gigabit Ethernet adapters
allow the contractor to create a network for IP video while having the ability to
remotely interface to the customer's network.
The BCD200V also includes a USB Media Kit, with leading IP video management
software (VMS) from Axis, Exacq, Genetec, Milestone and OnSSI that manages up to
16 surveillance cameras. The BCD200V and all internal components are covered by a
three-year HP on-site warranty. The BCD200V is used for Axis, Exacq, Genetic,
Milestone and OnSSI.
Description
D
442065
BCD200V-OA-2TB
Intel Xeon 3.06 GHz, 250 GB, 2 TB,
1 GB video
461420
BCD210V-OA-2TB
Intel Xeon Core i5 2460, 1 TB,
512 MB dual video, Microsoft
Windows 7 Professional 64-bit
BCDVIDEO
PR34948V2-264286.tif
The BCD400V video workstation server is ideal for low- to medium-camera-count

video surveillance deployments. Each workstation server is built for the rigors of
continuous-duty operation using HP's "best-in-class" components that provide the
reliability and processing power required by mission-critical video surveillance
architectures.
Every BCD400V includes a server-grade Intel Xeon Quad Core processor. The BCD400V
also includes a USB media kit, with leading IP video management software (VMS) from
Axis, Exacq, Genetec, Milestone and OnSSI. With storage capacities from 2 TB to 8 TB,
the BCD400V workstation server is the perfect choice for a high-performance, low-cost
video-management system. All BCD400V systems are backed by an HP three-year
on-site full-hardware system warranty.
Includes Intel Xeon 2.66 QC, 6 GB, 250 GB, dual NIC, Q600 and Microsoft Windows
7 Professional 64-bit.
Description
442066
BCD400V-OA-2TB
2 TB
442067
BCD400V-OA-4TB
4 TB
442068
BCD400V-OA-6TB
6 TB
442069
BCD400V-OA-8TB
8 TB
Includes Intel Xeon 2.66 QC, 6 GB, 250 GB, 300 GB, 15 K rpm SAS, dual NIC,
Q600 and Microsoft Windows 7 Professional 64-bit. Not included with
rack-mount kit.
Description
442070
BCD400V-OLA-2TB
2 TB
442071
BCD400V-OLA-4TB
4 TB
442072
BCD400V-OLA-6TB
6 TB
442081
BCD400V-RK
4U rack-mount kit
8.4
BCDVideo
BCD600V Video Server

BCDVIDEO
Nexsan Network Solutions

PR34949V2-264289.tif

Includes 2x Intel Xeon E5620 8 GB, 250 GB, Dual NIC, FirePro V3800 and Microsoft
Windows 7 Professional 64-bit.
Description
442074
BCD600V-OA-2TB
2 TB
442075
BCD600V-OA-4TB
4 TB
442076
BCD600V-OA-6TB
6 TB
442077
BCD600V-OA-8TB
8 TB
Includes 2x Intel Xeon E5620 8 GB, 250 GB, 300 GB, 15 K rpm SAS, Dual NIC, FirePro
V3800 and Microsoft Windows 7 Professional 64-bit. Not included with
rack-mount kit.
Description
442078
BCD600V-OLA-2TB
2 TB
442079
BCD600V-OLA-4TB
4 TB
442080
BCD600V-OLA-6TB
6 TB
442082
BCD600V-RK
4U rack-mount kit
PR34955V2-264292.tif
Nexsan Corp. is a leading provider of energy-efficient, long-term storage systems.

Nexsan delivers secure storage appliances and modular, capacity-optimized
disk-storage systems for a broad range of applications, including fixed-content
storage and archiving, e-mail, medical imaging, compliance and litigation support,
disk-based backup, digital video security and rich media.
Nexsan's solutions are the choice of small- and medium-size companies as well as
large global enterprises and major governmental agencies around the world who are
seeking cost-correct, high-density storage solutions.
Field-proven with more than 21,000 systems in more than 60 countries, Nexsan has
set a bar for reliability standards among disk-storage subsystems. The Nexsan
third-generation, high-density design has a customer-reported annual failure rate
(AFR) of less than 1 percent.
Excellence in design is a key focus at Nexsan. For example, drives slide into an
accurately engineered slot specified to ensure a snug, but not tight, fit. In the Nexsan
high-density product, the drives are positioned with back-to-back counter-rotating
couplets. Doing so reduces the additive effect of vibration which has a significant
impact on system reliability over time.
Nexsan's mid-plane interconnect design maximizes high-density cooling with
unrestricted, non-blocking airflow.
Nexsan provides excellence in heat reduction. Once the subsystem is installed and
running on site, heat and cooling are key considerations in overall subsystem
reliability. To ensure users receive the best reliability possible, Nexsan works with
outside partners to conduct airflow and temperature studies for its
chassis-cooling design.
NEXSAN E18
Includes two 1 GB iSCSI ports and single RAID controller, 2U.
Description
448036
E181A-36/2
36 TB
448038
E181A-54/3
54 TB
448041
E60X-180/3
E60X - 180 TB, 60 x 3 TB drives, 4U
NEXSAN E60
Includes four 10 GbE ports and four 1 GB ISCSI ports, dual controller and 180 TB. Not
included for expansion array.
Description
448039
E602G-180/3
4U
448040
E602G-1080/3
24U, 1 petabyte
EXPANSION ARRAY
448041
E60X-180/3
Description
E60X - 180 TB, 60 x 3 TB drives, 4U
8.5
Security Solutions
The BCD600V is ideal for small- to medium-size camera installations in stand-alone

or multiple-site applications. With robust eight cores of processing power, it is
designed to handle up to 64 IP cameras. This quiet workstation is designed to fit
where space is at a premium, while minimizing power and cooling costs. These
Energy Star-qualified systems feature 85 percent efficient power supplies and an
HP-developed energy-saving component.
The BCD600V also includes a USB media kit, with leading IP video management
software (VMS) from Axis, Exacq, Genetec, Milestone and OnSSI. The compact tower
chassis is perfect for installations in no-rack environments, although it is available as
a 4U rack server as well. The BCD600V is a cost-effective and easy-to-deploy, yet
powerful video surveillance workstation-server solution.
BCDVIDEO
Milestone
./
Milestone XProtect Corporate

MILESTONE SYSTEMS INC
PR28967V2-213856.tif
Multistreaming support - Establish two independent streams from a supported

camera to the recording server with different resolutions, encodings and frame
rates. For example, a video stream optimized for live view and another optimized
for recording
Archiving - Optimized recording storage. Unique data-storage solution that
combines superior performance and scalability with cost-efficient long-term
video storage
Security Solutions
BASE LICENSE
398851
XPCOBT
Milestone XProtect Corporate is a powerful, open-platform IP video-management

software. It's designed for large-scale, mission-critical security implementations,
supporting unlimited cameras, users and sites. The XProtect Corporate provides the
ultimate peace of mind for high-risk security installations. The Edge storage support,
combined with the XProtect Corporate's failover recording servers and redundant
management server, ensures video recordings are never interrupted and access to the
system is always maintained.
Centralized management is now even easier with the Milestone Federated
Architecture. Integrated map applications and built-in support for the XProtect Smart
Wall to ensure exceptional surveillance overview and control.
The XProtect Corporate has new features such as bookmarking, alarm manager and
multistage storage to help efficiently manage complex installations.
FEATURES
D
Milestone Federated Architecture - System concept that enables multiple
individual XProtect Corporate 4.0 systems to be interconnected into a
hierarchical architecture
Limitless multiserver and multisite solution - XProtect Corporate supports an
unlimited number of cameras, servers, sites and users allowing you to grow your
installation according to your needs
Bookmarking - Allows users to mark video sections of particular interest and
add descriptive notes, for later analysis or sharing with other users
Edge storage - Allows cameras to function as failover devices to ensure
uninterrupted video recording in the event of network or server failure
Centralized management - Full configuration of all devices, recording servers
and users from a central manager console connected to the management server
holding all configuration settings in a Microsoft SQL database
Intuitive map function - Multilayered map environment provides interactive
access and control of the complete surveillance system, at-a-glance overview of
the system integrity and seamless drag-and-drop integration with the new Smart
Wall product option
Smart Wall add-on video-wall product option - Flexible and hardware agnostic
video-wall option that is seamlessly integrated with the XProtect's management
and Smart Client environments
High-availability, recording failover server - a redundancy option that provides
standby support for recording servers with automatic synchronization to ensure
maximum uptime and minimize the risk of lost recording data
Versatile rule system - Set up scheduled or event-driven camera and output
actions with numerous options including support for time profiles
Multicast support - Send one video stream to multiple smart clients. The
infrastructure must support IGMP to reach remote networks
8.6
BASE LICENSE SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN

398853
YXPCOBT
398854
Y2XPCOBT
398855
Y3XPCOBT
398856
Y4XPCOBT
398857
Y5XPCOBT
DEVICE LICENSE
354480
XPCODL
Description
XProtect Corporate Base
Server License
Description
One-year plan
Two-year plan
Three-year plan
Four-year plan
Five-year plan
Description
XProtect Corporate Device
Channel License
DEVICE LICENSE SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN

Description
354487
YXPCODL
One-year plan
354490
Y2XPCODL
Two-year plan
354493
Y3XPCODL
Three-year plan
394614
Y4XPCODL
Four-year plan
394615
Y5XPCODL
Five-year plan
A one-year software upgrade plan is mandatory with original purchase.
Software upgrade plans entitle the customer to install all
product upgrades free of charge.
Milestone
Milestone XProtect Enterprise

PR34924V2-264114.tif
BASE LICENSE
325652
XPEBL
Description
XProtect Enterprise Base License

329500
YXPEBL
369582
Y2XPEBL
369587
Y3XPEBL
394602
Y4XPEBL
394603
Y5XPEBL
Description
One-year plan
Two-year plan
Three-year plan
Four-year plan
Five-year plan
CAMERA LICENSE
325653
XPECL
Description
XProtect Enterprise Camera License
CAMERA LICENSE SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN

Description
328687
YXPECL
One-year plan
369597
Y2XPECL
Two-year plan
366037
Y3XPECL
Three-year plan
394606
Y4XPECL
Four-year plan
394607
Y5XPECL
Five-year plan
The XProtect Enterprise XPECL (camera license) allows you to expand your
current system one camera at a time. The Software Upgrade Plan entitles the
customer to future XProtect product upgrades and access to device packs
providing site support for all the latest drivers - free of charge.
8.7
Security Solutions
Milestone's XProtect Enterprise is a comprehensive, open-platform IP

video-management software. It is designed for medium- and large-scale
installations, including multisite deployments. Quick to set up and easy to manage,
the XProtect Enterprise's powerful features - such as system configuration wizards
and auto-detection of cameras - significantly reduce the time and cost of deploying
large security installations. The consolidated single-management interface provides
an efficient way to view and control an unlimited number of cameras, giving real-time
situational awareness for quick response and accurate investigation. The XProtect
Enterprise also supports multiple integration possibilities using the Milestone
Integration Platform Software Development Kit (MIP SDK), allowing users to
future-proof their investment and adds customized functionality for specific
security solutions.
FEATURES
Multiserver and multisite video surveillance solution - Unlimited recording of
video from IP cameras, IP video encoders and selected DVRs with
analog cameras
Optimized recording-storage management - Unique data-storage and archiving
solution that combines superior performance and scalability with cost-efficient
long-term video storage
Automatic camera discovery - Enables fast discovery of cameras to be
connected to the system
System configuration wizards - Guides the user through the process of adding
cameras, configuring video and recording, adjusting motion detection and
user configuration
Built-in video motion detection - Independent of camera model and supporting
up to 64 cameras simultaneously per server
Multiple-language support - Lets operators use the system in their native
language with support for 24 different languages
Map Function - Interactive, multilayered maps provide a comprehensive visual
overview of cameras and layouts, providing supreme situational awareness and
improved response time
Alarm Manager - Integrated with the map function, it gives a consolidated
overview of security and system alarms, providing immediate visual verification
and decreasing the number of false alarms
Camera Navigator - Industry-exclusive feature that collects camera locations,
names and view areas, making complex locations easy to navigate, allowing
efficient tracking of moving objects
ImmerVision enables 360-degree panomorph lens support - Gain a 360-degree
surround view that eliminates blind spots and increases the video surveillance
capabilities of existing cameras, giving you more video coverage with
fewer cameras
Dual streaming - Two independent, configurable video streams for live and
recorded viewing can be individually optimized for stream compression,
resolution and frame rate
Configure access privileges - Ensure system consistency and global user
management with single-sign on Microsoft Active Directory credentials and
control privileges and allowed camera actions
Open Platform for integration with third-party applications
Milestone
Milestone XProtect Professional
Security Solutions
Milestone XProtect Essential

PR82421V2-598817.tif
The XProtect Professional is designed for small- to mid-size installations that need
robust single-server surveillance software with the full functionality of advanced
management, flexible scheduling, fast searching and analysis. The XProtect
Professional supports up to five servers with 64 cameras simultaneously with the
widest choice of network video and hardware equipment.
FEATURES
Powerful single-server solution
Unlimited users
Wider selection of access clients and mobile-device support
Hourly network archiving
Advanced evidence handling
Open platform for integration with third-party applications
Support for analytics
D
BASE LICENSE
398847
XPPBL
Description
XProtect Professional Base License

398849
YXPPBL
403433
Y2XPPBL
403435
Y3XPPBL
403437
Y4XPPBL
403438
Y5XPPBL
Description
One-year plan
Two-year plan
Three-year plan
Four-year plan
Five-year plan
CAMERA LICENSE
398848
XPPCL
Description
XProtect Professional Camera License

Description
398850
YXPPCL
One-year plan
403440
Y2XPPCL
Two-year plan
403441
Y3XPPCL
Three-year plan
403442
Y4XPPCL
Four-year plan
403444
Y5XPPCL
Five-year plan
The XProtect Professional XPPCL (camera license) allows you to expand your
customer to future XProtect product upgrades and access to device packs
providing site support for all the latest drivers - free of charge.
8.8
PR28797V2-213791.tif
Designed for small businesses, the XProtect Essential is an IP video-management

software, supporting up to 26 cameras. Providing the optimal combination of
advanced video surveillance capabilities and ease-of-use, the XProtect Essential
offers unbeatable value. Also, with the XProtect Essential's flexible licensing model,
upgrades and system expansion are seamless.
FEATURES
Full-featured VMS solution
Configuration wizards, automated device discovery and GUI interfaces deliver
trouble-free installations
Easily upgrade to the entire XProtect product suite
BASE LICENSE
423703
XPESBL
Description
XProtect Essential Base License

423705
YXPESBL
423707
Y2XPESBL
423711
Y3XPESBL
423715
Y4XPESBL
423718
Y5XPESBL
Description
One-year plan
Two-year plan
Three-year plan
Four-year plan
Five-year plan
CAMERA LICENSE
423704
XPESCL
Description
XProtect Essential Camera License

Description
423706
YXPESCL
One-year plan
423708
Y2XPESCL
Two-year plan
423712
Y3XPESCL
Three-year plan
423717
Y4XPESCL
Four-year plan
423719
Y5XPESCL
Five-year plan
The XProtect Essential XPESCL (camera license) allows you to expand your
customer to all future version and access to device packs providing site
support for all the latest drivers - free of charge.
Milestone
Milestone XProtect Central

Milestone XProtect Smart Wall

PR28800V2-212675.tif
SERVER LICENSE AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN

Description
344815
XPCBS
XProtect Central Server, includes
one connection
344825
YXPCBS
One-year SUP for XProtect Central
Server, includes one connection
CONNECTION LICENSE AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN
Description
354309
XPCC1
XProtect Central Connection License
354333
YXPCC1
One-year SUP for XProtect Central
Connection License
Software upgrade plans entitle the customer to install upgrades free of
charge and are highly recommended.
PR28802V2-212688.tif
The Smart Wall for XProtect Corporate is an advanced add-on video-wall product that
provides supreme situation awareness in larger surveillance centers through its
unique flexibility and hardware independence. This results in higher efficiency and
increased actionable response. Easily populate layouts by using the Smart Wall
builder which provides dynamic control of the viewed layout and content by dragging
and dropping cameras into the monitor views, resulting in powerful situation
management. Set up rules to handle events and configure views to gain real-time
situational awareness for efficient incident response.
FEATURES
Hardware agnostic - Runs on standard servers and displays; no special
video-wall hardware or network configurations required
Flexible and seamlessly scalable - Supports any number of the Smart Walls with
any number and any combination of monitors at any location
View presets - For each Smart Wall, one or several presets can be defined, such
as view layout (grid) and actual content/camera. The preset layouts are easily
populated by dragging and dropping cameras or by using the powerful
rules engine
Dynamic user control of the Smart Wall layout and content through manual drag
and drop of cameras and views into the Smart Wall via the Smart Client
Automatic event-driven control of the Smart Wall layout and content based on
rules, such as motion detection, I/O, integrated third-party applications, time or
video analytics events
Individual Smart Client users can view the Smart Wall as a part of the available
view selection, which enables the Smart Wall to be used as an operator
collaboration tool
SERVER LICENSE
403429
XPSWBL
Description
XProtect Smart Wall Base License
SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN

403448
YXPSWBL
403449
Y2XPSWBL
403450
Y3XPSWBL
403452
Y4XPSWBL
403453
Y5XPSWBL
Description
One-year plan
Two-year plan
Three-year plan
Four-year plan
Five-year plan
Software upgrade plans entitle the customer to install upgrades free of

charge and are highly recommended.
8.9
Security Solutions
The XProtect Central is an add-on system-monitoring and alarm-management

solution for video surveillance systems based on the Milestone's XProtect video
platforms: Corporate, Enterprise and Professional. The XProtect Central provides
continuous monitoring of the operational status and event-triggered alarms from the
XProtect recording servers, video surveillance cameras and external devices.
This powerful solution gives you instant overview of alarms and possible technical
problems for immediate verification and troubleshooting to resolve incidents quickly.
FEATURES
Centralized overview and control of operational status and alarms from multiple
XProtect surveillance installations
Hierarchical multilevel maps make it easy to navigate and identify an incident
location and the system entities that are involved
Visual and audible alerting supports busy environments like alarm centrals
Instant access to servers and camera devices for visual verification ensures
quick response
The broad range of events available for triggering alarms allows customization
to fit the requirements of each organization
Full alarm management provides surveillance operators with the option to
acknowledge or reassign alarms or to "snooze" specific incidents in case of
scheduled maintenance
Integration with third-party access control or intruder devices via the XProtect
Enterprise and the XProtect Corporate gives interoperability for the most
comprehensive overview of your security installation
Milestone
Milestone XProtect Transact
Security Solutions
Milestone XProtect Analytics - License Plate Recognition (LPR)

PR28804V2-212689.tif
The XProtect Transact is a transaction-management system for searching and viewing

transaction data from virtually any source that is time-linked with digital video
recordings. It enables fast searching in the transaction data and extraction of
correlated video sequences. The XProtect Transact enables you to effectively combat
fraud and loss occurring in transactions. You can track and video any abnormal or
suspicious transactions instantly. The XProtect Transact combines the advanced
functionality of the XProtect Essential, Basis+, Professional, Enterprise and
Corporate software with effective data-mining of your transactions.
FEATURES
Integrates with transaction system via an open interface-supporting serial
server, serial cable or IP connection
Compatible with any RS-232 serial ASCII or XML data source
Intuitive editor filters out irrelevant code such as printer escape codes received
D
from serial devices
View live, browse or search transaction data and video
Fast search on transactions by source, camera, date, time or free text
Transactions time-linked with video images of each transaction source
Display multiple transaction sources and cameras in one view
BASE SERVER LICENSE AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN
Description
344836
XPTBS
XProtect Transact Base Server,
includes one connection
344846
YXPTBS
One-year SUP for XProtect Transact
Base Server, includes one connection
CONNECTION LICENSE AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN
Description
354352
XPTC1
XProtect Transact Connection License
354354
YXPTC1
One-year SUP for XProtect Transact
Connection License
8.10
PR28806V2-212690.tif
The XProtect Analytics is an add-on product to Milestone's high-end XProtect IP

video-management software enabling effortless integration of multiple third-party
video-analytics applications under a single, easy-to-manage user interface. A
sophisticated query engine enables correlation of alerts and related video across
different video-analytics tools, providing a more accurate analysis that reduces the
risk of false alerts, lowering operational cost. Both edge- (camera) and server-based
analytics applications are seamlessly supported. This gives a powerful, future-proof
framework for implementing and managing different analytics applications that
addresses industry-specific needs for surveillance automation and alerts.
The XProtect Analytics - License Plate Recognition is Milestone's video-analytics
product that detects, reads, alerts and stores license-plate information from a video
stream. LPR is typically used to control vehicle access, such as gates or barriers,
parking facilities, toll gates and traffic-enforcement environments. The applications of
LPR range from protecting assets and reducing cost to improving customer experience
and generating additional revenue streams. License-plate information is detected and
read from a digital-video stream and stored in a searchable database synchronized
with the associated video frames.
Initiate actions automatically - User-defined positive/negative lists can be created
that will initiate predefined actions based on the license-plate information detected.
For example, opening a parking lot barrier for an authorized vehicle, sounding an alarm
for others or sending an e-mail when a specified vehicle passes a control point.
Search and view specific license plates - The stored video and license-plate data
enable security staff to quickly find video frames from certain license plates,
time/date or simply browse through the data.
Integrate to build intelligent systems - Integrating LPR with other business or security
systems, for example, gates or barriers, to enable more efficient and effective access
control for facilities.
FEATURES
Flexible integration of video-analytics applications: server-based integration,
library-based (embedded in the Milestone software), edge-based (in
the camera)
Event correlation between different video-analytics applications
Generic video-analytics interface provides an accessible interface for
integrating third-party analytics modules
Solution-specific views in the Smart Client and generic alert plug-in enable the
operator to easily gain an overview of alerts and corresponding video
High-yield recognition with extremely low error rate, suitable for fully automated
traffic enforcement or video tolling
Store information about recognized license plates in the XProtect
Transact Database
XProtect Smart Client plug-in to browse historical video data
Handle multiple libraries simultaneously
Milestone
Support for single-line, double-line, black on white, white on black or
multicolored license plates
Automatic correction of perspective distortions
Decide: positive and negative list - unlimited number of lists, unlimited numbers
of events
Action: alerts; send events to trigger I/O controls such as a parking barrier
BASE AND CHANNEL LICENSES AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN
Description
386590
XPASBL
Analytics Base License (1)
386595
YXPASBL
One-year SUP for Analytics
Base License
386591
XPALIF
Channel License for LPR (2)
386596
YXPALIF
One-year SUP for Channel License
for LPR
LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION ANALYTICS BEHAVIORS AND SOFTWARE

UPGRADE PLAN
Description
367696
XPALC
Analytics LPR Camera License (6)
367705
YXPALC
One-year SUP for Analytics LPR
Camera License
367697
XPALP
Analytics LPR License Plate Library
367706
YXPALP
One-year SUP for Analytics LPR
License Plate Library
(1) One XPA Base License is required for each server equipped with
video analytics.
(2) One Channel License is required for each Milestone LPR camera
connected to the server.
(3) One Channel License is required for each analytics camera connected to
the server. The actual video analytics behavior must be
purchased separately from the analytics vendor.
(4) One Channel License is required for each Agent Vi analytics camera
connected to the server. The actual video analytics behavior
must be purchased separately from the analytics vendor.
(5) One Channel License is required for each Bosch analytics camera
connected to the server. The actual video analytics behavior
must be purchased separately from the analytics vendor.
(6) One generic LPR License Plate Library is included with
each LPR camera license XPALC.
Milestone XProtect Retail

PR29267V2-216791.tif
The XProtect Retail is Milestone's project-based software integration linking video

with point-of-sale (POS) data deriving directly from an enterprise-wide resource
planning system (ERP). It provides you with full video documentation on selected
transaction IDs, item numbers, terminal numbers and employees in any combination.
Whether your specific challenge is shrinkage, fraud, clerical errors, shoplifting or you
simply want to protect innocent employees and customers, a tailor-made XProtect
Retail solution will help you protect your business, your customers and your
employees.
Functionality - The XProtect Retail is fully integrated with the XProtect Enterprise and
the XProtect Corporate software and can be installed locally or centrally.
Local installation - The main dialogue requires the setup of transactions (transaction
types are optional), schedules for transactions and recorded image analysis, the
address to the Transaction Receiver and the POS terminal-to-camera assignment. All
parameters are fully customizable.
Remote (central server) installation - On remote sites there are two main dialogues:
the search dialogue and the view dialogue. The search dialogue allows you to search
between the recorded transactions, as well as make queries across the database, for
example, to cross-reference and establish patterns throughout the organization. The
view dialogue allows you to view transactions and video clips simultaneously.
FEATURES
Built-in transaction-scanner interface
Automatic AVI creation
Automatic file transfer to central server location
Transaction viewer on central server
User interface for setup of POS scan profiles
Fully customer configurable items in scanning profiles
Description
325663
XPRSI
XProtect Retail server
with integration
325664
XPRTL
XProtect Retail cash register license
325665
XPRCL
XProtect Retail camera license
8.11
Security Solutions
GENERAL LICENSES AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN

Description
386592
XPAGIF
Channel License: Generic API
Integration (3)
386597
YXPAGIF
One-year SUP for Channel License:
Generic API Integration
386593
XPAAIF
Channel License: Agent Vi
Integration (4)
386598
YXPAAIF
Agent Vi Integration
386594
XPABIF
Channel License: Bosch
Integration (5)
386599
YXPABIF
Bosch Integration
OnSSI
./
Ocularis - Video Surveillance and Security Platform

ONSSI
PR29211V2-216022.tif
Ocularis, OnSSI's flagship product, is an open-architecture, nonproprietary,

video-management software (VMS) solution platform with PSIM functionality that
allows you to view, manage and record video from an unlimited number of IP and
non-IP video-surveillance cameras. Ocularis enables you to manage short- and
long-term video storage and correlate and fuse video and nonvideo events/alerts,
resulting in automatic video delivery to subscribers of interest.
Ocularis is now available in four feature sets, designed to meet the needs of
organizations of all sizes and structures, from single-location retail outlets or schools
to multiple-site, complex municipal and campus installations.
OCULARIS PS
OCULARIS PS - CAMERA LICENSES UPGRADE PLANS

Description
442947
SUP-OC-PS-1C-1Y
One-year Software
442948
SUP-OC-PS-1C-2Y
Two-year Software
442949
SUP-OC-PS-1C-3Y
Three-year Software
442950
SUP-OC-PS-1C-4Y
Four-year Software
442951
SUP-OC-PS-1C-5Y
Five-year Software
442952
SUP-OC-PS-1C-1D
One-day Software
OCULARIS IS
PR34939V2-264149.tif
PR34941V2-264155.tif
Security Solutions
Ocularis IS - Designed for multiuser active live monitoring and alerting, featuring
integration with access control, video analytics and other third-party systems. One
license required per entire system.
Ocularis PS is an advanced video surveillance platform (VMS) scalable from a single

site with few cameras to multisite with large number of cameras. One license
required per entire system.

442938
OC-PS
Description
Ocularis PS Base License
OCULARIS PS UPGRADE PLANS

442939
SUP-OC-PS-1Y
442940
SUP-OC-PS-2Y
442941
SUP-OC-PS-3Y
442943
SUP-OC-PS-4Y
442944
SUP-OC-PS-5Y
442945
SUP-OC-PS-1D
Description
One-year Software
Two-year Software
Three-year Software
Four-year Software
Five-year Software
One-day Software
OCULARIS PS - CAMERA LICENSES

Minimum two camera licenses per recording server required. One license required
per camera or encoder MAC address.
Description
442946
OC-PS-1C
Ocularis PS Camera License
8.12

442924
OC-IS
Description
Ocularis IS Base License
OCULARIS IS UPGRADE PLANS

442925
SUP-OC-IS-1Y
442926
SUP-OC-IS-2Y
442927
SUP-OC-IS-3Y
442928
SUP-OC-IS-4Y
442929
SUP-OC-IS-5Y
442930
SUP-OC-IS-1D
Description
One-year Software
Two-year Software
Three-year Software
Four-year Software
Five-year Software
One-day Software
OCULARIS IS - CAMERA LICENSES

Minimum two camera licenses per recording server required. One license required
per camera or encoder MAC address.
Description
442931
OC-IS-1C
Ocularis IS Camera License
OCULARIS IS - CAMERA LICENSES UPGRADE PLANS
Description
442932
SUP-OC-IS-1C-1Y
One-year Software
442933
SUP-OC-IS-1C-2Y
Two-year Software
442934
SUP-OC-IS-1C-3Y
Three-year Software
442935
SUP-OC-IS-1C-4Y
Four-year Software
442936
SUP-OC-IS-1C-5Y
Five-year Software
442937
SUP-OC-IS-1C-1D
One-day Software
OnSSI
OCULARIS CS
PR34925V2-264143.tif
Ocularis CS - Designed for large distributed organizations with extended

command-and-control needs. Supports VideoWall and OpenSight add-ons, allowing
control of video walls at multiple command-and-control centers, incorporating
camera streams from other Ocularis installations. One license required per
entire system.
Description
Ocularis CS Base License
OCULARIS CS UPGRADE PLANS

442910
SUP-OC-CS-1Y
442911
SUP-OC-CS-2Y
442912
SUP-OC-CS-3Y
442913
SUP-OC-CS-4Y
442914
SUP-OC-CS-5Y
442915
SUP-OC-CS-1D
Description
One-year Software
Two-year Software
Three-year Software
Four-year Software
Five-year Software
One-day Software
OCULARIS CS - CAMERA LICENSES

One license required per camera or encoder MAC address.
Description
442916
OC-CS-1C
Ocularis CS Camera License
OCULARIS CS - CAMERA LICENSES UPGRADE PLANS
Description
442917
SUP-OC-CS-1C-1Y
One-year Software
442918
SUP-OC-CS-1C-2Y
Two-year Software
442920
SUP-OC-CS-1C-3Y
Three-year Software
442921
SUP-OC-CS-1C-4Y
Four-year Software
442922
SUP-OC-CS-1C-5Y
Five-year Software
442923
SUP-OC-CS-1C-1D
One-day Software
PR34938V2-264146.tif
One license required per entire system.

401826
OC-ES
Description
Ocularis ES Base License
OCULARIS ES UPGRADE PLANS

371594
SUP-OC-ES-1Y
371595
SUP-OC-ES-2Y
371597
SUP-OC-ES-3Y
396918
SUP-OC-ES-4Y
396919
SUP-OC-ES-5Y
401829
SUP-OC-ES-1D
Description
One-year Software
Two-year Software
Three-year Software
Four-year Software
Five-year Software
One-day Software
Security Solutions

442909
OC-CS
OCULARIS ES
OCULARIS ES - CAMERA LICENSES

One license required per camera or encoder MAC address.
Description
442900
OC-ES-1C
Ocularis ES Camera License
OCULARIS ES - CAMERA LICENSES UPGRADE PLANS
Description
442901
SUP-OC-ES-1C-1Y
One-year Software
442902
SUP-OC-ES-1C-2Y
Two-year Software
442903
SUP-OC-ES-1C-3Y
Three-year Software
442904
SUP-OC-ES-1C-4Y
Four-year Software
442907
SUP-OC-ES-1C-5Y
Five-year Software
442908
SUP-OC-ES-1C-1D
One-day Software
OCULARIS VIDEO WALL BASE LICENSES
Ocularis Video Wall - Controller for multiple remote video walls, directly from
Ocularis' map-based interface. One license required per entire system.
Description
371698
OC-VWM-B
Ocularis Video Wall Base
OCULARIS VIDEO WALL BASE LICENSES UPGRADE PLANS
Description
371700
SUP-OC-VWM-B-1Y
One-year Software
371701
SUP-OC-VWM-B-2Y
Two-year Software
371703
SUP-OC-VWM-B-3Y
Three-year Software
422457
SUP-OC-VWM-B-4Y
Four-year Software
422458
SUP-OC-VWM-B-5Y
Five-year Software
OCULARIS VIDEO WALL CONTROLLER ADD-ON CAMERA LICENSES
Description
371705
OC-VWM-1C
Connected Camera License for
Ocularis Video Wall
8.13
OnSSI
(continued)
Ocularis - Video Surveillance and Security Platform
OCULARIS VIDEO WALL CONTROLLER ADD-ON CAMERA LICENSES UPGRADE PLANS

Description
371707
SUP-OC-VWM-1C-1Y
One-year Software
371750
SUP-OC-VWM-1C-2Y
Two-year Software
371752
SUP-OC-VWM-1C-3Y
Three-year Software
410557
SUP-OC-VWM-1C-4Y
Four-year Software
410558
SUP-OC-VWM-1C-5Y
Five-year Software
Security Solutions
OCULARIS OPENSIGHT LICENSES AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN

Ocularis OpenSight - Allows access to multiple Ocularis systems from an
Ocularis-equipped central-monitoring system.
Description
434297
OC-OS-1C
Ocularis OpenSight license
OCULARIS OPENSIGHT LICENSES AND SOFTWARE UPGRADE PLAN
Upgrade provided per connected camera.
Description
434298
SUP-OC-OS-1C-1Y
One-year Software
434299
SUP-OC-OS-1C-2Y
Two-year Software
434300
SUP-OC-OS-1C-3Y
Three-year Software
434301
SUP-OC-OS-1C-4Y
Four-year Software
434302
SUP-OC-OS-1C-5Y
Five-year Software
Ocularis C-CURE 9000 Software Modules

ONSSI
MODULE LICENSE
Requires one license required per site.
434303
OC-CC9000-B
Description
For integration activation
UPGRADE PLANS
Provided for one Ocularis C-CURE 9000 Software Module add-on option.
Description
434304
SUP-OC-CC9000-BASE-1Y One-year Software
434306
SUP-OC-CC9000-BASE-2Y Two-year Software
434307
SUP-OC-CC9000-BASE-3 Three-year Software
434308
SUP-OC-CC9000-BASE-4Y Four-year Software
434309
SUP-OC-CC9000-BASE-5Y Five-year Software
OnSSI's Software Upgrade Plan keeps your system up to date with all the new
features and functionality introduced during the coverage period.
Available for one to five years for most products, it offers significant
savings when you buy a plan for two years or longer.
The SUP option, if selected, requires purchasing the SUP for all
system components and licenses.
SUP coverage is required for all camera licenses added to an existing system
under SUP. This will extend the entire systems' SUP expiration date in
proportion to the number of newly purchased camera licenses.
The Flexible (daily) SUP is available only to customers with current SUP
coverage. A minimum one-year SUP is required upon initial purchase.
8.14
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
./
AXIS M1011-W Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
AXIS M11 Network Camera Series

PR23189V2-161008.tif
AXIS M1054 Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR28844V2-212729.tif
The AXIS M11 Network Camera Series offers professional and cost-effective fixed
cameras suitable for a wide range of video surveillance applications, such as for
retail, banking, libraries and other office buildings.
FEATURES
Excellent image quality including HDTV 720p
Multiple H.264 streams
Power over Ethernet
Easy installation with pixel counter
Vari-focal DC-iris lens
M1103 MODELS
Compact high-resolution cameras
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
418107
0329-001
418107-10PK 0329-021
418108
0366-001
418108-10PK 0366-021
M1104 MODELS
Compact HDTV cameras
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
418110
0339-001
418110-10PK 0339-021
The AXIS M1054 Network Camera offers HDTV image quality, multiple H.264 and
Motion JPEG streams, Power over Ethernet, built-in PIR sensor and illumination LED,
I/O and audio.
FEATURES
Functional and smart design
Excellent HDTV video quality
Microphone and speaker
Anixter No.
Vendor No. Description
419665
0338-004
M1054 Network camera
430058
0338-021
M1054 Network camera, 10 pack
SURVEILLANCE KIT
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
422062
0338-044
Description
M1054 kit with four cameras and
four-license camera stations
PR28607V2-210363.tif
418111
0367-001
418111-10PK 0367-021
Description
M1103 2.8 mm Network Camera
M1103 2.8 mm Network Camera, 10 pack
M1103 6 mm Network Camera
M1103 6 mm Network Camera, 10 pack
Description
M1104 2.8 mm HDTV Network Camera
M1104 2.8 mm HDTV Network Camera,
10 pack
M1104 6 mm HDTV Network Camera
M1104 6 mm HDTV Network Camera,
10 pack
M1113 MODELS
Compact and adaptable high-resolution cameras
Anixter No.
418113
0340-001
M1113 Network Camera
418113-10PK 0340-021
M1113 Network Camera, 10 pack
441850
0431-001
M1113-E Network Camera, outdoor-ready
8.15
Security Solutions
The AXIS M1011-W Network Camera, with both wireless and wired network interface,
provides best-in-class image quality and multiple, individually configurable H.264,
Motion JPEG and MPEG-4 Part 2 streams.
FEATURES
Functional and smart design
Easy and flexible installation
Anixter No.
384636
0301-004
M1011-W Network camera
390826
0301-024
M1011-W Network camera, 10 pack
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
(continued)
M1114 MODELS
Compact and adaptable HDTV cameras
Anixter No.
418117
0341-001
M1114 HDTV Network Camera
418117-10PK 0341-021
M1114 HDTV Network Camera, 10 pack
441851
0432-001
M1114-E HDTV Network
Camera, outdoor-ready
M1143 MODELS
Compact and adaptable high-resolution cameras
Anixter No.
479229
0435-001
M1143-L Network Camera
479229-10PK 0435-021
M1143-L Network Camera, 10 pack
M1144 MODELS
Compact and high-resolution cameras
Anixter No.
479230
0436-001
M1144-L Network Camera
479230-10PK 0436-021
M1144-L Network Camera, 10 pack
Security Solutions
AXIS P13-E Network Camera Series

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR28609V2-210377.tif
AXIS P1347 Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR29098V2-215119.tif
The AXIS P1347 Network Camera enables coverage of a large area or extremely high
image detail with five-megapixel resolution or full-frame rate HDTV 1080p in
H.264 and Motion JPEG. The day/night camera offers P-Iris control, remote back
focus, digital PTZ, multiview streaming, audio, Power over Ethernet and an SD/SDHC
card slot.
FEATURES
Five-megapixel resolution at 12 fps and full HDTV 1080p
Multiview streaming, digital PTZ and guard tour
Easy installation with Power over Ethernet and remote back focus
Multiple H.264 and Motion JPEG video streams
Anixter No.
424651
0343-001
P1347 Network Camera, HDTV 1080p
443946
0343-021
P1347 Network Camera, HDTV 1080p,
10 pack
422145
0368-001
P1347-E Network Camera, HDTV
1080p, outdoor-ready
AXIS Q1755 HDTV Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
The AXIS P13-E Network Camera Series offers outdoor-ready fixed cameras suitable
for a wide range of video surveillance applications, such as governmental and
industrial buildings, retail environments, airports, railway stations, schools and
university campuses. These cameras can be used indoors, but are mainly designed
for outdoor environments.
FEATURES
Easy outdoor installation including focus assistant, remote back focus and
pixel counter
IP66-rated protection from dust and water
IK10-rated protection from impacts
Superb video quality including HDTV
P-Iris control
Digital PTZ and multiview streaming
Anixter No.
418122
0351-001
P1346-E HDTV Network Camera, HDTV 1080p
8.16
PR23192V2-160986.tif
The AXIS Q1755 Network Camera offers outstanding HDTV performance in compliance
with the SMPTE standard. This HDTV camera supports H.264 compression, 10 x
optical/12 x digital zoom, auto-focus and day/night mode.
FEATURES
Local storage
Power over Ethernet
Intelligent video capabilities
Anixter No.
384633
0304-001
Q1755 Network Camera, HDTV
393023
0304-034
Q1755 Network Camera with PoE
midspan, HDTV
394994
0304-021
Q1755 Network Camera, HDTV, 10 pack
419192
0348-001
Q1755-E Network Camera,
HDTV, outdoor-ready
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
AXIS M3014 Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR28612V2-210354.tif
Description
M3113-R Network Camera
M3113-R Network Camera, 10 pack
M3113-R M12 Network Camera
M3113-R M12 Network Camera, 10 pack
M3114-R MODELS
Compact, rugged HDTV network cameras
Anixter No.
414786
0342-001
M3114-R Network Camera, HDTV 720p
414786-10PK 0342-021
M3114-R Network Camera, HDTV 720p,
10 pack
414787
0359-001
M3114-R M12 Network Camera, HDTV 720p
414787-10PK 0359-021
M3114-R M12 Network Camera, HDTV 720p,
10 pack
AXIS M31-VE Network Camera Series

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR72458V2-584602.tif
AXIS M31-R Network Camera Series

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR28611V2-210368.tif
The palm-sized AXIS M31-VE Network Cameras are cost-effective, ultradiscreet fixed
domes for monitoring outdoor entrance areas of stores, restaurants, hotels, banks
and offices.
FEATURES
Excellent video quality including HDTV 720p and H.264
Tampering alarm
Quick installation including Power over Ethernet
The AXIS M31-R Network Camera Series, designed to withstand tough environmental
conditions with regard to vibrations, moisture and temperature fluctuations, is
targeted for installation in transportation vehicles, such as buses and trains.
FEATURES
Flat, rugged design
Excellent video quality including HDTV quality
Quick and reliable installation
Digital PTZ
Powerful application programming interface (API)
M3113-VE MODELS
Ultra-discreet outdoor fixed domes
Anixter No.
441852
0412-001
M3113-VE Network Camera, vandal-resistant
441853
0441-001
M3113-VE Network Camera, no
cap, vandal-resistant
M3114-VE MODELS
Ultra-discreet HDTV outdoor fixed domes
Anixter No.
441854
0413-001
M3114-VE Network Camera, HDTV
720p, vandal-resistant
441855
0442-001
M3114-VE Network Camera, no cap, HDTV
8.17
Security Solutions
The AXIS M3014 Network Camera is an ultracompact fixed dome for recessed
mounting in drop ceilings, creating a discreet solution for network video surveillance.
It has one megapixel resolution or full-frame rate HDTV 720p in H.264, and delivers
multiple, individually configurable H.264 and Motion JPEG streams.
FEATURES
Progressive scan and megapixel resolution
Easy installation
Power over Ethernet
Advanced security and network management
Anixter No.
460003
0285-001
M3014 Network camera
400832
0285-021
M3014 Network camera, 10 pack
M3113-R MODELS
Compact, rugged network cameras
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
414784
0330-001
414784-10PK 0330-021
414785
0358-001
414785-10PK 0358-021
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
Security Solutions
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
AXIS M50 PTZ Dome Network Camera Series

PR28610V2-210372.tif
The AXIS M32 Network Camera Series fulfills the demand for affordable and
professional indoor fixed domes that integrates a vari-focal lens for flexibility in
viewing angle, provide high-performing video streaming, including multistreaming
H.264 and excellent image quality. The H.264 compression enables optimization for
bandwidth and storage efficiency. Offering Power over Ethernet, the AXIS M32 Series
facilitates installation as well as enables power backup.
These network cameras are perfect for cost-conscious indoor installations where
discreet and tamper-resistant or vandal-resistant fixed domes are requested, such as
for retail stores, education, banking and other office buildings.
FEATURES
Excellent image quality
Pixel counter verifies required pixel resolution
Intelligent video
capabilities
D
Digital PTZ
Unobtrusive and compact design
M3203 MODELS
Discreet fixed domes
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
416402
0336-001
416402-10PK 0336-021
416403
0345-001
416403-10PK 0345-021
M3204 MODELS
Discreet HDTV fixed domes
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
416404
0337-001
416404-10PK 0337-021
416405
0346-001
416405-10PK 0346-021
8.18
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR34912V2-264063.tif
The affordably priced, palm-size AXIS M5013 and AXIS M5014 PTZ Dome Network
Cameras feature a microphone and PoE, enabling remote and flexible monitoring of
indoor areas.
FEATURES
Pan, tilt, zoom in an ultra-discreet design
HDTV 720p/SVGA and H.264
IP51-rated protection against dust and dripping water
Easy installation with Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af)
Built-in microphone and audio detection
Anixter No.
438420
0398-001
M5013 Network Camera, SVGA, resolution up
to 800600
438419
0399-001
M5014 Network Camera, HDTV 720p,
resolution up to 1,280720
AXIS P33 Fixed-dome Series

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR23830V2-168221.tif
Description
M3203 Network Camera
M3203 Network Camera, 10 pack
M3203-V Network Camera, vandal-resistant
M3203-V Network Camera, vandal-resistant,
10 pack
Description
M3204 Network Camera, HDTV 720p
M3204 Network Camera, HDTV 720p,
10 pack
M3204-V Network Camera, HDTV
M3204-V Network Camera, HDTV 720p,
vandal-resistant, 10 pack
The AXIS P33 Network Camera Series offers a modular system of indoor and outdoor
fixed domes suitable for a wide range of video surveillance applications, such as
securing railway stations, subways and airports, retail environments, governmental
buildings, school and university campuses and for city surveillance.
FEATURES
High-performance video including HDTV quality
Easy installation with remote focus and zoom
Outdoor-ready models supporting extended temperature range
Power over Ethernet
Compact and discreet design
Local storage
Two-way audio
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
Powerful application programming interface (API)
P3353 MODELS
Fixed dome network camera
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
473190
0464-001
473685
0466-001
P3346 MODELS
HDTV 1080p, network camera
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
431731
0369-001
431732
0370-001
431733
0371-001
P3354 MODELS
720p, network camera
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
473191
0465-001
473691
0467-001
Description
P3353 Network Camera, 6 mm, SVGA
P3353 Network Camera, 12 mm, SVGA
Description
P3346 Network Camera, P-Iris, 1080p
P3346-V Network Camera, HDTV
P3346-VE Network Camera, HDTV 1080p,
vandal-resistant, outdoor-ready
P3384 MODELS
Network camera
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
486430
0511-001
486431
0512-001
Description
P3384-V Network Camera
P3384-VE Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR23184V2-160791.tif
Description
P3364-V Network Camera, 6 mm
P3364-V Network Camera, 12 mm
P3364-VE Network Camera, 6 mm
P3364-VE Network Camera, 12 mm
P3364-LV Network Camera, 6 mm
P3364-LV Network Camera, 12 mm
P3364-LVE Network Camera, 6 mm
P3364-LVE Network Camera, 12 mm
The AXIS P3301 Fixed Dome Network Cameras offer compact indoor video surveillance
with superior image quality, multistreaming H.264, Motion JPEG, two-way audio and
Power over Ethernet.
FEATURES
Superior image quality
Unobtrusive and compact design
P3301 MODELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
460004
0290-001
381066
0290-021
Description
P3301 Network camera
P3301 Network camera, 10 pack
P3301-V VANDAL-RESISTANT MODELS

Anixter No.
460005
0292-001
P3301-V Network camera
381067
0292-021
P3301-V Network camera, 10 pack
8.19
Security Solutions
Vendor No.
0481-001
0471-001
0482-001
0484-001
0485-001
0486-001
0476-001
0473-001
Description
P3367-V Network Camera
P3367-VE Network Camera
Description
P3354 Network Camera, 6 mm, HDTV 720p
P3354 Network Camera, 12 mm, 720p
P3363 MODELS
Vandal-resistant, SVGA, network camera
Anixter No.
473688
0508-001
P3363-V Network Camera, 6 mm,
SVGA, vandal-resistant
473687
0470-001
P3363-V Network Camera, 12 mm,
SVGA, vandal-resistant
473690
0468-001
P3363-VE Network Camera, 6 mm, SVGA,
473689
0483-001
P3363-VE Network Camera, 12 mm, SVGA,
P3364 MODELS
Network camera
Anixter No.
473694
473693
473703
473702
483697
483698
496612
493107
P3367 MODELS
Network camera
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
448508
0406-001
448509
0407-001
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
AXIS P3304 Fixed Dome Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
AXIS P5522/-E PTZ Dome Network Camera

PR28883V2-212731.tif
Security Solutions
AXIS P3304/-V Fixed Dome Network Cameras provide compact video surveillance with
HDTV image quality, multistreaming H.264 and Motion JPEG, two-way audio and
Power over Ethernet.
FEATURES
Unobtrusive and compact design with versatile lens adjustment capabilities
P3304 HDTV MODELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
460250
0352-001
419663-10PK 0352-021
Description
P3304 Network camera, 10 pack
P3304-V HDTV VANDAL-RESISTANT MODELS

Anixter No. D Vendor No. Description
460251
0353-001
P3304-V Network camera
419664-10PK 0353-021
P3304-V Network camera, 10 pack
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR34914V2-264069.tif
The AXIS P5522/-E offers 360-degree pan via Auto-flip, 180-degree tilt and 18x
optical zoom with auto-focus, enabling good overviews as well as details when
zooming in. It has day/night functionality and Wide Dynamic Range and enables full
frame rate D1 resolution video in H.264 and Motion JPEG.
FEATURES
Protected against dust and water
Advanced Gatekeeper
Easy installation including PoE+ (IEEE 802.3at) support
Anixter No.
444035
0420-004
P5522 Network Camera
444036
0422-004
P5522-E Network Camera, outdoor-ready
AXIS P5532 PTZ Dome Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR28972V2-214109.tif
AXIS P5512/-E PTZ Dome Network Cameras

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR34913V2-264066.tif
The day/night AXIS P5512/-E PTZ Dome Network Cameras offer 360-degree pan, 12x
optical zoom, 4CIF video, H.264, Motion JPEG and Power over Ethernet support.
FEATURES
360-degre pan with Auto-flip
Multiple H.264 and Motion JPEG streams
IP51/IP66 and NEMA 4X ratings for protection from dust and water
Easy installation with Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af)
Anixter No.
438978
0409-001
438980
0411-001
P5512-E Network camera, outdoor-ready
8.20
The AXIS P5532 PTZ Dome Network Camera is a cost-effective, IP51-rated indoor,
IP66-rated outdoor, pan/tilt/zoom camera with 29x zoom, full-frame rate H.264 video
in D1 (720x480/576) resolution.
FEATURES
D1 resolution, H.264, day/night functionality
High Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3at)
Advanced Gatekeeper
Anixter No.
424079
0310-004
P5532 Network Camera
430201
0312-004
P5532-E Network Camera, outdoor-ready
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
AXIS P5534 PTZ Dome Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
AXIS Q6032/-E PTZ Dome Network Camera

PR28613V2-210375.tif

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR65497V2-474091.tif
PR28614V2-210387.tif
The IP52-rated AXIS Q6032 PTZ Dome offers extended D1 resolution, 35x optical
zoom, high-speed pan/tilt, day/night functionality, WDR, PoE+, H.264/Motion JPEG,
and Active Gatekeeper.
FEATURES
Extended D1 resolution (752x480)
Tour recording
Active Gatekeeper, auto-tracking, audio detection
Easy installation with Power over Ethernet Plus (IEEE 802.3at)
Q6032 MODELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
447358
0357-004
Description
Q6032 Network camera
Q6032-E MODELS, OUTDOOR-READY

Anixter No.
397194
0318-004
Q6032-E Network camera
410607
0318-014
Q6032-E Network camera with wall bracket

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
The indoor AXIS P5544 is a unique HDTV pan/tilt/zoom dome with 360-degree
panoramic view and 18x optical zoom for sharp zoomed-in views. It is ideal for use at
airports, train stations, logistics centers and museums.
FEATURES
HDTV 720p
H.264
Advanced Gatekeeper
Power over Ethernet Plus
Anixter No.
478955
0443-004
P5544 Network Camera, 60 Hz, HDTV 720p
PR28884V2-212734.tif
The IP52-rated AXIS Q6034/-E PTZ Domes offer HDTV 720p, 18x optical zoom,
high-speed pan/tilt, day/night functionality, and H.264 and Motion JPEG formats.
FEATURES
Advanced Gatekeeper
Outdoor-ready version is IP66-rated, NEMA 4X
Anixter No.
419667
0363-004
Q6034 Network Camera, HDTV 720p
427462
0362-004
Q6034-E Network Camera, HDTV
720p, outdoor-ready
8.21
Security Solutions
The AXIS P5534 PTZ Dome Network Camera is an HDTV pan/tilt/zoom camera with 18x
zoom and IP51-rated protection against dust and dripping water for
indoor applications.
FEATURES
HDTV 720p and H.264
Advanced Gatekeeper functionality
Anixter No.
412330
0314-004
P5534 HDTV Network Camera
415042
0314-041
P5534 HDTV Network Camera bundled with
T95A00 housing
429713
0316-004
P5534-E HDTV Network
Camera, outdoor-ready
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR34915V2-264072.tif
Two-way audio, including built-in microphone and detection alarm

Also available in nonvandal-resistant version
Anixter No.
364743
0280-004
212 PTZ-V Vandal-resistant Network Camera
365669
0280-024
212 PTZ-V Vandal-resistant Network Camera,
10 pack
331750
0257-004
212 PTZ Network Camera
333543
0257-024
212 PTZ Network Camera, 10 pack
AXIS 214 PTZ Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR13619V2-31191.tif
Security Solutions
The indoor, IP52-rated AXIS Q6035 PTZ Dome Network Camera provides HDTV 1080p
as well as 50/60 fps in HDTV 720p, 20x optical zoom, day/night, WDR, H.264, Active
Gatekeeper and tour recording and PoE+.
The outdoor-ready, AXIS Q6035-E PTZ Dome offers HDTV 1080p as well as 50/60 fps in
HDTV 720p, 20xoptical zoom, day/night, WDR, H.264/Motion JPEG, Active Gatekeeper
and tour recording and High PoE.
Q6035 MODELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
447359
0444-004
Description
Q6035 Network camera, HDTV 1080p or
HDTV 720p
Q6035-E MODELS, OUTDOOR-READY

447360
0445-004
Description
Q6035-E Network camera, HDTV
1080p or HDTV 720p
AXIS 212 PTZ-V Vandal-resistant Network Camera

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR21566V2-122628.tif
The AXIS 214 PTZ Network Camera is a day/night, pan/tilt/zoom camera with two-way
audio for professional surveillance and remote monitoring over IP networks. The 18x
optical and 12x digital zoom, auto-focus lens shows detailed images in
perfect sharpness.
FEATURES
Automatic day/night functionality
Simultaneous MPEG-4 and Motion JPEG
High-resolution camera with 720x480 max.
Anixter No.
322639
0246-004
214 PTZ Network Camera
AXIS Q1910/-E Thermal Network Cameras

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
The AXIS 212 PTZ-V Vandal-resistant Network Camera is an instant one-click

pan/tilt/zoom camera without moving parts, featuring a three megapixel sensor,
providing VGA resolution and is equipped with a vandal-resistant casing.
FEATURES
PTZ with no moving parts - no wear and tear
Vandal-resistant casing made in metal
Simultaneous Motion JPEG and MPEG-4 for optimized quality and bandwidth
Power over Ethernet for reduced cabling and consolidated power
8.22
PR28615V2-210380.tif
The AXIS Q1910/-E Thermal Network Cameras have 160x128 resolution, 8.33 fps,
17-degree angle of view, ONVIF, H.264, audio, PoE and VMD.
FEATURES
Thermal imaging for IP surveillance
Outdoor-ready model with window heater
Multiple H.264 streams with individual palettes
Anixter No.
413363
0334-001
Q1910 Network Camera, indoor
413364
0335-001
Q1910-E Network Camera, outdoor-ready
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
AXIS Q1921/-E Thermal Network Cameras

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
Network Camera Housings for AXIS Network Cameras

PR34916V2-264075.tif
Q1921 MODELS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
429112
0384-001
429113
0388-001
Description
Q1921 Network Camera, 19 mm (standard)
Q1921 Network Camera, 10 mm (wide)
Q1921-E MODELS
Models are outdoor-ready and IP66-rated.
Anixter No.
429115
0385-001
Q1921-E Network Camera, 19 mm (standard)
429114
0389-001
Q1921-E Network Camera, 10 mm (wide)
429116
0390-001
Q1921-E Network Camera, 35 mm (tele)
429117
0391-001
Q1921-E Network Camera, 60 mm
(extra tele)
PR11734V2-19163.tif
OUTDOOR FIXED NETWORK CAMERA HOUSING

For AXIS 221, AXIS P1311, AXIS P1343, AXIS P1344, AXIS P1346, AXIS P1347 and
AXIS Q1755 Network Cameras.
Anixter No.
318076
24889
Outdoor fixed housing,
heater/blower, IP65-rated
AXIS T92A OUTDOOR FIXED NETWORK CAMERA HOUSING
Anixter No.
376900
5015-101
T92A10 Outdoor fixed housing,
outdoor, IP66-rated
393026
5015-204
T92A20 Outdoor fixed housing, outdoor High
PoE powered, IP66-rated
AXIS T92E OUTDOOR FIXED NETWORK CAMERA HOUSING
For AXIS M11 Series, AXIS P13 Series and AXIS Q1755 Network Cameras.
Anixter No.
440498
0344-001
T92E05 Outdoor fixed housing, IP66-rated
440497
0433-001
AXIS T93E05 OUTDOOR FIXED NETWORK CAMERA PROTECTIVE HOUSING
For AXIS M11 Series Network Cameras.
Anixter No.
441861
5502-871
INDOOR FIXED NETWORK CAMERA HOUSINGS
Anixter No.
321893
24886
Indoor fixed wall housing, vandal-resistant
321901
24887
Indoor fixed corner housing, vandal-resistant
321904
24888
Indoor fixed ceiling housing, vandal-resistant
304453
22870
Indoor fixed camera dome, recessed
ceiling housing
304455
21899
Indoor fixed housing, IP65-rated
8.23
Security Solutions
AXIS Q1921/-E Thermal Network Cameras provide detection in darkness and difficult
conditions with 384x288 resolution, supports ONVIF, PT heads, H.264, two-way audio,
local storage, I/O, PoE, tampering alarm, motion detection and AXIS Camera
Application Platform.
FEATURES
Thermal imaging for IP surveillance
Lens alternatives for different applications
A lens for extra-wide FOV
Tele lenses
High-quality detection
Power over Ethernet
30 fps
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
(continued)
Network Camera Housings for AXIS Network Cameras
INDOOR PTZ NETWORK CAMERA HOUSINGS

For AXIS 214 PTZ and AXIS 215 PTZ Network Cameras.
Anixter No.
320713
25735
Indoor pendant dome, clear dome, no
electronics, IP66-rated
304428
21898
Indoor recessed enclosure, low profile,
smoked dome
WHITE LED ILLUMINATORS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
390871
5013-161
368836
5013-261
368837
5013-371
Description
T90A16 W-LED 50 degrees
T90A26 W-LED 50-100 degrees
T90A37 W-LED 30-60 degrees
Power over Ethernet Midspans and Splitters

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR23205V2-160972.tif
OUTDOOR PTZ NETWORK CAMERA HOUSINGS

Provided for clear dome, heater/blower and pendant-mount. For AXIS 214 PTZ and
AXIS 215 PTZ Network Cameras.
Anixter No.
319539
25733
Outdoor pendant dome, IP66-rated
320712
25734
Outdoor pendant, vandal-resistant dome
AXIS T90A Series Illuminators
Security Solutions
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR72459V2-584608.tif
AXIS T90A Illuminators are a series of high-performance white and infrared LED
illuminators with class-leading performance, long life and ultra low maintenance.
They incorporate the very latest surface-mount LEDs allowing excellent night time
video surveillance with outstanding reliability.
FEATURES
Adaptive illumination
Suitable for both fixed and PTZ dome network cameras
Energy saving
Long life
PoE models available
IR ILLUMINATORS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
375032
5013-011
390870
5013-111
368781
5013-201
368791
5013-211
368832
5013-331
408198
5013-321
368835
5013-401
408199
5013-421
386032
5013-661
419674
5013-611
419675
5013-621
8.24
Description
T90A01 IR-LED 50 degrees PoE, indoor only
T90A11 IR-LED 50 degrees
T90A20 IR-LED 120-180 degrees
T90A66 Pole Bracket
T90A61 Mounting Bracket, single
T60A62 Mounting Bracket, double
Provide power to AXIS network video products over existing Ethernet Cat
5 infrastructure, according to 802.3af PoE standards.
FEATURES
No need for power outlets
Uninterrupted power supply
Low installation costs
IEEE 802.3af compliant
Anixter No.
331560
5008-001
Active splitter, 5 V
362177
5012-004
Midspan, 8-port
362179
5012-014
Midspan, 16-port
Axis P7224 Video Encoder

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR65504V2-474073.tif
The AXIS P7224 Encoder Blade enables four analog video channels to be converted
into multiple H.264 and Motion JPEG streams in an IP-based video surveillance
system. Blades are rack-mountable and powered from the rack,
simplifying installation.
FEATURES
Full frame rate in all resolutions
High-resolution quad-view
Two-way audio with audio detection
PTZ support
Video motion detection
Active-tampering alarm
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
VIDEO ENCODER BLADE
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
452420
0418-001
456024
0418-021
BLADE VIDEO SERVER RACKS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
341549
0267-004
378438
0287-004
Description
P7224 Video Encoder Blade
P7224 Video Encoder Blade, 10 pack
AXIS Q7401 Video Encoder

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR23203V2-161003.tif
Description
291 1U Video Server Rack, holds up to
three blades
Q7900 Rack, holds up to 14 blades
Video encoder kitting and configuration available. Contact your local sales
representative for more information.
AXIS M7001 Video Encoder
VIDEO ENCODER
PR23200V2-160976.tif
Video encoder kitting and configuration available as a value-added service.

Contact your local sales office for more information.
AXIS Q7404 Video Encoder

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
Anixter No.
386513
Vendor No.
0298-001
SURVEILLANCE KIT
Anixter No.
387051
Vendor No.
0298-031
PR28617V2-210369.tif
Description
M7001 Video Encoder
PR23201V2-160992.tif
Description
M7001 Covert Surveillance Kit

The AXIS Q7404 Video Encoder enables four analog video channels to be converted
into multiple H.264 and Motion JPEG streams in an IP-based video
FEATURES
Superb video quality
Two-way audio on one channel
PTZ support
Anixter No.
398788
0291-004
Q7404 Video Encoder
398789
0291-024
Q7404 Video Encoder, 10 pack
8.25
Security Solutions
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
The 1-channel AXIS M7001 Video Encoder enables H.264 and Motion JPEG streaming
at full frame rate, with video motion detection and Power over Ethernet support.
FEATURES
Compact and cost-effective
Simultaneous H.264 and Motion JPEG
PTZ support
The AXIS Q7401 Video Encoder enables one analog video channel to be converted into
multiple, high-quality H.264 and Motion JPEG streams in an IP surveillance system.
FEATURES
Image setting adjustment
Power over Ethernet
Audio support
Local storage
Anixter No.
375405
0288-004
Q7401 Video Encoder
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
RS-422 and RS-485
Power over Ethernet
AXIS Q7414 Video Encoder Blade
Security Solutions
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR11731V2-19154.tif
PR34917V2-264078.tif
The AXIS Q7414 Video Encoder Blade enables four analog video channels and four
audio channels to be converted into digital streams with high-quality H.264 video
and AAC audio in a rack-based IP surveillance system.
FEATURES
Full frame rate in H.264 and Motion JPEG in all resolutions
Reduced bandwidth and storage using H.264 compression
Four individual channels with full two-way audio support on each channel
ONVIF support
Anixter No.
443950
0354-001
Q7414 Video Encoder Blade
D
453091
0354-021
Q7414 Video Encoder Blade, 10 pack
Anixter No.
456019
456020
Vendor No.
0415-004
0415-044
Description
M7014 Video Encoder, four channels
M7014 Video Encoder Surveillance Kit

AXIS 241QA Video Server

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR23197V2-160989.tif
AXIS M7014 Video Encoder

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR65503V2-491231.tif
The AXIS M7014 Video Encoder enables four analog video channels to be converted
into two simultaneous video streams, one in H.264 and the other in Motion JPEG, at
15 frames per second.
FEATURES
Edge storage through micro-SDHC memory card slot
High-resolution quad-view
PTZ support
The AXIS 241QA Video Server delivers high-quality video at up to 30 fps per channel
over IP networks. Supported by the industry's largest base of surveillance
applications, it offers digital benefits for analog surveillance systems, including
two-way audio, motion detection and remote pan/tilt/zoom control. It provides
simultaneous MPEG-4 and Motion JPEG streams in resolutions up to 704x480,
allowing optimization both for image quality and bandwidth efficiency. A
comprehensive security package includes HTTPS encryption, IP address filtering and
multiple user access levels.
FEATURES
Deinterlacing video, further improving image quality in 4CIF resolution
High-quality video up to 30 fps per channel at CIF
Simultaneous Motion JPEG and MPEG-4 streams in resolutions up to 704x480
Video motion detection and pre-/post-alarm buffer
Support for PTZ units
HTTPS encryption for network security
Integrated two-way audio support
Anixter No.
309647
0230-004
241QA Video Server
8.26
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
BLADE VIDEO SERVER RACKS
AXIS P7701 Video Decoder

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR23196V2-160997.tif
PR28618V2-210361.tif
Vendor No.
0267-004
378438
0287-004
Description
three blades

AXIS P8221 Network I/O Audio Module

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
PR28616V2-210382.tif
AXIS Q7406 Video Encoder Blade

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
The AXIS Q7406 Video Encoder Blade enables six analog video channels to be
converted into multiple H.264 and Motion JPEG streams in a rack-based, IP
FEATURES
High-density solution
Image-setting adjustment
VIDEO ENCODER BLADE
Anixter No.
378447
Vendor No.
0289-001
PR23198V2-161004.tif
The AXIS P8221 has eight configurable I/O ports, two-way audio, speaker output, a
built-in preamplifier and phantom power for balanced microphones and serial
server support.
FEATURES
Superb audio quality
Power over Ethernet
Control of legacy equipment
Anixter No.
406670
0321-004
P8221 Network I/O Audio Module
406670-10PK 0321-021
P8221 Network I/O Audio Module, 10 pack
Description
Q7406 Video Encoder Blade
8.27
Security Solutions
The AXIS P7701 is a 1-channel decoder for simple monitoring solutions, with full
frame rate in H.264, MPEG-4 and Motion JPEG. It supports video source sequencing
and is PoE enabled.
FEATURES
Digital or analog video output
Sequence mode and auto-connect on alarm
High-quality audio
Anixter No.
415041
0319-004
P7701 Video Decoder
Anixter No.
341549
Video Surveillance
AXIS Communications
AXIS Video Server Racks
AXIS T8310 Video Surveillance Control Board
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
AXIS 291 1U VIDEO SERVER RACK
PR23414V2-164448.tif
1U 19 in. rack unit with three expansion slots, compatible with all AXIS blade video
servers, universal built-in power supply, one 10/100/1000BASE-T output.
Security Solutions
Anixter No.
341549
Vendor No.
0267-004
PR29031V2-215120.tif
Description
three blades
AXIS VIDEO SERVER RACK

19 in. video server rack unit comes complete with integrated power supply and
blanking panels (not compatible with AXIS 243Q Blade).
Anixter No.
285569
0192-004
Video Server Rack, holds up to 12 blades
The AXIS T8310 Control Board is a modular system composed of: The AXIS
T8311 Joystick, which gives accurate control of AXIS PTZ network cameras; the AXIS
T8312 Keypad, used for navigating between workspaces, cameras, views and PTZ
presets; and the AXIS T8313 Jog Dial, used for navigating through recorded video.
Each unit can be purchased and used either separately or together.
FEATURES
Professional design
Durable quality
Easy to install
Anixter No.
416408
5020-001
T8310 Control Board (all three units)
416409
5020-101
T8311 Joystick
416411
5020-201
T8312 Keypad
416412
5020-301
T8313 Jog Dial
AXIS Q7900 RACK

D
PR23415V2-164453.tif
AXIS Camera Station

AXIS COMMUNICATIONS
4U 19 in. rack with 14 slots for AXIS video encoder blades, supports up to 84 analog
channels, multiple video streams per channel through four Gigabit Ethernet ports,
two redundant power supply units, each slot offers RS-485 connectors for PTZ
control and 12 I/O ports for connections to external devices.
Anixter No.
378438
8.28
Vendor No.
0287-004
Description
PR9970V2-24379.tif
AXIS Camera Station is IP surveillance software for recording and viewing video from
AXIS network cameras and video servers.
FEATURES
PC software that offers professional video monitoring and
surveillance functionality
Recording and live video viewing from remote locations
Can be expanded up to 50 cameras, in steps of one at a time
BASE LICENSE
Anixter No.
304432
284310
Vendor No.
0202-054
0202-004
Description
Four-camera base license
10-camera base license
ADD-ONS
Anixter No.
284458
284457
Vendor No.
0202-034
0202-014
Description
One-camera add-on license
Five-camera add-on license
Video Surveillance
Sony
./
Network 720p HD Fixed Camera with View-DR Technology

SONY
PR28863V2-212761.tif
Network 720p HD Bullet Camera with View-DR Technology

and IR Illuminator
SONY
PR28864V2-212777.tif
FEATURES
Superior 720p HD picture quality, supporting H.264 at 30 fps
Max. resolution 1,280x1,024
Superior dynamic range using newly developed View-DR (visibility-enhanced
Wide Dynamic Range)
Clearly see objects in the dark up to 15 m (49 ft.) away with IR illuminators
Network 1080p HD Fixed Camera with View-DR Technology

SONY
PR28865V2-212769.tif
FEATURES
Wide Dynamic Range)
XDNR (excellent dynamic noise reduction) for clear images without motion blur
under low illumination
Three codecs (JPEG/MPEG-4/H.264) and dual encoding
The new "Exmor" CMOS sensor realizes high image quality and high sensitivity
for surveillance
Easy-focus function
DEPA advanced - intelligent video and audio analytics - trigger an alarm based
on user-defined rules - intelligent motion detection - tamper alarm - advanced
audio detection
Power over Ethernet (PoE) capability
CF slot for onboard recording allows streaming of locally stored data using
RTP/RTCP protocol for backup purposes or postrecording reviews
ONVIF conformance (Open Network Video Interface Forum)
Description
415025
SNC-CH240
Network 1080p HD fixed camera with
View-DR technology
8.29
Security Solutions
FEATURES
Maximum resolution 1,280x1,024
Wide Dynamic Range)
for surveillance
Easy-focus function
audio detection
Description
410683
SNC-CH140
Network 720p HD fixed camera with
View-DR technology
for surveillance
Easy-focus function
audio detection
Description
421014
SNC-CH180
Network 720p HD bullet camera with
View-DR technology and
IR illuminator
Video Surveillance
Sony
PoE Network Fixed Camera Supporting H.264

SONY
PR34962V2-264391.tif
CF slot for onboard recording - allows streaming of locally stored data using
Description
410684
SNC-DH140
Network 720p HD minidome camera
with View-DR technology
Network 720p HD Vandal-resistant Minidome Camera with

View-DR Technology and IR Illuminator
Security Solutions
SONY
FEATURES
Superior 1080p HD picture quality supporting H.264 at 30 fps
DEPA Intelligence
Three codecs JPEG/MPEG-4/H.264 with dual streaming
IR illuminators
IP66
PoE
Also available in 720p HD picture quality (SNC-CH160)
Description
428874
SNC-CH160
E-Series outdoor fixed HD 720p IP
camera with IR illuminators
428875
SNC-CH260
E-Series outdoor fixed Full HD 1080p
D
IP camera with IR illuminators
Network 720p HD Minidome Camera with View-DR Technology

SONY
PR28866V2-212771.tif
FEATURES
Wide Dynamic Range) technology
for surveillance
Easy-focus function/easy-zoom function
EPA advanced - intelligent video and audio analytics - trigger an alarm based on
user-defined rules - intelligent motion detection - tamper alarm - advanced
audio detection
8.30
PR28867V2-212770.tif
FEATURES
The new "Exmor" CMOS sensor achieves high image quality and high sensitivity
Clearly see objects in the dark up to 15 m (49 ft.) away with IR illuminators
Superb dynamic range using newly developed View-DR (visibility-enhanced Wide
Dynamic Range) technology
The Visibility Enhancer optimizes contrast and makes the subject more visible,
even in severe backlight or shadow conditions
XDNR (excellent dynamic noise reduction) technology for clear images without
motion blur under low illumination
DEPA advanced intelligent video and audio analytics trigger an alarm, based on
user-defined rules
Intelligent motion detection
Tamper alarm
Advanced audio detection
Three codecs (H.264, MPEG-4, JPEG) with dual-streaming capability
Built-in heater
IP66 rating
ONVIF software (Open Network Video Interface Forum)
Description
415027
SNC-DH180
Network 720p HD vandal-resistant
minidome with View-DR technology
and IR illuminator
Video Surveillance
Sony
Network 1080p HD Minidome Camera with View-DR Technology

SONY
PR28868V2-212805.tif
PoE (802.3af), AC 24 V or DC 12 V
Flush-mount option YT-ICB45
369102
SNC-DS10
Description
Color 1/4 in. progressive-scan CCD,
ExwavePRO, dual
stream, PoE-compliant
SNC-DS60 Minidome IP Camera (JPEG/MPEG-4 Dual) PoE

SONY
Sony Progressive-scan Color Minidome Network Camera

SONY
PR22046V2-128382.tif
FEATURES
1/4-type progressive-scan ExwavePRO
Dual-stream JPEG/MPEG-4
2.8-10 mm auto-iris lens
Analog video output
The SNC-DS60 is a ruggedized network minidome camera that incorporates a

1/4-type progressive-scan CCD with ExwavePRO technology.
FEATURES
Progressive-scan CCD with ExwavePRO technology
JPEG picture-quality settings with constant bit-rate algorithm
Variable gamma settings
Wall- or ceiling-mountable
Easy viewing-angle adjustment
Powerful vari-focal zoom lens/wide viewing angle
Quick focus adjustment
Ball-joint lens-mount technology
Compact, ruggedized design
Selectable JPEG and MPEG-4 compression formats
Dual-encoding capability
Day/night function
Bi-directional audio
Voice alert
The DEPA platform - intelligent video analytics
Sensor in/alarm out ports
IEEE 802.1x-compliant
Date/time superimposition
Privacy zone masking
Analog composite video output
24 V AC, 12 V DC or PoE operation
Simultaneous access for up to 10 users
Multicasting capability
Description
386703
SNC-DS60
SNC-DS60 minidome IP camera
(JPEG/MPEG-4 dual)
(day/night) (PoE)
Security Solutions
FEATURES
Wide Dynamic Range)
for surveillance
audio detection
CF slot for onboard recording - allows streaming of locally stored data using
ONVIF conformance (open network video interface forum)
Description
415026
SNC-DH240
Network 1080p HD minidome camera
with View-DR technology
PR23309V2-162211.tif
8.31
Video Surveillance
Sony
428879
SNC-DH160
Full HD Minidome Camera

SONY
PR34965V2-264397.tif
428880
SNC-DH260
Description
E-Series outdoor minidome HD 720p
IP camera with IR illuminators
E-Series outdoor minidome full HD
1080p IP camera with IR illuminators
IP Minidome 1080p HD Quality Supporting H.264
Security Solutions
SONY
FEATURES
Maximum resolution 1280 x 1024
Three codecs (JEPG, MPEG-4 or H.264) and dual encoding
for surveillance
Easy focus function
Power over ethernet (PoE) capability
ONVIF conformance (open network video interface forum)
Description
423373
SNC-DH120
E-Series indoor minidome HD 720p
network camera
428877
SNC-DH220
E-Series indoor minidome Full HD
D
1080p network camera
Vandal IP Minidome with IR Illuminators

SONY
PR34969V2-264354.tif
PR34970V2-264394.tif
FEATURES
Progressive-scan "Exmor" CMOS sensor
2.9x optical zoom
Day/night
View-DR
XDNR
DEPA Advanced
IR illuminators
IK10
IP66
AC 24 V, DC 12 V, PoE
Also available in 720p HD (SNC-DH180)
Description
415027
SNC-DH180
Network 720p HD vandal-resistant
minidome with View-DR technology
and IR illuminator
428881
SNC-DH280
V-Series outdoor minidome full HD
1080p IP camera with IR illuminators
Vandal IP Minidome Camera

FEATURES
2.9x optical zoom
Day/night
DEPA
IR illuminators
IK10
IP66
PoE
8.32
SONY
PR34966V2-264398.tif
FEATURES
Superior 1080p and 720p HD picture quality supporting H.264 at 30 fps
Fixed focal lens
Maximum resolution 2,048x1,536 and 1,280x960
Video Surveillance
Sony
Electrical day/night
DEPA
PoE
Available in white or black
434658
SNC-DH110T/B
434824
SNC-DH110T/W
433201
SNC-DH210T/B
433202
SNC-DH210T/W
Vandal HD Dome Camera

SONY
Description
Compact minidome HD (720p)
resolution vandal-resistant network
security camera with black finish
security camera with white finish
security camera with black finish
security camera with white finish
Vandal IP Minidome With Optical Zoom

SONY
PR34967V2-264375.tif
FEATURES
2.9x optical zoom
Day/night
View-DR
XDNR
DEPA Advanced
IK10
AC 24 V, DC 12 V, PoE
Also available in 720p HD (SNC-DH140T)
Description
423816
SNC-DH140T
V-Series indoor minidome full HD
1080p network camera
423817
SNC-DH240T
V-Series indoor tamperproof
minidome full HD 1080p
network camera
IP PTZ Camera with H.264

SONY
PR34972V2-264363.tif
FEATURES
26x optical zoom capability
Selectable JPEG, MPEG-4, H.264 compression formats
1/4-type Super HAD CCD day/night function
DEPA enabled - intelligent video analytics (intelligent motion
detection/intelligent object detection)
Description
326892
SNC-RZ50N
Color 1/4 in. Super HAD CCD,
day/night function, dual stream,
wireless support
8.33
Security Solutions
FEATURES
2.9x optical zoom
Day/night
DEPA
PoE
Description
428876
SNC-DH120T
E-Series indoor tamperproof
minidome HD 720p network camera
428878
SNC-DH220T
E-Series indoor tamperproof
minidome full HD 1080p
network camera
PR34968V2-264357.tif
Video Surveillance
Sony
Network PTZ Camera with 36x Optical Zoom
Security Solutions
SONY
Network Rapid Dome Indoor Camera with 20x Optical Zoom

PR34973V2-264383.tif
FEATURES
36x optical zoom
30/25 fps H.264/MPEG-4 and JPEG
DynaView visibility enhancer
Dual streaming any combination JPEG/MPEG-4/H.264
HPoE and AC 24 V
Description
449528
SNC-EP520
3 megapixel compact full HD (1080p)
fixed camera with black casing
SONY
FEATURES
20x optical zoom
HPoE and AC 24 V
Description
449534
SNC-ER580
3 megapixel compact full HD (1080p)
fixed camera with black casing
Rapid Dome Indoor Camera with 28x Optical Zoom

SONY
PR34983V2-264369.tif
Network Rapid Dome Indoor Camera, Triple-Stream

JPEG/MPEG-4/H.264 and 36x Optical Zoom
SONY
FEATURES
28x optical zoom
HPoE and AC 24 V
Description
449531
SNC-ER550
720p HD fixed camera with
black casing
8.34
PR34976V2-264367.tif
FEATURES
Visibility enhancer
XDNR
DFI (Dynamic Frame Integration)
Triple-encoding
JPEG, MPEG-4 and H.264
Dual-encoding
Wide Dynamic Range
Video motion filter
Tampering alarm
Advanced audio detection
15-degree tilt-up
360-degree endless panning
Quick-release mechanism
Echo cancellation
Noise reduction
Dynamic range compressor
PR28872V2-212799.tif
Video Surveillance
Sony
Voice alert
CF slot for local storage or wireless capability
ONVIF
IPv6
HPoE
Pelco-D protocol
Description
404297
SNC-RS46N
Network rapid dome indoor camera,
triple-stream JPEG/MPEG-4,
H.264 and 36x optical zoom
Network Rapid Dome Outdoor Camera, Triple-Stream

SONY
PR28874V2-212791.tif
Network Outdoor Rapid Dome Camera, Triple-Stream

SONY
PR28873V2-212782.tif
8.35
Security Solutions
FEATURES
Visibility enhancer
XDNR
DFI
Three codecs
Triple-encoding
Wide Dynamic Range
Video motion filter
Tampering alarm
15-degree tilt-up
Unitized outdoor housing
IP66
Hard and coated dome cover
Sunshade and ventilation
Echo cancellation
Noise reduction
Voice alert
ONVIF
IPv6
Pelco-D protocol
Description
404301
SNC-RS84N
Network outdoor rapid dome camera,
FEATURES
Visibility enhancer
XDNR
DFI
Three codecs
Triple-encoding
Wide Dynamic Range
Video motion filter
Tampering alarm
15-degree tilt-up
Unitized outdoor housing
IP66
Hard and coated dome cover
Sunshade and ventilation
Echo cancellation
Noise reduction
Dynamic range compressor
Voice alert
ONVIF
IPv6
Pelco-D protocol
Description
404300
SNC-RS86N
Network outdoor rapid dome camera,
Video Surveillance
Sony
Sony 360-degree Endless-rotation PTZ Dome Network Camera
Security Solutions
SONY
PR21619V2-124453.tif
FEATURES
360-degree endless-rotation high-speed PTZ dome camera
Available in black or white finish
Integrated 18x AF zoom lens
Dual-stream JPEG/MPEG-4 or H.264 compression formats
Excellent sensitivity
0.7 lux color/0.15 lux B&W at F1.4, 50IRE
Intelligent motion and object detection
Dynamic frame integration
Day/night function
Voice alert for up to three audio files
Wireless 802.11g support with optional SNCA-CFW5
Description
D
368136
SNC-RX530N/B
360-degree endless-rotation
high-speed PTZ dome camera, black
369091
SNC-RX530N/W
high-speed PTZ dome camera, white
Multicasting capability (only available for MPEG-4 and H.264)

Intelligent motion detection and alarm-trigger functions
Unattended-object detection
Pre-/post-alarm image storage
Image stabilizer
External microphone input and speaker output for bi-directional audio capability
Voice alert function
Networking security features - IP filtering/password protection
One type-II PC card slot - supports ATA memory card, SNCA-CFW1 (IEEE 802.11b
wireless LAN card) with a PC card adapter
One Memory Stick slot - supports Memory Stick and Memory Stick PRO
Analog composite video output for local analog viewing or recording
Description
321834
SNC-RX550N/W
Multicodec 360-degree PTZ network
camera, white, AC 24 V/DC 12 V
328833
SNC-RX550N/B
Multicodec 360-degree PTZ network
camera, black, AC 24 V/DC 12 V
Sony 360-degree Endless-rotation High-speed PTZ Dome

Network Camera
SONY
PR21620V2-124440.tif
Sony Multicodec 360-degree PTZ Network Camera

SONY
PR11589V2-18923.tif
FEATURES
MPEG-4, JPEG and H.264 multicodec-compression capability
Pan/tilt operation - 360-degree endless pan/90-degree tilt range
Integral 26x auto-focus zoom lens covers a wide range of viewing angles
High picture quality - 1/4-type Exwave HAD CCD
High sensitivity - 1 lux (F1.6, 50IRE)
Day/night function
High frame rate of up to 30 fps at 640x480-sized image
Three selectable image sizes - VGA, QVGA, QQVGA
Simultaneous access up to 20 users
8.36
FEATURES
360-degree endless-rotation high-speed PTZ dome camera
Integrated 36x AF zoom lens
Dual-stream JPEG/MPEG-4 or H.264 compression formats
Good sensitivity
1.4 lux color/0.15 lux B&W at F1.6, 50IRE
Intelligent motion and object detection
Dynamic frame integration
Day/night function
Voice alert for up to three audio files
Wireless 802.11g support with optional SNCA-CFW
Description
362176
SNC-RX570N/W
high-speed PTZ dome camera, white
368137
SNC-RX570N/B
high-speed PTZ dome camera, black
Video Surveillance
Sony
Analog Indoor Minidome Camera with 650 TVL

SONY
Analog Indoor Minidome Camera

PR34980V2-264403.tif
440415
SSC-N13A
440416
SSC-N14A
Description
650 TVL, automatic tracing
white balance
650 TVL, fitted with 3.0 mm fixed
focal lens
focal lens
PR34981V2-264400.tif
FEATURES
1/3-type Super HAD CCD II sensor
Fitted with 2.8-10.5 mm auto iris vari-focal lens
AC 24 V DC 12 V
Description
440417
SSC-N20A
540 TVL, electronic day/night
440418
SSC-N22A
540 TVL, true day/night
440419
SSC-N24A
650 TVL, true day/night
Fixed Color Analog Camera

SONY
PR34982V2-264393.tif
Analog Minidome Camera with 540 TVL

SONY
PR34980V2-264403.tif
FEATURES
1/3-type SuperEXview HAD CCD sensor
540 TVL
iBLC feature
Automatic tracing white balance
DC 12 V
429680
SSC-N11A
440414
SSC-N12A
FEATURES
1/3 type Super HAD CCD II sensor
540 TVL and 650 TVL
Day/night
AC 24 V DC 12 V
440411
SSC-G103A
434630
SSC-G113A
440412
SSC-G203A
440413
SSC-G213A
Description
540 TVL electrical day/night
650 TVL electrical day/night
540 TVL day/night
650 TVL day/night
Description
540 TVL, automatic tracing
white balance
focal lens
8.37
Security Solutions
FEATURES
1/3-type EXview HAD CCD II Sensor
650 TVL
iBLC feature
Automatic tracing white balance
AC 24 V DC 12 V
429679
SSC-N21A
SONY
Video Surveillance
Sony
4-channel Basic-function Stand-alone Encoder
Security Solutions
SONY
FEATURES
Visibility enhancer
XDNR
DFI
H.264, MPEG-4, JPEG codecs
30 fps
Dual-stream capability
Four IP addresses
ONVIF
IPv6
Voice alert
400841
SNT-EP104
PR28875V2-212792.tif
1-channel Full-function Stand-alone Encoder

SONY
Description
4-channel basic-function
stand-alone encoder
D
4-channel Basic-function
Blade Encoder for Use With the
SNT-RS1U or SNT-RS3U
SONY
FEATURES
Visibility enhancer - tone-correction technology
XDNR - dynamic noise reduction
DFI - dynamic frame integration
30 fps
Four IP addresses
8.38
IP address memory function SNT-RS1U or SNT-RS3U

ONVIF
IPv6
Voice alert
Description
400843
SNT-EP154
4-channel basic-function stand-alone
encoder for use with the SNT-RS1U
or SNT-RS3U
PR34957V2-264342.tif
PR34958V2-264386.tif
FEATURES
30 fps at JPEG/MPEG-4/H.264
Dual-stream capability - H.264/H.264, H.264/MPEG-4, H.264/JPEG,
MPEG-4/MPEG-4, MPEG-4/JPEG, JPEG/JPEG
Intelligent motion detection reduces false positives
Video motion filter allows rules to be defined in the camera itself like virtual
border
Tampering alarm detects attempts like spray painting or moving camera's field
of view
Advanced audio detection creates a threshold detection level that follows the
area's ambient-noise level and frequency
ONVIF (Open Network Video Interface Forum)-compliant
IPv6
PTZ control via RS-422
Local storage: stream support/USB port for external data storage
Voice alert
AC 24 V (in 20 percent, out)
Description
400840
SNT-EX101
1-channel IP stand-alone
encoder (advanced)
Video Surveillance
Sony
1-channel Full-function Stand-alone Encoder, PoE

SONY
PR28878V2-212790.tif
4-channel Full-function Stand-alone Encoder

SONY
PR28879V2-212787.tif
FEATURES
30 fps
Description
4-channel IP stand-alone
encoder (advanced)
4-channel Full-function Blade Encoder for Use with

SNT-RS1U or SNT-RS3U
SONY
PR34959V2-264362.tif
Security Solutions
FEATURES
30 fps at JPEG/MPEG-4/H.264
Dual-stream capability - H.264/H.264, H.264/MPEG-4, H.264/JPEG,
MPEG-4/MPEG-4, MPEG-4/JPEG, JPEG/JPEG
Intelligent motion detection reduces false positives
Video motion filter allows rules to be defined in the camera itself like
virtual border
Tampering alarm detects attempts like spray painting or moving camera's
field of view
Advanced audio detection creates a threshold detection level that follows the
area's ambient-noise level and frequency
ONVIF (Open Network Video Interface Forum)-compliant
IPv6
Local storage: stream support/USB port for external data storage
Voice alert
PoE (802.af)
Description
408228
SNT-EX101E
1-channel full-function stand-alone
encoder, PoE

Video-motion filter
Tampering alarm
Advanced audio detection = X ver1.1
Four IP addresses
ONVIF
IPv6
Coaxitron
Local storage
Voice alert
400842
SNT-EX104
FEATURES
30 fps
Four IP addresses
ONVIF
IPV6
Coaxitron
Voice alert
Description
400844
SNT-EX154
4-channel IP encoder
card (advanced)
8.39
Video Surveillance
Sony
1U Rack Station for up to 4-blade Encoders (16 Channels)
One TB IP HD-ready Server Hybrid Recorder
SONY
SONY
PR29214V2-215965.tif
FEATURES
Four blades
For use with the SNT-EX154
Power supply - 100 V AC to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz
Power consumption - 0.7 A (100 V AC) to 0.3 A (240 V AC) with blades installed
Operation temperature - 32F to 113F
Dimensions (H x W x D) - 1 3/4 in. x 17 3/8 in. x 15 7/8 in.
Description
400845
SNT-RS1U
1U rack station for up to 4-blade
encoders (16-channel)
Security Solutions
3U Rack Station for up to 12-Blade Encoders (48 Channels)

SONY
PR29215V2-215966.tif
PR23310V2-162183.tif
The NSR1050H/1T is an entry-level model of the NSR1000 series recording servers,

with physical storage capacity of 1 TB. The key concepts of the NSR1050H are an
open platform "hybrid" capability supporting both legacy analog and current IP
cameras, and both full HD/SD cameras and displays.
FEATURES
Hybrid recording (analog/IP, SD/HD)
Open platform (supports IP cameras of some other brands)
Easy setup and intuitive operation
Maximum 20 cameras supported (IP/analog total)
Maximum 16 analog cameras direct connection
1 TB physical storage capacity
HDMI outputs for full HD displays
Supports megapixel cameras
Additional storage of NSRE-S200 (2 TB) x 7 units
Remote viewing by controller software (supplied)
Light-funnel control
Flexible user management
Description
427989
NSR-1050H/1T
1 TB hybrid recording server
Two TB IP HD-ready Server Hybrid Recorders

SONY
FEATURES
12 blades
100 V AC to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz - power supply
Power consumption - 2.2 A (100 V AC) to 0.9 A (240 V AC) with blades
Operation temperature - 32F to 113F
Dimensions (H x W x D) - 5 1/4 in. x 17 3/8 in. x 18 1/4 in.
Description
400846
SNT-RS3U
3U rack station for up to 12-blade
encoders (48-channel)
8.40
PR23311V2-162175.tif
The NSR1100 is one of the three models of the NSR1000 series recording servers,
with physical storage capacity of 2 TB. The key concepts of the NSR1100 are an open
platform "hybrid" capability supporting both legacy analog and current IP cameras,
and both full HD/SD cameras and displays.
FEATURES
Hybrid recording (analog/IP, SD/HD)
Open platform (supports IP cameras of some other brands)
Easy setup and intuitive operation
Maximum 32 cameras supported (IP/analog total)
Maximum 16 analog cameras connection (with an optional NSBK-A16)
2 TB physical storage capacity
RAID 0
HDMI outputs for full HD displays
Supports megapixel cameras
Additional storage of optional NSRE-S200 (2 TB) x 7 units
Remote viewing by controller software (supplied)
Light-funnel control
Description
427990
NSR-1100/2T
2 TB hybrid recording server
Video Surveillance
Sony
Network Surveillance Server
Scalable Network Surveillance Server
SONY
PR34978V2-264352.tif
FEATURES
No hard-disk drive
Available with 1 TB hard-disk drive (NSR-S10/1T)
Available with 2 TB hard-disk drive (NSR-S20/2T)
Plug-and-play
1080p/720p HD recording with high stability
MAXIMUM OF FOUR CAMERAS
428882
NSR-S10
428883
Description
Network surveillance recorder with no
hard-disk drive
Network surveillance recorder with
1 TB hard-disk drive
NSR-S10/1T
445539
Description
hard-disk drive
NSR-S20
High-capacity Hard-disk Recorder

SONY
FEATURES
Available in no hard-disk drive with 4 TB hard-disk drive versions
Large storage capacity (up to 12 TB)
RAID technology to prevent disk-failure data loss
Easy setup and easy operation
Scalable system
Optional licenses for future system expansion
Description
445541
NSR-500
hard-disk drive
445540
NSR-500/4T
System Controller for the NSR-1000 Series Recorders and IMZ-NS

Series Intelligent Monitoring Software
SONY
PR34979V2-264405.tif
PR28882V2-212776.tif
PR34977V2-264414.tif
FEATURES
Capacity of 4 TB
Ideal solution for multicamera monitoring, recording and playback
Hybrid system
Easy to migrate from analog to IP camera systems
Easy to migrate into HD camera systems
Open platform
Maxium 64 cameras total supported
Description
427991
NSR-1200/4T
The NSR-1200/4T is a high-capacity
hard-disk recorder that has a
capacity of 4,000 Gb
FEATURES
System controller for the NSR-1000 Series
System controller for the IMZ-NS Software Series
Description
421397
RM-NS1000
System controller
8.41
Security Solutions
MAXIMUM OF EIGHT CAMERAS

445538
NSR-S20/2T
SONY
Video Surveillance
Sony
Intelligent Monitoring Software (RealShot Manager Advanced)
Security Solutions
SONY
PR23313V2-165701.tif
FEATURES
Intelligent monitoring software (RealShot Manager Advanced)
Open platform (for cameras from Sony and some other brands)
Support megapixel cameras (1,280x960)
Quick setup
Intuitive graphical user interface
File export and easy playback
Remote viewing by controller software
Supports DEPA intelligent video analytics
Playback while monitoring live images
Light funnel control
Camera PTZ control
D motion detection) search
Post VMD (video
Manual, scheduled, alarm/event and prealarm recording
Privacy zone masking
Audio recording, monitoring and playback
Description
381866
IMZ-NS101
Intelligent Monitoring Software
(RealShot Manager Advanced) for
one camera
381868
IMZ-NS104
four cameras
381869
IMZ-NS109
nine cameras
381870
IMZ-NS116
16 cameras
381871
IMZ-NS132
32 cameras
8.42
Video Surveillance
Bosch Security Systems Inc.

./
VDC-250/260 Indoor Day/Night Minidome Cameras

BOSCH SECURITY SYSTEMS
PR34844V2-263351.tif
VTC-204/206 Indoor Mini Bullet Cameras

PR34854V2-263395.tif
The VTC-204/206 Mini Bullet Cameras provide reliable video surveillance in a rugged,
yet compact enclosure. The cameras are suitable for indoor and outdoor applications,
and deliver 380/600 TVL of color imaging. Models are available with a 3.6 mm lens to
cover a variety of applications. These cameras come with a versatile mounting
bracket and mounting screws. Constructed of anodized aluminum, these cameras are
NDC-2x5-Px Indoor IP Minidome Cameras

PR72547V2-586374.tif
The Bosch NDC Series indoor IP minidome cameras are ready-to-use, complete
network video surveillance systems inside a compact camera. This camera brings
Bosch's high-performance technology into the realm of small office and retail
businesses by offering a cost-effective solution for a broad range of applications. The
HD version uses H.264 compression technology to give clear images while reducing
bandwidth and storage by up to 30 percent. Standard resolution and IR versions are
also available.
FEATURES
Complete network video system in a dome
Dual H.264 and MJPEG streams simultaneously
Storage inside camera
Easy connection
ONVIF conformant
Description
481558
NDN-265-PIO
1 MP/HD 720p, infrared IP dome
camera, 2.7-9 mm vari-focal lens,
vandal-resistant,
IP66, indoor/outdoor
448765
NDC-265-P
Indoor 1 MP/HD 720p IP dome, color,
2.7-9 mm DC-iris vari-focal lens,
4 GB micro SD card, 12 V DC/PoE,
50/60 Hz
8.43
Security Solutions
The VDC-250/260 indoor day/night camera is a compact, stylish surveillance dome

that offers excellent resolution in variable lighting conditions. This high-performance
1/3 in. CCD camera is available with a 3.8 mm fixed lens or a 3.5-9.5 mm vari-focal
lens. The camera is an ideal solution for demanding scene conditions. The day/night
feature ensures the highest image quality possible at any time. Depending on the
available light, the camera automatically switches from color to monochrome. The
camera is easy to install and can be adjusted around three axes. Privacy zones and
motion-detection functions can be set up in the handy camera menu system.
FEATURES
Excellent resolution 540 TVL
Clear images under variable light
Day/night performance with switchable filter
Easy to install
Description
448713
VDC-250F04-20
Indoor day/night dome camera,
3.8 mm fixed lens, 540 TVL, NTSC,
12 V DC/24 V AC; (PSU not included;
recommended: UPA-2430-60)
448723
VDC-260V04-20
Indoor day/night dome camera,
3.5-9.8 mm vari-focal lens, 540 TVL,
NTSC, 12 V DC/24 V AC; (PSU not
included;
compact and discrete, providing round-the-clock surveillance. The cameras are true
plug-and-play. No focus adjustment is needed, and the camera's settings auto-adjust
to the scene when power is applied.
FEATURES
Wide field of view
Indoor and outdoor applications
Discrete and easy mounting
Description
448732
VTC-204F03-4
Indoor/outdoor color mini bullet
camera, 3.6 mm fixed lens, 380 TVL,
black, NTSC, 12 V DC; (PSU not
included;
448737
VTC-206F03-4
Indoor/outdoor color mini bullet
camera, 3.6 mm fixed lens, 600 TVL,
black, NTSC, 12 V DC; (PSU not
included;
Video Surveillance

(continued)

435312
NDC-225-PI
423787
NDC-255-P
423786
NDC-225-P
Description
Indoor IR IP dome, day/night, 4 mm
lens, 4 GB micro SD card,
12 V DC/PoE
Indoor IP dome camera, color, VGA,
4 GB SD card, PSU, 12 V DC/PoE,
50/60 Hz
4.0 mm fixed lens, 4 GB SD card,
PSU, 12 V DC/PoE, 50/60 Hz
5 MP and 2 MP/HD 1080p IP 200 Series MicroDome Cameras
Security Solutions
PR72548V2-586380.tif
D
The Bosch NDC-274-P
1080p Indoor MicroDome camera is a ready-to-use, complete
network video surveillance system inside a compact MicroDome. This camera brings
camera uses H.264 compression technology to give clear images while reducing
bandwidth and storage by up to 30 percent. The internal MicroSD card slot supports
up to 2 TB (2,048 GB) storage capacity.
FEATURES
5 MP and HD 1080p for sharp images
High-capacity storage inside camera (MicroSDXC slot)
Description
485447
NDC-284-PT
5 MP MicroDome, 3.74 mm lens,
IP66, vandal-resistant
484622
NDC-274-PT
HD 1080p MicroDome, 4.37 mm lens,
vandal-resistant, IP66
478730
NDC-274-P
Indoor 2 MP/HD 1080p IP dome,
color, 4.37 mm lens, SDX card slot,
12 V DC/PoE
NBC-2x5-P Indoor IP Fixed Cameras

PR34839V2-263411.tif
The Bosch NBC Series indoor IP fixed cameras are a ready-to-use, complete-network
video surveillance systems inside a compact camera. This camera brings Bosch's
high-performance technology into the realm of small office and retail businesses by
offering a cost-effective solution for a broad range of applications. The HD version
uses H.264 compression technology to give clear images while reducing bandwidth
and storage by up to 30 percent. Standard resolution with fixed or vari-focal lenses
and IR versions are also available.
FEATURES
Easy connection
ONVIF conformant
Description
448786
NBC-265-P
Indoor IP camera 720p HD, color,
2.8-8 mm manual iris vari-focal lens,
mount, 4 GB SD card, 12 V DC/PoE,
50/60 HZ
394993
NBC-255-P
IP camera system, color, VGA,
2.8-10 mm vari-focal lens, mount,
4 GB SD card, 12 V DC/PoE
414053
NBC-225-P
IP camera system, color, VGA,
4.9 mm fixed lens, mount, 4 GB SD
card, 12 V DC/PoE
Wireless IP Camera 200 Series

PR72544V2-586356.tif
The Bosch NBC-255-W and NBC-265-W 720p wireless IP cameras are ready-to-use,
complete network video surveillance systems inside a compact camera. These
cameras bring Bosch's high-performance technology into the realm of small office
and retail businesses by offering a cost-effective solution for a broad range of
applications. The integrated wireless LAN supports the IEEE 802.11b/g standards.
8.44
Video Surveillance

The camera uses H.264 compression technology to give clear images while reducing
bandwidth and storage by up to 30 percent.
FEATURES
Complete network video surveillance system
HD 720p for sharp images (NBC-265-W)
IEE 802.11b/g wireless operation
Description
477976
NBC-265-W
Wireless 1 MP/HD 720p IP camera,
color, 2.8-8 mm vari-focal lens,
mount, 4 GB SD card, indoor, 12 V DC
or PoE
478707
NBC-255-W
Wireless IP camera, VGA, color,
2.8-10 mm vari-focal lens, mount,
4 GB SD card, indoor, 12 V DC or PoE

448804
VDN-240V03-2
448806
VDI-240V03-2
Description
Outdoor day/night dome camera,
2.8-10.5 mm vari-focal auto iris,
540 TVL, white, NTSC, 12 V DC/24 V
AC; (PSU not included;
Outdoor IR day/night dome camera,
540 TVL, 18 LEDs/60 ft., white, NTSC,
12 V DC/24 V AC; (PSU not included;
VDI-245-V03-2x Outdoor IR Day/Night Minidome Cameras

PR65512V2-495415.tif
VDx-240V03-2 Outdoor Color Minidome Cameras

PR72550V2-586393.tif
8.45
Security Solutions
The VDx-240 Outdoor Dome range of cameras are a solution for most lighting
environments. The color version provides crisp, clear images in applications with
sufficient lighting. The day/night version is designed for applications with poor
lighting conditions. When sufficient lighting is not available for a clear color image,
the camera switches to monochrome mode with a higher light sensitivity. For
applications requiring extra lighting, the infrared version has 18 onboard IR LEDs
providing 20 meters of active-infrared night vision. Intelligent IR control adjusts the
light output, depending on the scene content. All models come in a robust, conduit
compatible, all-weather housing (IP66-rated) and provide high-resolution
(540 TVL) images.
FEATURES
Three versions for all lighting environments
Flexible viewing field
Easy setup
Secure all-weather installation
Description
448803
VDC-240V03-2
Outdoor color dome camera,
540 TVL, white, NTSC, 12 V DC/24 V
AC; (PSU not included;
The VDI-245 integrated day/night dome camera is a vandal-resistant, user-friendly

surface-mount camera designed for effective 24/7 surveillance. Equipped with a
540 TVL mechanical filter CCD and 18 high-efficiency infrared LEDs, the camera
delivers vivid daytime color and 18 m (60 ft.) of active infrared night vision.
All-weather ready and rich with practical enhancements, the VDI-245 is ideal for a
wide variety of security applications, including schools, commercial property and
correctional facilities.
FEATURES
Easily adjustable camera settings
High-resolution (540 TVL)
IP66-rated for outdoor installations
Description
369714
VDI-245V03-2
3-12 mm lens vari-focal auto iris,
540 TVL, 18 LEDs/60-100 ft., silver,
NTSC, 12 V DC/24 V AC; (PSU not
included;
448879
VDI-245V03-2U
3-12 mm lens vari-focal auto iris,
540 TVL, 18 LEDs/60-100 ft., silver,
NTSC, 12 V DC/24 V AC, UTP output;
(PSU not included;
Video Surveillance
VTI Series Outdoor IR Bullet Cameras
Security Solutions
PR72545V2-586362.tif
The VTI series outdoor IR bullet camera has high-power infrared LEDs that provide
high-performance night-vision images from 49 ft. up to 150 ft. The 1/3 in. CCD
sensor delivers 540 TVL of color imaging with outstanding IR spectral response and
video images with low-smear, low-streaking and excellent antiblooming
characteristics. The versatile lens options provide outstanding performance under
both visible light and infrared illumination. The dual window IR-Cut and IR-Pass filter
delivers vivid color during the day and exceptional infrared performance at night. The
mechanical filter technology helps eliminate focus shift and infrared bleed for
effective 24/7 performance with sharp focus by day or by night.
FEATURES
High resolution (540 TVL)
Versatile IR-corrected lens
IP66-rated for outdoor installations
Color: silver, NTSC and 12 V DC or 24 V AC
PSU is not included; recommended: UPA-1220-60
D
Description
448880
VTI-214F04-4
4 mm lens fixed, 380 TVL,
12 LEDs/49 ft., silver, NTSC, 12 V DC
448881
VTI-216V04-2
3.8-9.5 mm vari-focal DC auto iris
lens, IR lens filter, 520 TVL,
18 LEDs/66 ft.
449334
VTI-218V03-2
2.8-12 mm vari-focal DC auto iris
lens, IR mech filter, 540 TVL,
18 LEDs/66 ft., ext. zoom focus
442474
VTI-220V05-2
5-50 mm IR corrected vari-focal DC
auto iris lens, IR mech filter, 540TVL,
30 LEDs/150 ft., ext. zoom focus
Outdoor IP Day/Night IR Bullet Camera Series

PR72546V2-586368.tif
extreme low-light conditions. The NTC Series includes the H.264 compression
technology which provides a clear image while reducing bandwidth and storage by up
to 30 percent.
FEATURES
Complete network video surveillance system inside a compact dome
Progressive scan for sharp images of moving objects
Tristreaming: H.264 and MJPEG
Description
435313
NTC-255-PI
Outdoor IR day/night bullet camera,
3.7 to 10 mm vari-focal DC auto iris
lens, 32 LEDs/82 ft., silver, NTSC,
12 V DC/PoE, 50/60 Hz
478731
NTC-265-PI
HD 720p day/night IR bullet,
2.7-9 mm, IP66
435312
NDC-225-PI
12 V DC/PoE
VEZ-400 Mini PTZ Dome

The VEZ-400 Mini PTZ Dome is a rugged, compact, high-resolution, day/night camera
that delivers uncompromised functionality and performance at a very affordable
price. It features a 26x optical zoom (10x digital zoom), a horizontal resolution of
600 TVL (NTSC and PAL), privacy masking, Wide Dynamic Range (WDR) and a built-in
heater. With a dome diameter of only 4.4 in. (11.2 cm), the VEZ-400 is about
70 percent smaller than traditional PTZ cameras and 20 percent smaller than most
other compact domes. These compact dimensions make the VEZ-400 ideal for
discrete surveillance applications in both indoor and outdoor environments.
FEATURES
Compact, vandal-resistant (IK10-rated) enclosure
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
Analog
PSU not included; recommended: UPA-2430-60 without heater;
VG4-A-PSU1 with heater
Description
456006
VEZ-423-EWCS
White, clear polycarbonate bubble
456007
VEZ-423-ECCS
Charcoal, clear polycarbonate bubble
456009
VEZ-423-EWTS
White, tinted polycarbonate bubble
456010
VEZ-423-ECTS
Charcoal, tinted
polycarbonate bubble
These cameras bring Bosch's high-performance technology into the realm of small
office and retail businesses by offering a cost-effective solution for a broad range of
applications. The built-in active infrared illuminator ensures effective vision under
8.46
PR65516V2-495418.tif
Video Surveillance
400 Series Digital Video Recorder

PR72539V2-586326.tif
600 Series Digital Video Recorder

PR21466V2-121545.tif
The Bosch Video Recorder 600 Series is an 8/16 channel digital recorder that uses
the latest H.264 compression technology to dramatically reduce the amount of
storage and bandwidth needed while still producing better image quality. The
600 Series records multiple video and audio signals while simultaneously providing
live multiscreen viewing and playback. Comprehensive search and playback functions
provide quick recall and viewing of recorded video. With the supplied software and
built-in Web server, the 600 Series is a fully integrated, stand-alone
video-management solution that's ready to go, straight out of the box.
8.47
Security Solutions
The Bosch Video Recorder 400 Series is a 4/8-channel digital recorder that uses the
latest H.264 compression technology. With a built-in Web server for browser-based
video management, the 440/480 Series is a fully integrated, stand-alone video
solution that's ready to go, straight out of the box. Available in 4-channel and
8-channel versions, the 400 Series features a highly reliable embedded design that
minimizes maintenance and operational costs.
FEATURES
4/8-channel real-time recording (120/240 IPS CIF)
Reduced storage and bandwidth requirements
High-resolution recording and viewing
Remote viewing, playback, control and configuration
Flexible viewing with two monitor outputs
Live display for mobile devices
Description
444383
DVR-440-04A050
440 Series DVR, 4-channel,
1-channel audio, no DVD, 500 GB
449292
DVR-480-08A050
480 Series DVR, 8-channel,
1-channel audio, no DVD, 500 GB
FEATURES
8/16-channel real-time H.264 recording at 4CIF/D1
Up to 1,440x900 resolution output and various aspect ratios
Built-in Web server for remote viewing, playback, control and configuration
Software for remote recorder management
Live display support on mobile devices
Smart Search
Bosch and third-party Pan/Tilt/Zoom camera control
Description
426652
DVR-630-08A050
DVR 600 series, no DVD, 8-channel,
500 GB
449301
DVR-630-08A100
DVR 600 series 8-channel video,
4-channel audio, no DVD, 1 TB HDD
449302
DVR-630-08A200
426653
DVR-650-08A050
4-channel audio, internal DVD,
500 GB HDD
426654
DVR-650-08A100
1 TB HDD
449297
DVR-650-08A200
2 TB HDD
426655
DVR-630-16A050
4-channel audio, no DVD,
500 GB HDD
435367
DVR-630-16A100
449298
DVR-630-16A200
426656
DVR-650-16A050
500 GB HDD
426657
DVR-650-16A100
1 TB HDD
426658
DVR-650-16A200
2 TB HDD
Video Surveillance
NBC-455 Dinion IP Cameras

PR28847V2-213045.tif
ACCESSORIES
410258
MVC-FIVA4-CAM
Description
IVA 4.0 VCA software license for IP
camera/dome (e-license)
NBN-921 DinionHD 720p Day/Night IP Cameras
Security Solutions
Dinion IP cameras are progressive scan CCD color cameras. They can tristream video
simultaneously - on two H.264 streams and one MJPEG stream. Features such as
multicasting, Internet streaming and iSCSI recording are fully supported. Dinion IP
cameras have built-in video motion detection and additional processing power for
video content analysis systems.
FEATURES
High-quality digital color IP camera
15-bit image processing technology
Auto lens detection including Lens Wizard
Quad streaming: H.264 and MJPEG streams simultaneously
SD card slot for local recording
Power over Ethernet
ONVIF conformant
HIGH-RESOLUTION COLOR CAMERAS
Description
423962
NBC-455-21P
With 1/3 in. progressive scan, H.264 dual
stream, 12 V DC/24 V AC/PoE, 60 Hz, motion
423963
NBC-455-22P
With 1/3 in. progressive scan, H.264 dual
stream, 12 V DC/24 V AC/PoE, 60 Hz,
designed for IVA
485285
NBC-455-22IP
With 1/3 in., H.264, NTSC, PoE, IVA factory
installed, SD card slot
438233
NBC-455-28
With 1/3 in. 540 TVL color, DSP, 12 V
DC/24 V AC/PoE, 60 Hz, with 2.8 to 10 mm
vari-focal lens
485289
NBC-455-28V
With nightsense, 2.8-10 mm, 12 V DC/24 V
AC, 60 Hz, PoE, IVA prepared, SD card slot
485290
NBC-455-28W
With nightsense, 2.8-10 mm, 12 V DC/24 V
AC, 60 Hz, PoE, mount, SD card slot
485292
NBC-455-28WV With nightsense, 2.8-10 mm, 12 V DC/24 V
AC, 60 Hz, PoE, IVA prepared, mount, SD
card slot
485295
NBC-455-55
With nightsense, 5-50 mm, 12 V DC/24 V AC,
60 Hz, PoE, SD card slot
485296
NBC-455-55V
60 Hz, PoE, IVA prepared, SD card slot
485297
NBC-455-5W
With nightsense, 5-50 mm, 12 V DC/24 V AC
485298
NBC-455-5WV
60 Hz, PoE, IVA prepared, mount, SD
card slot
8.48
PR34840V2-263404.tif
DinionHD day/night IP cameras are progressive scan HD cameras that use the
Bosch-designed Dinion digital-imaging technology. The camera uses the latest
CCD-based HD sensor for a sharper, more detailed picture with a 16:9 image format.
Features such as multicasting, Internet streaming and iSCSI recording are fully
supported. The DinionHD camera delivers the highest standards of performance and
reliability in any security and surveillance scenario, day and night.
FEATURES
1/3 in. day/night HD CCD with progressive scan
15-bit image processing technology
Local storage for flexible recording options
XF-Dynamic engine and SmartBLC
Quad streaming: H.264 and MJPEG streams simultaneously
ONVIF conformant
Includes 720p HD, day/night, H.264, audio, motion+ and PoE
Description
448921
NBN-921-P
IP camera
448925
NBN-921-IP
IP camera with IVA installed
NDC-455 FlexiDome IP Cameras

PR28848V2-213012.tif
The FlexiDome IP cameras are progressive scan CCD color cameras in a compact,
high-impact-rated, vandal-resistant housing. They can tristream video simultaneously
- on two H.264 streams and one MJPEG stream. Features such as multicasting,
Internet streaming and iSCSI recording are fully supported. The FlexiDome IP cameras
have built-in video motion detection and additional processing power for video
Video Surveillance

content-analysis systems. The FlexiDome IP cameras include picture-performance
enhancements such as NightSense for low-light scenes and Autoblack for
low-contrast scenes. Supported by the award-winning Dinion digital-imaging
technology, they provide a proven, dependable solution for many security and
surveillance requirements.
FEATURES
1/3 in. color CCD with progressive scan
Tristreaming: dual H.264 and MJPEG simultaneously
Intelligence at the Edge
ONVIF conformant
High-impact, vandal-resistant enclosure (IP66/NEMA-4X)
INDOOR/OUTDOOR, IMPACT-RESISTANT, NIGHTSENSE - RECESSED MOUNT
Includes 1/3 in. color, NightSense, H.264, NTSC, PoE and recessed mount.
Description
431317
NDC-455V03-21P
2.8-10 mm
448977
NDC-455V09-21P
9-22 mm
INDOOR/OUTDOOR, IMPACT-RESISTANT, NIGHTSENSE - SURFACE MOUNT

Includes 1/3 in. color, NightSense, H.264, NTSC, PoE and SMB.
Description
449240
NDC-455V03-21PS
2.8-10 mm
449241
NDC-455V09-21PS
9-22 mm
INDOOR/OUTDOOR, IMPACT-RESISTANT, NIGHTSENSE, IVA INSTALLED SURFACE MOUNT
With 1/3 in. color, NightSense, H.264, NTSC, PoE, IVA installed and SMB.
Description
485299
NDC-455V03-22IPS
2.8-10 mm
485300
NDC-455V09-22IPS
9-22 mm
ACCESSORIES
410258
MVC-FIVA4-CAM
Description
NDC-2x5-Px Indoor IP Mini-Dome Cameras

PR34841V2-263387.tif
The Bosch NDC Series Indoor IP Mini-Dome cameras are ready-to-use, complete
network video surveillance systems inside a compact camera. This camera brings
HD version uses H.264 compression technology to give clear images while reducing
bandwidth and storage by up to 30 percent. Standard resolution and IR versions are
also available.
FEATURES
Complete network video system in a dome
Easy connection
ONVIF conformant
Description
478730
NDC-274-P
Indoor 2 MP/HD 1080p IP dome,
color, 4.37 mm lens, SDX card slot,
12 V DC/PoE
487372
NDC-265-PIO
Indoor 1 MP/HD 720p IR IP dome
camera, 2.7-9 mm vari-focal lens,
IP66, 4 GB micro SD card,
12 V DC/PoE
448765
NDC-265-P
Indoor 1 MP/HD 720p IP dome, color,
4 GB micro SD card, 12 V DC/PoE,
50/60 Hz
435312
NDC-225-PI
12 V DC/PoE
423787
NDC-255-P
4 GB SD card, PSU, 12 V DC/PoE,
50/60 Hz
423786
NDC-225-P
4.0 mm fixed lens, 4 GB SD card,
PSU, 12 V DC/PoE, 50/60 Hz
8.49
Security Solutions
INDOOR/OUTDOOR, IMPACT-RESISTANT, NIGHTSENSE, IVA INSTALLED RECESSED MOUNT

Includes 1/3 in. color, NightSense, H.264, NTSC, PoE, IVA installed and
recessed mount.
Description
474279
NDC-455V03-22IP
2.8-10 mm
424069
NDC-455V09-22IP
9-22 mm
Video Surveillance
NDN-498 FlexiDome 2X Day/Night IP Cameras
Security Solutions
PR46856V2-378520.TIF
The FlexiDome 2X Day/Night IP cameras are progressive-scan CCD cameras in a

compact, high-impact-rated, vandal-resistant housing. Equipped with 20-bit DSP with
2X-dynamic, they have a wide dynamic range for sharper, more-detailed images with
outstanding color reproduction. They can tristream video simultaneously - on two
H.264 streams and one MJPEG stream. Features such as multicasting, Internet
streaming and iSCSI recording are fully supported. The FlexiDome 2X IP cameras have
built-in video motion detection and additional processing power for video
content-analysis systems. Supported by the award-winning Dinion 2X digital imaging
technology, they provide a proven, dependable solution for many security and
surveillance requirements, day or night.
FEATURES
1/3 in. day/night CCD with progressive scan
20-bit image-processing technology
Wide Dynamic DRange, 2X-dynamic engine and SmartBLC
Tristreaming: dual H.264 and MJPEG simultaneously
Intelligence at the edge
ONVIF conformant
High-impact, vandal-resistant enclosure (IP66/NEMA-4X)
Indoor/outdoor, impact-resistant, IR-sensitive
2X-DYNAMIC - RECESSED-MOUNT
423989
NDN-498V03-21P
424000
NDN-498V09-21P
500618
NDN-498V03-22IP
500619
NDN-498V09-22IP
ACCESSORIES
410258
MVC-FIVA4-CAM
Description
Vandal-resistant, 1/3 in. progressive
scan, H.264 dual stream, 2X DSP,
WDR, 2.8-10 mm, vari-focal lens,
NTSC, 60 Hz, motion+, PoE,
flush mount
WDR, 9-22 mm, vari-focal lens, NTSC,
60 Hz, motion+, PoE, IVA installed,
flush mount
WDR, 2.8-10 mm, vari-focal lens,
NTSC, 60 Hz, motion+, PoE, IVA
installed, flush mount
WDR, 9-22 mm, vari-focal lens, NTSC,
60 Hz, IVA installed, PoE, flush mount
Description
AutoDome Junior HD PTZ Camera

PR34833V2-263415.tif
2X-DYNAMIC
IP FlexiDome 2X, day/night, 1/3 in., H.264, NTSC, PoE, surface-mount.
Description
437139
NDN-498V03-21PS
2.8-10 mm
448968
NDN-498V09-21PS
9-22 mm
2X-DYNAMIC WITH IVA INSTALLED
Includes IP FlexiDome 2X, 1/3 in., H.264, NTSC, PoE and surface mount.
Description
448969
NDN-498V03-22IPS
2.8-10 mm
500621
NDN-498V09-22IPS
9-22 mm
8.50
The AutoDome Junior HD is a rugged, extremely compact and easy-to-install PTZ

camera system with superb HDTV quality video. The camera features day/night
functionality for high-definition quality images in low-light conditions. The AutoDome
Junior HD provides direct network connection using H.264 and JPEG compression and
bandwidth throttling to efficiently manage bandwidth and storage requirements while
delivering outstanding image quality. The AutoDome Junior HD provides complete
network-based control of all dome functionality including pan/tilt/zoom operation,
presets, tours and alarms as well as Web-based configuration of all dome settings.
FEATURES
HD 1080p and 720p resolutions
160x zoom (10x optical, 16x digital)
Quad video streaming generates simultaneous H.264, MJPEG and JPEG
video streams
ONVIF conformant
National Transportation Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) conformant
Video Surveillance

Embedded Intelligent Video Analytics (IVA) eliminates dedicated PCs and
associated software maintenance
Durable, rugged design with an acrylic bubble
Ultra compact for discrete surveillance and improved aesthetics
High-speed 360-degree continuous pan
Preset tour and AutoPan modes
JR HD PTZ
With 1080p, day/night, 60 Hz and IVA.
449242
VJR-821-ICC
449243
VJR-821-IWC
449248
VJR-821-ICTV
449249
VJR-821-IWTV
Description
Charcoal, clear
White, clear
Charcoal with tint
White with tint
JR HD FIXED
With 1080p, day/night, 10x indoor and IVA.
Description
449255
VJR-F801-ICCV
Charcoal, clear
449260
VJR-F801-IWCV
White, clear
449270
VJR-F801-ICTV
Charcoal with tint
449271
VJR-F801-IWTV
White with tint
DAY/NIGHT IN-CEILING-MOUNT, INDOOR

With fixed day/night NTSC and 24 V AC.
500628
VG5-162-CT0
500650
VG5-164-CT0
Description
2.7-13.5 mm
5-50 mm
DAY/NIGHT PENDANT-MOUNT, INDOOR

500652
VG5-162-PT0
499589
VG5-164-PT0
Description
2.7-13.5 mm
5-50 mm
DAY/NIGHT PENDANT-MOUNT, OUTDOOR

500653
VG5-164-EC0
Description
5-50 mm
AutoDome 100 Series Fixed-camera System

PR15375V2-37111.tif
The AutoDome 100 Series combines the same high-quality housings used by
AutoDome PTZ cameras with the award-winning imaging technology of Dinion
high-resolution color or day/night fixed cameras and vari-focal lenses.
FEATURES
540 TVL fixed-dome series
Fully interchangeable CPUs, cameras, housings, communications and mounts
XF-Dynamic color and day/night camera options
All versions allow for remote configuration and update
Optional hybrid operation provides simultaneous analog (coax) and IP
(MPEG-4) connectivity
UTP transmission standard on all analog models
Available in wall-, corner-, mast-, pipe- and roof-mount versions
Three-year warranty
Description
2.7-13.5 mm
5-50 mm
PR15375V2-37111.tif
The AutoDome 600 Series is an easy-to-install PTZ camera that delivers superb video
in all indoor and outdoor applications. The camera features day/night functionality
for high-quality images in low-light conditions. This discreet, high-speed dome
camera ensures reliable, uncompromised functionality in diverse environments
across various applications, by Bosch Security Systems.
AutoDome 600 Series highlights
The AutoDome delivers state-of-the-art technology and features that far exceed other
PTZ cameras. The cameras achieve a high horizontal resolution of 550 TV lines
enabling the reproduction of clear and detailed images.
Wide Dynamic Range
The AutoDome features Wide Dynamic Range (WDR) technology that allows for the
capture of clear images from both bright and dark areas in the same frame. WDR
ensures that bright areas are not saturated and that dark areas are not too dark.
Progressive scan
The AutoDome camera is ideally suited for moving-imaging applications. The
progressive scan technology incorporated into the camera provides smooth and clear
images when viewing images from a moving camera.
8.51
Security Solutions
COLOR IN-CEILING-MOUNT, INDOOR

500624
VG45-161-CT0
500625
VG45-163-CT0
Description
2.7-13.5 mm
5-50 mm
COLOR PENDANT-MOUNT, INDOOR

With fixed color NTSC and 24 V AC.
500626
VG5-161-PT0
500627
VG5-163-PT0
Video Surveillance

(continued)
FEATURES
Choice of 550 TVL 36x or 28x day/night cameras with 12x digital zoom and Wide
Dynamic Range
Sodium Vapor White Balance mode restores objects to their original color
AutoTrack II automated motion tracking
Advanced privacy masking
Quad video streaming generates simultaneous H.264 and MJPEG video streams
In-ceiling mount with 24 V AC
Description
461623
VG5-723-ECE2
28x day/night NTSC, indoor/outdoor
455219
VG5-724-ECE2
36x day/night NTSC, indoor/outdoor
488603
VG5-723-CCE2
28x day/night NTSC, in-ceiling
AutoDome 800 Series HD PTZ Camera System
IN-CEILING-MOUNT
455216
VG5-623-CTS
Description
28x day/night NTSC, 24 V AC, analog
PENDANT-MOUNT
455217
VG5-623-PCS
Description
DAY/NIGHT PENDANT-MOUNT, OUTDOOR

455218
VG5-623-ECS
Description
Security Solutions
AutoDome 700 Series IP PTZ Indoor/Outdoor Camera System

PR15375V2-37111.tif
The AutoDome 700 Series is an easy-to-install, indoor/outdoor IP PTZ camera with

superb video quality. This discreet, high-speed dome camera features day/night
functionality for quality images in low-light conditions. The AutoDome 700 Series
provides direct network connection using H.264 and MJPEG compression and
bandwidth throttling to efficiently manage bandwidth and storage requirements while
delivering outstanding image quality. The AutoDome 700 Series provides complete
network-based control of all dome functionality, including pan/tilt/zoom operation,
presets, tours and alarms, as well as Web-based configuration of all dome settings.
The AutoDome 700 Series conforms to the ONVIF (Open Network Video Interface
Forum) specifications. ONVIF conformance guarantees interoperability between the
AutoDome and network video products regardless of manufacturer, by Bosch
Security Systems.
FEATURES
Choice of 36x or 28x day/night cameras with 12x digital zoom and Wide
Dynamic Range
Intelligent Tracking automatically detects and tracks an object in motion
Progressive scan provides smooth and clear images when viewing details in a
moving image
Sodium Vapor White Balance mode restores objects to their original color
8.52
PR34832V2-263421.tif
The AutoDome 800 Series is an easy-to-install, outdoor PTZ camera system with
superb HDTV 1080p 30 fps quality video. The camera features day/night functionality
for high-definition-quality images in low-light conditions. This discreet, high-speed
dome camera has an IP66 rating, ensuring reliable uncompromised functionality
even in dusty and potentially wet environments. The AutoDome 800 Series provides
direct network connection using H.264 and JPEG compression and bandwidth
throttling to efficiently manage bandwidth and storage requirements while delivering
outstanding image quality. The AutoDome 800 Series provides complete
network-based control of all dome functionality, including pan/tilt/zoom operation,
presets, tours and alarms as well as Web-based configuration of all dome settings.
FEATURES
Quad video streaming generates simultaneous H.264, MJPEG, and JPEG
video streams
ONVIF conformant; provides interoperability with other conformant systems
Embedded Intelligent Video Analytics (IVA) for reliable detection, tracking,
analysis and search capabilities
Description
449284
VG5-825-ECEV
Day/night, clear bubble,
50/60 Hz, IVA
DSA-N2B20 iSCSI Disk Arrays (Network Attached)

PR28859V2-213057.tif
The DSA-N2B20 is a fully featured RAID-protected disk array which provides

RAID-4 protection for capacity-oriented environments and RAID-DP protection for
availability-oriented environments. The RAID-DP (Double Parity) is a form of RAID
6 without any performance penalty. The RAID-DP is strongly recommended if the
system will be used with disk shelf expansion units.
Video Surveillance

High reliability and availability
With redundant hot-swap power and cooling, dual Gigabit Ethernet ports, NVRAM and
protection from double-disk failure and single-bit errors during RAID rebuilds with
RAID-DP, the DSA-N2B20 keeps your data safe and available.
Monitoring
Full SNMP support with agents compatible with SNMP version 1 as well as MIB-II and
NetApp custom MIBs-supported. In case of component failures SNMP, e-mails
(Auto-support Mails) or HTTP (HTTPS) messages will be generated.
Features
The intelligent combination of battery backed-up nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM), the NetApp
RAID-DP technology and the Write Anywhere File Layout (WAFL) all contribute to data
reliability and recoverability and provide superior system performance.
FEATURES
Scale-out network storage solution: base unit with up to six disk shelf
expansion units
Configurable RAID 4 or RAID-DP (double-parity) data protection
Redundant hot-swappable power supplies and cooling fans
Two Gigabit Ethernet ports for high-speed iSCSI connectivity
Modular design for ease of service
WARRANTY EXTENSIONS (BOSCH SUPPORT)

498153
DSA-N2B20S-E06
498154
DSA-N2B20S-E12
498155
DSA-N2B20S-CE12
Description
12 months for DSA-N2B20-06AT
12 months for second
DSA-N2B20 Controller
BOSCH WARRANTY UPLIFTS (NETAPP SUPPORT)

Description
498157
DSA-N2B20S-4PD
FAS2020 four-hour parts delivery,
12 months
498159
DSA-N2B20S-NPR
FAS2020 next business day on-site
parts replacements/installation,
12 months
498160
DSX-N2X00S-4PD
Disk shelf DS14 four-hour parts
delivery, 12 months, no uplift for
expansion unit only, SLA must be the
same as base unit
498161
DSX-N2X00S-NPR
Disk shelf DS14 next business day
parts replacement, 12 months, no
uplift for expansion unit only, SLA
must be the same as base unit

PR28859V2-213057.tif
The DSA-N2B40 is a fully featured RAID-protected disk array which provides RAID
4 protection for capacity-oriented environments and RAID-DP protection for
availability oriented environments. The RAID-DP (Double Parity) is a form of RAID
6 without any performance penalty. The RAID-DP is strongly recommended if the
system will be used with disk shelf expansion units.
High reliability and availability
With redundant hot-swap power and cooling, dual Gigabit Ethernet ports, NVRAM and
protection from double-disk failure and single bit errors during RAID rebuilds with
RAID-DP, the DSA-N2B20 keeps your data safe and available.
Monitoring
Full SNMP support with agents compatible with SNMP Version 1 as well as MIB-II and
NetApp custom MIBs-supported. In case of component failures SNMP, e-mails
(Autosupport Mails) or HTTP (HTTPS) messages will be generated.
Features
The intelligent combination of battery-backed up nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM), the NetApp
RAID-DP technology and the Write Anywhere File Layout (WAFL) all contribute to data
reliability and recoverability and provide superior system performance.
FEATURES
Scale-out network storage solution: base unit with up to six disk shelf
expansion units
Configurable RAID 4 or RAID-DP (Double Parity) data protection
Redundant hot-swappable power supplies and cooling fans
Two Gigabit Ethernet ports for high-speed iSCSI connectivity
Modular design for ease of service
Central management through Web-based GUI
DSA-N2B40 SERIES ISCSI ARRAYS
For use with BVMS, VIDOS, VRM, DIRECT-ATTACHED iSCSI and DIVAR 700.
Description
424009
DSA-N2B40-12AT
Bosch-NetApp 2040 disk array base
unit 12 x 1 TB
STORAGE EXPANSION
498162
DSZ-N2X00-14AT
498163
DSA-NDTK-100A
Description
Bosch-NetApp FAS Shelf 14 TB, 14 x
1 TB
FAS2000 HDD 1 TB Expansion
WARRANTY EXTENSIONS (BOSCH SUPPORT)

Description
498166
DSA-N2B40S-E12
498167
DSA-N2B40S-CE12
12 months for second
DSA-N2B40 Controller
498168
DSX-N2X00S-E12
12 months for DSZ-N2X00-14AT
8.53
Security Solutions
DSA-N2B20 ISCSI DISK ARRAYS

For use with BVMS, VIDOS, VRM, DIRECT-ATTACHED iSCSI and DIVAR 700.
Description
498152
DSA-N2B20-06AT
Bosch-NetApp FAS 2020 6 TB, base
unit, 6 x 1 TB (expandable to 12 TB)
410295
DSA-N2B20-12AT
Bosch-NetApp FAS 2020 12 TB, base
unit, 12 x 1 TB
410297
DSA-N2B20-40AT
Disk array NetApp 2020 X STAGE 2,
40 x 750 GB
Video Surveillance

(continued)
BOSCH WARRANTY UPLIFTS (NETAPP SUPPORT)

Description
498170
DSA-N2B40S-4PD
FAS2040 four-hour parts delivery,
12 months
498172
DSA-N2B40S-NPR
FAS2040 next business day on-site
parts replacement/installation,
12 months
498160
DSX-N2X00S-4PD
Disk shelf DS14 four-hour parts
delivery, 12 months, no uplift for
expansion unit only, SLA must be the
same as base unit
498161
DSX-N2X00S-NPR
Disk shelf DS14 next business day
parts replacement, 12 months, no
uplift for expansion unit only, SLA
must be the same as base unit
DLA Series IP Video Storage Appliance
Security Solutions
PR34837V2-263407.tif
RACK-MOUNT CHASSIS
Includes 1U and RAID 5.
449320
DLA-AIOL0-04AT
449322
DLA-AIOXL1-08AT
Description
4-bay, 4 TB (4 x 1 TB) hot-swappable
HDD: includes 64-channel VRM
license (expandable to 128)
8-bay, 16 TB (8 x 2 TB)
hot-swappable HDD: includes
64-channel VRM license (expandable
to 128)
VIDEO RECORDER MANAGER'S LICENSE

449327
DLA-XVRM-032
449328
DLA-XVRM-064
Description
32-camera upgrade (e-license)
64-camera upgrade (e-license)
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
449323
449326
449325
449324
Description
DLA 1200 Series 1 TB hard drive
Vendor No.
DLA-UDTK-100A
DLA-LDTK-200A
DLA-LDTK-100A
DLA-UDTK-200A
VIP X1 XF Single-channel Video Encoder

PR28860V2-213042.tif
The DLA Series IP Video Storage Appliance is an affordable, simple and reliable
all-in-one recording-management solution for network surveillance systems of up to
32 cameras. Powered by Bosch VRM (Video Recording Manager) software, this series
is an intelligent IP storage device that eliminates the need for separate NVR (network
video recorder) server and storage hardware, reducing the total cost of ownership by
as much as 45 percent.
FEATURES
Preinstalled, preconfigured IP storage solution
Redundant dual Gigabit Ethernet network-interface ports
Dedicated storage operating system delivers robust secure operation
Field-replaceable hard drives
Remote monitoring via desktop application or browser
TOWER CHASSIS
449318
DLA-AIOU0-04AT
449321
8.54
DLA-AIOL1-08AT
Description
4U (4-bay), JBOD; 4 TB (4 x 1 TB)
field-replaceable HDD; includes
to 64 channels)
4U (4-bay), JBOD; 4 TB (8 x 1 TB)
field-replaceable HDD; includes
to 64 channels)
The VIP X1 XF features DVD-like quality H.264 video, at up to 25/30 images per
second, over IP networks. This unit supports PAL and NTSC sources. It is available in a
standard version that supports Bosch VCA algorithms. The encoder provides
bi-directional audio communication in parallel to video. The VIP X1 XF provides dual
streaming. It is able to generate two independently configurable video streams. The
VIP X1 XF is ultracompact, so it is perfect for any application that depends on
space-saving solutions.
FEATURES
Single-channel H.264 encoder with dual-streaming
Built-in analytics VCA
SD card and iSCSI recording
Multicast and Internet streaming
Alarm inputs and relay outputs
ONVIF conformance
Description
424017
VIP-X1XF
H.264 dual-stream single-channel
encoder, VCA-ready
424018
VIP-X1XF-PSU
VIP X1 XF power supply
Video Surveillance

410259
MVC-FIVA4-ENC1
423984
Description
IVA 4.0 VCA software license for
single-channel encoder (e-license)
BVIP AES 128-bit encryption site
license. This license is required only
once per installation. It enables
encrypted communication between
BVIP encoders, decoders and
management stations
MVC-FENC-AES
MVM-BVRM Video Recording Manager V2.12

PR21495V2-122290.tif
VIP XD Single/Quad-stream Decoder

PR15381V2-37129.tif
ACCESSORIES
410332
VIP-X-PS
Description
VIP-X power supply (spare)
8.55
Security Solutions
The VIP XD Decoder displays DVD-like quality H.264, MPEG-4 and MPEG-2 video, at up
to 25/30 ips from PAL or NTSC sources over IP networks. Establish the video
connections automatically with the encoder, decoder, or Bosch's comprehensive
video-management system. Set up the VIP XD to display video in single-view or
quad-view mode. It is capable of decoding up to four MPEG-4 video streams at the
same time. Control the viewing mode remotely via a management system like VIDOS.
Alternatively, the VIP XD can drive a VGA display directly, thus it is ideally suited for
applications like flat-screen monitor walls. The VIP XD is available as an audio model,
providing one-channel bi-directional audio communication in parallel to video.
FEATURES
DVD-quality 25/30 ips at 4CIF
Ultracompact size
Composite video or VGA output
Alarm inputs and relay output
Audio option
Description
311995
VIP-XD
VIP XD, high-performance
single-channel quad-view
MPEG-4 decoder
331547
VIP-XDA
VIP XD, high-performance
single-channel quad-view
MPEG-4 decoder, audio
Bosch Video Recording Manager (VRM) provides a Distributed Network Video Recorder
solution, eliminating the need for dedicated NVRs and signaling the second
generation of IP network video recording. VRM supports iSCSI-based storage systems
and Bosch Video over IP devices (IP cameras and IP video encoders). VRM introduces
the concept of a storage virtualization layer. This abstraction layer enables VRM to
manage all of the individual disk arrays in the entire system as a single "virtual"
common pool of storage, which is intelligently allocated as needed. VRM eliminates
the need for Network Video Recorders (NVRs) and their associated server hardware,
operating systems and antivirus software, as well as the ongoing software patches
and updates these systems require. This new technology makes installation,
operation and maintenance much easier while reducing the total cost of ownership.
FEATURES
Distributed storage and configurable load balancing
iSCSI disk array failover for extra reliability
Used with all Bosch Video over IP cameras and encoders
Configuration support for all Bosch disk arrays (DVA, DSA and DLA series)
Description
368236
MVM-XVRM-016
16-channel expansion
368234
MVM-XVRM-032
368232
MVM-XVRM-064
363348
MVM-XVRM-128
368228
MVM-XVRM-256
368225
MVM-XVRM-512
368224
MVM-XVRM-1024
1,024-channel expansion
368221
MVM-XVRM-2048
2,048-channel expansion
498183
MVM0SVRM-BAK
Secondary server (backup)
499587
MVM-BVRM-016
Base system with 16 channels
Video Surveillance
Bosch Video Client
Security Solutions
Intelligent Video Analysis

PR34836V2-263426.tif
The Bosch Video Client is a Windows PC application for live viewing and playback of
network-connected cameras. The software package consists of a live viewing and
playback application and a configuration manager. The configuration manager allows
the settings for supported devices to be configured. A stand-alone archive player will
allow archive playback and authentication without any other workstation software. A
setup wizard is included with the package to help with the installation of the system.
The Bosch Video Client software is optimized for use in small- to medium-size CCTV
installations. It supports up to 16 cameras free of charge. This number can be
increased to 64 by purchasing additional licenses.
FEATURES
Live viewing or multiple cameras
Local recording and snapshots
PTZ control and digital zoom
D
Playback and export
from on-camera storage and VRM
Motion and forensic search
Instant replay and trick mode playback
Description
498192
BVC-ESIP01A
1-channel IP BVC license
449336
BVC-ESIP08A
449338
BVC-ESIP16A
500723
BVC-ESIP32A
500724
BVC-ESIP48A
500725
BVC-ESIP64A
498189
BVC-ESIP80A
498190
BVC-ESIP96A
498191
BVC-ESIP112A
112-channel IP BVC licnese
8.56
PR21469V2-121556.tif
The fourth generation of the Bosch Intelligent Video Analysis system, IVA 4.0 is the
guard-assistant system of choice when you need reliable video motion detection for
indoor or outdoor use. The IVA 4.0 is state-of-the-art intelligent video analysis that
reliably detects, tracks and analyzes moving objects while suppressing unwanted
alarms from spurious sources in the image. The IVA 4.0 is a licensed option already
fully prepared in Dinion IP, Extreme IP, FlexiDome IP and AutoDome IP cameras, as well
as the VIP X1600 and VideoJet X family of encoders. The functionality built into the
IVA 4.0 cameras and encoders is the ablility to detect idle and removed objects as
well as loitering, multiple line crossing and trajectories. The IVA 4.0 supports head
detection as a new feature. This product also supports optical flow detections of
objects in a video surveillance scene. Configurable detection filters and advanced
tracking improve reliability and reduce operator workload. The IVA 4.0 comes with the
new enhanced calibration tool to allow the calibration of the camera within a
few minutes.
FEATURES
Embedded analytics eliminates dedicated PCs and associated
software maintenance
Detects idle/removed object, loitering and line crossing
Displays/detects object trajectories, speed, direction and color
Optical flow detection of objects in a surveillance scene
Creates metadata for forensic searching of recorded video
Configuration wizard and pick-object function for quick setup
FIR/thermal camera support
Description
410270
VIP-X1-FS1
IVMD (intelligent video motion
detection) v1.0 license for
VIP-X1 single-channel encoders
410271
VIP-X2-FS1
IVMD (intelligent video motion
detection) v1.0 license for
VIP-X2 2-channel encoders (valid for
two channels)
410258
MVC-FIVA4-CAM
410259
MVC-FIVA4-ENC1
single-channel encoder (e-license)
410260
MVC-FIVA4-ENC2
dual-channel encoder (e-license)
410261
MVC-FIVA4-ENC4
quad-channel encoder (e-license)
Video Surveillance
Pelco
./
IEE10 Series 1.3 Megapixel Extended Platform HD Indoor/Outdoor

Sarix Camera
PELCO
PR34927V2-264494.tif
IXE20 Series 2.1 Megapixel Sarix EP Network Camera

PELCO
PR23237V2-161656.tif
IX30 Series 3.1 Megapixel Sarix Network Camera

PELCO
PR23237V2-161656.tif
The IX30 Series with Sarix technology is a 3.1 megapixel (MPx) network camera
designed with industry-leading image quality and high-performance processing
power. Designed to install quickly, the camera comes equipped with the advanced
features needed for demanding security applications.
FEATURES
Open IP standards
Up to 3.1 megapixel resolution (2,048x1,536)
Up to 30 images per second (ips) at 1,280x720
Auto Back Focus
H.264 and MJPEG compression capability
Color and day/night models
Video-setup jack
Sensitivity down to 0.05 lux
Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af) or 24 V AC
Up to two simultaneous video streams
Web viewing, up to 16 cameras simultaneously
Local storage (Mini SD) for alarm capture
Description
385741
IX30DN
Day/night model
The IXE20 Series with Sarix technology is a 2.1 megapixel (MPx) network camera
8.57
Security Solutions
The IEE10 Series extended platform (EP) camera with Sarix technology is rugged,
network-extended fixed-dome camera designed with industry-leading image quality
and high-performance processing power. Its sturdy metal design is vandal- and
tamper-resistant and is designed for worry-free use in a wide range of environmental
operating conditions.
FEATURES
Interchangeable CS mount lenses (optional)
Auto Back Focus for high-precision focusing
H.264 and MJPEG compression
Day/night capability
Focus button with delay enables precision focus through bubble
Web viewing up to 16 cameras simultaneously
Local storage (Micro SD) for alarm capture
Bi-directional full-duplex audio
No lens and clear dome
Description
449364
IEE10DN-OCP1
With built-in OV Event Counting Plus Suite
449365
IEE10DN-OSP1
With built-in OV Security Plus Suite
FEATURES
Open IP standards
Auto Back Focus
H.264 and MJPEG compression capability
Color and day/night models
Video-setup jack
Description
385744
IXE20DN
Day/night model
Video Surveillance
Pelco
IXS0 Series 0.5 Megapixel Sarix Network Camera
Security Solutions
PELCO
PR23237V2-161656.tif
The IXS0 Series with Sarix technology is a standard-definition network camera

FEATURES
Open IP standards
Up to SVGA resolution (800x600)
Up to 30 images per second (ips) at all resolutions
Auto Back Focus
H.264, MJPEG and MPEG-4 compression capability
Video-setup jack
D
Up to two simultaneous
video streams
Description
385745
IXS0C
Color model
385746
IXS0DN
Day/night model
Auto Back Focus for high-precision focusing

Video-setup jack and focus button accessible with dome closed
Local storage (Micro SD) for alarm capture
Open IP standards
3.1 MEGAPIXEL - DAY/NIGHT
407090
ID30DN-1
407089
ID30DN-0
407091
ID30DN8-1
2.1 MEGAPIXEL - DAY/NIGHT
410909
IDE20DN-1
407092
IDE20DN-0
410862
IDE20DN8-1
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
407084
ID10C-1
407083
ID10C-0
407087
ID10DN-1
407086
ID10DN-0
Description
With no lens, clear dome
With no lens, smoke dome
With 2.8-8 mm vari-focal megapixel lens,
clear dome
Description
With no lens, clear dome
With no lens, smoke dome
With extended platform, 2.8-8 mm vari-focal
megapixel lens, clear dome
Description
Color model, clear dome
Color model, smoke dome
Day/night, clear dome
Day/night, smoke dome
IM10 Series Sarix Network Indoor Fixed-dome Camera

PELCO
PR28960V2-214038.tif
ID Series Sarix Network Indoor Fixed-dome Camera

PELCO
PR28959V2-214035.tif
The ID Series with Sarix technology is a megapixel network indoor fixed-dome camera
featuring industry-leading image quality and high-performance processing power.
Designed for quick and easy installation, the camera features advanced low-light
performance, H.264 compression and interchangeable CS mount lenses for
maximum versatility.
FEATURES
Optional CS mount lenses
8.58
The IM10 Series with Sarix technology is a 1.3 megapixel (MPx) network indoor
fixed-dome camera designed with industry-leading image quality and
high-performance processing power. From backbox wiring to focusing the lens, the
IM10 Series is designed to install quickly and easily.
FEATURES
Compact size with 3 in, clear dome
Color, auto-focus vari-focal 2.8-10 mm megapixel lens
Line-in audio and built-in microphone
Video Surveillance
Pelco
Power over Ethernet (PoE), IEEE 802.3af
Video-setup jack accessible with dome installed
Open IP standards
Description
407126
IM10C10-1
White
421037
IM10C10-B1
Black

449411
ESTI350-2W
449412
ESTI350-5N
449413
449400
ESTI350-5W
ESTI335-2N
449402
449404
ESTI335-2W
ESTI335-5N
449407
449396
ESTI335-5W
ESTI314-2N
449397
ESTI314-2W
449398
ESTI314-5N
449399
ESTI314-5W
Sarix TI Series IP Thermal Camera

PELCO
PR34930V2-264487.tif
PAN/TILT CAMERA - 384X288 RESOLUTION

Description
449392
ESTI3100-2N
With 100 mm lens,
IP/NTSC/LV, pedestal-mount
449393
ESTI3100-2W
With 100 mm lens, IP/NTSC/LV, wall-mount
449394
ESTI3100-5N
With 100 mm lens,
IP/NTSC/HV, pedestal-mount
449395
ESTI3100-5W
With 100 mm lens, IP/NTSC/HV, wall-mount
449410
ESTI350-2N
With 50 mm lens,
PAN/TILT CAMERA - 640X480 RESOLUTION

Description
449414
ESTI6100-2N
With 100 mm lens,
449415
ESTI6100-2W
449416
ESTI6100-5N
With 100 mm lens,
449417
ESTI6100-5W
449422
ESTI650-2N
With 50 mm lens,
449423
ESTI650-2W
449424
ESTI650-5N
With 50 mm lens,
449425
ESTI650-5W
449418
ESTI635-2N
With 35 mm lens,
449419
ESTI635-2W
449421
ESTI635-5W
384X288 RESOLUTION
With IP/NTSC.
449429
TI3100
449432
TI350
449431
TI335
449430
TI314
Description
With 100 mm lens
With 50 mm lens
With 35 mm lens
With 14 mm lens
640X480 RESOLUTION
With IP/NTSC.
449433
TI6100
449436
TI650
449435
TI635
449434
TI614
Description
With 100 mm lens
With 50 mm lens
With 35 mm lens
With 14 mm lens
8.59
Security Solutions
Sarix TI Series Thermal IP Cameras offer a completely integrated, advanced

thermal-imaging device in a Pelco outdoor enclosure that is also capable of providing
an analog-video output. Delivering up to 640x480 thermal video resolution, these PTZ
and fixed cameras provide outstanding sensitivity below 35 mK at F1.0. It is capable
of multiple display formats, including white-hot, black-hot and various color
signatures. Sarix TI is available with your choice of five lens configurations: 6.25 mm,
14.25 mm, 35 mm, 50 mm and 100 mm focal lengths.
FEATURES
Designed for maximum environmental protection
Capable of IP or analog-video output
Compact, lightweight aluminum construction
Meets NEMA Type 4X and IP66 standards
Complete with sun shroud and heater/defroster
Long wave infrared (LWIR), uncooled, "Sun-Safe" amorphous
silicon microbolometer
640x480, 384x288 or 160x120 resolution options
17-micron pixel size (640x480 model)
User-definable/programmable camera settings
24 V AC or 24 V DC power
Built-in analytics
Description
With 50 mm lens,
With 35 mm lens,
With 35 mm lens,
With 14.25 mm lens,
With 14.25 mm lens,
IP/NTSC/LV, wall-mount
With 14.25 mm lens,
With 14.25 mm lens,
IP/NTSC/HV, wall-mount
Video Surveillance
Pelco
Spectra Mini IP Network Dome System
Security Solutions
PELCO
Spectra HD Dome Positioning System

PR23261V2-161639.tif
Spectra Mini IP dome systems incorporate all of the features and functions of Spectra
Mini, while allowing you to control and monitor video over an IP network from virtually
anywhere in the world.
FEATURES
Three simultaneous video streams
Supported protocols: TCP/IP, UDP/IP (Unicast, Multicast IGMp), UPnP, DNS, DHCP,
RTP, NTP
Power over Ethernet (PoE) compatible
Single model for surface-mount and in-ceiling applications
Auto-focus, high-resolution integrated color camera/optics package
Zone blanking
64 presets
D
0.5-degree preset
accuracy
140-degree/second pan speed
360-degree continuous pan
Rotating discreet liner
Line-in surveillance audio
Indoor dome system with NTSC
Description
393482
SD4N-B1
Black with clear bubble
393481
SD4N-B0
Black with smoked bubble
393484
SD4N-W1
White with clear bubble
391325
SD4N-W0
White with smoked bubble
8.60
PELCO
PR34931V2-264497.tif
Delivering three-to-four times the resolution of standard-definition camera systems,

Spectra HD incorporates the Sarix technology platform to deliver unparalleled image
quality. This all-digital system provides the look and feel of the industry-leading
Spectra series of dome positioning systems while taking video quality, control and
responsiveness to a whole new level. Spectra HD contains built-in analytics with
optional expansion package, 18x optical zoom, USB expansion slots and, of course,
360-degree continuous-pan rotation for the precision and control you demand.
FEATURES
1.3 megapixel camera and 18x zoom
960p resolution at 20 ips and 4:3 aspect ratio
720p at 30 ips and 16:9 aspect ratio
Two video streams: two H.264 or one H.264 and one MJPEG
Based on award-winning patented Sarix-based technology platform
PoE on standard models
USB expansion slots
STANDARD MODELS
434039
S5118-FW1
449437
S5118-FW0
449440
S5118-PB1
449439
S5118-PB0
434038
S5118-PG1
449441
S5118-PG0
Description
Flush, white clear dome
Flush, white smoke dome
Pendant, black clear dome
Pendant, black smoke dome
Pendant, gray clear dome
Pendant, gray smoke dome
ENVIRONMENTAL MODELS
449464
S5118-YB1
449463
S5118-YB0
434037
S5118-EG1
431051
S5118-EG0
Description
Flush-mount, black clear dome
Flush-mount, black smoke dome
Pendant-mount, gray clear dome
Pendant-mount, gray smoke dome
Video Surveillance
Pelco
IS20/IS21 Camclosure 2 Indoor Minidome Camera

PELCO
PR34934V2-264495.tif

433385
IS21-CHV10S
433394
IS21-DNV10S
ACCESSORIES
449583
IS20DWS-FK
449584
IS20DWS-P
Description
Color model with 2.8-10 mm lens,
clear dome
Day/night model with 2.8-10 mm lens,
clear dome
Description
Adapts IS20-DWS Series surface-mount
cameras for flush (in-ceiling) application
Pendant-mount for IS20-DWS
FLUSH-MOUNT
433383
IS20-CHV10F
433393
IS20-DNV10F
433389
433387
IS20-DWSV8F
IS21-CHV10F
433395
IS21-DNV10F
433391
IS21-DWSV8F
SURFACE-MOUNT
433381
IS20-CHV10S
433392
IS20-DNV10S
433388
IS20-DWSV8S
Description
Color model with high-resolution,
2-8.10 mm lens, smoked dome
Day/night model with high-resolution,
With 3.8-8 mm lens, smoked dome, DWS
Color model with 2.8-10 mm lens,
clear dome
Day/night model with 2.8-10 mm lens,
clear dome
With 3.8-8 mm lens, clear dome, DWS
Description
Color model with high resolution,
Color model with high-resolution,
With 3.8-8 mm lens, smoked dome, DWS
IS50/IS51 Camclosure 2 Outdoor Minidome Camera

PELCO
PR34935V2-264505.tif
The Camclosure 2 establishes a new benchmark in the Pelco Analog Camera Product
offer, delivering to the video-security marketplace a robust solution for optimal
results in any application. From superior low-light performance to Super Dynamic
5 (SD5) technology, the Camclosure 2 provides the best resolution even in the most
challenging environments.
FEATURES
Fully integrated indoor enclosure with camera and lens
Three camera options:
- Super Dynamic 5 (SD5) day/night Wide Dynamic Range
- Day/night high resolution
- High-resolution color
Vari-focal lens
Shipped completely assembled, easy to install
12 V DC or 24 V AC operation, auto-sensing
Manual, 3-axis (pan/tilt/rotation) positioning allows adjustment for optimum
camera rotation and placement
Service connector for video output
Optional UTP capability for lower cable costs, easier installation and extended
cable runs
FLUSH-MOUNT
433374
IS50-CHV10F
449521
IS50-DNV10F
433375
IS50-DWSV8F
442345
IS51-CHV10F
Description
High-resolution color camera, 2.8-10 mm
vari-focal lens, smoked dome
High-resolution day/night camera,
2.8-10 mm vari-focal lens, smoked dome
Day/night Wide Dynamic Range camera,
vari-focal lens, clear dome
8.61
Security Solutions
The Camclosure 2 establishes a new benchmark in the Pelco Analog Camera Product
offer, delivering to the video-security marketplace a robust solution for optimal
results in any application. From superior low-light performance to Super Dynamic
5 (SD5) technology, the Camclosure 2 provides the best resolution even in the most
challenging environments.
FEATURES
Fully integrated indoor enclosure with camera and lens
Three camera options:
- Super Dynamic 5 (SD5) day/night Wide Dynamic Range
- Day/night high resolution
- High-resolution color
Vari-focal lens
Shipped completely assembled, easy to install
12 V DC or 24 V AC operation, auto-sensing
Manual, 3-axis (pan/tilt/rotation) positioning allows adjustment for optimum
camera rotation and placement
Service connector for video output
Optional UTP capability for lower cable costs, easier installation and extended
cable runs
Video Surveillance
Pelco
(continued)
IS50/IS51 Camclosure 2 Outdoor Minidome Camera
FLUSH-MOUNT
449533
IS51-DNV10F
433377
IS51-DWSV8F
Security Solutions
SURFACE-MOUNT
433368
IS50-CHV10S
433370
IS50-DNV10S
433369
IS50-DWSV8S
433371
IS51-CHV10S
433373
IS51-DNV10S
433372
IS51-DWSV8S
Description
2.8-10 mm vari-focal lens, clear dome
Description
vari-focal lens, smoked dome
vari-focal lens, clear dome
Indoor and Outdoor Analog Bullet Cameras with

IR - Analog Bullet
Cameras
D
PELCO
Pelco by Schneider Electric introduces three analog bullet cameras into the lineup:
- BU4: Entry level
- BU5: General purpose
- BU6: Premium with 50 mm lens
FEATURES
650 TV lines
IR compensation
Shipped completely assembled
IR compensation, reduced blooming effect, high resolution
APPLICATIONS
Camera options deliver the ability to match a wide range of indoor and outdoor
installation environments
Description
489674
BU4-IRF4-4
12 V NTSC, 3.6 mm fixed lens
489676
BU5-IRV12-6
12/24 V NTSC, 3.3-12 mm vari-focal lens
495882
BU6-IRWV50-6
12/24 V WDR NTSC 6-50 mm lens
Compact Dome Positioning System - Spectra Mini

PELCO
FEATURES
Familiar spectra camera menu structure
Single model for surface mount and in-ceiling applications
Auto-focus, high-resolution integrated color camera/optics package
8.62
Zone blanking
64 presets
0.5-degrees preset accuracy
140-degrees/second pan speed
Rotating discreet liner
One pattern
One dynamic window blanking area
Proportional pan and tilt
Programmable zoom speeds
Multilanguage support
Integral, autosensing, multiprotocol receiver
Auto-flip dome rotation
Quick-connect cable for power, video (coax or UTP) and data
Available with smoked or clear dome
Indoor mini-PTZ dome camera ideal for discreet applications where a small size
is important
APPLICATIONS
Retail
Commercial
Banking
320530
SD4-W0
320531
SD4-W1
Description
Smoked bubble, NTSC
Clear bubble, NTSC
13M Series Megapixel Vari-focal Lens

PELCO
PR23247V2-161673.tif
Pelco's 13M Series megapixel vari-focal lenses are a new class of lenses specially
designed to provide optimal results when used in cameras with megapixel sensors.
These lenses enable megapixel cameras to realize the high resolutions that standard
lenses cannot deliver, with a resolving power of up to 100 lines per millimeter.
FEATURES
Up to 3 megapixels (MPx)
CS mount
For use with 1/3 in. cameras
Auto iris, manual focus and zoom
High-resolution power in a compact body
Aspherical elements
Description
385729
13M2.2-6
2.2-6 mm F1.3-2.0
385731
13M2.8-8
2.8-8 mm F1.2-1.9
385730
13M2.8-12
2.8-12 mm F1.4-2.7
385728
13M15-50
15-50 mm F1.5-2.1
Video Surveillance
Pelco
DX4700/DX4800 Series Digital Video Recorder

PELCO
PR34936V2-264509.tif
Anixter No.
449546
449547
449557
449559
449555
449556
449558
449560
449561
Vendor No.
DX4716-6000
DX4716-8000
DX4816-250
DX4816-500
DX4816-1000
DX4816-2000
DX4816-4000
DX4816-6000
DX4816-8000
Description
6,000 GB hard drive
8,000 GB hard drive
250 GB hard drive, 4CIF/30 ips
1,000 GB hard drive, 4CIF/30 ips
EIGHT-CAMERA INPUT
449537
DX4708-250
449539
DX4708-500
449535
DX4708-1000
449536
DX4708-2000
449538
DX4708-4000
449540
DX4708-6000
449541
DX4708-8000
449550
DX4808-250
449552
DX4808-500
449548
DX4808-1000
449549
DX4808-2000
449551
DX4808-4000
449553
DX4808-6000
449554
DX4808-8000
Description
250 GB hard drive
500 GB hard drive
1,000 GB hard drive
2,000 GB hard drive
4,000 GB hard drive
6,000 GB hard drive
8,000 GB hard drive
16-CAMERA INPUT
449544
DX4716-250
448186
DX4716-500
449542
DX4716-1000
449543
DX4716-2000
449545
DX4716-4000
Description
250 GB hard drive
500 GB hard drive
1,000 GB hard drive
2,000 GB hard drive
4,000 GB hard drive
DX8100 Series Digital Video Recorder

PELCO
PR15189V2-36147.tif
With feature-rich capabilities including simultaneous display of up to 72 cameras;

the ability to support up to 16 ATM or POS devices per server; and robust search
capabilities, the DX8100 remains the HVR of choice for the security professional.
Unique Resource Meter enables real-time monitoring of CPU and RAM availability for
IP streams, taking the guesswork out of IP migration and installation.
FEATURES
Up to 480/400 ips NTSC/PAL at 352x240/352x288
MPEG-4 compression
No IP license fees for Pelco IP, Sarix IXS0 and AXIS standard-definition IP
cameras
System health-check monitoring
Remote-client connectivity to 200 servers
Support for optional KBD300A analog keyboard
Third-party dome support
Up to eight TB internal storage
Supports up to eight TB USB non-RAID storage
Supports up to nine TB optional external RAID 5 storage
Two built-in analog audio channels, optional audio for each analog channel
Remote and Web clients
Emergency agent displays JPEG images
E-mail notification on alarm
EIGHT-CHANNEL DVR
342502
DX8108-250
342503
DX8108-500
393429
DX8108-4000
342505
DX8108-1000
342506
DX8108-2000
Description
With 250 GB storage
With 500 GB storage
With 4,000 GB storage
With one TB storage
With two TB storage
16-, 24- and 32-channel versions available. All parts can come with
an "M" for MUX or an "A" for audio, or both. Contact your sales
representative for details.
8.63
Security Solutions
The DX4700/DX4800 hybrid video recorders meet the demands of customers making
a step-by-step migration to megapixel video while still retaining maximum value from
their existing analog video surveillance infrastructure. Available with eight or
16 analog channels plus two IP cameras, up to three megapixel (MP) each for
recording highly sensitive areas such as cash counting or high-priced merchandise.
The DX4700/DX4800 Series offers unmatched power and performance in a
cost-effective package.
FEATURES
H.264, high-definition hybrid recording
DX4800 - 30/25 ips at 704x480/704x576
DX4700 - 30/25 ips at 352x240/352x288
Connection to DX and DS DVRs/HVRs
Internal storage to eight TB
DVD standard
PTZ, coaxitron
Supports KBD300A
Video Surveillance
Pelco
DS NVS - Digital Sentry Network Video Software

PELCO
PR13435V2-28203.tif
APPLICATIONS
Indoor/outdoor environments
Use with CS mount cameras
489671
13VD15-50
240369
13VD2.5-6
247345
13VD2.8-12
240370
13VD3-8
232920
13VD5-40
240373
13VD5-50
Description
15-50 mm vari-focal, auto iris
2.5-6 mm
8-12 mm vari-focal, auto iris
3-8 mm
5-40 mm
5-50 mm
Security Solutions
The Digital Sentry Network Video Software is a scalable and flexible digital
video-management software solution that integrates IP cameras into an existing
security infrastructure. The DS NVS, a software-only solution, allows Digital Sentry
customers to seamlessly expand their existing capability with four, 16 or 32 IP
cameras per server. As a stand-alone software solution, the DS NVS provides
customers the flexibility to select or continue using the platform of their choice. From
a central location, the same user interface is used for viewing and managing both IP
cameras and analog cameras simultaneously. This is especially important for
customers with existing analog systems who are in the transition to purely digital
systems. When new software features and functionality are available from Pelco, the
customer needs only upgrade the software, which extends the product life cycle,
saving time and money and lowering the total cost of ownership.
FEATURES
D
Open architecture
Scalable Digital Sentry software solution
Supports industry-standard IP devices
Up to 30 ips per camera; CIF, 2CIF and 4CIF resolution settings
Fully integrated with Intelli-M PoE Access Control System
Description
328881
DS-SW-CAM
Per camera - either IP or analog camera
connected via an IP server
Auto Iris - Direct Drive-IR Corrected - 13VDIR

PELCO
The purpose of Pelco's 13VDIR Series is to compensate for the focus shift that results
from the different wavelengths of visible and IR light. IR-corrected lenses focus light
energy on the same plane. The result is better focus, sharper contrast and better
overall image quality.
FEATURES
Designed for all day/night and monochrome cameras
Increased sharpness in monochrome mode
Focuses IR and visible light
Eliminates the problem of IR focus shift
Automatically adjusts for focus shift on day/night camera operation
APPLICATIONS
Use with day/night CS mount cameras
Description
406950
13VDIR2.8-11
2.8-11 mm, auto iris direct drive
368840
13VDIR3-8.5
3-8.5 mm, auto iris direct drive
339090
13VDIR7.5-50
7.5-50 mm, auto iris direct drive
16 Channel HVR Plus 8 IP - DX4700HD / DX4800HD
Auto Iris - Direct Drive - 13VD

PELCO
Pelco's 13VD Series 1/3 in. vari-focal lenses offer versatile and flexible packages in
one basic lens. Each auto iris lens in this series covers a specific range of focal
lengths. Adjust these lenses to get the exact field of view instead
of "almost-the-right-view."
FEATURES
CS mount
Spot filter
For use with 1/3 in. format cameras
High-resolution power in compact body
Adjustable auto iris with various focal lengths
8.64
PELCO
The DX4700HD/DX4800HD Series of hybrid video recorders provides a cost-effective
solution to customers who have continued requirements for 16 analog cameras and
want to expand their systems with megapixel IP recording. The ability to support eight
Pelco megapixel IP cameras, or AXIS cameras, gives customers new power and
flexibility in their IP migration path.
Customers can now benefit from megapixel image detail where they need it most. For
example, customers can monitor registers, cash-counting operations, high-value
merchandise areas, or lobbies and entrances, while still receiving maximum value
from existing analog cameras and cabling.
FEATURES
16 analog plus 8 IP
IP licenses included
12 Mbps for recording
View HD video at the server
D1/30 IPS DX4800HD; CIF/30 IPS DX47000HD
eSATA storage support JBOD or hardware controlled RAID 5
Efficient IP migration, easy to install, out-of-box recording, easy to use
Video Surveillance
Pelco
APPLICATIONS
Retail
Banking
Small Business
500490
DX4716HD-250
500494
DX4716HD-500
500488
DX4716HD-1000
486365
DX4716HD-2000
500493
DX4716HD-4000
500495
DX4716HD-6000
500496
DX4716HD-8000
24 V AC Multiple Indoor Power Supply - MCS Series

Description
250 GB
500 GB
1 TB
2 TB
4 TB
6 TB
8 TB
Next-generation Enclosure with Forward-opening Lid - EH1512

PELCO
APPLICATIONS
Indoor and outdoor
411723
EH1512-2
404296
EH1512MT
243201
232930
EH2512
EH3512
Description
EH1512 enclosure, 24 V heater/blower,
camera, PSU
EH1512-1 enclosure/feed-through mount
combo pack
12 in. harsh environment housing
12 in. housing
APPLICATIONS
For use with cameras, domes and pan/tilts
Indoor installations
MASTER
Anixter No.
232973
232974
232975
232976
Vendor No.
MCS16-10
MCS16-20
MCS4-2
MCS8-5
Description
10 amp, 16 out/fuse
20 amp, 16 out/fuse
2 amp, four out/fuse
5 amp, eight out/fuse
24 V AC Outdoor Power Supply - WCS Series

PELCO
Power supplies in the WCS Series offer a variety of configurations for powering up to
four outdoor units from a single power source.
FEATURES
Four or 20 amp capacities
1-4 outputs
120 V AC or 240 V AC selectable input
24 V AC output or 28 V AC output for longer wire runs
Meets NEMA-Type 4X/IP66 standards for weatherproof enclosure
AC power indicator with power On/Off switch
Compatible with cameras, domes and pan/tilts
WCS4-20B has Class 2-rated outputs
Power up to four outdoor units from a single source
Power up to four outdoor units from a single source
Backed by the global leaders in video and security
APPLICATIONS
For use with cameras, domes and pan/tilts and outdoor installations.
Description
233002
WCS1-4
Outdoor camera power supply, 120 V AC
input, one 24/26/28 V AC output
240383
WCS4-20
Outdoor camera power supply, 120 V AC
input, four fused 24/28 V AC outputs
8.65
Security Solutions
FEATURES
Cost effective
Small, sleek, contemporary design
High reliability die-cast construction
Tethered lid
Tamper-proof hardware
Cable entry glands and mounting holes on bottom of enclosure
Designed for indoor/outdoor applications
Meets IP66 and NEMA type 4X standards
Easy access for servicing and installation
Models available with factory-installed low-power heater and blower with 24 V
AC camera power supply
Models with feed-through mount available
Three-year warranty
New design for today's security installations
PELCO
Power supplies in the MCS Series offer a variety of configurations for powering up to
16 units from a single power source.
FEATURES
2, 5, 10 or 20 amp capacities
Outputs for four, eight or 16 cameras
Fuse or circuit-breaker protection; spare fuses included with fused models only
120 V AC or 230 V AC selectable input
24 V AC output or 28 V AC output for longer wire runs
AC power indicator with power On/Off switch
Compatible with cameras, domes and pan/tilts
Models with circuit breakers have Class 2-rated outputs
Power up to 16 cameras from a single source
Master power supply
Video Surveillance
Arecont Vision
./
MegaDome H.264 IP Camera Series
Security Solutions
ARECONT VISION
SurroundVideo 180- or 360-Degree Panoramic H.264 IP Cameras

PR82371V2-598604.tif
The MegaDome multimegapixel cameras provide ample resolution to zoom-in for

details in live or recorded video.These indoor/outdoor all-in-one solutions are
integrated with fast frame rates and an IR corrected motorized vari-focal lens in an
IP66 environmental rated/IK10 impact resistant dome housing.
FEATURES
H.264 compression standard: 10x average bandwidth and storage reduction
over MJPEG
Supports both H.264 and MJPEG at full resolutions and frame rates up to 32 fps
Camera gimbal with 360-degree pan and 90-degree tilt adjustment
4 in. vandal-resistant dome enclosure; IP66 weatherproofing standard
Superior low-light sensitivity: 1/2 in. CMOS sensor
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
386568
AV1355
386569
AV1355DN
Description
Color
Day/night
2 MEGAPIXEL
386570
AV2155
386571
AV2155DN
Description
Color
Day/night
3 MEGAPIXEL
386572
AV3155
386573
AV3155DN
Description
Color
Day/night
5 MEGAPIXEL
386574
AV5155
386575
AV5155DN
Description
Color
Day/night
8.66
ARECONT VISION
PR72255V2-579193.tif
SurroundVideo 180- and 360-degree panoramic IP cameras provide a wide

fields-of-view with ample resolution to zoom-in for details in live or recorded video.
SurroundVideo integrates four sensors with IR-corrected lenses into an
IP66 environmental rated/IK10 impact resistant dome housing with the fastest frame
rates in the industry.
The SurroundVideo family includes the world's first true Wide Dynamic Range
12 megapixel 180-degree panoramic camera.
FEATURES
Dual encoder: H.264 and MJPEG
Four integrated lenses
Easily adjustable 2-axis gimbal with 360-degree pan and 90-degree tilt
1,024 zones motion detection
Privacy masking for multiple regions
Binning mode on 20MP for increased low-light sensitivity
Vandal-resistant IP66 and IK10 dome housing
180-DEGREE PANORAMIC
459316
AV8185CO
432647
AV8185DN
459306
AV20185CO
452601
AV20185DN
Description
8 megapixel, color
8 megapixel, day/night
20 megapixel, color
360-DEGREE PANORAMIC
459318
AV8365CO
432650
AV8365DN
501332
AV12186DN
459308
AV20365CO
452905
AV20365DN
Description
8 megapixel, color
12 megapixel, day/night, WDR
20 megapixel, color
Video Surveillance
Arecont Vision
H.264 MegaBall Cameras

ARECONT VISION
WDR MegaVideo Compact H.264 IP Cameras

PR82955V2-633236.tif
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
495281
AV1145-04-W
Description
Wall-mount
2 MEGAPIXEL
501334
AV2146DN-04-W
Description
Wall-mount, WDR
3 MEGAPIXEL
497152
AV3145-04-W
497151
AV3145-04-D
Description
Wall-mount, WRD
Dome enclosure, WDR
5 MEGAPIXEL
497160
AV5145-04-W
Description
Wall-mount
PR72254V2-579187.tif
The MegaVideo Compact multimegapixel IP cameras provide ample resolution to

zoom-in for details in live or recorded video. These box camera solutions are available
at 1.3, 1080p, 3, 5 or 10 megapixel resolutions with fast frame rates.
MegaVideo Compact cameras are "build to order" solutions: select the best lens for
specific applications (sold separately).
FEATURES
Day/night, color or auto-iris options
Dynamic range up to 100 dB
Dual encoder: H.264 and MJPEG
Many lenses to choose from
Fastest frame rates
Casino Mode in 1080p models (maintains 30 fps or higher)
Wide Dynamic Range (WDR) capabilities
Small size for flexible mounting options
Binning mode for increased low-light sensitivity on 3MP
Use with HSG2 or stand-alone
PSIA- and ONVIF-compliant
2 MEGAPIXEL
482813
AV2116DNV1
Description
Auto iris, WDR, day/night
3 MEGAPIXEL
482815
AV3116DNV1
Description
8.67
Security Solutions
Stylish MegaBall multimegapixel IP cameras provide ample resolution to zoom-in for

details in live or recorded video. These indoor all-in-one solutions integrate a 1.3,
1080p, 3 or 5 megapixel camera with the fast frame rates and a choice of
IR-corrected 4 mm fixed or 3.3-10 mm vari-focal lens.
FEATURES
Integrated H.264 dual encoder in 1.3, 2 and 3 megapixel
Adjustable wall-mount or flush- and surface-mount dome included
Day/night or color options
Four integrated lenses
Easily adjustable 3-axis gimbal with 360-degree pan, 180-degree tilt and
360-degree Z-axis
ARECONT VISION
Video Surveillance
Arecont Vision
1.3, 1080p, 3, 5 Megapixel H.264 MegaView IP Camera Series

ARECONT VISION
PR34921V2-264054.tif
1.3, 1080p, 3, 5 Megapixel H.264 D4S and

D4F Indoor All-in-one Series
Security Solutions
ARECONT VISION
The MegaView multimegapixel cameras provide ample resolution to zoom-in for

details in live or recorded video. These indoor/outdoor all-in-one solutions integrate a
1.3, 1080p, 3 or 5 megapixel camera with fast frame rates and an IR-corrected
vari-focal lens into an IP66 environmental rated/IK10 impact-resistant
bullet-style housing.
FEATURES
All-in-one H.264 MegaView solution
Integrated megapixel camera, 4.5-10 mm IR-corrected vari-focal lens, IR
illuminator, heater and blower, IP66 and vandal-resistant bullet-style housing
Easy adjustable 3-axis bracket
External lens adjustment, including iris, zoom and focus
48 pcs IR LEDs, 25 m maximum IR distance, 45-degree IR angle
Fastest frame rate on the market: 42 fps at 1.3 megapixel, 32 fps at 1080p,
D
21 fps at 3 megapixel,
14 fps at 5 megapixel
Dual encoder H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10) and MJPEG
Casino mode maintains 30 fps or higher in 1080p
Binned mode to increase low-light performance and frame rate
Total PoE solution (no external power) for IR LEDs and fan
Privacy mask, extended motion-detection grid, flexible cropping
Multistreaming
Bit-rate control
DAY/NIGHT
Anixter No.
483206
485740
485742
Vendor No.
AV1125DNV1
AV2125DNV1
AV3125DNV1
DAY/NIGHT WITH IR LED ARRAY

482828
AV1125IRV1
482833
AV2125IRV1
482834
AV3125IRV1
482835
AV5125IRV1
8.68
PR82369V2-598592.tif
The H.264 D4S and D4F indoor dome series is an all-in-one solution consisting of an
integrated megapixel IP camera, 3.3-12 mm IR-corrected vari-focal lens and easily
adjustable 2-axis gimbal. These 1.3 megapixel, 1080p, 3 megapixel and 5 megapixel
indoor dome solutions are available in both color and day/night models with either
surface-mount or in-ceiling configurations. The D4S and D4F deliver the
highest-quality megapixel imaging at very competitive price points for
price-sensitive applications.
FEATURES
Surface-mount (D4S) or in-ceiling mount (D4F) indoor configurations
Compact package
Fastest frame rate on the market: 42 fps at 1.3 megapixel, 32 fps at 1080p,
21 fps at 3 megapixel, 14 fps at 5 megapixel, 7 fps at 10 megapixel
PSIA-compliance
Privacy mask
Extended motion detection grid
Flexible cropping
Multistreaming
Bit-rate control
PoE, DC 12-48 V and AV 24 V
Description
1.3 megapixel
2 megapixel
3 megapixel
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
495298
D4SO-AV1115V1-3312
495301
D4SO-AV1115DNV1-3312
493535
D4F-AV1115V1-3312
493542
D4F-AV1115DNV1-3312
Description
D4S color outdoor dome
D4S day/night outdoor dome
D4F color outdoor dome
D4F day/night indoor dome
Description
1.3 megapixel
2 megapixel
3 megapixel
5 megapixel
2 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
493546
493552
493545
493551
Vendor No.
D4S-AV2115V1-3312
D4S-AV2115DNV1-3312
D4F-AV2115V1-3312
D4F-AV2115DNV1-3312
Description
D4S color indoor dome
D4S day/night indoor dome
D4F color indoor dome
3 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
497130
497131
497138
497139
Vendor No.
D4S-AV3115V1-3312
D4S-AV3115DNV1-3312
D4F-AV3115V1-3312
D4F-AV3115DNV1-3312
Description
Video Surveillance
Arecont Vision
5 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
497132
497133
497140
497141
Vendor No.
D4S-AV5115V1-3312
D4S-AV5115DNV1-3312
D4F-AV5115V1-3312
D4F-AV5115DNV1-3312
Description
1.3, 1080p, 3, 5 Megapixel H.264 D4SO Outdoor Dome Series

ARECONT VISION
PR82370V2-598598.tif
3 MEGAPIXEL
Description
497134
D4SO-AV3115V1-3312 Color, outdoor dome
497135
D4SO-AV3115DNV1-3312 Day/night, outdoor dome
5 MEGAPIXEL
497136
D4SO-AV5115V1-3312
457725
D4SO-AV5115DN-3312
Description
Color, outdoor dome
Day/night, outdoor dome
MegaDome 2 All-in-One Integrated H.264 Megapixel Cameras

ARECONT VISION
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
Description
495298
D4SO-AV1115V1-3312 D4S color outdoor dome
495301
D4SO-AV1115DNV1-3312 D4S day/night outdoor dome
1080P
Description
495307
D4SO-AV2115V1-3312 D4S color indoor dome
495304
D4SO-AV2115DNV1-3312 Day/night, outdoor dome
The MegaDome 2 multimegapixel cameras provide ample resolution to zoom-in for

details in live or recorded video. The Remote Focus and Remote Zoom features makes
for an easy installation. These indoor/outdoor all-in-one solutions are integrated with
fast frame rates and IR corrected motorized vari-focal lens (auto iris/P-iris with WDR)
in an IP66 environmental rated/IK10 impact resistant dome housing.
True wide dynamic range is available in 2 megapixel and 3 megapixel.
FEATURES
Remote focus
Remote zoom and auto-iris lens
IP66-rated and vandal-resistant dome
Total PoE solution (no external power required for heater and IR LEDs)
True day/night functionality with removable IR cut filter
PSIA- and ONVIF-compliant
New user-friendly Web page
Easily adjustable 3-axis gimbal
Dual encoder H.264/MJPEG
Privacy mask, motion detection and flexible cropping
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
459304
AV1255AM
485739
AV1255AM-H
482818
AV1255AMIR
484217
AV1255AMIR-H
Description
Day/night
Day/night with heater
Day/night with IR LEDs
Day/night with IR LEDs and heater
8.69
Security Solutions
The D4SO Series low-cost outdoor dome solution is a dual encoder (H.264 and
MJPEG), HD 1080p megapixel resolution, IP-addressable dome camera. The new units
combine the color or day/night imaging of the company's MegaVideo H.264 compact
cameras with a 3.3-12 mm varifocal lens for superior image capture and efficiency.
Additionally, the units' 4 in. surface-mount IP66 environmentally rated and
vandal-resistant housings provide an easy-to-install, cost-efficient solution ideal for
outdoor applications. This camera offers more than six times the resolution of
standard-resolution IP cameras with the ability to output full real-time frame rates
and deliver the high-quality megapixel imaging at very competitive price points for
price-sensitive applications.
FEATURES
Integrated H.264 compact MegaVideo camera, 3.3-12 mm IR-corrected lens and
2-axis gimbal
42 fps at 1.3 megapixel, 32 fps at 1080p, 21 fps at 3 megapixel, 14 fps at
5 megapixel, 7 fps at 10 megapixel
Available in 1.3, 1080p, 3, 5 and 5 megapixel
PSIA-compliance
Privacy mask
Extended motion-detection grid
Flexible cropping
Multistreaming
Bit-rate control
PR72253V2-579181.tif
Video Surveillance
Arecont Vision
Security Solutions
(continued)
MegaDome 2 All-in-One Integrated

H.264 Megapixel Cameras
1080P
Anixter No.
459310
484223
485741
484225
482820
484226
484229
484228
Vendor No.
AV2255AM
AV2255AM-A
AV2255AM-H
AV2255AM-AH
AV2255AMIR
AV2255AMIR-A
AV2255AMIR-H
AV2255AMIR-AH
Description
Day/night
Day/night with audio
Day/night with audio and heater
Day/night with IR LEDs and audio
Day/night with IR LEDs, audio
and heater
3 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
459312
485743
482822
484230
501343
Vendor No.
AV3255AM
AV3255AM-H
AV3255AMIR
AV3255AMIR-H
AV3256PM
Description
Day/night
Wide dynamic range with IR LEDs
and heater
5 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
459314
484232
485745
484234
482824
484235
484238
484236
Vendor No.
AV5255AM
AV5255AM-A
AV5255AM-H
AV5255AM-AH
AV5255AMIR
AV5255AMIR-A
AV5255AMIR-H
AV5255AMIR-AH
Description
Day/night
Day/night with audio
Day/night with audio and heater
Day/night with IR LEDs and audio
Day/night with IR LEDs, audio
and heater
1.3, 1080p, 3, 5, 10 Megapixel H.264 MegaVideo Compact

IP Camera Series
ARECONT VISION
PR34920V2-264051.tif
Arecont Vision's new compact H.264 megapixel cameras in 1.3, 1080p, 3, 5 and
10 megapixel format have been designed to address the cost-sensitive market as well
as environmental housings requiring more compact camera and lens configurations.
With the features of casino mode, privacy masking, binned mode and extended
8.70
motion detection, the compact H.264 MegaVideo series is the fastest frame rate
camera on the market with color, day/night and auto iris configurations.
FEATURES
Compact package
Cost-efficiency
42 fps at 1.3 megapixel, 32 fps at 1080p, 21 fps at 3 megapixel, 14 fps at
5 megapixel, 7 fps at 10 megapixel
Available in 1.3, 1080p, 3, 5 and 10 megapixel
Color, day/night and auto iris versions
PSIA-compliance
Privacy mask
Wide Dynamic Range capabilities (AV2116, AV3116dnv1)
Extended motion-detection grid
Flexible cropping
Multistreaming
Bit-rate control
Reduced overall system cost
Unparalleled high-definition resolution
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
493528
AV1115V1
493529
AV1115DNV1
493530
AV1115DNAIV1
Description
Color
Day/night
Auto iris
2 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
493531
493532
493533
482813
Vendor No.
AV2115V1
AV2115DNV1
AV2115DNAIV1
AV2116DNV1
Description
Color
Day/night
Auto iris
3 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
497145
497146
497147
482815
Vendor No.
AV3115V1
AV3115DNV1
AV3115DNAIV1
AV3116DNV1
Description
Color
Day/night
Auto iris, day/night
5 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
497148
497149
497150
Vendor No.
AV5115V1
AV5115DNV1
AV5115DNAIV1
Description
Color
Day/night
10 MEGAPIXEL
497142
AV10115V1
497143
AV10115DNV1
497150
AV5115DNAIV1
Description
Color
Day/night
Video Surveillance
Arecont Vision
MegaVideo H.264 IP Camera Series

ARECONT VISION
PR22238V2-128767.tif
5 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
372813
372814
372815
Vendor No.
AV5105
AV5105DN
AV5105-AI
10 MEGAPIXEL/1080P DUAL-MODE
421035
AV10005
424095
AV10005DN
Description
Color
Day/night
Color, auto iris
Description
Color
Day/night
MegaVideo Compact MJPEG IP Camera Series
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
372589
AV1305
372794
AV1305DN
372796
AV1305-AI
Description
Color
Day/night
Color, auto iris
2 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
372799
372806
372807
Vendor No.
AV2105
AV2105DN
AV2105-AI
Description
Color
Day/night
Color, auto iris
3 MEGAPIXEL
Anixter No.
372808
372810
372811
Vendor No.
AV3105
AV3105DN
AV3105-AI
Description
Color
Day/night
Color, auto iris
ARECONT VISION
PR28642V2-210600.tif
The xxxx series network cameras are part of Arecont Vision's full line of MJPEG
compact IP megapixel cameras. The compact cameras are approximately half the size
and one-third lighter than their MegaVideo full-size counterparts. Available in color or
day/night versions and in 1.3, 2, 3 and 5 megapixel resolutions.
FEATURES
Superior low-light performance: 1/2 in. CMOS sensor
Multistreaming: up to eight concurrent non-identical streams with different
frame rates, bit rates, resolutions and picture quality
Bit-rate control: maintain desired bandwidth and storage size
Real-time streaming protocol (RTSP): allows for compatibility with media players
such as Apple QuickTime, Windows Media Player, VLC Player, etc.
High-definition resolution: up to 15 times the resolution of IP VGA or
analog cameras
Fast megapixel image rates: up to 32 fps in 1.3 megapixel mode, 24 fps in
2 megapixel mode, etc.
Forensic zooming: zoom live or after-event while recording full
field of view in HD
PoE
Programmable 1/4 resolution: can be initiated by motion detection or
alarm inputs
Region of interest (ROI)
Image cropping
Motion detection
Motorized IR-cut filter
1.3 MEGAPIXEL
415028
AV1310
414273
AV1310DN
Description
Color
Day/night
8.71
Security Solutions
The dual sensor MegaVideo multimegapixel camera provides ample resolution to

zoom-in for details in live or recorded video. This 3/1.3 megapixel box camera
features fast frame rates, day or night and is a unique solution for
24-hour surveillance.
FEATURES
H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10) compression standard: simultaneous support of both
H.264 and MJPEG 10x average bandwidth and storage reduction over MJPEG
Multistreaming: up to eight concurrent nonidentical streams with different
frame rates, bit rates, resolutions and picture quality
Bit-rate control: maintain desired bandwidth and storage size
Real-time streaming protocol (RTSP): allows for compatibility with media players
such as Apple QuickTime, Windows Media Player, VLC Player, etc.
Superior low-light performance: 1/2 in. CMOS sensor
Unparalleled high-definition resolution: up to 30 times the resolution of IP VGA
or analog cameras
Fastest megapixel image rates: up to 32 fps in 1.3 megapixel mode, 24 fps in
2 megapixel mode, etc.
Forensic zooming: zoom live or after-event while recording full field of view in HD
(replace PTZ devices)
Cost efficiency: comparable cost to IP VGA and analog cameras
alarm inputs
Other key features: region of interest (ROI), image cropping, motion detection,
motorized IR-cut filter and more
Video Surveillance
Arecont Vision
(continued)
MegaVideo Compact MJPEG IP Camera Series
2 MEGAPIXEL
414280
AV2110
414281
AV2110DN
Description
Color
Day/night
3 MEGAPIXEL
414283
AV3110
414284
AV3110DN
Description
Color
Day/night
5 MEGAPIXEL
414285
AV5110
414286
AV5110DN
Description
Color
Day/night
MegaVideo and SurroundVideo Dome Housings

ARECONT VISION
Combining Arecont Vision domes with the superior imaging of an Arecont Vision
camera provides the perfect solution for environments in which cameras need to be
less noticeable, or require additional protection from the elements.
FEATURES
Ideal solution for various environments: indoor or outdoor applications
Excellent enclosure protection: IP66-rated
Compatibility: D4S, D4F, D4SO, DOME4, DOME5, HSG1 and HSG2 housings are
designed to protect the entire line of MegaVideo cameras
Ease of use: Quick installation and superior design, perfect for indoor or
outdoor applications
Other key features: Surface- or wall-mounting; 2-axis camera positioning
INDOOR
PR82372V2-598610.tif
Dual MegaVideo IP Day/Night Camera
Security Solutions
ARECONT VISION
PR22235V2-128765.tif
The AV313x series network cameras are a unique dual sensor day/night solution.
These full-motion progressive-scan cameras deliver up to 15 fps in color
(3 megapixel) mode and 32 fps in black and white (1.3 megapixel) mode. Using
MegaVideo image-processing architecture, the AV313x is capable of sustaining over
80 billion operations per second in H.264 models and six billion operations per
second in MJPEG models with optimized resolution performance and value.
FEATURES
H.264 (MPEG-4, Part 10) and MJPEG compression standard
Superior low-light performance: 1/2 in. color and monochrome CMOS sensors
Unparalleled high-definition resolution - 2,048x1,536: 10x the resolution of IP
VGA or analog cameras
Dual sensor: 3 megapixel color and 1.3 megapixel black and white
Fastest megapixel image rates: up to 15/30 fps in 3/1.3 megapixel modes
Forensic zooming: zoom live or after-event while recording full field of view in HD
(replace PTZ devices)
Cost-efficiency: comparable cost to IP VGA and analog cameras
alarm inputs
Other key features: region of interest (ROI), image cropping, motion detection
and more
Description
405641
AV3135
H.264
366214
AV3130M
MJPEG
8.72
Anixter No.
367017
366218
447199
Vendor No.
DOME4-I
DOME5-I
D4S
447198
D4F
OUTDOOR
Description
4 in. vandal proof dome housing
5 in. recessed-dome housing
IP66 surface-mount dome for
compact cameras
IP66 flush-mount dome for
compact series
PR82956V2-633242.tif

394806
DOME4-O
381832
HSG1-O-W
476411
HSG2
459329
D4SO
Description
4 in. vandal proof dome housing
IP67 vandal-proof housing
with heater/blower
IP67 PoE housing with heater and
dual fans
IP66 surface-mount dome housing
for compact cameras
Video Surveillance
NVT
./
Single-channel Passive Transceivers

NVT
PR21687V2-125573.tif
MOUNTING BRACKET
393096
NV-BKT214-8
Description
For NV-215J-M (eight each)
For digital-recording applications, it is recommended that

passive-to-passive transmission (Example: NV-214A-M) distances be
limited to no more than 750 ft. For distances greater than 750 ft., please
use an NVT Active Receiver product.
Single-channel Active Video Receiver

NVT
PR2871V2-32081.tif
The NV-652R requires floating 12-24 V AC/DC; power supply not included.
Single-channel Active Transmitter

NVT
PR2872V2-32082.tif
The NVT model NV-653T Video Transmitter is an active, amplified device that allows
the transmission of real-time monochrome or color video up to one mile using
Category 5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP). Baseband (composite) signals of any type
are supported. The unparalleled interference rejection and low emissions of the
model NV-653T allows long-run video signals to coexist in the same wire bundle as
telephone, datacom or low-voltage power circuits. This allows the use of a shared or
existing cable plant. With built-in transient protection, damaging voltage-spike
problems are eliminated.
FEATURES
Single-channel active transmitter with screw terminal video output termination
Use with an NVT active receiver for distances up to one mile
Built-in transient protection
Three-position range switch; blue power LED, green video-receive LED
Limited lifetime warranty
Description
234070
NV-653T
Single-channel active
video transmitter
The NV-653T requires floating 24 V AC/DC; power supply not included.
The NVT model NV-652R Video Receiver is an active, amplified device that allows the
transmission of real-time monochrome or color video up to one mile using Category
5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP). Baseband (composite) signals of any type are
8.73
Security Solutions
The NVT models NV-208A-M and the NV-214A-M transceivers are passive
(nonamplified) devices, which allow the transmission of real-time analog video over
unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) telephone wire. "Up-the-Coax" telemetry signals are
supported when used with any other passive NVT model including NVT passive hubs.
FEATURES
Single-channel passive transceiver with screwless UTP video-signal termination
No power required, built-in transient protection, supports "Up-the-Coax"-type
control signal up to 750 ft.
Transmit with another passive NVT transceiver up to 750 ft.; transmit up to
3,000 ft. if used with an active receiver
A-M = Male BNC; the NV-214A-M features a 9 in. mini-coax pigtail and
screwless UTP termination
Description
322648
NV-208A-M
Single-channel passive video
transceiver (male BNC)
299547
NV-214A-M
Single-channel passive video
transceiver (mini-coax pigtail)
supported. The unparalleled interference rejection and low emissions of the Model
NV-652R allow long-run video signals to coexist in the same wire bundle as
telephone, datacom or low-voltage power circuits. This allows the use of a shared or
existing cable plant. Ground-lifting ensures no annoying "hum bars" when ground
potential differences exist. With built-in transient protection, damaging voltage-spike
problems are eliminated.
FEATURES
Single-channel active receiver with screw-terminal video-input termination
Use with an NVT passive transceiver for distances up to 3,000 ft.
Use with NV-653T transmitter for distances up to one mile
Built-in transient protection; built-in ground-lifting
Built-in brightness and sharpness controls; blue power LED, green
video-receive LED
Description
234067
NV-652R
Active video receiver
Video Surveillance
NVT
Passive 4-channel Video Transceiver
Security Solutions
NVT
pr5951V2-14708.tif
The NVT model NV-413A 4-channel Video Transceiver is a passive (nonamplified)

device that allows the transmission of real-time monochrome or color video over
Category 5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP). "Up-the-Coax"-type signal may be sent
over the same wire pair. When used as a receiver, the NV-413A is fully compatible
with qualified cameras that are equipped with an NVT twisted-pair output.
The unparalleled interference rejection and low emissions of the model NV-413A allow
video signals to coexist in the same wire bundle as telephone, datacom or low-voltage
power circuits. This allows the use of a shared or existing cable plant. With built-in
transient protection, damaging voltage-spike problems are eliminated. It can be used
as a passive transmitter or receiver.
FEATURES
4-channel passive transceiver with either RJ45 or screw-terminal
video termination
Supports "Up-the-Coax"-type control signal up to 750 ft.
Distances up to 750 ft. when used with another passive transceiver
Transmit up to 3,000 ft. with NVT active receivers
D
No power required
Description
258752
NV-413A
Passive 4-channel video transceiver
Two NV-413As may be rack-mounted using the NV-RM8/10 rack panel kit.
Contact your local sales representative for further information.
NV-452R 4-channel Active Receiver

NVT
pr5952V2-14711.tif
One mile when used with NV-653T transmitter

Built-in transient protection and ground-lifting
Built-in brightness and sharpness controls; blue power LED, green
video-receive LED
Description
299587
NV-452R
Active 4-channel receiver
Two NV-452Rs may be rack mounted using the NV-RM8/10 rack panel kit.
Contact your local sales representative for further information.
The NV-452R requires floating 24 V AC/DC; power supply not included.
Passive Video Transceiver Stub Hubs

NVT
PR21689V2-125581.tif
The NVT models NV-813S, NV-1613S and NV-3213S are passive transceiver stub hubs
that allow transmission of real-time monochrome or color video over unshielded
twisted-pair (UTP) telephone wire. Baseband (composite) signals of any type are
twisted-pair supported.
FEATURES
19 in. wide, 1U high, less than 2 in. deep
Supports RJ45 or screw-terminal video termination
Use with another passive transceiver for distances up to 750 ft.
Use with an NVT active receiver for distances up to 3,000 ft.
No power required
Supports "Up-the-Coax"-type control signal up to 750 ft.
Includes rack-mount hardware and screw-terminal adapters (RJ45A)
Description
363025
NV-813S
8-channel
363174
NV-1613S
16-channel
363028
NV-3213S
32-channel
DigitalEQ Active Receiver Hubs

The NVT model NV-452R 4-channel Active Receiver is an active (amplified) device that
allows the transmission of real-time monochrome or color video on up to one mile
using Category 5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP). The unparalleled interference
rejection and low emissions of the model NV-452R allows long-run video signals to
coexist in the same wire bundle as telephone, datacom or low-voltage power circuits.
This allows the use of a shared or existing cable plant. Ground-lifting ensures no
annoying "hum bars" when ground potential differences exist. With built-in transient
protection, damaging voltage-spike problems are eliminated.
FEATURES
4-channel active receiver with RJ45 or screw terminal video input termination
Distances up to 3,000 ft. when used with an NVT passive transceiver
8.74
NVT
The NVT models NV-872, NV-1672 and NV-3272 are DigitalEQ active receiver hubs
that allow the transmission of real-time monochrome or color video for distances up
to one mile using Category 2 or better unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) wire. The
DigitalEQ active receiver hub continuously and automatically compensates for cable
attenuation, ground loops and wiring polarity, independent of video-signal image.
FEATURES
Per channel fully automatic digital signal distance equalization and
polarity correction
Use with an NVT passive transceiver for distances up to 3,000 ft.
Use with an NVT active transceiver for distances up to one mile
Video Surveillance
NVT
Supports screw terminal or RJ45 UTP video inputs
RJ45 video connectivity with optional NV-RJ45A; RJ45-to-screw-terminal
adapters included
Includes eight, 16 or 32 2 ft. coax jumper cables, NV-RJ45 adapters and
rack-mount hardware
Built-in transient protection and ground lifting
NV-872 DIGITALEQ ACTIVE DA HUB

361242
NV-872
Description
8-channel
StubEQ Active Receiver Hubs

NVT
PR23572V2-165906.tif
PR21685V2-125560.tif
- Two distribution amplifier video outputs per input channel

- High-density 19 in. 1U-high enclosure features 16 input channels
- Includes (16) 2 ft. coax jumper cables, rack-mount hardware and four
screw-terminal adapters (NV-RJ45A)
Description
16-channel
PR21686V2-125561.tif
The NVT models NV-442, NV-842, NV-1642 and NV-3242 employ NVT's
latest-generation StubEQ technology that allows the transmission of fiber-like analog
video for distances up to 2,000 ft. using Category 2 or better unshielded twisted-pair
(UTP) wire. The receiver hub continuously and automatically conditions the video
signal, compensating for cable attenuation, ground loops and voltage transients,
independent of video-signal content.
FEATURES
Adaptive StubEQ fully automatic two-band equalization provides
adjustment-free equalization every time
Individually floating 1 A or 0.5 A 28 V AC outputs
The NV-842, NV-1642 and the NV-3242 are rack-mountable and include
mounting hardware
The NV-442 is rack-mountable when used with the NV-RM-8/10
Has a 1.8 in. depth, 11.5 in. 1U-high enclosure
Full-motion CCTV video at distances up to 1,500 ft. when used with any
passive NVT transceiver or hub; 2,000 ft. when used with the NV-653T
active transmitter
RJ45 connectivity with optional NV-RJ45A; RJ45-to-screw-terminal
adapters included
Exceptional interference rejection
Built-in transient protection and ground-lifting
Compatible with qualified UTP cameras
NV-442
- Shallow 1.85 in. deep, 11.5 in. 1U-high enclosure features four input channels
- Includes one screw-terminal adapter (NV-RJ45A)
Description
422124
NV-442
4-channel
NV-842
- Shallow 1.85 in. deep, 19 in. 1U-high enclosure features eight input channels
- Includes eight rack-mount hardware and two screw-terminal adapters (NV-RJ45A)
Description
393005
NV-842
8-channel
- One video output per channel

- High-density 19 in. 1U-high enclosure features 32 input and output video channels
- Includes (32) 2 ft. coax jumper cables, rack-mount hardware and eight

362797
NV-3272
Description
32-channel
8.75
Security Solutions
NV-1672 DIGITALEQ ACTIVE DA HUB
NV-3272 DIGITALEQ ACTIVE HUB
PR21684V2-125575.tif
- Four distribution amplifier video outputs per input channel

- High-density 19 in. 1U-high enclosure features eight input channels
- Includes eight 2 ft. coax jumper cables, rack-mount hardware and two

362795
NV-1672
Video Surveillance
NVT
(continued)
StubEQ Active Receiver Hubs
NV-1642
PR23573V2-165902.tif
Exceptional interference rejection (built-in transient protection)

Description
323644
NV-216A-PV
Single-channel
Power-Video transceiver
Passive Single-channel Power-video-data Transceiver

- Shallow 1.85 in. deep, 19 in. 1U high enclosure features eight input channels
- Includes eight rack-mount hardware and two screw terminal adapters (NV-RJ45A)

393052
NV-1642
Security Solutions
NV-3242
PR23574V2-165908.tif
Description
32-channel
Passive Single-channel Power-video Transceiver

NVT
PR14892V2-32077.tif
Description
16-channel
- Shallow 1.85 in. deep, 19 in. 1U-high enclosure features eight input channels
- Includes eight rack-mount hardware and two screw-terminal adapters (NV-RJ45A)

393053
NV-3242
NVT
PR13606V2-31158.tif
The NVT model NV-218A-PVD Power-Video-Data Transceiver is a passive

(nonamplified) device that allows the transmission of real-time monochrome or color
video over Category 5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP). Baseband (composite) signals
of any type are supported.
FEATURES
Single-channel Power-Video-Data transceiver with RJ45, BNC and screwless
terminal inputs
Power-Video-Data (PVD) signals are routed via UTP and RJ45 or screwless
terminal block for organized pass-through of inputs/outputs
Mini-coax pigtail supports in-camera mounting in most dome cameras
Use with NVT's PVD Power Supply Hubs and Cable Integrators
Up to 3,000 ft. with an NVT active receiver or hub
Supports "Up-the-Coax"-type control signal up to 750 ft. when used with a
passive transceiver
Exceptional interference rejection (built-in transient protection)
Description
299548
NV-218A-PVD
Single-channel
Power-Video-Data transceiver
The NVT model NV-216A-PV Power-Video Transceiver with power is a passive

(nonamplified) device that allows the transmission of real-time monochrome or color
video over Category 5e unshielded twisted pair (UTP). Baseband (composite) signals
of any type are supported.
FEATURES
Single-channel Power-Video transceiver with RJ45 and BNC
Power-Video (PVD) signals are routed via UTP and RJ45 or screwless terminal
block for organized pass-through of inputs/outputs
Mini-coax pigtail supports in-camera mounting in most dome cameras
Up to 3,000 ft. with an NVT active receiver or hub
Supports "Up-the-Coax"-type control signal up to 750 ft. when used with a
passive transceiver
8.76
Single-channel Video Transmitter and 12 V DC Converter

NVT
PR21691V2-125583.tif
The NVT model NV-226J-PV Video Transmitter and 12 V DC Converter is a passive

(nonamplified) video transmitter combined with a 24 V AC-to-12 V DC converter.
Designed to fit on the back of a fixed 12 V DC camera, this unit is architected to
convert 24 V AC power from the control room, while delivering real-time baseband
(composite) video at extended distances, all over one 4-pair UTP cable.
Video Surveillance
NVT
FEATURES
Extended camera power and video (distance) routed through UTP and RJ45
Supports 12 V DC cameras with onboard regulated power
Video up to 3,000 ft. with NVT's Active Receiver Hubs
Video up to 750 ft. with NVT's Passive Receiver Hubs
Supports "Up-the-Coax"-type control signals up to 750 ft.
Exceptional interference rejection
Description
363158
NV-226J-PV
Passive video transmitter
PVD Power-supply Hubs

NVT
PR13607V2-31167.tif
ACCESSORIES
393093
NV-4PSRMBK
Multichannel Power-supply Passive Receiver Hubs

NVT
PR21692V2-125568.tif
The NVT models NV-4PS13-PVD, NV-8PS13-PVD and NV-16PS13-PVD are 4-, 8- and
16-channel hybrid power supply and passive receiver hubs. Designed for installation
in the MDF/equipment room, these hubs have independently selectable 24 V
AC-OFF-28 V AC outputs that can support channel at-distance camera loads up to
one amp per channel.
FEATURES
Provides Class 2 SELV camera power, pass-through video and telemetry data
connection from eight to 16 cameras, each via a single RJ45 4-pair UTP cable
Standard telecom/datacom structured cabling pin-outs per EIA/TIA 568B
Independently selectable 24 or 28 V AC with one amp max. per channel
(10 amp aggregate)
Automatic reset fault protection and built-in transient protection
Individually floating outputs ensure total ground-loop immunity
Diagnostic LEDs show load/no load, mis-wires and overload conditions
Use with the NV-216PV, NV-218-PVD or the NV-226J-PV transceiver at the
camera and passive or active receivers at the control room
Power cameras via UTP over significant distances
1U high; 12 in. deep: wall-, desk- or rack-mountable
Description
369845
NV-4PS13-PVD
4-channel power-supply passive
receiver hub
341356
NV-8PS13-PVD
receiver hub
341357
NV-16PS13-PVD
receiver hub
ACCESSORIES
393093
NV-4PSRMBK
Description
Rack panel kit for 4-port
power-supply products
Description
Rack panel kit for 4-port
power-supply products
8.77
Security Solutions
The NVT models NV-4PS10-PVD and NV-16PS10-PVD are multichannel power

supply-integrator hubs which combine a one amp/channel power supply with
pass-through video and telemetry data, for up to four and 16 cameras respectively,
all over UTP wire. Designed for installation in the wiring/IDF telecom closet, or at the
control/MDF room, they consolidate connectivity via standard 4-pair RJ45 EIA/TIA
568B-compliant premises wiring and pin-outs.
FEATURES
Provides Class 2 SELV camera power, pass-through video and telemetry data
connection from four to 16 cameras, each via a single RJ45 4-pair UTP cable
Standard telecom/datacom structured cabling pin-outs per EIA/TIA 568B
Independently selectable 24 or 28 V AC with one amp max. per channel
Automatic-reset fault protection, transient protection
Individually floating outputs ensure total ground-loop immunity
Use with the NV-216PV, NV-218-PVD or the NV-226J-PV transceiver at the
camera and passive or active receivers at the control room
Power cameras via UTP over significant distances
1U high; 12 in. deep; wall-, desk- or rack-mountable
Description
362817
NV-4PS10-PVD
4-channel
341355
NV-16PS10-PVD
16-channel
Video Surveillance
NVT
Power-video-data Integrators
NVT
PR10283V2-25118.tif
FEATURES
Supports up to 10 individual or two 4-channel models
Standard 19 in. wide, 2U high
Description
368529
NV-RM8/10
Rack panel kit
Single-channel Passive Transceivers
Security Solutions
NVT
Typically installed in the Wiring Closet or IDF room, the NV-704J-PVD and
NV-716J-PVD are passive pass-through wiring devices that efficiently consolidate
camera power, video and pan/tilt/zoom data onto a minimum of 4-pair UTP
RJ45 cable. Power, video and data are converted at the camera using the
NV-218A-PVD or NV-216A-PV transceivers (power and video) which utilize a single
4-pair cable with RJ45 connectors to deliver each camera's signal.
FEATURES
The NV-704J-PVD and NV-716J-PVD receive low-voltage camera power from any
third-party Class 2 power supply
Control room connections are achieved with a single 4-pair RJ45 cable
(Exception: Two cables are required when all four cameras are in use and one or
more require data.)
Control room connections may be made using the NV-413A, NV-452R and any
D
passive or active
NVT hub
All equipment employs industry-standard TIA/EIA-568-B pin-outs
Description
299588
NV-704J-PVD
4-channel
299589
NV-716J-PVD
16-channel
Rack Panel Kit

NVT
PR21690V2-125566.tif
PR28649V2-210284.tif
The NVT models NV-215J-M (RJ45) and the NV-217J-M (RJ45) transceivers are
passive (nonamplified) devices, which allow the transmission of real-time analog
video over unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) telephone wire. "Up-the-Coax" telemetry
signals are supported when used with any other passive NVT model including NVT
passive hubs.
FEATURES
Single-channel passive transceiver with RJ45 video-signal terminal
No power required, built-in transient protection, supports "Up-the-Coax"-type
control signal up to 750 ft.
Transmit with another passive NVT transceiver up to 750 ft.; transmit up to
3,000 ft. if used with an DigitalEQ active receiver
A-M = Male BNC; the NV-215J-M features a 9 in. mini-coax pigtail
Description
422119
NV-215J-M
RJ45/male BNC with mini-coax pigtail
422120
NV-217J-M
RJ45/male BNC
For high-resolution applications, it is recommended that passive-to-passive
transmission distances be limited to no more than 750 ft. For distances
greater than 500 ft. always use an NVT active receiver product.
Power-supply StubEQ Active Receiver Hubs

NVT
The NV-RM8/10 rack panel kit allows for the rack-mounting of up to
10 single-channel transceivers, such as NV-652R or NV-653T. Alternately, it can
support up to two 4-channel devices, such as NV-413A, NV-452R or NV-704J-PVD.
The NV-RM8/10 can reside on front or rear rails of the same rack as NVT hubs,
multiplexers, DVRs or encoders. This heavy-gauge panel is designed to withstand the
mechanical load of multiple coax cables. The threaded holes and screws (included)
provide easy product mounting and installation into a 19 in. rack.
8.78
PR28650V2-210281.tif
The NV-8PS42-PVD and the NV-16PS42-PVD deliver up to 1 amp of individually

floating camera power and two video outputs per channel. The NV-32PS42-PVD model
provides 5 amps per channel and one video output per channel. They offer
plug-and-play analog camera power and connectivity at twice the distance of
RG-59/U, and five times the distance of PoE Ethernet.
Video Surveillance
NVT
These hubs represent the culmination of years of NVT development, providing
all-in-one delivery of camera power, auto-equalized video and P/T/Z telemetry data, all
over extended distances of 4-pair Cat 5 or Cat 6 wire. Using future-proof UTP-based
EIA/TIA 568B structured building wiring, these hubs are designed for a fast
labor-saving installation. Depending on camera current, distances up to 1,500 feet
(450 m) are supported.
FEATURES
Fully integrated multichannel floating (isolated) power supplies which ensure
total ground-loop immunity
Provides 28 V AC camera power while receiving fully equalized video
transmission and delivering P/T/Z telemetry all over a single 4-pair Cat 5e cable
1U rack-mount configurations
Description
422121
NV-8PS42-PVD
8-channel, one amp/channel, two
video outputs/channel
422122
NV-16PS42-PVD
16-channel, one amp/channel, two
video outputs/channel
422123
NV-32PS42-PVD
32-channel, 0.5 amp/channel
NV-EC1701 Ethernet/PoE over Coax EoC Transceiver

PR34829V2-263129.tif
The NVT Model NV-EC1701 Ethernet/PoE over Coax EoC Transceiver is a compact
media converter that allows 10/100 base-T Ethernet and PoE power to be transmitted
using coax cable. These EoC devices are typically used in legacy installations where
existing coax is redeployed as part of an upgrade to IP cameras. The 48 V DC Class
2 power is delivered to one transceiver, which distributes it to up to four remote
transceivers and their PoE cameras. These transceivers are extremely simple to use,
with no IP or MAC address configuration required. Status LEDs indicate power and
link connectivity/activity for RJ45 and BNC ports. The NV-EC1701 is backed by NVT's
award-winning customer support and limited lifetime warranty.
FEATURES
Transmit 10/100BASE-T full duplex Ethernet up to 2,500 ft. (750 m) over
RG-59 (or similar)
Supports up to 60 Mbs of continuous effective bandwidth
Powers PoE cameras (or other PoE devices), up to 45 watts
One EoC transceiver at the network end can support up to four remote
transceivers/IP cameras using BNC "T" adapters
Up to four EoC transceivers may be rack mounted on a NV-RM8/10
48 V DC from one power supply is distributed over the coax to all
connected equipment
Transparent network plug-and-play connectivity; no configuration or
setup required
Supports all networking protocols (UDP, TCP/IP, HTTP, etc.)
KITS
Anixter No.
442054
442055
442056
442057
Vendor No.
NV-EC1701-KIT1
NV-EC1701-KIT2
NV-EC1701-KIT3
NV-EC1701-KIT4
Description
1-camera kit
2-camera kit
3-camera kit
4-camera kit
NV-EC1701U Ethernet/PoE over 2-wire Eo2 Transceiver

NVT
The NVT Model NV-EC1701U Eo2 Ethernet Transceiver is a compact media converter
that allows 10/100 Base-T Ethernet and PoE power to be transmitted using UTP, STP,
18/2 or similar. These devices are often used in legacy installations where existing
wire is reused as part of an upgrade to IP devices. The 48 V DC Class 2 power is
delivered to one transceiver, which distributes it to up to four remote transceivers
and their PoE devices.
These transceivers are extremely simple to use, with no PC configuration required.
Status LEDs indicate power and link-connectivity/activity for RJ45 and 2-wire ports.
The NV-EC1701U is backed by NVT's award-winning customer support and limited
lifetime warranty.
FEATURES
Transmit 10/100 Base full duplex Ethernet up to 1,000 ft. (305 m) over UTP, STP,
18/2 (or similar 2-wire cable)
Powers PoE devices, up to 45 watts
48 V DC is distributed over 2-wire cable to all connected IP devices
One NVT Eo2 transceiver at the network end can support up to four remote
Eo2 transceivers and connected devices
Up to four Eo2 transceivers can be rack mounted on an NV-RMEC16U Eo2 Rack
Mount Tray Kit, connecting up to 16 remote Eo2 devices
Easy configuration; no PC required
Transparently supports all networking protocols (UDP, TCP/IP, HTTP, etc.)
Advanced 128-bit AES encrypted transmission and power technology with
built-in transient protection
Available in one in four device Eo2 System Kits
ETHERNET OVER 2-WIRE TRANSCEIVER
477530
NV-EC1701U
Description
With PoE power
EO2 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

477531
NV-EC1701U-KIT1
477532
NV-EC1701U-KIT2
477533
NV-EC1701U-KIT3
477534
NV-EC1701U-KIT4
Description
Single-device
Dual-device
Triple-device
Quadruple-device
8.79
Security Solutions
NVT
Advanced transmission and power technology with built-in transient protection

Description
442049
NV-EC1701
Ethernet/PoE over Coax
EoC Transceiver
Security Racks, Consoles and Enclosures
Middle Atlantic
Power strips mount directly to the frame
ETL Listed in the U.S. and Canada for strength and stability
./
ViewPoint Technical Furniture

MIDDLE ATLANTIC PRODUCTS
Also available as desk wall version that attaches directly to the

Middle Atlantic ViewPoint console and LCD desk line.
Call your local sales representative.
PR28633V2-209686.tif
Pivoting Panel Mount
Security Solutions
Serious furniture for mission-critical installations.

FEATURES
Modular design allows economical additions and limitless configuration
choices
Consoles are optimized for flexible flat-screen arrangements and ergonomically
designed with the user in mind
Fully welded bays provide a heavy-duty structure that can be assembled quickly
Available with an 18 in. deep work surface or 34 in. desktop
A large variety of standard finishes available
Most configurations ship in three weeks or less
UL Listed in the U.S. and Canada
GREENGUARD IAQ-certified
LCD monitors can be mounted using optional monitor arms
Ergonomically Ddesigned professional-use operator chair available
Call your local sales representative.
Middle Atlantic has free layout software for console designs.
VisionFrame Video Monitor Wall

PR34919V2-264048.tif
PR21746V2-126039.tif
Wall-mount racks provide easy rear access.

FEATURES
Unique design allows punching down while fully open
Available in three depths: 6 in., 12 in. and 18 in.
Abundant internal tie points for cable management
Includes Velcro cable loops
Description
240825
PPM-2
3 1/2 in. (2-rack space)
231155
PPM-4
7 in. (4-rack space)
231159
PPM-6
10 1/2 in. (6-rack space)
231167
PPM-6-12
10 1/2 in. (6-rack space),
12 in. deep
231168
PPM-8-12
14 in. (8-rack space), 12 in. deep
231169
PPM-8-18
14 in. (8-rack space), 18 in. deep
Adjustable-depth Hinged Panel-mount Rack

Robust video monitor support system application engineered for unparalleled

monitor support.
FEATURES
Assembles quickly and easily
Integral cable management channels
Designed to meet the specific needs of each installation
Accepts 10 in. to 80 in. monitors
Walls can be designed up to 13 ft. 3 in. high, in any width
Free-standing and desk-mount models available
8.80
PR28623V2-209688.tif
Economical hinged wall mount provides easy rear access to rack-mount components.
FEATURES
One side hinged at two points for easy rear access
Built-in cable management
Includes four 10-32 rack screws
Grounding stud built in
Middle Atlantic
Space indicators marked on rackrail
Adjustable depth - 9 in. to 15 in.
421695
HPM-4-915
421696
HPM-6-915
421693
HPM-8-915
Description
4-rack space
6-rack space
8-rack space
Vertical Panel Wall Mount

PR28624V2-209692.tif
Abundant tie points and cable pass-throughs ease cable management

Permanently lubricated bushings with a proprietary pivot prevent sag
Description
259902
SFR-12-18
12-rack space, 18 in. deep
swing-frame rack
259904
SFR-20-18
swing-frame rack
375077
SFR-25-18
swing-frame rack
421701
SFR-12-24
swing-frame rack
421702
SFR-20-24
swing-frame rack
421703
SFR-25-24
swing-frame rack
SR 19 in. Pivoting Rack

Swing-frame Wall Rack

PR28625V2-209690.tif
Open wall-mount racks.

FEATURES
Open-back design maximizes usable wall space
90-degree opening with positive stop facilitates punching down of wires
Ships ready-to-assemble to reduce space needed for storage and transport
Unique, open-swing frame design utilizes pivot points instead of hinges and can
be inverted to allow opening from the left or the right
Durable black powder-coat finish
50 rack screws included
Wall rack pivots on a floor base for easy equipment access.

FEATURES
Fully welded construction, 16-gauge steel
Backpan features a large laser knock-out panel and accommodates 89-D
brackets and electrical boxes when used with optional subplate. Backpan
accepts up to four subplates
Bottom cable-entry platform supports entire weight of rack on floor
70 in. (40-space)
One subplate mounting kit for 89-D type brackets and electrical boxes, includes
mounting hardware
PIVOTING RACKS
255015
FD-40
231151
PFD-40
231254
VFD-40
231140
PFD-24
231251
VFD-24
255016
FD-24
Description
Solid front door, 40 RMU
Plexiglass front door, 40 RMU
Vented front door, 40 RMU
Plexiglass front door, 24 RMU
Vented front door, 24 RMU
Solid front door, 24 RMU
8.81
Security Solutions
Cost-effective, versatile solution to wall-mount racking.

FEATURES
Can accommodate all depths of equipment
Mounts horizontally or vertically allowing versatile component placement
Heavy-duty threaded rackrail
Description
421697
VPM-2
2-rack space
421698
VPM-3
3-rack space
421699
VPM-4
4-rack space
PR21752V2-126083.tif
Middle Atlantic
(continued)
SR 19 in. Pivoting Rack
Security Solutions
SWING-OUT DESIGN
255593
SR-40-28
231228
SR-40-22
305194
SR-40-32
305454
SR-46-28
319794
SR-24-32
319793
SR-24-28
ACCESSORIES
240824
SR-SUB
275138
DWR-RR40
302340
DWR-RR24
369836
DWR-RR46
*Fits both SR-40-28 and SR-40-22
MRK Series 19 in. Gangable Enclosures

Description
Swing-out cabinet, floor and
wall-supported, 40 RMU, 28 in. D
Description
Subplate mounting kit
*Additional rackrail, 40 RMU
Additional rackrail, 24 RMU
Additional rackrail, 46 RMU
MK Cable Management
Racks
D
PR28626V2-209689.tif
Engineered for high-density patching applications.

FEATURES
Two mounting depths available: 16 7/16 in. (6 3/8 in. usable) and new 24 in.
(14 in. usable)
Oversized cable ducts manage massive cable bundles
Seismic-certified to the UBC 1997 and 2001 CBC Seismic Zone 4 and the IBC
2000, IBC 2003, 2002 ASCE Standard 7 and 2003 NFPA 5000 Seismic Use Group
III for protecting 500 lb. of essential equipment in upper-floor installations with
an Ip value of 1.5
Unique swiveling front D-Rings provide patch-cable management
Integral top-cable tray, front and rear
Modern design incorporates captive fasteners
Hook-and-loop fasteners and front cable feed-thru holes included
100 rack screws included
Description
231191
MK-19-45
Overall height 84 1/4 in.
337232
MK-1945-24
Overall height 84 1/4 in. and
24 in. depth
8.82
PR21755V2-126755.tif
These racks feature a narrow design for large-scale multibay jobs, and accept
optional removable side panels for easy equipment access.
FEATURES
Fully welded construction, open sides
Substantial 2,500 lb. weight capacity
Slim 22 in. O.D. width
Available with ProLiant style cage-nut rackrail
Seismic Certified (UBC and CBC Zone 4 and IBC, ASCE, and NFPA Seismic use
Group III) for protecting 1,000 lb. of equipment when used with
MRK-Z4 brackets
26 1/2 IN. OUTSIDE DEPTH
231193
MRK-4426
240798
MRK-4026
240799
MRK-3726
240796
MRK-2426
31 1/2 IN. OUTSIDE DEPTH

231198
MRK-4431
240800
MRK-4031
240801
MRK-3731
240802
MRK-2431
Description
44 RMU MRK cabinet frame, 26 in.
deep with rear door
deep with rear door
deep with rear door
deep with rear door
Description
deep with rear door
deep with rear door
deep with rear door
deep with rear door
Middle Atlantic
36 IN. OUTSIDE DEPTH
240806
MRK-4436
334389
Description
deep with rear door
deep with rear door
MRK-4442
ACCESSORIES
254081
MRK-Z4
CableSafe Data Wall Cabinet

PR23397V2-164136.tif
Description
Seismic bracket for MRK and
VMRK cabinets
WR Series Roll-out Rotating System

PR21756V2-126968.tif
ROLL-OUT ROTATING RACK

303393
WR-37-32
303394
WR-44-32
Description
37 SP/32D
44 SP/32D
SOLID FRONT DOOR FOR WR CABINET

303395
WRFD-37
303396
WRFD-44
Description
37 SP
44 SP
Security Solutions
Gain unrestricted access to equipment and cabling without the need for tracks and
stands. Ideal for environments that require equipment bays to be placed up against
walls or back to back, the award-winning WR allows entire bays of equipment to roll
out and rotate for service and installation flexibility.
FEATURES
Slides out and rotates 60 degrees, requiring no additional accessories
Host enclosure can be preinstalled on-site while detachable rack frame is
integrated with equipment off-site, simplifying installation
26 in. usable depth, 32 7/8 in. deep host enclosure
750 lb. weight capacity with proper weight distribution
Effective cable management system provided
Knockouts provided for cable pass-through and ganging multiple racks
Engineered ventilation locations optimize passive heat convection
Configurable open top accepts a number of options for
active thermal management
Standard front and rear 11-gauge, 10-32 threaded rackrail with marked
rack-space increments
FEATURES
26 in. width cabinet to allow space for patching
Comes standard with wide-face rackrail on left and right of cabinet
Optional off-set face rail for dressing to either side using included cable
management rings or optional fiber spools
Includes plexiglass door
Description
393132
CWR-12-17PD
12 RU tall, 17 in. deep
394305
CWR-18-17PD
394307
CWR-26-17PD
394310
CWR-12-22PD
393134
CWR-18-22PD
394313
CWR-26-22PD
393133
CWR-12-26PD
393135
CWR-18-26PD
394315
CWR-26-26PD
394320
CWR-12-32PD
394323
CWR-18-32PD
393137
CWR-26-32PD
8.83
Middle Atlantic
268472
HDR-4
TOR Series Tilt-out Wall Rack

PR23398V2-164156.tif
302499
HDR-FAN
Description
3 1/2 in. x 3 1/2 in. (2-rack space x
2-rack space)
External 4 1/2 in. fan kit
Intermediate Distribution Rack
Security Solutions
Ideal for small sound systems, paging and patching applications in schools, hotels,
offices or anywhere a secure, low-profile wall-mount solution is required.
Dimensions include usable depth 20 in., outside height 30 1/4 in., and outside width
24 1/2 in.
Description
303310
TOR-2-20SP
Racking height 3 1/2 in. (2-rack
space), outside depth
4 7/16 in., surface-mount
303309
TOR-2-20RP
4 7/16 in., recess-mount
303312
TOR-3-20SP
D
6 3/16 in., surface-mount
303311
TOR-3-20RP
6 3/16 in., recess-mount
303314
TOR-4-20SP
Racking height 7 in. (4-rack space),
outside depth 4 15/16 in.
303313
TOR-4-20RP
Racking height 7 in. (4-rack space),
outside depth 7 15/16 in.
Horizontal Distribution Rack

PR21750V2-126091.tif
Rack-mount hubs, routers and other equipment overhead in warehouses, retail

outlets and other large, open-area locations.
FEATURES
Mounts overhead directly to unistrut beams or from trusses using threaded rods
(not included)
Dual exhaust fans extend equipment life
Bottom plate can be machined in the field to mount wireless antennae, dome
cameras and more
Multiple UHF/VHF antenna knockouts on the bottom of the enclosure
Grounding/bonding stud in top of enclosure facilitates proper grounding and
bonding of electronic equipment, per NEBS and NEC standards
Side knockouts for conduit pass-through to internal, standard electrical box
Ships with included rack-mount power distribution unit, model #PD-915R
Top includes four integral gland grommets for protecting cables and reducing
dust within the enclosure
Durable textured black powder-coat finish
Description
354192
IDF-TM-1224BK
12 SP, truss mounted, 24 in.
DP enclosure
PR23402V2-164131.tif
High-density Slim 115-volt Vertical Power Strips

Upper bay mounts patch panels and pivots 100 degrees with positive stop for
punch-downs. Lower bay mounts switches, hubs and routers and pivots 15 degrees
for access to rear connections.
FEATURES
Integral electrical box for power distribution
Vented, locking front door for mounting in nonsecure areas
Multiple electrical knockouts to accommodate electrical conduit
8.84
pr5950V2-12633.tif
FEATURES
UL and CSA Listed
Slim 1 5/8 in. width uses a minimum of rack space
Outlets are spaced to accommodate plug-in power supplies
Middle Atlantic
Ships complete with a 10 ft. power cord terminated with a NEMA 5-15P plug,
and 15 amp circuit breaker
Description
258735
PD-2415SC-NS
24-outlet, 15 amp vertical power
strip, slim style, no surge protection
258736
PD-815SC-NS
8-outlet, 15 amp vertical power strip,
slim style, no surge protection
268475
PD-2415SC
strip, slim style
266386
PD-815SC
8-outlet, 15 amp vertical power strip,
slim style
PDT Series Power Strips

PR21766V2-126096.tif
20 AMP
240913
PD-620C-NS
240920
PD-620J-IG
240914
PD-1020C-NS
240921
PD-1020J-IG
231114
PD-1220C-NS
240922
240919
PD-1220J
PD-1220J-IG
240918
PD-2X620J
Description
6-outlet - 20 amp (1 circuit), cord
with NEMA 5-20P plug,
circuit breaker
6-outlet - 20 amp ISO ground
(1 circuit), J-Box
circuit breaker
10-outlet - 20A ISO ground
(1 circuit), J-Box
circuit breaker
12-outlet - 20 amp (1 circuit), J-Box
12-outlet - 20 amp ISO ground
(1 circuit), J-Box
12-outlet - 20 amp (2 circuit), J-Box
115-volt Rack-mount Power Strips - 15 amp
15 AMP
449725
PDT-1015C-M-NS
319811
PDT-1015C-NS
449726
PDT-1015C-NS20
449727
PDT-1015C-RN
449728
PDT-1615C-NS
449729
PDT-2015C-M-NS
319812
PDT-2015C-NS
449730
PDT-2015C-RN
326274
PDT-2X1015
319814
PDT-2X1015T
Description
10-outlet, single 15 amp circuit with
current meter, thin power strip with
9 in. cord
strip, thin series, cord, no
surge protection
10-outlet, single 15 amp circuit thin
power strip with 20 in. cord
10-outlet, single 15 amp circuit,
2-stage surge/spike, remote notify,
thin power strip with 9 in. cord
16-outlet, single 15 amp circuit thin
power strip with 9 in. cord
20-outlet, single 15 amp circuit with
current meter, thin power strip with
9 in. cord
strip, thin series, cord, no
surge protection
20-outlet, single 15 amp circuit,
2-stage surge/spike, remote notify,
thin power strip with 9 in. cord
20-outlet, single/dual 15 amp
circuit, thin power strip with J-Box,
ISO ground configurable
20-outlet, 72 3/4 in. with J-Box
ground top
PR21947V2-126971.tif
The PD-915R rack-mount 15 amp power-distribution unit is equipped with eight rear
outlets and one front outlet. Standard equipment includes surge and spike
protection, EMI filtering and a 9 ft. cord. An illuminated combination power
switch/circuit breaker is located on the front panel.
FEATURES
Occupies one rack space
Description
231128
PD-915R
9-outlet, 15 amp rack-mount
power strip
334452
PD-915RV-RN
9-outlet, 15 amp rack-mount power
strip, with 2-stage surge protection
8.85
Security Solutions
Middle Atlantic
VSA Series Adjustable Telescoping Rack Shelf

DLBX Series DVR Lockboxes

PR21770V2-126212.tif
Security Solutions
Unlike standard adjustable shelves, the entire VSA shelf telescopes to reach rear rail,
providing a range of usable depths from 16 in. to 44 in. Providing the greatest usable
depth in its class, the heavy-duty VSA is ideal for even the deepest components.
Constructed of hemmed 16-gauge steel and finished in a durable black powder-coat
finish, the VSA is fully vented for superior cooling and features many tie points for
enhanced cable management. 500 lb. weight capacity.
Description
358800
VSA-1626
16 in. - 26 in. telescoping shelf
358801
VSA-2744
27 in. - 44 in. telescoping shelf
Vented Universal Rack Shelves

D
PR23396V2-164155.tif
PR23403V2-164149.tif
Optimized to handle the active or passive thermal-management needs of digital video

recorders and other digital equipment. Mounts vertically or horizontally to the wall,
also can be used as a monitoring shelf. Configurable thermal-management system
includes fan and two filters, and can be set up to accommodate the needs of any
DVR. Optional proportional-speed thermostatic fan control ensures fan only runs
when needed, reducing maintenance requirements and noise. Extensive cable
management includes tie points, EKOs and cable pass-throughs. Mechanically
interlocking top provides added security yet removes easily for equipment servicing.
Standard key-locked solid hinging front door allows easy equipment access.
Description
281779
DLBX
DVR lockbox with fan
281781
DLBX-WM
Pair of wall-mount brackets for DLBX
302259
DLBX-RR5
10-32 threaded rackrail kit for DLBX,
5-rack spaces with cutouts for
cable pass-through
352618
FC-2-215-1C
Proportional-speed thermostatic fan
control with two 15 amp outlets
Horizontal Cable Management

Featuring fully ventilated bottom and sides for heat dissipation, these fully welded,
easy-to-install shelves fit all components up to 17 3/8 in. wide to quickly meet all of
your rack-mounting needs. Made from 16-gauge steel, each unit is individually boxed.
Includes three rear brackets to prevent components from sliding backward. This shelf
helps to save valuable space by accepting the mounting of the PD-815SC-PBSH
8 outlet, 15 amp power strip on the rear of the shelf. Also allows the attachment of
optional clamping bars to secure components.
Description
394300
U2V
3 1/2 in. (2-rack space), 17.44 in. W
x 15 in. D., 50 lb.
394302
U3V
5 1/4 in. (3-rack space), 17.44 in. W
x 15 in. D., 70 lb.
394303
U4V
7 in. (4-rack space), 17.44 in. W x
15.50 in. D., 85 lb.
8.86
PR21796V2-126185.tif
FEATURES
Available in a variety of styles to suit any application
Welded-steel construction
Finished in durable black powder-coat
Description
231106
HCM-1
1 RMU
231117
HCM-1V
1 3/4 in. (1 space) micro-clip style,
end rings
231109
HCM-1D
1 RMU, large D-Rings
Middle Atlantic
231115
HCM-1DV
231119
231123
HCM-2D
HCM-2DV
231111
231121
231163
HCM-1DR
HCM-2DR
D-RING
Description
1 3/4 in. (1 space) "D-Ring" style,
end rings
2 RMU, large D-Rings
3 1/2 in. (2 space) "D-Ring" style,
end rings
1 RMU, front and rear D-Rings
2 RMU, front and rear D-Rings
Wall-mount/rack-mount "D-Ring"
QFP Series Quiet Fan Panel Assemblies

PR21788V2-126184.tif
Hinged Horizontal Cable Managers

PR23409V2-164144.tif
FEATURES
Three RMU space, includes fans and grills
UQFP Series are two space panels with either two or four fans
Available with or without the LED temperature display, fan-failure notification
and remote over-temp notification
TEXTURED
243125
QTFP-2
243126
QTFP-1
326261
UQFP-2D
326262
UQFP-4D
326260
325467
UQFP-2
UQFP-4
Description
Two fan, free air dB rating < 33 dB
One fan, free air dB rating < 30 dB
Description
Two fan, 5 1/4 in. high (three space),
free air dB rating < 33 dB
One fan, 5 1/4 in. high (three space),
free air dB rating < 30 dB
50 cfm fan panel with LED display,
remote failure notification,
overtemp alarm
100 cfm fan panel with LED display,
remote failure notification,
overtemp alarm
50 cfm fan panel, overtemp alarm
100 cfm fan panel, overtemp alarm
8.87
Security Solutions
FEATURES
Dress cables between open frame racks and other enclosures
Cable-strain relief provides more reliable connections
Multiple cable pass-throughs: top, rear, bottom and sides
Solid face conceals cables from view
Hinged panel allows easy entry for and access to cable bundles
Description
336582
HHCM-1
1-rack space
268463
HHCM-2
2-rack space
ANODIZED
5 1/4 in. high (three RMU space)
231194
QFP-2
231171
QFP-1
Enclosures
./
DVR Security Enclosures
Security Solutions
PR34420V2-254403.tif
Secure and protect digital video recorders (DVRs) and other electronic security
equipment located outside equipment rooms to help prevent accidental damage,
theft or vandalism. Place enclosures on a countertop or shelf. Available in
three sizes.
FEATURES
Hinged, locking front door with optional plexiglass window
Removable top/cover provides easy access to equipment
Made from steel, riveted construction, painted black finish
Large DVR Security Enclosure secures equipment up to 10.5 in. H x 22 in. W
x 26.5 in. D and includes a fan
Large DVR Security Enclosure can support 5U of 19 in. EIA rack-mount
equipment, up to 80 lb., with the accessory tapped rail kit, ordered separately
Large DVR Security Enclosure can also be wall-mounted, use the accessory
wall-mount kit,D ordered separately
Medium DVR Security Enclosure secures equipment up to 7.25 in. H x 19.5 in. W
x 19 in. D, fan available as an accessory
Small DVR Security Enclosure secures equipment up to 5 in. H x 18.75 in. W
x 15 in. D, fan available as an accessory
SMALL DVR SECURITY ENCLOSURE
6 in. H x 20.25 in. W x 17 in. D
418766
82050-703
418770
82050-733
Description
Metal door with window, black
Metal door, no window, black
MEDIUM DVR SECURITY ENCLOSURE

8.75 in. H x 21.25 in. W x 21 in. D
418765
82050-702
418768
82050-722
Description
LARGE DVR SECURITY ENCLOSURE

11.5 in. H x 23.25 in. W x 28.5 in. D
418764
82050-701
418767
82050-711
Description
8.88
ACCESSORIES
Wall-Mount Kit creates a shelf for the enclosure. Include Tapped Rail Kit when
mounting Large DVR Security Enclosure to a wall.
Description
418772
82052-701
Tapped Rail Kit, for Large DVR
Security Enclosure, 5U x 19 in.
EIA, black
194844
40605-005
50 pack, black
418771
82051-703
Wall-Mount Kit, for Large DVR
Security Enclosure, black
418774
82053-002
Fan Kit, for Medium DVR Security
Enclosure, 115 V AC, 110 cfm, NEMA
1-15P, black
418773
82053-001
Fan Kit, for Small DVR Security
Enclosure, 115 V AC, 31 cfm, NEMA
1-15P, black
Other CPI equipment enclosures are available.
CUBE-iT Mini Equipment Enclosure

PR34419V2-254401.tif
The Cube-iT Mini Equipment Enclosure allows 8U of 19 in. EIA rack-mount equipment
to be securely located outside of the equipment room. Use the Cube-iT Mini
Equipment Enclosure to secure digital video recorders (DVRs), encoders, servers and
other electronic security equipment. Place on the floor, a countertop or shelf (cannot
be wall-mounted).
FEATURES
Hinged, locking front door with perforated panel
Hinged, locking rear door with three 2.7 in. diameter grommet-protected
cable-access ports
Vented sides; add up to two top-mount Intelligent Fan Kits, ordered separately,
to increase airflow
Includes two pairs of 12-24 tapped 19 in. EIA equipment mounting rails
Rails adjust in depth up to 32 in. deep, support 8U of equipment, up to 80 lb.
Made from steel, riveted construction
Description
418796
82004-700
Cube-iT Mini Equipment Enclosure,
17.2 in. H x 24.2 in. W x 36 in. D,
8U, black
373518
13051-002
Intelligent Fan Kit, 115 V AC,
36-49 cfm, NEMA 1-15P, black
Enclosures
Tilt Panel Mount
Type 1 Enclosure
PR34466V2-255163.tif
Designed for use in control and instrumentation applications in areas that do not
require oil-tight and dust-tight specifications. Available perforated back panel
reduces time required to mount components.
FEATURES
Industry standard: NEMA/EEMAC Type 1
Flush slotted latch operated with a screwdriver. Optional latches available
Weldnuts provided for mounting optional panels
16-gauge steel
Butt hinges
Mounting holes on back of enclosure
ANSI 61 gray polyester powder paint finish inside and out
ENCLOSURES
366327
A6N64
DVR Lock Box

PR23694V2-168274.tif
The Great Lakes DVR Lock Box was designed to safely and securely house small
rack-mounted or electrical equipment, including DVD or digital recorders. It is
available in two sizes, 3 RMU and 5 RMU. With a variety of mounting options the DVR
Lock Box can be easily attached or hung on nearly any surface.
Description
397934
BS2-UCB3
3 RMU, 6.3 in. H x 21 in. W x 21 in. D,
397935
BS2-UCB5
5 RMU, 9.8 in. H x 21 in. W x 21 in. D,
397936
BS2-UCBBKT
Bracket for placement of Under
Counter Box
397938
7217-04
Single fan assembly with a 75 cfm
fan and cord
PR21427V2-119396.tif
366328
A8N64
366329
A8N84
366330
A12N104
366331
A12N124
366332
A8N86
366333
A10N106
366334
A12N126
366335
A14N126
366336
A16N126
366337
A20N16ALP
366338
A20N20ALP
255674
A24N24ALP
366339
A20N12BLP
Description
Type 1 small enclosure, 6 in. H x
6 in. W x 4 in. D
6 in. W x 4 in. D
8 in. W x 4 in. D
10 in. W x 4 in. D
12 in. W x 4 in. D
8 in. W x 6 in. D
10 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. W x 6 in. D
Type 1 medium enclosure, 20 in. H x
16 in. W x 6.62 in. D
20 in. W x 6.62 in. D
24 in. W x 6.62 in. D
12 in. W x 8.62 in. D
8.89
Security Solutions
The Tilt Panel Mount, designed for patch panels and network panels, makes installing
deeper equipment possible. Ideal for small areas.
FEATURES
19 in. EIA-310-D-compliant mounting
12-24 threaded mounting holes
Rails tilt down to 90 degrees for easy equipment access
Security cover kit available
All-steel construction
Durable black texture powder-coat finish
Description
444585
BS2-TPM-818
16.31 in. H x 19.88 in. W x 18.00 in.
D, weight capacity 50 lb., 8 RMU
444588
BS2-TPMC-818
Tilt Panel Mount Cover Kit, includes
top cover and front panel
Enclosures
(continued)
Type 1 Enclosure
ENCLOSURES
366340
A20N20BLP
366341
A24N20BLP
366342
A24N24BLP
366343
A24N24DLP
A42N3609
A42N3609
Security Solutions
ACCESSORIES
366344
A6N6PP
366345
A8N6PP
366346
A8N8PP
335283
A10N10PP
366347
366348
A12N10PP
D
A12N12PP
366349
A14N12PP
366350
A16N12PP
366351
A16N12MPP
366352
A20N12MPP
366353
A20N16MPP
366354
A20N20MPP
366355
A24N20MPP
331032
A24N24MPP
A42P36
A42P36
AL12AR
AL12AR
Screw Cover Type 1 Pull Box

Description
20 in. W x 8.62 in. D
20 in. W x 8.62 in. D
24 in. W x 8.62 in. D
24 in. W x 12.62 in. D
Type 1 large enclosure, 42 in. H x
36 in. W x 9.25 in. D
Description
Perforated back panel for 6 in. H x
6 in. W small enclosure
12 in. W medium enclosure
Solid back panel for 42 in. H x 36 in.
W large enclosure
Optional cylinder lock kit
More sizes available.

For more information contact your sales representative.
8.90
PR21425V2-119397.tif
Designed for use as a junction box and pull box in commercial and general
applications. Flush covers and door frames must be ordered separately for
flush installations.
FEATURES
Industry standard: NEMA/EEMAC Type 1
Flat, removable covers fastened with plated steel screws
Provision for grounding
Mounting holes on back of box
Unique keyhole screw slots in the cover permit removal of the cover without
extracting the screws
Description
366304
ASE4X4X4
Pull box, 4 in. H x 4 in. W x 4 in. D
ASE6X6X4 ASE6X6X4
ASE8X8X4 ASE8X8X4
366307
ASE10X10X4
366308
ASE12X12X4
366309
ASE6X6X6
366310
ASE8X8X6
366311
ASE10X10X6
ASE12X12X6 ASE12X12X6
ASE18X18X6 ASE18X18X6
366314
ASE24X24X6
366315
ASE24X24X8
More sizes available and also without knockouts.
For more information contact your sales representative.
Type 3R Enclosures
Designed for use as a wiring box and junction box. Enclosure provides protection
against rain, sleet and snow in outdoor installations or against dripping water in
indoor installations.
FEATURES
Industry standard: NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R
Drip-shield top and seam-free sides, front and back
Slip-on removable cover fastened with plated steel screws along the
bottom edge
Enclosures
Provision for padlocking
No gasketing
SCREW COVER
PR21444V2-119582.tif
PR21447V2-119584.tif
Vendor No.
A4R44
A6R64
A8R64
A8R84
A10R104
A12R124
A6R66
A8R86
A10R106
A12R126
A16R126
A18R186
A24R246
A12R128
A18R188
A24R248
HINGED COVER
Anixter No.
366685
317368
366686
366687
366688
366689
366690
366691
Type 4x Fiberglass Hinged Cover Wi-Fi Cabinet
Description
10 in. H x 10 in. W x 4 in. D
12 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D
10 in. H x 10 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. H x 12 in. W x 6 in. D
16 in. H x 12 in. W x 6 in. D
18 in. H x 18 in. W x 6 in. D
24 in. H x 24 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. H x 12 in. W x 8 in. D
18 in. H x 18 in. W x 8 in. D
24 in. H x 24 in. W x 8 in. D
PR21448V2-119589.tif
Vendor No.
A6R44HCR
A6R64HCR
A8R64HCR
A8R86HCR
A10R86HCR
A12R106HCR
A12R126HCR
A12R1210HCR
Provides a secure enclosure for wireless equipment in both indoor and outdoor
locations. Ideal for locations such as tunnels, floor vaults, marinas, outside walls
and rooftops. Fiberglass construction allows Wi-Fi and WLAN signals to pass through
the cabinet unimpeded. Lightweight for easy mounting. Solid covers are shown below;
window covers are also available. Covers are secured with screws; optional
quick-release latches are available.
FEATURES
Industry standard: NEMA/EEMAC Type 4X
Enclosures and cover made of molded fiberglass polyester that resists
chemicals and temperature change
Includes a 3/4 in. plywood panel for mounting equipment
Seamless foam-in-place gasket assures watertight and dust-tight seal
Screw cover enclosures are secured with two captivated Type 316 stainless steel
slotted cross point cover screws
Description
366699
D664CHSCFGP
317883
D16148CHSCFGP
16 in. H x 14 in. W x 8 in. D
366700
D181610CHSCFGP
18 in. H x 16 in. W x 10 in. D
Also available with window cover.
For more information contact your local sales representative.
Description
10 in. H x 8 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. H x 10 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. H x 12 in. W x 6 in. D
12 in. H x 12 in. W x 10 in. D
8.91
Security Solutions
Anixter No.
366672
366673
259511
259513
366674
316679
366675
366676
366677
366678
366679
366680
366681
366682
366683
366684
Access Control Systems
S2 Security Corporation
431404
S2-VMS-B-EX-P
./
S2 Pronto 2
S2 SECURITY
PR72536V2-586428.tif
431406
S2-DMP-P
Description
Exacq Vision Video Management
System Integration option - with
integration, for up to 16 cameras
DMP XR500 Integration - for one
intrusion panel
ACCESS CONTROL (PRONTO) AND VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (NETVR)

Single-appliance solution includes 32-portal license, 2U rack- or
tabletop-mountable appliance and RAID 1 configuration.
Security Solutions

487730
S2-PRONTOVR-2TB-8
The S2 Pronto 2 is a high-performance and exceptionally easy-to-use
security-management system implemented as a Web-based network appliance. Ideal
for small- to mid-size commercial and high-end residential applications, Pronto 2 is
part of S2 Security's NetBox family, proven over hundreds of thousands of operating
hours in the field. The system integrates credential-based access control, intrusion
detection and video surveillance for a single facility, delivering a unified management
and administration experience to your Web browser.
The S2 Pronto VR edition integrates a full S2 NetVR, adding S2's video-management
capability including recording, advanced surveillance and forensics. The seamless
integration of access control, event monitoring and video in the Pronto VR lets you do
amazing things when it comes to finding the video you want in much less time than
with conventional video-management solutions. With the unique Forensic Desktop
feature, event-related video can be on a DVD or in an e-mail within minutes.
Description
480257
S2-PRONTO2
IP access control solution - for up to
32 readers with enclosure and one
access blade (supports two readers).
100 percent Web user interface
supports common browsers, supplied
external 12 V DC power supply
487729
S2-PRONTO2-D
S2 Pronto 2 demo price (one allowed
per integrator)
431363
S2-NDMN-P
MicroNode - up to two card readers,
one temperature-input probe
(Includes enclosure and power supply
and probe. Readers and cards
not included)
500874
S2-PRONTO2-FRU
Pronto 2 Field Replacement Unit
487726
S2-PRONTO2-3
Three S2-Pronto 2s - value priced
pack. Represents an 8 percent
savings over individually priced
systems. (Drop-ship delivery only)
487727
S2-PRONTO2-5
Five S2-Pronto 2s - value priced pack.
Represents a 12 percent savings over
individually priced systems.
(Drop-ship delivery only)
487350
S2-NETVR-2TB-8-P
S2 NetVR Unit - support for eight IP
cameras, licensed for eight IP
cameras, 2 TB of onboard storage
487352
S2-NETVR-4TB16P
S2 NetVR Unit - support for 16 IP
cameras, licensed for 16 IP cameras,
4 TB of onboard storage
8.92
487731
S2-PRONTOVR-4TB-16
500823
S2-PRONTOVR-UPG16
Description
ProntoVR-8 with support for eight IP
Cameras, 2 TB of onboard storage
ProntoVR-16 with support for 16 IP
Cameras, 4 TB of onboard storage
Upgrade from eight to 16 cameras
ACCESSORIES
*NOTE: S2 NetBox access blades and S2 NetBox MicroNodes are NOT interchangeable
with S2 Pronto systems or vice versa.
Description
431360
S2-NN-P
Pronto expansion node (includes
enclosure and power supply, no
reader blade)
431361
S2-ACM-P
Reader blade capable of supporting
up to two card readers (readers and
cards not included)*
487347
S2-INP-P
Input blade, supports up to eight
supervised inputs
487346
S2-OUTP-P
Output blade, supports up to eight
relay outputs
487348
S2-TEMP-P
Temperature blade, supports up to
eight S2-TEMP-PR
487349
S2-TEMP-PR-P
Temperature probe
487345
S2-CBM-P
Pronto2 Network Node blade only
S2 NetBox
S2 SECURITY
PR72504V2-585196.tif
The S2 NetBox P2 brings the power of the S2 NetBox Web-based security appliance to
applications that can benefit from advanced features even though they are smaller in
scale. NetBox systems integrate credential-based access control, intrusion detection
and video applications, delivering a unified management and administration
experience using only your Web browser. With support for up to 32 access control
readers and 16 cameras, these systems are ideal for a range of uses from
independent organizations to field offices of large enterprises.
The S2 NetBox VR starts with the P2's capabilities and adds video surveillance and
forensics. It tightly integrates S2's NetBox system-management software with its
NetVR video management solution, adding video recording, advanced surveillance and
amazingly powerful forensics. The seamless integration of access control, event
monitoring and video in the NetBox VR lets you interactively explore recorded video.
Using the unique Forensic Desktop facility, you can locate video of many incidents in
one click, right from the activity log. Its rich search capabilities let you find almost any
video of interest within a minute or two.
S2 NETBOXVR SYSTEM - CONVERGED VIDEO AND ACCESS CONTROLLER

Includes 32-portal license.
Description
487824
S2-NETBOXVR-2TB-8
Eight cameras, 8-camera capacity,
487825
S2-NETBOXVR-4TB-16
16 cameras, 16-camera capacity,
S2 NETWORK NODES
S2 Network Nodes are available in standard configurations in one of three cabinets:
wall-mount (-WM) and rack-mount (-RM). Wall-mount and rack-mount cabinets have
room for seven blades; the compact cabinet (-C) has room for two blades.
Description
331326
S2-NN-E2R-WM
Network node for two readers, four
inputs, four outputs, six spare slots
331328
S2-NN-E2R-RM
Network node for two readers, four
inputs, four outputs, six spare slots
331329
S2-NN-E4R-WM
Network node for four readers, eight
inputs, eight outputs, five spare slots
331331
S2-NN-E4R-RM
Network node for four readers, eight
inputs, eight outputs, five spare slots
331332
S2-NN-E6R-WM
Network node for six readers,
12 inputs, 12 outputs, four
spare slots
331333
S2-NN-E6R-RM
Network node for six readers,
12 inputs, 12 outputs, four
spare slots
331334
S2-NN-E8R-WM
Network node for eight readers,
16 inputs, 16 outputs, three
spare slots
331335
S2-NN-E8R-RM
Network node for eight readers,
16 inputs, 16 outputs, three
spare slots
331336
S2-NN-E10R-WM
Network node for 10 readers,
20 inputs, 20 outputs, two
spare slots
331337
S2-NN-E10R-RM
20 inputs, 20 outputs, two
spare slots
331338
S2-NN-E12R-WM
24 inputs, 24 outputs, one spare slot
331339
S2-NN-E12R-RM
24 inputs, 24 outputs, one spare slot
331340
S2-NN-E14R-WM
28 inputs, 28 outputs, no spare slots
8.93
Security Solutions
S2 NETBOX CONTROLLERS, WALL-MOUNT

Description
487822
S2-NB4-E2R-WM
Includes controller with 4-portal
license, one ACM, six empty slots
487823
S2-NB4-E4R-WM
license, two ACMs, five empty slots
487811
S2-NB16-E2R-WM
487812
S2-NB16-E4R-WM
487813
S2-NB16-E6R-WM
license, three ACMs, four empty slot
487814
S2-NB16-E8R-WM
license, four ACMs, three empty slots
487805
S2-NB16-E10R-WM
license, five ACMs, two empty slots
487807
S2-NB16-E12R-WM
license, six ACMs, one empty slot
487808
S2-NB16-E14R-WM
license, seven ACMs, no empty slots
487818
S2-NB32-E2R-WM
487819
S2-NB32-E4R-WM
487820
S2-NB32-E6R-WM
license, three ACMs, four empty slot
487821
S2-NB32-E8R-WM
license, four ACMs, three empty slots
487815
S2-NB32-E10R-WM
license, five ACMs, two empty slots
487816
S2-NB32-E12R-WM
license, six ACMs, one empty slot
487817
S2-NB32-E14R-WM
license, seven ACMs, no empty slots
S2 NETBOX EXTREME CONTROLLER (UP TO 256 PORTALS)

S2 network controllers include hardware and software to operate your S2 NetBox
system. Add the required S2 network nodes to meet your requirements.
Description
411295
S2-EXT-16-WM
Wall-mount, license for 16-portals
411296
S2-EXT-16-RM
Rack-mount, license for 16-portals
411297
S2-EXT-32-WM
420318
S2-EXT-32-RM
411298
S2-EXT-64-WM
411299
S2-EXT-64-RM
411300
S2-EXT-128-WM
411301
S2-EXT-128-RM
411304
S2-EXT-192-WM
411305
S2-EXT-192-RM
411306
S2-EXT-256-WM
Wall-mount, license for 256-readers
433492
S2-EXT-256-RM
(continued)
S2 NetBox
S2 NETWORK NODES
331341
S2-NN-E14R-RM
340369
S2-NN-E-RM
340371
S2-NN-E-WM
340370
S2-RMK

487834
S2-RCBLE
Description
28 inputs, 28 outputs, no spare slots
Network node without blades in a
rack-mount cabinet
Network node without blades in
wall-mount cabinet
Rack-mount rail kit for -RM and -ERM
network node options
Security Solutions
S2 NET DOOR MICRONODE, POE-CAPABLE TWO-READER NODE
Description
S2 Net Door, PoE two-reader node
S2 Net Door, PoE two-reader node
with mounting plate
S2 APPLICATION BLADES
S2 NetBox application blades are for use in populating S2 Network Node units.
Description
331342
S2-ACM
Access control application extension
blade: two reader, four input,
four output
331343
S2-INP
Input blade, supports up to eight
supervised inputs
331344
S2-OUTP
Output blade, supports up to eight
relay outputs
331345
S2-TEMP
Temperature blade, supports up to
eight S2-TEMP-PR
331346
S2-TEMP-PR
Temperature probe
363652
S2-CBM
Network node blade
487340
S2-NB-FRU
NetBox Field Replacement Unit
435195
S2-EXT-FRU
Extreme Field Replacement Unit
487339
S2-NDMN-FRU
NetDoor MicroNode Field
Replacement Unit
487341
S2-SAM-E
3rd Generation NetBox Interface
Board with Switch
433496
S2-INST
Installation kit for S2 Network Node
when not using a standard enclosure.
Includes ribbon cable, card-mounting
plate, bi-color LED status indicator
(power supply and cables
not included)
8.94
S2-PWR-STD
S2 MERCURY NODE PACKAGES

433486
S2-EP-1501
433487
S2-EP-1501-LIC
433488
S2-EP-1502
433489
S2-EP-1502-LIC
433490
433491
S2-EP-2500
S2-EP-2500-LIC
433501
S2-MR-50
433502
S2-MR-50-LIC
433503
S2-MR-52
433504
S2-MR-52-LIC
433499
433500
433505
S2-MR-16IN
S2-MR-16OUT
S2-MUX-8
PR28681V2-210797.tif
The two-reader node requires a single PoE two-reader node.

357250
S2-NDMN
D
357716
S2-NDMN-MP
433510
Description
Ribbon Cable, 8-position for
connecting S2 network nodes to
application blades
Standard S2 NetBox power supply
85-260 V
AC/47-440 Hz (Replacement/Spare)
Description
EP 1501 single-door controller, PoE,
two readers, two inputs, two outputs
EP 1501 controller license fee (when
connecting a pre-existing panel)
EP 1502 intelligent controller, 16 M,
two readers, eight inputs,
four outputs
EP 2500 intelligent controller, 32 M
MR50 reader interface module, one
reader, two inputs, two outputs
MR50 license fee (when connecting a
pre-existing panel)
MR52 reader interface module, two
readers, eight inputs, six outputs
MR52 license fee (when connecting a
pre-existing panel)
MR-16IN 16 input module
MR-16OUT 16 output module
MUX8 8-port multidevice
interface panel
To order an S2 NetBox System, select an S2 Network Enterprise Controller

(S2NC) or an S2 NetBox Enterprise Controller, and as many network nodes
as the application requires. Outfit each network node with the application
blades you need: two-reader access control, eight-input alarm monitoring,
eight-output relay control, or eight-input analog temperature monitoring.
Select from between two enclosure types for each node.
For sizing purposes, note that a NetDoor MicroNode takes up the same space
as a full-size node. So a 33-node system or a 33-MicroNode system
would require an upsize to an Enterprise Server.
S2 Enterprise
S2 SECURITY
PR22353V2-131187.tif
S2 SYSTEM OPTIONS
420317
S2-DBP
433481
S2-RLI
487835
S2-RLI-POE
435191
S2-DMP
Description
System Partitioning License
Integration per ASSA Abloy
Wi-Fi-based lockset
Integration per ASSA Abloy
PoE-based lockset
DMP XR500 Integration with
S2 NetBox Extreme, S2 Enterprise
Select, S2 Enterprise Ultra
S2 NetBox Identity Management Solutions

For systems larger than 64 nodes or sites greater than 256 portals you will use the
S2 Enterprise Server. Node and application blade configurations remain the same.
S2 Enterprise Select Controller supports up to 1,792 portals (14 x 128) or 128 nodes
and up to 25 concurrent users. S2 Enterprise Ultra2 Controller supports up to
7,168 portals (14 x 512), 512 nodes and up to 35 concurrent users.
CONTROLLERS
435211
S2-SELECT-128
S2-NR64
487342
S2-ENT-HS
500860
S2-GLOBAL
IDENTITY MANAGEMENT (ID BADGING)

435200
S2-IDC-16
435201
S2-IDC-32
435202
S2-IDC-64
435199
S2-IDC-128
ACCESSORIES
435197
S2-IDA-32
435198
S2-IDA-64
435196
S2-IDA-128
Description
For systems with 16 portals
For systems with at least 128 portals
Description
Additional Model 200 ID badge
designer and print station license
Additional ID Management (ID
Badging) for systems with 64 portals
Additional ID Management (ID
Badging) for systems with at least
128 portals
8.95
Security Solutions
487344
Description
1U-high rack-mount server
(S2 Controller-only headend cabinet)
- with S2 Network Controller
hardware and software, supports up
to 128 nodes, 128 portals,
expandable up to 1,792 readers (14 x
128) (no application blades may be
added to this enclosure)
64-portal expansion - for new
systems (Increases new S2 Enterprise
Select and S2 Enterprise
Ultra2 system license by
64-portal increments)
Hot Standby option (for S2 Enterprise
Select) - detects hardware/software
faults of primary S2 Enterprise Select
Controller, automatically redirects to
a secondary controller (Requires two
identically configured Select
Controllers - second controller at
50 percent of Primary
Controller price)
S2 Global Server manages - multiple
controllers from a single user
interface including: monitoring,
administration and reporting (For
S2 NetBox, S2 NetBox Extreme, and
S2 Enterprise controllers)
S2 SECURITY
S2 Identity Management Solutions integrate the design, production and recall of
photo ID badges for S2 NetBox systems. Each license includes one badge production
and printing station; additional stations may be added as desired. The optional facial
recognition and cropping capability supports certain commonly available digital
cameras and provides convenient and uniform image capture.
422299
S2-VMS-C-ON
S2 Video Management System
Security Solutions
S2 SECURITY
PR28680V2-210795.tif
S2 Video Management System (VMS) integration allows you to tightly integrate your
S2 access control systems with either S2's own NetVR Video Management System or
other leading VMS, NVR and DVR systems. Video storage is managed by the VMS, DVR
or NVR while the S2 activity log records video events and/or S2 System events can
initiate video recording. In this way, video events are much easier to locate and
review. Like all S2 capabilities, the Video Management System works from your
Web browser.
Description
487829
S2-NETVR-2TB-8
S2 NetVR Unit with eight IP cameras.
Licensed for eight IP cameras.
Contains 2 TB of onboard storage
487832
S2-NETVR-4TB-16
S2 NetVR Unit with 16 IP cameras.
Licensed for 16 IP cameras. Contains
D
422293
S2-VMS-B-MS
Milestone XProtect VMS Software
Integration License. Initial VMS
integration option, Milestone Systems
XProtect
Professional/Enterprise/Corporate
integration license for four cameras
(use when Milestone XProtect
Professional/Enterprise/Corporate
software license is not purchased
from S2).
433507
S2-VMS-C-MS
Video Integration Software License
for S2 NetBox/Milestone Integration
fee per camera beyond the initial
four-camera integration licenses
included with Integration Option,
when Milestone XProtect
Professional/Enterprise/Corporate is
not purchased from S2 Security
422297
S2-VMS-B-ON
ONSSI NetDVMS Integration Software
Video Management System
Integration Option, ONSSI includes
integration license up to four
cameras
8.96
422300
S2-VMS-B-EX
422301
S2-VMS-C-EX
448012
S2-VMS-B-SL
431532
S2-VMS-C-SL
487844
S2-VMS-B-VI
487845
S2-VMS-C-VI
433522
S2-NVR-MSE
Description
ONSSI NetDVMS Integration Software
Video Management System
Integration Option integration license
fee per camera beyond the initial
four-camera integration licenses
included with Option license
exacqVision Integration Software:
exacqVision Video Management
System Integration Option, includes
integration license up to
four cameras
exacqVision Video Management
System Integration Option integration
license fee per camera beyond the
initial four camera integration
licenses included with Option license
Initial VMS integration Option, Salient
CompleteView ONE, Pro, or Enterprise
v3.5.2 or higher VMS integration
license for four cameras. Requires
S2 Security management system
running v4.1, build 452 or higher
VMS integration license per camera
beyond the four-camera integration
license included with the initial
integration Option license. Requires
S2 Security management system
running v4.1, build 452 or higher
Video Insight IP Video Surveillance
Software Integration License Initial
VMS integration Option, Video Insight
IP Video Surveillance integration
license for four cameras. Requires
S2 controller software version 4.2.2
Video Insight IP Video Surveillance
Integration License VMS Integration
license per camera beyond the
four-camera integration license
included with the initial integration
Option license. Requires S2 controller
software version 4.2
Milestone Systems XProtect
Enterprise NVR Server Software.
Includes server integration license for
use with S2 NetBox, S2 NetBox
Extreme, S2 Enterprise Select and
S2 Enterprise Ultra2 systems. One
required per system
433524
S2-NVR-MSCAME
S2-NVR-XMSE
433519
S2-NVR-XMCE
433521
S2-NVR-MSP
433523
S2-NVR-MSCAMP
433515
S2-NVR-XMSP
433518
S2-NVR-XMCP
433526
S2-NVR-MSC
433525
S2-NVR-MSCAMC

433517
S2-NVR-XMSC
433520
S2-NVR-XMCC
Description
12-month Periodic Maintenance
Agreement (PMA) for Milestone
XProtect Corporate NVR server
XProtect Corporate Camera
(per camera)
Security Solutions
433516
Description
Enterprise NVR License Integration
license for use with S2 NetBox,
Ultra2 systems. One license is
required for each camera on
the system
XProtect Enterprise NVR server
XProtect Enterprise Camera
(per camera)
Professional NVR Server Software.
required per system
Professional NVR License Integration
the system
XProtect Professional NVR server
XProtect Professional Camera
(per camera)
Corporate NVR Server Software.
required per system
Corporate NVR License Integration
the system
8.97
Security Solutions
S2 NetBox Demo Systems
S2 NetBox Software Upgrade and Support Plans
S2 SECURITY
Systems integrators (only) are entitled to purchase one demonstration system per
office location at a specially discounted price. These demonstration systems are NOT
FOR RESALE, and may not be expanded.
Description
487343
S2-NB4-E2R-D-WM
S2 NetBox Demo System - Four-portal
(wall-mount enclosure)
484354
S2-NETBOXVR-2TB-8-D S2 NetBox VR Demo System 32-portal, eight IP camera capacity,
487827
S2-NETBOXVR-4TB-16-D S2 NetBox VR Demo System 32-portal, 16 IP camera capacity,
487830
S2-NETVR-2TB-8-D
S2 NetVR Demo Unit - 8 IP camera
licenses, 2 TB of onboard storage
487833
S2-NETVR-4TB-16D
S2 NetVR Demo Unit - 16 camera
licenses, 4 TB of onboard storage
376431
S2-NDMN-D
S2 NetDoor MicroNode Demo Unit (for
use with the S2-EXT-D-WM/RM) - two
readers, four inputs, four outputs
(two outputs switchable to power
locks), one temperature input port
S2 SECURITY
All-new S2 NetBox Plus, S2 NetBox Extreme, S2 Enterprise Select and S2 Enterprise
Ultra systems include software upgrade and telephone entitlements for 12 months
from the date of shipment from S2 Security. After the first 12 months, authorized
integrators must have in effect a current Software Upgrade and Support Plan to be
entitled to telephone support and new releases of the base software for
their customers.
S2 HARDWARE
435216
S2-SUSP-128
435220
S2-SUSP-S64
487359
S2-SUSPEXP-128
487360
S2-SUSPEXP-S64
UPGRADES
A Network Node blade will be included as part of this upgrade.
Description
501661
S2-NETBOX-UPGD-WM
To S2 NetBox Demo S2 Controller
(ONLY Head-end Cabinet) - S2 NetBox
Controller Hardware and Software (No
application blades may be added to
this enclosure. The old controller
board must be returned.)
487354
S2-NETBOXVR2TB8-UPG-D To S2 NetBox VR Demo System 32-portal, eight IP camera capacity,
487355
S2-NETBOXVR4TB16-UPG-D To S2 NetBox VR Demo System 32-portal, 16 IP camera capacity,
Provided for Certified Integrators only. Not available for resale.
8.98
LICENSING AND MAINTENANCE

487839
S2-SUSP-NBVR-8
487838
487363
S2-SUSP-NBVR-16
S2-SUSPEXP-NBVR-8
487364
S2-SUSPEXP-NBVR-16
487842
S2-SUSP-VR-8
487840
S2-SUSP-VR-16
487365
S2-SUSPEXP-VR-8
487366
S2-SUSPEXP-VR-16
Description
For S2 NetBox Extreme, S2 Enterprise
Select and S2 Enterprise Ultra
systems with 128 portals
systems larger than 128-portal
systems. Prices per block of
64 portals beyond the base of 128
systems with 128 portals that are not
currently under a valid Support Plan
systems larger than 128 portals that
are not currently under a valid
Support Plan. Priced per block of
64 portals beyond the base of 128
Description
For an eight IP camera NetBox
VR system
For a 16 IP camera NetBox VR system
For an eight IP camera NetBox VR
system not currently under a valid
Support Plan
For a 16 IP camera NetBox VR system
not currently under a valid
Support Plan
For a eight IP camera NetVR unit
(video only)
For a 16 IP camera NetVR unit
(video only)
For an eight camera NetVR unit; not
(video only)
For a 16 camera NetVR unit; not
(video only)
BUNDLED SYSTEMS
435217
S2-SUSP-16
435218
435219
487356
S2-SUSP-32
S2-SUSP-64
S2-SUSPEXP-16
487357
S2-SUSPEXP-32
487358
S2-SUSPEXP-64
Description
One year Software Upgrade and
Support Plan for 4 or
16 portal systems
For 32-portal system
For 64-portal system
For 16-portal systems or 2/4-portal
bundled systems not currently under
a valid Support Plan
For 32-portal systems not currently
under a valid Support Plan
For 64-portal systems not currently
under a valid Support Plan
Security Solutions
8.99
HID
./
EdgePlus Solo ESR40
Security Solutions
HID GLOBAL CORPORATION
EdgePlus Solo ESRP40

PR19949V2-59640.tif
Single-door, IP-based controller with integrated R40 reader.

FEATURES
Small-footprint, single-door, IP-based access control solution
Provides remote management over the network via standard Web browser
Single-piece design with integrated R40 iCLASS reader
1,000 users/5,000 events
Standardized reports including CSV export
12 V DC, 600 mA power available for external field devices and
locking hardware
Power requirements: 12 V DC external power or built-in 802.3af Power over
Ethernet (PoE)
Dimensions: 4.8 in. H x 3.3 in. W x 2.3 in. D (121.9 mm x 83.8 mm x 57.9 mm)
Interior use only
D
Description
348916
83120
EdgePlus Solo ESR40
For ordering information, please call your sales representative.
8.100
HID GLOBAL CORPORATION
PR19950V2-59636.tif
Single-door, IP-based controller with integrated RP40 reader.

FEATURES
Small-footprint, single-door, IP-based access control solution
Provides remote management over the network via standard Web browser
Single-piece design with integrated RP40 multiCLASS reader
1,000 users/5,000 events
Standardized reports including CSV export
12 V DC, 600 mA power available for external field devices and
locking hardware
Power requirements: 12 V DC external power or built-in 802.3af Power over
Ethernet (PoE)
Dimensions: 4.8 in. H x 3.3 in. W x 2.3 in. D (121.9 mm x 83.8 mm x 57.9 mm)
Interior use only
Description
348917
83125
IP-based controller with RP40 reader
For ordering information, please call your sales representative.
Door Locking Hardware
Completing Your Access Control Solution

./
Key Switches
Card Readers
XXX
Keypads
XXX
Best Practice: There are three methods of access control identification.

1. Knowledge (e.g., enter code or PIN into a keypad)
2. Possession (e.g., physical card or credential)
3. Personal and physical characteristics (e.g., biometrics)
Vendor
Description
443598 DK3000/MS
Alarm Lock T3 digital keypad, wall mount,
2,000 users, 500 events,
40,000 audit trail, 12 or 24 V
weatherproof, outdoor
231611 212SE
IEI
Digital keypad, surface mount,
120 users,
243952 212IL
IEI
Digital keypad, flush mount,
120 users, indoor
235824 DK-26SS
Securitron Digital keypad system,
surface-mount, 59 users,
narrow stile,
Best Practice: The card reader needs to fit the application. Ask where it is going to
be installed.
Vendor
Description
341067 SXF1050
Schlage
Mini-mullion 125 kHz
Proximity Reader
393780 SXF1550
Schlage
Single-gang wall-mount
Proximity reader
341070 SXF1100
Schlage
PIV mullion, multi-tech
Proximity reader, FIPS
201 compliant
332550 6005
HID
ProxPoint, mini mullion
443225 5395
HID
Thinline, single-gang,
wall mount
259825 5365
HID
MiniProx mullion
Credentials
XXX
Best Practice: Prox cards are programmed with a specific format (i.e.-H10301,
26-bit). The format is required along with the facility code and card number range
when ordering.
Vendor
Description
393781 7410
Schlage
26-bit standard Prox card,
facility code
100, nonsequenced
423341 SXF7510
Schlage
26-bit photo-ready Prox card,
ISO, facility code
101, nonsequenced
443238 SXF7610
Schlage
26-bit Prox key fob, facility
code 101, nonsequenced
443239 SXF7710
Schlage
26-bit Prox tag, stick-on disk,
facility code
103, nonsequenced
241604 1326LMSMV
HID
Standard Prox card
241609 1386LGGMN
HID
Photo-ready Prox card
323593 1346LSSMN
HID
Prox key fob
443229 1391LKSMN
HID
Prox tag stick-on
8.101
Security Solutions
Best Practice: Key switches are typically used to bypass an access control system
(e.g., fire department key bypass).
Note: Mortise cylinders are not included. Cylinders will need to match existing key
systems in most cases.
FEATURES
Momentary switch: A momentary switch, such as a doorbell button, will stay in
the switched position only while being held in position
SPDT: Single pole double throw. A Form C switch, the SPDT is a combination of a
normally open switch and a normally closed switch
Maintained switch: A maintained switch, such as a light switch, will stay in the
switched position until another action is performed to move it back to the
previous position
Vendor
Description
443200 CM1020
Camden Momentary, SPDT,
surface mount
443202 CM1120
Camden Momentary, SPDT, flush mount
235845 MK
Securitron Momentary, SPDT, flush mount
443631 MKA
Securitron Maintained, SPDT, flush mount
235846 MKN
Securitron Momentary, SPDT, flush mount,
narrow stile
443632 MKAN
Securitron Maintained, SPDT, flush
mount, narrow stile
XXX
Buttons
Security Solutions
XXX
Best Practice: NFPA 101 Egress Requirements - Doors shall be arranged to be opened
readily from the egress side whenever the building is occupied. Locks, if provided,
shall not require the use of a key, a tool, or special knowledge or effort for operation
from the inside of the building.
Vendor
Description
443203 CM-324/2N
Camden Touchless switch, hand icon,
12 or 24 V
443204 CM 45/4
Camden Handicap button, wheelchair
symbol, "Push to Open," blue,
4 1/2 in. square
235851 PB2
Securitron Push button, single gang,
2 in., "Push to Exit,"
illuminated, green, red and
blue lenses included
235853 PB3EN
Securitron Push button, 1 in. x 3/4 in.,
"Push to Exit," narrow stile,
green and red lenses included
443234 991E PTD
RCI
Push button, tamper resistant,
adjustable time delay, "Push
to Exit"
Motion Egress and Egress Bars

XXX
Best Practice: WhenD installing an access control system with magnetic lock, always
provide two forms of egress.
Vendor
Description
443192 8099M-M1
Adams Rite Dummy exit push bar, egress,
single switch, satin-aluminum
finish, 36 in.
443193 8611LR-36
Adams Rite Electrified surface vertical rod
device, 24 V DC
235830 TSB-3CL
Securitron Touch Sense bar, aluminum
finish, 36 in., indoor only
443602 T.REX-LT
Kantech Request to exit detector,
infared, no integrated local
door alarm sounder
235860 XMS
Securitron Exit motion sensor, passive
infared, request-to-exit output
237986 DS150I
Bosch
Request-to-exit detector, PIR,
gray finish
237988 DS151I
Bosch
Request-to-exit detector, PIR,
black finish
8.102
Electric Strikes
XXX
Best Practices: When installing access control on a door, always check to see that
the door lock is a storeroom function (always locked) and there is a door closer on
the door.
Electric strikes are designed to integrate with the existing door hardware, but different
strikes are used for each application.
HES strikes are a modular design. They require a strike body and faceplate. Consult
your sales representative for more information on specific applications.
Vendor
Description
443194 7100-510-628
Adams Rite For aluminum jambs,
Fail-Secure, 24 V DC
continuous or intermittent,
clear anondized
443837 SB:7000-12D
HES
For metal and wood frames,
443838 SB:7000-24D
HES
For metal and wood frames,
443839 FP:791-630
HES
For cylindrical locks, 5/8-in.
throw - faceplate
313050 9600-12/24-630 HES
For use with rim exit device in
metal and wood jambs surface
mount, Fail-Secure
443635 6111 US32D
Von Duprin For use with rim exit device,
Fail-Secure, 24 V DC,
stainless steel
Electrified Locksets and Maglocks

XXX
Best Practice: Mag locks should always have a battery backup in case of power
failure. Always check with the local authority having jurisdiction when installing
maglocks to ensure adherence to local building codes.
Vendor
Description
443240 ND80PD-EURHO 626C Schlage
Electrified leverset,
Fail-Secure, 24 V AC or
24 V DC
443241 L9080PEU 06A 626 Schlage
Electrified mortise lock
235793 M62
Securitron Magnetic lock, 1,200 lb.
holding force, 12/24 V
320943 M32
Securitron Magnetic lock, 600 lb.
holding force, 12/24 V
443236 8310 28
RCI
Single magnetic lock,
12/24 V, aluminum finish
443237 8320 28
RCI
Double magnetic lock,
12/24 V, aluminum finish
Electrified Exit Devices
Door Position Switches
XXX
Best Practices: Electrified exit devices require a matched power supply for operation.
A power-transfer device is needed to bring power from the frame to the door.
Vendor
Description
443636 EL99EO 36
Von Duprin Electrified rim exit device,
24 V DC
443637 EL9927EO 36"X84" Von Duprin Electrified surface vertical rod
device, 24 V DC
443195 8801EL-36-24
Adams Rite Electrified rim exit device,
24 V DC
443193 8611LR-36
Adams Rite Electrified surface vertical rod
device, 24 V DC
443638 ELCONVERSIONKIT36 Von Duprin This kit converts 33/35,
33A/35A, and 98/99 Series
devices to electric latch (EL)
refraction devices
Boxed Power Supplies and Transformers

XXX
Power-transfer Devices
XXX
Best Practices: A concealed power-transfer device may be preferable to prevent wire

damage and/or for aesthetics.
With power-transfer hinges, the size must match the existing hinges.
Vendor
Description
443206 ETH2W 626 4.5X4.5
Command Access 2-wire
443590 TA2714 626 1104 4.5X4.5 ACSI
4-wire
443641 EPT-2 SP28
Von Duprin
Power transfer, two
18-gauge wires
313054 TSB-C
Securitron
Armor door cord
443605 KDLA
Keedex
Armor door loop
443606 KDS
Keedex
Electric door loop
443207 CDL-AL
Command Access Electric door loop
Best Practice: Without a door position switch and request to exit, an access control
system cannot tell the difference between a legitimate exit and a forced door.
Vendor
Description
355755 1076C-M
Interlogix Door contact, closed loop,
3/4 in., recessed, brown
327095 1078-M
Interlogix Closed loop, commercial,
1/2 in. gap
235973 2202A-L
Interlogix Overhead door or floor-mount
contact, 3 in. gap
Cable
XXX
Best Practice: Consider the environment; if the cable is going into a plenum
environment, then plenum cable must be used.
BELDEN NEW GENERATION CABLES (OTHER COLORS AVAILABLE)
Anixter No.
Description
B5300UE
Lock power, 18/2 stranded PVC
B6300UE
Lock power, 18/2 stranded plenum
B5302UE
Motion egress devices, 18/4 stranded PVC
B6302UE
Motion egress devices, 18/4 stranded plenum
B5504FE
Readers and touch sense bars, 22/6 stranded
PVC shielded
B6504FE
plenum shielded
B558AFS
Composite access control, four-component, Banana
Peel PVC
B658AFS
Composite access control, four-component, Banana
Peel plenum
CM-00424BEL-5U-06 IP communications, Cat 5e PVC, 1,000 ft., blue
CMP-00424BEL-5U-06 IP communications, Cat 5e plenum, 1,000 ft., blue
STANDARD-GRADE CABLES
Anixter No.
Description
AL-1802C-2-1N-09 Lock power, 18/2 stranded PVC
AL-1802C-2-2N-01 Lock power, 18/2 stranded plenum
AL-1804C-2-1N-09 Motion egress devices, 18/4 stranded PVC
AL-1804C-2-2N-01 Motion egress devices, 18/4 stranded plenum
AL-2206C-2-1S-09
PVC shielded
AL-2206C-2-2S-01
plenum shielded
8.103
Security Solutions
Best Practice: Always use the correct type of power supply according to the
installation requirements. Things to look for are operating voltage and requirements.
Vendor
Description
235835 BPS-12-1
Securitron 12 V DC, 1 amp, 1 output,
boxed, EIR
235838 BPS-24-1
Securitron 24 V DC, 1 amp, 1 output,
boxed, EIR
243302 AL400ULM
Altronix
4 amps, @ 12 V DC or
3 amps, @ 24 V DC (UL 294,
UL 603, UL 1069, UL 1481)
443640 PS914X900-RS2
Von Duprin Two relay "EL" device
control board
443197 PS-LR
Adams Rite For LR series exit devices
231613 PIP24VDC
IEI
24 V DC, 1 amp
231612 PIP12VDC
IEI
12 V DC, 2 amps
443216 1250
ELK
Sealed lead-acid battery, 12 V,
5 AH
XXX
Access Control Systems - Stand-alone Battery-powered Locks
Security Solutions
XXX
Best Practices: Stand-alone battery-powered units are self-contained access control

systems. They are especially useful in areas where power at the door is not possible
or where active door-position monitoring is not required.
You will need to determine what hardware exists to select the correct model.
Vendor
Description
443591 DL2700
Alarm Lock Keypad, multiple users,
no audit
443592 DL3000
Alarm Lock Keypad, multiple
users, audit
443593 PDL 3000
Alarm Lock Prox/keypad, multiple
users, audit
443231 LL1011-26D-41
Kaba
Left-hand single code, no
audit (verify door handing)
443232 E5031-XS-WL-626
Kaba
Keypad, multiple
users, audit
443233 E2013-XS-LL-626
Kaba
Keypad, multiple users,
no audit
443617 AD200 CY70MT
Schlage
Multitech reader, audit
443619 AD200-CY70KP-SPA-626 Schlage
Keypad, multi-user,
audit, Sparta
Description
443591 DL2700
Keypad, multiple users, no audit
D
443592 DL3000
Keypad, multiple users, audit
443593 PDL 3000
Prox/keypad, multiple users, audit
443231 LL1011-26D-41
Left-hand single code, no audit
(verify door handing)
443232 E5031-XS-WL-626
Keypad, multiple users, audit
443233 E2013-XS-LL-626
Keypad, multiple users, no audit
443617 AD200 CY70MT
Multitech reader, audit
443619 AD200-CY70KP-SPA-626 Keypad, multi-user, audit, Sparta
8.104
Access Control Systems - Schlage

XXX

388352
SBB
443620
443624
SBB-NRI
AD300-993R70PR
443625
443626
COM300L-626
AD400-CY70PRK
443628
422529
443629
COM400L 626
PIM400-TD2
HH-USB
443630
HHD-KIT
Description
Access control panel, Web-based, up
to 32 doors
Network reader interface
Battery-operated exit device lock,
networked, hard-wired Ethernet, Prox
only, C keyway
AD 300 hardwired communication kit
Battery-operated cylindrical lock,
wireless, keypad and Prox, C keyway
AD400 wireless communication kit
AD400 panel interface board, 2-door
USB cable to connect HHD to AD and
CO products, including the
PIM400 and PIB300
Handheld device for programming
AD200, includes SUS software and
cable (does not include access
control software)
Access Control Systems - Alarm Lock

XXX

443594
AL-IM80211
443595
AL-IME
443596
DL6100/26D
443597
PDL6100/26D
Description
Wi-Fi gateway to connect to
802.11 network, includes AC
power adapter
Ethernet connected gateway, includes
an AC power adapter
Digital cylindrical lock with standard
cylinder prep lever, supporting
5,000 PIN user codes (three to six
digits) and/or HID Proximity cards,
500 scheduled events and
35,000 event audit log
Prox and digital cylindrical lock with
standard cylinder prep lever,
supporting 5,000 PIN user codes
(three to six digits) and/or HID
Proximity cards, 500 scheduled
events and 35,000 event audit log
Cabinet Locking Hardware
TZ - TELEZYGOLOGY INC.
./
TZ Praetorian Locking System

TZ - TELEZYGOLOGY INC
TZ Praetorian Junction
PR29248V2-216368.tif
Contact your local sales representative for further

details and ordering information.
PR29244V2-216367.tif
The TZ Praetorian Junction interprets relay output from enterprise access control
systems and responds with the status of other system components.
The TZ Praetorian Junction provides data communication and power to one or two
TZ Praetorian Triggers and either 12 or 24 RJ45 ports that connect to TZ locking
devices through structured cabling.
The TZ Praetorian Junction also provides pluggable screw terminal blocks for either
12 or 24 connections to the I/O cards of access control systems. It can also be
mounted in a 19 in. 1U rack space, wall, shelf, or anywhere else convenient to the
access controller and a structured cable patch panel. Patents pending.
The contents of the box:
- One TZ Junction
- 12 Wago 4-pin connectors 734-204 (24 for model 7141AF)
- Two 1U rack-mount brackets and hardware
- One IEC power cord
- Five Wago connector operating levers 734-230
- One TZ Praetorian system manual
Note: Rack-mounting fasteners not included
FEATURES
Compatible with structured cabling standards for 100 m length
Screw terminal connections to 12- or 24-relay I/O from access controller
Wide range of input voltage: 90-250 V AC, 50-60 Hz
UL/(C)UL and CE certifications
Description
394281
112191.02
12-door capacity, requires one TZ
Trigger unit
394282
112191.01
24-door capacity, requires two TZ
Trigger units
8.105
Security Solutions
The TZ Praetorian system solution is designed to work with existing third-party

building access control systems to extend physical security and audit trail capability
down to the cabinet-enclosure level. A single swipe of the same ID card used for
building access provides timed authorization to nominated cabinet doors, together
with discreet-event monitoring and system-access reporting. The system is scalable
through simple industry-standard connections between TZ components and the
access control system to manage any number of enclosures. Cabinet door access
across multiple cabinets can be readily managed through the multicabinet trigger box
with integrated status indication for quick security-status identification.
The system includes three main components: TZ Praetorian Junction, TZ Praetorian
Trigger and the TZ SlideHandle intelligent-locking device.
TZ Praetorian system components have been tested and certified to meet harmonized
global standards per IEC/UL/CSA 60950-1.
FEATURES
Authorized timed access to multiple doors with a single card presentation
Compatible with standard structured cabling for 100 m length
Wide range of input voltages
Fast and easy mounting of locking components
Visual indication and reporting of secured and unsecured states and true
door status
Manual key override lock release
Differentiated reporting of electronic or manual key release
No additional software application is needed
Flexible mounting options to fit a broad range of cabinet brands and models
TZ Praetorian Trigger
Security Solutions
TZ SlideHandle
PR29246V2-216377.tif
The TZ Praetorian Trigger is an indicator and interface device that visually

communicates the status of up to 12 doors and allows authorized users to open
doors with a single button push. Colored LEDs behind each button indicate the
locking state of cabinet or enclosure doors:
- RED means all enclosure doors are closed and secure
- FLASHING ORANGE indicates access is currently authorized and a button push will
open the enclosure. This is the only state where a button push will have any effect
- GREEN means that the door is open or is not secure
- FLASHING RED indicates the cabinet door has been accessed by manual key or has
been breached
Each button can be labeled to correspond to the enclosure door that it is linked to and
can trigger. The TZ Praetorian Trigger receives power and data communications from
the TZ Praetorian Junction
over standard patch cabling connections. The device can be
D
mounted onto a cabinet, wall, or electrical junction box in a location convenient for
use and for viewing the status of all enclosures in the system. We recommend that it
is placed at the end of a row of cabinets or near the entrance of a room in close
proximity to the card reader.
- One TZ Trigger front assembly
- One TZ Trigger rear plate
- Four TZ Trigger adhesive mount pads
FEATURES
Compatible with structured cabling standards for 100 m length
Single RJ45 connection for all power and data
Compatible with standard labeling
UL/(C)UL and CE certifications
Description
394280
112132.01
Trigger, 12 button
Note: Standard clear plastic windows and labels are not included.
Each TZ Trigger will require 13 labels and clear plastic windows.
They can be ordered separately in a kit of 50 from part number 242338.
8.106
PR29247V2-216378.tif
The TZ SlideHandle integrates a high load Shape Memory Alloy (SMA)-actuated locking
mechanism, a manual key override, an electronic door status sensor, an
RJ45 connector for connection to standard patch cables and a multi-color LED
status indicator.
- RED indicates the cabinet door is closed and secure
- ORANGE (flashing) indicates access is authorized and is ready for release by pushing
the top of the lock
- GREEN shows the door is open
- FLASHING RED indicates the cabinet door has been accessed by manual key or has
been breached
The TZ SlideHandle is powered and controlled via standard UTP Cat 5e/Cat 6 cabling
through a TZ Praetorian Junction or TZ Centurion Bridge. The locking device has the
ability to control auxiliary sensor devices for temperature, humidity and leak
detection.
- One SlideHandle
- One accessory kit for mounting
- One mounting-instructions sheet
FEATURES
Retrofits existing swing handle latching systems
Compatible with most cabinet brands
Simple installation and, if required, disassembly
Housing sits outside the cabinet door and does not encroach into valuable
cabinet real estate
Compatible with currently available single-point and multipoint latching as well
as split French doors
Touch-to-release facility
Powered and controlled by TZ Praetorian Junction or TZ Centurion Bridge up to
100 m cable via twisted-pair cabling (Cat 5e/Cat 6)
Connects into RJ45-based twisted-pair cabling infrastructure with standard
patch cables
RS-485 serial communication allows remote unlocking, opening and
status feedback
Multiple sensors allow reporting on true door status, including manual override
mode and forced entry (locked/closed, unlocked/closed,
unlocked/open, locked/open)
Multiple manual key override lock cylinders available for additional security
APPLICATIONS
The TZ SlideHandle is an intelligent locking device that offers a drop-in
replacement for manual swing-handle data center cabinet locks.
Description
427093
112479.01
TZ SlideHandle 4265CF
438855
112479.05
TZ SlideHandle 4265CF-R
427188
112479.04
427189
112479.08
427094
112479.03
438552
112479.07
LOCK CYLINDERS
One lock cylinder must be ordered for each SlideHandle. Additional lock-cylinder
numbers are available. Please contact sales for ordering information.
Description
427191
112461.01
Lock cylinder #1
427192
112461.05
Lock cylinder #5
427193
112461.26
Lock cylinder #26
427194
112461.27
Lock cylinder #27
427195
112461.28
Lock cylinder #28
TZ Centurion Locking System

PR29241V2-216394.tif
The TZ Centurion system solution truly defines micro-protection. The system's

IP-based access control system focuses on delivering physical security and
environmental monitoring such as temperature-sensing, humidity-sensing and
leak-detection at the most granular level from anywhere in the world. TZ Centurion is
a cost-effective, flexible, retrofittable and easy-to-implement solution that has been
designed specifically to protect your organization's most valuable and
sensitive assets.
Built on an open and extendable architecture, the patented decentralized and
embedded intelligence within the system locking devices provides an unprecedented
level of capability that cannot be readily delivered by conventional systems in terms
of the integrity, control, auditability and traceability of discreet assets.
Up to 32 TZ locking devices and 64 TZ sensors can be connected to each TZ Centurion
Bridge. Each Bridge can be managed individually or scaled to a larger system,
allowing hundreds of networked TZ locking devices, sensors, gateways and other
third-party components to be administered through TZ Centurion Server software or
through a third-party network management system that supports simple network
management protocol (SNMP).
FEATURES
IP-based asset-protection system which can seamlessly integrate with
enterprise systems
Physical security and audit trail capabilities for cabinets, equipment, panels
and other enclosures
Compatible with structured cabling up to 100 m via Cat 5e/Cat 6
Integrates TZ locking devices for quick and easy retrofitting to cabinets
Supports multiple Wiegand devices for third-party RFID readers
Can control localized appliances such as fans and task lights
Flexible and scalable system suitable for one cabinet or hundreds in multiple
systems or across multiple sites
Multilevel user permission for access control
Remote upgrades of device firmware
Support for SNMP traps
Integrates with TZ Centurion Server
Contact your local sales representative for further
details and ordering information.
8.107
Security Solutions
Please contact your local sales representative with your

cabinet make and model type to help determine
the appropriate TZ SlideHandle and mounting kit.
Additional mounting kits may be required for certain data center cabinets.
TZ Centurion Bridge
Security Solutions
TZ Centurion Multi Port Link

PR29240V2-216396.tif
The TZ Centurion Bridge is an IP-based gateway that controls the networking and
management of TZ devices. The TZ Centurion network may be accessed through either
the TZ Web client utility embedded on the TZ Centurion Bridge or a component of a
separate enterprise application, either TZ Centurion Server or integration with a
third-party access-management database. Communication between the individual TZ
devices on the network is accomplished through daisy-chained components and a
RS-485 serial data and power network.
The TZ Centurion Bridge is the centralized hub of the TZ Centurion system solution.
FEATURES
IP-based gateway allowing control of a network of TZ locks, sensors and ID
card readers
Integrated auxiliary environmental-sensing capability
Supports integration
of TZ Wiegand devices for multiple third-party RFID or
D
biometric readers
Scalable RFID reader distribution throughout the network for ease of access
Small compact form capable of being rack-mounted with integrated
power supply
No separate cabling; leverages existing industry standards and infrastructure
TZ devices powered via standard structured cabling up to 100 m via
Cat 5e/Cat 6
Easily set up, manage and monitor activity through Web
server-based application
Compatible with TZ Centurion Server for multiple Bridge platform configurations
TZ CENTURION
419086
112271.01
438562
112549.01
8.108
Description
Bridge
Bridge rack mounting kit, 1U
PR29238V2-216380.tif
The TZ Centurion Multi Port Link provides dynamic and cost-effective security, sensing
and power expansion of the TZ Centurion System. This interconnect module enables
networking of TZ locking and environmental monitoring devices.
One Multi Port Link can provide power and serial data connection for up to four TZ
devices plus RS-485 serial data connections for the continuation of the network. The
Multi Port Link can also act as an inline power injector in order to power devices and
provide four additional I/O connectors for accessories like sensors, in-cabinet task
lighting and fans.
FEATURES
Extends TZ network and connects additional devices
Internal temperature sensor
Screw terminals for auxiliary I/O devices
Modules to cater for interconnection of two or four devices
AC power adapter included
TZ CENTURION
Anixter No.
419087
419088
419089
Vendor No.
112004.02
112004.01
112248.01
Description
Multi Port Link
With power adapter
With power adapter, RS-232
TZ Centurion Wiegand Translator

PR29243V2-216382.tif
The TZ Centurion Wiegand Translator Interface connects to a TZ Centurion network and

provides access control by interpreting a Wiegand data stream from third-party
security input such as from biometric scanners.
The device can operate both stand-alone, controlling a small group of networked
system devices, or as a network device that transmits information - like access
attempts - to the rest of the network.
FEATURES
Allows third-party Wiegand devices to trigger the TZ Centurion system
Allows audit trail of authorized and unauthorized attempts in conjunction with
specific applications
Screw terminals for connection to third-party Wiegand devices
Powered from the TZ structured cable network
Description
419091
112074.01
Wiegand Translator
Wireless Solutions
In-building Wireless
CommScope - Andrew
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Wireless LAN//Access Points
CommScope In-Building Wireless (IBW) Solutions

PR34685V2-259662.tif
ION-B Indoor Distributed Antenna Systems

COMMSCOPE-ANDREW SOLUTIONS
PR71592V2-571766.tif
Anixter No.
427158
457695
427323
427324
427325
Anixter No.
457688
Vendor No.
TFAH-US7B-14
427147
TFAH70/80-14
427148
427160
427163
427151
TFAN50-14
TPRN14
TSUN4
TFLN2504/4
427152
TFLN4004/4
427157
TPOI80/92/19E
Description
ION-B Remote
700/800/850/900/1700/1900/
2600 MHz, VAC
ION-B Remote 700 PS/800 PS MHz,
VAC
ION-B Remote 450 MHz, VAC
ION-B Subrack 19 in. X 4HE, VAC
ION-B Supervision, 4HEX14TE
ION-B Master Optical Tx/Rx,
680-2700 MHz
ION-B Master Optical Tx/Rx,
350-450 MHz
TPOI Module, Active,
800/900/1900 MHz
457693
457694
427155
427150
427156
427164
Vendor No.
TPOI85/17/19E
Description
TPOI Module, Active,
850/1700/1900 MHz
TPOI7/17
TPOI Module 700/1700 MHz
TPOI-P70/80/92 TPOI Module Passive,
700/800/900 MHz
TPOI-P80/92/19E TPOI Module Passive,
800/900/1900 MHz
TPOI-P85/17/19E TPOI Module Passive,
850/1700/1900 MHz
TLCN2-W
ION-B 2-way Splitter,
350-2700 MHz
TLCN4-W
350-2700 MHz
TLCN8-W
350-2700 MHz
TBP74
ION-B Blank Panel, 4HE
TML006
Termination, 50 ohm, SMA
TIL-US1-HLW
ION-B Interconnect Link, 1 fiber,
700/800/850/900/
1700/1900 MHz
9.1
Wireless Solutions
CommScope's IBW Solutions includes repeaters (or bi-directional amplifiers) and distributed antenna system (DAS) infrastructure.
All of CommScope's products are modulation agnostic and broadband, ensuring a future-proof solution.
CommScope - Andrew
Node A RF Enhancers
Wireless Solutions
Anixter No.
427120
497246
497247
497248
497250
497251
497252
497253
497254
Vendor No.
7561392-0018
7577532-00
7598983-00
7577534-00
7577538-00
7577546-00
7577540-00
7577542-00
7577552-00
497255
497256
9.2
7577554-00
D
7577548-00
497257
7577550-00
427131
427137
427138
427174
427136
7574285-00
7574290
7577517
7580274-00
7574288
427175
7606983
427176
427140
427139
427141
7605086
7597821
7597820
7597825
i-POI Intelligent Point of Interface

PR71593V2-571772.tif
Description
Node A4 Subrack, V AC, no combiner
AF 727, 700 MHz (commercial), 27 dBm
AF 737, 700 MHz (commercial), 37 dBm
AF 7037, 700 MHz (public safety), 37 dBm
AF 8037, 806-824/851-869 MHz, 37 dBm
AF 9037, 896-902/935-941 MHz, 37 dBm
AF 8527, 824-849/869-894 MHz, 27 dBm
AF 8537, 824-849/869-894 MHz, 37 dBm
AF 1927, 1850-1915/
1930-1995 MHz, 27 dBm
AF 1937, 1850-1915/
1930-1995 MHz, 37 dBm
AF 1727, 1710-1755/
2110-2155 MHz, 27 dBm
AF 1737, 1710-1755/
2110-2155 MHz, 37 dBm
Dummy Module
1-way Combiner (350-3500 MHz)
2-way Combiner (350-960/1710-2170 MHz)
2-way Combiner (758-824/851-869 MHz)
4-way Combiner
(806-869/896-941/1850-1995 MHz)
4-way Combiner (698-787/824-894/
1710-1755/1850-1990 MHz)
USB/Ethernet Adapter (LAN)
Wall Mounting Kit Node A4 Indoors
Wall Mounting Kit Node A4 Outdoors
Pole Mounting Kit Node A4 Outdoors
PR72425V2-583517.tif
The CommScope Intelligent Point of Interface (i-POI) offers a combination of

intelligence, simplicity and compact size that takes the guesswork and expense out of
base transceiver station (BTS) commissioning and maintenance.
The i-POI is a revolutionary interface solution that incorporates BTS conditioning,
signal combining, splitting, power management, monitoring, E911 support and
various test options into a single, streamlined component.
Featuring an innovative linear design, the i-POI delivers high quality of service with
minimal signal degradation, while also simplifying troubleshooting and reducing field
service costs. It minimizes the passive intermodulation (PIM) problems often
associated with typical BTS-to-DAS interface implementations, and it also offers the
ability to monitor and control BTS conditioning both on-site using a front-panel color
display, and remotely through network management systems such as AIMOS or
SNMP traps.
By combining multiple functions within a single unit, the i-POI reduces installation
space requirements by up to 75 percent. That allows more space for other essential
components, while offering plug-and-play installation, without the need for splitters,
couplers and terminators.
Compatible with multiple wireless technologies including GSM, CDMA, UMTS and LTE,
the CommScope i-POI was developed in conjunction with major wireless operators
around the world, specifically to solve the challenges facing DAS engineers and
operators. It has universal application with all distributed antenna systems, and it
works particularly well when incorporated into CommScope ION-M and ION-B systems.
FEATURES
Two low PIM BTS interfaces
Support of duplexed and nonduplexed signal and uplink diversity
Software controlled leveling within a 60 dB range in steps of 0.5 dB
Programmable, downlink automatic level control (ALC) for power control
Power level alarms that monitor the BTS connection including input and
output RSSI
Built-in signal generator used to commission and troubleshoot
E911 interface
Integrated color display for local control
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
500734
I-POI 17-U
ION Active Intelligent Point of
Interface, AWS band, UMTS
500736
I-POI 17/17
Interface, AWS band, LTE MIMO
500740
I-POI 19-G
Interface, PCS 1900 band, GSM
500739
I-POI 19-U
Interface, PCS 1900 band, UMTS
500741
I-POI 7/7
Interface, Cellular 700 band,
LTE MIMO
CommScope - Andrew
Anixter No.
500742
Vendor No.
I-POI 80-U
500743
I-POI 85-G
500744
I-POI 85-U
500745
I-POI 90-U
500746
7641375-00
500752
7641374-00
Description
Interface, LMP 800 band, UMTS
Interface, Cellular 850 band, GSM
Interface, Cellular 850 band, UMTS
Interface, LMR 900 band, UMTS
ION Standard Interface Card for
Active Intelligent Point of Interface
ION Web Server Interface Card for
Active Intelligent Point of Interface
In-building Wireless Accessories

COAXIAL CABLE - BULK, HELIAX
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
419943
AL4RPV-50
LDF4RK-50A
427134
FXL-540-NHR
427318
HL4RP-50A
427100
FXL-780-NHR
COAXIAL CABLE - 1,000 FT. REELS, HELIAX

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
463223
AL4RPV-50-1000
497237
497238
497239
Description
1/2 in. air dielectric, plenum,
aluminum corrugated
LDF4RK-50A-1000 1/2 in. foam dielectric, riser,
copper corrugated
FXL-540-NHR-1000 1/2 in. foam dielectric, riser,
aluminum smoothwall
HL4RP-50A-1000 1/2 in. air dielectric, plenum,
copper corrugated
COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTORS, 1/2 IN. AND 7/8 IN. CABLE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
419945
L4TNM-PSA
Type N male positive stop for
AL4RPV50,
LDF4RK-50A, HL4RP-50A
427096
78EZDF
7-16 DIN N female EZfit for
7/8 in. FXL780
427201
540EZNMV2
Type N male EZfit for
1/2 in. FXL540
427202
540EZNFV2
Type N female EZfit for
1/2 in. FXL540
427200
78EZNM
Type N male EZfit for
7/8 in. FXL780
Vendor No.
78EZNF
427097
78EZDM
427196
L4TNF-PSA
Description
Type N female EZfit for
7/8 in. FXL780
7-16 DIN male EZfit for
7/8 in. FXL780
Type N female positive stop for
AL4RPV50,
CABLE PREPARATION TOOLS, 1/2 IN. CABLE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
426642
CPT-12U
EASIAX Plus Automated Prep Tool
for AL4RPV50,
427183
CPT-BK12U
Replacement Blade Kit for
CPT-12U Cable Preparation Tool
MCPT-L4
MCPT-L4
EASIAX Manual Prep Tool for
AL4RPV50,
MCPT-BK4
MCPT-BK4
MCPT-L4 Cable Preparation Tool
427132
540-EZPT
EZfit Automated Cable Preparation
Tool for FXL540
427171
EZPT-BKU540
540-EZPT Cable Preparation Tool
438627
12-HPT
EZfit Manual Cable Preparation
Tool for FXL540
497240
HPT-BK1278
Replacement Blade Kit for 78-HPT
Cable Preparation Tool
427135
TW-12-EZFC
Torque Wrench for Front Clamping
Nut on 1/2 in. EZfit connectors
427327
TW-12-EZV2
Torque Wrench for Rear Clamping
Nut on 1/2 in. EZfit connectors
CABLE PREPARATION TOOLS, 7/8 IN. CABLE
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
427095
780-EZPT
EZfit Automated Cable Preparation
Tool for FXL-780 coaxial cable
427184
EZPT-BKU780
780-EZPT Cable Preparation Tool
427313
78-HPT
EZfit Manual Cable Preparation
Tool for 7/8 in. coaxial cable
497240
HPT-BK1278
Replacement Blade Kit for 78-HPT
Cable Preparation Tool
427179
TW-78-EZFC
Torque Wrench for 7/8 in.
EZfit connectors
1/2 IN. CORRUGATED GROUNDING KIT
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
427109
CSGL4-15B4
Description
Compact SureGround Grounding
Kit for 1/2 in. corrugated
coaxial cable
9.3
Wireless Solutions
430847
Description
aluminum corrugated
1/2 in. 50 ohm foam dielectric,
riser, copper corrugated
1/2 in. foam dielectric, riser,
aluminum smoothwall
copper corrugated
7/8 in. foam dielectric, riser,
aluminum smoothwall
Anixter No.
427098
CommScope - Andrew
(continued)
In-building Wireless Accessories
WIRED FOR WIRELESS WALL ORGANIZER

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
426640
760138610
Description
Wired for Wireless Wall Organizer
CELLMAX ANTENNAS
698-960 / 1710-2700 MHz
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
419941
CELLMAX-O-CPUSE Omni indoor antenna
419940
CELLMAX-D-CPUSE Directional in-building antenna
465149
CELLMAX-EXT-CPUSE Directional outdoor antenna
LOW-POWER SPLITTERS, TYPE N CONNECTORS
698-2700 MHz
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
427111
S-2-CPUSE-L-N
2-way low power splitter
427112
S-3-CPUSE-L-N
427113
S-4-CPUSE-L-N
Wireless Solutions
HIGH-POWER REACTIVE SPLITTERS, TYPE N CONNECTORS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
S-2-CPUSE-H-N
S-2-CPUSE-H-N
2-way, 698-2700 MHz
S-2-TCPUSE-H-N
S-2-TCPUSE-H-N
2-way, 380-2700 MHz
S-3-CPUSE-H-N
S-3-CPUSE-H-N
3-way, 698-2700 MHz
S-3-TCPUSE-H-N
S-3-TCPUSE-H-N
3-way, 380-2700 MHz
S-4-CPUSE-H-N
S-4-CPUSE-H-N
4-way, 698-2700 MHz
D
S-4-TCPUSE-H-N
S-4-TCPUSE-H-N
4-way, 380-2700 MHz
HIGH-POWER REACTIVE SPLITTERS, 7-16 DIN CONNECTORS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
S-2-CPUSE-H-D
S-2-CPUSE-H-D
2-way, 698-2700 MHz
S-2-TCPUSE-H-D
S-2-TCPUSE-H-D
2-way, 380-2700 MHz
S-3-CPUSE-H-D
S-3-CPUSE-H-D
3-way, 698-2700 MHz
S-3-TCPUSE-H-D
S-3-TCPUSE-H-D
3-way, 380-2700 MHz
S-4-CPUSE-H-D
S-4-CPUSE-H-D
4-way, 698-2700 MHz
S-4-TCPUSE-H-D
S-4-TCPUSE-H-D
4-way, 380-2700 MHz
HYBRID COUPLERS, TYPE N CONNECTORS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
H-3-CPUSE-N-A
H-3-CPUSE-N-A
427110
H-3-TC-N
H-4X4-CPU-N
H-4X4-CPU-N
Description
3 dB, 698-2700 MHz
3 dB, 300-960 MHz
4 x 4 matrix, 800-2200 MHz
DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS, TYPE N CONNECTORS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
427104
C-6-CPUSE-N
6 dB, 698-2700 MHz
427105
C-6-TCPUSE-N
6 dB, 380-2700 MHz
427314
C-10-CPUSE-N
10 dB, 698-2700 MHz
427102
C-10-TCPUSE-N
10 dB, 380-2700 MHz
427172
C-15-CPUSE-N
15 dB, 698-2700 MHz
427315
C-15-TCPUSE-N
15 dB, 380-2700 MHz
427103
C-20-TCPUSE-N
20 dB, 380-2700 MHz
C-30-CPUSE-N
C-30-CPUSE-N
30 dB, 698-2700 MHz
C-30-TCPUSE-N
C-30-TCPUSE-N
30 dB, 380-2700 MHz
9.4
50 OHM TERMINATIONS
Anixter No.
427116
427117
427114
427115
427118
427119
T-25-DF
T-25-DM
Vendor No.
T-2-NF
T-2-NM
T-10-NF
T-10-NM
T-25-NF
T-25-NM
T-25-DF
T-25-DM
Description
2 watt, Type N female
2 watt, Type N male
10 watt, Type N male
25 watt, Type N male
25 watt, 7-16 DIN Female
25 watt, 7-16 DIN male
FIBER AND JUMPERS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
370-COMOS2-TBD-06 P-006-DS-8W-FSUYL Plenum distribution cable,
6-fiber single unit
370-COMOS2-TBA-06 P-006-DZ-8W-FSUYL Plenum distribution cable,
interlocking aluminum armored
with plenum jacket, 6-fiber
single unit
370-COMOS2-TBD-12 P-012-DS-8W-FSUYL Plenum distribution cable,
12-fiber single unit
370-COMOS2-TBA-12 P-012-DZ-8W-FSUYL Plenum distribution cable,
interlocking aluminum armored
with plenum jacket, 12-fiber
single unit
FIBER AND JUMPER MODULES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
353266
SME-4-G2
390394
390393
390402
390401
390409
390408
431280
Description
360 SME-4-G2, surface-mount
enclosure, four modules
360G2-1U-MOD-SD 360G2 Sliding 1U Shelf, accepts
four 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
360G2-1U-MOD-FX 360G2 Fixed 1U Shelf, accepts
four 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
360G2-2U-MOD-SD 360G2 Sliding 2U Shelf, accepts
eight 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
eight 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
360G2-4U-MOD-SD 360G2 Sliding 4U Shelf,
360G2 Cartridges
12 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
360G2-4U-MOD-FX-16 360G2 Fixed 4U Shelf, accepts
16 360DM/360DP/
360G2 Cartridges
CommScope - Andrew
FIBER MODULES, DRUM AND SPLICE TRAYS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
396708
360G2CARTRIDGE6S
CASMGRPIGTAILA
396685
360DP-6SCA-SM
329094
310187
310329
288172
Description
360G2 Cartridge six SC Angled
TeraSPEED, green with pigtails A
360DP-6SCA-SM, Distribution
Panel six SC Angled
TeraSPEED, green
G2-FIBER DRUM KIT G2-Fiber Drum Kit, fiber drums for
1U and 2U shelves
RS-2AF-16SF
RS-2AF-16SF, RoloSplice Kit with
two fusion splice trays
RS-4AF-16SF
RS-4AF-16SF, RoloSplice Kit with
four fusion splice trays
SW-6AF-16SF
SW-6AF-16SF, Splice Wallet Kit with
six fusion splice trays
CommScope has a comprehensive product portfolio of passive and active

components for its solution. For additional information,
Wireless Solutions
9.5
Corning MobileAccess
./
Corning MobileAccess Solutions
Wireless Solutions
PR72496V2-584719.tif
Improve coverage and capacity in your enterprise:

Corning MobileAccess solutions provide a wired path for delivering RF signals indoors - in offices, basements,
hallways, and wherever end users work, live and play - providing consistent and constant wireless connectivity
and performance.
Guests, clients and employees rely on smartphones and tablets to stay connected. Wireless coverage doesn't just
happen. The inside of your building can be a dead zone when it comes to reliable cellular radio frequency (RF)
reception. To ensure five-bar wireless coverage and robust mobile data throughput, IT managers deploy Corning
MobileAccess in-building coverage and capacity solutions which provide a dedicated cellular voice and data
network indoors.
The Corning MobileAccess advantage:
Corning MobileAccess' portfolio of in-building wireless infrastructure solutions offers built-in RF intelligence and
flexible architectures to fit every facility, large or small. Corning's enterprise-ready DAS solutions make it simple
to enable a wide variety of operator services, including 2G, 3G and 4G cellular voice and data services for any
device. Their operator-approved solutions provide maximum flexibility with either a broadband, multi-operator
pay-as-you-grow option (neutral host) or a single-operator option using existing LAN cabling.
9.6
MobileAccessVE
PR72460V2-584463.tif
DAS Equipment Headend and Remotes - VE Control Unit (VCU)

PR72461V2-584469.tif
The VCU interfaces with the service provider's RF capacity source (ex. BTS, BDA,
Picocell, Femtocell) and VE Access Pods via Cat 5e/6 cabling. MobileAccessVE Control
Units interface with operators' RF capacity sources and VE Access Pods. The VE
Control Unit downbands RF services to intermediate frequencies (IF bands) and
allows the LAN signal and LAN-based PoE to passively pass-through from the IT patch
panel through the Cat 5e/6 LAN cabling together, to VE Access Pods (antennas on
ceilings). The VE Control Unit provides separate PoE and management for Pods. VE
Pods transmit and receive RF services, and allow LAN signals to pass through to any
IP appliances such as WLAN Access Points attached to VE Pods.
Description
455032
VCU-AWS-MIMO-12E VE Control Unit for AWS 2x2 MIMO,
12 ports, shared Cat 5e
455034
VCU-CELL-PCS-12E
VE Control Unit for dual-band CELL/PCS
bands, 12 ports, shared Cat 5e
455035
VCU-FB-CELL-PCS-12E VE Control Unit for dual-band
supporting full band CELL/PCS,
12 ports, shared Cat 5e
455038
VCU-MB-LTE700-12E VE Control Unit for mixed-band LTE
700 MHz lower ABC or upper C block
2x2 MIMO, 12 ports, shared Cat 5e
9.7
Wireless Solutions
Innovative cellular-over-LAN architecture re-uses your existing LAN cabling plant

(Cat 5e/6) to offer a simple, cost-effective cellular coverage and capacity
enhancement to your LAN, in half the time as conventional solutions with minimal
workplace disruption. Cabling re-use also ensures less disruption and complexity
associated with new cabling projects and this approach significantly reduces time
to deployment for both 4G overlay deployments and other types of installations.
MobileAccessVE delivers cellular services using intermediate frequencies (IF) of a
different frequency than the Ethernet LAN traffic, therefore cellular network elements
do not steal LAN capacity and if one network is down, it does not affect the other.
MobileAccessVE network elements are transparent to the IT LAN because
MobileAccessVE delivers licensed RF using intermediate frequencies (IF) of a different
frequency than the Ethernet LAN traffic (0 to 100 MHz), sharing only the physical
cabling and enabling separate PoE pass-through for any IP application.
MobileAccessVE is the first and only DAS to be validated with the Cisco Unified
Wireless Network.
The MobileAccessVE in-building cellular platform offers 14 dBm composite power
output (10 dBm CELL) for single and dual-band RF service mixes including: CELL/PCS
(full-band, with and without amplifier sharing options), 700 MHz LTE MIMO and AWS
MIMO, with MIMO delivery over one, existing Cat 5e/6/7 LAN cable through the use of
IF frequencies.
FEATURES
Fastest, IT-friendly cellular enhancement
- MobileAccessVE is a single-/dual-operator RF-over-LAN solution, enabling:
CELL/PCS, AWS MIMO and/or 700 MHz LTE MIMO using existing Cat 5e/6 for
cellular signal delivery
- Co-existence of cellular RF signals and Ethernet eliminates new cabling
requirements for DAS
- Installed in weeks vs. months
- Simple and familiar management GUI
- Works with any operator's RF source
- Offers operator-grade, cost-effective 4G MIMO deployment for the cost of SISO,
by using existing cabling for the DAS 'overlay' for MIMO delivery (offers two
built-in antennas within one pod and different intermediate frequency
transport of two MIMO RF streams over one cable, eliminating the need for
separate, new cabling for MIMO antenna technology enablement).
Cost effective
- Most cost-effective indoor upgrade path for 4G overlay service
- Wi-Fi compatible cellular with existing cabling
- Add cellular to your 802.11n upgrade instantly 100 percent transparent to
your WLAN
- Looks and feels just like Wi-Fi
- Converged network
- 100 percent transparent to the LAN while reusing existing LAN cabling for
cellular signal delivery
Scalable and modular
- Scales cost effectively, allowing customers to choose where new services are
activated, over the existing LAN
Element Management System (EMS) and SC-450 Controller

Anixter No.
493213
Vendor No.
OCH-GX-4-XR
493214
OCH-GX-8-XR
PR72463V2-584481.tif
All system elements and connections can be remotely visible, controlled, and
diagnosed in real-time via direct connection or remote TCP/IP network connection
and SNMP traps.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
455047
SC-450
MobileAccess System Controller
OPTICAL REMOTE HUB (ORUS)
Description
Optical Central Hub for GX,
supporting extended range up to
20 km, supporting four SISO GX
units, SMF (WDM)
Optical Central Hub for SISO or
MIMO GX services supporting eight
SISO GX Units or four MIMO
SMF (WDM)
PR72465V2-584493.tif
Wireless Solutions
Optional FT350 Fiber Transport Solution

The wideband FT350 solution extends in-building service coverage by using existing
fiber infrastructure in large public venues and campuses and a single-capacity
source to service multiple buildings. By converting RF signals into RF-optical signals,
frequencies can be transported across longer distances (up to 2 km) using low-loss
MMF/SMF. The FT350 solution extends a single-capacity source to service multiple
buildings, up to 2 km from the centralized source to remotes with point-to-multipoint
RF using existing fiber
D optic cabling (SMF/SMF).
Optical Hubs
OPTICAL CENTRAL HUB (OCH)
PR72464V2-584487.tif
Single wideband fiber RF distribution controller connected to up to four capacity

sources, providing the RF-to-optical signal conversion at a centralized point, to/from
multiple remotes located in remote locations. Options include a 4-port SISO or 8-port
SISO/MIMO configuration for quad-band services.
9.8
Anixter No.
454987
Vendor No.
OCH-4-SMF
454991
OCH-8-SMF
Description
Optical Central Hub for SISO
services, supporting four SISO
ORUs, SMF
Optical Central Hub for SISO or
MIMO Services, supporting eight
SISO ORUs or four MIMO ORUs, SMF
Fiber remote units tied to the OCH are connected to Master VCUs and provide RF
service connectivity to VE platforms.
Anixter No.
454997
Vendor No.
ORU-SISO-SMF
455001
ORU-MIMO-SMF
Description
Optical Remote Unit for SISO
services, U.S. bands (CELL, PCS,
AWS, LTE), SMF
Optical Remote Unit for MIMO
services, U.S. bands (CELL, PCS,
AWS, LTE), SMF
MobileAccess2000
Advanced multi-operator, multi-frequency (400 MHz to 6 GHz) Wire-It-Once
architecture that offers maximum scalability with modular upgrades and maximum
flexibility. The solution accommodates multiple operator requirements across a single
converged network and distributes RF services via a fiber backbone over common set
of coaxial cables and antennas.
FEATURES
Accommodates the maximum number of operators and services
- Supports a wide range of RF bands: 400 MHz to 6 GHz covered including: CELL,
PCS, Public Safety, AWS, 700 MHz LTE, paging, WMTS for GSM, LTE, UMTS, DCS,
CDMA and optional Wi-Fi RF support
- Ideal for mobile voice or data with capable upgrade 4G MIMO and SISO options
Simplified upgrades and additions
- Single integrated cellular antenna network for all operators provides modular
additions in IDFs over one antenna grid, minimizes equipment footprint and
simplifies upgrades and operator on-boarding
Proactive end-to-end system monitoring
- Fully integrated with wireless operator NOC and includes automatic alarming,
built-in interference mitigation and signal grooming
Simplified maintenance and management
- Active network elements located in accessible IDF/Telco closets allow for
effortless service additions and maintenance without downtime or disruption
Advanced cabling saves time and money
Common DAS Equipment Headend

A single DAS equipment headend delivers scalable and cost-effective RF coverage and
capacity. The Corning MobileAccess common equipment headend leverages
point-to-multipoint DAS architecture, connecting to one or more operator capacity
sources such as BTSs (base transceiver stations) and BDAs (bi-directional
amplifiers). At the common headend, radio frequency (RF) signals are converted from
RF electrical to RF optical for distribution to multiple remote locations or 'remote
ends' using low-loss, broadband fiber cabling (SMF/MMF). The modular Corning
MobileAccess headend architecture enables phased system commissioning, operator
on-boarding and sectorization planning for future capacity upgrades, while allowing
separate visibility and control of RF spectrum for each operator in multi-operator
deployments. Intelligent signal handling and low-loss elements ensure
operator-grade performance. Customers can leverage a single headend with any
number and types of Corning MobileAccess remotes (standard, medium, high power)
for full design flexibility that fits virtually any venue's topology. The common headend
also offers dedicated, plug-and-play RF conditioning modules and optional cost
savings with amplifier sharing for multiple operators.
transported back to the operator's signal source (BTS or BDA) and to the operator's
macro network outdoors.
The quad-band Radio Interface Unit (RIU-4) adjusts RF signal source inputs, with
service-specific conditioning cards and sends signals to a wideband Base Unit (BU-4,
BU-8) where RF-electrical-to/from-optical conversion is performed before RF signals
are transported to multiple remotes (up to eight per BU) using low-loss fiber
(SMF/MMF). Each RIU includes a frequency combiner which supports optional
amplifier sharing for each capacity source and RIUs support 4x BU-4s and 2x BU-8s
(expansion kit available).
Contact your local representive for more information and
complete solution details.
RIU-4/RIU-3
PR72467V2-584505.tif
End-to-end Element Management System (SC-450)

PR72463V2-584481.tif
The SC-450 enables remote and local management and offers centralized monitoring
via an integrated Web GUI and SNMP. The SC-450 maximizes system uptime by
locating faults in real time and allowing users to change individual RF parameters
including modulation.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
455047
SC-450
MobileAccess System Controller
The RIU-4 unit can support up to four cellular services (RIU-IM supports three) in a
stand-alone mode, whereas additional different services/bands (up to six) can be
supported when two units are connected in a master/slave configuration.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
455007
RIU-4
Radio Interface Unit, supporting
one to four conditioners
RIU-IM
PR72468V2-584511.tif
Remote Interface Unit (RIU)

PR72466V2-584499.tif
The RIU-IM unit can support up to three cellular services in a stand-alone mode.
Master/slave configuration.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
454886
RIU-IM
Radio Interface Unit Chassis
The RIU conditions the RF downlink (DL) signals from an operator's signal source (BTS
or BDA) located inside the building. The RIU then custom tunes incoming signals in
order to ensure a constant level of RF before signals are passed to/from the Base Unit
(BU). RF uplink (UL) signals from subscribers' phones are received from the BU and
9.9
Wireless Solutions
BDAC and BTSC

Base Units (BU)

PR72469V2-584517.tif

The wideband Base Units perform RF-electrical-to/from-optical conversion between
the Radio Interface Unit and the remote units, so that RF services can be transported
to/from remotes using optical fiber cabling. The BU converts signals to/from RF
optical/RF electrical before RF signals are transported to/from multiple remotes (up
to eight per BU) using low-loss fiber (SMF/MMF).
Wireless Solutions
4-PORT BASE UNIT - B4U
RIUs are loaded with service-specific RF conditioning cards.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
455009
RIU-BDAC-AWS
AWS Conditioner for RIU Chassis, -16 to
+10 dBm input range
455010
RIU-BDAC-CELL
CELL Conditioner for RIU Chassis, -16 to
+10 dBm input range
455011
RIU-BDAC-G-PCS PCS with G block support conditioner for
RIU Chassis, -16 to +10 dBm
input range
455012
RIU-BDAC-IDEN
IDEN/800 MHz Public Safety/800 MHz
SMR Conditioner for RIU Chassis, -16 to
+10 dBm input range
455013
RIU-BDAC-PS700
700 MHz Public Safety Conditioner for
D
input range
455014
RIU-BDAC-SMR
900 MHz SMR/Paging Conditioner for
input range
455015
RIU-BTSC-700LTE BTS/BDA Conditioner for LTE 700 MHz
service 0 to +40 dBm input levels for
RIU Chassis
455017
RIU-BTSC-AWS
AWS Conditioner for RIU Chassis,
+10 to +36 dBm input range
455018
RIU-BTSC-CELL
CELL Conditioner for RIU Chassis,
455019
RIU-BTSC-G-PCS PCS with G block support Conditioner
for RIU Chassis, +10 to +36 dBm
input range
455020
RIU-BTSC-IDEN
IDEN/800 MHz Public Safety/800 MHz
SMR Conditioner for RIU Chassis,
455022
RIU-BTSC-PS700 700 MHz Public Safety Conditioner for
RIU Chassis, +10 to +36 dBm
input range
455023
RIU-BTSC-SMR
900 MHz SMR/Paging Conditioner for
RIU Chassis, +10 to +36 dBm
input range
PR72470V2-584523.tif
Supports up to four optical connections between the RIU and the remote modules.
Anixter No.
455040
Vendor No.
WB-B4U
8-PORT BASE UNIT - B8U
Description
Wideband Base, four unit
supporting four RHUs
PR72471V2-584529.tif
Supports up to eight optical connections between the RIU and the remote modules.
Anixter No.
455041
Vendor No.
WB-B8U
Description
Wideband Base, eight unit
supporting eight RHUs
MA330 Campus Links

MA330 campus fiber link units enable campus connectivity with scalable
point-to-multipoint RF distribution of operators' centralized capacity sources
(i.e. BTS or base transceiver station) over WDM using low-loss fiber connections for
up to a 20 km radius. The solution consists of the 330 Main and 330 Remote units.
330 MAIN
PR72473V2-584541.tif
This unit performs the RF to optical conversion on the BTS side and transmits the
signals over fiber to the remote locations where 330 Remote Units are installed.
9.10
Anixter No.
455056
Vendor No.
330-MB-1
455058
330-MB-2
Description
Main building unit supporting
one link
Main building unit supporting
two links
330 REMOTE
Anixter No.
454657
454679
PR72465V2-584493.tif
Vendor No.
Description
2000-C85P19L70A17-A-TC MA2000 QSX quad-service
CELL/PCS, 700 MHz LTE and AWS in
a TC enclosure
2000-C85P19L70A17-A-TCF MA2000 QSX quad-service
CELL/PCS, 700 MHz LTE and AWS in
a TC enclosure with filter for
700/800 MHz PS coexistence
STANDARD LOW-POWER REMOTES MA2000 QSX
PR72475V2-584553.tif
This unit performs the optical to RF conversion at the remote locations and
distributes the signals to the connected Base Units.
Anixter No.
455057
Vendor No.
330-EXP-BOX
493172
330-RB-1
Description
Expansion box for remote building
- supporting additional two
Base Units
Remote building unit one link
supporting two Base Units
Anixter No.
454655
DAS Remote Equipment

The common DAS headend works with any combination of remotes connected to/from
antennas. Optimize designs with efficient remote power. Preconfigured, modular DAS
remotes simplify commissioning and minimize upgrade costs. Get the most out of
DAS designs and performance with: standard, medium and high RF power, indoor and
outdoor remotes. Optimizes RF performance and costs with standard low-, mediumand high-power remotes indoors or outdoors to meet any requirement. All remotes
offer automatic RF grooming, interference mitigation and filter technology to ensure
operator-grade performance.
STANDARD LOW-POWER REMOTES MA2000 QSX
454656
454684
Description
MA2000 TSX tri-service CELL/PCS
and AWS
2000-C85P19-A-TC
MA2000 TSX dual-service CELL/PCS
2000-C85P19L70-A-TC-F MA2000 TSX tri-service CELL/PCS
and 700 MHz LTE with filter to
support 700/800 MHz
PS coexistence
MEDIUM-POWER REMOTE MOBILEACCESS HX INDOOR UNIT

PR72476V2-584559.tif
PR72474V2-584547.tif
Higher-power 2 W indoor MIMO and outdoor SISO MobileAccessHX remotes are

designed to economize antenna grids and cover larger floor plans, facilities with
limited IDF space, and topologies requiring longer horizontal cabling runs from
remotes to antennas.
Preconfigured MA2000 QSX and TSX remote modules offer 400 MHz to 6 GHz band
coverage with 20 dBm power for three (TSX) and up to four (QSX) services including:
CELL/PCS, AWS and 700 MHz LTE. Remote units support for RF services over a
common fiber/coax antenna infrastructure, reduce equipment footprint, minimize
antennas required and eliminates power-waste. These low-power remotes also
prevent capacity drain in multi-sector designs, resulting from soft hand-over
(SHO) issues.
Anixter No.
454974
Vendor No.
HX-C85P19L70A17-AC-A
454975
HX-C85P19L70A17-DC-A
Description
MobileAccessHX quad-service
indoor CELL, PCS, AWS, and
700 MHz LTE solution supporting
local AC power, SMF and MMF
indoor CELL, PCS, AWS, and
700 MHz LTE solution supporting
remote DC power, SMF and MMF
9.11
Wireless Solutions
Vendor No.
2000-C85P19A17-A-TC
(continued)
DAS Remote Equipment
MEDIUM-POWER REMOTE MOBILEACCESS HX OUTDOOR UNIT

PR72477V2-584565.tif
Service Combiner Unit (SCU)

The Service Combiner Unit is a passive module that combines up eight to 16 RF
streams and distributes the UL and DL signals from the M2000 remotes to/from a
common broadband antenna network.
4-PORT SERVICE COMBINER UNIT (SCU-4)
Wireless Solutions
The MobileAccessHX Outdoor Unit supports four services in a single enclosure. It is

NEMA IP65 rated, eliminating the need for another separate sealed enclosure. The
outdoor unit is available in a SISO configuration. MIMO can be supported by
combining two outdoor units.
Anixter No.
493201
Vendor No.
HX-C85P19L70A17-AC-B
493202
HX-C85P19L70A17-DC-B
D
HIGH-POWER REMOTES
Description
outdoor CELL, PCS, LTE, and AWS
solution supporting local AC power,
SMF and MMF
outdoor CELL, PCS, LTE, and AWS
solution supporting remote DC
power, SMF and MMF
Anixter No.
454800
Vendor No.
SCU-4
8-PORT SERVICE COMBINER UNIT (SCU-8)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
454802
SCU-8
PR72478V2-584571.tif
PR72479V2-584577.tif
Description
MA2000 passive Service Combiner
Unit with support for four ANT, four
HB and four LB connections. To be
used with the MA2000 TSX/QSX
Description
MA2000 passive Service Combiner
Unit with support for eight ANT,
eight HB and eight LB connections.
To be used with MA2000
MobileAccess Accessories
High-power 20 W and 40 W MobileAccessGX remotes cover large, open outdoor

topologies adjacent to indoor spaces. These remotes are designed to cost-effectively
extend operator macro-networks outdoors, add capacity to complement indoor RF
traffic offload, and avoid costly macro builds where possible.
Anixter No.
493196
493197
493198
Vendor No.
GX-C85L70A17-40
Description
MobileAccessGX 40 W remote for
CELL/700 MHz LTE/AWS with NEMA
enclosure, single-fiber support
GX-P19L70A17-40
MobileAccessGX 40 W remote for
PCS/700 MHz LTE/AWS with NEMA
enclosure, single-fiber support
HX-C85G91D18U21-AC-A Accessory filter
Contact your local sales representative for information on configurations.
9.12

Other third-party components required for installation and operation of
MobileAccess2000 remotes includes 1/2 in. plenum-rated coaxial cabling and
broadband antennas.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
454967
ANTM-600-6G-OMN MobileAccess wideband antenna
for 600-2,500 CP; 5,100-6,000 VP
Optimize Deployments with Advanced Cabling Solutions
Leverage advanced cabling where and when you need it to reduce DAS
installation time by up to 70 percent*. Corning MobileAccess offers complete
end-to-end solutions for DAS, meeting current and future requirements with
the flexibility of fiber. Corning Advanced Cabling Solutions provide
industry-leading, bendable fiber optics as well as a variety of connection
options, including Plug & Play Universal Systems and stubbed hardware.
Intelligent cabling solutions such as Plug & Play preterminated and stubbed
hardware reduce installation time and costs.
*MMF and SMF supported versions. Additional products and
RF combinations are available, contact us for details.
TE Connectivity
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Wide Area Networking//CSUs/DSUs
InterReach Wireless Solution

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR72528V2-586069.tif
Distributed amplifier system, ensuring high performance and uniform output

power at every antenna point
High-output power, provides greater coverage area per antenna
Zero-loss system, making design simple and guaranteeing consistent coverage
from every antenna
Economical installation thanks to use of CATV cabling
Double-star architecture makes installation and future expansion quick and
nondisruptive for campuses or large venues
Integrated Web-based administrative and maintenance tools
Individual band shutdown or lockout provides flexible RF performance
adjustments via administrative tools
Integrated SNMP capability allows use of standard network
management packages
FCC, UL and CE Mark approved
InterReach Unison
TE CONNECTIVITY
HUBS AND REMOTE ACCESS UNITS

417263
UNS-1-MH-2
417264
UNS-CS75-MH-2
417265
UNS-PS-MH-2
417267
UNS-EH-2
417268
UNS-CELL-1
417270
UNS-IDEN-1
417272
UNS-GSM-1
417280
UNS-PCS-2
417282
UNS-UMTS-2
417283
UNS-AWS-1
417284
UNS-CS75-1
417285
417287
UNS-PS70-1
UNS-EX170-1
Description
Unison Main Hub
Unison Main Hub - 750 MHz (Upper C)
Unison Main Hub - Public Safety
Unison Expansion Hub
Unison 800 MHz Cellular
Remote Access Unit
Unison 800 MHz iDEN
Remote Access Unit
Unison 900 MHz GSM/EGSM/iDEN
Remote Access Unit
Unison 1900 MHz PCS (35 MHz)
Remote Access Unit
Unison 2.1 GHz UMTS
Remote Access Unit
Unison 1.7 GHz/2.1 GHz AWS
Remote Access Unit
Unison 750 MHz (Upper C)
Remote Access Unit
Unison 700 MHz RAU - Public Safety
Unison Cat 5/6 Extender
9.13
Wireless Solutions
TE Connectivity's InterReach Wireless Solution has two components: InterReach

Fusion and InterReach Spectrum.
InterReach Fusion is a multiband solution that enables any organization to implement
in-building wireless coverage and capacity for in-dense, high-traffic environments
such as enterprises, convention centers, sport arenas and airports. Integrated
Web-based administrative, maintenance tools and diagnostic tools are included.
InterReach Spectrum is used to extend wireless services throughout a building,
multiple buildings or campus. It is used in the market for addressing coverage and
capacity needs for current and emerging wireless networks. It provides edge-to-edge
bandwidth and multiband flexibility. Spectrum also offers element management that
includes on-site or remote accessible system alarming and management of network
elements and the cable infrastructure. Spectrum is a scalable platform that allows for
easy system growth in size and scope of solution, whether the system needs to scale
to reach new service areas inside of buildings or add bandwidth and capacity as
necessary. Spectrum can be designed to suit properties of any size and/or shape
property. The Expansion Units may be cascaded to provide overall system growth. If
your property or wireless needs change, the system can change with you.
FEATURES
Delivers wireless voice and high-speed data
True multiband system using a single set of electronics/cabling
Supports frequencies from 700 MHz to 2.7 GHz
Dedicated capacity per band, easily supports dense user environments
PR72426V2-583499.tif
TE Connectivity
(continued)
InterReach Unison
INTERREACH UNISON ACCEL

417448
UNS-ACCEL-1
417449
UNS-4P-ACCEL-1
INTERREACH UNISON ACCESSORIES
417445
UNS-BAND-1
417446
UNS-BAND-2
Description
Unison Accel Hub
Unison Accel 4-port Hub
Description
Program the Main Hub for one
additional Unison band at time
of manufacturing
Program the Main Hub that is already
in the field for one additional
Unison band
InterReach Fusion
Wireless Solutions
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR72427V2-583505.tif
INTERREACH FUSION WIDEBAND SINGLESTAR FOR 800/850/1900

Description
417461
FSN-1-MH-1
Fusion Main Hub
417505
FSN-1-MHDC-1
Fusion Main Hub - DC Input Power
417509
FSN-EH-2
Fusion Expansion Hub
417510
FSN-EHDC-2
Fusion Expansion Hub DC Input Power
417511
FSN-8519-1
Fusion 850/1900 MHz Multiband RAU
417513
FSN-809019-2
Fusion 800/900 SMR/1900 MHz
Multiband RAU
INTERREACH FUSION FOR 700/850/1900
499696
FSN-2-MH-2
499697
FSN-2-MHDC-2
417509
FSN-EH-2
417510
FSN-EHDC-2
499700
FSN-2-708519-1
457849
FSN-2-758519-1
499833
FSN-2-708519-1-HP
503415
FSN-2-758519-1-HP
9.14
Description
Fusion Main Hub For 700/850/1900
Fusion Main Hub - DC Input Power
Fusion Expansion Hub
Fusion Expansion Hub DC Input Power
Fusion
700ABC/850/1900 Multiband RAU
Fusion
700UC/850/1900 Multiband RAU
Fusion 700ABC/850/1900 HP
Multiband RAU
Fusion 700UC/850/1900 HP
Multiband RAU
INTERREACH FUSION WIDEBAND FOR 1900/AWS

Description
417515
FSN-W1-MH-2
Fusion Wideband Main Hub for
1900/AWS
499703
FSN-W1-MHDC-2
Fusion Wideband Main Hub DC input power
417516
FSN-W1-EH-2
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub
457852
FSN-W1-EHDC-2
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub DC input
417517
FSN-W1-1921-1
Fusion Wideband 1900/AWS
Multiband RAU
INTERREACH FUSION WIDEBAND FOR 800/850/1900
Description
417518
FSN-W2-MH-1
800/850/1900 Triband
457850
FSN-W2-MHDC-1
Fusion Wideband Main Hub - DC
input power
417516
FSN-W1-EH-2
457852
FSN-W1-EHDC-2
417520
FSN-W2-808519-1
Fusion Wideband 800/850/1900 MHz
Multiband RAU
INTERREACH FUSION WIDEBAND FOR 700/AWS SISO, 700 (UPPER C) MIMO AND
700 (LOWER ABC) MIMO
Description
457853
FSN-W2-MH-3
700/AWS SISO - 700 (Upper C) MIMO,
and 700 (Lower ABC) MIMO
457854
FSN-W2-MHDC-3
Fusion Wideband Main Hub DC Input Power
417516
FSN-W1-EH-2
457852
FSN-W1-EHDC-2
417523
FSN-W2-7021-1
Fusion Wideband 700/AWS SISO
Multiband RAU
457855
FSN-W2-7070-1
Fusion Wideband 700 (Lower ABC)
MIMO RAU
417524
FSN-W2-7575-1
Fusion Wideband 700 (Upper C)
MIMO RAU
INTERREACH FUSION FOR 700/AWS/AWS
Description
499719
FSN-W4-MH-1
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
for 700/AWS/AWS
417516
FSN-W1-EH-2
499832
FSN-W4-702121-1-HP Fusion Wideband 700 ABC/AWS
HP/AWS HP
503417
FSN-W4-752121-1-HP Fusion Wideband 700 UC/AWS
HP/AWS HP
TE Connectivity
INTERREACH FUSION SINGLESTAR FOR 850/1900 AND 800/900/1900
Description
417532
FSN-1-SS-2
Fusion Singlestar Hub
457856
FSN-1-SS-1P
Fusion Singlestar Hub for
800/900/1900 Tri-band
417511
FSN-8519-1
Fusion 850/1900 MHz Multiband RAU
417513
FSN-809019-2
Fusion 800/900 SMR/1900 MHz
Multiband RAU
INTERREACH FUSION SINGLESTAR 700/850/1900
Description
499729
FSN-2-SS-2-1P
Fusion SingleStar Hub for
700/850/1900
499700
FSN-2-708519-1
Fusion
700ABC/850/1900 Multiband RAU
457849
FSN-2-758519-1
Fusion
700UC/850/1900 Multiband RAU
499833
FSN-2-708519-1-HP Fusion 700ABC/850/1900 HP
Multiband RAU
503415
FSN-2-758519-1-HP Fusion 700UC/850/1900 HP
Multiband RAU
SPECTRUM/PRISM HOST UNIT

TE CONNECTIVITY
HOST DART
Anixter No.
457857
457858
457859
457860
457861
457862
457863
457864
Vendor No.
FWP-00000HUII
FWU-40000HUDART
FWU-50000HUDART
FWU-20000HUDART
FWU-86000HUDART
FWU-A6000HUDART
FWU-L6000HUDART
FWU-U6000HUDART
DART REMOTE UNIT

457865
SPT-0000DRUII
457866
SPT-000800SMRIFD
457867
SPT-000900SMRIFD
457868
SPT-000000850IFD
457869
SPT-000001900IFD
499834
SPT-2100AWSP1IFD
457871
SPT-00700UCP1IFD
457872
SPT-00700UCP2IFD
457873
SPT-700LABCP1IFD
Description
HOST UNIT, SERF II, HST SYS II, PS, FAN
HOST DART, SMR 800
HOST DART, SMR 900
HOST DART, CELL 850
HOST DART, PCS 1900 SGL SD
HOST DART, AWS 2100 SGL SD
HOST DART, 700 Lower ABC SGL SD
HOST DART, 700 Upper C SGL SD
Description
DRU, SERF II, RMT SYS II, PS, FAN
IF DART, 800 SMR Path 1
IF DART, 900 SMR Path 1
IF DART, 850 MHz Path 1
IF DART, 2100 MHz AWS Path 1
IF DART, 700 Upper C, Path 1
IF DART, 700 Upper C, Path 2
IF DART, 700 Lower ABC, Path 1
Vendor No.
SPT-700LABCP2IFD
SPT-0000850P2IFD
SPT-0001900P2IFD
SPT-0800SMRP2IFD
SPT-2100AWSP2IFD
SPECTRUM IF EXPANSION UNIT

457875
SPT-00000IFEU-1
Description
IF DART, 700 Lower ABC, Path 2
IF DART, 2100 MHz AWS Path 2
Description
SPECTRUM IF Expansion Unit: IFFWD,
IFREV, IFMICRO
STANDARD RAUs
457876
SPT-M1-8519-1
457877
499760
457880
457881
499763
499839
499765
499840
503418
499841
Description
SPECTRUM,
850 p1-1900 p1 Main RAU
SPT-S1-7070-1-MIMO SPECTRUM, 700 MIMO Secondary RAU,
Upper C-lower ABC
SPT-M1-AWS19-11
1900 p1-AWS p1 Main RAU
SPT-S1-8090-1
SPECTRUM, 800 p1-900 p1 SMR
Secondary RAU
SPT-S1-80AWS-1
SPECTRUM, 800 p1 SMR-2100 p1 AWS
Secondary RAU
SPT-S1-AWS19-12
1900 p2-AWS p1 Secondary RAU
SPT-S2-70AWS-22- SISO 700 p2 UC/LABC SISO-AWS
p2 Secondary RAU
SPT-S1-8519-22
850 p2-1900 p2 Secondary RAU
SPT-S1-2121-1-MIMO AWS MIMO Secondary RAU
SPT-S1-8019-22
800 p2-1900 p2 Secondary RAU
SPT-S2-70AWS-1- SISO 700 p1 UC/LABC SISO-AWS
p1 secondary RAU
HIGH-POWER RAUs
Description
499842
SPT-M3-8519-11-HP 850 p1-1900 HP p1 Main RAU
499843
SPT-S3-70AWS-11- HP 700 p1 uC/LABC SISO-AWS HP
p1 Secondary RAU
499844
SPT-S3-70AWS-22- HP 700 p2 uC/LABC SISO-AWS HP
p2 Secondary RAU
499845
SPT-S3-8519-22-HP 850 p2-1900 HP p2 Secondary RAU
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
499773
Vendor No.
SPT-2400ACDC-1
499774
FWU-SMHU1550XVR
499775
FWU-SMRU1310XVR
499776
FWP-SMIR1310XVR
499777
499778
499779
300479-0
300469-0
300469-1
Description
2,400 watt AC power supply:
two 1,200 W modules
HOST UNIT, 26 dB OPTICS,
1550 nm, standard
Remote Unit, 26 dB OPTICs,
1310 nm, standard
Host and Remote Unit, 13 dB OPTICS,
1310 nm, standard
Cable, QMA RA to QMA RA 2 ft.
Cable, RG-6 F male to F male 6 ft.
Cable, RG-6 F male to F male 20 ft.
9.15
Wireless Solutions
INTERREACH FUSION WIDEBAND SINGLESTAR

Description
417535
FSN-W2-SS-1P
Fusion Wideband SingleStar Hub for
800/850/1900 Tri-band
417520
FSN-W2-808519-1
Fusion Wideband 800/850/1900 MHz
Multiband RAU
Anixter No.
457874
499835
499836
499837
499838
TE Connectivity
(continued)
SPECTRUM/PRISM HOST UNIT
Wireless Solutions
Anixter No.
499780
499781
Vendor No.
FOA-INLC015
4214-0727
Description
In-Line attenuator SM LC 15 dB
698-2690 MHz 3-port omni antenna
PRISM REMOTE CHASSIS

Description
499846
FP1-10000002121RU PRISM, single-band, remote chassis
DIV/MIMO, pass-through
499847
FP2-10000002121RU PRISM, dual-band, remote chassis
499848
FP3-10000002121RU PRISM, tri-band, remote chassis
499849
FP4-10000002121RU PRISM, quad-band, remote chassis,
499850
FP1-10000002111RU PRISM, single-band, remote chassis
DIV/MIMO, ProAx
499851
FP2-10000002111RU PRISM, dual-band, remote chassis
DIV/MIMO, ProAx
499852
FP3-10000002111RU PRISM, tri-band, remote chassis
DIV/MIMO, ProAx
499853
FP4-10000002111RU PRISM, quad-band, remote chassis
DIV/MIMO, ProAx
PRISM RF MODULE
D FWP-4210000MOD
499790
499791
FWP-8416000MOD
499792
FWP-841S000MOD
499793
FWP-A416000MOD
499794
FWP-A41S000MOD
499795
FWP-B410000MOD
499796
FWP-B420000MOD
499797
FWP-D210000MOD
499798
FWP-8426000MOD
499799
FWP-U816000MOD
499800
FWP-A426000MOD
499801
FWP-L4MT000MOD
499802
FWP-B810100MOD
Description
PRISM, 800 iDEN, 6.5 W module,
non-diversity, classic
PRISM, PCS, 20 W module,
non-diversity, SGL SD
PRISM, PCS, 20 W module,
non-diversity, DL SD
PRISM, AWS, 20 W module,
non-diversity SGL SD
PRISM, AWS, 20 W module,
non-diversity DL SD
PRISM, 850 wideband cell, 20 W
module, non-diversity, classic
PRISM, 850 wideband cell, 20 W
module, diversity classic
PRISM, 800/900 EiDEN, 6.5 W module,
non-diversity, classic
PRISM, 20 W PCS module, diversity,
SGL SD
PRISM, 40 W 700 Upper C module,
non-diversity, SGL SD
PRISM, 20 W AWS module, diversity,
SGL SD
PRISM, dual 20 W 700 Lower ABC
module, MIMO
PRISM, CELL, 40 W module,
non-diversity, SGL SD, single position
9.16
Mesh
Firetide
./
Firetide HotPort 7000 Series MIMO-802.11n Wireless Nodes

FIRETIDE
Firetide HotPort 7000 mesh nodes provide fiber-equivalent throughput and reliability
over wireless Ethernet, delivering true wireless infrastructure capabilities for
large-scale municipal, public safety, industrial and transportation deployments.
FEATURES
Fiber-like speed with up to 400 Mbps throughput, exceeding that of current
wired solutions such as T1, Fast Ethernet or OC-3 fiber
Ease of deployment with the self-forming nature of Firetide infrastructure mesh
Ease of network management and planning with advanced utilities: antenna
alignment and integrated spectrum analysis
Reliable multicast capabilities for real-time evidence-grade video streaming to
multiple destinations
Flexible configuration with operation in 2.4 GHz, 4.9 GHz (U.S. public safety) or
5 GHz frequency bands
HOTPORT 7010 - INDOOR
448363
7010-FIPS
7010-900

424457
7020
434818
7020-FIPS
448362
7020-900
HOTPORT 7000 SERIES SOFTWARE

For a single node.
394208
SW-7000-RADIO-1
424462
SW-7000-MIMO
Description
Six dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz 3 dBi
antennas, only single radio enabled,
second radio enabling requires
purchase of SW-7000-RADIO-1
FIPS 140-2 NIST-compliant, six
dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz 3 dBi
Outdoor 900 MHz capable, three
antennas, one 900 MHz
staging antenna
Description
Radio license; electronic license
allows user to enable and use the
second radio in the Firetide
7000 series product
MIMO license; allows user to enable
and use the MIMO functionality (11n)
on the Firetide 7000 series product
Firetide Antenna Assemblies for HotPort 7000 Mesh Nodes

FIRETIDE
Customized antennas designed to work with Firetide 7000 mesh nodes are suited for
both outdoor and indoor installations. Customers choose the specific antenna based
on the installation requirements, directional or omnidirectional, and frequencies
ranging from 4.9 to 6.1 GHz or 2.3 to 2.7 GHz.
FEATURES
Each antenna contains three active antenna elements capable of transmitting
and receiving data
Antennas are MIMO-aware; the elements are polarized to maximize the
MIMO effectiveness
Antennas are easy to install and replace; wall- or pole-mountable
9.17
Wireless Solutions
434819
Description
Six dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz 3 dBi
FIPS 140-2 NIST-compliant, six
Indoor 900 MHz capable, three
antennas, one 900 MHz
staging antenna
PR28564V2-209174.tif
With outdoor MIMO-802.11n capabilities, dual radio, tri-band spectrum

2.4 GHz/4.9 GHz/5 GHz, 400 mW, wireless mesh node, five-meter North America AC
power cable, three RJ45 weatherized Ethernet connectors, documentation CD and
hardware installation guide. The 11n MIMO functionality requires purchase of
SW-7000-MIMO license.
PR28565V2-209175.tif
With indoor MIMO-802.11n capabilities, dual radio, tri-band spectrum

2.4 GHz/4.9 GHz/5 GHz, 400 mW, wireless mesh node, includes power supply
desktop brick 12 V DC, two-meter North America AC power cable, documentation CD
and hardware installation guide. The 11n MIMO functionality requires purchase of
SW-7000-MIMO license.

424454
7010
HOTPORT 7020 - OUTDOOR
Mesh
Firetide
(continued)
Firetide Antenna Assemblies for HotPort 7000

Mesh Nodes
90 SECTOR ANTENNAS
Includes BSA MIMO 3x3.
397481
AS90-024-MIMO-13
424823
AS90-055-MIMO-16-T
120 SECTOR ANTENNAS

Includes BSA MIMO 3x3.
397486
AS120-024-MIMO-11
397845
AS120-055-MIMO-15
Wireless Solutions
20 PATCH ANTENNA
403367
AP20-050-MIMO-19
OMNIDIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS
403365
AO-024-MIMO-8
414061
489200
AO-050-MIMO-9
AP5-050-MIMO-28
900 MHZ ANTENNAS

403369
AO-900-8
403370
AP40-900-12
PR29021V2-215016.tif
Description
90 sector antenna, 2.3-2.7 GHz,
3x13 dBi gain
Triple-polarized 90 sector antenna,
4.9-6.1 GHz, 3x16 dBi gain
424473
5100
Description
2.3-2.7 GHz, 3x11.5 dBi gain
Description
20 patch antenna, BSA MIMO 3x3,
4.9-6.1 GHz
Description
Omnidirectional BSA, MIMO 3x3,
2.3-2.7 GHz
Omnidirectional BSA, MIMO 3X3,
5 parabolic dish antenna 2x2 MIMO
4.9-6.1 capable
Description
900 MHz omnidirectional antenna,
8 dBi gain
900 MHz 12 dBi panel antenna (43 x
42 degree beamwidth)
Firetide HotPoint 5000 Series MIMO Access Points

FIRETIDE
Firetide HotPoint 5000 series MIMO wireless access points deliver a modular access
solution for large-scale, indoor and outdoor wireless networks. Their modular design
enables full network and software integration of the access points with a Firetide
wireless mesh network while at the same time permitting independent physical
placement directly connected to a wired network to provide optimal accessibility for
Wi-Fi clients.
FEATURES
Single-point network management for mesh and access points with
HotView Pro software
Create logical networks with varying levels of security, access and performance
Designed for Hot Spots - supports virtual APs and virtual AP groups
Advanced security and performance features (WPA and WEP encryption)
9.18
HOTPOINT 5000 SERIES - INDOOR
489199
AOI-245-MIMO-25
Description
HotPoint 5100 - Includes Firetide
MIMO access point, dual radio
802.11 a/b/g/n, 100 mW, AC to DC
power adapter with region-specific
power cable, six dual-band 2.4 GHz
and 5 GHz 3 dBi antennas for staging,
one RJ45 Ethernet cable
Six-port 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz dual-band
ceiling antenna with three 2.4 GHz
connectors and three
5 GHz connectors
HOTPOINT 5200 - OUTDOOR

424475
5200
PR29022V2-215017.tif
Description
Includes Firetide MIMO access point,
dual radio 802.11 a/b/g/n, 100 mW,
pole-mounting bracket, PoE injector,
one RJ45 Ethernet cable for staging,
one weatherized Ethernet kit, six
antennas for staging
Mesh
Firetide
Firetide HotPoint 4100 Access Points

FIRETIDE
Firetide HotPoint 4100 wireless access points deliver a modular access solution for
large-scale, indoor and outdoor wireless networks. Their modular design enables full
network and software integration of the access points with a Firetide wireless mesh
network while at the same time permitting independent physical placement directly
connected to a wired network to provide optimal accessibility for Wi-Fi clients.
FEATURES
Single-point network management for mesh and access points with
HotView Pro software
Create logical networks with varying levels of security, access and performance
Designed for Hot Spots - supports up to four virtual APs and virtual AP groups
Advanced security and performance features (WPA and WEP encryption)
High-power radios with up to 400 mW provide extended reach and penetration
HOTPOINT 4100 - INDOOR
PR21639V2-124465.tif
FEATURES
Unique flow control, traffic prioritization and network management capabilities
Ethernet Direct - allows interconnection with a 100 Mbps wired connection to
reduce hop counts
Mesh bridge integration - connect multiple mesh networks into a
single environment
End-to-end security - AES 128 or 256, WPA2 and/or WEP at 104/128 or
40/64 bits
Unmatched mobility - real-time video from moving vehicles with
seamless roaming
Highly flexible real-time mesh network management
Intuitive GUI interface
Single-point management of mesh and access products
HOTVIEW PRO MESH MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE
The electronic license includes integrated HotPort mesh and HotPoint access point
or stand-alone HotPoint access point.
Description
384862
3000-9000-ELE-10
Per 10 nodes
333051
3000-9000-ELE
Per 30 nodes

384861
4100
Description
Includes Firetide access point
(802.11 b/g, up to 400 mW), AC/DC
power-supply adapter, kit of
international plugs - USA, EU, UK, AUS,
two 2.4 GHz 5 dBi antennas,
management software
Firetide HotView Pro Management Software

FIRETIDE
PR21638V2-124464.tif
HotView Pro provides centralized management and control of single or multiple

Firetide mesh networks with an intuitive Web-based user interface. It is a
sophisticated, yet simple-to-use platform for configuring, monitoring and managing
HotPort mesh nodes, HotPoint access points and HotClient Customer Premises
Equipment (CPEs).
Firetide WLAN Controller

FIRETIDE
Focused on improving the reliability and availability of the WLAN system, Firetide
WLAN controllers bring in features like WLAN self-healing and intelligent data traffic
routing. With no licensing for AP scaling and features, the controller solution is
simple, flexible and ready to deploy. The controller features Firetide's wireless
platform software from their mesh product line that is highly optimized for
transporting high-performance applications such as video and voice over wireless.
FEATURES
Seamless L3 mobility
Auto AP discovery and offline configuration
Automatic channel management and assignment
WLAN self-healing
External LDAP server*
External authentication for captive portal users*
Captive portal account management*
External MAC-ACL list support with limit of 4,096 per VAP*
Remote AP support*
* Additional FWC 2000 feature not available in FWC 1000
9.19
Wireless Solutions
FIRETIDE MOBILITY CONTROLLER SOFTWARE

The electronic license includes integrated HotPort mesh and HotPoint access point
or stand-alone HotPoint access point.
Description
384864
SW-MC001-ELE-10
Per 10 nodes
384865
SW-MC001-ELE-30
Per 30 nodes
Mesh
Firetide
(continued)
Firetide WLAN Controller
FWC 1000
PR71143V2-559770.tif
Simplified configuration
Enhanced firmware upgrade
448366
FMC 2000
Description
Mobility controller for mobility up to
64 meshes, four 10/100/1000 Mbps
ports, one Ethernet RJ45 cable,
power supply desktop brick 12 V DC,
one 2 meter North America AC
power cable
Includes four 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, one Ethernet RJ45 cable, power supply
desktop brick 12 V DC, one 2 meter North America AC power cable.

448365
FWC 1000
Wireless Solutions
FWC 2000
Description
WLAN controller - for 50 access points
PR71142V2-559764.tif
Provides supports scaling up to 150 with stacking of three controllers, includes four
10/100/1000 Mbps ports, one Ethernet RJ45 cable, power supply desktop brick
12 V DC, one two-meter North America AC power cable.
D

448364
FWC 2000
Firetide HotClient 2100 Customer Premises Equipment (CPE)

FIRETIDE
Firetide HotClient 2100 customer premises equipment (CPE) provides a secure and
reliable solution for extending the reach of outdoor wireless mesh networks indoors.
HotClient CPE enables network operators deploying municipal and enterprise wireless
networks the ability to maintain optimal user experience and connectivity anywhere.
FEATURES
Centralized management via HotView Pro Network Management Software
Ability to configure and enforce service level agreements (SLA)
RADIUS server management
Built-in standards-based security features including: WEP2, AES 128/256,
RADIUS, SSID, MAC access control, NAT, VLAN and digital certificates
HOTCLIENT 2100 - INDOOR
PR21639V2-124465.tif
Description
Rack-mountable WLAN controller - for
50 access points
FMC 2000
FIRETIDE
PR71141V2-559758.tif

362296
2100
The Firetide mobility controller delivers high-speed infrastructure mobility and

seamless client roaming by converting existing static network into mobility-enabled
networks. This mobility solution offers multiple levels of redundancy, thereby
eliminating any single point of failure in the network and circumvents any temporary
RF impediments.
FEATURES
Supports up to 64 meshes, 2,048 static nodes, 1,024 static nodes
Single point for mobility configuration
Single point for monitoring
Network-wide views
9.20
Description
HotClient 2100 customer premises
equipment, indoor, includes Firetide
CPE (802.11 b/g, 400 mW), AC/DC
power supply adapter, kit of
international plugs - USA, EU, UK, AUS,
two 2.4 GHz 5 dBi antennas,
management software
Firetide Mounting Solutions

FIRETIDE
448477
MT-7100
Description
HotPort 7100 family indoor mounting
kit for wall, upright, ceiling and office
panel installation, 10 machine screws
Mesh
Firetide
Firetide Antenna Assemblies

FIRETIDE
PR13649V2-31811.tif
OMNIDIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS
344681
AO-050-N
403369
AO-900-8
333063
4000-1111
PANEL ANTENNAS
344687
AP-050-N
403370
AP40-900-12
Description
4.9 to 5.8 GHz omnidirectional
antenna with 10 dBi gain, 1.5 meter
LMR400 cable, lightning suppressor
with N-type connector and
pole-mount bracket
900 MHz omnidirectional antenna,
8 dBi gain
2.4 GHz omnidirectional antenna with
7.5 dBi gain, N-type connector, (for
HotPoint APs only)
Description
4.9 to 5.8 GHz subscriber panel
antenna with 23 dBi gain (21 dB gain
for 4.9 - 5.1), 1.5 meter
LMR400 cable, lightning suppressor
with N-type connector and
Az/E1 adjustable mount
900 MHz 12 dBi panel antenna (43 x
42 degree beamwidth)
SECTOR ANTENNAS
Includes 1.5 meter LMR400 cable and lightning suppressor with N-type connector.
Description
344730
AS-024-N
2.4 to 2.7 GHz 90 sector antenna with
15.5 dBi gain and tilt mount
344733
AS-050-N
4.9 to 5.8 GHz 90 sector antenna with
16 dBi gain and
elevation-adjustable mount
489204
489202
CB-C-050-N
CB-C-015-N-MIMO
489203
CB-C-025-N-MIMO
448476
CB-025-N-MIMO
Description
RF lightning arrestor
Antenna cable assembly,
1.5 m LMR-400
Antenna cable assembly, 5 m LMR-400
MIMO antenna cable assembly for
5200 and 7020. 3-in-1 bundled 1.5 m
LMR-400 cables
5200 and 7020. 3-in-1 bundled 2.5 m
LMR-400 cables
5200 and 7020. 3-in-1 bundled 2.5 m
LMR-400 cables with integrated
lightning suppressor N-type connector
Firetide Power Sources and Cables

FIRETIDE
344736
PO-010-N
378360
PO-010-E
369148
PO-010-U
448478
7020-1001
489198
7020-1002
REPLACEMENT PARTS
448473
SP-7200-03
448475
SP-7200-04
384871
SP-4100-01
403373
SP-2100-01
403375
SP-7200-02
403376
SP-7100-01
Description
7000 series outdoor-rated 10 m North
America AC power cable
7000 series outdoor-rated 10 m EU
and Korea AC power cable
7000 series outdoor-rated 10 m UK,
Singapore AC power cable
6-pin female DC power connector for
HotPort 7000 series
RF terminator - 50 ohms - N male
Description
7020 series replacement outdoor
clawtooth mounting kit
7020 series outdoor-rated
replacement 5 m North America
AC power cable
4100 series replacement indoor
AC/DC power supply adapter, kit of
international plugs - U.S., EU, UK, AUS
2100 series replacement indoor
AC/DC power supply adapter, kit of
international plugs - U.S., EU, UK, AUS
7020 series replacement weatherized
field-installable Ethernet
RJ45 connector
7010 series replacement indoor power
supply desktop brick 12 V DC
9.21
Wireless Solutions
Firetide antenna assembly kits are available in 2.4 GHz, 5.1 to 5.8 GHz and 4.9 GHz
public safety versions, omnidirectional, panel/patch and 90 sector antenna
configurations, providing antenna solutions to meet the needs of your deployment.
FEATURES
Firetide-certified antenna assembly
Outdoor antennas are unobtrusive so they blend with any environment
Sturdy attachment solutions with precise adjustments for optimal
antenna performance
Includes 1.5 meter LMR-400 cable, lightning suppressor and mounting solution
Indoor and outdoor configurations
ANTENNA CABLE ASSEMBLIES

489205
CB-LT-01
489201
CB-C-015-N
Ethernet and Wireless Supplies
Access Points
./
BAT Wireless Ethernet Access Points
Wireless Solutions
HIRSCHMANN
PR23808V2-168125.tif
Available in either DIN-rail or IP67/waterproof hard/pole mount, along with an

extensive antenna offering, the BAT wireless Ethernet devices offer 802.11a/b/g/n
connectivity via single or dual integrated radios.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 802.11b/g (2.4 GHz) and 802.11a/h/n (5 GHz)
2. Simultaneous 2.4/5 GHz communications and redundant WLAN
3. Up to 300 Mbps bandwidth using 802.11n
4. IEEE 802.11i and 802.1x security
5. Redundant 24 V DC power inputs (incl. IEEE 802.3af PoE support)
6. Redundant connections using RSTP
7. Built-in IP routing, fast roaming and firewall
8. Operating temperature of -30C to +50C
Contact
D your local sales representative for more information.
Bluesocket Virtual Wireless LAN

ADTRAN INC
The NetVanta 160 wireless access point is designed to extend a wireless reach to a
NetVanta-based network. Providing concurrent 802.11b/g and 802.11a radio support
at speeds up to 54 Mbps, this business-class access point fits the corporate
environment needing a secure, integrated WLAN solution. The Netvanta 160 and
161 Access Points radio support at speeds up to 300 Mbps. The auto-sensing
10/100BASE-T 802.3af-compliant Ethernet port can be used to power the unit,
expanding installation options by eliminating the need to be near a power outlet. The
robust, business-class security includes WPA and WPA2 and virtual access points
(VAPs) to securely segment the wireless network. It's hosted through a variety of
NetVanta Wi-Fi access controllers for a wide range of entry-level price points, flexible
connectivity options and the ability to be centrally managed.
Bluesocket is ADTRAN's vWLAN solution and is an industry-first virtualized wireless
LAN solution running on VMware. vWLAN enables cloud-based control and
management of the wireless LAN, providing maximum scalability, reliability
and security.
FEATURES
NetVanta 150 Wireless Access Point
- 802.11a/b/g and 802.11a/b/g/n dual-radio wireless access point
- Robust, business-class security including WPA and WPA2 support
- PoE support for flexible deployment
- Centrally manage multiple access points
- Managed by a NetVanta Wi-Fi access controller
- One 10/100BASE-T port with 802.3af-compliant PoE support
9.22
Bluesocket Virtual Wireless LAN (vWLAN)

- Eliminates all physical controller hardware
- Centralized, software-based control and management of all APs in any location
- Control and data plane separation, provides seamless failover with zero
packet loss
- Firewall and security policies at the access point ensure unwanted traffic
never enters the LAN
NETVANTA WAPs
Anixter No.
495936
Vendor No.
1700416F1
489633
1700417F1
BLUESOCKET APs
Anixter No.
488481
461604
Vendor No.
1951900G1
1700910F1
461611
1700911F1
488467
1700954F1
488469
1700955F1
488470
1700950F1
488472
1700951F1
488473
1700952F1
488475
1951901G1
488476
488477
488479
1700922F1
1700920F1
1700939F1
495979
495980
1700921F1
1951910G1
Description
NetVanta 160 wireless access
point, 802.11a/b/g/n, internal
MIMO antenna
NetVanta 161 wireless access
point, 802.11a/b/g/n, six external
RP-SMA connectors
Description
vWLAN VMware-ready software
Bluesocket 1800 indoor access
point, 802.11a/b/g/n, six internal
MIMO antennas
point, 802.11a/b/g/n, six external
RP-SMA connectors
point, internal antennas, dual
radio, 2x2:2
point, dual radio, 2x2:2,
external antennas
point, internal antennas, dual
radio, 3x3:3
point, dual radio,
3x3:3 external antennas
Bluesocket 1940 outdoor access
point, dual radio, 3x3:3
Access point vWLAN
software license
12 V external power supply
802.3af-compliant PoE injector
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz omni antennas
for the Bluesocket 1840
Suspended ceiling bracket
Unified User Access Control
Software for vWLAN
Antennas
MIMO PATCH ANTENNAS
./
802.11n MIMO Antennas
PR23723V2-174603.tif
TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
TerraWave Solutions has developed a full line of multiple-input, multiple-output
(MIMO) antennas designed to operate with a variety of manufacturers' access points
and support demanding applications in 802.11 and next-generation wireless
communications systems. Every TerraWave antenna is covered by their two-year
warranty program.
MIMO OMNIDIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS
PR23722V2-174612.tif
802.11n 2.4/5 GHz 6 dBi MIMO

374773
M6060060MP13602

399844
M6025040MO1D2402M
M6025045MO13602
399845
M6060060MO13602O
495796
M6060060MO1D33602
495797
M6060060MO1D33620
495798
M6060060MO1D43602
495799
M6060060MO1D3602O
495800
M6060060MO1D3620O
495801
M6060060MO1D3607O
M6060060MP1D43620
495803
M6060060MP1D43602
MIMO RUBBER DUCK ANTENNAS
PR23724V2-174615.tif
802.11n 2.44.9-5.85 GHz 2/3 dBi MIMO

374775
M7020030MR10002
Description
Rubber duck antenna with RPTNC
plug connectors
9.23
Wireless Solutions
374762
Description
802.11n 2.4/5 GHz 2.5/4 dBi
ceiling-mount mini MIMO
omnidirectional antenna with RPTNC
plug connectors
802.11n 2.4/5 GHz 2.5/4.5 dBi
ceiling-mount MIMO omnidirectional
antenna with RPTNC plug connectors
802.11n 2.4/5 GHz 6 dBi outdoor
MIMO omnidirectional antenna with
RPTNC plug connectors
MIMO omnidirectional antenna,
three dual-band leads with RPTNC
plug connectors
MIMO omnidirectional antenna,
three dual-band leads with RPSMA
plug connectors
MIMO omnidirectional antenna, four
dual-band leads with RPTNC
plug connectors
MIMO omnidirectional antenna, six
dual-band leads with RPTNC
plug connectors
dual-band leads with RPSMA
plug connectors
dual-band leads with N-style
plug connectors
495802
Description
Patch antenna with RPTNC
plug connectors
Quad patch antenna with RPSMA
plug connectors
Quad patch antenna with RPTNC
plug connectors
Antennas
399889
M6020045O23602S
Omnidirectional Antennas
TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
FIBERGLASS OMNIDIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS
PR12212V2-22282.tif
Wireless Solutions
TerraWave's fiberglass omnidirectional antennas are designed for indoor and

outdoor wireless local area networks. The antennas feature a UV-stable, vented
radome that provides sustainability against extreme weather conditions. These
antennas can be mast- or wall-mounted with the included mounting bracket. Every
TerraWave antenna is covered by their two-year warranty program.
Anixter No.
326576
326577
326578
326579
326580
342401
342402
342403
342406
Vendor No.
T24040O10006
T24060O10006
T24080O10006
T24100O10006
T24120O10006
T58060O10006
D
T58080O10006
T58100O10006
T58120O10006
Description
2.4 GHz 4 dBi
2.4 GHz 6 dBi
2.4 GHz 8 dBi
2.4 GHz 10 dBi
2.4 GHz 12 dBi
5.7 to 5.85 GHz 6 dBi
5.7 to 5.85 GHz 8 dBi
5.7 to 5.85 GHz 10 dBi
5.7 to 5.85 GHz 12 dBi
CEILING-MOUNT OMNIDIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS
399894
M6030030O13602
495874
M6030030O13620
399898
M6040060O2D1802R
495875
M6025040MO1D3620P
495876
M6025040MO1D3602P
495877
M6025040MO1D3620T
495878
M6025040MO1D3602T
PR23714V2-174586.tif
Description
2.4/5.1 to 5.85 GHz 2/4.5 dBi
dual-band diversity omnidirectional
and screw mount
2.4/5.1 to 5.85 GHz 3 dBi dual-band
ceiling-mount omnidirectional
2.4/5.1 to 5.85 GHz 3 dBi dual-band
antenna with RPSMA plug connectors
2.4/5.1 to 5.85 GHz 4/6 dBi
dual-band ceiling-mount
omnidirectional antenna with right
angle RPTNC plug connectors and
screw mount
2.4/5 GHz 2.5/4 dBi mini MIMO
and plenum cable
2.4/5 GHz 2.5/4 dBi mini MIMO
and plenum cable
2.4/5 GHz 2.5/4 dBi micro MIMO
and plenum cable
2.4/5 GHz 2.5/4 dBi micro MIMO
and plenum cable
Patch and Panel Antennas

TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
PANEL ANTENNAS
PR28554V2-208961.tif
TerraWave offers various styles of indoor omnidirectional antennas, perfectly suited

for in-building wireless application systems. Every TerraWave antenna is covered by
their two-year warranty program.

399885
M7025025O23602T
399887
M7025040O23602MT
342419
M6020045O23602
9.24
Description
2.4/4.9-5 GHz 2.5 dBi diversity
omnidirectional antenna with RPTNC
plug connector
2.4/4.9-5 GHz 2.5/4 dBi diversity
mini omnidirectional antenna with
RPTNC plug connector
2.4/5.1 to 5.85 GHz 2/4.5 dBi
dual-band diversity omnidirectional
and ceiling tile clips
TerraWave's panel antennas provide large horizontal beamwidths which are perfect
for a variety of outdoor wireless applications. Every TerraWave antenna is covered by
their two-year warranty program.

326584
T24130P10006GT
Description
2.4 GHz 13 dBi panel antenna with
N-style jack connector
Antennas
326585
T24190P10006GT
399875
M6070070P13602O
SECTOR PANEL ANTENNAS
Description
2.4 GHz 19 dBi panel antenna with
N-style jack connector
2.4/5 GHz 7 dBi panel antenna with
RPTNC connector
Antennas
OBERON INC
PR71149V2-559805.tif
Description
2.4 GHz 13.5 dBi 120 degree
2.4 GHz 15 dBi 90 degree
2.4 GHz 16 dBi 60 degree
4.9 to 5.85 GHz 16 dBi 120 degree
4.9 to 5.85 GHz 18 dBi 60 degree
Yagi Antennas
PR15350V2-36816.tif
TerraWave's yagi antennas are designed for directional applications in any frequency
range and feature high gain. Each antenna can be mounted in a horizontal or vertical
polarization and include heavy-duty steel mounting brackets. Every TerraWave
antenna is covered by their two-year warranty program.
Description
342389
T24100Y13602
2.4 GHz 10 dBi yagi antenna with
RPTNC plug connector
495884
M4080095Y11206
806-960/1710-2500 MHz 8/9.5 yagi
antenna with N-style jack connector
342415
T58150Y13602
5.7 to 5.85 GHz 15 dBi yagi antenna
with RPTNC plug connector
342417
T58175Y13602
5.7 to 5.85 GHz 17.5 dBi yagi
antenna with RPTNC plug connector
Aesthetic Wi-Fi and cellular antennas designed for installation in Oberon secure
ceiling and wall enclosures.
FEATURES
Dual-band Wi-Fi and cellular bands available
Color-matched to enclosures
Omnidirectional antenna pattern
Simple, secure installation
Offer superior pattern coverage
Install in Oberon enclosures for a cohesive, professional look
Aesthetic, professional installation
Minimize wireless downtime and interruptions
Description
481933
34-ZDUAL-RPTNC
Dual-band Wi-Fi antenna to mount
on enclosure doors,
RPTNC connector
481934
34-ZDUAL-RPSMAM
Dual-band Wi-Fi antenna to mount
on enclosure doors,
RPSMAM connector
481935
34-ZMIMO3X1
Dual-band Wi-Fi antenna, 3X1 for
MIMO access points, to mount on
enclosure doors
481936
34-ZMIMO6X1
enclosure doors
481937
34-MIMO
enclosure doors
481938
34-CELLULAR-PCS
Cellular antenna for in-building
wireless and DAS, to mount on
enclosure doors
481939
34-MULTICARRIER
Cellular and Wi-Fi antenna for
in-building wireless and DAS, to
mount on enclosure doors
9.25
Wireless Solutions
Vendor No.
T24135P10006120
T24140P10006-90
T24150P1000660
M5160160P10006
M5170170P1000660
TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
PR15360V2-36805.tif
The TerraWave panel antennas provide superior coverage for a variety of outdoor
wireless applications. Every TerraWave antenna is covered by their two-year warranty
program and includes the V-POL sector panel antenna with N-style jack connector.
Anixter No.
374695
374696
374697
374698
374700
Antennas
Wall-mounted Wireless Access Point Enclosures

OBERON INC
PR71144V2-559781.tif
CEILING ENCLOSURES WITH WAP - 2 FT. X 2 FT.

The model 1052-00 and 1059-00 series are deep enough for any access points with
non-detachable antennas, with an overall height of less than 5 3/4 in. It is designed
to accommodate access points from most manufacturers. This aesthetic, white
powder-coated steel enclosure has an impact-resistant, RF-transparent door, which
protrudes only 4 in. below the ceiling plane. The AP Enclosure is 18 in. x 18 in. x
2.6 in. deep, 17.5 lb. (not including access point). No ceiling tile cuts are required
for installation. UL Listed.
Description
441745
1052-00
With 12.5 in. x 12.5 in. x 4.5 in. box
441748
1059-00
With 14 in. sq. x 4 in. ABS dome
Wireless Solutions
Ceiling-mounted Wireless Access Point Locking Mounts

Oberon's 105X series ceiling-mounted wireless access-point enclosures are ideal for
conveniently and aesthetically securing WAPs in suspended-ceiling environments.
This series accommodates WAPS from most suppliers.
FEATURES
Fits into standard suspended-ceiling systems
Attractive, white powder-coated finish
UL Listed; designed to NEC paragraphs 300-22, 23 for use in plenum space
OSHPD-approved
Interchangeable doors permit simple migration to new WAPs, antennas
and technologies
Simplify NEC Code compliance; plenum rated enclosures eliminate
poke-throughs in ceiling tiles
Simply compliance with Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA) procedures in
health care D
Simply regulation compliance (PCI in retail, FIPS in federal government)
CEILING ENCLOSURES - 2 FT. X 2 FT.
The model 1052-00 series features a locking enclosure designed specifically for the
Cisco 1242, 1232, 1260 and 3500e and Aruba Networks AP-70 access points. The
enclosure accommodates most other manufacturers' access points with Oberon's
optional universal mounting plate. This aesthetic, white powder-coated steel
enclosure has openings in the door for up to seven antennas. No ceiling tile cuts are
required for installation. UL Listed and OSHPD approved.
Description
481668
1052-CCOAP
Standard door with holes for
six antennas
481909
1052-CCOANT
Door is designed to secure Cisco
AIR-ANT2451NV-R 6-in-1 antenna
481910
1052-ENT3610
Door is designed to secure
Enterasys 3610 WAP
481913
1052-AP105
Aruba Networks AP-105
481914
1052-AP135
Aruba Networks AP-135
481916
1059-MIMO
Door has mounting features for two
Oberon 3-in-1 MIMO antennas
441745
1052-00
With 12.5 in. x 12.5 in. x 4.5 in. box
441746
1052-HFHS-N
For Enterasys WAPs
9.26
OBERON INC
PR71145V2-559786.tif
Oberon's 106X series ceiling-mounted wireless access point locking mounts are ideal
for conveniently and aesthetically securing WAPs in suspended-ceiling environments.
This series accomodates WAPs from most suppliers.
FEATURES
Fits into standard suspended-ceiling systems
UL Listed, designed to NEC paragraphs 300-22, 23 for use in plenum space
OSHPD-approved
Model 1068-00 has interchangeable mounting brackets for most
suppliers' WAPs
Simplify NEC code compliance; plenum-rated mounting solutions eliminate
poke-throughs in ceiling tiles
Simplify compliance with Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA) procedures
in health care
Simplify regulation compliance (PCI in retail, FIPS in federal government)
Description
327223
1060-00
2 ft. x 2 ft. suspended ceiling, locking
mounting solution for Cisco 1130a/g WAPs
481917
1060-T
mounting solution for Cisco 1130a/g WAPs;
regular ceiling tile design
442123
1064-T
2 ft. x 2 ft. locking drop ceiling mount for
Cisco WAPs, tegular-style flange, 6 lb.
433683
1064-00
2 ft. x 2 ft. drop locking drop ceiling mount
for Cisco WAPs, 6 lb.
481918
1066-00
mounting solution for Aruba Networks
AP-135 WAPs
495676
1068-00
mounting solution for most suppliers' WAPs
Antennas
Workspace Telecom Enclosure (WTE)

OBERON INC
Retrofit/Dapter Doors for Oberon Wireless Access Point Enclosures

PR71147V2-559796.tif
PR71148V2-559801.tif
Oberon's 38-X series gives existing customers the cost-effective option of installing
new access points, antennas and technologies in the existing enclosure without
removing the enclosure from the ceiling.
FEATURES
Installs into Oberon Model 1052-00 2 ft. x 2 ft. locking ceiling tile enclosures
UL Listed, designed to NEC paragraphs 300-22, 23 for use in plenum space
OSHPD Approved
Simplify upgrades to new access points, antennas and technologies
Reduce upgrade costs and labor by keeping existing enclosure
Help to future-proof network installations
Description
481924
38-52-CCOANT
For Cisco antennas
495689
38-52-CCOAP
For Cisco 1140/3500/3600 wireless
access points
481926
38-52-ENT3610
For Enterasys 3610 wireless
access points
481927
38-52-AP105
For Aruba Networks AP105 wireless
access points
481928
38-52-AP135
For Aruba Networks AP135 wireless
access points
9.27
Wireless Solutions
Oberon's 107X and 108X series workspace telecommunications enclosures are

designed for ceiling or wall mounting in the workspace. These products accommodate
access points, DAS components, antennas, etc.
FEATURES
Enclosure must be supported by the building ceiling structural system, not
tile gridwork
UL listed and designed to satisfy NEC 300-22 and 300-23
Weight does not include internal equipment
Description
481919
1070-00
2 ft. x 2 ft. suspended
ceiling-mounted zone enclosure for
active components; highly
perforated door
441758
1072-00
22.5 in. x 22.5 in. x 4.5 in. ceiling
mounted workspace telecom
enclosure, 11.5 lb.
441924
1082-00
22 in. x 22 in. x 4 in. network
cabinet with ABS dome
OBERON INC
Enclosures
HARD-CAP CEILING ENCLOSURES
./
Ceiling Enclosures
PR23717V2-174571.tif
TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
CEILING TILE ENCLOSURES
PR28553V2-208959.tif
TerraWave's ceiling tile enclosures contain and protect an access point or an

antenna system in an aesthetically pleasing and stealthy solution within a
suspended ceiling. Suspended in a similar manner as the ceiling tile, they are
tethered by wire to the roof structure. Once installed, the AP is protected and hidden
from view and the enclosure is flush with the ceiling tile. Every TerraWave enclosure
is covered by their two-year warranty program.
Wireless Solutions

421431 TW-CTEN-P
374550
TW-CTEN-MIMO
399971
D
TW-CTEN2-MIMO
495885
TW-CTEN-2X2-1142U
495886
TW-CTEN-2X2-1142B
495887
TW-CTEN-2X2-A105T
399972
TW-CTENHC-MIMO
Description
24 in. x 12 in. x 7 in. ABS plastic ceiling
tile enclosure
24 in. x 14 in. x 6 in. ceiling tile
enclosure for 802.11n MIMO
access points
access points
24 in. x 24 in. x 1.5 in. ceiling tile
enclosure for the Cisco 1142, 3500 and
3600 series APs
24 in. x 24 in. x 1.5 in. bevel edge ceiling
tile enclosure for the Cisco 1142,
3500 and 3600 series APs
24 in. x 24 in. x 1.5 in. ceiling tile
enclosure for the Aruba AP 105
access points
TerraWave's 20 in. x 20 in. x 8 in. 802.11n multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO)

hard-cap ceiling enclosure protects and hides an 802.11n MIMO access point (AP)
in an aesthetically pleasing solution within a hard-cap ceiling, such as metal, sheet
rock, stucco or wood. Once installed, the enclosure is conveniently secured and
flush with the hard-cap ceiling. This enclosure is specifically designed to support
any TerraWave or Cisco 802.11n MIMO omnidirectional antenna. Every TerraWave
enclosure is covered by their two-year warranty program.
Anixter No.
399925
495888
Vendor No.
TW-HC-MIMO
TW-HC-MIMO-L
Description
For 802.11n MIMO access points
With key lock for 802.11n MIMO
access points
Metal Enclosures
TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
TerraWave's metal enclosures are commonly used in harsh environmental
surroundings and to protect wireless LAN equipment from damage caused by
tampering. These rugged enclosure solutions make it easy to mount and protect the
most commonly used radio equipment on the market today. They are constructed of
steel, making them extremely durable and perfect to protect wireless equipment from
severe outside elements. Every TerraWave enclosure is covered by their two-year
warranty program.
FLEX LINE - 12 IN. X 10 IN. X 6 IN.
PR23720V2-174604.tif
With key lock and zero to eight holes for jumpers.
Anixter No.
399927
399928
Vendor No.
T12106-KEY-S-8
T12106-KEY-W-8
Description
Includes solid door
Includes window
FLEX LINE - 14 IN. X 12 IN. X 6 IN.

With key lock and zero to eight holes for jumpers.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
399929
T14126-KEY-S-8 Includes solid door
399930
T14126-KEY-W-8 Include window
9.28
Enclosures
Polycarbonate Enclosures
TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
Polycarbonate enclosures are designed for outdoor or indoor use to protect wireless
equipment from outdoor elements and theft. These enclosures are durable, extremely
affordable and the lightest-weight enclosure solutions TerraWave offers. These
enclosures are available in three standard sizes, 12 in. x 10 in. x 6 in., 14 in. x 12 in.
x 6 in. and 18 in. x 16 in. x 10 in., two different locking options and either a solid or
clear door and can be configured to include power, heaters and fans. Every TerraWave
enclosure is covered by their two-year warranty program.
CLEAR DOOR
PR20502V2-77475.tif
Anixter No.
374555
Vendor No.
V12106-L-O-6
342565
V12106-C60-O-2
342566
V12106-C60-O-4
374556
V12106-C60-O-6
Description
With six holes for jumpers and
latch locks
With two holes for jumpers
and lock
With four holes for jumpers
and lock
With six holes for jumpers
and lock
For other options please call your local sales representative.
Wireless Access Point Enclosures for Drop (Suspended) Ceilings, WAPs

with Detachable Antenna
OBERON INC
Anixter No.
330994
Vendor No.
V12106-L-C-2
330995
V12106-L-C-4
374551
V12106-L-C-6
330996
V12106-C60-C-2
330997
V12106-C60-C-4
374552
V12106-C60-C-6
SOLID DOOR
Description
With two holes for jumpers and
latch locks
With four holes for jumpers and
latch locks
With six holes for jumpers and
latch locks
With two holes for jumpers
and lock
With four holes for jumpers
and lock
With six holes for jumpers
and lock
PR23728V2-174582.tif
2 FT. X 2 FT. DROP CEILING WAP ENCLOSURE
PR33650V2-248291.tif
The model 1052-00 wireless LAN access point enclosure is a locking enclosure
designed specifically for the Cisco 1242, 1232, 1260 and 3500e and Aruba
Networks AP-70 access points. The enclosure accommodates most other
manufacturers' access points with Oberon's optional universal mounting plate. This
aesthetic, white powder-coated steel enclosure has openings in the door for up to
seven antennas. No ceiling tile cuts are required for installation. UL Listed and
OSHPD approved.
Anixter No.
441745
Vendor No.
1052-00
Description
With 12.5 in. x 12.5 in. x
4.5 in. box
12 in. x 10 in. x 6 in. NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure
Anixter No.
421405
Vendor No.
V12106LOBASIC
342567
V12106-L-O-2
342569
V12106-L-O-4
Description
With no holes for jumpers and
latch locks
With two holes for jumpers and
latch locks
With four holes for jumpers and
latch locks
9.29
Wireless Solutions
12 in. x 10 in. x 6 in. NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure
FEATURES
Construction: 16-gauge backbox, 14-gauge door; textured white
powder-coated steel
Fully hinged locking door, keyed alike
Weight: 13 lb. (not including access point or antenna)
tile gridwork
Enclosures
(continued)
Wireless Access Point Enclosures for Drop (Suspended)

Ceilings, WAPs with Detachable Antenna
2 FT. X 2 FT. DROP CEILING ENCLOSURE
Vendor No.
1052-HFHS-N
Description
For Enterasys WAPs
Wireless Solutions
Wireless Access Point Enclosures for Drop (Suspended) Ceilings with

UL Classified ABS Domes
OBERON INC
PR33653V2-248300.tif
PR33651V2-248294.tif
The 1052-HFHS-N wireless LAN access point enclosure is a locking enclosure

designed for the Enterasys HiPath 2620, 3620, 3640 and similar 802.11a/b/g/n
access points with three connectors. This aesthetic, white powder-coated steel
enclosure has mounting features on the door for the dual-band three input 802.11n
antenna (Oberon part number 34-S24493TS36RSM). No ceiling tile cuts are required
for installation. UL Listed and OSHPD approved.
Anixter No.
441746
2 FT. X 2 FT. DROP CEILING WAP ENCLOSURE
The model 1059-00 wireless LAN access point ceiling tile enclosure is deep enough
for any access points with non-detachable antennas, with an overall height of less
than 5 3/4 in. It is designed to accommodate access points from most
manufacturers. This aesthetic, white powder-coated steel enclosure has an
impact-resistant, RF-transparent door, which protrudes only 4 in. below the ceiling
plane. The AP Enclosure is 18 in. x 18 in. x 2.6 in. deep, 17.5 lb. (not including
access point). No ceiling tile cuts are required for installation. UL Listed.
Anixter No.
441748
Vendor No.
1059-00
Description
With 14 in. sq. x 4 in. ABS dome
Wireless Access Point Mounts for Drop (Suspended) Ceilings for WAPs
with Integrated Antennas
OBERON INC
PR33654V2-248303.tif
FEATURES
16-gauge backbox, 14-gauge door; textured white powder-coated steel
enclosure, UL 94-5VA Classified ABS dome, OSHPD approved
tile gridwork
2 FT. X 2 FT. DROP CEILING ENCLOSURE
PR33652V2-248297.tif
The 1055-AN wireless LAN access point enclosure is a locking, 2 ft. x 2 ft. ceiling tile
enclosure designed specifically for the Aruba Networks access points with
non-detachable antennas (AP-65, AP-121, AP-125, AP-135). This aesthetic, white
powder-coated steel enclosure has an impact-resistant, RF-transparent dome that
extends only 4.5 in. below the ceiling plane with a fully hinged locking door, keyed
alike. The AP enclosure is 12.5 in. x 12.5 in. x 2.6 in. deep at 13 lb. (not including
access point or antenna), with a 16-gauge backbox and 14-gauge door frame. No
ceiling tile cuts are required for installation. De-rate upper operating temperature
limit from +50C to +40C when AP in the enclosure.
Anixter No.
441747
9.30
Vendor No.
1055-AN
Description
With ABS dome for Aruba
Networks WAPs
The 1064-00 wireless access point ceiling mount is designed to provide a secure,
convenient and aesthetic mounting solution for the Cisco 1140/1260/3500e/3500i
series 802.11n access points. This aesthetic, white powder-coated steel 2 ft. x 2 ft.
ceiling tile-like mount locks the access point in place with a patent-pending locking
mechanism. Access point moves, adds and changes can be performed without
removing the mount from the ceiling. No ceiling tile cuts are required for installation.
The model 1064-T features a 3/8 ft. bevel in the flange around the perimeter, to
match "tegular" ceiling tiles commonly used in new construction and renovations.
FEATURES
OSHPD approved, OPA #1638
Construction: 18-gauge textured white powder-coated steel, 16-gauge
aluminum backbox
tile gridwork
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
433683
1064-00
2 ft. x 2 ft. drop locking drop
ceiling mount for Cisco WAPs, 6 lb.
442123
1064-T
2 ft. x 2 ft. locking drop ceiling
mount for Cisco WAPs,
tegular-style flange, 6 lb.
Enclosures
Domed Wireless Ceiling Enclosure

Large Wireless Wall-mount Enclosures

PR9865V2-9758.tif
WITH PLEXI WINDOW
Anixter No.
251026
PR9862V2-24964.tif
Vendor No.
AAT-WMESG-P
WITH SOLID DOOR
Anixter No.
251025
Description
Large wall-mounted enclosure
with plexi window
PR9863V2-24961.tif
Vendor No.
AAT-WME-P
Description
Large wall-mounted enclosure
with solid door
9.31
Wireless Solutions
The AAT-ACE-DOME is a ceiling-mount enclosure for wireless access points designed

for use in open office spaces. AAT-ACE-DOME replaces a single 2 ft. x 2 ft.
drop-ceiling tile. The opaque dome is 14 in. in diameter and projects 6.5 in. below
the drop ceiling. The dome is mounted on a fully hinged locking door providing easy
access to equipment and cables for authorized technicians only.
FEATURES
Features one 3/4 in. H x 3 in. W edge-protected cable-access port with approved
foam sealing kit
Includes removable 6 7/8 in. L x 8 7/8 in. W equipment mounting plate
predrilled for various wireless transmitters
Includes two sets of standoffs to adjust the height of the mounting plate within
the dome
Dome: 6.5 in. high, 14 in. diameter, white plastic
Product weight: 10.5 lb.
Customer must provide threaded rod and installation hardware
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251030
AAT-ACE-DOME
23.75 in. L x 23.75 in. W x 3 in. D,
sheet aluminum, white

The AAT-WMESG-P and AAT-WME-P are wall-mounted enclosures for wireless
transmitters designed for warehouse, manufacturing/light industrial and exterior
use. A single front door provides access to equipment. The door is attached with a
continuous steel hinge and secured by padlock through two stainless steel padlock
hasps. A gasket seals the interior at closure.
FEATURES
Enclosure is completely sealed; customer drills hole to fit application
Removable interior back plate predrilled for wireless transmitters
Secure enclosure uses two padlocks, 3/8 in. maximum shackle diameter,
not included
Available with a plexi window in the door or a solid door
Enclosure: fiberglass reinforced polyester, white
Window and back plate: acrylic plastic
Product weight: 7.5 lb.
Enclosure: 15.5 in. H x 13.5 in. W x 6 in. D
The interior of the enclosure is 5 in. deep
Maximum equipment size is 13.5 in. x 11.5 in. x 5 in.
Customer must provide installation hardware
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13
Enclosures
Ceiling-mounted Wireless Access Point Enclosures

PR23427V2-164903.tif
Anixter No.
318615
374823
374824
Vendor No.
Description
AAT-CAP-S-UNI-KIT AAT-CAP-S enclosure with
universal faceplate
AAT-CAP-S-1232-KIT AAT-CAP-S enclosure with
faceplate for Cisco Aironet 1232
AAT-CAP-S-1242-KIT AAT-CAP-S enclosure with
faceplate for Cisco Aironet 1242
PANZONE Wireless Access Point Enclosure
Wireless Solutions
PANDUIT
Wireless ceiling enclosures provide a secure, enclosed space for wireless access
points, routers and the network connections for these devices. Ceiling enclosures are
placed above the acoustical ceiling. Equipment mounts to the enclosure door for easy
access. The faceplate on the door can be changed to match equipment. The door is
flush with the ceiling when in the closed position. Holes in the doors allow antennas
to project below the ceiling.
FEATURES
Several styles available
Fits within a 2 ft. x 2 ft. acoustical ceiling tile
Includes foam to seal the cable-access port
Made of strong, lightweight aluminum
WIRELESS CEILING ENCLOSURES WITHOUT FACEPLATES
Anixter No. D
Vendor No.
Description
261044
AAT-CAP
14.5 in. L x 12 in. W x
10 in. D, white
318608
AAT-CAP-10-P
14.5 in. L x 12 in. W x 13 in. D,
white, with junction box
288054
AAT-CAP-S
14.5 in. L x 12 in. W x
5 in. D, white
FACEPLATES
Anixter No.
261048
318609
374813
Vendor No.
AAT-CAP-00
AAT-CAP-UNI
AAT-CAP-1232
374814
AAT-CAP-1242
ASSEMBLED KITS
Anixter No.
318610
Vendor No.
AAT-CAP-00-KIT
318611
395879
395872
318614
9.32
Description
Blank faceplate, white
Universal faceplate
Faceplate for Cisco
Aironet 1232, white
Faceplate for Cisco
Aironet 1242, white
Description
AAT-CAP enclosure with blank
(solid) faceplate
AAT-CAP-UNI-KIT AAT-CAP enclosure with
universal faceplate
AAT-CAP-1232-KIT AAT-CAP enclosure with faceplate
for Cisco Aironet 1232
AAT-CAP-1242-KIT AAT-CAP enclosure with faceplate
for Cisco Aironet 1242
AAT-CAP-S-00-KIT AAT-CAP-S enclosure with blank
(solid) faceplate
PR11966V2-21717.tif
FEATURES
Specifically designed for use with Cisco and other popular wireless
access points
Lockable enclosure protects against tampering, vandalism and theft
Complies with UL 2043
Door knockouts allow multiple antenna configurations
Optional ceiling bracket kit allows enclosure to be mounted in the ceiling for
design flexibility and optimum wireless coverage
Optional 2 ft. x 2 ft. ceiling-bracket kit eliminates cutting the ceiling tile
because bracket replaces standard 2 ft. x 2 ft. ceiling tile
PANZONE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ENCLOSURES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
492808
PZWC35E
For Cisco Aironet 1260 and 3500E
series wireless access points. UL
2043 rated
433670
PZWC35I
For Cisco Aironet 1140 and
3500 series, integral ceiling
tile enclosure
433664
PZWC35
3500 series, wall- or
ceiling-mount enclosure
373093
PZWIFIEN
For Cisco Aironet 1250 series
373094
PZWIFIENA
utilizing Cisco patch antennas
(AIR-ANT5140V-R
and/or AIR-ANT2430V-R)
305896
PZWIFIE
323385
PZWIFIED
1240 series
348528
PZWIFIEA
For Cisco Aironet 1200, 1230 and
1240 series utilizing Cisco patch
antennas (AIR-ANT5145V-R
and/or AIR-ANT5959)
Enclosures
Anixter No.
323383
443511
Vendor No.
PZWIFIEW
PZWIFIER
351802
PZWIFIEH
CEILING-BRACKET KITS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
305893
PZWIFICB
323386
PZWIFIDCB
330748
PZW2X2CB
330749
PZW2X2DCB
Description
For Aruba AP-124 and
AP-125 series
For HP ProCurve 420, Foundry
IP200 and Enterasys
RBT-4102 series
Description
Ceiling-bracket kit for PZWIFIE
and PZWIFIEW
Ceiling-bracket kit for PZWIFIEN,
PZWIFIENA, PZWIFIED,
PZWIFIEA, PZWIFIEH
2 ft. x 2 ft. ceiling-bracket kit for
PZWIFIE and PZWIFIEW
2 ft. x 2 ft. ceiling-bracket kit for
PZWIFIEN, PZWIFIENA, PZWIFIED,
PZWIFIEA and PZWIFIEH
PANDUIT
PR24086V2-174663.tif
WIRELESS ENCLOSURES DESIGNED FOR TRADITIONAL AC POWER APPLICATIONS

External dimensions: 15.50 in. H x 13.50 in. W x 6.25 in. D; Internal dimensions:
13.53 in. H x 11.55 in. W x 5.94 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
349321
PZNWE14
Includes UTP connectivity kit
399993
PZNWE14S
Includes shielded connectivity kit
NEMA 4X RATED FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
399994
PZNF1
Rated compression fitting, ideal
for cable diameters of 0.115 in. to
0.250 in.
361217
PZNF2
0.395 in.
399995
PZNF3
0.450 in.
361216
PZNDVK
Drain and vent kit
FEATURES
NEMA 4X and IP66 rating protects against corrosion, windblown dust and rain,
splashing water and hose-directed water
Universal design accommodates the most popular wireless access points
including Cisco Aironet 1200, 1230, 1240, 1250 and 1300 Series
Fiberglass construction and aluminum mounting plate allows quick and easy
access point installation
UL 508A Listed and approved
Includes preconfigured mounting template
Provisions for padlocks to protect against tampering and theft
Optional NEMA 4X-rated fittings available in various sizes
Optional NEMA 4X drain and vent kit
Connectivity accessory kit (included): two-position outlet box, MINI-COM
TX6 PLUS Jack Module, TX6 PLUS Patch Cord, silicone sealant and
grounding cable
Shielded connectivity accessory kit also available
9.33
Wireless Solutions
PANZONE NEMA 4X and IP66-rated Wireless Access Point Enclosures
WIRELESS ENCLOSURES DESIGNED FOR POWER OVER ETHERNET APPLICATIONS

External dimensions: 13.56 in. H x 13.47 in. W x 6.56 in. D; Internal dimensions:
11.70 in. H x 11.70 in. W x 6.29 in. D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
361215
PZNWE12
Includes UTP connectivity kit
399992
PZNWE12S
Includes shielded connectivity kit
Enclosures
Wireless Enclosure Solutions
Anixter No.
374634
Vendor No.
WAPE10-DOME
374635
WAPE10-UNIKIT
WIREMOLD
OVERHEAD WIRELESS ACCESS POINT BRACKET
PR20503V2-77483.tif
Description
24 in. x 24 in. x 10 in. with 14 in.
diameter by 6.5 in. deep
transmission dome
24 in. x 24 in. x 10 in., universal kit for
use with most wireless access points
NONMETALLIC ACCESS POINT MOUNTING ENCLOSURE PR20505V2-77487.tif
The new Overhead Wireless Access Point Mounting Bracket provides a secure
support for mounting wireless access points in overhead applications. The bracket
can be mounted directly to basket tray or threaded rod, or to threaded rod attached
to cable tray. Wireless access points mounted in the Overhead Wireless Access Point
Mounting Bracket can be located for high visibility, convenience and optimal Wi-Fi
signal coverage.
Wireless Solutions
Anixter No.
316246
Vendor No.
WAPBRKT
Description
Overhead access bracket, 12 3/4 in.
long x 9 1/2 in. wide x 3 1/8 in.
deep opening
WIRELESS ACCESS POINT CEILING ENCLOSURE
The Nonmetallic Access Point Mounting Enclosure conceals wireless access points
in a durable UL/C(UL) Listed enclosure. Designed to provide a permanent location
for wireless connectivity hardware within the communications infrastructure of a
building, the enclosure can be easily secured to any structure allowing optimal Wi-Fi
signal coverage to adjacent spaces while supporting industry-standard PoE (Power
over Ethernet).
Anixter No.
316245
Vendor No.
NMAPME
PR20504V2-77479.tif
VISTA WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ENCLOSURE
The new Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosure provides a secure enclosure for
mounting wireless access points into a grid ceiling system. The enclosure provides a
permanent location that will accommodate wireless access points from most
leading manufacturers. Designed for easy assembly, the enclosure can be fully
assembled into a ceiling tile on a regular work surface before being installed into
the overhead ceiling grid system. The cover, which is also removable, has knockouts
that can accept a variety of antenna configurations. The enclosure is constructed of
lightweight aluminum and painted with a textured white powder-coat finish to blend
aesthetically with most ceiling finishes. Specific kits to mount the most popular
wireless access points are available as well as custom enclosure sizes.
Anixter No.
316247
324309
374631
Vendor No.
WAPENCL
WAPENCL-24-24-4
WAPE10-1200KIT
374632
WAPE10-1232KIT
374633
WAPE10-1242KIT
9.34
Description
12 in. x 4 in. x 12 in.
24 in. x 24 in. x 4 in.
24 in. x 24 in. x 10 in., for use with
Cisco Aironet 1200
Cisco Aironet 1232
Cisco Aironet 1242
Description
Nonmetallic access point
mounting enclosure, 13 1/4 in.
high x 7 3/4 in. wide x 2 1/2 in.
deep interior
PR20506V2-77490.tif
The Vista Series provides a means for integrating the access points necessary for
wireless connectivity into a communications infrastructure of a building. Access
points installed in a Vista column can be located throughout an office space to
provide optimal Wi-Fi signal coverage in a secure, yet accessible, environment
having built-in connectivity and power options. In addition, the wireless access point
enclosure is also available as an option with many of the large-frame Vista column
configurations to take advantage of the full range of Vista aesthetic and
functional capabilities.
Anixter No.
354244
Vendor No.
VLWAP
Description
Vista wireless access
point enclosure
Accessories
./
Access Point Mount

TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
PR23711V2-174607.tif

399974
TW-UMB-BR1300KIT1
Description
Articulating access point mount for
Cisco BR1300
Index1.Networking Systems//Wireless LAN//Adapters
In-building Site Survey Kit

TERRAWAVE SOLUTIONS
PR12205V2-22261.tif
Wireless Solutions
Designed to provide cutting-edge survey capabilities, the In-building Site Survey Kit is
complete with accessories crucial to performing professional site surveys. Complete
kits are available in 802.11a/b/g and 802.11n.
All kits include a variety of essential site survey tools including one or more of the
following products: Cisco Access Point, cardbus adapter, a variety of TerraWave
antennas including rubber duck, indoor omnidirectional and patch antennas,
TerraWave Site Survey Battery Pack, TerraWave RJ45 green (802.3af) PoE cable,
TerraWave RJ45 green (Cisco) PoE cable, TerraWave power supply for battery pack,
TerraWave travel case with custom foam cutout, measuring wheel, 50 access point
marking locators, duct tape, zip ties, Velcro, pens, colored tape and other accessories.
FEATURES
Designed for high-caliber site survey professionals
Airline-approved travel case
Wheels and handle for easy transport
Description
495935
SSKBASIC1
Site survey basic kit
326518
SSKMINI-01-TW
Site survey essentials kit
326520
SSK-001-TW
Semi-loaded site survey kit
with antenna
326521
SSK-005-TW
Totally loaded 802.11a/b/g kit
399863
SSK-001-TW-MIMO
MIMO site survey essentials kit
399864
SSK-005-TW-MIMO
MIMO totally loaded site survey kit
9.35
Smart Grid Solutions

Data Center Solutions
Infrastructure Solutions (Inside the Substation)
Structured Cabling Solutions
Power and Cooling Solutions
Wire and Cable Products
Copper and optical cabling

Preterminated solutions
Intelligent patching
Power distribution units (PDU)

Intelligent power strips
Uninterrupted power supplies (UPS)
Passive, precision
and in-row cooling solutions
Control and power cable

Medium voltage (5 kV to 35 kV)
Grounding and bare copper cables
Hook-up and lead wire
Instrumentation
and thermocouple cables
Specialty wire and cable products
Accessories
Racks, cabinets and shelving

Cable management
Overhead duct and ladder rack
Management and Monitoring Solutions
TZ Praetorian Cabinet Locking System

KVM switches and console managers
Environmental monitoring
and management products
CSU/DSU
Security Solutions
Video surveillance
Access control
Biometrics
Sensors, contacts, motion detectors
Intercoms
IR illuminators
Media converters
Network servers, switches
and storage
Wireless transmission systems
Fiber and copper
transmission systems
Industrial Communication Products
Industrial Ethernet cabling

and connectivity
Smart Meter
Distribution
Substation
Collection
Substation
Transmission
Substation
Industrial ber
(preterminated and bulk)
Industrial-rated active
networking components
Industrial-rated gateway products
Support and Supply Products
Cable management
Terminations, splices and lugs
Grounding products
Enclosures
Substation at
Power Producer
Third-Party
Communications
Service Provider
Data Center
Residential Power
Users
Industrial Power
Users
10 Wind Farm
11 Solar Power
10
8
2
1
4
11
Cable Legend
Copper
Power
10
Networking Products
Fiber Integration
Made Easy.
My network is constantly evolving to meet the broadening range of capabilities and requirements that
my company demands. One technology, one cookie-cutter approach or the same old way of doing things
is yesterdays network. With a history of reliability and quality, Transition Networks offers a vast portfolio
of ber integration products that allow network managers like me to adapt and harness the performance
advancements required for today, while leveraging my legacy equipment and keeping an eye on the
technologies of the future. Transition Networks provides peace of mind for me and my network.
www.transition.com/easy
24 hours/7 days a week
support worldwide
+1-952-941-7600
info@transition.com
YOUR NETWORK. OUR CONNECTION.
Switches
Transition Networks
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Frame Switching//Stackables
Index1.Networking Systems//Frame Switching//Chassis/Modules
Unmanaged Stand-alone Switches
Networking Products
TRANSITION NETWORKS
10/100/1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet Switches

pr5602V2-13708.tif
Transition Networks' 10/100 Mbps switches are auto-sensing and allow for the
seamless integration of 100 Mbps connections while preserving network bandwidth.
Each switch combines performance and functionality with a space-saving
desktop design.
FEATURES
Auto-negotiating for full or half duplex
Flow control and back pressure
Store and forward switching mode
All ports Auto MDI/MDIX
Ruggedized metal chassis
Full wire-speed switching on all ports
Description
237959 MIL-S500
5-port 10/100BASE-TX unmanaged
D
micro switch
242349 MIL-S800
8-port 10/100BASE-TX unmanaged switch
373012 MIL-S4800
48-port 10/100BASE-TX unmanaged switch
with two Gigabit ports
484249 S24TXA
compact switch
TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR20356V2-492332.tif
With Gigabit Ethernet rapidly gaining demand in the network, administrators are
demanding higher-density 10/100/1000 Mbps switches. Transition's Gigabit Ethernet
Workgroup switches deliver eight or 24 ports of Gigabit Ethernet. These reliable
switches deliver exceptional performance. Whether you need 10BASE-TX, 100BASE-TX
or 1000BASE-T, these switches are ready to run with any version of Ethernet over
copper cabling.
UNMANAGED COPPER SWITCHES
339003 MIL-S8TA
Description
8-port 10/100/1000BASE-T unmanaged
switch with internal power supply
UNMANAGED COPPER SWITCHES WITH SFP SLOTS

Description
335243 MIL-S24T2GPA
switch and two combo SFP ports
10/100/1000 Multilayer Managed Switches

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR34413V2-492356.tif
8-port Switch with Internal Power Supply

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR20357V2-492335.tif
The industry's smallest 8-port switch with an internal power supply, Transition's
MIL-S800i auto-negotiates 10/100 Mbps connections for fast and simple switching in
workgroup, small office and home environments.
Description
385371 MIL-S800I-V2
compact switch with an internal
power supply
10.2
The MIL-SM4004TG is a managed, 4-port Gigabit Ethernet switch with auto-sensing

10/100/1000 ports plus four combo small form pluggable (SFP) ports. The combo
SFP ports enable fiber connectivity through four hot-swappable, small form
factor-pluggable Gigabit interfaces. In addition, the 1U rack-mount form factor uses
less rack space and provides a lower per-port cost than comparable Gigabit Ethernet
switches. The MIL-SM24T4DPA is ideal for high-performance server aggregations such
as enterprise data centers and high-speed work groups. This managed Layer 2 switch
offers (24) 10/100/1000 ports and four dual-speed combo ports.
Description
374559 MIL-SM4004TG
4-port 10/100/1000BASE-T managed and
four dual-speed 100/1000 SFP/RJ45 ports
484253 SM8T2DPA
two dual-speed 100/1000 SFP/RJ45 ports
423401 MIL-SM24T4DPA
four dual-speed 100/1000 SFP/RJ45 ports
Switches
Transition Networks
10/100 Industrial Unmanaged Switches

TRANSITION NETWORKS
Industrial Managed Switches

PR23265V2-492350.tif
PR23264V2-492347.tif
Eliminate EMI and RFI issues and overcome distance limitations with copper-based
cabling by using an industrial media converter or switch. Transition Networks'
industrial products are hardened devices designed to reliably operate in harsh
environments such as those found on factory floors, outdoor enclosures or other
hazardous environments. Advanced features include AutoCross, Auto-negotiation,
dry-contact relays and redundant DC power inputs.
Description
351903 SISTM1010-180-LRT 8-port 10/100BASE-TX industrial managed
switch, 40C to +75C operating temp.
switch to two 100BASE-FX ports, 1300 nm,
MM, ST, 2 km, -40C to +75C
operating temp.
MM, SC, 2 km, -40C to +75C
operating temp.
SM, SC, 20 km, -40C to +75C
operating temp.
419370 SISGM1040-244-LRT 4-port 10/100/1000BASE-T industrial
managed switch and four 100/1000 SFP
combo ports, -10C to +75C
operating temp.
406741 SISGM1040-262D-LR 6-port 10/100/1000BASE-T industrial
managed switch and two 100/1000 SFP
combo ports, -10C to +50C
operating temp.
10.3
Networking Products
Eliminate EMI and RFI issues and overcome distance limitations with copper-based
cabling by using an industrial media converter or switch. Transition Networks'
industrial products are hardened devices designed to reliably operate in harsh
environments such as those found on factory floors, outdoor enclosures or other
hazardous environments. Advanced features include AutoCross, Auto-negotiation,
dry-contact relays and redundant DC power inputs. Operating temperature: -40 C
to +75 C.
Description
423402 SISTF1010-250-LRT 5-port 10/100BASE-TX industrial
unmanaged switch
unmanaged switch
373485 SISTF1040-162D-LRT 16-port 10/100BASE-TX industrial
unmanaged switch and two SFP-based
Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports
373905 SISTP1013-141-LRT 4-port 10/100BASE-TX industrial
unmanaged switch with PoE to
100BASE-FX, 1300 nm, MM, SC, 2 km
373906 SISTP1014-141-LRT 4-port 10/100BASE-TX industrial
unmanaged switch with PoE to
100BASE-FX, 1310 nm, SM, SC, 20 km
unmanaged switch to one 100BASE-FX,
1300 nm, MM, ST, 2 km
1300 nm, MM, SC, 2 km
1300 nm, SM, SC, 2 km
TRANSITION NETWORKS
Switches
Transition Networks
Industrial Managed Substation-rated Switches

TRANSITION NETWORKS
Transition Network's Indura series of industrial, managed switches provide fully
hardened solutions designed to operate reliably in harsh environments. The switch is
designed to meet IEC 61850-3, ATEX Zone 2 and UL Class 1 Div 2. Indura offers
advanced industrial Ethernet management, redundancy and security features coupled
with rugged hardware performance for industrial or outdoor environment applications
requiring high reliability and availability. Its four Gigabit SFP ports allow maximum
flexibility in a wide range of fiber supported network architectures, including:
electrical substations, smart grid, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), mining
and petrochem.
Description
484183 IND-3280-L
4-port 10/100/1000BASE-T industrial
managed switch
484185 IND-3284-L
7-port 10/100/1000BASE-T industrial
managed switch
Networking Products
Remotely Managed PoE Switches

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR20347V2-492329.tif
This switch series is fully compatible with devices that comply with the IEEE 802.3af
Standard and is capable of inserting power on the data pairs of the MDI to provide
power to PD devices like network cameras and wireless access points. Management
features include port-based, dynamic and static VLANs, GVRP, VLAN Tagging, IGMP
Snooping, port mirroring, port security and virtual IP stacking.
Description
351798 MIL-SM8TXAF2GPA 8-port 10/100BASE-TX remotely-managed
switch with PoE and two dual-speed
100/1000BASE-X SFP ports
461763 SM8TAF2DPA
8-port 10/100/1000BASE-T
remotely-managed switch with PoE and two
dual-speed 100/1000BASE-X SFP ports
474195 MIL-SM24TAF4GPA 20-port 10/100/1000BASE-T
remotely-managed switch with PoE and
four dual-speed 100/1000BASE-X
SFP/RJ45 ports
386916 SISPM1040-182D-LRT 8-port 10/100/1000BASE-T
remotely-managed switch with PoE and two
dual-speed 100/1000BASE-X SFP ports,
-40C to +65C operating temp.
484188 SISPM1040-384-LRT 8-port 10/100/1000BASE-TX
remotely-managed switch with PoE+ and
four Gigabit Ethernet SFP ports, -40C to
+70C operating temp.
10.4
Switches
ADTRAN Inc.
./
NetVanta Layer 2 Switches

ADTRAN INC
PR23812V2-174061.tif
NETVANTA MANAGED LAYER 2 SWITCHES

Description
490773 1702594G1
NetVanta 1234 2nd generation, 24-port
managed Layer 2 Fast Ethernet switch and
four SFP slots
490928 1702595G1
NetVanta 1234 PoE 2nd generation,
24-port managed Layer 2 Fast Ethernet
switch with PoE (802.3af) and four
SFP slots
490931 1702598G1
managed Layer 2 Fast Ethernet switch and
four SFP slots
490929 1702599G1
SFP slots
420889 1702590G1
managed Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet switch
and four SFP slots
374349 1702591G1
28-port managed Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet
SFP slots

ADTRAN INC
PR23813V2-174059.tif
Within the LAN environment, a Layer 3 switch makes intelligent switching decisions
based on the OSI Layer 3 source and destination addresses, similar to that of a
router. A standard Layer 2 switch relies on the MAC addresses to make switching
decisions. The fundamental difference between the two is that a Layer 3 switch offers
more performance than that of a standard Layer 2 switch.
NetVanta Layer 3 switches combine performance, reliability and security. These
switches are perfect for Gigabit to the desktop applications or as an aggregator switch
routing between VLANs, therefore segmenting data and voice and offering additional
security. In addition, these NetVanta Layer 3 switches offer the optional
802.3af-compliant and legacy PoE requirements to power LAN devices.
FEATURES
Provides affordable solutions to support today's bandwidth-intensive
network applications
Quality of service (QoS) capabilities support mission-critical applications such
as VoIP
LLDP/LLDP-MED further aids in management by discovering neighboring devices
and IP phones
Cable diagnostics to identify cable plant problems like an open or a short in a
twisted pair
Wi-Fi access controller managing up to 24 ADTRAN wireless access
points (WAPs)
NETVANTA MANAGED LAYER 3 SWITCHES
Description
420888 1702544G1
managed Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet switch
and four SFP slots
10.5
Networking Products
The portfolio of business-class Fast Ethernet switching solutions is perfect for

small-and medium-size businesses (SMBs) or multisite enterprise networks. These
solutions address today's highest networking priorities, including bandwidth
expansion, Voice over IP (VoIP) migration and network security. Robust multiservice
access routers with onboard switching also provide a unique, cost-effective WAN/LAN
solution for all-in-one SMB networking.
FEATURES
Low-cost, fully managed Layer 2 Fast Ethernet switch
Standards-based for ease of interoperability
Quality of service (QoS) capabilities support mission-critical applications such
as VoIP LLDP/LLDP-MED further aids in management by discovering neighboring
devices and IP phones
Cable diagnostics to identify cable plant problems like an open or a short in a
twisted pair
Wi-Fi access controller managing up to 24 ADTRAN wireless access
points (WAPs)
Web-based GUI for device configuration
802.3af PoE-enabled models available
Free firmware updates
NETVANTA MULTISERVICE ROUTER WITH LAYER 2 SWITCH

Description
395414 12008210
NetVanta 3448 multiservice router with
8-port Ethernet switch
395415 4200821G11120
NetVanta 3448 PoE, single-slot
multiservice router supporting two T1s with
8-port PoE switch
420901 1200824G1
8-port Layer 2 Fast Ethernet switch
443961 4200824G11120
NetVanta 3458 PoE, 8-port managed dual
NIM Layer 2 Fast Ethernet switch
Switches
ADTRAN Inc.
(continued)

486042 1702545G1
443963
1700546G1120
Description
SFP slots
NetVanta 1544 PoE, 28-port managed
Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet switch and
24 SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet and four
SFP-based 2.5 Gbps uplink ports
NETVANTA MULTISERVICE ROUTER WITH LAYER 3 SWITCH

Description
395417 1700525E2
multiservice router with 24-port PoE
Layer 2/3 switch
440496 1700515G2120
NetVanta 1335 single NIM 24-port
Layer 2/3 switch
Networking Products
NetVanta Power over Ethernet Switches

ADTRAN INC
PR23814V2-174062.tif

374349 1702591G1
488633
4702595G10IN
486042
1702545G1
443962
4700569F1
Description
SFP slots
Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet switch with
ActivReach Ethernet, supporting 802.3af
Power over Ethernet
SFP slots
Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet switch with PoE
(802.3af) and two 10 Gbps uplink ports
NETVANTA MULTISERVICE ROUTER WITH POE SWITCH

Description
395415 4200821G11120
8-port PoE switch
395417 1700525E2
multiservice router with 24-port PoE Layer
2/3 switch
443961 4200824G11120
Fully managed 24- and 48-port Fast and Gigabit Power over Ethernet (PoE) switches
are optimized for implementing data networks requiring PoE for IP phones, wireless
access points (WAPs), IP surveillance cameras and other 802.3af-powered devices.
These products also offer a unique power-conservation feature by powering down
devices when not in use or scheduling when to turn off power after business hours to
minimize security risks.
FEATURES
Link aggregation, LLDP and LLDP/MED
Support for up to 255 active VLANs
Wi-Fi access controller for centralized management of NetVanta wireless access
points (WAPs)
Recognizable command line interface (CLI) and ease to use Web GUI
Cable diagnostics identify cable length and detect shorts or open twisted pair
NETVANTA POE MANAGED SWITCHES
Description
490928 1702595G1
SFP slots
490929 1702599G1
SFP slots
10.6
Switches
Netgear
./
ProSafe Unmanaged Rack-mount Switches

NETGEAR
PR20438V2-77353.tif
FAST ETHERNET SWITCHES

354052 FS105
354050
FS108
354049
FS116
GIGABIT ETHERNET SWITCHES

354038 GS105

353974 JFS524
374229 JGS516
373293
JGS524
425778
JGS524F
Description
rack-mount switch
Description
rack-mount switch
rack-mount switch
rack-mount switch with two SFP ports
ProSafe Unmanaged Desktop Switches

NETGEAR
PR20439V2-77356.tif
A wide range of desktop switches for your small business, home or home office.
Switching functionality with a small footprint.
FEATURES
Silently delivers up to 2,000 Mbps on each port
Makes it simple to combine Fast Ethernet and Gigabit devices in your network
Provides maximum performance, connecting up to 10x faster than Fast Ethernet
Incorporates plug-and-play ease of use
Full lifetime warranty
354037
GS108
354034
GS116
Description
desktop switch
desktop switch
desktop switch
POWER OVER ETHERNET SWITCHES

Description
354054 FS108P
8-port 10/100BASE-TX unmanaged desktop
switch with PoE (four PoE ports)
354053 FS116P
desktop switch with PoE (eight PoE ports)
425786 GS108P
desktop switch with PoE (four PoE ports)
ProSafe Layer 2 Managed Switches

NETGEAR
PR23634V2-167757.tif
Netgear ProSafe Layer 2 managed switches are ideal for SMB or branch offices
needing reliable, high-performance switching that is easier to use. Full
L2 management capability, nonblocking and wire-speed performance provide a
secure network foundation optimized for data, wireless and IP communications.
Delivering best-in-class networking that is designed to meet the needs of growing
networks, these switches are simple to set up and use, with a next-generation
browser interface for easy configuration.
FEATURES
Packet header level control through switch
ProSupport installation/extended warranty agreements available
Fiber options available, both single-mode and multimode
Rack-mountable; rack-mount hardware included
10.7
Networking Products
Plug-and-play switches are for businesses in need of a small and simple network.
ProSafe unmanaged rack-mount switches are 1U rack-mountable to fit in standard
19 in. racks and are packed with ease-of-use features to simplify your networking
experience. Matched with Netgear's thorough testing, the ProSafe unmanaged
rack-mount switches provide long-lasting performance you can count on.
FEATURES
Available with (16) or (24) 10/100BASE-TX or 10/100/1000BASE-T ports
Up to 2,000 Mbps full-duplex throughput over Cat 5 cables
Auto-detects speed and duplex
Description
desktop switch
desktop switch
desktop switch
Switches
Netgear
(continued)
Networking Products

Full Layer 2 Management feature sets including 802.1x, ACL, SSL/SSH and
static routing
Description
396773 FSM726-300
24-port 10/100BASE-TX managed switch
and two SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
353874 AGM731F
GBIC module 1000BASE-SX fiber SFP
353873 AGM732F
GBIC module 1000BASE-LX fiber SFP
Full Layer 2 Management feature set including 802.1x, ACLS, SSL/SSH, built-in cable
testing and static routing
Description
353905 GSM7224-200
24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T managed
switch and four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
353904 GSM7248-200
switch and four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
488062 GSM7224P-100NES 24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T managed
switch with PoE+ (24 PoE+ ports),
380 W and four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
D
uplink ports
GIGABIT AND 10G ETHERNET SWITCHES
Full Layer 2 Management feature set including 802.1x, ACLS, SSL/SSH, built-in cable
testing and static routing.
Description
425790 GSM7228PS
384 W and four dual-purpose uplink ports
425792 GSM7252PS
445526 XSM7224
24-port 10GBASE-T managed switch and
24 SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports

NETGEAR
PR20424V2-77360.tif
The full wire-speed, nonblocking design with Layer 3 switching functionality ensures
reliable routing between VLANs and network segmentation.
Robust security, quality of service and management features deliver intelligent edge
connectivity for essential business applications.
FEATURES
Auto-sensing Gigabit 10/100/1000 Mbps ports with 10GbE uplinks high-speed
stacking ports (up to eight switches)
Web-based management or command line interface (CLI) configuration
IEEE Industry Standards compatible. UL, CE and CSA Certified. FCC Part 15
Class A
VLAN, SNMP, RMON, OSPF, IGMP Support, VRRP standards capable and compliant
Full packet level control through switch
Power over Ethernet options for high-density VoIP applications
1G AND 10G HIGH-DENSITY FIBER SWITCH
Description
353814 GSM7328FS
and four 10 Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports
445595 XSM7224L
L3 license upgrade
445526 XSM7224
24-port 10GBASE-T managed switch and
1G SWITCH WITH 10 GB OPTIONS
With four 10 Gigabit Ethernet slots.
Description
353846 GSM7352S
48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T
managed switch
353847 GSM7328S
24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T
managed switch
LAYER 3 SWITCH ACCESSORIES
Adds 10 Gigabit Ethernet fiber connectivity to the GSM7328S and GSM7352S via the
AX741 adapter module.
Description
353870 AXM751
10GBASE-SR XFP optics module
353867 AXM752
10GBASE-LR XFP optics module
425795 AXM761
10GBASE-SR SFP+ LC GBIC
425799 AXM762
10GBASE-LR SFP+ LC GBIC
353874 AGM731F
GBIC module 1000BASE-SX fiber SFP
353873 AGM732F
GBIC module 1000BASE-LX fiber SFP
353872 AGM733
GBIC module 1000BASE-ZX fiber SFP
ADAPTER MODULE
Interoperates with standard 10GBASE-X XFP optics modules.
Description
353877 AX741
10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP adapter module
425801 AX743
10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ adapter module
425803 AX744
10 Gigabit Ethernet CX4 module
353876 AX742
24 Gigabit Ethernet stacking kit
Netgear ProSafe Gigabit Layer 3 managed switches deliver maximum throughput and
flexibility where you need it: to high-speed, high-density workgroups at the edge of
the network, in the backbone of growing networks or for bandwidth-thirsty file and
application servers.
10.8
Switches
Netgear
ProSafe Smart Managed Switch

NETGEAR
ProSafe Power over Ethernet Switches

PR23635V2-167755.tif
FAST ETHERNET
396790 FS726T
396792
FS750T2
Description
24-port 10/100BASE-TX Smart switch with
two 10/100/1000BASE-T ports and one
SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet uplink port
two 10/100/1000BASE-T ports and two
SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports
FAST ETHERNET WITH POWER OVER ETHERNET

Description
353917 FS726TP
PoE (12 PoE ports) and two SFP-based
353914 FS728TP
353915 FS752TP
PoE (24 PoE ports) and four SFP-based
GIGABIT ETHERNET
396782 GS108T-200
395420 GS724T-300
396783
GS748T
396786
GS724TS-100
396787
GS748TS-100
Description
8-port 10/100/1000BASE-T Smart switch
and two SFP slots
and four SFP slots
24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T stackable
Smart switch and four SFP slots
Smart switch and four SFP slots
PR20420V2-77359.tif
PoE optimizes the installation and power management of IEEE 802.3af

standard-based network devices such as access points, VoIP phones and IP-based
surveillance cameras. PoE reduces installation costs and frees your wireless
deployment from restrictions due to power outlet locations.
FEATURES
Dynamic routing and QoS capabilities enable VoIP and videoconferencing
Power over Ethernet (802.3af PoE), with redundant power supply port
All 24- and 48- RJ45 port switches automatically negotiate to the highest speed
and support Auto Uplink technology to make the right link
FAST ETHERNET SMART SWITCH WITH POE
Description
353917 FS726TP
353914 FS728TP
353915 FS752TP
PoE (24 PoE ports) and four SFP-based
GIGABIT ETHERNET SMART SWITCH WITH POE
With a total power budget of 192 W for the GS724TP and 384 W for the GS748TP,
customers can choose to plug in up to 48 IEEE 802.3af IP-based devices.
Description
488510 GS108PE
with PoE (four PoE ports), 46 W
425822 GS110TP
with PoE (eight PoE ports), 46 W and two
Gigabit Ethernet fiber SFP slots
353913 GS724TP
with PoE (24 PoE ports), 192 W and two SFP
fiber slots
353912 GS748TP
with PoE (48 PoE ports), 384 W and four
SFP fiber slots
396775 GS724TPS
Smart switch with PoE (24 PoE ports),
192 W and four SFP fiber slots
10.9
Networking Products
Netgear ProSafe Smart switches deliver reliable management and expandability

without the cost and complexity of a full Layer 2 and Layer 3
management implementation.
FEATURES
Intuitive Web browser interface
Includes key Layer 2/3 management features including monitoring and
configuring ports
Advanced Smart switches include access control lists, port trunking, rate
limiting, spanning tree, IGMP, etc.
Incorporates plug-and-play ease of use
NETGEAR
Switches
Netgear
(continued)
ProSafe Power over Ethernet Switches

396777 GS748TPS
Networking Products
488595
GSM7248P-100NES
Description
Smart switch with PoE (48 PoE ports),
192 W and four SFP fiber slots
uplink ports
GIGABIT ETHERNET FULLY MANAGED SWITCH WITH POE+

Description
uplink ports
425790 GSM7228PS
uplink ports
425792 GSM7252PS
D
10.10
Switches
Cisco Systems
./
Cisco Catalyst 2960 Series Switches

CISCO SYSTEMS

428503 WS-C2960-24PC-L
PR29129V2-215313.tif
CATALYST 2960 SERIES - LAN BASE IMAGE

Description
366762 WS-C2960-24TC-L 24-port 10/100BASE-T and two
dual-purpose uplink ports, LAN Base Image
338978 WS-C2960-24TT-L
24-port 10/100BASE-T and two SFP-based
Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports, LAN
Base Image
WS-C2960-24LT-L
422304
WS-C2960G-24TC-L
490537
WS-C2960-48TC-L
490536
WS-C2960-48TT-L
428504
WS-C2960-48PST-L
422305
WS-C2960G-48TC-L
CATALYST 2960 SERIES - LAN LITE IMAGE

Description
490538 WS-C2960-24-S
24-port 10/100BASE-TX, LAN Lite Image
422216 WS-C2960-24TC-S
24-port 10/100BASE-TX and two
dual-purpose uplink ports, LAN Lite Image
422262 WS-C2960-24PC-S 24-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE (24 PoE
ports) and two dual-purpose uplink ports,
LAN Lite Image
490564 WS-C2960-24LC-S 24-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE (eight PoE
LAN Lite Image
422303 WS-C2960-48TC-S
48-port 10/100BASE-TX, two dual-purpose
uplink ports, LAN Lite Image
482905 WS-C2960-48TT-S
48-port 10/100BASE-TX, two SFP-based
Lite Image
490562 WS-C2960-48PST-S 48-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE (24 PoE
ports) and four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports, LAN Lite Image
CATALYST 2960 SERIES COMPACT SWITCHES
Description
366763 WS-C2960-8TC-L
8-port 10/100BASE-TX and one
dual-purpose uplink, no fan, LAN
Base Image
422188 WS-C2960-8TC-S
8-port 10/100BASE-TX and one
dual-purpose uplink port, no fan, LAN
Lite Image
490555 WS-C2960PD-8TT-L 8-port 10/100BASE-TX switch and one
Gigabit Ethernet PoE input port, no fan, LAN
Base Image
482394 WS-C2960G-8TC-L 7-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and one
dual-purpose uplink port, no fan, LAN
Base Image
10.11
Networking Products
The Cisco Catalyst 2960-S and 2960 Series Switches are the leading Layer 2 edge,
providing improved ease of use, highly secure business operations, improved
sustainability, and a borderless network experience. The Catalyst 2960-S Series
Switches include new FlexStack switch stacking capability with 1 and 10 Gigabit
connectivity, and Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+) with the Cisco Catalyst
2960 Series Switches offering Fast Ethernet access connectivity and PoE capabilities.
The Cisco Catalyst 2960-S and 2960 Series are fixed-configuration access switches
designed for enterprise, midmarket and branch office networks to provide lower total
cost of ownership.
FEATURES
Catalyst 2960 Series Switches
- Dual-purpose uplinks for Gigabit Ethernet uplink flexibility, allowing use of
either a copper or fiber uplink; each dual-purpose uplink port has one
10/100/1000 Ethernet port and one SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet port, with one
port active at a time
- 24 or 48 ports of Fast Ethernet desktop connectivity
- PoE configurations with up to 15.4 W per port
- A wide range of software features to provide ease of operation, highly secure
business operations, sustainability, and a borderless networking experience
- Limited lifetime hardware warranty
Catalyst 2960-S Series Switches
- 1 and 10 Gigabit Ethernet uplink flexibility with small form factor pluggable
plus (SFP+), providing business continuity and fast transition to
10 Gigabit Ethernet
- 24 or 48 ports of Gigabit Ethernet desktop connectivity
- Cisco FlexStack stacking module with 20 Gbps of throughput, allowing ease of
operation with single configuration and simplified switch upgrade
- PoE+ with up to 30 W per port that allows you to support the latest PoE+
capable devices
- Power supply options, with 740 W or 370 W fixed power supplies for PoE+
switches are available
- USB storage for file backup, distribution and simplified operations
- A wide range of software features to provide ease of operation, highly secure
business operations, sustainability, and a borderless network experience
- Limited lifetime hardware warranty, including next-business-day replacement
with 90-day service and support
422261
Description
24-port 10/100BASE-T with PoE (24 PoE
LAN Base Image
24-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE (eight PoE
ports) and two SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports, LAN Base Image
20-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and four
48-port 10/100BASE-T and two
48-port 10/100BASE-T and two SFP-based
Base Image
48-port 10/100BASE-T with PoE (24 PoE
uplink ports, LAN Base Image
Switches
Cisco Systems
Cisco Catalyst 2960-S Series Switches
Cisco Catalyst 3560 v2 Series Switches
CISCO SYSTEMS
CISCO SYSTEMS
Networking Products
CATALYST 2960-S SERIES SWITCHES WITH 1G OR 10G UPLINKS

Description
490579 WS-C2960S-24TD-L 24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and two (1G
or 10G) uplink ports, LAN Base Image
490578 WS-C2960S-48TD-L 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and two (1G
or 10G) uplink ports, LAN Base Image
490577 WS-C2960S-24PD-L 24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE+
(24 PoE ports) and two (1G or 10G) uplink
ports, 370 W, LAN Base Image
490576 WS-C2960S-48LPD-L 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE+
490575 WS-C2960S-48FPD-L 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE+
CATALYST 2960-S SERIES SWITCHES WITH 1G UPLINKS
Description
490586 WS-C2960S-24TS-S 24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and two
Lite Image
437252 WS-C2960S-48TS-S 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and two
D
Lite Image
490585 WS-C2960S-24TS-L 24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and four
Base Image
490584 WS-C2960S-48TS-L 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and four
Base Image
490583 WS-C2960S-24PS-L 24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE+
(24 PoE ports) and four Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports, 370 W, LAN Base Image
490581 WS-C2960S-48LPS-L 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE+
490580 WS-C2960S-48FPS-L 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE+
FLEXSTACK STACKING CABLES
490587 C2960S-STACK
490543 CAB-STK-E-0.5M
490544 CAB-STK-E-1M
490545 CAB-STK-E-3M
10.12
Description
Cisco FlexStack stacking module
Cisco FlexStack 50 cm stacking cable
Cisco FlexStack 1 m stacking cable
Cisco FlexStack 3 m stacking cable
PR29127V2-215316.tif
The Cisco Catalyst 3560 v2 Series is the next-generation energy-efficient Layer 3 Fast
Ethernet switches. This series of switches support Cisco EnergyWise technology,
which enables companies to measure and manage power consumption of network
infrastructure and network-attached devices, thereby reducing their energy costs and
their carbon footprint. The Cisco Catalyst 3560 v2 Series consumes less power than
its predecessors and is the ideal access layer switch for enterprise, retail, and
branch-office environments, as it maximizes productivity and investment protection
by enabling a unified network for data, voice and video.
FEATURES
Lower power consumption than its predecessors
Backward compatible - uses the same Cisco IOS Software image as the
3560 series and has the same feature set
Full EnergyWise support to monitor energy consumption of network
infrastructure and implement energy saving programs to reduce energy costs
Compatible with Cisco Redundant Power System (RPS) 2300
All units have a uniform depth of 11.9 inches for better cable management
Preconfigurable with the Cisco IOS Software release at the time of ordering
IPv6 routing included in the IP Services feature set
DC-powered stand-alone model
Description
428505 WS-C3560-8PC-S
ports) and one dual-purpose uplink ports,
no fan, IP Base Image
490572 WS-C3560-12PS-S
ports) and one dual-purpose uplink ports,
IP Base Image, no fan
445446 WS-C3560V2-24TS-S 24-port 10/100BASE-TX and two SFP-based
Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports, IP
Base Image
490570 WS-C3560V2-24TS-E 24-port 10/100BASE-TX and two SFP-based
Services Image
434395 WS-C3560V2-24PS-S 24-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE (24 PoE
uplink ports, IP Base Image
490568 WS-C3560V2-24PS-E 24-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE (24 PoE
uplink ports, IP Services Image
445448 WS-C3560V2-48TS-S 48-port 10/100BASE-TX and four SFP-based
Base Image
Switches
Cisco Systems
Description
490573 WS-C3560V2-48TS-E 48-port 10/100BASE-TX and four SFP-based
Services Image
Cisco Catalyst 3750 Series Switches

CISCO SYSTEMS
PR29125V2-215319.tif
FAST ETHERNET
380141 WS-C3750-24TS-S
422308
WS-C3750-48TS-S
425375
WS-C3750-24FS-S
422306
WS-C3750-24PS-S
425370
WS-C3750-48PS-S
GIGABIT ETHERNET
368145 WS-C3750G-24T-S
422311 WS-C3750G-12S-SD
422312
WS-C3750G-48TS-S
425377
WS-C3750G-24PS-S
425378
WS-C3750G-48PS-S
Description
24-port 10/100BASE-TX and two empty
SFP ports
48-port 10/100BASE-TX and four empty
SFP ports
24-port 10/100BASE-FX and two empty
SFP ports
24-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE and two
SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports, IP
Base Image
48-port 10/100BASE-TX with PoE and four
empty SFP ports
Description
24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T
12-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and 12 empty
SFP ports
empty SFP ports
24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE and
four empty SFP ports
48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T with PoE and
four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet uplink
ports, IP Base Image
Cisco Catalyst 3750 v2 Series Switches

CISCO SYSTEMS
The Cisco Catalyst 3750 v2 Series is the next-generation of energy-efficient Layer 3
fast Ethernet, stackable switches. This new series of switches support Cisco
EnergyWise technology, which enables companies to measure and manage power
consumption of network infrastructure and network-attached devices, thereby
reducing their energy costs and their carbon footprint.
The Cisco Catalyst 3750 v2 Series Switch consumes less power than its predecessors
and is the ideal access layer switch for enterprise, retail and branch-office
environments, as it maximizes productivity and investment protection by enabling a
unified network for data, voice and video.
FEATURES
Lower power consumption than its predecessors
Backward compatible with Cisco Catalyst 3750 and 3750-E Series
Full EnergyWise support to monitor energy consumption of network
infrastructure and implement energy-saving programs to reduce energy costs
Compatible with Cisco Redundant Power System (RPS) 2300
Uniform depth of 11.9 inches for better cable management
Preconfigurable with the Cisco IOS Software release at the time of ordering
IPv6 routing included in the IP Services feature set
CATALYST 3750 V2 SWITCHES
Description
445471 WS-C3750V2-24TS-S 24-port 10/100BASE-TX and two SFP-based
Base Image
483682 WS-C3750V2-24TS-E 24-port 10/100BASE-TX and two SFP-based
Services Image
ports) and two SFP-baed Gigabit Ethernet
445472 WS-C3750V2-48TS-S 48-port 10/100BASE-TX and four SFP-based
Base Image
490472 WS-C3750V2-48TS-E 48-port 10/100BASE-TX and four SFP-based
Services Image
STACKING CABLES
490546 CAB-STACK-50CM
398980 CAB-STACK-1M
490547 CAB-STACK-3M
Description
StackWise 50 cm cable
StackWise 1 m cable
StackWise 3 m cable
10.13
Networking Products
The Cisco Catalyst 3750 Series switches are an innovative product line that improves
LAN operating efficiency by combining industry-leading ease of use and the highest
resiliency available for stackable switches. It represents the next generation in
desktop switches, and features Cisco StackWise technology, a 32 Gbps stack
interconnect that allows customers to build a unified, highly resilient switching
system - one switch at a time.
Switches
Hewlett Packard
./
HP V-Series Switches
HEWLETT PACKARD
PR34506V2-257459.tif
Networking Products
HP V-Series devices are smart-managed fixed configuration, fast Ethernet and Gigabit
Layer 2 switches designed for small- and medium-sized businesses looking for an
easily managed, low-cost networking solution.
FEATURES
Smart-managed Layer 2 switching
Gigabit and Fast Ethernet configurations
Intuitive Web interface for network enhancements
Access control list security; PoE models
HP V-SERIES ACCESSORIES
439464 X120 LC SX
439491
X120 RJ45
439492
X120 LC LX
439678
X124
Description
X120 SFP (mini-GBIC) transceiver module 1000BASE-SX - LC
X120 SFP (mini-GBIC) transceiver module 1000BASE-T - RJ45
X120 SFP (mini-GBIC) transceiver module 1000BASE-LX - LC
X124 SFP (mini-GBIC) transceiver module 1000BASE-SX - LC - plug-in module
HP V1905 SERIES
HP V1905 series devices are smart-managed fixed configuration fast Ethernet and
Gigabit Layer 2 switches designed for small-and medium-sized businesses looking
for an easily managed, low-cost networking solution.
Description
439820 JD877A
HP V1905-8-POE, 8-port 10/100 managed
PoE switch with one combo SFP-based
Gigabit Ethernet uplink port
D
439841 JD992A
HP V1905-24-POE, 24-port
10/100 managed PoE switch with two
combo SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
439813 JD864A
HP V1905-10G-POE, 10-port
10/100/1000 managed PoE switch with
one shared SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink port
HP V1910 SERIES
HP V1910 series devices are smart-managed, voice-ready fixed configuration Gigabit
Layer 2+ switches which also have Layer 3 static routing unlike the HP
V1905 series. The HP V1910 series is designed for small-and mid-sized businesses
looking for an easy-to-manage advanced networking solution.
Description
439848 JE008A
HP V1910-24G-POE (170 W), 24-port
four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
439847 JE007A
HP V1910-24G-POE (365 W), 24-port
uplink ports
10.14
Switches
Hewlett Packard
HP E-Series Switches
HEWLETT PACKARD
PR34667V2-258964.tif
The HP E-Series Switches support network redundancy at Layer 2 and Layer 3,

networks supporting IPv4 and IPv6, as well as OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 and IP
multicast-supported network systems. The HP E-Series also offers a lot of flexibility
and features when comes to managing your network.
FEATURES
Enhanced availability
Modular and fixed-port switching form factors
Supports data, voice, video and guest access
N+1 redundancy
Layer 2 and 3
HP E6200 SWITCH SERIES

The HP E6200 Switch Series is designed to be deployed as an aggregator of
traffic from the edge to the core of the network, this switch is an advanced
Layer 3 stackable switch in 1U height. The HP E6200 Switch Series also supports a
variety of Gigabit mini-GBICs, such as SX, LX, LH and 1000BASE-T. With its
high-performance architecture, 10 GbE capability, and programmable ASIC, this
switch offers excellent investment protection, flexibility and scalability.
Description
438156 J8992A ABA
HP E6200-24G (mini-GBIC) L3 managed
PoE switch with 24 SFP-based Gigabit
Ethernet uplink ports

The HP E2910 Switch Series is a cost-effective, scalable solution for customers who
are building high-performance networks. These switches can be deployed at
enterprise edge and remote branch offices, converged networks and data center top
of rack. The HP E2910 Switch Series also comes with static and RIP IPv4 routing,
robust security and management and enterprise-class features.
Description
438149 J9146A ABA
HP E2910-24G-PoE, 24-port managed PoE
switch with four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
438151 J9148A
HP E2910-48G-PoE, 48-port managed PoE
switch with four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
10.15
Networking Products

The HP E2610 Switch series is a cost-effective solution for customers who are
building converged enterprise edge networks. The HP E2610-24-PPoE, E2610-24-PoE
and E2610-48-PoE Switches are IEEE 802.3af compliant for Power over Ethernet
(PoE) and provide up to 15.4 W for 12, 24 and 48 ports. The HP E2610 Switch Series
also comes with static routing, robust security and management features.
Description
438146 J9086A ABA
HP E2610-24-PoE, 24-port managed
10/100 switch with 12 PoE ports and two
438147 J9087A ABA
HP E2610-24-PoE, 24-port managed PoE switch
with two SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports
438148 J9089A ABA
HP E2610-48-PoE, 48-port managed PoE switch
with two SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports

The HP E3500 Switch Series offers excellent investment protection, flexibility and
scalability, as well as ease of deployment, operation and maintenance. The
E3500 series consists of the most advanced intelligent edge switches in the HP
Networking product line. The foundation for all these switches is a purpose-built,
programmable ProVision ASIC that allows the most demanding networking features,
such as quality of service (QoS) and security with a variety of Gigabit and
10/100 interfaces; integrated PoE+, PoE and non-PoE options; and versatile
10 GbE connectivity (CX4, X2 and SFP+) on Gigabit switches.
Description
438153 J9310A ABA
HP E3500-24G-POE, 24-port
uplink ports
Switches
Juniper Networks
./
Networking Products
EX2200 Ethernet Switches

JUNIPER NETWORKS (US) INC
The Juniper Networks EX2200 Ethernet Switch offers an economical, entry-level,
stand-alone solution for access-layer deployments in branch and remote offices, as
well as campus networks.
Featuring complete Layer 2 and basic Layer 3 switching capabilties, the fixed
configuration Ethernet switches satisfy the branch and low-density wiring closet
connectivity requirements of today's high-performance businesses.
FEATURES
Four platform configurations are available offering 24 and
48 10/100/1000BASE-T ports with or without PoE
PoE-enabled models include a maximum system budget of 405 W to deliver up
to 15.4 watts of standards-based 802.3at PoE+
Four front panel small form factor pluggable transceiver (SFP) GbE uplink ports
provide high-speed connectivity to aggregation layer switches or other
upstream devices
Fixed power supply and uplink ports ensure operational simplicity
Low power consumption, low acoustic fans, and small 10-inch wide footprint
enable flexible, environmentally friendly deployment
Support for L2 protocols as well as L3 protocols like RIP and static routing in
base license
Optional enhanced license for supporting additional L3 protocols such as
OSPF, Internet
Group Management Protocol (IGMP v1/v2/v3), and Protocol Independent
Multicast (PIM)D
Single-release train for Juniper Networks Junos operating system ensures
consistent control plane feature implementation
Modular Junos OS prevents a switch reboot if a single protocol feature fails
Managed through a single application, Juniper Networks Network and Security
Manager and integrates with Juniper Networks Unified Access Control to provide
per-user access control and policing
Enhanced limited lifetime switch hardware warranty
Built-in Web interface (Juniper Networks J-Web Software)
Description
482581 EX2200-24T-4G
Juniper EX 2200 24T switch, 24-port
managed 10/100/1000 switch with four
482582 EX2200-24P-4G
Juniper EX 2200 24P switch, 24-port
managed 10/100/1000 PoE switch with
ports, 405 W total PoE power budget
482584 EX2200-48T-4G
Juniper EX 2200 48T switch, 48-port
managed 10/100/1000 switch with four
482588 EX2200-48P-4G
Juniper EX 2200 48P switch, 48-port
managed 10/100/1000 PoE switch with
ports, 405 W total PoE power budget
10.16
Switches
Brocade
./
ICX 6400 Series Switches
Networking Products
BROCADE COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE

Brocade ICX 6430 and 6450 Switches provide enterprise-class stackable LAN
switching at an entry-level price, allowing organizations to buy what they need now
and easily scale as demand grows and new technologies emerge. Designed for smallto medium-size enterprises, branch offices, and distributed campuses, these
intelligent, scalable edge switches deliver enterprise-class functionality at an
affordable price - without compromising on performance and reliability.
Available in 24- and 48-port 10/100/1000 Mbps models and four 1 GbE or 10 GbE
dual-purpose uplink/stacking ports - with or without IEEE 802.3af and 802.3at
PoE/PoE+) - to support enterprise edge networking, wireless mobility and
IP communications.
Description
483011 ICX6430-24
24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T switch with
uplink ports
483012 ICX6430-24P
24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE+ switch
with four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
483016 ICX6430-48
uplink ports
483019 ICX6430-48P
with four SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
483020 ICX6450-24
two SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
(upgradable to 10 GbE) and two SFP-based
1 GbE/10 GbE uplink ports
483021 ICX6450-24P
with two SFP-based Gigabit Ethernet
uplink ports
483022 ICX6450-48
two SFP-based Gigabit (upgradable to
10 GbE) and two SFP-based 1 GbE/10 GbE
uplink ports
483023 ICX6450-48P
with two 1 GbE SFP+ (upgradable to
10 GbE) and two 1 GbE/10 GbE
SFP+ uplinks
10.17
Switches
GarrettCom
./
PES42P Magnum Power over Ethernet Edge Switch
Networking Products
GARRETTCOM
PR20364V2-73470.tif
The PES42P is a small, compact plug-and-play switch that combines standard

802.3af PoE with an industrial-grade edge switch for support of PoE device clusters.
PES42P models with one- or two-fiber ports also provide noise immunity and high
bandwidth. The outdoor temperature rating makes it ideal to handle heavy-duty
applications for IP video surveillance, wireless and access security.
FEATURES
Two integrated, non-PoE 100 Mb copper or fiber ports
Four Power Source PoE ports per the IEEE 802.3af Standard
48 V DC power input
Power alarm relay
Mounting options include panel, rack or DIN-rail
Description
353772 PES42P-48VDC
Two 10/100 non-PoE ports and four
D
10/100 RJ45 PoE ports
353773 PES42P-1SC-48VDC One SC multimode non-PoE 100 Mb fiber
port, one standard 10/100 port and four
353774 PES42P-2SC-48VDC Two SC multimode non-PoE 100 Mb fiber
ports and four 10/100 RJ45 PoE ports
353775 PES42P-1SSC-48VDC One SC single-mode non-PoE 100 Mb fiber
port, one standard 10/100 port and four
353776 PES42P-2SSC-48VDC Two SC single-mode non-PoE 100 Mb fiber
ports and four 10/100 RJ45 PoE ports
Garrettcom Magnum 10KT Managed Switch

GARRETTCOM
PR71151V2-559737.tif
The Magnum10KT Switch provides rack-mount space efficiency and advanced port
configurability for heavy-duty industrial applications where maximum fiber port count
and diversity are required. New advanced thermal design techniques (patent
pending) enable the 10KT to deliver high reliability and configurability even at
10.18
extended operating temperatures. Special optional rack-mount cooling features

include Thermal Fins for extra heat dissipation and internal heat-transfer techniques
that use the case as a heat sink. Cooler operation of internal electronic components
leads to longer lifetime and increased reliability.
FEATURES
Next-generation 36-port industrial switch with configurability and reliability
Optional dual hot-swappable power supplies in a 1U or 1.5U
rack-mount package
Optional precision timing, full IEEE 1588v2 implementation
High-density PoE and PoE+ configurations supported
Energy-efficient thermal design for maximum reliability
Substation-hardened, IEEE 1613 and IEC 61850-3-compliant
CHASSIS
485543 10KT-AC
485544
485545
10KT-L
10KTP-L
485547
10KTP-LL
485548
10KTP-HSPLL
485559
HSPM-L
Description
Front mount with worldwide AC power
(100 to 240 V)
Front mount with 24/48 V DC power
PoE-version front mount with 24/48 V
DC power
PoE-version front mount with two 24/48 V
DC fixed power supplies
PoE-version front mount with dual 24/48 V
DC hot-swap power supplies (add
2 HSPM-L)
Hot-swappable 24/48 V DC power supply
SLOTS A&B GIGABIT MODULE OPTIONS

Description
485565 10K2-GCU
Two Gigabit RJ45 ports
485566 10K2-2GSFP
Two Gigabit open SFP slots (add
SFP transceivers)
485567 SFP-GTP
Gigabit copper SFP transceiver
353744 SFP-SX
1000 Mb SX Gigabit fiber optic SFP
transceiver, 850 nm, 550 m
SLOTS C-J 100MB MODULE OPTIONS
Description
485568 10K4-RJ45
Four 10/100 copper ports
485570 10K4P-RJ45
Four 10/100 802.3af PoE ports (32 ports
max.) requires PoE chassis
485571 10K4PX-RJ45
Four 10/100 802.3at PoE ports (16 ports
max.) requires PoE chassis
485572 10K4-MLC
Four multimode 2 km LC fiber ports
485573 10K4-SLC
Four single-mode 20 km LC fiber ports
485574 10K2-MSC
Two multimode 2 km SC fiber ports
485576 10K2-MST
Two multimode 2 km ST fiber ports
485578 10K2-SST
Two single-mode 20 km ST fiber ports
485579 10K2-SSC
Two single-mode 20 km SC fiber ports
485581 10K4-FXSFP
SFP module with four 100 Mb open
transceiver ports (add four
SFP transceivers)
485583 SFP100P-FXMM2
100FX multimode 2 km SFP transceiver
485584 SFP100P-FXSM20
100FX single-mode 20 km SFP transceiver
485585 SFP100P-FXSM40
100FX single-mode, 40 km, SFP transceiver
Switches
GarrettCom
GarrettCom Magnum 6KL Managed Switch

GARRETTCOM
PR71153V2-559749.tif
CHASSIS
453121 6KL-AC
485613 6KL-24V
485614
6KL-12V
481635
6KLP-48V
SLOT C 100 MB MODULES

479177 6KL4-RJ45
434694 P6KL4-RJ45
485615
PP6KL4-RJ45
485617
6KL4-2MLC2RJ
485618
6KL4-2SSC2RJ
485619
6KL-2MST2RJ
SLOT B GIGABIT MODULES

434691 6KL-2GSFP
485620 6KL-2GCU
Description
AC power, slot A has four 10/100 ports
24 V DC power, slot A has four
10/100 ports
12 V DC power, slot A has four
10/100 ports
48 V DC power, slot A has four (803.3af)
PoE 10/100 ports
Description
Four PoE (802.3af) 10/100 ports (requires
PoE chassis)
Four PoE+ (802.3at) 10/100 ports
(requires PoE chassis)
Two multimode, 2 km, LC ports and two
10/100 ports
Two single-mode 20 km, SC ports and two
10/100 ports
Two multimode, 2 km, ST ports and two
10/100 ports
Description
Two SFP Gigabit ports
Two copper Gigabit ports
374560
SFP-ESX
353745
SFP-LX10
353746
SFP-LX25
486179
SFP-LX40
Description
Gigabit copper SFP transceiver
1000 Mb SX extended distance Gigabit
fiber optic SFP transceiver, 1310 nm, 2 km
1000 Mb LX Gigabit fiber optic SFP
transceiver, 1310 nm, 10 km
Gigabit LX, 1310 nm, 40 km
ACCESSORIES
485621 DIN-RAIL-6KL
353749 CONSOLE-CBLQD
353750
479178
485630
Description
DIN-rail mount for 6KL
Console cable, serial "Null Modem"
RJ45 to DB-9
CONSOLE-CBLQU
Console cable, serial "Null Modem"
RJ45 to USB
CONFORM05-CRM
Conformal coating 5 mil for
moisture protection
MNS6K-SECURE-LIC1 Advanced security software license option
S14 Magnum Convenient Switch

GARRETTCOM
PR20367V2-73477.tif
The S14 is a small, compact, ruggedized plug-and-play switch designed to add
convenient, cost-effective network connections anywhere. Three temperature-rated
options make it suitable for the office, factory floor and outdoors.
FEATURES
Available in AC or DC power options
Heavy metal outer case
INDOOR OFFICE GRADE MODEL (0C TO +40C)
Description
353751 S14-D
Four 10/100 RJ45 ports, AC power
HARDENED FACTORY FLOOR MODEL (-25C TO +60C)
Includes four 10/100 RJ45 ports.
Description
353752 S14H-HD
Four 10/100 RJ45 ports, AC power
353754 S14H-12VDC
12 V DC power
353755 S14H-24VDC
24 V DC power
353756 S14H-48VDC
48 V DC power
OUTDOOR PREMIUM MODEL (-40C TO +75C)
Includes four 10/100 RJ45 ports.
Description
353757 S14P-PD
AC power
353758 S14P-12VDC
12 V DC power
353759 S14P-24VDC
24 V DC power
353760 S14P-48VDC
48 V DC power
10.19
Networking Products
The Magnum 6KL is a configurable managed industrial Ethernet edge switch with
full-featured MNS-6K software. It incorporates reliability and security in a compact
package designed for harsh environments.The base unit has four 10/100 copper
ports. Up to four 100 Mb fiber ports (SC, ST, LC and MTRJ), or four 10/100 copper
ports (or combinations) may also be configured. 2 Gb ports are optional.
FEATURES
Highly configurable, all fiber port types and up to 2 GB with SFPs
Up to four 100 Mb fiber ports (SC, ST, LC, MTRJ) may be configured; multimode
and single-mode
Supports both PoE and PoE+
AC and DC power supply options
Temperature -40C to 85C
SFP TRANSCEIVERS
485567 SFP-GTP
353744 SFP-SX
Switches
Networking Products
GarrettCom
PS14P Magnum Power over Ethernet Convenient Switch
CSG14 Magnum Gigabit Converter Switch
GARRETTCOM
GARRETTCOM
PR20368V2-77330.tif
The PS14P is a small, compact, plug-and-play PoE power-sourcing switch with four
10/100 RJ45 PoE ports. The outdoor-temperature rating makes it ideal to handle
heavy-duty applications for IP video surveillance, wireless and access security.
FEATURES
Supports Power Source PoE per the IEEE 802.3af Standard
48 V DC power input
Compact industrial-grade metal outer case
Includes four 10/100 RJ45 802.3af PoE ports
Description
353777 PS14P-48VDC
-40 to +85C
485748 PS14H-48VDC
-25 to +60C
D
PR22367V2-131688.tif
The CSG14P is a small, compact, plug-and-play converter switch that combines a

Gigabit fiber media converter with a two-port 10/100/1000 copper switch. The
outdoor-temperature rating makes it ideal to handle heavy-duty applications for IP
video surveillance and access security.
FEATURES
One Gigabit fiber port and two 10/100/1000 Mb standard copper or PoE ports
Compact industrial-grade metal outer case
Comes with an option for PoE
GIGABIT CONVERTER SWITCH
Includes one open SFP Gigabit fiber transceiver port and two
10/100/1000 Mb ports.
Description
373927 CSG14P-SFP-PD
RJ45 ports, AC power (add one
SFP transceiver)
373928 CSG14P-SFP-12VDC RJ45 ports, 12 V DC power (add one
SFP transceiver)
SFP transceiver)
SFP transceiver)
373931 PCSG14P-SFP-48VDC PoE ports, 48 V DC power (add one
SFP transceiver)
SFP TRANSCEIVER OPTIONS
353744 SFP-SX
10.20
374560
SFP-ESX
353745
SFP-LX10
353746
SFP-LX25
Description
1000 Mb SX extended distance Gigabit
fiber optic SFP transceiver, 1310 nm, 2 km
Switches
Hirschmann
./
SPIDER Hardened Ethernet Switches

HIRSCHMANN
MACH100 Ethernet Switches

PR23807V2-168132.tif
Contact your local sales representative or call us for more information.
RS2 Ethernet Switches

HIRSCHMANN
PR23802V2-168133.tif
MACH100
Offered in these versions:
- Eight or 24 permanently installed 10/100 Mbps RJ45 Ethernet ports
- Eight permanent ports, slots for two additional 8-port copper/fiber media modules
and two Gigabit RJ45/SFP ports
- 16 Gigabit RJ45/SFP combo ports
The fan-less switches are designed for a temperature range of 0C to +50C and
support a large range of management and redundancy modes, as well as several
functions for configuration and diagnostics.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Fan-less 0C to +50C operating temperature
2. Hot-swappable media modules
3. Single or dual 110/220 V AC power inputs
4. Fast and easy setup and configuration
PR24058V2-174087.tif
MACH1000 Ethernet Switches with PoE

HIRSCHMANN
These store and forward switches offer advanced features such as redundant power
inputs and most offer fault relay (triggerable by loss of power and/or port-link).
Standard features include 10/100 auto-negotiating and auto-crossing (either patch
or cross-over cables will work in the ports), a 0C to +60C operating range, a 24 V
DC power input via pluggable terminal block and have an average MTBF exceeding
100 years. All of the multimode and single-mode fiber optic ports are 100 Mbps and
are available in a variety of connector options.
PR23803V2-168129.tif
MACH1000 - available with PoE

The MACH1000 switches support a large range of management and redundancy
modes, as well as several functions for configuration and diagnostics. Thousands of
port, temperature and power combinations are possible.
The MACH1000 is available in two 19 in. rack-mount versions:
- 24-port mix of any RJ45 or M12 copper or SC, SFP, ST or MTRJ fiber (multi- or
single-mode) with an optional two or four additional Gigabit combo port uplinks
(RJ45 and/or SFP for fiber)
- 16 Gigabit RJ45/SFP combo ports
10.21
Networking Products
The SPIDER family of switches provides users with an economical, yet highly reliable
Ethernet switch. All copper/RJ45 ports are 10/100 auto-negotiating and
auto-crossing, the SPIDERS will work with either patch or cross-over cables. The fiber
ports are all 100 Mbps and available in multimode (MM) and single-mode (SM) with
either SC or ST sockets.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Simple and cost-effective Ethernet switch
2. Up to 10 ports with multimode and single-mode fiber options
3. 0C to +60C standard operating temperature (-40C to +70C available)
4. 24 (9.6 - 32) V DC power input and DIN-rail mount
5. Average MTBF exceeds 100 years
HIRSCHMANN
Switches
Hirschmann
(continued)
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 ports of almost any copper/fiber mix or 16 RJ45/SFP combo ports
2. Up to four PoE (full 15.4 W per port, IEEE 802.3af-compliant)
3. Fan-less -40C to +85C (+70 for all-Gigabit) standard operating
temperature (conformal coating available)
4. Meets/exceeds NEMA TS-2 standard for traffic control equipment
5. Redundant 24/36/48 V DC or 120/250 V DC and 110/230 V AC
6. Fast and easy setup and configuration
7. Extremely efficient components for minimal heat generation and high MTBF (mean
time between failure)

HIRSCHMANN
IP67 solution with the ability to support IP cameras or IP telephones without

additional installation or the need of a protective enclosure - the OCTOPUS family can
be mounted on the wall or directly to the machine.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Totally enclosed IP67 design with industry-standard M12 D-code
Ethernet connectors
2. Unmanaged version has five twisted-pair ports
3. Managed versions with 8/16/24 twisted-pair ports (each with up to eight
PoE ports)
4. New OCTOPUS OS20 and OS30 offer multimode or single-mode fiber with
IP67 rating
5. Operating temperatures as low as -40C to +70C
6. Extensive preterminated cable offering available
PR23804V2-168139.tif
RS20, RS30 and RS40 DIN-rail Mount Switches
Networking Products
HIRSCHMANN
MACH4000 - available with PoE - is capable of providing as many as 48 Gigabit ports

and three 10-Gigabit ports, the MACH4000 is the ultimate high-density Layer
D switch for mission-critical applications requiring high
2/3 Gigabit backbone
availability and high port densities. The MACH4000 comes standard with up to 16+
ports and can be configured with as many as 32 additional ports (via hot-plug
copper/fiber modules).
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 19 in. rack-mount
2. Two user-definable fault relays
3. Hot-swappable media modules for continuous operation
4. Up to four Media Modules (eight ports max. each)
5. HIPER-Ring, redundant coupling and link aggregation capable
6. Flexible power options: 100 - 240 V AC, 24 DC and 48 V DC
7. 0 to +60C operating temperature
OCTOPUS IP67 Waterproof Ethernet Switch with PoE

HIRSCHMANN
The compact managed DIN-rail mount switches are fully managed (Web, SNMP and
CLI) - VLAN, IGMP snooping (multicast filtering) and include copper 10/100 Mbps
ports and fiber 1000 Mbps ports with multimode and single-mode configurations
with dual power inputs and fault relay. Standard temperature rating of 0C to
+60C operating temperature (-40C to +70C conformal coating available). All
compact managed switches provide port mirroring, port control, port security, link
alarms, broadcast limiter, traffic diagnostics, ring redundancy and USB port for
configuration backup/restore and fast device replacement.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. RS20: 4x, 8x, 9x, 16x, 17x, 24x and 25x 100 Mbps ports
2. RS30: 8x, 16x and 24x 10/100 Mbps ports - all with two additional Gigabit ports
3. RS40: 9x, 10/100/1000 RJ45 and 4x RJ45/SFP combo ports
PR23805V2-168135.tif
The ideal switch when space is at a premium and applications demand waterproof
solutions. Incorporating Power over Ethernet (PoE), Hirschmann offers its
10.22
PR24073V2-174272.tif
Switches
Hirschmann
RSR Gigabit Managed DIN-rail Mount Switches

HIRSCHMANN
PR24060V2-174088.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. MS20: 8x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports or 16x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports (using
the MB-2 extension). Port density expands to 24x 10/100 Mbps
2. MS30: 8x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports and 2x 10/100/1000 Gigabit uplink ports
of 16x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports, 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit uplink ports,
with MB-2 extension a max. of 24x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports and 2x
10/100/1000 Mbps ports
PowerMICE DIN-rail Mount Switches with PoE

HIRSCHMANN
MS20 and MS30 DIN-rail Mount MICE Switches

HIRSCHMANN
PR24059V2-174084.tif
PR24056V2-174076.tif
For applications that require a more powerful and feature-rich switch, Hirschmann
offers its PowerMICE modular switches. Similar in functionality and features to the
MS30-16, the PowerMICE adds two additional Gigabit ports (for a total of four) and an
option to have Layer 3 routing capabilities. MICE Media modules sold separately.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. MS4128-L2P: Layer 2 switch with professional management, maximum 24x
10/100 Mbps ports + four Gigabit (any copper/fiber mix) for a total of 28 ports
2. MS4128-L3E: Layer 3 switch with enhanced management, maximum 24x
3. MS4128-L3E: Layer 3 switch with professional management, maximum 24x
The fully managed modular DIN-rail mount switches include (Web, SNMP and CLI) IGMP snooping (multicast filtering) VLAN, port mirroring, port control, port security
link alarms, broadcast limiter, traffic diagnostics and HIPER-Ring redundancy. These
modular series of switches are equipped with dual power inputs and dual fault relay
outputs as well as an integrated USB port for fast configuration backup/restore and
fast device replacement. Standard temperature rating of 0C to +60C operating
temperature (-40C to +70C conformal coating available). Firmware options
include: Enhanced "E" or Professional "P".
10.23
Networking Products
The uber-rugged Gigabit Managed DIN-rail mount switches are designed for Fast
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet applications. These switches come with a variety of
uplink port configurations including Gigabit Ethernet, fiber, copper twisted pair,
multimode and single-mode. Standard temperature rating of 0C to +60C
operating temperature (-40C to +70C conformal coating available). Other
features include up to two AC/DC inputs with choice of voltage rating, extremely high
RFI/EMI immunity, robust metal housing, shock and vibration resistant, and ultra-fast
ring recover time of < 10 ms.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. From 8TX to 10 ports fiber
2. Up to two AC/DC inputs with choice of voltage
3. DIN-rail or panel-mount
4. Robust metal housing
5. Extremely high RFI/EMI immunity
6. Resistant to shock and vibration
7. Ultra-fast ring recovery time < 10 ms
Switches
Networking Products
Hirschmann
RS20 and RS30 OpenRail DIN-rail Mount Switches
Eagle20 Hardened Firewall/VPN Appliance
HIRSCHMANN
HIRSCHMANN
PR24061V2-174069.tif
Hirschmann's unmanaged OpenRail store and forward switches are ideal for
applications that are less dependent upon the features of switch management while
maintaining the highest feature-set for an unmanaged switch.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 8x, 9x, 16x, 17x, 24x, and 25x ports in a 4.25 in. footprint
2. Up to 4x fiber ports
3. Redundant power inputs via dual 24 V DC
4. Fault relay (triggerable by loss of one power input and/or the loss of the
link(s) specified)
5. 10/100/1000 auto-negotiating and auto-crossing (either patch or crossover
cables will work in the ports)
6. Variety of connector options for multimode and single-mode fiber optic ports
7. Choice of operating temperatures and conformal coating
D including IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 50121-4 and ATEX 100a
8. Variety of approvals
Zone 2
PR23806V2-168131.tif
A hardened 24 V DC, DIN-rail mount firewall that allows users to secure, isolate or
remotely access a network.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Scalable security functionality: pure firewall and VPN router
2. Simple commissioning and deployment
3. Stateful inspection firewall
4. Multipoint VPN
5. Default one-way communication
6. Integrated DHCP server
MICE Media Modules

HIRSCHMANN
PR24057V2-174083.tif
MICE media modules are hot-swappable and may be used with the PowerMICE switch
to obtain desired port density. The only restriction is the number of slots that the
PowerMICE has (one media module per slot). MICE media modules come a variety of
configurations including: copper, fiber (SFP), multimode, single-mode, Gigabit
and real-time.
10.24
Switches
APC by Schneider Electric

./
Index1.Networking Systems//Peripheral Devices//Sharing Devices
APC KVM Solutions

PR71351V2-579786.tif
APC Rack KVM switches enable IT administrators through both local and remote POST
and BIOS-level access and control of connected Windows, SUN and Linux/UNIX
servers. Virtual media-enabled KVM Switches allow IT administrators to update
servers from the KVM switch, reducing time and costs associated with updating an
installed server. They improve return on investment and flexibility through scalability
with centralized access to servers in data centers, computer rooms and remote
branch offices.
455445
KVM2116P
494697
KVM1116P
455442
KVM0216A
495014
493509
396767
396768
KVM0116A
KVM0108A
AP5201
AP5202
Description
32-port digital enterprise IP KVM with
Virtual Media, two remote users
16-port digital enterprise IP KVM with
Virtual Media, two remote users
16-port digital IP KVM with Virtual Media,
one remote user
16-port analog enterprise KVM with Virtual
Media, two local users
16-port analog KVM, one local user
8-port analog KVM, one local user
8-port multiplatform analog KVM
16-port multiplatform analog KVM
LCD CONSOLE-INTEGRATED KVM SWITCHES
PR33675V2-248514.tifk
The Rack LCD Console with Integrated KVM Switch combines the functionality of
Rack LCD Console and analog KVM switches in one convenient package optimizing
U space in the rack environment, eliminating cable clutter and offering a value of
two products functionality in one package.

425211 AP5808
425212
AP5816
Description
10.25
Networking Products
KVM SWITCHES
455446 KVM2132P
OPTIONAL CABLES AND KVM ACCESSORIES

Description
496425 KVM-LCDMOUNT
KVM 2G, LCD rear-mounting kit
496426 KVM-PS2
KVM 2G, server module, PS/2
496427 KVM-PS2VM
KVM 2G, server module, PS/2 with
Virtual Media
496428 KVM-SERIAL
KVM 2G, server module, serial
496429 KVM-USB
KVM 2G, server module, USB
456625 KVM-USBVM
KVM 2G, server module, USB with
Virtual Media
496430 KVM-USBVMCAC
KVM 2G, server module, USB with Virtual
Media and CAC
374155 AP5630
KVM PS/2 server module
374156 AP5631
KVM USB server module
374157 AP5632
KVM Sun server module for VGA or 13W3
374159 AP5635
KVM PS/2 VM server module - 14 in.
(36 cm)
374160 AP5636
KVM VT100 serial server module
374161 AP5640
Power supply for APC KVM serial
server module
374162 AP5641
KVM to APC switched rack PDU power
management cable
350599 AP5253
KVM USB cable (6 ft.)
350604 AP5257
443132 AP5261
443137 AP5821
Integrated rack LCD/KVM USB cable (6 ft.)
443138 AP5822
443139 AP5823
443134 AP5264
KVM PS/2 cable (3 ft.)
350603 AP5250
434856 AP5254
443133 AP5258
443135 AP5262
KVM daisy chain cable (2 ft.) (AP5262)
443136 AP5263
KVM daisy chain cable (6 ft.) (AP5263)
Switches
Tripp Lite
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Remote Access//Servers
Tripp Lite KVM Switches
Networking Products
TRIPP LITE
PR22485V2-133167.tif
Control an entire network in just 1U of rack space; console models include keyboard,
LCD screen, touchpad and KVM switch in a slim 1U rack-mount drawer.
FEATURES
17 in. and 19 in. LCD screens
Control up to 512 computers or servers by daisy-chaining additional rack-mount
KVM switches
One-year warranty. Three-year warranty on Minicom models
Description
374918 B020-008-17
8-port console KVM, 17 in. LCD
443171 B070-008-19
421038 B020-U08-19-K
8-port console KVM, 19 in. LCD, includes
eight 6 ft. cable kits
374920 B020-016-17
D
443173 B070-016-19
426004 B022-U16
16-port PS/2/USB KVM switch, 1U, includes
two 6 ft. cable kits
347669 B021-000-17
Rack-mount console (no KVM), 1U,
17 in. LCD
396482 B021-000-19-SH
Rack-mount console, 1U, 19 in. LCD,
short-depth console
374923 B019-000
Two-post rack-mount bracket for B021 and
B020 console KVM switch
426007 B051-000
IP remote access unit
443175 B078-101-USB
USB Server Interface Module for
B070 KVM Switches
496294 B040-016-19
496295 B040-008-19
496296 B020-016-17-IP
16-port console KVM, dual-rail, built-in IP
access, 17 in. LCD
376586 0SU70036
SMART 216 IP - two remote KVM users +
one local user control 16 ports + two
serial over IP
376587 0SU70037
SMART 232 IP - two remote KVM users +
one local user control 32 ports + two
serial over IP
384716 0SU22081
SMART 108, KVM Cat 5 switch 8-port,
one user
386096 0SU22082
SMART 116, KVM Cat 5 switch 16-port,
one user
10.26
Power over Ethernet
Transition Networks
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Shared-Media Hubs//Stackables
MiLAN's EmPowered Ethernet

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR11154V2-492496.tif
Networking Products
Power over Ethernet Injection and Splitting Solutions, MiLAN's EmPowered Ethernet
Series Power over Ethernet (PoE) solutions, deliver a unified supply of data, voice and
video as well as electrical power through a single source by sending power over
standard twisted-pair cables. Power over Ethernet simplifies installation and
eliminates the need to run separate power cords and LAN cables to each access point
or port location.
Description
308055 MIL-L100I
1-port Power over Ethernet injector
484186 MIL-L1000I-AT
1-port 10/100/1000 Power over Ethernet
Plus (PoE+) injector
10.27
Patch Panels
PANDUIT
./
DPoE Power Patch Panels

PANDUIT
PR10829V2-17674.tif

305186 DPOEPWRB120
330740 DPOEPWRDUAL
373091 CORD-S15
342938 DPOESHELF
Description
120 W power supply
DPoE dual power bus adapter
AC power cord
Shelf for Midspan 8, 1RU
Index1.Networking Systems//Peripheral Devices//Power Protection
DPoE Compact 8 Midspan
Networking Products
PANDUIT
DPoE Power Patch Panels offer high-density, managed power solutions in a
space-saving 1RU design (only 38 percent of the rack space).
FEATURES
Deliver reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet for permanent installations
Supports 15.4 W to every port
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af standards
Eliminate power budget load balancing
Offer RJ45 terminations with LEDs on front of panels to indicate port powering
or port status and 110-type punch-down terminations on rear of panel for
networking management connections
Includes DPoE Element Manager Software CD, rack-mount screws, grounding
strap and lug, and power harness
Description
356833 DPOE24U1XG
24-port UTP 1 GbE 10/100/1000 power
D
patch panel
Index1.Networking Systems//Peripheral Devices//Power Protection
DPoE Compact 8 Midspan

PANDUIT
PR11964V2-21711.tif
The DPoE Compact 8 Midspan offers adaptability to add or remove port modules as
needed, providing the flexibility to accommodate ongoing changes.
FEATURES
Delivers reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet to new or existing networks
Supports up to 32 W (2x power) to every port
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af Standards
Compact, modular design allows up to three units to fit horizontally across one
rack space
Scalable to grow network as needed
Description
330736 DPOE8S2XG
DPoE Power Midspan
326543 DPOE8KIT
DPoE Power Midspan Kit
330742 DPOEWM8B
Wall-mount bracket
330743 DPOEPL8BU
DPoE modular 8-port passive module
305186 DPOEPWRB120
120 W power supply
330740 DPOEPWRDUAL
DPoE dual power bus adapter
373091 CORD-S15
AC power cord
342938 DPOESHELF
Shelf for Midspan 8, 1RU
The DPoE Compact 8 Midspan offers adaptability to add or remove port modules as
needed, providing the flexibility to accommodate ongoing changes.
FEATURES
Delivers reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet to new or existing networks
Supports up to 32 W (2x power) to every port
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af Standards
Compact, modular design allows up to three units to fit horizontally across one
rack space
Scalable to grow network as needed
Description
330736 DPOE8S2XG
DPoE Power Midspan
326543 DPOE8KIT
DPoE Power Midspan Kit
330742 DPOEWM8B
Wall-mount bracket
330743 DPOEPL8BU
DPoE modular 8-port passive module
10.28
PR11964V2-21711.tif
Routers
ADTRAN Inc.
374352 1700611G2
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Wide Area Networking//Routers
NetVanta Business-class Access Routers
PR23819V2-174045.tif

374351 1700601G2
353389
1700600L2
Description
NetVanta 3120 with Enhanced Feature Pack
Software with fixed-port Ethernet secure
access IP router and integral 4-port switch
Software with fixed-port Ethernet secure
access IP router with DBU and integral
4-port switch
353390
1700610L2
PR23817V2-174047.tif

397593 1203860G1
397594
1203870G1
353345
1202820E1
373923
1202880E1
420902
1200823G1
443964
1700630G1120
331086
4200990G1240
Description
NetVanta 3200 modular IP access router,
single Ethernet, single NIM slot,
desktop enclosure
single Ethernet, single NIM slot,
1U enclosure
dual Ethernet, single NIM slot, IPv6-ready
dual Ethernet, dual NIM slots
dual Ethernet, dual NIM slots, IPv6-ready
dual Gigabit Ethernet, dual NIM slots,
single wide slot, IPv6-ready
dual Ethernet, six wide slots
NETWORK INTERFACE MODULES

These support a breadth of network applications in the NetVanta 1335,
NetVanta 3000 Series, NetVanta 4430 and NetVanta 5000 Series.
Description
397673 1700801G1
3G NIM (Verizon)
331074 1202862L1
T1/FT1 module
331075 1202863L1
T1/FT1 + DSX-1 module
331076 1200872L1
Dual T1/FT1 module
397677 1202869E1
ADSL module
397678 1200936E1
SHDSL module
331078 1200861L1
56k/64k module
397679 1200866E1
Serial module
10.29
Networking Products
ADTRAN INC
ADTRAN's business-class access routers provide affordable, diverse networking
solutions that meet the need for secure, cost-effective Internet access and multisite
business connectivity. The portfolio of NetVanta multiservice, modular and fixed-port
routers are used for deployment in branch offices or in multisite networks for
applications ranging from bandwidth expansion and VoIP to point-to-point
connectivity, MPLS networking, VPN, ADSL and Ethernet access.
NetVanta routers address today's highest networking priorities with robust WAN and
LAN protocols, support for next-generation technologies such as Carrier Ethernet and
3G wireless and a differentiating set of ease-of-use, management, security and
troubleshooting features like Voice Quality Monitoring (VQM). This broad line of routing
products can be used for small and medium business networks and diverse
enterprise offices.
FEATURES
Fixed-port routers:
- Fixed-port business-class routers for broadband access
(Ethernet, ADSL/ADSL2/ADSL2+)
- Stateful inspection firewall
- IPSec Virtual Private Network (VPN) tunneling with DES/DES3/AES encryption
- RIP, OSPF and eBGP/iBGP routing protocol support
- Wi-Fi access controller capability to manage up to eight NetVanta 150 wireless
access points
- Cable diagnostics to identify and locate Ethernet cable impairments
Modular IP routers:
- For MPLS, frame relay, PPP, PPPoE, PPPoA, RFC 1483, ADSL and
Ethernet-based networks
- Auto-sensing 10/100BASE-TX interfaces
- Integral stateful inspection firewall
- IPSEC VPN tunneling with DES/3DES/AES encryption (optional)
- Standards-based eBGP/iBGP, OSPF, RIP, static routing and bridging protocols
- Wi-Fi Access Controller capability to manage up to eight NetVanta 150 wireless
access points
- Voice Quality Monitoring (optional)
Description
Software with fixed-port ADSL secure
access IP router and integral 4-port switch
Software with fixed-port ADSL secure
access IP router with DBU and integral
4-port switch
Routers
ADTRAN Inc.
(continued)
NetVanta Business-class Access Routers
DIAL BACKUP INTERFACE MODULES

These support a breadth of network applications in the NetVanta 1335,
NetVanta 3000 Series, NetVanta 4430 and NetVanta 5000 Series.
Description
331080 1200865L1
ISDN BRI dial backup module
331079 1200864L1
Analog modem dial backup module
Networking Products
WIDE MODULES
331091 1200832L1
360667 1202843 E1
331084 1200934L1
10.30
Description
T3 wide module
Octal T1/E1 wide module
HSSI wide module
Index1.Networking Systems//Wide Area Networking//Routers
NetVanta Multiservice Access Routers

ADTRAN INC
PR23820V2-174050.tif
NetVanta multiservice routers with integral Ethernet switch address the needs of
multiple networking devices in a single chassis. These integrated, all-in-one access
platforms integrate a robust, modular IP access router, Ethernet switch with Power
over Ethernet (PoE) as an option, firewall, VPN and DSU/CSU into a single platform.
The NetVanta 1335 takes this integration concept one step further by including an
802.11a/b/g Wireless Access Point (WAP).
FEATURES
Modular platforms supporting an IP access router, Ethernet switch, firewall
and VPN
Performance-enhanced platforms supporting RapidRoute technology
Supports all current NIMs and dial backup interface modules (DIMs)
Auto-sensing 10/100BASE-TX interface(s)
Integral stateful inspection firewall
IPSec VPN tunneling with DES/3DES/AES encryption
Wi-Fi access controller capability to manage up to the 24 NetVanta 150 wireless
access points (WAPs)
Description
395414 12008210
8-port Ethernet switch
443965 4200821E11120
8-port PoE switch
420901 1200824G1
8-port Layer 2 Fast Ethernet switch
443961 4200824G11120
395417 1700525E2
multiservice router with 24-port PoE
Layer 2/3 switch
440496 1700515G2120
NetVanta 1335 single NIM 24-port
Layer 2/3 switch
Transmission and Access
ADTRAN Inc.
./
T1/E1 TSU Series
IP Business Gateways
ADTRAN INC
ADTRAN's TSU Series is the No. 1 T1 CSU/DSU product line and offers the broadest line
of T1/E1 termination equipment available on the market. Models range from
single-port CSU/DSUs to full-featured, multiport multiplexers. Multiport models
accept numerous application modules for voice, data, disaster recovery and more.
ADTRAN INC
T1 CSU SERIES
Includes stand-alone T1 CSU used to connect T1 DTE equipment to network
T1 circuits.
Description
310323 1203022L1
T1 CSU ACE
326373 1204025L1
ESF T1 CSU and supports line coding and
framing conversion
DDS Series
ADTRAN INC
The DDS series of products offers a wide range of high-performance, cost-effective
CSU/DSUs. The ADTRAN CSU/DSU family of products includes stand-alone and
rack-mount products that incorporate many different features like SNMP
management, automatic dial backup, auto-rate adaptation, user-selectable options,
external DTE master circuit clock, as well as weekend and time-of-day
lockout options.
Description
397180 1200062L1
DSU, 56/64k CSU/DSU, a synchronous
V.35 interface
397185 1200078L1
DSU 5600, 56/64k CSU/DSU, a synchronous
EIA-232 interface
397186 1202011L1
DSU III AR, 56/64k CSU/DSU, all-rate
V.35 and EIA-232 DTE interface for
synchronous applications
ADTRAN offers a full line of IP Business Gateways for converged IP networks. The Total
Access 900/900e series is ideal for networks transitioning to VoIP and offers a
number of fixed-port configurations. The NetVanta 6310 is an innovative dual-slot
modular IP Business Gateway designed for Ethernet-fed WAN or e.SHDSL EFM network
applications. The NetVanta 6330 Series Modular IP Business Gateway is designed for
use in integrated IP voice and data service offerings to small- to medium-size
businesses, worldwide. With this versatile chassis, carriers can offer a variety of
services including cost-effective integrated voice and data over an Ethernet-fed wide
area network (WAN) or over low overhead bonded e.SHDSL loops and T1 circuits. The
single-slot chassis includes a robust IP router, SIP gateway and dual 10/100BASE-T
Ethernet interfaces for routing, DMZ or Ethernet-fed WAN applications. The NetVanta
6355 combines all of the features of the Total Access 900e into a single chassis with
an onboard-managed 24-port PoE switch for hosted deployments.
All of these platforms provide SIP/MGCP-gateway functionality, support for a number
of analog and digital interfaces for existing phone equipment or for the combination
of an IP PBX and an analog fax/phone or model. Transparent proxy functionality and
remote survivability provide backup capability for phone support in the event of a wide
area network (WAN) outage.
FEATURES
Total Access 900 Series
- Single-T1, IP Business Gateway designed for carrier VoIP networks
- Full-featured IP router
- Single 10/100BASE-T interface
- Single DSX-1 for PRI/T1 CAS
access points
Total Access 900e Series
- Multi-T1, IP Business Gateway designed for carrier VoIP networks
- Quad T1 SIP or MGCP Gateway
- Dual 10/100BASE-TX
- Single FXO for local call/911 routing
- Dual DSX-1 support for PRI/T1CAS
access points
NetVanta 6310
- Modular IP Business Gateway
- SIP gateway
- Dual-slot modular chassis
- Dual 10/100BASE-TX Ethernet interfaces for routing, DMZ or Ethernet-fed WAN
- Integral PRI/PRA T1/E1 for PBX connectivity
- ETSI compliant
10.31
Networking Products
T1 CSU AND SINGLE-PORT CSU/DSUS

Includes single-port T1/FT1 CSU/DSU.
Description
397191 1202295L1
TSU ACE
397192 1203060L1
TSU LT, Bantam test jacks
397190 1200060L2
TSU Metal, Bantam test jacks, ruggedized
metal chassis
397193 1200169L1
TSU ESP, embedded SNMP
PR23816V2-174054.tif
ADTRAN Inc.
Networking Products
(continued)
IP Business Gateways
NetVanta 6330
- Modular IP Business Gateway
- Converged service solutions
- Modular, single-slot chassis
- Integral SIP gateway, router and security
- Supports a variety of network and voice interfaces
- Dual 10/100BASE-T interfaces for routing, DMZ or Ethernet-fed WAN
NetVanta 6355
- IP Business Gateway with 24-port PoE switch
- Integrated SIP and MGCP gateway
- Two FXS interfaces and two FXO interfaces
- Dual Gigabit/SFP module slot
- Local and remote survivability
- Two slots for NIM/VIM expansion
access points
NetVanta 6240
- Quad T1 SIP or MGCP Gateway
- Dual 10/100BASE-TX interfaces
- Dual FXO options for PSTN access and survivability
- Flexible 30 and 60 channel models
- Supports 30 or 60 T.38 sessions
NetVanta 644
- Quad T1/E1 SIP Media Gateway
D
- Dual 10/100/1000BASE-T interfaces
- Supports 120 simultaneous calls
- Innovative voice quality monitoring on all calls
TOTAL ACCESS 900 SERIES
395113 4212904L1
395153 4212908L1
395154 4212912L1
395155 4212916L1
363359 4212924L1
397279 4212924L2
TOTAL ACCESS 900E SERIES
397281 4242908L1
397280 4242916L1
397282 4242924L1
397283 4242924L2
NETVANTA 6310
397284 1700100G1
10.32
Description
Total Access 904, 4 FXS
Total Access 924, 16 FXS/8 FXO
Description
Total Access 908e, 8 FXS
Total Access 924e, 16 FXS/8 FXO
Description
NetVanta 6310 modular IP
Business Gateway
NETVANTA 6330
420879 47006332G1
420880
47006334G1
420882
420881
47006337G1
47006336G1
NETVANTA 6310/6330 MODULES

496302 1700105G1
496303 1700102G1
496304 1700109G1
496305 1700108G1
496306 1700111G1
496307 1700106G1
496308 1700103G1
NETVANTA 6355
397285 1200740E1
Description
NetVanta 6332 modular IP business
gateway, 8 FXS
gateway, 16 FXS
NetVanta 6330, 16 FXS + 8 FXO
gateway, 24 FXS
Description
NetVanta QUAD FXO VIM2
NetVanta QUAD FXS/FXO VIM2
NetVanta OCTAL FXO VIM2
Octal FXS
NetVanta QUAD FXS/FXO VIM
NetVanta QUAD T1/E1 EFM NIM
NetVanta QUAD SHDSL EFM NIM 2 - ANNEX A
Description
NetVanta 6355 IP Business Gateway with
24-port PoE switch
NETVANTA 6240: 30-CHANNEL MODELS

Description
489611 4740202G10
NetVanta 6240, 8 FXS
489613 4740204G10
NetVanta 6240, 16 FXS, 30-channel DSP
489614 4740206G10
489615 4740202G11
NetVanta 6240, 8 FXS, 30-channel DSP,
2 FXO
489616 4740204G11
2 FXO
489617 4740206G11
2 FXO
489619 4740207G11
10 FXO
NETVANTA 6240: 60-CHANNEL MODELS
Description
489620 4740202G20
489622 4740204G20
489624 4740206G20
489625 4740202G21
2 FXO
489627 4740204G21
2 FXO
489628 4740206G21
NetVanta 6240, 24FXS, 60-channel DSP,
2 FXO
489630 4740207G21
10 FXO
ADTRAN Inc.
Index1.Networking Systems//Wide Area Networking//Multiplexers
MX2800 T3 and Fiber

ADTRAN INC
PR20497V2-77434.tif
MX2800 SERIES
353924 1200290L1
353925
353926
353928
353929
353932
285165
1205288L1
1205288L2
1202289L1
1202289L2
1202289L3
4205291L2
397747
319691
397750
4205291L6
4205290L2
4205290L5
397751
397753
397754
4205290L6
4205290L3
4205290L4
397755
4205290L7
397756
397758
4205290L8
4205290L9
328969
399888
399890
4205290L10
4205290L23
4205290L24
Description
MX2800 chassis, does not include any
controller cards or power supplies
MX2800 controller with modem
MX2800 controller without modem
MX2800 AC power supply
MX2800 DC power supply
MX2800 24 V PSU
MX2800 redundant AC with modem and
patch panel
MX2800 redundant AC with patch panel
MX2800 DS3 AC redundant with modem
MX2800 DS3 AC nonredundant
without modem
MX2800 DS3 AC redundant without modem
MX2800 DS3 DC redundant without modem
MX2800 DS3 DC redundant with
V.34 modem
MX2800 DS3 DC nonredundant
without modem
MX2800 DS3 DC redundant without modem
MX2800 DS3 AC/DC redundant
without modem
MX2800 DS3 AC/DC redundant with modem
MX2800 nonredundant 24 V with modem
MX2800 redundant 24 V with modem
10.33
Networking Products
MX 2800 Series:
The MX2800 is an M13 multiplexer that consolidates T1 and E1 signals into a
T3 circuit. This unit provides a cost-effective, versatile tool for combining independent
T1s, E1s or a combination of the two over the same T3 circuit. It also houses two
hot-swappable controller cards which provide 1:1 redundancy for the T1 and
T3 signals, as well as the T3 connections.
Embedded simple network management protocol (SNMP) and Telnet are available
through the modem port using serial line Internet protocol/point-to-point (SLIP/PPP)
or through the 10BASE-T Ethernet port. Using the Management Information Base II (MIB
II), RFC 1407 standards and an ADTRAN enterprise MIIB, the MX2800 can be
configured, monitored and diagnosed with standard SNMP network management
programs such as HP's OpenView and Cabletron's Spectrum. In addition, the SysLog
Host Daemon allows remote monitoring, collecting and logging of MX2800 events in
real time. This information is useful during installation setups and/or troubleshooting.
Complete configuration, loopbacks and performance monitoring are available through
SNMP, Telnet or a VT100 terminal interface. This connection can be made via Ethernet,
a local EIA-232 link or through the built-in V.34 modem. The modem can dial out a "cry
for help" for units located in unmanned facilities. The MX2800 is designed for
installation in a 19 or 23 inch rack.
MX 2810 Series:
ADTRAN has applied its industry-leading expertise in developing carrier-class products
to the MX2810 M13 multiplexer. The MX2810 offers bandwidth consolidation at a low
price and in the smallest footprint available in the industry. Measuring only 1U high in
19 or 23 inch rack-mount configurations, this compact device gives ILECs a powerful
tool for consolidating 28 T1 signals or 21 E1 signals into a T3 circuit.
Like all ADTRAN products, the MX2810 offers comprehensive management options,
including full management and GUI support from ADTRAN's Total Access EMS. It
features a VT100 terminal interface for local configuration. To support SNMP and
Telnet management, the MX2810 has an integrated 10BASE-T Ethernet port. It has an
RS-232 port for network management, as well as an RS-485 port for daisy-chaining
multiple units. TL1 alarming and provisioning are also supported.
The MX2810 meets the most stringent NEBS Level 3 requirements. In addition, the
product is backed by an industry-leading 10-year warranty.
MX2820 Series:
M13 deployment, the technology that enables multiple T1 delivery from a single T3, is
a fairly elementary yet important part for telecommunications carriers. Demand for
T1s is affected by existing remote terminals (RTs) that are space-constrained.
Supplying a carrier-case multiplexer that can significantly increase T1 output while
minimizing space that has been the challenge for telecommunications-equipment
providers. Carriers facing costs for IP addressing save money because M13 capability
can be added yet each MX2820 uses only a single IP address.
In areas where multiple M13s are needed, the ADTRAN MX2820 High-Density
M13 multiplexer frees up valuable rack space with a high-density chassis. The
MX2820 houses up to 18 multiplexer cards to provide nine redundant
M13 multiplexers in a 23 inch chassis and two rack units of space. Up to seven
redundant M13 multiplexers can be based in a 19 inch chassis. In addition, the

M2820 can provide up to 81 M13s in a 7 foot bay using active cooling (fans and heat
baffles) or up to 63 M13s in a 7 foot bay using passive cooling (heat baffles).
The MX2820 MUX cards are capable of combining independent T1s, E1s or T1s and E1s
on the same DS3. Each pair of MUX cards provides built-in 1:1 redundancy on the
DS1 and DS3 signals. Advanced diagnostics include CSU loopbacks, NIU loopbacks,
C-bit loopbacks and built-in BERT (bit error rate testing) capabilities.
FEATURES
Fully redundant M13 multiplexer
Affordable DS3 bandwidth consolidation
Built-in 1:1 redundancy
Controller card intelligence isolates between MUX and network failures and will
only switch on MX2800 hardware failures
Hot-swappable controller cards
Capable of backhauling multiple service types (T1/E1)
M13 and C-Bit signaling support
NEBS Level 3 compliant
Transports up to 28 T1s over T3
Supports G.747 for transport of up to 21 E1s
Dual load-sharing redundant power supplies
SNMP, Telnet and TL1 management
Quick, easy installation
Connectorized backplane
Fits either 19 or 23 in. racks
AC and DC (-48 V or 24 V) versions available
Available with or without integral modem
ADTRAN Inc.
(continued)
MX2800 T3 and Fiber
Networking Products

399891 4205290L27
399892
399893
4205290L28
4205290L34
399896
4205290L38
399899
399900
399901
399903
399905
399906
399907
399908
4205290L11
4205290L12
4205290L15
4205290L16
4205290L13
4205290L14
4205290L17
4205290L18
MX2810 SERIES
424011 1185001L1
MX2820 SERIES
397760 1186001L1
D
397761
1186001L2
399422
399423
399426
399428
399429
399461
310594
399462
399463
399464
399465
399466
399467
399468
399469
399470
399471
399473
399474
1186002L1
1186002L3
1186003L1
1186004L1
1186010L1
1186011L1
1186015L1
4186001L10
4186001L12
4186001L14
4186002L10
4186002L12
4186002L14
4186003L10
4186003L12
4186003L14
4186004L10
4186004L12
4186004L14
Description
MX2800 nonredundant 24 V
without modem
MX2800 redundant 24 V without modem
MX2800 redundant 24 V with modem
and fan
MX2800 redundant 24 V without modem
and with fan
MX2800 DS3 AC P1/C1/M/F
MX2800 DS3 AC P2/C2/M/F
MX2800 DS3 AC P1/C1/F
MX2800 DS3 AC P2/C2/F
MX2800 DS3 DC P1/C1/M/F
MX2800 DS3 DC P2/C2/M/F
MX2800 DS3 DC P1/C1/F
MX2800 DS3 DC P2/C2/F
Description
MX2810 M13 multiplexer chassis
Description
MX2800 19 in. chassis, does not include
any controller cards or power supplies
MX2800 23 in. chassis, does not include
any controller cards or power supplies
MX2820 MUX card
MX2820 MUX PM/BERT
MX2820 SCU
MX2820 clock card
MX2820 MUX blank card
MX2820 clock blank card
MX2820 test access module
MX2820 19 in. chassis, SCU, 10 MUX card
MX2820 19 in. chassis, SCU, 10 STS-1
For more variations of the MX2800s and the complete line of the MX2820
series, please contact your local sales representative.
10.34
Index1.Networking Systems//Wide Area Networking//Inverse Multiplexers
ISU Series
ADTRAN INC
The ISU series products are ideal for terminating basic rate service from PBXs and
central offices. The ISDN terminal adapters are designed for solutions requiring
speeds of 128 kbps. Some models have built-in NT1 functionality. ADTRAN ISDN
inverse multiplexers provide additional functionality at rates up to 512 kbps.
ISDN SERVICE UNITS
187679 1202029L2
ISDN INVERSE MULTIPLEXERS

397221 1202086L1
Description
ISU 128 terminates ISDN BRI U-interface
and provides V.35 and EIA-530/232 DTE
serial interfaces
Description
ISU 512 terminates four ISDN BRI
U-interfaces and provides V.35 and
EIA-530 DTE serial interfaces
Index1.Networking Systems//Wide Area Networking//Multiplexers
ATLAS Integrated Access Devices

ADTRAN INC
The ATLAS series of enterprise integrated access devices (IADs) is a versatile
integrated access platform for converging voice, video and data. It offers modular
platforms that support T3, T1, PRI, ISDN and frame relay; and can be configured to
meet multiple networking requirements in a cost-effective solution.
FEATURES
Consolidates voice and data circuits and bandwidth sharing
Integrates many networking functions into a modular, economical chassis
Cost-effective system for lowering monthly telecom costs
ISDN PRI to T1, BRI or analog conversion and oversubscription features, ISDN
PRI/BRI switching
Multi-T1/PRI DACsing and grooming, WAN emulation, videoconferencing
Support for T3 applications acting as a 3/1/0 DACs and groom or IAD
Integral switchboard and dial plan for intelligent call switching, overbooking
and number substitution
ATLAS 550 IADS
Integrated access device (IAD) designed for small- to medium-size networks with one
to 18 T1/PRI ports.
Description
374305 1200305E2
ATLAS 550 base unit, AC
329035 1200550L2
ATLAS 550 base unit, DC
285167 4200305L1
ATLAS 550 T1 to PRI converter
329047 4200305L2
ATLAS 550 video switch
ATLAS 550 MODULES
Network interface modules include a variety of WAN connectivity options while user
modules provide analog voice and a host of data, video and backup
connectivity options.
Description
329049 1200307E2
ATLAS 550 T1/PRI network
interface module
329050 1200309E1
ATLAS 550 octal FXS module
329051 1200310L1
ATLAS 550 octal FXO module
ADTRAN Inc.
329471 1200313L1
329472 1200311E1
329474 1200314E2
329475 1200755E2
329476 1200315E1
397219 1200764E1
329478 4200754L1
329481 4200754L2
329482 4200754L3
329483 4200754L4
Description
ATLAS 550 octal E&M module
ATLAS 550 dual Nx56/64 V.35 module
ATLAS 550 dual T1/PRI module
ATLAS 550 quad T1/PRI module
ATLAS 550 quad BRI/U module
ATLAS 550 quad S/T BRI Module
ATLAS 550 dual RS-449/V.36 USSI module
ATLAS 550 dual EIA-530 USSI module
ATLAS 550 dual X.21/V11 USSI module
ATLAS 550 dual EIA-232 USSI module
10.35
Networking Products
ATLAS 800 IADS

Integrated access device (IAD) designed for large networks with up to 34 T1/PRI
ports or a T3.
Description
374390 1200780L1
ATLAS 830 base unit, AC
374392 4200321L1
ATLAS 890 nonredundant system, AC
374395 4200321L2
ATLAS 890 redundant system, AC
374404 4200321L3
ATLAS 890 nonredundant system, DC
374410 4200321L4
ATLAS 890 redundant system, DC
374411 4200780L1
ATLAS 830 video switch, V.35 system
374412 4200780L2
ATLAS 830 video switch, RS-449 system
374413 4200780L3
ATLAS 830 video switch, EIA-530 system
ATLAS 800 MODULES

ATLAS option modules for termination of: T1, PRI, E1, PRA, FX, FXO, V.35, BRI and
other services.
Description
374414 1200185L3
ATLAS 800 quad T1/PRI option module
374420 1200184L1
ATLAS 800 quad
Nx56/64 V.35 option module
374421 1200338L1
ATLAS 800 octal FXS option module
374422 1200223L1
ATLAS 800 T3 option module
374423 4200261L1
ATLAS 800 RS-449/V.36, quad USSI
option module
374424 4200261L2
ATLAS 800 EIA-530, quad USSI
option module
374425 4200261L3
ATLAS 800 X.21/V.11, quad USSI
option module
374429 4200261L4
ATLAS 800 EIA-232, quad USSI
option module
374430 1200262L1
ATLAS 800 Nx56/64 bonding option module
374431 4200773L1
ATLAS 800 dual V.35 video option module
374432 4200773L2
ATLAS 800 dual EIA-530 video
option module
374433 4200773L3
ATLAS 800 dual RS-449 video
option module
Media Converters
Transition Networks
./
Index1.Networking Systems//Peripheral Devices//Transceivers/Multiplexers
Ethernet Stand-alone Converters
Networking Products
TRANSITION NETWORKS
Extended-temperature Fast Ethernet Converters

PR9931V2-492843.tif
Media converters are used to connect devices in a mixed cabling environment. When
fiber optic cable is being integrated into a UTP network, media converters can be
used to make easy and affordable connections between the fiber cable and
RJ45 ports. Transition Networks' Ethernet media converters offer a variety of fiber
connectors, data-transmission distances and operating temperature ranges.
Advanced features include AutoCross and Link Pass Through.
Description
257445 E-TBT-FRL-05
10BASE-T RJ45 to 10BASE-FL, 850 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
257450 E-TBT-FRL-05-SC
multimode, SC, 2 km
257446 E-TBT-FRL-05-L
multimode, ST, 5 km
D
257447 E-TBT-FRL-05-LH
single-mode, ST, 40 km
TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR9936V2-492861.tif
Designed to operate in Fast Ethernet environments where ambient temperatures can

rise as high as 65C (149F). Operating temperature: -25C to +65C with
100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX connection.
Description
284527 E-100BTX-FX-05-HT 100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX, with
1300 nm, multimode, ST, 2 km
284530 E-100BTX-FX-05-SCHT 100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX, with
1300 nm, multimode, SC, 2 km
284532 E-100BTX-FX-05-SMHT 100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX, with
1310 nm, single-mode, SC, 20 km
Index1.Networking Systems//Peripheral Devices//Protocol Converters
Gigabit Ethernet Stand-alone Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR12171V2-492640.tif
Fast Ethernet Stand-alone Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR9933V2-492852.tif
Extend the distance between two fast Ethernet devices up to 2 km on multimode fiber
and up to 40 km on single-mode fiber; other long-haul options are available. These
full-featured products include AutoCross, Auto-negotiation, Link Pass Through, Far
End Fault and Pause. Converters supporting extended operating temperatures are also
available. 10/100 bridging converters are ideal for connecting 10/100 devices to a
100 Mbps fiber backbone with 100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX connections.
Description
213792 E-100BTX-FX-05
With 1300 nm, multimode, ST, 2 km
214108 E-100BTX-FX-05-SC With 1300 nm, multimode, SC, 2 km
255573 E-100BTX-FX-05-MT With 1300 nm, multimode, MT-RJ, 2 km
312465 E-100BTX-FX-05-LC With 1300 nm, multimode, LC, 2 km
255575 E-100BTX-FX-05-SM With 1310 nm, single-mode, SC, 20 km
284520 E-100BTX-FX-05-LH With 1310 nm, single-mode, SC, 40 km
10.36
Migrate to Gigabit in a cost-effective manner. When Gigabit media converters are

used in conjunction with lower-cost 1000BASE-T switches, users can take advantage
of the high-bandwidth Gigabit Ethernet offers without all of the higher costs. Optional
single-strand media converters allow you to double your fiber capacity by
transmitting and receiving data over one strand of fiber.
Description
332341 SGETF1013-110
1000BASE-T RJ45 to 1000BASE-SX,
850 nm, multimode, SC, 220 m
333559 SGETF1014-110
1000BASE-T RJ45 to 1000BASE-LX,
333562 SGETF1024-110
1310 nm, extended multimode, SC, 2 km
333563 SGETF1029-110
1310 nm TX/1550 nm RX, single-fiber,
single-mode, SC 20 km
333565 SGETF1029-111
1550 nm TX/1310 nm RX, single-fiber,
Media Converters
Transition Networks
251367 F-SM-MM-05
10/100/1000 Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR9940V2-492870.tif
F-SM-MM-02
251368
F-SM-MM-02-LH
313673
SFMFF1314-220
313674
SFMFF1315-220
T1/E1 and DS3-T3/E3 Stand-alone Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR9942V2-492876.tif
10 Gigabit Ethernet Fiber to Fiber Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
The Transition Networks' 10 Gigabit Ethernet fiber to fiber converter is a two-port 10G
pluggable media converter, supporting a variety of XFP and SFP+ modules allowing
network designers to utilize the module to meet their network requirements. This
converter provides 3R (reamplify, reshape, and retime) optical signal regeneration.
Description
461473 STGFF4747-100
2-port 10GBASE-X XFP slot (empty) to XFP
slot (empty)
461475 STGFF4848-100
2-port 10GBASE-X SFP+ slot (empty) to
SFP+ slot (empty)
Single-mode to Multimode Stand-alone Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR9941V2-492873.tif
The remotely managed T1/E1 converter offers a solution for users who desire to
extend their T1 or E1 circuits over fiber and remotely manage them "in-band" from
administrator locations. The DS3-T3/E3 copper-to-fiber media converter will provide a
solution for those users who desire to extend the point of presence of their DS3 or
E3 connection or use it to connect remote locations.
Description
423406 SSDTF1011-120
T1/E1 twisted-pair RJ48 to 850 nm,
multimode, ST 2 km with
remote management
423407 SSDTF1013-120
multimode, SC 2 km with
remote management
423408 SSDTF1014-120
single-mode, SC 20 km with
remote management
Single-mode to multimode media converters allow for the connection of single-mode

cable to devices with multimode ports. Connect distant networks or devices on
single-mode cable and transmit data signals up to 20 km and farther with
long-haul options.
10.37
Networking Products
The 10/100/1000 media converters will offer a low-cost integration option for
network managers who want to migrate from 10/100 networks to Gigabit Ethernet.
Gigabit-only switches can now be connected to a 10/100 network at distances up to
125 km with long-haul options.
Description
268663 SGFEB1013-120
10/100/1000BASE-T RJ45 to 1000BASE-SX,
373495 SGFEB1014-120
10/100/1000BASE-T RJ45 to 1000BASE-LX,
268667 SGFEB1024-120
221293
Description
Ethernet or Token Ring, 850 nm,
multimode, ST 2 km to 1310 nm,
single-mode, ST 20 km
Fast Ethernet or ATM/SONET, 1300 nm,
multimode, SC 2 km to 1310 nm,
multimode, SC 2 km to 1310 nm,
Gigabit Ethernet, 1000BASE-SX, 850 nm,
multimode, SC 220 m to 1000BASE-LX,
1310 nm, single-mode, SC 10 km
Gigabit Ethernet, 1000BASE-SX, 850 nm,
multimode, SC 220 m to 1000BASE-LX,
1310 nm, single-mode, SC 25 km
Media Converters
Transition Networks
4x T1/E1 Plus 10/100 Ethernet Transport MUX Stand-alone

Media Converters
TRANSITION NETWORKS

284607 SRS2F3111-100
284609
SRS2F3114-100
282309
SRS4F3111-100
282316
SRS4F3114-100
282318
SRS4F3211-100
282320
SRS4F3214-100
PR11099V2-492457.tif
Description
RS-232 with remote management DB9 to
RS-422/485 DB9 to 1300 nm, multimode,
ST, 2 km
RS-422/485 DB9 to 1310 nm, single-mode,
SC, 20 km
RS-422/485 terminal block to 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
single-mode, SC, 20 km
Networking Products
This remotely managed transport MUX media converter can transport up to four
T1/E1 lines (RJ48), an RS-232 data channel and a 10/100 Ethernet line over a pair of
fiber optic cables. This converter will address the need to conserve installed fiber
strands by combining multiple signals and transporting them over one fiber link.
Converters supporting single-strand fiber optics are also available.
Description
313675 S4TEF1011-100
Four-port T1/E1 RJ48 and a RS-232 6-pin
DIN to 1300 nm, multimode, ST, 2 km
313678 S4TEF1013-100
DIN to 1300 nm, multimode, SC, 2 km
313679 S4TEF1014-100
DIN to 1310 nm, single-mode, SC, 20 km
D
313680 S4TEF1011-110
DIN and 10/100BASE-TX RJ45 to 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
313681 S4TEF1013-110
multimode, SC, 2 km
313682 S4TEF1014-110
RS-232 and RS-422/485 Stand-alone Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
High-speed Serial Stand-alone Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
The converter will provide a solution for those users who desire to extend the point of
presence of a copper V.35/X.21/RS-449/RS-530/RS-232 connection at data rates up
to 10 Mbps. It supports remote management of a stand-alone converter. The
converter uses a universal 26-pin serial interface to allow connections to multiple
copper interfaces via a converter cable.
Description
330032 SPSVT2611-100
High-speed serial 26-pin to 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
330033 SPSVT2613-100
multimode, SC, 2 km
330034 SPSVT2614-100
multimode, SC, 20 km
PR9943V2-492879.tif
The Transition Networks serial RS-232 to fiber media converters allow you to extend
the distance between serial connections with the use of fiber optic cable. These
full-featured converters transmit the full complement of RS-232 flow
control/handshaking signals optically and support full- or half-duplex data
transmissions at speeds up to 128 kbps. The RS-422/485 converters operate in
two-wire mode for RS-422 and either two-wire or four-wire mode for RS-485 and
support full- or half-duplex data transmissions at speeds up to 1.25 Mbps.
10.38
PR20297V2-492326.tif
Media Converters
Transition Networks
Power over Ethernet Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR23266V2-492353.tif
10/100/1000 BRIDGING POWER OVER ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTERS

Description
379289 SGPOE1013-100
10/100/1000BASE-T to 1000BASE-SX,
379290 SGPOE1014-100
10/100/1000BASE-T to 1000BASE-LX,
379288 SGPOE1040-100
10/100/1000BASE-T to 100/1000BASE-X
SFP slot (empty)
379291 SGPOE1040-110
10/100/1000BASE-T to two
100/1000BASE-X SFP slots (empty)
Analog Video CCTV Media Converters

Extend network distances and power PoE-enabled devices with a Power over Ethernet
media converter from Transition Networks. These PoE converters will enable
enterprises to power network devices directly over a UTP data connection. The Power
over Ethernet (PoE) converter emulates IEEE 802.3af Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE)
and it is compatible with Powered Devices (PD) that comply with the 802.3af
Standard. The ideal solution for delivering power over copper cabling to wireless
access points, IP telephones and PoE cameras.
10/100 BRIDGING POWER OVER ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTERS

Description
330092 SPOEB1011-100
10/100BASE-TX to 100BASE-FX, 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
330093 SPOEB1013-100
multimode, SC, 2 km
330094 SPOEB1014-100
PR12173V2-492646.tif
Transition Networks' analog composite video media transmitters convert CCTV signals
from cameras to multimode or single-mode fiber for up to 10 km. Transition
Networks' analog video media receiver converts the optical signal back to an analog
composite video signal. All conversion is performed in real-time. Automatic gain
control installed on both transmitter and receiver maintains desired quality of video's
contrast and brightness for extended distances. No field adjustments are necessary.
Wide-input-range power supply allows for multiple choices of power source including
camera power supply.
Description
324798 J/VD-TX-01
Video transmitter, coax BNC to 850 nm,
multimode, ST, 1 km
324801 J/VD-TX-01-SC
multimode, SC, 1 km
324804 J/VD-TX-01-SM
324799 J/VD-RX-01
Video receiver, coax BNC to 850 nm,
multimode, ST, 1 km
324802 J/VD-RX-01-SC
multimode, SC, 1 km
324805 J/VD-RX-01-SM
10.39
Networking Products
POWER OVER FAST ETHERNET MEDIA CONVERTERS

Description
285061 SFEPE1011-100
AC powered 100BASE-TX RJ45 to
100BASE-FX, 1300 nm, multimode, ST,
2 km
285062 SFEPE1013-100
100BASE-FX, 1300 nm, multimode, SC,
2 km
285063 SFEPE1014-100
100BASE-FX, 1310 nm, single-mode, SC,
20 km
285064 SFEPE1011-110
DC powered 100BASE-TX RJ45 to
100BASE-FX, 1300 nm, multimode, ST,
2 km
285065 SFEPE1013-110
100BASE-FX, 1300 nm, multimode, SC,
2 km
285067 SFEPE1014-110
100BASE-FX, 1310 nm, single-mode, SC,
20 km
TRANSITION NETWORKS
Media Converters
Transition Networks
224954 WMBL
Mini Stand-alone Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR12174V2-492649.tif
284292
WMBS
Description
Wall-mount bracket long, for
4.7 in. converters
Wall-mount bracket short, for
3.9 in. converters
External Power Supplies
Networking Products
TRANSITION NETWORKS
The Mini Media Converters provide a cost-effective method for integrating fiber optic
cabling into a 10/100 or 10/100/1000 UTP environment. With its miniature size, the
Mini offers a space-saving alternative while it converts copper to fiber with the
smallest footprint in the industry. Depending upon the unit, this plug-and-play media
converter offers three methods for powering the unit. The Mini can be powered with
the included power adapter, while other options include powering through a USB port
or through an 802.3af Power over Ethernet-enabled RJ45 port. Two power options can
be used simultaneously, providing the security of redundant power supplies. The Mini
is available with either ST or SC fiber interfaces and is available for either multimode
or single-mode fiber.
Description
326709 MP/E-PSW-FX-01
10/100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX,
D
326710 M/E-PSW-FX-01-SC
10/100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX,
326711 M/E-PSW-FX-01-SM 10/100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX,
379139 M/GE-PSW-SX-01
10/100/1000BASE-T to 1000BASE-SX,
379175 M/GE-PSW-LX-01
10/100/1000BASE-T to 1000BASE-LX,
Media Converter Mounting Options
TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR9945V2-492885.tif
PR9930V2-492840.tif
Simplify your Transition Networks' stand-alone media converter installation with a

media-converter rack. This 19 in. rack-mountable unit supports up to 12 of
Transition's stand-alone media converters and requires only one AC power
connection. For individual stand-alone converters, consider a secure installation with
a wall-mount bracket.
Description
378448 E-MCR-05
12-slot media converter rack 12 V DC
284521 WMBD
DIN-rail-mount bracket, fits all
standalone converters
10.40
Stand-alone media converters from Transition Networks ship with a 120 V AC power
supply. But for those applications where the source of power is DC, Transition offers a
variety of wide input stand-alone and piggyback DC power supplies.
Description
442722 SPS-2460-CC
Wide-input (18 to 72 V DC) piggyback
power supply, used with legacy stand-alone
converters 3.0 in. wide
442723 SPS-2460-PS
Wide-input (18 to 72 V DC) piggyback
power supply, used with Point System
stand-alone converters 3.25 in. wide
442724 SPS-2460-SA
Stand-alone power supply used with all
stand-alone converters, Point System
single-slot chassis or Point System
dual-slot chassis
Point System Modular Media Converters
TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR11096V2-492442.tif
The Point System is a cost-effective, fully configurable, managed modular

media-conversion platform that provides users with the flexibility to build their own
custom media-conversion system. The system includes a rack-mountable chassis and
modular, hot-swappable, slide-in media-converter cards. Converters supporting
various communications protocols can be used in the same chassis and provide
managed media-conversion services to suit a custom network application. Chassis
are available in either AC or DC power versions. Transition's SNMP management
application, Focal Point 2.0, is included free of charge with each chassis and each
management module. Combining media conversion with copper-based equipment can
Media Converters
Transition Networks
save up to 45 percent in cost. The Point System's modular design allows users to add
converters as they need to add fiber to their network. Therefore, users can utilize
their existing copper-based equipment and not buy fixed multiport fiber devices.
FEATURES
Cost savings
Flexibility
Maximum control
Reliability
Potential for future growth
ETHERNET SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULES

Description
251345 CETTF1013-105
multimode, SC, 2 km
251344 CETTF1011-105
multimode, ST, 2 km
284663 CETTF1027-105
multimode, ST, 5 km
231621 CETTF1012-105
284661 CETTF1022-105
DUAL-STRAND FAST ETHERNET CONVERTER MODULES
Description
391000 CFETF1011-205
100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX, 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
277828 CFETF1013-205
multimode, SC, 2 km
433922 CFETF1039-205
multimode, LC, 2 km
260653 CFETF1014-205
GIGABIT ETHERNET SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULES

Description
332151 CGETF1013-110
850 nm, multimode SC, 220 m
332152 CGETF1014-110
332153 CGETF1024-110
1300 nm extended, multimode, SC, 2 km
10/100/1000 MEDIA CONVERTER MODULES
Description
373778 CGFEB1013-120
268669 CGFEB1014-120
373909 CGFEB1024-120
1300 nm, extended, multimode
(62.5/125 fiber only), SC, up to 2 km
SINGLE-MODE TO MULTIMODE SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULES
Description
231628 CFMFF1314-200
multimode, SC, 2 km to 1310 nm,
231629 CFMFF1315-200
multimode, SC, 2 km to 1310 nm,
231633 CFMFF1314-220
Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE-SX, 850 nm,
multimode, SC, 220 m to 1000BASE-LX,
231634 CFMFF1315-220
Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE-SX, 850 nm,
multimode, SC, 220 m to 1000BASE-LX,
T1/E1 AND DS3-T3/E3 SLIDE-IN MEDIA CONVERTER MODULES
Description
423409 CSDTF1011-120
multimode, ST, 2 km, with
remote management
423410 CSDTF1013-120
multimode, SC, 2 km, with
remote management
422080 CSDTF1014-120
single-mode, SC, 20 km, with
remote management
10.41
Networking Products
POINT SYSTEM CHASSIS AND ACCESSORIES

Description
269844 CPSMC0800-100
8-slot Point System chassis
249803 CPSMC1300-100
249729 CPSMC1900-100
231557 CPSMC0100-200
Single-slot Point System chassis
249804 CPSMC0200-200
Dual-slot Point System chassis
251332 CPSMP-120
Redundant power supply, 120/240 V AC
for CPSMC1300-100
284293 CPSMP-180
Redundant power supply, 120/240 V AC
for CPSMC0800-100
249802 CPSMM-120
Single-slot primary management module
227237 CPSFP-200
Faceplate for use on all empty slots
249734 CPSLD-100
LED power status panel for the 19- or
SINGLE-STRAND FAST ETHERNET CONVERTER MODULES

Description
269852 CFETF1029-205
100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX, 1310 nm
TX/1550 nm RX, single-fiber, single-mode,
SC, 20 km
269856 CFETF1029-206
100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX, 1550 nm
TX/1310 nm RX, single-fiber, single-mode,
SC, 20 km
Media Converters
Transition Networks
(continued)
Point System Modular Media Converters
Networking Products
4X T1/E1 PLUS 10/100 ETHERNET TRANSPORT MUX MEDIA CONVERTER MODULES

Description
313686 C4TEF1011-100
Four ports T1/E1 RJ48 and a RS-232 6-pin
DIN to 1300 nm, multimode, ST, 2 km
313687 C4TEF1013-100
DIN to 1300 nm, multimode, SC, 2 km
313689 C4TEF1014-100
DIN to 1310 nm, single-mode, SC, 20 km
313690 C4TEF1011-110
multimode, ST, 2 km
313691 C4TEF1013-110
multimode, SC, 2 km
313694 C4TEF1014-110
RS-232 AND RS-422/485 SLIDE-IN MODULE MEDIA CONVERTERS
Description
284712 CRS2F3111-100
284730 CRS2F3114-100
282279 CRS4F3111-100
RS-422/485 DB9 to 1300 nm, multimode,
D
ST, 2 km
282281 CRS4F3114-100
RS-422/485 DB9 to 1310 nm, single-mode,
SC, 20 km
282283 CRS4F3211-100
multimode, ST, 2 km
282286 CRS4F3214-100
HIGH-SPEED SERIAL-TO-FIBER SLIDE-IN MEDIA CONVERTER MODULES
Description
330083 CPSVT2611-100
multimode, ST, 2 km
257498 CPSVT2613-100
multimode, SC, 2 km
330084 CPSVT2614-100
10.42
ION Modular Media Converters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR71156V2-559812.tif
The ION Platform is an all new intelligent, high-density, multiprotocol system

supporting a variety of media-conversion modules. It is designed for both carrier
class and enterprise network applications where multiple points of fiber integration
and secure network management of the fiber interface devices is essential. To take
full advantage of all the features and functions available with the ION Chassis, an ION
Management Module is required. The ION Management Module connects to the
chassis backplane and communicates with the individual cards in the ION Chassis.
To use Point System Chassis Cards in the ION Chassis, the IONADP (ION adapter) needs
to be used.
ION CHASSIS AND ACCESSORIES
428411 ION219-A
484205
ION219-D
428492
428496
ION001-A
IONPS-A
484206
428497
428500
IONPS-D
IONMM
IONADP
Description
19-slot chassis for the ION Platform,
AC powered
19-slot chassis for the ION Platform,
DC powered
1-slot chassis for the ION Platform
ION power supply module, universal input
100 - 240 V AC
ION power supply module, -48 V DC
ION management module
Point system adapter for the ION chassis
FAST ETHERNET SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULES

Includes 100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX and 1300 nm.

484207 C2110-1011
428430 C2110-1013
484211 C2110-1039
484213 C2110-1014
Description
Multimode, ST, 2 km
Multimode, SC, 2 km
Multimode, LC, 2 km
Single-mode, SC, 20 km
Media Converters
Transition Networks
REMOTELY MANAGED FAST ETHERNET SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULES
Includes 10/100BASE-TX RJ45 to 100BASE-FX and multimode.
Description
484219 C2220-1011
1300 nm, ST, 2 km
484222 C2220-1013
1300 nm, SC, 2 km
484224 C2220-1014
1310 nm, SC, 20 km
GIGABIT ETHERNET SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULES
Description
428427 C3110-1013
484227 C3110-1024
484231 C3110-1014
Networking Products
REMOTELY MANAGED 10/100/1000 SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULES

Description
486191 C3230-1013
486192 C3230-1014
486193 C3230-1015
T1/E1 TO FIBER SLIDE-IN CONVERTER MODULE
Description
484242 C6010-1011
Twisted pair (RJ48) to 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
484243 C6010-1013
multimode, SC, 2 km
484244 C6010-1014
484245 C6010-1040
Twisted pair (RJ48) to SFP slot (empty)
4X T1/E1 PLUS 10/100 ETHERNET TRANSPORT MUX MEDIA CONVERTER MODULES
Description
484246 C6120-1011
Four ports T1/E1 RJ48, an RS-232 6-pin
DIN, and 10/100BASE-TX RJ45 to 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
484247 C6120-1013
multimode, SC, 2 km
484248 C6120-1014
multimode, SC, 20 km
10.43
NICs
Transition Networks
./
Fast Ethernet Fiber Adapters

TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR20295V2-492320.tif
Fiber PCI network interface cards (NICs) from Transition Networks deliver low-cost
fiber optic connectivity to the desktop.
Networking Products
FAST ETHERNET
312409 N-FX-ST-02
312411
N-FX-SC-02
312413
N-FX-MT-02
313705
N-FX-SC5-02
313706
D
N-FX-SC20-02
GIGABIT ETHERNET
478104 N-GSX-SC-02
478105
N-GSX-LC-02
484257
N-GLX-SC-02
484258
N-GLX-LC-02
10.44
Description
Standard profile 100BASE-FX, 1300 nm,
multimode, ST, 2 km
multimode, SC, 2 km
multimode, MT-RJ, 2 km
Description
1000BASE-SX, 850 nm, multimode, SC,
220 m
1000BASE-SX, 850 nm, multimode, LC,
220 m
1000BASE-LX, 1310 nm, single-mode, SC,
10 km
1000BASE-LX, 1310 nm, single-mode, LC,
10 km
Transceivers
Transition Networks
379228 TN-GLC-LH-SM
./
Ethernet Transceivers
TRANSITION NETWORKS
PR11103V2-492481.tif
Transition Networks small form factor pluggable (SFP) transceivers are designed for
bi-directional serial optical data communications such as Gigabit Ethernet or Fiber
Channel at speeds up to 2.5 Gbps. This device is designed for use in switches and
routers compatible with Small Form Factor Pluggable Multi-Sourcing
Agreement (MSA).
330117
330116
330118
330121
330122
330119
330120
393208
393209
393205
Description
1000BASE-SX, 850 nm, multimode, LC, 220 m
1000BASE-LX, 1310 nm, single-mode, LC, 10 km
Fiber channel 2.5 Gbps, 850 nm, multimode, LC,
150 m
TN-SFP-FC2XS2 Fiber channel 2.5 Gbps, 1310 nm, single-mode,
LC, 2 km
LC, 15 km
LC, 40 km
TN-SFP-OC3M OC3 125 Mbps, 1310 nm, multimode, LC, 2 km
TN-SFP-OC3S OC3 155 Mbps, 1310 nm, single-mode, LC, 20 km
TN-SFP-OC12M OC12 622 Mbps, 1310 nm, multimode, LC, 1 km
TN-SFP-OC12S OC12 622 Mbps, 1310 nm, single-mode, LC,
20 km
TN-XFP-LR1
Ethernet 10GBASE-LR/10G Fiber channel,
single-mode, 10 km
TN-XFP-LR2
Ethernet 10GBASE-LR/10G Fiber channel,
single-mode, 20 km
TN-XFP-SR
Ethernet 10GBASE-SR/10G Fiber channel,
multimode, 300 km on OM3 fiber
CISCO COMPATIBLE SMALL FORM FACTOR PLUGGABLES (SFP)

Transition Network's TN-GLC-xx series of small form factor pluggable (SFP) modules
are designed to install in any SFP port, enabling 1000BASE-TX, 1000BASE-SX or
1000BASE-LX interfaces to the network through the SFP connector. These SFP
modules are compatible with all Cisco SFP-based routers and switches, as well as
Cisco's IOS software. These modules are not OEM-branded modules.
Description
379192 TN-GLC-T
1000BASE-T (RJ45), 100 m
379193 TN-GLC-SX-MM 1000BASE-SX, 850 nm, multimode, LC, 220 m
423412 TN-SFP-GE-S
1000BASE-SX, 850 nm, multimode, LC, 220 m,
-40C to 85C
TN-SFP-GE-L
379229
TN-GLC-ZX-SM
423414
TN-SFP-GE-Z
HP COMPATIBLE SMALL FORM FACTOR PLUGGABLES (SFP)

Transition Network's TN-J48xxC series of small form factor pluggable (SFP) modules
are designed to install in any SFP port, enabling 1000BASE-TX, 1000BASE-SX or
1000BASE-LX interfaces to the network through the SFP connector. These SFP
modules are compatible with all Hewlett Packard SFP-based routers and switches.
These modules are not OEM-branded modules.
Description
423415 TN-J4858C
1000BASE-SX, 850 nm, multimode, LC,
220 m
423416 TN-J4859C
20 km
423417 TN-J4860C
1000BASE-LX/ZX, 1550 nm, single-mode,
LC, 80 km
10G CISCO COMPATIBLE XFP MODULES
Transition Network's TN-XFP-xx series of XFP modules are designed to install in any
XFP port, enabling 10GBASE interfaces to the network through the XFP connector.
These XFP modules are compatible with all Cisco XFP-based routers and switches, as
well as Cisco's IOS software. These modules are not OEM-branded modules.
Description
487182 TN-XFP-10G-MM-SR
10GBASE-SR/SW/10G Fiber
channel/OC-192, 850 nm, multimode, LC,
300 m
487185 TN-XFP-10GER-OC192IR 10GBASE-ER/EW 10G Fiber
channel/OC-192, 1310 nm, single-mode,
LC, 10 km
487184 TN-XFP-10GLR-OC192SR 10GBASE-LR/LW 10G Fiber
channel/OC-192, 1550 nm, single-mode,
LC, 40 km
10G COMPATIBLE SFP+ MODULE
Transition Network's TN-SFP-10G-XX series of XFP modules are designed to install in
any SFP+ port, enabling 10GBASE interfaces to the network through the SFP+
connector. These SFP+ modules are compatible with all Cisco SFP+ based routers
and switches, as well as Cisco's IOS software. These modules are not
OEM-branded modules.
Description
487174 TN-SFP-10G-SR
10GBASE-SR SFP+, 850 nm, multimode,
LC, 300 m
487179 TN-SFP-10G-LR
10GBASE-LR SFP+, 1310 nm,
single-mode, LC, 10 km
487175 TN-SFP-10G-LRM
10GBASE-LRM SFP+, 1310 nm,
single-mode, LC, 220 m
487181 TN-SFP-10G-ER
10GBASE-ER SFP+, 1550 nm,
single-mode, LC, 40 km
10.45
Networking Products

313699 TN-SFP-SX
313700 TN-SFP-LX1
313701 TN-SFP-LX3
313702 TN-SFP-LX5
313703 TN-SFP-LX8
330115 TN-SFP-LX12
330097 TN-SFP-FC2XM
423413
Description
10 km
10 km, -40C to 85C
80 km
80 km, -40C to 85C
Your Source for Your Data Center Infrastructure Needs

Electrical Infrastructure
515 kV power cable
Building wire 2
Power whips 3
Low-voltage cable 4
Flexible battery cable
Security Solutions
Innerduct and conduit
Wire ties and labeling
Lugs and connectors
Bare copper
Access control 11
Asset tracking 12
Cabinet-level electronic locking
Video surveillance 14
Perimeter detection 15
Network Infrastructure
13
Intercom, sound and paging

Security consoles, racks
and cabinets
Video monitors
Architectural hardware
Key systems/key control
Power and Cooling Solutions
High-performance copper
and ber cabling systems 6
Racks and cabinets 7
Cable runway and raceway 8
Building entrance protection (BEP)
Wireless Ethernet 10
Switches and routers
KVM solutions
Media converters
Power over Ethernet
Power and asset management
Transmission and access products
Test equipment and tools
Cable management
Intelligent infrastructure
management (IIM)
High airow dispersion oor tiles 16 Thermal management: passive,

hot and cold aisle containment,
Rack-mount power distribution 17
in-row closed coupled and
Uninterrupted power supplies (UPS) 18
precision cooling solutions
Network and environmental
monitoring
Power surge and transient
voltage surge suppression
(TVSS) protection
Guard House
14
15
10
Backup Generator
Telecom Room
Building Entrance Room
Transformer
Electrical Equipment Room
6
4
17
18
8
11
Reception
Control Room
7
Chiller Plant
3
12
13
Cable Legend
16
Data Center
Multimode ber
Single-mode ber
Grounding wire
Copper
Power
Coax
Low voltage
11
Voice Products
Voice Products
Plantronics
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//Headsets
Savi 700 Series Multidevice Wireless Headset System

PLANTRONICS
PR34401V2-253228.tif

473459 APV-66
442591 84598-01
442592 84601-01
442593 84603-01
Description
Electronic hookswitch, Avaya (38734-11)
Spare battery, Savi 740
Base deluxe charging kit, Savi 740
USB deluxe charging kit, Savi 740
CS540 Wireless Headset System

PLANTRONICS
ACCESSORIES
245211 HL10
404119 HL10 SAVI
403873
240655
461431
463815
65116-02
61578-01
APS-11
APA-23
460418
485429
463812
461302
461559
APC-41
APC-45
APU-71
APP-51
APV-63
Description
HL10 handset lifter (60961-32)
Savi Office HL10 handset lifter, straight
plug (60961-35)
Online indicator (works with HL10 only)
Mounting tape for handset lifter
Electronic hookswitch, Siemens (37818-11)
Electronic hookswitch, Alcatel-Lucent
(38908-11)
Electronic hookswitch, Cisco (38350-11)
Electronic hookswitch, Polycom (38439-11)
FEATURES
Lightest DECT wireless headset on the market
Range up to 350 ft. from your desk phone
DECT 6.0 technology provides uncompromised audio quality, reduced
interference, digital encryption and talk time up to seven hours
Wideband audio for high-definition voice quality
Conference in up to three additional headsets for enhanced collaboration
Add remote answer/end-call capability with an HL10 handset lifter or Electronic
Hookswitch Cable (EHS) (see below)
Description
442594 CS540
Wireless headset system, convertible
(84693-01)
ACCESSORIES
403873 65116-02
245211 HL10
404119 HL10 SAVI
240655
461431
463815
61578-01
APS-11
APA-23
460418
485429
463812
461302
461559
473459
APC-41
APC-45
APU-71
APP-51
APV-63
APV-66
Description
plug (60961-35)
(38908-11)
11.1
Voice Products
FEATURES
Enjoy a wireless headset system that unifies communication for your PC, desk
phone and mobile phone calls
Hands-free wireless mobility of up to 350 feet for conference calls, Webinars
and listening to multimedia
Noise-canceling microphone, digital sound processing and wideband PC audio
support for business-class sound quality
Convertible includes over-the-head, over-the-ear and behind-the-head
wearing styles
Add remote answer/end call capability with an HL10 handset lifter or Electronic
Hookswitch Cable (EHS) (see below)
Description
442522 SAVI W740
Savi W740 wireless headset system,
convertible (83452-01)
442525 SAVI W740-M
Savi W740-M wireless headset system,
convertible, Lync/MOC optimized
(84001-01)
442526 SAVI W730
over-the-ear (83543-11)
442527 SAVI W730-M
Savi W730-M wireless headset system,
over-the-ear, Lync/MOC optimized
(84002-01)
442528 SAVI W720
binaural (83544-01)
442529 SAVI W710
monaural (83545-01)
PR34398V2-253236.tif
Voice Products
Plantronics
500 Series Wireless Headset System
CS530 Wireless Headset System
PLANTRONICS
PLANTRONICS
PR70890V2-556601.tif
FEATURES
Over-the-head design offers premium comfort and audio quality for contact
center professionals
interference, digital encryption and talk time up to nine hours
Add remote answer/end-call capability with an HL10 Handset Lifter or Electronic
Hookswitch Cable (see below)
Voice Products
CS510 SERIES
PR70888V2-556589.tif

442595 CS510
CS520 SERIES
Description
Monaural (84691-01)
PR70889V2-556595.tif

442598 CS520
ACCESSORIES
245211 HL10
404119 HL10 SAVI
403873
240655
461431
463815
65116-02
61578-01
APS-11
APA-23
460418
485429
463812
461302
461559
473459
APC-41
APC-45
APU-71
APP-51
APV-63
APV-66
11.2
Description
Binaural (84692-01)
Description
plug (60961-35)
(38908-11)
FEATURES
Over-the-ear design is discreet and comfortable
Range up to 350 ft. from your desk phone
interference, digital encryption and talk time up to 6 hours
Add remote answer/end-call capability with an HL10 Handset Lifter or Electronic
Hookswitch Cable (see below)
Description
477184 CS530
Wireless headset system over-the-ear
(86305-01)
ACCESSORIES
245211 HL10
404119 HL10 SAVI
403873
240655
461431
463815
65116-02
61578-01
APS-11
APA-23
460418
485429
463812
461302
461559
473459
APC-41
APC-45
APU-71
APP-51
APV-63
APV-66
Description
plug (60961-35)
(38908-11)
Voice Products
Plantronics
Savi 400 Series
Voyager Legend UC Bluetooth Headset System
PLANTRONICS
PR34399V2-253234.tif
PR34402V2-253239.tif
FEATURES
Multidevice connectivity to manage PC and mobile phone calls
Smart Sensor technology for a seamless and intuitive user experience
Triple-mic AudioIQ(3) DSP for noise cancellation
Stream music, podcasts and GPS with A2DP support
Use your voice to answer incoming calls and for a host of other commands
Description
488197 B235
Bluetooth PC/mobile headset system
(87670-01)
488198 B235-M
Bluetooth PC/mobile headset system,
Lync/MOC optimized (87680-01)
Blackwire 300 Series USB Corded Headset

PLANTRONICS
Savi 440 Wireless PC Headset System

PLANTRONICS
PR34400V2-253220.tif
FEATURES
Ideal for users who are new to PC calling
Works with leading softphones from Microsoft, Cisco, Avaya, Skype and more
Lightweight metal headband offers durability and a customizable,
comfortable fit
Intuitive inline controls to answer/end calls, control volume and mute
Dynamic EQ feature automatically adjusts audio for voice or multimedia use
C310 SERIES
FEATURES
Best-in-class audio for use with your PC or laptop
USB DECT adapter with 180-degree articulation featuring Digital Sound
Processing (DSP) and advance wideband audio using CAT-iq technology
Noise-canceling microphone filters out background noise and SoundGuard
Designed for all-day comfort with up to six hours talk time
Freedom of mobility with wireless range of up to 300 ft. from base station
Plug-and-play installation
Description
442599 SAVI W440
Wireless PC headset system, convertible
(83359-01)
442600 SAVI W440-M
Wireless PC headset system, convertible,

473203 BLACKWIRE C310
473204 BLACKWIRE C310M
PR70885V2-556571.tif
Description
Monaural (85618-02)
Monaural, Lync/MOC optimized (85618-01)
11.3
Voice Products
FEATURES
Best-in-class audio in a wireless headset for use with your PC or laptop
Features Superior DECT 6.0 Technology that eliminates interference from Wi-Fi
networks and lets you multitask hands free, up to 300 ft. from your PC
USB plug-and-play adapter features digital-signal processing and wideband
audio using CAT-iq technology for more natural voice sound
Noise-canceling microphone filters out background noise and SoundGuard
Technology protects against audio spikes
Convertible includes over-the-head, over-the-ear and behind-the-neck
wearing styles
Description
420289 SAVI W430
Wireless USB headset (82396-01)
420291 SAVI W430-M
Wireless USB headset, Lync/MOC optimized
(82397-01)
PLANTRONICS
Voice Products
Plantronics
(continued)
C320 SERIES
PR70886V2-556577.tif

473206 BLACKWIRE C320M
Description
Stereo (85619-02)
Stereo, Lync/MOC optimized (85619-01)
Voice Products
PLANTRONICS
PR28992V2-214415.tif

PLANTRONICS
PR34394V2-253224.tif
FEATURES
Ideal for users requiring a portable PC headset for calls and multimedia
Easy-to-use inline controls include call answer/end, mute and volume
Noise-canceling microphone and Dynamic EQ feature provide high-quality audio
for PC calls and multimedia
This rugged headset includes travel case for enhanced mobility
Description
USB corded headset (85800-01)
442602 BLACKWIRE C435-M USB corded headset, Lync/MOC optimized
(85801-01)

PLANTRONICS
FEATURES
Ideal for users requiring a portable PC headset for calls and multimedia
Noise-canceling microphone and Dynamic EQ feature provide high-quality audio
for PC calls and multimedia
This rugged headset includes travel case for enhanced mobility
Description
Binaural with noise-canceling microphone
(82632-01)
416552 BLACKWIRE C420-M Binaural with noise-canceling microphone,
PR28993V2-214398.tif
FEATURES
Ideal for users requiring all-day comfort for extensive PC calling
Easy-to-use in-line controls include call answer/end, mute and volume
Noise-canceling microphone and stereo sound provide high-quality audio for PC
calls and multimedia
C610 SERIES
416519
11.4
Description
Monaural with noise-canceling microphone
(81964-41)
BLACKWIRE C610-M Monaural with noise-canceling
microphone, Lync/MOC optimized
(81272-41)
Voice Products
Plantronics
C620 SERIES
416520
Description
Stereo with noise-canceling microphone
(81965-41)
BLACKWIRE C620-M Stereo with noise-canceling microphone,
CT14 Telephone Headset System

PLANTRONICS
PR23910V2-173159.tif

PLANTRONICS
FEATURES
Seamlessly manages calls to and from your PC and mobile devices
Smart Sensor technology lets you answer a call by simply putting on the headset
Detachable cable with integrated clothing clip to take your mobile calls
throughout the office
Noise-canceling microphone and stereo sound provide high-quality audio for
PC calls and multimedia
C710 SERIES
PR70891V2-556607.tif
Calisto 800 Series Multidevice Speakerphone

PLANTRONICS
PR34395V2-253238.tif

Description
Monaural (87505-02)
487282 BLACKWIRE C710-M Monaural, Lync/MOC optimized (87505-01)
C720 SERIES
PR70892V2-556613.tif

Description
Stereo (87506-02)
487284 BLACKWIRE C720-M Stereo, Lync/MOC optimized (87506-01)
FEATURES
Professional-quality speakerphone manages PC, mobile and home landline
(analog) calls - effortlessly routing audio through a single hands-free device at
the touch of a button
High-performance sound with full duplex wideband audio and advanced
noise-canceling technology
Intuitive display provides easy, interactive control for Caller ID viewing,
dialing, answering, switching and muting calls (features may vary by
softphone provider)
All the advantages of a speakerphone, plus the option of using a Bluetooth or
corded headset for privacy
Description
442605 CALISTO P820
For PC/mobile (83945-01)
434763 CALISTO P820M
For PC/mobile, Lync/MOC optimized
(83657-01)
11.5
Voice Products
FEATURES
DECT 6.0 technology offers up to a 300 ft. range and won't interfere with
wireless networks or home appliances
Up to 10 hours battery life/talk time; up to eight days standby
Ultra-compact "take with you" dial pad features an integrated belt/clothing clip
Noise-canceling headset can be worn over the head or over the ear
Caller ID/Call Waiting and one-touch voicemail access
Mute, volume and redial functions
Stores 70 names/numbers and 30 Caller ID memory
Description
382371 CT14
Wireless headset system, convertible
(80057-01)
Voice Products
Plantronics
(continued)
Calisto 800 Series Multidevice Speakerphone

442607 CALISTO P830
434765 CALISTO P830M
442609
CALISTO P835
442610
CALISTO P835-M
ACCESSORIES
434766 CALISTO PA50
Description
For PC/mobile/landline (83956-01)
For PC/mobile/landline, Lync/MOC
optimized (83667-01)
For PC/mobile/landline with clip-on
wireless mic (85335-01)
For PC/mobile/landline with clip-on
wireless mic, Lync/MOC optimized
(85210-01)
Description
Clip-on wireless-mic accessory (84160-01)
Answer/end/mute/dial/redial controls at your fingertips

Traditional 12-key dial pad
Slim, portable design easily fits into laptop bag
LCD screen for easy Caller ID viewing and menu navigation
Description
442603 CALISTO P240
USB handset (57240.001)
442604 CALISTO P240-M
USB handset, Lync/MOC optimized
(57250.001)
EncorePro Corded Professional Headset

PLANTRONICS
PR28997V2-214407.tif
Calisto 620 Bluetooth Portable Speakerphone System
Voice Products
PLANTRONICS
PR68115V2-537584.tif
FEATURES
Portable, wireless speakerphone unifies PC and mobile phone communications
Intuitive call controls; answer/end, mute, volume
Full duplex, wideband audio with 360-degree room coverage
Connects to mobile phone and to PC with USB adapter
Ideal for transforming any workspace into a conference room
Description
487285 CALISTO P620
USB speakerphone (86700-01)
487286 CALISTO P620-M
USB speakerphone, Lync/MOC optimized
(86701-01)
FEATURES
Unprecedented comfort and clarity meets sleek design
Nylon composite materials for featherweight comfort
Reinforced, lightweight headband for strength and durability
Sliding boom ensures precise microphone positioning
Wideband audio ensures clear conversations
Description
380264 HW291N
EncorePro monaural top with
noise-canceling microphone (78712-01)
381197 HW301N
EncorePro binaural top with
DuoPro Corded Professional Headset

PLANTRONICS
pr5568V2-15746.tif
Calisto P240 USB Handset

PLANTRONICS
PR34396V2-253225.tif
FEATURES
Very versatile headset, with best-in-class sound quality and ergonomic
innovations for unsurpassed comfort
Unique antitwist boom ensures perfect microphone placement
FEATURES
A familiar phone interface for managing PC calls
Integrated full duplex personal speakerphone for hands-free convenience
11.6
Voice Products
Plantronics
Voice-optimized speaker sound
Available with either Voice Tube or noise-canceling microphone
Description
241993 H171
DuoPro convertible headset top (61121-01)
241994 H171N
DuoPro convertible headset top with
Features quick disconnect

Available with either Voice Tube or noise-canceling microphone
Description
136994 H41
Mirage headset top (26089-11)
141126 H41N
Mirage headset top with noise-canceling
microphone (26851-02)
TriStar Corded Professional Headset

PLANTRONICS
SupraPlus Corded Professional Headset

PR22372V2-131790.tif
Mirage Corded Professional Headset

PLANTRONICS
pr1322V2-15668.tif
PR8542V2-15908.tif
FEATURES
The highest level of performance for wideband VoIP communications
Wideband audio for more natural sound with wideband telephones
The standard in performance, reliability and all-day wearing comfort for contact
center professionals
Enhanced receiver-side audio quality; intelligent flexible boom and stylish
design provide greater headset flexibility
Compatible with Plantronics amplifiers and USB-to-headset adapters
Available in monaural or binaural models with either Voice Tube or
noise-canceling microphone
Description
391301 HW251
SupraPlus monaural (64336-31)
391302 HW261
SupraPlus binaural (64337-31)
343422 HW251N
SupraPlus monaural with noise-canceling
343423 HW261N
SupraPlus binaural with noise-canceling
391651 HW251N/DA-M
SupraPlus monaural with noise-canceling
microphone, Lync/MOC-optimized
(81360-41)
391052 D261N STEREO/DA-M SupraPlus binaural with noise-canceling
microphone, Lync/MOC-optimized
(80762-31)
FEATURES
Sculpted shape fits perfectly behind either ear and eliminates the need
for a headband
External receiver rotates to rest lightly against ear
Lightweight design that weighs less than an ounce
11.7
Voice Products
FEATURES
Designed for phone-intensive office professionals with unique fit requirements
Exceptionally lightweight, over-the-ear style with three-point design for
stability and comfort
Four user-selectable ear buds for the perfect custom fit, even for
eyeglass wearers
Quick Disconnect lets you walk away from your phone while still wearing
your headset
10 ft. coil cord and adjustable clothing clip
Available with either noise-canceling or Voice Tube microphone
Description
168233 H81
TriStar headset top (29408-11)
168232 H81N
TriStar headset top with noise-canceling
microphone 40203-01
PLANTRONICS
Voice Products
Plantronics
Vista M22 Audio Processor
Voice Products
PLANTRONICS
P10 Plug-prong Adapter

PR1463V2-15671.EPS
FEATURES
Connects Plantronics headsets to most single- or multiline telephones
Improves voice quality and maintains sound at a comfortable level
Brings superior sound quality and acoustic protection to your telephone with
Clearline audio technology
Provides compatibility with those telephones that do not allow the direct
connection of headsets
Description
338831 M22
Universal modular adapter (43596-40)
438636 45671-01
AC power converter
VistaPlus AP15 Audio Processor

PLANTRONICS
PLANTRONICS
FEATURES
Brings headset convenience to operator consoles, PBXs and most carbon ACDs
Volume and automatic gain controls let you adjust incoming calls to a
comfortable listening level
Quick disconnect lets you walk away from your phone while still wearing
your headset
10 ft. coil cord
Works with any Plantronics H-Series headset
Description
136999 P10
Plug-prong adapter (29362-01)
137000 P10H
Plug-prong adapter with high gain
(29362-02)
PR23911V2-173165.tif
DA Series Audio Processors

PLANTRONICS
FEATURES
DSP-based audio processor promotes superior call clarity and accuracy
AudioIQ keeps incoming calls at a consistent and comfortable listening level;
along with echo cancellation that ensures superior transmit sound
Compensates for background noise by automatically adjusting to changing
noise levels
Multiband compression improves intelligibility by connecting for signal loss
anywhere in the bandwidth
Engineered for compatibility with both single- and multiline phones
Ergonomically designed volume, headset/handset and mute controls
Description
381253 AP15
Audio processor, ideal for noisy call centers
11.8
PR6906V2-15885.TIF
PR20061V2-67723.tif
FEATURES
USB to headset adapter
Works with any Plantronics professional headset
VoIP quality enhanced by echo-suppression feature*
Audio volume stays consistent with equalizing Call Clarity*
Easy call control with inline volume and mute on DA60
Loud transmissions suppressed by built-in sound guard*
Effortless installation via USB plug-and-play
* DA60 and DA55 models only
Description
275858 DA60
Superior audio quality and control
(63725-01)
315519 DA55
Digitally enhanced audio quality
(63725-03)
Voice Products
Plantronics
362678 DA45
321729 DA40
Description
Exceptional audio performance (77556-41)
Affordable, enterprise-class quality
(71800-41)

463812 APU-71
461302 APP-51
461559 APV-63
473459 APV-66
Description
HL10 Handset Lifter
PLANTRONICS
PR22370V2-131715.tif
Headset Accessories
PLANTRONICS
For more spares and accessories that you do not see listed, please contact your local
sales representative. We carry and provide more to help with your needs.
Electronic Hookswitch (EHS) Cable

PLANTRONICS
PR68116V2-537585.tif
FEATURES
Use an EHS cable instead of a HL10 handset lifter to seamlessly connect a
desktop handset to a Savi office headset system, CS family and the Voyager
510S headset
Answer and end calls from up to 300 feet away
Freedom to move about the office and multitask
Connects with one simple step
Description
461431 APS-11
463815 APA-23
(38908-11)
460418 APC-41
485429 APC-45
ELECTRONIC HOOKSWITCHES (EHS)

Description
461431 APS-11
463815 APA-23
(38908-11)
460418 APC-41
485429 APC-45
463812 APU-71
461302 APP-51
461559 APV-63
473459 APV-66
ACCESSORIES
097725 15729-05
171941 29960-01
175167 29955-02
175166 29955-03
175162 29955-04
136647 24316-01
152704 06439-20
183540 17590-03
097731 17593-01
137149
031524
183543
139054
25640-01
06448-00
29814-01
27708-01
183539
40974-01
141070
126265
166827
26503-01
18709-01
26716-01
Description
Encore/Supra standard foam ear cushions
Tristar/Encore replacement voice tube
Tristar large ear softip
Tristar Bell tip, small with cushions
Tristar Bell tip, large with cushions
Universal windscreen for NC headsets
Supra/Starset clothing clip
Supra 3/4 replacement headband, black
Supra/Starset/Mirage replacement
voice tube
Starset single versatip earpiece
Starset eartip kit, includes all sizes
Freehand circular ear cushions, six
Quick disconnect inline mute switch for
P10 and P10H bottoms
Standard M10 to telephone cable, male to
male modular plug
AC power converter
Modular to 2-prong adapter
Standard coil cable, quick disconnect to
male modular plug
11.9
Voice Products
FEATURES
Automatically lifts handset from and returns it to the cradle
Enables remote call or one-touch call answer/end with your Plantronics headset
Remote ring detection
Works with all Plantronics professional wireless headset systems
Compatible with most standard desktop phones
Description
245211 HL10
240655 61578-01
HEADSET VALUE PACKS (REPLACEMENT PARTS)

Description
183538 40705-01
Noise-canceling; includes windscreen,
cord clip, ear cushions
183533 40704-01
Iincludes voice tube, cord clip,
ear cushions
Voice Products
Plantronics
(continued)
Headset Accessories

149049 27019-03
042572 10757-00
273144 A10-16-S1 U.S.
245211 HL10
404119 HL10 SAVI
Voice Products
240655
403873
442591
442592
442593
61578-01
65116-02
84598-01
84601-01
84603-01
Description
Supervisor inline in Y adapter cable
Background noise suppressor
Cable, adapter (66268-02)
plug (60961-35)
Spare battery, Savi 740
Base deluxe charging kit, Savi 740
USB deluxe charging kit, Savi 740
11.10
Voice Products
Jabra
./
Jabra PRO 9470 Wireless Headset System

GN NETCOM
PR70862V2-556426.tif
Free product upgrades via Jabra PC Suite

Choice of mono/duo variants
Description
460286 9450-65-507-105 Mono NC Midi-Boom
492483 9450-65-707-105 Mono NC Flex Boom
492484 9450-69-707-105 Duo NC Flex Boom
477214 14401-07
Mono spare headset ONLY
Jabra GO 6470 Wireless Bluetooth Headset

GN NETCOM
Jabra PRO 9450 Wireless Office Headset System

GN NETCOM
PR70863V2-556427.tif
Make and take calls in or out of the office from your Jabra GO 6470 wireless
Bluetooth headset.
FEATURES
Triple connectivity for desk phone, softphone and mobile phone
Touch screen for easy call control
Dial pad for mobile phones and softphones
Superior wideband sound for softphone applications
Up to 300 feet of wireless Bluetooth range (80 feet for mobile phone)
Up to six hours of talk time with rapid battery charge
Choice of three wearing styles to suit individual users (neckband accessory)
Description
436106 6470-15-207-505 GO 6470 Headset and 2.4 in. touch screen
with base unit, charging cradle
477213 64001-09
Jabra GO 6400 Series headset and earhook
430551 100-63400000-59 Link 350 USB Bluetooth OC Adapter for GO
6430 and GO 6470
The Jabra PRO 9450 wireless headset provides dual connectivity and a lightweight
comfortable design for superior hands-free mobility and all day comfort.
FEATURES
Up to 450 feet of wireless range and up to 10 hours talk time
Dual connectivity: desk and softphone
Wideband sound for desk and softphones
Noise-cancelling microphone and Digital Signal Processing (DSP)
Full hearing protection with Jabra SafeTone
Conference/supervisor mode for up to four headsets
Choice of three wearing styles to suit individual users (neckband accessory)
11.11
Voice Products
The Jabra PRO 9470 wireless headset allows you to make and take calls from your
desk, soft or mobile phone up to 450 feet away from your desk, right from
your headset.
FEATURES
Up to 450 feet of wireless range and up to 10 hours talk time
Touch screen display for easy call control
Triple connectivity for desk phone, softphone and mobile phone
Wideband sound for desk and softphones
Dual-microphone Noise Blackout and Digital Signal Processing (DSP)
Choice of three wearing styles
Description
434573 9470-66-904-105 Wireless headset system
488838 14401-01
Spare headset ONLY
PR70864V2-556428.tif
Voice Products
Jabra
Jabra PRO 920 Wireless Headset

GN NETCOM
PR70865V2-556429.tif
Future-proof investment - free product upgrades via Jabra PC Suite

Bluetooth nano dongle for remote call control functionality
Description
480239 5078-230-305
SUPREME UC Bluetooth headset
492637 5078-230-405
SUPREME UC MS Bluetooth headset,
optimized for Microsoft Lync
493246 14208-01
Link 360 USB Bluetooth Nano adapter for
the Jabra Supreme UC headset only
493248 14208-02
Link 360 USB Bluetooth Nano adapter for
the Jabra Supreme UC MSFT headset only
Voice Products
Jabra SPEAK 410

The perfect entry-level wireless headset for desk phone users. The Jabra PRO 920
offers a lightweight, comfortable design, easy to use interface and an affordable
price tag that makes wireless accessible to anyone.
FEATURES
Up to 325 feet of wireless range
Flexible range settings to address density issues
Intuitive call-control buttons on headset
Built-in ringer on base unit
Voice prompts provide easy setup and operation
Noise-cancelling microphone
Lightweight design with super soft ear cushions
Energy optimized to reduce power consumption
D
Remote programmable
Description
460920 920-65-508-105
PRO 920 Mono NC
477217 14401-08
PRO 900 Series mono headset ONLY
Jabra SUPREME UC
GN NETCOM
PR70867V2-556431.tif
GN NETCOM
PR70866V2-556430.tif
Turn any room into a conference room with the Jabra SPEAK 410 portable
USB speakerphone.
FEATURES
Ideal for one-to-one and small group conference calls
Wideband sound
Built-in call controls: answer/end calls, adjust volume and mute
Slim and compact, delivered with travel case
Built-in ringer with headset port for private calls
Description
431771 7410-109
MS, optimized for Microsoft
Lync/Communicator
480236 7410-209
UC, optimized for Unified Communications
Jabra SPEAK 510

GN NETCOM
Jabra's wireless Supreme UC Bluetooth-enabled headset allows you make, take and
screen calls with just your voice, for the ultimate hands-free experience. The
SUPREME gives you 15 days of battery standby life, and superior Noise Blackout
technology for the best sound quality available anywhere.
FEATURES
Dual connectivity: mobile and softphone
Easy installation with voice-guided setup and controls for easy operation
Superior sound and active noise cancellation with Noise Blackout
Choice of three wearing styles for greater comfort
Up to 33 feet of wireless Bluetooth range
11.12
PR70868V2-556432.tif
The perfect solution for conferencing anywhere! The Jabra SPEAK 510 portable
speakerphone connects to any Bluetooth-enabled device for on-the-go conferencing
from your smart phone, tablet or mobile device.
Voice Products
Jabra
FEATURES
Supports Mobile and Softphone connectivity: mobile via Bluetooth and
PC via USB and Bluetooth
Multimedia streaming via Bluetooth via A2DP protocol
Rechargeable battery, up to 15 hours talk time
Portable form factor (same as SPEAK 410) with convenient portable black
neoprene travel case
Description
492649 7510-109
MS, Optimized for Microsoft Lync
493267 7510-209
UC, Optimized for Unified Communications
Jabra LINK 850

GN NETCOM
PR70869V2-556433.tif
OPTIMIZED FOR MICROSOFT LYNC/COMMUNICATOR

Description
436102 2499-823-105
BIZ 2400 Stereo NC Duo USB MS
476936 2496-823-105
BIZ 2400 3-in-1 NC Mono USB MS
Jabra BIZ 2000

GN NETCOM
PR70871V2-556435.tif
Jabra BIZ 2400

GN NETCOM
PR70870V2-556434.tif
The award-winning Jabra BIZ 2400 series is the highest-quality corded headset on the
market today. With features like a 360-degree swiveling boom, a Kevlar-reinforced
cord, neodymium speakers, and the best noise-cancelling microphone available, the
The Jabra BIZ 2000 is an uncompromising, best-in-class solution for busy contact
center agents. Constructed of high-end rugged materials, the BIZ 2400 is contact
center tough and the one of the most popular models of the Jabra product line-up.
FEATURES
Superior sound quality
Robust design for day-after-day durability
Choice of noise-cancelling or SoundTube microphones
Hearing protection with Peakstop technology
Large leatherette ear cushions for extra comfort
Optimized for contact center use
Two-year warranty
11.13
Voice Products
The Jabra LINK 850 is the first audio processor on the market that is compatible with
both standard telephone systems and VoIP platforms. Simple to set up and use, the
LINK 850 increases productivity throughout contact centers by connecting to any
phone with a modular connector and delivering USB power connectivity to PCs.
FEATURES
Multipurpose audio processor for phone and USB connectivity
Designed to enhance the overall sound quality of legacy and wideband-enabled
phone systems
Future-proof investment protection with field-upgradeable support
Digital Signal Processing for exceptional sound performance
Special supervisor interface makes it ideal for agent training
Ergonomic design and intuitive interface - will focus on key agent call functions
Description
487584 850-09
LINK 850 audio processor
BIZ 2400 is an uncompromising, best-in-class solution for busy contact

center agents.
FEATURES
Superior audio with Neodymium speakers
Hearing protection with Peakstop technology
Surgical steel details for maximum strength
Supersoft ear cushions and choice of three wearing styles
Quick Disconnect termination
Unprecedented three-year warranty
Description
446828 2486-820-105
BIZ 2400 Mono IP NC
433539 2489-820-105
BIZ 2400 Duo IP NC
430552 2499-829-105
BIZ 2400 Stereo NC Duo USB
495081 2406-820-105
BIZ 2400 3-in-1 Mono NC
456577 2496-829-105
BIZ 2400 3-in-1 NC Mono USB
495078 2403-320-105
BIZ 2410 Mono
495083 2409-320-105
BIZ 2415 Duo
429240 2403-820-105
BIZ 2420 Mono NC
429241 2409-820-105
BIZ 2425 Duo NC
495080 2403-700-105
BIZ 2470 Mono UNC
495079 2409-700-105
BIZ 2475 Duo UNC
Voice Products
Jabra
(continued)
Jabra BIZ 2000

431765 20001-491
431764
477218
444029
447333
447334
417746
417745
332518
324314
332517
332516
20001-431
20001-435
20001-495
20001-436
20001-496
2089-820-105
2083-820-105
2009-820-105
2019-82-05
2009-320-105
2003-820-105
Index1.Default//Default//Default
Description
GN2000 USB Duo NC MS, optimized for
Microsoft
GN2000 USB Mono NC MSFT
GN2000 USB Mono UC
GN2000 USB Duo UC
GN2000 USB Mono, Cisco CIPC
GN2000 USB Duo Cisco CIPC
GN2025 Duo IP NC MSFT
GN2020 Mono IP NC MSFT
GN2025 Duo NC
GN2025 Duo IP NC
GN2015 Duo ST
GN2020 Mono NC
Index1.Default//Default//Default
Jabra UC VOICE 150
Voice Products
GN NETCOM
PR70872V2-556436.tif
Jabra UC VOICE 250

GN NETCOM
PR70873V2-556437.tif
A discreet, behind-the-ear wearing style makes the Jabra UC VOICE 250 perfect for
the style-conscious all-day user.
FEATURES
Designed for light usage
Crystal-clear wideband sound
Soft and comfortable velour ear cushions
Intuitive call-control functions for fast user adoption
Plug-and-play USB connectivity
Description
476952 2507-829-209
Jabra UC VOICE 250
476953 2507-823-109
Jabra UC Voice 250 MSFT
Jabra UC VOICE 550

GN NETCOM
The Jabra UC VOICE 150 delivers superior sound clarity for softphone calls,
conference calls, live presentations and other multimedia applications.
FEATURES
Designed for light usage
Soft and comfortable velour ear cushions
Intuitive call-control functions for fast user adoption
Description
477221 1599-829-209
Duo
457714 1599-823-109
MSFT Duo
476950 1593-829-209
Mono
457713 1593-823-109
MSFT Mono
11.14
PR70874V2-556438.tif
The Jabra UC VOICE 550 is a corded headset designed specifically for Unified
Communications deployments. It's ideal for desk-centric professionals who
occasionally work from different locations and need to take the headset with them.
Certified and optimized with all leading Unified Communications platforms, simply
connect the UC VOICE 550 to the computer and it's ready for use.
FEATURES
Designed for light-to-medium use
Soft leatherette padding on the headband
Comfortable leatherette ear cushions
Superior noise-cancelling microphone
Intuitive call-control unit for fast user adoption
Description
455894 5599-829-209
Duo
455453 5593-829-209
Mono
Voice Products
Jabra
OPTIMIZED FOR MICROSOFT LYNC
455431 5593-823-109
455432 5599-823-109
Description
MS Mono
MS Duo
Jabra UC VOICE 750

GN NETCOM
PR70875V2-556439.tif
OPTIMIZED FOR MICROSOFT LYNC

476956 7599-823-109
476958 7599-823-309
476960 7593-823-109
476969 7593-823-309
Voice Products
Made for design-conscious professionals, the Jabra UC VOICE 750 features unique
styling with soft leatherette padding on the headband and comfortable leatherette
ear cushions. It delivers superior sound clarity for softphone calls, live presentations
and other multimedia applications, and is available with duo speakers, letting you
enjoy UC applications in stereo sound.
FEATURES
Lightweight design for maximum comfort all day long
Comes in both light and dark colors
Portable design: comes with foldable speakers and travel case
Excellent Hi-Fi sound for optimal music listening
Superior noise-cancelling microphone
Intuitive call-control unit for easy operation
Description
476954 7599-829-209
Duo Light
476957 7599-829-409
Duo Dark
477220 7593-829-209
Mono Light
476967 7593-829-409
Mono Dark
Description
Duo Light
MS Duo Dark
MS Mono Light
MS Mono Dark
11.15
Voice Products
Voice over IP
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//Telephones
SoundPoint IP 321 and 331 Telephone

POLYCOM
PR34431V2-254451.tif
Two-port 10/100 Ethernet switch

Dedicated RJ9 headset port
Description
412308 2200-12375-025
SoundPoint IP 335, two-line SIP with HD
Voice, black
SoundPoint IP 450 Telephone
Voice Products
POLYCOM
The SoundPoint IP 321 and 331 are desktop phones designed to bring excellent sound
quality and an enterprise-grade feature set to entry-level users.
FEATURES
Two lines
Full-duplex IEEE 1329 Type 1-compliant speakerphone with
Clarity Acoustic technology
102x33 pixel graphical LCD
Integrated 802.3af PoE support
SoundPoint IP 331: Two-port 10/100 Ethernet switch
SoundPoint IP 321: One-port 10/100 Ethernet switch
Small footprint
Description
397916 2200-12360-025
SoundPoint IP 321, black
D
397917 2200-12365-025

POLYCOM
PR34456V2-254601.tif
PR34437V2-254457.tif
The SoundPoint IP 450 desktop phone is designed to bring advanced telephony

features and applications to cubicle/office workers handling a moderate volume
of calls.
FEATURES
Application: Small office, home office or cubicle
Up to three lines with up to two concurrent calls per line
Revolutionary voice quality with Polycom HD Voice
High-resolution backlit LCD with support of multiple languages and
Asian characters
Built-in XHTML microbrowser for third-party applications
Fully enabled to run the Polycom Productivity Suite
Description
384096 2200-12450-001

POLYCOM
The SoundPoint IP 335 desktop phone is designed as an entry-level IP Phone with

Polycom HD Voice technology.
FEATURES
Two lines
Polycom HD Voice technology, including support of G.722 wideband codec,
Acoustic Clarity technology and system design optimized for
Polycom HD Voice technology
Advanced functionality, including shared lines, busy lamp field, three-way
conferencing and XML microbrowser
Backlit 102x33 pixel, grayscale graphical LCD
Integrated 802.3af PoE support
11.16
PR34433V2-254442.tif
The SoundPoint IP 550 is a cutting-edge SIP phone that delivers calls of

unprecedented richness and clarity and supports a range of cutting-edge features.
FEATURES
Application: Manager or professional office
Up to four lines with up to two concurrent calls per line
Revolutionary voice quality with Polycom HD Voice technology
Cutting-edge SIP features
Voice Products
Voice over IP
Backlit, easy-to-read LCD with support of Asian characters
Interoperability with leading SIP-based IP PBX and SoftSwitch platforms
Description
348964 2200-12550-001
364760 2200-12560-001
AASTRA 6721IP
PR33689V2-248699.tif
SoundPoint IP 650 and 670 Telephone

POLYCOM
PR34434V2-254456.tif
The 6721ip phone offers users a choice of functionality, at a cost-effective price

point. The 6721ip provides an entry-level phone appropriate for casual users or
common areas.

433908 6721IP
494966 A672101312055W1
494948 A672101312055W3
494953 A672101312055W5
AASTRA 6725IP
PR33690V2-248691.tif
The 6725ip is a true IP phone that can operate as a stand-alone Microsoft

Communications Server "14" endpoint. When connected to a Microsoft
Communicator "14"-equipped desktop, it provides a tight integration with the
desktop client.

433909 6725IP
494946 A672501312055W1
494967 A672501312055W3
494969 A672501312055W5
494957 D0067-0002-00-00
494961 D0067-0001-00-00
Description
Full-featured, Microsoft Lync IP telephone
One-year enhanced warranty
Three-year enhanced warranty
Five-year enhanced warranty
Wall-mount stand for Lync phones
USB cable
6721ip and 6725ip Microsoft Lync Telephones

AASTRA TELECOM
FEATURES
Embedded Microsoft Communicator Phone Edition Software
Color screen
Exceptional voice quality
Stand-alone operation
Dual Gigabit Ethernet ports
11.17
Voice Products
The SoundPoint IP 650 and 670 is designed to appeal to both executive users who
require advanced features and applications as well as attendants who need multiple
line support.
FEATURES
Application: Executive office or attendants
Six lines (stand-alone mode) or 34 lines (Expansion Module)
Revolutionary voice quality with Polycom HD Voice technology
Cutting-edge SIP features and applications
Expandable to support three Polycom SoundPoint IP expansion modules
Interoperable with leading SIP-based IP PBX and SoftSwitch platforms
USB port for future applications
Advanced functionality, including shared lines, busy lamp field, presence and
XHTML applications
Support of up to three SoundPoint IP Expansion Modules
Backlit 320x160-pixel grayscale graphical LCD
Integrated IEEE 802.3af PoE support
USB port for future applications
SoundPoint IP 670: color display
Description
342841 2200-12651-001
376834 2200-12670-001
SoundPoint IP 670, LCD color display, black
Description
Entry level, Microsoft Lync IP phone
Voice Products
Voice over IP
9480i and 9480i CT IP Screenphones
Voice Products
AASTRA TELECOM
9143i IP Telephone
PR12265V2-24052.tif
The 9480i is a multiline IP-based screenphone for the desktop. It is a flexible solution
that is designed to integrate with IP Centrex as well as a wide variety of IP-based
telephony systems. The 9480i offers an extended feature set, advanced security and
interoperability through a new internal design that supports Aastra R2.x software the same software that supports the Aastra 67xi series of IP telephones. The 9480i CT
includes a cordless telephone for mobility workers.
FEATURES
9480i and 9480i CT base:
- Eight-line backlit display, up to nine call appearance lines
- Extensive storage capacity for personal directory, callers log and redial list
- Tightly integrates with a wide variety of IP telephony systems
- Full-duplex speakerphone with excellent voice clarity, XML browser support
- Firmware upgrades can be downloaded and installed in the field
- Dual 10/100DMbps switched Ethernet ports
- Headset compatible
- Four navigational keys
- Programmable keys and predefined keys for common call functions
9480i CT cordless handset:
- 2.4 GHz frequency hopped spread spectrum technology
- Five-line backlit display
- Coverage of up to 300,000 square feet
- Two softkeys for tight integration to base unit features
- Programmable function key supports up to 14 functions
- AC wall adapter for charging stand
Description
374834 9480I
Charcoal
494971 A173501311005W1 One-year enhanced warranty
494973 A173501311005W3 Three-year enhanced warranty
494978 A173501311005W5 Five-year enhanced warranty
11.18
AASTRA TELECOM
PR11136V2-18171.tif
The 9143i is an advanced, fully featured multiline IP telephone that takes full
advantage of VoIP technology by offering a flexible, interoperable solution at an
affordable price. The 9143i offers an extended feature set, advanced security and
interoperability through a new internal design that supports the more powerful Aastra
R2.x software - the same software that supports the Aastra 67xi Series of
IP telephones.
FEATURES
Three-line backlit display
Enhanced call management, large storage for personal directory, callers log and
redial list
Tightly integrates with a wide variety of IP telephony systems
High-performance speakerphone
Firmware can be upgraded in the field
Built in 10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports
Headset compatible
Extensible Markup Language (XML) support
Multiple SIP proxy support
Seven programmable keys with LEDs
Description
374781 9143I
Fully featured nine-line SIP, charcoal,
extended feature set
494983 A173301311005W1 One-year enhanced warranty
494986 A173301311005W5 Five-year enhanced warranty
67xx Series VoIP Telephones

AASTRA TELECOM
The 67xx Series of IP telephones from Aastra are an enterprise-grade family of
powerful, expandable, SIP phones featuring a sleek, global design and large screen
display. Fully interoperable with major IP-PBX platforms, the 67xx Series of phones
offer a choice of flexible solutions to meet the unique, individual communication
needs of any VoIP business environment.
Incorporating the advanced functionality, reliability and proven industrial design of
their existing analog, digital and SIP phones, the 67xx Series continues Aastra's
tradition of bringing unparalleled quality and value to the end-user.
All Aastra enterprise-grade 67xx Series IP telephones are fully interoperable with major
IP telephony platforms and feature embedded XML browser capability, full-duplex
speakerphone, wideband audio sound, up to nine call appearance lines, Busy Lamp
Field support and extensive storage capacity for directories, callers lists etc. In
Voice Products
Voice over IP
67XX SERIES EXPANSION MODULES
6739I VOIP TELEPHONE
PR33686V2-248702.tif
The 6739i is a feature-rich IP telephone that offers a large 5.7 in. full-color LCD
screen. It has built-in dual Gigabit Ethernet support, is Bluetooth headset
compatible and supports PoE. An optional power adapter is sold separately. It also
supports the M670i and M675i expansion modules.

406207 6739I
495005 A673901311001W1
495008 A673901311001W3
495009 A673901311001W5
Description
Executive-level featured multiline SIP
PR23622V2-166767.tif
PR23621V2-166763.tif
The 6753i is a featured, expandable VoIP telephone. With up to nine call appearance
lines, it also supports up to three M670i expansion modules.
The 67xx Series expansion modules are designed to increase the power and flexibility
of the 67xx series SIP telephones. Up to three modules can be used with a 6753i,
6755i, 6757i, 6735i, 6737i and 6739i telephone to create a powerful, feature-rich
console option. Modules share power and signaling with the phone, eliminating the
need for additional wiring. Designed for receptionists, administrative assistants,
call center agents, power users and executives who need to monitor and manage a
large volume of calls on a regular basis. The 67xx Series expansion modules provide
an intelligent choice for all enterprise IP environments.
Description
Featured multiline SIP, charcoal
PR23623V2-166771.tif

396409 6730I
396413 6731I-01
423735
495000
495002
495004
Description
Charcoal, AC wall adapter included
Charcoal, PoE powered, AC wall adapter
not included
6731I-02
Charcoal, PoE powered, AC wall
adapter included
A673001311001W1 One-year enhanced warranty for 6730i
A673001311001W3 Three-year enhanced warranty for 6730i
A673001311001W5 Five-year enhanced warranty for 6730i

353968 6753I
495011 A175301311001W1
495013 A175301311001W3
495015 A175301311001W5
The 6755i is an advanced featured, expandable VoIP telephone that has a larger
display screen. It also supports up to three M670i or M675i expansion modules.

353981 6755I
495016 A175501311001W1
495017 A175501311001W3
495018 A175501311001W5
Description
Advanced featured multiline SIP, charcoal
11.19
Voice Products
addition, all models offer simplified deployment, four-position footstands and are
wall mountable. Most 67xx models support Power over Ethernet (PoE) and
AC power options with some models offering attendant functionality through
optional expansion modules.
FEATURES
Improved productivity and convergence via access to custom XML applications
and information
Large storage for personal directory, callers log and redial list. Multiple
navigational keys and configurable speed dial key with LED indicators
Fully interoperable with leading IP-PBX platforms for easy deployment
Support up to nine simultaneous calls and juggle multiple calls easily with a
single press of a button (available on most models)
Shared calls allow you to place a call on hold at one set and pick it up at
another set (available on most models)
Quality full-duplex speakerphone with excellent voice clarity/delivery and
headset support options. Multicast group paging support.
Intercom with auto-answer
Expand the total number of programmable keys via 36-keys paper expansion
module or 60-keys LCD expansion module; scalable up to 180 keys via three
modules (available with most models)
Firmware upgrades can be downloaded and installed in the field
Built-in dual 10/100 Mbps switched Ethernet ports let you share a connection
with your computer; inline power support eliminates the need for a power
adapter (available with most models)
Voice Products
Voice over IP
(continued)
67xx Series VoIP Telephones
PR20327V2-72915.tif
The 6757i is a fully featured, expandable VoIP telephone. It offers the

largest display screen in the 67xi line. It also supports up to three
M670i or M675i expansion modules.

353988 6757I
495019 A175701311001W1
495020 A175701311001W3
495021 A175701311001W5
Voice Products
HIGH-ANGLE STAND ACCESSORY
Description
Fully featured multiline SIP, charcoal
PR33688V2-248698.tif
Aastra's high-angle stand is an optional accessory for the 67xx Series of SIP phones
that increases the viewing angle of the phone up to a maximum of 60 degrees. This
stand has been designed to address the needs of those users who prefer to have the
phone at a higher incline as a way to enhance the position of the display for an
optimal viewing experience and to optimize the position of the phone's handsets and
keys. Four different viewing angles are supported: approximately 30, 40, 50 and 60
degrees. Aastra's high-angle stand is compatible with most 6700 Series models.
Easy snap-on installation with wobble reduction mechanism and slip-resistant
rubber feet, that provides a secure grip on most desktop surfaces. Compatible with
6753i, 6755i, 6757i, 6735i, 6737i, 6739i, 6721ip, and the 6725ip.

Description
442408 D00801659007567 6700 Series high-angle stand
11.20
6735i and 6737i IP Telephone

AASTRA TELECOM
PR23913V2-173156.tif
HD Audio and GigE in expandable IP phones. The 6735i and the 6737i provide
impressive HD audio and support for today's high-speed network through dual Gigabit
Ethernet ports. Combining this with one FXO port produces a fully integrated SIP and
analog service for small businesses.
FEATURES
Nine lines with call appearance
Gigabit interface - two built-in 10/100/1000 switched Ethernet
ports - PoE compatible
One-touch call transfer, conference or call park
Busy lamp field
Local three-way conference
Paging and auto-answer capabilities
Description
495077 6735I
144x75 pixel backlit screen, six dynamic
context-sensitive softkeys, nine lines
495087 6737I
144x128 pixel backlit screen, 12
programmable softkeys offering up to
30 functions, nine lines
495088 A673501311001W1 One-year enhanced warranty for 6735i
495089 A673501311001W3 Three-year enhanced warranty for 6735i
495090 A673501311001W5 Five-year enhanced warranty for 6735i
495091 A673701311001W1 One-year enhanced warranty for 6737i
495092 A673701311001W3 Three-year enhanced warranty for 6737i
495094 A673701311001W5 Five-year enhanced warranty for 6737i
ACCESSORIES
Description
495095 D0023-1051-02-75 15 W (48 V DC) AC adapter NA input plug
100-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz
495097 D0063-1342-00-75 Phone handset for 9133i, 9143i, 480i,
9480i, 6730i, 6731i, 6751i, 6753i,
6755i, 6757i
495099 D0063-2000-00-75 HD phone handset (Wideband) for 6735i,
6737i, 6739i, 6721ip, 6725ip
495100 D0061-1093-00-00 Handset cord 67xx series
495101 D0023-0010-75-00 13 W (5 V DC) AC adapter, input plugs (NA,
EU, UK, AUS) 100-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz
Compatible with 6730i
Voice Products
Voice over IP
Description
495102 D0023-1051-00-75 15 W (48 V) AC adapter, input plugs (NA,
EU, UK, AUS) 100-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz
Compatible with all 67xx and 90xx series
phones with the exception of the 6730i
495103 A700
Alpha mechanical Ethernet jack
wall-mount kit
495105 D0062-0011-34-00 DHSG Cable Kit for 675xi phones
Cisco Unified IP Phone 7900 Series

CISCO SYSTEMS
PR29020V2-215068.tif
Yealink Series Business Telephones

CORTELCO
PR34449V2-254581.tif
Contact your local sales representative to learn more about

this series of products.
11.21
Voice Products
Yealink IP Phones are designed for the user who wants a large LCD display, superb HD
audio quality, simple user interface and a great-quality phone at a great price.
FEATURES
Desk phones come in multiple configurations and most include a dual Ethernet
port switch, with the exception of the T-18P
TI TITAN chipset and TI voice engine
Ti DaVinci for VP-2009 only
Cutting-edge SIP features and applications
Most phones include LCD screen with exception of the T-18P
HD Voice technology
Expansion modules are designed for improving the power and flexibility of
Yealink T-28P and T-26P
Description
442643 SIP-T18P
One-line SIP with two programmable keys
442840 SIP-T26P
Three-line SIP with HD Voice,
13 programmable keys and LCD screen
485658 VP-530
IP video phone with PoE and 7 in. LCD
touch screen
413704 EXP38
Expansion module with
38 programmable keys
442885 EXP39
Expansion module with 20 physical keys,
20 additional through page switch
Take full advantage of converged voice and data networks while retaining the
convenience and user-friendliness you expect from a business phone. Cisco Unified IP
phones can help improve productivity by meeting the needs of users throughout the
organization. Advanced media endpoints enhances the end-user experience.
FEATURES
IP phones with color liquid crystal display (LCD), including dynamic soft keys for
call features and functions
Support for information services, including XML capabilities to
extend IP phone systems
Capability to customize XML-based services to let users access a variety of
information, such as stock quotes, employee directories and Web content
On-campus mobility using voice over wireless LAN with the Cisco Unified
wireless IP phone 7921G and Cisco Unified wireless 7925G to extend advanced
unified communications capabilities for mobile workers
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
./
2500 Desk Telephone
Voice Products
CORTELCO
PR6377V2-9460.TIF
FEATURES
Fully modular
9 ft. handset cord
Double-gong ringer
Ringer volume control
Hearing-aid compatible
Five-year limited warranty
Nationwide support system
ADA volume control-compliant
Value-line versions contain a "D" at the end of their part numbers
Minimum-order quantity (MOQ) of 144 required for some phones
Description
215813 250000VBA20M
Black
216140 250009VBA20M
Ivory; MOQ 144
215613 250013VBA20M
Beige; MOQ 144
216142 250045VBA20M
Brown; MOQ 144
D
215120 250047-VBA-20M Red
214988 250044-VBA-20M Ash
216236 250044-VBA-20F
Ash with flash
216150 250000-VBA-27M Black with message waiting; MOQ 144
485662 250044VBA27F
Ash with message waiting
397432 250000VBA20MD
Black, Value-line
397433 250044VBA20MD
Ash, Value-line
397434 250000VBA57MD
Black with message waiting, Value-line
352892 250044VBA57MD
Ash with message waiting, Value-line
2554 Wall Telephone

CORTELCO
PR6378V2-9463.TIF
Five-year limited warranty
Nationwide support system
ADA volume control-compliant
Value-line versions contain a "D" at the end of their part numbers
Ordering in ivory and beige requires a minimum-order quantity (MOQ) of 256
Description
215614 255400VBA20M
Black
216144 255409VBA20M
Ivory; MOQ 256
216146 255413VBA20M
Beige; MOQ 256
216143 255415VBA20M
White
215611 255444-VBA-20M Ash
216145 255445VBA20M
Brown
215988 255447-VBA-20M Red
216312 255444-VBA-20F
Ash with flash
216149 255444-VBA-27M Ash with message waiting
216314 255444-VBA-27F
Ash with flash and message waiting
397436 255400VBA20MD
Black, Value-line
397437 255444VBA20MD
Ash, Value-line
397439 255400VBA27MD
Black with message waiting, Value-line
352893 255444VBA27MD
Ash with message waiting, Value-line
Scitec 2500 Standard Series Telephone, Single-line, Corded

CETIS INC
FEATURES
Single-line configuration; desk- or wall-mountable
Heavy, metal, nonslip base
Volume control toggle control (ADA/HAC-compliant handset)
HI/LO ringer control
Data port
Optional message-waiting light (MWL)
2554 STANDARD WALL TELEPHONE
FEATURES
Fully modular
9 ft. handset cord
Single-gong ringer
11.22
PR23778V2-173200.tif
Includes a single-gong bell ringer.
PR68117V2-537430.tif
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
485423 25411
397366 25412
397367 25403
485424
485945
Description
2554W MWL, message-waiting light, ash
2554W MWL, message-waiting light, black
2554E (No MWL), no message-waiting light,
red
2554W (No MW), no message waiting light,
ash
2554W (No MWL), no message-waiting
light, black
25401
25402
2510D STANDARD DESK TELEPHONE
PR68118V2-537431.tif

485957 20501
485958
20501
Description
205T, (No MWL) no message-waiting
light, ash
205T, (No MWL) no message-waiting
light, white
Trendline
CORTELCO
FEATURES
Tone/pulse dial
Pause, flash, redial
Receiver volume control
Electronic ringer with on/off switch
Desk/wall-mountable
6150 TRENDLINE TELEPHONE
PR9829V2-9505.tif
Includes a double-gong bell ringer.
485949
25001
485950
25002
Description
2510D MWL, message waiting light, ash
2510D MWL, message-waiting light, black
2510E (No MWL), no message-waiting
light, red
2510D (No MWL), no message-waiting
light, ash
2510D (No MWL), no message-waiting
light, black
2510D-E STANDARD DESK TELEPHONE
PR68119V2-537432.tif
Voice Products

485948 25011
487243 25012
397357 25003
With all the features listed above, plus: mute, three one-touch memory, 10
two-touch memory, visual ring indicator and one-year warranty.

266005 615000-V0E-21M
266004 615021-V0E-21M
Description
Black
Frost
8150 TRENDLINE TELEPHONE
PR9832V2-24952.tif
Includes an electronic ringer.

485951 25111
485954 25101
Description
2510D-e MW, message-waiting light, ash
2510D-e (No MW), no message-waiting
light, ash
205T TRIMLINE TELEPHONE

Includes the hold and redial features.
Description
485955 20521
205TMW, message-waiting light, ash
485956 20515
205TMW, message-waiting light, white
With all the features of the 6150 plus: lighted keypad, fully modular, mute, reset
button and two-year warranty. Note: 8150 does not have memory.

175105 815044VOE21F
273433 815000VOE21F
Description
Ash
Black
11.23
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
H2001-09
Healthcare Disposable Phone
Voice Products
CORTELCO
FEATURES
Flash
Mute
Redial
Tone/pulse
On/off button
Volume control
Ringer-high/low/off
Optional bed-rail mount available
485706 915044V0E21J
250795 915044V0E21F
250796 915044BEDMNT
PR6381V2-9469.TIF

247557 21195
Scitec H2000 Patient-room Telephones

CETIS INC
Description
Healthcare disposable telephone
Healthcare disposable telephone with flash
Bed-rail mount
Scitec H2001 Single-use Disposable Patient-Room Telephone

CETIS INC
FEATURES
Single-line configuration
One-piece design
Reduces cross-contamination risks, cleaning and repair costs
Increase telecom revenues by sending phone home with patient or family
Lighted dial pad
On/Off lighted talk key
Flash, hold, redial keys
Electronic ringer (ADA/HAC-compliant)
Message-waiting light

485268 21105
11.24
Description
H2001-09, big-button reflective dial pad,
desk or bed-rail mountable, white
H2001-00
PR68121V2-537434.tif
PR68120V2-537433.tif
FEATURES
Lighted dial pad
On/Off lighted talk key
Electronic ringer (ADA/HAC-compliant)
Visual ringer indicator
Message-waiting light
H2000/H2000 VRI

485271 20005
485270
20015
PR68123V2-537436.tif
Description
H2000, big-button lighted dial pad, deskor wall-mountable, white
H2000 VRI, neon/LED visual ring indicator,
desk- or wall-mountable, white
Description
H2001-00, big-button lighted dial pad,
desk or bed-rail mountable, white
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
EH2000
PR68122V2-537435.tif
ez Touch Telephone
CORTELCO

485449 21115
Description
EH2000, bed-rail telephone cradle, white
Dignity 2420 Big-button Speakerphone

CORTELCO
PR12264V2-24046.tif
Description
Sandstone
Colleague Basic Telephone

CORTELCO
PR6383V2-9475.TIF
FEATURES
Last-number redial
Flash (100-300-600 mS) switchable
Message-waiting lamp (90 V)
Handset volume control, ADA-compliant
Hook delay (positive line disconnect)
Data jack
Hold with LED indicator (flip-flop type)
Desk-/wall-mountable
Five-year warranty
Description
246493 220100VBA27F
Black
246491 220121VBA27F
Frost
11.25
Voice Products
FEATURES
Incoming voice-volume adjustment (18 dB to 40 dB)
Incoming voice-tone adjustment (frequencies)
Incoming ringer-volume adjustment (Off/Lo/High 95 dB)
Incoming ringer-tone adjustment (Hi or Lo)
Caller ID/call waiting ID
Large LCD display with backlight
Three one-touch emergency buttons
Speakerphone and on-hook predial
Large dial buttons
Tone/pulse dialing
Flash/mute/redial/hold
Flashing visual ring indicator
Hearing aid-compatible
One-year warranty
Description
332123 242021TP221F
Frost
FEATURES
10-number memory
Ringer control
Receiver volume control
One-touch PHOTOmemory
Large dial buttons
Braille raised characters
Tone/pulse switch
Redial button
Flashing visual ring indicator
One-year warranty
250794 240085V0E21F
pr5490V2-9450.tif
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
Colleague Speakerphone
Voice Products
CORTELCO
PR23784V2-173244.tif
FEATURES
Last-number redial
Flash (100-300-600 mS) switchable
Message-waiting lamp (90 V)
Handset volume control, ADA-compliant
Hook delay (positive line disconnect)
Data jack
Hold with LED indicator (flip-flop type)
Desk/wall-mountable
10 one-touch programming memory
Mute with LED indicator (flip-flop type)
Hands-free speakerphone with LED indicator
Headset controlD switch
Line-in-use status with LED indicator (two-line version only)
Conference (two-line version only)
Five-year warranty
Description
246498 220300VBA27S
Single-line, black
246497 220321VBA27S
Single-line, frost
246500 220500VBA27S
Two-line, black
246499 220521VBA27S
Two-line, frost
Enhanced Colleague Series Telephone

CORTELCO
PR6385V2-9481.TIF
FEATURES
Wide angle, three-line, ratchet-type backlit LCD display
Voice-message indication
Headset jacks (2.5 mm and RJ type)
FSK and stutter dial capability
Caller ID with call waiting
11.26
Icons: new call, repeat call, forward call, toll call, message waiting
10 direct memories
Redial/flash/mute
Electronic hold
Speakerphone
Tone/pulse switchable
Ring indicator
Data port
Conference (two-line only)
Five-year warranty
Description
250009 221000TP227E
Single-line, black
250010 221021TP227E
Single-line, frost
250011 222000TP227E
Two-line, black
250012 222021TP227E
Two-line, frost
Enhanced Colleague Line-powered CID Call Waiting

CORTELCO
PR9833V2-9508.tif
FEATURES
Line powered
Improved Super-Twist LCD screen--improved viewing/reduced glare
Ratchet-type LCD display allows user to select viewing angle
90 V message waiting lamp
24 V M-W lamp
Headset jacks (2.5 mm and RJ type)
FSK capability
Call waiting; Caller ID2
Extra-large three-line LCD panel
ADA-compliant
60-message memory
Voicemail button - up to 24 digits
11 direct-dial memory + 10 keypad memory
Redial, flash, mute and hold
Single-line speakerphone
Ring indicator
Data port
Two-year warranty
Description
284038 221100TP227E
Black
284040 221121TP227E
Frost
For basic line-powered model 8780, see Part No. 346287.
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
7 Series Caller ID Telephone

CORTELCO
Patriot Business Phones

CORTELCO
Description
Single-line, black
Two-line, black
Four-line, black
Four-line, extended features, black
Cordless adapter
Adapter for music on hold and
extension paging
Medallion Caller ID Telephone

CORTELCO
PR9826V2-9496.tif
FEATURES
Volume control (ADA-compliant)
Tone/pulse switch
Two-year limited warranty
Hold with LED indication
Positive line disconnect
Flash (300 or 600 mS)
Desk/wall-mountable
Visual ring indicator
Last-number redial
Directory card
Fully modular
Matte finish
Data port
Pause
PATRIOT BASIC
250798 219000V0E27F
227929 219075V0E27F
FEATURES
100 Caller ID memory
Contrast, mute, hold and flash
PR6388V2-9487.TIF
Voice Products
FEATURES
99 CID memory
Mute/hold/flash
Redials last 10 numbers
DTMF dialing
2.5 mm headset jack
Speakerphone
Voicemail indication
On-hook predial
Directory name match
10 direct memories
Wide-angle LCD
Desk or wall-mountable
Five-year warranty
349479 270000TP227S
353782 272000TP227S
364802 274000TP227S
372519 275000TP227S
396941 2742CA000PAK
396943 2743FM000PAK
PR20132V2-68155.tif
Enhanced redial
DTMF dialing
2.5 mm headset jack
Speakerphone
Tone/pulse switch
Selectable ringer cadences
On-hook predial
Directory name match
10 direct dial memories
Three-line-wide angle, super-twist display
Trilingual - English, Spanish and French
Five-year warranty
Description
346170 322041-TP2-27E
Two-line, charcoal
Description
Black
Pearl gray
11.27
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
(continued)
Patriot Business Phones
PATRIOT MEMORY
Also includes 20 memory locations, release, storable flash and pause.
Description
250799 219100V0E27S
Black
242671 219175V0E27S
Pearl gray

166435 8009 ASH
148741 8009 CHARCOAL
Description
Ash
Charcoal
9110, 9116LP and 9120 Series Telephone

AASTRA TELECOM
PR6479V2-5742.TIF
PATRIOT HANDSFREE
Also includes speakerphone and headset compatibility.
Description
179201 219300V0E27S
Black
179203 219375V0E27S
Pearl gray
8004 Telephone
Voice Products
AASTRA TELECOM
PR6389V2-5733.tif
FEATURES
Speakerphone with mute
Three-line adjustable display
Last number redial
Desk or wall mount
9110 series is the value-based entry level version
9116LP series offer PBX line or DC powered, 80 name/number caller list, 20
number scroll-style directory and 15 autodial positions
9120 series offers the same features but in a two-line version
9116LP and 9120 series offer call display with visual call waiting
Description
Charcoal, six programmable keys
353911 9116LP CHARCOAL Charcoal, eight programmable keys,
line powered
Charcoal, 14 programmable keys,
two-line version
FEATURES
D
Voltage message-waiting indicator
Flash, mute, redial keys
Hi/med/low ringer positions
Adjustable receiver volume
Single-line analog telephone, line powered
Description
210821 8004 PLATINUM
Platinum
Charcoal
9216 Telephone
8009 Telephone
AASTRA TELECOM
FEATURES
Six programmable memory keys (up to 24 digits)
Redial key
Parallel line jack for extension, fax or modem
Line, release, hold and flash keys
Link key
Voltage message-waiting indicator
Single-line analog telephone, line powered
11.28
PR6390V2-5736.tif
AASTRA TELECOM
PR11137V2-18169.tif
FEATURES
Call display with Visual Call Waiting
Visual message waiting indicator
25 name/number directory and call log (feature available with subscription to
service provider offerings)
Two-line tilt backlit display
Ten programmable memory keys
Last number redial
On-hook dialing
Description
494701 9216CW BLACK
Black
494707 9216CW ASH
Ash
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
9316CW Telephone
AASTRA TELECOM
470 Screen Phone

PR0545V2-141651.tif
9417CW Telephone
AASTRA TELECOM
PR23624V2-166774.tif
FEATURES
Large eight-line backlit screen with six display keys and contrast control
2.5 mm headset jack
Up to 30 autodial positions using on screen directory function
50 name and number callers list
50 name and number directory
Five-number redial
Data port
Multi-function indicator light (incoming call, extension-in-use, hold and
message waiting Class/90 volt/Avaya)
Description
264440 470 CHARCOAL
Charcoal
480e Screen Phone

AASTRA TELECOM
FEATURES
Large eight-line backlit screen with six display keys and contrast control
Enhanced headset interface
Menu driven softkeys for access to network features
100 name and number callers list
200 name and number directory
Ten-number redial
Data port
Multi-function indicator light (incoming call, extension-in-use, hold and
message waiting Class/90 volt/Avaya)
Description
494900 480E CHARCOAL
Charcoal
Scitec Aegis-08 Single-line Non-speakerphone

CETIS INC
FEATURES
Two lines with conference key
Caller ID and call waiting display (feature available with subscription to service
provider offerings)
Visual message-waiting indicator
Six programmable memory keys
10 number redial
100 name/number call log and directory
Three-line adjustable backlit display
Fax switch
Description
191500 9417CW BLACK
Black
423480 9417CW ASH
Ash
PR68125V2-537438.tif
FEATURES
OneTouch voicemail retrieval
Dual neon/LED message-waiting lightbar
No, three, five, or 10 memory keys
11.29
Voice Products
FEATURES
Call display with Visual Call Waiting
Visual message waiting indicator
50 name/number directory and call log (feature available with subscription to
service provider offerings)
Three-line tilt backlit display
Eight programmable memory keys
Redial of the last five numbers called
Secure number programming
Description
191723 9316CW BLACK
Black
255231 9316CW ASH
Ash
189632 9316CW LT GREY
Light grey
AASTRA TELECOM
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
Voice Products
(continued)
Scitec Aegis-08 Single-line Non-speakerphone
Convenient data port

Soft-key technology
Compatible with PABX systems
On-hook predialing on memory keys
Line powered
Four-step speaker and handset volume control
High/low ringer volume switch
HAC compatible handset
ADA-compliant volume control
Full-length custom-tailored faceplates
Industrial-grade construction with matte finish design
Non-slip base
Available in ash and black
Desk- or wall-mountable
Description
485944 80101
Aegis-LB-08, lobby phone, ash
485963 80102
Aegis-LB-08, lobby phone, black
485964 80001
Aegis-P-08, no memory keys, ash
485968 80002
Aegis-P-08, no memory keys, black
485969 80301
Aegis-3-08, three memory keys, ash
485970 80302
Aegis-3-08, three memory keys, black
485971 80501
Aegis-5-08, five memory keys, ash
485973 80502
Aegis-5-08, five memory keys, black
485974 81001
Aegis-10-08, 10 memory keys, ash
485975 81002
Aegis-10-08, 10 memory keys, black
D

Industrial grade construction with matte finish design
Nonslip base
Description
485977 80011
Aegis-PS-08, no memory keys, ash
485979 80012
Aegis-PS-08, no memory keys,
speakerphone, black
485983 88031
Aegis-3S-08, three memory keys,
speakerphone, ash
485985 88032
Aegis-3S-08, three memory keys,
speakerphone, black
485986 88051
Aegis-5S-08, five memory keys,
speakerphone, ash
485987 88052
Aegis-5S-08, five memory keys,
speakerphone, black
486435 88101
Aegis-10S-08, 10 memory keys, ash
486436 88102
Aegis-10S-08, 10 memory keys, black
Scitec Aegis-08 Two-line Speakerphone

CETIS INC
PR68129V2-537442.tif
Scitec Aegis-08 Single-line Speakerphone

CETIS INC
FEATURES
Professional-quality speakerphone
Hold, redial, speaker, mute and flash keys
Soft-key technology
Line powered
11.30
PR68126V2-537439.tif
FEATURES
Two-line configuration
Zero, five, or 10 memory keys
Hold, redial, speaker, mute, conference and flash keys
Line 1/Line 2 keys
RJ11 data port
Soft-key technology
Line powered
Nonslip base
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
486437 89001
486438 89002
486439 89051
486441 89052
486442 89101
486444 89102
Description
Aegis-TP-08, no memory keys, ash
Aegis-TP-08, no memory keys, black
Aegis-T5-08, five memory keys, ash
Aegis-T5-08, five memory keys, black
Aegis-T-08, 10 memory keys, ash
Aegis-T-08, 10 memory keys, black
Scitec Aegis-09 Single-line Speakerphone

CETIS INC
PR68130V2-537443.tif
Scitec Aegis-09 Single-line Nonspeakerphone

CETIS INC
PR68148V2-537456.tif
11.31
Voice Products
FEATURES
No, three, five or 10 memory keys
Soft-key technology
Line powered
Nonslip base
Description
486445 90101
Aegis-LB-09, lobby phone, ash
486446 90102
Aegis-LB-09, lobby phone, black
486447 90001
Aegis-P-09, no memory keys, ash
486448 90002
Aegis-P-09, no memory keys, black
486452 90301
Aegis-3-09, three memory keys, ash
486453 90302
Aegis-3-09, three memory keys, black
486454 90501
Aegis-5-09, five memory keys, ash
486455 90502
Aegis-5-09, five memory keys, black
486456 91001
Aegis-10-09, 10 memory keys, ash
486458 91002
Aegis-10-09, 10 memory keys, black
FEATURES
No, three, five or 10 memory keys
Flash, speaker, mute, hold and redial keys
Soft-key technology
Line powered
Nonslip base
Description
486459 98001
Aegis-PS-09, no memory keys, ash
486460 98002
Aegis-PS-09, no memory keys, black
486461 98031
Aegis-3S-09, three memory keys, ash
486462 98032
Aegis-3S-09, three memory keys, black
486463 98051
Aegis-5S-09, five memory keys, ash
486465 98052
Aegis-5S-09, five memory keys, black
486466 98101
Aegis-10S-09, 10 memory keys, ash
486467 98102
Aegis-10S-09, 10 memory keys, black
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
Scitec Aegis-09 Two-line Speakerphone
Voice Products
CETIS INC
Telematrix 3100 Single-line Nonspeakerphone

PR68133V2-537446.tif
FEATURES
Flash, hold, redial, speaker, conference and mute keys
Line 1/Line 2 keys
Soft-key technology
Line powered
D
Four-step speaker
and handset volume control
Nonslip base
Description
486468 99001
Aegis-TP-09, no memory keys, ash
487134 99002
Aegis-TP-09, no memory keys, black
487135 99051
Aegis-T5-09, five memory keys, ash
487137 99052
Aegis-T5-09, five memory keys, black
487138 99101
Aegis-T-09, 10 memory keys, ash
487139 99102
Aegis-T-09, 10 memory keys, black
11.32
CETIS INC
PR68134V2-537447.tif
FEATURES
OneTouch voicemail retrieval with large, bright-red message-waiting lamp
No, five, or 10 guest service keys
Mute, hold, redial keys
Soft-key technology
Line powered
ADA/FCC hearing aid-compliant
Nonslip base
Available in ash and black; custom colors available - minimum quantities apply
Description
487140 31009
3100LBY, lobby phone, ash
487141 310091
3100LBY, lobby phone, black
487142 31039
3100MWB, no guest service keys, ash
487143 310391
3100MWB, no guest service keys, black
487152 31139
3100MW5, five guest service keys, ash
487153 311391
3100MW5, five guest service keys, black
487154 31239
3100MW10, 10 guest service keys, ash
487155 312391
3100MW10, 10 guest service keys, black
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
TeleMatrix 3100 Single-line Speakerphone

CETIS INC
PR68138V2-537451.tif
TeleMatrix 3100 Two-line Speakerphone

CETIS INC
PR68141V2-537454.tif
Nugget Series Compact-footprint Telephone

CETIS INC
PR33642V2-247926.tif
FEATURES
Raised red message-waiting lens
Compact footprint
No or three guest service keys
Flash and Redial keys
Easy-access data port
ADA handset volume boost
Textured finish provides durable resistance against scratches and smudges
Description
441394 NUG31039
Nugget, no guest service keys, ash
480201 NUG310391
Nugget, no guest service keys, black
487172 NUG31739
Nugget 3, three guest service keys, ash
444259 NUG317391
Nugget 3, three guest service keys, black
FEATURES
Two-line configuration
11.33
Voice Products
FEATURES
Five or 10 guest service keys
Speaker, mute, hold, redial keys
Soft-key technology
Line powered
Nonslip base
Description
487156 31149
3100MWD5, five guest service keys, ash
487158 311491
3100MWD5, 10 guest service keys, black
487159 31339
3100MWD, 10 guest service keys, ash
487160 313391
3100MWD, 10 guest service keys, black
No, five, or 10 guest service keys

Three-way conference calling, speaker, mute, hold, redial keys
Soft-key technology
Line powered
Nonslip base
Description
487161 32049
3102MWS, no guest service keys, ash
487162 320491
3102MWS, no guest service keys, black
487168 32149
3102MWD5, five guest service keys, ash
487169 321491
3102MWD5, five guest service keys, black
487170 32359
3102MWD, 10 guest service keys, ash
487171 323591
3102MWD, 10 guest service keys, black
Voice Products
Analog Telephones
Integrated Telephone
Voice Products
PANASONIC
PR1399V2-14526.EPS
FEATURES
Hands-free speakerphone
One-touch/speed dialer (20 stations)
Ringer indicator
Electronic volume controls for speakerphone (eight-step), handset and headset
(four-step)
Headset-compatible
Dial lock
Three-step ringer control
Data port
Hold/flash/mute/redial/pause
Wall-mountable
Description
262594 KX-TS105B
Single-line, black
245337 KX-TS105W
Single-line, white
D
245335 KX-TS108W
Single-line with display, white
245336 KX-TS208W
Two-line with display, white
Integrated Telephone with Caller ID

PANASONIC
PR2725V2-14540.eps
FEATURES
50-station caller ID memory and dialer
50-station phonebook and dialer
Call waiting
Phone company voicemail compatible (FSK compatible)
Chain dial
Programmable call restriction
Three-step ringer volume control
Switchable tone/pulse setting
Description
425229 KX-TSC11B
Black
425230 KX-TSC11W
White
11.34
Voice Products
Digital Centrex Telephones

./
M5008 Meridian Digital Centrex Phone

AASTRA TELECOM

PR6480V2-5745.TIF
FEATURES
Compatible with Nortel DMS 100 central office
Loop powered
Eight system programmable keys
Hold-and-release keys
Description
243842 M5008 BLACK
Black, loop powered
255232 M5008 ASH
Ash, loop powered
AASTRA TELECOM
PR22444V2-132762.tif
FEATURES
24 x 2 LCD display
Headset compatible
Supports up to two M522 expansion module
14 keys for feature access or directory numbers
Single-line set with multiline functionality
Description
186286 M5216 BLACK
Black, headset support
186282 M5216 ASH
Ash, headset support
pr5284V2-5718.tif

AASTRA TELECOM
FEATURES
24 x 2 LCD display
Loop powered
Visual ringing indication
Eight system programmable memory keys
Description
186280 M5208 BLACK
Black, loop powered
186274 M5208 ASH
Ash, loop powered
pr5288V2-5730.tif
FEATURES
Hands-free operation
24 x 2 LCD display
Time-and-date display with call timer
13 keys for feature access or directory numbers
Calling name and number display
Single-line set with multiline functionality
Description
186289 M5316 BLACK
Black, speakerphone
186287 M5316 ASH
Ash, speakerphone
11.35
Voice Products
AASTRA TELECOM
Voice Products
Digital Centrex Telephones
M522 Meridian Mate Expansion Module

AASTRA TELECOM
FEATURES
Compatible with both the M5216 and M5316
22-button expansion unit, with associated LCD indicators
Provides additional keys for lines or features
Up to two expansions can be used for a total of 44 extra programmable buttons
Description
186290 M522 ASH
Ash, expansion module
186292 M522 BLACK
Black, expansion module
Voice Products
AASTRA TELECOM
FEATURES
Visual ringing indicator
24 x 2 LCD display
Automatic Prime Line Selection
13 programmable feature keys
Calling name and number display
Description
333573 M6320
CHARCOAL Charcoal, speakerphone
D
M622 Meridian Mate Expansion Module

AASTRA TELECOM
FEATURES
Compatible with both the M6310 and the M6320
22-button expansion unit, with associated LCD indicators
Provides additional keys for lines or features
Up to two expansions can be used for a total of 44 extra programmable buttons
333574 M622 CHARCOAL
ACCESSORIES
494892 E0780-235E-00-00
494893 E0780-203E-00-00
494894 E0780-293E-00-00
494895 E0780-135E-00-00
494896 E0780-103E-00-00
494897 E0780-193E-00-00
494898 EB024-5936-00-00
494899 EB024-5939-00-00
11.36
Description
Foot stand, double key, ash
Foot stand, double key, black
Foot stand, double key, grey
Foot stand, single key, ash
Foot stand, single key, black
Foot stand, single key, grey
Single plinth, charcoal
Double plinth, charcoal
Voice Products
Wireless Telephones
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//Wireless
SpectraLink 8400 Series Wireless Telephones

SPECTRALINK
PR71139V2-557887.tif
FEATURES
Compatible with industry-standard
802.11a/b/g/n networks
End-to-end IP telephony collaboration solution
SIP interoperability (same as other Polycom
Voice Solutions)
Integrated barcode scanner (8450)
Color display with graphical unit interface (GUI)
Multiple microphones with
background-noise suppression
Ruggedized design with enhanced shock, water and
dust resistance
Microsoft Office Communicator Instant Message and
Presence capability
Web-based applications integration

443009 2200-37050-001
443010
2200-37051-001
443012
2200-37052-001
443013
2200-37053-001
Description
SpectraLink 8440 quad charger bundle,
blue, includes four handsets, eight
standard batteries, one quad charger and
one universal power supply
black, includes four handsets, eight
blue, includes four handsets, eight
black, includes four handsets, eight
SERIES HANDSETS AND ACCESSORIES

Description
443014 2200-37149-001
SpectraLink 8440 handset, blue
443015 2200-37150-001
SpectraLink 8440 handset, black
443016 2200-37152-001
SpectraLink 8450 handset, blue
443017 2200-37153-001
SpectraLink 8450 handset, black
443027 1520-37214-001
SpectraLink 8400 battery, standard
443028 1520-37215-001
SpectraLink 8400 battery, extended
443025 1310-37222-001
SpectraLink 8400 dual charger
443026 1310-37224-001
SpectraLink 8400 quad charger
443031 2200-37234-001
SpectraLink 8400 dual charger kit,
includes one dual charger and one
universal power supply
443030 2200-37036-001
SpectraLink 8400 quad charger kit,
includes one quad charger and one
11.37
Voice Products
SERIES BUNDLE
Polycom SpectraLink 8400 Wireless Telephones improve productivity and
responsiveness for on-site mobile professionals across a wide range of industries,
including healthcare, retail, manufacturing and hospitality. Built on open standards,
the SpectraLink 8400 series transforms the delivery of mobile enterprise
applications by bringing the power of thin client and browser technology to frontline
professionals in an easy-to-use and easy-to-manage interface. Additionally, the
SpectraLink 8400 series supports the industry's broadest range of interfaces to
enterprise-grade PBX, wireless LAN and infrastructures to deliver maximum
interoperability with the lowest overall cost of ownership in the industry.
Description
442998 2200-37025-001
SpectraLink 8440 handset bundle, blue,
includes handset, battery and charger
442999 2200-37026-001
SpectraLink 8440 handset bundle, black,
443001 2200-37027-001
SpectraLink 8450 handset bundle, blue,
443007 2200-37028-001
SpectraLink 8450 handset bundle, black,
443019 2200-37235-001
SpectraLink 8440 dual charger bundle,
includes handset, blue, two standard
batteries, one dual charger and one
443022 2200-37237-001
includes handset, black, two standard
443020 2200-37236-001
includes handset, blue, two standard
443023 2200-37238-001
includes handset, black, one standard
Voice Products
Wireless Telephones
SpectraLink 8000 Systems

SPECTRALINK
PR22505V2-133129.tif
The SpectraLink 8000 System offers mobile voice
over a converged voice and data network, which
reduces costs and simplifies management while
significantly improving employee mobility,
responsiveness and productivity. The SpectraLink
8000 System provides the richest functionality while
integrating with the broadest range of enterprise
applications and networks.
FEATURES
Compatible with industry-standard
802.11a/b/g networks
End-to-end IP telephony solution
Digital interfaces for most popular legacy
PBX telephone systems
Voice Products

329203 TGA216
329209
TGX216
329207
D
TGN216
329205
TGD216
329195
SVP101
329196
SVP011
329197
SVP021
266123
TPS100A
329214
NCC101
329226
MKR151
11.38
Description
Telephony gateway, 16-port analog
interface, power supply not included
Telephony gateway, 16-port Mitel SX
Telephony gateway, 16-port Nortel Meridian
Telephony gateway, 16-port universal
digital interface, power supply not included
Voice Priority Server (SVP) required on a
pure IP PBX solution, 100 user max., power
supply not included
supply not included
supply not included
Power supply for TGX2XX, MOG7XX
and SVPXXX
SpectraLink configuration cradle for
e340/h340/i640/8002 wireless telephones
Rack-mount kit
Voice Products
Wireless Telephones
SpectraLink 6000 System

SPECTRALINK
PR22503V2-142571.tif
The SpectraLink 6000 System is a dedicated wireless voice
system, providing the highest level of reliability and
security with minimal administration and maintenance.
The SpectraLink 6000 System is the preferred choice of
more enterprises in the U.S. than any other wireless
system available.
FEATURES
Proven handset design for use in all
business environments
Scalable architecture for up to 3,200 users
Interfaces to leading telephony platforms
Superior radio performance
Integration with market-leading applications
6100 SERIES ADDITIONS

329226 MKR151
251158 RCC410
251160
RCO410
Description
Rack-mount kit
Standard base station for SpectraLink
6100 systems
Outdoor enclosure base station for
SpectraLink 6100 systems
SPECTRALINK 6300 INFRASTRUCTURE

The SpectraLink 6300 MCU is the processing center for large-scale deployments. It
consists of at least one primary shelf and up to 19 expansion shelves and can
support up to 3,200 users. The primary shelf contains the system controller card
that manages call processing for the wireless network. Telephone line and base
station connections are made to an interface module. Each module supports 16
wireless telephones and six base stations, for up to 180 wireless telephones and 60
base stations per shelf. Multiple sites can be networked using T1 circuits between
up to 18 remote shelves and the main site.

276291 CPA316
276293 CPD316
276295
CPM316
276296
CPN316
276268
276269
CRC301
CSC300
276270
CSC301
276273
CSO300
276274
CSO301
276298
332372
MCS300
MKA320
198685
285793
RCC400
RCH400
251156
RCO400
Description
SpectraLink 6300 analog interface module
SpectraLink 6300 universal digital
interface module
SpectraLink 6300 Mitel digital
interface module
SpectraLink 6300 Nortel Meridian 1 and
universal digital interface module
T1 remote module
SpectraLink 6300 expansion
shelf controller
SpectraLink 6300 single-shelf
system controller
SpectraLink 6300 expansion shelf
controller, OAI enabled
SpectraLink 6300 single-shelf system
controller, OAI enabled
SpectraLink 6300 shelf
SpectraLink 6300 administration kit
with modem
Standard base station for all systems
High-density base station for SpectraLink
6300 systems, deployed exclusively with
other RCH400s
Outdoor enclosure base station for
all systems
11.39
Voice Products
SPECTRALINK 6100 INFRASTRUCTURE

The SpectraLink 6100 MCU is conveniently sized to support 16 wireless telephone
users and four base stations. Four SpectraLink 6100 MCUs can be connected
together by an Inter-Processor Communication (IPC) cable to support as many as 64
users and 16 base stations
Description
276278 SCA508
8-port analog interface
276279 SCA516
16-port analog interface
276282 SCD508
8-port universal digital interface
276283 SCD516
16-port four-wire universal digital interface
276285 SCF516
16-port 4-wire universal digital interface
276286 SCN516
16-port Nortel Meridian 1 and universal
digital interface
276290 SCX516
16-port Mitel SX-Series digital interface
Voice Products
Wireless Telephones
332493 WTO310
SpectraLink 8000 Series Wireless Telephones

SPECTRALINK
PR71138V2-557881.tif
353909
WTO310
Description
Swivel carrying case for 6020/8020 series, black
with keypad cover
Swivel carrying case for 8030, black with keypad
cover
SpectraLink 6020 Wireless Telephones
Voice Products
SPECTRALINK
The SpectraLink 8000 Series Wireless Telephones support a broad range of enterprise
applications, as these compact handsets offer a rich set of features and accessories.
FEATURES
802.11a/b/g standard-compatible
Provides all the features of a wired telephone set
Simple to operate without extensive training
Durable enough to withstand the rigors of daily use
Supports circuit-switched (with telephony gateways) and SIP interfaces to most
major telephony platforms
Superior voice quality on converged wireless networks using SpectraLink Voice
Priority (SVP), Wi-Fi Standard QoS, or Cisco CCXv4
Support for industry-standard security protocols including WEP (40 bit and 128
bit) and 802.11i with Pre-Shared Key (PSK), WPA2 mode using EAP-FAST or PEAP,
D
and Cisco Client
Key Management (CCKM) or Opportunistic Key Caching (OKC)
Audible and vibrating ringers, backlit display and keypad, built-in
speakerphone, push-to-talk
Text-messaging support via Open Application Interface (OAI)
Software configuration tool for simple configuration and management
SERIES WIRELESS TELEPHONES
343711 WTB150
SpectraLink 8020 wireless telephone, SRP and SIP
343712 WTE150
SpectraLink 8030 wireless telephone, SRP and SIP
SERIES WIRELESS TELEPHONE ACCESSORIES
332384 BPL100
Standard capacity battery pack, four hours talk
time, 80 hours standby time
332386 BPL200
Extended capacity battery pack, six hours talk
332388 BPL300
Ultra-extended capacity battery pack, eight hours
talk time, 160 hours standby time
332481 DCD100
Dual charging stand; power supply not included
332482 DCS100
Single charging stand; power supply not included
332483 GCQ100
Quad charging stand; power supply not included
242661 QPS100A
Power supply for single, dual, and quick chargers
and configuration cradle - North America, Taiwan
266111 QPS200A
Power supply for quad chargers GCx100
348656 WTO150
Swivel clip for 6020/8020 series handsets
353907 WTO250
Swivel clip for 8030 handset
11.40
PR22504V2-133131.tif
The SpectraLink 6020 wireless telephones are designed specifically for use within the
enterprise. They are extremely durable and, unlike consumer-grade cellular phone
designs, have no moving parts, no external antennas and no complex configuration
menus. The handsets have a rugged design with a large earpiece to provide comfort
and seal out background noise.
FEATURES
Provides all the features of a wired telephone set
Simple to operate without extensive training
Durable enough to withstand the rigors of daily use
Superior voice quality comparable to a wired telephone
328963 LTB100
Wireless telephone with vibrating ringer and
backlit display/keypad
332384 BPL100
Standard capacity battery pack, four hours talk
332386 BPL200
Extended capacity battery pack, six hours talk
332388 BPL300
Ultra-extended capacity battery pack, eight hours
talk time, 160 hours standby time
332482 DCS100
Single charging stand; power supply not included
332481 DCD100
Dual charging stand; power supply not included
332483 GCQ100
Quad charging stand; power supply not included
332484 WTO102
Coiled lanyard with clothing clip for 6000/8000
series handsets
348656 WTO150
Swivel clip for 6020/8020 series handsets
332493 WTO310
Swivel carrying case for 6020/8020 series, black
with keypad cover
332494 WTO320
Rugged holster, black
Voice Products
Audioconferencing Telephones
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//Audioconferencing
VoiceStation 300 and 500 Conference Phones

POLYCOM
PR34445V2-254415.tif
Designed as a clear alternative to half-duplex speakerphones, the VoiceStation 300

and 500 deliver professional-quality conferencing to offices and other smaller
meeting areas. Note: The VoiceStation 500 connects to Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phones and computers.
FEATURES
Full-duplex performance - simultaneous two-way communication so everyone
can hear and be heard clearly
Combination iconic/alpha-numeric keypad, mute, flash, hold, redial, data port
(on power supply)
Wall mountable
Warranty: 12 months
VOICESTATION 500
The VoiceStation 500 features the same voice quality as VoiceStation 300, but adds
Bluetooth wireless connectivity to mobile phones and PCs for a hands-free
conferencing experience. Non-Bluetooth-enabled computers or mobile phones can
use the integrated 2.5 mm applications port for wired connections.
Description
332202 2200-17900-001
VoiceStation 500
SoundStation2 Conference Phone

POLYCOM
PR34435V2-254431.tif
Ideal for small- to medium-sized conference rooms, the SoundStation2's distinctive,

award-winning design is familiar throughout the world. The SoundStation conference
phone makes natural, full-duplex (two-way) conversations easy without clipping or
SoundStation2W
POLYCOM
PR34436V2-254464.tif
The SoundStation2W is a conference phone without cords that gives you the freedom
to conference anywhere team collaboration is important, even in rooms where there
are no phone lines. With superior voice quality, proven DECT 6.0 wireless technology,
added security of voice encryption, up to 24 hours of talk time, and the ability to dial
through a cell phone, the SoundStation2W is raising the standard for everyday
conferencing. With reliable 150 ft. wireless roaming from the base station,
wireless frequency hopping to avoid interference, and a long-lasting lithium-ion
battery, the SoundStation2W truly meets today's needs for excellent voice quality
and usage flexibility.
FEATURES
1.9 GHz DECT 6.0 wireless technology with 150 ft. range, 64-bit voice encryption
Talk from up to 10 ft. away from the mic and be heard
Noise reduction minimizes noise from projector and PC fans
Expansion mics can be added (EX model only) and software upgradeable
Works just like a regular conference phone
SOUNDSTATION2W 2.4 GHZ
285487 2200-07840-001
Description
Extension microphones
SOUNDSTATION2W 1.9 GHZ

397427 2200-07800-160
397429 2200-07880-160
Description
Expandable with display
Nonexpandable with display
11.41
Voice Products
VOICESTATION 300
The VoiceStation 300 features three sensitive microphones that offer 360-degree
room coverage. Smart technology, such as Dynamic Noise Reduction (DNR), provides
maximum microphone sensitivity, while reducing distracting room and background
noise. It also features technology that resists interference from mobile phones and
other wireless devices, delivering clear communications with no distractions.
Description
332199 2200-17910-001
VoiceStation 300
distortion. Simple to install and use, extension microphones expand range for
medium- to larger-sized rooms.
FEATURES
Echo cancellation and suppression adapt automatically to changing rooms and
telephone lines
Mute buttons/dual-color LED status lights
Integrated keypad eliminates the need for a separate phone
Powerful speaker
Three quality cardioid microphones
Full-duplex operation makes conversation natural and clear
Description
310485 2200-15100-001
Nonexpandable, no display
301451 2200-16000-001
Nonexpandable with display
303629 2200-16200-001
Expandable with display
327213 2305-16375-001
Expandable conference phone for Avaya
Definity PBX systems
357151 2200-17120-001
Expandable conference phone for Nortel
Meridian PBX systems
303802 2200-16155-001
Extension microphone kit
Voice Products
SoundStation VTX 1000

POLYCOM
PR34441V2-254476.tif
Acoustic Clarity Technology - allows simultaneous natural conversation

Feature-rich IP phone - advanced call handing, security and
provisioning features
Resists interference from mobile phones and other wireless devices
Integrated Power over Ethernet (PoE) for easy installation
Optional AC power kit also available
Description
419765 2200-30900-025
SoundStation IP 5000 SIP conference phone
SoundStation IP 6000 SIP
Voice Products
POLYCOM
The Polycom SoundStation VTX 1000 is the world's most advanced analog conference
phone with Acoustic Clarity Technology delivering outstanding voice quality. It's the
world's first conference phone that automatically adapts to each meeting
environment, providing high-fidelity voice clarity for all participants.
FEATURES
Acoustic Clarity Technology - allows simultaneous natural conversation
Unparalleled room coverage - speak naturally from 2 ft. to 20 ft. and be heard
clearly on the far end
Revolutionary room coverage - the world's first phone to deliver wideband voice
over ordinary telephone lines
Built-in investment protection - the world's first analog conference phone that
allows you to download new software remotely through an ordinary telephone
line to add new features and applications
D
Maximum configuration
flexibility - has independent input and output, bass/
treble controls and internal mic and speaker control for multiple uses and
applications including external speakers
Description
285383 2200-07300-001
VTX 1000 only
266331 2200-07142-001
VTX 1000 with extended mics
and subwoofer
285385 2215-07155-001
412699 2200-32400-001
Wireless expansion microphones, two
285388 2200-07242-001
Subwoofer with amplifier kit
SoundStation IP 5000 SIP Conference Phone

POLYCOM
PR34438V2-254461.tif
PR34439V2-254418.tif
The SoundStation IP 6000 SIP is a next-generation IP conference phone designed for

small- to mid-size rooms and provides 12-foot mic pickup for remarkable room
coverage. The SoundStation IP 6000 is interoperable with leading SIP-based IP PBX
and SoftSwitch platforms.
FEATURES
Polycom HD Voice for high-fidelity calls at up to 14 kHz - conference calls that
sound as natural as being there
Polycom's Acoustic Clarity Technology delivers a conference-phone experience
with no compromises
Robust interoperability allows for compatibility with a broad array of
SIP call platforms
Add optional expansion microphones for greater pickup range
Description
368993 2200-15600-001
SoundStation IP 6000
374871 2200-15660-001
SoundStation IP 6000 with AC power kit
285385 2215-07155-001
412699 2200-32400-001
Wireless expansion microphones, two
SoundStation IP 7000 SIP

POLYCOM
Advanced IP conference phone with Polycom HD Voice clarity, designed for small
conference rooms and executive offices.
FEATURES
Ideal for small conference rooms - up to 7 ft. of 360-degree
microphone coverage
HD Voice Technology
11.42
PR34440V2-254449.tif
The SoundStation IP 7000 is a breakthrough conference phone that delivers

outstanding performance and a robust feature set for SIP-based VoIP platforms. It is
Voice Products
the most advanced conference phone ever developed, and is ideal for executive
offices, conference rooms and board rooms.
FEATURES
Polycom HD Voice for high-fidelity calls at up to 22 kHz - conference calls that
sound as natural as being there
Polycom's patented Acoustic Clarity Technology delivers a conference-phone
experience with no compromises
Robust interoperability allows for compatibility with a broad array of
SIP call platforms
Add optional expansion microphones for greater pickup range
Connect two units together for expanded mic pickup and volume for
larger rooms
Description
371775 2200-40000-001
SoundStation IP 7000
371664 2230-40300-001
SoundStation IP 7000 with AC power kit
376713 2200-40040-001
Microsoft Lync Desktop Solutions Series

423431 2200-32500-025
Description
CX300 desktop phone for Microsoft Lync
The CX500 is a common area phone for areas such as hallways, break rooms or
lobbies. The CX500 features a large color display to view call and directory
information. It also includes HD Voice and PoE port for simple installation.

429747 2200-44300-025
PR34430V2-254450.tif
Description
CX500 IP phone for Microsoft Lync, order
AC power kit separately
MICROSOFT LYNC DESKTOP SOLUTIONS CX600
The CX200 is a USB desktop phone that is an ideal solution for most office workers
as it comes equipped with a handset, full duplex speakerphone and handset port. It
provides high-definition audio, buttons for basic call control and visual indicators
for presence and voicemail.

358694 2200-31000-025
Description
CX200 desktop phone for Microsoft Lync
PR34427V2-254471.tif
PR34428V2-254475.tif
The CX600 is mainstream desktop phone. Like the CX500, it offers a 3.5 in. LCD
screen. It also features USB for enhanced capabilities such as calendaring,
integrated call logs, better together functionality and two-port Gigabit Ethernet
switch for PC pass-through.

429748 2200-15987-025
Description
CX600 IP phone for Microsoft Lync, PoE
only, order AC power kit separately
11.43
Voice Products
POLYCOM
The Polycom CX product family is optimized for use with Microsoft Lync and the
benefits are numerous. These natively integrated UC devices deliver rich presence,
clear, high-definition audio and seamless plug-and-play functionality. Plus, a wide
range of USB and IP devices both complement and deliver the full Microsoft UC
experience and are easy to deploy, use and manage.
FEATURES
High-quality, high-definition wideband audio for the best possible
voice call quality
Plug-and-play functionality
CX500 and CX600 - large 3.5 in. TFT color display provides rich presence status
CX700 - TFT color display features a touch screen
Ethernet ports and PoE on most models
PR34426V2-254469.tif
The CX300 is a full-featured USB desktop phone that was designed to be used as a
regular handset. It has a conventional enterprise-grade telephone look and feel of a
traditional phone. It includes convenient buttons for controlling calls, such as a full
dial pad, two-line monochrome backlit display and keys for controlling volume,
mute, speakerphone, hold, redial and external headset mode.
Index1.Networking Systems//Video Products//Videoconferencing
Voice Products
(continued)
Microsoft Lync Desktop Solutions Series
PR34429V2-254444.tif
The CX700 is a stand-alone executive IP phone with color touch screen display and
high-definition audio. It does not require a PC to take advantage of all of the VoIP
capabilities of Microsoft Lync. The CX700 also handles phone calls the way that
works best for you, with a handset, full-duplex speakerphone or headset.
Voice Products

358692 2200-31400-001
443109 2200-31420-001
431120
2200-31410-001
443110
2200-31420-025
D
11.44
Description
CX700 IP desktop phone for Microsoft Lync
CX700 IP desktop phone for Microsoft Lync,
PoE and AC adapter with NA plug
CX700 IP desktop phone for Microsoft Lync,
PoE and AC adapter with NA plug, 6 ft. USB
cable and Phone Edition R2 firmware
CX700 IP executive desktop phone for
Microsoft Lync, PoE only, order AC
power kit separately
Microsoft Lync Conference Solutions CX3000

POLYCOM
PR34425V2-254441.tif
Polycom has teamed up with Microsoft to provide Unified Collaboration solutions that
integrates presence-based real-time IM, voice, video and data collaboration.
Only Polycom offers a range of tabletop conferencing devices that deliver voice and
video communications that are seamlessly integrated with Microsoft Unified
Communications solutions. The only conference phone optimized for
Microsoft Lync Server 2010.
FEATURES
High-definition, wideband audio with Polycom HD Voice technology for the best
possible voice call quality
Best-in-class user experience with native Microsoft Lync 2010 Phone
Edition software
Device-only user mode makes it ideal for deployment in public areas
Large 3.5 in. TFT color display provides rich presence status, enhanced contact
cards and directory information
Simplified pin authentication for easy sign-in to view personalized content
Description
429745 2200-15810-025
CX3000 IP conference phone for Microsoft
Lync, PoE only, order AC power
kit separately
Voice Products
Multimedia Videoconferencing
./
VVX 1500
POLYCOM
PR34446V2-254435.tif
CX5000
POLYCOM
PR24024V2-173258.tif
Voice and video collaboration by providing a unique 360-degree panoramic view.

FEATURES
Delivers a unique, engaging 360-degree group video experience
Brings video, voice and content together into one seamless interactive session
Immediately enhance team collaboration which helps you realize a fast ROI
Enables faster and more effective decision-making, improved interaction and
lower costs
Automatically focuses on the current speaker while tracking the
conversation flow
Easy to deploy and use
HDX 4000 Series

POLYCOM
PR34423V2-254454.tif
The Polycom HDX 4000 Series delivers the industry's premier personal telepresence
experience, with high-definition video, audio and content sharing, housed in a
powerful, compact and stylish design.
FEATURES
Ultimate HD experience - HD Video, HD Voice and HD Content
Constant Clarity Technology gives users the best overall audio and video
experience even with challenging network and environmental conditions
Sharp and bright screen with powerful stereo speakers
High-definition video starting from just 512 kbps with standards-based H.264
high profile
A second monitor output (HDX 4500) allows system to be used in a variety of
different offices and for many applications
Privacy feature allows for connection of third-party headset and microphone
Description
443111 2200-24560-001
HDX 4002 executive desktop system
(maintenance contract required)
443112 7200-09940-001
HDX 4500 executive desktop system
(maintenance contract required)
443113 5150-63389-001
HDX RTV/CCCP license
11.45
Voice Products
The first business media phone that combines advanced telephone, one-touch video
and integrated business applications into a seamless, lifelike experience.
FEATURES
Six-line, feature-rich phone with Polycom HD Voice technology
Make simple and fast (one-touch) calls. Easy access to voice, video and
applications with a single touch
Deliver a business-grade experience with one personalized device
Access business information at a glance
Increase remote collaboration, build relationships and view body language
Enable innovative third-party applications through a highly customizable
Polycom XML API
Achieve faster decision-making with the ability to integrate communications
into business processes
Description
390511 2200-18061-025
VVX 1500
412698 2200-18064-025
VVX 1500 D (First-year maintenance
contract required)
Bring group video, voice and content together through Microsoft Live Meeting
2007, either as a hosted service or through Microsoft Lync
When used with the Microsoft Lync PC client in a Lync Server 2010 environment,
group video, voice and instant messaging are brought together into one
seamless experience
Advanced technology automatically changes the camera view so that the active
speaker can always be identified, allowing participants to easily track the flow
of conversation
Fully engage all participants by providing a 360-degree panoramic view of the
conference room when used with Microsoft Live Meeting 2007 or Microsoft Lync
2010 (Note: Live Meeting 2007 version 8.0.6362.128 or later is required)
Simple USB plug-and-play operation that requires little or no training to use
Easy to deploy - even remote offices or small business with limited IT support
can easily set up and configure the device
Record meetings for playback with synchronized voice, video and content
Description
396520 2200-31200-100
CX5000 Unified Conference station
Voice Products
Multimedia Videoconferencing
HDX 6000 Series
Voice Products
POLYCOM
PR34424V2-254470.tif
The Polycom HDX 6000 is a fully featured, low-cost, small group telepresence system
that allows teams of people to easily connect over distance and enjoy high-definition
voice, video and content sharing.
FEATURES
Polycom StereoSurround - using 22 kHz audio, delivers crisp, natural voice
clarity to reduce conference fatigue and increase awareness
Polycom EagleEye camera has a powerful 12x optical zoom with a sharp and
clear focus allowing for any application success
Integrated room systems available for smaller meeting rooms and
executive offices
Manage, schedule and provision with the Polycom CMA solution
Standards-based presence capabilities when used with the Polycom CMA
solution allow for one-click dialing to other endpoints - from desktop video
applications toD immersive telepresence rooms
Polycom Lost Packet Recovery (LPR) technology provides for a quality experience
on "dirty" networks or on the public Internet
Description
443115 7200-23170-001
HDX 6000, view codec (maintenance
contract required)
402636 7200-29025-001
HDX 6000-720, HD codec (maintenance
contract required)
443113 5150-63389-001
HDX RTV/CCCP license
HDX 7000 Series

POLYCOM
PR23790V2-172923.tif
The HDX 7000 Series provides flexible, affordable HD videoconferencing for

high-quality communication throughout mainstream workplace environments. Ideal
for education, medical, enterprise and on-demand collaboration applications.
11.46
FEATURES
Advanced HD video technology, offers smooth, natural motion and sharp clear
images for outstanding video in 720p or 1080p
Polycom StereoSurround technology, using 22 kHz audio, delivers crisp, natural
voice clarity even when multiple parties are speaking
Make quality video calls across your network or over the Internet with Polycom's
Lost Packet Recovery (Polycom LPR) technology
Share HD content such as presentations, graphics and rich-media content with
other HD and non-HD systems
Supports up to 2M line rate and up to 4M line rate with the
Multipoint Software option
Supports up to two microphones for greater audio coverage
Optional four-way embedded multipoint bridge for greater flexibility
and participation
One-year warranty included
A minimum of a one-year service agreement is required
Description
421366 7200-23130-001
HDX 7000-720, video resolution: 720p
423916 7200-23140-001
384778 5150-23912-001
HDX MPPlus Multipoint Software option
HDX 8000 Series

POLYCOM
PR23789V2-172926.tif
For organizations migrating to high-definition video and audio communications,

Polycom HDX 8000 series systems provide a flexible and robust solution ideally
suited for conference rooms, classrooms and meeting places worldwide.
FEATURES
Advanced HD video technology offers smooth, natural motion and sharp, clear
images for outstanding video in 720p or 1080p
Polycom StereoSurround technology, Lost Packet Recovery and HD Content
Sharing included
Supports up to 4M line rate and up to 6M line rate with the
Multipoint Software option
Supports up to three microphones for larger room environments
Supports one analog phone line connection for the addition of
one audio-only participant
Optional four-way embedded multipoint bridge for greater flexibility
and participation
One-year warranty included
A minimum of a one-year service agreement is required
Description
421809 7200-23150-001
423957 7200-23160-001
384778 5150-23912-001
HDX MPPlus Multipoint Software option
Voice Products
Cordless Telephones
./
DECT Cordless Telephone
Long-range Industrial Cordless Phone and Two-way Radio System
CORTELCO
PR34450V2-254582.tif
FEATURES
40-entry Caller ID list
Message waiting
Speakerphone
Out-of-range accessories alarm
441684 801200-TP2-27F
Description
Black
ENGENIUS
EnGenius long-range cordless phone and two-way radio systems deliver workplace
mobility for demanding environments. Expandable and flexible system designs work
behind virtually any PBX or PSTN line. EnGenius systems offer an exclusive two-way
radio and intercom system that operates independently of the telephone base with an
easy "Push to Talk" one-way broadcast or easy to use full-duplex intercom call.
FEATURES
Up to 12 floors of in-building penetration, up to 250,000 square feet of facility
coverage, up to 3,000 acres of outdoor property coverage
Private and secure digital, full-duplex wireless intercom function standard on
all handsets
Private and secure two-way radio/broadcast feature standard on all handsets
Ruggedized handsets for demanding environments
No FCC license requirements
No recurring costs or airtime charges
Optional external antenna support for indoor/outdoor use
FEATURES
Nine programmable PBX functions for better PBX integration
Built-in two-way radio intercom and broadcast
Two-way radio is independent of the base so it won't tie up a phone line
Private and secure digital, full-duplex two-way radio intercom function, so you
can talk and listen at the same time
Broadcast feature allows handset users to send a half-duplex voice
announcement to "all" handsets, to a "group" (up to seven groups) or to a
"single" handset
Selectable, vibrate-to-loud ringer for all types of environments
Digital spread spectrum with frequency hopping for superior call quality
and security
Caller ID with call waiting, phonebook directory, transfer, flash, redial and mute
Six-hour talk time / 50-hour standby time
Desktop handset charger with spare battery slot
Battery hot-swap capability
Auto-power management to save battery life
2.5 mm direct headset connection (no adapter needed!)
Speakerphone standard on all handsets and radios
DURAFON PRO (4-PORT/FOUR-LINE/MULTIPLE BASE)
PR11145V2-18181.tif
Four-line base system which is expandable up to eight base units (32 ports) and a
combination of up to 90 DuraFon Pro handsets or DuraWalkie radios.

332347 DURAFON PRO
332348 DURAFON PRO-HC
332349 DURAFON PRO-PIA
332350
DURAFONPROPIB20
341184
DURAFONPROPIB10
332351
DURAWALKIE
Description
Base, handset, battery and charger kit
Additional handset, battery and charger kit
Base with four handsets, eight batteries,
four DuraPouches and accessories
Base with four handsets, eight
batteries, four DuraPouches, UL-AK20L
and accessories
Base with four handsets, eight
batteries, four DuraPouches, UL-AK10L
and accessories
Handset, battery and charger kit
11.47
Voice Products
Long-range Industrial Cordless Phone System
ENGENIUS
Voice Products
Cordless Telephones
(continued)
Long-range Industrial Cordless Phone and Two-way

Radio System
DURAFON 1X (1-PORT/SINGLE-LINE)
PR11144V2-18183.tif
Single-line cordless system supports of up to nine DuraFon 1X handsets or

DuraWalkie 1X radios.
Voice Products

309555 DURAFON 1X
309614 DURAFON 1X-HC
444329 DURAWALKIE-1X
309615 DURAFON 1X-BU
Description
Base, handset, battery and charger kit
Additional handset, battery and charger kit
Two-way radio, battery and charger kit
Base unit only
DURAFON ACCESSORIES
Available accessories for EnGenius systems.
Description
309622 DURAPOUCH-EX
DuraPouch with 2 in. utility belt clip
273225 SN-ULTRA-DAN
Nortel/Meridian digital adapter
D
single-port unit
309618 DURAFON-BC
Belt clip
309620 DURAFON-BA
Li-Ion battery pack
309879 DURAFON-HSA2
Handset antenna - low profile
442698 DURAFON-HSA3
Handset antenna - optimal performance
11.48
Voice Products
ADA/TTY Telephones
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//ADA Products
Ultratec Supercom 4400

WEITBRECHT COMMUNICATIONS
PR23836V2-174012.tif
Auto-answer with programmed message ("You have reached an answering

machine, please leave a message.")
Built-in ringer flash
Auto ID
Turbo code
Advanced calling features (wait for response, three-way calling, change to
other TTY)
Description
166342 MINIPRINT 425
White
Ultratec Superprint 4425

Ultratec Miniprint 425

PR23834V2-174022.tif
PR23833V2-174014.tif
The most advanced printing TTY with 32 KB memory and other advanced
calling features.
FEATURES
Built-in 24-character printer with three selectable print sizes
32 KB memory
Memos you can name for easy recall and sending
Keyboard and memory dialing
Call progress (display shows whether line is ringing or busy in direct connect)
Tone-and-pulse dial (including *, # and hook flash)
Auto ID
Auto-answer (direct connect)
Remote message retrieval
Auto busy/redial/wait for response/three-way calling
Turbo code
Time and date
TTY voice announcer
User-programmable relay voice announcer
20-character vacuum fluorescent display
Rechargeable batteries
Optional ASCII code
Optional large visual display port (includes ASCII)
Description
166340 SUPERPRINT 4425 White
A simple yet sophisticated printing unit with direct connect and some advanced
calling features, but no memory.
FEATURES
Built-in 24-character printer with three selectable print sizes
Tone/pulse-dial
Keyboard dialing
11.49
Voice Products
The most elite nonprinting TTY available with 32 KB memory and other advanced
calling features.
FEATURES
32 KB memory
Memos you can name for easy recall and sending
Keyboard and memory dialing
Call progress (display shows whether line is ringing or busy in direct connect)
Tone-and-pulse dial (including *, #, and hook flash)
Auto ID
Auto-answer (direct connect)
Remote message retrieval
Busy/redial/wait for response/three-way calling
Turbo code
TTY voice announcer
User-programmable relay voice announcer
20-character vacuum fluorescent display
Rechargeable batteries
Printer port
Optional ASCII code
Description
150511 SUPERCOM 4400
White
Voice Products
ADA/TTY Telephones
Ultratec Uniphone
Voice Products
PR23835V2-174020.tif
The Uniphone is a telephone for users who are deaf or hard-of-hearing. It is a

combination TTY (text telephone) and standard telephone with volume control. This
TTY can be used for making voice carry over (VCO) calls. Using this application, you
can speak directly to other people and read their typed responses on the display. VCO
calls can be made directly through the toll-free relay service or directly between
Uniphone users for privacy.
FEATURES
Amplified handset to increase volume up to 20 dB
Adjustable ringer volume
Hearing aid-compatible handset
Turbo code for real-time conversations
Auto ID to automatically alert emergency services (and everyone you call) that
you are calling by a TTY
D
48-character LCD
display (two lines)
Timer for call duration
Built-in ring flasher
Color: white
Description
166341 UNIPHONE 1140
With light and auto answer
11.50
Voice Products
Emergency/Door Telephones
WALL-MOUNT WITH KEYPAD
./
RED ALERT Emergency Telephone
WALL-MOUNT
Call button with sealed metallic Braille keypad ideal for access control or similar
local calls. Bright Safety Yellow housing - die-cast aluminum. Custom colors and
silk-screening available.

434737 394AL-001
FLUSH-MOUNT
Description
Wall-mount emergency telephone
with keypad
PR33734V2-248889.tif
Voice Products
GAI-TRONICS
GAI-Tronics RED ALERT Emergency Telephones have been designed for maximum
environmental sustainability, high audio quality and unparalleled monitoring
capability. This leading-edge technology becomes active only when connected to
GAI-Tronics TMA (Telephone Management Application) software. With TMA installed,
the telephones will be polled and will report their health. Without TMA installed, no
polling (or data collection) will occur.
FEATURES
Standard or SMART (Self-Monitoring And Reporting Technology) operation
Large "Palm" activation button call for help
Communicates with TMA (Telephone Management Application) software for
monitoring and reporting: microprocessor health, stuck buttons, failed speaker
or microphone, line interrupt, call activity and line integrity
Line powered, no battery backup or external power required
ADA-compliant with Braille "HELP" label and visual "Call Received When Lit" LED
Enhanced audio and speaker circuits
Microphone shroud prevents water ingress
Vertical speaker-grill design promotes water egress
Two control outputs activate peripheral equipment (strobe, gate, alarm, etc.)
Auto-dials up to 24 digits
Remote programming
Password protected
Auto answer
Silent monitoring
Tamper-resistant hardware
Operating temperature range (-20C to +60C)
Extreme cold weather option to -40C (120 V AC required), providing nonmoving
push buttons and power supply
NEMA 3R-rated
Certified to UL/CSA 60950 telecommunications equipment
FCC-registered and IC-certified
Model 233-001 tamper-resistant screwdriver is required for installation
(sold separately)
Voice annunciation option available
Model 12509-037 Telephone Management Application (TMA) (sold separately)
PR33732V2-248883.tif
14-gauge brushed-stainless steel finish with safety corner design. Custom


435531 397-001
FLUSH-MOUNT WITH KEYPAD
Description
Flush-mount emergency telephone
PR33736V2-248895.tif
PR33728V2-248871.tif
14-gauge brushed-stainless steel finish with safety corner design. Custom


435623 398-001
Description
Flush-mount emergency telephone
with keypad
Bright Safety Yellow housing - glass-reinforced polyester. Custom colors and


434735 393-001
434736 393AL-001
Description
Emergency telephone
Wall-mount emergency telephone,
aluminum housing
11.51
Voice Products
Voice Products
Index1.Support andSystems//Video
Supplies//VoiceProducts//Video
Products//Telephones
Index1.Networking
Security Systems
Index1.Support andSystems//Video
Products//Telephone
Accessories
Index1.Networking
Security
Systems
TMA Telephone Management Application Package
Emergency Phone Surface-mount Enclosures
GAI-TRONICS
GAI-TRONICS
PR33738V2-248901.tif
Interfacing to a central computer equipped with GAI-Tronics Telephone Management

Application (TMA) monitoring software, the phones perform advanced self-testing to
ensure the health and functionality of the emergency-communications system.
FEATURES
Communicates with RED ALERT telephones monitoring and reporting:
microprocessor health, stuck buttons, failed speaker or microphone, line
interrupt, call activity and line integrity
Polls up to eight GAI-Tronics RED ALERT telephones simultaneously
GAI-Tronics RED ALERT telephones will automatically report status to
maintenance PC
Offers visual indicators (GUI) for health status of each phone
Provides inactive-telephone reports
Call-usage reports (provides time, date and length of call)
D
Provides exception reports
Provides maintenance-call reports
Secured access to TMA via key attached to the PC's USB port
System uses existing telephone line
Telephone fault database
Remote maintenance-monitoring
Offers remote telephone configuration
Windows-based software application
Cost-effective telephone maintenance
System remains fully functional while being monitored
TMA Package, including software CD, security key, USB transceiver and cables
TMA can reduce maintenance/testing costs and associated liabilities
Description
442146 12509-037
TMA Telephone Management
Application Package
PR28531V2-208896.tif
FEATURES
Accommodates GAI-Tronics' flush-mount emergency phones in
surface-mount applications
Noncorrosive aluminum construction
Polyurethane finish for enhanced durability
Offered in OSHA Yellow (236YL), Safety Red (236RD) or Standard Black (236BK)
Telephone handset "Icon" label on side panels clearly indicates function to
potential users
Raised mounting bosses on rear for irregular surfaces
USOC RJ11 connection terminal
Can be pole-mounted using GAI-Tronics' Model 231-001 kit
Custom colors and labeling available
Description
246955 236-001YL
Yellow
258676 236-001RD
Safety Red
258677 236-001BK
Standard Black
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//Telephone Accessories

Emergency Wall-mount Stanchion

GAI-TRONICS
PR33725V2-248862.tif

FEATURES
Bright Safety Yellow color; easily spotted in crisis situation
"Emergency" graphic on sides for visibility
Accommodates GAI-Tronics' flush-mount emergency phones
Wall-mounted design requires minimal space; easily handicapped-accessible
Durable aluminum construction with powder-coated finish
Front panel light illuminates the telephone for nighttime use
ADA-compliant
Accommodates 530 Series beacon (sold separately)
Easy installation via detachable back-plate
11.52
Voice Products
Only UL 1598 Listed stanchion for outdoor installations on the market
Custom colors and graphics available
Description
246954 234WM-202
Emergency wall-mount stanchion
Index1.Support
andSystems//Video
Products//Telephone
Accessories
Index1.Networking
Security
Systems
Emergency Stanchion
GAI-TRONICS
PR33724V2-248859.tif
Secondary contact output for activation of external auxiliary equipment

Low operating temperature
Weatherproof design, rated NEMA 3R (upright installation only)
Die-cast aluminum base
UL Listed
Description
355895 530-001
Blue, 120 V AC unit
258679 531A
Blue, 24 V DC unit (Not available LED)
VoIP Flush-mount Emergency Telephone

GAI-TRONICS
Emergency Beacons
GAI-TRONICS
PR28545V2-208892.tif
GAI-Tronics' "Blue Light" LED strobe constant-on, blue "glow" easily identifies the
nearest emergency phone location, even in bright sunlight. The LED technology
greatly reduces maintenance costs (no bulbs to replace) and the low power
consumption provides energy savings.
FEATURES
Provides an integral blue LED tower with constant-on and flashing operations
when telephone is activated
100,000 LED life (approx. 10 years)
GAI-Tronics' hands-free VoIP flush-mount telephone is designed to provide direct

point-to-point communications between personnel throughout a facility over existing
Internet protocol LANs. The VoIP telephone features real-time alarm reporting that
enables system supervisors to monitor the phone's activity and address caller's
needs or maintenance issues immediately.
FEATURES
No additional interface required
Web-page configuration
Real-time alarm reporting via e-mail
Power over Ethernet or alternative 48 V DC supply
SIP compatible
RJ45 LAN or WAN direct connection
Automatic call divert (rollover), via memory list
Four inputs and two outputs per phone
14-gauge brushed-stainless steel finish with safety corner design
ADA-compliance features: Braille "HELP" label and "Call Received" LED indicator
Large "Palm" button calls for help
Remote programming
Password protected
Auto-answer
Silent monitoring
NEMA 3R-rated
Compliance to standards FCC CRF 47 Part 15
(sold separately)
Description
442157 397-700
Flush-mount VoIP emergency telephone
11.53
Voice Products
FEATURES
Architectural bronze color is aesthetically pleasing in all settings
"Emergency" graphic on sides for high visibility
Accommodates GAI-Tronics' flush-mount emergency phones
Front panel light illuminates the telephone for night time use
Durable powder-coated finish
ADA-compliant
Accommodates 530 Series beacon (sold separately)
3/16 in. cold-rolled steel construction
Height, 9.5 ft.
Weight, 200 lb.
Only UL 1598 Listed stanchion for outdoor installations on the market
Solar, cellular, RF configurations available
Description
246953 234
Emergency stanchion
PR33735V2-248892.tif
Voice Products
VoIP Flush-mount Emergency Telephone with Keypad
Voice Products
GAI-TRONICS
PR33737V2-248898.tif
FEATURES
SIP compatible
14-gauge brushed-stainless steel finish with safety corner design
Large "Palm" button call for help
Call button with sealed metal Braille keypad ideal for building access or
local calls D
Remote programming
Password protected
Auto-answer
Silent monitoring
NEMA 3R-rated
Model 233-001 tamper-resistant screwdriver is required for installation (sold
separately)
Description
442162 398-700
Flush-mount VoIP emergency telephone
Internet protocol LANs. The VoIP telephone features real-time alarm reporting that
enables system supervisors to monitor the phones' activity and address caller's
needs or maintenance issues immediately.
FEATURES
SIP compatible
Bright Safety Yellow Housing (Model 293-700) - Valox
Bright Safety Yellow Housing (Model 293AL-700) - cast aluminum
Remote programming
Password protected
Auto-answer
Silent monitoring
Operating-temperature range (-20C to +60C)
NEMA 3R-rated
(sold separately)
Description
442163 393-700
Wall-mount VoIP emergency telephone
442164 393AL-700
Wall-mount VoIP emergency telephone with
aluminum housing
VoIP Wall-mount Emergency Telephone with Keypad

GAI-TRONICS
PR33733V2-248886.tif
VoIP Wall-mount Emergency Telephone

GAI-TRONICS
PR33729V2-248874.tif
GAI-Tronics' hands-free VoIP wall-mount telephone is designed to provide direct

point-to-point communications between personnel throughout a facility over existing
11.54
FEATURES
SIP compatible
Bright Safety Yellow housing; cast aluminum
Voice Products
Call button with sealed metal Braille keypad ideal for building access or
local calls
Remote programming
Password-protected
Auto-answer
Silent monitoring
Auxiliary output activates peripheral equipment
Operating-temperature range (-20C to +60C)
NEMA 3R-rated
(sold separately)
Description
442147 394AL-700
VoIP wall-mount emergency telephone with
keypad
Emergency Stanchion Broadcast Module

GAI-TRONICS
PR23245V2-161696.tif
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//Telephone Adjuncts
ADA-compliant Emergency Phones

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR21519V2-122530.tif
The 1600A Series ADA-compliant emergency phones are designed to provide quick
and reliable hands-free communications for any standard analog telephone line or
analog phone system station port. All 1600A Series phones meet ADA requirements
for elevator/emergency telephones, and can be programmed from any touch-tone
phone. The 1600A Series phones can be programmed to automatically deliver a
digital announcement to identify the location of the emergency call. Alternatively, a
DTMF touch-tone code may also be delivered. All programming parameters, including
phone numbers and location numbers, are stored in nonvolatile memory. All units are
line powered, requiring no batteries or external power, and are compatible with
common central station monitoring equipment. For outdoor or harsh environments,
select 1600A Series phones are available with Enhanced Weather Protection (EWP).
EWP products feature foam-rubber gaskets and boots, sealed connections, gel-filled
butt connectors, as well as urethane or thermal plastic potted circuit boards with
internally sealed, field-adjustable trim pots and DIP switches for easy
on-site programming.
FEATURES
Can automatically light the "Call Connected" LED for the hearing impaired
Transmits a unique location I.D. code or voice announcement
Grade 2 Braille label for the visually impaired
Nonvolatile digital voice announcer with 16 seconds of voice memory
Advanced call-progress detection
Line powered
Nonvolatile memory (no batteries required)
Touch-tone or pulse dialing
Dials up to five emergency numbers
E-1600-20A can dial up to three nonemergency "Info" numbers
Cycles through backup emergency and nonemergency numbers on
busy or no-answer
Hangs up on CPC, silence, busy signal, dial tone, time-out or
touch-tone command
Remotely programmable
Extended temperature range (-15F to 130F)
Seven different chassis or board-only is available
Available in a 42 in. tall tower phone model E-1600A-BLT-EWP or
E-1600A-BLT2EWP
Separate central station voice speed-dial number
Optional PB-100 polling system available
Optional BLK-3-EWP strobe-light kit available
Description
177498 E-1600A
Red
243942 E-1600-20A
With info button
11.55
Voice Products
GAI-Tronics' Stanchion Broadcast Module (SBM) installs on top of a Model 234

Stanchion to provide an easy and cost-effective public-address upgrade of existing
equipment. Each assembly is addressable via DTMF signaling and is capable of being
programmed for up to eight (8) addresses, allowing easy zoning of the public-address
system. An integral part of GAI-Tronics' campus public-address system, the SBM is
extremely versatile in that it can be accessed from GAI-Tronics' model ACC2500
Access Control Center, an existing telephone network, radio system or all three. The
broadcast functionality operates completely separate from the two-way device
installed in the stanchion. The rugged, submersible speakers will take anything
Mother Nature can throw at them.
FEATURES
Architectural bronze powder epoxy finish
360-degree coverage at 110 dB SPL at 1 meter (four-speaker installation)
18 in. H, 3/16 in. cold-rolled steel
Broadcast audio access via 600-ohm audio pair input
Addressable via DTMF (telephone or RF application)
Remote volume control via DTMF
Programmable output control for strobe or device activation during alarm
Backup battery included (2.8 Ah) for one-hour backup at full output
PC programmable
Customer uses existing strobe and lens assembly for additional savings
Note: RF (UHF and VHF) input also available
Description
393983 234SBMS4T
Stanchion broadcast module, 600 ohm,
four-speaker
Voice Products
(continued)
ADA-compliant Emergency Phones
Voice Products

243944 E-1600-20A-EWP
254828
274177
274179
274181
E-1600-02A
E-1600A-EWP
E-1600-03B
E-1600-03B-EWP
274182
274183
274184
274185
E-1600-45A
E-1600-45A-EWP
E-1600-50A
E-1600-50A-EWP
274186
274187
274188
366777
366778
E-1600-55A
E-1600-55A-EWP
K-1600-EHFA
E-1600-30A
E-1600-30A-EWP
366779
366780
E-1600-60A
E-1600-60A-EWP
Description
With info button and Enhanced Weather
Protection
Stainless steel
With Enhanced Weather Protection, red
Stainless steel
Enhanced Weather Protection,
stainless steel
Yellow
With Enhanced Weather Protection, yellow
For retrofit
For retrofit with Enhanced
Weather Protection
For build-in applications
With Enhanced Weather Protection
For elevator, red
Stainless steel
With Enhanced Weather Protection,
stainless steel
Blue
With Enhanced Weather Protection, blue

185421 W-1000
122257 W-2000A
219508 W-3000
274171 W-1000-EWP
274172
W-2000A-EWP
274173
W-3000-EWP
366782
W-3005
366783
W-3005-EWP
Description
Flush-mount, aluminum, black
Surface-mount, plastic, light gray
Flush-mount, stainless steel
Flush-mount, aluminum, black with
Enhanced Weather Protection
Surface-mount plastic, light gray with
Flush-mount, stainless steel with Enhanced
Weather Protection
Flush-mount, stainless steel with
video camera
Flush-mount, stainless steel with video
camera and Enhanced Weather Protection
Hands-free Phone with Keypad

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR21523V2-122521.tif
Hands-free Doorboxes
VIKING ELECTRONICSD
PR21522V2-122524.tif
The W-1000 (flush-mount), W-2000A (surface-mount) and W-3000 (flush-mount) and

W-3005 (flush-mount with camera) doorboxes are designed to be installed on the
unused telephone line input of nearly any phone system. One or two doorboxes can
also share an existing residential phone line when used in combination with a
C-1000B doorbox controller.
For outdoor or harsh environments, the W-1000, W-2000A and W-3000 and W-3005
are available with Enhanced Weather Protection (EWP). The W-1000-EWP,
W-2000A-EWP, W-3000-EWP and W-3005-EWP feature foam-rubber gaskets and
boots, sealed connections, gel-filled butt connectors, as well as urethane or thermal
plastic potted circuit boards with internally sealed, field-adjustable trim pots and DIP
switches for easy on-site programming.
FEATURES
High-output speaker amplifier with volume adjustment POT
Microphone volume adjustment POT
24 V talk battery
20 Hz ring generator (3.0 REN ring load maximum)
Selectable number of rings
Extended operating temperature range - 15F to 130F
Compact 45-degree terminal strip for easy wiring
Optional Enhanced Weather Protection (EWP)
W-3005 features a built-in high-resolution color video camera with wide viewing
angle, tilt/swivel adjustments and wide operating temperature range
11.56
The K-1700-3 provides a tough and attractive hands-free phone for apartment and
residential door entry or applications. The K-1700 and K-1705 series entry phones
are available in two attractive finishes: "brushed stainless steel" and "oil-rubbed
bronze." For outdoor or harsh environments, the K-1700-3 and K-1705-3 are both
available with Enhanced Weather Protection (EWP). EWP products feature
foam-rubber gaskets and boots, sealed connections, gel-filled butt connectors, as
well as urethane or thermal plastic potted circuit boards with internally sealed,
field-adjustable trim pots and DIP switches for easy on-site programming.
FEATURES
Vandal-resistant features: 14-gauge, louvered, stainless steel faceplate with
stainless steel speaker/mic screen, heavy-duty metal keypad and call button
Model K-1705-3 features a built-in high-resolution color video camera with wide
viewing, tilt/swivel adjustments and wide operating temperature range
Yellow "in use" LED
Volume adjustments for microphone and speaker
Advanced call-progress detection: disconnects on busy signal, return to dial
tone, CPC reorder tone, maximum call time out and selectable silence time out
Selectable auto-answer feature
Selectable push-button disconnect
Zinc-plated steel rough-in box with two 3/4 in. conduit knockouts
Optional VE-6x7 surface-mount box available
Selectable maximum call time
Selectable momentary or continuous touch-tone output
Selectable VOX switching speed
Voice Products
HANDS-FREE PHONE
244059 K-1700-3
274176 K-1700-3-EWP
393146 K-1700-3-BN
393147 K-1700-3-BN-EWP
VIDEO ENTRY PHONE
353563 K-1705-3-EWP
393149 K-1705-3-BN
393151 K-1705-3-BN-EWP
Description
Hands-free phone
Oil-rubbed bronze finish
oil-rubbed bronze finish
Index1.Support and Supplies//Voice Products//Paging Equipment
Hands-free Speakerphone with Dialer

PR21524V2-122526.tif
Compact Video Entry Phones

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR24005V2-173252.tif
Description
Hands-free phone
The E-50 Series video entry phones are compact, weather- and vandal-resistant
speakerphones designed to provide two-way, hands-free audio communication and
color composite video of who is at your door or gate. The E-50's compact size allows
it to be mounted in a standard single-gang electrical box. The E-50 is available in five
different attractive finishes to match your door hardware, light fixtures, etc.
Replacement E-50 faceplates (PNL50) can be purchased separately and are available
in all five standard finishes.
The E-50's blue LED continually provides light for locating the push button in dark
locations, dims to indicate off hook and flashes during incoming ring. The E-50 entry
phones can share a single phone line with house or small business telephones when
used with a Viking Model C-200 or C-250 or C-2000B entry phone controller. The E-50
entry phones can also be connected to an unused analog station port (programmed for
ringdown) on a phone system or connected directly to a telephone line when used with
a Viking Model K-1900-5 or K-1900-30 auto dialer. The E-50 features a built-in
high-resolution color video camera, microphone and speaker volume controls,
selectable auto answer for monitoring and intelligent call progress detection for
automatic hang-up when the call is completed.
For extreme outdoor environments or corrosive atmospheres, the E-50 Series is
available with Enhanced Weather Protection (EWP). EWP products feature foam rubber
gaskets and boots, sealed connections, gel-filled butt connectors, as well as urethane
or thermal plastic potted circuit boards with internally sealed, field-adjustable trim
pots and DIP switches for easy on-site programming.
Description
353541 E-50-SS
Stainless steel video entry phone
353551 E-50-SS-EWP
Stainless steel video entry phone with
373609 E-50-BN
Oil-rubbed bronze video entry phone
373610 E-50-BN-EWP
Oil-rubbed bronze video entry phone with
373611 E-50-BK
Satin black video entry phone
373612 E-50-BK-EWP
Satin black video entry phone with
373613 E-50-PB
Polished brass video entry phone
373614 E-50-PB-EWP
Polished brass video entry phone with
373615 E-50-WH
Satin white video entry phone
373616 E-50-WH-EWP
Satin white video entry phone with
11.57
Voice Products
The E-30 hands-free phone is designed to provide quick and reliable hands-free
communications and can be connected directly to a C.O. line or analog PABX/KSU
station. The E-30 features nonvolatile memory, a built-in five-number dialer and
intelligent call-progress detection for automatic hang-up when the call is completed.
The E-30-EWP shares all of the features of the E-30 in addition to Enhanced Weather
Protection (EWP) for installation in harsh environments. EWP products feature
foam-rubber gaskets and boots, sealed connections, gel-filled butt connectors, as well
as urethane or thermal plastic potted circuit boards with internally sealed,
field-adjustable trim pots and DIP switches for easy on-site programming.
FEATURES
Line powered
Vandal-resistant stainless steel faceplate with heavy-duty metal call button
Model E-35 features a built-in high-resolution color video camera with wide
viewing, tilt/swivel adjustments and wide operating temperature range
Programmable to dial up to five numbers on busy or ring no answer
Red off-hook LED indicator
Programmable to auto-answer on incoming calls
Remotely programmable
Extended temperature range (-15F to 130F)
Flush-mountable using included plastic rough-in box
Shown in optional VE-5x5 surface-mount backbox
HANDS-FREE PHONE
209574 E-30
254830 E-30-EWP
Description
Video entry phone
Description
Oil-rubbed bronze finish
oil-rubbed bronze finish
VIKING ELECTRONICS
VIDEO ENTRY PHONE

353570 E-35
353574 E-35-EWP
Voice Products
Industrial Telephones
./
Auto-dial Industrial Telephones
Voice Products
GAI-TRONICS
PR28534V2-208862.tif
GAI-Tronics' industrial telephones are designed for those applications where standard
telephones are not environmentally suitable. The auto-dial telephones are
programmed to automatically dial when the handset is taken off the hook. The
phones have a detachable programming keypad, preventing unauthorized tampering
of the preprogrammed phone number.
FEATURES
Anticorrosive housing
Nonmovable hookswitch
Hearing-aid compatible (HAC)
Volume-control handset
Noise-canceling microphone
Industrial-strength 6 ft. Hytrel handset cord resists up to 250 lb. of pull strength
Auto-dials up to 31 digits
D
Extreme operating-temperature
range (-40C to +60C)
NEMA 3R-rated
Certified to UL/CSA 60950 telecommunication equipment
Description
141122 257-001
Auto-dial telephone
Indoor/Outdoor Industrial Telephones

GAI-TRONICS
PR28533V2-208876.tif
GAI-Tronics' indoor and outdoor industrial telephones are designed for applications
where standard telephones are not environmentally suitable. The telephones include
standard items such as a proximity-detecting hookswitch with no moving parts and a
sealed keypad to keep out dust, dirt and moisture. Typical applications include public
areas, plant entrances, college campuses, airports, commercial locations, parking
garages and amusement parks.
FEATURES
Anticorrosive enclosure
Nonmovable hookswitch
11.58
Sealed metallic Braille keypad

Extreme operating-temperature range (-40C to +60C)
NEMA 3R-rated
Description
141123 246-001
Indoor version
142507 256-001
Outdoor version
128694 256-001SK
Outdoor version with spring kit
Hazardous Area Telephones

GAI-TRONICS
PR28535V2-208879.tif
GAI-Tronics' Hazardous Area Telephones utilize an "intrinsically safe" design; this

configuration limits the power to the telephone to a low-enough level that a
hazardous condition cannot occur. These telephones are significantly less expensive,
more feature-rich and easier to maintain than the old explosion proof design utilized
by other manufacturers.
FEATURES
Replaces explosion proof telephones without replacing system cable in
most applications
Weather-resistant, anticorrosive design
"Shrill-type" penetrating ringer
Low side-tone for noisy environments
Switchable power supply: 110 V AC/220 V AC
Sealed metallic Braille keypad
NEMA 3R-rated
FCC-registered, C(UL) / UL listed
Description
326772 261-001
Indoor version
326771 271-001
Outdoor version
Voice Products
Clean Telephones
GAI-TRONICS
Tough Phone
PR33726V2-248865.tif
PR28527V2-208864.tif
The Tough Phone was developed for public and industrial areas requiring a virtually
indestructible telephone. Each Tough Phone is housed in a 1/4 in. thick, sand-cast
aluminum enclosure, coated with an exterior polyurethane finish. Standard
equipment includes a spring-return door, 15 in. lanyard armored cord resistant up to
800 lb. of pull strength, chrome-plated keypad and proximity hookswitch. The Model
233-001 tamper-resistant screwdriver is required for installation.
FEATURES
Super-rugged cast-aluminum enclosure is anticorrosive
Weather-resistant and vandalproof design
Nonmovable chrome-plated hookswitch
Lanyard embedded armored handset cord resists up to 800 lb. of pull strength
Sealed metallic Braille keypad (226-001)
Sealed handset
Auto-dial (227-001) automatically dials up to 31 digits when handset is
taken off-hook
NEMA 3R-rated
Description
128692 226-001
Standard
128691 227-001
Auto-dial
11.59
Voice Products
The GAI-Tronics Clean Phone unit's hands-free operations are ideal for clean rooms
and other sterile environments. The advanced software makes this phone
sophisticated enough to handle complex operations while maintaining ease of use.
Visual graphics are printed on the reverse side of the overlay to prevent particulate
shedding and ensuring longevity. The Clean Phone is ideal for semiconductor
facilities, pharmaceutical plants and hospitals. The Model 40411-004 power supply
(sold separately) is required for installation.
FEATURES
Completely smooth front panel with sealed overlay keeps phone particulate free
Easy to clean and resistant to chemical wash-down
Two auto-dial numbers for quick communication at the touch of a button
Auto-answer option allows clean-room or operating-room personnel to answer
calls without leaving their stations
"Flash" button allows phone to use all features of a PBX system
Oversize buttons allow easy operation for gloved hands
Button functions are clearly indicated for ease of use
Requires Model 40411-004 power supply (sold separately)
Description
141121 295F
Flush-mount version
141120 295W
Wall-mount version
354676 40411-004
Power supply
GAI-TRONICS
Voice Products
Industrial Telephone
GAI-TRONICS
PR28536V2-208873.tif
Weather-resistant design
Suited for harsh outdoor use
094987 255-001
127649 255-001LD
161781 255-001SK
Description
Enclosure with 630A mounting plate
Enclosure with keylock door
Enclosure with spring-loaded door
Hot-line Phones
Voice Products
VIKING ELECTRONICS
GAI-Tronics' Industrial Telephones perform in environments too tough for standard
telephones. Standard equipment includes a 29 in. lanyard armored cord resistant up
to 800 lb. of pull strength, chrome-plated keypad and proximity hookswitch. The 270
Series design enhances the flexibility to flush-mount into the wall or surface-mount
(using 236 Series wall enclosure). The Model 233-001 tamper-resistant screwdriver
(sold separately) is required for installation.
FEATURES
14-gauge brushed-stainless steel with safety corner design
Weather-resistant and vandal-proof design
Nonmovable chrome-plated hookswitch
29 in. lanyard embedded armored handset cord resists up to
800 lb. of pull strength
Sealed metallic keypad (276-001)
Sealed handsetD
Auto-dial (277-001) automatically dials up to 31 digits when handset is
taken off-hook
NEMA 3R-rated
Description
246956 276-001
Industrial telephone
Industrial Telephone Enclosures

GAI-TRONICS
PR28532V2-208853.tif
The K-1900 Series of hot-line phones are programmable to dial a 1- to 32-digit

telephone number each time the phone's handset is lifted. The products may be
programmed to touch-tone or pulse-dial and will not dial on incoming calls. The
K-1900 Series phones are available in a desk or wall chassis, as well as in a
vandal-resistant stainless steel panel phone configuration. For outdoor or harsh
environments, the K-1900-7 is available with (EWP) Enhanced Weather Protection.
FEATURES
Line powered
Hearing aid-compatible amplified handsets
Rotary handset volume control
Restricts fraudulent calls from handheld dialers
K-1900D/W-2 available in red or ash
Operates on a C.O. line or analog PABX/KSU extensions
Programmable security code to enter programming mode
Description
172921 K-1900D-2
Desk version, red
274189 K-1900D-2 ASH
Desk version, ash
168883 K-1900W-2
Wall version, red
274191 K-1900W-2 ASH
Wall-mount, ash
244531 K-1900-7
Stainless steel
339087 K-1900-7-EWP
stainless steel
FEATURES
Glass-reinforced polyester enclosure
Equipped with a No. 630 mounting plate to accommodate a
standard wall telephone
11.60
PR11526V2-21548.tif
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
./
Valcom System Design Service

VALCOM INC
Valcom's world-class system design assistance is available at 1-800-825-2661. For
detailed product information, visit www.valcom.com.
Valcom MultiPath Systems

VALCOM INC
Valcom MultiPath systems offer high-quality internal communications and a
multitude of features that are easily configured to suit the most advanced
requirements. MultiPath systems include user-friendly administration software that
allows end-users to easily manage their voice communications system daily, weekly,
monthly or annually over their LAN/WAN network. Valcom MultiPath systems satisfy
the sophisticated communications needs of large businesses such as airports,
hospitals, industrial facilities, medical facilities, confinement centers, warehouses
and schools.
TALK-BACK SYSTEMS WITH POWER * #

*Expansion of systems may require additional power supplies.
#Power supply(ies) are included for headend equipment; additional power supplies
required for amplified speakers.
Description
320136 V-TW24
24 zones, expandable to 72 zones,
wall-mount
320137 V-TW48
wall-mount
320138 V-TR24
rack-mount
320139 V-TR48
rack-mount
320141 V-TR72
rack-mount
320142 V-TR96
rack-mount
320151
V-TCM
320152
320153
320154
320155
320156
320157
339725
424837
V-STX
V-SLC
V-URI
V-SER
V-DSP
V-CLK
V-DCPI
V-CLK2924
320158
320159
320160
320161
320162
V-PDP
V-C6124P
V-LPT
V-2972
V-RDP
339729
VP-9202
TALK-BACK SPEAKER
320166 V-C806PK
320167
V-WTGY
320168
V-CTL
320169
320178
320170
424838
VC-1090-W
VC-1090-GY
VC-1090-BGE
V-WGFLEX-2E
MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
320171 VC40R-4
320172 VC40R-8T
320173 VC40R-9T
320174 VC40R-16T
320177 VCMDM
Description
System CPU card with two V-SLC cards
(four links)
24-point talk-back intercom
expansion card
24-point one-way paging expansion card
SLIC card - telephone interface two circuits
Universal relay interface
Serial card
Large display package
Clock control interface package
Digital clock protocol interface
Time event scheduling and master clock
control correction kit for V-2924A
Program distribution panel
Power supply 6 amp positive 24 V DC
One-way paging adapter
Push-button call switch 6 pack
Rack-mount control panel with
AM/FM cassette
6 A/4 A switching power supply shelf (2U)
Description
8 in. talk-back ceiling speaker with taps,
six per pack
8 in. talk-back wall speaker with taps,
gray/black grille, paintable
Talk-back 2 ft. x 2 ft. lay-in ceiling speaker
with backbox, with taps
Talk-back FlexHorn, white
Talk-back FlexHorn, gray
Talk-back FlexHorn, beige
Wire cages used with FlexHorns
Description
4-position backplane cable
Modem kit
Most Valcom MultiPath systems can utilize Category 3/5/5e/6 telecom/

datacom infrastructure - resulting in cost-saving installations and
expansions, flexibility and reliability.
11.61
Voice Products
ONE-WAY PAGING SYSTEMS WITH POWER * #

*Expansion of systems may require additional power supplies.
#Power supply(ies) are included for headend equipment; additional power supplies
required for amplified speakers.
Description
320130 V-PW24
wall-mount
320131 V-PW48
wall-mount
320132 V-PR24
rack-mount
320133 V-PR48
rack-mount
320134 V-PR72
rack-mount
320135 V-PR96
rack-mount
ACCESSORIES
320150 V-CPU4
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
2 ft. x 2 ft. Lay-in Ceiling Speaker
Voice Products
VALCOM INC
High-fidelity Signature Series Speakers

PR10325V2-21125.tif
FEATURES
Easy installation
No cutting tiles
Quality speakers for voice and music
Front-accessible volume control
White acrylic baked-enamel finish
Integral backbox meets ASTM E84 flame-and-smoke test
Description
421225 V-9022A-2
2 ft. x 2 ft. lay-in ceiling speaker - one way
(package two per box)
224262 V-9028
2 ft. x 2 ft. lay-in ceiling speaker dual input
213702 V-9062
2 ft. x 2 ft. lay-in ceiling speaker - talk-back
D
316967 V-TBAR
Optional trim bar
Desktop/Wall Speakers
VALCOM INC
PR10324V2-21122.tif
VALCOM INC
PR29149V2-215405.tif
FEATURES
Provides exceptional music and voice quality
Built-in volume controls on each speaker
High-fidelity audio output
Built-in amplifiers
MONITOR SPEAKER
204634 V-1440-BK
217319 V-1440-BR
217320 V-1440-GY
233516 V-1440-W
Description
Black
Brown
Gray
White
IN-WALL SPEAKER
204639
Description
White
CEILING SPEAKER
194304 V-1420
Description
White
LAY-IN CEILING SPEAKER

316873 V-1422
Description
White
FEATURES
Convenient and easily accessible
Self-standing or wall-mount on flat surface
Use for off-hook voice announcement with hands-free reply
Description
148222 V-763-BK
One-way desktop/wall speaker with volume
control, black
148221 V-762-BK
Talk-back desktop/wall speaker with
volume control, black
217324 V-764-BK
Push-button desktop/wall speaker with
volume control, black
Available in other colors. See your local sales representative for details.
11.62
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
Pendant Speaker
Track-style Speaker
VALCOM INC
PR1332V2-21144.EPS
PR1333V2-21148.EPS
FEATURES
Easy-mounting bracket attaches to the wall or exposed beams
High-efficiency speaker
Ideal for music and sound rebroadcast
Available in white, black, gray
Description
246641 V-1013B-W
1 W, one-way, white
316908 V-1013B-BK
1 W, one-way, black
316907 V-1013B-GY
1 W, one-way, gray
316904 V-1014B-W
5 W, one-way, white
316906 V-1014B-BK
5 W, one-way, black
316905 V-1014B-GY
5 W, one-way, gray
Surface-mount Vandal-resistant One-way Ceiling Speaker

VALCOM INC
PR23550V2-165778.tif
Traditional Ceiling Speakers

VALCOM INC
FEATURES
Ideal for concrete ceilings and harsh areas
Smooth tapered exterior prohibits grasping onto surface
Steel security screen prevents objects from penetrating speaker
Tamper-resistant screws
Water-resistant speaker with built-in amplifier
Sturdy steel housing
Easy surface mounting or mount to standard 4 in. box
Description
237415 V-9010-W
One-way ceiling speaker, white
PR1372V2-13319.EPS
FEATURES
White epoxy finish
Excellent sound quality for both voice and background music
Built-in amplifier
Description
129244 V-1010C
4 in., one-way, flush-mount ceiling speaker
with grille
121885 V-1020C
8 in., one-way, flush-mount ceiling speaker
with grille
121849 V-1220
8 in., one-way, dual-input, flush-mount
ceiling speaker with grille
121872 V-1060A
8 in., talk-back, flush-mount ceiling
speaker with grille
11.63
Voice Products
FEATURES
High-efficiency speaker
Ideal for music and sound rebroadcast
Simply hang from 6 ft. chain, included
Description
246642 V-1015B-BK
One-way, black
316903 V-1015B-GY
One-way, gray
246644 V-1015B-W
One-way, white
316901 V-1019B-BK
Talk-back, black
316900 V-1019B-GY
Talk-back, gray
316899 V-1019B-W
Talk-back, white
VALCOM INC
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
P-TEC Speakers
Recessed Round Ceiling Speaker Backbox
VALCOM INC
PR2812V2-21231.eps
FEATURES
Patented push-lock mounting; no holes to cut
Lightweight and easy to mount and move
70 V model is adjustable from 0.25 to 4 W
Provides an external volume control
Description
171619 V-5330100
Voice coil (rated 0.25 W)
151072 V-5330200
70 V (adjustable from 0.25 to 4 W)
VALCOM INC
The backbox is intended to cover the back of the speaker.

Description
151089 V-5335030-5
Speaker, round
Square Indoor and Outdoor Warehouse Speakers

VALCOM INC
Voice Products
Recessed Round Ceiling Speakers

VALCOM INC
PR2804V2-21207.eps
D
FEATURES
Fits most suspended or standard ceilings
Flush-mountable
White enamel finish
Support bridge and all mounting hardware included
Description
151067 V-5330115
Voice coil (rated at 0.25 W)
151075 V-5330215
70 V (adjustable from 0.125 to 2.5 W)
11.64
PR2805V2-21211.eps
FEATURES
Suitable for mounting to beams and trusses
Complete integrated backbox
Adjustable 1/4 to four watts
Water resistant (outdoor only)
White metal housing
Description
175192 V-5330235
Square, indoor
304818 V-5330240
Square, outdoor
PR2803V2-21204.eps
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
15 W and 30 W Horn Loudspeakers

VALCOM INC
FlexHorn - Waterproof
PR8438V2-21310.tif
FEATURES
Can be mounted on a pole, column or flat surface
Has a wide 110-degree audio-dispersion angle
Capable of volume fine-tuning if used with a 70 V attenuator
Use with the PagePac Plus AmpliCenter or PagePac 20
Description
151079 V-5331200
15 W horn
151080 V-5331205
30 W horn
VALCOM INC
pr2806V2-21215.eps
PR1335V2-21155.EPS
The compact design is perfect for areas with low ceilings and low-to-moderate noise.
Recess or surface-mountable. Includes an adjustable bracket for mounting on a
horizontal or vertical plane. One-way or talk-back.
Description
493149 V-1080
Beige, one-way
204625 V-1080-GY
Gray, one-way
204624 V-1080-W
White, one-way
493150 V-1090
Beige, talk-back
243129 V-1090-GY
Gray, talk-back
243128 V-1090-W
White, talk-back
424844 V-WGFLEX-2
Paging Horns
VALCOM INC
FEATURES
UL and CSA Listed for installation in areas where explosive, flammable and/or
corrosive substances are present
Can be mounted on a pole, column or flat surface
Has a wide 120-degree audio-dispersion angle
Can be adjusted from 2.5 to 40 W
Capable of volume fine-tuning if used with a 70 V attenuator
Recommended for use with the PagePac Plus AmpliCenter or PagePac 20
Usage ideal for medium- to high-noise areas
Description
171643 V-5331215A
Explosion proof speaker
PR2769V2-21180.eps
FEATURES
Weather resistant
Indoor/outdoor use
Exceptional natural sound
Available in beige or gray
Stainless steel hardware
Omni-lock mounting system
INDUSTRIAL HORNS
121878 V-1030C-BG
183653 V-1030C-GY
121876 V-1036C
183655 V-1036C-GY
121873 V-1048C
316890 V-1048C-GY
424846 V-WGHORN-2
Description
5 W one-way, beige
5 W one-way, gray
15 W one-way, beige
15 W one-way, gray
Talk-back, beige
Talk-back, gray
Wire cages used with paging horns
(packaged two per box)
11.65
Voice Products
40 W Explosion Proof Horn Loudspeaker
VALCOM INC
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
(continued)
Paging Horns
MARINE HORN - WHITE HORN

Equipped with O-ring seals; stainless steel hardware resists deteriorating effects of
salt, sun and humidity; nonyellowing white color.
Description
183652 V-1030M
5 W one-way
243131 V-1048M
Talk-back
SPECIAL-PURPOSE HORNS
121874 V-1038
129246 V-1050C
Description
30 W one-way
5 W bi-directional
Digital Feedback Eliminator
Voice Products
VALCOM INC
PR23549V2-165775.tif
The digital feedback eliminator records and saves the message, then rebroadcasts it
over the speaker system, eliminating the need to move speakers or telephones for a
quick and easy solution.
FEATURES
Only one unit is needed to eliminate feedback to all zones
Can be used on a single-zone page adapter
Automatically adjusts the output level to a consistent volume
Records a page while playing a recorded page
High-fidelity
Solid-state design
LED indicators for play, record, busy and power
Dipswitch programmable features
Two audio outputs
Description
255252 V-9964
Feedback eliminator
Door-answering Device
VALCOM INC
PR10321V2-21113.tif
Provides talk-back communication between an entryway or doorway and a telephone

system or dedicated single telephone set. Also, unlock the door remotely (electronic
strike plate not included), just by dialing a code on the telephone (except V-2900).
FEATURES
Transmit and receive volume controls
Door-unlock activation
Programmable security codes
Indication of unauthorized entry
Background music input with volume control
Built-in ring generator with on/off switch
Compatible with all Valcom talk-back and one-way speakers
Programmable options include:
- Door-unlock codes
- Number of ringing cycles before door request is terminated
- Program access code
- Time (in seconds) the activated door lock remains unlocked
- Distinctive ring patterns
Requires additional power (VP-624D or larger power supply)
Description
121841 V-2901A
One-zone door-answering device
121842 V-2900
One-zone basic door-answering device
204630 V-2904
Enhanced four-zone door-answering device
FM Tuner
VALCOM INC
PR10323V2-21119.tif
FEATURES
Built-in speaker prevents the need for tuning over the speaker system
Two separate outputs and volume controls for music on hold, background music
Treble and bass controls
Dipole antenna included
An "I" connector for use with an external coaxial antenna
Description
168941 V-2952
FM tuner
11.66
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
Messager USB Digital Messaging System

VALCOM INC
Page-control Interfaces with Built-in Power, 2000 Series

PR13425V2-28216.tif
Multitone Generator
VALCOM INC
pr4688V2-21263.eps
Adds tones over the paging system for evacuation, night ring, doorbells and other
tone notifications needed.
FEATURES
Chime, slow whoop, warble, pulsed up to 16 available tones
Tones activated by individual dry-contact closure up to eight at a time
Automatically interrupts page or music during tone interval
Provides standard immediate evacuation signals
Description
129251 V-9927A
Multitone generator
PR8442V2-21322.tif
FEATURES
Provides one to six zones of hands-free talk-back and/or one-way paging
Interfaces with telephone system via a loop-start/ground-start C.O. line position
Page override input
Programmable features per zone: background music, tones and talk-back
Multiple units can be interconnected for a common All-Call
Supports two talk-back speakers per talk-back zone
Volume controls for background music, tones, All-Call and transmit/receive
May be accessed from a dedicated single-line telephone set
Standard 66 blocks used for connections
One-way All-Call
DTMF-operated auxiliary contacts available for controlling electric door locks
Background music input
Dial tone, ringback tone, optional alert/repeated alert tone
Battery backup input
Built-in power
Built-in tone generator (single/warble) with volume control
UL/CSA/CE Certified
ONE-ZONE BASIC
Background music input automatically mutes in zone being paged
Provides access to the paging system.
Description
240687 V-2000A
One-zone, one-way page control,
with power
ONE-ZONE ENHANCED
Background music input automatically mutes zone being paged
Phantom Zone - optional background music through all or selected speakers
Page override for special or priority announcements
Built-in tone generator for night ring, time clock tone and doorbell
Description
190580 V-2001A
One-zone, one-way page control,
with power and tone generator
THREE ZONES
Three zones and All-Call-Background music input automatically mutes in
zone being paged
Built-in tone generator for night ring, time clock tone and door bell battery
backup input
Field upgradable to talk-back with V-9953
Description
123263 V-2003A
Three-zone, one-way page control,
with power and tone generator
11.67
Voice Products
Valcom's Messager USB is a state-of-the-art digital audio playback device designed to

provide a continuous-play audio source for message-on-hold, background music or
any other audio application where high-quality audio playback is required. Messages
are stored on industry-standard USB flash drives from 16 MB up to 4 GB. The
Messager USB is capable of MP3 file playback from 8 kbps all the way up to full
CD-quality audio playback of 128 kbps.
FEATURES
Plays MP3 files from USB flash drive
No drivers or special software needed
Continuous playback
Built-in monitor speaker
LED status indicator
Description
333605 V-9988
Messager USB Digital Messaging System
VALCOM INC
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
(continued)
Page-control Interfaces with Built-in Power, 2000 Series
SIX ZONES
Includes features of V-2003A (six zones, three group calls and All-Call), override
input, and is field upgradable to talk-back with V-9956
Description
129242 V-2006A
Six-zone, one-way page control, with power
and tone generator
Doorplate Speakers
Voice Products
VALCOM INC
PR29152V2-215412.tif
FEATURES
Weather-resistant talk-back speaker
Call button with call-in Braille
Fits standard 4 in. double-gang box
Description
174772 V-1072A-ST
Doorplate speaker, flush-mount,
stainless steel
D
316877 V-1072B-ST
Doorplate speaker, flush with LED,
stainless steel
233504 V-1072A-BRASS
Doorplate speaker, flush-mount, brass
316878 V-1072B-BRASS
Doorplate speaker, flush with LED, brass
204643 V-1074
Surface-mount doorplate speaker with
call button
183675 V-1073
Vandalproof doorplate speaker
424849 V9910-BK
Doorbox weather guard, black
424850 V-9910-YEL
Doorbox weather guard, yellow
Talk-back Intercom System - Expandable

VALCOM INC
PR1246V2-21128.eps
An innovative, new, expandable talk-back intercom system designed specifically for

schools, assisted-living facilities, auto dealerships, medical clinics and warehouses.
FEATURES
Expandable up to 96 stations with expansion units
Hands-free talk-back
11.68
Compatible with PBX, key systems or stand-alone telephone sets

Caller identification
One-way group call and All-Call
Talk-back "meet me" and "follow me" capabilities
Emergency override
Door-unlock capabilities
Time clock/emergency tones
Accessed by loop-start trunk port or dedicated single-line set
Built-in one-way and hands-free amplifiers with volume controls
SMDR printer port
Riot mode
Description
254315 V-2924A
24-station talk-back intercom system
254316 V-2925A
Expansion unit - 24-station increments
OPTION CARD - ENHANCEMENTS AVAILABLE FOR V-2924A SYSTEM
Enhanced Caller ID, user-defined page groups, flexible architectural numbering plan,
PC-compatible programming port with Windows 95/98- or NT-based programming
tool, system clock, secondary serial port
Description
194309 V-2926
Option card - remote programming
268917 V-2928
Option card - time event scheduler
In-wall Mixers
VALCOM INC
PR13427V2-28223.tif
Valcom's in-wall mixer is a complete sound system that blends with today's modern
dcor. Each mixer provides two auxiliary inputs and one balanced microphone input.
Auxiliary inputs can be used for music or program sources, PC audio or wireless
microphones and easily mounts in a 4-gang electrical box with decorative white
faceplate. An additional audio input (building page) easily adapts the in-room
speakers to the building's existing paging system. An override feature allows building
announcements priority over individual room activities.
FEATURES
A master volume control is provided for final level adjustments
An eight-segment LED meter provides instant visual indication of
audio signal levels
The building page input overrides all other sources (voice-operated,
switch-enabled)
Full frequency range output for speakers and modified output for horn loads
Built-in compressor (option switch controlled) evens out loud and quiet inputs
Operates on 24 V DC requiring one Valcom power unit
Description
340076 V-9985-W
In-wall mixer
340078 V-9984-W
Remote input module
340080 V-9983-W
In-wall main control module
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
Ambient-level Controller
VALCOM INC
Desktop Speakers
PR8441V2-21319.tif
The ambient-level controller uses its internal microprocessor via microphone input to
sense ambient noise and optimize the paging level to its surroundings.
FEATURES
Ideal for areas where noise levels frequently change
Permits automatic, manual or remote control of sound-system levels
Microphone may be placed up to 5,000 ft. from the unit
Description
215782 V-5335621
Ambient-level controller
PagePac Call Stacker

VALCOM INC
PR8437V2-21306.tif
VALCOM INC
PR2801V2-21200.eps
Eliminates busy signals on heavily used systems and prevents acoustic feedback.
FEATURES
Eliminates feedback by opening loop between paging device and speakers
Enables the system to accept up to five simultaneous pages, store them and
play them back in sequence
Emergency messages can interrupt playback sequence
Interrupted message will play in full once the emergency message has
completed. (Note: must be used with PagePac Plus System.)
Provides prompts in English, Spanish or both languages
Access via analog station ports or central office lines
Description
215770 V-5325150
PagePac Call Stacker
PagePort PreAmp/Expander
VALCOM INC
pr4696V2-21286.eps
FEATURES
A master volume control for an entire system or groups of remote speakers
Virtually unlimited expansion
Preamplifies low-level audio to remote sites
Isolates paging port from speaker lines
Description
121867 V-1094A
Master volume control
11.69
Voice Products
These desktop speakers are small, lightweight and designed to communicate within
relatively small areas.
FEATURES
PagePac by Valcom Inc.
Excellent private-office intercom
Covers 250 sq. ft.
Can be wall mounted
Use for voice-announce on busy with your phone system
May be used for one-way or talk-back
Privacy switch (70 V only)
Description
151074 V-5330210
70 V desktop speaker
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
70 V Expander
Voice Coil Door Speaker
VALCOM INC
PR1313V2-21132.EPS
Provides unlimited expansion of 25/70/100 V systems without straining

existing amplifier.
FEATURES
Easily connects to the amplifier output or anywhere on the 70 V line
Provides a master volume control for added speakers
Description
194306 V-1095
70 V expander
70 V Attenuators
Voice Products
VALCOM INC
PR2818V2-21255.eps
VALCOM INC
PR2817V2-21251.eps
Know who is at your door with these talk-back DoorPhone speakers.

FEATURES
Push button on the DoorPhone with a speaker for signaling
Stainless steel faceplate and tamperproof screws
Weather-resistant enclosure for indoor or outdoor use
Can be mounted to any surface or flush mounted
Description
151068 V-5330120
Voice coil door speaker
230924 V-5330230
70 V door speaker
Universal DoorPhone Controller

VALCOM INC
PR8435V2-21300.tif
This attenuator allows volume adjustment of 70 V speakers and horns.

Accommodates up to 35 W of speaker load.
Description
151091 V-5335005A
70 V attenuator
Voice Coil Attenuator (3 W)

VALCOM INC
PR8439V2-21313.tif
Allows the user to remotely control locking and unlocking of premise doors.
FEATURES
Provides voice communication between your telephone system and the
DoorPhone speaker
Controls remote door unlocking (with optional customer-supplied and
customer-installed electromechanical door lock)
Interfaces the DoorPhone speaker with an extra alert
Volume control for speaker and talk-back
May be used with central office lines or station ports and has ability to dial up
to 16-digit telephone numbers
Description
216828 V-5324001
Universal DoorPhone controller
Controls the volume of voice coil speakers and horns.

FEATURES
Description
272272 V-5335010A
Voice coil attenuator 3 W
11.70
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
PagePac 6 Plus
PagePac Plus Controller
VALCOM INC
PR2811V2-21227.eps
PagePac Plus D-series AmpliCenters

VALCOM INC
PR2810V2-21223.eps
PR1369V2-13307.EPS
The PagePac Plus Controller is the cornerstone of the PagePac Plus Paging System. It
provides for the first eight zones (designated work areas) of paging required and also
serves as the primary interface (hub) for all telephone system connections. Together
with the PagePac AmpliCenter, the PagePac Plus Controller facilitates paging
capabilities for businesses and multisite plants of any size. It also accommodates
off-premises paging zones. The PagePac Plus Controller coordinates building security
by controlling outside doors and entrances to individual work areas. It also includes a
built-in bell and alert tones.
FEATURES
Hands-free talk-back via system speakers
System access passwords to restrict unauthorized usage (optional)
Zone-specific, direct-dial/direct-page function with standard two-digit codes
and user-assignable three- and four-digit codes
Ability to interface with visual message centers
System-overload protection
PC or DTMF telephone programmability
Compatibility with all PBX, Key and Centrex telephone systems
Provides "paging override" for priority announcements
Seven alert tones - programmable
Up to eight programmable zones and zone groups
Expandable to 56 zones of one-way or talk-back paging
Description
151102 V-5323100
Controller
171642 V-5323105
PagePac programming software
The PagePac Plus D-Series AmpliCenter is the core of the PagePac Plus paging
system. It can function as a stand-alone, single-zone paging system, or when coupled
with a PagePac Controller, it can drive larger, more sophisticated, multizone systems.
The PagePac Plus AmpliCenter is optimally designed for convenient, direct access and
simplicity of operation using your own telephone system. The system automatically
modifies voice level for maximum clarity and consistent, pleasant paging.
FEATURES
Stand-alone or PagePac Plus Controller access
Provides digital technology and remote-amplifier output
Provides overload protection and automatic reset
Provides automatic voice-level adjustment for all pages
Background/foreground music volume adjustment
LED displays to indicate power on/off status and aid in system troubleshooting
Remote amplifier output
Wall, rack or cabinet mounting
Description
304817 V-5328040
40 W output
316865 V-5328100A
100 W output
PagePac Plus Zone Expansion Unit

VALCOM INC
PR2809V2-21219.eps
The PagePac Plus Zone Expansion Unit enables a paging system to significantly
expand its messaging capabilities. The PagePac Plus Zone Expansion Unit connects to
the PagePac Plus Controller and provides 16 additional paging zones. Up to three
expansion units can be attached to a single controller for a maximum of 56 paging
zones per system. All zones can be optioned for hands-free talk-back with a 70 V
output or may be utilized as input/output contact closures.
Description
151096 V-5335100
Expansion unit
11.71
Voice Products
Like the PagePac 6, the PagePac 6 Plus features a highly affordable, compact, 6 W
paging amplifier. PagePac 6 Plus is a versatile system that offers a full three zones of
paging, plus the highly desirable talk-back capability (two-way, hands-free
communication via system speakers).
FEATURES
Provides a highly affordable, compact, three-zone paging system plus group and
All-Call, with a 6 W paging amplifier
Useful in small- to medium-size offices (up to 9,000 sq ft.) and warehouse or
manufacturing applications (up to 12,000 sq ft.)
Supports up to two separate analog station-paging lines and includes this
port-saver feature as standard
Provides talk-back capability and programmable background music
Provides three built-in, 2 W, voice coil amplifiers (one per zone)
Recommended for up to 18 voice coil speakers (six per zone), or up to two 1 W
voice coil horns per zone
Description
171646 V-5323008
6 W paging amplifier
VALCOM INC
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
PagePal Interface
VALCOM INC
PR2799V2-21192.eps
in either voice coil or 70 V models and are normally used when recessed ceiling
mounts are either not desirable or not possible. Each speaker comes housed in a
handsome black cabinet with a black cloth grill.
Description
230915 V-5330105
Voice coil (rated at 0.25 W)
215775 V-5330205
70 V (adjustable from 0.125 to 2.5 W)
Remote Amplifier Adapter
Voice Products
VALCOM INC
The PagePal Interface connects any other paging system to your telephone system.
This unit features attendant override, allowing direct access from the attendant or
desktop microphone or page port with contact closure.
FEATURES
Provides access to your paging system via an analog station, loop- or
ground-start trunk and dry-loop (telephone system page port)
Includes tones for night bell, call or page confirmation, alerts, page busy
and preannouncement
Provides a music input
Not recommended for talk-back
Description
151105 V-5335700
PagePal Interface
PagePac Plus Controller

PC Software
D
VALCOM INC
Provides easy programming from a computer instead of a telephone.
FEATURES
Requires less than 640 k RAM, uses a 3.5 in. disk
Operates in character mode
Supports monochrome and color monitors or LCDs
Has ability to retain configuration indefinitely
PC connects to an RS-232 on the controller with a null modem cable
Operates on generic, DOS-based, IBM PC or compatible system
Description
171642 V-5323105
PagePac programming software
PR8440V2-21316.tif
Expands the PagePac 6 and PagePac 6 Plus by allowing the addition of other
amplifiers, both on-site and off-premises.
FEATURES
Reduces potential noise problems
Avoids downstream amp overdrive by ensuring that the input voltage and
impedance match the downstream amplifier
Description
274735 V-5335305
Remote amplifier adapter
Digital Sound-level Meter

VALCOM INC
PR2775V2-21184.eps
Universal Bi-directional Speakers

VALCOM INC
PR2819V2-21259.eps
Universal bi-directional speakers are capable of unidirectional or bi-directional

signal dispersion thanks to special, innovative cabinet mounts. These speakers come
11.72
FEATURES
Professional instrumentation
Compact, newly designed shape
High performance
Easy max./min. function
32 to 130 dB/3 range
Resolution, 0.1 dB
IEC 651 type II
9 V battery included
233552 V-9992
Description
Digital sound-level meter
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
Speaker-mounting Hardware for 8 in. Ceiling Speakers
Analog Clocks - Wired and Wireless
VALCOM INC
VALCOM INC
pr2764V2-21172.eps
FEATURES
Bridges and backboxes for use with 8 in. ceiling speakers
Description
185051 V-9914M
Bridge, metal
189069 V-9915M-5
Backbox, metal
183676 V-9916M
Bridge/backbox combination, metal
Power Supplies
VALCOM INC
PR10317V2-21110.tif
Description
1 A, wall mount, 24 V DC
LINEAR - FILTERED
122135 VP-624D
Description
0.6 A, receptacle mount, 24 V DC
SPECIAL PURPOSE
122138 VP-324
213680
VP-2048D
BATTERY BACKUP
129250 VPB-260
Description
250 mA, unfiltered, receptacle mount,
24 V DC
2 A, filtered, wall mount, 48 V DC
Description
2 A, 24 V DC
FEATURES
Valcom's quartz analog clocks are available in 12 in. or 16 in. round metal case
with shatter-proof polycarbonate crystal
Offers proven time-keeping accuracy and reliability
WIRED ANALOG CLOCKS
Black, surface-mount
339752 V-A2416
339753 V-A11016
339754 V-A2412
339755 V-A11012
Description
16 in. round, 24 V DC
16 in. round, 110 V AC
12 in. round, 24 V DC
OPTIONAL DRIVER
339757 V-VCU
Description
6 amp two-wire clock driver
WIRELESS ANALOG CLOCKS AND REPEATER

Black, surface-mount
Description
339760 V-AW16A
16 in. round, battery operated
339762 V-AW12LP
339763 V-AW12A
12 in. round, battery operated
424852 V-AW12A-MD
12 in. round, military dial
444247 V-AW16LP
16 in. round, clock and repeater 24 volt
SURFACE-MOUNT RINGS AND BRACKETS
Description
339764 V-SMR12
Surface-mount ring for 12 in. clock
339765 V-BDM12-4
Double-mount bracket for 12 in. clock
339766 V-UMB
Universal mounting bracket
339767 V-SMR16
16 surface-mount ring for 16 in. clock
339768 V-BDM16-4
16-4 double-mount bracket for 16 in. clock
CLOCK/SPEAKER BAFFLES
339769 V-CSB12S
339770 V-CSBFB
339772
V-CSBRB
WIRE GUARDS
339773 V-WGA12
339774 V-WGA16
Description
12 in. analog clock/8 in. speaker baffle
Surface-mount back box for V-CSB25
and/or V-CSB12S
Recessed-mount back box for V-CSB25
and/or V-CSB12S
Description
12 in. wire guard
16 in. wire guard
11.73
Voice Products
SWITCHING - FILTERED
233554 VP-1124D
218598 VP-2124D
429839 VP-4124D
183679 VP-6124
PR13429V2-28231.tif
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
Digital Clocks - Wired and Wireless

VALCOM INC
PR13428V2-28227.tif
MOUNTING BRACKETS
339793 V-DM25-4
339794
V-DM40-4
MASTER CLOCKS AND REPEATER

339795 V-WMCA
339796
339797
Voice Products
FEATURES
Available with 2.5 in. or 4.0 in. easy-to-read four-digit display
Each has a specially molded antiglare bezel which gives the digital clock a
smooth, clean look
All digital clocks are available in either 24 V DC or 110 V AC
WIRED DIGITAL CLOCKS
339775 V-D2425
339776 V-D11025A
339777 V-D2440
339778 V-D11040A
339757 V-VCU
Description
2.5 in., 24 V DC, digital
2.5 in., 110 V AC/24 V DC, digital
4 in., 24 V DC, digital
4 in., 110 V AC/24 V DC, digital
6 amp two-wire clock driver
WIRELESS DIGITAL CLOCKS

339780 V-DW2425
339781 V-DW11025
339782 V-DW2440
339783 V-DW11040
Description
2.5 in., 24 V DC, digital
2.5 in., 110 V AC/24 V DC, digital
4 in., 24 V DC, digital
4 in., 110 V AC/24 V DC, digital
HOUSING
339784 V-SM25
339785
V-FM25
339786
339787
V-SM40
V-FM40
CLOCK/SPEAKER BAFFLES
339788 V-CSB25
339791 V-CDT
339792 V-WGD4
339769
424879
V-CSB12S
VB-R19
444248
VB-S20
11.74
Description
Surface- (wall-) mount housing for 2.5 in.
digital clock
Flush-mount housing for 2.5 in.
digital clock
Wall-mount housing for 4 in. digital clock
Flush-mount housing for 4 in. digital clock
V-GPSA
V-WMCRA
Description
Double-mount bracket for 2.5 in.
digital clock
Double-mount bracket for 4 in. digital clock
Description
Series master clock transceiver for use with
wireless clocks
Receiver for use with wireless clocks
Wireless master clock repeater for use with
wireless clocks
IP Paging Products - Managed

VALCOM INC
PR13430V2-28230.tif
FEATURES
Available in 1-, 2- and 4-channel models
No server required
Easy Windows-based setup
Web-based configuration/setup
One- to 11-digit dial plans
AUX audio input
Can use DHCP servers to acquire IP addresses
Contact closure available for audio indication and door unlocking
Note: VIP-811, VIP-812 and VIP-814 also provide ringing indication contact
Description
316812 VIP-801
Networked page zone extender
316811 VIP-802
Dual networked page zone extender
316810 VIP-804
Quad networked page zone extender
316809 VIP-811
Enhanced networked station port
316808 VIP-812
Dual enhanced networked station port
316807 VIP-814
Quad networked station port
Description
2.5 in. digital clock/8 in. speaker baffle
Chronograph timer control box
4 in. wire guard for use with the 2.5 in. and
4 in. digital clock
12 in. analog clock/8 in. speaker baffle
Recessed-mount back box for clock/
speaker baffles
Surface-mount back box for clock/
speaker baffles
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
424860 VIP-410-IC
IP Paging Products - Networked Trunk Port

VALCOM INC
FEATURES
Allows most loop-start terminal devices to be connected to a managed
IP-based LAN/WAN
RJ45 for network connection
Network activity LEDs
Front-panel activity LED
2.5 mm jack for DC
802.3af compliant
Description
316806 VIP-821
Enhanced networked trunk port
316805 VIP-822
Dual enhanced network trunk port
316804 VIP-824
Quad enhanced network trunk port
SIP Wall Speakers

VALCOM INC
PR29151V2-215406.tif
VIP-411-DS-IC
424862
VIP-412-DF-IC
424902
VIP-418-IC
424863
VIP-419-D-IC
424897
VIP-428
424903
VIP-428-IC
424864
VIP-429-D-IC
424865
VIP-430-IC
424878
VIP-432-DF-IC
424879
VB-R19
424904
VB-S11
424905
VB-R12
424906
VB-A13
444248
VB-S20
444252
VB-A21
424880
VB-R22
424881
VB-S23
424883
VB-A24
11.75
Voice Products
FEATURES
Sleek, modern designs with/without clocks
Excellent voice and music quality
Gray with black grill
Paintable housing
Easy installation
Built-in volume settings (one-way only)
PoE (IEEE 802.3af) no local power required
Optional wall-mount volume controls
Clock versions need only one Ethernet port
Mounting backbox options available
Description
316815 VIP-410
IP wall speaker; one-way
370703 VIP-411-DS
IP surface-mount wall speaker; one-way,
with digital clock
370705 VIP-412-DF
IP flush-mount wall speaker; one-way, with
digital clock
424896 VIP-418
IP one-way square faceplate 8 in.
speaker, white
424854 VIP-419-D
IP speaker faceplate speaker unit with
digital clock, white
424855 VIP-429-D
IP talk-back speaker faceplate unit with
digital clock, white
316813 VIP-430
IP wall speaker assembly; talk-back, gray
with black grill
424859 VIP-432-DF
InformaCast IP wall speaker assembly;
one-way, gray with black grill
424861
Description
one-way, gray with black grill
InformaCast IP surface-mount wall
speaker; one-way, with digital clock, gray
with black grill
InformaCast IP flush-mount wall speaker;
one-way, with digital clock, gray with
black grill
InformaCast IP one-way square faceplate
8 in. speaker, white
InformaCast IP speaker faceplate speaker
unit with digital clock, white
IP talk-back square faceplate 8 in. speaker,
white
InformaCast IP talk-back square faceplate
8 in. speaker, white
InformaCast IP talk-back speaker faceplate
unit with digital clock, white
talk-back, gray with black grille
talk-back, gray with black grille
Recessed-mount back box for clock/
speaker baffles
Surface-mount backbox for use with
VIP-418, VIP-418-IC,VIP-428, VIP-428-IC
Recessed-mount backbox for use with
VIP-418, VIP-418-IC,VIP-428, VIP-428-IC
Angled-mount backbox for use with
VIP-418, VIP-418-IC, VIP-428, VIP-428-IC
Surface-mount back box for clock/
speaker baffles
VIP-412-DF, VIP-412-DF-IC, VIP-432-DF,
VIP-432-DF-IC
VIP-419-D, VIP-419-D-IC, VIP-429-D,
VIP-429-D-IC
Surface-mount backbox for use with
VIP-429-D-IC
VIP-429-D-IC
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
IP Lay-in Ceiling Speakers

VALCOM INC
PR34447V2-254492.tif
Easily connects loudspeaker system to existing computer networks

Supports IP and analog amplified speakers
Web interface for control and setup
Supports legacy paging systems
Description
370447 VIP-201
One analog
370448 VIP-204
Four analog
SIP Ceiling Speakers
Voice Products
VALCOM INC
FEATURES
Replaces a 2 ft. x 2 ft. tile or 1/2 of a 2 ft. x 2 ft. tile
Easy to install
No cutting tiles, no broken tiles, no mess
Excellent music and voice quality
Built-in volume settings (one-way only)
Durable white acrylic baked-enamel finish
Integral backbox meets or exceeds ASTM E84 flame and smoke test with
three-hour burn rating (UL 181)
Power IEEE 802.3af only
Description
424893 VIP-401
IP 1 ft. x 2 ft. lay-in ceiling
speaker, one-way
D
316816 VIP-402
speaker, one-way
424894 VIP-421
speaker, talk-back
316814 VIP-422
speaker, talk-back
424898 VIP-401-IC
InformaCast IP 1 ft. x 2 ft. lay-in ceiling
speaker, one-way
424899 VIP-402-IC
speaker, one-way
424900 VIP-421-IC
speaker, talk-back
424901 VIP-422-IC
speaker, talk-back
PR21883V2-126678.tif
IP 8 in., one-way, ceiling speaker

370706 VIP-120
424907 VIP-160
424908 VIP-120-IC
424910
VIP-160-IC
Description
IP 8 in. ceiling speaker, one-way
IP 8 in. ceiling speaker, talk-back
InformaCast IP 8 in. ceiling
speaker, one-way
InformaCast IP 8 in. ceiling
speaker, talk-back
SIP Paging Horn with Long-line Extender

VALCOM INC
PR28973V2-214341.tif
Page Pro IP
VALCOM INC
PR21879V2-126680.tif
FEATURES
Enables voice access to one to four zones of one-way analog paging plus eight
zones of IP paging
Designed for use with virtually all SIP-based telephone systems
Live or recorded messages
11.76
FEATURES
Weather resistant
Indoor/outdoor use
Exceptional natural sound
Available in beige (-BG), gray (-GY) or marine white (-M)
Stainless steel hardware
Omni-lock mounting system
Description
365673 VIP-130L-BG
5 W, one-way with long-line extender, beige
424912 VIP-148L-BGE
5 W talk-back with long-line extender, beige
424913 VIP-148L-GY
5 W talk-back with long-line extender, gray
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
424915 VIP-130-BG-IC
424916
VIP-130L-GY-IC
424917
VIP-148L-BGE-IC
424918
VIP-148L-GY-IC
424846
V-WGHORN-2
Description
InformaCast 5 W, one-way with long-line
extender, beige
InformaCast 5 W, one-way with long-line
extender, gray
InformaCast 5 W talk-back with long-line
extender, beige
InformaCast 5 W talk-back with long-line
extender, gray
Wire cages used with paging horns
(packaged two per box)

424933 VB-R17-D
424844
V-WGFLEX-2
Description
VIP-9880, for use with VIP-9880-IC
SIP Intercom/Doorplate Speakers

VALCOM INC
PR29152V2-215412.tif
SIP FlexHorn
VALCOM INC
PR29150V2-215413.tif
Networked Relay and Input Module

VALCOM INC
PR21887V2-126691.tif
FEATURES
Repeat contact closures
Eight contact closure inputs (an input may control a single relay or a group
of relays)
Eight relay output supervision (a relay may be set to follow another relay)
Power up relay state (active or inactive)
Three input priority levels
Description
370721 VIP-848
Networked relay and input module
11.77
Voice Products
The compact design is perfect for areas with low ceilings and low to moderate noise.
Recess or surface-mountable. Includes an adjustable bracket for mounting on a
horizontal or vertical plane. One-way.
Description
370713 VIP-480L-BGE
IP FlexHorn with long-line extender, beige
424925 VIP-480L-BGE-IC
InformaCast IP FlexHorn with long-line
extender, beige
424926 VIP-480L-GY-IC
extender, gray
424927 VIP-480L-W-IC
extender, white
370715 VIP-9805
Optional vandal-resistant enclosure
424921 VIP-483
IP FlexHorn with stainless steel grill,
vandal-resistant, without backbox
424928 VIP-483-IC
InformaCast IP FlexHorn with stainless
steel grill, vandal-resistant, without
backbox
424929 VIP-580-IC
InformaCast IP FlexHorn interior
surface-mount unit, light gray
424924 VIP-581
IP FlexHorn angled surface-mount unit,
light gray
424930 VIP-581-IC
InformaCast IP FlexHorn interior angled
surface-mount unit, light gray
444253 VIP-9880
IP FlexHorn interior square faceplate, white
424931 VIP-9880-IC
InformaCast IP FlexHorn interior square
faceplate, white
424932 VB-R16
VIP-483, VIP-483-IC
The hands-free talk-back intercom with long-line extender and dial code-operated
relay are the perfect solution to implementing door-phone or similar functions with
modern IP telephone systems.
FEATURES
Flush-mount
Call button and LED
Relay contact for door unlock
Description
370718 VIP-172L-BRASS
IP intercom, long-line extender, brass
424935 VIP-172L-SS
IP intercom, long-line extender,
stainless steel
395837 VIP-172L-VRSS
IP intercom, vandal resistant, 11 AWG steel
424849 V9910-BK
Doorbox weather guard, black
424850 V-9910-YEL
Doorbox weather guard, yellow
Voice Products
Valcom Paging
Local Power Option for 800 Series

VALCOM INC
Networking Systems/Video Products/Video Security Systems

PR23193V2-161175.tif
FEATURES
Receptacle mount
Unfiltered
326238 VIP-324
Description
.25 amp power supply
IP Talk-back Call Station
Voice Products
VALCOM INC
PR28974V2-214329.tif
Allows communication to Valcom FXS units (VIP-811, -812, -814) and SIP-based
telephone systems via a managed IP-based LAN/WAN.
Description
424938 VIP-9890-CB
IP talk-back call station, vandal
resistant, yellow
11.78
VALCOM INC
PR23195V2-161172.tif
IP PoE analog and digital clocks.

FEATURES
Easy to install via RJ45 connection
Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af)
No master clock required - set automatically by NTP (network time protocol)
10/100BASE-T Ethernet compatible
DHCP or static IP addressable
Industrial-grade metal housing
Description
393610 VIP-A12
IP PoE 12 in. analog clock
424939 VIP-A12DS
IP PoE 12 in. double-sided analog clock
393613 VIP-A16
IP PoE 16 in. analog clock
424940 VIP-A16DS
IP PoE 16 in. double-sided analog clock
393614 VIP-D425
IP PoE 2.5 in., four-digit digital clock
424941 VIP-D425DS
IP PoE 2.5 in., four-digit double-sided
digital clock
393615 VIP-D625
IP PoE 2.5 in., six-digit digital clock
393616 VIP-D440
IP PoE 4.0 in. / four-digit digital clock
424943 VIP-D440DS
IP PoE 4 in., four-digit double-sided
digital clock
395715 VIP-D640
IP PoE 4 in., six-digit digital clock
424944 VIP-D625DS
IP PoE six-digit 2.5 in. double-sided
digital clock
424946 VIP-D640DS
IP PoE six-digit 4 in. double-sided
digital clock
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
270142 A8TGRN
./
Free Application Design Service

BOGEN
Bogen offers a free application design service to assist with the design of paging
systems for any and every project encountered. It's fast, comprehensive and free.
(Call 1-800-999-2809 (option 2) for more information or to send in a project.)
FEATURES
Speaker-placement design
Complete bill of materials
Scope of work
Detailed assumptions
Red-lined blueprints (blueprints must be supplied;
AutoCAD blueprints accepted)
A2GRN
270136
A6GRN
270141
A8GRN
270130
A2TWHT
270135
A6TWHT
270140
A8TWHT
270129
A2WHT
270134
A6WHT
270139
A8WHT
273236
394141
394137
421322
ASTB4
AMT15
AMT12
A12
NEAR A-Series Speakers

BOGEN
PR7972V2-8051.tif
NEAR A-Series speakers set the standard for smooth, accurate sound, attractive
appearance and rugged construction. Designed to perform beautifully under the
toughest conditions, the A-Series combines outstanding aesthetic design with NEAR
speaker technology for unsurpassed audio quality and weatherproof durability.
Available in black, green or white.
FEATURES
Magnetic liquid suspension
Cast-aluminum basket
Sealed magnet
Advanced rubber compound
Metal diaphragm technology
Description
236797 A2TBLK
6 in., black, 4, 8, 16 W taps, 70 V
243946 A6TBLK
6 in., black, 8, 16, 32 W taps, 70 V
243947 A8TBLK
NEAR A-Series speaker, 8 in., black, 16, 32,
64 W taps, 70 V
270128 A2BLK
NEAR A-Series speaker, 6 in., black, 100 W,
8 ohms
270133 A6BLK
8 ohms
270138 A8BLK
8 ohms
270132 A2TGRN
NEAR A-Series speaker, 6 in., green, 4, 8,
16 W taps, 70 V
270137 A6TGRN
32 W taps, 70 V
NEAR Orbit Speakers

BOGEN
PR7973V2-8054.tif
The Orbit Ceiling Speaker (OCS1) is the ideal choice for various types of ceiling
environments. The Orbit Pendant Speaker (OPS1) is the ideal choice for high-ceiling
and open-space environments. Both feature NEAR's MLS and MDT technologies, which
improve sound quality and increase operating reliability. The low-distortion speaker
design, featuring NEAR's spiderless driver and one-piece metal-alloy cone structure,
delivers superb articulation and the highest intelligibility for both music and speech.
The OCS1 can be easily installed on hard-surface ceilings or in suspended ceilings
and new construction (with the optional TBCR bracket). The OPS1 comes in
black or white.
FEATURES
Magnetic liquid suspension
Stable, high-definition metal-alloy cone
Sealed magnet
Advanced rubber compound
Metal-diaphragm technology
Wide-dispersion coaxial driver for broad, even coverage
11.79
Voice Products
270131
Description
64 W taps, 70 V
NEAR A-Series speaker, 6 in., green, 100 W,
8 ohms
8 ohms
8 ohms
NEAR A-Series speaker, 6 in., white, 4, 8,
16 W taps, 70 V
32 W taps, 70 V
64 W taps, 70 V
NEAR A-Series speaker, 6 in., white, 100 W,
8 ohms
8 ohms
8 ohms
A-Series terminal block electrical cover
Pro audio speaker cabinet
Pro audio speaker
High-output, long-throw loudspeaker
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
(continued)
NEAR Orbit Speakers

265143 OCS1
265147 OPS1B
265148
OPS1W
268547
301186
301187
265155
CK-10
CK10B
CK10W
TBCR
Description
6 1/2 in. MDT metal-alloy cone, 70 V/100 V
6 1/2 in. MDT metal-alloy cone,
70 V/100 V, black
6 1/2 in. MDT metal-alloy cone,
70 V/100 V, white
10 ft. long cable kit, silver
10 ft. long cable kit, black
10 ft. long cable kit, white
Tile bridge and c-ring support ring
Drop-in Ceiling Speaker

BOGEN
PR8000V2-8135.tif
Metal Box Speakers
Voice Products
BOGEN
PR11366V2-18483.tif
The MB8TSQ and MB8TSL

speakers feature an all-steel surface-mounted enclosure
D
with an 8 in. cone loudspeaker and multitap 4 watt 70 V/25 V transformer. The
MB8TSQ is suitable for ceiling or wall mounting. The MB8TSL is designed primarily for
wall mounting and its face is angled downward by 12.5 degrees.
FEATURES
Rugged all-steel surface-mounted enclosure
Full-range 8 in. cone speaker for excellent intelligibility
Compatible with 25 V or 70 V amplifier system
Multiple taps at 4, 2, 1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8 watts
4 watt maximum output power
Mounting hardware included
Description
320127 MB8TSQ
8 in. cone surface-mounted speaker
320128 MB8TSL
8 in. cone surface-mounted speaker with
angled front face
11.80
The Bogen Drop-in Ceiling Speaker is a full-range speaker that allows for fast and
simple installation. No accessories or other hardware required for mounting. Just
make one simple cut to the ceiling tile and drop the ceiling speaker in place.
FEATURES
Easy installation
One-piece assembly
70 V multitap pot (25 V)
Description
273174 CSD1X2
Drop-in ceiling speaker, 1 ft. x 2 ft.,
integrated support rail
287226 CSD2X2
Drop-in ceiling speaker, 2 ft. x 2 ft.,
includes support bar
Ceiling Speakers
BOGEN
PR7960V2-8015.tif
The Bogen CS1EZ is a preassembled ceiling speaker composed of an 8 in. cone

speaker and steel ceiling grille painted with white enamel. The CS1EZ includes a
volume-control knob and rear-mounted screw terminal board for easier
electrical connections.
FEATURES
1 W single-tap design
Screw terminal connections for fast installation
Designed for 70 V amplifier output
8 in. cone speaker for excellent audio quality
Description
241350 CS1EZ
1 W, volume control, easy design
(not quick install)
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Easy-install Ceiling Speakers

BOGEN
PR7959V2-8012.tif
Large back can for deep bass response

Power taps (in watts) - 32, 16, 8, 4, 2 and 1
Compounded rubber surround for lasting performance
Description
268554 HFCS1
6 1/2 in. PolyCone, 70 V/100 V
268547 CK-10
301186 CK10B
10 ft. long cable kit, black
301187 CK10W
10 ft. long cable kit, white
265155 TBCR
Amplified Drop-in Ceiling Speaker

BOGEN
Bogen's ACD2X2 2 ft. x 2 ft. Amplified Drop-in Ceiling Speaker is a full-range speaker
that allows for fast and simple installation. No accessories or other hardware
required for mounting.
FEATURES
Quick and easy to install; wire and drop in place
2 ft. x 2 ft. design fits in 2 ft. x 2 ft. and 2 ft. x 4 ft. ceiling grids
Finely perforated grille over entire front of speaker panel
8 in. main cone speaker
Self-contained 1 W amplifier
Front-mounted volume control
Support rail for 2 ft. x 4 ft. ceilings included
Description
304673 ACD2X2
Amplified drop-in ceiling speaker,
2 ft. x 2 ft.
Amplified Loudspeakers
BOGEN
PR7955V2-8000.tif
High-fidelity Ceiling Speaker

BOGEN
PR7969V2-8042.tif
The Bogen HFCS1 ceiling loudspeaker delivers superior sound and clear intelligibility
in a variety of ceiling environments. The system can be easily installed in
hard-surface ceilings, suspended ceilings and new construction. The HFCS1 offers
several levels of power output via a front-mounted rotary switch. The low-distortion
speaker design, coupled with dual front-exit ports, delivers high intelligibility and
exceptional low-frequency response for both music and speech reinforcement.
FEATURES
Wide-dispersion coaxial driver for broad, even coverage
Good off-axis response with smooth contouring
Computer-matched venting system for full bass output
An 8 in. cone speaker with compact IC amplifier and volume control, 1 W output;
operates on 24 V DC.
Description
301250 ASWG1DK
AS1 with ceiling grille, white, detachable
knob, 50 mA
106153 ASWG1
AS1 with ceiling grille, white, fixed knob,
50 mA
11.81
Voice Products
The Easy-Install Speakers (SM1EZ and SM4T) drastically cut system installation time
because each speaker can be completely installed, mounted in the ceiling, secured
and connected in less than a minute.
The speakers can be installed in any drop ceiling with ceiling tiles quickly, easily and
trouble-free and carry voice messages with clarity where dependable communication
is required.
FEATURES
Installs in seconds
No-tool installation
Contemporary, low-profile design
No cleanup
Description
234464 SM1EZ
9.5 in. speaker with single tap, 1 W,
Easy-Install
241348 SM4T
9.5 in. speaker with multiple taps, 4 W,
Easy-Install
249355 SMTB
Tile bridge
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Foreground Speakers
BOGEN
PR10259V2-7916.tif
Call-in switch on VRS1 can be wired for "momentary" or "latching" operation

One-way security hardware included
Description
241362 VRS1
Vandal-resistant speaker, transformer,
call-in switch
241363 VRS2
Vandal-resistant speaker with transformer
Voice Products
Speakers - 8 in. Transformer - 25/70 V
The Bogen FG Series of foreground speakers are designed to complement

sophisticated music systems. Their wide bandwidth provides the performance
demanded by customers while their quality construction provides the reliability
installers can count on. The FG Series is available in a variety of physical size
and performance models to meet the needs of a wide range of distributed
music applications.
FEATURES
Smooth, wide-frequency response for music or voice
Compact, rugged plastic enclosures
Individually sweep-tone tested to ensure reliability
Mounting brackets included
Black swivel mount available for FG20 and FG30 (not included)
Anixter No. Vendor
No.
Description
D
287439 FG15B
15 W foreground speaker, black finish
247849 FG15W
15 W foreground speaker, white finish
287458 FG20S
Splashproof 20 W foreground
speaker, black
287456 FG30
30 W foreground speaker, black
301252 FGSM
Swivel mount for FG Series, black
301254 FGSMW
Swivel mount for FG Series, white
BOGEN
Bogen's 8 in. cone speakers are available preassembled onto a steel ceiling grille
painted with white enamel. Options for these assemblies are recessed volume
control, volume control with knobs and rear-mounted screw terminal strip for
power taps.
FEATURES
8 in. cone speaker for excellent audio quality
Six different power taps
Preassembled for faster installation
White enamel over steel grille
Description
241356 S810
10 oz. magnet
241354 S86
6 oz. magnet
241358 T72510
Speaker-matching transformers: 10, 5,
2 1/2, 1 1/4, 5/8 W taps
241357 T725
Speaker-matching transformers: 4, 2, 1,
1/2, 1/4, 1/8 W taps
Mounting Hardware for Ceiling Speakers

BOGEN
PR8002V2-8141.tif
Vandal-resistant Speakers
BOGEN
PR7990V2-8105.tif
The Bogen VRS1 and VRS2 are vandal-resistant speakers designed for hands-free
two-way communications.
FEATURES
Heavy-duty vandal-resistant and weather-resistant construction
8 ohms or 25 V (1/2 W) operation
11.82
Bogen offers a variety of accessories to assist in mounting various ceiling speakers.

Description
117800 TB8
Tile bridge
123495 RE84
Ceiling speaker enclosure
241357 T725
Speaker-matching transformers: 4, 2, 1,
1/2, 1/4, 1/8 W taps
241358 T72510
Speaker-matching transformers: 10, 5,
2 1/2, 1 1/4, 5/8 W taps
247850 MR8
Mounting ring
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Ceiling Grilles for 8 in. Speakers

BOGEN
PR7958V2-8009.tif
FEATURES
Ruggedly constructed
Accommodates 8 in. speaker
241374 WB8
Description
Wall baffle, walnut finish
Wall Baffle
BOGEN
Bogen's Model WBS8 wall baffle is ruggedly constructed of 3/8 in. particle board,
attractively covered in simulated walnut vinyl, with black grille cloth. Assemblies
include cone speaker, transformer and baffle; ready to install.
Description
107331 WBS8T725
S86T725 in WB8 baffle
103571 WBS8T725V
WBS8T725 with volume control
Sound Columns
S86 Loudspeaker Assemblies

BOGEN
Bogen's metal ceiling grilles are sturdy, handsome and economical. They
accommodate an 8 in. speaker. Supplied with complete hardware.
Description
101728 S86T725PG8W
S86T725 on PG8W grille
103535 S86T725PG8WVK
S86T725PG8W with knob volume control
BOGEN
PR7988V2-8099.tif
WB8 Wall Baffle

BOGEN
pr3798V2-7972.eps
Bogen's wall baffle is ruggedly constructed of 3/8 in. particle board with reinforced
corners. It is finished in simulated walnut and will house any of Bogen's 8 in.
speakers. A sloping front panel provides enhanced downward dispersion. Hardware
for mounting a speaker to the baffle included.
The Bogen SCW20 and SCW35 models are heavy-duty sound columns designed for
sound reinforcement in churches, theaters, auditoriums and similar installations
where it is necessary to cover a large area with a minimum of speakers.
FEATURES
Precisely controlled sound projection
Directional characteristics reduce feedback
Uniform sound level throughout area covered
Clarity and intelligibility of speech reproduction
Lower power requirements than conventional speakers
Fast and simple installation
Description
241367 SCW20
20 W sound column
241368 SCW35
35 W sound column
11.83
Voice Products
Bogen provides a wide selection of attractive ceiling grilles in white enamel or

aluminum finishes. Each grille is shipped with the hardware needed to mount a
speaker to the grille.
FEATURES
Accommodates 8 in. speaker
Description
241369 CG8A
Round aluminum grille, contoured
241370 CG8AW
Round aluminum grille, white
finish, contoured
241371 PG8A
Round aluminum grille
241372 PG8W
Round steel grille, white finish
241373 SG8W
Round steel grille, with hidden studs
PR7073V2-7985.tif
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Paging Horns
Voice Products
BOGEN
Digital Switching Amplified Horns

PR7981V2-8078.tif
The Bogen horn loudspeakers are compact, high-intelligibility, re-entrant-type

loudspeakers, designed for one-way or two-way sound and communications systems.
FEATURES
High intelligibility and efficiency
Weatherproof and metal construction
25/70 V or 8 ohms operation
Description
107322 BDT30A
30 W horn, bi-directional
241364 SP58A
7.5 W paging speaker
107324 SPT5A
7.5 W paging speaker
241365 SP158A
15 W horn, 8 ohms
103534 SPT15A
15 W horn with transformer
D
107323 SPT30A
30 W horn with transformer
241366 SP308A
30 W horn, 8 ohms
320129 KFLDS30T
30 W horn, wide dispersion
Amplified Horns
BOGEN
BOGEN
PR10240V2-7886.tif
The SAH5 and SAH15 horn loudspeakers employ digital switching amplifier technology
resulting in unprecedented low DC-current draw and heat dissipation. This means
fewer power supplies, longer cable runs and the capacity to work at higher ambient
temperatures than conventional analog-amplified horn speakers.
FEATURES
5 W, 15 W and 30 W models
High-efficiency digital switching amplifier technology
Low DC current draw and heat dissipation
Unique flare shape provides controlled sound dispersion
Operates with continuous background music and at high ambient temperatures
Rotatable horn for vertical or horizontal dispersion
Cast-aluminum swivel mount
Description
304671 SAH5
High-efficiency, digital switching, amplified
horn, 5 W
304672 SAH15
horn, 15 W
339076 SAH30
horn, 30 W
PR7954V2-7997.tif
Easy Design Horn Loudspeakers

BOGEN
Amplified horns are appropriate for noisy or outdoor locations. Equipped with
mounting bracket. Operates on 24 V DC.
Description
103570 AH5A
5W
107318 AH15A
15 W
241332 PRS624DA
24 V DC, 4 A power supply
11.84
PR7964V2-8027.tif
The Bogen Easy Design line of horn loudspeakers is made of weatherproof all-metal
construction, thereby making them ideal for both indoor and outdoor use in industrial
plants, warehouses, schools, construction sites and recreational areas. All models
come with swivel- and tilt-mounting bases for greater flexibility in setting the
angle projection.
FEATURES
Single-tap design
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Designed for 70 V amplifier outputs
Weatherproof design
Description
241351 HS7EZ
7 W horn loudspeaker
241352 HS15EZ
241353 HS30EZ
General Purpose Amplifiers

BOGEN
PR7965V2-8030.tif
Separate volume control for each input channel plus master volume control,
bass and treble
11-segment LED output level meter
Output limiter control
Description
268513 V250
250 W amp
268514 V150
150 W amp
268515 V100
100 W amp
268516 V60
60 W amp
268518 V35
35 W amp
268519 RPK87
Rack-mount kit
268520 RVCP
Remote volume-control panel
268521 PVSC
Power vector security cover
Wall-mount Power Vector Amplifiers

BOGEN
Power Vector Amplifiers

BOGEN
PR7984V2-8087.tif
Bogen's Power Vector modular input amplifier series offers a wide range of power to
choose from, with five models ranging from 35 W to 250 W. The amplifiers are
designed to work with both high- (70/25 V) and low-impedance (4/8 ohm) speaker
systems. Each model includes eight module bays for input modules and allows up to
four levels of priority between modules. Two module bays are also capable of
accepting signal-processing output modules.
FEATURES
35 W, 60 W, 100 W, 150 W and 250 W models
Modular input amplifiers
Accepts eight plug-in modules (advanced input and signal-processing
output modules)
8 ohms, 25 V and 70 V outputs
Bogen's Wall-mount Power Vector modular input amplifier series offers a wide range
of power to choose from, with three models ranging from 100 W to 250 W. The
amplifiers are designed to work with both high- (70/25 V) and low-impedance (4/8
ohm) speaker systems. Each model includes eight module bays for input modules and
allows up to four levels of priority between modules. Two module bays are also
capable of accepting signal-processing output modules.
FEATURES
Modular input amplifiers
8 ohms, 25 V and 70 V outputs
Accepts eight plug-in modules (advanced input and signal-processing
output modules)
Inconspicuous permanent wall-mounting (in-wall or surface-mount)
Separate volume control for each input channel plus master volume control,
bass and treble
11-segment LED output level meter
Output-limiter control
Description
268505 WV100
100 W amp
268506 WV150
150 W amp
268507 WV250
250 W amp
235703 BBS
Backbox for surface mounting
235702 BBF
Backbox for flush mounting
235704 WMAD
Door for wall-mount power vector amps
11.85
Voice Products
This Bogen amplifier is a rugged, compact unit designed to meet the requirements of
continuous low-power audio applications.
FEATURES
Ideal for music on hold/line amplifier
Compact
UL Listed
Description
235690 GA6A
6 W amp
235689 GA2
1.5 W amp
PR7991V2-8108.tif
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Power Amplifiers
Voice Products
BOGEN
Gold Seal Series Amplifiers

PR7982V2-8081.tif
Bogen solid-state power amplifiers have been designed to fulfill the

power-amplification requirements of professional and commercial sound systems.
Total harmonic distortion is less than two percent at rated output from 50 Hz to
15 kHz (MT250D and BPA60 models) or from 20 Hz to 20 kHz (HTA models).
FEATURES
Distortion less than two percent THD
Transient-protection diodes
Frequency response -2 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Multiple output voltage/impedances available
UL Listed
Description
235688 MT250D
250 W amp
235687 HTA250A
250 W amp
235686 HTA125A
125 W amp
235685 BPA60
60 W amp
D
273237 RPK53
Rack-panel kit for BPA60
M-Class Amplifiers
BOGEN
BOGEN
The Gold Seal Series amplifiers are designed to meet the rigorous requirements of
today's sophisticated sound systems. They combine unique and useable features with
ultra-high reliability and professional performance. The amplifiers are available in
35 W, 60 W, 100 W, 150 W and 250 W models, each with exactly the same features to
provide power and performance no matter how large or small the application.
FEATURES
Dual-function, 10-band graphic equalizer
Four dedicated microphone inputs
4 ohms direct aux input
8 ohm, 25 V, 25 V CT, and 70 V transformer coupled outputs
Two rack spaces
Description
235635 GS35
35 W amp
235667 GS60
60 W amp
235668 GS100
100 W amp
235669 GS150
150 W amp
235670 GS250
250 W amp
235671 GSRVC
Remote volume control for GS amps
235672 GSTRC
Security cover for GS amps
PR7971V2-8048.tif
Black Max Amplifiers

BOGEN
The Bogen M-Class amplifier delivers on what professional sound installers need
most: flexibility, power and reliability. Power: up to 600 W per channel stereo or
1,200 W of 70 V mono power. Reliability: massive power toroid and heat sinks, heavy
14-gauge chassis, back-slope AC-voltage stabilization, clip limiters, DC voltage
overcurrent and thermal protection circuits. Three operating modes: stereo, 70 V
mono, dual mono.
FEATURES
Three operating modes: stereo, 70 V mono, dual mono
Three mono power levels: 600 W, 900 W or 1,200 W for 70 V speaker systems
Three stereo power levels: 300 W, 450 W or 600 W
Description
235630 M600
600 W amp
235629 M450
450 W amp
235627 M300
300 W amp
268508 RPK86
Rear rack-mount kit
11.86
PR7966V2-8033.tif
PR7957V2-8006.tif
Bogen's Black Max amplifiers are designed to provide maximum performance in

constant-voltage speaker systems. Dual 70 V transformerless outputs deliver
exceptionally clean audio to speaker systems requiring two channels of audio up to
600 W per channel. Built-in power sequencing for multiple Black Max amplifiers
combats current in-rush problems of large audio systems.
FEATURES
Dual 70 V amplifier channels
300 W, 450 W or 600 W per channel for 70 V speaker systems
Built-in power sequencing of other Black Max amplifiers
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
268538 X600
268539 X450
268541 X300
268508 RPK86
Description
600 W amp
450 W amp
300 W amp
Rear rack-mount kit
Talk-back Amplifier
BOGEN

235673 C10
235674 C20
235678 C10MOH
078310 C35
198438 C60
068202 C100
273232 RPK35B
PR7975V2-8060.tif
198437
273233
RPK50
WMK1
Description
10 W amp
20 W amp
10 W amp/1 W MOH
35 W amp
60 W amp
100 W amp
Rack panel kit for C10 (MOH) and
C20 (MOH)
Rack panel kit for C35, C60 and C100
In-wall mounting kit for C10 (MOH) and
C20 (MOH)
Mixer/Preamplifier
Classic Series Mixer Amplifiers

BOGEN
PR7961V2-8018.tif
BOGEN
PR7985V2-8090.tif
FEATURES
Active mixer
Supplies mic-level and high-level outputs
Separate volume controls for each input channel plus master controls
Ideal for multiple-microphone public-address applications
Multiple units may be interconnected for more mic inputs
Description
235734 CAM2
Mixer/preamplifier, five inputs
235733 CAM8PRO
Two-channel, mic-mixer, with compressor/
limiter, eight inputs
235732 CAM8
Two-channel, mic-mixer, eight inputs
ProMatrix Digital Matrixed Amplifier

BOGEN
The Classic Series amps are mixer amplifiers intended for a variety of
application sizes.
FEATURES
10 W, 20 W, 35 W, 60 W and 100 W models
Balanced low-impedance microphone inputs; high-impedance auxiliary input
Microphone precedence over aux 2 input with customer-supplied switch
Selector switch permits 2 mic/1 aux or 1 mic/2 aux operation
Provision to drive tape recorder, booster amplifier, 500/600 W telephone line
UL and CSA Listed
PR7986V2-8093.tif
The ProMatrix Digital Matrixed amplifier is the first of its kind to incorporate three
independent amplifier channels with a unique digital interface, providing the ideal
solution for restaurant, lounge/bar hotel, factory or similar facility where multiple
program and paging inputs need to be distributed to separate areas and
automatically switched.
11.87
Voice Products
The TBA15 is a unique amplifier that permits loudspeakers to be used as

microphones to provide hands-free, two-way conversations through the paging
system. In the idle state, the TBA15 uses the attached speakers as microphones
and feeds this signal out to a telephone line. When the TBA15 senses a paging
signal on the telephone line, it will switch on its 15 W amplifier and use the
speakers conventionally.
FEATURES
Hands-free two-way conversations through the paging system
15 W of speaker power
Works on 25 V and 70 V speaker systems
Wall- or 19 in. rack-mount
Talk-back and page volume controls
Description
235725 TBA15
Talk-back amp, 15 watt
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
(continued)
ProMatrix Digital Matrixed Amplifier
FEATURES
Three independent amplifier channels rated 20, 60 and 100 W
Two Lo-Z balanced mic inputs and four aux inputs
Provision for telephone paging
Flexible priority assignments for each input on each amplifier channel
Automatic switching of inputs based on input activity
Password-protected programming mode
Wireless remote control
Description
235633 PM3000
Three-channel digital control preamp
235631 PM3180
Digital matrixed amplifier
235634 RMPWMK3
Remote-mounting panel kit for front panel
273239 RPK79
Rack-mounting kit
Professional Boundary and Overhead Hanging Microphones
Voice Products
BOGEN
PR7987V2-8096.tif
Desktop Microphones
BOGEN
PR7962V2-8021.tif
High-quality compact desktop microphone for sound-reinforcement applications.

Cuts through noisy backgrounds of live-miking situations and large gatherings.
FEATURES
Desktop microphone
Push-to-talk
Lock
Description
235767 MBS1000A
Desktop microphone, omnidirectional,
push-talk/lock
235766 DDU250
Desktop microphone, unidirectional,
push-talk/lock
The SCU250 is a boundary microphone. This electret condenser model features a

heavy copper case with a matte-black finish; mounting keyways for hanging or for
attachment to the mounting surface; a cardioid pickup pattern; an extra-wide
frequency response of 20 Hz to 18 kHz; a maximum SPL limit of >130 dB; a 26 ft.
cable terminated by a detachable XLR connector with internal preamp and phantom
power supply unit adapter; a 250-ohm impedance; and a sensitivity of
-68 dB V at 74 dB SPL.
The WCU250 is an overhead electret condenser microphone perfect for picking up
large groups such as choirs and orchestras. The WCU250 has a frequency response of
50 Hz to 18 kHz; a maximum SPL limit of >130 dB; a high-tensile cable with mini-XLR
output plug and mini-XLR to XLR adapter; and a matte-black finish.
Description
241423 SCU250
Boundary, condenser, unidirectional
268522 WCU250
Overhead hanging choir microphone,
condenser, unidirectional
11.88
Gooseneck Microphones
BOGEN
PR7967V2-8036.tif
The GCU250, GDU150 and MGN19 are gooseneck models. The GCU250 is an electret
condenser microphone featuring a slim, semirigid, adjustable, 18 in. gooseneck body
length with an integral XLR mounting base; a cardioid pickup pattern; a wide
frequency response range of 50 Hz to 18 kHz; a maximum SPL limit of >130 dB; a
250-ohm impedance; and a sensitivity of -68 dB V at 74 dB SPL. The GDU150 is a
dynamic microphone featuring a 16 in. long flexible gooseneck body with an integral
XLR mounting base; a cardioid pickup pattern; a push-on/push-off talk switch; a
500 ohm impedance; and a sensitivity of -75 dB V at 74 dB SPL. The MGN19 is
extremely reliable and durable. It features 7 ft. of four-conductor, two-shielded,
permanently attached, synthetic-jacketed cable, and a DPDT push-to-talk
button-operated sealed microswitch mounted on the microphone housing.
Description
268524 GCU250
18 in., semi-rigid,
condenser, unidirectional
268525 GDU150
16 in., flexible, dynamic, unidirectional
268526 MGN19
19 in., flexible, dynamic, omnidirectional
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Microphone Accessories
BOGEN
Attenuators
PR7994V2-8117.tif
Handheld Microphones
BOGEN
The AT series of attenuators allows the output level of a group of loudspeakers to be

set from a wall-mounted volume control, without affecting overall amplifier volume
settings. These rugged attenuators have 10 levels of sound control plus
an off setting.
FEATURES
Adjusts loudspeaker output levels on 25 V and 70 V systems
Two models control up to 10 or 35 W speaker systems
Ten attenuation steps and an off setting
Mounts in standard electrical box
Simple connections
Description
241327 AT35A
35 W (double-gang size)
178764 AT10A
10 W (single-gang size)
Advanced Input Modules

BOGEN
PR7956V2-8003.tif
PR7952V2-7991.tif
PR7968V2-8039.tif
These professional microphones are specially designed, high-output microphones

that deliver high performance, reliability and accurate pickup for both vocal and
instrumental sound. They are an excellent choice for professional recordings, live
performances and other critical sound-reinforcement applications.
FEATURES
Lightweight
Ruggedly constructed
Description
235761 HDU250
Neo magnet dynamic, unidirectional
235763 HDU150
Dynamic, unidirectional
235764 HDO100
Handheld microphone, dynamic,
omnidirectional
390991 UDMS16HH
Wireless mic system, handheld
394175 UDMS16BP
Wireless mic system, body pack
For Bogen M-Class and Power Vector amps.

Description
235731 TEL1S
Telephone input, loop/ground start
235730 SAX1R
Stereo aux input, dual RCA
235729 MIC1X
Mic input module, transformer
isolated, XLR
235728 MAX1R
Mono aux input, RCA
235727 BRG1R
Bridging module, RCA
259880 BAL2S
Hi-Z stereo-balanced input module
259881 MIC1S
Mic input module, balanced, transformer
isolated, screw terminals
259882 MIC2S
Mic input module, electronically balanced,
transformer-isolated, screw terminals
259883 MIC2X
Mic input module, balanced,
transformer-isolated, XLR
259884 TBL1S
Transformer, balanced line input
259885 TNG1S
Tone generator
11.89
Voice Products
Bogen offers a variety of microphone accessories to support their

wide range of microphones.
Description
273240 MAC
Cable, 25 ft., female XLR to stripped and
tinned wires
273241 XLR25
Cable, 25 ft., male XLR to female XLR
273243 MFM
Flange mount (GCU250, GDU150)
273244 MSM
Shock mount (GCU250, GDU150)
273246 MC27
Handheld clip (HDO100, HDU150, HDU250)
273247 SF4
Floor stand, 34 in. to 62 in.
273268 SB6
Floor boom stand, 34 in. to 62 in.
273255 DS3
Desk stand, 3 in. chrome finish tube
273269 WSGCU250
Windscreen for GCU250
BOGEN
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Advanced Signal-processing Output Modules

BOGEN
PR7953V2-7994.tif
telephone system. The unit has 1 W and line-level outputs to facilitate connection to
a variety of paging/telephone systems including an amplified speaker.
FEATURES
Economical background music/music-on-hold source
Choice of 1 W output for music-on-hold or line output for background music
Automatic frequency control (AFC) prevents signal drift
Uses 12 V DC or 24 V DC power supply (not included)
Wall-mount design
Description
235757 FMR
FM background music/music-on-hold tuner
Output modules for Bogen Power Vector and Wall-mount Power Vector amps.
Description
268534 ANS1R
Ambient-noise sensor
268535 CMP1R
Compressor limiter
268536 PEQ1R
Parametric equalizer
AM/FM 35-watt Receiver

BOGEN
PR7997V2-8126.tif
Transformer
Voice Products
BOGEN
PR10270V2-7949.tif
The Bogen RIO1S is a multifunctional module with a priority-controlled relay contact,

transformer-balanced input, transformer-balanced output and an RJ11 output for
direct connection to the override input of a zone paging system.
Description
301258 RIO1S
Relay/input/output
transformer-balanced module
The RM350D is a unique self-contained paging system with an AM/FM tuner,

providing 35 W of paging power. A low-impedance, balanced microphone input is
provided for microphone paging announcements or telephone paging when used with
an accessory transformer (WMT1A).
A music-only output can feed announcement-free background music to other
equipment or to a telephone music-on-hold input.
FEATURES
35 W amplifier for 4 to 8 ohms, 25 V or 70 V speaker systems
Built-in AM/FM tuner
18 FM and 12 AM station presets
Single-button control for All-Call
Description
408495 DRZ35
Four-zone music and paging system
Analog Door Phone

BOGEN
PR8001V2-8138.tif
FM Tuner
BOGEN
PR10264V2-7931.tif
The Bogen FMR model is an economical FM radio/receiver especially designed to

provide background music over a paging system or supply music-on-hold to a
11.90
Bogen's door phone provides convenient remote, hands-free, two-way communication

between two locations. Durable, weather-resistant, stainless steel construction
protects against vandals and varying weather conditions.
FEATURES
Line powered
Two-way, hands-free communication
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Adjustable speaker and microphone volume
Adjustable call-timer duration
Description
273301 ADP1
Door phone

273291 PI35A
273296
SI35A
Description
25-room maximum intercom and program
distribution system
75-room maximum intercom and program
distribution system
Teleconference Phone
BOGEN
PR7995V2-8120.tif
Intercoms
BOGEN
PR7998V2-8129.tif
BOGEN
PR7976V2-8063.tif
The ANS-501 automatically adjusts the paging levels in response to changes in the
ambient noise of an area. Small sensor microphones monitor the ambient-noise
levels in an area served by a single amplifier. Paging signal output levels will be
increased as ambient noise rises and decreased as noise levels drop. The ANS-501
control unit will adjust (boost or reduce) the input signal levels to the amplifier to
ensure that the paging announcements will be heard at an audible, clear and
comfortable level over the current ambient noise.
FEATURES
Automatically adjusts paging level as ambient noise rises and falls
Supports up to four small sensor microphones
Sensor microphones can be located up to 2,000 ft. from control
Only two wires needed for connection of sensor microphones
Easily connects in at preamp out - power amp in process loop
Shapes frequency response during high noise levels for best intelligibility
Description
235742 ANS501
Ambient noise sensor with power supply
and one microphone
235743 ANS500M
Additional microphone for ANS500
VAR-1 Paging Electronics

BOGEN
The PI35A and SI35A High-Powered Desktop Control Centers are dual-channel
intercom and program distribution systems for applications with numerous locations,
requiring maximum intelligibility of voice announcements and other sources.
FEATURES
Communicate with 25 to 75 rooms or remote locations
Distribute program material from microphones, tape player/tuner, or other
background music sources, tone signals and emergency announcements to all
or select locations
Five inputs
PR7977V2-8066.tif
The VAR-1 is a relay device that monitors audio activity over a wide range of
input voltages and operates two sets of C-Form relay contacts in response to
detected activity. The VAR-1 can be used to detect voltages as low as signals
directly from a microphone or as high as signals from 70 V speaker systems.
A low-level output of the detected audio, transformer-isolated from the input, is
also made available for use with other equipment. Also can be used as a balanced
low-impedance mic preamp.
11.91
Voice Products
The VHUB Teleconference Phone is a full-duplex, simultaneous, two-way

communication conference phone that provides clean, clear sound for all of your
teleconferencing needs. With three microphones, an easy-to-read recessed LCD
display, 10-number speed dial, special calling functions and a simple three-step
setup process, the VHUB Teleconference Phone is everything you could ask for in a
conference phone and more.
FEATURES
Full-duplex operation
DSP-based echo cancellation
High-quality speaker
LCD display screen
Three omnidirectional microphones
Description
256440 VHUB
Teleconference phone
ANS-501 Paging Electronics
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
(continued)
VAR-1 Paging Electronics
FEATURES
Two sets of C-Form (both N.O. and N.C.) relay contacts respond to audio activity
Four levels of input signals: microphone, 600-ohms line, 25 V and 70 V
speaker systems
Built-in balanced, low-noise, high-gain microphone preamp
Description
235749 VAR1
Voice-activated relay (requires PRS40C P.S.)
TG-4C Paging Electronics

BOGEN
PR7980V2-8075.tif
DFT-120 Paging Electronics
Voice Products
BOGEN
PR7978V2-8069.tif
The DFT-120 eliminates the acoustical feedback loop created by the telephone
handset and the paging speaker, while providing high-capacity, high-quality recording
and playback of audio pages.
FEATURES
High sampling rate for excellent playback quality
Ability to record a message while another is played
Wall mountableD
Description
235744 DFT120
Digital paging feedback terminal
The TG-4C is designed to produce four different types of tones for use as alarm or
announcement signals in paging systems. An audio signal can be routed through the
TG-4C to allow easy installation in paging systems. During generation of the tones,
the routed audio will be suppressed.
FEATURES
Four types of tones: steady, pulsed alarm, slow whoop and chime
Tones triggered by external contact closure (momentary or long duration)
Choice of continuous generation of tones or two-burst operation (except for
steady tone)
600 ohms output
Description
178761 TG4C
Telephone generator (requires PRS40C P.S.)
ZPM3 Zone Paging

BOGEN
PR7992V2-8111.tif
TAMB Paging Electronics

BOGEN
PR7979V2-8072.tif
The TAMB interfaces a telephone system with a paging system, allowing

announcements to be made through any telephone. Any of these types of analog ports
can be connected using the TAMB: loop-start trunk, ground-start trunk and station
port (90 V ring-up). This wide range of port compatibility makes the TAMB
indispensable for any telephone paging application because it eliminates the
possibility of mismatching paging interfaces and port types.
FEATURES
Loop-start, ground-start and station port (90 V ring-up) compatibility
600 ohms output
Built-in confirmation tone indicating access to paging system (defeatable)
Built-in preannounce tone produced over paging system before
announcement (defeatable)
Adjustable tone volume
Description
103572 TAMB
Telephone access module
11.92
The ZPM3 allows for economical one- or two-way paging (with TBA 15 Talk-Back
Amplifier) to be directed into any of up to three different paging areas. Zones can be
grouped together so that more than one zone is paged at the same time. All areas can
also be paged at once. Zone selection can be made using DTMF tones or pulse dialing.
FEATURES
Three-zone paging plus All-Call
Three easily programmable zone groups (one to three zones in each)
100 W total power handling capability
Description
178742 ZPM3
Independent three-zone paging module
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
PCM-2000 Zone Paging Systems

BOGEN
PR7993V2-8114.tif
24 V DC 1 A power supply included

Output limiter ensures consistent page volume
Override, triggered tones, night ring and aux relay contact
150-speaker T/R drive capacity per output
Description
304654 UTI1
Single-zone universal telephone interface
304655 RPKUTI1
Rack-mount and security cover kit
UTI312 Zone Paging Systems

BOGEN
UTI1 Zone Paging Systems

BOGEN
PR10245V2-7901.tif
The UTI312 Zone Paging Controller provides multizone paging for one-way
applications such as self-amplified speaker systems, with each output capable of
providing audio for up to 150 Bogen self-amplified speakers. The UTI312 is
compatible with all standard analog port types. Each UTI312 comes with a
preinstalled ZX3 module for three zones of paging and is expandable up to 12 zones.
The UTI312 offers up to 24 programmable paging zone groups as well as All-Call, auto
select, override, night ring, two tone triggers and code-calling zone groups. The
UTI312 also offers flexible dialing.
FEATURES
Expandable from three to 12 zones with ZX3 (one to three zone) modules
Up to 24 paging-zone groups
Interface with any telephone port type
Two background music inputs with variable muting options, assigned by zone
24 V DC 1 A power supply included
Override, triggered tones, night ring, code calling and aux relay contact
150-speaker T/R drive capacity per output
Description
304656 UTI312
Multizone universal telephone interface
304657 ZX3
Three-zone expansion module for UTI312
The UTI1 Universal Telephone Interface provides single-zone paging for one-way
applications such as self-amplified speaker systems. It is compatible with all
standard analog port types and includes two audio outputs with level controls, each
of which can provide audio for 150 Bogen self-amplified speakers. A 24 V DC at 1 A
internal supply is available to power external equipment.
FEATURES
Emergency and general All-Call paging
Interface with any telephone port type
Background music input with variable muting options
11.93
Voice Products
The PCM-2000 allows you to design a system that is specifically tailored to the
requirements of the facility owner. The basic system supports up to three paging
zones and can be expanded to 99 zones. When hands-free talk-back is desired, a
single talk-back module can also be added to the system. All interface programming
uses common dip switches. Zone group programming, selection of signaling functions
and all other parameters are easily set up by simply dialing in with a touch-tone
phone. The system can support simultaneous high- and low-power paging,
background music assigned per zone, local background music sourcing, and
emergency zone group with choice of built-in tones or outside tone source.
Description
163464 PCMCPU
Central processor module
176038 PCMTIM
Telephone interface module
163466 PCMZPM
Zone module
176056 PCMTBM
Talk-back module
235739 PCMPS2
Power supply (one required per PCMCPU)
444153 PCMSYS3
Preassembled three-zone PCM system
PR10246V2-7904.tif
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
VoIP Paging
Voice Products
BOGEN
TPU Series Telephone Paging Amplifiers

PR10269V2-7946.tif
Businesses can be set up for simultaneous company-wide overhead paging to

multiple locations within a facility or across a campus without running new lines, or
even to remote locations thousands of miles away. Bogen's zone paging controllers,
the TAMB, and amplifiers integrate seamlessly with VoIP gateways to provide
overhead voice paging over IP networks.
FEATURES
Utilizes existing Ethernet network
Simultaneous overhead voice paging to multiple locations within a facility,
nearby or branch-office buildings, or to remote locations using the Internet
or intranet
Single- or multizone paging at any or all locations
Efficiently communicate company-wide emergency alerts or general
announcements, saving both time and money while improving communication
Connects directly to phones or PBX; compatible with virtually any telephone
port type
Configurable from a Web browser or Microsoft Windows
Anixter No. Vendor
No.
Description
D
304650 MVP130BG
1-port VoIP gateway
304651 MVP210BG
2-port VoIP gateway
304652 MVP410BG
4-port VoIP gateway
304653 MVP810BG
8-port VoIP gateway
NR-100 Night Ringer
Specifically designed for telephone paging, the TPU Series of amplifiers offers a
choice of rated power output from 15 to 250 W. Input terminals are provided for a
600 ohms balanced telephone line and a background music source, as well as a
balanced low-impedance microphone in the TPU-250, TPU-100B, TPU-60B and
TPU-35B. Bridging jacks which double your outputs are also provided. The built-in
night ringer sounds a tone through the paging system speakers when triggered by an
external contact closure. Voice-activated circuitry automatically mutes or fades
music when paging, eliminating mechanical and background noise. The TPU
amplifiers also feature the Aphex Aural Exciter circuit for increased presence and
intelligibility, greater perceived loudness (with no increase in power) and reduced
listener fatigue. The compact units mount easily on a wall and only a screwdriver is
needed for all connections and adjustments. UL and CSA Listed.
Description
106151 TPU15A
15 W
106149 TPU35B
35 W
106150 TPU60B
60 W
103745 TPU100B
100 W
235724 TPU250
250 W
Volume Controls
PR7974V2-8057.tif
Model NR-100 connects to an amplifier via an auxiliary input and provides an

electronic ring signal throughout the sound system when activated by telephone
system night bell circuitry. Eliminates the need for separate night bells to alert
security or other personnel of incoming calls. Operates from either 90 V ring signal
or contact closure. Automatically mutes background music.
FEATURES
Responds to 90 V ring signals or external system
Produces dual-frequency electronic ringer tone
Easily connects to any paging system
Automatically mutes background music while ringing
Description
107320 NR100
Night ringer
11.94
PR7989V2-8102.tif
BOGEN
BOGEN
BOGEN
PR10235V2-7874.tif
The BUFEX is a continuously variable speaker attenuator that can remotely control the
volume of a network of speakers. The BUFEX also provides output buffering for up to
150 self-amplified speaker inputs and allows speaker-system expansion from
existing 100 V, 70 V or 25 V central-amplifier systems. The BUFEX includes a bypass
function that can override the volume-control knob setting (even if set low or off)
when activated by a contact closure or open collector output. A PCB-mounted bypass
trim control adjusts the volume when in bypass mode with a maximum of 12 dB of
attenuation. This allows emergency announcements to be heard through all speakers
in a system. The BUFEX fits into a single-gang electrical box.
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
FEATURES
Volume control for a network of speakers
Buffer drives up to 150 speakers
Bypass feature allows emergency announcements to be heard even when local
speaker volume is set low or off
Expand 100/70/25 V systems
10 position settings plus Off
Description
304669 BUFEX
Attenuator, buffer and speaker expander for
amplified speakers
Power Supplies
BOGEN
PR7983V2-8084.tif
Volume Controls
Loop Start Interface/Power Supply

BOGEN
These power supplies are designed to supply the low-voltage DC requirements for
Bogen products. Corded or outlet-mounted, 120 V AC primary supply input.
FEATURES
Specially designed for use with Bogen equipment
Wide range of voltages and current outputs
Description
241334 PRS48
48 V DC, 100 mA power supply
241335 PRS40C
241340 RF12A
12 V DC, 1 A
273238 RF24A
24 V DC, 1 A
Wall-mount Power Supplies

BOGEN
PR10243V2-7895.tif
PR10237V2-7877.tif
The PRSLSI serves as both a loop start interface and as a 24 V DC power supply.
FEATURES
Loop start interface for small paging systems
Integral flanges for wall-mount; rubber feet for shelf-mount
Six-terminal barrier strip
UL and CSA Listed
Description
304658 PRSLSI
Loop start interface, 24 V DC, 450 mA
power supply
Bogen's switching power supplies provide large current capacities in

compact packages. They include easy and secure wall mounting with holsters or
flange mounting.
FEATURES
24 V DC, power supply
Loop start interface for small paging systems
Integral flanges for wall-mount; rubber feet for shelf-mount
Six-terminal barrier strip
UL and CSA Listed
Description
304674 SPS2454
24 V DC at 5.4 A
304676 SPS2425
24 V DC at 2.5 A
304677 SPS2410
24 V DC at 1 A
304678 SPS2406
24 V DC at 600 mA
304679 PRS2403
24 V DC at 300 mA, nonswitching
11.95
Voice Products
BOGEN
The SLC is a continuously variable volume control that can remotely control the
volume of up to 150 self-amplified speakers. The SLC fits into a single-gang
electrical box.
FEATURES
Volume control for network of speakers
Easy to install, wire with audio feed to speakers
10 position settings plus Off
Secure terminal strip connections
Description
304670 SLC
Passive volume control for
amplified speakers
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Flange-mounted Re-entrant Type Horn
Voice Products
BOGEN
High-fidelity, Small-footprint Ceiling Speaker

PR21903V2-126906.tif
FEATURES
15 watts max. @ 70 V or 25 V
Weatherproof design for indoor or outdoor use
Vandal resistant, for applications in hostile environments
All-metal construction with black-enamel finish
Select flush- (BBFM6) or surface- (BBSM6) mount enclosure for installation
(each sold separately)
Description
369379 FMH15T
Flange-mounted re-entrant type horn
369380 BBFM6
Flush-mount enclosure, black
369381 BBSM6
Surface-mount enclosure, white
369382 FMHAR8
Mounting adapter ring for FMH15
369383 SGHD8
Heavy-duty grille for FMH15, use with
D
FMHAR8
FEATURES
Wide-dispersion coaxial driver for broad, even coverage; superb
off-axis response
Visually appealing, only 7 3/16 in. diameter
4 in. cone speaker with tweeter
Installs in wide range of ceiling types
For 16 ohm and 70 V systems
Selectable power taps via front-mounted control (under grille); 16, 8, 4, 2, 1
watts at 70 V
Description
268547 CK-10
369385 HFSF1
High-fidelity ceiling speaker, low profile
369386 TBSF
Tile bridge support
421328 CSUB
High-fidelity ceiling subwoofer
Drop-in Ceiling Speaker with No Back
High-fidelity Ceiling Speaker, Low-profile

PR21904V2-126904.tif
FEATURES
6 3/4 in. mounting depth for installations into a variety of ceiling environments,
including suspended and hard-surface ceilings
Low-profile housing allows greater range of installation depths
Computer-matched venting system for full bass output
Wide dispersion coaxial driver provides broad, even coverage
For 16 ohm, 70 V and 100 V systems
Off-white finish
Description
265155 TBCR
268547 CK-10
367042 HFCS1LP
High-fidelity ceiling speaker, low-profile
11.96
PR21905V2-126900.tif
BOGEN
BOGEN
BOGEN
PR21907V2-126894.tif
FEATURES
Exposed driver
Easy assembly saves installation time, effort and cost
1 ft. x 2 ft. perforated grille over entire front; off-white finish
8 in. cone speaker with 6 oz. magnet and tweeter, and 25/70 V transformer
Six power taps (4 W, 2 W, 1 W, 1/2 W, 1/4 W and 1/8 W); selectable by stripped
and tinned leads
Description
369389 CSD1X2NB
Ceiling speaker, drop-in 1 ft. x 2 ft, no back
speaker enclosure
Voice Products
Bogen Paging
Drop-in Ceiling Speaker with No Back with Volume Control
Foreground / Background Speakers
BOGEN
BOGEN
FEATURES
Exposed driver
Recessed volume control accessible from front of grille
Six power taps (4 W, 2 W, 1 W, 1/2 W, 1/4 W and 1/8 W); selectable by stripped
and tinned leads
Description
369391 CSD1X2NBVR
Ceiling speaker, drop-in, 1 ft. x 2 ft. no back
speaker enclosure, with volume control
Drop-in Ceiling Speaker with Volume Control

BOGEN
FEATURES
8 ohm or 70 V
4 1/2 in. and 5 1/4 in. drivers
1 in. titanium tweeter
NEAR/Bogen patented Magnetic Ferrofluid Drivers
75 W/125 W at 8 ohm, 1 to 32 watts at 70 V
Swivel mounting bracket included
Description
444143 S4-W
Signature speaker, 8 ohm, white
444145 S4-B
Signature speaker, 8 ohm, black
444146 S4T-W
Signature speaker, 70 V, white
444147 S4T-B
Signature speaker, 70 V, black
444148 S5-W
Signature speaker, 8 ohm, white
444149 S5-B
Signature speaker, 8 ohm, black
444150 S5T-W
Signature speaker, 70 V, white
444151 S5T-B
Signature speaker, 70 V, black
Voice Products
FEATURES
Recessed volume control accessible from front of grille
Tile support rail for 2 ft. x 4 ft. ceilings included
Five power taps (4 W, 2 W, 1 W, 1/2 W and 1/4 W); selectable by rotary switch
Complies with NFPA National Code 160b and UL 2043
Description
368434 CSD2X2VR
Ceiling speaker, drop-in, 2 ft. x 2 ft., with
volume control
PR34453V2-254593.tif
TAMB2 - Paging Access Module
Pendant Speaker
BOGEN
BOGEN
PR34454V2-254592.tif
PR34455V2-254590.tif
FEATURES
50 Hz to 14 kHz
4 1/4 dual cone
50 W at 16 ohms / 1 to 32 W at 70 V
12 in. total body diameter (4 lb. 8 oz.)
Quick disconnect input connector
Description
444156 MPS1W
Mini pendant speaker, white
444157 MPS1B
Mini pendant speaker, black
FEATURES
Interfaces a telephone system with a paging system to allow paging
announcements to be made through any telephone
Rack-mount or wall-mount; half-rack width units can be mounted side-by-side
Background music input with volume control
Description
427499 TAMB2
Telephone paging access module
304679 PRS2403
24 V DC at 300 mA, nonswitching
11.97
Voice Products
Telephone Accessories
./
Handset Cords
Replacement Handsets
LYNN ELECTRONICS
PR7185V2-141666.tif
Voice Products
These are fully modular, 4-conductor handset cords.

6 FOOT CORDS
066637 L-H4DU-06-LA
060676 H4C-M-M-6-BE
038424 H4C-M-M-6-BK
095529 H4C-M-M-6-IV
082081 H4C-M-M-6-WH
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
White
9 FOOT CORDS
097184 H4C-M-M-9-ASH
D
061851 H4C-M-M-9-BE
072680 H4C-M-M-9-BK
061850 H4C-M-M-9-IV
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
12 FOOT CORDS
066641 H4C-M-M-12-ASH
079868 H4C-M-M-12-BE
066864 H4C-M-M-12-BK
066644 H4C-M-M-12-IV
062030 H4C-M-M-12-WH
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
White
15 FOOT CORDS
057673 H4C-M-M-15-ASH
041771 H4C-M-M-15-BE
072681 H4C-M-M-15-BK
043602 H4C-M-M-15-IV
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
25 FOOT CORDS
067059 H4C-M-M-25-ASH
060664 H4C-M-M-25-BE
096913 H4C-M-M-25-BK
060663 H4C-M-M-25-IV
043264 H4C-M-M-25-WH
166867 H4C-M-M-25-CG
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
White
Charcoal gray
11.98
LYNN ELECTRONICS
PR6190V2-141654.tif
8000 SERIES REPLACEMENT HANDSET

K-Type replacement handset for all phones in the 8000 Series.
Description
185547 B-1000
Black
8000 SERIES AMPLIFIED HEARING HANDSET
Amplified hearing handset for the 8100 Series of the PARTNER 18- or 34-button
display. Thumbwheel adjustment provides 0 to 20 dB (nominal) gain over standard
handset. This handset is hearing aid-compatible.
Description
143572 010K-B
Black
157203 010K-MC
Misty cream
7000 SERIES REPLACEMENT HANDSET
R-type replacement handset for all phones in the 7000 Series.
Description
125897 3152-009
Black
125896 3152-009
Misty cream
7000 SERIES AMPLIFIED HEARING HEADSET
R-type amplified handset for the 7000 Series voice terminal. Thumbwheel
adjustment provides 0 to 20 dB (nominal) gain over standard handset.
Description
105963 010M-B02D
Black
105964 010M-MC
Misty cream
Voice Products
W3 Series Replacement Handsets

WALKER EQUIPMENT
PR1471V2-19273.EPS
G-STYLE CARBON TRANSMITTER, NOISE-CANCELING

Description
107042 W6-500M-NC-1-00 Black
122885 W6-500M-NC-1-44 Ash
Push-to-talk Handsets
WALKER EQUIPMENT
PR1470V2-19269.EPS
The W6 handset is available in G (round) or K (square) style.

G-STYLE (500) STANDARD HANDSETS
Description
104315 W3-500M-00
Black
107236 W3-500M-09
Ivory
220398 W3-500M-44
Ash
Description
Black
Ivory
Ash
Noise Censor
WALKER EQUIPMENT
PR1469V2-19265.EPS
W6 Series Amplified Replacement Handsets

WALKER EQUIPMENT
PR1473V2-19281.EPS
The W6 handset is available in G (round) or K (square) style.

K-STYLE HANDSETS WITH ROTARY VOLUME CONTROL
Description
087750 W6-K-M-00
Black, rotary volume control
074935 W6-K-M-44
Ash, rotary volume control
Noise censor converts standard G-Style handset into a noise-canceling handset.

Description
120454 NC-1-00
Black
127498 NC-1-44
Ash
120456 NC-1-13
Beige
128072 NC-1-09
Ivory
G-STYLE CARBON TRANSMITTER WITH ROTARY VOLUME CONTROL

Description
099574 W6-500M-44
Ash
G-STYLE ELECTRET TRANSMITTER
094412 W6-500M-00
084178 W6-500M-09
Description
Black
Ivory
11.99
Voice Products
K-STYLE STANDARD HANDSETS

104649 W3-K-M
107240 W3-K-M-09
267463 W3-K-M-44
500-Type push-to-talk carbon transmitter.

Color
211846 PTT-500TCM-00
Black
Voice Products
In-line Handset Amplifier

WALKER EQUIPMENT
Standard-size Shoulder Rest

PR29023V2-215310.tif
SOFTALK
083266 100
083267 101
083271 105
Description
Beige
Black
Ivory
TWISSTOP
Small, separate units that plug into the side of the telephone, powered by an AC/DC
converter. The original telephone handset plugs into the amplifier. Amplifier unit has
a volume-control dial to adjust sound level up or down. Amplifies call by 20 dB.
Compatible with most standard and electronic telephones.
Description
081278. W10-09
Ivory
082668. W10-00
Black
087362. W10-44
Ash
PROFORMA PRINTGRAPHICS
PR6544V2-19293.TIF
Mini-size Shoulder Rest
Voice Products
SOFTALK
PR29024V2-215307.tif
Eliminates twisted and tangled handset cords. TWISSTOP installs quickly and easily
into the standard modular jack on virtually any telephone handset.
Description
121861 10414
Almond
Stinger 90 Model 196 Line-powered Ringer

DEES COMMUNICATIONS
The Mini-Softalk was designed to fit on phone handsets with flat backs, such as the
popular Merlin and many of the cordless phone designs. It is compact, but still offers
the convenience of a comfortable phone rest.
Description
083280 301
Black
083282 305
Ivory
083284 315
Ash
129876 335
Misty cream
11.100
PR7068V2-141658.tif
The Stinger 90 Model 196, line-powered telephone ringer provides 110 dBA output
and is driven from the ringing voltage on the CO line. Rugged weatherproof housing is
suitable for indoor or outdoor use. The model 196 is equipped with a three-position
switch for volume control and comes with a modular cord plus screw terminals. Can
be wall mounted.
Description
099058 196
Line-powered ringer
Voice Products
DSI-375 Meridian Custom Ringer

DEES COMMUNICATIONS
Enhances the ringing performance of NTI's Meridian Business Sets by allowing for
distinctive ringing, second-call alert-tone cadence, a common audible (loud bells)
and much more.
Description
134431 DSI-375
Custom ringer
Message-waiting Lamp
Provides two seconds of precise dial tone after off-hook (which can be disabled)
Provides ring-back signal to calling device
One- or two-way ringdown capability
Selectable five or continuous number of rings
Used for demonstrating telecom equipment - trade shows, meetings,
colleges, etc.
Used for demonstrating the distinctive ring-detection feature of Viking's
FAXJ-1000
Ringdown point-to-point communications
Description
166768 DLE-200B
Two-way ringdown circuit
VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR8169V2-21563.tif
Amplified Remote Access Device

VIKING ELECTRONICS
Two-way Ringdown Circuit

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR8164V2-21560.tif
The DLE-200B allows two-way communication between most standard telecom

products such as modems, fax machines, key systems, PABXs and standard
single-line telephones. Provides salespeople with an easy-to-use method of
conducting on-site demonstrations. The DLE-200B eliminates the need to locate
phone lines and disrupt the customer's phone service.
FEATURES
Compatible modems and fax machine speeds up to 28.8 kbps
32 V DC talk battery
Standard ring cadence (two seconds ON, four seconds OFF) and three custom/
distinctive ringing selections
Provides 150 mS CPC breaks after hang-up on either port (which can
be disabled)
Switch-selectable audio attenuation
The RAD-AMP extends the usefulness of your phone system to remote employees, as
well as providing call forwarding to remote employees or locations. As a line extender,
the RAD-AMP provides authorized users remote access to PABX, Centrex or electronic
key system features. As a call diverter, the RAD-AMP provides call forwarding from
one location to another. After detecting an inbound call, the RAD-AMP accesses a
second phone line, dials a preprogrammed touch-tone number, and then bridges the
two lines. As a telecommuting extender, the RAD-AMP gives remote workers access to
most PABX/KSU features from their home or cell phone. The home-based employee
hears a special tone when answering and has the option of taking the work-related
call. Remote call center personnel can "Log-in" and "Log-out" or change their
forwarding number as their location changes. Using touch-tones, remote workers can
use phone system features to transfer the call to another extension or voicemail,
start a conference call and generate a page or any other feature available to an
analog PABX/KSU extension.
FEATURES
Improved audio amplifier
Programmable six-digit security code
Programmable ring delay
Remote night switch
Disconnects on CPC, busy, return dial tone, maximum call time or by dialing #7
Auxiliary dry contacts
Programmable 15-second-to-49.5-minute call timer
Compatible with analog stations on PABX and KSU systems
Simple programmable toll restriction
Description
224936 RAD-AMP
Amplified remote access device
11.101
Voice Products
The Model LM-1A message-waiting lamp provides a visual indication of ringing and
off-hook condition. Can be used for message-waiting and voicemail systems that
provide 90 V DC to 120 V DC.
Description
284277 LM-1A
Message-waiting lamp
PR8171V2-21569.tif
Voice Products
Hot-line Touch-tone Dialer

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR11525V2-21545.tif
Can provide background music from an external source (trunk mode only)
Paging from an unused trunk port or paging port
Choose one of four ringing sounds: electronic warble (traditional loud ringer),
double gong (two identical "gong" tones), quadruple chime (four descending
chime tones), door chime (ding-dong)
Provides loud ringing or night bell, from one to six lines for warehouses,
yards, etc.
Output for controlling a 12 V relay from one to six ringing lines
Page-alert tone (trunk mode only)
600 ohm output for sourcing high-powered amplifiers
Description
122272 PA-2A
Ringer and paging amp
Voice Products
The K-1900-5 will automatically dial a preprogrammed number, of up to 32 digits,

whenever an associated telephone is taken off the hook. Using nonvolatile E2
memory, the K-1900-5 is line powered and will operate on any loop-start central
office line or analog PABX/KSU extension. The K-1900-5 is easily programmed
remotely or locally using a standard touch-tone phone.
FEATURES
Touch-tone programmable
Ring detection (will not dial on inbound calls)
User-programmable security code
Programmable pauses in one- and four-second increments
Programmable to interrupt user touch-tone dialing to help control fraudulent
calls from handheld dialers, etc.
Programmable dialing speed (normal or fast)
D
Can be configured
to operate from a contact closure
Description
193548 K-1900-5
Hot-line touch-tone dialer
Paging Amplifier Loud Ringer

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR10513V2-21518.tif
The PA-2A provides loud ringing and paging to electronic key systems, 1A2 key
systems and PABXs as well as non-KSU phones and multiline phones. Paging is
accomplished by connecting the PA-2A to a paging port or unused telephone line
input (trunk port) of nearly any phone system. The PA-2A will also generate
adjustable loud ringing from up to six analog lines or from a dry contact closure.
Either a loud electronic warble, or one of three other soft-chime sounds, may be
selected. An external "night transfer" switch can be added to turn loud ringing on or
off in night-bell applications.
FEATURES
Two watts of paging power
All lines are optically coupled for compatibility with fax switches and analog
PABX/KSU stations
11.102
Service Observation Unit

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR8170V2-21566.tif
The SO-24A allows supervisors to silently monitor employee phones without

disrupting the activity at their workstation. The information gathered may be used for
quality purposes, to train, motivate, even assist customer service and telemarketing
representatives. A supervisor may enter the conversation by dialing an asterisk. A
cassette recorder output permits automatic or manual recording of conversations.
The SO-24A features improved audio and can now be easily expanded to 240 stations
by installing additional SO-24A units. The SO-24A can be programmed with a two-,
three-, or four-digit dial-up code to match extension numbers.
FEATURES
24-station capacity can be expanded to 240 stations at any time
Compatible with analog PABX/KSU stations
Configurable for digital phones (requires the SO-24 AK and a
dedicated pair of wires)
Monitor stations from an unused phone system line input or to a dedicated
single-line phone
Add remote observing with a RAD-AMP Remote Access Device
Built-in talk assist
Dial-up code can be programmed to match the phone system's station or
extension numbers
Cassette recorder output with automatic or touch-tone control
Automatic gain control equalizes in- and outbound conversation levels
Call-progress tones for observing supervisor
Description
274197 SO-24A
Service observation unit
Voice Products
Remote Touch-tone Controller

VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR10514V2-21521.tif
VE-Series Backboxes
VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR11527V2-21552.tif
Voice Products
The RC-2A Remote Controller provides remote relay operation from any standard
touch-tone telephone. The controller is designed to be installed either locally or
remotely. For local installations the RC-2A can be installed in series on any analog
communications path, such as analog C.O. lines, analog PABX/KSU stations or
Viking's W-Series Doorboxes and will passively monitor for touch-tone commands. For
off-premise applications, the RC-2A will answer analog C.O. lines or PABX/KSU
stations after a selectable ring delay. A field programmable access code can also be
programmed to prevent unauthorized usage. The RC-2A will then allow remote
relay operation.
FEATURES
Programmable access code
Normally open or normally closed relay
Selectable relay-closure times
Selectable ring delay (1, 2, 6 or 15)
Easy installation with modular jacks and screw terminals
Description
122270 RC-2A
Remote touch-tone controller
FEATURES
Alternate action call button to place or cancel a call
Intelligent call-progress detection for automatic hang-up on CPC, silence, busy
signal, or time out
Line powered
E-10A-EWP and E-20B-EWP are designed to meet IP66 Ingress Protection Rating
Adjustable microphone and speaker volume
Programmable maximum call length
Selectable auto-answer feature allows remote monitoring
Two-way hands-free communication
Programmable VOX (mic/speaker) switching speed
Description
122128 E-10A
Flush mount, aluminum, black
254829 E-20B
Surface mount, plastic, light gray
320928 E-10A-EWP
Flush mount, aluminum, black with
320929 E-20B-EWP
Surface mount, plastic, light gray with
Push-to-call Speakerphone
VIKING ELECTRONICS
PR11522V2-21536.tif
The E-10A and E-20B can be connected directly to a C.O. line or analog PABX/KSU
station when used in conjunction with a hot-line dialer or programmed ring down
circuit. When the "Call" button is pressed, the E-10A or E-20B will come off-hook and
will remain off-hook until a CPC is detected or the preselected timeout has elapsed,
the unit will then automatically disconnect. For outdoor or harsh environments, the
E-10A and E-20B are available with Enhanced Weather Protection (EWP). EWP
products feature foam-rubber gaskets and boots, sealed connections, gel-filled
butt connectors, as well as urethane or thermal plastic potted circuit boards with
internally sealed, field-adjustable trim pots and DIP switches for easy
on-site programming.
The VE-3x5, VE-5x5, VE-6x7 and VE-5x10 add vandal and weather resistance, as well
as versatility to many Viking products. The VE-Series backboxes are available in black
powder painted steel or stainless steel. The weather-resistant boxes are designed to
be surface-mounted to a wall, post, single-gang box or a VE-GNP gooseneck pedestal.
Note: The VE-3x5 is not compatible with the VE-GNP pedestals and is not available in
stainless steel.
The VE-Series backboxes are also compatible with EWP versions of these products. The
VE-GNP gooseneck pedestals are designed to be used with the VE-5x5, VE-6x7 and
VE-5x10 backboxes and are ideal for drive-up communications. The VE-PNL's are
VE-Series backboxes with a blank aluminum panel. The user can customize the
clear-coated aluminum panel to mount Model PROX-1 card reader, keypad or switch.
The kits come complete with box, gasket, panel and screws.
FEATURES
The VE-Series surface-mount boxes are designed to surface mount the
following products:
- VE-3x5 - E-40 series and E-50 series
- VE-5x5 - E-10A, E-30, E-35, E-60, E-65, E-70, E-75, E-1600-20A, E-1600-30A,
W-1000, W-3000 and W-3005
- VE-5x10 - K-1500-7, K-1900-7 and K-1900-8
- VE-6x7 - K-1700-3 and K-1705-3
11.103
Voice Products
(continued)
VE-Series Backboxes
Voice Products

260191 VE-5X5
320931
VE-5X10
260190
VE-6X7
320933
320934
320935
VE-GNP
VE-GNP-2
VE-5X5-PNL
339088
VE-6X7-PNL
339089
VE-5X10-PNL
366785
VE-3X5
366786
VE-5X5-SS
366787
VE-6X7-SS
366788
VE-5X10-SS
D
366792
VE-GNP-IG
366793
VE-GNP-SS
11.104
Description
Surface-mount box for E-10A, E-30, E-35,
E-60, E-65, E-70, E-75, E-1600-20A,
E-1600-30A, W-1000, W-3000 and W-3005
Surface-mount box for K-1500-7, K-1900-7
and K-1900-8
Surface-mount box for the K-700-3 and
K-1705-3
Gooseneck pedestal, black
Dual gooseneck pedestal
The VE-5x5-PNL is a VE-5x5 with a blank
clear-coated aluminum panel
Stainless steel surface-mount box for
E-40 series and E-50
E-10A, E-30, E-35, E-60, E-65, E-70, E-75,
E-1600-20A, E-1600-30A, W-1000 W-3000
and W-3005
Stainless steel surface-mount box for the
K-700-3 and K-1705-3
K-1500-7, K-1900-7 and K-1900-8
Gooseneck pedestal, in-ground/wet
cement-mount
Gooseneck pedestal, stainless steel
12
Coaxial Cable
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Coax Nonplenum-Rated Cable//50 Ohm Ethernet Cable
50 ohm Coaxial Cable for ETHERNET 10BASE-2 and 10BASE-5

BELDEN
PR7108V2-143774.tif
50 ohm coaxial cables are available in a variety of RG styles, including: RG-8, RG-58,
RG-213 and RG-214.
RG-8
Anixter No.
B8214
B8237
B9251
Vendor No.
8214 0101000
8237 0101000
9251 0101000
RG-58
Anixter No.
B8219
B9201
B9907
B82907
Vendor No.
8219 0101000
9201 0101000
9907 E4X3280
82907 8771000
Conductor Type
11 AWG Str (7x19) BC
Conductor Type
20 AWG Str (19x32) TC
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Str (19x32) TC Thin Ethernet
20 AWG Str (19x32) TC Thin Ethernet Plenum
Shield Coverage
97% BC Braid
97% BC Braid
97% BC Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.403
0.405
0.405
NEC Rating
CM
CMH
CMX
Dielectric Type/Jkt.
FPE/PVC
PE/PVC
FPE/PVC
FPFA/PVC
Shield Coverage
96% TC Braid
78% BC Braid
93% BC Braid
93% BC Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.194
0.193
0.185
0.160
NEC Rating
CM
----CM
CMP
PE/PVC (non-contam.)
Shield Coverage
96% BC Braid
2 SCC Braids (97%)
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.405
0.425
NEC Rating
CMX
CMX
Index1.Cabling Systems//Coax Nonplenum-Rated Cable//93 Ohm RG-62 Cable
93 ohm Coaxial Cable for IBM 3270

BELDEN
PR7108V2-143774.tif
For use with computer and electronic equipment. 93 ohm cables are available in a variety of RG-62
types. Typical applications include IBM 3270.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 22 AWG center conductor
2. Bare copper-clad steel
3. Conductor size (in.): 0.025
4. 95 percent shield, bare copper braid
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
B9269
B9268
B9228
B8254
Vendor No.
9269 0105000
9268 0101000
9228 0101000
8254 0101000
PLENUM
Anixter No.
B89269
Vendor No.
89269 0101000
Air-core PE/PVC
Air-core PE/PVC
Air-core PE/HDPE
Air-core PE/PVC
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.239
0.260
0.242
0.238
Air-core FEP/FEP
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.200
NEC Rating
CM CL2
CM CL2
--------NEC Rating
CMP
12.1
RG-213/214
Conductor Type
B8267
8267 0101000 13 AWG Str (7x21) BC
B8268
8268 0101000 13 AWG Str (7x21) SCC
FPE/PVC
PE PVC
Coaxial Cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Coax Plenum-Rated Cable//Other Cables
100 ohm Twinax Cable for IBM 3X and AS400

BELDEN
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 20 AWG (7x28), 2 conductors
2. 1 tinned copper, 1 bare copper
4. Foil + 85 percent TC braid - 9207, Foil + 95% TC braid - 9815
5. PE insulation
6. PE inner jacket, Black PVC outer jacket - 9207, HDPE jacket - 9815
The 9207 meets NEC Type CM and CL2
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B9207
9207 0105000
B9815
9815 0101000
PR2621V2-143722.tif
Description
100 ohm Twinax cable
100 ohm Twinax cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Industrial Nonplenum-Rated Coax Cable//50 Ohm Broadcast/Video Cable
50 ohm Transmission Cables

BELDEN
PR2620V2-143721.tif
Used for low- and high-power RF connections. Characteristic impedance 50 ohms.

Description
B8240
8240 0101000 RG-58A/U Type
B8219
8219 0101000 RG-58A/U Type
Conductor
Size (in.)
0.033
0.037
Dielectric
Type/Jkt.
PE/PVC
FPE/PVC
Shield
95% TC Braid
93% TC Braid
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.193
0.194
NEC
Rating
CMX
CM
B9258
9258 0101000
0.058
FPE/PVC
95% BC Braid
0.242
CM
B9913
B7805
B7806A
B7807A
B7808A
B7809A
B7810A
B7976A
9913 0101000
7805 0101000
7806A 0101000
7807A 0101000
7808A 0101000
7809A 0101000
7810A 0101000
7976A 0101000
0.108
0.018
0.037
0.044
0.057
0.072
0.108
0.142
Air-core PE/PVC
PE/PVC
FHDPE/PE
FHDPE/PE
FHDPE/PE
FHDPE/PE
FHDPE/PE
FHDPE/PE
Foil + 90% TC Braid

Foil + 90% TC Braid
Foil + 90% TC Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Foil + 90% TC Braid
0.405
0.110
0.195
0.195
0.240
0.300
0.403
0.500
---------------------------------
B7977A
7977A 0101000
0.176
FHDPE/PE
Foil + 85% TC Braid 0.590
12.2
Conductor AWG
20 AWG Solid Bare Copper
20 AWG Str (19x32)
tinned copper
RG-8X Type
16 AWG Str (19x29)
bare copper
RG-8/U Type - Low Loss 10 AWG Solid Bare Copper
RG-174 Type
RG-58 Type - outdoor
RG-58 Type - outdoor
RG-8X Type - outdoor
Intermediate Type outdoor 13 AWG Solid Bare Copper
RG-8 Type - outdoor
10 AWG Solid BC covered aluminum
Series RF500 outdoor
7 AWG Solid BC
covered aluminum
Series RF600 outdoor
5.5 AWG Solid BC
covered aluminum
Coaxial Cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Coax Plenum-Rated Cable//75 Ohm LAN Cable
Coaxial Cable - Plenum and Nonplenum for Broadcast Applications

PR1989V2-143707.tif
75 OHM PLENUM COAXIAL CABLES FOR BROADCAST APPLICATIONS

CMP-rated for plenum applications.
Anixter No.
CS2279V
CSP59DSCCS
CSP6DSCCS
CSP6QSCCS
CSPS59BCPP
Vendor No.
2279V WHRL RG6 95 1000
P59DSCCS
P6DSCCS WHRL RG6 60 1000
P6QSCCS
PS59BCPP
Description
Series 6
Series 59
Series 6
Series 6
Series 59
Conductor Type
18 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWG Solid CCS
20 AWG Solid BC
Dielectric
Type/Jkt.
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Shield Coverage
Foil + 95% TC Braid
AL + 65% Braid
AL + 60% Braid
AL + 60% Braid
AL + 87% Braid
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.237
0.135
0.242
0.260
0.135
Dielectric
Type/Jkt.
FPE/FRPVC-black
Foam FEP
FPE/FRPVC-black
Shield Coverage
Foil + 95% TC Braid
AL + 85% Braid
95% BC Braid
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.272
0.135
0.242
Material ID
4135303/10
8730003/10
8730303/10
8730404/10
8730203/10
75 OHM NONPLENUM COAXIAL CABLES FOR BROADCAST APPLICATIONS

Vendor No.
5765
S59BCPP
S59BC
Description
Series 6
Series 59
Series 59
Conductor Type
18 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
NEC
Rating
CMR
CMR
CM
Material ID
8213403/10
4621003/10
4620003/10
Index1.Cabling Systems//Coax Plenum-Rated Cable//Other Cables
Audio/Video Composite Camera Cables

BELDEN
PR2619V2-143720.eps
Used in camera cable applications requiring one or more coaxial cables for video and one or more
shielded pairs for audio and power.
ENG, EFP, CCTV CABLE
For use in interconnect of remote field cameras. Siamese construction - one coax for analog video
connection; 1-pair, 22 AWG-shielded for audio connection.
Weight
Conductor
Insulation Shield
Jacket Nom. O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft.
B9265
9265 0101000 2-22 (7X30) TC + 1 Coax 22 (7X30) BC PVC/FPE(Coax) Foil (1 Pair)/95% BC Braid (Coax) Black PVC 0.242 x
58
0.470
MINIATURE BUNDLED RGB COAXIAL CABLES
For use in sending red, green and blue signals through separate coaxial cables in component video applications. Bundled coaxial cables are color-coded for identification.
Nom.
Weight
lb./1,000 ft.
Conductor
Insulation Shield
Jacket O.D. (in.)
B1520A
1520A 0101000 3 Coax - 30 AWG Str (7X38) TC
Foam HDPE Foil + 90% TC Braid
PVC
0.283
50
B1521A
1521A 0101000 4 Coax - 30 AWG Str (7X38) TC
PVC
0.310
60
B1522A
1522A 0101000 5 Coax - 30 AWG Str (7X38) TC
PVC
0.338
63
HIGH-FLEX SVHS CABLE
For separate transmission of the two parts of a VHS video signal. Dual coaxial rip cord design, highly flexible. One conductor printed and striped for identification.
Nom.
Conductor
Insulation Shield
Jacket O.D. (in.)
B1807A 1807A B591000 30 AWG Str (7X38) TC
Foam HDPE 90% TC Serve
Black
0.110 x
matte PVC 0.230
Weight
lb./1,000 ft.
15
12.3
Anixter No.
CS5765
CSS59BCPP
CS59BC
Coaxial Cable
DS-3 Coax Digital Carrier Cable

COMMSCOPE CARRIER SOLUTIONS
Signal Rates
PR6414V2-143771.tif
DS-3 telephony cables are used to interconnect transmission equipment with digital
cross-connects (DSXs).
Interconnect coaxial cables are used to connect different devices within the central
office. Depending on the coax cable and the signal rate, maximum cabling distances
may run from as long as 450 ft. (137 m) to as short as 90 ft. (27 m).
Cross-connect coaxial cables are used to manually connect the circuits within a DSX.
Generally smaller and more flexible than their interconnect counterparts, they are
designed to work over much shorter runs with maximum cabling distances ranging
from 43 ft. (13 m) to 8 ft. (2.4 m).
Interconnect cables have been designed to meet both the requirements of small
size and clear transmission. However, smaller cable diameters generally have
higher attenuation values, resulting in shorter-run distances. This chart gives
typical maximum-run distances at popular signal speeds for each interconnect
cable. Exact cabling distance may vary depending on the transmission-loss budget
for the network.
Cross-connect cables are designed specifically for manual digital cross-connect
(DSX) applications. The same trade-offs of size vs. attenuation apply. Exact cabling
distance may varyD depending on the transmission-loss budget for the network.
DS-3
Cable Series 44.736 Mbps
734 Series 450 ft. (137 m)
720 Series 255 ft. (78 m)
735 Series 230 ft. (70 m)
OC-1
51.840 Mbps
420 ft. (128 m)
230 ft. (70 m)
210 ft. (64 m)
DS-4NA
(CEPT-4)
OC-3
DS-4
139.264 Mbps 155.520 Mbps 274.176 Mbps
250 ft. (76 m) 240 ft. (73 m) 180 ft. (55 m)
140 ft. (42 m) 130 ft. (40 m) 100 ft. (30 m)
125 ft. (38 m) 120 ft. (37 m) 90 ft. (27 m)
INTERCONNECT CABLES
9L759501C 73501
1C 26 AWG solid silvered copper CMR
9L759501P 73501P 1C 26 AWG solid silvered copper CMP
9L759502C 73503
9L759505C 73506
9L759505P 73506P 6C 26 AWG solid silvered copper CMP
9M75DS50 73508
9L759504C 73512
9L758001 734C1
1C 20 AWG solid bare copper CMR
9L758001P 734C1P 1C 20 AWG solid bare copper CMP
9L758006 734S1
9L758056C 734S6
9L758012 734C12 12C 20 AWG solid bare copper CMR
9L759587 72001
1C 24 AWG solid bare copper CMR
CROSS-CONNECT CABLES
CS735T1/893 735T1
1C 26 AWG solid silvered copper with tracer CMR
185929
73502
Index1.Cabling Systems//Central Office Wire//DS3 Cable
DS3 Coaxial Central Office Cable

BELDEN
PR1981V2-232321.tif
Used to interconnect transmission equipment with digital cross connects (DSXs).
734A/735A Series comply with Bellcore Specification GR-139-CORE.
SINGLE COAX
Foam HDPE insulation, foil shield + 85 percent tinned-copper braid, overall gray PVC jacket.
Conductor
No. of Conductors
9L758001B 734A1 0081000
20 AWG Solid Copper
1
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.235
Weight lb./1,000 ft.

31
NEC Rating
CMR
SINGLE COAX - DOUBLE BRAID

Polyethylene insulation, two 98 percent tinned-copper braid shields, overall gray PVC jacket.
Conductor
No. of Conductors
B9231
9231 0081000
20 AWG Solid Copper
1 Coax Double Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.305

76
NEC Rating
CMH
MULTIPLE COAX
Foamed HDPE insulation, foil + 93 percent tinned-copper braid, multiple coaxes feature inner PVC jackets (gray) with printed numbers, overall gray PVC jacket.
Conductor
No. of Conductors
Nom. O.D. (in.) Weight lb./1,000 ft.
B735A1
735A1 0081000
26 AWG solid silver-plated copper
1 Coax
0.129
13
B735A2
735A2 0081000
2 Coax
0.129 x 0.258
26
B735A6
735A6 0081000
6 Coax
0.399
98
B735A8
735A8 0081000
8 Coax
0.447
129
B735A12
735A12 0081000
12 Coax
0.581
187
12.4
NEC Rating
CMR
CMR
CMR
CMR
CMR
Coax Connectors and Accessories

./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Connectors//RF Applications
BNC Plugs
PR7109V2-107534.tif
TERM TYPE LEGEND

H-C-C = Hex Crimp Center Contact and Braid
O-C-C = "O" Crimp Center Contact and Braid
H-C = Captive Center Contact and Braid
Vendor No.
31-5800
1-5221128-0
5227079-5
Term Type
H-C-C
H-C-C
O-C-C
Figure
A
A
A
Term Tool Anixter No.

140497
133100
133101
Term Tool Vendor No.

CTL-1
58433-2
58433-1
Notes
50 ohms
50 ohms
50 ohms
RG-58 PLENUM CABLE

Anixter No. Vendor
160328
Amphenol
Vendor No.
31-5800
Term Type
H-C-C
Figure
A

140497

CTL-1
Notes
50 ohms
RG-59/62 CABLE
Anixter No. Vendor
160329
Amphenol
166930
Amphenol
194127
Amphenol
041494
Emerson
201762
Emerson
251505
Emerson
347045
TE Conn
037852
Emerson
251502
Emerson
Vendor No.
31-5900
31-71032
31-71008
CP-88-2
CPMC-88-2
CP-78-2
1-5221128-1
CPFI-UG88-2
28-90507
Term Type
H-C-C
H-C-C
H-C-C
H-C
H-C-C
H-C
H-C-C
Twist
Twist
Figure
A
A
A
C
A
C
A
B
B

140497
140449
140497
Emerson 24-8859P
Emerson 24-8856P
268425
133100
Not needed
Not needed

CTL-1
CTL-2
CTL-1
24-8859P
24-8856P
24-8789P
58433-2
Not needed
Not needed
Notes
50 ohms
Nominal 75 ohms
Nominal 75 ohms
50 ohms
50 ohms
75 ohms
50 ohms
50 ohms
75 ohms
RG-59/62 PLENUM CABLE

Anixter No. Vendor
160329
Amphenol
194129
Amphenol
105399
Emerson
257834
Emerson
084423
Emerson
Vendor No.
31-5900
31-71008-2000
CP-88-10
CP-78-10
CPFI-UG88-10
Term Type
H-C-C
H-C-C
H-C
H-C
Twist
Figure
A
A
C
C
B

140497
140499
268425
268425
Not needed

CTL-1
CTL-2
24-8789P
24-8789P
Not needed
Notes
50 ohms
Nominal 75 ohms
50 ohms
75 ohms
50 ohms
RG-59 PVC, 20 AWG C.C.

Anixter No. Vendor
160330
Amphenol
166928
Amphenol
194128
Amphenol
142851
TE Conn
Vendor No.
68175-5RFX
31-70008-1000
31-71008-1000
5221185-9
Term Type
H-C-C
H-C-C
H-C-C
O-C-C
Figure
A
A
A
A

140497
166924
140497
160215

CTL-1
CTL-8
CTL-1
354940-1
Notes
50 ohms
75 ohms
Nominal 75 ohms
Use with die 196439, 75 ohms
RG-59, PLENUM, 20 AWG

Anixter No. Vendor
239844
Amphenol
Vendor No.
31-71035
Term Type
H-C-C
Figure
A

166924

CTL-8
Notes
Nominal 75 ohms
THIN ETHERNET, PVC AND PLENUM (BELDEN 9907 AND 89907 OR EQUAL)
Anixter No. Vendor
Vendor No.
Term Type
Figure
160328
Amphenol
31-5800
H-C-C
A
135802
Amphenol
31-320-1006
H-C-C
A

140497
140497

CTL-1
CTL-1
Notes
50 ohms
50 ohms
RG-58/U PVC CABLE

Anixter No. Vendor
160328
Amphenol
142321
TE Conn
356065
TE Conn
12.5
(continued)
BNC Plugs
BROADCAST CABLE (BELDEN 8281 OR EQUAL)

Anixter No. Vendor
Vendor No.
198331
Amphenol
31-321-10RFX
Term Type
H-C-C
Figure
A

140499

CTL-2
Notes
50 ohms
RG-6 PVC CABLE

Anixter No. Vendor
166931
Amphenol
255034
Amphenol
251504
Emerson
251503
Emerson
Term Type
H-C-C
H-C-C
H-C
Twist
Figure
A
A
B
B

166924
166924
257279
Not needed

CTL-8
CTL-8
24-321P
Not needed
Notes
75 ohms
Nominal 75 ohms
75 ohms
75 ohms

449810
449810
218264
KTH-1000/KTH-2186
KTH-1000/KTH-2186
133100
215110
449810
449810
242776
218263
218263
218263

CT5
CT5
050-000-0030150
KTH-1000/KTH-2186
KTH-1000/KTH-2186
58433-2
WT-2
CT5
CT5
CTL-15
050-000-0030120
050-000-0030120
050-000-0030120
1-5413589-0
Description
Straight BNC, 734A
Right angle BNC, 734A
Straight BNC, 734A
Straight BNC, 734A
Right Angle BNC, 734A
Straight BNC, 734A
Straight BNC, 734A
Straight BNC, 735A
Straight BNC, 735A
Straight BNC, 735A
Straight BNC, 735A,
100-pack
Straight BNC, 735A
133100
58433-2
Vendor No.
5225395-7
31-70013
UPL220-004
Term Type
O-C-C
H-C-C
H-C-C
Figure
A
A
A

183046
166925
449810

220009-1
CTL-6
CT5
Notes
For RG-174, 50 ohms
For RG-179, 75 ohms
For RG-179, 75 ohms
OTHER COAX PLUGS, MINI RG-59, MINI UHF

Anixter No. Vendor
Vendor No.
131050
Emerson
UPL250-009
166927
Amphenol
31-71033
Term Type
H-C-C
H-C-C
Figure
A
A

449810
140499

CT5
CTL-2
Notes
Mini RG-59, 8218, 75 ohms
RGB-SVHS cables, 75 ohms
OTHER COAX PLUGS, UHF, RG-8, 9, 11, 213, 214 AND OTHER
Anixter No. Vendor
Vendor No.
Term Type
110061
Amphenol
83-1SP-1050
Solder/clamp
110111
Amphenol
6775
Solder/clamp
2065-11-9 Kings
2065-11-9
H-C-C
2065-2-9 Kings
2065-2-9
H-C-C
2065-10-9 Kings
2065-10-9
H-C-C
Figure
Not shown
Not shown
A
A
A

Not needed
Not needed
KTH-1000/DIE-KTH-2025
KTH-1000/KTH-2261
KTH-1000/Die KTH-2255

--------KTH-1000/DIE-KTH-2025
KTH-1000/KTH-2261
KTH-1000/Die KTH-2255
352079
TE Conn
5221185-1
O-C-C
160215/Die 196439
354940-1/Die 58536-1
334563
TE Conn
1-5221185-5
O-C-C
160215/Die 58174-1
354940-1/58174-1
Notes
UHF - PL259
50 ohms for RG-8/9/11/213/214
75 ohms for 1855A and 1856A
75 ohms
75 ohms for 1694A, 9114, 9248,
9290
75 ohms for 1694A, 9114, 9248,
9290
75 ohms for 1164A and 1167A
Vendor No.
31-70000
31-71000-RFX
28-90027
28-90527
DS3 (75 OHMS) 734A AND 735A COAXIAL CABLE

Anixter No. Vendor
Vendor No.
131048
Emerson
UPL220-025
201045
Emerson
UPLR220-025
218260
Cannon RF Prod W58-124-9069910
2025-76-9 Kings
2025-76-9
2026-16-9 Kings
2026-16-9
143289
TE Conn
413589-7
215084
ADC
BNC-1
155767
Emerson
UPL220-026
158607
Emerson
UPLR220-026
242756
Amphenol
31-70238
218273
Cannon RF Prod W58-124-901991S
D
215781
Cannon
RF Prod W58-124-9019910
218259
Cannon RF Prod W58-124-9019916
350316
TE Conn
RG-174, RG-179 BNC PLUGS

Anixter No. Vendor
074405
TE Conn
166926
Amphenol
237727
Emerson
12.6
HD-BNC
AMPHENOL
BNC Plugs Snap-N-Seal, Headend Coax Cable

PR34405V2-253245.tif
Currently not for use with plenum cable.

354191
SNS1P59BNC
354193
SNS1P6BNC
354194
SNS1P6QSBNC
PR9509V2-22984.tif
Description
For RG-59 coax cable, orange sleeve
For RG-6 coax cable, blue sleeve
For RG-6 quad shield coax cable,
violet sleeve
BNC Plugs for Audio and Broadcast

AMPHENOL
PR7110V2-131914.tif
For broadcast and video applications where matched impedance for higher
performance is needed. These connectors are 75 ohm to insure lower signal
distortion.
Description
194118
31-71064
RG-6 Type serial Digital Coax (Belden
1694A, 1695, 9114, 9248, 89248, 82248)
194121
31-71065
RG-6 Type serial Digital Coax (Belden 9290,
Double Shield)
166930
31-71032
RG-59 Double Braided Type (Belden 8281,
8281B, 8281F, 9141, 9231, 88281, Clark
CV752, AT&T 728)
194127
31-71008
For RG-59/62 - Belden 5539Y5, 8221,
8241, 8241A, 8241F, 8263, 8279, 8279A,
9209, 9209A, 9244
194128
31-71008-1000
For RG-59, 20 AWG C.C. - Belden 551945,
543945, 549945, 993256, 1505A, 1426A,
9659, 9259, 9240, 8212, 9274, 9275,
9100; Coleman 92074, 993253, 92094;
AT&T 734A
194129
31-71008-2000
For RG-59 - Belden 89259, 92259, 89108,
82108, 1506A; RG-62 - Belden 6539Y8
166927
31-71033
For 735A coaxial cable; Coleman 993211
194130
31-71013
Miniature Coax (Belden 9221, RG-179)
12.7
The HD-BNC delivers true 75 ohm performance in a footprint 51 percent smaller than
traditional BNC connectors, allowing four times the density, and 40 percent smaller
than the DIN 1.0/2.3. Engineered to enhance electrical and mechanical performance,
the HD-BNC connector features the trusted, push and turn interface of a traditional
BNC, providing tactile feedback and a positive lock for quick and guaranteed mating.
Using the same cable prep and termination specifications of legacy broadcast
connectors makes adopting the HD-BNC seamless. Meets and exceeds SMPTE and
424M standards. The HD-BNC uses a mating/removal tool that can engage from the
rear or cable side to the coupling mechanism to assist in turning the mating sleeve in
high-density installations. Available for most common broadcast cables.
Description
444274
034-1024
HDBNC 4 Leg SQ Vertical PCB Jack
444275
034-1032
HDBNC 3 Leg Round Vertical PCB Jack
444276
034-1018
HDBNC Edge Launch Jack 0.062 Board
444277
034-1030
HDBNC Right Angle PCB Jack
444279
034-1017-300
HDBNC Plug for Belden 1694A
444280
034-1027
444281
034-1026
444282
034-1025
444283
034-1033
HDBNC Plug for Times 210HDTV Cable
444284
031-70466
BNC Plug for Times 210HDTV Cable
444285
APH-HDBNCJ-J
HDBNC Jack to HDBNC Jack Adapter
444286
APH-HDBNCP-J
HDBNC Plug to HDBNC Jack Adapter
444287
034-1023
HDBNC Jack-Jack-Jack Tree Adapter
444291
APH-BNCJ-HDBNCJ BNC Jack to HDBNC Jack Adapter
444294
APH-BNCP-HDBNCP BNC Plug to HDBNC Plug Adapter
444296
APH-BNCJ-HDBNCP BNC Jack to HDBNC Plug Adapter
444300
APH-BNCP-HDBNCJ BNC Plug to HDBNC Jack Adapter
444301
APH-NP-HDBNCP
N Type Plug to HDBNC Plug Test Adapter
444302
APH-NP-HDBNCJ
N Type Plug to HDBNC Jack Test Adapter
444304
APH-HDBNCP-T
HDBNC Plug 0.1% 1 watt Terminator
444306
APH-HDBNCJ-T
HDBNC Jack 0.1% 1 watt Terminator
444307
227-1490
HDBNC Spanner Nut Tool
444309
227-T2000
HDBNC Mating Tool
BELDEN
BNC Adapters
TRI-LOC Connectors
PR7111V2-107470.tif
Anixter No. Vendor Vendor No. Description

Figure
381452 TE Conn 5414414-1 Straight jack-jack, 50 ohms A
210376 Amphenol 31-219-RFX Straight jack-jack, 50 ohms A
084418 Emerson CP-AD555 Straight jack-jack, 50 ohms A
166935 Amphenol 31-70019 Straight jack-jack, 75 ohms A
160332 Amphenol 31-208-RFX Tee jack-plug-jack, 50 ohms B
381813 TE Conn 5413592-9 Tee jack-plug-jack, 50 ohms B
089220 Amphenol 31-220N Bulkhead jack-jack, 50 ohms C
080790 Amphenol 31-9
Right-angle jack-plug, 50 ohms D
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Adapters (Premises)//RF Applications
Straight Between Series Adapters

Anixter No.
089847
004671
004670
133962
424963
424969
424979
Vendor No.
31-217
GBNCFFM
GBNCFMF
27-8110
APH-NJ-TNCP
APH-NJ-TNCJ
APH-NP-TNCP
Vendor
Amphenol
Corning Gilbert
Corning Gilbert
Emerson
Amphenol
Amphenol
Amphenol
Description
BNC plug to N jack
BNC female to F male
BNC male to F female
BNC jack to RCA plug
N jack to TNC plug
N jack to TNC jack
N plug to TNC plug
KINGS ELECTRONICS CO INC

The Kings TRI-LOC connectors have been designed to satisfy interconnect
requirements of digital color cameras using triaxial cable. The unique triaxial
connector terminates to 75 ohm impedance cables and ensures low loss between
cameras and control units.
7705-2 7705-2
Plug for Belden cable 1856A, 1857A, 9267
7703-2 7703-2
Jack for Belden cable 1856A, 1857A, 9267
N-type Connectors - Straight Plugs

AMPHENOL
Anixter No.
040481
179301
135071
075016
PR7114V2-143775.tif
Vendor No.
82-61
82-340-1052
82-202-1006
82-4426-1001
Description
For RG-8, RG-9, RG-213 and RG-214
For 9913, 9914 and LMR400
For 9913, 9914 and LMR400
For ThickNet 9880 and 89980
N Straight Splice (Barrel) Adapters

AMPHENOL
pr5483V2-143770.tif
BNC Terminator
AMPHENOL
PR7113V2-107548.tif
Anixter No.
040480
040479
Vendor No.
82-101
82-100
Description
Female to female
Male to male
Figure
A
B
BNC Plug to N Jack Adapter

One-watt, BNC terminator plug.
160333
46650-51RFX
318752
46650-93RFX
341687
46650-75RFX
AMPHENOL
Description
BNC male, 50 ohms, 1 watt, 1%
Anixter No.
089847
12.8
PR7115V2-143776.tif
Vendor No.
31-217
Description
BNC plug to N jack
Coax, Strip and Crimp Tools

three-level strips are available with interchangeable blade cassettes. These blades
also can be adjusted individually. Can be used on most standard coaxial cable.
Coax Connectors for LMR400 Coax Cable

CONNEX CONNECTOR CORPORATION
PR9813V2-6243.tif

283822 172102H243 N-type straight plug
283823 172102H243RP N-type straight plug, reverse polarized
283824 122393
TNC-type straight plug
283825 122393RP
TNC-type straight plug, reverse polarized

150573 45-520
Stripper - three-step for 0.240 braid and
dielectric for crimp BNC/TNC connectors
150575 45-522
Replacement three-level blade for
Part No. 150573 stripper
328299 45-526
Stripper - two-step for 0.25 strip length for
compression F-, BNC and RCA connectors
365884 45-524
Replacement two-step cassette for
COAX CABLE STRIPPER
PR11929V2-21612.tif
Coaxial Cable Strip Tools

APEX TOOL GROUP
pr4965V2-143736.tif
Jumper Cordage Jacket Stripping Tool

The stripping tool can strip fiber optic jumper cordage 1.6 mm to 3.0 mm, as well as
remove indoor PVC jackets measuring 3.8 mm and strip 16 to 26 AWG stranded.
Plier-type.
029836 45-121
IDEAL stripping tool
510329 700A
700A stripping tool (ST, STII, SC connectors),
EZ method
Coax Cable Strippers

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
ADJUSTABLE COAX STRIPPER
PR20283V2-71100.tif

103276 45-164
1/4 in. to 9/16 in. cable stripper, blue for
RG-8/RG-11
038017 45-165
3/16 in. to 5/16 in. cable stripper, black for
RG-59, UTP cable
442142 45-168
UTP/STP ringer stripper, one blade
Crimp Tools
Anixter No. Vendor No. Coaxial
Description
140497 CTL-1
58/59/62
Hex crimp tool with dies
140499 CTL-2
6/174/179/187/188/ Hex crimp tool with dies
316/8261
166925 CTL-6
RG-58/59-20 AWG, Hex crimp tool with dies
RGB, SVH
166924 CTL-8
6/59 with 20 AWG Hex crimp tool with dies
C.C.
160215 354940-1 59/62
Frame Pro Crimper II, without
dies, 59/62
133100 58433-2 58/59/62
Pro Crimper crimp tool
Do You Need Tools and Supplies?
The IDEAL cable stripper has a slide adjustment to accommodate RG-58, RG-59,
RG-59/62, RG-8, Belden 8281, Thinnet plenum and twinaxial cable. Two- or
Please see the Tools and Supplies section for more information on
various terminating, stripping and crimping tools.
12.9

033657 2CSKB
Xcelite (2-bladed) coaxial, BNC
305601 3CSKGN Xcelite green three-step coaxial wire
stripper cassette kit, BNC
Use with twisted-pair wire, tightly wrapped stranded cables, CATV cable, CB antenna
cable, SO, SJ, SJT and other types of flexible power cords. Adjustable blades can
be set for any depth to ensure nick-free strips. Includes three straight and one
round blade.
F-type KS Connectors and Adapters

./
F-type KS Aluminum Connectors with Integral Sleeves
F-style KS Adapter
CORNING GILBERT INC
CORNING GILBERT INC
pr4952V2-143727.tif
0.500 ALUMINUM CONNECTORS WITH INTEGRAL SLEEVES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Figure
049528
GRS500BDU03
A
042515
GRS500CHDU03T
B*
036248
GRS500SPDU03
C
036249
GRS500BAFFDU03
D
037937
GRS500AFMDU03
E
* Long-pin version.
pr4961V2-143732.tif
Anixter No. Figure Vendor No. Description

049415 A
GF625CHT F series to KS entry, long-pin version
037940 B
GF625CHDCBT F series to KS entry, terminates
60 cycle AC
022688 C
GKSKSM-T
Male splice adapter - rotational with
long pin
F-adapter KS type
CORNING GILBERT INC
Combination Coring/Stripping Tool
pr4964V2-143735.tif
PR7120V2-143777.tif
D
Anixter No. Figure Vendor No.

043063
A
GP90T
041800
Core and strip coaxial cable in one operation. Designed for manual use or with a
variable speed drill.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
041358
SCT-500
For 0.500 cable
041878
CST-500
For 0.500 cable
GTRMT
Description
Right angle connector to equipment, no
extension, long pin
KS port terminator - long pin
Adapter-splice Blocks
CORNING GILBERT INC
PR4960V2-143731.tif
Universal splice for two connectors - allows for in-line and right-angle splicing.
Note: Gilbert accepts maximum center conductor of 1.50 diameter.
Illustration shown above is pictured as a reference only. Actual product may vary from
this illustration.
281595
G-SPB-2.00
Splicing block port spacing - 2.00
12.10
Video Coax Cable

./
Precision Video Coaxial Cables

BELDEN
PR1980V2-143703.tif
For use in critical analog and digital video circuits and applications such as live broadcast in
network studios and pre- or postproduction facilities. Characteristic impedance is 75 ohm.
PLENUM
Anixter No.
B1506A
B88281
B1695A
B7732A
Vendor No.
1506A 0101000
88281 0101000
1695A 8771000
7732A 0101000
Description
RG-59/U Type - analog/digital
RG-59/U Type - analog
Shield Coverage
Foil + 95% TC Braid
98% Double TC Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.196
0.271
0.234
0.348
Dielectric
Conductor Type Type/Jkt.
28.5 AWG Solid BC HDFPE/PVC
23 AWG Solid BC FHDPE/PVC
Shield Coverage
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
NEC Rating
0.100
CMR
0.159
CMR
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
19 AWG Solid BC
14 AWG Solid BC
Foil + 95% TC Braid

98% TC Double Braid
94% TC Double Braid
Foil + 95% TC Braid
0.233
0.305
0.276
0.400
Conductor Type
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
18 AWG Solid BC
14 AWG Solid BC
Dielectric
Type/Jkt.
FFEP/FRPVC
FEP/Fluorocopolymer
FFEP/FRPVC
FFEP/Fluorocopolymer
NEC Rating
CMP
CMP
CMP
CMP
NONPLENUM
FHDPE/PVC
PE/PE
FHDPE/PVC
FHDPE/PVC
CMR
----CMR
CMR
Index1.Cabling Systems//Coax Nonplenum-Rated Cable//75 Ohm LAN Cable
75 ohm Coaxial Cable

BELDEN
PR7121V2-143778.tif
Standard analog video cables, for use with computer and electronic equipment. These 75 ohm
coaxial cables are available in a variety of RG styles, including RG-6, RG-11, RG-59 and dual RG-59.
NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
B8238
B8261
B9244
B9259
B8221
B9555
B8241
B8263
B1426A
B9248
B9292
Description
RG-11/UJAN-C-17A
RG-11/U Type
RG-59/U Type
RG-59/U Type
RG-59/U Type
RG-59/U Type, Dual
RG-59/U
RG-59B/UMIL-C-17D
RG-59/U Type
RG-6/U Type
RG-11/U Type
Conductor Type
22 AWG Solid CCS
22 AWG Solid CCS
23 AWG Solid CCS
23 AWG Solid CCS
23 AWG Solid CCS
20 AWG Solid BC
18 AWG Solid BC
14 AWG Solid BC
PE/PVC
PE/PVC
PE/PVC
FPE/PVC
FPE/PVC
PE/PVC
PE/PVC
FHDPE/PVC
FHDPE/PVC
FHDPE/PVC
Shield Coverage
97% BC Braid
97% BC Braid
85% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
AL MY 60% TC
Foil + 60% TC Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.405
0.405
0.242
0.241
0.242
0.238 x 0.478
0.240
0.242
0.242
0.270
0.405
NEC Rating
CM
----CMX
CM
----CM
CM
CMX
CM
CM
-----
PLENUM
Anixter No.
B82241
B82248
B89292
Description
RG-59/U Type
RG-6/U Type
RG-11/U Type
Conductor Type
23 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWG Solid BC
14 AWG Solid BC
FEP/FRPVC
FFEP/FRPVC
FFEP/FEP
Shield Coverage
97% BC Braid
Foil + 63% TC Braid
Foil + 63% TC Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.190
0.222
0.346
NEC Rating
CMP
CMP
CMP, CATVP
CCS (copper-covered steel) center conductors should only be used for broadband applications like CATV/satellite,
not for baseband video applications like CCTV/security surveillance or broadcast video.
12.11

Description
B179DT
179DT 0101000 RG-179/U - analog/digital
B1855A-0 1855A 0101000 Sub-miniature RG-59/U Type analog/digital
B1505A
1505A 0105000 RG-59/U Type - analog/digital
B8281
8281 0105000 RG-59/U Type - analog
B1694F
1694F B591000 RG-6/U Type - analog/digital
B7731A
7731A 0101000 RG-11/U Type - analog/digital
Video Coax Cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Coax Nonplenum-Rated Cable//75 Ohm LAN Cable
Video Triaxial Cables
BELDEN
PR1983V2-232322.tif
Used to interconnect video cameras to related equipment, including DC power to camera, intercom to operator,
teleprompter feeds, monitoring feeds and automatic or robotic functions. Available in RG-59/U or RG-11/U type.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Nominal impedance 75 ohm
4. PE insulation between braids
2. Bare copper conductors
5. Jacket type and color as indicated below
3. Two 95 percent BC braids
Anixter No.
B8232
B8232A
B1856A
B1857A
B9267
B8233
B8233A
B1858A
B9232
Vendor No.
8232 0102000
8232A 0101000
1856A B591000
1857A B591000
9267 0101000
8233 0102000
8233A 0101000
1858A B591000
9232 0101000
Description
RG-59/U Type
RG-59/U Type
RG-59/U Type
RG-59/U Type
RG-59/U Type
RG-11/U Type
RG-11/U Type
RG-11/U Type
RG-11/U Type
Conductor Type
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
14 AWG Solid BC
14 AWG Solid BC
Jacket Color and Type

Black Polyethylene
Black PVC
Black Belflex
Black Belflex
Black Polyethylene
Black Polyethylene
Black PVC
Black Belflex
Black Polyethylene
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.315
0.315
0.360
0.360
0.360
0.475
0.475
0.520
0.520

60.0
68
83
86
77
120
136
157
145
Coaxial Cable - 75 ohm Plenum and Nonplenum

COMMSCOPE UNIPRISE SOLUTIONS PR1989V2-143707.tif and PR1988V2-143706.tif
75 ohm coaxial cable for use in broadband video, video distribution and MATV.
D

Copper-covered steel is for use on CATV only.
Bare copper can be used for CATV and CCTV.
PLENUM COAXIAL CABLE
Cables are rated CMP for plenum use.
9M5967001 2020K
CS2039V
2039V
9M5995001 2041K
CS2227V
2227V WHRL RG6 QD 1000
CS2275K
CS2275V
CS2276V
CS2229V
2275K CMRL RG6 60 1000

2275V WHRL RG6 60 1000
2276V WHRL RG6 90 1000
2229V WHRL RG6 QD BC 1000
Description
Series 59
Series 59
Series 59
Series 6 Quad
Shield
Series 6
Series 6
Series 6
Series 6
CS2285K
CS2287K
2285K CMRL RG11 60 1000

2287K CMRL RG11 QD 1000
Series 11
Series 11
CS2312V
2312V WTRL 1/2 PLEN TRUNK2400 0.500 in.

Trunk Cable
CSP59DSCCS P59DSCCS
Series 59
CSP6DSCCS P6DSCCS WHRL RG6 60 1000
Series 6
CSP6QSCCS P6QSCCS
Series 6
CSPS59BC PS59BC
Series 59
CSPS59BCPP PS59BCPP
Series 59
CSS59BCPP S59BCPP
Series 59
12.12
Conductor Type
20 AWG Solid CCS
20 AWG Solid CCS
23 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWG Solid CCS
FFEP/PVDF-cream
FFEP/CommFlex-white
FEP/PVDF-cream
FFEP/FRPVC-cream
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.202
0.193
0.197
0.260
Material ID
4135703/10
4124103/10
4124003/10
4112704/10
0.239
0.237
0.237
0.264
4137003/10
4138003/10
4100903/10
4103904/10
0.350
0.373
4136903/10
4103304/10
10 AWG (0.109") CCA FFEP/FEP
Shield Coverage
Foil + 65% AL Braid
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
2 Foil + 2-60% AL
Braids
Foil + 60% AL Braid
Foil + 60% AL Braid
Foil + 90% AL Braid
2 Foil + 60% AL +
40% AL Braid
Foil + 60% AL Braid
2 Foil + 60% AL +
40% AL Braid
AL Sheath (Tube)
18 AWG Solid CCS

18 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWG Solid BC
FFEP/PVDF-cream
FFEP/FRPVC-white
FFEP/FRPVC-black
FFEP/FRPVC-white
14 AWG Solid CCS

14 AWG Solid CCS
FFEP/PVDF-cream
FFEP/PVDF-cream
0.524
4110273/24
20 AWG Solid CCS

18 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWG Solid CCS
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
20 AWG Solid BC
AL + 65% Braid
AL + 60% Braid
AL + 60% Braid
AL + 87% Braid
AL + 87% Braid
AL + 85% Braid
0.135
0.242
0.260
0.135
0.135
0.135
8730003/10
8730303/10
8730404/10
8730103/10
8730203/10
4621003/10
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Foam FEP
Video Coax Cable

NONPLENUM COAXIAL CABLE
Cables listed feature foamed polyethylene dielectric with black FRPVC outer jacket. Cables are rated CM for use in nonplenum applications, except 5730R and 5740R rated CMR.
Description
Conductor Type Shield Coverage
Nom. O.D. (in.) Material ID
196476
5571 BKRL RG59 40 1000
Series 59
20 AWG Solid CCS Foil + 40% AL Braid
0.242
8264903/10
CS5730
5730 BKRL RG6 60 1000
Series 6
0.272
8202603/10
CS5765
5765
Series 6
18 AWG Solid BC Foil + 95% TC Braid
0.272
8213403/10
CS5740R 5740R BKRL RG6 QD 1000
Series 6 quad shield
18 AWG Solid CCS 2 Foil + 60% + 40% AL Braids
0.300
8213304/10
CS5781
5781 BKRL RG6 QD 1000
Series 6 quad shield
18 AWG Solid BC 2 Foil + 60% + 40% AL Braids
0.300
8223504/10
CS5915
5915 BKRL RG11 90 1000
Series 11 quad shield 14 AWG Solid CCS 2 Foil + 60% + 40% AL Braids
0.405
8204803/10
CS5916
5916 BKRL RG11 60 1000
Series 11
0.405
8203603/10
CS5940
5940 BKRL RG11 QD 1000
Series 11 quad shield 14 AWG Solid CCS 2 Foil + 60% + 40% AL Braids
0.405
7413004/10
CS59BC
S59BC
Series 59
20 AWG Solid BC 95% BC Braid
0.242
4620003/10
COAXIAL CABLE FOR OUTDOOR USE
Cables listed feature foamed polyethylene dielectric with black polyethylene outer jacket. With floodant.
Description
Conductor Type Shield Coverage
CS5917
5917 BKRL RG11 60 OSP 1000
Series 11 Burial
Nom. O.D. (in.) Material ID

0.405
8292903/10
CCS (copper-covered steel) center conductors should only be used for broadband applications like CATV/satellite,
not for baseband video applications like CCTV/security surveillance.
Coaxial Cable - 75 ohm Plenum and Nonplenum - Security/CCTV

75 ohm coaxial cable for security applications.
PR1989V2-143707.tif
75 OHM COAXIAL CABLE - PLENUM

Cables listed feature foamed FEP dielectric with white FRPVC jacket. Cables are CMP rated for
plenum use.
Description Conductor Type
CS2037V
2037V WHRL RG59 95 1000
RG-59
20 AWG Solid BC
CS2277V
2277V WHRL RG6 95 1000
RG-6
18 AWG Solid BC
Shield Coverage
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.193
0.237
Material ID
4131603/10
4123803/10
75 OHM COAXIAL CABLE - NONPLENUM

Cables listed feature foamed polyethylene dielectric with black FRPVC jacket. Cables are rated CM for nonplenum use.
CS5553
5553 BKRL RG59 95 1000
RG-59
20 AWG Solid BC
CS5554
5554 BKRL RG59/2-18 1000
RG-59
20 AWG Solid BC + 2x18 AWG Str BC
CS5700
5700
RG-6
18 AWG Solid BC
Shield Coverage
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.242
0.242 x 0.484
0.272
Material ID
8836303/10
4254203/10
8288203/10
75 OHM COAXIAL CABLE - OUTDOOR

Cables listed feature foamed polyethylene dielectric with black polyethylene jacket with floodant.
CS5520
5520
Series 59
20 AWG Solid BC
CS5920
5920 BKRL RG11 93 1000
Series 11
14 AWG Solid BC
CS5720
5720 BKRL RG6 95 1000
Series 6
18 AWG Solid BC
Shield Coverage
95% BC Braid
93% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.242
0.405
0.272
Material ID
4209203/10
4229703/10
8288603/10
12.13
CCTV Coax Cable

./
New Generation CCTV/CATV Plenum Coaxial Cables
BELDEN
PR22387V2-131645.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. CONDUCTOR: Solid bare copper (BC) or copper-covered steel (CCS)
2. INSULATION: Foam FEP
3. JACKET: Natural Flamarrest or fluorocopolymer where required. Sequential footage marked
4. TEMPERATURE: 75C Flamarrest jackets, 125C fluorocopolymer jacket
FEATURES
B633938, B6439C8 and B6139B8: CATV or MATV applications
B613948, B6139B8 have white fluorocopolymer jackets; all others have natural Flamarrest jackets
Nom.
Insulation
Capacitance Nom. Vel
Thickness
(pF/ft.)
of Prop. AWG (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
B6539Y8
6539Y8 8771000 RG-62 A/U
13.5
84%
22 0.146
B643948
643948 8771000 RG-59/U CCTV
16.1
83%
20 0.135
B633938
633938 8771000 RG-6/U CATV/MATV 16.3
83%
18 0.170
B633948
633948 8771000 RG-6/U CCTV
16.3
B6339Q8-U1000 6339Q8 877U1000 RG-6/U CATV Quad 16.3
83%
83%
B613948-1000 613948 0091000 RG-11/U CCTV
16.1
84%
6139B8 0091000 RG-11/U CATV/MATV 16.1
84%
B6139B8
18
18
Solid
BC
14
Solid
BC
14
Jacket
Thickness
(in.)
0.015
0.015
0.015
Nom.
O.D.
(in.)
0.204
0.193
0.233
0.015
0.015
0.228 42
0.248 34
0.170
0.170
Shield
Coverage
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
Foil + 90%
AL Braid
95% BC Braid
Quad
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
33
32
29
0.274
95% BC
0.023
0.348 90
CMP
0.274
Foil + 60%
AL Braid
0.020
0.348 66
CMP,
CATVP
Rating
CMP
CMP
CMP,
CATVP
CMP
CMP,
CATV
CCS (copper-covered steel) center conductors should only be used for broadband applications like CATV/satellite, not for baseband video
applications like CCTV/security surveillance. Passing plenum requirements has as much to do with the mass of material, not only the type. This is
why larger constructions have fluorocopolymer jackets.
New Generation CCTV/CATV Nonplenum Coaxial Cables

BELDEN
PR22401V2-131777.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. CONDUCTOR: Solid bare copper (BC) or copper-covered steel (CCS)
2. INSULATION: Foam PE
3. JACKET: PVC. Sequential footage marked
4. TEMPERATURE: 75C
5. NEC RATING: CM. 543945 and 533945 are also rated CMG (FT4)
FEATURES
B5339Q5: CATV or MATV applications
Nom.
Insulation
Capacitance Nom. Vel
Thickness
Description (pF/ft.)
of Prop. AWG (in.)
B551945
551945 0101000 RG-59/U
17.3
78%
22 0.140
B543945
543945 0101000 RG-59/U
16.3
83%
20 0.145
B5339Q5 5339Q5 0101000 RG-6/U
16.3
83%
18 0.180
B533945
533945 0101000 RG-6/U
16.3
83%
18 0.180
12.14
Shield
Coverage
95% BC Braid
95% BC Braid
Quad
95% BC Braid
Jacket
Thickness
(in.)
0.035
0.032
0.028
0.032
Nom.
O.D.
(in.)
0.232
0.232
0.298
0.266
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
30
31
34
41
Rating
CM
CMG
CM
CM
CCTV Coax Cable
CCTV Siamese Coaxial Cables
Shield Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Coverage O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft. Rating
95% BC 0.232 x 49
CMG
0.460
95% BC 0.232 x
0.485
53
CM
CCTV Plenum Siamese Coaxial Cables

BELDEN
PR22388V2-131655.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
For B649948-1000:
-CONDUCTOR: One RG-59/U coax plus 2/C 18 AWG stranded cable; all plenum-rated
-INSULATION: Foam FEP (coax)/Flamarrest (power pair)
-JACKETS: Natural Flamarrest
-TEMPERATURE: 75C
For B639948-1000:
-CONDUCTOR: One solid RG-6/U coax and stranded (1-pair cable, 18 AWG)
-INSULATION: Foam FEP (coax)/Flamarrest (power pair)
-JACKET: Natural Flamarrest
-TEMPERATURE: 75C
Nom. Nom.
Imped. Capacitance Nom. Vel
of Prop. AWG
(ohms) (pF/ft.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
B649948-1000 649948 8771000 RG-59/U + 2C 18 75
16.3
83%
20 Solid BC
B639948-1000 639948 8771000 RG-6/U + 2C 18 75
16.1
84%
18 Solid BC
Insulation
Thickness
(in.)
FFEP 0.135
FFEP 0.170
Shield
Coverage
95% BC
95% BC
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
Rating
0.199 x 0.383 CM
0.232 x 0.416 CM
12.15
BELDEN
PR22386V2-131782.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
For B549945:
- CONDUCTOR: One RG-59/U coax plus 2/C 18 AWG stranded cable: siamese
- INSULATION: Foam FPO (coax)/PVC or PP (power pair)
- JACKET: PVC
- TEMPERATURE: 75C
For B539945:
- CONDUCTOR: One solid RG-6U coax plus 2/C 18 AWG stranded cable: siamese
- INSULATION: Foam FPO (coax)/PVC or PP (power pair)
- JACKET: PVC
- TEMPERATURE: 75C
Nom. Nom.
Insulation
Imped. Capacitance Nom. Vel
Thickness
(ohms) (pF/ft.)
(in.)
Description
of Prop. AWG
B549945 549945 0101000 Composite coax: RG-59/U 20 AWG 75
16.3
83%
20 Solid BC 0.145
solid bare copper conductor,
foam polyethylene polyolefin
insulation, bare copper braid
shield, black PVC jacket. Pair:
AWG 18/7 bare copper
conductors, PVC insulation, black
PVC jacket
B539945 539945 0091000 Composite coax: RG-6/U 18 AWG 75
16.3
83%
18 Solid BC 0.180
solid bare copper conductor,
foam polyethylene polyolefin
insulation, bare copper braid
shield, black PVC jacket. Pair:
AWG 18/7 bare copper
conductors, PVC insulation, black
PVC jacket
CCTV Coax Cable
CATV Coaxial Drop Cable

BERK-TEK
PR24049V2-173941.tif
Berk-Tek CATV coaxial drop cable is a high-quality, high-flex, 75 ohm cable with a universally
acceptable design to give clear broadcast signals with minimal interference while also being easy to
terminate.
PLENUM COAXIAL CABLE
Cables are rated CMP for plenum use.
Anixter No.
9M0660BT-01
9M0660BTQS-01
Vendor No.
10063439
10057996
Description
RG-6
RG-6 Quad
Conductor Type
18 AWG Solid CCS
18 AWGSolid CCS
FFEP/FRPVC-white
FFEP/FRPVC-white
Shield Coverage
Foil + 60% AL Braid
2 Foil + 60% + 40% AL Braids
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.237
0.271
NONPLENUM COAXIAL CABLE

Cables listed feature foamed polyethylene dielectric with black FRPVC outer jacket. Cables are rated CM for use in nonplenum applications, except 5726R and 5740R-rated CMR.
Anixter No.
Vendor No. Description Conductor Type
Shield Coverage
Nom. O.D. (in.)
9L0660BT-02
10063440
RG-6
18 AWG Solid CCS
FPE/FRPVC-black
Foil + 60% AL Braid
0.273
9L0660BTQS-02
10058001
RG-6 Quad
18 AWG Solid CCS
FPE/FRPVC-black
0.297
9L1160BT-02
10063458
RG-11
14 AWG Solid CCS
FPE/FRPVC-black
Foil + 60% AL Braid
0.400
9L1160BTQS-02
10061906
RG-11 Quad 14 AWG Solid CCS
FPE/FRPVC-black
0.407
CCS (copper-covered steel) center conductors should only be used for broadband applications like CATV and/or satellite,
not for baseband video applications like CCTV or security surveillance.
12.16
CCTV Coax Cable
Access Control Composite Cables

PR8378V2-12368.tif
16 CONDUCTORS CONSISTING OF FOUR COMPONENTS, WITH A JACKET ON EACH

COMPONENT FOR QUICK COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION, NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
Description
ACCESSJKTNONPLEN
Nonplenum, jacket
16 CONDUCTORS CONSISTING OF FOUR COMPONENTS, THE COMPONENTS ARE NOT

JACKETED, PLENUM
Anixter No.
Description
ACCESSNOJKTPLEN
Plenum, no jacket
20 GAUGE, ONE CONDUCTOR, SOLID BARE COPPER, 95% BARE COPPER BREAK,
COAXIAL CABLE, CMR, CCTV SECURITY VIDEO
Anixter No.
Description
RG59PVC-BX
CCTV security video cable
BNC Plugs for CCTV/CATV

PR7110V2-131914.tif
BNC FOR PLENUM CABLE

Anixter No. Vendor Vendor No.
251505 Emerson CP-78-2
257834 Emerson CP-78-10
166931 Amphenol 31-70000
Description
RG-59, PVC
RG-59, plenum
For RG-6 - Belden 533945, 5339B5,
5399B5, 633948, 633938;
Coleman 92045, 92061, 921003
2065-10-9 Kings
2065-10-9
1694A, 1695A, 7710A, 7711A,
7712A, 7713A
239844 Amphenol 31-71035
For RG-59, 75 ohm coax.
Belden 643948, 6439C8, 649948;
Coleman 99969
2065-2-9 Kings
2065-2-9
1505A, 1506A, 9259
194129 Amphenol 31-71008-2000 For RG-59 - Belden 89259, 92259,
89108, 82108, 1506A; RG-62 Belden 6539Y8
194128 Amphenol 31-71008-1000 For RG-59, 20 AWG C.C. - Belden
551945, 543945, 549945, 993256,
1505A, 1426A, 9659, 9259, 9240,
8212, 9274, 9275, 9100;
Coleman 92074, 993253, 92094;
AT&T 734A
2065-8-9 Kings
2065-8-9
7731A, 8213
Designed for CCTV and CATV applications. These 75 ohm BNC connectors are designed
to deliver the highest quality for sound and security applications.
BNC FOR PVC CABLE
251505 Emerson CP-78-2
251504 Emerson 28-90027
166931 Amphenol 31-70000
2065-10-9 Kings
2065-10-9
2065-2-9 Kings
2065-2-9
Description
RG-59, PVC
RG-6, PVC
For RG-6 - Belden 533945, 5339B5,
5399B5, 633948, 633938; Coleman
92045, 92061, 921003
1694A, 1695A, 7710A, 7711A,
7712A, 7713A
1505A, 1506A, 9259
12.17
16 CONDUCTORS CONSISTING OF FOUR COMPONENTS, WITH EACH COMPONENT

HAVING A FOIL SHIELD/DRAIN AND JACKET (FOR EASY ID), PLENUM
Anixter No.
Description
ACCESSJKTPLEN
Plenum, jacket
Anixter No. Vendor Vendor No. Description

194128 Amphenol 31-71008-1000 For RG-59, 20 AWG C.C. - Belden
551945, 543945, 549945, 993256,
1505A, 1426A, 9659, 9259, 9240,
8212, 9274, 9275, 9100;
Coleman 92074, 993253, 92094;
AT&T 734A
194127 Amphenol 31-71008
For RG-59/62 - Belden 5539Y5, 8221,
8241, 8241A, 8241F, 8263, 8279,
8279A, 9209, 9209A, 9244
166927 Amphenol 31-71033
For 735A coaxial cable;
Coleman 993211
2065-8-9 Kings
2065-8-9
7731A, 8213
F- and Compression Connectors

./
Universal F-connectors
CORNING GILBERT INC
pr5514V2-11490.tif
Anixter No.
167032
246089
Vendor
Vendor No.
Emerson
25-7180
Blonder Tounge BTF-56 HEX
Braid Coverage
Gold irradiate
-----
RG-11
Anixter No.
109611
Vendor
Vendor No.
Corning Gilbert GF11AHS460
087204
049707
T&B
F11QS
Corning Gilbert GF-1097-1
Braid Coverage
Up to 90% has
separate pin
40% up to quad shield
For RG-179B/U
One connector fits all RG-59 cables and one connector fits all RG-6 cables. Uses a
0.360-hex crimp.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
119011
GF59AHS/USA Fits RG-59 cables
119012
GF6AHS/USA
Fits RG-6 cables
Plenum F-connectors
pr5514V2-11490.tif
Nonplenum F-connector 360 Crimp

CORNING GILBERT INC
PR2627V2-11474.eps
The 360 crimp F-connector is designed for superior moisture integrity. Provides 360
seal to the jacket.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
237251
GF-360-6
For RG-6 coax cable
237252
GF-360-6Q
For RG-6 quad shield coax cable
237254
GAF-360-11
For RG-11 coax cable
095946
HCT-986
Crimp tool for RG-6 and 59
043364
HCT-211
Crimp tool for RG-11
Nonplenum F-connectors
pr5514V2-11490.tif
RG-6
Anixter No.
050080
103779
331742
12.18
Vendor
Corning Gilbert
Corning Gilbert
T&B
Vendor No.
GF6AHS312
GF6AHS322
AMF6
RG-59
Anixter No.
112601
Vendor
Corning Gilbert
Vendor No.
GF59AHP312
Braid Coverage
Greater than 78%
braid and quad shield
RG-6
Anixter No.
186250
Vendor
Corning Gilbert
Vendor No.
NS-5197-17
800257
223875
T&B
T&B
PL56CS
PL56CH
Braid Coverage
Has separate
crimp ring
----Up to 78% braid
RG-11
Anixter No.
105403
Vendor
T&B
Vendor No.
PL11CS
Braid Coverage
-----
Vendor No.
PL11QS
GF11AHP450
GF11300P-388
Braid Coverage
Quad shield
All
Quad, has separate
crimp ring and contact
RG-11 PLENUM QUAD SHIELD

Anixter No. Vendor
101799
T&B
084705
Corning Gilbert
199066
Corning Gilbert
Braid Coverage
40% or less
40% to 60%
Up to 78% braid
Snap-N-Seal F-connectors (Compression)
Snap-N-Seal Compression Connectors
BELDEN
Snap-N-Seal connectors are environmentally sealed to protect drops from harsh
environments. Through a unique 360-degree compression process, Snap-N-Seal
connectors also offer the signal leakage protection required for today's systems.
BELDEN
SNAP-N-SEAL F-CONNECTORS MALE ENVIRONMENTALLY SEALED

pr2398V2-106651.tif
TOOLS FOR SNAP-N-SEAL F-CONNECTORS
pr2397V2-106650.tif
Anixter No. Vendor No. Figure Description

525787 CST596
C
Strip tool for RG-59 and RG-6
215348 CST596711 C
Strip tool for RG-59, RG-6 and RG-11
183516 IT1000
A
Tool, strips and installs for RG-6 and RG-59
523849 L3011B B
Tool, installs for RG-11
216029 SNSUTL
----- Tool, installs for RG-59 and RG-6
F-CONNECTORS
LRC SNAP-N-SEAL F series, 360 degree, one-piece compression connector for RG-59,
headend and RG-6 coax cable. Cable retention exceeds 40 lb. minimum with superb
return loss of -30 dB to 1 GHz.
340112
SNS1P59
For RG-59 coax cable, orange sleeve
340510
SNS1P59QS For RG-59 quad shield coax cable, green sleeve
340828
SNS1P59HEC For RG-59 95% shield coax cable, white sleeve
525343
SNS59HEC For RG-59 coax cable, white sleeve
314669
SNS1P6
For RG-6, blue sleeve
340511
SNS1P6QS For RG-6 quad shield coax cable, violet sleeve
BNC CONNECTORS
LRC SNAP-N-SEAL BNC connectors are high-performance, 75 ohm, true 360 degree
compression for RG-59, headend and RG-6 coax cable.
354191
SNS1P59BNC For RG-59 coax cable, orange sleeve
354193
SNS1P6BNC For RG-6 coax cable, blue sleeve
354194
SNS1P6QSBNC For RG-6 quad shield coax cable, violet sleeve
RCA CONNECTORS
SNAP-N-SEAL RCA series, 360 degree, one-piece compression connector for RG-6
coax cable. Cable retention exceeds 40 lb. minimum with superb return loss of
-30 dB to 20 MHz.
282326
SNS1P6RMBL For RG-6, blue sleeve
282327
SNS1P6RMY For RG-6, yellow sleeve
282328
SNS1P6RMW For RG-6, white sleeve
282329
SNS1P6RMR For RG-6, red sleeve
282330
SNS1P6RMG For RG-6, green sleeve
282331
SNS1P6RMBK For RG-6, black sleeve
12.19
Anixter No. Vendor No. Figure Description

183517 SNS59
2
183515 SNS6
2
For RG-6 coax cable
270473 SNS6PLA 2
For RG-6 plenum coax cable
204987 SNS59QS 2
For RG-59 quad-shield coax cable
182461 SNS6QS
2
For RG-6 quad-shield coax cable
523856 SNS11AS 1
RG-6 ULTIMATE SNAP-N-SEAL

ULTIMATE SNAP-N-SEAL F series, 360 degree, one-piece compression connector for
60 percent braid, trishield and quad shield. Cable retention exceeds 40 lb. minimum
with superb return loss of -30 dB to 1 GHz.
340507
SNS1P6U
For RG-6 coax cable, 60% to quad shield,
red sleeve
UltraEase Compression Connectors

CORNING GILBERT INC
PR2626V2-11470.eps
PREP AND COMPRESSION TOOLS

236252
G-CPT-6590
236254
GCATUNIVERSL-FX
236253
G-CPT-1100
284513
G-CAT-AS
Description
Prep tool for RG-6 and RG-59
Compression tool for RG-6 and RG-59
Prep tool for RG-11
Compression tool for RG-11
UltraRange Compression Connectors
This series of compression connectors combines ease of installation with superior

performance. UltraEase compression technology provides 360 degrees of contact to
the cable, providing excellent RF shielding integrity and a complete seal to the cable
jacket that locks out moisture.
F-CONNECTORS
275710
GF-UE-59
283589
GF-UE-59Q
275711
GF-UE-6
275712
236249
236251
GAF-UST-11
GAF-UST-11Q
GF-UE-6Q
BNC CONNECTORS
340503
GA-BNC-UE-59
340504
GA-BNC-UE-59Q
340505
GA-BNC-UE-6
340508
GA-BNC-UE-6Q
RCA CONNECTORS
340499
GA-RCA-UE-59
340500
GA-RCA-UE-59Q
340501
GA-RCA-UE-6
340502
GA-RCA-UE-6Q
12.20
Description
For RG-59 coax cable - 60% to trishield,
color band black
color band green
For RG-6 coax cable - 60% to trishield,
color band gold
color band silver
For RG-11 quad shield coax cable
CORNING GILBERT INC

High-performance compression connectors with a wide range of braided coax cable
for RG-6, RG-11 and RG-59. One-piece design with 360 degrees of contact with the
coax cable.
F-CONNECTORS
329606
GF-UR-6
329608
GF-UR-59-HEC
336680
GF-UR-6-PL
338875
GF-UR-59
410468
GAF-UR-11-MH
340476
GAF-UR-11-PL
Description
For RG-6 PVC, 60% to quad shield
For headend RG-59 PVC, 2-95% shield
For RG-6 plenum, 60% to quad shield
For RG-11 plenum, 60% to quad shield
BNC CONNECTORS
341427
GA-BNC-UR-6
341428
GA-BNC-UR-59
341429
GA-BNC-UR-59-HEC
Description
For headend RG-59 PVC, 2-95% shield
Description
For RG-59 60% to trishield coax cable,
color band black
color band green
color band gold
color band silver
Description
For RG-59 60% to trishield, color band black
color band green
color band gold
color band silver
F Crimp Kits and Tools

./
Hex Crimp Tools for F-connectors

CABLE PREP
PA1559 SealTite ProM Coax Crimper

PR11915V2-21308.tif
Each tool is complete without the inconvenience of changing the jaws.

CRIMP TOOLS
036525
Hex Size
Major Minor Contact Crimps
0.475
----- 0.096 RG-11
0.360
0.324 ----RG-59 - RG-59 quad RG-6 and RG-6 quad
HCT-659 0.324
0.262 ----RG-59 - RG-6
CABLE STRIPPER
PR11916V2-25482.tif
PR67142V2-528961.tif
The PA1559 Compression Crimping Tool terminates most compression connectors.

The tool is fully adjustable to accommodate multiple connector types from most
manufacturers. Crimping dies are included to crimp F-style, BNC and RCA-style
connectors.
FEATURES
Crimps weatherproof linear CATV F-, BNC and RCA and right-angle
compression-type connectors
Works with RG-6, RG-6 Quad, RG-59 and RG-62AU coax cables
Accommodates multiple connectors from multiple manufacturers
Quickly and easily adjusts crimp height
420336
PA1559
SealTite ProM Compression Crimp Tool
SealTite Pro Cable TV "F" Kit

PALADIN TOOLS

130887
CPT-6590
PR67204V2-529302.tif
Description
Cable stripper for RG-6 and RG-59
Tackle all of your compression-crimping jobs with the complete SealTite Pro Kit.
Includes all of the tools you need to prepare and terminate any compression
connector using RG-6, RG-6 Quad and RG-59 cables.
Includes:
- PA1179 round cable cutter
- PA1257 LC-CST CATV "F" coax stripper
- PA1917 RG-6/RG-6 quad shield flaring tool
- PA1559 SealTite ProM Crimp Tool
- Qty. 10 - RG-6/RG-6 quad SealTite connectors
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
308580
PA4910
SealTite Pro Cable TV "F" Kit
Do You Need Tools and Supplies?

Please see the Tools and Supplies section for more information
on various terminating, stripping and crimping tools.
12.21
Ben
Hughes
Anixter No. No.
043364
HCT-211
095946
HCT-986
PALADIN TOOLS
F Adapters and Accessories

./
Female F-series Adapter
F-series Adapters
PR7125V2-143781.tif
F-series splice. Nut and washer available.

Anixter No. Vendor No. Vendor
163328 GF81
Corning Gilbert
044453 GF81A
Corning Gilbert
271666
209379
127761
RF-81
050544
F81/HDW
Description
Without nut and washer
Without nut and washer,
0.81 in. long
Arris International 1.4 in. long with nut
and washer
Regal
1.1 in. long without nut
and washer
T&B
With nut and washer
pr4962V2-143733.tif
Anixter No. Figure Vendor

004445 A
Corning Gilbert GPF59
F quick disconnect female
to male
104022 B
Corning Gilbert GFMF90 F right angle female to male
100266 B
Crown
F90
F right angle female to male
BNC to F Adapters
CORNING GILBERT INC
pr4958V2-143729.tif
F-series Panel Nut, Washer and Locking Sleeve

CORNING GILBERT INC
pr4959V2-143730.tif
Anixter No. Vendor No. Figure

112963 G375SPCL A
029779
G375
031706
GA10035
Description
F-series panel nut 3/8-32 thread,
7/16 in. thick
F-series panel nut 3/8-32 thread,
1/2 in. thick
F-series washer
Anixter No.
004670
004671
004704
Figure
A
B
C
Vendor No.
GBNCFMF
GBNCFFM
GF71M
Description
BNC male to F female
BNC female to F male
F male to F male
F-series RF Terminator
PR4957V2-143728.tif
Ground Block
REGAL TECHNOLOGIES
PR1783V2-143702.eps
Terminates RF signals. Non-locking fixed body.

Anixter No. Figure Vendor
Vendor No.
137816
A
Regal
RF-59T
178724
A
Corning Gilbert GTR59A
021946
B
Corning Gilbert GTP59
Regal ground blocks employ a brass F-81 splice connector with two flat ports to
provide a proper ground path between the 75 ohm drop cable and ground wire up to
8-gauge.
086272
RGB-81
Brass F-81 ground block
12.22
220531
-----
Blonder Tongue BTF-TP
Description
F male terminator
F male terminator
F male terminator theft-proof
F male terminator
F Adapters and Accessories
F-series Tools
CORNING GILBERT INC
pr4963V2-143734.tif
Use to install F-style connectors and general terminators into security shields. For
use with all sleeves above.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Figure Description
042514
G-S-200
A
Security sleeve tool
146804
GGTT-7
B
Locking terminator tool
12.23
Video Broadband Products

./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Filter/impedence Device//RF Applications
Broadband Distribution Amplifier - BIDA 550/750 Series
Broadband Distribution Amplifier - BIDA 75/86/100A Series
BLONDER TONGUE
BLONDER TONGUE
PR23275V2-161725.tif
The BIDA 550/750 Series are professional-quality, broadband, two-way capable,

indoor hybrid distribution amplifiers. These amplifiers are designed for RF
distribution systems in such applications as apartment complexes, hospitals,
schools, prisons, hotels and a wide variety of similar applications. The BIDA series
amplifiers are ideal for multichannel distribution networks, supplied by cable TV or
multichannel MATV/SMATV/CATV headends. They are also suitable as a launch
amplifier in broadband fiber optic networks.
The BIDA 550/750 Series is available in either 550 or 750 MHz bandwidths with
push-pull hybrid technology. For two-way operation, optional field-installable
diplexers and return amplifiers are used to provide either an active or passive 5-30
MHz return. Passive return configurations require only the diplexers, whereas active
return requires installation of both the diplexers and the amplifier.
FEATURES
D
30 MHz return capability with optional plug-ins
Dual push-pull hybrid modules
Inter-stage variable gain and slope controls
Optional plug-in fixed equalizer and attenuator adaptability for input
signal conditioning
Input and output test ports
Large heat sinks for exceptional heat dissipation
DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIERS
217230
BIDA 550-30
142881
BIDA 550-50
217100
BIDA 750-30
RETURN PATH OPTIONS
217103
BIDA-RF
217104
12.24
BIDA-RA
Description
50 to 550 MHz, 30 dB gain
Description
Subsplit diplex filter modules (two required) for
bi-directional conversion
5 to 30 MHz, 24 dB gain return amplifier
module for bi-directional conversion
with amplification
PR23275V2-161725.tif
The BIDA 75/86/100A Series are professional quality, two-way broadband indoor
distribution amplifiers. These amplifiers are ideal for multichannel RF distribution
systems. The input source is a "cable drop" or the output of a MATV/SMATV/CATV
headend. The amplifiers are factory-equipped for two-way operation with a 36/49
MHz split and leave the factory set for passive return-path operation. Active
return-path operation can easily be accomplished by reconfiguring a few internal
jumpers. The amplifiers utilize an external power transformer providing 26 V AC to the
amplifier. This enables the amplifiers to be remotely powered via low-voltage
AC wiring should a 120 V AC electrical outlet not be in close proximity to the
desired amplifier location.
FEATURES
Inter-stage variable gain and slope controls
Optional plug-in fixed equalizer and attenuator capability for input
signal conditioning
Integrated return path configurable for either passive or active operation
Push-pull and power-doubling hybrid models available
Input and output test ports
Large heat sinks for exceptional heat dissipation
Description
217101 BIDA 75A-30
49 to 750 MHz forward, 32 dB gain,
5 to 36 MHz, 20 dB gain reverse path
217102 BIDA 75A-43
49 to 750 MHz forward, 43 dB gain,
261796 BIDA 86A-30P
30 dB, 49-860 MHz, Integrated Active Return
(5-36 MHz)
398996 BIDA 86A-43
(5-36 MHz)
420297 BIDA 86A-43P
(5-36 MHz), lower distortion
266541 BIDA-100A-30 49 to 1,000 MHz forward, 32 dB gain,
Indoor-grade CATV Splitters

BLONDER TONGUE
PR12003V2-21784.tif
Indoor-grade Port Directional Couplers

BLONDER TONGUE
PR11465V2-18704.tif
The SRT series directional couplers have a bandwidth performance of 5 to 1,000 MHz
and are enclosed in metal housings with 120 dB-rated RFI shielding. These tapping
devices are perfectly suited for large indoor distribution tap-down networks and
offered in 1-, 2-, 4- and 8-tap models, with a broad range of tap-down values. The
single-port models are generally used as short-leg, low-insertion loss taps on trunks
or for single-drop cable for two jacks within a room. The 2-, 4- and 8-port models are
for strategic tap points along the trunk or for star wiring from the closet. These taps
are nonpower passing with the lowest value 2-, 4- and 8-port models internally
terminated as end-of-line devices. All models are equipped with predrilled mounting
tabs for attachment to flat surfaces.
Vendor No.
SRT-4
SRT-6
SRT-9
SRT-12
SRT-16
SRT-20
SRT-24
SRT-27
SRT-30
Description
4 dB tap
6 dB tap
9 dB tap
12 dB tap
16 dB tap
20 dB tap
24 dB tap
27 dB tap
30 dB tap
TWO-PORT
Anixter No.
217839
217838
217837
217836
217835
217834
217833
217832
217831
217830
Vendor No.
SRT-2A-4
SRT 2A-8
SRT 2A-11
SRT-2A-14
SRT-2A-17
SRT 2A-20
SRT 2A-23
SRT-2A-26
SRT-2A-29
SRT-2A-32
Description
4 dB tap
8 dB tap
11 dB tap
14 dB tap
17 dB tap
20 dB tap
23 dB tap
26 dB tap
29 dB tap
32 dB tap
FOUR-PORT
Anixter No.
217851
217850
217849
217848
217847
217845
217844
217843
217842
217841
Vendor No.
SRT 4A-8
SRT 4A-11
SRT 4A-14
SRT 4A-17
SRT 4A-20
SRT 4A-23
SRT 4A-26
SRT 4A-29
SRT 4A-32
SRT 4A-35
Description
8 dB tap
11 dB tap
14 dB tap
17 dB tap
20 dB tap
23 dB tap
26 dB tap
29 dB tap
32 dB tap
35 dB tap
EIGHT-PORT
Anixter No.
254612
254613
254614
254615
254616
254619
254620
254621
254622
Vendor No.
SRT-8A-11
SRT-8A-14
SRT-8A-17
SRT 8A-20
SRT-8A-23
SRT-8A-26
SRT-8A-29
SRT-8A-32
SRT-8A-35
Description
11 dB tap
14 dB tap
17 dB tap
20 dB tap
23 dB tap
26 dB tap
29 dB tap
32 dB tap
35 dB tap
The SXRS/SCVS/SDS series trunk splitters have a bandwidth performance of 5 to

1,000 MHz, and are enclosed in die-cast housings, with 120 dB-rated RFI shielding.
These devices are formed with mounting tabs for attachments to flat surfaces and
ground wire seizure.
The splitters are for typical indoor distribution RF networks where power passing is
not required.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
217815
SXRS-2
2-way balanced, in-line style
217817
SXRS-3
3-way balanced, 120 dB
217816
SUV-3
3-way balanced, 80 dB
217818
SXRS-4
4-way balanced
217819
SXRS-8
8-way balanced, L style
330146
SDS-12
12-way balanced
330149
SDS-16
16-way balanced
280125
SCVS-2
345637
SCVS-6
278924
SCVS-8
SINGLE-PORT
Anixter No.
217829
217828
217827
217826
217825
217824
217823
217822
217820
12.25
Rack-mounted Two-way Distribution Amplifier

BLONDER TONGUE
PR11462V2-18695.tif
The RMDA-ARP (active return path) is a rack-mounted, two-way broadband

distribution amplifier. Utilizing push-pull hybrid amplifier technology, it is ideal for
MATV, SMATV or CATV applications. The amplifier has a forward bandwidth of 54 to
860 MHz with a gain of 30 dB. The reverse path of 5 to 40 MHz is field-configurable
for active or passive operation.
Description
275524
RMDA 86A-30
860 MHz, 30 dB push-pull amp with active
return path
Digital High-definition Processor - DHDP Series
Fixed Attenuator Pads
PICO DIGITAL INC
FEATURES
Accepts one analog RF input (CATV sub-band channels T7-T13, depending on the
model; CATV standard channels 2-135; VHF channels 2-13; and UHF channels
14-69) and delivers one analog RF output (CATV standard channels 2-135)
Accepts one digital cable QAM input (CATV sub-band channels T7-T13,
depending on the model, and CATV standard channels 2-135) and delivers one
digital cable QAM output (CATV standard channels 2-135)
Accepts one digital off-air 8VSB or digital cable QAM input (CATV standard
channels 2-135, VHF channels 2-13, and UHF channels 14-69) and delivers one
analog RF output (CATV standard channels 2-135)
Equipped with EAS interface, which can also be used as an IF (intermediate
frequency) input
Supports Closed Captioning (EIA-608)
443011
59819 L
+60 dBmV, 54-860 MHz output
490982
59819
+60 dBmV, T7-T13 sub-band input capable
BLONDER TONGUE
PR23273V2-161706.tif
PR7126V2-143780.tif
Fixed attenuators are nickel-plated brass passives that uniformly reduce signal
strength within a drop line and can be coupled for increased attenuation.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Attenuation
142752
FAM-3
3 dB
142753
FAM-6
6 dB
142755
PPFAM-8 8 dB
142757
FAM-10
10 dB
142758
FAM-12
12 dB
142760
PPFAM-16 16 dB
142761
FAM-20
20 dB
Agile Digital/Analog Processor AP-60-860A

BLONDER TONGUE
PR34409V2-253261.tif
The AP-60-860A (Agile Digital/Analog Processor) operates in one of the three

following modes:
Mode 1: Analog Heterodyne Processor (analog RF IN > analog RF OUT)
Mode 2: Digital Heterodyne Processor (QAM IN > QAM OUT)
Mode 3: Digital-to-Analog Processor (8VSB or QAM IN > analog RF OUT)
12.26
The DHDP series is a two-module system consisting of one down-converter module

and one up-converter module. The down-converter accepts one 8VSB (digital off-air)
input in the 54-864 MHz range and delivers one output in IF (intermediate frequency)
format. The up-converter accepts one IF input and delivers one output in 8VSB format.
FEATURES
Agile broadcast (UHF, VHF) input and CATV (Standard, HRC, and IRC) output
channel assignments in the 54-864 MHz range
Compatible with digital TV and high-definition TV applications
Compact design allows for deployment of six combo modules in 2RU rack space
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
274876
329304
274868
274870
274871
274872
329307
Vendor No.
BTY-10-U
MIPS-12C
DHDC-DH
DHDC-DV
DHDC-UH
DHDC-UV
MIRC-12V
Description
Recommended off-air antenna
HE-12 Series power supply
Down-converter horizontal
Down-converter vertical
Up-converter horizontal
Up-converter vertical
HE-12 chassis
Digital-to-analog Processor - DAP Series

BLONDER TONGUE
PR21602V2-124430.tif
Frequency Agile Audio/Video Modulator - AM Series

BLONDER TONGUE
PR11460V2-18689.tif
The AM series is a professional-quality, frequency-agile audio/visual RF channel

modulator, designed to accept a standard NTSC baseband video signal and an
unbalanced line level audio signal, converting them to a broadband channel.
Commonly configured frequency ranges of 50 to 550 MHz or 50 to 806 MHz with
+60 dBmV signal-level output. This is the ideal modulator for small- to medium-size
CATV headends or for schools, businesses or wherever the application arises.
ATSC/QAM Demodulator - AQD

BLONDER TONGUE
PR21846V2-126438.tif
The AQD accepts one input in 8VSB (digital off-air) or QAM (digital cable) format and
delivers one output in NTSC composite analog audio/video format.
The AQD allows delivering of a digital off-air program to viewers with an analog TV set.
It also allows an operator to cherry-pick channels from a "clear" QAM cable lineup.
The AQD PLUS is the same as AQD, but includes the AFD broadcast package. AFD (active
format description) is a standard set of codes embedded in the video stream and used
by digital television broadcasters to optimally display a 16:9 video format on an
analog television set designed for 4:3 video format.
FEATURES
Input standards supported are digital off-air (8VSB) and digital cable (QAM 64
and 256)
NTSC composite analog audio/video output is in 480i format and supports
Closed Captioning (EIA-608)
Optional AQD-RCS module allows remote monitoring and configuration of up to
80 AQD modules
Optional AQD-SPS unit provides standby utility power to the primary power
supply (AQD power and control module)
Description
339475
AQD
ATSC/QAM demodulator - module
339476
AQD-PCM
ATSC/QAM demodulator - power supply
339477
AQD-CH
ATSC/QAM demodulator - chassis
353273
AQD/QT
Standby power supply, AQD-SPS
353274
AQD-REMOTE
Configuration server, RCS
12.27
The DAP accepts one input in 8VSB (digital off-air) or QAM (digital cable) format, and
delivers one output in modulated analog RF format. DAP PLUS is the same as DAP, but
includes the AFD broadcast package. AFD (active format description) is a standard
set of codes embedded in the video stream and used by digital television
broadcasters to optimally display a 16:9 video format on an analog television set
designed for 4:3 video format.
Both DAP and DAP PLUS can be equipped with an optional RNC module (remote
network card) for remote monitoring and control operations. One RNC module can
monitor and control up to 64 DAP/DAP PLUS units installed in a headend. Additionally,
DAP PLUS can be equipped with an optional ASI module (asynchronous serial interface)
that delivers two identical ASI stream outputs, allowing a seamless migration to an
all-digital platform.
FEATURES
Agile Broadcast (UHF, VHF) and CATV (Standard, HRC and IRC) channel
assignments in the 54-864 MHz range
Supports EAS (emergency alert system) input which can also be used as an IF
(intermediate frequency) input
Automated scanning captures all available off-air or cable programs present on
the input signal
Supports both the primary and the SAP (secondary audio program)
audio programs
Output power level range of +50 to +62 dBmV adjustable in
0.2 dB increments
Supports Closed Captioning (EIA-608)
Description
369371
DAP
Digital-to-analog processor
369375
DAP-RNC
DAP equipped with remote network (only
one required per headend)
Frequency agility allows "on-the-fly" tuning to any unused or filtered channel in any
of the three cable-TV channel plan formats. The AM is designed within a 1.75 in. H x
19 in. W x 14.5 in. D rack aluminum chassis with a three-wire, 120 V AC appliance
cord for powering.
Description
244520
AM-60-550 W/OPT 4 7-550 MHz, + 60 dBmv
sub-band output
244508
AM-60-550
50-550 MHz, + 60 dBmv
267518
AM-60-806
50-750 MHz, +60 dBmv
H.264 HD Encoder
BLONDER TONGUE
PR67144V2-528989.tif
The HD264-2S-IP (H.264 HD Encoder - 2xHD-SDI/2xHDMI/2xComponent - 2xIP)

accepts up to two programs from any of the following inputs: 2xHD-SDI, 2xHDMI
(unencrypted), and 2xComponent. Each input program, if applicable, is first digitized,
then H.264 or MPEG-2 encoded into a high-definition Single Program Transport
Stream (SPTS), and finally IP-encapsulated and delivered in 10/100BASE-T Ethernet
format as an output. Each SPTS is also available via two identical ancillary outputs in
ASI format. The encoder supports Dolby Digital audio encoding, and Closed
Captioning (EIA-608 and EIA-708). It is also equipped with an autosensing relay that
allows switching to an optional redundant power supply in the unlikely event of
primary power supply failure. Comprehensive remote monitoring and control is
accomplished using any standard Web browser via a front-panel 10/100BASE-T
Ethernet connection.
FEATURES
Accepts up to two programs from any of the following inputs: 2xHD-SDI, 2xHDMI
(unencrypted) and 2xComponent
Digitizes and H.264 or MPEG-2 encodes up to two input programs into two
10/100BASE-T Ethernet outputs
Supports four ancillary outputs in ASI format (two identical ASI outputs for each
input program)D
Provides comprehensive GUI-based monitoring and control via standard
Web browsers
Supports Closed Captioning EIA-608 and EIA-708
Supports real-time Dolby Digital audio encoding
Provides optional redundant power supply
Supports user-defined PSIP configuration
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
490998
6396
H.264 HD encoder
MPEG-2 HD Encoder
BLONDER TONGUE
PR67143V2-528988.tif
The HDE-2H/2S-QAM (MPEG-2 HD Encoder - 2xHDMI/2xHD-SDI/4xComponent - 4xQAM)

accepts up to four high-definition (HD) programs from any of the following inputs:
2xHDMI (unencrypted), 2xHD-SDI and 4xComponent. MPEG-2-encoded outputs are
available in the following formats simultaneously: 4xQAM, 4xGigE (1000BASE-T
Ethernet), and 4xASI. To improve transport efficiency, the encoder allows the operator
to assign one or two programs to each QAM output channel, and to individually turn
on/off each of the four adjacent QAM output channels. The encoder supports Dolby
Digital audio encoding, and Closed Captioning (EIA-608 and EIA-708). It is also
equipped with an Emergency Alert System (EAS) interface. A front panel RF test point
allows for monitoring/testing of the QAM output without service interruption.
12.28
Comprehensive remote monitoring and control is accomplished using any standard

Web browser via a front-panel 10/100BASE-T Ethernet connection.
FEATURES
Accepts up to four programs from any of the following inputs: 2xHDMI
(unencrypted), 2xHD-SDI and 4xComponent
HDE-4S-QAM model has same features as 2H/2S except that it has 4xHD-SDI and
no HDMI inputs
Simultaneously delivers the following outputs: 4xQAM, 4xGigE and 4xASI
Multiplexes up to four input programs in any of the following output
combinations: 1:1 (one program per QAM channel) 2:1 (two programs per QAM
channel, not exceeding 38.8 Mbps)
Each of the four QAM channels can contain one or two programs, and be turned
on/off individually
Provides +52 dBmV QAM output level for four combined channels (+60 dBmV
for 1 QAM)
Web browsers
Supports Closed Captioning EIA-608 and EIA-708
Equipped with EAS interface (Analog Video + L/R Audio)
Description
490990
HDE-2H/2S-QAM
Two HDMI and two HD-SDI input encoder,
agile QAM output
490991
HDE-4S-QAM
Four HD-SDI input encoder, agile
QAM output
IP-ASI Transcoder - IPAT

BLONDER TONGUE
PR34408V2-253254.tif
The IPAT (IP-ASI Transcoder) is a bi-directional IP-ASI transcoder that accepts

MPEG-2/4-encoded input streams in 1000BASE-T Ethernet (GbE) and ASI formats
simultaneously. Two factory-installed optional modules (the RF IN and the RF OUT)
allow input/output in QAM and 8VSB formats rendering the product suitable for a
wider range of applications. GbE input is transcoded to ASI output while ASI input is
transcoded to GbE output. An integrated Web server provides comprehensive
GUI-based local and remote control/monitoring through any standard Web browser
via a front-panel 10/100BASE-T interface.
FEATURES
ASI input/output interface
Supports Single or Multiprotocol Transport Services (SPTS or MPTS)
Performs PCR (Program Clock Reference) correction
Allows null packet insertion and deletion
GbE input/output interface
Provides robust protection against IP network jitter and delay
Performs PCR (Program Clock Reference) replacement

Supports uni- and multicast thru RTP/UDP protocols
Supports IPv4, ARP, IGMPv2 and ICMP protocols
Description
443002
IPAT
GbE-to-ASI and ASI-to-GbE transcoder
443003
IPAT-RFO
IPAT equipped with RF OUT module
443008
IPAT-RFI
IPAT equipped with RF IN module
MPEG-2 Single-channel Encoder

BLONDER TONGUE
PR67146V2-528991.tif
ASI-to-IP Multiplexer
BLONDER TONGUE
PR67145V2-528990.tif
MPEG-2 SINGLE-CHANNEL ENCODER

Includes 1xQAM
491579
HDE-CHV-QAM 1xComponent/HDMI/VGA/Composite
491581
HDE-CSV-QAM 1xComponent/HD-SDI/HDMI/VGA/Composite
ACCESSORIES
491583
HDE-3MCH 1RU rack-mount chassis; holds three HDE-CHV/
CSV-QAM modules
12.29
The MUX-12A-IP (12:4 ASI-to-IP Multiplexer; 12xASI > 4xIP) is designed for
cherry-picking applications, allowing operators to create custom-made channel
lineups by grooming standard definition (SD) and high-definition (HD) programs on an
as-needed basis. The multiplexer accepts up to twelve unencrypted MPEG-2/H.264
inputs in ASI format and multiplexes them into up to four MPEG-2/H.264
Multi-Program Transport Streams (MPTS) which are then encapsulated and assigned
to up to four IPv4 addresses in 1000BASE-T Ethernet (GigE) format suitable for
distribution over Cat 5 networks. Any two of the four MPTS output streams are also
available in ASI format. Each ASI input stream can contain up to 20 unencrypted
programs, for a total of 240 input programs. The GigE output can contain up to 20
programs groomed in up to four MPTS output streams from any of the available 240
input programs, each MPTS output stream not to exceed 214 Mbps, and the sum of
programs in all MPTS output streams not to exceed 20. The multiplexer is
EAS-compliant (Emergency Alert System) - operator can assign ASI port #12 as an
EAS input which, when activated, will override the content of all other ASI inputs.
Comprehensive remote monitoring and control is accomplished via a GUI-based
interface using any standard Web browser.
FEATURES
Accepts up to 12 unencrypted MPEG-2/H.264 Single or Multi-Program Transport
Streams (SPTS or MPTS) in ASI format, each up to 270 Mbps
Provides 1, 2, 3 or 4 MPTS output streams when operating in single, dual, triple,
or quad IP outputs modes respectively
Web browsers
Performs PCR (Program Clock Reference) correction, null packet insertion
and deletion
Supports EAS (Emergency Alert System) input on ASI Input port 12
Supports uni- and multicast thru RTP/UDP protocols
Supports ARP, IGMPv2, and ICMP protocols
Description
491576
MUX-12A-IP
Multiplexer, 12x ASI inputs, 4xIP outputs,
EAS equipped
The HDE-CHV-QAM (MPEG-2 HD Encoder - 1xComponent/HDMI/VGA/Composite 1xQAM) accepts one high-definition (HD) program from any of the following inputs:
1xComponent, 1xHDMI (unencrypted), 1xVGA, and 1xComposite. MPEG-2 encoded
outputs are available in the following formats simultaneously: 1xQAM, 1xASI, and 1xIP
(10/100BASE-T Ethernet). The QAM RF output is frequency agile over the entire
CATV frequency range of 54-1002 MHz (channels 2 158) with an output level of
+40 dBmV.
The encoder supports Dolby Digital audio encoding, and Closed Captioning (EIA 608).
Comprehensive remote monitoring and control is accomplished using any standard
Web browser via a front-panel 10/100BASE-T Ethernet connection. A rear-panel VGA
output port is available for loop-through applications.
FEATURES
Accepts one program from any of the following inputs: 1xComponent, 1xHDMI
(unencrypted), 1xVGA and 1xComposite
The HDE-CSV-QAM has same features as the HDE-CHV-QAM with the addition of a
HD-SDI input
Simultaneously delivers the following outputs: 1xQAM, 1xASI, and 1xIP
Provides +40 dBmV QAM RF output level
Web browsers
Compact design permits installation of up to three encoder modules in 1RU
Supports Closed Captioning EIA-608

900 SERIES IN-LINE ADAPTERS
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Filter/impedence Device//Copper Applications
DSL Line Conditioners (Filters)
PR11212V2-19670.tif
SUTTLE
Addressing the challenges created by DSL broadband technology deployments in the
home, Suttle's Line Conditioners filter out any erratic impedance from telephone
equipment, delivering high-bandwidth ADSL transmission capabilities. Available in
wall-mount and in-line styles, DSL line conditioners can be deployed to meet any DSL
filtering application.
OUTDOOR DSL POTS SPLITTER
PR7161V2-19676.TIF
Anixter No.
268659
Vendor No.
900LCCS-50
WALL-MOUNT FILTER
Anixter No.
268656
Vendor No.
649A1-49
900 SERIES IN-LINE LINE CONDITIONERS
PR11211V2-19667.tif
Anixter No.
269134
12.30
Vendor No.
900LCC-50
PR9326V2-25214.tif
Description
Attached at the subscriber premise
Anixter No.
268657
Description
One-line filtered, auxiliary DSL jack,
compliant
Vendor No.
630LCCU-85
Description
One-line filtered, compliant
Description
One-line filtered, two voice jacks,
auxiliary DSL jack
Computer and RS-232 Cable
./
10BASE-5 Transceiver Ethernet Cables

BELDEN
PR2614V2-143715.tif
For Digital Equipment Corporation and Xerox Ethernet Systems; PC-LAN Ethernet systems.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 4-pair
3. 78 ohms
4. Individually shielded pairs: aluminum-polyester foil
5. Overall shield: coverage and material vary
6. CM - PVC jacket, CMP - PVDF jacket
UL Type CM - Nonplenum
UL Type CMP - Plenum
NONPLENUM
B9891
9891 0061000
AWG
20 (7x28)
3pr: 28 (7x36) x
1pr: 24 (7x32)
3pr: 22 (7x30) x
1pr: 20 (7x28)
Insulation
FHDPE
Polypropylene
Shield
Tape + Foil + TC Braid (95%)
Tape + Foil + TC Braid (92%)
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.415
0.250
Weight
lb./1,000 ft. Jacket Color
96
Light gray
43
Light gray
Datalene (Data) x
PVC (Power)
Foil + 95% TC Braid
0.316
69
Insulation
FEP
Shield
Foil + 95% TC Braid
Nom.
Weight
O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft. Jacket Color
0.359
101
Brown
Light blue
PLENUM
No.
of Pairs AWG
B89892
89892 0011000 4
20 (7x28)
Index1.W&C Electronic//Multicnd/Pr Nonplenum//Shielded Stranded
Paired Foil/Braided Nonplenum Computer Cables

BELDEN
PR2613V2-143714.tif
Shielded, nonplenum, computer cables.

SPECIFICATIONS
1. Tinned-copper conductors
2. PVC jacket
LOW CAPACITANCE (15.5 PF/FT) FOR RS-232 AND RS-422
28 AWG, stranded conductors (7x36), foil + 90 percent TC braid with 28 AWG TC
drain wire, PPE insulation, chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CL2.
No. of Nom. O.D. Weight
Pairs (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B9804
9804 0601000
2
0.214
27.8
B9805
9805 0601000
3
0.222
32.5
B9806
9806 0601000
4
0.237
36.0
B9807
9807 0601000
5
0.240
37.4
B9808
9808 0601000
7
0.256
43.0
B9809
9809 0601000
9
0.290
54.9
B9812
9812 0601000
12
0.319
63.5
Anixter No.
B9813
B9819
B9825
B9814
Vendor No.
9813 0601000
9819 0601000
9825 0601000
9814 0601000
No. of
Pairs
13
18
25
31
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.336
0.365
0.429
0.462
Weight
lb./1,000 ft.
69.0
82.3
104.1
122.3

drain wire, Datalene insulation, chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CL2.
Pairs (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B8132
8132 0601000
2
0.220
28.5
B8133
8133 0601000
3
0.265
37.3
B8134
8134 0601000
4
0.286
43.8
B8135
8135 0601000
5
0.288
44.5
B8138
8138 0601000
8
0.330
56.3
B8142
8142 0601000
12 & 1/2 0.389
68.8
B8148
8148 0601000
18
0.467
97.0
LOW CAPACITANCE FOR RS-485
drain wire, PE insulation, chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CM.
Pairs (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B9841
9841 0605000
1
0.232
36.8
B9842
9842 0605000
2
0.340
62
12.31
No. of
Pairs
4
3 data x
1 power
3 data x
1 power

B9901
9901 E4X1000
B9903
9903 E4X1000

(continued)
Anixter No.
B9843
B9844
Paired Foil/Braided Nonplenum Computer Cables

Vendor No.
9843 0601000
9844 0601000
No. of
Pairs
3
4
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.360
0.390
Weight
lb./1,000 ft.
72.6
81.7
COMPUTER CABLES FOR RS-232

24 AWG, stranded conductors (7x32), foil + 65 percent TC braid, S-R PVC
insulation, chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CMG.
Pairs (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B8332
8332 0601000
2
0.250
34.3
B8333
8333 0601000
3
0.265
43.2
B8334
8334 0601000
4
0.272
47.3
B8335
8335 0601000
5
0.295
54.3
B8336
8336 0601000
6
0.310
61.5
B8337
8337 0601000
7
0.321
64.0
B8340
8340 0601000
10
0.385
87.4
B8342
8342 0601000
12 & 1/2 0.405
102.6
B8345
8345 0601000
15
0.445
119.9
B8348
8348 0601000
18
0.480
140.3
B8355
8355 0601000
25
0.550
186.5
drain wire, PE insulation, chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CM.
D
Pairs (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B9829
9829 0601000
2
0.291
50.9
B9830
9830 0601000
3
0.305
63.2
B9831
9831 0601000
4
0.330
73.5
B9832
9832 0601000
5
0.338
81.5
B9839
9839 0601000
6
0.364
93.6
B9833
9833 0601000
7
0.370
97.4
B9834
9834 0601000
9
0.419
114.5
B9835
9835 0601000
10
0.451
128.0
B9836
9836 0601000
12
0.464
141.3
drain wire, Datalene insulation, chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CM.
Pairs (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B8102
8102 06010000 2
0.270
40.4
B8103
8103 06010000 3
0.283
46.0
B8104
8104 06010000 4
0.302
50.4
B8105
8105 0601000
5
0.313
47.3
B8106
8106 0601000
6
0.341
65.2
B8107
8107 0601000
7
0.341
66.5
B8108
8108 0601000
8
0.370
77.0
B8110
8110 0601000
10
0.427
91.6
B8112
8112 0601000
12 & 1/2 0.440
100.3
B8115
8115 0601000
15
0.477
109.3
B8118
8118 0601000
18
0.537
147.2
B8125
8125 0601000
25
0.632
191.0
12.32
COMPUTER CABLES FOR RS-232 APPLICATIONS

22 AWG, stranded conductors (7x30), foil + 65 percent TC braid, S-R PVC
insulation, chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CMG.
Pairs (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B8302
8302 0605000
2
0.280
42.4
B8303
8303 0601000
3
0.294
52.7
B8304
8304 0601000
4
0.320
63.9
B8305
8305 0601000
5
0.322
69.2
B8306
8306 0601000
6
0.348
77.9
B8307
8307 0601000
7
0.348
82.7
B8308
8308 0601000
8
0.384
98.7
B8310
8310 0601000
10
0.440
118.7
B8312
8312 0601000
12 & 1/2 0.455
133.1
B8315
8315 0601000
15
0.502
156.8
B8318
8318 0601000
18
0.540
185.3
B8325
8325 0601000
25
0.620
238.4
COMPUTER P.O.S. CABLES
22 AWG, solid conductors, 22 AWG solid TC drain wire, PE insulation, black colored
jacket, NEC Type CM.
No. of
Nom. O.D. Weight
Pairs Shield (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
B9855
9855 01010000 2
Foil + 0.270
47.8
58% TC
Braid
9F220202 1268A 0101000 2
Foil + 0.270
47.5
90% TC
Braid
B9696
9696 0101000 2
Foil + 0.290
45.8
58% TC
Braid
LOW CAPACITANCE FOR RS-422 APPLICATIONS
24 AWG, stranded conductors (7x32), individually shielded pairs with 24 AWG TC
drain wire, Datalene insulation, overall chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CM.
No. of Nom. O.D. Weight lb./
Pairs (in.)
1,000 ft.
B9729
9729 06010000 2
0.266
44.8
B9730
9730 06010000 3
0.334
52.4
B9728
9728 0605000
4
0.363
61.4
B9731
9731 0601000
6
0.421
83.5
B9732
9732 0601000
9
0.488
111.4
B9734
9734 0601000
12
0.575
154.5
B9735
9735 0601000
15
0.639
184.9
B9737
9737 0601000
19
0.671
220.2
B9738
9738 0601000
27
0.797
328.1
LOW CAPACITANCE (12.5 PF/FT.) FOR RS-232 AND RS-422 APPLICATIONS
24 AWG, stranded conductors (7x32), individually shielded pairs with 24 AWG TC
drain wire, overall foil + 65% TC braid, Datalene insulation, overall
chrome-colored jacket, NEC Type CM, passes VW-1 Test.
Pairs (in.)
1,000 ft.
B8162
8162 0601000
2
0.343
61.9
B8163
8163 0601000
3
0.359
69.6

Anixter No.
B8164
B8165
B8166
B8167
B8168
B8170
B8175
B8185
No. of
Pairs
4
5
6
7
8
10
15
25
Vendor No.
8164 0601000
8165 0601000
8166 0601000
8167 0601000
8168 0601000
8170 0601000
8175 0601000
8185 0601000
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.388
0.413
0.446
0.446
0.479
0.584
0.665
0.822
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
81.4
88.9
100.9
105.7
118.8
164.2
218.2
350.2
Nonplenum Shielded Computer Cables

Table 1: NEC Type CMG
Table 2: NEC Type CM
S-R PVC insulation
No. of
Pairs
B9501
9501 0605000
1
B9502
9502 0601000
2
B9503
9503 0601000
3
B9504
9504 0601000
4
B9505
9505 0601000
5
B9506
9506 0601000
6
B9507
9507 0601000
7
B9508
9508 0601000
8
B9509
9509 0605000
9
B9510
9510 0601000
10
B9515
9515 0601000
15
B9519
9519 0601000
19
B9525
9525 0601000
25
B9550
9550 0601000
50
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.156
0.222
0.232
0.265
0.289
0.289
0.294
0.324
0.334
0.368
0.417
0.448
0.503
0.708
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
14.0
28.9
29.6
36.5
46.5
52.0
54.4
62.0
68.8
75.2
102.3
121.8
156.5
309.9
COMPUTER CABLES LOW CAPACITANCE FOR RS-232 AND RS-422 APPLICATIONS

Datalene insulation
Pairs (in.)
1,000 ft.
B1419A
1419A 06010000 2
0.248
31.5
B1420A
1420A 0601000 3
0.261
36.5
B1421A
1421A 0605000 4
0.280
38.3
B1422A
1422A 0601000 5
0.294
46.6
B1423A
1423A 0601000 6
0.319
52.3
B1424A
1424A 0601000 12 & 1/2 0.418
85.1
B1425A
1425A 0601000 15
0.473
102.3
Nonplenum Multiconductor Foil/Braided Computer Cables

BELDEN
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Multiconductor
2. Stranded, tinned-copper conductors
3. Beldfoil aluminum-polyester + 65 percent TC braid
4. PVC jacket - chrome
Table 1 and 2: NEC Type CMG
Table 3: NEC Type CM
24 AWG (7x32), S-R PVC insulated
No. of
Nom. O.D.
Conductors (in.)
B9608
9608 0601000
3
0.190
B9609
9609 0601000
4
0.200
B9610
9610 0601000
5
0.215
B9611
9611 0601000
6
0.225
B9612
9612 0601000
7
0.225
B9613
9613 0601000
8
0.240
B9614
9614 0601000
9
0.253
B9615
9615 0601000
10
0.270
B9616
9616 0601000
15
0.300
B9617
9617 0601000
25
0.370
B9618
9618 0601000
37
0.411
B9619
9619 0601000
50
0.485
Approx. Wt. lb./

1,000 ft.
23
26
32
34
38
41
44
50
63
100
135
182

22 AWG (7x30), S-R PVC insulated
No. of
Nom. O.D.
Conductors (in.)
B9939
9939 0601000
3
0.202
B9940
9940 0605000
4
0.215
B9941
9941 0601000
5
0.230
B9942
9942 0601000
6
0.245
B9943
9943 0601000
7
0.245
B9944
9944 0601000
8
0.260
B9945
9945 0601000
9
0.280
B9946
9946 0601000
10
0.300
B9947
9947 0605000
15
0.340
B9948
9948 0601000
25
0.410
B9949
9949 0601000
37
0.460
B9950
9950 0601000
50
0.555
Approx. Wt. lb./

1,000 ft.
27
32
38
43
46
52
57
62
83
132
180
238
COMPUTER CABLES LOW CAPACITANCE FOR RS-232 AND RS-423 APPLICATIONS

24 AWG stranded, tinned-copper drain wire, 24 AWG (7x32), Datalene insulated
No. of
Nom. O.D. Approx. Wt. lb./
Conductors (in.)
1,000 ft.
B9925
9925 0601000
3
0.215
24
B9927
9927 0601000
4
0.230
32
B9929
9929 0601000
5
0.246
36
B9931
9931 0601000
6
0.265
39
12.33
BELDEN
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, twisted pairs
2. Stranded tinned-copper conductors (7x32)
3. Beldfoil aluminum-polyester shield with 24 AWG stranded,
tinned-copper drain wire

(continued)
Anixter No.
B9925
B9927
B9929
B9931
B9932
B9933
B9934
B9935
B9936
B9937
B9938
Nonplenum Shielded Computer Cables

Vendor No.
9925 0601000
9927 0601000
9929 0601000
9931 0601000
9932 0601000
9933 06010000
9934 0601000
9935 0601000
9936 0601000
9937 0601000
9938 0601000
No. of
Nom. O.D.
Conductors (in.)
3
0.215
4
0.230
5
0.246
6
0.265
7
0.265
8
0.280
9
0.300
10
0.306
15
0.350
25
0.445
37
0.500
Approx. Wt. lb./

1,000 ft.
24
32
36
39
41
46
48
53
68
108
139
Multiconductor Shielded Computer Cables
BELDEN
PR2608V2-143709.tif
Anixter No.
B9544
B9545
B9546
Vendor No.
9544 0601000
9545 0601000
9546 0601000
No. of
Nom. O.D.
Conductors (in.)
30
0.380
40
0.430
50
0.490
Approx. Wt. lb./

1,000 ft.
102
130
168
Nonplenum Foil/Braided Computer Cables

BELDEN
PR2610V2-143711.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 28 AWG, multiconductor
2. Stranded, tinned-copper conductors (7x36)
3. Beldfoil aluminum-polyester shield + 65 percent TC braid
No. of
Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Conductors Insulation O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft.
B9637
9637 0601000 25
S-R PVC 0.305 59
Multiconductor shielded computer cables for RS-232 applications.

SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, multiconductor
2. Stranded, tinned-copper (7x32)
3. Beldfoil aluminum-polyester shield with 24 AWG stranded,
tinned-copper drain wire
4. S-R PVC insulation
LOW CAPACITANCE CABLES FOR RS-232 AND RS-423 APPLICATIONS

No. of
Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Conductors Insulation O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft.
B9791
9791 0601000 6
Datalene 0.225 29
Index1.W&C Electronic//Multicnd/Pr Plenum//Shielded Stranded
Plenum Shielded Computer Cables

BELDEN
PR2615V2-143716.tif

NEC Type CMG
OVERALL BELDFOIL SHIELD
Anixter No.
B9533
B9534
B9535
B9536
B9537
B9538
B9539
B9540
B9541
B9542
B9543
12.34
Vendor No.
9533 0605000
9534 0605000
9535 0601000
9536 0605000
9537 0601000
9538 0601000
9539 0605000
9540 0605000
9541 0601000
9542 0601000
9543 0601000
No. of
Nom. O.D.
Conductors (in.)
3
0.162
4
0.184
5
0.189
6
0.209
7
0.209
8
0.224
9
0.244
10
0.244
15
0.284
20
0.314
25
0.339
Approx. Wt. lb./

1,000 ft.
18
22
22
29
30
34
38
36
56
69
86

NEC Type CMP
24 AWG, stranded, tinned-copper conductors (7x32), foil aluminum-polyester shield,
FEP insulation, 24 AWG stranded, TC drain wire.
No. of Nom.
Pairs O.D. (in.)
B88641 88641 0021000 1
0.106
B82641 82641 8771000 1
0.106
B82502
82502 8771000 2
0.162
B89503
89503 0021000 3
0.175
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft. Jacket
9
FEP--red
8.0
Flamarrest-natural
14
Flamarrest-natural
21
FEP--red

No. of Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Pairs O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft. Jacket
B82503 82503 8771000 3
0.169
18
Flamarrest-natural
B89504 89504 0021000 4
0.192
29
FEP--red
B82504 82504 8771000 4
0.193
26
Flamarrest-natural
B89505 89505 0021000 5
0.197
33
FEP--red
B82505 82505 8771000 5
0.196
31
Flamarrest-natural
B82506 82506 8771000 6
0.209
35
Flamarrest-natural
B82509 82509 8771000 9
0.246
49
Flamarrest-natural
B82512 82512 8771000 12.5 0.278
60
Flamarrest-natural
LOW-CAPACITANCE COMPUTER CABLES FOR RS-232 AND RS-422 APPLICATIONS

24 AWG, stranded, tinned-copper conductors (7x32), each pair individually shielded
with foil aluminum-polyester shield, foamed FEP insulation, 24 AWG stranded, TC
drain wire.
No. of Nom. O.D. Approx. Wt.
Pairs (in.)
B89729 89729 0085000 2
0.261
31
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
B82729 82729 8771000 2
0.255
28
Flamarrest
--natural
B89730 89730 0081000 3
0.278
40
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
B89728 89728 0081000 4
0.307
50
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
B89705 89705 0081000 5
0.333
62
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
B89731 89731 0081000 6
0.361
71
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
B89757 89757 0081000 7
0.361
80
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
B89732 89732 0081000 9
0.433
108
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
Nonplenum Small Computer System Interface Cables (SCSI)

BELDEN
PR2611V2-143712.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 28 AWG
3. Polypropylene buffer layer
4. Overall aluminum-polyester foil + 85 percent TC shield
5. FRPE insulation
6. PVC jacket - light gray
NEC Type CMG--B1401A
NEC Type CM--B1403A
Anixter No.
B1401A
B1403A
Vendor No.
1401A F2V1000
1403A F2V1000
No. of
Pairs
25
34
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.420
0.480
Weight
lb./1,000 ft.
103.2
141.3
Index1.W&C Electronic//Multicnd/Pr Plenum//Shielded Solid
Plenum Paired Computer P.O.S. Cables

BELDEN
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 22 AWG, 2-pairs
3. Foil + TC braid
4. FEP insulation
5. FEP jacket - black
6. Solid TC drain wire
NEC Type CMP
Anixter No.
B89855
B1269A
B89696
Vendor No.
89855 0101000
1269A 0101000
89696 0101000
% Shield
Coverage
55%
90%
55%
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.272
0.240
0.262
Weight
lb./1,000 ft.
45.5
52.9
48.9
12.35
COMPUTER CABLES FOR RS-232 AND RS-422 APPLICATIONS

24 AWG, stranded, tinned-copper conductors (7x32), foil aluminum-polyester shield,
foamed FEP insulation, gray fluorocopolymer jacket, 24 AWG stranded, TC drain wire.
No. of Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Pairs O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft.
B88102
88102 0081000
2
0.203
20
B88103
88103 0081000
3
0.239
31
B88104
88104 0081000
4
0.259
38
B88105
88105 0081000
5
0.267
44
B88106
88106 0081000
6
0.293
50
B88107
88107 0081000
7.5
0.293
59
B88109
88109 0081000
9
0.352
74
B88112
88112 0081000
12.5
0.397
97
B88118
88118 0081000
18.5
0.482
148
B88125
88125 0081000
25
0.581
195
No. of Nom. O.D. Approx. Wt.

Pairs (in.)
B89734 89734 0081000 12 0.498
140
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
B89758 89758 0081000 18 0.616
204
Fluorocopolymer
--gray
Index1.Cabling Systems//Industrial Nonplenum-Rated Coax Cable//Other Cable
DataTuff Cables
BELDEN
The reliability of your industrial Ethernet network depends on the cable infrastructure: data transmission errors can lead to interruptions in critical control functions resulting in
lost production time and even safety issues. Belden has the right solution for your network regardless of the work environment, whether it be exposure to sun, oil, temperature
variations, abrasion, crushing or the presence of EMI/RFI.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Solid or stranded bare copper conductors
3. Interlocked armor option has a Mylar wrap
4. CMR/CMX/CM - PO insulation, CMP - FEP insulation
5. CMR/CMX/CM - PVC jacket, CMP - FEP jacket
CMP - PLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CMP-00424FAXT-5E-02 7928A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, sun-, oil- and gas-resistant
FEP jacket
B7931A
7931A 0101000 23 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, sun-, oil- and gas-resistant
FEP jacket
Nom. O.D. Approx. Wt.

(in.)
lb./1,000 ft. Category
0.187
24
0.214
37
ANSI/TIA Category 6
CMR/CMX - OUTDOOR
Belden 7918A and 7930A do not have bonded pairs.
Anixter No.
B7923A
Vendor No.
Description
7923A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, sun- and oil-resistant
PVC jacket
D
CM-00424CAXS-5E-02 7921A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, foil + 70% TC braid,
sun- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, 24 AWG solid spiral drain wire
CM-00424CAXH-5E-02 7918A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, sun- and oil-resistant PVC
jacket, nonbonded pairs
CM-00424BELS-C5E-02 7919A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, overall foil shield, sun- and
oil-resistant PVC jacket, 24 AWG stranded TC drain wire (100 MHz)
B7924A
7924A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, stranded BC conductors, sun- and oil-resistant
PVC jacket, 24 AWG stranded TC drain wire
B7929A
7929A 0102000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, overall foil shield, sun- and
oil-resistant PVC jacket, 24 AWG stranded TC drain wire (200 MHz)
CMR-00424BELI-5E
7930A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, stranded BC conductors (7x32), industrial grade
sun- and oil-resistant PVC jacket
CMR-00424BELI-5ES
7939A 0101000 24 AWG, 4 pair, stranded BC conductors (7x32), overall foil shield,
industrial grade sun- and oil-resistant PVC jacket
CMR - NONPLENUM RISER-RATED
Anixter No.
CM-00424CAXI-6-02
Vendor No.
7927A 0101000
B7932A
7932A 0101000
CM-00224BELI-5E
7933A 0101000
B7940A
7940A 0101000
B7953A
7953A 0105000
12.36
Description
23 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, E-Spline center member,
24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, overall foil shield, industrial
grade sun- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, drain wire
24 AWG, 2 pair, solid BC conductors, overall foil shield, sun- and
oil-resistant PVC jacket, drain wire
23 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, internal tape separator,
23 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, overall foil shield, internal
tape separator, upjacketed, FRPO inner jacket, industrial grade
sun- and oil-resistant PVC outer jacket

(in.)
0.230
30
0.330
54
0.230
28
0.265
35
0.242
30
0.265
37
0.240
26
0.315
35
Nom. O.D.
Approx. Wt.
(in.)
0.251 x 0.339 44
ANSI/TIA Category 6
0.250
30
ANSI/TIA Category 6
0.345
44
ANSI/TIA Category 6

CM/CMG - NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424CAXA-6B-02 121700A 0103000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, aluminum interlocked armor,
inner and outer PVC jacket
CM-00424CAMA-7B-02 121872A 0101000 23 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, aluminum interlocked armor,
CM-00424CAMD-7B-02 11872A 0101000 23 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, upjacketed, industrial grade
CM-00424CAX-6B-AJ-06 121700R J225000 24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, armored - Mylar wrap, industrial
grade inner and outer PVC jacket, -40C cold impact

(in.)
0.553
116
0.688
219
ANSI/TIA Category 6
0.475 x
0.265
0.530
66
ANSI/TIA Category 6
102
CM LOW SMOKE ZERO HALOGEN JACKET

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMZ-00424BEL-C5E-02 7935A 0101000
CMZ-00424BEL-SC5E-02 7936A 0101000
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
Description
24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, polyolefin insulation,
0.230
LSZH jacket
24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, foil shield, polyolefin insulation, 0.265
LSZH jacket, 24 AWG stranded TC drain wire
Approx. Wt.
Shield
19
ANSI/TIA Category 5e No
Nom. O.D.
Description
(in.)
24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, water-blocked, Beldfoil,
0.276
PE inner jacket, sun- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, 24 AWG stranded
TC drain wire, direct burial-rated
24 AWG, 4 pair, solid BC conductors, water-blocked, industrial grade 0.230
sun- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, direct burial-rated
Approx. Wt.
33.5
34
ANSI/TIA Category 5e Yes
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BELDT-C5E-02 7937A 0101000
B7934A
7934A 0101000
25
CONTINUOUS FLEX-RATED
Anixter No.
B7938A
Vendor No.
7938A B59500

(in.)
Description
24 AWG, 4 pair, stranded copper alloy conductors, (7x32), foil + 0.350
60
85% TC braid, upjacketed, TPE inner jacket, industrial grade sun-,
oil- and weldsplatter-resistant TPE outer jacket
Index1.Cabling Systems//IBM Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Special IBM Cable
IBM Cabling System Cables (Type 1 and 6)

BELDEN
IBM computer system wiring for Token Ring, IBM-A high-performance applications and all interconnections to IBM systems.
ANSI/TIA-568-A, STP
IBM specifications
Nonplenum UL Listed CL2/CM (Type 6) or CMG (Type 1)
Plenum UL Listed CMP
PLENUM
FFEP insulation and a black jacket
Anixter No.
9J2202004A-B
IBM Type Vendor No.

AWG
1AP
826880101000 22 solid BC
No. of
IBM No. Pairs
33G8220 2
Conductor
Type
2 pr. DGM
Shield
Type
Ea. pr. foil + overall 65% TC braid
No. of
Pairs
2
2
Conductor
Type
2 pr. DGM
2 pr. DGM
Insulation
FPE
PE
Jacket
FRPVC
NONPLENUM
Black PVC jacket
Anixter No.
317-036-2202-IBMA-B
315-023-2602-IBMA-B
IBM Type Vendor No.

AWG
1A
96880101000 22 solid BC
6A
1215A0101000 26 Str. (7x34) BC
Shield
Type
12.37
WATER-BLOCKED DIRECT BURIAL-RATED
Audio Control Cable

./
Audio, Control and Instrumentation Cables

BELDEN
PR2612V2-143713.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
2. Each pair individually shielded with aluminum-polyester shield
3. PVC jacket
24 AWG
Stranded conductors (7x32), PE insulation, 24 AWG stranded, TC drain wire, chrome
PVC jacket, NEC type CM.
No. of Nom.
Weight
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B9990
9990 0601000 3
0.255
34.8
B9991
9991 0601000 6
0.330
64.0
B9992
9992 0601000 9
0.383
85.5
B9993
9993 0601000 12
0.428
107.0
B9995
9995 0601000 25
0.636
227.8
22 AWG
D
Solid conductors, PVC insulation, 22 AWG solid, TC drain wire, chrome PVC jacket,
NEC type CMG.
No. of Nom.
Weight
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B8767
8767 0601000 3
0.279
48.8
B8768
8768 0601000 6
0.379
88.2
318-037-2209-B 8764 0601000 9
0.425
122.5
B8766
8766 0601000 15
0.525
183.2
22 AWG
Stranded conductors (7x30), 2-pairs, PVC jacket.
No. of
Pairs
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B9406
9406 T351000 2
B8723
8723 06010000 2
12.38
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.173 x 0.280
0.160
22 AWG
Stranded conductors (7x30), PPE insulation, 22 AWG stranded, TC drain wire,
chrome PVC jacket, NEC type CM.
No. of Nom.
Weight
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B8777
8777 0605000 3
0.273
44.6
B8778
8778 0605000 6
0.352
82.9
B8774
8774 0601000 9
0.410
117.3
B8775
8775 0601000 11
0.464
133.0
B9768
9768 0601000 12
0.464
152.7
B8776
8776 0601000 15
0.548
192.2
B8769
8769 0601000 19
0.601
244.6
B8773
8773 0601000 27
0.709
346.3
B9767
9767 0601000 37
0.800
481.3
20 AWG
Stranded conductors (7x28), 20 AWG stranded, TC drain wire, chrome PVC jacket,
NEC type CM.
No. of
Nom.
Weight
Pairs Insulation O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft.
B9402
9402 0601000 2
S-R PVC
0.300
55.2
B9873
9873 0605000 3
PE
0.341
64.4
B9874
9874 0601000 6
PE
0.445
117.1
B9875
9875 0601000 9
PE
0.555
175.1
B9877
9877 0601000 12
PE
0.617
219.2
B9879
9879 0601000 15
PE
0.689
265.7
18 AWG
Stranded conductors (19x30), 18 AWG stranded, TC drain wire, chrome PVC jacket,
NEC type CM.
No. of Nom.
Weight
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B9773
9773 0601000 3
0.404
94.3
B9774
9774 0601000 6
0.560
192.5
B9775
9775 0601000 9
0.655
256.6
B9776
9776 0601000 12
0.735
420.8
B9777
9777 0601000 15
0.819
449.7
Weight
lb./1,000 ft.
32.2
18.3
Audio Control Cable
Nonplenum Audio, Control and Instrumentation Cables

BELDEN
PR2609V2-143710.tif
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 22 AWG
3. Beldfoil aluminum-polyester shield with 22 AWG stranded, TC drain wire
4. PVC jacket
No. of Pairs
1
2
2
4
6
9
15
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.118
0.385
0.244
0.265
0.315
0.363
0.449

13.0
57.2
30.1
43.6
64.0
91.9
139.1
Insulation
Polypropylene
Datalene
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
Jacket Color
Black
Black
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
22 AWG, STRANDED CONDUCTORS (7X30)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B9414
9414 T351000
B9462
9462 0601000
No. of Pairs
1
1
Nom. O.D. (in.)

0.186
0.186

21.8
17.8
Insulation
S-R PVC
PVC
Jacket Color
Beige
Chrome
Audio Cables
BELDEN
PR2618V2-143719.tif
MICROPHONE CABLES
Designed for the broadcast industry, used to connect multiple audio channels in low-level and high-level components.
These cables feature 24 AWG STR (7x32) conductors, polyolefin insulation. Each pair individually shielded and jacketed
with numbered and color-coded PVC jackets. Overall alum/poly shield and black matte PVC jacket. NEC CM-rated.
No. of
Conductor
Strand
AWG Conductors
Insulation Shield
B8412
8412 0101000 20 2
26x34 tinned copper Rubber
85% TC Braid
B1192A
1192A B591000 24 4
42x40 bare copper Polyethylene 95% TC Braid
Jacket Color
and Type
Black PVC
Black EPDM
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.262
0.245
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
48
35
LINE-LEVEL ANALOG AUDIO CABLES

Used for connecting line-level audio equipment, in either permanent or semipermanent installations.
No. of
Conductor
AWG Conductors
Insulation
Strand
B8451
8451 0101000 22 7x30 tinned copper Polypropylene
1
B9451
9451 0105000 22 7x30 tinned copper Polypropylene
1
B8761
8761 06010000 22 7x30 tinned copper Polyethylene
1
B82761
82761 8775000 22 7x30 tinned copper FEP
1
Jacket Color
and Type
Black PVC
Black PVC
Black PVC
Natural FRPVC
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.138
0.135
0.175
0.116
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
14
16
31
10.8
Shield
Alum/Poly (Beldfoil)
Alum/Poly bonded (Beldfoil)
Alum/Poly bonded (Beldfoil)
Alum/Poly (Beldfoil)
12.39
22 AWG, SOLID CONDUCTORS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B8450
8450 0101000
B9184
9184 0101000
B9302
9302 0601000
B9305
9305 0601000
B9306
9306 0601000
317-036-2209-B
9309 0601000
317-036-2215-B
9315 0601000
Audio Control Cable

(continued)
Audio Cables
24 AWG (7X32)
FLEXIBLE MULTIPAIR SNAKE CABLES

Designed for the broadcast industry, used to connect multiple audio channels in
low-level and high-level components. These cables feature 24 AWG STR (7x32)
conductors, polyolefin insulation. Each pair individually shielded and jacketed with
numbered and color-coded PVC jackets. Overall alum/poly shield and black matte
PVC jacket.
No. of Nom. O.D Weight lb./
Pairs . (in.)
1,000 ft.
B1509C
1509C B591000
2
0.301
42
B1510C
1510C B591000
4
0.352
59
B1511C
1511C B591000
6
0.418
80
B1512C
1512C B591000
8
0.452
106
B1513C
1513C B591000
12
0.561
139
B1514C
1514C B591000
16
0.628
193
B1515C
1515C B591000
20
0.710
232
B1516C
1516C B591000
24
0.807
288
B1518C
1518C B591000
32
0.897
361
DIGITAL AUDIO CABLES
110 ohm audio cables meet AES/EBU standard for digital audio cables. 24 AWG STR
(7x32) tinned-copper conductors. Features foam HDPE insulation (Datalene). Pairs
individually shielded and jacketed with numbered and color-coded PVC jackets.
Overall alum/poly shield and slate PVC jacket. NEC CMG-rated.
No. of Nom. O.D Weight lb./
Pairs . (in.)
1,000 ft.
B1800B
1
0.177
18
D 1800B T5X1000
B1803F
1803F Z4B1000
4
0.485
86
B1805F
1805F Z4B1000
8
0.661
170
B1806F
1806F Z4B1000
12
0.829
270
Anixter No.
B83503
B83504
B83506
B83509
B83512
B83515
Vendor No.
83503 0021000
83504 0021000
83506 0021000
83509 0021000
83512 0021000
83515 0021000
BELDEN
PR2617V2-143718.tif
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.135
0.144
0.165
0.188
0.207
0.227
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
18
20.6
35.98
39
43.5
68
No. of
Conductors
2
3
4
6
9
12
19
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.141
0.148
0.159
0.183
0.209
0.234
0.269
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
23
25
25.7
45
47.8
61
85.3
No. of
Conductors
2
4
6
9
12
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.157
0.178
0.207
0.238
0.265
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
23
36.2
33.3
66.8
83.6
No. of
Conductors
2
3
4
6
9
12
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.175
0.184
0.199
0.234
0.293
0.308
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
28
39
46.8
68.6
89.3
120.75
No. of
Conductors
2
3
4
6
9
12
15
19
Nom. O.D.
(in.)
0.196
0.206
0.223
0.265
0.307
0.344
0.407
0.403
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
36
46
59
85
113
148.6
185
221.6
22 AWG (7X30)
Anixter No.
B83552
B83553
B83554
B83556
B83559
B83562
B83569
Vendor No.
83552 0021000
83553 0021000
83554 0021000
83556 0021000
83559 0021000
83562 0021000
83569 0021000
20 AWG (7X28)
Anixter No.
B83602
B83604
B83606
B83609
B83612
Vendor No.
83602 0021000
83604 0021000
83606 0021000
83609 0021000
83612 0021000
18 AWG (19X30)
Plenum Multiconductor Audio, Control and

Instrumentation Cables
No. of
Conductors
3
4
6
9
12
15
Anixter No.
B83652
B83653
B83654
B83656
B83659
B83662
Vendor No.
83652 0025000
83653 0025000
83654 0021000
83656 0021000
83659 0021000
83662 0021000
16 AWG (19X29)
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Multiconductor
3. Beldfoil aluminum-polyester shield + 85 percent TC braid
4. FEP insulation
5. FEP jacket - red
Anixter No.
B83702
B83703
B83704
B83706
B83709
B83712
B83715
B83719
Vendor No.
83702 0021000
83703 0021000
83704 0021000
83706 0021000
83709 0021000
83712 0021000
83715 0021000
83719 0021000

NEC Type CMP
12.40
Audio Control Cable
Index1.W&C Electronic//Multicnd/Pr Nonplenum//Unshielded Stranded
High-temperature Control and Instrumentation Cables

BELDEN
Tefzel insulations and jacketed cables are well suited for harsh environments due to
outstanding mechanical toughness of the material, as well as high-temperature and
radiation-resistant characteristics. They are used extensively in chemical plants,
nuclear plants and fossil-fuel power plants. Typical applications are data recording,
communications, telemetering and monitoring pressure or material flow.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 20 AWG, two conductors
4. Approximately 19.3 lb./MF

5. Tefzel insulation
6. Tefzel jacket - clear
Passes VW-1 Vertical Wire Flame Test
NEC Type CMP
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
B85220
85220 3681000
Description
High-temperature cable
Plenum Audio, Control and Instrumentation Cables

BELDEN
PR2616V2-143717.tif
18 AWG
Stranded tinned-copper conductors (19x30), one twisted pair, overall foil
aluminum-polyester shield (Beldfoil shield 100 percent coverage), FEP insulation,
18 AWG stranded, tinned-copper drain wire, nominal O.D. (in.) is 0.154.
Anixter No.
B88760
B87760
B82760
Vendor No.
88760 0025000
87760 0025000
82760 8775000
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
24
22.6
22.5
Jacket
FEP--red
Fluorocopolymer--red
Flamarrest--natural
22 AWG
Stranded tinned-copper conductors (7x30), plenum, FEP insulation, one twisted pair,
overall foil aluminum-polyester shield, (Beldfoil 100 percent coverage), 22 AWG
stranded, tinned-copper drain wire, FEP jacket.
Weight lb./
1,000 ft.
Jacket
B88761
88761 0025000 12.5
FEP--red
B87761
87761 0025000 11.2
B82761
82761 8775000 10.8
Flamarrest--natural
22 AWG
Stranded tinned-copper conductors (19x34), one twisted pair, foamed FEP Teflon
insulation, overall foil aluminum-polyester shield (Duofoil 100 percent coverage),
tinned-copper drain wire, black FEP jacket.
Description
B89182
89182 0101000 Computer and instrumentation cable
22 AWG
Stranded 7x30, tinned-copper conductors, plenum FEP insulation, twisted pairs, each pair individually shielded with aluminum-polyester shield (Beldfoil shield 100 percent coverage).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
No. of Pairs
Nom. O.D. (in.)
Drain Wire AWG
Jacket
B88723
88723 0025000
2
0.148
19.6
24 AWG Stranded TC
FEP--red
B87723
87723 0021000
2
0.148
18.5
24 AWG Stranded TC
B88777
88777 0021000
3
0.234
38.9
22 AWG Stranded TC
FEP--red
B87777
87777 0021000
3
0.234
37
22 AWG Stranded TC
B88778
88778 0021000
6
0.309
69.7
22 AWG Stranded TC
FEP--red
B87778
87778 0021000
6
0.309
77.0
22 AWG Stranded TC
12.41

NEC Type CMP
22 AWG
Stranded tinned-copper conductors (7x30), plenum, FEP insulation, twisted pairs,
individually shielded with aluminum-polyester (Beldfoil) shield 100 percent
coverage. Flamarrest jacket.
Nom. Weight Drain
No. of O.D. lb./
Wire
Pairs (in.) 1,000 ft. AWG
B82723 82723 8775000 2
0.153 17.5
22 AWG Stranded TC
B82777 82777 8771000 3
0.237 35.1
22 AWG Stranded TC
B82778 82778 8771000 6
0.314 63
22 AWG Stranded TC
Industrial Cable
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Industrial Plenum-Rated Coax Cable//Other Cable
Industrial Cables
BELDEN
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION AND PROCESS CONTROL CABLES

Shield &
Anixter No. Conductors
AWG
Material
B3093A 1
18
Foil + 60% TC braid
+ foil + 40% TC
braid
B3085A (2) 22 AWG TC, 22
Individually foil
(2) 24 AWG TC
shielded 100% +
overall Cu braid 65%
Weight lb./ Nom.

1,000 ft. O.D. (in.) Insulation
43
0.274 FFEP
Jacket Jacket
Material Color
PVDF Black
46
0.280
PVC
CPE
Yellow
118
40
0.460
0.351
FHDPE
PVC
PVC
Blue
Orange
Foil + 90% TC Braid 137

+ Foil + 90% TC
Braid
(2) 22 AWG TC, 22 (19x34), 100% Foil + 65% 41
(2) 24 AWG TC 24 (19x36) TC braid
0.375
FFEP
PVDF
Orange
0.280
PVC, FPE
PVC
Gray or
red
48
0.292
PO
PVC
100% Foil + 65% 52

TC braid
0.315
FRFPE
PVC

+ Foil + 90%
TC Braid
(2) 15 AWG TC, 15 (19x28), 100% Foil
133
(2) 18 AWG TC 18 (19x30)
0.405
FPE
PVC
0.480
PVC, FPE
PVC
1 Pr Stranded TC
1C Stranded TC 20 (19x32) Foil + 93% TC Braid 25
1C Solid BCCS 18
Foil + 60% AL braid 33
+ foil + 93% +
40% AL braid
1C Stranded TC 20 (19x32)
22.3
0.324
0.160
0.298
PVC
FFEP
PVDF
Gas injected FPE PVC
Blue
Gray
Blue
0.185
FHDPE
PVC
Gray
2 Pr Stranded TC 24 (7X32) Foil + 90% TC Braid 62
0.340
Polyethylene
PVC
B3074F
B3078F
1 Pr Stranded TC 18
1 Pr Stranded TC 22 (7X30) 100% Foil
B89880
1C Solid BC
B3084A
12
B3076F
1 Pr Stranded TC 18 (7X26) 100% Foil
B3079A
1 Pr Solid BC
22
B9880
1C Solid BC
12
B3082A
B3072F
B89907
B3092A
B9907
B9463
B9842
12.42
Description
Allen Bradley ControlNet cable
NEC
Rating
CMP
300 V, OVDA Class 2 Thin, 2 pairs,

overall 65% braid shield with
individually foil shielded pairs, PVC
(power) and FPE (data) insulation,
yellow CPE jacket, NEC: CL2, CMG
DataTray 600 V twinax
1 pair, 22 AWG stranded
tinned-copper conductors, 100%
Beldfoil shield, FHDPE insulation,
orange PVC jacket, NEC: PLTC, CM
Ethernet cables
CMG
300 V, OVDA Class 2 Thin, 2 pairs,

gray sun- and oil-resistant jacket,
NEC: CL2, CMG
Orange or 1 pair, 18 AWG stranded
Light blue tinned-copper conductors. 100%
Beldfoil shield. PO insulation,
orange PVC jacket. NEC: ITC, PLTC,
CM
Violet or 1 pair, 22 AWG solid bare copper
Chrome conductor, 65% TC braid + foil
shield, FR-FPE insulation, chrome
PVC jacket, NEC: PLTC, CMG
Yellow Ethernet/Thicknet
CMG
Gray or
red
CMG
300 V, OVDA Class 2 Thick, 2 pairs,

gray sun- and oil-resistant PVC
jacket, NEC: CMG, PLTC-ER
DataTray 600 V twinax
Ethernet/Thinnet
Allen Bradley ControlNet
Ethernet/Thinnet
Blue hose/twinax for PLC/DCS
Chrome RS-485
CM
CM
CMP
CM
CMG
CM
CM
CMP
CMR
CM
CM
Industrial Cable
LAN TRANSCEIVER CABLES
Shield &
Material
AWG
B9901
4 Pr Stranded TC 20 (7x28) Foil + 95% TC Braid
B89901 4 Pr Stranded TC 20 (7x28) Foil + 95% TC Braid
Weight lb./ Nom.

96
0.415 FHDPE
99
0.370 Data: FFEP/
Power:
FEP+shield/pr
Jacket Jacket
Material Color
PVC
Light gray
PVDF Light gray
NEC
Rating
CM, CL
CMP
Shield &
AWG
Material
B8723
2 Pr Stranded TC 22 (7X30) 100% Foil AL/PE
Shield
Weight lb./ Nom.

18.3
0.160 Polypropylene
NEC
Rating
CM
B88723
19.6
Jacket Jacket
Material Color Description
PVC
Chrome 22 AWG, 2-pair, stranded TC,
individual Beldfoil shield, grey
PVC jacket. Individually shielded.
NEC, CM, CEC, CM
Flamarrest Red
Individually shielded
AUDIO, CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION
2 Pr Stranded TC 22 (7X30) 100% Foil AL/PE

Shield
0.148
FEP
CMP
CATV CABLES
AWG
18
Shield &
Weight lb./ Nom.
Jacket Jacket
Material
1,000 ft. O.D. (in.) Insulation Material Color
Description
Foil + 60% AL + 29
0.298 FPE
PE
Orange or black Direct burial
Foil + 40% AL Braid
NEC
Rating
Not
Rated
ALLEN BRADLEY PLC SYSTEMS

B129463
BYR28762 1 Pr Stranded TC
BYR28826 2 Pr Stranded TC
B1190A 1C Solid CCS
AWG
Shield &
Material
Weight lb./ Nom.

Jacket Jacket
1,000 ft. O.D. (in.) Insulation Material Color
20 (7x28) Foil + 55% TC Braid 188

20 (7x28) Foil + 85% TC Braid 282
18
Foil + 60% AL + Foil 29
+ 40% AL Braid
0.243
0.382
0.298
PE
PE
FPE
LDPE
PVC
PE
Description
AL interlocked armor
Blue
Gel-filled direct burial
Blue
Dual data highway cable
Orange or black Direct burial
NEC
Rating
CM
CM
Not
Rated
Index1.W&C Energy Products//Instrumentation PLTC//Other
Industrial Automation
BELDEN
APPLICATIONS
Used in industrial locations requiring extra mechanical protection and system reliability for high-speed electronic signaling.
Conductor
Nom. O.D.
Nom. O.D.
Nom. O.D.
Inner Jacket (in.)
Armor (in.) Outer Jacket (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No. Size AWG
318-298-2201DS-AJ
129182
22
0.350
0.490
0.670
308-011-0063-AJ
129290
18
0.290
0.505
0.610
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
153
161
UL Designation
CL2
CL2
12.43

B1190A 1C Solid CCS
Industrial Cable
Index1.W&C Energy Products//Instrumentation PLTC//Other
Datatray Twinax
BELDEN
For use in most programmable logic control systems (PLCs) and distributed control systems (DCS) in industrial environments. May be installed in cable tray or conduit for a variety
of data applications (RS-232, 422 and 485).
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 18 AWG - 1 pair
2. Stranded (7x26), tinned-copper conductors
3. Foil + 55 percent TC braid
4. FRPE insulation
5. PVC jacket - dark blue (CPE jacket optional)
Meets UL requirements for Type PLTC cable
Meets UL 1581 Vertical Tray 70,000 Btu Flame Test
NEC Article 725 for Class 2 (CL2) circuits and Article 800 for communications general purpose (CM)
CSA Type CM requirements
Imped. Ohms
Nom. Capacitance (pF/ft.)
Nom. O.D. (in.)
B3072F
3072F C555000
78
19.5
0.324
69
B3073F
3073F C555000
100
15.3
0.388
85
B3074F
3074F C552500
124
12.3
0.460
118
NOTE: Multipairs/multiconductors available. Wet location rating and Oil Res II jacket available. Any Datatray cable may be armored upon request.
Index1.W&C Electronic//Multicnd/Pr Nonplenum//Unshielded Stranded
Speaker Wire
BELDEN
D
Speaker wires can be used to connect receivers or power amplifiers to speakers.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Two conductors
2. Stranded tinned or bare copper conductors
3. Available in parallel zipcord construction, twisted unjacketed construction or overall jacketed construction
PARALLEL ZIP CONSTRUCTION
pr2622V2-143723.tif
One conductor bare copper, one conductor tinned copper. Clear PVC insulation.
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
AWG Nom. O.D. (in.)
B8782
8782 3681000
24
0.058 x 0.116
5.6
B9712
9712 3681000
22
0.065 x 0.130
7.7
B8649
8649 0601000
20
0.073 x 0.146
9.7
B9708
9708 3681000
18
0.110 x 0.220
18
B9716
9716 3681000
16
0.115 x 0.230
24.1
B9717
9717 3681000
14
0.146 x 0.292
36.2
B9718
9718 3681000
12
0.185 x 0.370
61.3
OPEN TWISTED CONSTRUCTION
pr2623V2-143724.tif
Stranded, tinned-copper conductor (except 22 AWG - one conductor bare copper, one conductor
tinned copper). Passes VW-1 Vertical Flame Test.
Approx. Wt.
AWG Nom. O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft. Color Code
B9151
9151 009U1000 22 0.108
6.4
White
B8460
8460 0631000 18 0.180
17
Black, White
B8470
8470 0631000 16 0.210
22
Black, White
12.44
Industrial Cable
OPEN TWISTED CONSTRUCTION - PLENUM-RATED
pr2624V2-143725.tif
Stranded bare copper conductors, open twisted construction (unjacketed). Meets NEC CL2P rating.
Approx. Wt.
B1863A
1863A D261000 18 0.178
4
Black, White
B1862A
1862A D261000 16 0.202
24
Black, White
B1861A
1861A D261000 14 0.236
35
Black, White
B1860A
1860A D261000 12 0.270
48
Black, White
JACKETED CONSTRUCTION
PR2625V2-143726.tif
Stranded, tinned-copper conductors, twisted pair, PVC insulated, chrome PVC jacket. NEC CMG.
Approx. Wt.
B8442
8442 06010000 22 0.170
13
Black, Red
B8205
8205 0605000 20 0.180
18
Black, Red
B8461
8461 0605000 18 0.234
27
Black, White
B8471
8471 0605000 16 0.274
43
Black, White
B8473
8473 0601000 14 0.340
53
Black, White
B8477
8477 0601000 12 0.386
77
Black, White
12.45
Copper Connectors and Accessories

./
Modular Plug for 8-conductor Round Solid Cable

PR7130V2-143783.tif
All are for individual conductor insulation O.D. of 0.029/0.039 except where noted.
Physical specifications: width: 2.5 cm, length: 4.0 cm, depth: 1.3 cm. Plastic: high-impact,
flame-retardant, UL Rated 94V-0 thermoplastic.
AWG
Overall Cable Max. O.D.
148646
TE Conn 5-557315-4
24/26
0.200
109687
TE Conn 5-554720-4
24/26
0.100 x 0.350
177118
TE Conn 5-569278-4
22/24/26 0.200
074683
Stewart 940-SP-3088-B25
24/26/28 0.190
398237
Stewart SS-30800-064
24/26
0.225
398234
24/26
0.225
238052
24/26
0.225
265033
24/26
0.245
361663
24/26
0.225
176402
Siemon P-8-8
22/24/26 ----209987
Panduit MP588-L
24
----263039
Hubbell BRMOD4P25N
24
----263045
Leviton 47613-EZC
22/24
-----
Description
-----Flat/oval cable
Cat 5e, no shield
Cat 3
Cat 5
Enhanced Cat 5e
Enhanced Cat 5e, with management bar
Cat 6, with management bar, for spline and splineless cable
Cat 6 with management bar
-----Snagless latch (crimp tool Part No. 196448)
Insulated conductor range - 0.030 to 0.036
------
Modular Plug for 8-conductor Round Stranded Cable

PR7131V2-143784.tif
All are for individualD conductor insulation O.D. of 0.029/0.039
Anixter No.
109689
162417
074683
398237
398234
238052
265033
361663
176402
209987
263039
263045
12.46
Vendor
TE Conn
TE Conn
Stewart
Stewart
Stewart
Stewart
Stewart
Stewart
Siemon
Panduit
Hubbell
Leviton
Vendor No.
5-554169-4
5-558530-4
940-SP-3088-B25
SS-30800-064
SS-37000-006
SS-37000-004
SS-39100-005
SS-39100-021
P-8-8
MP588-L
BRMOD4P25N
47613-EZC
AWG
26/28
24
24/26/28
24/26
24/26
24/26
24/26
24/26
22/24/26
24
24
22/24

0.200
0.215
0.190
0.225
0.225
0.225
0.245
0.225
-----------------
Description
-----Cat 5e (tool Part No. 143315, die Part No. 163137)
Cat 3
Cat 5
Enhanced Cat 5e
Enhanced Cat 5e, with management bar
Cat 6, with management bar, for spline and splineless cable
Cat 6 with management bar
-----Snagless latch (crimp tool Part No. 196448)
Insulated conductor range - 0.030 to 0.036
------
Modular Plug for 8-conductor - Flat/Oval Stranded Cable
Modular Plug for 6-conductor Cable
PR7132V2-143785.tif
All are for conductor insulation O.D. of 0.029/0.039.

AWG
Max. O.D. Description
109685 TE Conn 5-554739-4
26/28 0.100 x 0.360 -----074683 Stewart 940-SP-3088-B25 24/26/28 0.140 x 0.320 Cat 3
Modular Plug Kit Cat 6

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR6850V2-143773.tif
PR7130V2-143783.tif
ROUND SOLID CABLE
For individual conductor insulation O.D. of 0.029/0.039.
AWG
Max. O.D.
109686
TE Conn 5-555042-4
24/26 0.180
134318
TE Conn 5-555426-3
24/26 0.180
107955
Stewart 940-SP-3066-B25 24/26/28 0.142
109688
TE Conn 5-554710-4
26/28 0.180
Description
-----Long body
-----------
These are mod plug kits consisting of a modular plug, wire holder and shield. For
4-pair, 8-conductor, 26/24 stranded and solid cable.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
255029
5-1375202-4
For stranded cable
255030
5-1375204-4
For solid cable
Modular Plug for 6-conductor Flat/Oval Stranded Cable

PR7130V2-143783.tif
Modular-wire Plug
PR1886V2-24344.TIF
AWG
109684 TE Conn 5-641337-4
26/28 0.100 x 0.270
107955 Stewart 940-SP-3066-B25 24/26/28 0.142
Modular Plug (6-position) for 4-conductor Cable

The 700A4 and 700A8 are modular-wire plugs for 22 or 24 AWG, solid station wire.
Anixter No.
Description
Material ID
066855
Modular-wire plug, 4/C, ivory
103941464
066856
Modular-wire plug, 8/C, ivory
103941472
ROUND SOLID OR STRANDED CABLE

AWG
Max. O.D.
107954
Stewart 940-SP-3046-B25 24/26/28 0.142
109683
TE Conn 5-641335-7
26/28
0.100 x 0.200
FLAT/OVAL STRANDED CABLE
AWG
Max. O.D.
109683
TE Conn 5-641335-7
26/28
0.100 x 0.200
107954
Stewart 940-SP-3046-B25 24/26/28 0.142
12.47
ROUND STRANDED CABLE

AWG
Max. O.D.
109688
TE Conn 5-554710-4
26/28 0.180
107955
Stewart 940-SP-3066-B25 24/26/28 0.142
127655
TE Conn 5-555177-3
26/28 0.180
Modular Plug for 4-conductor Flat/Oval Stranded Cable
Heavy-duty Hand Tool
All are for individual conductor insulation O.D. of 0.029/0.039.

Field termination narrow.
AWG
Max. O.D.
107949
Stewart 937-SP-3044-B25 24/26/28 0.100 x 0.100
109682
TE Conn 5-641334-7
26/28
0.100 x 0.100
TE CONNECTIVITY
pr5584V2-20878.tif
Modular Plug for 10-conductor Round/Flat/Oval Stranded Cable
STEWART CONNECTOR SYSTEMS
PR7133V2-143786.tif

AWG
Notes
128094 Stewart 937-SP-301010R 24/26/28 Stranded wire only
Cuts, strips and terminates cable.

Complete Hand
Anixter No. Tool Assy. No. Die Set No. Terminates
143320 2-231652-1
853400-1 8-pos. plugs, shielded and
unshielded cable
143316 2-231652-8
853400-8 4- and 6-pos. line cord plugs
Die Sets For Heavy-duty Hand Tool
Modular Plug for 8-conductor for Shielded Cable

PR7331V2-143822.tif
TE CONNECTIVITY
Anixter No.
129056
129711
129541
129545
Vendor No.
853400-1
853400-8
853400-6
853400-7
Description
8-position line-cord plugs
4- and 6-position line-cord plugs
6-position side-latch plugs
6-position long-body plugs
Heavy-duty Hand Tool Kits
All are for individual conductor insulation O.D. of 0.029/0.039.

ROUND SOLID
AWG Max. O.D.
176876 TE Conn 5-569530-2
24/26 0.200
214944 TE Conn 5-569550-3
24/26 0.200
278767 Stewart 943SP370808SMA 24/26 0.225
398258 Stewart SS-37200-032
24/26 0.225
333374 Stewart SS-39200-011
24/26 0.248
454051 Stewart SS-39200-022
24/26 0.250
Description
--------Cat 5e
Cat 5e
Enhanced Cat 5e
Cat 6
Cat 6A
ROUND STRANDED
AWG Max. O.D.
175930 TE Conn 5-569532-2
26/28 0.200
187915 TE Conn 5-569552-3
24/26 0.200
278767 Stewart 943SP370808SMA 24/26 0.225
398258 Stewart SS-37200-032
24/26 0.225
333374 Stewart SS-39200-011
24/26 0.248
454051 Stewart SS-39200-022
24/26 0.250
Description
--------Cat 5 and 5e
Cat 5e
Enhanced Cat 5e
Cat 6
Cat 6A
12.48
TE CONNECTIVITY
Kits include a small screwdriver, a blade-replacement kit and an instruction sheet.
129742
1-231666-0 8-pos. plug hand tool 4- and 6-pos. plug die set
129775
1-231666-1 8-pos. plug hand tool 4- and 6-pos. plug die set
4-pos. hand set plug die set
145085
231662-4
Blade-replacement kit (5 pk.)
Index1.Connecting
Index1.Support
andHardware//Connectors//Copper
Supplies//Tools//Hand Tools Applications
Modular Plug Presser
Modular Plug Crimp Tool and Die

PR9506V2-22832.tif
Vendor No. Figure

70631
A
Description
Modular presser with No.
8 linecord die
Not shown No. 8 die for 8 x 8
linecord plugs
A
Modular presser with No.
4 handset die and No. 6
linecord die and holster
Not shown No. 6 die for 4 x 6 and 6 x
6 linecord plugs
Not shown No. 4 die for 4 x 4
handset plugs
A
Presser kit with 8-, 6- and
4-position dies
B
Tool with RJ11 and DEC
MMP dies and
cut-and-strip blades
B
Tool with 8- and
6-position dies and
B
Tool only for RJ22
(handset) and RJ11
063644
GMP
17066
063646
GMP
70630
076459
GMP
17065
078803
GMP
17064
095180
GMP
15305
133501
Ideal Industries 30-498
133502
252662
398260
2990002-01
398261
2990003-01
398263
2990007-01
398265
2980075-01
Description
Crimp tool and die for
4-position plugs
6-position plugs
8-position plugs
10-position plugs
Cat 6/6A shielded plugs
25-pair Connectors and 525 Field Termination Tool

The 525 Field Termination Tool terminates SYSTIMAX Solutions 525 Cat 5 PowerSUM
connector on 1061/2061/3061, 25-pair cable. It is precise in design and robust in
construction and has been developed primarily for field use to produce high-quality
connectorized cable assemblies. The tool is comprised of three main components: a
wire preparation fixture, a wiring detwisting tool and an integrated assembly press.
An easy-to-follow users' guide and a standard, 25-pair, color-code chart are
enclosed, along with the main components, in a rugged carrying case for easy
portability and storage.
Material ID
199904 525-CP-003 25-pair male connector, in-line,
108361908
180 degrees
199903 525-AP-003 25-pair male connector,
108361916
angled right or left, 110 degrees
195754 1803B
525 field termination tool
108135773
12.49
Anixter No. Vendor

060612 GMP
STEWART CONNECTOR SYSTEMS

398259 2990001-01
CHAMP IDC Connectors
CHAMP (Cat 5) IDC Connectors
TE CONNECTIVITY
These CHAMP IDC connectors provide a low-cost method of terminating unstripped 24
to 26 AWG (0.51 mm to 0.40 mm) solid or 24 AWG (0.20 mm2) stranded copper wires
and cables to connectors. Standard black housings. Thick flange connectors are
typically for cable-to-cable screw-lock applications. Thin flange connectors are
typically for panel-mount applications.
TE CONNECTIVITY
These connectors are identical to original CHAMP connectors, but are Category 5
when wired in the following way and assembled properly to ANSI/TIA 568 M Pair 1 and
2 on pins 3 and 4, etc.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
171349
1-558693-1
Plug
PLUGS
PR7135V2-143788.tif
CHAMP IDC Cable-to-cable Connector Kits
TE CONNECTIVITY
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
135209
552283-1
Style PS
142871
552272-1
Style PB
089308
552274-1
Style PB
073528
229974-1
Style PS
D
706301
552032-1
Style PB
209252
556409-1
Style PS*
123764
552285-1
Style PS
*For 22 AWG 0.64 mm solid or 0.40 standard wire
RECEPTACLES
No. of
Positions
24
24
36
50
50
64
64
PR7136V2-143789.tif
PR7137V2-143790.tif
For cable-to-cable applications, these 50-position IDC connector kits include a

tapered cover and screw. Connectors terminate 22 AWG (solid 0.64 mm, stranded
0.40 mm2), or 24 to 26 AWG (solid 0.51 mm to 0.40 mm, stranded 0.20 mm2)
unstripped copper cables.
PLUGS
Parts 327927 and 083494 include dust cover.
Anixter No.
333517
325822
327927
327856
083494
Vendor No.
5552382-1
5229912-1
1-5229912-1
5229912-4
1-229912-4
AWG
22
24
24
24
24
Cable
Diameter (in.)
Up to 0.550
0.350-0.425
0.350-0.425
0.350-0.425
0.350-0.425
Color
Black
Black
Black
Gray
Gray
AWG
22
24
24
24
Cable
Diameter (in.)
Up to 0.550
0.350-0.425
0.350-0.425
0.350-0.425
Color
Black
Black
Black
Gray
RECEPTACLES
Part 332786 includes dust cover.
Anixter No.
117546
073529
074698
12.50
Vendor No.
552313-1
229975-1
2-552001-1
Description
Style RS
Style RS
Style RP
No. of
Positions
24
50
50
Anixter No.
335846
328807
332786
331647
Vendor No.
5552383-1
5229913-1
1-5229913-1
5229913-4
Strain Relief Covers
Shielded D-subminiature Kits
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7138V2-143791.tif
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7141V2-143793.tif
180-DEGREE SNAP-ON COVER

Anixter No.
101856
706366
104177
806146
Vendor No.
552076-1
2-552008-1
552008-1
4-552008-1
No. of
Positions
24
50
50
50
Cable Diameter
Range (in.)
0.415 - 0.465
No. of
Positions
50
Cable Diameter
Range (in.)
0.350 - 0.425
No. of
Positions
50
90-DEGREE SNAP-ON COVER

Anixter No.
081778
Vendor No.
552011-1
90-DEGREE TAPERED SLIDE-ON COVER

Anixter No.
074389
Vendor No.
552560-1
Portable "Butterfly" Hand Tool (MI-1)

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7140V2-143792.tif
Tin-plated shells, contact, die-cast hoods and hardware. Males have

grounding indents.
CRIMP CONTACT
Anixter No.
329159
360360
340749
342926
341076
352134
Vendor No.
749805-7
749805-8
749805-9
749806-7
749806-8
749806-9
Description
Male
Male
Male
Female
Female
Female
No. of
Positions
9
15
25
9
15
25
Vendor No.
749810-7
749810-8
749810-9
749814-7
Description
Male
Male
Male
Female
No. of
Positions
9
15
25
9
IDC CONTACT
Anixter No.
335424
329168
353064
338066
Unshielded D-subminiature Kits

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7142V2-143794.tif
The standard portable hand-operated tool (MI-1) is designed for field applications
and medium-volume production and is capable of terminating all connectors up to 50
positions with 90-degree wire dress. Best results obtained with conductor diameter
to 0.45 in. (11.4 mm) maximum with PVC insulation. For additional comb kits
purchase AMP Part No. 203527-1.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
098433
229378-1
Portable hand tool
These kits contain: zinc-plated shells, contacts, all-plastic hoods and hardware.
No. of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Positions
345461
749808-8
Male
9
337976
749808-9
Male
15
336495
749808-7
Male
25
348486
749812-7
Female
9
138992
1-749812-1
Female
25
12.51
Cable Diameter
Range (in.)
0.230 - 0.280
0.380 - 0.430
0.430 - 0.490
0.480 - 0.550
Crimp Contact Housings

TE CONNECTIVITY
Contacts For Crimp Contact Housing

PR7143V2-143795.tif
Vendor
TE Conn
TE Conn
TE Conn
Pan Pac En
Pan Pac En
Pan Pac En
Vendor No.
205204-9
205206-9
5205208-1
DH-15HP
DH-25HP
DH-37HP
No. of
Positions
9
15
25
15
25
37
Vendor No.
205203-8
5205207-1
205211-1
DH-15HS
DH-25HS
DH-37HS
No. of
Positions
9
25
50
15
25
37
FEMALES
Zinc-plated shells
less contacts.
D
Anixter No.
353062
378543
082826
DH-15HS
DH-25HS
DH-37HS
Vendor
TE Conn
TE Conn
TE Conn
Pan Pac En
Pan Pac En
Pan Pac En
pr5142V2-143769.tif
20 to 24 AWG maximum-diameter insulation 0.060.
MALES
Zinc-plated shells less contacts.
Anixter No.
347767
361563
357461
DH-15HP
DH-25HP
DH-37HP
TE CONNECTIVITY
SELECT GOLD PLATING (30 MILS)

082908
Pins; order nine plus
one spare
082923
Sockets; order nine plus
one spare
MIL-C-24308 - SCREW MACHINE
110154
Pin
089168
Socket
Vendor No. Form

Figure
6-66506-1 Bag of 100 A
7-66504-0
Bag of 100 A
Vendor No. Form

205089-1 Loose
205090-1 Loose
Figure
B
B
D-subminiature Crimp Tools

PR7144V2-143796.tif
MALES
Tin-plated shells less contacts with grounding indent on shells.
Anixter No.
087928
119300
110002
Vendor
TE Conn
TE Conn
TE Conn
Vendor No.
205204-4
205206-3
207464-2
No. of
Positions
9
15
25
Vendor No.
205203-3
207463-1
205209-2
No. of
Positions
9
25
37
FEMALES
Tin-plated shells less contacts.
Anixter No.
074427
110003
092180
12.52
Vendor
TE Conn
TE Conn
TE Conn
Anixter No. Vendor

146142 TE Conn
154348
080783
119277

58448-2 Crimp tool with die for stamped and
formed pins and sockets, A type
Crimp tool with die for screw
machine contacts, C type
91067-2 Insertion and extraction tool for 20
to 24 AWG AMP Type XVII contacts
91285-1 Insertion and extraction tool for
stamped and formed contacts
D-subminiature Solder Cup Connectors

PAN PACIFIC ENTERPRISES
IDC Application Tool

PR7145V2-143797.tif
TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7147V2-143799.tif
Contacts already installed in connector housing, zinc shell.

Vendor No.
DS-9P
DS-15P
DS-25P
Size
9
15
25
FEMALES
Anixter No.
246344
280254
246339
Vendor No.
DS-9S
DS-15S
DS-25S
Size
9
15
25
For AMP connectors only. Hand tools used to terminate one unstripped wire per cycle
and index the connector to the next terminating position.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
091808
58063-2
Head assembly
094544
58074-1
Pistol grip with manual handle
Die-cast Metal Hood

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7155V2-143803.tif
D-subminiature IDC Connectors

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7146V2-143798.tif
Back shells with grommets.
Designed for terminating 26 to 22 AWG solid or up to 7-strand discrete wire and

jacketed cable. Tin-plated steel shell with thermoplastic insert. UL recognized,
CSA certified.
METAL SHELL
A= Contacts 30 mils gold with tin lead tails B= Gold flash all over
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
Size Contacts
343285
1-745492-8
Male
9
A
362025
1-745491-7
Female
9
A
331362
2-745492-0
Male
9
B
084018
1-745493-4
Female
15 A
331363
1-745494-6
Male
15 B
344899
1-745493-5
Female
15 B
390742
1-745496-7
Male
25 A
365525
1-745495-8
Female
25 A
359198
1-745496-8
Male
25 B
369467
2-745495-0
Female
25 B
Anixter No.
351869
361565
333821
333754
Vendor No.
5748676-1
5748676-2
5748676-3
5748676-4
Cable Diameter
Range (in.)
0.185 - 0.320
0.185 - 0.320
0.255 - 0.470
0.255 - 0.470
No. of
Positions
9
15
25
37
12.53
MALES
Anixter No.
246340
280253
246338
Metalized Plastic Hood

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7157V2-143804.tif
Anixter No.
NC5MX-B
NC5FX
NC5FX-B
Vendor No.
NC5MX-B
NC5FX
NC5FX-B
Figure
1
2
2
Contacts
5
5
5
Gender
Male
Female
Female
RCA Type - Male Connector - Snap-N-Seal
Back shells with grommets.
Anixter No.
361564
141475
329162
Vendor No.
5748677-1
5748677-2
5748677-3
Cable Diameter
Range (in.)
0.185 - 0.320
0.185 - 0.320
0.255 - 0.470
No. of
Positions
9
15
25
V.35 Extraction Tool

TE CONNECTIVITY
Anixter No.
135041
Vendor No.
305183
Description
V.35 extraction tool
Audio Connectors
NEUTRIK
PR2296V2-143708.tif
BELDEN
Features
- Designed to interface with RCA female (JACK) per IEC Specification 60603-14
- Uses the same installation tools as other Snap-N-Seal 59-6 Series product families
Electrical
- Return loss: -30 dB up to 20 MHz typical
- Insertion loss: -0.27 dB up to 20 MHz typical
- RFI shielding: 100 dB up to 20 MHz typical
Mechanical
- Cable retention: 40 lb. minimum. Complies to SCTE IPS-SP-404
- Cable insertion force: < 20 lb.
Environmental
- Temperature rating: -40F (4.4C) to 140F (60C)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
282326
SNS1P6RMBL
For RG-6, blue sleeve
282327
SNS1P6RMY
For RG-6, yellow sleeve
282328
SNS1P6RMW
For RG-6, white sleeve
282329
SNS1P6RMR
For RG-6, red sleeve
282330
SNS1P6RMG
For RG-6, green sleeve
282331
SNS1P6RMBK
For RG-6, black sleeve
Designed for use in audio, broadcast, instrumentation, computer and medical

applications. Connectors (XLR Types) have die-cast zinc shells with nickel,
sand-blasted finish for low glare. Silver-plated contacts.
FEATURES
B = Black chrome shell, gold contacts
BAG = Black chrome shell, silver contacts
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Figure Contacts
Gender
NC3MX
NC3MX
1
3
Male
NC3MX-B
NC3MX-B
1
3
Male
NC3FX
NC3FX
2
3
Female
NC3FX-B
NC3FX-B
2
3
Female
NC3MX-BAG
NC3MX-BAG
1
3
Male
NC4MX
NC4MX
1
4
Male
NC4MX-B
NC4MX-B
1
4
Male
NC4FX
NC4FX
2
4
Female
NC5MX
NC5MX
1
5
Male
12.54
Copper Adapters
162774
YU4-U2-U2
./
400 and 267 Series Adapters

PR1777V2-6890.TIF
The 400E adapter has two 6-position modular jacks, one 8-position modular plug.
The 267C adapter has two 6-position modular jacks, one 6-position modular plug.
Description
Material ID
050398 400E
One 8P8C mod plug to two
103895538
6-position modular jacks
050396 267C
One 6-position mod plug to 103715652
two 6-position jacks "T" type
YA4-U2-U2
173098
YT4-U2-U2
173099
YT4-E2-U2
162776
YT4-E2-E2
173100
YA4-A3-U1
167313
544567
Y-BRIDGE
YT4-4U1
236709
YA4-4U1
"Y" Bridging Adapter

PR11950V2-21672.tif
Splits an 8P8C plug-ended cord for output in two 6P4C modular jacks.
Description
152456 450A
One 8P8C to two 6P4C jacks
SUTTLE

145692
464
PR11951V2-21663.tif
Description
4-position flexible plug to two (2) 4-position
jacks, used for operator training purposes
Modular "T" Adapters
Modular Y-adapters
SIEMON COMPANY
SUTTLE
PR11949V2-21669.tif
PR7164V2-143807.tif
Y-adapters are compatible with all Siemon modular work area outlets, including the
angled CT couplers. Y-adapters are available as "splitters" which convert one 4-pair
jack into two 2-pair jacks, or one 4-pair into one 1-pair and one 3-pair jack. The
"Y-bridge" is compatible with any 4-pair jack wiring and bridges one 4-pair jack to
two 4-pair jacks.
Suttle's series of "T"-type adapters permits quick connection of, for example, one
telephone and one ancillary device equipped with modular plug-ended line cords to
the same outside line without changing the existing installation. Available in a variety
of wiring configurations, these adapters modify circuitry without rewiring and all are
UL certified.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
057083
267A4
Four-wire
056699
267A6
Six-wire
090326
267B
For two-line telephone
060244
267C
Four-wire for telephone and modem
12.55
Modular Flexible Y-adapters
SUTTLE
162773
Description
Splits USOC pairs 1 and 2 to jack 1 and pairs
3 and 4 to jack 2
Splits T568B pairs 1 and 2 to jack 1 and pairs
3 and 4 to jack 2
Splits T568A pairs 1 and 2 to jack 1 and pairs
3 and 4 to jack 2
Splits T568A/T568B pairs 2 and 3 to jack
1 and pairs 1 and 4 to jack 2
Splits T568A/T568B pairs 2 and 3 to jack
1 and pairs 1 and 4 to jack 2
Splits T568B pairs 1, 2 and 3 to jack 1 (356A)
and pair 4 to jack 2
Bridges all jack pairs
Splits a 4-pair outlet to four individual, 1-pair
6-position outlets, T568A
Splits a 4-pair outlet to four individual, 1-pair
6-position outlets, T568B
Copper Adapters
Telephone Triplex Adapter

SUTTLE
PR6696V2-19673.TIF

Dimensions:
Width: 0.63 in. (16 mm)
Depth: 1.575 in. (40 mm)
046062
159MC-4 4-conductor, coupler, reverse wiring
046061
159MC-6 6-conductor, coupler, reverse wiring
247311
159MC-8A 8-conductor, coupler, straight-through wiring
Coupler Adapters
198115
173A
Description
Allows connection of three single-line phones
to a single modular outlet
PR6160V2-7152.TIF
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Filter/impedence Device//Copper Applications
Impedance Matching Device

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7180V2-143817.tif
The AMP 100BASE-T Impedance Matching Device will adapt 150 ohm STP cabling
systems to 100 ohm UTP (RJ45) 100BASE-T network interface cards (NICs) and
concentrators. Two adapters are typically required for this: one inserted into the data
connector at the work area outlet and one inserted into the data connector at the
patch panel. Category 5 cable assemblies are then used between the adapters and
the equipment.
Description
174561 558420-1
150 ohm STP to 100 ohm UTP (RJ45) 100BASE-T
NICs/concentrators. Pins 1, 2, 3 and 6
The 451A Adapter is an in-line, double-ended modular jack that accepts two
8-position modular plugs. Used to connect two D8W-type cords, maintaining proper
continuity/polarity.
Color/ No. Mod.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Material Jacks
Description Material ID
058739
451A
Ivory
2
8P8C
103786240
174771
451A-61
Gray
2
8P8C
103942272
Modular In-line Couplers

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR7387V2-143823.tif
Coupler Adapter
SUTTLE
PR9759V2-143825.tif
The SE-159MC modular coupler may be used as an in-line device for connecting two
modular-plug-ended line cords. This coupler is used for extending modular circuits
without the hassle and expense of hardwired connecting blocks and is UL Certified.
12.56
Compact couplers for two modular plugs; couplers snap into 0.585 in. x 0.765 in.,
rectangular wallplate outlets. Wired one-to-one.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
123075
555050-1
6-position
122653
555052-1
8-position
122666
555376-1
8 (keyed)
Copper Adapters
Modular Right-angle Coupler

TE CONNECTIVITY
Anixter No.
122671
9-pin Data Adapter Kit

PR7165V2-143808.tif
Vendor No.
555051-1
Description
8-position
25-pin Data Adapter

ORTRONICS
PR7166V2-143809.tif
ORTRONICS
PR29004V2-215012.tif
Adapter consists of a 9-pin male or female connector with an 8-position keyed

modular jack available with eight contacts exiting from the connector at 180 degrees.
W No. of Wires No. of
P No. of Pos.
Pins Wired Gender
130288
21109DA8FKIT 8W x 8P
8
F
130287
21109DA8MKIT 8W x 8P
8
M
356A and B Adapter

The 356A Adapter incorporates a 50-pin male miniribbon connector and eight
8-position jacks. The adapter is used to join connectorized 25-pair cable to 4-pair
cable equipped with modular plugs. Six pins of the 356A and 356B Adapter are
loaded. The adapters are ideal for linking clusters of balun adapters onto 110
hardware in a satellite closet, equipment room or computer center. This adapter
should not be used with devices that require connections to all eight conductors of
the modular jacks.
Material ID
Description
095561
356A
104158829
356A
Clarity6 and Clarity5E Jak-Paks

ORTRONICS
PR6952V2-14231.tif
15-pin Data Adapter Kit

ORTRONICS
PR7168V2-143810.tif
Adapter consists of DB15-pin male or female connector with an RJ45 keyed

(8-contact) modular jack, exiting the connector at 180 degrees.
W No. of Wires No. of
P No. of Pos.
Pins Wired Gender
136470
211015DA8FKIT 8W8P
8
F
136469
211015DA8MKIT 8W8P
8
M
The Jak-Pak is a compact, flexible, multiuser solution that can be structurally

mounted or used in more-temporary environments. Kits come supplied with Clarity6
or Clarity5E 6-port/110 modules.
FEATURES
The Jak-Pak is Category 6- and Category 5e-compliant
Description
268160
JP66U
Category 6
268161
JP5E6U
Category 5e
12.57
Adapter consists of a 25-pin male or female D-subminiature connector with an

8-position keyed modular jack, available with eight contacts exiting from the
connector at 180 degrees. The hood does not extend past the side flange of the
connector body, which allows adapters to be stacked close together at the CPU or
multiplexer. The hood-body attachment allows the adapter to mate with 25-pin
connectors, even if mounted mate is recessed. Kit version can be put together
without tools; contacts are preterminated at the factory for field installation and the
connector simply snaps into the adapter housing.
No. of
No. of
Pins Wired Positions Gender
095911
211025DA8FKIT
8
8
F
096052
211025DA8MKIT
8
8
M
PR6179V2-7185.TIF
Copper Adapters
Gender Changer
PR7172V2-143811.tif
25-pair Telephone "Goof Plugs"/Gender

Changers/Direction Changers
PR7173V2-143812.tif
PR7175V2-143813.tif
Anixter No.
362651
378670
129118
120133
120135
120138
126490
126491
143879
143880
Vendor
Ortronics
Ortronics
Semtron
MNM Group
MNM Group
MNM Group
Unicom
Unicom
Unicom
Unicom
Vendor No.
DB25HDMM
DB25HDFF
GC15 M/M
508-1001-003
508-1001-009
508-1001-002
GC-9MM-LP
GC-9FF-LP
GC-25FF-LP
GC-25MM-LP
Description
DB25 M/M
DB25 F/F
DB15 M/M
DB15 F/F
DB9 M/M
DB9 F/F
DB9M/M low profile
DB9F/F low profile
DB25F/F low profile
DB25M/M low profile
PR7176V2-143814.tif
Bridging AdaptersD
SIEMON COMPANY
PR7178V2-143816.tif
PR7177V2-143815.tif
All bridging adapters are encased in a plastic housing. The SA2 consists of a single
2-prong clip and provides additional capacity when plugged onto 66 blocks. The SA2
also acts as a bridging clip when placed between two terminals. The SA3 is a 1-prong
clip and provides additional capacity in one-circuit increments. The SA2 and SA3
series adapters provide additional capacity when you need to add a circuit to a block
that is already fully wired. Use a high-profile cover to fit over these adapters.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
023089
SA2
2-prong bridging clip adapter
070428
SA3
1-prong bridging clip adapter
These adapters consist of two back-to-back, 50-position miniribbon connectors

mounted in a compact plastic housing. The connectors are wired straight through and
are available in a variety of configurations to correct any telephone cable
interconnection problem.
Gender changers (Figures 1 and 2) correct connector mating problems in continuous
cable run applications. Figures 3 and 4 illustrate direction-changers which are used
to correct directional problems resulting from cables routed in a single direction
whose connectors are unable to physically engage.
Anixter No.
Figure Type
Application
886882
1
Female/Female
Gender changer
886883
2
Male/Male
Gender changer
886847
3
Female/Female
Direction changer
886848
4
Male/Male
Direction changer
12.58
Patch Cords
./

These cable assemblies are tested to the
Category 6 component-compliant
requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-B.2 for
the following:
Wire map
Attenuation
NEXT
PSNEXT
ELFEXT
PSACR
Return loss
Propagation delay
Delay skew
5-FOOT PATCH CABLE ASSEMBLIES

NOTE: Add "B" at end of Anixter part number for booted version (e.g.
MM05-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM05-AXC6-01
M88DE5FC601
White
MM05-AXC6-05
M88DE5FC605
Yellow
MM05-AXC6-06
M88DE5FC606
Blue
MM05-AXC6-09
M88DE5FC609
Gray
MM05-AXC6-02
M88DE5FC602
Black
MM05-AXC6-03
M88DE5FC603
Red
MM05-AXC6-04
M88DE5FC604
Green
MM05-AXC6-08
M88DE5FC608
Orange
MM05-AXC6-10
M88DE5FC610
Violet
MM07-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM07-AXC6-01
M88DE7FC601
White
MM07-AXC6-02
M88DE7FC602
Black
MM07-AXC6-03
M88DE7FC603
Red
Vendor No.
M88DE7FC604
M88DE7FC605
M88DE7FC606
M88DE7FC608
M88DE7FC609
M88DE7FC610
Description
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

MM10-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM10-AXC6-01
M88DE10FC601
White
MM10-AXC6-02
M88DE10FC602
Black
MM10-AXC6-03
M88DE10FC603
Red
MM10-AXC6-04
M88DE10FC604
Green
MM10-AXC6-05
M88DE10FC605
Yellow
MM10-AXC6-06
M88DE10FC606
Blue
MM10-AXC6-08
M88DE10FC608
Orange
MM10-AXC6-09
M88DE10FC609
Gray
MM10-AXC6-10
M88DE10FC610
Violet

MM03-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM03-AXC6-01
M88DE3FC601
White
MM03-AXC6-02
M88DE3FC602
Black
MM03-AXC6-03
M88DE3FC603
Red
MM03-AXC6-04
M88DE3FC604
Green
MM03-AXC6-05
M88DE3FC605
Yellow
MM03-AXC6-06
M88DE3FC606
Blue
MM03-AXC6-08
M88DE3FC608
Orange
MM03-AXC6-09
M88DE3FC609
Gray
MM03-AXC6-10
M88DE3FC610
Violet
Anixter No.
MM07-AXC6-04
MM07-AXC6-05
MM07-AXC6-06
MM07-AXC6-08
MM07-AXC6-09
MM07-AXC6-10

MM14-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM14-AXC6-01
M88DE14FC601
White
MM14-AXC6-02
M88DE14FC602
Black
MM14-AXC6-03
M88DE14FC603
Red
MM14-AXC6-04
M88DE14FC604
Green
MM14-AXC6-05
M88DE14FC605
Yellow
MM14-AXC6-06
M88DE14FC606
Blue
MM14-AXC6-08
M88DE14FC608
Orange
MM14-AXC6-09
M88DE14FC609
Gray
MM14-AXC6-10
M88DE14FC610
Violet
MM20-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM20-AXC6-01
M88DE20FC601
White
MM20-AXC6-02
M88DE20FC602
Black
MM20-AXC6-03
M88DE20FC603
Red
MM20-AXC6-04
M88DE20FC604
Green
MM20-AXC6-05
M88DE20FC605
Yellow
MM20-AXC6-06
M88DE20FC606
Blue
MM20-AXC6-08
M88DE20FC608
Orange
MM20-AXC6-09
M88DE20FC609
Gray
MM20-AXC6-10
M88DE20FC610
Violet
12.59
Patch Cords
(continued)

MM25-AXC6-01B).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
MM25-AXC6-01
M88DE25FC601
White
MM25-AXC6-02
M88DE25FC602
Black
MM25-AXC6-03
M88DE25FC603
Red
MM25-AXC6-04
M88DE25FC604
Green
MM25-AXC6-05
M88DE25FC605
Yellow
MM25-AXC6-06
M88DE25FC606
Blue
MM25-AXC6-08
M88DE25FC608
Orange
MM25-AXC6-09
M88DE25FC609
Gray
MM25-AXC6-10
M88DE25FC610
Violet

These Enhanced Category 5e patch cable
assemblies are tested to the requirements
of ANSI/TIA-568-B for the following:
Wire map
D
TDX
Attenuation
NEXT
PSNEXT
PSACR
Return loss
Propagation delay
Delay skew
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-AX6-01
M88DE3F601
MM03-AX6-02
M88DE3F602
MM03-AX6-03
M88DE3F603
MM03-AX6-04
M88DE3F604
MM03-AX6-05
M88DE3F605
MM03-AX6-06
M88DE3F606
MM03-AX6-08
M88DE3F608
MM03-AX6-09
M88DE3F609
MM03-AX6-10
M88DE3F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM05-AX6-01
M88DE5F601
MM05-AX6-02
M88DE5F602
MM05-AX6-03
M88DE5F603
MM05-AX6-04
M88DE5F604
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
12.60
Anixter No.
MM05-AX6-05
MM05-AX6-06
MM05-AX6-08
MM05-AX6-09
MM05-AX6-10
Vendor No.
M88DE5F605
M88DE5F606
M88DE5F608
M88DE5F609
M88DE5F610
Description
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM07-AX6-01
M88DE7F601
MM07-AX6-02
M88DE7F602
MM07-AX6-03
M88DE7F603
MM07-AX6-04
M88DE7F604
MM07-AX6-05
M88DE7F605
MM07-AX6-06
M88DE7F606
MM07-AX6-08
M88DE7F608
MM07-AX6-09
M88DE7F609
MM07-AX6-10
M88DE7F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM10-AX6-01
M88DE10F601
MM10-AX6-02
M88DE10F602
MM10-AX6-03
M88DE10F603
MM10-AX6-04
M88DE10F604
MM10-AX6-05
M88DE10F605
MM10-AX6-06
M88DE10F606
MM10-AX6-08
M88DE10F608
MM10-AX6-09
M88DE10F609
MM10-AX6-10
M88DE10F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM14-AX6-01
M88DE14F601
MM14-AX6-02
M88DE14F602
MM14-AX6-03
M88DE14F603
MM14-AX6-04
M88DE14F604
MM14-AX6-05
M88DE14F605
MM14-AX6-06
M88DE14F606
MM14-AX6-08
M88DE14F608
MM14-AX6-09
M88DE14F609
MM14-AX6-10
M88DE14F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM20-AX6-01
M88DE20F601
MM20-AX6-02
M88DE20F602
MM20-AX6-03
M88DE20F603
MM20-AX6-04
M88DE20F604
MM20-AX6-05
M88DE20F605
MM20-AX6-06
M88DE20F606
MM20-AX6-08
M88DE20F608
MM20-AX6-09
M88DE20F609
MM20-AX6-10
M88DE20F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
Patch Cords
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM25-AX6-01
M88DE25F601
MM25-AX6-02
M88DE25F602
MM25-AX6-03
M88DE25F603
MM25-AX6-04
M88DE25F604
MM25-AX6-05
M88DE25F605
MM25-AX6-06
M88DE25F606
MM25-AX6-08
M88DE25F608
MM25-AX6-09
M88DE25F609
MM25-AX6-10
M88DE25F610
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
For information on fiber assemblies, contact your local sales office.
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Cable Assemblies//Electronics

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM01-AX5-05
M88DE1FL505
MM01-AX5-06
M88DE1FL506
MM01-AX5-09
M88DE1FL509
Description
Yellow
Blue
Gray

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-AX5-01
M88DE3FL501
MM03-AX5-02
M88DE3FL502
MM03-AX5-03
M88DE3FL503
MM03-AX5-04
M88DE3FL504
MM03-AX5-05
M88DE3FL505
MM03-AX5-06
M88DE3FL506
MM03-AX5-08
M88DE3FL508
MM03-AX5-09
M88DE3FL509
MM03-AX5-10
M88DE3FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM07-AX5-01
M88DE7FL501
MM07-AX5-02
M88DE7FL502
MM07-AX5-03
M88DE7FL503
MM07-AX5-04
M88DE7FL504
MM07-AX5-05
M88DE7FL505
MM07-AX5-06
M88DE7FL506
MM07-AX5-08
M88DE7FL508
MM07-AX5-09
M88DE7FL509
MM07-AX5-10
M88DE7FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM10-AX5-01
M88DE10FL501
MM10-AX5-02
M88DE10FL502
MM10-AX5-03
M88DE10FL503
MM10-AX5-04
M88DE10FL504
MM10-AX5-05
M88DE10FL505
MM10-AX5-06
M88DE10FL506
MM10-AX5-08
M88DE10FL508
MM10-AX5-09
M88DE10FL509
MM10-AX5-10
M88DE10FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM14-AX5-01
M88DE14FL501
MM14-AX5-02
M88DE14FL502
MM14-AX5-03
M88DE14FL503
MM14-AX5-04
M88DE14FL504
MM14-AX5-05
M88DE14FL505
MM14-AX5-06
M88DE14FL506
MM14-AX5-08
M88DE14FL508
MM14-AX5-09
M88DE14FL509
MM14-AX5-10
M88DE14FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
These Category 5e patch cable assemblies
are tested to the requirements of
ANSI/TIA-568-B for the following:
Wire map
Attenuation
NEXT
PSNEXT
PSACR
Return loss
Propagation delay
Delay skew

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM05-AX5-01
M88DE5FL501
MM05-AX5-02
M88DE5FL502
MM05-AX5-03
M88DE5FL503
MM05-AX5-04
M88DE5FL504
MM05-AX5-05
M88DE5FL505
MM05-AX5-06
M88DE5FL506
MM05-AX5-08
M88DE5FL508
MM05-AX5-09
M88DE5FL509
MM05-AX5-10
M88DE5FL510
12.61
Patch Cords
(continued)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM20-AX5-01
M88DE20FL501
MM20-AX5-02
M88DE20FL502
MM20-AX5-03
M88DE20FL503
MM20-AX5-04
M88DE20FL504
MM20-AX5-05
M88DE20FL505
MM20-AX5-06
M88DE20FL506
MM20-AX5-08
M88DE20FL508
MM20-AX5-09
M88DE20FL509
MM20-AX5-10
M88DE20FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM25-AX5-01
M88DE25FL501
MM25-AX5-02
M88DE25FL502
MM25-AX5-03
M88DE25FL503
MM25-AX5-04
M88DE25FL504
MM25-AX5-05
M88DE25FL505
MM25-AX5-06
M88DE25FL506
MM25-AX5-08
M88DE25FL508
MM25-AX5-09
M88DE25FL509
MM25-AX5-10
M88DE25FL510
Description
White
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Gray
Violet
D
For information
on coax assemblies, contact your local sales office.
Enhanced Category 5e and Category 6 Crossover Patch Cords
CATEGORY 6
Anixter No.
MM03-C6XR-03
MM05-C6XR-03
MM07-C6XR-03
MM10-C6XR-03
MM14-C6XR-03
MM25-C6XR-03
Vendor No.
MM03-C6XR-03
MM05-C6XR-03
MM07-C6XR-03
MM10-C6XR-03
MM14-C6XR-03
MM25-C6XR-03
Description
3 ft., red
5 ft., red
7 ft., red
10 ft., red
14 ft., red
25 ft., red
RJ11 Voice-grade Modular Cords

These assemblies feature 6-position, modular, nonkeyed plugs on each end with USOC
wiring. They contain either stranded or solid copper conductors as indicated. While
these assemblies are not compliant with ANSI/TIA-568 standard requirements,
performance categories are shown for informative purposes. All assemblies use plugs
which adhere to FCC requirements for contact and dimensions. In addition, all
assemblies are wired identically on both ends (straight through).
Anixter No. Category Pairs Solid/Stranded Length (ft.) Length (m)
889231
2
2
Solid
10
3.04
889501
2
2
Solid
14
4.26
889232
2
2
Solid
25
7.62
889242
2
3
Solid
25
7.62
127181
3
2
Stranded
3
0.91
124870
3
2
Stranded
7
2.13
D8W Line Cords

LYNN ELECTRONICS
PR7183V2-143818.tif
COMPULINK
These Enhanced Category 5e and 6 crossover patch cords are full duplex, RJ45 to
RJ45, PVC, UTP and stranded. Also available in other colors.
Pin 1 White/Orange Pin 3
Pin 2 Orange/White Pin 6
Pin 3 White/Green Pin 1
Pin 4 Blue/White Pin 7
Pin 5 White/Blue Pin 8
Pin 6 Green/White Pin 2
Pin 7 White/Brown Pin 4
Pin 8 Brown/White Pin 5
ENHANCED CATEGORY 5E
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
MM03-C5EXR-03 MM03-6XR-03
12.62
Description
3 ft., red
5 ft., red
7 ft., red
10 ft., red
14 ft., red
25 ft., red
8/C-round, gray
Anixter No.
106309
089726
088954
088953
Vendor No.
D8W-87-1
D8W-87-7
D8W-87-14
D8W-87-25
Length (ft.)
1
7
14
25
Patch Cords
Line Cords
Handset Cords
LYNN ELECTRONICS
PR7184V2-143819.tif
Silver satin full modular line cords.
PR7185V2-141666.tif
These are fully modular, 4-conductor handset cords.
Vendor No.
L4C-M-M-1-SIL
L4C-M-M-7-SIL
L4C-M-M-14-SIL
L-D4BU-25-SS
Length (ft.)
1
7
14
25
6/C
Anixter No.
093768
060881
066649
Vendor No.
L6C-M-M-7-SIL
L6C-M-M-14-SIL
L6C-M-M-25-SIL
Length (ft.)
7
14
25
8/C-PINNED 1-8, UNKEYED

Anixter No.
096538
060245
106887
Vendor No.
L8C-MRM-07-SI1N
L8C-MRM-14-SILN
L8C-MRM-25-SILN
Length (ft.)
7
14
25
D4BU Line Cords

Vendor No.
D4BU-87
D4BU-87-25
Length (ft.)
14
25
6-FOOT CORDS
Anixter No.
066637
060676
038424
095529
082081
Vendor No.
L-H4DU-06-LA
H4C-M-M-6-BE
H4C-M-M-6-BK
H4C-M-M-6-IV
H4C-M-M-6-WH
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
White
9-FOOT CORDS
Anixter No.
097184
061851
072680
061850
Vendor No.
H4C-M-M-9-ASH
H4C-M-M-9-BE
H4C-M-M-9-BK
H4C-M-M-9-IV
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
12-FOOT CORDS
Anixter No.
066641
079868
066864
066644
062030
Vendor No.
H4C-M-M-12-ASH
H4C-M-M-12-BE
H4C-M-M-12-BK
H4C-M-M-12-IV
H4C-M-M-12-WH
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
White
15-FOOT CORDS
Anixter No.
057673
041771
072681
043602
Vendor No.
H4C-M-M-15-ASH
H4C-M-M-15-BE
H4C-M-M-15-BK
H4C-M-M-15-IV
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
25-FOOT CORDS
Anixter No.
067059
060664
096913
060663
043264
166867
Vendor No.
H4C-M-M-25-ASH
H4C-M-M-25-BE
H4C-M-M-25-BK
H4C-M-M-25-IV
H4C-M-M-25-WH
H4C-M-M-25-CG
Description
Ash
Beige
Black
Ivory
White
Charcoal gray
4/C
Anixter No.
052291
066645
093919
093775
LYNN ELECTRONICS
4/C-flat cable, gray
Anixter No.
066869
054002
LYNN ELECTRONICS
12.63
Patch Cords
Nonplenum Plug-ended Cable
25-pair Assemblies - Category 5
LYNN ELECTRONICS
PR7186V2-143820.tif
Nonplenum plug-ended cable consists of either four, six or eight

polyethylene-insulated, 24 AWG (0.205 mm2), solid copper conductors arranged in
twisted pairs within a polyvinyl chloride jacket and a modular plug on one or both
ends. The DW4A Series has four conductors in two twisted pairs (2 and 5, 3 and 4)
with one, 6-position modular plug. The DW8A Series has eight conductors in four
twisted pairs (1 and 2, 3 and 6, 4 and 5, 7 and 8) with either one or two 8-position
modular plugs. Plug-ended cable is available in standard lengths, ranging from 10 to
100 ft. (3.04 to 30.48 m). Light gray. SE = single-ended, DE = double-ended.
Lengths: 2 ft., 10 ft., 25 ft., 50 ft., 75 ft. and 100 ft.
Gauge: 24 AWG (0.205 mm2)
Pair size: 2, 3 and 4
Pair Size Length (ft.)
104013
DW4A-SE-10 2
10
104018
DW8A-SE-10 4
10
103787
DW8A-DE-10 4
10
050404
DW8A-DE-25 4
25
Length (m)
3.05
3.05
3.05
7.62
Bulk Line Cord
12.64
PR6121V2-7086.tif
The SYSTIMAX 525 Connectorized 25-pair cords consist of the 25-pair cable
terminated at each end with a SYSTIMAX 525 Category 5 telco-type connector. The
1061C 25-pair cable is a high-speed, 100 ohm, high-performance cable with
excellent PSNEXT levels, which ensures excellent high-speed transmission. Specially
designed by SYSTIMAX Labs, the 525 25-pair connector is fully backwards-compatible
with the standard telco connector, in both pinout and physical connectability. This
compatibility provides a user-friendly migration path from today's technologies including the widely deployed 10BASE-T - to sophisticated, high-performance ATM
applications. The 525 connectorized Category 5 cords have male plugs with a
90-degree angle.
LYNN ELECTRONICS
Bulk cordage used for modular line cords.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Stranded bare copper conductors
2. Flat construction
3. PVC jacket
No. of
Conductors
Anixter No.
L-4C26F02
4
L-4C26F19
4
L-4C28F19
4
L-6C26F02
6
L-6C26F19
6
L-6C28F19
6
L-8C26F02
8
L-8C26F19
8
L-8C28F19
8
90 DEGREE/90 DEGREE, NONPLENUM

Anixter No.
172131
172136
172137
172139
172149
172150
172153
172154
Vendor No.
CC525PP-5
CC525PP-10
CC525PP-15
CC525PP-25
CC525PP-40
CC525PP-50
CC525PP-100
CC525PP-150
Length
(ft.)
5
10
15
25
40
50
100
150
Material ID
107523516
107523524
107523532
107523672
107523748
107523771
107523854
107523888
Length
(ft.)
15
25
50
100
Material ID
107524795
107524811
107524886
107524936
Length
(ft.)
5
10
15
25
50
Material ID
108156001
108156027
108199761
108156068
108036740
90 DEGREE/UNTERMINATED, NONPLENUM
AWG
26
26
28
26
26
28
26
26
28
Jacket Color
Black
Silver satin
Silver satin
Black
Silver satin
Silver satin
Black
Silver satin
Silver satin
Anixter No.
172158
172160
172163
172166
Vendor No.
CC525PN-15
CC525PN-25
CC525PN-50
CC525PN-100
IN-LINE/IN-LINE, NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
193506
193507
193508
193509
193650
Vendor No.
CC525CC-5A
CC525CC-10A
CC525CC-15A
CC525CC-25A
CC525CC-50A
Patch Cords
IN-LINE/UNTERMINATED, NONPLENUM
Anixter No.
347419
347418
360094
Vendor No.
CC525CN-025A
CC525CN-050A
CC525CN-100A
Material ID
108262908
108036765
108301169
Length
(ft.)
5
10
15
25
Material ID
108189291
108189317
108199753
108189333
Length
(ft.)
10
25
50
Material ID
108199720
108199746
108036773
RIGHT ANGLE 110/IN-LINE, NONPLENUM

Anixter No.
194713
194714
194715
194716
Vendor No.
CC525RC-5A
CC525RC-10A
CC525RC-15A
CC525RC-25A
LEFT ANGLE 110/IN-LINE, NONPLENUM

Anixter No.
193717
193719
270528
Vendor No.
CC525AC-10A
CC525AC-25A
CC525AC-50A
25-pair Preconnectorized Telco Assemblies - Category 3

PR7190V2-143821.tif
PVC - SINGLE-ENDED MALE

Anixter No.
143741
143742
143743
143744
143745
143746
Length (ft.)
5
10
15
25
50
100
Length (m)
1.5
3.0
4.6
7.6
15.2
30.5
PVC - SINGLE-ENDED FEMALE

Anixter No.
143747
143748
143749
143750
143751
143752
Length (ft.)
5
10
15
25
50
100
Length (m)
1.5
3.0
4.6
7.6
15.2
30.5
PVC - DOUBLE-ENDED MALE TO MALE

Anixter No.
143759
143760
143761
143762
143763
143764
Length (ft.)
5
10
15
25
50
100
Length (m)
1.5
3.0
4.6
7.6
15.2
30.5
PVC - DOUBLE-ENDED FEMALE TO FEMALE

Anixter No.
Length (ft.)
143753
5
143754
10
143755
15
143756
25
143757
50
143758
100
Length (m)
1.5
3.0
4.6
7.6
15.2
30.5
PVC - DOUBLE-ENDED MALE TO FEMALE

Anixter No.
143765
143766
143767
143768
143769
143770
Length (m)
1.5
3.0
4.6
7.6
15.2
30.5
Length (ft.)
5
10
15
25
50
100
12.65
Length
(ft.)
25
50
100
Solutions for Commercial Rooftop Solar Applications

1
PV wire: Used to interconnect solar panels; most commonly 1014 AWG

(Type PV Listed, UL 4703)
Edge clips and cable ties: UV-stabilized products, specially designed for
solar applications
Collector cable: Typically RHW-2 copper or aluminum in a variety of AWG
Conduit cable tray: Protects and routes cable
Combiner boxes: Combines output of multiple PV panels into a single collector cable
Roof blocks: Supports panel structure while protecting roof surface
Fuses/fuse holders: Protects panels from damage due to electrical failures
Grounding: Maintains safe ground plane throughout solar generating system
PV Connectivity
Cable Routing
1
OR
6
3
7
6
Combiner Box
Inverter
Outside Plant and Building Entrance Protection Products
13
Outside Plant Cable
OSP Category-rated Cable

./
Media 6 Outdoor Cable - Category 6

Hyper Plus 5e OSP

PR10809V2-17623.tif

ANSI/TIA 568-C.2 Category 6
CENELEC EN 52088-6-1
ISO/IEC 11801 Class E
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
CM-00424CSP-6-OD 6NF4+ BLACK REEL 24-4/PR UTP black PE jacket
Ultra II Outdoor Cable - Category 5e

pr4981V2-8698.TIF
Ultra II is a 350 MHz Enhanced Category 5e UTP cable. The Ultra II outdoor version
features a water-blocking flooded core and tough, UV-resistant polyethylene jacket.
This cable is NOT CM-rated for indoor use.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. 0.240 in.
4. Approx. weight 27.63 lb./kft
6. Black polyethylene jacket with floodant
ANSI/TIA 568-C.2 Category 5e
CENELEC EN 50288-3-1
ISO/IEC 11801 Class D
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424CAG-5C-OD 5NF4 BLACK REEL
Description
Black
Index1.Cabling Systems//Voice Telecommunications Cable//Exchange Cable
Outside Plant Broadband Category 5e 4-pair Cables

ANSI/TIA 568-C.2 Category 5e
ANSI/ICEA 5-56-434
ISO/IEC 11801
EN 50173
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CM-00424BKT-5E-OD 10071496
SUPERIOR ESSEX
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG 4-pair solid annealed bare copper conductors
2. Solid polyolefin insulation
3. 80C ETPR filling compound
4. Meets transmission requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-B.2
5. BBDNE: Inner polyethylene jacket, flat 8 mil coated aluminum
6. Black polyethylene outer jacket
7. BBDGE: Inner polyethylene jacket, corrugated 5 mil CCS
8. Fully flooded. Black polyethylene outer jacket
NON-GOPHER-RESISTANT
No. of Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Anixter No.
Vendor No. Type Pairs O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft.
F-04P24BPD-5ES 04-601-54 BBDNE 4
0.310
48
GOPHER-RESISTANT
Anixter No.
F-04P24BPN-5E
No. of Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Vendor No. Type Pairs O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft.
04-601-55 BBDGE 4
0.330
62
Description
24-4/PR UTP black PE jacket
13.1
The Media 6 outdoor cable is swept out to 250 MHz. It is NOT CM-rated for indoor use.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approx. weight 30.01 lb./kft
5. PE insulation
6. Black PE jacket with floodant
BERK-TEK
The Hyper Plus 5e OSP standard Category 5e UTP cables are designed for outside
applications, either aerial or buried in conduit or duct, where building-to-building
interconnections must be made.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG, 4-pair
4. Approx. weight 20 lb./MF
5. PE insulation
6. Black PE jacket with water-resistant flooding compound
Outside Plant Cable
OSP Category-rated Cable
Index1.Cabling Systems//Premises Nonplenum-Rated Cable//Category 5 Unshielded Cable - LS0H
Outside Plant Cable - Category 6

SYSTIMAX Outside Plant Cable is for use in an outdoor environment. This 4-pair cable
was developed for high-speed applications requiring state-of-the-art electrical
performance in an environmentally robust package. As a component in the SYSTIMAX
Structured Connectivity Solutions, system performance is tested and guaranteed for
all Category 6 applications.
The cable was developed for use in the outdoor environment and is a gel-filled design
to be used in wet locations. It can be used with Category 6 protectors in exposed
locations. These protectors have been specially developed for Category 6 data
applications and should not be used for voice applications. Standard telephony
protection devices do not provide adequate protection or electrical performance to
meet rigid Category 6 horizontal electrical requirements and cannot be used in
Category 6 applications. Standard 110ANA1 protection devices can be used for voice
circuits in exposed locations.
Outside Plant Cable installations must meet all ISO/IEC 11801 requirements for a
horizontal link. No more than four connections are allowed, including the protection
devices at each end. Each protector counts as one of the four connections. Total cable
length is limited to 90 m (295 ft.) for a Category 6 operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 23 AWG, 4-pair
3. Nominal O.D. is 0.250 in.
4. Approx. weight 27 lb./MF
D
6. Gel-filled core
7. PE jacket
ANSI/TIA 568-A Category 6
Anixter No.
Jacket Color
CM-00423AVA-6-OD Black
Material ID
760008888
This product is part of a total SYSTIMAX solution when used with the
Category 6 Protector Unit (Part No. 286701).
Outside Plant Cable - GenSPEED - Category 5e and 6

GENERAL CABLE
PR29180V2-215822.tif
6. Jacket: UV- and abrasion-resistant polyethylene

7. Waterproof-gel flooding compound
8. NOTE: 1,000 ft. reel
ANSI/TIA 568-C.2
MIL-C-24640A Water Penetration Requirement
Anixter No.
CM-00423GEN-C6-02
7136100 Category 6, black
CM-00424GEN-5E-OSP 5136100 Category 5e, non-armored, black
CM-00424GEN-5E-ARMOR 5136101 Category 5e, aluminum armor, black
Index1.Cabling Systems//Central Office Wire//Station Cable
Category 5e Station Wire

GENERAL CABLE
PR11085V2-18119.tif
General Cable offers high-quality station wire for indoor and outdoor applications.
This product is dual listed for CMX OUTDOOR/CMR and withstands the very low
temperatures found in colder regions (down to -40C) without jacket cracking. The
CMX outdoor rating allows the cable to be exposed for a short distance from the
network interface device on the outside of the house to the point where the cable
enters the house. This type of cable is not for direct-buried installations.
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Nominal O.D.(in.) 0.21
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF) 26
6. Flame-retardant PVC jacket
ANSI/TIA 568 C.2
NEC/CEC Type CMX Outdoor-CMR
Telcordia GR-3164-Severe Cold Impact
RoHS Compliant Directive 2002/95/EC
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
CMX-00424PAH-5E-01
2137113E
Description
Ivory 1,000 ft.
Other colors available.
GenSPEED 6 and GenSPEED 5000 Outside Plant Cables feature a gel-filled

construction to prevent moisture migration in underground and wet
applications. A wide temperature range allows for enduring performance in
extreme weather environments.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 24 AWG (Cat 5e) 23 AWG (Cat 6), 4-pair, UTP
3. Nominal O.D. (in.): 0.230 (0.340 armored). Cat 5e - 0.250 Cat 6
4. Approx. weight (lb./MF): 25 (50 armored)
5. Insulation: Polyolefin
13.2
Outside Plant Cable
Exchange Cable
./
RUS/REA PE-89 Design

PR7097V2-141953.tif
PR7096V2-142049.tif

Cables with DFC suffix conform to ANSI ICEA 7CFR-1755-890.
Cables with DFO suffix conform to ANSI ICEA 7CFR-1755-089.
GOPHER-RESISTANT CABLES
A polymer-coated aluminum shield/polymer-coated steel armor and black
polyethylene jacket (CASPIC-FSF) (Part No. suffix DFO). Other pair counts and AWG
are available.
No. of
Approx. Wt.
Nom.
Pairs
O.D. (in.)
Anixter No.
AWG lb./1,000 ft.
E-000624DFO
6
24
87
0.390
E-001224DFO
12
24
125
0.460
E-002524DFO
25
24
196
0.570
E-005024DFO
50
24
319
0.710
E-010024DFO
100
24
540
0.910
E-020024DFO
200
24
1,013
1.260
E-040024DFO
400
24
1,809
1.640
E-060024DFO
600
24
2,642
1.970
E-120024DFO
1,200
24
5,120
2.770
E-000622DFO
6
22
107
0.430
E-001222DFO
12
22
158
0.510
E-002522DFO
25
22
263
0.650
E-005022DFO
50
22
463
0.860
E-020022DFO
200
22
1,468
1.480
E-030022DFO
300
22
2,063
1.720
13.3
For use in exchange and campus areas, direct buried or installed in-duct. Suitable for
voice frequency use on all pairs and carrier frequency, both analog and digital, on a
selected pair assignment basis. For full pair utilization at carrier frequencies, a
core-dividing screen is required. (See T1 cables.)
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Solid, annealed, bare copper conductors
2. Conductor insulation is foamed polyolefin with a solid skin of the same material.
Color-coded to telephone industry standards
3. Insulated conductors are twisted into pairs of varying lengths of lay to
minimize crosstalk
4. Pairs are stranded into units (and super units, if required by pair count)
5. The cable core is filled with a waterproofing compound and wrapped with a
non-hygroscopic core tape
6. Specifications permit six varieties of shielding, four of which are considered
gopher-resistant
7. A flooding compound is applied over the core and to all surfaces of the
shield/armor to resist moisture entry and corrosion
8. The cable is finished with a black polyethylene jacket which is sequentially printed
with footage marker at regular intervals
STANDARD CABLES
A 0.008 in. coated aluminum black polyethylene (SEALPIC-FSF) (Part No. suffix DFC).
No. of
Approx. Wt.
Nom.
Pairs
O.D. (in.)
Anixter No.
AWG lb./1,000 ft.
E-000624DFC
6
24
61
0.360
E-001224DFC
12
24
91
0.430
E-002524DFC
25
24
156
0.540
E-005024DFC
50
24
260
0.670
E-010024DFC
100
24
476
0.890
E-015024DFC
150
24
679
1.050
E-020024DFC
200
24
894
1.210
E-030024DFC
300
24
1,264
1.390
E-040024DFC
400
24
1,688
1.630
E-060024DFC
600
24
2,471
1.940
E-090024DFC
900
24
3,638
2.330
E-120024DFC
1,200
24
4,867
2.730
E-150024DFC
1,500
24
6,045
3.060
E-000622DFC
6
22
78
0.400
E-001222DFC
12
22
122
0.480
E-002522DFC
25
22
214
0.620
E-005022DFC
50
22
395
0.830
E-010022DFC
100
22
711
1.080
E-020022DFC
200
22
1,325
1.430
E-030022DFC
300
22
1,933
1.710
Outside Plant Cable
Exchange Cable
RUS/REA PE-39 Design
Outside Plant Cables - Direct Burial

PR7097V2-141953.tif
PR7096V2-142049.tif
PR7096V2-142049.tif
selected pair assignment basis. For full pair utilization at carrier frequencies, a
core-dividing screen is required.
SPECIFICATIONS
2. Conductors are dual insulated with foamed natural polyolefin and finished with a
solid plastic skin, color-coded to industry standards
minimize crosstalk
4. Pairs are stranded into units (and super units, if required by pair count). In cable
sizes 900 pair and greater, a mirror-image, super unit color-code system is used
5. The cable core is filled with an ETPR filling compound and wrapped with a
6. The AN_A (Suffix: DFA) cables ALPETH sheath construction is 0.008 in. thick,
corrugated, aluminum shield and a black polyethylene jacket. The jacket is
sequentially printed with a footage marker at regular intervals
7. The AN_W (Suffix: DFQ) cables ASP sheath construction consists of 0.008 in. thick,
corrugated, aluminum shield with a 0.006 in. corrugated steel shield, and a black
polyethylene jacket. The jacket is sequentially printed with a footage marker at
regular intervals
8. A flooding compound is applied over the core and to all surfaces of the aluminum
and steel shields to resist moisture entry and to inhibit corrosion
selected pair assignment basis. For full utilization at carrier frequencies, a
core-dividing screen is required. (See T1 cables.)
SPECIFICATIONS
2. Solid polyolefin insulation, color-coded to telephone industry standards
minimize crosstalk
4. Pairs are stranded into units (and super units, if required by pair count)
5. The cable core is filled with a waterproofing compound and wrapped with a
D
6. A flooding compound
is applied over the core and to all surfaces of the
shield/armor to resist moisture entry and to inhibit corrosion
7. The cable is finished with a black polyethylene jacket which is sequentially printed
with footage marker at regular intervals
Cables with AFC suffix conform to ANSI ICEA 7CFR-1755-390
STANDARD CABLES - SEALPIC-F
A 0.008 in. coated aluminum black polyethylene (part suffix AFC).
No. of
Approx. Wt.
Pairs
Anixter No.
AWG lb./1,000 ft.
E-000624AFC
6
24
67
E-001224AFC
12
24
102
E-002524AFC
25
24
175
E-005024AFC
50
24
304
E-010024AFC
100
24
561
E-020024AFC
200
24
1,029
E-030024AFC
300
24
1,532
E-040024AFC
400
24
1,997
E-000622AFC
6
22
91
E-001222AFC
12
22
143
E-002522AFC
25
22
255
E-005022AFC
50
22
468
E-010022AFC
100
22
853
E-040022AFC
400
22
3,125

Cables conform to applicable Bellcore specifications.
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.390
0.470
0.590
0.750
1.010
1.330
1.680
1.900
0.450
0.550
0.700
0.940
1.240
2.370
ASP CABLES
No. of
Pairs
Anixter No.
AWG
E-002524DFQ
25*
24*
E-005024DFQ
50
24
E-010024DFQ
100
24
E-020024DFQ
200
24
E-030024DFQ
300
24
E-040024DFQ
400
24
E-060024DFQ
600
24
E-090024DFQ
900
24
E-120024DFQ
1,200
24
E-150024DFQ
1,500
24
E-002522DFQ
25
22
E-020022DFQ
200
22
E-030022DFQ
300
22
*Other pair counts and AWG are available.
If stock not available, suggest substitution of part number suffix DFC for
foam/skin insulated product.
13.4
Bell
Code
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANMW
ANAW
ANAW
ANAW
Approx.
Wt. lb.
185
302
515
915
1,328
1,714
2,485
3,616
4,818
5,944
259
1,417
2,048
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.600
0.720
0.960
1.250
1.500
1.650
2.010
2.380
2.710
3.040
0.720
1.500
1.790
Outside Plant Cable
Exchange Cable
RUS/REA Aerial Cable
Outside Plant Aerial Cable

PR7097V2-141953.tif
For use in exchange and campus areas, supported by a pre-installed messenger.

Suitable for voice frequency use on all pairs and carrier frequency, both analog and
digital, on a selected pair assignment basis. For full pair utilization at carrier
frequencies, a core-dividing screen is required. (See T1 and T1C screened.)
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Solid annealed bare copper conductors
2. Solid polyolefin conductor insulation color-coded to telephone industry standards
3. Insulated conductors are twisted into varying lengths of lay to minimize crosstalk
4. Pairs are stranded into units (and super units if required by pair count) and the
resultant cable core is covered with a non-hygroscopic tape
5. The SEALPIC cable sheath consists of 0.008 in. corrugated, polymer-coated
aluminum shield and a black polyethylene jacket. The jacket is sequentially
printed with a footage marker at regular intervals
For use in exchange and campus areas, supported by a pre-installed messenger.

Suitable for voice frequency, both analog and digital, on a selected pair
assignment basis.
SPECIFICATIONS
minimize crosstalk
4. Pairs are stranded into units (and super units if required by pair count) and the
resultant cable core is covered with a non-hygroscopic tape. In cable sizes of
1,200 pair and greater, a mirror-image super-unit color-code system is adopted
5. The ALPETH cable sheath consists of 0.008 in., corrugated, aluminum shield and a
black polyethylene jacket. The jacket is sequentially printed with a footage marker
at regular intervals

SEALPIC cable conforms to ANSI ICEA 85-625-1996
PE-22 is deactivated by RUS and superceded by ANSI/ICEA specifications
No. of
Nom.
Approx. Wt. Standard Reel
Pairs AWG O.D. (in.) lb./1,000 ft. Length (ft.)
Anixter No.
E-000624AAC 6*
24* 0.350
54
5,000
E-001224AAC 12
24 0.420
81
5,000
E-002524AAC 25
24 0.520
131
5,000
E-005024AAC 50
24 0.660
224
5,000
E-010024AAC 100
24 0.880
402
5,000
E-020024AAC 200
24 1.170
750
5,000
E-060024AAC 600
24 1.920
2,113
2,500
E-090024AAC 900
24 2.310
3,104
1,250
E-000622AAC 6
22 0.390
69
5,000
E-001222AAC 12
22 0.470
107
5,000
E-002522AAC 25
22 0.600
184
6,000
E-005022AAC 50
22 0.760
324
5,000
E-030022AAC 300
22 1.710
1,600
2,500

Cable conforms to Bellcore specifications
Bell No. of
Standard
Anixter No. Code Pairs AWG Length (ft.)
E-002524AAA BKMA 25
24 8,000
E-005024AAA BKMA 50
24 8,000
E-010024AAA BKMA 100 24 8,000
E-020024AAA BKMA 200 24 5,700
E-030024AAA BKMA 300 24 5,000
E-040024AAA BKMA 400 24 4,000
E-060024AAA BKMA 600 24 3,100
E-090024AAA BKMA 900 24 1,680
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.520
0.660
0.880
1.130
1.380
1.540
1.830
2.210
Approx. Wt.
lb./ft.
0.13
0.22
0.39
0.72
1.02
1.41
2.05
3.01
13.5
PR7577V2-142100.tif
Outside Plant Cable
Exchange Cable
RUS/REA Aerial Self-support
Outside Plant Cables - Aerial Self-support

PR7095V2-142050.tif
PR7095V2-142050.tif
Designed exclusively for aerial installation. Suitable for voice frequency use
on all pairs and carrier frequency, both analog and digital, on a selected pair
assignment basis.
SPECIFICATIONS
minimize crosstalk
4. Pairs are stranded into units and the resultant cable core is covered with a
non-hygroscopic tape
5. This cable is finished with a self-support SEALPIC-84 sheath. This sheath consists
of a polymer-coated, corrugated aluminum shield and a 1/4 in.,
extra-high-strength, stranded steel messenger laid parallel to it with a common
jacket of black polyethylene. The cross-sectional shape of this construction
resembles a Figure 8
Designed exclusively for aerial installation. Suitable for voice frequency use on all
pairs and carrier frequency, both analog and digital, on selected pair assignment
basis. BK_P cables are rodent-resistant.
SPECIFICATIONS
minimize crosstalk
4. Pairs are stranded into units and the resultant cable core is covered with a
non-hygroscopic tape

D
SEALPIC-84 conforms
to ANSI/ICEA 85-625-1996
PE-38 is deactivated by RUS and superceded by ANSI/ICEA specification
Approx. Wt. Standard
No. of
Messenger Nom. lb./1,000 ft. Reel
Anixter No. Pairs AWG Size (in.) O.D. (in.) Alum. Shield Length (ft.)
E-000624AACF 6
24 0.25
0.810 204
5,000
E-001224AACF 12
24 0.25
0.880 230
5,000
E-002524AACF 25* 24* 0.25
0.980 279
5,000
E-005024AACF 50
24 0.25
1.120 369
5,000
E-010024AACF 100 24 0.25
1.360 557
2,500
E-000622AACF 6
22 0.25
0.850 219
5,000
E-001222AACF 12
22 0.25
0.930 255
5,000
E-002522AACF 25
22 0.25
1.060 330
5,000
E-005022AACF 50
22 0.25
1.240 478
5,000
13.6

Cable conforms to Bellcore specifications
BK_S SPECIFICATIONS:
This cable is finished with a self-support ALPETH sheath. This sheath consists of a
corrugated aluminum shield and a 1/4 in., extra-high-strength, stranded steel
messenger laid parallel to it with a common jacket of black polyethylene. The
cross-sectional shape of this construction resembles a Figure 8.
No. of
Standard Nom.
Approx. Wt.
Anixter No. Bell Code Pairs AWG Length (ft.) O.D. (in.) lb./ft.
E-005024AAAF BKMS
50
24 6,400
0.800 0.39
Outside Plant Cable
Distribution Wire
./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Voice Telecommunications Cable//Distribution Wire
Distribution Wire Double PE Jacketed Filled Core
Twisted Pair Multiple Drop
PR7098V2-142047.tif
BPD SUFFIX, 0.008 SMOOTH ALUMINUM SHIELD

Approx. Wt.
No. of
Anixter No.
lb./1,000 ft.
Pairs
F-02P24BPD
43
2
F-03P24BPD
46
3
F-02P22BPD
56
2
F-03P22BPD
59
3
AWG
24
24
22
22
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.330
0.330
0.325
0.325
BPN SUFFIX, 0.005 CORRUGATED BRONZE SHIELD

Approx. Wt.
No. of
lb./1,000 ft.
Pairs
Anixter No.
F-03P22BPN
71
3
F-02P19BPN
85
2
AWG
22
19
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.325
0.400
Index1.Cabling Systems//Voice Telecommunications Cable//Distribution Wire
Parallel Conductors
Self-supporting IMREW wire is used for subscriber lines in exchange plant. Single
pair is often used for lateral runs from aerial plant. Wire core is laid parallel
to a solid steel support wire and jacketed in integral extrusion to form a
Figure 8 configuration.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Conductors are 19 and 22 AWG solid annealed copper
2. Solid, high-density polyethylene
3. Conductors are twisted to form pairs
4. Messenger is 0.109 in., extra-high-strength galvanized steel
5. Outer jacket is black, high-molecular-weight polyethylene with integrated steel
messenger, Figure 8
19 AWG
Anixter No.
F-03P19AAF
F-06P19AAF
Vendor No.
10-003-15
10-006-15
No. of
Pairs
3
6
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.290
0.390
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
85
120
Vendor No.
10-012-17
No. of
Pairs
12
Nom.
O.D. (in.)
0.370
Approx. Wt.
lb./1,000 ft.
115
22 AWG
Anixter No.
F-12P22AAG
PR7099V2-142051.tif
For aerial distribution in rural exchange areas. This product has an exceptionally
tough insulation and large AWG size. It is intended for stringing through untrimmed
trees or wherever abrasion concerns exist.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Conductors are 14 AWG copper-covered steel, 30 percent conductivity
2. Two conductors are laid parallel and insulated with a common jacket of
black polyethylene
No. of
Nom.
Approx. Wt.
AWG O.D. (in.)
lb./1,000 ft.
F-02C14AC 2
14 0.165 x 0.280
42
13.7
For distribution and subscriber drops in direct-burial applications.

SPECIFICATIONS
2. Color-coded polyethylene insulation
minimize crosstalk
4. Core-filled and flooded
5. Inner jacket of polyethylene
6. 0.008 in. smooth aluminum or 0.005 in. corrugated bronze shield
7. Outer polyethylene jacket
PR7100V2-142048.tif
Outside Plant Cable
Cross-connect and Distribution Wire

./
Index1.Cabling Systems//Telephone Cables-Indoor//Nonplenum Rated Cable - UTP
Station Wire
SUPERIOR ESSEX
PR7363V2-142094.tif
Used primarily as residential and small business distribution wire. Interior station
wiring may extend to the building's network interface device (NID). The twisted-pair
product is recommended for locations with multiple access lines.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Solid copper conductors
3. PVC-jacketed
4. Can be used for indoor/outdoor applications
CATEGORY 3 TYPE CMX TWISTED-PAIR CONSTRUCTION
Rated CMR/CMX
No. of
Jacket
Anixter No. Vendor No. Pairs AWG Color
CMX-224PAB 12-402-37 2
24 Beige
CMX-424PAB 12-404-37 4
24 Beige
Standard
Packaging
1,000 ft. Knockout carton
1,000 ft. Knockout carton
D
MULTICONDUCTOR
CONSTRUCTION
CMX rated. Color code: red, green, yellow, black
No. of
Jacket Standard
Anixter No. Vendor No. AWG Conductors Color Packaging
CMX-422CAG 12-114-33 22
4
Gray 1,000 ft.
Knockout carton
13.8
Outside Plant and Building Entrance
Accessories
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Locators
Dynatel Cable and Fault Locators 2220M, 2250 and 2273
ACCESSORIES
301185
2200RB
Description
Dynatel rechargeable battery for 5 and
12 watt transmitters 2250/2273 locators
Dynatel Ultra Cable Locators 2250M and 2273M

3M
The Dynatel Cable/Pipe Locators represent the state of the art in
underground-locating and fault-finding technology with outstanding speed,
sensitivity and accuracy for cable locating, fault finding and 3M Electronic Marker
System EMS marker locating.
Choose from three locating modes - directional peak, null or special peak - and select
from up to 25 active and passive frequencies with the ability to enable and disable
frequencies. Receivers incorporate an "expander" function to make peaks and nulls
more pronounced and an external input jack for cable identification using the
inductive coupler or toning of aerial cable using a toning coil.
2273M LOCATORS WITH EMS-RFID FEATURES

Description
490658 2250M-ID/UC3W-RT
Includes receiver with EMS-iD
capabilities, 3 watt transmitter, 3 in.
inductive coupler, direct-connect cable
for telco/CATV applications
490659 2250M-ID/UC5W-RT
for telco/CATV applications
251190 2273M-ID/UR
Includes receiver with EMS-iD locating
capabilities for 2273M-ID locators
251191 2273M-ID/UC5W-RT
for telco/CATV applications,
fault-locating accessories
251192 2273M-UD/UU5W-RT
443579 2273M-ID/UCU12W-RT Includes receiver with EMS-iD
251193 2273M-ID/UC3W-RT
490660 2273M-ID/UC3W-W/CASE Includes receiver with EMS-iD
fault-locating accessories, carrying case
251194 2273M-ID/UU3W-RT
Includes receiver, 3 watt transmitter,
3 in. inductive coupler, direct-connect
cable for power/utility applications,
13.9
3M
Dynatel Cable Locators find the exact path and estimated depth of CATV and
telephone cables, as well as provide toning of aerial cable. Includes receiver and
3 in. inductive coupler.
Description
490654
2220M-U3W3-CPLR Includes 3 watt transmitter,
direct-connect cable with large
alligator clips for power and cathodic
protection systems
349510
2250-U3T3
Includes 3 watt transmitter,
direct-connect cable with
smaller alligator clips for telco and
CATV applications
489500
2250-U3P3
direct-connect cable with large alligator
clips for telco/CATV applications
251184
2273-U3T3
direct-connect cable with smaller
alligator clips for telco and CATV
applications, fault-locating accessories
251185
2273-U3P3
clips for utility applications,
489501
2273-U5T3/A
direct-connect cable with smaller
alligator clips for utility applications,
443578
2273-U5P3/A
clips for utility applications,
The EMS-iD mode enables users to locate all standard electronic markers and
read/write facility data to 3M EMS RFiD markers. It is now compatible with select
GPS/GIS field-mapping instruments for real-time mapping and electronic data transfer
to back-office GIS systems. The transmitter includes fault-finding signal transmission
and four locating frequencies to accommodate a wide range of field conditions with
simultaneous-transmit of all four frequencies and induction on 33 kHz and 200 kHz.
Accessories
(continued)
Dynatel Ultra Cable Locators 2250M and 2273M
2273M LOCATORS WITHOUT EMS-RFID FEATURES

Description
490661
2250M-UC3W-RT
cable for telco/CATV applications
490664
2250M-UC5W-RT
cable for telco/CATV applications
251195
2273M/UR
Receiver only for 2273M locators
251196
2273M/UC5W-RT
cable for telco/CATV applications,
251197
2273M/UU5W-RT
251198
2273M/UC3W-RT
490668
2273M-UC3W-W/CASE Includes receiver, 3 watt transmitter,
fault-locating accessories, carrying case
D
251199
2273M/UU3W-RT
490669
2273M-UCU12W/RT Includes receiver, 12 watt transmitter,
ACCESSORIES
301185
2200RB
13.10
Description
Dynatel rechargeable battery for 5 and
12 watt transmitters
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Outside Plant Applications
Dynatel Extended-range Ball Markers 1400-XR Series

3M
1400-XR SERIES EXTENDED-RANGE BALL MARKERS
The 3M 4 in. extended-range ball markers have a self-leveling design ensuring an
accurate, horizontal position regardless of how they are placed in the ground making
the job of precisely locating underground power facilities easier. The ball marker
contains a passive-tuned antenna, molded inside a plastic disk, which is
free-floating inside a waterproof, polyethylene shell. The ball marker has a range of
5 ft. (1.5 m).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251187
1401-XR
Telephone, passive
251188
1402-XR
Power, passive
251189
1407-XR
CATV, passive
443260
1405-XR
Gas, passive
443261
1408-XR
General purpose, passive
443262
1404-XR
Wastewater, passive
443264
1403-XR
Water, passive
1400-XR/ID SERIES EXTENDED-RANGE BALL MARKERS
These RFID markers come preprogrammed with a unique identification number. This
preprogrammed number is also attached to the marker on a removable bar-coded
tag, which can be peeled off before installation and attached to facility maps for
future reference. When a 3M Dynatel Locator 1420 or 2200M-iD Series sends a
"read" command signal, the RFID markers will respond by sending back data
previously stored in them. The RFID markers can also be programmed and locked by
the user via the 1420 and 2200M-iD series locators to include customer-specific
information such as facility data hazard levels, type of application, placement date
and other important details. After the locator has read this data, it may be
transferred to the user's PC through a standard RS-232 communications port.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
307531
1421-XR/ID
Telephone, programmable
307533
1422-XR/ID
Power, programmable
307534
1423-XR/ID
Water, programmable
307535
1424-XR/ID
Wastewater, programmable
307536
1425-XR/ID
Gas, programmable
307537
1427-XR/ID
Command for CATV
application, programmable
307538
1428-XR/ID
General purpose/
reclaimed water
application, programmable
Accessories
Locators
Marker-Mate Electronic Marker Locator System

GREENLEE
PR10744V2-11165.tif
The Marker-Mate Electronic Marker Locator System is designed to locate all brands of
buried electronic markers, including the patented Tempo Omni Marker and
Uni Marker.
FEATURES
5 ft.-plus depth range
Detects up to seven different marker types
Scan mode provides simultaneous detection of all marker types
User-adjustable detection threshold
Digital signal processor accuracy
Large-character display is easy to read
OMNI MARKER BALLS

Anixter No.
310707
310708
310709
310710
Vendor No.
160
0161-0001-1
162
0163-0001-1
310711
310712
0164-0001-1
0165-0001-1
310713
0168-0001-1
Description
Electronic marker locator
Description
Omni marker, power - red
Omni marker, water - blue
Omni marker, sanitary - green
Omni marker,
telephone - orange
Omni marker, gas - yellow
Omni marker, cable TV
- orange/black
Omni marker,
nonpotable water - purple
Tracker II Underground-cable Locator

GREENLEE
PR28513V2-208570.tif
The Tracker II traces the path and determines the depth of wires and metallic pipes
on active or dead systems without having to deactivate the system. The transmitter
has a distance range of up to 4,000 ft. and depth up to 7 ft. Transmitter output and
receiver sensitivity are adjustable.
FEATURES
Lightweight receiver provides audible and visual indications of signal strength
Transmitter output and receiver sensitivity are fully adjustable for
maximum accuracy
Transmitter offers three methods of connection: direct, inductive coupler and
inductive antenna
High-frequency transmitter provides range up to 4,000 ft. (1,219 m) and depths
up to 7 ft. (2 m)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
105450
501
Tracker II cable locator
074224
IC1
Inductive coupler
123023
HS-1
Headset
13.11
3M
3M Dynatel locators provide accurate locating of critical underground assets.
Earth
Cable/ Return Electronic
Pipe Fault Marker Coupler
Locate Locate Locate Size (in.)
309234 1420
No
No
Yes
3
489505 2220M-C3W-CPLR
Yes
No
No
3
349510 2250-U3T3
Yes
No
No
3
490658 2250M-ID/UC3W-RT
Yes
No
Yes
3
490659 2250M-ID/UC5W-RT
Yes
No
Yes
3
495186 2250M-UC5W-RT
Yes
No
Yes
3
495187 2250M-UCU12W-RT
Yes
No
No
3
443576 2573-U12
Yes
Yes
No
4.5
251184 2273-U3T3
Yes
Yes
No
3
251185 2273-U3P3
Yes
Yes
No
3
443578 2273-U5P3/A
Yes
Yes
No
3
251198 2273M/UC3W-RT
Yes
Yes
No
3
490668 2273M-UC3W-W/CASE Yes
Yes
No
3
251199 2273M/UU3W-RT
Yes
Yes
No
3
251196 2273M/UC5W-RT
Yes
Yes
No
3
443579 2273M-ID/UCU12W-RT Yes
Yes
No
3
251191 2273M-ID/UC5W-RT
Yes
Yes
Yes
3
251197 2273M/UU5W-RT
Yes
Yes
No
3
251193 2273M-ID/UC3W-RT
Yes
Yes
Yes
3
490660 2273M-ID/UC3W-W/CASE Yes
Yes
Yes
3
251194 2273M-ID/UU3W-RT
Yes
Yes
Yes
3
MARKER-MATE LOCATOR
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
267613
EML100
Accessories
Index1.Support and Supplies//Hardware and Supplies//Outdoor Applications
Single Wall High-density Polyethylene (HDPE)
Dual Wall High-density Polyethylene (HDPE)

PR24031V2-173180.tif
PR24040V2-173263.tif
Single Wall HDPE has superior crush resistance, stiffness and impact strength with
outstanding flexibility. The light weight and superior flexibility of this corrugated
polyethylene innerduct gives the benefit of being easier to handle at the job site and
means less wear and tear on expensive pipe placement equipment. All sizes of Single
Wall HDPE come complete with a pre-installed 900 pound traceable pull rope.
Dual Wall HDPE is a heavy-duty high-density polyethylene innerduct with a corrugated

exterior and a smooth interior. The interior has longitudinal ribs which greatly reduce
friction in cable pulling. Dual Wall HDPE has the impact, crush and stiffness
characteristics of a solid wall innerduct, but at half the weight. This lightweight
feature provides the job site benefit of easier handling, resulting in less wear and
tear on expensive innerduct placement equipment. Dual Wall HDPE also has less
memory; if you are open trench placing the innerduct it will lie flat and not try to
re-coil. All sizes of Dual Wall HDPE come complete with a pre-installed 900 pound
traceable pull rope.
APPLICATIONS
Placed inside existing duct.
SINGLE WALL HDPE
Orange
398945
0.5 in.
398946
0.75 in.
D
224514
1 in.
224515
1.25 in.
224517
1.5 in.
224518
2 in.
398947
3 in.
FITTINGS
White
Anixter No.
399158
399159
399160
399161
399162
399163
399164
399165
399166
399167
Description
Coupling for 0.5 in. Single and Dual Wall HDPE
Coupling for 1 in. Single and Dual Wall HDPE
Adapter for 1 in. Single and Dual Wall HDPE
Adapter for 1.25 in. Single and Dual Wall HDPE
Other colors are available upon request.

13.12
APPLICATIONS
Direct bury or placed inside existing duct.
DUAL WALL HDPE
Orange
398951
1.25 in.
398952
1.5 in.
398953
2 in.
398954
3 in.
FITTINGS
White
Anixter No.
399158
399159
399160
399161
399162
399163
399164
399165
399166
399167
Description
Other colors are available upon request.

Accessories
Solid Wall High-density Polyethylene (HDPE)
Outdoor-rated Textile Innerduct

PR24032V2-173178.tif
APPLICATIONS
Direct bury or placed inside existing duct.
SOLID WALL HDPE
SDR 11, smooth exterior/smooth interior, orange
398948
0.5 in.
398949
0.75 in.
332768
1 in.
332769
1.25 in.
332770
1.5 in.
332771
2 in.
332773
3 in.
332774
4 in.
398950
5 in.
FITTINGS
White
Anixter No.
399168
399169
399170
399171
399172
399173
Description
Coupling for 0.5 in. Solid Wall HDPE
Coupling for 1 in. Solid Wall HDPE
Coupling for 2 in. Solid Wall HDPE
SDR 11 is available in other colors and/or ribbed interior upon request.

Other styles also available upon request are SDR 9, SDR 13.5, SDR 15.5,
SDR 17, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80.
PR20491V2-77411.tif
MaxCell is the only flexible, multicelled, textile innerduct specifically designed for the
network-construction industry. The unique textile construction allows MaxCell to
conform to the shape of cables placed within, greatly reducing the wasted space
associated with rigid innerduct. It is available in multiple configurations and lengths.
MaxCell textile innerduct can reduce labor costs by 33 percent and improve your
bottom line. MaxCell maximizes conduit space, minimizes costs and allows for overlay
installations without breaking ground. MaxCell's flexibility allows for installation over
existing cables - saving one costly construction and labor costs.
STANDARD PRODUCT LINE
The standard MaxCell product is a versatile solution for the complex problems faced
by engineers, contractors and network providers. Manufactured from internally
produced monofilaments, this model yields superior performance over existing
rigid innerduct.
Description
312606
MXC3456BK250
312599
MXC3456BK500
312596
MXC3456BK1000 3 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, black
312593
312601
375626
MXC3456BK10000 3 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, black
312616
MXC2002PR250
312615
MXC2002PR500
312614
MXC2002PR1000 2 in., 2-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, purple
375627
375628
375629
MXC2002PR10000 2 in., 2-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, purple
312612
MXC2003YL250
312611
MXC2003YL500
312610
MXC2003YL1000 2 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, yellow
312609
312600
375631
MXC2003YL10000 2 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, yellow
375632
MXC4003GR250
375633
MXC4003GR500
312613
MXC4003GR1000 4 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, green
345913
375634
348562
MXC4003GR10000 4 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, green
375635
MXC2001WH250 2 in., 1-cell, 250 ft. reel, white
375636
MXC2001WH500 2 in., 1-cell, 500 ft. reel, white
13.13
Solid Wall HDPE is a nonmetallic innerduct that offers superior protection. All sizes of
Solid Wall HDPE come complete with a pre-installed 900 pound traceable pull rope.
Solid Wall is also referred to as Smooth Wall.
MAXCELL GROUP
Accessories
(continued)
Anixter No.
375637
375638
375639
375640
Outdoor-rated Textile Innerduct

Vendor No.
MXC2001WH1000
MXC2001WH2650
MXC2001WH5300
MXC2001WH10000
Description
2 in., 1-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, white
DETECTABLE PRODUCT LINE

Detectable MaxCell is configured like the standard product, but contains an
18-gauge solid copper core tracer wire inserted in the edge for use in underground
utility location. An embedded feature, Detectable MaxCell will not entangle or
impede cable installation nor increase cable pulling tensions. The wire is permanent
and will not be removed as is the case with detectable pulling tapes. In addition, the
wire is protected, which means no damage to it or the cables and ensuring locate
ability for years to come.
Description
375641
MXD3456BK250
375642
MXD3456BK500
375643
MXD3456BK1000 3 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, black
375644
375645
375646
MXD3456BK10000 3 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, black
375647
MXD2002PR250
375648
MXD2002PR500
375649
MXD2002PR1000 2 in., 2-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, purple
375650
MXD2002PR2650 2 in., 2-cell, 2,650-5,299 ft. reel, purple
D
375651
MXD2002PR5300
375652
MXD2002PR10000 2 in., 2-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, purple
375653
MXD2003YL250
375654
MXD2003YL500
375655
MXD2003YL1000 2 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, yellow
375656
375657
375658
MXD2003YL10000 2 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, yellow
375659
MXD4003GR250
375660
MXD4003GR500
375661
MXD4003GR1000 4 in., 3-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, green
375662
375663
375664
MXD4003GR10000 4 in., 3-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, green
375665
MXD2001WH250 2 in., 1-cell, 250 ft. reel, white
375666
MXD2001WH500 2 in., 1-cell, 500 ft. reel, white
375667
MXD2001WH1000 2 in., 1-cell, 1,000-2,649 ft. reel, white
375668
375669
375670
MXD2001WH10000 2 in., 1-cell, 10,000 ft. reel, white
MAXCELL ACCESSORIES
312617
MXC2CH
312618
MXC3CH
312619
MXCIGC
312620
MXCIK11
312621
MXCIK21
13.14
Description
Installation kit, two-way harness
Installation kit, three-way harness
CO2 gas cartridge
Single-pack pull swivel
Two-pack pulls/harness swivels

312622
MXCIK31CH
312623
MXCITB3
312624
MXCITB4
312625
MXCITB5
312626
MXCITB6
312627
MXCITT
312628
312629
312630
312631
312632
312633
MXCSW
MXCTBSET070
MXCTBSET090
MXCTBSET110
MXCTP4
MXCTP6
Description
Three-pack pulls/harness swivels
Inflatable bag termination for 3 in. OD
conduit
conduit
conduit
conduit
Inflation tool. Requires MaxCell MXCIGC gas
cartridge
Installation swivel
The Standard and Detectable 3 in., 3-cell products are also available in red
and blue. Both product lines offer the choice of a custom color as well. For
more information, contact your local sales representative.
TerraTape for Buried Cable Applications

REEF INDUSTRIES
TerraTape underground marking systems are the industry standard for effective
protection of buried pipelines and utilities. Preventing accidental breaks in pipes or
cables from digging activities, TerraTape alerts workmen to cease immediately and
avert the potential for costly inconveniences or accidents. Manufactured in
detectable and nondetectable constructions, TerraTape is available in a variety of
background and print colors, strengths and thicknesses and can be
custom-imprinted with any message in all known languages. TerraTape, a time-tested
and performance-proven value.
TERRATAPE STANDARD, 3 IN. NONDETECTABLE
Tape reads "Caution _______ Cable Buried Below"
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251442
42-0001
Fiber optic
251444
42-0005
Fiber optic
251445
42-0003
Telephone
251446
42-0006
Telephone
251447
42-0002
CATV
251448
42-0004
Communications
Length
1,000 ft.
6,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
6,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
TERRATAPE STANDARD, 6 IN. NONDETECTABLE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251449
42-0008
Fiber optic
251450
42-0011
Fiber optic
251451
42-0010
Telephone
251452
42-0007
Communications
Length
1,000 ft.
6,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
Accessories
TERRATAPE EXTRA STRETCH, 3 IN. NONDETECTABLE
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251454
42-0021
Fiber optic
251455
42-0026
Fiber optic
251456
42-0024
Telephone
251457
42-0027
Telephone
251458
42-0022
CATV
Length
1,000 ft.
6,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
6,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
TERRATAPE EXTRA STRETCH, 6 IN. NONDETECTABLE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251459
42-0028
Fiber optic
251460
42-0033
Fiber optic
251462
42-0030
Telephone
Length
1,000 ft.
6,000 ft.
1,000 ft.
TERRATAPE SENTRY LINE, DETECTABLE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
251463
42-0039
Communications
251464
42-0037
Fiber optic
251465
42-0040
Fiber optic
Length
3 in. x 1,000 ft.
3 in. x 1,000 ft.
6 in. x 1,000 ft.
Description
3/8 in. extra-high strength
3/8 in. utility
3/8 in. utility
7/16 in. utility
1/2 in. utility
Qty.
5,000 ft.
2,500 ft.
5,000 ft.
2,500 ft.
2,500 ft.
5,000 ft.
5,000 ft.
GWP Ground Wire

For grounding telephone station protectors, interface units, equipment grounds,
cabinet grounds, shield grounds and shield continuity connections cable splices.
Conductors are either solid or stranded copper. Both feature weather-resistant
PVC insulation.
Anixter No.
AWG
Description
6G-0601-04
6
Stranded, green
6G-0601-02
6
Stranded, black
6VP-0601SOL
6
Solid, black
Galvanized Steel Strand

PR7365V2-142095.tif
All strand is 7-wire, Class A Galvanized and meets ASTM-A475.
Description
5/16 in. utility
5/16 in. utility
Qty.
250 ft.
500 ft.
1,000 ft.
2,500 ft.
5,000 ft.
2,500 ft.
5,000 ft.
2,500 ft.
5,000 ft.
2,500 ft.
DURA-TY Cable Ties - Weather-resistant Acetal

PANDUIT
pr5471V2-15118.tif
FEATURES
Excellent solution for outdoor
applications requiring strength and
durability
Ideal for securing cables in outdoor
messenger strand applications and
vertical ladder racks
Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical and
moisture resistance
Double stainless steel locking barbs with high tensile strength and
high-impact resistance
Meets Telcordia TR-TSY-00789 industry guidelines for lashed cable supports
EXTRA-HEAVY CROSS SECTION
Minimum loop tensile strength: 250 lb., width: 0.50 in.
Anixter No.
249889
249891
351841
351845
351848
351850
Vendor No.
DT4EH-L0
DT8EH-Q0
DT14EH-L0
DT15EH-L0
DT28EH-C0
DT44EH-C0
Length
(in.)
13.5
27.0
48.0
53.0
96.0
144.0
Max.
Bundle
Dia. (in.)
3.88
8.00
14.00
15.00
28.00
44.00
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
50
25
50
50
100
100
STACKABLE CABLE SPACER

Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights by 1/2 in. increments.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
073362
SACS50-T100
2.08 x 1.16 in. weather-resistant
polypropylene, black
STRAPPING, HEADS AND KIT - HEAVY CROSS SECTION
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
367880
DTRH-LR0
50 ft. reel of strapping heads (25)
367888
DTHH-Q0
Cable tie heads (25)
367889
DTKH-0
Kit (strapping: 50 ft., heads: 25)
STRAPPING, HEADS AND KIT - EXTRA-HEAVY CROSS SECTION
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
DTREH-LR0
DTREH-LR0
50 ft. reel of strapping
DTHEH-Q0
DTHEH-Q0
Heads (25)
249893
DTKEH-0
13.15

243628 1/4EHS A250CL
243626 1/4EHS A500CL
243625 1/4EHS A1000RL
104975 1/4EHS A2500RL
208640 1/4EHS A5000RL
271386 5/16EHSA2500RL
313348 5/16EHSA5000RL
159633 5/16UTA2500RL
313349 5/16UTA5000RL
313354 3/8EHSA2500RL

313355 3/8EHSA5000RL
159634 3/8UTA2500RL
313353 3/8UTA5000RL
313356 7/16EHSA2500RL
040895 7/16UTA2500RL
313358 1/2EHSA5000RL
313357 1/2UTA5000RL
CommScope Carrier Solutions BEP

./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Power Protection//Building Entrance Termination
5-pin Protector Modules
COMMSCOPE CARRIER SOLUTIONS
PR20024V2-65491.tif
Test
Points Material ID
350239 9A1A-HT
Hybrid without sneak current, Yes 760058503
300 to 400 V DC, black
350240 9A3A-HT
Hybrid without sneak current, Yes 760058529
300 to 400 V DC, red
Lightning, power crosses and voltage transients can damage or destroy equipment.
Protector modules suppress the excess voltage and send it to earth ground. Protector
modules are available in gas tube, solid-state or hybrid designs. Note that all
protection modules are five-pin unless otherwise specified. Protector modules are
available in black for standard service and red for special circuits.
Test
Points Material ID
105114 3B1EW
Gas tube without heat coils, No
104410147
545340 3B3EW
Gas tube without heat coils, No
104410162
350207 3C1EW
Gas tube without heat coils, Yes 760065706
280 to 420 V DC, red, black
D
350212 3C3EW
Gas tube without heat coils, Yes 760065714
104878 4B1EW
Gas tube with heat coils,
No
104401856
425 V DC, black
120204 4B3EW
No
104401872
425 V DC, red
350232 4C1EW
Yes 104401898
425 V DC, black
350235 4C3EW
Yes 104401914
425 V DC, red
375036 4R1AN-180 3-element gas tube (350 V), Yes 760075960
resettable 2.2 ohm PTCs, black
housing, no test access
375037 4R3AN-180 3-element gas tube (350 V), Yes 760075978
resettable 2.2 ohm PTCs, red
housing, no test access
375038 4R1AT-180 3-element gas tube (350 V), Yes 760075986
resettable 2.2 ohm PTCs, black
housing, test access
375039 4R3AT-180 3-element gas tube (350 V), Yes 760075994
resettable 2.2 ohm PTCs, red
housing, test access
350236 9A1A-HN Hybrid without sneak current, No
760058495
350238 9A3A-HN Hybrid without sneak current, No
760058511
13.16
Emerson BEP
./
R66P25 Series 25-pair Protector

PR1603V2-142025.tif

266795 BEPNC110COVER3
266797
BEPNC110COVER4
266798
BEPNC66COVER4
Description
25-pair BEPNC cover kit for 110-blk
stub/non-stub
stub/non-stub
stub/non-stub
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Power Protection//Outside Plant Protection
NetReach BEP Series (Indoor) Integrated Building Entrance Solution

PR10999V2-17969.tif
BEPNC Building Entrance Terminal (Indoor)

PR9776V2-22962.tif
The BEPNC series combines protection and distribution for a single, compact,
cost-effective unit designed for indoor building entrance applications. Central Office
pairs are connected with the following options: stub, 710 connectors, 3M dry
connectors, 66 quick clip block, 110-style block including Emerson pair-at-a-time
tool-less URLS-style block. The BEPNC also offers a 26 AWG fuse link for added
protection. Subscribers' wires are connected via the following options: 66 quick-clip,
110-style block or Emerson URLS block.
The BEPNC series is available in 100-, 50-, 25- or 10-pair sizes. All BEPNC Terminals
can be stackable (recommend six units). The protector modules can be included or
purchased separately.
Pair Size Input
Output
266782 F1005286
50
66 quick clip 66 quick clip
266783 BEPNCC25C
25
266784 BEPNCC10C
10
ACCESSORIES
266791 BEPNC110COVER1
266794
BEPNC66COVER2
The NetReach BEP Series combines protection and distribution with a built-in splice
chamber for a single, compact, cost-effective unit designed for indoor building
entrance applications. The BEP Series offers a 26 AWG fuse link for added protection.
It is available in 25-, 50- and 100-pair sizes. The 100-pair unit is stackable to
300-pair. These protectors come equipped with protective covers. RUS listed. The
NetReach BEP Series with RLS output now comes with Cat 5 cable on the output and
tight-twist cable on the input as standard.
Pair Size Input
Output
220825 BEPC100C
100
220824 BEPC50C
50
220823 BEPC25C
25
106240 BEPCG100C
100
and RJ21
158291 BEPC100CF
100
710 connector 66 quick clip
198911 BEPC50CF
50
198910 BEPC25CF
25
133362 BEPCG100FS
100
18 in. splice tail 66 quick clip
and RJ21
133361 BEPCG50FS
50
18 in. splice tail 66 quick clip
and RJ21
Description
stub/non-stub
stub/non-stub
13.17
The R66P25QC offers protection for 25 pairs with quick-connect clips for both input
and output cable pairs. The unit has the same mounting dimensions as a standard
66M block, and can be mounted on a wall, frame or 89 bracket. Order standard
five-pin protector modules separately. One per pair. Requires a 66-termination tool.
Description
092738 R66P25QC
25-pair 66 quick-clip in / 66 quick-clip out
Emerson BEP
NetReach BUP Series (Indoor/Outdoor), Integrated Building

Entrance Solution
PR23797V2-168795.tif
The NetReach BUP Series building entrance protectors, designed for outdoor use,
require no additional housings or enclosures. Central office pairs are connected by a
splice tail, and central office protector modules are mounted in a sealed chamber for
protection against the weather. UL Listed five-pin modules may be used. (Order
modules separately). These units are GR-937-CORE-compliant.
Description
397583 BUPBNG100FS
100-pair field splice tail/in - BT screw
terminal block/out
375953 BUPBNG50FS
terminal block/out
397590 BUPBNG25FS
terminal block/out
D
220828 BUPSNG100FS
100-pair field splice tail/in - RLS IDC
block/out - now available with Cat 5 and
tight-twist cable as standard
220827 BUPSNG50FS
220826 BUPSNG25FS
13.18
ITW Linx BEP

./
Tech Tips
TeleLinx
SurgeGate 1 Gigabit and 10 Gigabit - Category 6 and Category 6A

4-pair Protection Modules
Using building entrance protection?

By code (NEC, Article 800), building entrance protectors must be installed
whenever conductive communications cabling enters or leaves a building. This
protection device must be agency-listed (i.e. UL 497) and placed within the first
50 ft. of the building entrance. Be sure your protection has the appropriate
UL/CSA listing for your application.
All ITW Linx protection products are listed to the current appropriate standard.
ITW LINX
PR33743V2-249299.tif
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Power Protection//Modules (Plug In)
Five-pin Solid-state Protector Modules

ITW LINX
PR2519V2-579511.eps
Protect low-voltage communications equipment from transient voltage surges and

overcurrent conditions on voice and data lines with 100 percent solid-state protector
modules and sneak current fuses. These five-pin protector modules are UL Listed as
primary and/or secondary protectors and can be used with any standard building
entrance terminal including the ITW Linx patented TeleLinx.
VOICE/FAX MODEM LINES 350 MA FUSES (PRIMARY AND SECONDARY)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
250501
FPP4-75
75 V
VOICE/FAX MODEM LINES 160 MA PTC (SECONDARY ONLY)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
250510
FPP6-75
75 V
250511
FPP6-235
235 V
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Power Protection//Modules (Plug In)
Tech Tips
Why Choose Solid State over Gas Tube?
The main technology types of today's surge protection devices are gas-tube
arrestors and solid-state devices. The main differences between these are
technology and price. So why pay more for the better technology of solid state?
Today, equipment is extremely sensitive to surges; whereas older
electro-mechanical equipment could handle most types of surges fairly well.
Solid-state devices therefore are critical to ensure that today's equipment
remains protected. The main technology difference between the two devices is
clamping time, or the time it takes to remove the surge off the line. Gas tubes
take 4,000 to 5,000 nanoseconds, whereas solid-state devices take only
2 to 5 nanoseconds. This time equates to distance, with the relation of
1 nanosecond equal to 1 ft. down the conductive path. Therefore, if you use
gas tube protectors, your equipment WILL see the surge in almost all cases,
but going with solid-state will keep you protected. Solid state arrestors are
superior in speed, voltage control and long life.
For use with high-performance outside plant cables (OSP) in campus applications
and UTP plenum cable in hostile industrial environments. The patented ITW Linx
SurgeGate Category 6 LAN module protects sensitive electronic workstations, network
equipment and communications cables from damage caused by transient voltage
surges, including lightning, without harming data integrity. The Cat 6-235 module is
for use when trying to run voice at Cat 6 performance. Solid-state circuitry within the
protector reacts quickly (1 to 5 nanoseconds) to prevent surges from reaching the
equipment. UL Listed under UL 497 (primary protector for building entrances) and
UL 497B (isolated loop protector) as well as ANSI/TIA-758-A and 568-C for Cat 6.
Multiple modules can be connected together (SurgeGate) to protect additional pairs
and can be connected with SurgeGate AC base units providing additional customized
and expanded protection. Modules are easily connected together and provide a
single-point ground; dimensions are 4.25 in. H x 4.25 in. W x 1.42 in. D.
ITW Linx offers a lifetime product warranty and up to $50,000 connected equipment
warranty on all SurgeGate units.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
271862
CAT6-LAN
Protects 4-pair Cat 6-rated cable, 16 V
271864
CAT6-235
271863
CAT6-75
clamping, 110 in/110 out - used on Cisco
PoE applications
274955
CAT6-POE
Power over Ethernet protector, protects
4-pair Cat 6-rated cable, 16 V clamping
(data pairs) and 68 V clamping (power
pairs), 110 in/110 out
434551
CAT6A-LAN
Protects 4-pair, Cat 6A-rated cable, 16 V
13.19
ITW Linx BEP
SurgeGate Category 5e 4-pair Protection Modules
Category 5e 25-pair Protector
ITW LINX
ITW LINX
PR22522V2-133253.tif
For use with high-performance outside plant cables (OSP) in campus applications
and UTP plenum cable in hostile industrial environments. The patented ITW Linx
SurgeGate Category 5e LAN module protects sensitive electronic workstations,
network equipment and communications cables from damage caused by transient
voltage surges, including lightning, without harming data integrity. The Cat5-235
module is for use when trying to run voice at Cat 5e performance. Solid-state circuitry
within the protector reacts quickly (1 to 5 nanoseconds) to prevent surges from
reaching the equipment. UL Listed for 497 (primary protector for building entrances)
and 497B (isolated loop protection) as well as ANSI/TIA-758 and 568-C for
Category 5e. Multiple modules can be connected together to protect additional pairs
and can be connected with SurgeGate AC base units providing additional customized
and expanded protection. Modules are easily connected together and provide a single
point ground. Dimensions are 4.25 in. H x 4.25 in. W x 1.42 in. D.
D
ITW Linx offers a lifetime
product warranty and up to $50,000 connected equipment
warranty on all SurgeGate units.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
194862
CAT5-LAN
Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable,
16 V clamping, 110 in/110 out
304803
CAT5-75
75 V clamping, 110 in/110 out - used on
Cisco PoE applications
259045
CAT5-235
235 V clamping, 110 in/110 out
250573
CAT5-LAN-RJ45 Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable,
16 V clamping, RJ45 in/out
304804
CAT5-75-RJ45 Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable,
75 V clamping, RJ45 in/out - used on Cisco
PoE applications
265862
CAT5-235-RJ45 Protects 4-pair, Cat 5e-rated cable,
235 V clamping, RJ45 in/out
274798
CAT5-POE
16 V clamping (data pairs) and
62 V clamping (power pairs),
110 in/110 out
13.20
PR10783V2-12264.tif
The patented Category 5e 25-pair protector from ITW Linx provides 100 percent
solid-state protection to protect network, telecommunications and electronic
equipment from transient voltage surges. Protects high-performance 25-pair Cat 5e
outside plant cables as well as 110 punch-down Cat 5e UTP cables for LAN/Data,
T1/ISDN and IP camera applications, is UL Listed for 497 (primary protector for
building entrances) and 497B (isolated loop protection), and exceeds ANSI/TIA-758.
The unit mounts on an 89D bracket and encloses all protection parts in a plastic
covered housing. Each pair in the module uses the Cat 5e circuit card technology to
ensure total protection.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
206303
ML25-CAT5-LAN Cat 5e 25-pair building entrance protector
- includes base unit, 25 protector cards
and grounding hardware, 16 V clamp
265842
ML25-CAT5-235 Cat 5e 25-pair building entrance protector
- includes base unit, 25 protector cards
and grounding hardware, 235 V clamp
265843
CC-CAT5-16
Package of four, single-pair protection
cards (16 V clamping). Use as
replacements or in combination with Linx
CC-CAT5-235 cards to mix Cat 5e
protection with
telecommunications protection
265844
CC-CAT5-235 Package of four, single-pair protection
cards (16 V clamping). Use as
replacements or in combination with Linx
CC-CAT5-16 cards to mix Cat 5e protection
with telecommunications protection
ITW Linx BEP
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Power Protection//Modules (Plug On)
DataLinx Protected Patch Panels

ITW LINX
66 Block UltraLinx Protection Modules

PR10779V2-12252.tif
DL-1200 PROTECTED PATCH PANELS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
262045
DL1200
DataLinx 1200 - 12-port Cat 5e, UL Listed
primary (UL 497) Ethernet protector, 16 V
clamping, 110 punch-down input/output
265006
DL1200-POE
DataLinx 1200 - 12-port Cat 5e, UL Listed
primary (UL 497) Power over Ethernet
protector per IEEE 802.3af, 16 V clamping
data pairs, 62 V power pairs,
110 punch-down input/output
400593
DL-1200-CAT5 DataLinx 1200 - 12-port Cat 5e, UL Listed
primary (UL 497) Ethernet protector, 16 V
DL-1200 REPLACEMENT CARDS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
266162
DL1200-RC-16 For DL1200
266163
DL1200-RC-POE For DL1200 PoE per IEEE 802.3af
PR33746V2-249295.tif
FEATURES
Fits all 66 Type M blocks (can accommodate blocks wired for 25 or 50 pairs)
Dual indicator lights - protection OK and ground OK
Solid-state protection - provides the fastest response to transient voltages
(<5 nanoseconds) by quickly diverting damaging surges to ground and
automatically resetting
Single-pair protection - scale the protection to the system. Protect only the lines
requiring protections
Streamline installation - eliminate redundant cross-connects by adding
protection directly at the block. Press fit protectors to the block attaching the
ground bar (MGB-SGL) to the protectors
Optimum protection - available in a number of voltage sizes to match system
operating voltages
Ideal for retrofit applications - just remove the bridging clips from the block and
replace them with the UltraLinx protector. Add the ground connection and the
pair is protected
Sneak current protection - protects against fires and injuries caused by
overloaded and power crosses
VOICE/FAX/MODEM LINES - 350 MA FUSES (PRIMARY AND SECONDARY)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
266125
UP3B-27
27 V
266126
UP3B-39
39 V
266127
UP3B-75
75 V
266128
UP3B-235
235 V, 350 mA, 1 pair
330699
UP3B-7.5
7.5 V
330701
UP3B-16
16 V
321736
UP3P-100
100 V
VOICE/FAX/MODEM LINES - 160 MA PTCS (SECONDARY ONLY)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
266129
UP3P-27
27 V
266130
UP3P-39
39 V
266131
UP3P-75
75 V
266132
UP3P-235
235 V
321736
UP3P-100
100 V
13.21
The new ITW Linx DataLinx series provides solid-state primary (UL 497) and isolated
loop (UL 497B) protection for your LAN, Voice over IP, Video over IP and Power over
Ethernet. The DL1200-T1A series is UL Listed secondary (UL 497A) and includes 160
mA overvoltage protection for T1/ISDN lines. ITW Linx offers a lifetime product
warranty and up to $5,000 connected equipment warranty on all DataLinx units.
FEATURES
12 ports with replaceable 4-port card modules
110 punch-down input to RJ45 output
Power over Ethernet protector meets IEEE 802.3af standard
Single-height, 19 in., rack-mountable chassis (1U)
Used between buildings in a campus environment as a building
entrance protector
ITW LINX
ITW Linx BEP

(continued)
66 Block UltraLinx Protection Modules
T1/ISDN/E1 XDSL/LAN - 160 MA PTCS (SECONDARY ONLY)

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
266133
UP3H-27
27 V
266134
UP3H-39
39 V
266135
UP3H-75
75 V
266136
UP3H-235
235 V
330703
UP3H-100
100 V
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Power Protection//Grounding Material
Multiple Ground Bus Bar and Screw Ground Lug

ITW LINX
PR7027V2-31721.tif
The Multiple Ground Bus Bar allows for the common grounding of multiple Ultron and
UltraLinx lightning protectors on the same 66M block and can connect up to
25 protectors (one protector per pair). The bus bar is equivalent to a No. 6 AWG wire
and is made of tin-plated
copper. The bar is scored on both sides, allowing it to be
D
broken into smaller sections for cost-efficient and customized usage. 10 in. long,
1/2 in. high.
The Screw Ground Lug provides for the connection of the common ground wire to the
Multiple Ground Bus Bar and Ultron/UltraLinx series lightning protectors. The Screw
Ground Lug accepts up to a No. 6 AWG wire. Please be careful to match the proper
ground wire gauge (AWG) to the number of installed protectors. For use with
Ultron/UltraLinx 66 block protectors.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
265923
MGBSGL-1
Multiple ground bus bar and
screw ground lug
13.22
Preformed Line Products OSP

./
Index1.Connecting Hardware//Splice Equipment//Copper Systems
ARMADILLO Stainless Splice Closure

PREFORMED LINE PRODUCTS
ARMADILLO Splice Closures with Filling Flange

PR2836V2-579569.eps
ARMADILLO Drillable End Plate Kits

PR6482V2-142044.tif
Standard two-section kits are used as a replacement when adding branch cable to an
existing splice. Kit includes two end plates, LOCK-TAPE sealant, Cue Cards, CABLE
Mea-SURE Tape.
Optional three-section end plates allow adding extra cables on a 6.5 in., 8 in., 9.5 in.
and 12.5 in. diameter splice case. Kit includes one end plate, LOCK-TAPE sealant, Cue
Cards, CABLE Mea-SURE Tape. Holes in end plates need to be drilled with the Power
End Plate Cutter Kit or the end plates can be ordered predrilled from the manufacturer.
13.23
These versatile splice cases will accommodate an extremely wide range of cables,
effectively maintaining an airtight, watertight seal around most types of cable,
including lead or plastic jacketed, single or double systems, through-cable systems,
preconnected and pressurized or nonpressurized systems. Closure remains secure in
overhead and underground applications, in hot, dry, warm, wet or cold environments.
The LOCKBAR fastener system features front and back bars that fit into the splice case
flange. The back bar has factory-assembly nuts and bolts attached, which mate up
with the keyholes in the front bar. Splice case shells are stainless steel with an inner
liner of neoprene. Fasteners are also stainless steel. End plates are made from hard
plastic and filled with a rigid polyurethane foam. Insulated torque bars keep the end
plates secure and in alignment during installation and re-entry.
Holes in end plates need to be drilled with the power end plate cutter kit or can be
ordered factory drilled.
Inside
OA
Max. Number
Diameter
Length of Pairs 2
(in.)
6-24-22
Anixter No. Vendor No. (in.)
005575
8000624
4.0
25
300
207652
8006326
6.5
22
600
005576
8000626
6.5
22.4
1,100
266990
8006320
8.0
25
2,100
009952
8000630
8.5
28.4
5,400
266991
8006219
12.5
28.4
3,000
020388
8000634
6.5
38.4
1,500
266992
8006321
8.0
38.4
2,400
009953
8000635
9.5
38.4
3,600
132751
8006220
12.5
38.4
3,600
266993
8006322
8.0
45
2,700
158605
8006176
9.5
45.2
4,200
266994
8006221
12.5
45
4,200
208539
8006668
9.5
53
4,200

Preformed ARMADILLO Stainless Splice Closures for pressurized cable cannot be filled
with encapsulant unless a special filling flange is mounted on the stainless steel
shell, or a pressure wrap kit is used. Contact your local sales representative for
more information.
FEATURES
May be gravity filled
Adaptable for pressure-filled system
Can also be used for air systems
Max. Number of
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Pairs 26-24-22
Size (in.)
266995
8006366
300
4 x 25
266996
8006429
600
6.5 x 22
226496
8006367
600
6.5 x 28
266997
8006410
2,100
8 x 28
226999
8006368
2,700
9.5 x 28
266998
8006372
3,000
12.5 x 28
241969
8006369
1,500
6.5 x 38
267000
8006411
2,400
8 x 38
267001
8006370
3,600
9.5 x 38
169262
8006373
3,600
12.5 x 38
267002
8006412
2,700
8 x 45
267003
8006371
4,200
9.5 x 45
267004
8006701
4,200
9.5 x 53
267005
8006374
4,200
12.5 x 45
(continued)
ARMADILLO Drillable End Plate Kits
ARMADILLO Sealing Washer End Plates
END PLATE KITS WITH NO INSERTS

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
267006
8003539
267007
8003540
267008
8003541
267009
8003542
267010
8003284
267011
8000361
267012
8003110
009957
800081098
132750
8003055
Diameter (in.)
4
6.5
8
9.5
12.5
6.5
8
9.5
12.5
Style
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three Section
END PLATE KITS WITH GROUND ONLY

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
267013
8003550
267014
8003551
267015
8003552
267016
8003553
267017
8003554
267018
8003094
267019
8003532
267020
8003013
267021
8003534
Diameter (in.)
4
6.5
8
9.5
12.5
6.5
8
9.5
12.5
Style
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three Section
END PLATE KITSD WITH AIR VALVE ONLY

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Diameter (in.)
267022
8003555
4
267023
8003556
6.5
267024
8003557
8
267025
8003558
9.5
267026
8003559
12.5
267027
80805422
6.5
267028
8003137
8
267029
8003321
9.5
267030
8003122
12.5
Style
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three Section
END PLATE KITS WITH GROUND AND AIR VALVE

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Diameter (in.)
267031
8003560
4
267032
8003561
6.5
267033
8003562
8
267034
8003563
9.5
267035
8003564
12.5
267036
80805365
6.5
267037
8003533
8
267038
8005376
9.5
267039
8003367
12.5
Style
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Two Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three Section
Three section
13.24
PR6483V2-142046.tif
The ARMADILLO Sealing Washer End Plates incorporate universal inserts that allow
grounding connections and air pressurization through the end plate. In addition, this
design includes a cable-entry plug spool for plugging unused ports while allowing for
future use. ARMADILLO Sealing Washer End Plates also feature a two-piece sealing
washer that is stronger and eliminates the seam on sealing washers. These sealing
washers are available in the same diameters as competitive units and may be cut on
the job site with our easy and safe washer cutter tool or they may be cut with
competing cutters.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Diameter (in.)
Description
267040
8003514
4
2-port
267041
8003515
6.5
1-port
267042
8003516
6.5
2-port
267043
8003517
6.5
3-port
267044
8003518
8
1-port
267045
8003519
8
2-port
267046
8003520
8
3-port
267047
8003521
9.5
2-port
267048
8003522
9.5
3-port
ARMADILLO Sealing Washers

Each Sealing Washer Kit Contains Four Sealing Washer Halves Of The Same Size, The
Quantity Required For One Cable-entry Port Of An Armadillo Sealing Washer End Plate.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
267049
8003543
1 in. sealing washer kit
267050
8003544
1.6 in. sealing washer kit
267051
8003545
267052
8003546
267053
8003547
ARMADILLO Stainless Shell Kits

Splice Closure Parts and Accessories

Pr6485v2-142043.tif
STANDARD SHELL KITS WITH AIR FLANGE AND GROUND LEAD

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
267081
8006750
4 in. x 25 in.
267082
8006510
6.5 in. x 22 in.
267083
8006474
6.5 in. x 28 in.
267084
8006751
6.5 in. x 38 in.
267085
8006776
8 in. x 28 in.
267086
8006777
8 in. x 38 in.
267087
8006778
8 in. x 45 in.
267088
8006779
9.5 in. x 28 in.
267089
8006780
9.5 in. x 38 in.
267090
8006781
9.5 in. x 45 in.
267091
8003461
9.5 in. x 53 in.
267092
8006782
12.5 in. x 28 in.
267093
8006783
12.5 in. x 38 in.
267094
8006784
12.5 in. x 45 in.
267095
8006509
12.5 in. x 65 in.
FILLING FLANGE SHELL KITS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
267096
8006756
267097
8006390
267098
8006244
267099
8006246
267100
8006391
267101
8006392
267102
8006393
267103
8006245
267104
8006247
267105
8006250
267106
8006758
267107
8006274
267108
8006275
267109
8006276
Description
4 in. x 25 in.
6.5 in. x 22 in.
6.5 in. x 28 in.
6.5 in. x 38 in.
8 in. x 28 in.
8 in. x 38 in.
8 in. x 45 in.
9.5 in. x 28 in.
9.5 in. x 38 in.
9.5 in. x 45 in.
9.5 in. x 53 in.
12.5 in. x 28 in.
12.5 in. x 38 in.
12.5 in. x 45 in.
267142
8000480
267143
183136
397924
397925
8000481
80802377
80806434
80806592
Description
Shell lubricant
LOCK-TAPE sealant, (DR tape),
1 1/2 in. x 12 ft.
Sealing washer cutter kit, includes
washer cutter, spare blade and tote bag
Blades for washer cutter, three
C-Cement, 4 oz. can
Cable R-Sealant
Prep tape
Power End Plate Cutter Kit and Accessories

PR7370V2-142096.tif
The Power End Plate Cutter provides a fast, convenient method of cutting precise
cable access holes in end plates. Furnished standard with 26 blades from 0.375 in.
to 3.50 in. in diameter, with four additional blades for larger sizes up to 4 in.
available. Kit includes a cable measure tape for accurately measuring cable diameter
and selecting correct blade size. Includes carrying case.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
267153
8000452
Power end plate cutter (only) - one unit
128344
8000454
Power end plate cutter and case with
blade - one kit
267154
8000455
Power end plate cutter and case with
standard blade - one kit
267155
8000468
Power end plate cutter lift kit - one kit
267156
8000445
Carrying case
267157
8000453
Blade kit (A-Z)
267158
8000457A-D
Individual blades (A-D)
267159
8000417E-DD
Individual blades (E-DD)
267160
80851659
Electric drill with socket
267161
80801944
Drill motor adapter (for other than
Preformed drill)
395843
80803377
Cutting blade adapter - one unit
13.25
Armadillo Stainless Shells Are Precision-formed Of Stainless Steel With An Inside Liner
Of Neoprene. They Feature A Permanent Gasket-sealing System That Requires No
Re-entry Kit Or Cleaning Upon Re-entry And An Integral Air Flange And Grounding Lead
That Allow Pressurization And Grounding Through The Shell. The Lockbar Fastener
System Features Corrosion-resistant, Stainless Steel Front And Back Bars That Mate
Through The Flange Area And Lock Into Position To Reduce Installation Time.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
035774
80801566
199794
80801953
BLACK-JACK 25 and 50 Pair Closures
Super SERVISEAL Closure

PR2597V2-142035.tif
The BLACK-JACK 25 and 50 Pair Closures are filled with POLY-BEE Sealant to provide
long-term protection for direct-buried cable. The sealant forms a barrier to protect
splices against the harsh elements of nature. The closure design incorporates a
water-block system that consists of a soft cable grommet and a gasket seam seal.
The soft grommet effectively seals around cables within the accepted diameter range
of 0.46 in. to 0.75 in. The gasket seals the halves of the closure to further
ensure protection.
The BLACK-JACK 25 Pair Closure is now available in both the traditional butt-splice
version and the inline version. The inline version can be used for main or branch cable
applications. Both designs offer the same reliable service, are easily re-entered and
must be replaced after re-entry.
The one-piece closure shell is shipped with the entire water-block system in place. The
unit is prefilled with POLY-BEE sealant, so there is no resin mixing required. Without
resin, preparation time is greatly reduced. Setup time is also eliminated. This means
the closure can be buried immediately after installation. Working without resin
D
eliminates toxic material
concerns and inventory waste because shelf life is
never an issue.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
160573
8006318
25-pair butt-splice version
170677
8006508
25-pair inline-splice* version
245361
8006681
50-pair inline* version
*Inline splice is shown above
Newly enhanced, the Super SERVISEAL Closure is designed for buried service-wire
splice applications. Each Super SERVISEAL closure kit is furnished complete with a
POLY-BEE Sealant-filled vial, and an integral insertion ram and bonding connector. No
mixing or waiting is required. SERVISEAL Closures are ready for immediate use. Side
grooves on the cap accept all service wire sizes up to 12 pair. New vials must be used
for re-entry procedures.
FEATURES
One size to accommodate up to 12-pair wire
One-piece grooved cap for ease of installation
Larger, more-convenient bonding clamp
Newly enhanced design with integral insertion ram and bonding connector
Prefilled vial with POLY-BEE Sealant is ready for immediate field use - no mixing
of resins
Unlimited shelf life
Rugged, re-enterable plastic construction (not reusable)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
076008
8006039
0.4 in. to 0.6 in. cable
Shield Connectors
PR2599V2-142034.tif
PR6487V2-142042.tif
Ranger SERVISEAL Closures

PR28688V2-211067.tif
Newly enhanced, the Ranger SERVISEAL Closure provides long-term protection for
buried service wire splices up to six pairs (0.500 in. cable diameter).
FEATURES
New design - only two components, prefilled vial cap and integral insertion ram
and bonding connector
Vial prefilled with field-proven POLY-BEE sealant for maximum splicing capacity
Octagon-shaped vial for easy application and maximum splicing capacity
Enhanced integral bonding connector
Positive-locking feature to ensure proper application and to discourage reuse
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
095846
8006137
Ranger SERVISEAL Closures
13.26
MULTI-BOND SHIELD CONNECTOR

The MULTI-BOND Shield Connector offers a reliable bonding harness for organizing
telecommunications buried service wires and achieving an electrical bond between
the cables and ground. The compact MULTI-BOND Shield Connector is designed to be
used in multiple service distribution. It's a simple, sure and safe cable organizer.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
267164
8003072
Bonding support plate, lug,
clamps, five screws and nuts

MORAY AND MINI-MORAY SHIELD CONNECTOR
The specifically designed teeth of the MORAY and MINI-MORAY Shield Connectors
penetrate the polymer coating on cable shield to provide excellent pullout strength
and electrical contact. The "reverse rake"-patterned teeth provide a secure bite into
the cable shield while two teeth under the spring-action connector top keep it from
letting go of the cable sheath. No tabbing shears or tools required to apply.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
267165
8000745
MORAY shield connector
267166
8000751
MINI-MORAY shield connector
COYOTE ONE Closure
494959
494960
494962
494963
8004031
8004032
8004004
8003835
PR68160V2-538476.tif
Description
6-port drop cable retention bobbin kit
4-port cable retention bobbin kit
Aerial strand mounting hardware
Aerial strand mounting hardware,
adjustable
Aerial strand ADSS mounting hardware
Aerial ADSS mounting hardware
Pole-/wall-mount hardware
6.5 in. x 17 in. and 6.5 in. x 22 in.
underground mount
COYOTE Terminal Closure

The COYOTE ONE Closure is the latest addition to PLP's line of dome closures and will
soon become the one to specify. The COYOTE ONE is designed with PLP's patented
segmented end plate, which allows independent access to each cable port. The dome
design with hinged collar speeds assembly and simplifies re-entry. When combined
with PLP's versatile grommet system and LITE-GRIP splice trays, the COYOTE ONE has
the capacity to support 120 single-fusion or 144 mass-fusion splices. Compact size
and a full line of accessories make this new closure the ONE to choose.
FEATURES
Patented 3-port segmented end plate allows for independent access
Size: 16 in. L x 10 in. W x 5.7 in. H (406 mm x 254 mm x 145 mm)
Max. splice capacity: (120) single fusion (80809958 tray), (144) mass fusion
(LGSTR144 tray)
Configuration: butt/expressed splice
Ground stud quantity: three
Hinged collar system allows for quick re-entry
No special tools required
Integrated air valve for flash-testing closure seal
Tested in accordance to Telcordia GR-771-CORE
Direct buried, manhole, aerial or pole/wall mount
Flexible grommet sealing system supports a wide range and quantity of flat or
round cable profiles
Ideal for FTTH deployment and back-haul networks
COYOTE ONE CLOSURE KITS
All kits include: end plate with organizer assembly, dome, gasket, two 8003663
grommets, one 8003665 grommet and cable restraint hardware.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
494875
COY1-001
With buffer tube organizer
494949
COY1-002
With universal organizer for ribbon or
buffer tube
PR22039V2-127506.tif
The COYOTE Terminal Closure is the ideal choice for network designs that can be
adapted as your network grows. The Terminal Closure is available in a single- or
dual-chamber configuration. Externally mounted OptiTap style hardened adapters
allow for future installation of hardened drops without closure re-entry. Additional
drop capacity can be achieved through cable-entry ports in the closure base,
providing additional flexibility to support closures deeper in your network. The
patented dual-chamber design provides two distinct chambers that can be
configured differently. Each chamber can support externally mounted hardened
adapters, standard splice and storage applications or an internally mounted
cross-connect bulkhead. A sealed window designed within the dual chamber allows
fiber to be passed between chambers. With a new 12-port cover, the single chamber
design can support up to 12 hardened adapters and the dual chamber can support
up to 24. The flexible grommet system, the ability to add/remove adapters in the field
and the ability to interchange covers to address different applications make the
COYOTE Terminal Closure family the best choice for networks today where change is
the only constant.
FEATURES
Innovative end-plate design features two 1 1/4 in. ports at each end
of the closure
Features the latest generation of COYOTE end plate and seal system technology
User-friendly express capabilities
Simple installation - no special tools or torque wrench required
Interoperability with Corning Cable Systems products
13.27
COYOTE ONE CLOSURE ACCESSORIES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
494950
80811036
494952
80811037
494954
8004005
494955
8004027
(continued)
COYOTE Terminal Closure
Anixter No.
311962
Vendor No.
8006956
311964
8006953
311965
8006954
311967
8006955
371405
80061067
D
Description
17.5 in. x 10 in. x 7 in. (445 mm x 254
mm x 178 mm) COYOTE Terminal Closure dual chamber, hermetically sealed includes six SC/APC pigtails and
bulkhead with six SC/APC
feed-thru adapters
17.5 in. x 10 in. x 4.75 in. (445 mm x 254
mm x 121 mm) COYOTE Terminal Closure single chamber, hermetically sealed includes four OptiTap hardened adapters
and four SC/APC pigtails
17.5 in. x 10 in. x 4.75 in. (445 mm x 254
mm x 121 mm) COYOTE Terminal Closure single chamber, hermetically sealed includes six OptiTap hardened adapters
and six SC/APC pigtails
17.5 in. x 10 in. x 4.75 in. (445 mm x 254
mm x 121 mm) COYOTE Terminal Closure single chamber, hermetically sealed includes eight OptiTap hardened adapters
and eight SC/APC pigtails
17.5 in. x 10 in. x 6 in. (445 mm x 254
mm x 150 mm) COYOTE Terminal Closure single chamber, hermetically sealed includes 12 OptiTap hardened adapters
and 12 SC/APC pigtails
COYOTE LCC (Low-Count Closure)

PR22038V2-127502.tif
Configurations to support single fusion, ribbon and mechanical

splice applications
Designed for aerial, below grade or direct buried applications
Flat shape allows for mounting in small spaces
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
371481
COYLCC-F001
For single fusion with 7-hole and 12-hole
grommet and splice platform
371482
COYLCC-F002
For single fusion with 7-hole and 12-hole
grommet, splice platform and bobbin kit
371483
COYLCC-F003
For ribbon with two 2-hole grommets and
splice platform
371484
COYLCC-F004
For single fusion with two 7-hole
grommets and splice platform
371485
COYLCC-F005
395851
COYLCC-F006
395852
COYLCC-C001
For copper - includes two 1-hole
grommets with 0.4 in. to 0.6 in. cable
range, two MINI-MORAY shield connectors
and one bonding link with sleeve
395853
COYLCC-C002
grommets, two MINI-MORAY shield
connectors, and one bonding link
with sleeve
395854
COYLCC-C003
grommets with 0.85 in. to 1.0 in. cable
range, two MINI-MORAY shield connectors
and one bonding link with sleeve
395868
COYLCC-C004
For copper - includes one 2-hole grommet,
one 8003691 grommet, two MINI-MORAY
shield connectors and one bonding bridge
COYOTE In-Line RUNT Closure

The COYOTE LCC (Low-Count Closure) is the latest addition to the COYOTE Fiber Optics
product line for your fiber to the home, node or curb deployment. The LCC's compact
size, use of Preformed's versatile grommet system and internal LITE-GRIP Splice
Platform make this rugged closure the economical choice for low-count installations
and critical repair situations. Feature focus video available at www.Preformed.com.
FEATURES
Compact size: 17 in. x 7 in. x 2.5 in. (432 mm x 178 mm x 64 mm)
Splice capacity: maximum 12 mechanical, 24 single fusion,
72 mass fusion (ribbon)
Capable of butt or inline applications
Easy-to-use grommet system offered in a wide variety of single- and
multihole designs
13.28
PR10791V2-16086.tif
The COYOTE In-Line RUNT Closure has the versatility and features that make it the
perfect choice for distribution and fiber-to-the-premises networks. At 17.5 in. L x
10 in. W x 3.5 in. D, it fits easily into tight spaces like pedestals and handholes. The
unique end-plate design and silicone grommet sealing system simplifies installation,
and the field-proven design and familiarity of the COYOTE Fiber-Management System
save time. In addition, the COYOTE In-Line RUNT Closure is fully compatible with the
existing line of COYOTE accessories such as silicone grommets and splice trays.
A new flame-retardant design is now available.
COYOTE Dome Closure

PR68161V2-538482.tif
The COYOTE Dome closures have the versatility and features that make it a perfect
choice for fiber-to-the premise networks. Both the 6.5 in. and 9.5 in. dome closure
designs use PLP's patented segmented end-plate system which allows independent
access to each cable port without disruption to surrounding cables.
FEATURES
Four sizes:
- 6.5 in. x 17 in. (218 mm x 453 mm)
- 6.5 in. x 22 in. (218 mm x 574 mm)
- 9.5 in. x 19 in. (292 mm x 509 mm)
- 9.5 in. x 28 in. (292 mm x 749 mm)
Segmented end-plate design provides independent access to every cable
Configuration: butt/expressed splice
Port quantity: four in the 6.5 in. (218 mm) end plate; seven in the 9.5 in.
(292 mm) end plate
Ground stud quantity: four in the 6.5 in. (218 mm) end plate; seven in the
9.5 in. (292 mm) end plate
Application: direct buried, below grade, pole-/wall-mount or aerial
Quick to assemble, no special tools required
Tested in accordance to GR-771-CORE by an independent outside lab
Available in flame-retardant material
Collar system allows for quick re-entry
Flexible grommet sealing technology supports a wide range and quantity of flat
or round cable profiles
Inline options available
COYOTE DOME CLOSURE 6.5 IN. X 17 IN. (218 X 453 MM) KITS
All 6.5 in. (218 mm) dome kits shown include: one end plate with organizer
assembly, one dome, one gasket, one small parts bag, two 8003701 grommets and
cable-restraint hardware.
282337
8006944
With buffer tube/loose tube organizer
494979
8006945
With unitube/ribbon organizer
494980
800012940 With buffer tube organizer, flame-retardant
494981
800012941 With unitube/ribbon organizer, flame-retardant
assembly, one dome, one gasket, one small parts bag, two 8003701 grommets and
cable-restraint hardware.
282335
8006877
With buffer tube/loose tube organizer
494982
8006878
With unitube/ribbon organizer
494984
800012942
With buffer tube organizer, flame-retardant
494988
800012943
With unitube/ribbon organizer, flame-retardant
assembly, one dome, one gasket, one small parts bag, two 8003692 grommets, two
8003693 grommets and cable-restraint hardware.
494989
800013691 With buffer tube organizer
494990
800013692 With unitube/ribbon organizer
assembly, one dome, one gasket, one small parts bag, two 8003692 grommets, two
8003693 grommets and cable-restraint hardware.
371410
80061055 With buffer tube organizer
371411
80061056 With unitube/ribbon organizer
494991
80061057 With max tray organizer (buffer tube/ loose tube
or buffered ribbon applications)
COYOTE DOME CLOSURE ACCESSORIES
Description
494992 8003681
End-plate kit for 6.5 in.(218 mm)
494993 8003839
End-plate kit for 9.5 in. (292 mm)
494994 80808651
Long strength member bracket kit, includes
four brackets
494995 80809205
Short strength member bracket kit, includes
two brackets
494950 80811036
6-port drop cable retention bobbin kit
494996 80808878
Large strength member adapter kit
494997 80807848
End-plate gasket for 6.5 in. (218 mm) closure
494998 80809045
End-plate gasket for 9.5 in. (292 mm) closure
494999 80808456
End-plate assembly fixture for 6.5 in. (218 mm)
or 9.5 in. (292 mm) closure
494952 80811037
4-port cable retention bobbin kit
495001 8004035
6.5 in. x 17 in. and 6.5 in. x 22 in. aerial strand
mounting hardware
13.29
FEATURES
Dimensions: 17.5 in. x 10 in. x 3.5 in. (445 x 254 x 89 mm)
Splice capacity: maximum 24 mechanical, 48 single-fusion,
72 mass-fusion splices
Innovative end-plate design features two 1 1/4 in. ports at each end
of the closure
Craft-friendly and familiar COYOTE Fiber-Management System
Compatibility - shares the same accessories with other closures in the
COYOTE Series
Features the latest generation of COYOTE end plate and seal system technology
User-friendly express capabilities
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
311970
8006951
Hermetically sealed
371492
80061049
Flame retardant

(continued)
COYOTE Dome Closure

495003 8004036
495006
8003702
494963
8003835
495007
8004037
495010
8004038
495012
8003942
Description
6.5 in. x 17 in. and 6.5 in. x 22 in. aerial ADSS
mounting hardware
6.5 in. x 17 in. and 6.5 in. x 22 in.
pole-/wall-mount hardware
6.5 in. x 17 in. and 6.5 in. x 22 in.
underground mount
9.5 in. x 19 in. and 9.5 in. x 28 in. aerial strand
mounting hardware
9.5 in. x 19 in. and 9.5 in. x 28 in. aerial ADSS
mounting hardware
9.5 in. x 19 in. and 9.5 in. x 28 in.
pole-/wall-mount hardware
COYOTE GROMMET KITS

Grommet kits contains one grommet, one cable measure tape, two silicone lubricant
packs, two set of plugs and one plastic glove. Feature focus video available at
www.Preformed.com.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
349414
8003701
1-entry grommet, 0.42 in. to 0.85 in.,
10.7 mm to 21.6 mm
349417
8003691
10.7 mm to 15.2 mm
349419
8003692
15.2 mm to 21.6 mm
D
395877
8003693
1-entry grommet, 0.85 in. to 1.0 in,
21.6 mm to 25.4 mm
395878
8003694
1-entry grommet, 1.0 in to 1.25 in.,
25.4 mm to 31.6 mm
349420
8003663
10.7 mm to 15.2 mm
349421
8003664
7.6 mm to 10.9 mm
349422
8003665
3.2 mm to 6.4 mm
349423
8003676
7-entry grommet, one 0.42 in. to
0.60 in., 10.7 mm to 15.2 mm;
six 0.125 in. to 0.25 in.,
3.2 mm to 6.4 mm
349424
8003677
3.2 mm to 6.4 mm
349425
8003780
12-entry grommet, flat drop wire
13.30
COYOTE MPC (Multipurpose Closure)

PR21959V2-127298.tif
FEATURES
Size: 16 in. L x 14 in. W x 4 in. D (360 mm x 410 mm x 100 mm)
Eight cable-entrance ports around closure exterior
Cable-entrance ports sized to accept PLP grommet adapter ports or
commercially available fittings
Easy-to-use grommet system - seven different multi- and single-hole designs to
choose from
Integrated rubber door seal to eliminate water entry
For indoor and outdoor applications - flame retardant
Interior grid hole pattern allows custom organization to address your
specific application
Feature focus video available at www.Preformed.com
COYOTE MPC KITS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371459
COYMPC-001
371460
COYMPC-002
371461
COYMPC-003
COYOTE MPC ACCESSORIES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
371462
8003813
371463
8003811
371465
8003814
349405
8003794
371467
8003829
371469
80808467
371471
371472
8003824
LGSBS8-5
371473
LGSBR3-5
Description
With one 4-hole grommet and organizer
clip kit
With two OptiTap adapters, one 8-hole
grommet, organizer clip kit and storage
bracket kit
With stepped grommet and organizer
clip kit
Description
Organizer clip kit - contains three clips
Storage-bracket kit - contains
two brackets
MPC splice platform kit for
single fusion
Splice plate kit - 72 count LITE-GRIP
splice block, ribbon
Cable-restraint bracket kit - contains
one bracket
Raceway shroud kit - contains
one shroud
8-port internal OptiTap bracket kit
LITE-GRIP splice block kit for
single fusion - 5/kit
LITE-GRIP splice block kit for
ribbon - 5/kit
COYOTE PLC Splitter Modules for Passive Fiber Optic Networks

PR21961V2-127301.tif
COYOTE PLC Splitter Modules utilize PLC chips manufactured with Plasma Chemical
Vapor Deposition (P-CVD) technology and its patented fabrication process, for
providing stable optical specifications. The PLC modules' silica on silica waveguide
and optical fiber array are tested to Telcordia GR-1209 and GR-1221. The splitters
feature low insertion loss. Low polarization dependent loss (PDL) and high port
uniformity. The high level of performance plus the ability to install the splitter
modules in more PLP splice trays make the COYOTE PLP Splitter Modules the ideal
choice for your passive component needs.
FEATURES
Fast, easy installation
Splitters are ordered independently of the splice tray so you can configure your
tray inventory as needed
High split counts are now achievable in the smallest closures when used with
LITE-GRIP Splice Trays
Colored bare-fiber leads provide easy identification
Optical specs developed around your network equipment requirements
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
371486
800012235
1 x 4 split - used with splice trays:
80808524, 80808525, 80806033,
80805514
371487
800012236
80808524, 80808525, 80806033,
80805514
Anixter No.
371488
Vendor No.
800012237
371489
800012238
Description
80808524, 80808525, 80805514
80808524, 80808525, 80805514
COYOTE RUNT and Expanded RUNT Closures

PR1950V2-579475.eps
The smallest addition to the COYOTE family of fiber closures, the RUNT is ideal for
node applications in low-count fiber distribution networks. The RUNT enclosure will
easily fit into most pedestals and handholes. However, the rugged design of the
closure allows it to be used in all environments - aerial, buried and underground.
The RUNT closure can hold two trays of 12 splices each, allowing it to hold a total
of 24 splices.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
221449
8006671
COYOTE RUNT Closure Kit includes LOCK-TAPE sealant,
bond brackets and
transport tubing
215163
80806033
COYOTE 12-count splice tray
with elastomeric splice blocks single fusion or mechanical
COYOTE PUP Closure

PR1952V2-579476.eps
The addition of the COYOTE PUP Closure to the COYOTE Closure family of products
offers a perfect choice for low-fiber-count distribution applications. The compact size
7.2 in. H x 8.6 in. W x 17.0 in. L (18.4 cm x 21.9 cm x 43.2 cm) and ease of
application make the COYOTE PUP Closure the best choice for applications requiring
up to 48 fiber splices.
The compatibility also allows your COYOTE PUP Closure to expand or "grow" into a
COYOTE Closure in the future with minimal cost or disruption to the existing fibers.
13.31
COYOTE MPC GROMMET PORT ADAPTER KITS

Kits contain one grommet port adapter and hardware, one grommet, silicone
lubricant packs and set of plugs.
Description
371474
8003825
1-entry grommet, 0.825 in. to 1 in.,
21 mm to 25 mm
371475
8003826
15 mm to 21 mm
371476
8003827
10 mm to 15 mm
371477
8003828
7 mm to 12 mm
371478
8003812
3 mm to 7 mm
371479
8003818
3 mm to 5 mm
371480
80808618
Stepped grommet 0.42 in. to 0.60 in.,
1.8 mm to 25 mm
(continued)
COYOTE PUP Closure
COYOTE PUP CLOSURE KIT 7.2 IN. H X 8.6 IN. W X 17.0 IN. L
(18.4 CM X 21.9 CM X 43.2 CM)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
215161
8006622
For buffer tube (loose tube)
applications. Includes one
three-section, six-port end
plate, one blank end plate and
storage compartment
215162
8006621
For unitube cable applications.
Includes one three-section,
6-port end plate, one blank end
plate, transition compartment
kit and one transport tube kit
SPLICE TRAYS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES (FOR RUNT OR PUP)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
215163
80806033
COYOTE 12-count splice tray
with elastomeric splice blocks single fusion or mechanical
COYOTE Ground Level Closure

PR28689V2-211063.tif
The COYOTE GLC combines the benefits of a below-grade sealed splice closure,
handhole and pedestal with the accessibility of an above-ground design. PLP
examined the deficiencies in existing above-ground pedestal systems and used its
years of OSP design experience to create the GLC. The GLC doesn't force you to work
where it's installed and this unique design permits high-volume storage of uncut
slack cable. It is the first truly hermetically sealed pedestal system and the only
pedestal system with PLP's patented segmented end-plate design. The GLC design
also provides the ability to customize the closure to your specific application needs.
FEATURES
Fully sealed and secured system keeps water, insects and animals out
Transportable to work area
Re-enterable and reusable
Multiple fiber-management system options
Customizable
Easy-to-use modular design allows for network changes
Spacer system adapts to changing grade levels
Built-in isolated ground testing capability
Durable and cost effective
COYOTE GLC KITS

All include four grommets and one splice tray
Description
442014
COYGLC-F1-000
With universal organizer (buffer or
ribbon), no base
442015
COYGLC-F1B-000
ribbon) and base
442016
COYGLC-F1B-100
ribbon)/grounding spacer/base
442017
COYGLC-F2-000
With buffer tube organizer, no base
442018
COYGLC-F2B-000
With buffer tube organizer and base
442019
COYGLC-F2B-100
With buffer tube organizer/grounding
spacer/base
442020
COYGLC-F3-000
With cross-connect organizer (empty),
no base
442021
COYGLC-F3B-000
With cross-connect organizer (empty)
and base
442022
COYGLC-F3B-100
With cross-connect organizer (empty) /
grounding spacer/base COYOTE GLC kits
all include four grommets and one
splice tray
442023
COYGLC-F4-000
With OptiTap organizer (empty), no base
442024
COYGLC-F4B-000
With OptiTap organizer (empty)
and base
442025
COYGLC-F4B-100
With OptiTap organizer
(empty)/grounding space/base
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
442026
442027
442028
442029
442030
Vendor No.
COYGLC-C1-000
COYGLC-S1-000
COYGLC-S2-000
COYGLC-S3-000
80809788
442031
442032
80809791
8003995
Description
Base with flat cover
Standard spacer kit
Grounding spacer kit
Double grounding spacer kit
Retention stake (two suggested to
secure base)
Retention stake driver cap
Grounding lead kit - includes three
grounding leads
COYOTE DTC (Drop Termination Closure)

PR33645V2-248173.tif
The COYOTE DTC is versatile, compact and quick to install. This closure is constructed
to support butt or inline low-count splice applications in a direct-buried or
below-grade environment and pole-/wall-mounted applications near the end of your
13.32
COYOTE End-plate Grommets

Available for one to four cable entries and a variety of cable diameters; these
grommets expand the capacity of the Three-Section End Plate for applications with
smaller-diameter fiber drops or insulated ground wires. They are manufactured from
a resilient, weather-resistant urethane material that ensures a tight and
permanent seal.
For more information contact your local sales office or visit
www.Preformed.com and view the feature focus video or download the
COYOTE selection guide. The guide provides additional information on
available accessories, various splice trays and silicone grommets.
COYOTE Closure Accessories

A full line of accessories, including Adjustable Aerial Hanger Brackets, Manhole
Brackets, Exterior Bond Braids, Splice Trays and Future Cable Entry Ports allows you
to complete the customization of your COYOTE Closure to your job site requirements.
For more information contact your local sales office or visit
www.Preformed.com and download the COYOTE selection guide. The guide
provides additional information on available accessories, various splice
trays and silicone grommets.
COYOTE Splice Closure

Years of research and development paid off in the form of a rugged and reliable
design that has become legend. The COYOTE Splice closure is available in two sizes
and this fiber-management system includes splice trays for mass or single splicing
(fusion and mechanical). Feature focus video available at Preformed.com.
FEATURES
Three-section end plate has six cable-entry ports, captive hardware,
strength-member tie-off and isolated grounds, and requires no field drilling.
A four-cable entry-port version is also available for larger cables
Durable glass-filled high-density thermoplastic shells available in two
diameters, 6.0 in. and 8.5 in.
Comes with built-in shell stabilizers and air valve
Field-proven, permanent neoprene gasket sealing system eliminates the need
for re-entry kits. No flame is required to break the seal or to install
LOCK-TAPE Sealant System ensures a tightly, permanently sealed end-plate
assembly and maximum sheer strength to resist cable pullout
CLOSURE KIT
Each kit contains one three-section, six-port end plate, one blank end plate and
storage-compartment kit.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
175767
8006560
6 in. x 22 in. closure, capacity
4-36 tray, 144 fiber
175764
8006561
8.5 in. x 22 in. closure,
capacity 8-36 tray, 288 fiber
SPLICE TRAYS
Anixter No.
179456
204796
Vendor No.
80805110
80805514
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
183136
80802377
199794
80801953
395848
PR6477V2-16114.TIF
80805925
Description
Single fiber, fusion splice - 36
COYOTE Blank Splice Tray Kit
with three elastomeric,
12-count splice blocks
Description
C-Cement, 4 oz. can
1 1/2 in. x 12 ft.
1 in. x 15 ft.
13.33
network. The closures' compact size and rugged exterior allow for installation in tight
spaces without compromising functionality. For corner entrance, ports provide the
installer the flexibility to quickly configure the closure as needed. The DTC has the
capacity to support up to 16 single fusion splices or multiple ribbon splices.
FEATURES
Compact size - 7.25 in. x 7.75 in. x 1.75 in.
Quick to assemble - no special tools needed
Re-enterable and reusable with DTC cover removal tool
Max. splice capacity - 16 single fusions, three fiber ribbons
Flat shape allows for mounting in small areas
Designed for direct buried, below grade, pole-/wall-mount or aerial applications
Can be used in combination with the COYOTE GLC base
Durable and cost effective
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
442033
COYDTC-001 DTC KIT Includes closure assembly with
four port sealing grommets, two
single fusion and one ribbon
LITE-GRIP splice block, four
cable-retention clips and two
fiber organizer clips
442034
80809842
Cover-removal tool
3M OSP
./
SLiC Aerial Closures with Spiral End Seal

3M
PR23619V2-166760.tif
The 3M SLiC Closure Kit is a complete system which includes a one-piece hinged body, spiral end seals,
bonding, 3M Scotchlok Shield Bond Connectors 4462 and installation instructions. Splice connectors are
ordered separately.
These closures are free-breathing and suitable for straight-through, butt and branch splicing on
non-pressurized communications cables. Interlocking body ends facilitate extending closure length without
separate kits and spiral end seals provide for multiple cable entrances.
FEATURES
SLiC closure can accommodate up to (9.6 in. x 36 in.) for maximum 3,600 pair, 26 AWG
2.6x29, 3.6x33, 5.6x33 and 7.6x33 closures can be extended
Additional cables measuring 0.2 in. to 0.4 in. diameter can be installed between layers of the spiral end seal material
Shield Bond
End Seals
Sheath
Max. Splice
Connectors Included
Included
Retention Bundle Diameter (in.)
326239
SLIC-2.2X19-BA/SES
Yes
(2) double port No
2.2
171530
SLIC-2.6X29-BA/SES
Yes
(2) double port No
2.6
196157
SLIC-9.6X36-BA/SES
Yes
(2) five port
No
9.6
443544
SLIC-3.6X19-BA/SES
Yes
(2) triple port
No
3.6
171531
SLIC3.6X33-BA/SES
Yes
(2) triple port
No
3.6
171532
SLIC5.6X33-BA/SES
Yes
(2) four port
No
5.6
440492
SLIC7.6X33BASES
Yes
(2) five port
No
7.6
443545
SLIC-3.6X19-SES
No
(3) single port
No
3.6
443547
SLIC-2.2X19-SES
No
(2) single port
No
2.2
495189
SLIC-2.6X29-SES
No
(2)
double
port
No
2.6
D
443548
SLIC-3.6X33-SES
No
(3) single port
No
3.6
443549
SLIC-5.6X33-SES
No
(4) single port
No
5.6
443550
SLIC-7.6X33-SES
No
(5) single port
No
7.6
443551
SLIC-9.6X36-SES
No
(5) single port
No
9.6
495190
SLIC-2.2X19-SR/SES
No
(2) double port Yes
2.2
495191
SLIC-2.6X29-SR/SES
No
(2) double port Yes
2.6
495192
SLIC-3.6X33-SR/SES
No
(2) triple port
Yes
3.6
443552
SLIC-5.6X33-SR/SES
No
(2) four port
Yes
5.6
443553
SLIC-7.6X33-SR/SES
No
(2) five port
Yes
7.6
443554
SLIC-9.6X36-SR/SES
No
(2) five port
Yes
9.6
Fiber Optic Splice Closures 2178

3M
PR23617V2-166753.tif
The 3M Fiber Optic Splice Closures 2178 are hermetically sealed fiber splice closures
for aerial strand-mount, pole-mount, wall-mount, pedestal-mount, undergound and
indoor applications. The 2178s provide secure protection for anyone deploying fiber
optic networks: long-haul, metro, local access (DSL, HFC, wireless backhaul) and FTTP
13.34
Max. Splice
Opening (in.)
14
17
25
14
21
21
21
14
14
17
21
21
21
25
14
17
21
21
21
25
Extendable
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
networks. They are designed for butt-, inline- or branch-splicing configurations of

armored or dielectric, single or ribbon fiber cables.
FEATURES
Available in seven models (UL Listed fire/flame-retardant and
non-fire/flame-retardant versions) for any splicing configuration, environment
or application
Constructed of highly chemical-resistant material which makes them ideal for
any OSP environment: manhole, handhole, aerial, ped and direct buried
Future-proof; the scalable/flexible design with interchangeable parts permits
expansion of cable entry ports and splice capacity to meet current and future
network needs without splice rebuilding. Allows for the deferment of investment
until it is required
Versatile and flexible; accommodate small or large, single/ribbon,
armored/dielectric fiber cables and various splicing configurations (butt, inline,
and branch) for any environmental application (aerial pole/strand, handhole,
ped, manhole, direct-buried, MDU or CO/HE vault)
3M OSP
Easy to install and requires no special tools or complicated training procedures.
Fire-/flame-retardant and OSP closures have the exact sample installation
procedures. Reusable gasket seal allows easy re-entry with no additional
material costs or special tools
Designed and tested to Telcordia's GR-771-CORE Issue 1, July 1994, Generic
Requirements for Fiber Optic Splice Closures (Verizon VZ.TPR.9412)
OUTDOOR SPLICE CASE

No encapsulant required. Applications include aerial strand-mount, pole-mount,
pedestal, underground and wall-mount.
Splice Configuration Max. No. of Ports
197951 2178-LS
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16
481664 2178-S/4LUG
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16
244146 2178-S
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16
348782 2178-LL
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16
495205 2178-LL/4LUG
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16
244052 2178-XL
Inline, butt
4, 8
443542 2178-XSB-EG-0T Butt
2, 3
443543 2178-XSB
Butt
2, 3
348924 2178-XSB-EG-1T Butt
2, 3
495199 2178-XSB-EG-2T Butt
2, 3
443287
443289
147657
443291
443293
Splice Trays for 2178 Closure

3M
PR23618V2-166756.tif
Description
Accommodates up to 144 mass
fusion splices and has entry from all
corners for standard transition or
LBT tubes
2543-T-144-MF
Accommodates 144 mass fusion
splices. Fibers are routed into the
trays using 2520-6RF tubing that
zips over the fibers. The tray has
entry from all corners
2543-U-24SF-3MM/144MF Accommodates 24 single fusion
(3 mm x 60 mm) or 144 mass fusion
splices. Fibers are routed into the
trays using 2520-6RF tubing that
zips over the fibers on one end
of the tray
2524-FT
Accommodates up to eight buffer
tubes holding up to 24 single fusion
splices (3 mm x 60 mm)
2523-48-SF
Stores and protects 48 single fusion
splices (3 mm x 60 mm). The 2521-F
splice inserts which are included are
easily added to secure splices into
the trays. Fibers are routed into the
trays using 2520 tubing that zips
over the fibers
2522-24-SF
Stores and protects 24 single fusion
splices (3.0 mm x 60 mm). The
2521-F splice inserts which are
included are easily added to secure
splices into the trays. Fibers are
routed into the trays using 2520
tubing that zips over the fibers. The
tray has entry from all corners and
hinges from side to side.
2521 SPLICE INSERTS

These separate parts are used to easily secure splices into the trays. The fibers are
routed into the trays using 2520 tubing that zips over the fibers. The tray has entry
from all corners and hinges from side to side.

351719
2523
Various splice trays are available for the 2178 Splice Closures. The trays are available
with stacked or hinged, single fusion splicing or mass fusion splicing storage, fixed or
positionable splice inserts features.
Description
137587 2524
Accommodates 24 3M Fibrlok splices
and accommodates up to eight
buffer tubes
443280 2539-12-SF
Accommodate 12 single fusion
splices (2.4 mm x 60 mm), hinged
443281 2540-12-SF/36-MF
Accommodate 12 single fusion
splices (2.4 mm x 60 mm) or
36 mass fusion splices, hinged
186270
2522
Description
Stores and protects 24 Fibrlok
splices, 144 mass fusion or
(3 mm x 60 mm)
Stores and protects 12 Fibrlok
splices, 120 mass fusion or
(3 mm x 60 mm)
13.35
INDOOR SPLICE CASE

Fire retardant for vault and building applications.
Splice Configuration Max. No. of Ports
203826 2178-S/FR
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16
203827 2178-LS/FR
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16
203828 2178-LL/FR
Inline, butt
2, 4, 6, 8, 12,1 6
443535 2178-XSB/FR/0G-0T Butt
2, 3

443282 2543-S-144-MF
3M OSP
(continued)
Splice Trays for 2178 Closure
SINGLE FUSION SPLICE INSERTS FOR FIBER OPTIC SPLICE SLEEVE 2170 (3 MM X 60
MM HEAT SHRINK SLEEVE)
The tray has entry from all corners.
Description
351718
2532
For up to 24 single fusion or
72 mass fusion splices
331300
2527
For up to 24 single fusion or
144 mass fusion splices
443275
2527-48-SF
For up to 48 single fusion splices
443284
2543-S-24-SF-2.4MM For up to 24 single fusion splices
443285
2543-S-24-SF-3.0MM For up to 24 single fusion splices
Fibrlok Optical Splices, Kits and Accessories

3M
KITS AND ACCESSORIES

361657
2559
443618
2559-C
443622
2565
112256
2501
443627
2501-AS
Description
Fibrlok Splice Kit without fiber cleaver
Fibrlok Splice Kit with fiber cleaver.
Includes all tools necessary to install
Fibrlok flat splices
3M Fiber Optic Angle Cleave Kit
2565 includes the 3M fiber optic angle
cleaver 2535 and all tools necessary for
8800-APC/AS and 8830-APC/AS
Assembly tool required for Fibrlok
2529-AS and 2540-AS. Included in
2565 kit
Angle-splice assembly tool required for
Fibrlok 2529-AS and 2540-AS. Included
in 2565 kit
PR34247V2-252266.tif
The 3M Fibrlok Single Fiber Optical Splicing System 2500 Series is designed to easily
splice any combination of 250- or 900-micron coated fibers with inexpensive tooling
D
and no electrical power.
Splice tray not included.
Description
153852
2529
Cleave type: flat, universal fiber optical
fiber splice for 250 and 900 m
443604
2529-AS
Cleave type: angle, actuation tool
is 2501
443608
2529-K
Cleave type: flat, separate
actuation tool
490675
2539
Cleave type: splice/holder, integrated
actuation tool and holder with tape
490681
2539-SC/APC
Cleave type: flat, integrated
actuation tool
490685
2539-SC/UPC
Cleave type: flat, integrated
actuation tool
490687
2540-AS
Cleave type: Fibrlok 250 m, angle
fiber splice
490688
2529-AS/B
Cleave type: Fibrlok II, bulk, angle
fiber splice
490689
2529-B
Cleave type: Fibrlok II, bulk, universal
optical fiber splice
13.36
3M OSP
Better Buried Closures
BETTER BURIED COMPLETE KITS

Includes 3M Scotchlok Shield Bond Connectors 4460-D or 4462-FN, 3M Better Buried Sleeve Kits, 3M High Gel Re-Enterable Encapsulant 8882, hose clamps, Scotch All Weather
Telephone Vinyl Plastic Tape 88T, 3M Scotchcast Spacer Web 4430 (for re-entry only), DR tape, sheath scuff material, Scotch Linerless Rubber Splicing Tape 130C, 3M Scotchcast Pair
Saver 4458 or 4458W, Scotch Rubber Splicing Tape 23, 3M Scotchcast Strain Relief Bar Kits 4465 or 4465-L, B Sealing Tape, bonding braid, 3M Better Buried End Caps, funnel, closure
body. These kits are complete and include all necessary materials for buried installation except for splice connectors which must be ordered separately.
Closure
Max. Capacity
Max. Capacity
Approx. Qty.
Size (in.)
4,000 DWP Pr./AWG
UR2 Pr./AWG
Compound (g)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
277272
BB2X12-8882/HIGHGEL
2x12
50/24
25/22
600
277273
BB2X24-8882/HIGHGEL
2x24
100/24
50/22
1,200
277274
BB3X24-8882/HIGHGEL
3x24
200/24
100/22
3,000
277275
BB4X24-8882/HIGHGEL
4x24
400/24
200/22
4,500
276646
BB5X26-8882/HIGHGEL
5x26
600/24
300/22
7,200
BETTER BURIED CLOSURE PARTIAL KITS FOR GRAVITY POUR
It is suggested to use 3M Scotchlok connectors and 3M MS2/ 3M 710 modules along with the Better Buried closures. End user will need to determine if these connectors and modules
are suitable for their intended application. It is required to use DR tape 68631 and B Sealing Tapes. These are not included in the partial kits. Kit contents: 3M Better Buried Sleeves,
hose clamps, 3M Scotchcast Spacer Web 4430 (for re-entry only), 3M Scotchcast Strain Relief Bar Kits 4465 or 4465-L, 3M Better Buried End Caps, funnel, closure body, sheath scuff
material, bonding braid, 3M Scotchcast Pair Saver 4458 or 4458W and 3M Scotchlok Shield Bond Connectors 4460-D.
Closure
Max. Capacity
Max. Capacity
Approx. Qty.
Size (in.)
4,000 DWP Pr./AWG
UR2 Pr./AWG
Compound (g)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
043566
BB2X12-SB/2SC-LHS
2x12
50/24
25/22
600
032236
BB2X24SB/2SCLHS
2x24
100/24
50/22
1,200
023451
BB2X24-SB/SC/DC-LHS
2x24
100/24
50/22
1,200
032237
BB3X24-SB/2SC-LHS
3x24
200/24
100/22
3,000
031486
BB3X24SB/SC/DC-LHS
3x24
200/24
100/22
3,000
031487
BB4X24-SB/SC/DC-LHS
4x24
400/24
200/22
4,500
032238
BB4X24SB/2SCLHS
4x24
400/24
200/22
4,500
062923
BB5X26SB/2SCLHS
5x26
600/24
300/22
7,200
077936
BB6X26-SB/2DC-LHS
6x26
900/24
400/22
12,500
060470
BB7X26-SB/2DC-LHS
7x26
1,200/24
600/22
15,000
050212
BB7X26SBDCTCLHS
7x26
1,200/24
600/22
15,000
443566
BB9X26-SB/2DC-LHS
9x26
2,400/24
900/22
21,000
035088
BB9X26-SB/DC/TC-LHS
9x26
2,400/24
900/22
21,000
1. Refer to Approx. Qty. Compound column to determine quantity of encapsulant when ordering the Better Buried Closure.
(Encapsulant included with Better Buried Closure kit.)
2. B Sealing Tape and Scotch Linerless Rubber Tape are required to seal the cable to the end cap.
Wrap the B Sealing Tape on the cable jacket and then wrap the Linerless Rubber Tape on top of the B Sealing Tape.
3. Filled Cable Cleaning Kit is essential to remove cable filling compound prior to splicing.
4. See Closure Accessories for non-kit accessories.
13.37
3M
PR20192V2-69267.tif
The Better Buried Closures Series uses the compound compression method to force the encapsulant up the cable to
stop water ingress, which provides splice protection even in the most severe OSP buried environments. Better
Buried closures are offered in different sizes to cover various cable ranges and can be easily extended and bricked.
3M MS2 Splicing Modules 4000-DWP splicing modules with sealant boxes and 3M Scotchlok UR2 and UY2 discrete
connectors are recommended for use in the Better Buried Closures.
Sleeve set (top and bottom) and spacer web
FEATURES
Sleeve set (top and bottom) and spacer web
Single (SC) or two single-hole end caps (2SC), double (DC) or two double-hole Sealing strips and installation practice
end caps (2DC), or triple-hole end caps (TC)
8882 High Gel Re-enterable Encapsulant
Fill port caps and funnel
Scotchlok Shield Bond Connectors 4460 (SB)
Large and small S.S. hose clamps
Bonding braid
Strain-relief bond bars/insulating sleeves
Locking harness system (LHS)
3M OSP
Better Buried Closure Accessories
The following list of closure accessories contains products that may be required to
complete the closure system.
PREPARATION - INDOOR AND OUTDOOR SPLICES
Anixter No. Vendor No. Vendor Description
156549 2183
3M Telcom E-Z Wrap is a tough, thin elastic vinyl
material which sticks to itself when
wrapped in layers. It forms a
compact, durable, flexible,
moisture-proof covering
443296 4430-6X20 3M Telcom Spacer web 6 x 20
BONDING AND GROUNDING - INDOOR AND OUTDOOR SPLICES
020936 C-4043
Comtech Bullet Bond 1000 Clip (over 11 pair)
with heat shield
021158 C-4040
Comtech Bullet Bond 1000 Clip (over 11 pair)
without heat shield
092972 EM20B2
Corning Bulldog bond clamp
443297 2-DS-24-BB 3M Telcom 2 in. x 24 in. better buried closure
split sleeve
split sleeve
D
split sleeve
split sleeve
062948 800081002 Preformed No.6 bonding braid (100 ft. coil)
117775 80801303 Preformed Bonding ferrule F/bonding to
shield connectors
037408 400-366-332 AK Stamp B1 bond clamp (less than
0.8 in. diameter cable)
152724 400-366-340 AK Stamp B2 bond clamp (for 0.8 in. to
052364 AT8544 SIZE3 AK Stamp B3 bond clamp (over
13.38
ENCAPSULANTS - OUTDOOR SPLICES

277292 8882-C
3M Telcom High gel re-enterable encapsulant,
385 ml
277288 8882-750/F 3M Telcom High gel re-enterable encapsulant,
824 ml
1,648 ml
3,296 ml
277283 8882-1900C 3M Telcom High gel re-enterable encapsulant,
1,979 ml
3,123 ml
4,683 ml
5,208 ml
277287 8882-6000 3M Telcom High gel re-enterable encapsulant,
6,593 ml
8,333 ml
277291 8882-A
90 ml
277294 8882-E
292 ml
521 ml
277293 8882-D
659 ml
781 ml
160060 72551
Caschem 165 System re-enterable
encapsulant (5,000 grams)
160061 72581
Caschem 165 System re-enterable
encapsulant (8,000 grams)
TAPES
178261 130C-3/4X30FT 3M Telcom Scotch linerless rubber tape
(3/4 in. x 30 ft.), place over B tape
178013 130C-2X30 3M Telcom Scotch linerless rubber tape
(2 in. x 30 ft.), place over B tape
009637 VM 1.5X20
3M Telcom Scotch vinyl mastic tape
(1 1/2 in. x 20 ft.)
009651 VM 4X10
(4 in. x 10 ft.)
023772 VM-22X10
(22 in. x 10 ft.)
443313 130-1X10FT 3M Telcom Scotch linerless rubber
splicing tape
3M OSP
KB Building Vault and Riser Closures
Description
Diameter
Length
Double cap/double cap

Double cap/double cap
Triple cap/triple cap
Triple cap/triple cap
3 in.
5 in.
7 in.
9 in.
24 in.
26 in.
26 in.
26 in.
Selection Chart for KB Vault Closures

3M
pr1329V2-232222.tif and
PR1330V2-142024.tif
Using the chart, determine the appropriate sleeve diameter to

accommodate the splice, based on the pair count and type of
connector used. For example, a 600-pair cable spliced with
3M MS2 Modules or a 300-pair cable spliced with 3M Scotchlok
Connectors would require a 5 in. diameter sleeve (refer to the
first three columns). KBS5 of kit part number KBS5-130-6 under
Column 6 denotes a 5 in. diameter split sleeve. The
130-6 indicates a 1.30 in. diameter for each of the six outgoing
tip cable ports. Select a closure kit with a split sleeve KBS5 for
new construction or existing splices. Solid sleeve closure kits
are also available upon request.
Choose the correct collared and multiple end caps to meet your cable diameter and configuration. (Refer to end cap configurations in the chart.)
Determine if a standard closure will work by comparing the number of tip cables and their diameters with the ports in the standard multiple end caps. (e.g. C8-130-18) The collared
cap ports can be up to 1/4 in. larger than the nominal cable diameter. Use bushings for further reduction. Plug any unused holes by selecting tapered plugs.
FOR EXISTING SPLICE
Anixter No.
171593
068841
073505
071773
068842
035805
Kit No.
KBS3-175-1
KBS5-100-6
KBS5-130-6
KBS6-100-9
KBS7-100-15
KBS8-100-24
Pair Count MS2

200
600
----900
1,200
2,400
Pair Count
Scotchlok
100
300
----400
600
800
Sleeve Dia. in.

(mm)
3 (76)
5 (127)
----6 (152)
7 (178)
8 (203)
Multiple
End Cap No.
----C5-100-6
C5-130-6
C6-100-9
C7-100-15
C8-100-24
Single End Cap

(Collared) No.
C3-175-1C (two)
C5-275-1C
C5-275-1C
C6-275-1C
C7-275-1C
C8-300-1C
Kit No.
KB2-100-2
KB4-175-2
Pair Count MS2

100
-----
Pair Count
Scotchlok
50
-----
Sleeve Dia. in.

(mm)
2 (51)
-----
Multiple
End Cap No.
----C4-175-2
Single End Cap

(Collared) No.
C2-2 (two)
C4-175-1C
FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION

Anixter No.
099415
077500
Other splice case configurations are available. Please contact your sales representative.
13.39
3M
PR7298V2-142093.tif
Designed for use in building riser closets and other indoor splicing applications where flooding does
not occur. Closures may be positioned horizontally or vertically. End caps and closures are flame
retardant. Features multiple entry closures (straight inline or butt-splice applications).
Approx. Splice
Approx. Splice
Anixter No. Vendor No. Bundle Capacity
Max. Allow. Cable Dia.
Bundle Scotchlok
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3
055632
R-3
300-pair 24 AWG
150/24
1.2 (30) 1.2 (30) ----071423
R-5
900-pair 24 AWG
400/24
2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) ----086741
R-7
1,800-pair 24 AWG
900/24
3.1 (79) 2.4 (61) 2.0 (51)
088445
R-9
3,000-pair 24 AWG
1,800/24
3.8 (96) 3.1 (79) 2.4 (61)
3M OSP
Scotchcast High Gel Series Re-enterable Closures 89 Series

3M
PR2524V2-142029.tif
3M Scotchcast Closures 8980 Series uses a gravity fill method of encapsulating and protecting copper cables in either an underground or
direct-buried environment. Six rigid body-closure sizes are offered to meet various cable diameters and splicing capacities for the
outside-plant environment. Kits are packed with 3M High Gel Re-enterable Encapsulant 8882 for easy re-entry.
For the 8981 and 8982 closures, 3M Scotchlok Connectors are required accessories.
For the 8983, 8984, 8985 and 8986 closures, 3M Scotchlok Connectors or 3M MS2 Modules are required accessories.
Max. Splice
Closure Length Approx. Compound
Max. Splice Approx. Compound
Bundle Diameter
End to End
Included Mass
Opening
Included Volume
(in.)
(in.)
(grams)
(in.)
(ml)
277276
8981-8882/HIGHGEL 0.5
7.2
82
1.5
90
277277
8982-8882/HIGHGEL 0.9
10.75
266
5.25
300
277278
8983-8882/HIGHGEL 1.25
15.6
600
9.75
660
277279
8984-8882/HIGHGEL 2.25
15.75
1,200
9
1,320
277280
8985-8882/HIGHGEL 3.5
24.5
3,000
17
3,300
277281
8986-8882/HIGHGEL 4.75
24.5
6,000
17
6,600
034956
8981-07
0.5
7.2
82
1.5
90
034957
8982-07
0.9
10.75
266
5.25
300
034958
8983-07
1.25
15.6
600
9.75
660
034959
8984-07
2.25
15.75
1,200
9
1,320
408402
8985-07
3.5
24.5
3,000
17
3,300
443556
8986-07
4.75
24.5
6,000
17
6,600
Shield Bond
Connector
Type
4460-D
4460-D
4460-D
4460-D
4462-FN
4462-FN
4460-D
4460-D
4460-D
4460-D
4462-FN
4462-FN
High Gel Re-enterable

Encapsulant 8882
D
3M
3M High Gel Re-enterable Encapsulant 8882 is a two-part non-urethane
encapsulating compound. The encapsulant aggressively adheres to filled cable and is
compatible with common plastics used in telephone splice connectors. The
encapsulant permits easy cable splice re-entry for future changes and maintenance.
The 8882 encapsulant is one of a system of products available from 3M.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
277292
8882-C
High gel re-enterable
encapsulant, 385 ml
277288
8882-750/F
encapsulant, 824 ml
277282
8882-1500/F
encapsulant, 1,648 ml
277284
8882-3000/F
277283
8882-1900C
443302
8882-3000C
443304
8882-4500C
277285
8882-5000C
277287
8882-6000
277290
8882-8000C
277291
8882-A
encapsulant, 90 ml
13.40
Anixter No.
277294
Vendor No.
8882-E
277286
8882-500C
277293
8882-D
277289
8882-750C
Description
encapsulant, 292 ml
encapsulant, 521 ml
encapsulant, 659 ml
encapsulant, 781 ml
Scotchcast Encapsulating and Blocking Compound 4407

3M
Developed for splice encapsulation and pressure blocking, Scotchcast 4407
compound is a two-part compound. It features excellent wetting properties and low
viscosity, which means it flows quickly and freely. Its low-temperature cure properties
mean that it may be used in almost any type of weather. Cure time is fast:
approximately one hour at 22C (72F) and 20 hours at -4C (20F). 4407 is usable
to -18C (0F). Designed for both splice encapsulation and cable blocking.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
443321
4407-A
89 ml
024550
4407-B
197 ml
023053
4407-C
396 ml
029727
4407-D
636 ml
249116
4407-E
283 ml
249117
4407-1500/F
1,415 ml
3M OSP
710 Connectors
3M
PR7294V2-142092.tif
The 710 Connector is a 25-pair splice connector used for splicing gel-filled, large-pair-count, copper cables. It is gel-filled
or dry and used in splice closures. It is capable of splicing 22- through 26-gauge copper or aluminum cable.
Connector
AWG
Cable
No. of
Type
Wires Type
Composition Pairs
237387 3M710-SD1-5
Straight/half tap
22 - 26 PIC, pulp, paper Dry
5
237382 3M710-BC1-25
Bridge
22 - 26 PIC
Filled
25
237383 3M710-BD1-25
Bridge
25
237385 3M710-SCL-25
Straight
22 - 24 PIC
Filled
25
495208 3M710-SDL-25
Straight/half tap
25
237386 3M710-SD1-25
Straight/half tap
25
237388 3M710-TC1-25
Straight/half tap
24 - 26 PIC
Filled
25
237389 3M710-TCL-25
Straight/half tap
22 - 24 PIC
Filled
25
242509 3M710-SC1-25
Straight
24 - 26 PIC
Filled
25
443537 3M710-BC1-5
Bridge
22 - 26 PIC
Filled
5
495209 3M710-BD1-5
Bridge
5
443538 3M710-SC1-5
Straight
22 - 26 PIC
Filled
5
710 TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
254596 3M710-HTK05A
233257 3M710-UTK25A
233259 3M710-UT25A
245833 3M710-TMK10-A
245834
443485
443486
490700
490702
490703
443487
443488
443490
490704
490705
490707
490708
490709
490713
443491
443493
443494
490718
407037
Description
5-pair hand presser kit with 5- and 25-pair connector holders, with case
25-pair splicing rig
Tool only
A multipiece set designed to mount and support all splicing tools on splicer boxes,
pedestals or racking
3M710-TPK10
710 connector tripod kit
3M710-AP105-05 5-pair hand presser blades
3M710-UMK25A
25-pair splicing rig kit: Includes everything in the UTK25A kit, plus a 3M wire
cut-off tool 710-CCT10, plus 3M single-pair test leads Includes: 25-pair bridge
support, 25 pair splice support, one 25-pair spare blade, error tester, lubricant,
allen wrench, cleaning brush, hardware kit, plastic case and blade replacement
instruction sheet
3M710-BRT10A
Bridge removal tool
3M710-AP105-25-S 25-pair steel blade fits into 3M710-AP105-25-SH metal blade holder
3M710-AP105-25-SH 25-pair steel blade holder tool
3M710-AP106-25 25-pair bridge module support
3M710-TMK10-A1 Base
3M710-TMK10-A2 Tool clamp
3M710-TMK10-A3 Swivel bar
3M710-TMK10-A4 Tube clamp
3M710-TMK10-A5 Vise clamp
3M710-TMK10-A6 Swivel knob
3M710-TMK10-A7 Tube/clamp
3M710-TMK10-A8 90 degree mount
3M710-HT05A
Includes 5- and 25-pair connector holder assemblies, 25-pair bridge module and
splice supports, 5-pair bridge and splice supports and the 5-pair petite holder
3M710-BSP
A hand tool used to press 3M 710 bridge modules and 3M splices or half-tap
modules together, and to press caps onto 3M 710 modules
3M710-CRT10
For removal of caps from connector modules to rearrange pairs or perform
maintenance wire work
3M710-HMK05A
5-pair hand presser tool maintenance kit with 945A spare parts
3M710-CCT10
For cutting off through-conductor wires that will not be used after half-tapping
13.41
3M OSP
MS2 Splicing Modules

3M
PR7322V2-142089.tif
The MS2 Super-Mini and Super Mate Splicing Modules provide the reliability of soldered connections,
plus the efficiency of 25-pair splicing with a wire range of 22 to 28 AWG. The 4000 series
Super-Mini and 4005 series Super Mate Modules are the basic components of MS2 Modular System
Splicing from 3M.
The MS2 4000 and 4008 series Super-Mini Modules are available for straight and half-tap splicing
applications. The 4000 series modules provide for two-wire straight splicing. Like all MS modules,
the 4000 series modules are designed so that wire gauges and insulation types may be mixed in
the module.
The 4008 series Super-Mini Modules are similar to the 4000 series, except that the cut-off blades
have been eliminated from the bottom of the modules. This allows the run or through wires to be
half-tapped without cutting the conductors. The wires in the base are electrically connected, but are not cut off. Both 4000 and 4008 series modules are available dry or
encapsulated with use determined by application requirement. The 4005-DPM series Super Mate Modules mate with other Super Mate Modules, allowing multiple counts as
necessary. The 4005-DPM series also mate with the 4000-D Super-Mini Module series for bridging applications.
4000 SPLICING MODULES
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
131593
4000D/CO
495210
4000-D/TR/24
131610
4000-G/TR
113288
4005-DPM/FR
131590
4000-DWP/TR
171617
4005-DPM/TR
443512
D 4005-DBM/TR/NB
163973
4008-D/TR
171622
4008-G/TR
495211
4005-GBM/TR/NB
443515
4008-D/CO
443516
4000-DT/TR
171621
4005-GBM/TR
Composition
Dry
Dry
Filled
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Filled
Filled
Dry
Dry
Filled
Cover Color
Gray
Transparent
Transparent
Gray
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Gray
Transparent
Transparent
Body Top Color

Gray
Yellow
Yellow
Gray
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Green
Blue
Body Bottom Color

Gray
Dark gold
Dark gold
Dark blue
Dark gold
Blue
Blue
Green
Green
Blue
Gray
Blue
Blue
Base Color
Gray
Transparent smoked gray
Maroon
Red
Red
Red
Gray
Red
Red
SEALANT BOXES
Sealant boxes for moisture protection for the 4000 modules
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
131581
4075-S
Sealant-filled box to provide moisture protection for the 4000-D/TR, 4008-D/TR or 4000 DT/TR
131579
4077-A
Sealant-filled box to provide moisture protection for one 4005 DPM/TR module
131578
4077-B
Sealant-filled box to provide moisture protection for one 4000 D/TR and one 4005 DPM/TR modules
131575
4077-C
Sealant-filled box to provide moisture protection for two 4005 DPM/TR modules
183867
4077-D
Sealant-filled box to provide moisture protection for three 4005 DPM/TR modules
13.42
3M OSP
MS Quick-connect Distribution Termination Kit 4011-E/300
MS2 Hand Presser 4270-A
3M
The MS2 Distribution Termination Kit is identical to the 4010-E/300 kit, except that
the 4011-E/300 kit contains (12) 4011-E Encapsulated Distribution Modules (blue),
instead of feeder modules.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
024610
4011E/300
Kit
3M
PR7303V2-142090.tif
3M
PR7323V2-142087.tif
Used for plugging preterminated and spliced module combinations together.

Combinations can range from two modules up to seven modules.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
087746
4270-A
Hand presser
MS2 Wire Insertion and Cutoff Tool 4051

The 4049 Lite Rig is a complete economical splicing rig ideal for lower-pair-count
splicing. Provides splicer with place to sit, is compact for easy truck storage and
weighs only 25 pounds. The 3M MS2 hand hydraulic crimper 4036 is self-contained,
making quick work of MS2 splicing, utilizing all 4000 series modules. Comfortable
work belt and manual are included.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
171625
4049-R
Lite rig
3M
The 4051 is used on Super-Mini Modules during cable transfers on individual
conductors or for any other individual repair work. It can also be used to replace
conductors back into the module.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
039218
4051
Wire insertion and cutoff tool
MS2 Pair Test Plug 4047

3M
PR7304V2-142088.tif
The 3M MS2 Pair Test Plug 4047 is a connector probe which permits pair checking
without damaging wire insulation. The prongs fit the test entry port of all MS2
modules. The cord permits easy connection to a talk block or test set. The adjustable
clamp allows for attachment to any MS2 module.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
024616
4047
Pair test plug
13.43
MS2 Lite Rig 4049
3M OSP
FIRE RETARDANT AND DRY
490746 UB2A-D-BX 2-wire, 19 to 26 AWG bridge tap/2-conductor
connector, 0.082 in. max. insulation OD
035597 UP2-CART
2-wire, 22 to 26 AWG butt/2 conductor connector,
0.060 in. max. insulation OD
490863 UP2-BULK
2-wire, 22 to 26 AWG butt/2-conductor connector,
443357 UPC-CART
178838 UR2-DCART 2- to 3-wire, dry, 19 to 26 AWG butt/2- or
3-conductor connector, 0.082 in. max.
insulation OD
178831 UR2-D-JAR500 2- to 3-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt/2- or 3-conductor
178841 UY2-DCART 2-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt/2-conductor connector,
443354 UY2-D-JAR500 2-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt/2-conductor connector,
Scotchlok Connectors
3M
PR20267V2-71239.tif
FILLED
005694 UR-BX
490871
005695
155425
346061
005698
005697
346062
443349
155428
490742
443352
443353
490743
155423
155421
140180
039554
490744
443355
443356
13.44
Description
2- to 3-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt/2- or 3-conductor
UP3-CART
connector, 0.060 in.
UR-CART
UR2-BX
UR2-25/PACK 2- to 3-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt connector,
UY-BULK
UY-CART
D
UY2-25/PACK 2- to 3-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt connector,
U1R-BX
2-wire, 19 to 24 AWG inline connector,
UR2-CART
UR2-BULK
UR2-JAR500 2- to 3-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt/2- or 3-conductor
UY2-BX
UY2-JAR500 2-wire, 19 to 26 AWG butt/2-conductor connector,
UY2BULK
UY2-CART
UCC-BULK
UCC-CART
UCC-JAR500 2-wire, 22 to 26 AWG butt/2-conductor connector,
U1B-BX
2-wire, 16 to 19 AWG inline connector, 0.125 in.
max. insulation OD
UB2A-BX
2-wire, 19 to 26 AWG bridge tap/2-conductor
Scotchlok Connector Crimping Tools

3M
PR20268V2-71242.tif
Approved splicing tools for 3M Scotchlok Connectors.

008220 E-9BM
Crimping tool with replacement jaw (for all
splice types)
008219 E9C
Cartridge crimping tool used with Scotchlok
connectors in cartridge form (for butt splices only)
008222 E-9E
Crimping tool (for all butt and tap connectors)
008223 E-9Y
Stepped jaws crimping tool with integrated wire
cutter (for butt and tap connectors)
262737 E-9R
Ratchet release crimping tool with integrated wire
cutter and spare blade
443327 E-9J
Work-saving 10:1 mechanical advantage over
applied hand force. For use with Scotchlok butt
and tap connectors
443328 E-9Y-P
Mechanical advantage of 3-to-1. Includes
integrated wire cutter. Not for 19+ wire gauge
Corning Cable Systems OSP

./
AnyLAN Integrated Single-Panel Housing

AnyLAN Ruggedized Zone Enclosure

PR34661V2-258780.tif
Corning Cable Systems AnyLAN Ruggedized Zone Enclosure combines the AnyLAN
OptiTip adapter with a sealed closure for quick and easy deployment, eliminating the
need for field-terminated fiber optic cables. The enclosure is fully compatible with
existing Plug & Play AnyLAN solutions and is ideal for easy installation of zone
architectures. The factory-terminated enclosure eliminates the time required for
field-termination methods while providing industry-leading quality and reliability.
The ruggedized zone enclosure is easily mounted in trays, on poles or can be
direct-buried for increased design versatility. Environmentally hardened
MTP preterminated ends offer quick overall system deployment in even the
harshest environments.
FEATURES
UV and vibrant resistant, with a temperature range from -40C to +65C
Configurable from 12-96 fibers, single-mode and 50 m multimode
For more information contact your local sales representative.
AnyLAN Integrated 1U Housing

PR34662V2-258779.tif
PR34663V2-258783.tif
Corning Cable Systems AnyLAN Integrated 1U housing utilizes the AnyLAN OptiTip
adapter with a 1U rack-mountable housing for quick and easy deployment,
eliminating the need for field-terminated and strain-relieved fiber optic cables. The
housing is fully compatible with existing Plug & Play AnyLAN solutions and is ideal for
star, ring, point-to-point or zone architectures. The factory-terminated housing
provides industry-leading quality and reliability, while eliminating the time required
for field-termination methods.
FEATURES
Eliminates need for field termination, improving reliability and
speed of deployment
Fully compatible with existing Plug & Play AnyLAN solutions

UCAO-05-24
UCAO Mini Closure with two UCAO-ST-02 12-fiber splice trays included for 24-fiber
applications; hinged case with snap latches; four premolded cable ports
SCF-4C18-01-36
4 x 18 in. Canister Closure with three SCF-ST-099 12-fiber splice trays included for
36-fiber applications; two open express cable ports, three additional easily opened
SCF-6C22-01-72
for 72-fiber applications; two open express cable ports, four additional easily opened;
SCF-6C28-01-144
for 144-fiber applications; two open express cable ports, four additional easily
opened; QUICK-SEAL mechanical seal drop cable ports
FEATURES
One part-number solution for the most common fiber counts
Trays, seals and hardware included in every kit
Easy component additions for future expandability
13.45
Corning Cable Systems AnyLAN Integrated Single-Panel Housing utilizes the AnyLAN
OptiTip adapter with the small-profile single-panel housing for quick and easy
deployment, eliminating the need for field-terminated and strain-relieved fiber optic
cables. The housing is ideal for star, ring, point-to-point or zone architectures.
Factory-terminated panels provide industry-leading quality and reliability, while
eliminating the time required for field-termination methods and the need for
specialized field-termination tools, training and specially prepared locations.
FEATURES
Ideal for use inside NEMA-rated and IP-rated enclosures and other environments
where space is a premium
Fully compatible with existing Plug & Play AnyLAN solutions

(continued)
UCAO AND UCAO ACCESSORIES
PR19316V2-62054.tif
Anixter No.
272033
Vendor No.
SCF-ST-112
272032
SCF-KT-6GND
269541
SCF-KT-6CBL
226469
BKT-SC-C
Description
24-postion heat-shrink 0.2 in.
Add-a-Cable Kit for two drop
cables in 6 in. end cap
UCAO Splice Closure

Anixter No.
212092
Vendor No.
UCAO-05-24
523382
UCAO-ST-02
342342
200373
UCA-KT-AHD
UCAO-BK1
SCF-4C18-01-36 AND 4C18 ACCESSORIES
PR19321V2-62093.tif
Anixter No.
267141
Vendor No.
SCF-4C18-01-36
240045
SCF-ST-099
425029
SCF-KT-4CBL
272032
SCF-KT-6GND
226469
BKT-SC-C
Description
4 x 18 in. canister with
three SCF-ST-099 trays for
12-position heat-shrink 0.2 in.,
metal tray for single fiber
Add-a-Cable Kit for two drop
cables in 4 in. end cap
SCF-6C22-01-72/SCF-6C28-01-144 AND 6C ACCESSORIES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
212111
SCF-6C22-01-72
six SCF-ST-099 trays for
72-fiber splices
212105
SCF-6C28-01-144
six SCF-ST-112 trays for
144-fiber splices
242643
SCF-ST-048
12-position heat-shrink 0.2 in.
13.46
PR23982V2-173222.tif
Description
UCAO Closure with two
UCAO-ST-02 trays for
UCA aerial hanging device
The UCAO Splice Closure provides excellent environmental protection for optical
fiber splices.
The UCAO facilitates easy installation and access with its unique hinged case. The lid
is secured with metal clips that snap open or closed. Each UCAO closure is lightweight,
compact and watertight.
UCAO Splice Closures can be used in aerial, underground or direct-buried applications
and accommodate up to 60 single-fiber splices. No special tools are required for
closure assembly and re-entry.
FEATURES
Accommodates five compact splice trays
Equipped with reusable seals
No stress placed on finished splices within trays
All required components are provided in one convenient carton
Tested in accordance with GR-771
APPLICATIONS
Can be used in through-, branch- or midspan-type splice locations
Can be used in aerial, underground or direct-buried applications
Accommodates up to 60 single-fiber splices (UCAO-05)
Can be mounted on a pole, wall or stand
UCAO CLOSURE
Dimensions (H x W x D): 121 mm x 162 mm x 381 mm (5 in. x 6 in. x 15 in.).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
523380
UCAO-05
Accepts five trays
ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
200372
200373
252245
Vendor No.
UCAO-AHD
UCAO-BK1
UCAO-CK1
523383
UCAO-TP
Description
Aerial hanging device
Additional cable entry kit
(10-pack)
Sealing tape
ENVIRONMENTAL DISTRIBUTION CENTER

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
206695
EDC-02P-NH
206696
EDC-06P-NH
223274
EDC-12P-NH
EDC ACCESSORIES
Anixter No.
499058
Vendor No.
EDC-2EC-KIT
207391
401339
EDC-2N4-KIT
EDC-2WT-KIT
WALL-MOUNTABLE HOUSING ACCESSORIES

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
263462
FDC-CABLE-GRND
Environmental Distribution Center (EDC)

PR23980V2-173223.tif
185322
HDWR-LOCK-KIT
Description
Accepts two CCH panels and
two Type 2R or one Type 4R
reduced-length splice trays; no
Accepts six CCH panels and six
Type 2S or three Type 4S splice
trays; no cable-entry
holes provided
Accepts 12 CCH panels and
12 Type 2S, six Type 4S or six
Type 4A splice trays; no
Description
2 in. Conduit Standard
Fitting Kit
2 in. Conduit NEMA 4 Fitting Kit
0.5 in. to 1 in. Watertight
Compresion Fitting Kit
Description
Armored cable-grounding kit;
contains one armored
grounding clip and one
ground strap
Lock kit for front door of
housing; contains one lock with
two keys
The Corning Cable Systems Industrial Environmental Distribution Center (EDC) is

designed for storage and protection of fiber optic connections and splices in indoor
and outdoor environments. Ideal for industrial, marine, security or traffic control
applications, the EDC incorporates features that accommodate the changing
requirements and growing needs of fiber optic networks. The composite construction
offers outstanding chemical and temperature resistance with excellent
weatherability. The cover may be secured with quick-release latches or padlocked for
additional security. Rated to NEMA 4X or IEC IP66, the unit offers protection from
corrosion, rain, sleet, snow and windblown dust. It accepts closet connector housing
(CCH) panels and splice trays for through-splicing or field-connectorization, including
fusion and mechanical splices for splicing or fan-out techniques. The EDC includes
the brackets required for mounting to a wall or pole and additional accessories
includes a grounding kit, a rack-mount kit and various fittings.
13.47
UCAO SPLICE TRAYS

Dimensions (H x W x D): 187 mm x 92 mm x 8 mm (7.4 in. x 3.6 in. x 0.33 in.).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
523381
UCAO-ST-01
12 bare-fiber or
crimp-type protectors
523382
UCAO-ST-02
12 heat-shrink
splice protectors
397665
UCAO-ST-03
UCAO 0.4 splice tray; holds four
mass fusion splice protectors
212103
UCAO-ST-04
12 CamSplice
mechanical splices
495177
UCAO-ST-06
UCAO 0.4 splice tray: holds
12 single fiber or 2 mass-splice
heat-shrink protectors
Emerson OSP
./
NetSpan FDH Compact Series Integrated Fiber Distribution Hub Solution

PR34265V2-252601.tif
As an extension to the NetSpan FDH Series of enclosures, Emerson's fiber cross-connect products have evolved into their line of ProFORM
pedestals. This compact fiber distribution solution provides connections for fiber optic cables and passive optical splitters in FTTx
applications. NetSpan FDH Solutions are ideal as a local convergence point (LCP) for aggregation in a centralized splitting passive optical
network (PON) FTTx architecture.
Utilizing 1x32 splitter modules, these high-density, lower-port-count FDH products allow for smaller and more cost-effective deployment of fiber
distribution hubs when compared to the conventional FDH cabinets. The smaller distribution count allows for deployment deeper into the
network, and is ideal for MDU applications.
FEATURES
FDH closure allows for flexible mounting options: pedestal (floodproof), pad, pole, vault or wall (indoor or outdoor)
No concrete pad needed, minimizes right-of-way issues, permits not required
Accommodates high-density, high-performance 1x32, 1x16, 1x8, 2x32 and 2x16 modular optical GR1221-1209 PLC splitters
Splitter modules have pre-parked jumpers
Available in 72-, 96- and 144-fiber distribution configurations
Complete fiber management with radius limiting spools
Self-intuitive fiber routing
GR326-compliant termination
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Material ID
Description
375315
NSFDH1072AXX100D
F1008492
PRO10, 72-port FDH, 100 ft. dielectric loose tube, SC/APC, no splitter included
375316
NSFDH1072A1X100D
F1008640
PRO10, 72-port FDH, 100 ft. dielectric loose tube, SC/APC, one splitter included
375317
NSFDH10V72AXX100D
F1008733
PRO10 vault pedestal, 72-port FDH, 100 ft. dielectric loose tube, SC/APC, no splitter included
375318
NSFDH10V72A1X100D
F1008734
PRO10 vault pedestal, 72-port FDH, 100 ft. dielectric loose tube, SC/APC, one splitter included
375319
NSFDH1296AXX100D
F1008493
D
375320
NSFDH1296A1X100D
F1008660
375321
NSFDH12144AXX100D
F1008494
375322
NSFDH12144A1X100D
F1008641
375323
NSSPLT132AD
F1008495
1x32 splitter module, SC/APC for PRO10 FDH
375324
NSSPLT132AE
F1008496
1x32 splitter module, SC/APC for PRO12 FDH
Other configurations available. For more information contact your local sales representative.
NetSpan FDP Series Integrated Fiber Distribution Pedestal Solution

PR29237V2-216346.tif
The NetSpan FDP Series of optical splice and distribution products permits fiber
splicing, improves cable organization and allows for either spliced drops or
environmentally hardened drop connections in fiber-to-the-premise (FTTP)
applications. The integrated platform can be configured with an open-fiber
architecture for a cost-effective FTTP solution or a weather-tight closure by adding
sliding covers for added protection against the elements, debris and insects. The
unique back-to-back platform accommodates a spliced drop solution with fiber
splicing and spliced drops on one side and environmentally hardened drop
13.48
connections on the other side for a terminated drop solution. Use both sides to create
an integrated fiber distribution pedestal solution.
FEATURES
Back-to-back configuration eliminates the need for a handhole/vault
Fiber splice and drops housed in separate closures
Optional use of environmentally hardened drop solution
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
352535
NSFDP8XSOX
Empty rear, open splice front
352536
NSFDP8XSCX
Empty rear, closed splice front
352537
NSFDP8SC2CX
Closed splice rear, closed 2-port
OptiTap front
352538
NSFDP8SC4CX
OptiTap front
352539
NSFDP8SC6CX
OptiTap front
352540
NSFDP8SOUX
Open splice rear, open universal
mounting bracket front
352541
NSFDP10XSOX
Empty rear, open splice front
352542
NSFDP10XSCX
Empty rear, closed splice front
Emerson OSP
Vendor No.
NSFDP10SC2CX
352544
NSFDP10SC4CX
352545
NSFDP10SC6CX
352546
NSFDP10SC8CX
352547
NSFDP10SC6OX
352548
NSFDP10SC8OX
352549
NSFDP10SOUX
Description
OptiTap front
OptiTap front
OptiTap front
OptiTap front
Closed splice rear, open 6-port
OptiTap front
Closed splice rear, open 8-port
OptiTap front
Open splice rear, open universal
mounting bracket front
Other configurations available. For more information

NetReach XC LC Swing-out Series Integrated Cross-connect Cabinets

PR9777V2-142103.tif
The NetReach XC LC Swing-out Series (formerly the ERLS/ECQF Series) single-access

cross-connect interface cabinets are an economical alternative for low pair-count
applications. These enclosures are field-splice cross-connect terminals that may be
stake- or pad-mounted and equipped with 100 to 900 pair of RLS50 IDC terminal
blocks. The RLS50 IDC terminal blocks can be equipped with all the industry-standard
splice modules - 4005DPM, 4005GBM, 4000D, CF/710 or without splice modules.
The enclosure is available in a white or green finish. RUS listed. With RLS50 terminal
blocks, no connectors, green.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
280648
FSERLS400
400-pair
280649
FSERLS600
600-pair
280650
FSERLS900
900-pair
NetReach XC UC Drop-down Series Integrated Cross-connect Solution

PR9778V2-142102.tif
The UC Series, (formerly UltraCab Series) is a drop-down-style, center-feed,

cross-connect interface system with 50-pair terminal blocks in pair counts up to
8,100 pairs. Cabinets are equipped with RLS50 terminal blocks, a test cord, jumper
wire spool hardware, pair identification labels and other accessories.
Drop-down-style block panels provide very short, easily traceable jumper runs. Feeder
(in) pairs are located in the center panels and distribution (out) pairs in the left and
right outboard panels. RUS listed.
SINGLE-ACCESS CROSS-CONNECT CABINET
Equipped with RLS50 terminal blocks, no connectors, white.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
280651
FSDRLS1200SW
1,200-pair
280653
FSDRLS1800SW
1,800-pair
280654
FSDRLS2700SW
2,700-pair
DOUBLE-ACCESS CROSS-CONNECT CABINET
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
280656
FSDRLS2700DW
2,700-pair
280657
FSDRLS3600DW
3,600-pair
280658
FSDRLS5400DW
5,400-pair
DOUBLE-ACCESS LOW-PROFILE CROSS-CONNECT CABINET
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
280659
FSDRLS54LPDW
5,400-pair
280661
FSDRLS7200DW
7,200-pair
280662
FSDRLS8100DW
8,100-pair
13.49
Anixter No.
352543
Emerson OSP
ProFORM Series Pedestals
PR22538V2-133325.tif
Internal components also included are dielectric shield and grounding bracket that
accepts a standard ground lug/connector. Also available with a divider plate. MS-type
stake must be ordered separately. See pedestal accessories. Standard cabinets have
a gray-green finish. Accessories available. Offset brackets required for mounting
terminal blocks must be ordered separately.
Dim. A Dim. B Dim. Dim. D Dim. W
(in.)
C (in.) (in.)
(in.)
023484
UPCBD3
37.25 12
25.25 6 3/4 6 3/4
023485
UPCBD4
37.25 12
25.25 8.5
8.5
023486
UPCBD5
43.25 12
31.25 10.5
10.5
SPLICED USING ANY CONNECTOR
The ProFORM Series of pedestals are the premier line of nonmetallic pedestals from
Emerson. These pedestals incorporate strength, rigidity and security all in a
high-performance thermoplastic material that meets Telcordia GR-13 CORE and RUS
PE-91 specifications. The ProFORM pedestal provides the most craft-friendly design
on the market. Optimal working space is ensured for splicing, bonding and grounding,
terminal block attachment, service wire entry, conduit placement and wire grooming
and management. Further, the ProFORM pedestal provides simplified and easy access
installation through its split/rehab base design, slide-and-secure mounting plate
assembly and self-latching dome. Supplemental mounting stakes are available.
The ProFORM pedestal's unique shape provides superior splicing capacity, to better
secure open-wire bundles and/or wirework enclosures. Its shape also provides
improved aesthetics over competitive plastic pedestals, for a "less industrial"
appearance. RUS listed.
NONMETALLIC SPLIT-BASE PEDESTAL
D
Includes mounting
plate.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
352326
PRO6HSRNG
352328
PRO8HSRNG
352330
PRO10HSRNG
352332
PRO12HSRNG
NONMETALLIC FLOOD-PROTECTED PEDESTAL
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
352333
PRO14
352334
352335
PRO1420
PRO1830
Description
6 in.
8 in.
10 in.
12 in.
Description
14 in. x 14 in. with
mounting plate
14 in. x 20 in.
18 in. x 30 in.
Distribution Pedestals (UPC Series)

PR6454V2-142041.tif
Anixter No.
023484
023485
023486
Vendor No.
UPCBD3
UPCBD4
UPCBD5
PR29236V2-216343.tif
RUS Accepted
100
400
600
TERMINAL BLOCKS (RUS LISTED)

6-Pair
Unprotected
145B
3
3
4
1-Pair
Protected
283/281
3
3
3
3-Pair
Protected
283/381
3
3
5
A-LINE SERIES UNPROTECTED TERMINAL BLOCKS

Anixter No. Vendor No. RGT/RPT5A
023484
UPCBD3
2
023485
UPCBD4
2
023486
UPCBD5
2
RGT/RPT10A
2
2
2
RGT/RPT25A
2
2
2
A-LINE SERIES PROTECTED TERMINAL BLOCKS

Anixter No. Vendor No. RGT/RPT5PA
023484
UPCBD3
1
023485
UPCBD4
1
023486
UPCBD5
1
RGT/RPT10PA
1
1
1
RGT/RPT25PA
1
1
1
Anixter No.
023484
023485
023486
Vendor No.
UPCBD3
UPCBD4
UPCBD5
Models UPC/BD-3, UPC/BD-4 and UPC/BD-5 are round-corner, square-design

telephone distribution closures. They are RUS listed and used to accommodate buried
wires, cables, terminal blocks and load coil assemblies. Ideal for cable splicing.
13.50
UPC Suggested
100
400
600
Emerson OSP
Distribution Pedestals High Pair Count (UPC Series)
Stake-mounting Hardware
PR6452V2-142037.tif
Standard stake-mounting hardware for MS-1324, MS-1332 and MS-1342 stakes.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
109138
UPCBDHDW
Stake-mounting hardware
Cable Terminal Blocks

PR22542V2-133546.tif
Single-mount Stakes/Protector Mounting Posts

PR6451V2-142040.tif
Models MS1324, MS1332 and MS1342 are 24 in., 32 in. and 42 in. stakes
(respectively), with hardware. For use on all closures. Green finish, 10 per pack.
The mobile home series posts (MHP) are heavy-gauge U-shape channel posts with a
3 in. x 16 in. plate attached. Used for mounting 1- or 2-pair outdoor station protectors
and are adjustable from 36 to 48 in. RUS listed.
The protector mounting series posts (PMP) are heavy-gauge U-shape channel posts
with a 3 in. x 5 1/2 in. plate attached. Used for mounting 1- or 2-pair outdoor
station protectors.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Length (in.) Description
003103 MS1324 24
Hardware included
052215 MS1332 32
Hardware included
023488 MS1342 42
Hardware included
003064 MHP36
36
RUS-approved protector or NIDs
not included
266119 PMP50
50
Protector or NIDs not included
Cable terminal blocks are available in a variety of styles for all applications. They are
either unprotected or protected with carbon, gas or solid state; stubbed with various
cable types and lengths or unstubbed; in a plastic, aluminum or metal housing or no
housing; and are available in many pair-count configurations. The following is a list
of the more readily available cable terminals and blocks.
Cable
No. of Stub
Anixter No. Vendor No. Protection Pairs Length
Application
126118 RPT25VSR2A4 Gas
25
4 ft.
All are
163148 RGT25VSR2ALS Gas
25
None
for
073367 RPT10A4
None
10
4 ft.
Buried Closure
024078 RPT25A4
None
25
4 ft.
or
041641 RGT25ALS
None
25
None
Pedestal
156327 RGT1236
None
12
3 ft.
use
160936 RGT25A4
None
25
4 ft.
13.51
The UPCBD7 is a round-corner, square-design telephone equipment cabinet that is

RUS listed. Included are two PVC-coated splice support bars, ground and cable
support bar, grounding connector, weather stripping and two mounting stakes. The
UPCBD7 closures are used for splicing, load coil mounting, mounting cross-connect
systems, terminal blocks and carrier units. Standard cabinets have a gray-green
finish. Accessories available.
Cable
External
Size (in.) Loading
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Splice
023487
UPCBD7
1,800-pair
3.0
400-pair
PR9780V2-142101.tif
Emerson OSP
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Data Applications
One-pair Testers
PR1776V2-142026.tif
One-pair testers allow electrical access to an individual pair in a 25-pair BT, 50-pair
CQF or RLS blocks used in any of the interface terminals manufactured by Emerson.
ONE-PAIR TESTER
Anixter No.
154825
Vendor No.
P22368
124209
P33392
176283
RLSTEST1
ONE-PAIR POCKET TESTER

Anixter No. D
Vendor No.
154822
F019127
154823
P62633
154824
P62632
Description
With 5 ft. leads BT
25-pair block
With 5 ft. leads for CQF
50-pair block
With 5 ft. leads for RLS block
and 3M SS-25
Description
For RLS block and 3M SS-25
For CQF 50-pair block
For BT 25-pair block
RB Series Wire Splicing Connectors (B-wire Connector)

PR2603V2-142036.tif
RB wire splicing connectors are available dry or grease filled. They provide
100 percent electrical crimp splices equivalent to soldered connections on various
sizes of solid wire having plastic, pulp and single-wrapped paper insulation.
Simply insert a stripped or unstripped wire end into the connector and crimp the brass
connector shell with an RB crimping tool. The tin-plated phosphor bronze insert
contains sharp internal tangs to penetrate wire insulation and create a positive
electrical connection.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
209819
RBD100PKG
100/pk, white
209820
RBD1000PKG
1,000/pk, white
209821
RBGD1000PKG
1,000/pk, grease filled, blue
13.52
TE Connectivity OSP
./
FOSC Gel Sealed Splice and Patch Closures

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR34674V2-258992.tif
The FOSC family of fiber optic splice closures are usable in all outside plant fiber-splicing applications. Utilizes compressed gel cable sealing
and a quick release dome-to-base clamp for fast access to the splicing area. There are a variety of sizes to choose from, each capable of
handling a range of cable styles and sizes, and incorporating such features as hinging splice trays. FOSC closures are accompanied by a full
line of accessories as well.
Vendor No.
A08617-000
Material ID
FOSC450-A4-4-NT-0-A1V
495471
F34112-000
FOSC450-BS-6-NT-0-B0V
268168
058514-000
FOSC450-B6-6-NT-0-B3V
404939
JI945R-000
FOSC450-C6-6-NT-0-C6V
268169
931866-000
FOSC450-D6-6-NT-0-D6V
495473
EK9632-000
FOSC450-B6-4-NT-0-N0V
495474
V98542-000
FOSC450-BS-4-NT-0-N0V
495475
KR7894-000
FOSC450-C6-4-NT-0-N0V
495476
C06369-000
FOSC450-D6-4-NT-0-N0V
313978
A89777-000
FOSC450-A4-4-NT-0-N1V
495477
47214Z-000
FOSC450-B6-4-NT-0-N3V
495478
DM6321-000
FOSC450-C6-4-NT-0-N3V
495479
E43425-000
FOSC450-D6-4-NT-0-N3V
Description
A4 closure with four cable attachments, A-sized slack storage basket, one feedthrough
ground lug and flash test valve. Kit does not include splice tray (available separately)
BS (B Short) closure with six cable attachments, BS-sized slack storage basket and
flash test valve. Kit does not include splice tray (available separately). Kit does not
include a feedthrough ground lug as this is not available on this closure model
B6 closure with six cable attachments, B-sized slack storage basket, three
feedthrough ground lugs and flash test valve. Kit does not include splice tray
(available separately)
C6 closure with six cable attachments, C-sized slack storage basket, six feedthrough
ground lugs and flash test valve. Kit does not include splice tray (available separately)
D6 closure with six cable attachments, D-sized slack storage basket, six feedthrough
ground lugs and flash test valve. Kit does not include splice tray (available separately)
B6 closure with four cable attachments and flash test valve. Kit does not include
splice tray (available separately), slack storage basket (available separately) or
feedthrough ground lugs
BS (B Short) closure with four cable attachments and flash test valve. Kit does not
include splice tray (available separately), slack storage basket (available separately)
or feedthrough ground lugs
C6 closure with four cable attachments and flash test valve. Kit does not include
D6 closure with four cable attachments and flash test valve. Kit does not include
A4 closure with four cable attachments, one feedthrough ground and flash test valve.
Kit does not include splice tray (available separately) or slack storage basket
B6 closure with four cable attachments, three feedthrough grounds and flash test
valve. Kit does not include splice tray (available separately) or slack storage basket
C6 closure with four cable attachments, three feedthrough grounds and flash test
D6 closure with four cable attachments, three feed-through grounds and flash test
13.53
FOSC 450
Anixter No.
404938
TE Connectivity OSP
FIBRBox Patch and Splice Enclosures
TE CONNECTIVITY
GATOR Drop Repair Kit

PR34675V2-258995.tif
FIBRBox splice enclosures offer TE Connectivity's proven fiber splice management and
organizing performance in a rugged enclosure designed for today's FTTx applications.
FIBRBox splice enclosures combine a corrosion-resistant enclosure, gasket and
grommet entry points, and the familiar stair-stepped, hinging tray design in an
enclosure that will accommodate two feeder cables and up to sixteen drop cables
(depending upon the drop cable design).
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
445714
FIBRBOX-B-NT-0-NT B-size pedestal enclosure
445715
FIBRBOX-C-NT-0-NT C-size pedestal enclosure
For more information on TE Connectivity's Fexible FIBRBox and its
configurations, please contact your local representative.
TE CONNECTIVITY
The GATOR splice closure is a small butt-splice closure primarily designed for splicing
two loose-tube "flat drop" style cables of one to 12 fibers in above-ground,
below-grade and direct-buried applications. The closure includes Telesplice
connector for toneable drops.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
445717
FDSC-GATOR-12F-T GATOR drop repair/connection
closure for flat drop-type cables only.
Comes complete for up to 12 single
or one mass fusion splice
For more information on TE Connectivity's GATOR Drop Repair Kit and its
configurations, please contact your local representative.
13.54
PR34676V2-258998.tif
Miscellaneous OSP Products

./
Series CK Capping Kits
URASEAL HYSOL COMMUNICATIONS

Designed to replace the cumbersome tape method formerly used for indoor or
outdoor communications butt splices. Butt splices can be installed in roughly half the
time required for tape wrapping, and can be removed for re-entry and then replaced.
In addition, butt splice cases are watertight when properly installed, except under
flood conditions.
The case has a rigid PVC inner liner that provides mechanical protection, with a soft
outer PVC jacket shell that extends beyond the rigid portion at the open end. When the
stainless steel clamp is tightened, the soft jacket shell conforms to the tape wrapping
over the cable and seals the splice. Tapes not included.
032621
BC1217
2 in. x 17 in. x 2 in.
119954
BC1318
3 in. x 18 in. x 3 in.
032623
BC1324
3 in. x 24 in. x 2 in.
URASEAL HYSOL COMMUNICATIONS

Designed to quickly cap communications cables. Since the capping kit is also fungus
resistant and moistureproof, it can be used for capping either aerial or buried cables.
The CK Capping Kit can also be used to splice up to 6-pair buried wires for direct
burial. Caps cables in just three minutes.
The CK Capping Kits are completely self-contained, eliminating the need for separate
components. Kits consist of a semiflexible tube containing resin and hardener, mixing
paddle, form centering device and illustrated instruction. The container is equipped
with a removable barrier which separates the encapsulating resin and hardener. When
the cable to be capped has been prepared in the normal manner, the barrier is
removed by cutting off the flat heat-sealed end of the tube. The two components are
then mixed together with the mixing paddle and the cable is inserted into the foam
centering device, pushed into the tube, and held for a short time. If the CK kit is to be
used for buried service wire splices, an aluminum U-bolt connector can be supplied
for sheath continuity.
Quantity (grams)
066825
CK137
1.4 in. opening x 6 in. length 95
049846
CK200
2 in. opening x 6 in. length 145
13.55
Series BC Butt Splice Case
Pole Line Hardware

./
GUY-GRIP Dead-ends
Guy Markers
PR1954V2-579477.eps
For use on extra-high-strength, high-strength, Siemens Martin, utilities-grade,

galvanized steel strand, performance match Bezinal, GUY-GRIP dead-ends, false
dead-ends and strand splices available.
Strand
Mean Length Color
Size (in.) Dia.
(in.)
Code
022405
GDE-1104LA 1/4
0.240 25
Yellow
002839
GDE-1104
1/4
0.240 25
Yellow
002845
GDE-1106
5/16
0.312 31
Black
032840
GDE-2106
5/16
0.312 31
Black
PR6486V2-142045.tif
Used for identifying down guys or other wire and cable installations where anchoring
devices are exposed to pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic. Pedestal markers and
many other styles, colors and attachment types available.
267162 PG-5718 Off-white
267163 RPG-5618 8 ft. yellow reflective tape PVC 1.5 in. round PT/SLS
Universal Strandvise
MACLEAN POWER SYSTEMS
PR7246V2-142052.tif
False Dead-ends
D
PR7283V2-142084.tif
Universal Strandvise terminates all types, sizes and grades of the specified strands,
ranging from 0.140 in. through 0.520 in. diameter. Recommended for use on
Alumnoweld, galvanized (zinc-coated), aluminized, Bethalume, Copperweld and
stainless steel 7-wire, 3-wire strands.
Galvanized-steel wire strand.

Anixter No.
002840
024564
002851
Vendor No.
GFDE-2121
GFDE-2123
GFDE-2124
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
Mean
Dia.
0.240
0.312
0.360
Length
(in.)
36
38
42
Color
Yellow
Black
Orange
SHORT BAIL
(B) means RUS Telephone and Electrical Approved; (C) means Electrical Approved
Std.
Size Bail
Dim. A Dim. B Dim. C
Anixter No. Vendor No. (in.) Type Wire Range (in.) (in.) (in.)
003282 5200(B) 1/4 A 0.215-0.270 9
4.75 1.63
003289 5201(B) 5/16 A 0.270-0.315 10.22 4.69 1.63
003296 5202(C) 3/8 A 0.325-0.392 12.50 5.75 1.56
Universal Strandlink (Pickle)
All-grades Strandvise

Used wherever a holding device is required for splicing strand. Universal Strandlink
splices all types, sizes and grades of the specified strands, ranging from 0.140 in.
and 0.520 in. diameter. Recommended for use on Alumnoweld, galvanized
(zinc-coated), aluminized, Bethalume, Copperweld and stainless steel 7-wire,
3-wire strands.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Std. Size (in.) Wire Range
006563
5040(A)
1/4
0.215-0.270

Used to terminate aerial support strand (messenger), and at the top and bottom ends
of down guys. Recommended for use on 7-wire strands and solid wire, galvanized
(zinc-coated), aluminized and Bethalume.
Strand
Size
Bail
(in.)
Type Wire Range
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
003280
5100
1/4
Short 0.240-0.253
003291
5102
3/8
Short 0.360-0.405
003281
5150
1/4
Long 0.240-0.253
13.56
Pole Line Hardware
All-grades Strandlink (Pickle)

HUBBELL ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS
Used wherever a holding device is required for splicing steel strand messengers.
Recommended for use on galvanized (zinc-coated), aluminized and Bethalume 7-wire
strands and solid wire, but not on 3-wire stranded nor Alumnoweld.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Wire Range
006567
5002(B)
0.360-0.405
PR7247V2-142057.tif
Drop-wire Hook
003468
30-01732
Description
Drop-wire hook, Pack of 50
"P" House Hooks for Drop Wire

Used to form a P-Drip Loop in the aerial drop-wire cable at the point of attachment of
the drop-wire clamp or the porcelain knob attachment.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
156830
D2
2-pair
"RE" Drop-wire Clip

PR7248V2-142055.tif
FEATURES
Used to secure coaxial cable drop installations at the building
Accepts bailwire drop-wire clamps, wire grips or messenger wraps
Mechanically galvanized steel ASTM B695
Anixter No. Vendor No. OA Size (in.)
Description
003933
31-00809
3 3/4
Regular house hook
330508
31-10809
4 1/2
Long house hook
Lag Screws
PR7249V2-142059.tif
Used to secure aerial drop wire to wood or masonry surfaces.

Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
156831
RE2
"RE" drop-wire clip
Rolled threads, square heads, hot-dip galvanized Gimlet point, Fetter drive type.
Min. Thread Min. Thread
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. Size (in.) Length (in.) Length (cm)
003951 DF1L2
8722GP
1/4 x 2
1 1/2
2.9
003960 DF6L3
----3/8 x 3
2
9.9
003975 DF7L450 5087541/2 1/2 x 4-1/2 2 3/4
26.2
344069 DF6L4
508744
3/8 x 4
2 1/2
12.8
Drop-wire Clamp
PR11920V2-21585.tif
Drop-wire clamps are used to support both ends of telephone drop, at strand
and building.
FEATURES
Used to support both ends of telephone drop, at strand and building
Suitable for 1- to 2-pair 0.2 in. maximum height and 410 ft. maximum width
6-pair version: 0.3 in. maximum height and 0.5 in. maximum width
13.57
"D" Drop-wire Clip
Stainless steel bail wire on all versions

Bell packaging available
063657 23-44441 Aluminum drop-wire clamp, 1- to 2-pair, serrated
330537 23-44444 Aluminum drop-wire clamp, 1- to 2-pair, serrated,
25/pack
330538 23-44445 Aluminum drop-wire clamp, 1- to 2-pair, serrated,
250/pack
243861 23-88881 Stainless steel drop-wire clamp, 1- to 2- pair,
serrated, 25/pack
140489 23-88885 Stainless steel drop-wire clamp, 1- to 2-pair, serrated,
250/pack
Pole Line Hardware
Straight Forged Thimbleye Bolts with Square Nut

PR7250V2-142054.tif
Bolt
Thread Approx. Wt.
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. Length (in.) Lgth. (in.) lb./100
003826 DF4B12
8912
12
6
170.0
003827 DF4B14
8914
14
6
184.0
003828 DF4B16
8916
16
6
212.0
Square Washers
Hot-dip galvanized. Used for attaching guys to poles, buildings and crossarms,
eliminating the need for thimbles, strain plates, guy hooks and extra strand.
Hot-dip galvanized, 5/8 in. diameter, minimum tensile strength 12,400 lb.
Bolt
Thread Approx. Wt.
003734 DG1F10
5510
10
4
142
003735 DG1F12
5512
12
6
160
003736 DG1F14
5514
14
6
172
003737 DG1F16
5516
16
6
186
Forged Oval Eye Bolts

PR7256V2-142063.tif
PR7252V2-142058.tif
Hot-dip galvanized-curved washers.

FLAT
Hole Dia.
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. Size (in.) (in.)
004149
DF2W2
6812
2 x 1/8
11/16
004150
DF2W4
6813
2 1/4 x 3/16 11/16
For Bolt
Dia. (in.)
5/8
5/8
CURVED
D
Hot-dip galvanized. Used with other pole line hardware items for overhead guying and
dead-ending. 5/8 in. shank diameter, minimum tensile strength 12,400 lb.
Bolt
Thread Approx. Wt.
003709 DF2E12
29962
12
6
160
003710 DF2E14
29964
14
6
176
003712 DF2E16
29966
16
6
200
Anixter No.
004162
004164
070023
McGraw No.
DF4W2
DF4W4
DF4W9
Chance No.
6822
6823 1/2
6825
Size (in.)
2 1/4 x 3/16
3 x 1/4
3 1/4 x 1/4
Hole Dia.
(in.)
11/16
11/16
13/16
For Bolt
Dia. (in.)
5/8
5/8
3/4
Eye Nuts
PR7253V2-142060.tif
Machine Bolts
PR7251V2-142061.tif
Square head and square nut, hot-dip galvanized

5/8 in. diameter. Minimum tensile strength: 12,400 lb.
3/4 in. diameter. Minimum tensile strength: 18,350 lb.
Bolt
Thread Approx. Wt.
003806 DF3B6
8806
6
3
68.0
003808 DF3B8
8808
8
4
82.0
003811 DF3B10
8810
10
6
98.0
003812 DF3B12
8812
12
6
112.0
003813 DF3B14
8814
14
6
128.0
003814 DF3B16
8816
16
6
146.0
003815 DF3B18
8818
18
6
162.0
13.58
THIMBLEYE NUTS
For attaching to thru-bolts or threaded end of straight or angle thimbleye bolts for
straight-away head guys. Nuts are contoured to minimize bending and kinking of
guy strand.
For Bolt Max. Strand Weight
lb./100
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. Dia. (in.) Size (in.)
003904
DG1E1
6510
5/8
1/2
92
OVALEYE NUTS
For dead-ending, fits back-guying and attaching pole head guys on the threaded
ends of crossarm bolts.
For Bolt Max. Strand Weight
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. Dia. (in.) Size (in.)
lb./100
003906
DG2E3
6502
5/8
1/2
63
Pole Line Hardware
Guy Hook (Ram's Horn)
Tripleye No-wrench Screw Anchors

PR7257V2-142053.tif
PR7255V2-142062.tif
Accommodates guy strand at a 90 angle to the pole. May be used for down-guy
attachment with excellent load-holding capabilities.
Description
002755 GH5ILS
5/8 in. bolt
Dia.
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. (in.)
002707
DA1N1
4345
4
002711
DA2N1
6346
6
Rod
Dia.
(in.)
3/4
3/4
Rod
Lgth.
(ft.)
4 1/2
5 1/2
Approx.
Wt.
lb./100
805
1,087
Anchor Rods
Lashed Cable Supports

PR7264V2-142064.tif
Hot-dip galvanized rods.

Rod Dia.
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. (in.)
002902 DA3S8
5328
3/4
002893 DA1D6
5346
5/8
002903 DA2D8
5358
3/4
055564 DA6 T10
7574
1 1/4
Rod Lgth.
(ft.)
8
6
8
10
Approx. Wt.
lb./100
1,250
650
1,270
4,400
Expanding Anchors
CHANCE
PR7254V2-142056.tif
Anixter No.
003509
039522
043038
Vendor No.
34-08912
34-08922
34-08932
Max. Size
Lgth. (in.)
10
16
22
Qty.
Dia. (in.)
3/4
13/16
2
Cable
Cir. (in.)
2 5/16
3 5/8
6 5/16
Per
Ctn.
500
500
300
Drive Rings
PR7265V2-142065.tif
Hole
Size
Anixter No. Chance No. (in.)
002716
88135
8
Area
Square
(in.)
0.135
Rod
Approx.
Size
Anchors Wt.
(in.)
per Ctn. lb./100
5/8, 3/4 6
60
Anixter No.
003940
003942
003944
003946
Vendor No.
30-00801
30-00804
30-00805
30-00807
Fiber
Capacity
1/2
5/8
7/8
1 1/4
Length
(in.)
2 1/16
2 1/4
2 9/16
2 15/16
No. per
Box
50
25
25
25
Std.
Pkg.
2,500
1,000
500
250
13.59
Hot-dip galvanized, welded helix.
Pole Line Hardware
Bonded Copper Ground Rods
Ground Clamps
PR7266V2-142068.tif
For cable to driven rod. Ground rod fabricated of extra-high-strength steel core for
greater rigidity in driving. Completely covered with uniform thickness of positively
bonded, electrolytically pure copper for lasting corrosion resistance. Copper coating
is hard for abrasion resistance in rocky soil. REA and UL Listed.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Rod Size (in. x ft.)
002935
611255
1/2 x 5
002942
611380
1/2 x 8
Ground Rods
Galvanized ground rods with cone point for easy driving and a plain end for attaching
a ground-rod clamp.
Anixter No. Chance No. Diameter (in.) Length (in.) Weight lb./100
002951 8578
5/8
8
800
PR7271V2-142067.tif

077217
8981
AK Stamp C Ground Clamp. For grounding to
cold-water pipe, electrical conduit or
grounding rods
006325
J
Blackburn Cast bronze. For grounding wire to
water pipe
Cast Ground Rod Clamps

PR11917V2-217274.tif
Ground-rod Clamps
PR7267V2-142069.tif
D
Hot-dip galvanized. 5/8 in. rod diameter; 3/8 in. x 7/8 in. set screw size; No. 10-1/0
ground wire.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
089722
C2030344
Ground-rod clamps
For cable to driven rod. Designed to maintain perfect alignment between ground wire
and rod. Maintains constant high-pressure contact. Cast of high-strength aluminum
bronze, having a tensile strength of 75,000 psi.
Nom. Rod
Anixter No. Vendor No. Dia. (in.) Wire Range
330486
JAB58H
5/8
1/0 str. max. to 8 sol. min.
Span Clamps
"D" Cable Lashing Clamps (Bug Nuts)
PR7272V2-142075.tif
PR7270V2-142700.tif
Furnished with double-ended stud bolt and washers and free-running nuts, all
galvanized. Packed 100 per box, 300 per carton. Weight: 15.3 lb./100.
One nut secures clamp to strand/messenger, other nut secures lashing wire
between washers.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
003230
26-09010
"D" cable lashing clamps
13.60
Attaches drop grip to strand.

003236
27-00869
Style
C
Std. Pkg.
50
Lb./100
44.0
Pole Line Hardware
Jumper Clamps
"E" Cable Lashing Clamps
ARRIS INTERNATIONAL
Clamps ground wire to strand.
Description
Jumper clamps
One- and Two-hole Clamps
Cable Suspension Clamps

CHANCE
PR7274V2-142081.tif
These clamps are used in CATV, telephone, LAN and other utility installations to
support and secure cable, wire conduit and pipe. All clamps are made of high-quality
steel and are galvanized to resist corrosion. One-hole clamps are available in a full
range of sizes to accommodate 3/16 in. to 1 1/4 in. cable. Two-hole clamps are
available in a full range of sizes to accommodate 7/16 in. to 3 1/2 in. cable. REA
accepted. Manufactured in USA.
ONE-HOLE CLAMPS
Part No. 003253 is used on very light cables.

Part Nos. 003256 and 003258 are used on straight runs.
Part No. 003260 is used at corners and angles.
Clamp Lgth. Strand Dia.
(in.)
Anixter No. (in.)
Description
003253
2 1/2
1/4 - 7/16 1 bolt straight suspension
003256
5 3/4
1/4 - 7/16 3 bolt straight suspension
003258
5 3/4
1/4 - 7/16 3 bolt straight suspension, flat
keeper plate
003260
7
1/4 - 7/16 3 bolt angle suspension
Guy Clamps
CHANCE
PR7275V2-142082.tif
Parallel grooves trap strand tightly without marring. Plate halves align evenly for easy
application. Each bolt has a shoulder to prevent turning while tightening.
No. Bolt Dia. Clamp Lgth. Clamp Wdth.
(in.)
(in.)
Anixter No. Chance No. Bolts (in.)
002803 6461
3
5/8
6
1 21/32

003842 24-80004
003846 24-80007
003848 24-80008
003850 24-80010
003852 24-80012
003854 24-80016
043251 24-80018
PR11918V2-25488.tif
Cable Size (in.)

1/4
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1 1/8
Nearest Pipe Size (in.)

--------1/4
----1/2
3/4
-----
13.61
These clamps are the same as the "D'' type except the plates are of one-piece
construction.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Qty. per Box Qty. per Ctn. Weight lb./100
003232 26-09020 100
300
11
FUNCTION

322610
209589
PR7276V2-142073.tif
PR7374V2-142098.tif
Pole Line Hardware

(continued)
One- and Two-hole Clamps
TWO-HOLE CLAMPS
PR11919V2-25485.tif
FEATURES
Used to support and protect drop wire runs from abrasion
Porcelain ring has 9.32 in. diagonal opening
Shank mechanically galvanized ASTM B695
Wood screw type
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
003939
31-00810
1 5/8 in. eye size
003937
31-00812
1 1/4 in. eye size
Figure 8 Tangent Support Clamp

PR7281V2-142077.tif
Used to support cable, conduit or pipe; offset provides a grip on multisize cable;
mechanically galvanized steel ASTM B695.
Anixter No.
330509
330517
330524
330525
330526
330529
330531
330532
Vendor No.
25-80100
25-80120
25-80140
25-80160
25-80200
25-80300
25-80360
25-80400
Size
10
12
14
16
20
30
36
40
Cable
Size (in.)
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1
1 7/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
Hole
Dia. (in.)
7/32
9/32
9/32
9/32
9/32
9/32
11/32
11/32
D
Pole-mounted Support
Clamps
PR7279V2-142076.tif
For aerial and multipair distribution wire. Used in CATV and telephone aerial
construction to secure Figure 8 aerial cable and multipair distribution wire to the
pole where cable spans are in a straight line or around curves.
5/8 in. through bolt hole diameter.
FEATURES
Used to secure Figure 8 cable to pole
Clamp plate aluminum alloy
Eliminates need to strip messenger
Angle of Thru Bolt Messenger
Approx. Wt.
Anixter No. Vendor No. Tangent Size (in.) Size Range (in.) lb./10
003443 28-09500 0-15 5/8
0.148-0.250
37.5
003446 28-19651 0-35 5/8
0.109-0.134
22.5
Underground Cable Racks and Hooks

Used in CATV and telephone aerial construction to secure cable and multipair
distribution to the pole. For use with 1/2 in. to 5/8 in. through bolts (not furnished).
0.109 in. to 0.134 in. messenger size range.
Approximately 78.8 lb per 100.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
003248
28-09610
Pole-mounted support clamps
CHANCE
PR7282V2-142083.tif
Bridle Rings
PR7280V2-142074.tif
For masonry applications, use lead anchors. For sheetrock applications,

use plastic anchors.
13.62
Hot-dip galvanized racks with hook holes 1 1/2 in. apart. Fasten to manhole or
interior walls with 1/2 in. x 4 in. expansion bolts (not included). Mounting slots
5/8 in. x 3/4 in. at top and bottom of 15 in., 24 in. and 30 in. lengths overlap for
assembly in combinations for overall length desired.
Hot-dipped galvanized hooks with rounded surfaces have 3/16 in. x 3/16 in. slots for
lock clips.
Pole Line Hardware

RACKS
No. of
Support
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No. Holes
003176 DU17B2
C203-1124 8
003177 DU17B3
C203-1125 14
003178 DU17B4
C203-1126 18
Length (in.)
4
7 1/2
10
18
Mt. Hole
Spcg. (in.)
13 1/3
22
28 1/2
Load Rating lb.

600
400
300
200
Detachable Pole Steps

PR7284V2-142071.tif
Approx. Wt.
lb./100
Anixter No. McGraw No. Vendor No. Description
002969 DG8S1
6235
Pole plate, lag screw 62
002970 DG7S1
PS6236 Step
61
Locking Clip
Cable Guards
CHANCE
For use with underground cable racks.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
264498
L1100
PR7286V2-142070.tif
Description
Locking clip
Tension Splice and Deadend

For wire messenger.
Anixter No.
009904
003302
006571
Vendor No.
5056
5058
5062
Description
For wire size 0.062 to 0.100 in.
Hot-dip galvanized cable guards are designed to protect power and telephone cable
at riser installations. Provide maximum protection for cable against collisions and
vandalism. Two cable guard straps are to be used with each cable guard.
Req.
Length Depth Width Mount
Anixter No. McGraw No. Vendor No. Gauge (ft.) (in.) (in.) Strap
003006 DU7P4
653112 14 8
1 1/8 1 1/8 J995
003007 DU7P6
6533
14 8
2 3/16 2 3/16 J996
Station Ground Strap

Used to connect ground or bonding wires to galvanized or copper pipe or conduit. For
use in telephone, communications, CATV or alarm system applications. Clamps
consist of copper strips with brass nuts, screws and washers. UL Listed. Pipe size
0.087 in. to 1.6 in. O.D., ground wire 14 AWG, L.O.A. 6 in. Standard package, 100.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
006345
1
Station ground strap
Pole Steps
CHANCE
PR7285V2-142080.tif
Chance
Anixter No. McGraw No. No.
447618 DG2S3
506125
Approx. Wt.
Size (in.) lb./100
5/8 x 10 98
Cable Guard Mounting Straps

CHANCE
PR7287V2-142078.tif
Hot-dip galvanized, shaped to fit the guards. Straps are used with these cable guards.
Order separately.
Anixter No. Vendor No. McGraw No. Description
003015 6538
DU8P2
1 1/8 in. x 3/4 in. steel size - 9/32 in.
hole size, appox. ship weight
12.8 lb./100 pcs
003016 6539
DU8P3
1/18 in. x 3/4 in. steel size - 9/32 in.
hole size, approx. ship weight
24.3 lb./100 pcs
003017 6540
DU8P4
3/16 in. x 1 in. steel size - 11/32 in.
hole size, approx. ship weight
63.5 lb./100 pcs
13.63
HOOKS
Anixter No. McGraw No. Chance No.
020829 DU4S1
C203-1131
009848 DU4S2
C203-1132
020616 DU4S3
C203-1133
023853 DU4S5
C203-0316
OA Length
(in.)
15
24
30
Pole Line Hardware
Poly/PVC Guy Guards
Plastic Cable Spacers
CHANCE
Bare 3/16 in. to 1/2 in. strand. The tubular body of this guy guard is
made of polyethylene or PVC, which provides improved weathering and
low-temperature characteristics.
The bottom of this guy marker has a strap which makes it difficult for vandals to pull
or twist off once the snap is pushed into the strap.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (ft.)
Color Code
002867
96FRPMYEL
8
Yellow
To be used in lashed cable construction, providing a separation between cable and

strand - lower concave surface bears against the cable, upper concave surface bears
against underside of strand. These cable spacers are of the kinsel type.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Size (in.) Std. Pkg. Ship Ctn.
003485
P-12
1/2
50
500
003489
P-10
1
25
250
Drive Hooks (J-hooks)

PR7290V2-142072.tif
Service Mast Bracket

Attaches to 1 1/4 in. through 3 in. diameter service masts. Front strap is rounded to
prevent damage to bail of the service clamp. Square hole at end of the front slot
captures the carriage bolt head during installation and prevents slippage after
installation. Hot-dip galvanized.
Anixter No. Joslyn No. McGraw No. Chance No. Std. Pkg.
003235
J0590
DC 12M1
C206-0169 50
Serving Sleeves
CHANCE
PR7288V2-142079.tif
Hot-dip galvanized.
Anixter No.
003888
Vendor No.
C2050190
Clamp Lgth. (in.)

7/16 x 4 3/4
Std. Pkg.
500
Aerial Support Ties - Weather-resistant Polypropylene

PANDUIT
PR7291V2-15145.tif
For holding down loose end of guy strand that projects beyond the guy clamp. Flared
end speeds application. Hot-dip galvanized.
Anixter No. Chance No. Strand Size (in.) OA Length (in.)
002811
6454
3/8
1 3/4
Wall Straps
PR7289V2-142066.tif
These wall straps are used for guying and dead-ending messenger strand to
building walls.
CORNER TERMINATION
Anixter No.
Vendor
101439
Chance
003524
Chance
Vendor No.
400302402
DC168B1
OA Length (in.)
24 3/8
16 7/8
RIGHT ANGLE TERMINATION

Anixter No.
Vendor
044342
Chance
Vendor No.
DC13E1
OA Length (in.)
10 5/8
13.64
FEATURES
Designed to attach coax or telephone cable to the 1/4 in. or 5/16 in. support
strand to form the expansion loop and keep equipment and cables clear of
pole hardware
One-piece construction with integral 1/2 in. spacer reduces inventory costs of
separate spacer and bands, and installs faster to lower installed cost
Releasable and reusable
Minimum loop tensile strength: 75 lb., width: 0.448 in., 100 pcs
Length (in.) Max. Bundle Dia. (in.)
105090
AST10-5-C100 5.6
1.00
105087
AST15-5-C100 6.9
1.50
105086
AST25-5-C100 10.0
2.50
14
Test Equipment
Test Equipment
Cable Certification
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Hand-held Category 6A Testers
DTX CableAnalyzer Series

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR10710V2-10857.tif
DIGITAL CABLE ANALYZERS

280602 DTX-1800 120
479732
280630
280631
479733
348996
479734
376839
Description
900 MHz with 9-second Cat 6 Autotest;
includes smart remote, permanent link
and channel adapters, MMC card, USB port
DTX-1800120/GLD DTX-1800 CableAnalyzer with one year of
Gold Support
DTX-1800-M 120
DTX-1800 CableAnalyzer with multimode
DTX fiber modules
DTX-1800-MS 120
DTX-1800 CableAnalyzer with multimode
and single-mode DTX fiber modules
DTX-1800-M120/GLD DTX-1800 with multimode fiber modules
and one year of Gold Support
DTX-1800-MSO 120 Complete DTX-1800 copper/fiber/OTDR
certification kit
DTX-1800-MS120/GLD DTX-1800 with multimode and
single-mode fiber modules and one year of
Gold Support
DTX-1800-MO 120
Complete DTX-1800 copper/fiber
certification kit
GOLD SUPPORT
DTX and Gold bundles include a comprehensive maintenance and support program
for those that cannot afford downtime and are most committed to maintaining their
equipment to the highest standards Gold members are entitled to:
- a free annual calibration and factory refresh with paid shipping and loaner
- priority first-in-queue 24/7 technical assistance via members-only hotline
- free firmware/software upgrades with priority notification
- free accessory replacement
- first-on-bench priority repair with paid next-day shipping and loaner
- member-only training, promotions and resources
- Gold Support pays for itself and you get an even better deal when you purchase the
DTX and Gold together
Description
280632 GLD-DTX
DTX CableAnalyzer one year Gold Support
374470 GLD-DTX-3YEAR
DTX CableAnalyzer and three years of
Gold Support
485586 GLD-DTX-M
DTX-1800-M or DTX-1200-M with one year
of Gold Support
433239 GLD-DTX-MS-3YR
DTX-1800-MS or DTX-1200-MS with three
years of Gold Support
280633 GLD-DTX-FIBERMOD One-year Gold Support for DTX fiber
module set
374473 GLD-DTXFMOD-3YEAR DTX fiber module with three years of
Gold Support
374475 GLD-DTX-MSO
DTX-1800 MSO with one year of
Gold Support
490632 GLD-DTX-MSO-3YR
DTX-1800 MSO three year of Gold Support
398917 GLD-DTX-MO
DTX-1800 MO with one year of
Gold Support
433238 GLD-DTX-MO-3YR
DTX-1800 MO with three years of
Gold Support
433237 GLD-DTX-KIT
DTX-10GKIT or DTX-AXKIT with one year of
Gold Support
14.1
Test Equipment
Fluke Networks' DTX CableAnalyzer Series combines powerful speed and

unprecedented accuracy that no other certification tester can match. Certify a
Cat 6 link faster with a 9-second Cat 6 Autotest and Level III accuracy. This
revolutionary platform combines unmatched copper certification with onboard fiber
OLTS and OTDR modules, easy-to-understand diagnostics, 12-hour battery life, a
bright color display and nearly instant setup and reporting. It reduces total time to
certify, savings you can see on your bottom line - as much as 33 percent of
certification costs per year. DTX - It's all about time!
FEATURES
Exceeds standard requirements for Cat 5e/6/6A/Class E/EA/F/FA
certification testing
Advanced time-saving diagnostics pinpoints faults invisible to other testers
Third-party verified to meet ANSI/TIA-1152 and IEC 61935-1 for Level IIe, III, IIIe,
IV accuracy
Onboard OTDR or OLTS modules for fiber certification to ANSI/TIA and
ISO standards
Fast, reliable and rugged with extended 12-hour battery life and color display
enhance user productivity
The choice of network owners, cabling manufacturers and contractors for
performance audits

Description
485557 DTX-1800MSO120/GLD Complete DTX-1800 copper/fiber/OTDR
certification kit, plus one year of
Gold Support
280613 DTX-1800/SR
DTX-1800 Smart Remote add-on
280615 DTX-LT/SR
DTX-LT Smart Remote add-on
326847 DTX-MFM2
DTX multimode fiber modules - set of two
326853 DTX-GFM2
DTX gigabit multimode fiber modules - set
of two
326854 DTX-SFM2
DTX single-mode fiber modules - set of two
441698 DTX-PC5ES
DTX patch cord test adapter set for Cat 5e
patch cord testing
441699 DTX-PC6S
DTX patch cord test adapter set for
Cat 6 patch cord testing
441700 DTX-PC6AS
DTX patch cord test adapter set for Cat 6A
patch cord testing
Test Equipment
Cable Certification
DTX CableAnalyzer OTDR Module
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORKS
Next-generation Certifier
PR20666V2-82244.tif
Fluke Networks' compact OTDR module is the latest enhancement to the DTX
CableAnalyzer - a revolutionary test platform. In addition to performing copper
certification and diagnostics, your team can become fiber-test experts when you
decide to grow your business and turn your cable tester into an OTDR. This
full-featured, compact OTDR module snaps onto a DTX CableAnalyzer and provides
unmatched ease of use for premises fiber testing. Choose a kit that includes a DTX
mainframe and Smart Remote, options for copper certification, optical loss/length
capability, or order a module and software that can be installed on your own
DTX CableAnalyzer.
FEATURES
Test and troubleshoot fiber like an expert with the easy-to-use DTX
compact OTDR
Shoot OTDR traces on single-mode and multimode links at 850 nm, 1300 nm,
D
1310 nm and 1550
nm
Perform basic loss/length certification and extended (OTDR trace) certification
with one powerful cable tester
Diagnose hard-to-find fiber failures with DTX compact OTDR and resolve simple
cable faults and polarity problems with built-in VFL
Produce professional certification test reports with LinkWare
results-management software
Description
348997 DTX-QUAD-OTDR
DTX compact OTDR kit with mainframe
348998 DTX-OTDR-KIT
DTX compact OTDR kit
348999 DTX-OTDR/LL-KIT
Complete DTX fiber certification add-on kit
349000 DTX-OTDR-QMOD
DTX compact OTDR
GOLD SUPPORT
395550 GLD-DTX-OTDR
485594
GLD-DTX-OTDR-3YR
JDSU
PR32267V2-237781.tif
JDSU Test and Measurement's NGC Cable Certifier has the highest-frequency sweep
on the market, sweeping up to 1,600 MHz to protect your investment. The
revolutionary Touch2 design, with intuitive touch screen at both ends, makes using
the Certifier40G the easiest ANSI/TIA cable certifier. Minimize time spent transferring
results off the tester with the capacity to store more than 2,000 full Cat 6A graph
results as well as transfer data via the USB flash drive. The full screen at both ends
allows users in the field to minimize their walking time by initiating, configuring and
storing tests from either side of a link or channel. The platform combines the ability
to certify copper as well as perform optical loss test with fiber modules.
FEATURES
Surpasses ANSI/TIA-568 requirements for Cat 5/5e/6/6A and Class E/EA/FA/F
Exceeds ANSI/TIA-1152 Level IV accuracy over the full Class FA spectrum
Revolutionary large touch screen with Touch2 two-ended control
Fastest Cat 6A/Class FA test with 9-second Cat 6A test time and 15-second Class
FA test
Easy-to-use integrated planning software
Tier 1 fiber-testing modules available for multimode or single-mode fiber testing
CERTIFIER40G
434525 NGC-4500-FA-NA
441500
Description
DTX-OTDR and DTX-OTDR-KIT with one year
of Gold Support
DTX-OTDR-QMOD and DTX-OTDR-KIT with
three years of Gold Support
441502
441709
441710
434526
441711
14.2
Description
1,600 MHz with 9-second Cat 6A and
15-second Class FA certification with more
than 500 MB flash memory and 1 GB USB
flash drive included for flexible test
record storage
NGC-4500-MM-NA
Certifier40G Class FA and MM kit: includes
all items in NGC-4500-FA-NA with
additional multimode fiber modules
NGC-4500-MMSM-NA Certifier40G Class FA , MM and SM kit:
includes all items in NGC-4500-FA-NA with
additional multimode and single-mode
fiber modules
NGC-4500-MM2
Certifier40G multimode adapter pair
NGC-4500-SM2
Certifier40G single-mode adapter pair
NGC-4500-6ACH2
Certifier40G Cat 6A channel adapter pair
NGC-4500-6ALINT1 Cat 6A permanent link interface adapter.
When mated to Cat 6A permanent link test
cord, supports Cat 6A (and below)
permanent link certification testing
Test Equipment
Cable Certification
Description
441712 NGC-4500-6ALCORD1 Cat 6A permanent link test cord. When
mated to Cat 6A permanent link interface
adapter NGC-4500-6ALINT1, supports
Cat 6A (and below) permanent link
441713 NGC-4500-BAT1
Battery pack for Certifier40G
MAXCARE
441714 NGC-4500-FA-EW
441715
NGC-4500-FA-MC1Y
441716
NGC-4500-FA-MC
441717
NGC-4500-FA-MC3
LanTEK II Series Cable Certifiers

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23118V2-160108.tif
The IDEAL LanTEK II series cable certifiers offer speed, performance and accuracy at a
great price. Eleven-second Cat 5e and 14 second Cat 6 tests with full performance
data, plus 10 gigabit alien crosstalk testing that's more than four times faster, make
LanTEK II the ultimate copper certification platform. The patented universal adapter
system lets you certify most cabling with off-the-shelf patch cords saving time and
money by eliminating the need for proprietary permanent link adapters.
The new optional FiberTEK FDX modules give extraordinary, fast fiber testing with the
first dual wavelength, bi-directional fiber certification capability. The new IDEAL
DataCENTER (IDC) software puts the power in the fingertips of the user. The main test
grid display can be customized and sorted by virtually any test parameter. IDC offers
many reporting options such as detailed, brief and single line report, plus export data
in XML, CSV or PDF format making it the most user-friendly and powerful cable
reporting software on the market today.
All testers include LanTEK II display and remote handset, two smart lithium-ion
batteries, two 110-240 V power adapters with U.S./EU/UK plugs, lockable semi-rigid
carrying case, Cat 6A/FTP patch cords, USB cable, DataCENTER data management and
reporting software, two headsets, hanging straps and ETL accuracy certificate.
14.3
Test Equipment
Description
Extension of standard warranty for
one year
MaxCare first year: service package
includes annual calibration, accessory
replacement and loaner units during
first year
MaxCare: service package includes
extended warranty, tech support, annual
calibration, accessory replacement and
loaner units
MaxCare first three years: service package
includes extended warranty, tech support,
annual calibration, accessory replacement
and loaner units for first three years
FEATURES
Three models are available at 350 MHz, 500 MHz and 1,000 MHz for the best
performance and price options, all with accuracy independently verified by ETL
High-speed testing saves time and money
The most internal memory available - store more than 1,700 Category 6/ISO E
tests with graphics
Patented testing method which eliminates expensive permanent link adapters
and tests with patch cords for most installations
Large, ultra-bright display - a 4.3 in. wide-screen display with white LED
backlighting provides easy viewing of high-frequency data plots
350 MHz and 500 MHz models are fully upgradable to 1,000 MHz
Smart lithium-ion battery technology - 18-hour battery life with self-calibrating
"fuel gauge" for accurate capacity readings
Description
386921 33-991
LanTEK II-350, ANSI/TIA/ISO/IEC Cat 6,
Class E certifier with Cat 6 adapters
386923 33-992
LanTEK II-500, ANSI/TIA/ISO/IEC Cat 6A,
Class EA certifier with Cat 6A adapters
386924 33-993
LanTEK II-1000, ANSI/TIA/ISO/IEC Cat 7A,
Class F/FA certifier with Cat 6A adapters
442368 33-993-FA01
LanTEK II-1000 with MM LED FiberTEK
FDX kit
442369 33-993-FA02
LanTEK II-1000 with MM VSCEL/laser
FiberTEK FDX kit
442370 33-993-FA03
LanTEK II-1000 with SM laser FiberTEK
FDX kit
442371 33-993-FA04
LanTEK II-1000 with MM LED and SM laser
FiberTEK FDX kit
442372 33-993-FA05
LanTEK II-1000 with MM VSCEL and SM
laser FiberTEK FDX kit
442373 LT2-CP-3
Three-year care plan for LanTEK II.
Three-year warranty, annual calibration
and accessory replacement
Test Equipment
Cable Certification
10 Gigabit Alien-crosstalk Testing Kit
Test Equipment
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
FiberTEK FDX Testing Kits

PR23117V2-160114.tif
Perform a standard 6-around-1 cable test with PS ANEXT and PS AACR-F results for
both ends of the cable in as little as 5 1/2 minutes compared to more than
20 minutes for some competitive units.
FEATURES
Add alien-crosstalk testing capability to any LanTEK 6A, LanTEK 7G,
LanTEK II-500 or LanTEK II-1000 tester
Perform PS alien NEXT and attenuation to alien-crosstalk ratio measurements
Unique dual-port AXT adapter allows PS ANEXT testing with just one handset for
quick initial site testing
Dual-handset mode allows complete AXT certification four times faster than
other AXT test systems
No PC required in the field - all test results calculated on-the-fly for instant
pass/fail indication
D
Kit includes two
dual-port AXT adapters, 12 AXT terminators, shielded patch
cords, manual, firmware update and PC reporting software
Description
383357 LANTEK10GBKIT
Alien-crosstalk testing kit
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR28552V2-208955.tif
The FiberTEK FDX option allows users to add full Tier 1, standards-compliant
certification capability to IDEAL LanTEK II certifiers. Tier 1 certification utilizes a light
source and power meter to measure the power loss of optical cabling. The only
solution that completely eliminates the need to swap fiber or modules, allowing
complete one-step certification of horizontal and backbone cabling, twice as fast as
any other fiber certification testers.
Contents include two FiberTEK FDX modules, lockable semirigid carrying case, SC, FC
and ST adapters for modules (two each), SC-SC patch cords (multimode kits: 3 x
62.5 m, 3 x 50 m; single-mode kits: 3 x 9 m SMF)-compliant to the ISO/IEC
14763-3 standard, quick reference guide and electronic operation manual.
FEATURES
Complies with ANSI/TIA/ISO/IEC certification standards
Four attenuation measurements plus length in one press of the Autotest button
Available with both LED and VCSEL/laser multimode sources for 10/100 Mbps or
1/10G certification
Real-time power meter to aid in troubleshooting active equipment
Field-changeable adapters (SC, ST and FC) eliminate the need to carry multiple
hybrid launch cords
Description
386941 33-990-FA01
Multimode (850/1300 nm) kit with LED
light sources for standard multimode fiber,
850 nm LED and 1300 nm LED
386942 33-990-FA02
Multimode (850/1300 nm) kit with VCSEL/
laser light sources for laser-optimized
fiber, 850 nm VCSEL, 1300 nm FP laser
386943 33-990-FA03
Single-mode (1310/1550 nm) kit with
laser light sources for single-mode fiber,
1310 nm FP laser and 1550 FP laser
386944 33-990-FA04
Combination multimode/single-mode with
LED multimode sources and laser
single-mode sources (part numbers
386941 and 386943)
386946 33-990-FA05
Combination multimode/single-mode kit
with VCSEL/laser multimode sources and
laser single-mode sources (part numbers
386942 and 386943)
PLANS
Three-year care plan for FiberTEK FDX. Three-year warranty, annual calibration
Description
442375 FDX-CP-3
For FA01, FA02 and FA03 kits
442376 FDX2-CP-3
For FA04 and FA05 kits
14.4
Test Equipment
SAN Testing
./
X-GIG SAS/SAN/SATA Tester

JDSU
PR33636V2-248003.tif
Test Equipment
The JDSU storage network test solutions are the premier tools available for supporting
deployment and diagnostic/troubleshooting requirements of storage area networks
within the data center. Solutions exist for support of native Fibre Channel SANs as
well as converged Ethernet environments that are using Fibre Channel over Ethernet
(FCoE). Solutions also exist for stand-alone storage analysis requirements for
everything from SD/SDIO/MMC to CompactFlash to USB technologies.
FEATURES
Detailed protocol analysis and decode of all storage technologies
Fibre Channel support for 1, 2, 4, 8 and 10G speeds
Ethernet support for 1 and 10G speeds
SAS/SATA support for 1.5, 3.0 and 6.0G speeds
Analyzer, data generation and SAN fabric load testing up to
100 percent bandwidth
For more information, part-number configurations and adapters,
contact your local sales office.
14.5
Test Equipment
Network Analysis/Testing
441263 OPVXG-EXPT
./
OptiView XG Network Analysis Tablet

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR33627V2-247674.tif
Test Equipment
444722
Network engineer's tablet with dedicated custom hardware for automated network
and application analysis in the deployment and troubleshooting of new technologies.
Unique features including proactive analysis, path analysis and application-centric
analysis get to root cause faster than ever before.
FEATURES
Tablet form factor with powerful consolidated functionalities providing
automated analysis for 10/100 Mbps, 1/10 Gbps and 802.11a/b/g/n
wireless LANs
Intuitive user interface with smart navigation and built-in intelligent guided
problem solving plus user customizable dashboards providing the flexibility to
view data as needed
Application-centric analysis providing a high-level view of the health of the
applications on the network with the capability to analyze the performance of
D
the network infrastructure's
underlying business-critical applications (path
analysis) to ensure a consistent end-user experience
Guided troubleshooting with automated diagnostics and granular data to solve
problems before they escalate
Detailed, fast network discovery for instant visibility of what's out there and
where it's connected in minutes
OPTIVIEW XG
441260 OPVXG
444703 OPVXG/GLD
441261
OPVXG-10G
444710
OPVXG-10G/GLD
441262
OPVXG-PRO
444724
OPVXG-PRO/GLD
14.6
Description
OptiView XG - network analysis tablet (GIG)
with one year of Gold Support (also
available in three-year coverage: OPVXG/
GLD3)
OptiView XG - network analysis tablet
(10 GIG)
(10 GIG) with one year of Gold Support
(also available in three-year
coverage: OPVXG-10G/GLD3)
with Wi-Fi analyzer and Spectrum XT
with Wi-Fi analyzer and Spectrum XT with
one year of Gold Support (also available in
three-year coverage: OPVXG-PRO/GLD3)
OPVXG-EXPT/GLD
GOLD SUPPORT
443522 GLD-OPVXG
443529 GLD3-OPVXG
443523 GLD-OPVXG-10G
443530 GLD3-OPVXG-10G
443524 GLD-OPVXG-PRO
443531 GLD3-OPVXG-PRO
443525 GLD-OPVXG-EXPT
443532 GLD3-OPVXG-EXPT
Description
(10 GIG) with Wi-Fi analyzer and
Spectrum XT
(10 GIG) with Wi-Fi analyzer and Spectrum
XT with one year of Gold Support (also
available in three-year
coverage: OPVXG-EXPT/GLD3)
Description
OPVXG: One year of Gold Support
OPVXG: Three years of Gold Support
OPVXG-10G: One year of Gold Support
OPVXG-10G: Three years of Gold Support
OPVXG -PRO: One year of Gold Support
OPVXG -PRO: Three years of Gold Support
OPVXG- EXPT: One year of Gold Support
OPVXG- EXPT: Three years of Gold Support
Please contact your local sales representative for more information on the
OptiView XG Network Analysis Tablet. Your sales representative can help you
choose models, options, accessories and Gold Supervision support
programs to suit your needs.
Enterprise Services Application Module (ESAM) for the

T-BERD/MTS-4000 Platform
JDSU
PR33640V2-248027.tif
The Enterprise Services Application Module (ESAM) from JDSU addresses the
challenge of maintaining network availability. The ESAM is designed for JDSU's T-BERD
4000 platform, which recently won the "Best in Test" award from Test and
Measurement World in the Communications Network Test category.
The ESAM provides the industry's broadest range of enterprise-testing capabilities for
IT organizations that require a tool to quickly isolate and resolve network issues, which
reduces network downtime, lost productivity and associated costs.
FEATURES
Verify that copper cables support Gigabit Ethernet
Test network connectivity
Discover network devices
Analyze network utilization and traffic patterns
Use Wireshark to analyze captured PCAP files at wirespeed
Provides Layer 1-7 protocol capture and expert analysis
Offers wirespeed deep packet statistics and analysis
Test Equipment
A modular platform with many options:
- VoIP phone emulation
- Optical power meter/visual fault locator/OTDR module
- Fiber inspection probe with automated pass/fail
- Wi-Fi testing
ESAM WITH T-BERD 4000 BASE
441728 TB4-DIS-LAN
441730 TB4-DIS-LANVOIPWLAN
441731 TB4000-GOVT-LAN
441732
441733
TB4-DIS-LANOPMVFL
TB4-DIS-LANPKG
ACCESSORIES
441738 FBP-SD01
Description
ESAM with T-BERD 4000 base
With VoIP and Wi-Fi
With VoIP CISCO and UNISTIM call
manager software
With OPM, VFL and scope
With VoIP, Wi-Fi, OPM, VFL and scope
Description
Digital fiber inspection probe microscope
(USB 2.0), FiberChek2 software,
interchangeable FBPT inspection tips (4) in
hard case, SC and LC bulkhead tips,
1.25 mm patch cord tips and hard-sided
carrying case
EtherScope Series II Network Assistant

FLUKE NETWORKS
415189
ES2-PRO-SX/I-ACK
288287
GLD-ES
395549
GLD-ES-3YR
427497
ES-SWUGD-V5
Description
LAN analyzer with fiber option: Series II
mainframe, 1000BASE-SX transceiver,
protective boot, carrying strap,
rechargeable Li-Ion battery pack, AC
adapter/battery charger, CompactFlash
card, remote wiremap adapter (ID #1),
patch cable, RJ45 adapter, Getting Started
Guide, resource CD and carrying case
LAN and WLAN analyzer with fiber and
ProVision/RFC2544 options, plus an
AirCheck Wi-Fi tester: Series II mainframe,
1000BASE-SX transceiver, 802.11a/b/g
CardBus adapter, directional antenna,
protective boot, carrying strap,
rechargeable Li-Ion battery pack, AC
adapter/battery charger, CompactFlash
card, remote wiremap adapter (ID #1),
patch cable, RJ45 adapter, Getting Started
Guide, resource CD, carrying case,
additional ProVision/RFC2544-related
features, plus an AirCheck Wi-Fi tester
One year of Gold Support; covers any
EtherScope mainframe
Three years of Gold Support; covers any
EtherScope mainframe
Version 5 software upgrade for all
EtherScope models
PR33718V2-248853.tif
A handheld Gigabit LAN and 802.11 wireless LAN analyzer that assists network
professionals with installation, validation and troubleshooting. Install and integrate
infrastructure easily by testing, verifying and fixing configuration issues during
deployment. Validate network performance and service delivery by measuring key
performance attributes and the availability and responsiveness of essential
resources. Diagnose LAN health with one click. Close trouble tickets fast with guided
drill-downs to the root cause. Audit the performance of the network on a regular,
periodic basis to identify and correct emerging issues. The EtherScope Network
Assistant makes testing so simple practically anyone can troubleshoot
problems instantly.
FEATURES
Analyze Gigabit twisted-pair and fiber optic LANs, and 802.11 wireless LANs
Troubleshoot problems fast with guided analysis and intelligent drill-downs
Measure and assess Ethernet LAN/WAN link performance and SLA compliance
Validate the availability and responsiveness of LAN services
14.7
Test Equipment
For more information and part-number configurations,


328391 ES2-LAN-SX
Test Equipment
OneTouch AT Network Assistant

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67026V2-528622.tif
ACCESSORIES
215827 1TS2-RPT
479762
479763
479764
Test Equipment
479765
479766
The OneTouch AT Network Assistant is an all-in-one field-ready Gigabit, fiber optic
and Wi-Fi network troubleshooter. Get a client view of network performance - from the
cable, through the wired and wireless infrastructure, to local and cloud-hosted
network services and applications - all in a single automated test. Create test scripts
tailored to your network, your services and your applications. Prove that your Wi-Fi
network is operating at peak performance with the exclusive Veri-Fi test. Identify and
resolve problems quickly with clear pass/fail indicators and dynamic Wi-Fi analysis.
Capture packets via the built-in copper/fiber inline filtering TAP. Control remotely via
Web-enabled devices.
FEATURES
All-in-one, field-ready, handheld troubleshooter for Gigabit copper, fiber optic
and a/b/g/n Wi-Fi networks
Troubleshoot network performance from the client connection through the cable,
the wired and DWi-Fi infrastructure, and to key network services hosted locally
and within private and public clouds
Turn anyone into a troubleshooting expert with customized test scripts for your
network, your services and your applications
Get answers in seconds with the one-touch AutoTest and intuitive user interface
Prove that your Wi-Fi network is operating at peak performance with the
exclusive Veri-Fi test
Solve complex network and application issues by capturing packets between the
client and network with the built-in copper/fiber filtering TAP
Collaborate with colleagues and extend your troubleshooting reach by
controlling the OneTouch AT remotely via any Web-enabled device
ONETOUCH AT
479743 1T-1000
479744 1T-2000
479747 1T-3000
479755 1T-3000-FI
479758 1T-3000-CSA
479759
1T-3000-LRAT2KIT
479760
1T-3000-ACK-LRAT2
479761
1T-3000-ESLSI-LRAT
14.8
Description
OneTouch AT LAN fiber
OneTouch AT LAN fiber WLAN
OneTouch AT LAN fiber WLAN inline capture
OneTouch AT 3000 + fiber inspection kit
OneTouch AT 3000 + ClearSight analyzer
software on CD
OneTouch AT 3000 + LinkRunner AT
2000 kit
OneTouch AT 3000 +
AirCheck-LinkRunner AT 2000 kit
OneTouch AT 3000 + EtherScope LAN SX I
+ LinkRunner AT 2000
479767
479768
479769
479770
479771
479772
Description
OneTouch software to create network
inventory and monitor collisions
and errors
1T-WLAN-OPT
OneTouch AT WLAN option
1T-IN-CAP-OPT
OneTouch AT inline and capture
1T-WLAN-IN-CAP-OPT OneTouch AT WLAN, inline and
capture option
1T-2000-MOD
OneTouch AT module LAN fiber WLAN
1T-3000-MOD
OneTouch AT module LAN fiber WLAN inline
and capture
1T-ANT
OneTouch AT external directional antenna
1T-1000/GLD
OneTouch AT 1000 and Gold Support
1T-2000/GLD
1T-3000/GLD
GLD-1T
One-year Gold Support, OneTouch AT
GLD3-1T
Three-year Gold Support, OneTouch AT
LanXPLORER PRO Inline Gigabit Network Tester

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33679V2-248533.tif
The LanXPLORER PRO is an inline tester with active and passive troubleshooting
capabilities for Ethernet connectivity and cabling issues in multimedia environments,
including copper, fiber and Wi-Fi. It has a state-of-the-art touch screen and large,
clear color display. With full inline and endpoint test capabilities, the LanXPLORER
PRO tests not only copper cables but also active LAN connections over copper and
fiber links. In addition, it liberates the user from cables by allowing most tests to be
conducted through a wireless connection offering unparalleled flexibility. It is a
perfect tool to meet the needs of professional IT and network installers, facilities
maintenance, network cabling companies, IT consultants and systems administrators
in any enterprise, campus or industrial Ethernet environment.
FEATURES
Troubleshoot passive cabling and active networks
Touch-and-test user interface
3 1/2 in. QVGA color display for crystal-clear graphical interpretation of results
like wiremap
Copper, fiber and Wi-Fi testing
Peak, instant, 30-second and continuous bandwidth monitoring
PoE and PoE+ endpoint and inline testing with load simulation
Device discovery and top-talker identification
Advanced wiremapping capabilities - tests cables by pin and pair
Does split-pair detection and length measurements
Virtual keyboard allows easier and much faster data input
Touch screen navigation allows tests to be completed within three steps
Test Equipment
SM and MM SFP options, 1000BASE-SX, LX and ZX support
Link LED blink for visual fiber tracing
DHCP client, ping and traceroute tests with VLAN support
Full bandwidth Layer 1, 2 and 3 loopback device
Diagnostic statistics including top-10 talkers, protocols, error generation and
packet-size distribution
Hub blink test with color-switching on supported devices
Wi-Fi features
Identification of active network devices with network discovery function
Comparison of active network devices against historical data with network
verify function
DHCP client, ping and traceroute tests with VLAN support
802.11 b, g and n support
Identification of access points, Service Set Identifiers (SSID), channels in use,
signal strength and security settings
Detection of channel conflicts
ACCESSORIES
435658 150054
435662 150050
435663 150053
435664 150052
435665 150058
435666
SFP-850-1
435667
SFP-1310-1
435669
SFP-1550-1
435671
62-164
Description
Active remote #1
Active remote set #2 - #12
NiMH battery pack
Power supply with U.S./EU/UK plugs
RJ45 insertion/extraction tool, 10 x
Lifejack RJ45 inserts
1000BASE-SX fiber kit includes 850 nm
SFP (Small Form Factor pluggable) SX
transceiver and LC/SC duplex
multimode cable
1000BASE-LX fiber kit includes 1310 nm
SFP (Small Form Factor pluggable) LX
transceiver and LC/SC duplex
multimode cable
Pair of 1550 nm SFP modules,
1000BASE-ZX, jumpers not included
IDEAL amplifier probe
NetTool Series II Inline Network Tester

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR19972V2-61711.tif
Isolate and document network device and application connectivity issues in seconds.
See connectivity to key network devices and services with NetProve diagnostics - the
fastest way to isolate the source of the problem - whether the cause is the LAN, WAN,
firewall, server or application. Create comprehensive reports of your network.
FEATURES
NetProve diagnostics: Isolate device and application connectivity issues
in seconds
Quickly resolve and document network problems with powerful inline visibility
into 10/100/gig links between switches, PCs, IP phones and other devices
Connect inline for visibility into VoIP calls to quickly diagnose IP phone boot-up
and call-control problems and to measure key call-quality metrics
Verify readiness of PoE systems and troubleshoot PoE device problems
IntelliTone digital cable location and isolation technology speeds
cable troubleshooting
NETTOOL TESTERS
334970 NTS2-VOIP
334961
NTS2-PRO
355006
NTS2-NSKIT
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

334971 NTS2-VOIP-OPT
381990
NTS2-MONAUTH-OPT
Description
10/100/1000 inline testing, VoIP
application, NetProve, PoE, IntelliTone
toning, reporter
10/100/1000 inline testing, NetProve,
PoE, IntelliTone toning, reporter
10/100/1000 Mbps inline, VoIP option,
NetSecure option, NetProve diagnostics,
IntelliTone toning, IntelliTone Pro
200 probe, NetTool connect PC software,
WireView Wiremappers #1-6, set of 4 AA
alkaline batteries, NiMH battery/charger
kit, USB to mini-USB cable, Ethernet cable,
Getting Started Guide, CD with
multilanguage user manuals, TPAK meter
hanging kit and deluxe carrying case
Description
VoIP option to upgrade an NTS2-PRO to
NTS2-VOIP. Upgradeable by the customer
via a key code and the NetTool
connect software
Monitoring and authentication option
GOLD EXCHANGE SUPPORT SERVICES

Description
256104 GLD-NT
Gold Exchange Support; one year of
NetTool standard
14.9
Test Equipment
LANXPLORER
LanXPLORER PRO package includes: test unit, active wiremap remote ID #1, NiMH
battery pack, Cat 5e STP patch cables, power supply, amplifier probe, RJ45 insert
extraction tool, 10 x Lifejack RJ45 inserts, external USB high-sensitivity Wi-Fi
antenna, user CD manual, carrying case and quick reference guide
Description
435655 33-942P
LanXPLORER PRO
437722 33-941P
LanXPLORER plus
438135 33-940B
LanXPLORER basic tester
Test Equipment
ACCESSORIES
485746 GLD-LRAT
485747 GLD3-LRAT
415193 WBP-LION
461209 LRAT-HOLSTER
346691 WIREVIEW 1
328751 WIREVIEW 2-6
303639 CIQ-RJA
357012 MS-AUTO-CHG
280626 DTX-ACUN
LinkRunner AT Network AutoTester

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67000V2-528611.tif
Description
One-year Gold Support for LinkRunner AT
Three-year Gold Support for LinkRunner AT
LinkRunner AT Li-Ion replacement battery
LinkRunner AT holster
WireView cable IDs #1
WireView cable IDs set #2-6
RJ45/11 modular adapter
Auto charger
AC charger, universal
Test Equipment
The LinkRunner AT Network AutoTester is the fastest way to solve network connectivity
problems. This rugged, handheld network tester takes the guesswork out of
troubleshooting with its complete one-button AutoTest. AutoTest performs your
required set of connectivity tests in seconds, enabling you to accurately and quickly
identify and solve network problems. Key features include verifying signal and link
integrity at 10/100/1G over copper or fiber, unmatched TruePower over Ethernet (PoE)
testing and loading, 802.1x authentication, cable wiremapping, IPv4/IPv6 readiness,
streamlined UI and color display, full documentation of test results with storage for
50 reports, location and identification of cabling runs, and nearest
switch information.
FEATURES
Fast answers: AutoTest accurately identifies network problems in seconds
Verify connections at 10M/100M/1G on copper and fiber: Instantly verify link
D
status, connection
type, signal strength and traffic
Nearest switch and VLAN information: Displays the VLAN and nearest switch
model, slot and port
TruePower PoE testing: Quickly validate PoE performance by drawing actual
power up to the 802.3 at standard 25.5 W
Document results: Store up to 50 test results and download to your PC
Instant-on: Boots in less than three seconds
IPv4/IPv6 ready
LINKRUNNER
461203 LRAT-2000
461202
LRAT-1000
461197
ACK-LRAT2000
461207
LRAT-2000-KIT
461205
LRAT-2000-5PK
461204
LRAT-2000-10PK
14.10
Description
Deluxe Network Tester with IPv6, TruePower
PoE, reflection and 50 reports, Wireview
cable ID, carry case
LinkRunner AT Network AutoTester with
carry case
Kit with: AirCheck, LRAT-2000, external
directional antenna, spare Li-Ion battery
and deluxe carry case
Kit with: LRAT-2000, IntelliTone Pro 200,
WireView Cable IDs #1-6, deluxe
carry case
Five LRAT-2000s with five auto chargers
and five holsters
11 LRAT-2000s and 11 LinkRunner AT
mobility kits. With 11 auto chargers and
11 holsters
LanScaperPRO Network Tester

JDSU
PR21945V2-127230.tif
Perform network-testing functions including port discovery, PoE test, ping, hub flash,
CDP and high-end cable testing including length measurement. Monitor and correct
network problems associated with the physical layer and link conditions of the
network. Results are displayed in a wiremap format with a pair by pair
status message.
FEATURES
Cable-testing capability includes: single-ended (no remote required) testing of
cables for shorts, opens and split pairs
Full-cable test finds all wiring faults including split pairs with a
remote connected
Displays PASS for T568A/B passing cables
Remote mapping capability - supports sets of 20 ID-only remotes
Measures length
Generates selectable tones on selected pins for use with tone tracers
Auto-MDI/MDI-X Ethernet connectivity protocol supports connection to hub,
switch or NIC with any patch cable
Support for six languages; English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese
and Spanish
Large backlit LCD allows for clear display of setup information and test results
Auto-off in any mode and low power consumption for long battery life
Description
362605 NT800
With remote
362606 NT850
With eight remotes and TT100 probe
Test Equipment
Wireless
./
AirMagnet Spectrum XT
FLUKE NETWORKS
AirMagnet Survey PRO (Including Planner Module)

PR67001V2-528612.tif
AIRMAGNET SPECTRUM XT
456433 AM/B4070
485686 AM/A4040
485688 AM/A5225
485690
AM/A5220
485691
AM/A5200
485693
AM/A5205
485694
AM/A5031
485695
AM/A5231
GOLD SUPPORT
485697 GLD-S4070G
Description
AirMagnet Spectrum XT (USB-based)
AirMagnet directional antenna
Sensor with internal antenna, 802.11n,
dedicated spectrum-analysis radio
Sensor with external antenna, 802.11n,
Sensor with external antenna,
802.11 a/b/g/n
Sensor with internal antenna,
802.11 a/b/g/n
Metal sensor-mounting bracket with
security lock option
Plastic sensor-mounting bracket
Description
AirMagnet Spectrum XT Gold Support
The AirMagnet Survey PRO is the industry's most accurate solution for planning and
designing 802.11 a/b/g/n wireless LANs for optimal performance, security and
compliance. It calculates the ideal quantity, placement and configuration of APs for a
successful WLAN deployment. The AirMagnet Survey PRO goes beyond just verifying RF
coverage by plotting actual end-user network performance in terms of connection
speed, throughput and packet statistics. The end result is a complete Wi-Fi weather
map of all critical RF and end-user performance metrics. Advanced features allow
users to integrate with professional spectrum analyzers, model predeployment
scenarios, generate customized survey reports, perform outdoor surveys, conduct
voice surveys, verify end-user network requirements and do detailed end-user
capacity planning.
The AirMagnet Survey PRO is available in Express and PRO versions. The AirMagnet
Survey Express offers a lighter version of the solution that allows users to perform the
basics of Wi-Fi site surveying with ability to map out signal, noise and even user
performance. The AirMagnet Survey PRO extends those capabilities found in the
Express version and adds powerful, industry-defining features including 802.11n
deployments, multifloor deployments, outdoor surveys, network design verification,
voice-readiness verification and surveys, RF spectrum analysis and many more.
FEATURES
"Real-world" survey data collection
Multifloor deployments
802.11n site surveys
Unique RF spectrum and Voice over WLAN surveys
Professional custom reports
Visualize coverage differences over time
Integration with AirMagnet planner
AIRMAGNET SURVEY PRO AND EXPRESSS (INCLUDING PLANNER MODULE)
Description
449812 AM/A4018G
AirMagnet Survey PRO (including
planner module)
485698 AM/B4010
AirMagnet Survey Express
485699 AM/A4016-UGD
AirMagnet Survey Express to Survey PRO
(upgrade model)
485700 AM/A4013-UGD
AirMagnet Planner Module for existing
A4015 customers
456433 AM/B4070
485702 AM/C1095
AirMagnet multiadapter kit for survey
(U.S., world-mode and Japan
versions available)
GOLD SUPPORT
449815 GLD-S4018G
PR67002V2-528613.tif
Description
AirMagnet Survey PRO Gold Support
14.11
Test Equipment
Fluke Networks' AirMagnet Spectrum XT is the first and only professional

spectrum-analyzer solution that combines in-depth RF analysis with real-time WLAN
information for quicker and more accurate troubleshooting of performance problems.
This combined view of "impact analysis of RF interference" on the network's overall
performance helps pinpoint the root cause of those problems.
FEATURES
Automatic identification and location of interference sources
Integrated reporting
High-resolution RF spectrum diagnostic views
Visualize impact of RF interference on WLAN performance
Zero-day response to any RF interferer
Integration with AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer and AirMagnet Survey
Record and playback
FLUKE NETWORKS
Test Equipment
Wireless
AirMagnet WLAN Design and Analysis Suite (Wi-Fi and Survey PRO, XT)
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67003V2-528614.tif
The AirMagnet WLAN Design and Analysis Suite delivers the most powerful tools
available to solve every problem in the wireless network, from planning and
deployment to ongoing troubleshooting and security monitoring.
The suite includes AirMagnet Survey PRO (which includes AirMagnet Planner),
AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer PRO and AirMagnet Spectrum XT. Not only are these products
effective when used individually, but are even more powerful when used as an
integrated suite. The multiadapter kit allows users to get more power out of AirMagnet
solutions. For instance, users can perform site surveys in half the time with AirMagnet
Survey PRO and users can perform client roaming analysis using AirMagnet Wi-Fi
Analyzer PRO with the multiadapter kit.
FEATURES
Accurately plan and deploy 802.11-based wireless networks
Simplify troubleshooting
D
Instant and complete visibility into the performance and security of the
wireless environment
In-depth RF analysis
AIRMAGNET WLAN DESIGN AND ANALYSIS SUITE (WI-FI AND SURVEY PRO, XT)
Description
485707 AM/A1480
AirMagnet Survey PRO (including
planner module)
GOLD SUPPORT
485704 GLD-S1480
Description
AirMagnet WLAN Design and Analysis Suite
Gold Support
wireless-network vulnerabilities. The solution enables network managers to easily

test and diagnose dozens of common wireless performance issues including
throughput issues, connectivity issues, device conflicts and signal multipath
problems. The AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer includes a full-compliance reporting engine,
which automatically maps collected network information to requirements for
compliance with policy and industry regulations.
AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer is available in Express and PRO versions. The AirMagnet Wi-Fi
Analyzer Express provides the core building blocks of Wi-Fi troubleshooting and
auditing with the ability to see devices, automatically identify common problems and
physically locate specific devices. The AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer PRO significantly
extends all the capabilities found in the Express version and adds many more to
provide a Wi-Fi tool to solve virtually any type of performance, security or reporting
challenge in the field.
FEATURES
Wi-Fi dashboard on overall health of the WLAN
Built-in wireless expertise
Instant alerts to WLAN security and performance issues
Real-time WLAN troubleshooting
WLAN client roaming analysis
Active troubleshooting tools
Complete Wi-Fi interference detection and analysis
Integrated reporting
AIRMAGNET WI-FI ANALYZER PRO
456434 AM/A1150
485722 AM/B1170
485723 AM/A1173-UGD
456433 AM/B4070
485724 AM/C1090
485688
AM/A5225
485690
AM/A5220
485691
AM/A5200
485693
AM/A5205
485694
AM/A5031
485695
AM/A5231
AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer PRO

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67004V2-528615.tif
GOLD SUPPORT
485705 GLD-S1150G
Description
AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer PRO
AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer Express
Upgrade module from Express to PRO
AirMagnet multiadapter kit for Wi-Fi
Analyzer (U.S., world-mode and Japan
versions available)
Sensor with internal antenna, 802.11n,
Sensor with external antenna, 802.11n,
Sensor with external antenna,
802.11 a/b/g/n
Sensor with internal antenna,
802.11 a/b/g/n
Metal sensor-mounting bracket with
security lock option
Plastic sensor-mounting bracket
Description
AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer Gold Support
The AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer is the industry standard tool for mobile auditing and
troubleshooting enterprise Wi-Fi networks. The AirMagnet Wi-Fi Analyzer helps IT staff
quickly solve end-user issues while automatically detecting security threats and
14.12
Test Equipment
Wireless
AirCheck Wi-Fi Tester

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR25095V2-195251.tif
SUPPORT
415195 GLD-ACK
437501 GLD-ACK-3YR
Test Equipment
The AirCheck Wi-Fi tester is a simple-to-use, handheld wireless tester that allows
users to quickly verify and troubleshoot 802.11 a/b/g/n network availability,
connectivity and security all in a dedicated, handheld tool. Its one-button AutoTest
quickly provides a pass/fail indication of the wireless environment and identifies
common problems such as interference, overloaded networks, rogue devices,
coverage and security issues. AirCheck helps you audit your wireless environment to
identify and locate rogue clients and APs. The tester fully documents your
troubleshooting session and creates professional-quality reports. Use these reports
to close your trouble ticket or to provide the required information to escalate the
ticket to the next level. AirCheck provides the information you need to quickly solve
your frontline Wi-Fi problems.
FEATURES
Dedicated, handheld 802.11 a/b/g/n tester with instant-on technology
Fully supports 2.4 and 5.0 GHz frequency bands
One-button AutoTest quickly provides a pass/fail indication of the wireless
environment and identifies common problems - for any level of Wi-Fi expertise
Identify and assess availability and security of access points and clients - even
locate them physically
See what's using your Wi-Fi network by channel and quickly determine if it is
802.11 traffic or non-802.11 interference
Rapidly perform a Wi-Fi discovery to fully assess your current wireless security
settings and network availability
Robust and in-depth WLAN connection tests - from probing to DHCP request
to ping
Description
415187 AIRCHECK
AirCheck Wi-Fi tester includes: AirCheck
tester, USB cable, soft case, Getting
Started guide and CD with AirCheck
manager software and user manual
419411 AIRCHECK-5PK
AirCheck 5 pack, includes five AirChecks
and five directional antennas
419412 AIRCHECK-10PK
AirCheck 10 pack includes 11 AirChecks
and 11 directional antennas
415192 EXTANT-RPSMA
External directional antenna,
RSMA connector
415194 POE-DETECTOR
Power over Ethernet detector, 802.3at
Description
AirCheck Gold Support services, one year
Three years of Gold Support for AirCheck
14.13
Test Equipment
Video
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Video Applications
SecuriTEST PRO CCTV/Security Tester
Test Equipment
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR21326V2-119027.tif
This tester combines seven essential CCTV tools into one cost-effective handheld
device. It incorporates a bright color LCD video display, analog PTZ controller, digital
multimeter, UTP wiremap, video pattern generator, PTZ protocol analyzer and
programming of camera presets and menus. The PTZ protocol analyzer and menu
programming decodes and identifies output from the PTZ console and allows access
to programming menus of the camera that support this feature. The SecuriTEST PRO is
multifeatured, affordable, great for new installs or troubleshooting and easy to use.
FEATURES
IRE video level and sync tests
Sound level test through integrated speaker and onscreen level indicator
High-capacity lithium battery
Support for additional PTZ protocols
Carrying case included
D
Lighter in weight
with comfort-grip sides
Includes batteries, AC adapter charger, 12 V auto charger, 4 ft. (1.2 m) BNC
video cable, DMM test leads, UTP cable terminator and neck strap
Description
365881 33-892
SecuriTEST PRO CCTV/security tester
14.14
Test Equipment
Cable Qualification
./
SIGNALTEK II - Cable and Network Qualification Tester
CableIQ Qualification Tester
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67011V2-528752.tif
ACCESSORIES
352089 SFP-850
352090
SFP-13X0
435669
SFP-1550-1
435658
435662
486418
150054
150050
151053
Description
1000BASE-SX, jumpers not included
1000BASE-LX, jumpers not included
1000BASE-ZX, jumpers not included
Active remote #1
Active remote set #2 - #12
NiMH power module
The CableIQ quickly troubleshoots and qualifies existing twisted-pair cabling for
voice, 10/100BASE-T or Gigabit Ethernet. The CableIQ can detect speed and duplex
settings of attached switches and PCs and intelligent wiremap tests for length,
shorts, split pairs or opens, and graphically shows distance to specific pin faults
(e.g., pin #1 break at 37 ft.). With its intuitive, lightweight, rugged design, it tests
voice, data, video, security and audio cabling.
FEATURES
Test existing cabling for support of voice or 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet
Troubleshoot if existing cabling plant can support the desired network speed
Discover what's at the end of any cable and switch configuration (speed/duplex/
pairing)
Intelligent wiremap graphically maps wiring configuration and shows distance
to faults
Test all copper cabling media: twisted-pair, coax and audio cabling
Locate and trace cable with IntelliTone digital signaling technology
Save and upload results to attached PC
CABLE IQ QUALIFICATION TESTER
376840 CIQ-VOIP
CableIQ VoIP enterprise service kit
303632 CIQ-100
CableIQ qualification tester
303633 CIQ-KIT
CableIQ advanced IT kit includes: main unit with
remote adapter, reporter software CD, IntelliTone
200 digital probe, remote IDs #2 to #7, two
RJ45 patch cords, USB cable, coax F push-on
adapter, 75 ohm coax patch cord, RJ45/11 patch
cord, four AA batteries
314671 CIQ-KRQ
CableIQ residential qualifier kit
391277 CIQ-FTKSFP Copper and fiber technician's kit - includes the
CableIQ (CIQ-KIT) and SimpliFiber Pro (FTK1000)
fiber test kit
328388 CIQ-SVC
CableIQ service kit includes CableIQ qualification
tester, six CableIQ remote identifiers, CableIQ
reporter software CD, two RJ45-RJ45 shielded patch
cords, USB cable, coax F push-on cable, RJ45/
RJ11 universal coupler, LinkRunner network
multimeter, LinkRunner main wiremap adapter,
IntelliTone 200 digital probe, test accessory soft
pouch, user CD and quick-start guide, packaged in a
rugged carrying case; one 9 V and six AA
batteries included
GOLD EXCHANGE SUPPORT SERVICES
366263 GLD-CIQ
Gold support for CableIQ (any model), one year
14.15
Test Equipment
The SIGNALTEK II handheld cable and network qualifier is designed to confirm correct
installation of copper and fiber cabling capable of supporting voice, video, data and
CCTV applications over 10/100 Megabit or Gigabit Ethernet. Detect and run load
testing on PoE and PoE+. Qualify passive cabling to support Gigabit Ethernet and
perform active network testing diagnostics such as DHCP, ping and ARP (address
resolution protocol) tests. It tests the link's ability to support applications by
transmitting Ethernet packets on the cable and measuring the link performance to
the IEEE 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet standard. By monitoring transmitted and received
data packets, it can report the BER (bit error rate) for the link. Incorporates IPv4 and
IPv6 compatibility to provide a future-proof investment. Wiremapping by pin as well
as pair.
FEATURES
Gigabit Ethernet qualification tester for copper and fiber cable links
Qualify to IEEE 802.3 standards
BERT testing for 10/100/1000BASE-T
Multimode and single-mode testing
Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) modules are compact and field-changeable
Store/print thousands of reports
Supports USB "thumb-drives"
2.8 in. color screen
User-exchangeable RJ45 inserts
Choice of power inputs
Durable rubber molded housing
Multifunction and cursor keys
Description
486416 R156000
For copper networks
486417 R156001
For copper and fiber networks (fiber
modules sold separately)
PR21306V2-118922.tif
Test Equipment
Cable Qualification
NaviTek Frontline Technician Tester
Test Equipment
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
ValidatorPRO and ValidatorPRO-NT

PR70893V2-556775.tif
Advanced wiremapper and versatile troubleshooter for conducting active and passive
network testing across both copper and fiber networks. Powerful network and cable
verification tool for cabling installers and IT or facilities maintenance professionals
working in any enterprise, residential, campus or industrial Ethernet environment.
FEATURES
Excellent wiremapping by pin, with distance to fault
Bright, backlit color screen and intuitive intercase
IPv6 compliant
VLAN support
Traceroute
Create and store test results in standard compliant XML format
Easy to view and export results for report printing
Identify Ethernet and Power over Ethernet (PoE) issues in addition to verifying
D
Ethernet connectivity
Supports both IPv4 and IPv6 Internet addresses
802.1x compatibility to log onto networks securied by this protocol, avoiding
unnecessary security complications and lengthy project delays
Description
487145 R151002
PRO - fully featured solution suitable for
copper and fiber networks
487146 R151001
PLUS premium kit - copper testing with
support for VLAN and storage for test
results, includes rechargeable power
module, RJ45 extraction tool,
10 RJ45 inserts and amplifier probe
487150 R151000
PLUS - tester only
487151 R153000
BASIC - entry model features LAN testing
over copper networks and includes
functionality for detecting Power over
Ethernet, no test storage
14.16
JDSU
PR28507V2-208543.tif
The ValidatorPRO Ethernet speed certifier with integrated optical power meter and
accompanying Plan-Um cable-management software delivers the power to test both
copper and fiber cabling, determines if cables can support Gigabit Ethernet and
performs troubleshooting for cable installations.
FEATURES
Measures optical power on single-mode and multimode fiber
Conducts BER testing to speed-certify Ethernet data transmission speed up to
1000BASE-T (1 Gb/s)
Measures SNR and skew to uncover impairments to electrical Ethernet
data transmission
Tests for opens, shorts, split pairs, miswires and reversals and measures
distance to opens and shorts - supports all copper network, telco and
coax cables
Measures PoE voltage and current (NT only)
Performs port discovery to detect advertised Ethernet speed and displays
capabilities of network devices (NT only)
Pings network devices to verify connectivity to active equipment (NT only)
Discovers and displays essential information regarding functionality of
802.11 b/g/n wireless devices (NT only)
VALIDATORPRO
Each package includes: one smart remote, one set 1-8 wiremapping remotes (RJ11/
RJ45) (TP612), two lithium-ion rechargeable batteries (NT93), two universal AC
adapter/charger units, one 1.83 m 72 in. USB client-to-PC connection cable (series
A plug to series B plug), two 19 cm 7.5 in. RJ12-to-RJ12 cables for no-fault
connection to RJ11 or RJ45 jacks, two 30.48 cm 1 ft. patch cables with
RJ45 connectors, two 60.96 cm 2 ft. RJ45 to 8 alligator clips cord sets, two
sacrificial cables for RJ45 mod plug, one coupler F-jack to F-jack, USB drive
including Plan-Um cabling installation and planning software, user guide (product
manual) and quick-start guide, deluxe carrying case, printed quick-start guide,
100 "speed certified" cable labels and one 12 V vehicle charger
Description
442340 NT1055
ValidatorPRO-NT CU. Copper-only Ethernet
network management tool including active
network tests
406656 NT1150
ValidatorPRO Ethernet speed certifier with
integrated optical power meter
406657 NT1155
ValidatorPRO-NT Ethernet speed certifier
with integrated optical power meter
including active network tests
Test Equipment
Cable Continuity
./
VDV PRO and IENet PRO Cable Testers
MicroScanner2 Cable Verifier

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR20668V2-82253.tif
PR28426V2-207843.tif
The VDV PRO cable tester is an easy-to-use cable-testing and verification device that
can quickly test all wiring requirements found throughout today's residential and
commercial environments. This tester checks for opens, shorts, split pairs, reversals
and miswires on UTP cables, and opens and shorts on coax. It supports RJ11/12,
RJ45, coax, F, BNC and RCA connectors. The IENet PRO version supports RJ45 and
MJ12 connections and tests to PROFINET industrial Ethernet cabling requirements.
FEATURES
Both models measure cable length
Displays wiring errors including open, short, miswire, split pair and length
Multi-tone support for cable tracing and fault isolation
Blink network link LED for visual cable tracing
New integrated coax F-connection
Larger backlit LCD screen for better test results readability
Kits available with either one remote or eight remotes
Remotes have coax, RJ11 and RJ45 jacks for increased testing capabilities
IENet PRO features a unique, easy-to-use cable test for 2-pair and 4-pair
industrial Ethernet cabling
IENet PRO remotes have shielded 2-pair, M12 and RJ45 ports and are
compatible with most IE cabling
Test results are displayed in PROFINET industrial Ethernet required format
Description
412236 33-770
VDV PRO with one remote and terminator,
case and accessories
412217 33-771
VDV PRO with eight remotes and
terminators, case and accessories
420252 33-772
IENet PRO with single remote
420253 33-773
IENet PRO with eight remotes
412239 33-774
VDV PRO replacement eight remote kit
(ID 1-8)
420254 33-775
VDV PRO replacement eight coax
terminator kit
420255 33-776
IENet PRO replacement eight remote kit
(ID 1-8)
412238 33-780
VDV PRO tester with one remote and
amplifier probe
311427 LA-4173
BNC adapter accessory kit
14.17
Test Equipment
The next-generation MicroScanner2 streamlines voice/data/video cable and service

testing. Revolutionary user interface displays available services (10/100/
1000 Ethernet, POTS, PoE), cable length (with true TDR technology for finding
distance to shorts and opens), wiremap, cable ID and distance to fault, all on one
screen. Test RJ11, RJ45 and coax with no adapters. Built-in IntelliTone digital and
analog toning precisely locates virtually any cable or pair.
FEATURES
Displays cable length, wiremap, cable ID and distance to fault on one screen
Detects today's media services, including 10/100/1000 Ethernet, POTS and PoE
Locates virtually any cable or wire pair with IntelliTone digital and analog toning
Tests all common media types, including RJ11, RJ45, coax, with no adapters
Rubber overmold enhances grip and increases ruggedness
"Oversized" backlit LCD makes results crystal clear in any work environment
Description
348860 MS2-100
MicroScanner2 includes: MicroScanner2,
main wiremap adapter, two AA alkaline
batteries, printed multilanguage getting
started guide, user CD with multilanguage
user manuals, packaged in a Fluke
Networks vinyl carry pouch
348861 MS2-KIT
MicroScanner2 professional kit includes:
MicroScanner2, main wiremap adapter,
remote identifiers #2-7 IntelliTone Pro
200 Probe, shielded twisted-pair
RJ45 patch cord, RJ11 patch cord, clip set
RJ45 to 8 alligator clip bare wire adapter,
F coax push-on patch cord, accessory soft
pouch, two AA alkaline batteries, 9 V
alkaline battery, MicroScanner2 Getting
Started Guide, user CD, IntelliTone Pro
getting-started guide, IntelliTone Pro user
CD, packaged in a deluxe Fluke Networks
carry case
363120 MS2-TTK
MicroScanner2 cable verifier, IS60 Pro-Tool
kit, IntelliTone 200 probe, RJ11 and
RJ45 patch cables, lanyard, owner's CD
and quick-start guide and 9 V battery,
packaged in a deluxe Fluke Networks
carry case
392768 MS2-FTK
Copper and fiber basic technician's kit includes the MicroScanner (MS2-100) and
SimpliFiber Pro (FTK1000) fiber test kit
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
Test Equipment
Cable Continuity
Test - Tone - Trace Kit
Test Equipment
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
VDV MultiMedia Tester

PR67013V2-529320.tif
All-in-one testing solution for identifying wiring errors and locating cable in voice/
data/video installations. Designed for use in LAN, telephone, coaxial video, security,
A/V and other general coax and twisted-pair applications. This kit performs the
essential cable-testing functions required by installers and system technicians.
FEATURES
Wiremap twisted-pair cable
Trace copper cables
Detect opens/shorts in coax
Four selectable tones for tracing
Includes patch cords and RCA and BNC adapters
Carrying case and two 9 V batteries included
Description
486419 33-866
Test-Tone-Trace kit
D
14.18
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR10778V2-12105.tif
Easy-to-use tester for installers working with voice, data and video applications.
Tests for opens, shorts, miswires, reversals and split pairs. Also indicates correct
wiremap. Has automatic shutoff to prolong battery life and low-battery indicator.
FEATURES
VOICE - Supports 3-pair USOC and 6-position RJ11/12 jacks for telephone
cable testing
DATA - Supports both shielded and unshielded cable testing for T568A/B (RJ45)
VIDEO - Tests coax cable for opens and shorts with F-connector interface
TONE GENERATOR - Supports four different tones, making fault identification
easier and allows selection of pairs or conductors to transmit tone
One remote unit is stored inside the tester to keep all parts together with unique
design to accommodate coax, RJ11 and RJ45 type connectors
Can support up to eight unique UTP/STP remotes that wiremap and test for voice
and data - must order separately
Description
306726 33-856
VDV tester
311427 LA-4173
BNC adapter accessory kit
412239 33-774
VDV PRO replacement eight remote kit
(ID 1-8)
Test Equipment
Cable Continuity
NETcat Pro 2 NC-500

GREENLEE
TS90 Cable Fault Finder

PR33665V2-248405.tif
PR20279V2-71133.tif
The TS90 Cable Fault Finder is three tools in one: 1) locate distance to opens or
shorts; 2) measure cable on a reel or in a box; 3) patented power-tone generator
provides five tones, allowing the user to short the far end and hear a change in tone
when the correct pair has been identified. Single-button operation and an
easy-to-read LCD display.
FEATURES
Instantly measures distance to open or fault from one end of any cable pair up
to 3,000 ft.
Patented power-tone generator positively identifies pair
High-voltage detection
Moistureproof
Large LED screen and easy-to-use menu
Description
272098 26500090
TS90 with BNC alligator clips
14.19
Test Equipment
The NETcat Pro 2 is a digital-wiring troubleshooter for voice, data and video cables,
wiring and service. Controlled by a touch screen display, it is designed to quickly
verify that patch cords and in-wall cables have been correctly wired or installed and
to determine if Ethernet LAN service is available. It also measures the length of
cables. Using connectors on the base unit and its onboard remote, the NC-500 works
with twisted-pair LAN, telephone and coaxial cable wiring.
FEATURES
Touch screen display with contrast adjustment and backlight
0 to 2,000 ft. cable length via TDR
Generates four distinct, precision tones for tracing low-loss cables like Cat 5
Identifies active network devices (PC or hub) on 10/100BASE-T networks
Detects shorts, opens, reversed, crossed and split pairs
Office ID using remote ID units
Patch cable and remote jack wiremap
Power over Ethernet detection
Description
352096 NC-500
NETcat Pro 2 digital VDV
wiring troubleshooter
352097 NC-510
NETcat Pro 2 accessory kit with carrying
case and seven digital remote units
FLUKE NETWORKS
Test Equipment
Tone Generators and Probes

./
Inductive Amplifier
GREENLEE
IntelliTone Pro Toner and Probe

PR28509V2-208556.tif
Test Equipment
Used in conjunction with any tone generator, inductive amplifiers permit wire and
cable identification without having to make direct metallic contact with the
conductor. All models feature a powerful speaker for noisy environments, adjustable
volume control, recessed on/off button control and high gain for accurate wire
identification in congested cable bundles.
Description
434496 200EP-G
Inductive amplifier
240790 200GX
Professional inductive amplifier
093664 200B-G
Basic tone probe
Inductive Amplifier with Filter

GREENLEE
PR28510V2-208568.tif
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR20667V2-82256.tif
Breakthrough IntelliTone digital signal technology finds cables other toners/probes

can't and speeds cable location with advanced sensing modes. The IntelliTone Pro
provides simplified signal interpretation with smart LED and audio indicators and
digital signal rejects noise and safely tones active networks. The IntelliTone Pro
200 Kit includes powerful troubleshooting capabilities with datacom link, two-line
telecom service ID and end-to-end cablemap.
FEATURES
IntelliTone digital processing eliminates noise and false signals
New SmartTone analog toning precisely isolates individual wire pairs
Locates cables safely and effectively on active networks
Identifies, diagnoses and troubleshoots datacom/telecom services
Description
277448 MT-8200-60A
IntelliTone Pro 200 toner and probe kit
277261 MT-8200-50A
IntelliTone Pro 100 STD toner and probe kit
277449 MT-8200-61A
IntelliTone Pro 200 toner
277452 MT-8200-63A
IntelliTone Pro 200 probe
277270 MT-8200-53A
IntelliTone Pro 100 probe
277453 MT-8202-05
IntelliTone Pro case
277454 MT-8203-20
Test leads with bed of nails
277455 MT-8203-22
Test leads with alligator clips
The filter probe blocks AC interference by filtering out power-related noise to stop
60 Hz power-line hum. The 200FP features adjustable sensitivity control/volume, a
momentary ON/OFF push-button and recessed terminals for connecting the unit to
telephone test sets or headphones. Works with most tone generators.
Description
177079 200FP
Filter probe
LAN Toner Kit

GREENLEE
PR28511V2-208559.tif
Designed for the network installation and maintenance professional, the LAN Toner
sends tone and blinks hub, switch port and PC activity lights for fast identification.
This kit can be used on any wiring system including datacom, telecom, security/
alarm, audio and CATV. Kit includes AT8L LAN toner, 200GX inductive amplifier probe
and carrying case.
14.20
Test Equipment

FEATURES
Universal 6- or 8-position modular plug
Breakout adapter allows access to individual pairs
Female RJ45 jack on bottom allows for patch-cord connection
Description
244521 AT8L
LAN toner
244522 AT8LK
LAN toner kit
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Video Applications
CATV Tone and Probe Kit

GREENLEE
PR6774V2-20203.TIF
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Power Applications
Classic Tone and Probe Kit

GREENLEE
PR28588V2-209518.tif
Premium Tone and Probe Kit

GREENLEE
PR28512V2-208574.tif
The 801K is used to identify single conductors or cables within a bundle, at a

cross-connect point or at remote ends. The 60 Hz filter probe eliminates electrical
noise to make identifying cables in "noisy" environments possible. The 801K
packages the 77HP/6A Tone Generator and the 200FP Inductive Amplifier probe in a
carrying case.
Description
212374 801K
Premium tone and probe kit
166855 77HP-G/6A
Classic tone generator with
bed-of-nails clips
177079 200FP
Filter probe
14.21
Test Equipment
The 701K-G is used to identify single conductors or cables within a bundle, at a

cross-connect point or at remote ends. The 701K-G packages the 77HP-G Tone
Generator and the 200EP-G Inductive Amplifier probe in a carrying case. The 200EP-G
tracing probe features an LED headlight for working safely in dark environments. It
also has three listening modes with adjustable volume controls. The 77HP-G tracing
tone generator has one- or two-line telephone service, voltage/polarity indication and
checks for short circuits/continuity with a light and audible beep.
Description
151298 701K-G
Classic tone and probe kit
148554 77HP-G
Classic tone generator
434496 200EP-G
Inductive amplifier
405398 601K-G
Basic tone and probe kit
151297 700C
Carrying case for 701K kit
Designed specifically for the CATV industry, this kit allows you to tone through
splitters, directional couplers and taps.
FEATURES
Kit includes: transmitter, receiver, male F-to-F-connector adapter cable, male
F-to-alligator clip adapter cable and carrying case
Three methods of signal reception: electrostatic pickup for non-terminated
cables, electromagnetic pickup for terminated or shorted cables and direct
connection when identifying in the presence of passive devices
Transmitter and receiver are equipped with female F-connectors
Description
218704 402K
CATV cable tone test set
Test Equipment
Pro3000 Tone and Probe Kit
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORKS
77 Series Tone Generators

PR10709V2-11240.tif
The Pro3000 Tone and Probe Kit is an innovative analog tone and probe from Fluke
Networks. Easily identify individual pairs with its patented SmartTone technology (the
five different tones for exact pair identification). The large powerful speaker on the
probe allows you to hear through drywall, wood or other enclosures to find wires
quickly and easily. Kit includes pouch.
FEATURES
Select solid or alternating tone options, indicated with solid or flashing LEDs
Exclusive SmartTone technology can generate five separate analog tones when
the pair is shorted at the far end
Works on de-energized AC wire, telephone/twisted-pair wire, all voice and data
category-rated cable, all coax cable, speaker wire and security wire
Send tone signal up to 10 miles on most cables
Line cord features angled bed-of-nails clips and ruggedized RJ11 plug for direct
D
access to phone
and data jacks without adapters
Description
290695 26000900
Pro3000 analog tone and probe kit
323956 26100900
Pro3000 probe
323957 26200900
Pro3000 tone generator
328803 26100103
Pro3000 analog probe replacement tip
14.22
GREENLEE
PR28508V2-208557.tif
Permits technicians to identify the conductor within a bundle, at a cross-connect

point or at the remote end. Can be used on twisted-pair wiring (telecom, datacom,
etc.), single conductors, coaxial cables, de-energized AC wiring and most other wiring
with a handset or an inductive amplifier. The tone can reach 50,000 ft. through
low-resistance circuits. The unit has dual LEDs for checking polarity on lines one and
two. The tone and/or the continuity tests are controlled by the toggle switch. Battery
(9 V) not included.
FEATURES
Selectable warble tone
Continuity testing
Polarity testing
Talk battery supply
Two-line modular test lead (RJ11)
Three-color LED (identifies AC ring voltage)
Weather-resistant design
Description
148554 77HP-G
Classic tone generator
166855 77HP-G/6A
Classic tone generator with
bed-of-nails clips
447722 77M-G
Basic tone generator
Test Equipment

441416 PTNX8-CT
Pocket Toner
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR33719V2-248856.tif
PTNX8-DLX
441419
PTNX8-VV-PRO
ACCESSORIES
441420 ADAP-PTNX-KIT
441425
441426
441427
441428
441429
CASE-PTNX-SM
CASE-PTNX-LG
PTNX8-ID-1-8
ADAP-PTNX-RJ11
ADAP-PTNX-RJ45
Description
Accessory kit - includes alligator clips and
RJ45 adapter, alligator clips and
RJ11 adapter, Dial Tone Detective,
RJ11 adapter, 66 block adapter,
RJ45 adapter, F-type connectors, RCA
connectors, BNC connector and bare
wire connector
Small case
Large case
Eight ID caps
RJ11 adapters
RJ45 adapters
14.23
Test Equipment
The Pocket Toner tools are pocket-size, durable test devices that allow users to
quickly and easily test wires and cables for continuity and short circuits. The Pocket
Toner comes in three models and several different kit configurations. No matter what
your job, you can safely install and test. All of the Pocket Toners have dual audible
indicators in the main body and detachable buzzer toner units, removable push-on
connectors, auto shut-off and easy-to-read indicators.
FEATURES
Low-voltage circuit protection for both the PCB as well as the detachable toner
unit. An installer can test a (>6 V, up to 48 V) low-voltage cable without
causing lethal damage to the tool
Dual audible indicators in main body and detachable buzzer toner unit
Male and female adaptable toner section
Removable push-on connector
Lightweight, durable anodized aluminum body
Description
441410 PTNX1
Pocket Toner NX1 - includes NX1 unit
and toner
441411 PTNX2
and toner
441412 PTNX2-DLX
Pocket Toner NX2 deluxe kit - includes
NX2 unit, toner, RJ11 and RJ45 adapters,
66 block adapter, Dial Tone Detective,
alligator clips, BNC adapters, RCA
adapters, F-81, F-71, Speed 81 adapter,
battery and canvas case
441413 PTNX2-CABLE
Pocket Toner NX2 cable kit - includes
NX2 unit, toner, alligator clips adapter,
F-81, F-71 and Speed 81 adapters, male
push-on adapter, battery and canvas case
441414 PTNX8
and toner
441415 PTNX8-CABLE
Pocket Toner NX8 cable kit - includes
NX8 unit, toner, eight ID caps, alligator
clips, F-81, F-71 and Speed 81 adapters,
male push-on adapter, battery and deluxe
case with belt clip
441417
Description
Pocket Toner NX8 cable and telephone kit includes NX8 unit, toner, eight ID caps,
66 block adapter, RJ11 adapter, Dial Tone
Detective alligator clips and RJ11 adapter,
F-81, F-71 and Speed 81 adapters, male
push-on adapter, battery and deluxe case
with belt clip
Pocket Toner NX8 deluxe kit - includes
NX8 unit, toner, eight ID caps, 66 block
adapter, RJ11 and RJ45 adapters, Dial
Tone Detective, alligator clips and
RJ45 adapter, BNC adapters, RCA
adapters, F-81, F-71, Speed 81 adapters,
male push-on adapter, battery and deluxe
case with belt clip
Pocket Toner NX8 voice and video pro kit includes NX8 unit, toner, eight ID caps,
66 block adapter, RJ11 adapter,
RJ45 adapter, Dial Tone Detective, Alligator
clips and RJ11 adapter, F-81, F-71, Speed
81, male push-on adapter, battery and
deluxe case with belt clip
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Fiber Optic Applications
OV-Mini Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)
Test Equipment
PR29183V2-215904.tif
The Corning Cable Systems OV-Mini Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)
provides a rugged, handheld and lightweight solution for testing and troubleshooting
fiber optic networks. This handheld OTDR gives the operator the flexibility of testing
single-mode 50 and 62.5 m multimode systems with the same unit. The OV-Mini
provides complete connectivity flexibility (with USB-stick compatibility and USB-cable
download) and top user-friendliness (offering one-touch testing). The OV-Mini has a
large internal memory that typically stores up to 500 traces and eliminates the need
for a hard drive, which can fail under extreme field conditions.
406336 MINIDK
OV-Mini OTDR deluxe kit, multimode/single-mode
OTDR with power meter and VFL
406335 MINIBK
OV-Mini OTDR basic kit, multimode/
single-mode OTDR
D
406337 MINIXK
OV-Mini OTDR deluxe kit with video inspection
probe (VIP)
443888 MINIXK-TK
OV-Mini deluxe kit with video inspection probe and
separate handheld multimode/single-mode source
tools, in just a matter of seconds. The OV-1000 has a 6.4 in. color screen that is
resistant to shock, water and the most common chemicals in the field. The screen is
large enough to view both the trace and the event table simultaneously, eliminating
the need to toggle back and forth between the two. Along with offering three OTDR
test modes - Auto, Advanced and Template Trace - the OV-1000 is future-ready with
the ability to accept protocol-testing modules such as Gigabit Ethernet
characterization. You can even project the OV-1000 screen onto a projector via the
remote desktop. An optional handheld analog video probe is available and is the ideal
solution for inspecting the quality of a fiber optic connector end-face.
Description
490596 1002DK-MDSD
Deluxe kit includes Dual Multimode and Dual
Single-mode OTDR (module 400-MDSD)
mainframe with power meter and VFL, SC and
ST Compatible OTDR and meter port adapters,
OTS-Reporter2 processing software, cleaning
supplies and hard-shell transit case
414464 VIPROBE-DUAL
200x/400x video inspection probe includes:
video inspection probe (200x/400x
magnification), FC-SC tip for bulkheads, U25M
universal patch cord tip for 2.5 mm ferrules,
compartmented plastic case for tips
Basic kits and accessories are available. For more information,
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Launch Fiber, Access

Jumper (PTBs and PTFs)
PR29184V2-215907.tif
OV-1000 Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)

PR12141V2-22090.tif
The Corning Cable Systems OV-1000 Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)
provides testing flexibility by combining a rugged platform with field-interchangeable
multimode, single-mode and advanced testing modules. Designed for testing and
troubleshooting of LAN, Telco, CATV and FTTx networks, all OTDR modules can be used
as Continuous Wave (CW) light sources. Available as options on the mainframe are a
power meter and visual fault locator (VFL). The OV-1000 also has an internal 8 GB
flash memory that stores at least 1,500 traces and eliminates the need for a hard
drive, which can fail under extreme field conditions. For extra storage capacity, the
unit offers three USB ports for portable file transfer. The OV-1000 has the capacity to
hold up to two OTDR modules or one OTDR module and one advanced testing module
at the same time. Modules can be easily switched out in the field, without the use of
14.24
Corning Cable Systems offers two OTDR launch cable solutions created with
high-quality Corning fiber and cable assemblies. Used for connecting between the
OTDR and system-under-test, these launch cables can also be used on the far end of
the system-under-test as a receive fiber. The optical launch cables for OTDR are also
included.
Both options come with a wide variety of configurations depending on customer
application. The PTB is a small, portable test bag that offers a low-cost, compact
launch cable and can be placed inside most OTDR transit cases. The PTB also offers a
carabineer for attaching to an equipment rack, belt loop, bucket lift or messenger. The
second solution is a portable test fiber case (PTF), which offers a ruggedized,
easy-to-configure solution. The rugged construction allows for shipment of the launch
cable separate from the OTDR case.
Corning Cable Systems OTDR launch fiber is offered in several standard configurations
which are often stocked and offer shorter lead times. However, these items can be
custom built to meet your needs and specifications. Please contact your local sales
representative for help with custom part-number configurations.
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
426741 PTF-300M-SP5861
270845 PTF-100M-6P3950
426742 PTF-100M-5P0339
Description
SC-ST, OS2
SC-ST, OM1
SC-LC, OM3
LTK-400 Series
PR20176V2-69279.tif
Please contact your local sales representative for help with

custom part-number configurations.
OTS-600 Series
PR29181V2-215422.tif
TEST KITS WITH SOURCE AND METER

Includes OM-410 Meter (no data storage), AA batteries for each units, two AC power
supplies, two wrist straps, plastic case of cleaning supplies and padded
carrying case.
Description
309029 LTK-400MD
Multimode Loss Test Kit including OS-403D
source (850/1300 nm LED), SC and ST
Compatible jumpers and adapters for MM, one
SC source port adapter and one ST compatible
meter port adapter
308987 LTK-4MDSD
Quad Multimode and Single-mode Loss Test Kit
including OS-4MDSD (850/1300 nm LED) and
(1310/1550 nm laser) source, SC and ST
Compatible jumpers and adapters for both
multimode and single-mode, two SC source
ports adapter and one ST compatible source
port adapter
ACCESSORIES FOR OTS-600 AND LTK-400 SERIES
Description
314290 UI-SC
Universal interface source connector
adapter, SC
314291 UI-ST
Universal interface source connector adapter, ST
314292 UI-FC
Universal interface source connector
adapter, FC
314286 OA-SC
Power meter connector adapter, SC
314287 OA-ST
Power meter connector adapter, ST compatible
14.25
Test Equipment
The Corning Cable Systems OTS-600 Series, consisting of optical sources, meters,
testers and kits with data-storage capabilities, is ideal for optical network
certification. The unit is designed for testing and troubleshooting of various
telecommunication networks, with ease of use achieved using a large, color LCD
screen, soft-key menus and a testing wizard.
The OTS-600 Series units have data storage for 10,000 results, USB data transfer
interface and a video inspection probe port. This unit comes standard with a 650 nm
visual fault locator (VFL) for convenient troubleshooting of optical networks.
FEATURES
Intuitive step-by-step loss-testing wizard that walks user through calculating
pass/fail criteria, referencing and setting the file name
Modular platform allows for future module upgrade
Integrated video inspection probe (VIP) port for inspecting connector end-faces
Provides source and meter in one unit for bi-directional testing functionality
Auto wavelength switching and detection cuts typical testing time in half and
reduces potential for errors
USB data ports provide convenient transfer of data to OTS-View Windows-based
PC software for storage, viewing and printing of test results
Power meter has a range of +10 to -70 dBm
Description
370269 OTS-6MDSD
Single-mode/multimode test kit with
OS-4RMDSD (850/1300 nm LED and 1310/
1550 nm laser) source; OM-610 power meter;
two Li-Ion rechargeable batteries and two AC
power adapters; USB cable for data transfer;
OTS-View software, one SC source port adapter,
one SC meter adapter, one ST compatible meter
adapter, one LC meter adapter, two wrist
straps, cleaning supplies, multimode testing
mandrels and hard transit case
The Corning Cable Systems LTK-400 Series offers a complete, cost-effective solution
for link-loss testing of both multimode and single-mode systems for those users who
do not require data storage capabilities. The LTK offers unparalleled performance by
combining a source that has one of the highest-output powers in the industry with a
meter that has 10 calibrated wavelengths. The units can be powered by standard AA
alkaline batteries, or by the supplied AC power adapters.
The LTK-400 Series meter and sources are sold individually or packaged as test kits.
These test kits include everything needed to test "right out of the box."
The LTK-400 Series offers a rugged handheld design that can withstand the harshest
testing environments. Both the source and meter have field-interchangeable port
adapters. Automatic wavelength detection mode allows the power meter to detect/
switch to the wavelength being transmitted by the source. Optical sources are
available as single-mode only, multimode only, or as quad with both a single-mode
and multimode source in the same unit.
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
(continued)
LTK-400 Series

314288 OA-FC
314289 OA-LC
327816 OTS-COMBOMAN
Description
Power meter connector adapter, FC
Power meter connector adapter, LC
Set of mandrels for 50 m, 50 bend insensitive,
and 62.5/125 m multimode fiber
T-BERD 4000 OTDR and FiberComplete Tester

JDSU
PR23610V2-166686.tif
VFL-350 Visual Fault Locator
Test Equipment
PR9309V2-24361.tif
The VFL-350 Visual Fault Locator is a compact pen-design fault locator used to check
single-mode and multimode optical fiber cables and components for faults, check
system polarity or to locate individual fibers in a bundle. By transmitting a bright
beam of red light into a fiber, breaks or improper terminations can be seen as a
glowing red light with 635 nm wavelength. This device fits all 2.5 mm connector
ferrules but there is an optional 1.25 mm adapter for the LC connectors. The
VFL-350 operates on two AAA batteries and emits laser light of 635 nm (LASER Class
2 in accordance withD IEC 825-2) with an output power less than 1mW. The robust and
compact metal housing makes the device suitable for daily on-site use.
Description
251702 VFL-350
Visual fault locator, 635 nm penlight style
Handheld Field Inspection Microscope

PR6504V2-29988.tif
Also ideal for troubleshooting contamination issues, their small size and rugged
construction make these microscopes excellent for field use. Each comes with a soft
carrying case and a universal 2.5 mm adapter for viewing most common connectors.
A 1.25 mm universal adapter can be purchased separately and an array of
connector-specific adapters are available for securely attaching the connector under
inspection to the microscope. The microscopes have a built-in laser safety filter that
provides a high level of attenuation at the most common laser wavelengths in case of
accidental viewing of an active fiber. Both the 200FM and 400FM microscopes
incorporate an LED designed to provide 100,000 hours of lamp life while using
minimal battery power.
Description
352625 200FM
200x microscope with universal
2.5 mm adapter
220360 400FM
400x microscope with universal
2.5 mm adapter
14.26
Testing metro, cable TV (CATV), access and fiber-to-the home (FTTH) networks with a
larger crew calls for using high-performance handheld test equipment, which is both
cost-effective and versatile. Whatever your needs, the T-BERD/MTS-4000 can provide
an optimized OTDR plug-in option. The OTDR plug-in modules, together with the
T-BERD/MTS-4000 family of products, provide a rugged, battery-operated handheld
test solution. The large display combined with a comprehensive user interface makes
it the ideal OTDR to respond to any test scenario.
The FiberComplete module offers the first solution of its kind that automatically
performs all the fundamental fiber qualification tests, such as bi-directional insertion
loss (IL) and optical return loss (ORL), distance and optical time domain reflectometry
(OTDR), with one module and from one optical port.
FEATURES
Large 7 in. indoor/outdoor color display
Intuitive graphical user interface with touch screen option
Connection checker with VFL, power meter and video inspection scope options
Optimized OTDR plug-ins for enterprise, FTTH, access, metro and
long-haul applications
Highest OTDR performance with models with up to 42 dB dynamic range and
256,000 acquisition points
Modules available for multimode, single-mode or both
Instantaneous traffic detection when connecting live fiber
Auto-test and automatic bend detection standard
Integrated source and power meter under OTDR port
Connect the JDSU FBP-P5000 scope to the unit via USB for automated pass/fail
on fiber inspection
Description
441670 TB4-DIS-QUAD-S
T-BERD 4000 Quad OTDR package basic,
which includes TB4000 mainframe, Quad
module, light source options and SC
adapters, fiber only
430670 TB4-DIS-QUAD-HPT T-BERD 4000 Quad OTDR package deluxe,
which includes TB4000 mainframe, Quad
module, power meter/light source options
and SC adapters - (can accept
ESAM module)
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
441671 TB4-DIS-MM-S
441672 TB4T-FCOMP2-MA
441673
Description
T-BERD 4000 multimode OTDR package
T-BERD 4000 package with 1310/1550 nm
FiberComplete and integrated
Metro-Access OTDR. Includes mainframe,
FiberComplete OTDR module, bi-directional
loss and length, light-source option, SC
interchangeable adapters, jumpers,
mating sleeves, nonreflecting terminations
for zero ORL testing and carrying case
TB4T-FCOMP3-MP49 T-BERD 4000 package with 1310/1490/
1550 nm FiberComplete and integrated
Metro-PON OTDR. Includes mainframe,
FiberComplete OTDR module, bi-directional
loss and length, light-source option, SC
interchangeable adapters, jumpers,
mating sleeves, nonreflecting terminations
for zero ORL testing and carrying case

459884 TB2-FCOMP2-FF
459885
TB2-FCOMP2-MA
OPTIONS
459866 E20PMVFL
484552
E20WIFI
459863
450921
E20BLUE
FBP-SD101
For more information and part-number configurations on the

JDSU T-BERD 4000, contact your local sales office.
PR33747V2-249366.tif
OLP-34/35/38 and OLS-34/35/36 SmartPocket Optical Power Meters

and Light Sources
JDSU
Testing metro, cable TV (CATV), access and fiber-to-the home (FTTH) networks with a
larger crew calls for using high-performance handheld test equipment which is both
cost-effective and versatile. Whatever your needs, the T-BERD/MTS-2000 can provide
an optimized OTDR. The large display combined with a comprehensive user interface
makes it the ideal OTDR to respond to any test scenario. The TB2000 provides a
rugged, battery-operated handheld test solution.
FEATURES
Large 5 in. indoor/outdoor color display
Intuitive graphical user interface with touch screen option
Connection checker with VFL, power meter and video inspection scope options
Configurations available for multimode, single-mode or both
Auto-test and automatic bend detection standard
Connect the JDSU FBP-P5000 scope to the unit via USB for automated pass/fail
on fiber inspection
Description
459882 TB2-DIS-2WLM
Single-mode OTDR
459883 TB2-DIS-MM
Multimode OTDR
449570 TB2-DIS-QUAD
Quad OTDR
PR28504V2-208538.tif
JDSU SmartPocket Optical Handhelds offer ergonomic and compact design with large
display, straightforward user interface and key features to provide the most suitable
test tool for technicians working with optical fiber.
The SmartPocket Optical Light Sources (OLS-3x) offer up to four wavelengths in one
product and provide an ideal economical solution for installing and maintaining
multimode datacom and local area networks LANs, as well as single-mode
telecommunications and multimedia networks.
The SmartPocket Optical Power Meters (OLP-3x) offer fast and accurate measurements
of optical power level and serve as ideal testing tools for installing single-mode and
multimode optical networks.
Together they constitute a perfectly suitable tool for verifying link-insertion loss,
measuring power level and checking continuity.
14.27
Test Equipment
JDSU
Description
Built-in broadband power meter option
with 2.5 mm ferrule universal
connector adapter
Wi-Fi option for the T-BERD
2000 mainframe
Bluetooth option for T-BERD 2000
Inspection kit digital FBP-5000i,
FiberCheckPro software, FBPT tips SC, LC,
U25M, U12M and carrying case
For more information and part-number configurations on the

JDSU T-BERD 2000 OTDR, contact your local sales office.
T-BERD 2000 OTDR
Description
FiberComplete with FaultFinder
(automated bi-directional loss, ORL
and FaultFinder)
FiberComplete with OTDR (automated
bi-directional loss, ORL and OTDR)
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
(continued)
OLP-34/35/38 and OLS-34/35/36 SmartPocket Optical

Power Meters and Light Sources
Test Equipment
FEATURES
Rugged and pocket-size design
Large display combined with an easy-to-use interface
Long battery lifetime
Three years calibration
Universal optical interface for both power meter and light source
Auto-wavelength recognition and TwinTest features for saving test time and
error-free testing
Permanent reference power level storage
Fast download results using the micro USB port
Report generation with OFS-355 software
SMARTPOCKET TEST KITS
Kits include AA alkaline batteries, AC power adapter, USB cable, one international
adapter per source, operating manual, neck strap, soft case MT-2P and a USB stick
including reporting software and all relevant documents.
Description
441818 2127/01
OMK-34P enterprise plus - MM SmartPocket test
kit with interchangeable adapters and USB option
430665 2127/04
OMK-36P enterprise plus - SM/MM SmartPocket
test kit with interchangeable adapters and
USB option
441838 2127/02
OMK-35P service provider plus - SM SmartPocket
test kit with interchangeable adapters and
USB option
D
441839 2127/03
OMK-38P service provider Hi-Power Plus- SM
SmartPocket test kit with interchangeable
adapters and USB option
SMARTPOCKET OPTICAL LIGHT SOURCES
Includes interchangeable adapter, AA alkaline batteries, operating manual, neck
strap and a belt bag.
Description
441840 2303/01
OLS-34 LED source, 850/1300 nm, MM
441847 2303/21
OLS-36 Quad Source, 850/1300/1310/1550 nm,
SM, MM
441844 2303/11
OLS-35 laser source, 1310/1550 nm, SM
SMARTPOCKET OPTICAL POWER METERS
Includes 2.5 mm UPP adapter, AA alkaline batteries, operating manual, neck strap, a
belt bag and USB download capability.
Description
441883 2302/11
OLP-34 optical power meter, germanium and
+5 dBm with data storage
441884 2302/12
OLP-35 optical power meter, InGaAs and
441885 2302/13
OLP-38 optical power meter, filtered InGaAs and
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES
441873 FCR-CLN-01
441874 2237/90.02
14.28
Description
Fiber cleaning consumables kit
NiMH rechargeable batteries, Mignon AA, 1.2 V
(two batteries)

441875 2302/90.01
441876
441880
441882
2302/90.03
K 807
2127/90.01
Description
SNT-505; universal AC power adapter, micro
USB connector
Neck strap for SmartPocket
USB connection cable
MT-2P, soft case for two SmartPockets
and accessories

FI-60
JDSU
PR33630V2-248018.tif
The new JDSU FI-Series Live Fiber Identifier (LFI) addresses the real-world needs of
fiber technicians with the ability to detect optical signals on a fiber cable without
disrupting network traffic. Designed with user workflow in mind, this small
form-factor device eliminates time-consuming and confusing problems encountered
in other LFI devices. Simply align the jacketed fiber into the open channel and click
the safe-latch trigger to identify activity or tones at 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz and 2 kHz.
Compatible with multiple cable diameters from 250 m tight buffer to 3 mm
jacketed fibers, this LFI is ideal for installation, service, maintenance or
troubleshooting. This unique and compact tool is very easy to use.
FEATURES
Slim form-factor design enables access to cables in densely populated areas
Safe-latch trigger assures that the technician will not over-stress the fiber when
testing, providing a repeatable and controlled engagement with fiber
Easy to understand controls with visible "traffic" indicator and audible tone
(solid or pulsed, depending on traffic type)
Easily converts to an Optical Power Meter (OPM)
Measures both absolute (dBm) and relative (dB) power measurements
Store and recall up to 100 measurement readings directly on the device
Download stored data to PC via USB connection
User can define and customize list of selectable wavelengths
Up to 2 kHz tone detection with user-adjustable power threshold
Audible tone and visual indicator when power threshold is exceeded
Description
440203 FI-60
Live Fiber Identifier with removable LFI
attachment, 2.5 mm and 1.25 mm OPM
connector interfaces, USB cable, software
and carrying case
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
Fiber Essentials Toolkit

JDSU
P5000 Digital Probe Microscope and FiberChek2

PR33639V2-248021.tif
FIBER ESSENTIALS TOOL KIT

Includes dual-mag FBP probe microscope and tips (SC and LC for UPC fiber),
FIT-HP2-60-P4 inspection and test system with 400X PCM, compact visual fault
locator, carrying case and batteries.
Description
416164 FIT-S105-PRO
Tool kit and inspection test system with
2 in. screen
425443 FIT-S205-PRO
Tool kit and inspection test system with
3.5 in. screen
PR33634V2-248009.tif
FiberChek2 is an advanced application that determines the acceptability of optical

fiber end-faces through automated inspection and analysis. It identifies and
characterizes defects and contamination and determines their location relative to the
fiber core. It then provides a pass or fail result according to a preconfigured failure
criteria setting. The P5000 digital probe microscope connects directly to a PC or
laptop via a USB 2.0 connection, and the unique QuickCapture button lets users
capture, inspect and analyze a fiber end-face image in a single automated step.
Inspect before you connect.
FEATURES
FiberChek2 software is preprogrammed to comply with International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) acceptance criteria standard (IEC
61300-3-35) for single-mode and multimode connectors
Remove human subjectivity from fiber inspection and grading to ensure
consistent results
Archive results and images as HTML or PDF files and generate integrated reports
Plug it directly into PC/laptop via USB 2.0 connection
Produces crisp, clear view of fiber end-face condition with high-resolution 5MP
camera and coaxial illumination
Plug it directly into USB port on the TB4000 mainframe for automated pass/fail
of fiber cleanliness
Description
441738 FBP-SD01
(USB 2.0), FiberChek2 software,
interchangeable FBPT inspection tips (4) in
hard case, SC and LC bulkhead tips,
1.25 mm patch cord tips and hard-sided
carrying case
441803 FBP-P5000
(USB 2.0), FiberChek2 software, FBPT
inspection tip, universal 2.5 mm patch
cord tip and hard-sided carrying case
For more information and part-number configurations such as additional

tips and adapters, contact your local sales office.
14.29
Test Equipment
The integrated features and contents of JDSU's fiber inspection and test kits are
specially designed to optimize workflow and provide ultimate portability. It features
the new FIT handheld inspection and test system that combines optical power
measurement and dedicated patch cord inspection into one device. The kit also
includes the industry-leading FBP Series probe for bulkhead inspection and a visual
fault locator that quickly and easily locates fiber damage. The utility boot organizes
these essential tools into one functional unit, making it ideal for field use.
FEATURES
TFT LCD to view clear, crisp, detailed images of fiber end-faces with
optimal resolution
Inspects both sides of fiber interconnect and accurately tests and measures
optical power with one device
Integrated functions and features eliminate switching between multiple devices
FBP series probe microscope and a dedicated patch cord microscope (PCM) let
users quickly and easily inspect both sides of the fiber interconnects
Integrated patch cord monitor eliminates need for changing inspection tips,
prevents misrouting and protects patch cords
Integrated power meter for all single-mode and multimode applications, such as
LAN, telecom, CATV and DWDM testing
Included pocket-size visual fault locator to quickly locate bends, breaks and
damages in fiber
Packaged in all-in-one portable organizer for essential fiber tools and includes
neck strap for hands-free operation
Includes cleaning tools for both patch cord and bulkhead cleaning
Modulation frequency detection lets users identify individual fibers at
specific tones
Three-year calibration period
Automatic wavelength detection (with JDSU optical light source)
JDSU
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
Fiber Scope Tips and Adapters
Test Equipment
JDSU
PR33631V2-248015.tif
JDSU manufactures 300+ tips and adapters for any fiber optic type and connector
you need to inspect with probe microscopes for proper fiber care. JDSU supplies tips
for enterprise networks, carrier backbone networks, mobile backhaul networks, CATV,
FTTx, military/aerospace, ribbon fiber and backplane applications supporting the vast
majority of connector types in virtually any application. Tips and adapters are
available for both the patch cord (male) and bulkhead (female) portion of your fiber
connection. FBPT tips and FMAE adapters are for use with JDSU's FBP-P5 or
FBP-P5000 probe. Inspect before you connect.
Description
379493 FBPT-U12M
Tip univ. 1.25 mm/UPC patch cord
441806 FBPT-FC
Tip for FC/UPC bulkhead
441807 FBPT-FC-APC
Tip for FC/APC bulkhead
441808 FBPT-LC
Tip for LC/UPC bulkhead
D
441810 FBPT-SC
Tip for SC/UPC bulkhead
441811 FBPT-SC-APC
Tip for SC/APC bulkhead
441812 FBPT-ST
Tip for ST/UPC bulkhead
441813 FBPT-MTP-L
Tip MTP/UPC bulkhead long reach, X and Y
axis pan knob
441814 FBPT-MTPA-L
Tip MTP/APC bulkhead long reach, X and Y
axis pan knob
441915 FBPT-U25M
Tip univ. 2.50 mm/UPC patch cord
441917 FBPT-U25MA
Tip univ. 12.50 mm/APC patch cord
problem efficiently. JDSU offers two unique versions of the VFL that are economically
priced and ergonomically designed for comfortable handling and portability. The VFL
emits a bright red laser beam (Class II), making the light escaping from the damaged
fiber easily visible from a distance. The continuous/flash control button lets
operators choose between continuous or flashing illumination.
FEATURES
Compact, ergonomic design for ultimate portability
Visible wavelength is 650 nm
High-powered laser (1 mW) for single-mode (> 7 km) and multimode
(> 5 km) connectors
Continuous or flash illumination
Universal connector interface for quick and easy connection
2.5 mm connector input (1.25 mm adapter available)
Includes soft-sided carrying case with belt loop
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR
416192 FFL-050
441743 FFL-100
Description
Pocket-size
Ruggedized - with 1.25 mm adapter
UNIVERSAL 1.25 MM ADAPTER

441744 FFL-U12
441749 FFL-050-U12
Description
For FFL-100
For FFL-050
For more information and part-number configurations such as additional

tips and adapters, contact your local sales office.
OptiFiber Pro OTDR

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67005V2-528616.tif
For more information and additional part numbers,

Visual Fault Locator

JDSU
PR33635V2-248006.tif
Whether installing or troubleshooting, the visual fault locator (VFL) is an essential

tool that quickly and easily locates problem areas in fiber cables. By pinpointing the
exact location of fiber damage, technicians can diagnose, troubleshoot and fix the
14.30
The OptiFiber Pro OTDR is the industry's first enterprise OTDR built from the ground up
to meet the challenges of enterprise fiber infrastructures. This fiber troubleshooting
and certification tool combines uncomplicated power with unparalleled efficiency
and the exact functions needed for troubleshooting or certifying campus, data center
and storage fiber networks. The OptiFiber Pro OTDR elevates fiber testing with the
industry's only smartphone user interface that turns any technician into a fiber
expert. The Fluke Networks DataCenter configuration eliminates uncertainty and
errors that occur when testing data center fiber. Its ultrashort dead zones enable
testing of fiber patch cords in virtualized data centers. These capabilities, plus the
fastest-in-the-industry trace times, make the OptiFiber Pro OTDR a must-have tool.
FEATURES
Effectively test data center fiber with the least set up and trace time
Troubleshoot data center fiber links where short patch cables and dense
connectors are common
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
Continuity and polarity verification
Easy-to-use and widely recognized DTX-based interface
DTX-CLT CERTIFIBER OPTICAL LOSS TEST SET
Description
416002 DTX-CERTIFIBER-M
Multimode DTX-CLT CertiFiber, includes
DTX-MFM2 and one set of 50 m SC/SC
test reference cords
416003 DTX-CERTIFIBER-S
Single-mode DTX-CLT CertiFiber, includes
DTX-SFM2 and one of SM SC/SC test
reference cords
416004 DTX-CERTIFIBER-MS Multimode and single-mode DTX-CLT
CertiFiber, includes DTX-MFM2 and
DTX-SFM2 and one set each of 50 m and
SM SC/SC test reference cords
416005 DTX-CERTIFIBER/MU Replacement mainframe for
DTX-CLT CertiFiber
416006 DTX-CERTIFIBER/RU Replacement remote for DTX-CLT CertiFiber
SUPPORT
280633 GLD-DTX-FIBERMOD
485616
GLD-DTX-CRT
Description
One-year Gold Support for DTX fiber
module set
One-year Gold Support for DTX-CLT
CertiFiber mainframe set
DTX-CLT CertiFiber Optical Loss Test Set

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR28605V2-209675.tif
The DTX-CLT CertiFiber Optical Loss Test Set provides a complete Tier 1 fiber
certification (loss, length and polarity) solution for both multimode and single-mode
fiber. Leveraging the market-leading DTX CableAnalyzer interface, it performs easy
and quick validation of fiber link performance and installation quality, measurement
of optical loss at multiple wavelengths and polarity confirmation. It even measures
fiber length, eliminating the need for unreliable guesswork and estimation methods.
Cut testing time in half by testing two fibers in both directions at two wavelengths
without swapping main and remote units! Save, upload, manage and print
comprehensive certification reports using Fluke Networks' popular LinkWare
PC software.
FEATURES
12-second Autotest - loss measurement of two fibers at two wavelengths,
optical link budget calculation and a PASS/FAIL analysis
Optimized for applications ranging up to 10 Gig
Interchangeable multimode and single-mode modules (which are also
compatible with the popular DTX CableAnalyzer)
Accurate fiber length measurement - eliminate haphazard guessing
14.31
Test Equipment
Maximize efficiency with a smartphone user interface that allows anyone to

perform expert fiber troubleshooting and certification
Maximize return on investment by enabling customized user and project
folder capabilities
Reduce network downtime by quickly and precisely identifying faults on
single-mode or multimode fiber
Accelerate fiber certification with trace times as short as two seconds in Quick
Test mode
Description
463720 OFP-100-M
OptiFiber Pro multimode OTDR for
troubleshooting and extended certification
463722 OFP-100-S
OptiFiber Pro single-mode OTDR for
463718 OFP-100-Q
OptiFiber Pro Quad OTDR for
463721 OFP-100-MI
OptiFiber Pro multimode OTDR for
troubleshooting and extended
certification; includes fiber inspection kit
463723 OFP-100-SI
OptiFiber Pro single-mode OTDR for
463719 OFP-100-QI
OptiFiber Pro Quad OTDR for
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
Fiber OneShot PRO
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR33626V2-247671.tif
Whether you are troubleshooting FTTx, Hybrid Fiber Coax (HFC), fiber between Central
Offices or working on regional/rural access networks, Fiber OneShot PRO is your first
response to fiber trouble. The Fiber OneShot PRO analyzes fiber links and measures
faults up to 15 miles in less than five seconds. The one-button test feature means no
training and can cut the average job time by 30 percent. This new class of tester fills
the gap between a VFL and OTDR because it easily and quickly locates lossy
connections, high-loss faults and breaks in a single-mode fiber network.
FEATURES
Measure up to 75,459 ft. (23,000 m) of fiber in seconds
Locate severe bends, high-loss splices, breaks and dirty connectors in
single-mode fiber
Save and store up to 99 test results for later review
Confirm channel connectivity by analyzing the fiber link
Locate sourcesD of bit-error rates caused by end-face contamination or poor
connection leads
Reports up to nine multiple events per fiber link
Description
441397 FIBR-1-SHOTPRO
Fiber OneShot PRO only - includes meter,
SC adapter, 22-language QRG on CD,
manual and batteries
441399 FIBR-1-KITPRO
Fiber OneShot PRO-SC kit - includes meter,
SC adapter, UPC-UPC 2-meter patch cord,
holster, case, 22-language QRG on CD,
manual and batteries
441402 FIBR-1-KITPRO-VF
Fiber OneShot PRO-SC kit with VisiFault includes meter, SC adapter, UPC-UPC 2 m
patch cord, holster, case, 22-language
QRG on CD, manual and batteries plus the
VisiFault visual fault locator with 2.5 mm
universal adapter
441404 FIBR-1-KITPRO-PM
Fiber OneShot PRO-SC kit with SimpliFiber
Pro - includes meter, SC adapter, UPC-UPC
2 m patch cord, holster, case, 22-language
QRG on CD, manual and batteries plus
SimpliFiber Pro optical power meter and
SC adapter
14.32

Description
441405 FIBR-1-KITPRO-VFPM Fiber OneShot PRO-SC kit with VisiFault
and SimpliFiber Pro - includes meter, SC
adapter, UPC-UPC 2 m patch cord, holster,
case, 22-language QRG on CD, manual and
batteries plus the VisiFault visual fault
locator with 2.5 mm universal adapter and
SimpliFiber Pro optical power meter and
SC adapter
411272 FIBR-1-SHOT
Fiber OneShot optical test set, SC adapter,
holster, 22-language QRG on CD, manual
and batteries
411273 FIBR-1-KIT-VF
UPC-APC, UPC-UPC 1 m launch cords,
manual, batteries and VisiFault visual fault
locator with 2.5 mm universal adapter
411274 FIBR-1-KIT-PM
UPC-APC, UPC-UPC 1 m launch cords,
manual, batteries and SFPOWERMETER SimpliFiber Pro optical power meter, SC
adapter included
411276 FIBR-1-KIT-VFPM
UPC-APC, UPC-UPC 1-meter launch cords,
manual, batteries, VisiFault visual fault
locator with 2.5 mm universal adapter and
SFPOWERMETER - SimpliFiber Pro optical
power meter, SC adapter included
441930 FIBR-UPC-CORD-2M UPC-UPC patch cord, 2 meters
GOLD SUPPORT
447440 GLD-FOS-PRO
447441
GLD-FOS-MULTIKITS
Description
One year of Gold Support for FIBR-1-KITPRO
or FIBR-1-KITPRO-VF
One year of Gold Support for
FIBR-1-KITPRO-PM or FIBR-1-KITPRO-VFPM
or LSPM
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
Fiber QuickMap Enterprise Fiber Troubleshooter

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR33643V2-248031.tif
GOLD SUPPORT
447443 GLD-FQM
447450
GLD-FQM-FTK
Description
One year of Gold Support coverage for the
Fiber QuickMap kits: FQM-MAIN, FQM-KIT
or FTS900
One year of Gold Support coverage for the
Fiber QuickMap kits: FTS1000,
FTS1100 or FTS1100/E
Test Equipment
The Fiber QuickMap is a new category of fiber troubleshooter for the enterprise,
quickly and efficiently locating connections and breaks in a multimode fiber network.
One button press and six seconds of test time lead to immediate visibility and
understanding of a multimode channel's links to identify any potential
problem areas.
FEATURES
One-button troubleshooting - no lengthy setup necessary
Six-second test time - no more blind troubleshooting that can last hours
Locate multiple incidents - quickly see potentially problematic connections in
the channel
Locate high-loss incidents or breaks - find the most common causes of
fiber failure
Locate reflective incidents - discover causes of bit error rates, a primary source
of network degradation
Description
441701 FQM-MAIN
Fiber QuickMap mainframe with
carrying pouch
441702 FQM-KIT
Fiber QuickMap kit with test reference
cords (50 and 62.5 m for both SC/SC
and SC/LC) and carrying pouch
441704 FTS900
Fiber QuickMap kit with test reference
cords (50 and 62.5 m for both SC/SC
and SC/LC), VisiFault visual fault locator
and carrying case
441705 FTS1000
Fiber QuickMap troubleshooter kit with
test reference cords (50 and 62.5 m for
both SC/SC and SC/LC), VisiFault visual
fault locator, SimpliFiber Pro power meter
and multimode source and carrying case
442403 FTS1100
Fiber QuickMap troubleshooter kit with
test reference cords (50 and 62.5 m for
both SC/SC and SC/LC), VisiFault visual
fault locator, SimpliFiber Pro power meter
and multimode source,
FT500 FiberInspector mini video
microscope and carrying case
14.33
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
MultiFiber Power Meter and Fiber Test Kits

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67006V2-528617.tif
GOLD SUPPORT
480140 GLD-MF
480141
GLD-MFTK
Description
One year of Gold Support
for MFPOWERMETER/MFMULTIMODESOURCE
One year of Gold Support for
MFTK1200 or MFTK1400
SimpliFiber Pro Optical Power Meter and Fiber Test Kits
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORKS
MultiFiber Pro is the only fiber tester that tests MPO fiber trunks without the use of
fan-out cords, eliminates the complexity of polarity issues and makes cassette
testing in the field much easier.
Whether it is using 10 Gbps preterminated fiber trunks or planning for next-generation
40/100 Gbps performance, data centers are standardizing on an MPO connector
solution. Typical fiber installation means time-consuming, manual and imprecise MPO
validation. MultiFiber Pro is 90 percent faster than the single-fiber testing method
because it measures power loss and validates polarity on 12 fibers in a single
connector - reducing test time from weeks to days.
FEATURES
Automatic scanning and testing of all fibers in MPO connectors
Ensures correct end-to-end connectivity of MPO connectors with built-in
polarity verification
D
On-board MPO connector so no fan-out cords are required when testing
fiber trunks
Easy to interpret test result with a simple user interface that displays all
12 fibers
Troubleshoots a single fiber by measuring loss of selective fiber within an
MPO trunk
No dust caps to manage or lose with shuttered MPO connector
Description
480118 MFTK1200
MPO testing base kit includes MultiFiber
Pro power meter, 850 light source, test
cords, MPO adapters and carrying case
480119 MFTK1400
MPO testing and inspection kit includes
MFTK1200, FT600 FiberInspector Pro with
NF370 MPO tip
480120 MFPOWERMETER
MultiFiber Pro optical power meter
480121 MFMULTIMODESOURCE MultiFiber Pro multimode 850 LED
light source
480129 TRC-MPO-PP-B
1 m test cord with MPO/MPO, pinned/
pinned, type B polarity
480130 TRC-MPO-UP-B
1 m test cord with MPO/MPO, unpinned/
pinned, type B polarity
480133 TRC-MPO-UU-B
0.3 m test cord with MPO/MPO, unpinned/
unpinned, type B polarity
480136 BKC-MPO-ULC
1 m breakout cord for MPO unpinned
LC connector
480137 BKC-MPO-USC
1 m breakout cord for MPO unpinned
SC connector
480138 ADP-MPO-B
Type B polarity MPO adapter
14.34
PR23101V2-157055.tif
With new, unique capabilities that simplify testing, the SimpliFiber Pro Optical Power
Meter and Fiber Test Kits are ideal for conducting first-line fiber cabling installation
or verification.
FEATURES
Dual-wavelength testing - complete testing in half the time
Additional wavelengths to include 1490 and 1625 - calibrated to extend from
typical enterprise wavelengths for broader applications
Min./max. - precision tracking of intermittent power fluctuations, a superior
alternative to the inaccurate "wiggle" test
CheckActive - audible tone and display icon alerts you to a live wire
Saves 1,000 results - large internal memory enables continuous testing and
recording; fully compatible with the popular LinkWare cable
Test management software
Quickly locate cable fault, polarity and connector problems with VisiFault VFL*
Inspect end-faces at 200x magnification with the FT120 FiberViewer or
FT500 FiberInspector Mini*
*Not available in all kit configurations
COMPLETE FIBER VERIFICATION KIT (FTK1450)
The complete fiber verification kit is for contractors and network technicians who
install and maintain premises networks with both multimode and single-mode
optical fiber. Use this kit to verify optical loss and power levels at 850, 1300, 1310,
1490, 1550 and 1625 nm, inspect fiber end-faces, locate cable faults, connector
problems and polarity issues. Kit combinations offer a variety of inspection options.
Description
381298 FTK1450
Includes SimpliFiber Pro power meter,
850/1300 and 1310/1500 sources (SC
port), two FindFiber remote ID sources,
FT500 FiberViewer video microscope,
VisiFault VFL, LC and ST adapters,
NFC-KIT-BOX cleaning equipment and
carrying case
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
FULL-FEATURED INSPECTION AND MULTIMODE VERIFICATION KITS
(FTK1300 AND FTK1350)
The full-featured inspection and multimode verification kits are for contractors and
network technicians who install and maintain multimode premises networks. Use
these kits to verify optical loss and power levels at 850 and 1300 nm, inspect fiber
end-faces, locate cable faults, connector problems and polarity issues. Kit
combinations offer a variety of inspection options.
Description
381296 FTK1300
Full-featured verification kit with
FiberViewer. Includes SimpliFiber Pro
power meter, 850/1300 source (SC port),
FindFiber remote ID source,
FT120 FiberViewer optical microscope,
VisiFault VFL, LC and ST adapters and
carrying case
381297 FTK1350
Full-featured verification kit with
FiberInspector Mini. Includes SimpliFiber
Pro power meter, 850/1300 source (SC
port), FindFiber remote ID source,
FT120 FiberViewer optical microscope,
VisiFault VFL, LC and ST adapters and
carrying case
FIBERINSPECTOR MINI AND CLEANING KIT (FT525)

Choose this option if you are installing and maintaining any fiber optics network.
Everyone using fiber optics needs to be inspecting and cleaning ports and end-faces
prior to mating for top network performance.
Description
358648 FT525
FiberInspector Mini video microscope and
cleaning kit case
SIMPLIFIBER PRO
381294 SFPOWERMETER
381993
433244
Description
SimpliFiber Pro power meter with SC
adapter, carrying pouch
SFSINGLEMODESOURCE SimpliFiber Pro single-mode 1310/
1500 source with SC port, carrying pouch
SFSINGLEMODE2
SimpliFiber Pro single-mode 1490/
1625 source
381995
FINDFIBER-6
GOLD SUPPORT
447442 GLD-SFPRO
368639
GLD-FTK
Description
FindFiber remote ID source with SC port,
carrying pouch
Set of six FindFiber remote ID sources,
carrying pouch
Description
One year of Gold Support for the
SimpliFiber Pro devices and test kits:
SFPOWERMETER, FTK1000 or FTK2000
One year of Gold Support for SimpliFiber
Pro Fiber Test Kits - Models: FTK1350,
FTK1450 or FTK2100
FiberInspector Pro
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR9793V2-22987.tif
The FiberInspector video microscope enables inspection of end-faces on all types of

installed fiber. In a survey commissioned by Fluke Networks, end-face contamination
was found to be the leading cause of fiber failures. By inspecting end-faces before
mating, this common problem can be prevented.
The portable video microscope projects a crisp, clear image of microscopic debris and
end-face damage on both patch cords and inside ports. Quickly determine whether
fiber connectors on a hardware device are clean and in good condition without
disassembling the device.
The FiberInspector Mini is exceptionally convenient while the full-featured Pro excels
with its larger screen, rugged boot and wide array of adapter tips.
FEATURES
Inspect all types of installed fiber to prevent the #1 cause of fiber failure
Quickly determines whether fiber connectors on a hardware device are clean
and in good condition without disassembling the device
Contains high-magnification optics that provide crisp, clear images of
microscopic debris and end-face damage
The exceptionally convenient FiberInspector Mini uses a 200x magnification
probe sufficient for inspecting both multimode and single-mode fiber
The full-featured FiberInspector Pro excels with its dual-magnification (250x/
400x) probe, large 3.5 in. screen, rugged boot and wide array of adapter tips
14.35
Test Equipment
BASIC VERIFICATION KITS (FTK1000-MM, FTK2000-SM AND FTK2100)

The basic verification kits are great starter kits for contractors and network
technicians who install and maintain fiber links. Available in single-mode or
multimode configurations, quickly verify optical loss and power levels at 850 and
1300 nm or 1310 and 1550 nm. Add additional sources, microscopes and VFL
options as needed.
Description
381295 FTK1000
Basic verification kit (multimode).
850/1300 multimode source (SC port) and
carrying case
381299 FTK2000
Basic verification kit (single-mode).
1310/1550 single-mode source (SC port)
and carrying case
433245 FTK2100
Basic verification kit (SFPOWERMETER,
SFSINGLEMODESOURCE,
SFSINGLEMODE2 with case)

381994 FINDFIBER
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
(continued)
FiberInspector Pro

343307. FT500
283138. FT600
358648. FT525
255469.
OFTM-5352
299602.
OPV-FT600
Test Equipment
ACCESSORIES
239051 NF362
261741 NF364
283139 NF366
335848 NF368
341449
356762
NF370
NF395
343308
NFM110
356763
NF390
GOLD SUPERVISION SUPPORT

D
283140 GLD-FTINSPECTOR
Description
FiberInspector Mini video microscope
FiberInspector Pro video microscope
FiberInspector Mini video microscope and
cleaning kit case
FiberInspector Pro for OptiFiber
certifying OTDR
OptiView fiber inspector
Connects to 2.5 mm standard and 1.25 mm SFF connectors

Over 40-hour battery life with two AA batteries
Description
283141 VISIFAULT
VisiFault visual fault locator with 2.5 mm
universal adapter
283142 NF380
Universal adapter for connectors with
1.25 mm ferrules
Fiber Viewers
FLUKE NETWORKS
Description
LC video probe adapter tip
MU video probe adapter tip
E2000 video probe adapter tip
1.25 mm universal video probe adapter tip
for male ends
MTP/MPO video probe adapter tip
APC video probe adapter tip for use
with FT600
Accessory tip set for FiberInspector Mini
(LC, FC and 1.25 mm)
APC adapter tip for use with FT500
PR10770V2-10893.tif
To ensure your termination is smooth, clean and ready for optical transmission.
Rugged microscope with LED illumination available with either 200x or
400x magnification.
Description
222056 FT120
FiberViewer 200x
222057 FT140
FiberViewer 400x
Description
FiberInspector Pro Gold Support for
one year
33-960 Series Micro OTDRs

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23119V2-160773.tif
VisiFault Visual Fault Locator (VFL)

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR9794V2-22990.tif
The laser-powered VisiFault visual fault locator (VFL) traces fibers, verifies continuity
and polarity, and helps find breaks in cables, connectors and splices. Ruggedly
constructed for demanding field-testing and includes a long battery life for hours
of use.
FEATURES
Bright-red visible laser light source
Accelerates end-to-end fiber continuity checks
Speeds fiber tracing and identification
Simplifies fiber-polarity verification
Aids in location of fiber faults including tight bends, breaks and bad connectors
Features continuous and flashing modes
Rugged case survives drops, impacts and vibrations
14.36
Designed with installers in mind, the 33-960 Micro OTDR offers excellent
performance and ease of use in a truly handheld, lightweight and rugged package. It
is ideally suited for the installation and troubleshooting of LAN, campus and WAN
fiber networks. It combines high measurement precision with the user-friendliness of
one-button operation resulting in accurate characterization of connectors and splices
in addition to fast and reliable fault location. With the Macro Bend detector (MB)
option, this OTDR provides a clear pass/fail indication for every link without the
cumbersome manual evaluation of traces. This benefits less-experienced users by
providing clear decision points on whether a line is good or bad.
33-960 SERIES MICRO OTDRS
388800 33-960-30
388823
33-960-30MB
393009
33-960-VP
Description
Quad OTDR with 850/1300/1310/
1550 nm
OTDR kit with Tier 2 certification option
and Macro Bend detection, with 850/
1300/1310/1550 nm
Video probe with 200x and
400x magnifications
Test Equipment
Fiber Optic
ACCESSORIES
393010 1912-00-1621
393011 33-960-BP
393012 33-960-KB
393014 33-961-10
393016 33-961-20
393017 33-961-30
393019 33-961-40
393020 33-961-50
393022 33-961-60
Description
Cleaning kit
Rechargeable battery
Foldable USB keyboard
Adapter for FC connectors
Adapter for SC connectors
Adapter for ST connectors
Adapter for E2000 connectors
Adapter for DIN 47256 connectors
Adapter for HMS-10/AG connectors
Multimode and Single-mode Fiber Optic Test Set

GREENLEE
PR11998V2-21766.tif
VFF5 Visual Fault Finder

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR10777V2-12102.tif
Microscope
182430 Microscope - 100x, with LC adapter
266003 300B microscope
Material ID
700005887
700008063
Multimode Fiber Optic Test Set

GREENLEE
PR11997V2-21769.tif
Designed for the technician to perform installation and maintenance measurements

on fiber optic cabling networks.
FEATURES
Insertion loss test set for multimode fiber
850/1300 nm loss measurements
Connector for FC, SC or ST
Rugged package design
Easy-to-use portable package
Economically priced
Description
327977 5670-FC
With FC connector
327978 5670-SC
With SC connector
327979 5670-ST
With ST connector
14.37
Test Equipment
The economical, redesigned VFF5 visual fault finder is a light source used to locate
breaks and misconnections in fiber optic cables. A handheld battery-powered tool,
the VFF5 projects highly visible red light into a fiber optic cable. The VFF5 is equipped
with a high-power, extra-long-life laser which operates either in continuous (CW) or
modulated mode up to 3 km (2.3 miles) into multimode fiber and 4 km (2.5 miles)
into single-mode fiber.
FEATURES
Finds breaks, faulty splices and crimps, poor components or connections
Low-cost, basic fiber test tool
Slim pocket-size tool (8.7 inch length)
High-output, Class 2, 650 nm laser diode
Includes carrying case, lens cap, batteries, lanyard and instruction book
Rugged new metal body case design with protective Santoprene oversleeve
Battery powered with improved battery life up to 80 hours in continuous mode
Universal connector to support ST, SC and FC interface without
additional adapters
Improved mechanical design: resists water, improves grip and prevents rolling
Improved carrying options: nylon holster and integrated swivel belt-clip
Description
198871 VFF5
Visual fault finder, 650 nm red laser
These conveniently packaged test sets are used to test, troubleshoot and maintain
telco, CATV, LAN and other single-mode/multimode network applications.
FEATURES
Insertion loss test set for multimode fiber
850/1300 nm loss measurements
Connector for FC, SC or ST
Rugged package design
Easy-to-use portable package
Economically priced
Description
329075 5890-FC
With FC connector
329076 5890-SC
With SC connector
329077 5890-ST
With ST connector
Test Equipment
Telecom
./
Sidekick T&N Telecom Tester
Test Equipment
GREENLEE
Load Coil Detector

pr5379V2-20179.tif
Performs the patented Stress Test which reads audible noise produced on a faulted
pair that is stressed by a 90 dBrnC excitation. This identifies DC resistive or
capacitive imbalances. The patented Leakage Test detects intermittent faults that do
not appear under normal VOM tests by using 135 V to "punch through" the oxide layer
and reveal a cable fault. The Sidekick Plus includes an RFL and TDR.
FEATURES
Measures resistance, AC/DC and capacitive kick
Provides tone for twisted-pair or crossed-conductor identification
Single setup for testing Tip-Ring, Tip-Ground and Ring-Ground
Tests loop current, circuit loss, metallic noise, power influence and load
coil detection
Description
228443 1137-5002
Sidekick T&N
D
331439 1155-5000
Sidekick Plus
GREENLEE
PR6777V2-20212.TIF
The Model 88 Load Coil Detector is designed for use on telephone cable by
outside-plant or central-office personnel. Allows telephone personnel to quickly and
easily indicate the presence and number of load coils (up to four) on an active or
dead cable pair. The detector is lightweight and uses one 9 V battery.
Description
102679 88
Load coil detector
TS54 TDR
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67007V2-528618.tif
Sidekick 7B Telecom Tester

GREENLEE
PR10740V2-11153.tif
The Sidekick 7B determines the stressed noise susceptibility of dry and

working pairs.
FEATURES
Measures resistance, AC/DC and capacitive kick
Provides tone for twisted-pair or crossed-conductor identification
Single setup for testing Tip-Ring, Tip-Ground and Ring-Ground
Minimal drying effect in all ranges
Field replacement leads
Soft case with adjustable strand hook
Low-battery indicator light
Description
257835 1134-5029
Sidekick 7B
14.38
The innovative TS54 TDR (time domain reflectometer) is perfect for voice, data and
video technicians and communications service provider technicians who need a
best-in-class test set. There's nothing else like the TS54 TDR on the market today. No
longer will you need to carry a separate TDR, toner, pair identifier - everything you
need is in one newly redesigned and compact test set - that's a 62 percent weight
reduction and a 20 percent cost reduction over existing products.
The TS54 TDR delivers 20 percent more extreme weather protection with the latest
advancements to our patented RainSafe, DropSafe and DataSafe technology. This
means the TS54 TDR is weatherproof and rugged and able to butt in on live DSL lines
to test POTS quality without crashing data service.
FEATURES
TDR - find cable length measurement and locate faults on virtually all types of
cable including twisted pair, coaxial and parallel conductors
Toner - five separate tones for fast and easy differentiation between multiple
wire pairs
SmartTone - short the correct pair and tone changes for exact pair identification
Additional key testing functions include:
- Data indication - warns when data is present on the line
- Voltage indication/measurement - identifies potential line problems
- Current (mA) indication/measurement - verifies sufficient line current
- Caller ID with call waiting - verifies functional service
- DTMF digit grabbing - isolates faulty customer premise equipment
Test Equipment
Telecom
- Detects dial tone, places and receives calls
- Polarity
DropSafe PRO - passed 20-foot drop test onto concrete
RainSafe PRO - protection for extreme weather conditions
DataSafe PRO - prevents disruption of data transmission on the line
High-visibility keypad with glow-in-the-dark keys for any outside
plant environment
Extra-large, backlit LCD screen
Familiar, cell phone-like menu and user interface
Two-way, hands-free speakerphone
Optional headset
Description
478776 TS54-A-09-TDR
Test set + TDR, ABN with piercing pin
478785 TS54-BANA
Test set + TDR, 4 mm banana, extra-large
alligator clips, test probe
ACCESSORIES
485665 BELTCLIP-TS
485667 LEAD-PIRC-PIN
485668 LEAD-CO-346A
LEAD-ABN-PPIN
485671
485672
LEAD-ALIG-CLP
LEAD-ABNPRJ11
485674
LEAD-BANA-CLP
485676
HEADSET-TS
TS53 PRO
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67008V2-528619.tif
ACCESSORIES
485665 BELTCLIP-TS
485668 LEAD-CO-346A
485669
LEAD-ABN-PPIN
485671
485672
LEAD-ALIG-CLP
LEAD-ABNPRJ11
485674
LEAD-BANA-CLP
485676
HEADSET-TS
Description
Belt clip
Test leads with piercing pin clips
Test leads with a 346A plug for the
central office
Test leads with angled bed-of-nails (ABN)
and piercing pin clips
Test leads with an RJ11 plug, angled
bed-of-nails (ABN) and piercing pin clips
Test leads with a 4 mm banana plug,
alligator clips and test probe
Headset
The TS53 PRO is a professional network test set. It delivers voice, data and video
technicians and communications service provider technicians all the functionality
needed in one telephone test set. The advanced TS53 PRO performs seven essential
tests and contains all the latest advancements to our patented RainSafe, DropSafe
and DataSafe technology all in our newly designed, ruggedly built case.
FEATURES
Data indication - warns when data is present
Voltage indication/measurement - identifies potential line problems
Current (mA) indication/measurement - verifies sufficient line current
Caller ID with call waiting - verifies functional service
DTMF digit grabbing - isolates faulty customer premise equipment
14.39
Test Equipment
485669
Description
Belt clip
central office
Headset
Detects dial tone, places and receives calls

Polarity
DropSafe PRO - passed 20-foot drop test onto concrete
RainSafe PRO - protection for extreme weather conditions
DataSafe PRO - prevents disruption of data transmission on the line
High-visibility keypad with glow-in-the dark keys for any outside
plant environment
Extra-large, backlit LCD screen
Familiar, cell phone-like menu and user interface
Low battery and mute indication
Optional headset
Description
478777 TS53-A-09
TS53, ABN with piercing pin
478778 TS53-P-01
TS53, piercing pin
478780 TS53-AR-09
TS53, ABN with piercing pinand RJ11
478781 TS53-C-04
TS53, Central Office (CO) 346A plug
478784 TS53-BANA
TS53, 4 mm banana and extra-large
Test Equipment
Telecom
TS52 PRO Test Set
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORKS
TS44 PRO Test Set

PR23527V2-165716.tif
Fluke Networks' new TS52 PRO Caller ID test set features the latest in test-set
technology. Designed with a superior, radiant liquid crystal display (LCD) user
interface, it allows you to see what cannot be heard in any outside-plant
environment. The backlit LCD and phosphorescent (glow-in-the-dark) keypad brings
light to even the darkest of work environments.
FEATURES
DataSafe Pro - superior high-impedance monitoring, lockout and override,
making you completely safe in any mode
Display - backlit LCD and glow-in-the-the dark keypad
DropSafe - passes 20 foot drop test
DSL/POTS filtering technology - allows technicians to clip on a live DSL line to
test POTS service without downing or disrupting data service
RainSafe - designed for use in rain conditions
D
FUNCTION
Data indication - warns when data is present
Voltage indication - troubleshooting feature to identify potential line problems
Current (mA) indication - verifies sufficient line current
Caller-ID - verifies service is functional
DTMF digit grabbing - isolate faulty customer premise equipment
Two-way hands-free speakerphone - for true hands-free conversation
Description
392770 52801009
TS52 PRO test set with angled
bed-of-nails, cord with piercing pin
392771 52801004
TS52 PRO test set, CO with 346A plug
392769 52801001
TS52 PRO test set with piercing pin cord
392772 52801RJ9
TS52 PRO test set with angled
bed-of-nails, cord with piercing pin and
RJ11 plug
14.40
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR21918V2-127123.tif
The TS44 PRO Test Set is equipped with new DataSafe PRO Data Protection Technology,
high-impedance monitoring, data lockout and lockout override, making you safe in
Talk, Monitor or Override mode. Filtering technology allows the technician to draw dial
tone on a live DSL/POTS shared line to test the POTS service while protecting the DSL.
Features include a two-way hands-free amplified speakerphone; advanced testing
functions include low/high voltage and low (mA) current results displayed on an
easy-to-read LED.
Description
360158 50801001
TS44 PRO test set with piercing pin only
360159 50801009
TS44 PRO test set with ABN
360160 50801004
TS44 PRO test set with 346A plug
360161 50801RJ9
TS44 PRO test set with ABN and RJ11 plug
TS42 Deluxe Test Set

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR21919V2-127119.tif
The TS42DLX test set includes a new ergonomic design, waterproof, DropSafe
durability and a three-year warranty. Features a two-way, hands-free amplified
speakerphone for true hands-free conversation. Advanced testing functions for low-/
high-voltage and low-current (mA) detection are displayed in easy-to-read LEDs.
Description
249196 42801009
TS42DLX with ABN
311950 42801004
TS42DLX with 346A plug
305963 42801001
TS42DLX with piercing pin clips
Test Equipment
Telecom
TS25D Test Set with LCD Kit

FLUKE NETWORKS
TS30 Analog Test Set

PR10716V2-11246.tif
PR10717V2-11249.tif
With its high-impedance monitor for DataSafe operation, technicians can clip onto a
line in monitor mode, without disrupting data.
FEATURES
New ergonomic design
DropSafe reliability - passes 20 foot drop test
RainSafe protection and weatherproof in severe weather conditions
Hook-flash button
Mute switch
Last-number redial
Audible ringer for callbacks
Description
210860 30800001
TS30 test set with piercing pin clips
196269 30800009
TS30 test set with ABN
TS23 PRO
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67009V2-528620.tif
The TS23 PRO gives voice, data and video technicians and communications service
provider technicians all the functionality needed in a telephone test set while offering
unbeatable reliability, durability and expanded utility. The TS23 PRO performs four
essential tests and includes RainSafe, DropSafe and DataSafe technology all in a
newly designed, ruggedly built case.
Four testing functions include:
- Voltage indication - identifies potential line problems
- Current (mA) indication/measurement - verifies sufficient line current
- Detects dial tone, places and receives calls
- Polarity
- DropSafe PRO - passed 20-foot drop test onto concrete
- RainSafe PRO - protection for extreme weather conditions
- DataSafe PRO - prevents disruption of data transmission on the line
14.41
Test Equipment
The new test set includes multiple testing features including data lockout and lockout
override, making you completely safe in talk or monitor mode. The DSL/POTS filtering
technology allows you to safely draw dial tone without downing DSL. A built-in tone
generator simplifies wire identification with a probe. An amplified speaker makes
monitoring the line hands-free, so you can keep working. The Talk Battery function
provides voltage to carry voice conversation on nonpowered pairs. All in a compact
unit with an oversize robust liquid crystal display (LCD) that makes the intuitive,
common-sense menus easy to read and use.
FEATURES
One-way speakerphone; kit includes earpiece, making the set hands-free
Caller ID and call waiting Caller ID
Data lockout detection
Tone generator
Continuity test for detecting shorts
Phonebook
DTMF digit grabbing to test other equipment for proper DTMF generation
Row/column tones for single-tone dialing
High- and low-voltage lockout
Low-/high-voltage indication digital readout
Low-current (mA) indication digital readout
Overvoltage and overcurrent protection
Selectable flash and pause duration
Selectable timeouts to save batteries
Speed dial (10 memories, 23 digits each)
Battery-level indicator
ADSL safe
Description
262444 25501109
TS25D test set with ABN (includes pouch
and earpiece)
262443 25501009
TS25D test set with ABN
FLUKE NETWORKS
Test Equipment
Telecom
(continued)
TS23 PRO
Audible ringer for callbacks

097795 22800001
097790 22800009
097792 22800007
FEATURES
Low battery and mute indication
Optional headset
TS23 PRO TEST SET
478787 TS23-A-09
478788 TS23-P-01
478790 TS23-AR-09
478783
TS23-BANA
Test Equipment
ACCESSORIES
485665 BELTCLIP-TS
485668 LEAD-CO-346A
485669
LEAD-ABN-PPIN
485671
485672
LEAD-ALIG-CLP
LEAD-ABNPRJ11
485674
D
LEAD-BANA-CLP
485676
HEADSET-TS
Description
Includes ABN with piercing pin
With piercing pin
Includes ABN with piercing pin and
RJ11 plug
With 4 mm banana and extra-large
alligator clips
Description
Belt clip
central office
Headset
TS22 Series Analog Test Sets

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR10718V2-11252.tif
Description
TS22 with piercing pin clip
TS22 with ABN
TS22 with ground start cord, basic
analog set
TS19 Analog Test Set

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR20277V2-71127.tif
The TS19 test set combines all the basic test-set features. Its high-impedance
monitor prevents accidental disruption of service from clipping onto a data line while
in monitor mode, thus ensuring the integrity of critical data lines.
FEATURES
Tone/pulse operation
Last-number redial
Spring-loaded field-replaceable belt clip
Polarity indication in talk mode
Two monitor modes
High-impedance and ringing indication
Additional line cords available, sold separately
Description
153534 19800009
TS19 with ABN
138370 19800003
TS19 with banana jacks and alligator clips
TS100 PRO
FLUKE NETWORKS
The TS22 test set's unique built-in amplified speaker provides three audio levels for
hands-free listening and use with automated voice response systems. The TS22 unit
offers a combination of reliability, durability and expanded utility.
FEATURES
Amplified speaker for hands-free monitoring
DropSafe reliability - passes 20 foot drop test
RainSafe protection in severe weather conditions
PBX pause button and mute switch
Stores nine 18-digit numbers in repertory dialer (speed dialing)
Last-number redial
14.42
PR67009V2-528620.tif
The new TS100 PRO cable fault finder with PowerBT bridge tap detect not only
provides open/short circuit detection - to 8,000 feet (2.4 kilometers) - but is also a
telecom technician's first line of defense against bridge taps. Because bridge taps
are a significant source of DSL network performance problems, they need to be
identified and fixed quickly before causing customer attrition. This five-in-one tool is
so affordable every technician can have one.
Test Equipment
Telecom
PE900 Series Test Sets

GREENLEE
pr5371V2-20167.tif
The PE900 Series telephone test sets are waterproof-tested to an IEC IP67 rating. The
PE961 features the DigAlert overvoltage alarm and lockout function to eliminate the
danger of damaging or knocking out digital service lines. The new PE961 provides full
ADSL compatibility.
FEATURES
10-number speed-dial memory (32 digits each)
Last-number redial
Precise hook flash
Microphone mute
Audible and visual mode indicators
Polarity test in any mode
Unique quick-release belt clip

Premium cordset with bed-of-nails and piercing pin clips
Description
247474 PE930
Adjustable ringer, red
238785 PE945
Two-way hands-free, green
244839 PE961
Two-way hands-free, DigAlert Lockout,
ADSL compatibility
Tele-Mate Test Set

GREENLEE
PR67200V2-529259.tif
The TM500 is an affordable solution for technicians needing to troubleshoot

communications circuits. The TM700 adds Caller ID, call waiting and multilanguage
display and displays line current and voltage.
FEATURES
Headset included for hands-free operation
Luminescent (glow-in-the-dark) keypad
Can be used safely on a DSL-enabled line
Overvoltage and overcurrent protection
High-impedance monitor for monitoring line without disrupting existing traffic
Adjustable volume control plus mute
Polarity test with LED indicator
10-number speed dial
32-digit last number redial and pause
Flash to generate a timed break call
Line powered; no battery needed
RJ11 socket
Description
461179 TM500
Tele-Mate telephone test set with ABN
"bed-of-nails" croc clips
461180 TM700
Tele-Mate Pro test set with ABN angled
"bed-of-nails" croc clips
14.43
Test Equipment
FEATURES
Bridge tap detection for xDSL pre-qualification
- Reports distance to bridge taps up to 3,200 feet (975 meters)
- Find multiple bridge taps and their length
- Sees past bridge taps to the end of the cable
Long-distance tester - tests opens and shorts up to 8,000 feet (2.4 kilometers)
Patented SmartTone tone generator with five different tones for exact
pair identification
Built-in TDR (time domain reflectometer)
AC/DC voltage detection
One-button testing
Built-in toner
Description
453403 TS100-PRO-BT-TDR TS100 PRO cable fault finder TDR kit with
bridged tap detect
453756 LEAD-ABNP-100
Test lead with angled-bed-of-nails and
piercing pin. Compatible with the
TS100 and TS100 PRO
453757 CASE-TS100
TS100/TS100 PRO pouch with Fluke
Networks' logo
453758 LEAD-ALIG-100
Test lead with alligator clips. Compatible
with the TS100 and TS100 PRO
453759 LEAD-ABN-100
Test lead with angled-bed-of-nails.
Compatible with the TS100 and TS100 PRO
Test Equipment
Telecom
Standard Modular Adapter

FLUKE NETWORKS
Telephone Line Tester

PR20276V2-71124.tif
These modular adapters provide a quick connect to modular telephone jacks using
any standard butt-in test set.
Description
041274 10113000
Standard modular adapter
INDEPENDENT TECHNOLOGIES
A pencil-sized test device for testing analog telephone lines at the connecting block
or network interface. This device will check for open line, polarity, AC voltage and
dead line. On digital lines, it may or may not show voltage present.
Description
102617 3003
Telephone line tester
In-line Modular Adapters
Test Equipment
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR20275V2-71121.tif
The In-line Modular Adapter permits testing on working lines without disrupting
service and helps determine whether the trouble is in the phone or in the line. This
unit works like the Fluke Networks standard modular adapter, but has the added
feature of replaceable test leads.
FEATURES
Rugged design
Slanted clips to prevent butt-set clips from disconnecting from the banjo
Description
136767 10210100
4-wire in-line modular adapter
249072 10210101
4-wire in-line modular adapter with K-plug
136768 10220100
249073 10220101
136769 10230100
249074 10230101
136745 10200000
Replacement modular cord (4 and 6)
136746 10300000
Replacement modular cord (8)
14.44
PR7104V2-141624.tif
Test Equipment
T1/WAN Analysis
OPTIONS
442386 CTLAYER4
./
T-BERD/MTS-6000A with Multiservices Application Module MSAM

for Transport Testing
JDSU
PR33633V2-248013.tif
CT10GLAYER4
442388
CTLSCAPTURE
442389
CT10GCAPTURE
442390
442392
CT1G2GFC
TB6000A-4GFC
442391
CT10GFC
This is a sampling of the kits and configurations. For more information,

complete package contents, options available or part-number
configurations, contact your local sales office.
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Digital Transmission
T-BERD/MTS-5800 Handheld Network Tester

JDSU
PR33741V2-249108.tif
The T-BERD/MTS-5800 handheld network tester is the industry's smallest 10G

handheld instrument and supports testing throughout the entire service network life
cycle, including installation, troubleshooting and maintenance. It is designed for field
technicians who must verify network configurations, including network transparency,
tunneling, and Ethernet OAM designs, as well as ensuring end-customer service level
agreements (SLAs). Integrated J-Complete functionality, such as capture/decode and
automated J-Mentor, helps field technicians perform guided troubleshooting without
having to carry a separate analyzer instrument.
The T-BERD/MTS-5800 is a cost-effective field instrument that not only covers your
test needs of today but also supports the cutting-edge technologies of tomorrow,
namely Synchronous Ethernet and 1588v2 PTP.
FEATURES
Handheld instrument that supports 10G Ethernet, SONET/SDH and PDH testing
with fixed interfaces
Dual-port operation enables performing two tests simultaneously
Rapid boot-up from power on to start of test
Wi-Fi for test set connectivity and remote control with VNC
FiberScope connectivity
Enhanced RFC 2544, including frame delay variation, asymmetric rates and
concurrent results to reduce overall test time
Carrier Ethernet testing with link and service OAM (Y.1731), PBB/PBT, MPLS/
VPLS, MPLS-TP, VLAN, Q-in-Q and J-Proof Ethernet transparency
Verify Ethernet synchronization using 1588v2 PTP or G.826x-based
Synchronous Ethernet
14.45
Test Equipment
The T-BERD/MTS-6000A with the Multiservices Application Module (MSAM) provides

the industry's most compact and modular multifunction, multilayer DS1 to 10-Gigabit
tester for designing, installing and maintaining carrier-grade networks. The MSAM
enables a highly portable test set with the versatility needed to support Ethernet
Layers 2-7, SONET/SDH, DSx/PDH, OTN, datacom and Fibre Channel in one platform.
With testing capabilities designed for Ethernet Backhaul, Metro Core telecom
networks, cable provider switch centers, government telecommunications centers
and providers labs, the MSAM is the latest innovation for the award-winning,
industry-leading T-BERD/ MTS family of test solutions.
FEATURES
Layer 2 through Layer 4 comprehensive 10-stream Ethernet testing, enabling
service activation and application performance modeling for quality of
service verification
Enhanced RFC2544 tests includes frame delay variation, asymmetric rates and
concurrent results to reduce overall testing time
OTN testing supported from OTU1 to OTU2e, including SDH and Ethernet clients
Fibre Channel support includes automated RFC-like scripting test,
buffer-to-buffer control verification, FC port and fabric login
Modular form-factor enables field expandability of test capabilities by adding
modules and software test options
Simultaneous Ethernet, Fibre Channel, and SONET/SDH/ PDH testing from
10 Mbps to 10 Gbps
Options available for Datacom testing for EIA-530, EIA-530A, RS-449/V.36,
RS-232/V.24, X.21, V.35, MIL-188C and conditioned diphase serial interfaces
Description
441902 TB6000A-1G-10GE-DP TB6000A 10/100/1000M, GigE, 10GE
dual-port package
441903 TB6000A-DC
TB6000A datacom package
441904 TB6000A-DS3-GIGE-DP TB6000A DS-STS1 and GigE
dual-port package
441905 TB6000A-GIGECU-DC TB6000A 10/100/1000M Ethernet and
datacom package
441906 TB6000A-OC12-GIGE-DP TB6000A DS1-OC12 and GigE
dual-port package
441907 FBP-MTS-001
TB6000/MTS probe kit with 200/400X
FBP P505 probe with USB adapter, seven
tips and case
442387
Description
10M-1GE Layer 4 line rate TCP/UDP with
automated TCP throughput
testing TrueSpeed
10G Layer 4 TCP line rate with automated
TCP throughput testing TrueSpeed
Packet capture at 1G and 10/100/1000M
with WireShark decode and J-Mentor
troubleshooting assistant
Packet capture at 10G with WireShark
decode and J-Mentor
troubleshooting assistant
2G/1G Fibre Channel test option
4G Fibre Channel with 1310 nm and
850 nm 4G SFPs
10G Fibre Channel test option
Test Equipment
T1/WAN Analysis
(continued)
T-BERD/MTS-5800 Handheld Network Tester
Line rate packet capture up to 10 Gbps

Packet decodes with integrated WireShark
J-Mentor provides expert troubleshooting post-capture analysis
HST-3000 Handheld Services Tester

JDSU
PR23607V2-166689.tif
TESTERS
442624 TB5801-GIGE
442626
442627
442628
Test Equipment
442629
442630
442631
442632
Description
TB5801 with 1GE optical and 10/100/
1000 Mbps electrical Ethernet, optics
and fiber patch cables
TB5812-1G-10GE
TB5812 with 1GE and 10GE optical and
10/100/1000 Mbps electrical Ethernet,
fiber inspection scope, optics and fiber
patch cables
TB5802-GIGE-DP
TB5802 dual port with 1GE optical and
optics and fiber patch cables
TB5812-1G-10GE-DP
TB5812 dual port with 1GE and 10GE
optical and 10/100/1000 Mbps
electrical Ethernet, fiber inspection
scope, optics and fiber patch cables
TB5802P-DS3-GIGE-DP TB5802P dual port with DS1/DS3/
STS1,1GE optical and 10/100/
1000 Mbps electrical Ethernet, optics,
bantam, BNC and fiber patch cables
TB5802P-OC12-GIGE-DP TB5802P dual port with DS1/DS3/STS1,
OC3-12, 1GE optical and 10/100/
D
1000 Mbps electrical Ethernet, optics,
bantam, BNC and fiber patch cables
TB5802P-OC48-GIGE-DP TB5802P dual port with DS1/DS3/STS1,
OC3-48, 1GE optical and 10/100/
1000 Mbps electrical Ethernet, fiber
inspection scope, optics, bantam, BNC
and fiber patch cables
TB5812P-OC192-10GE-DP TB5812P dual port with DS1/DS3/STS1,
OC3-192, 1GE and 10GE optical and
fiber inspection scope, optics, bantam,
BNC and fiber patch cables
OPTIONS
442633 C5LSCAPTURE
442634
442635
442636
442637
C510GCAPTURE
C5LSSYNCE
C510GESYNCE
C5LS1588
442638
442639
442640
C5JPROOF
C5MPLSVPLS
C5MPLSTP
Description
10/100/1000 Mbps and 1 GigE packet
capture test option
10 GigE packet capture test option
1 GigE optical Sync-E test option
10 GigE optical Sync-E test option
10/100/1000 Mbps and 1 GigE IEEE
1588 test option
J-Proof Layer 2 transparency test option
Ethernet MPLS/VPLS test option
Ethernet MPLS-TP and OAM test option

14.46
The growth of converged services has changed the landscape of the

telecommunications industry, creating new opportunities and posing new challenges.
A need exists to deploy complex, new services to meet the demand for the triple play
of voice, video and data, coupled with the challenge to improve customer service and
reduce operating expenses. The right set of tools to do the job quickly and effectively
is needed to successfully navigate this dynamic new world. The modular platform
provides maximum flexibility through software options and field-swappable service
interface modules (SIMs) for copper- and fiber-based multiservice testing. As the role
of the technician moves beyond the physical layer to testing services and
applications, the lightweight, rugged and battery-operated HST-3000 smoothly
supports changing test needs. This handheld, modular platform for copper and
multiservice testing supports technologies such as Gigabit Ethernet, T1/T3 circuits,
serial datacom, DSL copper, POTs and more.
FEATURES
Industry-leading access network tester with legacy-to-cutting-edge functionality
in one handheld platform
Repeatable, customizable functionality enables technicians to ramp up quicker
and resolve more issues daily
Supports triple-play, FTTN, FTTx, Ethernet, IPv4, IPv6 and TDM network tests
Enables export of results to a PC or back-office system
Provides ideal solution for circuit-switch to packet-switch migration
Description
362090 HST-PKG1
HST-PKG1 Basic ADSL2+
362091 HST-PKG2
HST-PKG2 copper/ADSL2+ loaded
362092 HST-PKG3
HST-PKG3 basic copper
362093 HST-PKG4
HST-PKG4 advanced copper upgrade
441760 HST-PKG5
HST-3000 package for T1
441761 HST-PKG6
HST-3000 package for T1 + ISDN PRI
441762 HST-PKG7
HST-3000 package for T1 and T3
441763 HST-PKG8
HST-3000 package for T1, T3 and ISDN PRI
441767 HST-PKG9
HST-3000 pkg. for copper, T1 and ISDN PRI
441768 HST3000-ETH-P3
Optical Ethernet gold package
441796 HST3000-ETH-P1
Electrical Ethernet nest value package
441802 HST3000S-VOIP
Addition of VoIP software option
to HST3000
Test Equipment
T1/WAN Analysis
Index1.Support and Supplies//Test Equipment//Digital Transmission
SmartClass Ethernet
JDSU
635 QuickBERT-T1
PR23609V2-166700.tif

PR10772V2-10899.tif
The 635 QuickBERT is a quick and easy-to-use test set for those who provide and use
T1 services. After connecting the 635, service technicians can verify facility integrity,
configuration parameters and general performance. For quick and easy
troubleshooting, this tester automatically synchronizes and verifies DS1 bit error
performance, frequency and level.
Description
215850 635
QuickBERT-T1 tester
ACCESSORIES
221910 633/635-KIT
Description
Cable kit
CopperPro Series II Broadband Loop Tester

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR20670V2-82248.tif
Quickly clarify the facilities for ADSL, VDSL, HDSL, T1 and other special services with
the CopperPro Series II Broadband Loop Tester. Building on the popularity of the
original CopperPro, the CopperPro series II broadband loop tester is a complete
solution for locating faults (TDR and RFL), troubleshooting and qualifying OSP copper
cables and network services. Includes carry case, test leads, 12 V and 120 V
chargers, wire gauge and strapping cord.
Description
346688 990DSL2+
CopperPro Next Gen copper loop analyzer
with TDR and wideband spectral analysis
for ADSL2+
346689 990VDSL
CopperPro Next Gen copper loop analyzer
with TDR and wideband spectral analysis
for VDSL
243955 990DSL
Series I POTS-only loop tester
250480 990DSLWT
Series I loop tester with wideband and TDR
14.47
Test Equipment
The SmartClass Ethernet product is an easy-to-use, cost-effective Ethernet-testing

solution for basic physical layer cable testing, Layer 2 and Layer 3 traffic generation
and full RFC 2544 testing. The rugged, battery-operated, application-specific test
tool enables field technicians to turn-up Ethernet and IP services by running an RFC
2544 test or following a set of methods and procedures. The product has been
designed for frontline technicians who do not have experience dealing with emerging
Metro Ethernet technologies and need a simple-to-use solution for Ethernet and IP
testing. The SmartClass product comes in two major configurations, one a
loopback-only device and the other featuring full traffic generation.
FEATURES
Measures QoS parameters, including throughput, jitter, latency and error ratio
Checks VLAN/Q-in-Q-based next-generation networks
Supports 10/100/1000 Mbps testing
Completely qualifies Ethernet and IP circuits
Description
396372 CSC-ETHLP-P1
Electrical-only loopback configuration
396373 CSC-ETHLP-P2
Optical and electrical
loopback configuration
396374 CSC-ETHLP-P3
Optical and electrical loopback
with accessories
362089 CSC-ETHTR-P1
Electrical traffic configuration
362088 CSC-ETHTR-P2
Optical and electrical traffic configuration
362087 CSC-ETHTR-P3
Optical and electrical traffic
with accessories
FLUKE NETWORKS
Test Equipment
Electrical
./
490 Series Industrial-grade Multimeters
Test Equipment
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33682V2-248544.tif
The IDEAL 490 series are industrial-grade high-performance, data-logging

multimeters to measure AC/DC voltage, resistance, continuity, capacitance,
frequency, temperature and true RMS. These troubleshooting features, 20,000-count
resolution and accuracy help solve problems in electrical equipment, plant
automation, electronics and power distribution. Software and USB cable are included.
#61-498 has 0.015 percent DCV accuracy and #61-497 has 0.03 percent
DCV accuracy.
FEATURES
True RMS
Analog bar graph
Auto/manual ranging
20,000-count high-resolution mode
Capacitance, frequency and temperature
CAT III 600 V D
Low-battery indicator
Two-year warranty
MULTIMETER, TRUE RMS, DATA LOGGING, SOFTWARE AND CABLE
Description
442118 61-497
0.03 percent DCV accuracy
442122 61-498
0.015 percent DCV accuracy
ACCESSORIES
442120 61-906
Description
ProVision II software
361 Contractor-grade Multimeter

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33683V2-248539.tif
help solve problems in electrical equipment, plant automation, electronics and

power distribution.
FEATURES
Manual ranging
Phase rotation
Peak min./max.
Relative mode
Audible continuity
Rugged construction
Auto power off and low-battery indicator
Probe holder and rubber boot with tilt stand
Overload protection on all ranges
CAT III 1,000 V
Two-year warranty
Description
442125 61-361
361 multimeter with true RMS and
test leads
340 Series TestPro Multimeters

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
The IDEAL 340 series are affordable multimeters with AC/DC voltage and current,
capacitance, temperature and frequency. The large numbers and symbols are easy to
read on the oversize display. These meters troubleshoot electrical circuits,
equipment, electronics and power distribution. The #61-342 adds true RMS.
FEATURES
Auto/manual ranging
Peak min./max.
Relative mode
Data hold
Auto power off and low-battery indicator
Probe holder and rubber boot with tilt stand
Overload protection on all ranges
CAT III 600 V
Two-year warranty
Description
395743 61-340
Multimeter, true RMS
388068 61-342
Multimeter, true RMS, backlight
data acquisition
The IDEAL #61-361 is a contractor-grade multimeter with true RMS, AC/DC voltage
and current, capacitance, temperature and frequency. These troubleshooting features
14.48
PR33742V2-249112.tif
Test Equipment
Electrical
SureTest Circuit Analyzers

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
Open/Closed Circuit Tracers

PR21793V2-125873.tif
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
370351 61-175
370352 61-176
370353 61-183
PR23563V2-165850.tif
FEATURES
Exclusive, super-bright rotating display
Identifies breakers and fuses
Pinpoints opens and shorts
Traces wires
0-99 display of signal strength
Audible intensifies in tone/pitch
Can be used on circuits 0-600 V AC/DC
Works on energized or de-energized circuits
Various modes of sensitivity - search high, search low, trace and breaker
Peak bar graph
Two-year warranty
Description
388825 61-956
With rotating OLED display, transmitter
and test lead set
388826 61-958
With ground clamp and battery pack
Infrared Thermometer
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23063V2-152478.tif
Description
Ground continuity adapter
Isolated ground adapter
Alligator clip adapter
The IDEAL infrared (IR) thermometer is the noncontact way to make safe and quick
temperature checks on mechanical equipment, electrical circuits and building
systems while in operation. Regular monitoring of heat (infrared energy) emitted from
surfaces can prevent potential problems and failures.
FEATURES
Measurement range of -76 to 932F (-60 to 500C)
Holds and displays the maximum temperature measured
Single-spot laser sighting
Distance-to-spot ratio 12:1
Maximum, minimum, difference and average temperature displays
Programmable high-alarm and low-alarm settings with audible warning
Supports K-type thermocouple (not included)
14.49
Test Equipment
FEATURES
Super-bright display
Measures voltage drop under load (12 A, 15 A, 20 A load tests)
Estimates load on line (ELL) up to 15 A
True RMS
Line voltage
Peak voltage
Frequency
Ground to neutral voltage
Ground impedance
Hot and neutral conductor impedances
Identifies proper wiring in three-wire receptacles
Identifies false (bootleg) grounds
Tests GFCIs (6-9 mA) and EPDs (greater than 30 mA) for proper operation
Conducts testing without disturbing sensitive loads
Verifies isolated ground (with 61-176 adapter)
Two-year warranty
Includes carrying case and one-foot extension cord
Description
370350 61-164
SureTest circuit analyzer
442130 61-165
SureTest circuit analyzer tests AFCIs
wiring tests for shared neutrals
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
Test Equipment
Electrical
(continued)
Infrared Thermometer
Adjustable emissivity
Backlit display
Two-year warranty
386652 61-685
442116 61-461
Insulation Meter
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23566V2-165845.tif
Description
Infrared (IR) thermometer, carrying case
K-type thermocouple accessory
Ground Resistance Clamp Meter
Test Equipment
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23565V2-165840.tif
The IDEAL 920 series ground resistance tester enables users to test grounding
systems without disconnecting the ground, saving both time and effort. By simply
clamping around the grounding rod or ground conductor, it provides direct
measurements of both ground resistance and ground leakage current.
FEATURES
D
Simple clamp-on operation
Ground resistance measurements up to 1,200 ohms
Ground leakage current up to 30 A AC
Noise check function
Auto ranging
Accommodates conductor size up to 1.25 in. (32 mm) 1,000 MCM cable
Memory saves up to 99 readings
Data hold
Audible continuity buzzer
Auto power off with alarm
Backlight
Audible resistance alarm
Double reinforced insulation
Includes protective case, calibration loop, user manual and four AA batteries
Description
388827 61-920
Ground resistance clamp meter
14.50
The IDEAL #61-797 digital insulation meter is the tool needed to determine whether
the insulation is performing at an effective and safe level. It verifies the integrity of
insulation in cables, motors and other devices to keep current flowing safely through
the copper conductor. The meter identifies capacitive, absorption and leakage
current, helping to prevent problems before they result in injury or equipment failure.
This tester is rugged and built for industrial and commercial applications.
FEATURES
Test voltages at 50/100/250/500/1,000 V
Insulation resistance - up to 20G ohms
Earth-bond resistance - 0.01 ohms to 40k ohms
Automatic calculation of PI and DAR
Auto-sensing AC/DC voltage to 600 V
Low pass filter - filters out high-frequency noise
Earth-bond resistance
Test inhibition if > 30 V
Digital reading with analog arc
Compare pass/fail mode
Remote test probe
Store/recall memory
Auto discharge and auto power off
Backlit display - auto-sensing
Low-battery indication
CAT IV 600 V
Two-year warranty
Description
386653 61-797
Digital insulation meter
Test Equipment
Power Quality
./
3-phase Power Analyzer

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR21889V2-126566.tif
ACCESSORIES
370821 61-813
442393 61-457
Description
One 100 A AC neutral clamp
200/2,000/20,000 A AC flexible clamp
adapters (set of three)
Voltage Performance Monitor (VPM)

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
POWER ANALYZERS
Includes set of three 1,000 A AC clamps (61-811), voltage leads with alligator clips
(TL-806), power supply with RS-232 interface and cables, PowerVision analysis
software, demonstration CD and instructions, protective carrying case
Description
370782 61-807
Has four current channels and backlit
display. Includes part no. 61-813 100 A AC
neutral clamp
The IDEAL #61-830 VPM identifies only those voltage conditions that can damage
equipment or cause equipment failure. Poor voltage quality costs money.
Undiscovered voltage problems increase facility expenses, warranty costs and
downtime, plus shortens the life of equipment.
FEATURES
Monitor voltage near sensitive equipment
Real-time true RMS voltage, frequency and harmonics monitoring
Logs voltage sags, swells and impulses
Measures percentage THD and logs periods over three percent (line to neutral)
Selectable thresholds based on the most accepted international standards,
defaults to ITIC (Information Technology Industry Curve)
Custom programmable event thresholds
Invertible display, when it is necessary to plug in upside down
Two-year warranty
Includes set of four adapters and carrying case
APPLICATIONS
Installation and service technicians - monitor voltage at point of
equipment connection
Electricians - eliminate guesswork on service calls
Building-maintenance technicians - identify voltage-caused equipment failures
Equipment manufacturers - eliminate unnecessary warranty costs
Hospital/IT maintenance engineers - monitor voltage quality to critical
equipment
Description
370341 61-830
Voltage performance monitor
370343 61-2004
Kit with one SureTest 164, four voltage
performance monitors 61-830 and
softcase C-2004
14.51
Test Equipment
The IDEAL #61-807 power-quality analyzer is a versatile and easy-to-use tool that
will record everything you need for energy, power and power-quality measurement.
The unit measures and analyzes power quality on all single- and 3-phase electrical
systems. Instantaneous readouts of current, voltage, power and harmonics including
tables, bar graphs and even individual waveforms make job-site data interpretation
easy. With a real-time clock and 1 MB data-logging memory, the power analyzer
stores data that can be downloaded to a personal computer for in-depth analysis
using PowerVision software.
PowerVision software provides automatic generation of useful tables and graphs. Files
are easily downloaded from the #61-807 unit. It provides multiple ways to view basic
and detailed information, allowing you to create custom graphs, charts and tables.
Compare up to 12 variables simultaneously. Easily scroll through, expand and collapse
data over time. Compare data from multiple files to show before-and-after studies.
Data can be exported into Excel or Word reports. Highly trained technical-support
people are always a phone call away.
FEATURES
True RMS
Single- or 3-phase measurements
Data logging (1 MB memory)
Up to one month of recording time
Four channels for voltage measurements
Four channels for current measurements
Auto ranging
Min./max./average
Energy and harmonics program
Lightweight, portable design
User-selectable - FIFO or fill-and-stop memory
Programmable trigger-points and start/stop time
Intelligent battery-charging system
Easy setup
600 V CAT III-rated
Two-year warranty
PR23637V2-167544.tif
Test Equipment
Test Equipment
Power Quality
TightSight 660 A/1,000 A Clamp Meters with Bottom Display
ClampPro 600 amp Clamp Meter
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33717V2-248850.tif
This new, improved and complete line of industrial clamps designed by IDEAL elevates
the standard for safety and performance. It starts with the revolutionary TightSight
display. It allows the user to keep his head and face out of potentially dangerous
situations while viewing the instrument. The high-voltage indicator indicates the
presence of voltage through the test leads even with the dial set to the wrong
function. The units have a CAT IV safety rating, rugged construction and UL listing.
FEATURES
TightSight bottom display
Selectable audible and visual voltage alerts on AC/DC voltage functions
Bright bold backlit display with large numbers and symbols
Tapered jaws with hook tip
Capacitance
AC/DC voltage
D
Measures AC current
High frequency rejection
Resistance
Max./min. hold
Peak hold
Audible continuity
Selectable auto power off
Data hold
Two-year warranty
FEATURES
Measures up to 600 V AC
Noncontact voltage indicator (70 V-600 V AC)
Tapered jaws with hook-up
Auto/manual ranging
Data hold
Auto power off
Two-year warranty
Description
388824 61-744
ClampPro 600 amp Clamp Meter, compact
size with NCV
660 AMP CLAMP METERS WITH TIGHTSIGHT BOTTOM DISPLAY

Includes true RMS.
Description
386655 61-763
Capacitance frequency
386656 61-765
AC/DC current
1,000 AMP CLAMP METERS WITH TIGHTSIGHT BOTTOM DISPLAY
Description
386910 61-773
True RMS
421435 61-775
True RMS, AC/DC current capacitance
14.52
PR23568V2-165859.tif
Test Equipment
Thermal Imaging
./
HeatSeeker Thermal Imagers

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23064V2-152481.tif
434500
61-846
486414
61-848
ACCESSORIES
386657 61-844CAR
393000 61-844LS
442115 61-846CAR
442394 61-846BAT
442395 61-846DT
442396 61-846HC
Description
HeatSeeker thermal imager (47 x 47)
and removable handle
HeatSeeker 160 thermal imager
(160 x 120)
HeatSeeker 320 thermal imager
(320 x 240)
Description
Car charger for #61-844
Light shade for #61-844 and #61-846
Car charger for #61-846
Removeable/rechargeable battery
Desktop charger
Hard transport case
Test Equipment
Troubleshoot and identify potential problems before they happen with the IDEAL
HeatSeeker thermal imagers. Three cameras are now available to cover a wider range
of applications. Cursors instantly locate the hottest and coldest temperature on a live
screen. Cameras have the ability to overlay a thermal image on top of a digital image
for easy on-the-job decision making. The easy setup and operation of the HeatSeeker
make it a cost-effective tool for electrical service, industrial maintenance, building
inspection and data center applications.
FEATURES
Blended thermal and digital image (0-100 percent and PIP)
Hottest/coldest temperature displayed instantly on live screen
1,849 temperature measurements live on camera screen
Class II laser for view centering
Built-in LED light for working in dark environments
High- and low-temperature alarms
Mark images with text and voice annotation
Sequence image recording up to every hour
Sequence image recording activated by alarm settings
Measurement range of 14F to 662F (#61-844)
Measurement range of 14F to 1,832F (#61-846)
Measurement range of 14F to 482F (#61-848)
Cursors - two movable on #61-844 and four movable (with independent
emissivity settings) on #61-846 and #61-848
Field of view - 20 x 20 on #61-844, 10 x 15 on #61-846 and
21.4 x 16 on #61-848
Focal plane array - (47 x 47) on #61-844, (160 x 120) on #61-846 and
(320 x 340) on #61-848
Accuracy of +/- 2 percent or +/- 2 degrees C
Six-hour battery life (4 hours on #61-848)
Power - internal rechargeable Li-Ion battery on #61-844 and field-replaceable
rechargeable Li-Ion battery on #61-846
Tripod mountable
Carrying case and ThermalVision PC software included
Two-year warranty
HEATSEEKER THERMAL IMAGERS

386651 61-844
14.53
Customized to Fit Your

Educational Needs.
ANIXTER UNIVERSITYSM
Anixter is Your One-Stop

Technical Resource.
STAY UP TO DATE ON THE STANDARDS
Anixter University is a free educational curriculum

designed to educate and provide solutions for technical
issues based on customers specic needs. Colleges
include Data Center College,SM and Security Solutions
College SM. Most courses are BICSI CEC certied.
Anixter offers a variety of standards reference guides
to keep you current on the best practices and standards
endorsed by leading industry associations. Networking
standards for North America and Europe and a version
specic to industrial automation environments are available.
TECHNICAL RESOURCES AT YOUR FINGERTIPS

From brochures and white papers to TECHbriefs and
technical diagrams, Anixter creates a variety of technical
literature on topics from data centers to IP security to
industrial automation. The Installers Pocket Guide is
our most popular. Request your copies today.
IP SECURITY INFRASTRUCTURE
Learn about the latest trends, technologies and
best practices surrounding IP-based physical security
systems to build solid solutions today that will support
your customers needs in the future. Sign up for an event
near you or schedule your one-on-one presentation.
MAKE SURE YOUR INFRASTRUCTURE

IS ANIXTER IPASSUREDSM
Anixter ipAssured matches infrastructure solutions to your
data center and security applications based on technical
and life-cycle requirements. Make sure your applications
are efcient and future-ready with ipAssured.
Around the world, Anixter can provide you with opportunities

to learn about the latest data center, networking and security
technologies. All of these FREE tools, programs and seminars are
ecisio
designed to help you make more informed purchasing decisions.
ANIXTER INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS LAB
To request more information on all of our programs and resources,

contact your local Anixter representative or visit anixter.com/resources.
eso
Anixter is committed to delivering the latest news

and best practices around the most recent networking
and security products, standards and technologies.
Find out what electronic newsletters are available
in your local market.
Anixters Infrastructure Solutions Lab demonstrates

and evaluates the most practical technologies from
best-in-class manufacturers in the areas of enterprise
cabling, security and industrial automation.
GET THE LATEST INDUSTRY NEWS

WITH ANIXTERS E-NEWSLETTERS

Anixter is a leading global supplier of communications and security products, electrical and electronic wire and cable, fasteners and other small components. We help our customers specify
solutions and make informed purchasing decisions around technology, applications and relevant standards. Throughout the world, we provide innovative supply chain management solutions
to reduce our customers total cost of production and implementation.
11A0004Z1 2013 Anixter Inc.
1.800.ANIXTER
anixter.com
15
Tools and Supplies
Reliable and Flexible

Panel Designs
Panduit provides high quality product systems that connect,
manage, and protect todays industrial systems throughout
the physical infrastructure from on machine control panels
to facility electrical panels. Key product features include:
tSpace Optimization: Increase space savings and
design flexibility in control panel layouts with innovative
wiring duct
tHigh Quality Connections: Improve system
reliability with ferrules and tooling that provide
superior performance
tSafe and Secure Access: Maintain
and monitor industrial networks using
data access ports
$PNQSFIFOTJWF4ZTUFNT5P.FFU:PVS/FFET

t8JSJOH%VDU
t'FSSVMFT %JTDPOOFDUT BOE5FSNJOBMT
t0VUMFUT
t*OTUBMMBUJPO5PPMT
t$BCMF5JFTBOE8JSJOH"DDFTTPSJFT

t1PXFSBOE(SPVOEJOH$POOFDUPST
t"CSBTJPO1SPUFDUJPO
t-BCFMJOHBOE*EFOUJDBUJPO
t4BGFUZBOE'BDJMJUZ4JHOBHF
t$PQQFS$BCMJOH4ZTUFNT
Visit www.panduit.com for more information on control panel solutions.
Tools and Supplies
Tool Kits
./
PRO Installer Kit
Tools and Supplies
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33716V2-248847.tif
21-piece kit includes tools needed to install and maintain CCTV, CATV, AV/multimedia
telecom, fire/burg and electrical applications. Durable 18 in. large-mouth bag opens
completely for easy access and is reinforced to stay open. It has a rugged zipper
closure and removable shoulder strap.
Includes: bag, OmniSeal PRO compression tool, ratchet Telemaster, F/BNC removal
tool, scissors, knife, level, tape measure, jab saw, PD tool and 66/110 blades,
multiple pliers, 7-in-1 screwdriver, cutter, UTP/coax strippers, tone generator and
amplifier probe.
Description
372246 33-945
PRO installer kit
KWIK CYCLE 9 in. crimp frame with die set for F-style connectors on RG-6 and
RG-59 cable
KWIK CYCLE die set for BNC-style coax connectors on Thinnet RG-58 cable
Center conductor cutter for coax cable
F-connector insertion tool
RG-6 quad-shield 50/pack
Category 5 connectors RJ45, 8-position (qty. 50)
Flat cable connectors RJ12, 6-position, 6-conductor (qty. 50)
Cordura carrying case
PROFESSIONAL INSTALLATION KIT
304978 45471
Description
Professional installation kit
ACCESSORIES
201910 46024
307475 46022
307476 46025
307477 46026
Description
110-style punch-down blade
BIX-style punch-down blade
KRONE-style punch-down blade
Master Series Network Service Kit

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33680V2-248535.tif
Professional Installation Kit

GREENLEE
D
PR10629V2-11110.tif
Includes all the tools, connectors and testers for installing and maintaining most
types of communications cabling including voice, data and cable TV and coax
Ethernet networks. Durable carrying case protects and organizes tools and includes
see-through pouches for storing connectors. Outside pockets provide convenient
storage of instruction manuals or worksite documents. Case has durable handles and
eyelets for adding a shoulder strap.
FEATURES
Cable cutter
KWIK STRIPPER twisted-pair stripper
Punch-down tool with 110 blade
Telephone ratchet crimper for 4-, 6- and 8-position modular plugs
AdapToner modular breakout tone generator
Inductive amplifier
PairMapper twisted-pair fault tester with remotes 1-4
KWIK STRIPPER coax stripper, three-level
KWIK STRIPPER two-level coax cartridge
15.2
FEATURES
15-piece kit allows user to cut, strip, terminate and test data cables
Kit includes ratchet Telemaster crimp tool, 110 punch-down tool, 66 blade
spudger, UTP/STP stripper scissors, knife, LinkMaster tester, 7 in. screwdriver,
amplifier probe, tone generator, mod adapter, IDC stripper/crimp tool,
50 RJ45 mod plugs and 13 in. wide mouth bag
Description
440182 33-706
Master series network service kit
Tools and Supplies
Tool Kits
Low-voltage Starter Kit

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
SealTite Pro for the Smart Home A/V Kit

PR33681V2-248542.tif
FEATURES
9-piece starter kit allows user to terminate jacks and modular plugs as well as
coax connectors
Kit includes Telemaster telephone tool, economy F compression tool, coax
stripper, 110 punch-down tool, 66 blade, cutter, F hex crimp tool, UTP/STP
stripper and storage bag
Description
440181 33-920
Low-voltage starter kit
The new SealTite Pro A/V kit is all you need to make custom-length digital and analog
audio and component video cables using compression RCA, BNC and cable TV
F-connectors.
Includes SealTite Pro compression crimper, combo UTP/coax SureStrip, two CATV F
RG-6/6 quad compression connectors, two BNC RG-6/6 quad compression
connectors, two RCA RG 6/6 quad compression connectors, bands for RCA and BNC.
Description
393645 PA4915
SealTite Pro for the Smart Home A/V Kit
GripPack SurePunch Kits

PALADIN TOOLS
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Other Support and Supplies Equipment
Electrician's Tool Kit

GREENLEE
PR23209V2-160742.tif
GRIPPACK SUREPUNCH PRO TECHNICIAN'S KIT
PR23210V2-160745.tif
PR20134V2-69020.tif
Perfect kit for the professional or apprentice electrician.

FEATURES
2 in. leather tool belt
Eight-pocket leather pouch
25 ft. tape measure
Phillips tip # 1 3/16 in. x 3 in. and tip # 2 1/4 in. x 4 in. screwdriver
Cabinet tip round shank 3/16 in. x 6 in. flat-blade screwdriver
Keystone tip round shank 1/4 in. x 4 in. flat-blade screwdriver
Pro Plus wire stripper 10 to 18 AWG
8 in. long-nose pliers
10 in. pump pliers
8 in. diagonal-cutting pliers
9 in. side-cutting pliers
Description
352194 0159-13
Electrician's tool kit, 12 pc.
All the tools you need to install or maintain telecommunications and data
communications networks in a PVC pouch that keeps your tools handy and ready to
go. Includes SurePunch Pro punch-down tool, LED light, data SureStrip, datacomm
scissors, mini Maglite, black Sharpie and PVC pouch.

312713 PA4941
GRIPPACK COMPACT SUREPUNCH TOOL KIT
PR28432V2-207309.tif
The same quality and features as the original GripPack, in a trimmed-down version
with a lower price. Includes SurePunch punch-down tool with 110/66 blade,
DataCom snips and data SureStrip UTP stripper.

420332 PA4946
Description
GripPack Pro kit
Description
GripPack Compact kit
15.3
Tools and Supplies
PALADIN TOOLS
Tools and Supplies
Tool Kits
DataComm Pro Starter Kit
Tools and Supplies
PALADIN TOOLS
Electrical Contractor Telecom Kits

PR67148V2-528962.tif
FEATURES
Includes the complete solution for cutting, crimping and terminating:
- Data SureStrip UTP/STP cutter stripper
- DataComm scissors
- SurePunch Pro punch-down tool
- 110 reversible blade
- All-in-one phone/data crimp tool
- 10 RJ45 Cat 5e modular plugs
- 50 RJ11 modular plugs
- Compact zipper case
Description
482764 PA4908
DataComm Pro starter kit
D
Network Tool Bundle

PALADIN TOOLS
PR23208V2-160739.tif
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR10697V2-11204.tif
Fluke Networks' Electrical Contractor Telecom Kits are composed of industry-standard

telecommunications tools and test equipment. Soft carrying case included for
easy organization.
FEATURES
D814 impact tool
EverSharp 66/110 cut blade
Electrician's D-Snips
Cable stripper
Standard 4-wire modular adapter
Probe pic
Pro3000 tone and probe kit
TS30 butt set with bed-of-nails cord
Description
245712 11290000
Electrical contractor telecom kit with
TS30 butt set
249194 11289000
Electrical contractor telecom kit II with
Pro3000 tone and probe kit
Pro-Tool Kits
FLUKE NETWORKS
Install and repair Cat 5 and Cat 5e wall jacks and phone and network cable patch
cords. Includes all-in-one crimper, data SureStrip, nonimpact 110 punch-down tool,
10 RJ45 connectors and 10 RJ11 connectors.
Description
306730 PA4909
Network tool bundle
15.4
PR10698V2-11207.tif
All the professional tools you need (in one pouch) to cut, strip, clean and connect
network phone and data lines to blocks and jacks.
FEATURES
Cable stripper
EverSharp 66/110 cut blade
Probe pic
D814 or D914S impact tool
Tools and Supplies
Tool Kits
247829 11291000
247831
11292000
263611
11293000
Description
IS40 kit with D814 impact tool, D-Snips,
cable stripper, EverSharp 66/110 cut
blade and probe pic
IS50 kit with D914S impact tool, D-Snips,
cable stripper, EverSharp
66/110 cut blade
IS60 kit with D914S impact tool,
66/110 EverSharp combo blade, cable
stripper, D-Snips, Maglite and Sharpie
Electrician's Tool Pouches

KLEIN
COMBO LEATHER/ULTRA-HYDET
PR20128V2-67744.tif
Technician's Service Kit

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR21327V2-119036.tif
Has 10 separate compartments for a variety of pliers, screwdrivers and other tools.
Features a slotted-leather tape thong. Riveted throughout for long life. Combination
leather/Ultra-HydeT. Measures 6 in. x 8 3/4 in.

007304 5190
CORDURA BALLISTIC NYLON
PR67149V2-529000.tif
Cordura ballistic nylon, a high-performance fabric resistant to abrasions, tears and

scuffs. Stitched and riveted to assure long life. Four pockets, including two open
pockets on the front for longer tools such as screwdrivers. Snap loop option for belt.
Measures 9 7/8 in. H x 5 in. W x 2 in. D.

484674 5482
TRADESMAN PRO
Description
Back-pocket tool pouch
PR68953V2-541212.tif
16 pockets for better tool storage. Orange interior for easy tool visibility. Tough,
durable rubber feet to protect from elements. 1680d ballistic weave for durability.
Measures 10 in. H x 8 in. W x 5 in. D.

484675 55419-SP
Description
Tradesman Pro organizer shoulder pouch
15.5
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Punchmaster II punch-down tool with 110 blade
Punchmaster II 66 blade only
Electrician's scissors with stripping notch
UTP/STP stripper
7-in-1 Twist-A-Nut screwdriver/nut driver
Probe pick and spudger
Nylon case
Description
225298 33-505
Technician's service kit
Description
Electrician's tool pouches
Tools and Supplies
Stripping Tools
./
Cable Stripper
PrepPRO Coax/UTP Cable Stripper
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR10699V2-11210.tif
Adjustable cable cutter and stripper for round cables, UTP/STP telephone and data
cables and other flexible cables.
FEATURES
Round cable/UTP/STP stripper/cutter
Adjustable blade to prevent nicks
Description
211851 11230002
Cable stripper, round cable
Tools and Supplies
Cable-stripping Tool
PR68954V2-541203.tif
FEATURES
Auto-adjusting blade depth for RG-6/6Q/59 coax cable
1/4 in. x 1/4 in. coax preparation
Replaceable-blade cartridges
Cat 5e/6 jacket stripping
Spring-loaded for consistent cutting force
Made in the USA
Description
486464 45-321
RG-6/6Q/59 coax/UTP stripper
KLEIN
PR28596V2-209526.tif
FEATURES
Two active stripping cartridge bays and third storage cartridge bay
Large finger loop promotes rotation during use
Cartridges snap in from both sides for left- or right-handed operation
Durable high-carbon steel cartridge cutting blades are ground and honed for
long life
Bright, highly visible color for easy identification
Replacement cartridges available
Description
421960 VDV100-801-SEN
Dual cartridge, radial stripper, two levels
for RG-6/59 and one level for UTP
15.6
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
Round Cable Stripper

JONARD INDUSTRIES CORP
PR28519V2-208838.tif
The CST-1900 is designed for fast and precise jacket removal of PVC, rubber, PE and
other jacket materials, and works well on round cables with diameters ranging from
3/16 in. to 1 1/8 in. (4.5-29 mm). Triple-action tool cuts longitudinally for end
stripping, spiral for end stripping and midspan cuts and circular for jacket removal.
The replaceable cutting blade CST-7915 is spring-loaded, adjustable for various cable
diameters, provides a 90-degree blade rotation and is designed for long life.
Description
421364 CST-1900
Round cable stripper
421365 CST-7915
Replaceable cutting blade
Tools and Supplies
Stripping Tools
Coax Cable Strippers
Cable/Satellite/CCTV Coax Stripper
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
ADJUSTABLE COAX STRIPPER
PR20283V2-71100.tif
The IDEAL cable stripper has a slide adjustment to accommodate RG-58, RG-59,
RG-59/62, RG-8, Belden 8281, Thinnet plenum and twinaxial cable. Two- or
three-level strips are available with interchangeable blade cassettes. These blades
also can be adjusted individually. Can be used on most standard coaxial cable.

150573 45-520
45-522
328299
45-526
365884
45-524
COAX CABLE STRIPPER
Description
Stripper - three-step for 0.240 braid and
dielectric for crimp BNC/TNC connectors
Replacement three-level blade for Part No.
150573 stripper
Stripper - two-step for 0.25 strip length for
compression F-, BNC and RCA connectors
Replacement two-step cassette for
038017
45-165
442142
45-168
Coax Stripping Tool

KLEIN
PR67152V2-529001.tif
PR11929V2-21612.tif
Use with twisted-pair wire, tightly wrapped stranded cables, CATV cable, CB antenna
cable, SO, SJ, SJT and other types of flexible power cords. Adjustable blades can be
set for any depth to ensure nick-free strips. Includes three straight and one
round blade.

103276 45-164
FEATURES
Designed for fast and easy 1/4 in. x 1/4 in. strip lengths
Blades set to adjust to different-diameter coax cables
Spinner ring for fast stripping
Strips RG-6/6 Quad and RG-59 coax cable
Description
435876 45-321
Coax stripper
Cuts five different RG series cables: RG-6, RG-6 quad shield, RG-59, RG-11, RG-7.
Two level stripping in one step. Klein's exclusive sliding depth gauge pre-measures
cable for quick, precise, repeatable 5/16 in. and 1/4 in. strips. Durable high-carbon
steel cutting blades automatically adjust to different cable diameters. Finger loop
facilitates easy, controlled rotation. Simple, intuitive design.
Description
484676 VDV110-095
Coax combination radial stripper
Description
1/4 in. to 9/16 in. cable stripper, blue
for RG-8/RG-11
3/16 in. to 5/16 in. cable stripper, black
for RG-59, UTP cable
UTP/STP ringer stripper, one blade
15.7
Tools and Supplies
150575
PR33678V2-248531.tif
Tools and Supplies
Termination Tools
393567 JR-PAN-2
./
JackRapid Termination Tool

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR21920V2-127127.tif
393568
JR-PAN-2-H
381991
JR-ADC-2
381992
JR-ADC-2-H
Description
JackRapid termination tool (for PANDUIT
NK688M, NKP5E88M)
JackRapid replacement blade head (for
PANDUIT NK688M, NKP5E88M)
JackRapid termination tool (for ADC C6a
CopperTen UTP RJ45 jack and the
C6 TrueNet KM8 UTP RJ45)
ADC C6a CopperTen UTP RJ45 jack and the
C6 TrueNet KM8 UTP RJ45)
Tools and Supplies
See your local sales representative to see available blade heads.

Fluke Networks' JackRapid termination tool is a unique, patented jack termination
tool that saves time and increases accuracy by seating and terminating all wires at
once with a simple squeeze of the handle. Never punch into the palm of your hand or
through drywall again.
FEATURES
New JackRapid termination tool for CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions Cat 6,
CommScope Uniprise Solutions Cat 6 and Leviton Cat 6
Cuts installation time - easy-to-use handle seats and cuts all wires at once,
saving you up to two minutes of installation time per jack
High-quality terminations - no more compromised connections and
wasted jacks
Simple, one-handed operation reduces hand fatigue
Unique design easily accommodates close-to-wall installation
D
Replaceable blade
head for use with multiple jack types
Description
314165 JR-SYS-UNI-1-H
JackRapid replacement blade head for
CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions M1BH
Cat 3, C5 Cat 5, MPS 100E Cat 5e, and
CommScope Uniprise Solutions jacks:
UNJ300 Cat 3, UNJ500 Cat 5e,
UNJ600 Cat 6
328188 JR-SYS-2
JackRapid termination tool for CommScope
SYSTIMAX Solutions MGS400 Cat 6 and
MGS500 Cat 6
328660 JR-SYS-2-H
JackRapid replacement blade head for
MGS400 Cat 6 and MGS500 Cat 6
283851 JR-LEV-1
JackRapid termination tool (for Leviton
41106, 41108, 5G108)
284739 JR-LEV-1-H
Leviton 41106, 41108, 5G108)
328658 JR-LEV-2
JackRapid termination tool (for Leviton
5G110, 61110, 6110G)
328659 JR-LEV-2-H
Leviton 5G110, 61110, 6110G)
366266 JR-ORT-2
JackRapid termination tool (for Ortronics
TJ5E00, TJ600, TJ610)
366267 JR-ORT-2-H
Ortronics TJ5E00,TJ600, TJ610)
366265 JR-ERGOHANDLE
JackRapid ergonomic handle
15.8
Paladin Jack Terminator Professional Multipair Punch-down Tool

PALADIN TOOLS
PR33649V2-248216.tif
FEATURES
High-grade steel frame
Ratcheted action to ensure proper termination
Compact, quick change head-sets for ease of use
Replaceable punch head
Rubber-embedded handles for comfort
Lifetime warranty on the frame
One-year warranty for punch-down head-sets and punch heads
Description
421349 PA8100
Jack terminator, crimper frame
421350 PA8105
Jack terminator with punch-down head-set
for CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions
MPS100E, C5 and M1BH and CommScope
Uniprise Solutions UNJ600,
UNJ500 and UNJ300
421351 PA8106
for CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions
MGS400, MGS500, MFP420,
MFP520 and MGS600
421352 PA8107
for Leviton 41106, 41108,
5G108 and 61110
421353 PA8108
for Leviton 61110, 5G110 and 6110G
Tools and Supplies
Termination Tools
REPLACEMENTS
421354 PA3711
421355
PA3811
421357
PA3812
421358
PA3713
421359
PA3813
421361
PA3714
421360
PA3814
Description
Replacement punch-down head-set for
CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions MPS100E,
C5 and M1BH and CommScope Uniprise
Solutions UNJ600, UNJ500 and UNJ300
Replacement, punch head only for
CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions MPS100E,
C5 and M1BH and CommScope Uniprise
Solutions UNJ600, UNJ500 and UNJ300
Replacement, punch head only for
CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions MGS400,
MGS500, MFP420, MFP520 and MGS600
Leviton 41106, 41108, 5G108 and 61110
Replacement, punch head only for Leviton
41106, 41108, 5G108 and 61110
Leviton 61110, 5G110 and 6110G
Replacement, punch head only for Leviton
61110, 5G110 and 6110G
D-Impactor Five-pair Impact Tool

FLUKE NETWORKS
PR10701V2-11216.tif
This rugged, easy-to-use tool allows technicians to simultaneously cut and terminate
five copper pairs on a 110 block. Tool combines cut and no-cut blades into a single
piece and allows users to reverse the blade unit at record speeds. The patented
individually molded blades eliminate the chance of a metallic short, ensuring optimal
performance of your network. Tool carries a lifetime warranty.
Description
268098 10059000
D-Impactor five-pair Impact Tool, with
five-pair 110 blades
311989 10059030
D-Impactor replacement blade
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR28460V2-208300.tif
The versatile D914S Series impact tools include built-in probe pic/spudger and
torque, allowing the tool to accept the screwdriver adapter bit (optional accessory).
FEATURES
Interchangeable EverSharp blades
Extra blade storage in handle
Hook and spudger tools
Screwdriver and adapter blades
Description
234820 10061000
D914S impact tool
249099 10061120
D914S impact tool with EverSharp 110 and
EverSharp 66 blade
268095 10061501
D914S impact tool with EverSharp 110,
EverSharp 66 blade and free blade
165946 10051000
D914 without blades
166725 10051200
D914 with blade
249092 10051100
D914 with EverSharp 66 blade
249094 10051110
249095 10051120
D914 with EverSharp 66 and 110 blades
176453 10051501
D914 with EverSharp 66 and 110 blades
and free blade
15.9
Tools and Supplies
D914S Impact Tool
Tools and Supplies
Termination Tools
D814 Impact Tool
Tools and Supplies
FLUKE NETWORKS
Interchangeable Blades
PR10703V2-11222.tif
The D814 is an all-in-one punch-down tool that enables installers to make more
efficient connections with much less effort than other wire-termination tools.
FEATURES
Convenient blade storage in the handle
Adjustable impact setting for different gauges of wire
Interchangeable blades
Quick, easy blade replacement, accepts all Fluke Networks industry-standard
blades and EverSharp series blades
Description
056664 10054000
D814 impact tool
038369 10055000
204717 10055110
228573 10055200
D814 with EverSharp 66 and 110 blade
D
268097 10055501
D814 with EverSharp 66 and 110 blade
and free blade
FLUKE NETWORKS
Fluke Networks increases the versatility and flexibility of its line of impact tools by
offering a wide variety of interchangeable blades that permit each tool to perform
multiple functions.
Description
039387 10056000
66 blade
056665 10176000
110/88 blade
039386 10057000
630 blade
128572 10645001
Wood screw starter punch
118750 10436001
Center punch blade
127944 10465001
3M System D blade
145255 10665000
BIX blade, D814/AT8762
145256 10565000
Cut blade, compatible with KRONE/ADC
Probe Pic/Spudger
PR21428V2-119427.tif
EverSharp Blades
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR20672V2-82250.tif
Tough, resilient, yellow nylon insulating probe/spudger. One end is tapered to a

1/16 in. diameter point having an insulated L-shape wire hook extension. The other
end tapers to a flat, 3/16 in. wide and 1/16 in. thick, with two small notches. Used in
electrical contacts. 7 in. long.
Description
267711 JIC-22035
Probe pic
Through special processing of the metal, these high-performance blades stay sharper
three times longer than competitive blades. Sharper blades provide better
termination at the block, leading to quality installs.
Description
225292 10056500
EverSharp 66 blade
227857 10176500
EverSharp 110 blade
227858 10178600
EverSharp 66/110 blade
15.10
Tools and Supplies
Termination Tools
Can Wrenches
FLUKE NETWORKS
PANDUIT Modular Installation Tools

PR10707V2-11234.tif
PR67150V2-529062.tif
The MPT5-8AS is a crimp tool and die for the MP588-C modular plug. The
WPT-8 arranges all eight conductors in the proper sequence and provides proper
gauge length for trimming conductors for the MP588 modular plug.
Description
207160 WPT-8
Wire prep tool
455248 MPT5-8AS
Crimp tool and die
Tools and Supplies
The can wrench features color-coded socket ends and built-in ribs for user comfort,
safety and greater torque power. The two hex heads have reduced outside diameters
that fit all new network interface boxes. The 7/16 in. socket end is black-oxidized to
distinguish it from the 3/8 in. zinc-plated socket end. The can wrench is also
available with a wire stripper built into the barrel. The stripper has two slots with one
slot for the outside jacket of a four-wire "quad" and the other slot for
individual conductors.
Description
067311 44007000
Standard can wrench, hex head
035093 44507003
Can wrench with 22-gauge stripper
071307 44507004
Can wrench with 24-gauge stripper
213599 10660001
Security key insert
PANDUIT
Punchmaster II Turn-Lock Tool

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR2637V2-12124.eps
Insert and cut cable terminations effortlessly. Impact-absorbing cushioned grip

reduces operator stress for high-volume installers. Adjustable high/low actuation
setting accommodates termination requirements for operator preferences. Storage
compartment with unique locking device provides convenient storage.
Description
217210 35-485
Punchmaster II Turn-Lock Tool with
110 and 66 blades
202087 35-497
Replacement 66 blade only
217211 35-495
Replacement 110 blade only
311814 35-407
Replacement combo 110/66 blade only
311815 35-478
Replacement KRONE blade only
311816 35-479
Replacement BIX blade only
15.11
Tools and Supplies
Crimping Tools
./
Crimpmaster Crimp Tool

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR21328V2-119041.tif
User-friendly spring-loaded handle

Made in USA
Description
305450 30-603
One-clip design for F-type, RG-11, RCA and
mini coax
365743 30-793
Two-clip design for BNC, F-type, RG-11,
RCA and mini coax
CATV Insertion/Removal Tool for F- and BNC Connectors
Tools and Supplies
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
High-quality ratchet-type crimp tool designed for electricians, contractors and
installers who require guaranteed repeatability of good mechanical and electrical
connections. Dies change easily with a screwdriver. Interchangeable dies provide
versatility in a single tool. Additional sizes of replacement dies are available.
Description
224403 30-502
Tool for RG-58, RG-59/62AU, BNC/TNC
three-piece hex-type connectors
248731 30-506
Crimpmaster tool frame only - no
dies included
224404 30-581
Replacement BNC die for
30-502 crimp tool
224406 30-582
Replacement CATV die for RG-59, RG-6,
quad RG-6 hex-type F-connectors
D
248738 30-577
Replacement die for RG-8/11 N Series
connectors for Ethernet/thickwire
248753 30-559
Replacement die for standard
RJ45 modular plugs (non-AMP style plugs)
Combines two tools into one: a 7/16 in. hex socket and 3/8 in., 32-threaded end. The
hex socket makes installation and removal of CATV F-connectors and CCTV BNC
connectors easy. Threaded end holds F-connector during cable insertion to ease
connector seating against dielectric and eliminates chance of injury from cable
center conductor. Chrome finish for long life, comfort grip.
Description
223492 35-046
F and BNC tool 8 in. length
215671 35-042
217179 35-043
OmniSeal Pro and OmniSeal Pro XL Compression Tools
Economy 10BASE-T Kit
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR67151V2-528754.tif
The OmniSeal compression tools offer increased connector compatibility in a smaller,

more compact tool designed to meet the demands of the professional installer. No
calibration or accessory is needed to crimp the IDEAL-brand connectors. Most other
manufacturers' compression connectors can be terminated with an easy
plunger-depth adjustment.
FEATURES
High-strength aluminum body for durability and long life
Textured Santoprene slip-resistant comfort grip
Handy 7/16 in. hex socket for easy connector-to-cable installation
Adjustable plunger to fit multiple cables and connectors
Convenient handle lock for easy fit in pouch
15.12
PR20129V2-68550.tif
PR11931V2-21618.tif
The 33-750 kit includes one RJ11/45 Telemaster TelCom crimper, one twisted-pair
cable stripper and 50 RJ45 8-position modular plugs in a blow-molded case with
foam cutout interior.
Description
150568 33-750
Economy 10BASE-T kit
133502 30-496
Tool with 8- and 6-position dies and
202096 33-700
Tool with 10 each of RJ11 and
RJ45 plugs only
225299 30-696
Ratchet tool with 8- and 6- position dies
Tools and Supplies
Crimping Tools
RJ45/11 2-, 4-, 6- and 8-position Combination Telcom Termination Kit
All-in-one Data and Phone Tool
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PALADIN TOOLS
pr5368V2-12165.tif
Includes one RJ45/11 Telemaster Crimp Tool for keyed or non-keyed RJ45 plugs with
built-in cut-and-strip blades, 15 each of 4- and 6-position RJ11 modular plugs and
15 each of 8-position RJ45 modular plugs in a blow-molded case with
foam-cutout interior.
Description
165978 33-704
Kit with 4-, 6- and 8-position crimpers,
dies, stripper and mod plugs
PR28433V2-207307.tif
FEATURES
Crimping cavities for RJ45, RJ45 snagless, RJ11/RJ12 and RJ22 handset
modular plugs
Cuts, strips and crimps flat and round cable 28-24 AWG
Western electric/Stewart Stamping connector style
Economic
Description
420683 PA1561
All-in-one data and phone tool
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
Tools and Supplies
Security Installer's Hip Kit

PR25157V2-198665.tif
Great all-in-one kit that includes IDEAL's most popular installation tools for
coax-based CCTV, A/V and SATV/CATV connector installations. Five-piece kit includes
30-793 OmniSeal PRO XL compression tool, 45-074 Data-T Cutter, 45-603 coax cable
stripper, 36-240 tweaker screwdriver and belt-clip pouch.
Description
401568 33-624
Security installer's hip kit
15.13
Tools and Supplies
Power Tools
./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Power Tools
Drill Driver Kit

GREENLEE
PR33647V2-248221.tif
Electronic performance-monitoring system provides longer battery life

Charging time (using LBC-81B charger) usable 45 minutes, full 60 minutes
LED work light
Rugged all-metal gear system
Fan-cooled motor for long life
Description
443268 LHD-216
Li-Ion hammer drill/driver
LCS-144 Electrician's Metal-cutting Circular Saw
Tools and Supplies
GREENLEE
Features 1/4 in. quick-change technology professional-grade driver bits. Titanium
nitride-coated self-centering high-speed drill bits, hammer drill-rated carbide-grade
tip and hardened shank masonry drill bits. Hardened forged magnetic nut drivers fit
most TapCon fasteners. Quick-release chuck with precise fit. Also includes security
bits that fit most security fasteners frequently used in public facilities.
Description
441994 DDKIT-1-68
68-piece drill driver kit
441995 EXT-3
Magnetic bit extension
441996 HSS-SET
High-speed titanium-coated drill-bit set
441997 MAS-SET
Masonry drill-bit set
441998 NDS-SET
Magnetic nut driver set
441999 QCS-1
1/4 in.quick-change chuck
442000 SBSET-1-14
Security driver bit set
D
LHD-216 Li-Ion Electrician's Hammer Drill/Driver

GREENLEE
PR33750V2-250478.tif
The LHD-216 provides heavy-duty drilling, bit performance and hammer function for
drilling up to 1/2 in. holes in masonry and up to 5 in. holes in plywood. It is truly a
multipurpose tool. Turn the chuck collar to any of the 18 clutch positions for bit
driving, drilling or hammer drill position. Yet with all of these functions, it only
weighs 5.6 pounds. Includes 21.6 V drill/driver, two 21.6 V lithium-ion compact
batteries, one 14.4 V- 28.8 V battery charger and carrying case.
FEATURES
Variable speed/reversible, low: 100-400 rpm; high: 350-1,500 rpm
High-speed mason drilling: 1,500 bpm/27,000 bpm
Blows per minute: low: 1,800-7,200 bpm; high: 6,300-27,000 bpm
Clutch torque: 8.8 to 61 in.-lb. (3 in.-lb. per stage, maximum torque at drilling
position is stage 16), 18 stages
1/2 in. heavy-duty keyless chuck
Overmolded grip for comfort
360-degree side handle for better leverage
15.14
PR33751V2-250481.tif
The Greenlee circular saw is designed primarily to cut almost any metal. This
includes conduit, strut and threaded rod. Plus, the blade doesn't leave burrs, so
chasing threads or filing the edges isn't needed. The full-surround blade guard
contains most of the chips and with its compact size, it will work where larger saws
can't. It even has a LED work light so you can make straight cuts in dark locations.
FEATURES
High-capacity battery, 14.4 V Li-Ion
Rotating speed: 3,600 rpm
Blade size, O.D.: 5 3/8 in.; arbor size 20 mm
Adjustable cutting depth up to 1 13/16 in.
Electric brake stops the blade instantaneously
Charging time (using LBC-81B charger) usable 35 minutes, full 50 minutes
Three-way chip control system (vacuum cleaner, chip case or eject from rear
of tool)
Shaft lock for easy blade replacement
Electronic performance-monitoring system maximizes battery life
LED work light
CUTTING CIRCULAR SAW
Includes one 14.4 V metal-cutting circular saw with LCS-M13C metal blade, two
14.4 V lithium-ion compact batteries, one 14.4 V-28.8 V battery charger and
carrying case
Description
443269 LCS-144
Cutting circular saw
CARBIDE-TIPPED CIRCULAR SAW BLADE
5 3/8 in.
Description
443323 LCS-W13A
For wood, regular
443324 LCS-W13B
For wood, thin
443325 LCS-M13C
For metal, regular
443326 LCS-M13D
For metal, thin
Tools and Supplies
Power Tools
Battery-powered Communications Mesh Cable Tray Cutter

GREENLEE
PR28514V2-208553.tif
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Cuts wire basket-type tray
LED worklight illuminates the work area
Battery LED monitor
Biodegradable hydraulic oil
Overmolded tacky grip areas to make tool more comfortable to hold
Cutting blades automatically open when the cut is complete
Cutting head rotates 350 degrees
Hardened blades provide long life
Tool equipped with two batteries, carrying case and either 120 V, 12 V or 230 V
battery charger
Description
421344 ETS8L11
With 120 V charger
421345 ETS8L12
With 12 V charger
421346 ETS8L13
With 230 V charger
15.15
Tools and Supplies
Hand Tools
./
Utility Knife
Knife Holster
KLEIN
PR23102V2-159069.tif
Top button moves heavy-duty blade to any of three cutting positions. Blade can
retract fully for carrying. Aluminum handle. Furnished with three reversible blades;
extra blades store inside handle. Length closed, 6 in.
Description
007960 44100
Utility knife
023154 44101
Replacement blades (five per package)
KLEIN
PR23104V2-159089.tif
Leather belt holster holds both scissors and knife.

Description
050162 5187
Holster with slot for 2 in. belt
058451 5187T
Holster with tunnel loop for 2 in. belt
075054 46037
Complete kit: 5187 holster with knife and
scissors. Cuts cable, telephone wire and
strips insulation
Tools and Supplies
Cable Splicer's Knife

KLEIN
PR23103V2-159071.tif
Heavy-duty Scissors
KLEIN
PR23569V2-165835.tif
A special-purpose knife, 6 1/4 in. long, with 1 3/4 in. steel blade.
FEATURES
Special-purpose short blade with comfortable, full-size, heavy-duty handle
Coping-type blade made of the finest cutlery steel, tough and carefully tempered
to hold its edge
Handle is textured for comfort and firm grip
Hang hole for easy storage and portability
Description
050160 44200
Cable splicer's knife
15.16
Heavy-duty, nickel-plated, tempered steel scissors with adjustable screw hinge and
rounded points.
Description
395901 2101-0-6-SEN
Extended handle provides comfort and
cutting leverage for wire cutting
application. Scissors - 5 in. with serrated
lower blade and stripping notches in upper
blade for 19- and 23-gauge wire
008066 2100-7
Scissors - 5 in. with serrated lower blade
and stripping notches in upper blade for
19- and 23-gauge wire
Tools and Supplies
Hand Tools
FLUKE NETWORKS
Need-L-Lock Crimping Pliers

PR72234V2-576602.tif
PR28503V2-208536.tif
The Need-L-Lock's patented four-in-one tool combines a UR/UY/UG connector crimper

with needle-nose pliers so you can carry one less tool on your belt. Aligned crimping
jaws come down square ensuring a solid connection. Jaws are grooved to provide a
better grip on wires and feature a built-in cutter and wire stripper.
FEATURES
Wire stripper
Built-in side cutter
Rubber-coated handles for nonslip grip
Description
263608 11294000
Need-L-Lock Crimping Pliers
Long-nose Side-cutting Pliers
Side-cutting Pliers
KLEIN
KLEIN
High-leverage design, featuring a smooth, streamlined nose with knurled jaws.

Available with plastic-dipped or Journeyman handles.
PLASTIC-DIPPED HANDLE
219939 D213-8NE
008489 D213-9NE
201731 D213-9NETP
pr5539V2-12671.tif
pr5538V2-12668.tif
Description
8 1/2 in.
9 1/4 in.
9 1/4 in. fish tape pulling
JOURNEYMAN HANDLE
The Journeyman is a deluxe handle that incorporates a soft material on the outer
surface for comfort and a firm grip along with a hard, black material on the inner
surface and ends for toughness and durability.
Description
245898 J213-9NE
9 1/4 in.
245899 J213-9NETP
9 1/4 in. fish tape pulling
These pliers feature induction-hardened cutting knives for greater cutting power and
a hot-riveted joint to eliminate handle wobble.
008461 D203-6
008463 D203-6H2
Description
6 5/8 in.
6 5/8 in. with 19 and 22 AWG
stripping holes
JOURNEYMAN HANDLE
Description
245909 J203-8N
8 5/16 in. with 12 AWG skinning hole
15.17
Tools and Supplies
Fluke Networks' Electrician's D-Snips offer a unique ergonomically designed handle

that leverages your power, providing 1 to 1 1/2 times the cutting force with half the
effort. Minimize hand fatigue with the special tail on the handle. Made with
high-quality forged steel for cleaner, faster cuts.
FEATURES
High-quality forged-steel construction for strength and durability
File and scraper on both blades for cleaning wire
Notched blade for stripping 19- and 23-gauge wire
Cuts up to 16-gauge solid and 12-gauge stranded wire
Description
227796 44300000
D-Snips
FLUKE NETWORKS
Tools and Supplies
Hand Tools
JOURNEYMAN HANDLE
Diagonal-cutting Pliers
KLEIN
PR21715V2-125710.tif

245911 J63050
Description
9 3/8 in. cable cutter
High-leverage Heavy-duty Cutters
Tools and Supplies
KLEIN
An all-purpose cutting tool for telephone installation and/or maintenance work. The
W notches will slit acetate cellulose and other insulations from wires up to 0.058 in.
The 0.052 in. skinning hole also provides the means to crimp on 0.032 in. and
0.025 in. single-tube copper sleeves.
Description
008450 D202-5
5 1/2 in. with tapered nose
008454 D202-5SW
5 1/2 in. with stripping notches and
0.052 in. skinning hole
008456 D202-6
6 1/16 in. with tapered nose
008506 D240-6
6 1/16 in. with 0.052 in. skinning hole
and tapered nose
008513 D252-6
6 in. heavy-duty design
008515 D252-6SW
6 in. with stripping notches and 0.052 in.
D
skinning hole
061806 72192
6 in. with stripping notch and
0.030 in./0.045 in. skinning holes
Cable Cutter
KLEIN
pr5540V2-12674.tif
pr5541V2-12677.tif
High-leverage design. Rivet is closer to the cutting edge for greater cutting power.
Induction-hardened cutting knives for long life. Hot-riveted joint ensures smooth
action and no handle wobble.
008501 D228-8
008512 D248-8
Description
8 in. diagonal cutting pliers
8 in. diagonal cutting pliers with
angled head
JOURNEYMAN HANDLE
Description
245906 J228-8
8 in. diagonal cutting pliers
245907 J248-8
8 in. diagonal cutting pliers with
angled head
Data T-Cutter
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR2636V2-12120.eps
High-leverage design. Cable-gripping, shear-type jaws cut 2/0 soft copper; up to

4/0 aluminum; up to 100-pair, 24-gauge communications cable. Makes clean,
efficient cuts. Not designed for cutting steel or ACSR. Compact design allows work in
confined spaces.
024567 63050
15.18
Description
9 1/2 in. cable cutter
Cuts round communications cable and maintains cable geometry for better cable
performance. The Data T-Cutter cuts multipair cable up to 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) and
coaxial cable up to RG-9/U. Blade-cutting capabilities are suitable for soft cables
(not ACSR).
Description
216678 45-074
Data T-Cutter
Tools and Supplies
Hand Tools
All-purpose Tool
KLEIN
Heavy-duty Hammer
PR67153V2-529002.tif
This 6-in-1 tool shears bolts, cuts wire, strips wire, measures stud sizes, gauges wire
sizes and crimps insulated terminals. Red plastic-covered handles. Length, 7 1/2 in.
Description
008215 1000
All-purpose tool
PR23112V2-159068.tif
Drop-forged tempered steel heads, round and polished. Perforated neoprene grip
bonded to fiberglass handle.
Description
007922 807-18
18 oz. straight claw, 15 in.
020489 818-16
16 oz. curved claw, 13 in.
Cushion-grip Screwdrivers
Pump Pliers
KLEIN
KLEIN
KLEIN
PR23106V2-159083.tif
PR23111V2-159062.tif
Overall
Length (in.)
8 11/32
10 15/16
HEAVY-DUTY ROUND SHANK - KEYSTONE TIP

Blade Dia. &
Length (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
008606
602-3
7/32 x 3
008607
602-4
1/4 x 4
Overall
Length (in.)
6 3/4
8 11/32
MEDIUM-DUTY ROUND SHANK - KEYSTONE TIP

Blade Dia. &
Length (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
008601
601-4
3/16 x 4
202662
601-8
3/16 x 8
008605
601-10
3/16 x 10
Overall
Length (in.)
7 3/4
11 3/4
13 3/4
PHILLIPS HEAD ROUND SHANK - PROFILATED TIP

Blade Dia. &
Length (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
008612
603-1
2 x 1 1/2
008613
603-3
1x3
008614
603-4
2x4
008615
603-6
3x6
201739
603-7
2x7
Overall
Length (in.)
3 7/16
6 3/4
8 3/4
11
11 5/16
15.19
Tools and Supplies
Tongue-in-groove channels for a wide range of versatile jaw positions. Yellow

plastic handles.
Description
008555 D502-6
6 1/2 in.
008557 D502-10
10 in.
HEAVY-DUTY SQUARE SHANK - KEYSTONE TIP

Blade Dia. &
Length (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
008595
600-4
1/4 x 4
202665
600-6
5/16 x 6
Tools and Supplies
Hand Tools
Specialty Screwdrivers
KLEIN
11-IN-1 SCREWDRIVER/NUT DRIVER
PR28568V2-209166.tif
1.4 in.; two nut drivers: 1/4 in. and 3/8 in.; one hex key: 3/8 in. Machine-tooled steel
bits for superior strength. Heavy-duty blade barrel provides storage for bits.
Bayonet-style (twist and lock) socket accepts most manufacturers'
punch-down blades.
Description
484678 VDV001-081
Punch-down screwdriver multitool
21-in-1 Twist-a-Nut Screwdriver

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33618V2-245730.tif
Integrated screwdriver/nut driver shaft holds eight popular tips and converts to
three nut-driver sizes. Interchangeable blade for quick and easy switch out. Contains
3/8 in., 5/16 in. and 1/4 in. nut drivers, #1 and #2 Phillips, 1/4 in. and 3/16 in.
slotted, T10 and T15 TORX and #1 and #2 square recess.

413513 32500
Description
11-in-1 screwdriver, shank length 4 in.,
overall length 8 in.
MAGNETIC SCREWDRIVER WITH 32-PIECE TAMPERPROOF BIT SET
Tools and Supplies
PR28567V2-209164.tif
Cushion-grip handle for greater torque and comfort. Sturdy bit and screw holding
magnet allows for screws to fit securely in place for easy use. Includes complete
tamperproof bit set in block. TORX bits included: T7, T8, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27,
T30 and T40. Fraction hex bits included: 3/32 in., 7/64 in., 1/8 in., 9/64 in.,
5/32 in. and 3/16 in. Metric hex bits included: 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm and
5 mm. Spanner bits included: 4, 6, 8 and 10. Tri-Wing bits included: 1, 2, 3 and 4.
TORQ-SET bits included: 6, 8 and 10. Includes 1/4 in. square to 1/4 in. hex adapter
to drive socket.

397249 32510
Description
32-piece tamperproof bit set, shank length
4 in., overall length 8 1/2 in.
FEATURES
Textured Santoprene grip provides excellent torque and resists perspiration,
water, oil and chemicals
Premium screwdriver ratchet mechanism can handle high torque without failure
Accu-loop wire looping holes
Multiple-bit storage unit in handle
Patented wire connector wrench accepts a wide variety of connectors
Lifetime warranty (excludes bits)
Includes: #1 Phillips, #2 Phillips, #3 Phillips, 3/16 in. slotted, 1/4 in.
slotted, 5/16 in. slotted, #1 square, #2 square, #15 star, #20 star,
#25 star, #30 star, 3/32 in. hex, 1/8 in. hex, 3/16 in. hex, 5/32 in. hex,
1/4 in. nut, 5/16 in. nut and 7/16 in. nut
Description
440186 35-688
21-in-1 Twist-a-Nut screwdriver
10-in-1 Screwdriver/Nut Driver

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR28428V2-207837.tif
Punch-down Multibit Screwdriver

KLEIN
PR67154V2-529003.tif
110/66 combination cut-type punch-down blade with precision ground cutting edge.
Two Phillips screwdriver tips: #1 and #2; two slotted screwdriver tips: 3/16 in. and
15.20
Includes 1/4 in. slotted, #2 Phillips, 3/16 in. slotted, #1 Phillips, #1 and
#2 square recess, #15 and #10 TORX and 5/16 in. and 1/4 in. nut driver cushion
grip for comfort and performance.
Description
420329 35-910
10-in-1 screwdriver/nut driver
Tools and Supplies
Hand Tools
Multitools
GREENLEE
Nut Driver Set

PR20133V2-69017.tif
PR23108V2-159067.tif
Consists of seven cushion-grip nut drivers in plastic pouch with hang hole. Sizes:
3/16 in., 1/4 in., 5/16 in., 11/32 in., 3/8 in., 7/16 in. and 1/2 in.
Description
008586 631
Nut driver set
3/8 in. Drive Socket Set

KLEIN
PR23109V2-159085.tif
Slim Electronic Screwdriver Kit

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR33684V2-248548.tif
Set consists of 20 pieces: four 6-point sockets, 3/8 in., 7/16 in., 1/2 in. and
9/16 in.; five 12-point sockets, 5/8 in., 11/16 in., 3/4 in., 13/16 in. and 7/8 in.;
eight 6-point deep sockets, 3/8 in., 7/16 in., 1/2 in., 9/16 in., 5/8 in., 11/16 in.,
3/4 in. and 13/16 in.; two extensions 1 3/4 in. and 3 in. long; ratchet plus metal box.
Description
008432 65508
Drive socket set
Aluminum Torpedo Level

KLEIN
FEATURES
Designed for maximum handling comfort when working in tight areas
Tough chrome vanadium steel shank
Phosphate tip for longer wear life
Rotating cap for optimum control for precise centering
Color-coded cap for easy identification
Kit includes 3/32 in. cabinet tip with 2 1/2 in. shank, 3/32 in. cabinet tip with
3 in. shank, 1/8 in. cabinet tip with 4 in. shank and #0 - 1/8 in. Phillips head
with 2 1/2 in. shank
Description
442131 36-249
4-piece electronics screwdriver kit
PR28566V2-209160.tif
FEATURES
Large, high-visibility vials are easy to read
Strong rare earth magnets hold level securely
Easy-to-read vials set for measurements at 0, 30, 45 and 90 degrees
Machined billet aluminum design
High-contrast laser-etched markings
Description
421400 932-9RE
9 in. torpedo level
15.21
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Bit sizes 3/16 in. and 1/4 in. flat tip
#1 and #2 Phillips
5/16 in. and 1/4 in. hex
Precision-machined, hardened-steel bits
High-grade, rust-resistant, chrome-plated finish
Soft, cushioned grip for extra comfort and torque
Added features for 0153-43C: 3/8 in. hex driver and #1 and #2 square
recess tips
Description
343853 0153-42C
6-in-1 multitool
420962 0153-43C
9-in-1 multitool
KLEIN
Tools and Supplies
Corning Cable Systems Fiber Optic Tools and Accessories

UNICAM HIGH-PERFORMANCE TOOL KIT
./
UniCam Connector Installation Tool Kits

PR72315V2-580769.tif
Tools and Supplies

347845 TKT-UNICAM-PFC
The flagship tool kit is the UniCam High-Performance Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM-PFC), a
thoughtfully designed tool kit that virtually eliminates human variability from
installation. The TKT-UNICAM-PFC includes all the items needed to install the UniCam
connector. The UniCam High-Performance Tool Kit can be used with multimode or
single-mode LC, SC and ST compatible UniCam Connectors (standard
and high-performance).
The standard UniCam Connector Installation Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM) is a basic
installation tool kit and can also be used to terminate all UniCam Connector styles (SC,
LC and ST compatible connectors).
UniCam High-Performance Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM-PFC)
- Virtually eliminates human variability in installation, ensuring consistent,
reliable results
- UniCam High-Performance
Installation Tool uses a go/no-go LED to provide
D
unmistakable confirmation of successful continuity
- High-Performance Flat Cleaver uses dual-clamp precision and a diamond blade for a
superior cleave
- Sleek, well-organized carrying case with built-in conveniences for easy, on-the-go
field terminations
- Tool kit designed to allow work out of the bag, eliminating set-up and tear-down time
- One kit terminates both single-mode and multimode LC, SC and ST
compatible connectors
Standard UniCam Connector Installation Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM)
- Convenient carrying bag contains all of the components necessary to terminate
UniCam Connectors
- Installs SC, LC and ST compatible connectors in less than a minute
- One kit terminates both single-mode and multimode UniCam Connectors
UniCam MTP Connector Installation Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM-MTP)
- Convenient padded hard-side carrying case
- One kit terminates both single-mode and multimode UniCam MTP Connectors
APPLICATIONS
UniCam Connector installations
Local area networks (LANs), including main cross-connect, telecommunications
room and telecommunications enclosures
Fiber-to-the-desk
Data centers
15.22
PR72315V2-580769.tif
TKT-UNICAM-PFC ACCESSORIES
444620 FBC-007
348034 FCC-WIPES
348035 FCC-CLEANER-FIBER
347849 VFL-A125
347855 VFL-A250
347852
VFL-AKIT
391035
CLEANER-PORT-2.5
391036
CLEANER-PORT-LC
Description
UniCam High-Performance Tool Kit
Description
Package of Corning wipes, 90 pcs/pk.
Bottle of Corning fiber optic cleaning fluid
LC 1.25 mm VFL ferrule adapter
SC and ST compatible 2.50 mm VFL
ferrule adapter
LC 1.25 mm and SC and ST compatible
2.50 mm VFL ferrule adapters
Single-Fiber Port Cleaner for all 2.5 mm
ferrule connectors such as FC, ST and SC;
effective for PC, UPC and APC polishes
LC connector- and port-cleaning tool
STANDARD UNICAM CONNECTOR INSTALLATION TOOL KIT

PR19888V2-53160.tif

170006 TKT-UNICAM
TKT-UNICAM ACCESSORIES
440187 FBC-002
223817 TEST-UNICAM-CTS
249987
249994
TER-CTS-SC
TER-CTS-ST
264278
TER-CTS-LC
Description
UniCam Standard Performance connector
installation kit
Description
Converts an existing TKT-UNICAM kit to add
the CTS option; contains splitter box, SC,
ST compatible, LC and MT-RJ CTS adapters
and jumpers
CTS adapter for UniCam SC connectors
CTS adapter for UniCam
ST-compatible connectors
CTS adapter for UniCam LC connectors
Tools and Supplies

Anixter No.
251702
234819
391035
Vendor No.
VFL-350
CLEANER-UNIV-CASS
CLEANER-PORT-2.5
391036
CLEANER-PORT-LC
Description
Visual fault locator, 635 nm penlight style
Universal connector cleaning cassette
Single-Fiber Port Cleaner for all 2.5 mm
UNICAM MTP CONNECTOR TERMINATION KIT
APPLICATIONS
All fiber optic cleaning needs
Copper applications
196997 FC-45-1
526399
FC-45-12
PR19889V2-53151.tif
Description
"pop-up" canister (6.75 in. H x 4.0 in. W)
45 towelettes in a pop-up canister
(12 canisters per pack)
Universal Connector Cleaning Cassette


305588 TKT-UNICAM-MTP
Description
UniCam MTP Connector Installation
Tool Kit
Fiber-Clean Towelettes
PR23988V2-173239.tif
FEATURES
Cleans all connectors with accessible ferrules, including pinned versions (i.e.,
UniCam MTP connectors)
Works on pinned as well as pinless connectors
Pin clearance runner behind cleaning strip allows cleaning strip to fit between
connector pins
Compact size and disposable
Cleaning instructions permanently marked on the cassette
Only cleaning cassette that will clean pinned MTP connectors
APPLICATIONS
MTP pinned/pin-less connectors
All other connectors using an accessible ferrule
Description
234819 CLEANER-UNIV-CASS Universal connector cleaning cassette
Corning Cable Systems Fiber-Clean Towelettes are specifically designed to improve

the efficiency of cleaning telecommunications cabling. Fiber-Clean is more
economical, convenient and safe, and it is superior in terms of cleaning properties
versus the traditional cleaners used for gel removal and fiber splicing. This intelligent
cleaner contains several novel components that easily remove buffer-tube gels,
water-blocking compounds, and more importantly, contaminants on an optical fiber
prior to splicing and connectorization.
15.23
Tools and Supplies
The UniCam MTP Connector Installation Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM-MTP) is designed for
quick termination of ribbon cables using the UniCam MTP Connector. Conveniently
packaged in an easy-to-carry hard case, the tool kit is compact and easy to carry
around the job site. The UniCam MTP Connector is a single-ferrule design that
terminates 12 fibers at a time in one connector. The installation tool kit for this
connector contains a high-performance ribbon cleaver for superior cleave
performance. Also included in the kit is a ribbon-coating thermal stripper,
ribbon-insertion tool, crimp tool and fiber preparation and cleaning materials.
PR6503V2-9241.TIF
Tools and Supplies
Fiber Cleaning Kit

348034 FCC-WIPES
348035 FCC-CLEANER-FIBER
Stripping Tools
Description
Package of Corning wipes, 90 pcs/pk.
Bottle of Corning fiber optic cleaning fluid
504873
Lint-free Wipes
190048 3615001-01

193640 3205004-01
347857 2104502-01
3206001-01
Description
Dual hole tool fiber stripper (for 900 m
and 250 m fiber)
Wire stripper, 6 in.
Description
Kim Wipes for cleaning fibers
and connectors
529843 3233004-01
Description
Ruby-blade scribe
Single-Fiber Port Cleaners
Tools and Supplies
PR23277V2-161142.tif
Syringe tips are used to apply adhesive evenly and cleanly inside the connector tip
and body. Pink tip.
Description
523923 2104069-02
For epoxy adhesives (pink tip)
The Single-Fiber Port Cleaners are designed to clean connector end-faces in patch
panels and adapters. An integrated dust cap allows for cleaning unmated connector
end-faces. The Single-Fiber Port Cleaners are proven effective for removing the
following from connector end-faces: skin oil, hand lotion, road dust, pre- and
post-mate graphite, salt, isopropyl and distilled water residues. These cleaners are
simple to use and offer more than 525 cleanings.
FEATURES
Cleaning system rotates 180 degrees to provide a full cleaning of the
connector end-face
Extendable tip allows for cleaning in hard-to-reach spaces
Cleaning fibers dissipate static to alleviate any electrostatic-discharge concerns
Easy-to-use pushing motion engages connector and initiates connector
end-face cleaning
Description
391035 CLEANER-PORT-2.5 Single-Fiber Port Cleaner for all 2.5 mm
391036 CLEANER-PORT-LC
391040 CLEANER-PORT-OT
Single-Fiber Port Cleaner for OptiTap
Connector end-faces
15.24
Polishing Film
169422 2104071-01
366944
1506060-01
376235
1506101-01
185823
2104004-02
169423
2104072-01
444623
02-012253-002
Description
Neon yellow, 12 micron, 5 in. diameter
(15 per pack)
1 micron, crystallized
white-alumina-coated flock film, 5 in. disk
without PSA backing
2 micron, silicon-carbide flat film, 5 in.
disk without PSA backing
Gray, 3 micron, 6 in. diameter
(50 per pack)
White, 0.3 micron, 5 in. diameter,
(50 per pack)
Clear, 0.02 micron, 5 in. diameter,
(50 per pack)
Tools and Supplies
Corning Cable Systems Splice Equipment

FBC-006
./
Fiber Cleavers
PR24054V2-174101.tif

FBC-012
PR6538V2-9280.TIF
The FBC-012 mass fiber cleaver provides excellent cleaves of one to 12 fibers using
a simple one-step operation. The cleaver comes with a universal single-fiber guide
that may be used when cleaving single fibers. The removable guide allows the
cleaver to hold common fiber-handling adapters of mass-fusion splicers or fiber
handlers for UniCam Connector installation. The 12-position blade can be replaced
in the field.

371083 FBC-012

143321 FBC-006
187848
FBC-006-01
FBC-002
Description
Replacement diamond blade for
FBC-006 cleaver
PR34500V2-255400.tif
PR34695V2-260082.tif
The FBC-007 High-Performance Cleaver is a handheld, ergonomically designed,

precision cleaver enabling easy installation of UniCam Connectors. The cleaver
provides consistent cleaves regardless of operator skill level. It uses a dual-clamp
for precision and a diamond blade for superior cleaving. There is consistent cleaving
of 250 or 900 micron fibers and it is compatible with jacketed applications. The
handheld cleaver does not require a work surface in order to perform
precision cleaves.
Anixter No.
444620
447235
447236
Vendor No.
FBC-007
HAN-STANDARD
HAN-FANOUT-UNI
447237
HAN-TRACK
The least expensive of all Corning Cable Systems cleavers, the FBC-002 is adequate
(<2 degrees) for cleaving fiber ends for OTDR access (through a lab splice or XYZ
stage), multimode and single-mode mechanical splicing, and UniCam
Connector installation.

440187 FBC-002
Description
Description
900 m tight buffered fiber handler
900 m fan-out tubing handler
for UniCam
Track for fan-out tubing fiber handlers
15.25
Tools and Supplies
FBC-007
Description
High-performance, mass fiber cleaver
This cleaver provides smooth, flat, perpendicular fiber end-faces (typically

<0.7 degrees) necessary for low-loss fusion or mechanical splicing. Fast and easy
to use, it produces high-quality, repeatable cleaves for multimode and single-mode
fibers in one simple step. The unit cleaves all 250 m coated fibers and 900 m
buffered fibers.
Tools and Supplies
Corning Cable Systems Splice Equipment
Fusion Splice Protection

Fiber Optic Splicing Tool Kits

PR23985V2-173203.tif

Corning Cable Systems tool kits provide the craftsperson with a collection of essential
tools required for tasks associated with the installation, maintenance and
termination of fiber optic cable. The tools used in the kits are thoughtfully assembled
and are stored in high-quality cases, keeping them safe, neat and in proper
working order.
FUSION SPLICING TOOL KIT
PR23986V2-173202.tif
Tools and Supplies
Corning Cable Systems offers a variety of splice protection choices to meet your
needs. All the types of protection pictured and described here allow individual fiber
access in the splice tray. Corning Cable Systems offers heat-shrink protection in both
single-fiber and multifiber versions.
HEAT-SHRINK
Heat-shrinkable splice protection continues to be the most popular method to
protect fusion splices. The sleeve securely protects the fusion splice on either
250 or 900 m coated fibers, while offering individual access to each fusion splice.
Corning Cable Systems Heat-shrink Sleeves are compatible with most splice trays
offered and are compatible with all heat-shrink ovens offered with Corning Cable
Systems Fusion Splicers. Corning Cable Systems offers both single-fiber and
multifiber heat-shrink sleeves.
Description
161239 2806031-01
Heat-shrink fusion splice protector parts,
D
single-fiber (package of 50; 60 mm long)
272053 2806032-01
Heat-shrink fusion splice protector parts,
single-fiber (package of 50; 40 mm long)
219339 2806031-012
Heat-shrink mass splice protector parts,
6- or 12-fiber ribbon (package of 25;
40 mm long)
SPLICE PAK
The Splice Pak Splice Protector is a cost-effective alternative to the heat shrink
protective sleeve. It has a plastic clamshell design with an adhesive applied to the
inside surface. The Splice Pak Splice Protector requires no power for assembly, thus
extending the battery life of the fusion splicer. The Splice Pak Splice Protector is
offered in three types for different fiber diameter combinations.
Description
144227 A0276859
160341 A0295149
160342 A0295150
CRIMP & GO
The Crimp & Go Splice Protector encloses the splice within an aluminum sleeve
sealed with an elastic material. Like the Splice Pak Splice Protector, the Crimp & Go
Splice Protector requires no power for assembly, thus extending the battery life of
the fusion splicer.
Description
165918 FSA-012
(package of 150)
15.26
This kit is designed to be compatible with fusion splicers. It includes tools and
supplies required for cable-jacket removal and fusion splicing.
Contents: LST-000-016.

086550 M67-003
153567 M67-004
Description
Fusion splicing consumables kit,
replenishes the M67-003 tool kit
CAMSPLICE MECHANICAL SPLICE TOOL KIT WITHOUT CLEAVER

PR23987V2-173224.tif
Includes assembly tool, buffer tube-cutting tool, fiber coating stripping tool and
other miscellaneous items required for splicing. Kit comes in compact carrying case.
Assembly tool can be ordered separately. Contents: LST-000-050

129468 TKT-100-01
129625
TKT-100-02
Description
includes CamSplice Mechanical Splice
assembly fixture, fiber coating stripping
tool and other items required for splicing;
kit comes in a compact carrying case
including an FBC-002 fiber cleaver
Tools and Supplies
CommScope Solutions Fiber Optic Tools

./
Cleaning Wipes
106837 KIT-D181599 PARTS
TOOL KITS/CONSUMABLES
PR0684V2-13278.tif

213172 1032H
Material ID
700005838
152526
700006026
Description
Material ID
Pack of 250 lint-free 700006166
wipes to be used on
bare fiber
Anaerobic Adhesive
Description
Material ID
144181 PRIMER-AK001PRM-ST ST CO Anaerobic primer 700004146
144182 ADHV-AK001ADH-ST BNDG 4F Anaerobic adhesive 700002181
197979
Epoxy
Polishing Paper
Polishing paper for SC, ST and STII connectors.
127695 Type A polishing paper, brown, 9 x 11 (in.), 100 pack
198799 Type D polishing paper, lime green, 9 x 11 (in.),
100 pack
164470 Type F polishing paper, light yellow with Mylar
backing, 10 pack
250553 Type J polishing paper, purple, 6 x 6 (in.), 20 pack
250546 Type K polishing paper, gray, 6 x 6 (in.), 5 pack
250568 Type L polishing paper, purple, 6 x 6 (in.), 10 pack
Material ID
700006737
700006711
700006703
700006661
700006687
700006679
700005853
To get the best loss performance, the SC connector is field-tunable. The

installer can find the position that produces the least loss and lock in that
position for the connection.
The zirconia tip is repairable on the ST, SC and LC connectors. Only ceramic
tip ferrules are used, because the adapter sleeves are ceramic. By using the
same materials, they will react the same to environmental conditions (e.g.,
thermal cycling). Other materials such as composites (made of glass-filled
plastic) have extremely different characteristics. They expand at different
temperatures, etc., which may cause loss.
Hand Polishing Tools

209095 1510A1
221825 T2001A
Description
Material ID
Plastic polishing tools (ST/SC) 700008162
Plastic polishing tools (LC) 700008170
Syringes and syringe tips are used to apply epoxy evenly and cleanly inside a
connector tip and body.
Material ID
118862 Syringes (3 cc), 10 pack
700007982
118863 Dispensing tips, 25 pack
700011141
Tool Kits and Consumables

These tool kits are designed to terminate LC, SC, and STII connectors. One
consumable kit must be chosen with any tool kit purchase.
Fits 0.9 mm (buffered fiber), 3 mm and 1.6 mm cordage. When terminating on mini
cordage (1.6 mm and 3.0 mm cordage) an adapter kit (Part No. 195867) and tool
(Part No. 195868) must be used to build the cable up to 0.9 mm.
15.27
Tools and Supplies

Epoxy is used with the consumable kits for the Epoxy Method. Epoxy consists of two
compounds that, when mixed, eventually solidify. Heating the epoxy mixture allows it
to solidify much more quickly as it hardens during the cooling process. Epoxy is
injected into an LC, ST or SC fiber connector; the fiber is then inserted and placed in
the curing oven. The epoxy secures the fiber within the connector and provides extra
protection to the fiber end during the polishing process. The kit provides 8 gram,
two-part epoxy packages. Approximately 100 ST/SC or 200 LC connectors can be
terminated using an epoxy package.
Description
Material ID
137227 KIT-1032 15.00 EA EPOXY
(15) 8-gram, two-part 700006109
epoxy packages
Description
EZ LC, SC, STII tool kit for termination
of distribution cable. Uses anaerobic
method. Does not contain crimp tool
1032B5
Heat Cure, SC and STII tool kit. Uses
heat cure epoxy. Includes oven.
D-182959 KIT D-182959 upgrade kit for 1032B5 to
terminate LC connector onto either
900 micron buffered fiber or
1.6 mm cordage
Tools and Supplies
Fiber Optic Tools

./
Fiber Optic Termination Kit
Tools and Supplies
GREENLEE
Fiber Optic Cleaning Kits

PR10631V2-11116.tif
Contains all of the tools and consumable materials necessary for epoxy and polish
connector terminations. Durable carrying case protects and organizes tools and
includes see-through pouches for storing connectors. Outside pockets provide
convenient storage of instruction manuals or worksite documents. Case has durable
handles and eyelets for adding a shoulder strap.
FEATURES
Kevlar shears
Stripper for cable jackets
Buffer stripper
Carbide-tipped scribe
KWIK CYCLE 8 in. crimp frame with 0.151 in., 0.178 in., 0.213 in. hex cavities
Fiber optic inspection microscope
Stainless steel polishing puck
D
Resilient polishing
pad, 3 in. x 8 in.
Cordura carrying case
Description
305020 45658
Fiber optic termination kit
Fiber Buffer Stripping Tool

RIPLEY/CAPEWELL
Tight-buffer tool
125439 NN203
FLUKE NETWORKS
PR67155V2-528623.tif
Contaminated end-faces are the #1 cause of fiber-link failure. Prevent this common
problem with Fluke Networks' Fiber Optic Cleaning Kits and Components. These
precision fiber optic cleaning kits and components allow effective removal of all
contaminants from end-faces on both patch cords and inside ports.
FEATURES
Prevent the #1 cause of fiber-link failure: end-face contamination
Everything needed for precision cleaning of end-faces on both patch cords and
inside ports
Specially formulated solvent dissolves contamination, neutralizes static charge
and encapsulates particles for removal
A range of wipers and swabs enable cleaning of all styles of fiber
optic connections
By fitting in your pocket, Fiber Optic Cleaning Cards are conveniently perfect
for troubleshooting
Use the convenient and rugged carrying case to store all of the
cleaning components
CLEANING KITS
346687 NFC-KIT-CASE
Description
No-Nik tool, red handles
346686
Description
Utility tool, removes primary coating
ACCESSORIES
346666 NFC-CUBE
346665 NFC-CARDS-5PK
NFC-KIT-BOX
Primary Coating Stripping Tools

XXX

089096 FO-103S
193640 3205004-01
XXX
Anixter No.
128336
146563
529843
Vendor No.
975A
504064-1
3233004-01
Description
975A cleaving tool
Sapphire pen scribe
Ruby-blade scribe
346683
346684
346685
346682
451028
451029
15.28
Description
Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit includes cleaning
cube with wipers, 10 cards with sealed
cleaning zones, solvent pen, 2.5 mm port
cleaning swabs and 1.25 mm port
cleaning swabs in a rugged carrying case
Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit includes cleaning
cube with wipers, five cards with sealed
cleaning zones, solvent pen and 2.5 mm
port cleaning swabs
Description
Cleaning cube with wipers
Five cards with sealed cleaning zones perfect for troubleshooting
NFC-SOLVENTPEN
Special solvent dispensed from pen
NFC-SWABS-1.25MM LC and MU port cleaning swabs
NFC-SWABS-2.5MM SC, ST, 2.5 mm port cleaning swabs
NFC-CASE
Carrying case for cleaning supplies
NFC-IBC-1.25MM
Cleaners for 1.25 mm LC and MU
connector and patch cord (5 qty)
NFC-IBC-2.5MM
Cleaners for 2.5 mm SC, ST, FC connector
and patch cord (5 qty)
Tools and Supplies
Fiber Optic Tools

451030 NFC-IBC-MPO
451031 NFC-KIT-CASE-E
Description
Cleaners for MPO/MTP connector (5 qty)
Enhanced Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit includes
one cleaner for 1.25 mm connector, one
cleaner for 2.5 mm connector, one cleaner
for MPO/MTP cleaner, a solvent pen, a
cleaning cube and a softcase
Fiber Cable Cleaver

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR20256V2-71020.tif
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Safety Equipment
Fiber Safety Kit

XXX
pr5479V2-8673.tif
This handheld tool is designed to act, feel and function like a full-scale precision
cleaver. It features a 10,000-cleave blade life and a dual-scale marking system. In
addition to the standard marking system, it also has measurements for the most
commonly used TE Connectivity's field-installable fiber connectors and
mechanical splices.
Description
352651 1871696-1
Handheld fiber cleaver
Epoxy - General Purpose

TE CONNECTIVITY
PR2581V2-579525.eps
Polishing Film
TE CONNECTIVITY
Adhesive-backed for use with polishing machine.
Description
312774 228433-5
Grit, 0.3 micron; size, 8 in. x 10 in.;
pkg. 100
312775 228433-7
Grit, 1 micron; size, 8 in. x 10 in.; pkg. 100
312776 228433-8
Grit, 5 micron; size, 8 in. x 10 in.; pkg. 100
312777 228433-9
Grit, 15 micron; size, 8 in. x 10 in.;
pkg. 100
For manufacturing or field use where an extended pot life is necessary and curing
would be at ambient temperatures. Tra-Con brand. Has 25 2-gram packages. This is
OK for ceramic.
Description
333403 1918652-1
Epoxy - general purpose
Hand Polishing Tools
Epoxy Applicators
TE CONNECTIVITY
158089 503337-1
TE CONNECTIVITY
Syringes and syringe tips are used to apply epoxy evenly and cleanly inside connector
tip and body. Includes one syringe applicator.
Description
129057 501473-3
Epoxy applicator for fiber optic connectors
Description
For AMP ST connectors
15.29
Tools and Supplies
This is a safety kit specifically made for working with optical fibers during splicing or
termination processes. The kit includes fiber scrap can, work mat, splinter removal
tweezer, 10 bifurcated swipes (containing alcohol) and safety glasses. The kit is
packaged in a heavy cardboard tube for easy storage and use.
Description
167438 FS9500-A
Fiber safety kit
Tools and Supplies
Cable Pulling and Installation

./
J2 Automatic Cable Lasher
Tools and Supplies
GENERAL MACHINE PRODUCTS
Poly Line Pull Line

PR10725V2-11493.tif
For aerial cables up to 3 in. diameter. Can lash cable suspension strand from 1/4 in.
to 7/16 in. Can be readied for dual lashing merely by depressing the strand roller
knob and rotating it a quarter turn. Lasher will hold two 1,200 ft. coils of 0.045 in.
lashing wire at one loading.
FEATURES
Easily operable by one man
Features built-in brake to prevent backroll
All-range tensioning device assures traction on the strand
Rear cable lifter assembly provides positive locking action
Complete with pulling rope and case
J2 AUTOMATIC CABLE LASHER
D
009200 86070
ACCESSORIES
310460 70190
310461 70055
Description
J2 cable lasher standard with chest
GREENLEE
PR28435V2-207300.tif
FEATURES
Poly Line can be used with power fishing systems directly from the container
Resists tangling when dispensing
Reusable plastic dispenser pail keeps the line dry
Rot and mildew resistant
Description
027006 430
6,500 ft., 210 lb. average
breaking strength
184421 431
breaking strength
248684 37959
breaking strength
306299 430-500
500 ft., 210 lb. average breaking strength
Description
Towing lanyard 35 ft.
Single lashing aerial cable guide
Powr-Fish Pull-Line
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23115V2-160110.tif
FEATURES
White with blue tracer for easy identification
Continuous - fiber poly line great for blowing directly into conduit
Will not rot or mildew
Can be left in conduit for future use
Description
186908 31-343
6,500 ft., box, 210 lb. tensile strength
190625 31-340
6,500 ft., bucket, 210 lb. tensile strength
393002 31-340BP
6,500 ft., (36 buckets per pallet), 210 lb.
tensile strength
15.30
Tools and Supplies
Fish Tape
GREENLEE
Fish Stix and Glo-Stix

PR33646V2-248224.tif
FEATURES
Self-tensioning case for easy tape winding
Wide, impact-resistant rewinder case with viewports to ensure tape fit and
retaining strap on inside to hold tape secure
Dirt-free tape finish keeps hands cleaner during use
Now available in SmartMARK laser etched steel fish tape in winder case
FIBERGLASS FISH TAPE

12 in. (305 mm) case has a high-impact nylon, one-piece handle for maximum
durability, long life, and easy, comfortable use. Nonconductive fiberglass tape with
low-friction coating. Has unique noncoiling properties that enable it to fish in large
and small conduit equally well, even with wire or cable in place. Exclusive, unique,
lightweight reel for easy positive feed-out and rewind. Excellent for installation of
telecommunications and data communications cables in overhead plenums, above
suspended ceilings and under floors. Fiberglass fish tape is the fastest manual fish
tape available. It is intended for fishing only. Rope or line is recommended
for pulling.
Description
309082 FTF540-50
50 ft. x 0.175 in. fiberglass fish tape in
winder case
309083 FTF540-100
100 ft. x 0.175 in. fiberglass fish tape in
winder case
309084 542-150
150 ft. x 3/16 in. fiberglass fish tape in
reel stand
309085 542-200
reel stand
309086 542-250
reel stand
PR10626V2-11101.tif
Fish Stix are manufactured from fiberglass rods which are nonconductive and will
fasten easily together, making installation of wire over long distances (such as above
ceilings, through insulated walls or under carpeting and raised floors) easy and safe.
Glo-Stix are made from luminescent fiberglass for better visibility in dark locations.
FEATURES
High-visibility green rods
1/4 in. diameter fiberglass provides added rigidity when multiple sections
are connected
200 lb. minimum pulling strength for long-lasting durability
Comes with bullet nose and J-hook threaded tips
Description
248556 540-12
Fish Stix, 12 ft. length
248558 540-24
Fish Stix, 24 ft. length
346064 540-6
Glo-Stix, 6 ft. length
346065 540-18
Glo-Stix, 18 ft. length
442003 540-8M
Mini Glo-Stix kit, 8 ft.
442004 540-20P
Pro installer Stix kit, 20 ft.
Fish Poles
GREENLEE
PR10742V2-108656.tif
Expandable pole designed specifically for pushing and pulling wires over
long distances.
FEATURES
Self-contained, no loose parts
Lightweight design to minimize fatigue
Fish pole 12 ft. collapses to 26 in. x 1.25 in.
Fish pole 18 ft. collapses to 27 in. x 2 in.
Fish pole 24 ft. collapses to 50 in. x 2.25 in.
Description
331440 FP12
Fish pole 12 ft.
307634 FP18
Fish pole 18 ft.
307635 FP24
Fish pole 24 ft.
307637 10453
Fish pole replacement hook
333290 FP3
Reacher pole 3 ft.
15.31
Tools and Supplies
KWIK SILVER STEEL FISH TAPE

High-impact nylon, one-piece handle for maximum durability, long life, and easy,
comfortable use. Large handle grip for greater user control. Self-tensioning case for
easy tape winding. (No tension trigger.)
Description
238750 FTS438-65
Steel fish tape 1/8 in. x 50 ft.
247522 FTS438-125
Steel fish tape 1/8 in. x 200 ft.
247523 FTS438-240
Steel fish tape 1/8 in. x 240 ft. in
winder case
442001 FTS438DL-150
SmartMARK 150 ft., laser etched steel fish
tape with SpeedFlex leader
442002 FTS438DL-250
SmartMARK 250 ft., laser etched steel fish
tape with SpeedFlex leader
GREENLEE
Tools and Supplies
690 Vacuum/Blower Power Fishing System
Tools and Supplies
GREENLEE
MM-800 Magnamole Magnetic Cable Guide

PR33648V2-248222.tif
Rugged, self-contained unit includes everything you need to blow or vacuum fish line,
poly line or measuring tape. Durable tank and accessory storage box are corrosion-,
chemical- and impact-resistant polyethylene. Designed for the jobsite, 10 ft. long
hose, heavy-duty wheels and removable accessory box. Large 11 gal. tank makes the
690 excellent for vacuuming water and debris.
Description
442005 690
Power fishing system
442006 618
Piston for 5 in. conduit
442007 619
Piston for 6 in. conduit
442008 16646
Accessory adaptor for 5 in.-6 in.
vacuum/blower power fishing system
in conduit
Fish wires from the outside to the inside of a building through block or brick walls.
The Magnamole is the perfect tool and a great time saver for threading wire and cable
through cavity walls and void spaces performed by one person. The MM-800 uses
high-power magnets to replace cumbersome fish tapes and electrical tape.
Kit contains: magnetic rod, two extender rods and five magnets, one each, red, green,
white, gray and black.
Description
394966 MM-800
Magnamole kit
394967 MM-110
Magnamole replacement magnets, red
and blue
394968 MM-120
Magnamole replacement magnets, white,
gray and black
MP-700 Magnetic Cable-retrieval System
CableCaster
PR23410V2-164440.tif
A magnetic cable-retrieval system which couples the cable with the pulling device
through drywall, allowing the user complete control. Designed for both residential
and commercial applications.
The MP-700 Kit contains retriever unit, drop magnet with pull line, jack chain,
instructional DVD and convenient carrying case.
FEATURES
Pulls cables through insulation in seconds
Learn to use the system in minutes
Easy to use in confined spaces
Can be used as a stud finder
Makes wire fishing a definable process
Description
394965 MP-700
Magnetic cable-retrieval system
15.32
PR23411V2-164442.tif
GREENLEE
PR28517V2-208575.tif
The CableCaster makes installation of cable in ceilings, rafters, subfloors and other
hard-to-reach areas significantly faster and easier. The CableCaster is a handheld,
dartgun-like device that can fire a dart accurately up to 50 ft. The dart carries a
monofilament line from a take-up reel. The communications cable is then attached to
the dart and reeled back to the installer.
FEATURES
50 ft. range allows for faster installations with fewer number of pulls required
Glow-in-the-dark green darts reduce replacement costs because they are easier
to relocate
Optional flashlight improves visibility for faster installation
Description
209665 06186
CableCaster
212338 06259
Replacement darts
Tools and Supplies
Cable Reel Cart

SPOOL MASTER
Wire-pulling Lubricants
PR2313V2-579492.eps
This versatile cable reel cart can carry at least three spools of Cat 5 cable, up to
16 in. diameter x 17 in. wide. It is constructed of welded steel tubing, with 1/2 in.
zinc-plated, solid steel spool bars. The cart has a powder-coated finish, 6 in. solid
rubber tires and one heavy-duty handle with a vinyl grip. It has a 200 lb. capacity,
weighs 32 lb. Dimensions: 43 in. H x 24 in. W x 22 in. D.
Description
221686 SMP-CC
Cable reel cart
Cable Caddy
PR2312V2-579491.eps
This lightweight datacom cable caddy is constructed from welded steel tubing, with a
1/2 in. diameter, zinc-plated, solid steel spool bar. The frame is powder-coated and
folds flat without removing the spool bar. The caddy will hold one Cat 5 spool up to
16 in. wide x 20 in. diameter. It weighs only 8 lb. and has a 100 lb. capacity. Overall
size is 20 in. wide x 18 1/2 in. diameter x 12 in. high.
Description
221578 SMP-DC-1
Cable caddy
Floor Puller
JENSEN
PR7394V2-12323.tif
PR5542V2-107371.tif
YELLOW 77 WIRE-PULLING LUBRICANT

Wax-based formula provides superior lubricity. Safe to use with most cable types
except low-density polyethylene and semiconducting jackets. Will not break down or
separate after repeated exposure to freezing temperatures. Dries to a thin,
nonconductive film that will not clog conduit. Clings to cable throughout long pulls.
Easy to apply by hand or with brush. Creamy texture applies easily and uniformly.
Homogeneous blend requires no mixing. Will not dry out; surface coat forms to
control evaporation. Environmentally safe: nontoxic, nonflammable
and noncorrosive.
Description
025021 31-358
1 qt. squeeze bottle
025031 31-351
1 gal. bucket
AQUA-GEL II CABLE-PULLING LUBRICANT
Polymer-based formula provides maximum tension reduction in high-stress
electrical and communications cable-pulling operations. Compatible with all cable
types except composite rubber. Cleans up easily with soap and water. Remains
stable over wide temperature range, usable from 28F to 180F. Dries to a semifluid
film that will not clog conduit. Easy to apply by hand, brush or pump.
Environmentally safe: nontoxic, nonflammable and noncorrosive. For outdoor
use only.
Description
247070 31-378
247605 31-377
1/2 gal. bag
CLEARGLIDE WIRE-PULLING LUBRICANT
Clear and colorless for quick and easy cleanup. Exceptional lubricity for superfast
pulls. Polymer-based formula perfect for all electrical and datacom applications.
Safe to use with all cable types. Remains stable over wide temperature range, usable
from 30F to 180F. Dries to a semifluid film that will not clog conduit. Clings to
cable throughout long pulls. Easy to apply by hand, brush or pump. Environmentally
safe: nontoxic, nonflammable and noncorrosive.
Description
246614 31-388
246613 31-381
1 gal. bucket
4 or 5 in. double-cup floor puller. This device has a lifting capacity of up to 80 lb.
Description
169735 570-540
Double-cup puller: 4 in.
220167 570-541
Double-cup puller: 5 in.
220168 570-001
Wall-mount bracket
15.33
Tools and Supplies
SPOOL MASTER
IDEAL INDUSTRIES
Tools and Supplies
Cable-Gel Cable-pulling Lubricant

GREENLEE
PR28434V2-207306.tif
Polymer-based lubricant offers lower friction and easier pulling. Compatible with all
cable insulation types. Cleans up quickly. Nonstaining. Higher lubricity than
competitive products. Will not cement itself to the pipe. Dries slowly. Can be applied
by hand or pump. Will not break down or separate after exposure to heat or cold.
Environmentally safe/nonhazardous.
Description
247524 GEL-Q
Tools and Supplies
Gopher Pole
CRAIN ENTERPRISES
The Gopher pole is a self-contained, rigid fiberglass push-pull wire installation tool. It
telescopes from 4 ft.D to 22 ft.
Description
138701 90520
Gopher pole
221654 91415
Carrying case
Fiber Optic Pulling Grip Optisok

HUBBELL PREMISE WIRING
PR7395V2-23191.tif
Flexible and expandable nonmetallic sleeve, open on one end with a pulling ring on
the other. It will expand to enclose the larger group of fiber optic connectors and grab
the cable below the connector bundle by wrapping and taping to provide a gripping
surface that will grab the cable below the connectors. The pulling ring can be
attached to a pulling line or fish tape, and the Optisok will act as the pulling
tool. Orange.
Bundle/
Max. Working
Size Range
Load (lb./kg)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
160833
CCPS1
0.125-0.562
30 (13.61)
160834
CCPS3
0.750-1.750
40 (18.14)
160835
CCPS2
0.250-0.750
50 (22.68)
15.34
Tools and Supplies
Wire Wrap and Unwrap Tools

JIC SERIES
./
Power Wrapping and Unwrapping Tool

OK INDUSTRIES
PR20188V2-69273.tif
PR10735V2-14717.tif
Anixter No.
328650
348922
348923
Vendor No.
JIC-1022
JIC-1626
JIC-2030
Description
Cuts and strips 10 to 22 AWG wire
Manual Wire-wrapping Tools
Wire Strippers
OK INDUSTRIES
Adjustable precision wire strippers for wire wrapping and electronic applications.
ST SERIES

022398 ST-100
311258 ST-500
OK INDUSTRIES
PR20036V2-65567.tif
All three models are designed to produce wire-wrapping connections with a squeeze
of the trigger. Up to 10 revolutions per squeeze; accommodates wire sizes 18 to
32 AWG. Requires bits and sleeves sold separately (available in 3 in. and
5 in. lengths).
Description
072188 G100/R3278
Aluminum wire-wrapping tool
079456 G200/R3278
Lexan wire-wrapping tool
029734 P2224
3 in. sleeve 22 to 24 AWG used with
KB224 bit
008274 KB224
3 in. wire-wrap bit 22 to 24 AWG used with
P2224 sleeve
220218 KB24-5
5 in. wire-wrap bit 24 AWG
328654 G100/R3278FL
Insulated wire-wrapping tool
with flashlight
220220 P2426-5
Sleeve 24 to 26 AWG used with
KB24-5 and KB26-5 bits
PR10737V2-14723.tif
Description
Strips 20 to 30 AWG wire
15.35
Tools and Supplies
Available in both battery and electric models for wire wrapping and unwrapping.
Accommodates wire sizes 18 to 32 AWG. Requires bits and sleeves sold separately.
Note the DFB tool is an innovative patented set which allows wrapping and
unwrapping without changing the bit or sleeve.
FEATURES
Wrap/unwrap switch
Description
311228 PTX-1
Electric wrap/unwrap tool 115 V
246595 PTX-1BF
Electric wrap/unwrap tool 115 V with
back force
311229 PTX-2BF
Electric wrap/unwrap tool 230 V with
back force
246599 PTX-KIT1
Battery wrap/unwrap tool with charger
and two batteries
246600 PTX-KIT1DH
PTX-KIT1, pouch, DFB224 bit and
sleeve set
246601 DFB224
Dual wire wrap/unwrap bit and sleeve set,
22 to 24 AWG
311230 DFB2426
Dual wire wrap/unwrap bit and sleeve set
24 to 26 AWG
Tools and Supplies
Wire Wrap and Unwrap Tools
Hand Wrapping/Unwrapping Tools

OK INDUSTRIES
PR10739V2-14729.tif
Tools and Supplies
HW-UW-224 is protected by a removable cap which serves as the handle. Takes only
seconds to switch from wire-wrapping to unwrapping. 22 to 24 AWG. UW-4 is a
yellow, insulated, spring-loaded unwrap tool.
Description
026711 HW-UW-224
22 to 24 AWG wrapping/unwrapping
026709 UW4
20 to 26 AWG unwrapping
15.36
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT Cable Ties and Accessories

./
PAN-TY Cable Ties - Nylon 6.6

PANDUIT
PR20051V2-108835.tif
One-piece construction, low threading force

For 1,000 packs, replace vendor "-C" with "-M" (PLT1M-M)
Suffix "0" denotes weather-resistant nylon 6.6
Color
Natural
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Std.
Pkg.
50
50
50
50
50
50
PAN-TY Outdoor Polypropylene Cable Ties

PANDUIT
Color
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
INTERMEDIATE CROSS SECTION

Minimum loop tensile strength: 40 lb.
Max. Bundle
Anixter No. Vendor No. Dia. (in.)
104671
PLT1.5I-C 1.38
104673
PLT1.5I-C0 1.38
104683
PLT2I-C
2.00
104684
PLT2I-C0
2.00
112222
PLT2I-C14 2.00
104913
PLT3I-C
3.00
104685
PLT3I-C0
3.00
112221
PLT3I-C14 3.00
283460
PLT4I-C
4.00
283461
PLT4I-C0
4.00
112219
PLT4I-C14 4.00
Length
(in.)
5.6
5.6
8.0
8.0
8.0
11.4
11.4
11.4
14.5
14.5
14.5
Std.
Pkg.
Color
Natural
100
Black
100
Natural
100
Black
100
Telephone gray 100
Natural
100
Black
100
Telephone gray 100
Natural
100
Black
100
Telephone gray 100
Color
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Std.
Pkg.
100
100
100
100
100
100
Std.
Pkg.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
FEATURES
One-piece construction for consistent performance
For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength is not required,
especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid, salts and bases
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light; indoor or outdoor use
Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
MINIATURE CROSS SECTION
Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Color
367742
PLT1M-M100 0.87
3.9
Black
Std.
Pkg.
1,000

Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Color
367743
PLT1.5I-M100 1.38
5.6
Black
Std.
Pkg.
1,000
STANDARD CROSS SECTION

Max. Bundle
367744
PLT2S-M100 1.88
367745
PLT3S-M100 3.00
367746
PLT4S-M100 4.00
Length
(in.)
7.4
11.5
14.5
Color
Black
Black
Black
Std.
Pkg.
1,000
1,000
1,000
LIGHT-HEAVY CROSS SECTION

Max. Bundle
367748
PLT2H-TL100 2.00
367749
PLT3H-TL100 3.00
367750
PLT4H-TL100 4.00
Length
(in.)
8.1
11.4
14.5
Color
Black
Black
Black
Std.
Pkg.
250
250
250
15.37
Tools and Supplies
Length
(in.)
3.9
3.9
5.6
5.6
8.0
8.0
Length
(in.)
6.2
6.2
7.4
7.4
11.5
11.5
14.5
14.5
Length
(in.)
11.4
14.5
14.5
21.9
21.9
30.5

Max. Bundle
104668
PLT1M-C
0.87
104669
PLT1M-C0 0.87
104670
PLT1.5M-C 1.25
283462
PLT1.5M-C0 1.25
104679
PLT2M-C
2.00
104680
PLT2M-C0 2.00

Max. Bundle
104674
PLT1.5S-C 1.50
213852
PLT1.5S-C0 1.50
104675
PLT2S-C
1.88
104678
PLT2S-C0 1.88
104686
PLT3S-C
3.00
104687
PLT3S-C0 3.00
104688
PLT4S-C
4.00
104689
PLT4S-C0 4.00

Max. Bundle
153916
PLT3H-L
3.00
104690
PLT4H-L
4.00
104907
PLT4H-L0 4.00
264600
PLT6LH-L
6.00
244222
PLT6LH-L0 6.00
254356
PLT9LH-L
9.00
Tools and Supplies
PAN-TY Indoor Polypropylene Cable Ties

PANDUIT
PAN-TY Metal-detectable Nylon 6.6

PR12118V2-22041.tif
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
One-piece construction, low thread force
For chemical resistance in indoor industrial environments where hydrochloric
acid, salts and bases may be present
Natural polypropylene has a distinctive green color
Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Color
313958
PLT1M-M109 0.87
3.9
Poly green
Minimum loop tensile
strength: 18 lb.
D
Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Color
313960
PLT1.5I-M109 1.38
5.6
Poly green
Max. Bundle
313961
PLT2S-M109 1.88
313963
PLT3S-M109 3.00
314064
PLT4S-M109 4.00
Max. Bundle
314065
PLT2H-TL109 2.00
314069
PLT3H-TL109 3.00
314070
PLT4H-TL109 4.00
15.38
Length
(in.)
7.4
11.5
14.5
Length
(in.)
8.1
11.4
14.5
Color
Poly green
Poly green
Poly green
Color
Poly green
Poly green
Poly green
PANDUIT
PR34403V2-253184.tif
FEATURES
Metal-impregnated material allows identification by metal detectors or X-ray
inspection equipment
Meets food, beverage and pharmaceutical safety standards
Std.
Pkg.
1,000

Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No. Dia. (in.)
Color
PAN-PLT1M-C86 PLT1M-C86 0.87
3.9
Blue
Std.
Pkg.
100
Std.
Pkg.
1,000

Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Anixter No.
Color
443870
PLT2I-C86 2.00
8.0
Blue
Std.
Pkg.
100
Std.
Pkg.
1,000
1,000
1,000

Max. Bundle
Anixter No.
PAN-PLT2S-C86 PLT2S-C86 1.88
PAN-PLT3S-C86 PLT3S-C86 3
PAN-PLT4S-C86 PLT4S-C86 4.00
Length
(in.)
7.4
11.5
14.3
Color
Blue
Blue
Blue
Std.
Pkg.
100
100
100

Max. Bundle
Anixter No.
443871
PLT3H-L86 3.00
443872
PLT4H-L86 4.00
Length
(in.)
Color
11.1
Blue
14.5
Blue
Std.
Pkg.
50
50
Std.
Pkg.
250
250
250
Tools and Supplies
PAN-TY Metal-detectable Polypropylene

PANDUIT
PAN-TY Marker and Flag Ties

PR34403V2-253184.tif
FEATURES
Metal-impregnated material allows identification by metal detectors or X-ray
inspection equipment
Meets food, beverage and pharmaceutical safety standards
Std.
Pkg.
100

Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Color
443881
PLT2I-C186 2.00
8.0
Blue
Std.
Pkg.
100

Max. Bundle
443882
PLT2S-C186 1.88
443883
PLT3S-C186 3.0
443884
PLT4S-C186 4.00
Length
(in.)
7.3
11.5
14.3
Color
Blue
Blue
Blue
Std.
Pkg.
100
100
100

Max. Bundle
443885
PLT4H-L186 3.00
443886
PLT4H-L186 4.00
Length
(in.)
Color
11.1
Blue
14.5
Blue
Std.
Pkg.
50
50
PR20262V2-71046.tif
FEATURES
Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time
One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
Miniature cross section
Minimum loop tensile strength, 18 lb.
Max. Bundle
Length
Dia. (in.)
(in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
104724
PLM1M-C
0.75
3.9
104725
PLM1M-M
0.75
3.9
104726
PLF1M-C
0.87
4.3
135709
PLF1MA-C
0.87
5.1
Std.
Pkg.
100
1,000
100
100
PAN-TY Striped Cable Ties

PANDUIT
PR12119V2-22044.tif
FEATURES
Striped cable ties in 25 color combinations match the universally accepted
Even-Count Color Code
Solid-color ties are available for identification of "super groups" in cable
containing more than 600 pairs
Each 50-piece package fits in the PAN-POUCH kit or pocket pouch
MINIATURE CROSS SECTION (50 PCS)
Minimum loop tensile strength: 18 lb., maximum bundle diameter: 0.82 in.,
length: 4.0 in.
Color
104880 PLT1M-L6-10
Blue/White Stripe
104859 PLT1M-L3-10
Orange/White Stripe
104888 PLT1M-L5-10
Green/White Stripe
104848 PLT1M-L1-10
Brown/White Stripe
104885 PLT1M-L8-10
Slate/White Stripe
104881 PLT1M-L6-2
Blue/Red Stripe
15.39
Tools and Supplies

Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Color
443879
PLT1M-C186 0.87
3.9
Blue
PANDUIT
Tools and Supplies
Tools and Supplies
(continued)
Anixter No.
104860
104889
104849
104886
104879
104854
104864
104846
104884
104882
104862
104873
104850
104887
104883
104863
104876
104851
174423
277225
104853
PAN-TY Striped Cable Ties

Vendor No.
PLT1M-L3-2
PLT1M-L5-2
PLT1M-L1-2
PLT1M-L8-2
PLT1M-L6-0
PLT1M-L3-0
PLT1M-L5-0
PLT1M-L1-0
PLT1M-L8-0
PLT1M-L6-4
PLT1M-L3-4
PLT1M-L5-4
PLT1M-L1-4
PLT1M-L8-4
PLT1M-L6-7
PLT1M-L3-7
PLT1M-L5-7
PLT1M-L1-7
PLT1M-L8-7
PLT1M-L0
PLT1M-L2

Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
367754
PLT4H-TL120 4.00
367755
PLT8H-TL120 8.00
Color
Orange/Red Stripe
Green/Red Stripe
Brown/Red Stripe
Slate/Red Stripe
Blue/Black Stripe
Orange/Black Stripe
Green/Black Stripe
Brown/Black Stripe
Slate/Black Stripe
Blue/Yellow Stripe
Orange/Yellow Stripe
Green/Yellow Stripe
Brown/Yellow Stripe
Slate/Yellow Stripe
Blue/Violet Stripe
Orange/Violet Stripe
Green/Violet Stripe
Brown/Violet Stripe
Slate/Violet Stripe
Black
Red
Std.
Color Pkg.
Black 250
Black 250
Telephone Cable Identification Kits

PANDUIT
PAN-TY Cable TiesD - Weather-resistant Nylon 12

PANDUIT
Length
(in.)
14.5
27.6
PR23148V2-160551.tif
PR20054V2-68556.tif
FEATURES
PAN-POUCH Kit is made of two-ply, laminated black nylon/vinyl and folds for
easy storage
Easily hang pouch from cable by using hook-and-loop fasteners
Pocket pouch holds five (50-piece) packages and is made of white vinyl
Description
106399 PPC25X50F
PAN-POUCH filled with 1,250 cable ties
(50 each of 24 striped ties and 50 solid
red ties)
106398 PPC25X50
Empty pouch
314102 PP5X50F
Pocket pouch filled with 250 cable ties
(50 of each color: blue, orange, green,
brown and slate - all with white stripe)
ULTRA-CINCH Hook & Loop Cable Ties

PANDUIT
FEATURES
For high-moisture, corrosive (zinc chloride and dilute acids) and
low-temperature indoor or outdoor applications
One-piece construction
Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
Max. Bundle Length
(in.)
Color
367751
PLT1.5I-M120 1.38
5.6
Black
Std.
Pkg.
1,000

Max. Bundle
367752
PLT2S-M120 1.88
367753
PLT4S-M120 4.00
Std.
Pkg.
1,000
1,000
15.40
Length
(in.)
Color
7.4
Black
14.5
Black
PR22306V2-130142.tif
FEATURES
Material has hooks and loops on same side to secure a greater range of bundle
diameters, including smaller bundles
Adjustable, releasable and reusable hundreds of times
Low-profile, contoured cinch ring reduces overall bundle size
Grommet styles available for mounting cables within cabinet applications
Note: Minimum 2 in. overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating
Tools and Supplies

CINCH TIES - NO GROMMET (10 PCS)
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
3.00
5.00
Length
(in.)
12.0
18.0
CINCH TIES - CENTER MOUNT GROMMET (10 PCS)

Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
342431
UGCTC3S-X0
3.00
352688
UGCTC5S-X0
5.00
Length
(in.)
12.0
18.0
CINCH TIES - END MOUNT GROMMET (10 PCS)

Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
342433
UGCTE3S-X0
3.00
352689
UGCTE5S-X0
5.00
Length
(in.)
12.0
18.7
Anixter No.
283485
283486
Vendor No.
UCT3S-X0
UCT5S-X0
TAK-TY Hook & Loop Cable Ties

PR20055V2-108830.tif
FEATURES
Soft premium hook-and-loop material, safe to use on high-performance cabling,
protects against over-tensioning
Wide selection of sizes, styles and colors
Adjustable, releasable and reusable hundreds of times
Note: Minimum 2 in. overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating
LOOP TIES - SLOT ALLOWS FOR PREWRAPPING OF BUNDLES
Max. Bundle
Length
(in.)
167686
HLT2I-X0
1.91
8.0
167689
HLT3I-X0
3.18
12.0
Std.
Color Pkg.
Black 10
Black 10
STRIP TIES - ROLLS PERFORATED

Max. Bundle
167683
HLS1.5S-X0
1.50
167684
HLS3S-X0
3.20
167685
HLS5S-X0
5.00
Color
Black
Black
Black
Length
(in.)
6.0
12.0
18.0
Std.
Pkg.
10
10
10
HLB HOOK & LOOP STACKED STRIP CABLE TIES

Minimum loop tensile strength: 50 lb., ready to use.
Length Width
(in.)
367394
HLB2S-C0
7.0
0.75
367398
HLB2S-C2
7.0
0.75
367400
HLB2S-C3
7.0
0.75
367402
HLB2S-C4
7.0
0.75
367403
HLB2S-C5
7.0
0.75
367404
HLB2S-C6
7.0
0.75
367405
HLB2S-C8
7.0
0.75
367406
HLB2S-C10
7.0
0.75
Color
Black
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Gray
White
Std. Pkg.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
TAK-TAPE Hook & Loop Cable-tie Rolls

PANDUIT
PR22307V2-130056.tif
FEATURES
Hook-and-loop fastener for general-purpose bundling
Thin and flexible to quickly wrap around bundle
Adjustable, releasable and reusable multiple times
Continuous rolls; installer can cut to size
15.41
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT
ROLLS - CAN BE CUT TO DESIRED LENGTH, ELIMINATING WASTE

Minimum loop tensile strength: 18 lb. (HLM), 50 lb. (HLS), maximum bundle
diameter: various.
Max. Bundle
Length
Std.
(in.)
Color Pkg.
216722
HLM-15R0
15
0.330
Black 1
167690
HLS-15R0
15
0.750
Black 1
521083
HLS-15R2
15
0.750
Red
1
230654
HLS-15R3
15
0.750
Orange 1
521082
HLS-15R4
15
0.750
Yellow 1
521080
HLS-15R5
15
0.750
Green 1
524804
HLS-15R6
15
0.750
Blue
1
186085
HLS-15R8
15
0.750
Gray
1
524807
HLS-15R10 15
0.750
White 1
200473
HLS-75R0
75
0.750
Black 1
339404
HLS-75R2
75
0.750
Red
1
227534
HLS-75R3
75
0.750
Orange 1
227535
HLS-75R4
75
0.750
Yellow 1
305001
HLS-75R5
75
0.750
Green 1
255078
HLS-75R6
75
0.750
Blue
1
339405
HLS-75R8
75
0.750
Gray
1
330449
HLS-75R10 75
0.750
White 1
Tools and Supplies

(continued)
TAK-TAPE Hook & Loop Cable-tie Rolls
Note: 20 ft. rolls come in handy plastic containers; 35 ft. rolls come in a 3-pack
or a 10-pack (which includes a cutter)
Minimum loop tensile strength: 40 lb., width: 0.75 in.
Length
Std.
(ft.)
Pkg.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
262715
TTS-20R0
20
1
356854
TTS-35R3-0
35
3
262716
TTS-35RX0
35
10
TAPE-TY Hook & Loop Cable Ties
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT
PR34659V2-258718.tif
FEATURES
Ultra-thin materials provide a low-profile, flexible construction
Nonslip applicator prevents lateral movement of tie along cable bundle
D
Leaves no residue and is safe to use on high-performance
communications cable
Maximum bundle diameter: 1.5 in., length: 6.9 in., width: 0.750 in.
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Std. Pkg.
443900
HLTT1.5S-Q20
25
443901
HLTT1.5S-C20
100

249948 HLTP2I-X12 Loop style,
hook-and-loop tie,
8.0 in., maroon
249950 HLTP3I-X12 Loop style,
hook-and-loop tie,
12.0 in., maroon
249940 HLSP1.5S-X12 Strip style,
hook-and-loop tie,
6.0 in., maroon
249942 HLSP3S-X12 Strip style,
hook-and-loop tie,
12.0 in., maroon
249944 HLSP5S-X12 Strip style,
hook-and-loop tie,
18.0 in., maroon
326471 PLT2S-M702Y Locking tie, 7.4 in.,
maroon, Halar
326785 PLT3S-M702Y Locking tie, 11.6 in.,
maroon, Halar
Min. Loop
Tensile
Max.
Bundle Strength Std.
Dia. (in.) (lb.)
Pkg.
1.91
40
10
3.18
40
10
1.50
50
10
3.20
50
10
5.00
50
10
1.88
50
1,000
3.00
50
1,000
DOME-TOP Barb Ty Cable Ties - Nylon

PANDUIT
PR22308V2-130060.tif
Plenum Solutions Cable Ties

PANDUIT
PR9816V2-107414.tif
UL Listed for use in plenum or air-handling spaces per NEC Section 300-22 (C) and
(D). Flammability Rating UL 94V-2 (HLTP/HLSP) and UL 94V-0 (PLT)
15.42
FEATURES
DOME-TOP head features unique, patented design with round, smooth edges
Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance, reliability and
infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
High strength and low threading force
Patented low-threading-force design reduces operator fatigue and improves
productivity, and high loop tensile strength exceeds industry standards
Suffix "0" denotes weather-resistant nylon 6.6
Max. Bundle
190586
BT1M-C
0.90
188869
BT1M-M
0.90
190588
BT2M-C
2.00
283488
BT2M-M
2.00
Length
(in.)
4.0
4.0
7.9
7.9
Color
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Std.
Pkg.
100
1,000
100
1,000
Tools and Supplies

Length
(in.)
6.1
6.1
8.0
8.0
11.3
11.3
Color
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Std.
Pkg.
100
1,000
100
1,000
100
1,000

Max. Bundle
190602
BT2S-C
2.00
249920
BT2S-C0
2.00
162064
BT2S-M
2.00
188872
BT2S-M0
2.00
249921
BT3S-C
3.00
249922
BT3S-C0
3.00
188873
BT3S-M
3.00
188874
BT3S-M0
3.00
Length
(in.)
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
Color
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Std.
Pkg.
100
100
1,000
1,000
100
100
1,000
1,000

Max. Bundle
188876
BT4LH-TL
4.00
188877
BT4LH-TL0
4.00
Length
(in.)
14.9
14.9
Std.
Color Pkg.
Natural 250
Black 250

Length
249864
CBR1.5I-M
5.9
249865
CBR3I-M
10.4
249866
CBR4I-M
13.6
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
1.50
3.00
4.00
Standard
Pack
1,000
1,000
1,000

Length
249867
CBR2S-M
7.6
249869
CBR3S-M
10.8
249870
CBR4S-M
14.0
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
2.00
3.00
4.00
Standard
Pack
1,000
1,000
1,000
HEAVY-STANDARD CROSS SECTION

Length
249871
CBR2HS-D
8.0
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
2.00
Standard
Pack
500

Length
249873
CBR4LH-TL
14.6
249875
CBR6LH-C
20.9
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
4.00
6.00
Standard
Pack
250
100
Cable Marker Strap - Polyethylene

PANDUIT
PR20057V2-67717.tif
CONTOUR-TY Cable Ties - Nylon 6.6

PANDUIT
PR22309V2-130063.tif
FEATURES
Unique design prevents wire and cable damage
Low-profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
Outside teeth and smooth, round edges protect cable jacket - ideal for
high-vibration applications
Parallel entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects workers' arms/hands
Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
Length
249860
CBR1M-M
4.1
249862
CBR1.5M-M
5.6
249863
CBR2M-M
7.2
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
1.00
1.50
2.00
Standard
Pack
1,000
1,000
1,000
FEATURES
Identify and code telephone and fiber optic cable
Replaces costly and cumbersome lead marking tags
Use as wrap-around or flag marker
For underground identification applications
Maximum bundle diamater: 4.38 in., length: 15.3 in., width: 0.750 in., 50 pcs
Description
314106 CM4S-L2
Red, write-on area: 1.50 in. x 2.62 in.
314107 CM4S-L8
Gray, write-on area: 1.50 in. x 2.62 in.
15.43
Tools and Supplies

Max. Bundle
190591
BT1.5I-C
1.50
249523
BT1.5I-M
1.50
190592
BT2I-C
2.00
190595
BT2I-M
2.00
190596
BT3I-C
3.00
283492
BT3I-M
3.00
Tools and Supplies
DURA-TY Cable Ties - Weather-resistant Acetal

PANDUIT
Aerial Support Ties - Weather-resistant Polypropylene

pr5471V2-15118.tif
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Excellent solution for outdoor applications requiring strength and durability
Ideal for securing cables in outdoor messenger strand applications and vertical
ladder racks
Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical and moisture resistance
Double stainless steel locking barbs with high tensile strength and
high-impact resistance
Meets Telcordia TR-TSY-00789 industry guidelines for lashed cable supports
EXTRA-HEAVY CROSS SECTION
Anixter No.
249889
249891
351841
351845
351848
351850
Vendor No.
DT4EH-L0
DT8EH-Q0
DT14EH-L0
DT15EH-L0
DT28EH-C0
DT44EH-C0
Length
(in.)
13.5
27.0
48.0
53.0
96.0
144.0
Width
(in.)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
3.88
8.00
14.00
15.00
28.00
44.00
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
50
25
50
50
100
100
PANDUIT
PR7291V2-15145.tif
FEATURES
Designed to attach coax or telephone cable to the 1/4 in. or 5/16 in. support
strand to form the expansion loop and keep equipment and cables clear of
pole hardware
One-piece construction with integral 1/2 in. spacer reduces inventory costs of
separate spacer and bands, and installs faster to lower installed cost
Releasable and reusable
Minimum loop tensile strength: 75 lb., width: 0.448 in., 100 pcs
Max. Bundle
Dia. (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Length (in.)
105090
AST10-5-C100
5.6
1.00
105087
AST15-5-C100
6.9
1.50
105086
AST25-5-C100
10.0
2.50
Cable Tie Installation Tools

PANDUIT
PR20058V2-67701.tif
STACKABLE CABLE SPACER

Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights by 1/2 in. increments.
Description
073362 SACS50-T100
2.08 x 1.16 in. weather-resistant
polypropylene, black
STRAPPING, HEADS AND KIT - HEAVY CROSS SECTION
Description
367880 DTRH-LR0
50 ft. reel of strapping heads (25)
367888 DTHH-Q0
Cable tie heads (25)
367889 DTKH-0
STRAPPING, HEADS AND KIT - EXTRA-HEAVY CROSS SECTION
Description
DTREH-LR0 DTREH-LR0
50 ft. reel of strapping
DTHEH-Q0 DTHEH-Q0
Heads (25)
249893 DTKEH-0
15.44
Ergonomic cable tie installation tools that lead the industry in reliability
and performance.
FEATURES
Tool-controlled tension and cut-off
Narrow nose improves access to bundles in confined areas
Use with Cable Tie
236192 GTS
SM, M, I, S
269207 GTH
S, HS, LH, H
Tools and Supplies
Cable Bundle Organizing Tool

PANDUIT
PR22310V2-130064.tif
352814
MLTFC8H-LP316
423630
MLTFC2H-LP316RD
423635
MLTFC4H-LP316RD
423640
MLTFC6H-LP316RD
423631
MLTFC2H-LP316YL
423636
MLTFC4H-LP316YL
423641
MLTFC6H-LP316YL
423632
MLTFC2H-LP316GR
423637
MLTFC4H-LP316GR
423642
MLTFC6H-LP316GR
423633
MLTFC2H-LP316BU
423638
MLTFC4H-LP316BU
423643
MLTFC6H-LP316BU
423634
MLTFC2H-LP316WH
423639
MLTFC4H-LP316WH
423645
MLTFC6H-LP316WH
PAN-STEEL Fully-coated Stainless Steel Cable Ties

PANDUIT
PR28730V2-211718.tif
FEATURES
Polyester-coated 316-grade stainless steel
Self-locking with low thread force
Low-smoke, halogen-free and UV resistant
Temperature tolerance -40F (-40C) to 302F (150C)
Six color options provide visual indication for easy identification in
color-coding applications
Minimum loop tensile strenght: 250 lb., 50 pcs
STAINLESS STEEL TIES - MLTFC SERIES
324246 MLTFC2H-LP316
324247
MLTFC4H-LP316
Max.
Bundle
Dia. (in.)
Description
Black - 316 stainless steel, 2.00
heavy-cross-section ties,
length 7.9 in.
length 14.3 in.
15.45
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Arranges 24 cables prior to applying hook-and-loop cable ties
Unique design allows twist-free bundling from the end or the middle of
the bundle
Smooth edges prevent cable abrasion
Impact-resistant material and low-friction design glides smoothly across
cable bundle
Includes jacket cover with hook-and-loop fastener, green insert (for cable outer
diameter range of 0.180 in. to 0.248 in.) and yellow insert (for cable outer
diameter range of 0.230 in. to 0.310 in.)
Description
364931 CBOT24K
Cable bundle organizing tool kit

324249 MLTFC6H-LP316
Max.
Bundle
Dia. (in.)
Description
length 20.5 in.
length 26.8 in.
Red - 316 stainless
2.00
length 7.9 in.
Red - 316 stainless
4.00
length 14.3 in.
Red - 316 stainless
6.00
length 20.5 in.
Yellow - 316 stainless
2.00
length 7.9 in.
4.00
length 14.3 in.
6.00
length 20.5 in.
Green - 316 stainless
2.00
length 7.9 in.
4.00
length 14.3 in.
6.00
length 20.5 in.
Blue - 316 stainless
2.00
length 7.9 in.
4.00
length 14.3 in.
6.00
length 20.5 in.
White - 316 stainless
2.00
length 7.9 in.
4.00
length 14.3 in.
6.00
length 20.5 in.
Tools and Supplies

Use with
Cable Tie
M, I, S
M, I, S
Stainless Steel Installation Tooling

PANDUIT
PR12123V2-22056.tif

119730 ABM2S-A-D
210633 ABM2S-AT-D0
207163
119725
304284
327467

283551 GS4MT
309409
Tools and Supplies
423649
ST2MT
PBTMT
Description
Hand tool, auto cutoff, MLTFC
cross-section (S, LH, H) MLTFC usage per
year (under 50,000)
Hand tool, twist cutoff, MLTFC
cross-section (S, LH, H, EH) MLTFC usage
per year (under 10,000)
Battery-powered installation tool, for use
with Pan-Steel Heavy, Extra-Heavy and
Super-Heavy Cross-Section MLT style ties,
and MLTD double-wrapped style ties, two
12 V lithium-ion batteries and 115 V 60 Hz
charger included
245868
157605
Description
1 in.; rubber adhesive, ABS
1 in.; acrylic adhesive,
weather-resistant ABS
ABM100-A-C
M, I, S
1 in.; rubber adhesive,
nylon 6.6
ABM2S-AT-C
M, I, S
1 in.; acrylic adhesive, ABS
ABM112-A-C
M, I, S
1.125 in.; rubber adhesive,
nylon 6.6
ABM112-AT-C0 M, I, S
1.125 in.; acrylic adhesive,
weather-resistant,
nylon 6.6
ABM3H-A-L
M, I, S, HS, LH, 1.5 in.; rubber adhesive,
H, EH, HLM nylon 6.6
ABM4H-A-L
M, I, S, HS, LH, 2.0 in.; rubber adhesive,
H, EH, HLM nylon 6.6
Std.
Pkg.
500
500
100
100
100
100
50
50
Cable-tie Mounts - Screw Type

PANDUIT
PR2668V2-15041.eps
4-way Adhesive-backed Cable-tie Mounts

PANDUIT
PR12124V2-22059.tif
FEATURES
Install with a screw for a strong, secure installation
Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle
Used with PANDUIT cable ties for a complete wire-routing solution
Low-profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
100 PCS
FEATURES
Superior adhesive for long-term reliability
Allows cable-tie entry from all four sides
Available in multiple sizes to match application load requirements
Produced 4-up with tear tabs for fast and easy liner removal to
speed installation
Use with
Cable Tie Description
044500 ABMM-A-C
M, I
0.75 in.; rubber
adhesive, ABS
088703 ABMM-A-D
M, I
0.75 in.; rubber
adhesive, ABS
210631 ABMM-AT-D0
M, I
0.75 in.; acrylic adhesive,
weather-resistent ABS
119729 ABM2S-A-C
M, I, S
1 in.; rubber adhesive, ABS
15.46

187785 TM1S6-C
042975 TM2S6-C
052185 TM2S8-C
443944 TM2S8-C0
Std.
Pkg.
100
112244
149661
443953
120073
500
500
100
140494
Use with
Cable Tie
M
M, I, S
M, I, S
M, I, S
Mounting
Method
#6 or M3 screw
#6 or M3 screw
#8 or M4 screw
#8 or M4 screw
Color
Natural
Natural
Natural
Weather-resistant
black
TM3S10-C M, I, S, LH #10 or M5 screw Natural
TM3S8-C
M, I, S, LH #8 or M4 screw Natural
TM3S8-C0 M, I, S, LH #8 or M4 screw Weather-resistant
black
TMEH-S10-C0 M, I, S, HS, #10 or M5 screw Weather-resistant
LH, H,
black
EH, HLM
TMEH-S8-C0 M, I, S, HS, #8 or M4 screw Weather-resistant
LH, H,
black
EH, HLM
Tools and Supplies

PANDUIT
PR20319V2-71723.tif
FEATURES
Patented design provides complete horizontal and vertical 1 in. bend-radius control that helps
prevent degradation of cable performance
UL 2043 and CAN/ULC S102.2 approved and suitable for use in air-handling spaces
Cable-tie channel allows user to install 3/4 in. TAK-TY Cable Tie to retain cable bundle
Maximum bundle capacity: JP75 - 0.75 in. (19 mm), JP131 - 1.31 in. (33 mm), JP2 - 2 in.
(50.8 mm), JP4 - 4 in. (101.6 mm)

JP 131 - 1.31 in. (33 mm)
Description
324716 JP131W-L20
(M6)-mounting hole for user
supplied screw
324717 JP131CM-L20
one each 3/16 in. (M5), 1/4 in. (M6) and
3/8 in. (M10)-mounting hole
324718 JP131DW-L20
With clip for use with #12 wire, threaded
rod up to 3/8 in. in diameter
324719 JP131SBC50R-L20 With screw-on beam clamp for use with
360 degrees
330135 JP131HBC50R-L20 With hammer-on beam clamp for use with
flanges 5/16 in. - 1/2 in. thick. Rotates
360 degrees
444597 JP131WP2-L20
For powder-actuated installation on walls.
One 5/32 in. (M4) and one 1/4 in. (M6)
mounting hole for user-supplied fasteners
352863 JP131SBC50-L20
360 degrees
360 degrees
330131 JP131UF100-L20
pedestal support 7/8 in. or 1 1/8 in. 1 3/8 in. in diameter
15.47
Tools and Supplies

JP 75 - 0.75 in. (19 mm)
Description
324712 JP75W-L20
supplied screw
324713 JP75CM-L20
one each 3/16 in. (M5), 1/4 in. (M6), and
3/8 in. (M10) mounting hole
324714 JP75DW-L20
324715 JP75SBC50R-L20
360 degrees
330980 JP75HBC50R-L20
With hammer-on beam clamp for use with
360 degrees
444605 JP75WP2-L20
mounting hole for user supplied fasteners
352862 JP75SBC50-L20
326890 JP75HBC25R-L20
360 degrees
330981 JP75HBC75R-L20
360 degrees
352900 JP75UF100-L20
Tools and Supplies
Tools and Supplies
(continued)

JP 2 - 2 in. (50.5 mm)
Description
324720 JP2W-L20
user-supplied screw
324721 JP2CM-L20
3/8 in. (M10) mounting hole
324722 JP2DW-L20
324723 JP2SBC50R-L20
360 degrees
330193 JP2HBC50R-L20
360 degrees
444606 JP2WP2-L20
324107 JP2SBC50-L20
324106 JP2HBC25R-L20
360 degrees
D
330128 JP2HBC75R-L20
360 degrees
330129 JP2UF100-L20
With under-floor clamp for use with

JP 4 - 4 in. (101.5 mm)
Description
324724 JP4W-X20
user-supplied screw
324725 JP4CM-X20
3/8 in. (M10)-mounting hole
352830 JP4SBC50R-X20
360 degrees
352831 JP4HBC50R-X20
360 degrees
352860 JP4WP2-X20
341303 JP4SBC50-X20
352899 JP4HBC25R-X20
360 degrees
352898 JP4HBC75R-X20
360 degrees
352903 JP4UF100-X20
Other colors may be available. Contact your local sales representative for more information.
15.48
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT Heat-shrink and Abrasion Protection

./
PR9697V2-15239.tif
HSTT Heat-Shrink Tubing - 4-foot Pieces

PANDUIT
PR2670V2-15045.eps

443955 PW38F-TL
283559
PW50F-T
281360
PW75F-C
443956
PW38F-TL20
283562
PW50F-T20
281356
PW75F-C20
PAN-WRAP Split Harness Wrap
PAN-WRAP INSTALLATION TOOL
PANDUIT
PR9698V2-15242.tif
FEATURES
Patented slot pattern provides improved flexibility and abrasion protection in
any application
Large overlap accommodates a wide range of bundle diameters
Unique wall design provides for easy cable breakouts
Innovative design maintains uniform bundle protection in dynamic applications
Packaged on a reel for easy handling and dispensing
Anixter No.
443957
283563
281362
Vendor No.
PWT38
PWT50
PWT75
Description
For use with PW38F
For use with PW50F
For use with PW75F
15.49
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Shrink ratio of 2:1 for applications including insulating, protecting and
color-coding wires and cables
Cross-linked polyolefin material is flame-retardant (except clear)
Nom.
Diameter (in.)
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Color
211316
HSTT25-48-Q
1/4
Black
205711
HSTT25-48-QC
1/4
Clear
208144
HSTT38-48-Q
3/8
Black
212319
HSTT38-48-QC
3/8
Clear
208145
HSTT50-48-5
1/2
Black
205712
HSTT50-48-5C
1/2
Clear
208147
HSTT75-48-5
3/4
Black
208146
HSTT75-48-5C
3/4
Clear
211311
HSTT100-48-5
1
Black
205708
HSTT100-48-5C
1
Clear
211314
HSTT150-48-5
1 1/2
Black
236292
HSTT150-48-5C
1 1/2
Clear
211315
HSTT200-48-5
2
Black
Description
Polyethylene, nominal inside diameter,
0.38 in.; minimum bundle diameter,
0.25 in.; maximum bundle diameter,
0.43 in.; 250 ft., natural
0.43 in.; 250 ft., black
0.55 in.; 200 ft., black
0.81 in.; 100 ft., black
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT Heat-shrink and Abrasion Protection
Spiral Wrap
Corrugated Loom Tubing - Slit
PANDUIT
PR2673V2-15049.eps
FEATURES
Provides protection for cables
Allows breakouts of single/multiple cables
Harness multiple cables into a single manageable bundle
Multiple colors allow for easy identification of cable bundles
Installation tool supplied in each package
Tools and Supplies
POLYETHYLENE
Length: 100 ft.
Anixter No.
137878
182313
149726
149720
326696
234764
178570
Vendor No.
T25F-C
T25F-C0
D T50F-C
T50F-C0
T50R-CY
T100F-C
T100F-C0
Outside
Diameter (in.)
0.250
0.250
0.500
0.500
0.500
1.000
1.000
Color
Natural
Weather-resistant black
Natural
Fire-resistant white
Natural
Outside
Diameter (in.)
0.380
0.500
1.000
Color
POLYPROPYLENE
Length: 100 ft.
Anixter No.
443958
443959
443960
15.50
Vendor No.
T38P-C0
T50P-C0
T100P-C0
PANDUIT
PR12125V2-22062.tif
Slit corrugated loom tubing is offered for applications where spiral wrap or braided
expandable sleeving may be difficult to install or they do not offer the amount of
protection required.
FEATURES
Provides protection for cables
Packaged on a reel for easy handling and dispensing
Polyethylene material
Length
(ft.)
208029 CLT50F-C20 Inside diameter = 0.51 in., outside
100
diameter = 0.67 in., black
100
100
100
diameter = 1.09 in., orange
234761 CLT125F-L20 Inside diameter = 1.29 in., outside
50
225587 CLT150F-D20 Inside diameter = 1.48 in., outside
500
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT ID Products
./
PANTHER LS8E Handheld Thermal Transfer Printer and Accessories

PANDUIT
PR28926V2-213732.tif
PANTHER LS8E HANDHELD THERMAL TRANSFER PRINTER

Description
424486 LS8EQ-KIT
Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY
keypad, one cassette of S100X150VAC
self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline
batteries, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB,
LS8-WS, quick-reference card and
operator's manual
424485 LS8EQ
Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY
keypad, one cassette of S100X150VAC
self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline
batteries and quick-reference card
348568 LS8E-KIT
Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of
S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six
AA alkaline batteries, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT,
LS8-IB, LS8-WS quick-reference card and
operator's manual
356057 LS8E
Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of
S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six
AA alkaline batteries and
quick-reference card
326836 LS8E-ACS
120 V AC power adapter for North America
318848 LS8-CLN
Cleaning kit
EASY-MARK Labeling Software for Windows

PANDUIT
PR67207V2-529308.tif
FEATURES
EASY-MARK Labeling Software simplifies label creation for the specific needs of
your applications
Instructions and user interface are available in English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish, Korean, Japanese, Chinese and Portuguese
Intuitive interview process allows automatic generation of compliant labels
and signs
Software selects and formats the optimum label for your specific application
WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) user interface, alpha/numeric
serialization, data import, symbol import
Supports most Windows fonts drivers for standard thermal transfer, dot matrix,
laser and ink jet, including PANDUIT thermal transfer printers
System Requirements:
64 MB hard-drive space and 64 MB RAM (256 MB RAM recommended)
Mouse or compatible pointing device
Windows 2000, XP, Vista or Windows 7
CD-ROM Drive or USB Port
Microsoft.NET Framework 2.0 or higher
15.51
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Economical identification system provides premium-quality solutions at the
lowest installed cost
Cut-to-length functionality eliminates label waste and label-trimming labor
Partial-cut feature available to provide tear-apart strips of labels
USB interface for importing data, system upgrades and printing from a computer
P1 Label cassette contains integrated memory device for automatic formatting,
recall of last legend used and number of labels remaining in cassette
Market-specific labeling tools simplify label creation for components, panel
building and construction and maintenance
Legends can be easily aligned with ports on die-cut labels and continuous
tapes, eliminating the need for manual spacing and guesswork
Prints self-laminating cable labels, continuous tapes and die-cut labels for
patch panels, faceplates and other network applications
Fast-loading label cassette includes both label material and ribbon to make
changing labels easy
Large graphic display with backlight for improved visibility
SELF-LAMINATING LABEL CASSETTES FOR USE WITH THE PANTHER LS8E PRINTER
White print-on area, vinyl labels.
Description
318843 S100X125VAC
1.00 in. x 1.25 in. x 0.38 in. for
12-10 AWG wire/cable and Cat 3 UTP
cable, 225/cassette
325932 S100X150VAC
1.00 in. x 1.50 in. x 0.50 in. for 10-6 AWG
wire/cable, Cat 5e/6/6e UTP and Cat 5e
FTP cable, 200/cassette
318844 S100X160VAC
1.00 in. x 1.60 in. x 0.50 in. for use with
LABELCORE sleeves NWSLC-2Y and
NWSLC-3Y, 175/cassette
318845 S100X220VAC
1.00 in. x 2.20 in. x 1.10 in., for use with
LABELCORE sleeve NWSLC-7, 125/cassette
318846 S100X225VAC
1.00 in. x 2.25 in. x 0.75 in., for 8-4 AWG
wire/cable, Cat 6 FTP and Cat 6A/10Gig
cable, 125/cassette
318847 S100X400VAC
1.00 in. x 4.00 in. x 1.00 in., for 2-1 AWG
wires, 75/cassette
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT ID Products
(continued)
EASY-MARK Labeling Software for Windows

318489 PROG-EMCD3
PAN-PROG- PROG-EM2GO
EM2GO
443165 TDP43ME
256868
S100X150VATY
Description
EASY-MARK labeling software for Windows
comes on CD-ROM. Requires 64 MB
disk space
EASY-MARK portable application, USB
flash drive
300 dpi printer with EASY-MARK
labeling software
Self-laminating transfer label, color white,
1 in. W x 1.50 in. L, 5,000/pk
TURN-TELL Thermal Transfer Labels

PANDUIT
PR28928V2-213738.tif
Index1.Support and Supplies//Software//Structured Cabling
CAD-CONNECT Labeling Software
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT
PR67156V2-529063.tif
FEATURES
Labels can be printed in both laser and ink jet printers
Self-laminating labels include a colored print-on area and clear overlaminate
Available in polyester material and supplied on 8.5 in. x 11 in. sheets
PANDUIT labeling software packages include all label formats for quick and easy
label production
LABELS ON ROLLS FOR EASY-MARK LABELING SOFTWARE AND DESKTOP THERMAL
TRANSFER PRINTERS
Description
424607 R100X150V1T
1.00 in. W x 1.50 in. H, 0.50 in. POA,
clear/white, Cat 5/5e/6 cable, 2,500/pk
FEATURES
D
Generates labels quickly and easily directly from electronic CAD files
Eliminates steps and time spent manually copying CAD identifiers into
labeling software
Program combines the power of an innovative wizard interview and EASY-MARK
Labeling Software to capture and organize identifiers from electronic CAD files
to automatically create and print labels
Compatible with AutoCAD 2000i and Visio 2002 or newer versions of CAD
Compatible with AutoCAD 2008 and newer versions, and Visio 2002 and
newer versions
Exports to alternative formats such as Excel* (XLS) or Text (CSV) files for future
use and documentation
System Requirements:
64 MB hard drive space and 64 MB RAM (256 MB RAM recommended)
Mouse or compatible pointing device
Windows 2000, XP, Vista, or Windows 7
CD-ROM Drive
Microsoft.NET Framework 2.0 or higher
Description
331593 PROG-CCCD
CAD-CONNECT Labeling Software, including
EASY-MARK Labeling Software, supplied
on CD-ROM
15.52
P1 LABEL CASSETTE FOR USE WITH PANTHER LS8E PRINTER

Description
424608 R100X150V1C
1.00 in. W x 1.50 in. H, 0.50 in. POA,
clear/white, Cat 5/5e/6 cable,
100 per cassette
Laser/Ink Jet Self-laminating Labels

PANDUIT
PR11043V2-18022.tif
FEATURES
Self-laminating labels include a colored print-on area and clear overlaminate
Available in polyester material and supplied on 8.5 in. x 11 in. sheets
label production
Description
312401 S100X150YAJ
1.00 in. x 1.50 in. x .50 in. white print-on
area, polyester label, 2,500/pk
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT ID Products
Laser/Ink Jet Component Labels

PANDUIT
PR12129V2-22074.tif
Self-laminating Fiber Optic Cable Marker Tags

PANDUIT
PR12130V2-22077.tif
ANSI/TIA-606-B Labeling
PANDUIT
Computer-printable, adhesive labels for patch-panel port and telecommunications
space identification. These labels are universal and can be printed in both laser and
ink jet printers and are supplied on 8.50 in. x 11.00 in. sheets. PANDUIT labeling
software packages include all label formats for quick and easy label production.
Description
354931 C252X030FJJ
2.00 in. x 1.00 in., white, adhesive
polyolefin label, 1,000/pk
ULTIMATE ID Laser/Ink Jet Labels

PANDUIT
PR7352V2-15154.TIF
FEATURES
Durable tag for marking fiber optic cable in manhole and
indoor/outdoor environments
Clear overlaminate protects legend
Can be installed as a wrap or flag with PANDUIT Intermediate Cable Ties
Can also be used with 0.33 in. and 0.50 ft. width PANDUIT TAK-TY Hook & Loop
Cable Ties in the 90-degree flag application
Description
107097 PST-FO
3.50 in. x 2.0 in. blank self-laminating tag
with black legend on yellow, 5/pk
FEATURES
Specifically designed for ULTIMATE ID Network Labeling System components and
related products
15.53
Tools and Supplies
FEATURES
Use for components, patch panels, faceplates and general labeling
Available in polyester and polyolefin materials; nonadhesive labels available in
polyester material
label production
Description
283646 C188X030FJJ
1.88 in. x .30 in., white, adhesive
312402 C200X100FJJ
2.00 in. x 1.00 in., white, adhesive
Available in nonadhesive polyester material

Designed to efficiently support ANSI/TIA-606-B standard labeling requirements
Ultimate ID Labeling Software included in all label packages for quick and easy
label production
Description
269298 UILJ1
0.68 in. x 0.236 in., white nonadhesive
polyester label, 264 labels/sheet,
one-port labels
269299 UILJ2
1.315 in. x .236 in., white nonadhesive
two-port labels
269300 UILJ3
three-port labels
269301 UILJ4
four-port labels
269302 UILJ6
six-port labels
Tools and Supplies
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT ID Products
LABELCORE Fiber Optic Cable-identification System
Voltage and Fiber Optic Markers
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
PR11044V2-18025.tif
FEATURES
Provides a larger labeling surface on small cables, allowing legends to be
clearly seen
Sleeve is made of flexible PVC material
Locate sleeve on straight section of cable at least 2.00 in. from fiber boot
Description
324271 NWSLC-2Y
1 in. yellow cable-identification sleeve for
2 mm simplex fiber cable 100/pkg; use
with 1 in. wide self-laminating labels
492462 NWSLC-2Y-AQ
1 in. aqua cable identification sleeve for
2 mm simplex fiber cable, 100/pkg, use
324272 NWSLC-3Y
1 in. orange cable-identification sleeve for
D
3 mm simplex fiber cable, 100/pkg; use
with with 1 in. wide self-laminating labels
324273 NWSLC-7Y
1 in. white cable-identification sleeve for
3 mm duplex fiber cable, 100/pkg; with
1 in. wide self-laminating labels
492464 NWSLC2-2Y
2 in. yellow cable identification sleeve for
492465 NWSLC2-2Y-AQ
2 in. aqua cable identification sleeve for
492466 NWSLC2-3Y
2 in. orange cable identification sleeve for
492468 NWSLC2-7Y
2 in. white cable identification sleeve for
3 mm duplex fiber cable, 100/pkg, use
15.54
PR11045V2-18028.tif
Available in snap-on and adhesive. Black legend on orange background.

Description
324258 PCV-FORY
8 in. x 8 in. black/orange, vinyl
nonadhesive, Snap-On R "Fiber Optic"
voltage marker
324259 PCV-FOCBY
4.50 in. x 1.25 in. black/orange, vinyl
adhesive "Fiber Optic Cable"
voltage marker
324260 PCV-FOAY
9 in. x 2.25 in. black/orange, vinyl
adhesive "Fiber Optic" voltage marker
324261 PCV-FOBY
324262 PCV-FOCY
324264 PCV-FOCAY
9 in. x 2.25 in. black/orange, vinyl
adhesive "Fiber Optic Cable"
voltage marker
324265 PCV-480AY
Voltage marker, vinyl, black/orange, 9 in. x
2.25 in., "480 Volts"
324266 PCV-120BY
Voltage marker, vinyl, black/orange,
4.50 in. x 1.13 in., "120 Volts"
324267 PCV-208BY
4.50 in. x 1.13 in., "208 Volts"
324268 PCV-240BY
4.50 in. x 1.13 in., "240 Volts"
324269 PCV-480BY
4.50 in. x 1.13 in., "480 Volts"
Tools and Supplies
PANDUIT ID Products
Self-laminating Wire Marker Dispensers

PANDUIT
Permanent Marking Pens

PR12131V2-22080.tif
FEATURES
Self-laminating labels are provided in handy dispenser which protects markers
when not in use
Clear section of marker overlaminates and protects write-on legend
Quick, easy to use for smaller installations and maintenance
REFILL ROLLS
Anixter No.
S100X125VAFY
S100X225VAFY
PR20269V2-71139.tif
Fast-drying, permanent ink for identification on marker ties, marker plates or cable
marker straps. 12 markers per pack.
Description
098125 PX-0
Regular tip, black
286502 PX-2
Regular tip, red
150747 PFX-0
Fine tip, black
314073 PFX-2
Fine tip, red
Tools and Supplies
DISPENSERS
Anixter No.
Vendor No.
Description
S100X125VARY S100X125VARY Dispenser kits contents include: one
dispenser; one roll 1.00 in. wide x
1.25 in. length x 0.38 in. write-on height,
vinyl label, 200/roll; one PFX-0 pen. For
use with wire outside diameters ranging
from 0.12 in. to 0.28 in.
S100X225VARY S100X225VARY Dispenser kits contents include: one
dispenser; one roll 1.00 in. wide x
2.25 in. length x 0.75 in. write-on height,
vinyl label, 100/roll; one PFX-0 pen. For
use with wire outside diameters ranging
from 0.24 in. to 0.48 in.
PANDUIT
Vendor No.
Description
S100X125VAFY Refill roll 1.00 in. wide x 1.25 in. length x
0.38 in. print-on height, vinyl
label, 100/roll
S100X225VAFY Refill roll 1.00 in. wide x 2.25 in. length x
0.75 in. print-on height, vinyl
label, 100/roll
15.55
Tools and Supplies
Tools and Supplies
Labeling and Identification Products

./
NetDoc Network Documentation and Cable Management Software
LabelMark Label Design Software
BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
PR10762V2-8389.tif
Managing your physical network just got easier. NetDoc is a network documentation
and cable management software package that provides you with tools to manage,
document and label your physical network. NetDoc allows you to document horizontal
and backbone cables, assets, termination hardware, contacts, pathways, locations
and more. NetDoc is a Web-enabled solution that provides complete ANSI/TIA-606-B
documentation and labeling compliance. NetDoc's seamless integration with Brady's
LabelMark label design software gives you a complete documentation and labeling
solution to help increase productivity, reduce costs and improve user services.
FEATURES
Web-enabled solution
Log-in security
Full ANSI/TIA-606-B compliance
Documentation wizards
Seamless link Dwith LabelMark software
Spreadsheet import tool
Multiview and multitask capability
Import data from testers
User and date stamping on all notes
Customize fields
Attachment capabilities
Track horizontal and backbone cabling, termination hardware, assets, contacts
LabelMark V3 Labeling Software is included with NetDoc
New line graphical trace tool
Site licenses available
Description
305505 ND-1USER
NetDoc single-user license package
305512 ND-5USER
NetDoc five-user license package
15.56
PR9791V2-22844.tif
LabelMark is a Windows-based software that allows you to easily format cable,

faceplate and closet labels. You can download information from spreadsheets and
cable management software packages to save time. The software includes all the
Brady labels designed for your application and has built-in templates to
automatically format 110 block and patch panels. You can then print directly to the
BMP71, TLS PC Link printers as well as a wide variety of laser, ink jet, dot matrix and
thermal transfer printers. LabelMark data extraction allows users to work within their
data applications. Users can now print data to Brady benchtop thermal transfer and
Brady portable printers from within NetDoc, AutoCAD, MS Excel and Visio.
Description
420876 LM5
LabelMark labeling software CD-ROM
420875 LM5-UP
LabelMark labeling software upgrade CD
IP Series Printer
BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
PR21302V2-118920.tif
Brady's IP series printer is the first thermal transfer industrial printer to use Smart
Cell technology to communicate with the material, ribbon and software. The IP printer
is a simple solution for datacom professionals in need of high-volume printing. The IP
printer's operators are able to use the system with minimal training which increases
worker productivity.
Description
366000 BP-IP300
300 dpi Smart Cell technology thermal
transfer printer
366002 BP-IP600
600 dpi Smart Cell technology thermal
transfer printer
366003 IP-R4300
3.27 in. x 984 ft. series 4300 ribbon
366004 IP-R4307
366005 IP-R6000
366006 IP-R6007
366007 THT-148-422-10
Patch panel IDport label 0.5 in. x 0.375 in.
366008 THT-149-422-10
Patch panel IDport label 0.5 in. x 0.5 in.
366009 THT-5-422-10
Workstation location ID label 1 in. x 0.5 in.
366011 THT-10-42-3
1 in. x 3.375 in. cable label
366012 THT-75-427-3
1 in. x 2.25 in. cable label
Tools and Supplies

441157 B30-224-427
BBP31 Sign and Label Printer

BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
PR33622V2-247369.tif
441159
441160
441161
441162
PRINTER AND ACCESSORIES

441129 BBP31
441130 B31-WIPER
441131 B31-STYLUS
441132
B31-CCT
Description
BBP31 sign and label maker
Extra BBP31 media wiper, five pack
Extra BBP31 replacement stylus,
three pack
Extra BBP31 cutter cleaning tool
LABELS FOR THE BBP SIGN AND LABEL PRINTER

Description
441133 B30-242-595-BLNKWT Pre-cut blank labels, each part (1.125 in. x
2.85 in), indoor/outdoor vinyl, white,
300 labels/roll
441140 B30-219-595-BLNKWT Pre-cut blank labels, each part (2.25 in. x
3.85 in.), indoor/outdoor vinyl, white,
250 labels/roll
441141 B30EP-174-593-WT Label raised panel, each (1 in. x 4 in.),
white, 340/roll
441145 B30EP-174-593-RD Label raised panel, each (1 in. x 4 in.),
red, 340/roll
441147 B30-227-427
Cable marking - Cat 5, 4-pair UTP copper
(1 in. x 1.25 in. self-laminating),
2,750 labels/roll
441151 B30-233-427
Cable marking - Cat 5, 4-pair UTP copper
(1 in. x 1.5 in. self-laminating),
2,300 labels/roll
441163
441164
441165
441166
441167
441168
441169
441170
441171
441172
441173
BMP71 Label Printer

BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
PR28440V2-207848.tif
With more than 400 different label options, the new BMP71 label printer is Brady's
most versatile portable printer. This easy-to-use labeler can help you cut material
waste, save time and create labels more efficiently than ever before.
The BMP71 label printer is perfect for printing labels for patch panels, faceplates,
cable identification and all other labeling applications critical for long-term
management of an infrastructure and for compliance to the ANSI/TIA-606-B standard.
15.57
Tools and Supplies
This monochrome sign and label printer can print on labels 1/2 in. wide to 4 in. wide.
Designed for ease of use and versatility, this printer features an intuitive touch
screen display, simple label design and a wide variety of material applications.
FEATURES
Walk-up-and-print operation - everyone on the team can make labels
13 different materials in 16 different colors
Smart chip material and ribbon cartridges that tell the printer how to format
your label
Library of pre-made labels ready to pick and print
Templates for quick creation of safety labels
Smart chip supplies auto-communicate label set-up and size to printer
Drag and drop objects and text to create labels
Stand-alone or PC operation
Description
Cable marking - 25-pair copper, 4-12-pair
fiber, coaxial (1.5 in. x 2.5 in.
self-laminating), 1,000 labels/roll
B30-226-427
Cable marking - 100-pair copper, 36-pair
fiber, backbone (1.5 in. x 6 in.
self-laminating), 400 labels/roll
B30-223-427
Cable marking - 25-pair copper, 4-12 pair
fiber, (1 in. x 2.5 in. self-laminating),
1,500 labels/roll
B30-229-427
Cable marking - (1 in. x 0.75 in.
self-laminating), 4,000 labels/roll
B30-179-427
Cable marking - 2-pair fiber (1 in. x 1 in.
self laminating), 3,300/roll
B30C-1125-595-YL Vinyl, 1.125 in. x 100 ft. roll,
indoor/outdoor, yellow, continuous
B30C-1125-595-WT Vinyl, 1.125 in. x 100 ft. roll,
indoor/outdoor, white, continuous
B30C-4000-595-OR Vinyl, 4 in. x 100 ft. roll, indoor/outdoor,
orange, continuous
B30C-4000-595-WT Vinyl, 4 in. x 100 ft. roll, indoor/outdoor,
white, continuous
B30C-4000-595-YL Vinyl, 4 in. x 100 ft. roll, indoor/outdoor,
yellow, continuous
B30-R6000
BBP31 ribbon, 4.33 in. x 200 ft., black,
use with B593 material
B30-R4300
BBP31 ribbon, 4.33 in. x 200 ft., black,
use with B427 material
B30-R10000
BBP31 ribbon, 4.33 in. x 200 ft., black
B30-R10000-WT
BBP31 ribbon, 4.33 in. x 200 ft., white
B30-R10000-RD
BBP31 ribbon, 4.33 in. x 200 ft., red
B30-R10000-OR
BBP31 ribbon, 4.33 in. x 200 ft., orange
Tools and Supplies

(continued)
BMP71 Label Printer
FEATURES
Bar code capabilities
More than 500 parts available in various materials, sizes and formats
TLS2200 prints faster
Sleep mode increases battery life
THERMAL LABEL PRINTER
414877 BMP71
Tools and Supplies
ACCESSORIES
414894 M71-SC
414893 M71-QC
414891 M71-CLEAN
414888 M71-ADAPT
BMP21 Label Printer

BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
PR24422V2-186132.tif
Description
Printer includes hard case, battery, power
supply, roll of white labels and black
ribbon, cleaning strip and USB cord
Description
Back pack carrying case
Quick charger
Cleaning kit
TLS/HandiMark media adapter
LABELS FOR THE BMP71 LABEL PRINTER

Description
420892 M71-31-427
1 in. x 1.5 in. self-laminate label (R4310),
Cat 5, 5e, 6*, 2,500 labels/package
420893 M71-21-427
1 in. x 21 in. x 2.5 in. self-laminate label
(R4310) 25-pair copper*,
100 labels/package
D
420894 M71-33-427
1.5 in. x 4 in. self-laminate label (R4310)
50-pair copper*, 500 labels/package
420895 BM71-34-427
1.5 in. x 6 in. self-laminate label (R4310)
100-pair copper*, 500 labels/package
420896 BM71-40-412
1.938 in. x 0.375 in. (R6210) desi-strip
marker, 750 labels/package
420897 M71C-46-422
0.375 in. x 50 ft. white (R6010) patch
panels cut to size
420898 M71C-46-430
0.375 in. x 50 ft. clear (R6010) patch
panels cut to size
420899 M71C-500-422
0.5 in. x 50 ft. white (R6010) patch panels
cut to size
420900 M71C-500-430
0.5 in. x 50 ft. clear (R6010) patch panels
cut to size
*Voice and data cable markers are also available in blue, brown, green, gray,
orange, purple, red and yellow
Simple to operate and quick to print, the BMP21 Label Printer is the must-have
labeling tool for voice/datacom, electrical and general industrial crews. The
BMP21 thermal transfer printer creates clear, legible, industrial-strength labels that
will stay stuck for years - even in the harshest environments.
FEATURES
One-handed operation to enhance work efficiencies
Large display with backlight for easy reading
Automated serialization, bar coding and 80 symbols for multiple applications
New self-laminating labels and PermaSleeve heat shrink sleeves added to
material optional
Description
403538 BMP21
BMP21 printer and one cartridge
403539 BMP21-AC
AC adapter
403540 BMP21-HC
BMP21 hard case
Underground Warning Tapes Labeled

"Caution: Buried ___ line below"
BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
PR21456V2-120882.tif
IDENTOLINE WARNING TAPE

Identoline tape is buried 12 to 18 inches below ground level. Digging crews receive
warning of buried lines and cables, allowing a margin of safety between the tape
and the buried line. Tape is 4.0 mils thick with a tough tensile strength of 1,750 psi.
Standard roll size is 3 inches wide x 1,000 feet made of heavy-duty polyethylene.
Description
368086 63009
Cable TV, black on orange
368088 91294
Gas, black on yellow
368090 91299
Sewer, black on green
368092 91297
Telephone, black on orange
368094 91298
Water, black on blue
368096 63050
Reclaimed water, black on purple
15.58
Tools and Supplies

DETECTABLE IDENTOLINE WARNING TAPE
Detectable Identoline tape minimizes time spent locating buried lines thus reducing
field costs. The tape is buried 4 inches to 6 inches below the surface for maximum
detectability. Foil is 4.5 mils and standard roll size is 2 inches wide x 1,000 feet
made of metal detectable polyester.
Description
368083 91606
Fiber optic, black on orange
P-Touch PT-7500 Handheld Portable Industrial Labeling Tool

BROTHER MOBILE SOLUTIONS
PR33625V2-247566.tif
Blank Marking Flags

BRADY WORLDWIDE INC
Ideal for ground marking to easily identify buried lines and cable. Custom legends are
also available.
FEATURES
4 in. H x 5 in. W plastic flag with 30 in. steel rod
100/package
Description
368098 98178
Fluorescent red
368102 98176
White
368104 98174
Yellow
368105 98173
Red
P-Touch PT-18RKT Compact Rechargeable Label Printer

PR67157V2-529040.tif
P-Touch PT-7600 Handheld Rechargeable Label Maker

The Brother P-Touch PT-18RKT prints durable laminated labels and blends
performance and portability. Use it as a compact stand-alone labeling system
connected to your PC or as a portable label printer. Simply place the PT-18RKT in its
cradle to keep the battery fully charged - then grab and go. It's a complete labeling
system that includes label-design software, USB cable, two full-length laminated TZe
tapes, rechargeable battery and a carrying case.
Four label sizes: 6 mm, 9 mm, 12 mm and 18 mm. Uses both high-quality HG/HGe as
well as "TZe" tape cassettes. A variety of labels available separately. One-year
limited warranty.
FEATURES
15-character times two-line display
QWERTY keypad
Built-in auto tape cutter
Description
484631 PT-18RKT
PT-18RKT compact rechargeable
label printer
PR33638V2-247993.tif
The Brother P-Touch PT-7600 handheld labeling tool has all of the features of the
PT-7500 plus is rechargeable and download-ready. For labeling bigger jobs it comes
with easy-to-use label-design software for downloading custom label templates,
company logos and graphics into the PT-7600 memory. The PT-7600 features a
rugged design with rubber impact guards, an ABC keyboard and 15-character x
two-lines backlit LCD display. The PT-7600 also comes with 164 industrial symbols
and nine bar codes, and prints up to seven lines on a horizontal label, up to
26 rotated characters per line on a vertical label and uses "TZe-series" tape
cassettes for printing high-quality laminated labels in five label sizes including
6 mm, 9 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm and 24 mm. Includes software, 9 mm black on white
15.59
Tools and Supplies
The Brother P-Touch PT-7500 handheld labeling tool features a rugged design with
rubber impact guards, an intuitive ABC keyboard layout and a two-line 15-character
backlit LCD display. Smart-technology features automate layout and designing the
labels. The PT-7500 comes with 164 industrial symbols and nine bar codes, and
prints up to seven lines on a horizontal label, up to 26 rotated characters per line on
a vertical label and uses "TZe-series" tape cassettes for printing high-quality
laminated labels in five label sizes, including 6 mm, 9 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm
and 24 mm.
Includes 9 mm black on white extra-strength adhesive tape (26.2 ft.), wrist/neck
strap, AC adapter, protective carry case and manual. A variety of labels available
separately. Two-year limited warranty.
FEATURES
Rugged design with rubber impact guards
Smart-layout technology automates making labels
Complete kit for price of just the labeler
Description
422212 PT-7500
PT-7500 P-Touch EDGE handheld
label maker
Tools and Supplies

(continued)
P-Touch PT-7600 Handheld Rechargeable Label Maker
extra-strength adhesive tape (26.2 ft.), wrist/neck strap, AC adapter, USB cable,
protective carry case and manual. A variety of labels available separately. Two-year
limited warranty.
FEATURES
Rugged design with rubber impact guards
Smart-layout technology automates making labels
Label design software for downloading custom label templates
Description
422214 PT-7600
PT-7600 P-Touch EDGE handheld
rechargeable label maker
P-Touch PT-9700PC Bar Code Label Printer

PR67158V2-529041.tif
software, and a full-length HG tape - all this for the price of just the printer! This
small-footprint printer uses HGe tape and prints up to 3.1 ips, premium quality
laminated labels at 360 dpi print resolution and features a built-in automatic cutter
that trims a continuous "tape" to virtually any length, one at a time or as a strip of
precut labels. Brother laminated labels can withstand abrasion, fading, extreme
temperatures, chemicals and moisture.
Six label sizes: 6 mm, 9 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm, 24 mm and 36 mm. Uses high-quality
HG/HGe tape cassettes. A variety of labels available separately. Two-year
limited warranty.
FEATURES
Built-in auto cutter and Ethernet network interface
Description
484641 PT-9800PCN
P-Touch PT-9800PCN desktop bar code
label printer
P-Touch Labels
Tools and Supplies
The Brother P-TouchD PT-9700PC is a complete on-demand, laminating, label-printing

solution that comes with a desktop bar code and label printer, label design and print
software and a full-length HG tape - all this for the price of just the printer! This
small-footprint printer uses HGe tape and prints up to 3.1 ips, premium quality
laminated labels at 360 dpi print resolution and features a built-in automatic cutter
that trims a continuous "tape" to virtually any length, one at a time or as a strip of
precut labels. Brother laminated labels can withstand abrasion, fading, extreme
temperatures, chemicals and moisture.
Six label sizes: 6 mm, 9 mm, 12 mm, 18 mm, 24 mm and 36 mm. Uses high-quality
HG/HGe tape cassettes. A variety of labels available separately. Two-year
limited warranty.
Description
484640 PT-9700PC
P-Touch PT-9700PC desktop bar code
label printer
PR67161V2-529044.tif
Standard laminated tapes stick to virtually any surface and are durable enough to
withstand scrapes and abrasions. These water-resistant labels shrug off spills from
water, oil or chemicals, won't fade under harsh UV rays and they stay on through hot
and cold environments. Extra-strength adhesive tapes are designed for sticking to
plastics and textured surfaces. The tamper-evident tapes reveal a permanent
checkerboard pattern if removed for security applications. Use it for labels that must
not be peeled off.
Flexible ID tapes feature a special adhesive designed to stick to itself or to the
laminate. Designed for use in industrial applications on cylindrical surfaces such as
cables, PVC piping, wire wrapping and flagging.
STANDARD LAMINATED TAPE CASSETTES
PR33623V2-247564.tif
P-Touch PT-9800PCN Desktop Bar Code Label Printer with Networking

PR67159V2-529042.tif
Designed to stick to virtually any surface and are durable enough to withstand
scrapes and abrasions. These water-resistant labels shrug off spills from water, to
oil, to chemicals, won't fade under harsh UV rays and they stay on through hot and
cold environments.
The Brother P-Touch PT-9800PCN is a complete on-demand, laminating, label-printing

solution that comes with a network bar code and label printer, label design and print
15.60

264110 TZE-111
191199 TZE-131
Description
6 mm black on clear
12 mm black on clear
Tools and Supplies

Anixter No.
217065
252876
213264
191198
226722
204158
441204
311272
441205
441206
309418
Vendor No.
TZE-151
TZE-211
TZE-221
TZE-231
TZE-241
TZE-251
TZE-421
TZE-441
TZE-451
TZE-641
TZE-651
Description
6 mm black on white
9 mm black on white
12 mm black on white
9 mm black on red
18 mm black on red
24 mm black on red
18 mm black on yellow
EXTRA-STRENGTH ADHESIVE LAMINATED TAPE CASSETTES

PR33624V2-247571.tif
Anixter No.
441216
441217
441219
300413
336296
441225
441227
Vendor No.
TZE-S121
TZE-S131
TZE-S151
TZES135
TZE-S221
TZE-S641
TZE-S941
Description
9 mm black on clear
12 mm white on clear
6 mm black on white
18 mm black on silver matter
TAMPER-EVIDENT LAMINATED TAPE CASSETTES

This design reveals a permanent checkerboard pattern if removed for security
applications. Use it for labels that must not be peeled off.
Description
441228 TZSE4
FLEXIBLE ID LAMINATED TAPE CASSETTES
This tape features a special adhesive designed to stick to itself or to the laminate.
Useful in industrial applications on cylindrical surfaces such as cables, PVC piping,
wire wrapping and flagging.
Description
441229 TZE-FX231
441230 TZE-FX241
328960 TZE-FX251
441233 TZE-FX631
441234 TZE-FX651
HG STANDARD LAMINATED TAPE CASSETTES (5 TAPES PER PACK)
Description
484642 HG1415PK
484643 HG1515PK
Vendor No.
HG2215PK
HG2315PK
HG2415PK
HG2515PK
HG6415PK
HG6515PK
HGM9415PK
HGM9515PK
Description
9 mm black on white
18 mm black/matte silver
HGE EXTRA-STRENGTH ADHESIVE LAMINATED TAPE CASSETTES (5 TAPES PER PACK)

Description
484652 HGES1215PK
9 mm black on clear
484653 HGES1315PK
484654 HGES1415PK
484655 HGES1515PK
484656 HGES2115PK
6 mm black on white
484657 HGES2215PK
9 mm black on white
484658 HGES2315PK
484659 HGES2415PK
484660 HGES2515PK
484661 HGES2615PK
484662 HGES6215PK
484663 HGES6315PK
484664 HGES6415PK
484665 HGES6515PK
484666 HGES6615PK
484667 HGES9415PK
484668 HGES9515PK
484669 HGES9615PK
Wire Marker Roll Dispenser

IDEAL INDUSTRIES
PR23218V2-160724.tif
FEATURES
High-quality adhesive and 3 mm thickness provide long-lasting,
low-profile application
Each plastic reel holds 8 feet of polyester tape
Convenient pocket-size case (3 in. x 6 in.) holds 10 wire marker rolls
Dispenser tab holds tapes firmly in place - allows removal of proper tape length
without waste
Flip top for easy access and refill
Built-in hook for hanging from belt or tool pouch
Description
393350 42-301
Wire marker roll dispenser with
legends 0-9
15.61
Tools and Supplies
Designed for sticking to plastics and textured surfaces.
Anixter No.
484644
484645
484646
484647
484648
484649
484650
484651
Tools and Supplies
STI Firestop
301390 EZDP233GK
./
EZ-Path Firestop
Tools and Supplies
SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES
PR7355V2-107401.tif
For new or existing cable applications, the EZ-Path system is the easy-to-install
solution for penetrating fire-rated walls and floors. This low-leakage device remains
fire- and leakage-safe whether empty or 100 percent visually filled. Cables can be
added or changed without the need to remove and reinstall firestopping materials.
The compact square design (available in three sizes) provides greater cable loading
than a conventional sleeve. EZ-Path devices can be installed individually or ganged
together for additional capacity, segregation of cables and cable management.
EZ-Path fire-rated pathway installations offer UL Classified floor and wall systems for
up to four hours. The device is traditionally safety orange and comes with wall labels
for easy identification. From installation (empty) to 100 percent visual fill, it
continuously remains firestopped and compliant.
FEATURES
No firestopping required: always firestopped
Self-containedDfirestop system
Automatically adjusts to cable loads
Easy moves, adds and changes
Splits apart for retrofitting
UL Classified up to four hours
Available in three sizes (Series 22, 33 and 44+)
EZ-PATH DEVICES AND KITS
280114 EZD22
269611
EZDP33FWS
272522
EZD33FWS
269459
EZDP33WR
301389
EZDP133FK
15.62
Description
EZ-Path Series 22 fire-rated device kit includes one series 22 device (1.5 in. x
1.5 in. x 10.5 in.), one pair (2) wall plates
and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 fire-rated device kit includes one device (3 in. x 3 in. x
10.5 in.), one pair (2) single square wall
plates and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 fire-rated device. Device
(3 in. x 3 in. x 10.5 in.) and labels only.
Does not include wall plates
EZ-Path Series 33 fire-rated device retrofit
kit - includes one device (3 in. x 3 in. x
10.5 in.), one pair (2) retrofit wall plates
and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 fire-rated device kit with
single kick-in plate. For floor installations.
Fits 4 in. core holes with no
fasteners required
301393
EZDP333GK
301396
EZDP433GK
301398
EZDP733GK
301403
EZDP133CWK
301400
EZDP133CAK
441077
EZD44S
441073
EZDP44S
441084
EZDP144FKS
EZ-PATH ACCESSORIES
261823 EZP133W
261824
EZP233W
261825
EZP333W
261826
EZP133PC
280116
EZP433W
280117
EZP733W
280118
EZP133K
280119
EZP133R
Description
EZ-Path Series 33 two-gang fire-rated
device kit - includes two EZ-Path Series
33 fire-rated devices, one pair (2) double
wall plates and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 three-gang fire-rated
device kit - includes three EZ-Path Series
33 fire-rated devices, one pair (2) triple
wall plates and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 four-gang fire-rated
device kit - includes four EZ-Path Series
33 fire-rated devices, one pair (2)
four-gang wall plates and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 seven-gang fire-rated
device kit - includes seven EZ-Path
fire-rated devices, one pair (2) seven-gang
mounting plates and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 fire-rated device, kit
with one pair (2) circular wall plates
and labels
EZ-Path Series 33 conduit attachment
fire-rated device kit - includes one EZ-Path
fire-rated device, one pair (2) conduit
attachment plates and labels
EZ-Path Series 44+ fire-rated device.
(4 in. x 4 5/8 in. x 14 in.) and labels only.
Does not include wall plates
EZ-Path Series 44+ fire-rated device kit,
includes one device (4 in. x 4 5/8 in. x
14 in.), one pair (2) single wall plates,
labels and one pair (2) radius
control modules
EZ-Path Series 44+ fire-rated device kit
with single, split-floor plate and labels. For
floor installations. Fits 6 in. core holes
Description
EZ-Path Series 33 single wall plates, one
pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 double wall plates and
labels, one pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 triple wall plates and
labels, one pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 positioning clamps, one
pair (2). For use in new/existing cable
installations using sealant
EZ-Path Series 33 four-gang mounting wall
plates and labels, one pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 seven-gang mounting
wall plates and labels, one pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 single kick-in plate (1).
For use with floor applications
EZ-Path Series 33 retrofit mounting wall
plates, one pair (2)
Tools and Supplies
STI Firestop
280120 RCM33
301405
EZP133CA
301406
EZP133CW
328616
323152
EZD33E
EZP144W
323153
EZP544W
323154
EZP144F
441076
EZD44ES
441088
EZRCM44S
Description
EZ-Path Series 33 radius control modules,
one pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 conduit attachment
plates, one pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 circular wall plates, one
pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 33 extension module 6 in.
EZ-Path Series 44+ single wall plate, one
pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 44+ multi-gang, split wall
plate, one pair (2)
EZ-Path Series 44+ single, split floor
plate (1). For use in floor installations
EZ-Path Series 44+ extension module
6 in.
EZ-Path Series 44+ radius control
modules, one pair (2)
EZ-Path devices also are available in other colors for cable management
purposes. For more information, contact your local sales office.
FIRE-RATED FLOOR-GRID KIT

441081 EZDG444S
441083
EZDG844S
441078
EZDG1644S
FIRE-RATED FLOOR-GRID FRAME

Does not include devices.
441085 EZG444
347065 EZG844
347067 EZG1644
ACCESSORIES
441074 EZD444MBS
EZ-Path Series 44+ Modular Floor-grid System

PR19979V2-61733.tif
441086
EZG444CP
441087
EZP444MB
Description
Single-bank with one firestop filler panel
Multibank with two firestop filler panels
Multibank with four firestop filler panels
Description
Fire-rated single-bank of devices includes four devices, hanger brackets
and labels (does not include
floor-grid frame)
Splice plate kit for joining multiple
single-bank grids (EZDG444S) together
Hanger bracket for a single bank of
devices, one pair (2)
SpecSeal Ready Firestop Grommet

The EZ-Path modular floor grid is the "bolt-in" solution for riser applications
delivering safety and simplicity to vertical cable installations. The EZ-Path modular
floor-grid system facilitates the installation of multiple high-volume, EZ-Path Series
44+ devices (pathways) through floors. The rugged, galvanized steel-grid frame
assembles quickly and easily and is bolted over preformed openings in concrete
floors. EZ-Path devices (pathways), in banks of four, form modules that easily install
through slots provided in the grid. Grid sizes are available to accommodate one (1),
two (2) or four (4) modules. All grid sizes may be purchased as complete kits
including device (pathway) modules. Multislot grids may be purchased with blank
firestop filler panels allowing modules to be purchased separately and installed at a
later date as needed. (Note: Anchor fasteners are required to secure grid frame to
floor and must be purchased separately. 3/16 in. x 1 1/4 in. concrete screws
are recommended.)
FEATURES
Handles literally thousands of cables
No firestopping required: always firestopped
Self-contained firestop system
Automatically adjusts to cable loads
Easy moves, adds and changes
UL Classified up to four hours
Three floor-grid kits available or purchase components individually
PR33723V2-248811.tif
For a single cable or small multicable bundles penetrating through one- and two-hour
fire-rated gypsum board walls, eliminating sleeves, sealant and putty. Ready Firestop
Grommets make membrane and through-penetrations through rated gypsum board
walls a snap. Just drill a hole, run your cable(s), snap the grommet around the
cable(s) and press it into the wall. Use a single grommet for single-sided (membrane)
penetrations or drill a hole through both sides of the wall and install grommets
back-to-back for through-penetrations.
The Ready Firestop Grommet is available in two sizes: RFG1 for a cable or bundle of
cables up to 0.27 in (7 mm) OD or RFG2 for up to 0.53 in (14 mm) OD. The grommet is
molded from a premium-grade plenum-rated polymer. A soft foam inner core conforms
to the cable(s) to form a tight seal. The cable(s) is smoke-sealed and firestopped in
just minutes with no sleeve and no sealant or putty required!
15.63
Tools and Supplies
Description
Single-bank - includes four devices,
hanger brackets, one floor-grid frame
and labels
Multibank - includes eight devices, hanger
brackets, one multi-slot floor-grid frame
and labels
Multibank - includes 16 devices, hanger
brackets, one multislot floor-grid frame
and labels
Tools and Supplies
STI Firestop
(continued)
SpecSeal Ready Firestop Grommet
FEATURES
Quick to install - two-piece grommet snaps together for an easy installation
Economical - eliminates sleeves and the need for putty or sealant
Split design - can be used with previously installed cables
Made with Ultem premium, plenum-grade material - exceptional flame and
heat resistance
10-pack of two-piece split cable grommet
Description
415355 RFG1
For cable penetration up to 0.27 in.
(7 mm) OD
435113 RFG2
For cable penetration up to 0.53 in.
(14 mm) OD
SpecSeal Firestop Plug
Tools and Supplies
PR28764V2-211724.tif
SpecSeal Series FP Intumescent Firestop Plugs are designed for temporary or

permanent sealing of single or grouped cables and blank openings through common
construction such as concrete or gypsum board. SpecSeal Series FP Intumescent
Firestop Plugs are soft, supple foam plugs molded from polyurethane. Plugs are
conveniently sized to fit 2 or 4 in. (51 or 102 mm) diameter openings or sleeves
fabricated from electrical metallic tubing (EMT). The intumescent plugs expand when
exposed to heat to quickly close off around combustible jacketed cables.
FEATURES
Fast and easy installation - no special tools required
Intumescent - expands in all directions for a tough, tight seal
Reinstallable - easy retrofitting of cables
Red color - for easy identification and inspection
Soft and resilient foam - conforms to cable surfaces
Smoke-resistant - superior air-leakage ratings
Convenient - sized for 2 in. (51 mm) and 4 in. (102 mm) EMT or conduit sleeves
Description
423692 FP200
For 2 in. (51 mm) opening/sleeve
423693 FP400
For 4 in. (102 mm) opening/sleeve
15.64
Ready Sleeve Firestop Sleeve

PR10841V2-17708.tif
Ready Sleeve kits, both solid and split design, provide a complete sleeve/firestop
solution in a single package. All you add are the firewalls and your cables.
FEATURES
Economical - significant material and labor savings vs. field fabrication
Ready to install "out of the box" firestop sleeve kit - kit comes complete with no
additional parts required
No external firestop seal required - factory-supplied intumescent firestop gasket
UL Classified and code-compliant
Putty is FM Approved
For rated and nonrated barriers
Solid or split sleeves available
Available in three sizes - 1 in., 2 in. and 4 in.
305968
FS100
1 in. firestop sleeve kit: includes one 1 in.
(25 mm) sleeve, two standard-size escutcheon
plates, two firestop gaskets, firestop putty
and labels
305969
FS200
and labels
305970
FS400
and labels
323144
FS201
(51 mm) sleeve, two large escutcheon plates,
two firestop gaskets, firestop putty and labels
323145
FS401
(102 mm) sleeve, two large escutcheon plates,
two firestop gaskets, firestop putty and labels
323146
FSR100
1 in. split firestop sleeve kit: includes one 1 in.
(25 mm) split sleeve, two split escutcheon
and labels
323147
FSR200
plates, two split firestop gaskets, firestop putty
and labels
323148
FSR400
plates, two split firestop gaskets, firestop putty
and labels
Tools and Supplies
STI Firestop
LCI Series Intumescent Firestop Sealant

PR12151V2-22114.tif
Red for easy identification and inspection

Excellent smoke seal
Low VOCs. No solvents
UL Classified and FM Approved
Description
264609 SSS100
10.1 oz. tube (300 ml) 18.2 cu. in.
264610 SSS129
29 oz. tube (858 ml) 52 cu. in.
264612 SSS102
2 gal. pail (7.6 L) 462 cu. in.
264611 SSS120
20 oz. sausage (592 ml) 36 cu. in.
264613 SSS105
5 gal. pail (19 L) 1,155 cu. in.
SSP Series Intumescent Firestop Putty
SSS Series Intumescent Firestop Sealant

PR6892V2-107403.tif
SpecSeal Triple S premium-grade intumescent sealant is a single product that can

handle a wide variety of applications. It features patented two-stage intumescent
technology, offering quick, aggressive expansion. A multiviscosity product, offering
shear-thinning ability, making cable caulking easier. The result is less labor and more
efficient installations.
FEATURES
Water-based for easy installation, cleanup and disposal
Two-stage intumescence features extremely fast and directionalized expansion
Remains flexible
Sandable and paintable when dry
Water resistant. Will not re-emulsify when dry
PR6894V2-107406.tif
For firestopping that requires retrofitting. It can be used on metallic conduits,

telephone or data applications. Nonhardening and reusable, SpecSeal SSP Firestop
Putty addresses the need for flexibility with moves, adds and changes in data and
communications penetrations.
FEATURES
Nonhardening for a tough, flexible seal
Two-stage intumescence provides aggressive expansion
Endothermic fillers absorb heat and release water
Highly adhesive, stays put
Allows movement
Water resistant. Unaffected by humidity, condensation and water
Soft and pliable. Easy to install
Sound-deadening. Tested and proven acoustical properties
Description
264618 SSP100
36 cu. in. (0.6 L) tube of putty
280121 SSP28
24 cu. in. putty round bar
264619 SSP4S
Putty pad; 7.25 in. x 7.25 in. x 3/16 in.
264620 SSP9S
Putty pad; 9 in. x 9 in. x 3/16 in.
301260 EP44
Electrical box insert; 3 3/4 in. x 3 3/4 in. x
1/8 in. pad
350005 EP45
Electrical box insert; 4 1/4 in. x 4 1/4 in. x
1/8 in. pad
15.65
Tools and Supplies
The SpecSeal Series LCI is a standard-grade intumescent sealant specifically

engineered and tested to address many common firestop applications that represent
a significant part of the overall market.
FEATURES
Economical high performance
Highly intumescent, expanding up to 10 times
Excellent smoke seal
Water resistant. Will not re-emulsify when dry
Water-based for easy installation, cleanup and disposal
Pale red for easy identification and inspection
UL Classified and FM approved
Description
264614 LCI300
10.1 oz. tube (300 ml) 18.2 cu. in.
264615 LCI329
29 oz. tube (858 ml) 52 cu. in.
264616 LCI320
20 oz. sausage (592 ml) 36 cu. in.
264617 LCI305
5 gal. pail (19 L) 1,155 cu. in.
Tools and Supplies
STI Firestop
SSB Series Intumescent Firestop Pillow
Tools and Supplies
Composite Sheet Firestop Panels

PR6895V2-107402.tif
SpecSeal SSB Series Firestop Pillows are designed for firestopping medium to large
openings and are well suited for applications involving data, communications, power
or control cables, innerducts and cable trays. This method of sealing offers easy
retrofitting of cable installations without the need to damage the firestop seal.
Difficult applications, such as application where access is restricted to one side of
the assembly, may be easily firestopped with this product.
FEATURES
Intumescent: Expands in all directions for a tough, tight seal
Reinstallable for easy retrofitting of cables
Single-side application makes installation easy for tough access openings
Intumescent coating on all sides for faster expansion and easier installation
Heat-sealed poly cover protects core and makes pillows slide in and out
with ease
D
Superior air-leakage
ratings
Broad base of tested systems
Description
264621 SSB14
1 in. x 4 in. x 9 in. firestop pillow
264622 SSB24
264623 SSB26
264624 SSB36
15.66
PR12152V2-22111.tif
The SpecSeal Composite Sheet is a lightweight, rigid, fire-resistant panel composed of

an intumescent layer bonded to a galvanized steel sheet reinforced with steel-wire
mesh covered with aluminum foil. Reduces large openings and can be combined with
other SpecSeal or EZ-Path Firestop products.
FEATURES
Lighter weight for easy handling and fabrication and less hanging weight
on walls
Less than 1/2 in. the thickness of the traditional composite sheet products
Easier to fabricate as it can be cut and installed with common sheet metal tools
Higher intumescence expanding up to 15 times when exposed to temperatures
in excess of 350F (177C)
UL Classified
Description
305971 CS1628
16 x 28 in. (41 x 71 cm)
305972 CS2436
24 x 36 in. (61 x 92 cm)
305973 CS3636
36 x 36 in. (92 x 92 cm)
305974 CS3641
36 x 41 in. (92 x 104 cm)
305975 CS2852
28 x 52 in. (71 x 132 cm)
Tools and Supplies
Miscellaneous Firestop
./
FS 657 Firestop Block

HILTI
Firestop Moldable Putty

PR6750V2-11610.TIF
HEVI-DUTY NELSON ELECTRIC

A ready-to-use, hand-moldable firestop putty. Installs without tools, mixing or mess.
UL Classified.
Description
094956 AA445
FSPT firestop putty, 1 in. x 3 in. x 12 in.;
1.7 lb.
Fire Barrier No-sag Caulk

HEVI-DUTY NELSON ELECTRIC
Will not sag or run in ceiling or vertical applications. UL Classified.
Description
106296 AA529
10.3 oz. tube
Tools and Supplies
Ready-to-use intumescent, flexible block for firestopping openings in walls

and floors.
FEATURES
Hilti material is reusable each time you add or mine cables
Fast and easy installation, removal and reapplication
Suitable for new and retrofit applications
UL Tested systems available for common applications, such as walls and floors
Description
259907 2030020
2 in. x 5 in. x 8 in.
CP 658T Firestop Muffin

HILTI
PR7361V2-11649.TIF
Ready-to-use, intumescent firestop material for firestopping round openings in walls

and floors.
FEATURES
Fast and easy installation, removal and reapplication
Hilti material is reusable each time you add or mine cables
Resistant to smoke and gases
UL Tested systems available for common applications, such as walls and floors
Description
484639 2030022
4 in. muffin
15.67
Tools and Supplies
General Supplies and Accessories

./
Index1.Support and Supplies//Tools//Safety Equipment
DUZcart Mobile Dust Containment Cart
Tools and Supplies
DUZCART
Scotch 35 Vinyl Plastic Electrical Tape for Color Coding

PR34412V2-253283.tif
DUZcart is a mobile dust containment cart for ceiling access in infection control
areas. It was engineered for quick and easy deployment and has been built for the
rigors of daily, repetitive use. DUZcart enables contractors and health care facilities
in their compliance with accreditation and certification standards.
FEATURES
Extended height: 10 ft. 6 in./3.2 m
Collapsed height: 6 ft. 4 1/2 in./1.94 m
Footprint: 30 in. x 60 in./76.2 cm x 152.4 cm
Windows: (2) 30 in. x 30 in.
Frame constructed of non-welded anodized aluminum components
Accessibility through zippered end
6 ft. and 8 ft. ladder access
Vacuum attachment size: 1 1/4 in./3.18 cm or optional 8 in. negative pressure
intake adapterD
Locking casters
Cart weight: 105 lb./46.63 kg
Weight limit: 600 lb./272.16 kg static load
Description
400824 DZ-CRT
DUZcart, fully assembled with standard
hose attachment
400825 DZ-CRT-8
DUZcart, fully assembled with 8 in.
scrubber attachment
400826 DZ-CASTER-S
DUZcart casters, stationary
400827 DZ-CASTER-FL
DUZcart casters, front swivel
400828 DZ-CVR
DUZcart nylon replacement cover with
instruction manual
400829 DZ-MOD8
DUZcart 8 in. scrubber attachment
modification kit with manual
15.68
3M
PR2665V2-22648.eps
3/4 IN. WIDE X 66 FT. LONG

009592 35-GREEN-3/4
009593 35-BLUE-3/4
009594 35-ORANGE-3/4
009595 35-VIOLET-3/4
009596 35-BROWN-3/4
009597 35-YELLOW-3/4
009598 35-RED-3/4
009599 35-WHITE-3/4
009600 35-GRAY-3/4
Description
Green
Blue
Orange
Violet
Brown
Yellow
Red
White
Gray
1/2 IN. WIDE X 20 FT. LONG

009579 35-BLUE-1/2
009583 35-GRAY-1/2
009585 35-GREEN-1/2
078459 35-RED-1/2
078461 35-WHITE-1/2
420721 35-YELLOW-1/2
132456 35-ORANGE-1/2
443329 35-BROWN-1/2
443330 35-VIOLET-1/2
Description
Blue
Gray
Green
Red
White
Yellow
Orange
Brown
Violet
Tools and Supplies
Scotch All-weather Electrical Tape

3M
Fish Paper
XXX
PR2666V2-22633.tif
Fish paper is used to isolate the cable from the metal racking.
Description
201025 CG2540
2 ft. x 3 ft. precut, roll of sheet fiber
206827 FP-020-SH
20 mil fish paper
206902 560
24 in. x 10 in., 0.010 in. thick fyberoid
fish paper
B-Sealant
XXX
This premium-grade, heavy-duty, flame-retardant, weather-resistant tape features

superior cold-weather handling.
Description
009616 33+SUPER-3/4X66FT 3/4 in. x 66 ft. roll, black
021906 88T-0.75X36
3/4 in. x 36 ft. roll, black
009618 88T-0.75X60
3/4 in. x 60 ft. roll, black
024323 88T 1X36
1 in. x 36 ft. roll, black
009638 88T-1.5X44
1 1/2 in. x 44 ft. roll, black
Canned Air
XXX

194778 RR3509 ACCTECH
194588 RR3508 ACCTECH
128594 19-8475 Thorsen
Cable Cleaning Kit

3M
PR67208V2-529314.tif
Description
10 oz. canned air refill
10 oz. canned air with valve assembly
12 oz. canned air with nozzle
Cleaning Wipes and Solutions

XXX

105044 HS-1
Polywater
A specially formulated cleaning solvent for cleaning grease and flex-gel filling
compound from filled core cable without damaging connectors, cable or individual
conductors. One bag will clean both cable ends at splice point.
Description
086301 4413-S
Scotchcast filled cable cleaning kit (up to
200 pair), cleans two cable ends
086300 4413-L
Scotchcast filled cable cleaning kit (up to
600 pair), cleans two cable ends
094702 4413-XL
Scotchcast filled cable cleaning kit (for
600- 900 pair), cleans two cable ends
033841
4414
123683
HS-16LR
105043
106837
HS-96
D181599
238502
FO-1
Description
Hydrasol Towelettes for cleaning
gel filling, icky-pic, and
pulling-lube from cable and fibers
3M Telcom
Pack of 15 saturated pads, five
scraping pads and 10 towelettes
to clean icky-pic and gel filling
from cable
Polywater
Hydrasol liquid in a 16 oz.
spray bottle
Polywater
Hydrasol liquid in a 1 gal. jug
CommScope
Pack of 250 lint-free wipes to be
SYSTIMAX Solutions used on bare fiber
Polywater
Isopropanol alcohol wipe
Tying Cord
XXX

095017 D1006
224758
04440-NAT
Description
Nine-ply waxed polyester lacing cord,
approximately 200 yd.
12-ply waxed polyester lacing cord, 675 ft.
per tube
15.69
Tools and Supplies
B-Sealant is a thixotropic, one-component, silicone elastomer vulcanizing at room

temperature. This product is recommended for the primary protection of optical
fibers, semiconductors and electronic components, packing of conductors, and
insulation of electrical connecting devices, and as flexible adhesive for assemblies
sensitive to vibrations.
Description
288385 Q-TEL2052-3
3 oz. tube
Tools and Supplies
ARMORMAX LED Flashlight
Tools and Supplies
BRINKMANN
PR23412V2-164438.tif
FEATURES
Built for maximum toughness
Constructed from reinforced nylon for ultimate durability
Corrosion and water resistant
Tall cap switch for easy on/off
Description
380613 809-1085-1
3 AAA LED flashlight, 140 lumens, four
hour runtime
394970 809-1095-0
1 AA LED flashlight, 60 lumens, two
hour runtime
Metal Professional Measuring Wheel

KESON
PR21553V2-122586.tif
Simplicity and durability were two principles that guided the design of these metal
professional wheels. This resulted in wheels that roll easily over the most difficult
terrain and can stand up to constant heavy use.
FEATURES
Innovative, simple centerlign design, great balance
Rugged 3/4 in. steel tubing - strongest frame in the field
Time-tested and proven results - huge numbers, superior counter protection
and placement
Compact fold-down - easily reduces 1/2 its size for storage and portability storage is a snap
Description
369276 MP401
Unit of measure in feet, 15 1/2 in.
diameter, 4 ft. circumference
15.70

Communications

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Communications

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

2013 Communications Products Catalog

Products. Technology. Services. Delivered Globally. 1.800.ANIXTER anixter.com

Anixter ipAssured for Data Centers and IP Security Infrastructure

Anixter ipAssured for Data Centers

Anixters ipAssured Program Defining Data Center Infrastructure

Products. Technology. Services. Delivered Globally.

Determining the Right IP-Class

For more information, visit anixter.com/ipassured.

Products. Technology. Services. Delivered Globally.

APC by Schneider Electric

UPS and PDU: APC SmartUPS,

Power: N+1 redundancy,

Power: 2N+1 redundancy,

The APC Symmetra and InfraStruXure

The APC Symmetra and InfraStruXure

Cooling: APC InRow cooling (RC)

This level of visibility can prove critical

Cooling: APC InRow cooling, row containment

Anixter Part No. Belden Part No.

Belden IBDN 1200 System

DataTwist 350 Cables

50/125 m FiberExpress OM2

Data Standard Racks

Anixter Part No. Belden Part No.

Belden IBDN 3600 System

DataTwist 3600 Cables

Ultra Server Enclosure

Belden IBDN 10GX System

Anixter Part No. Belden Part No.

50/125 m FiberExpress OM4

50/125 m FiberExpress OM3

Ultra Server Enclosure

Request the latest on Anixters ipAssured program.

Anixter Part No. Berk-Tek Part No.

Berk-Tek LANmark-350 Cable

Anixter Part No. Berk-Tek Part No.

Berk-Tek LANmark-1000 Cable

Anixter Part No. Berk-Tek Part No.

Berk-Tek LANmark-10G2 Cable

Products. Technology. Services. Delivered Globally.

Chatsworth Products, Inc.

Grounding and Bonding

Grounding and Bonding

Request the latest on Anixters ipAssured program.

CommScope SYSTIMAX Solutions

SYSTIMAX PowerSUM Copper Cabling System

SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL Copper Cabling System

SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D Copper

SYSTIMAX PowerSUM 61 Series Cable

SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL 71 Series Cable

LazrSPEED 150 Laser-Optimized 50 m OM2

LazrSPEED 300 Laser-Optimized 50 m OM3

Racks and Accessories

Racks and Accessories

SYSTIMAX 360 GigaSPEED X10D 91B Series Cable

LazrSPEED 550 Laser-Optimized 50 m OM4

Racks and Accessories

^ For additional length options, replace 03 with the

Products. Technology. Services. Delivered Globally.

CommScope Uniprise Solutions

Anixter Part No. Uniprise Part No.

Uniprise Ultra II Copper Cabling System

Anixter Part No. Uniprise Part No.

Uniprise UltraMedia Copper Cabling System

^ For additional length options, replace 03 with the